GIFT  OF 

Bob  Campbell 


• 

S — — • 


im    » 


MATEKIA MEDIC A 


THERAPEUTICS. 


BY 


J.  FORBES  ROYLE. 


MATERIA  MEDICA 

AND 

THERAPEUTICS; 

INCLUDING  THE 

PREPARATIONS  OF  THE  PHARMACOPEIAS 

OF 

I 

LONDON,  EDINBURGH,  DUBLIN, 

AND 

[OF   THE  UNITED   STATES.] 

WITH  MANY  NEW  MEDICINES. 


BY 

J.   FORBES   ROYLE,   M.  D.  F.  R.  S. 

LATE  OF  THE  MEDICAL  STAFF  OF  THE  BENGAL  ARMY  J   MEMBER  OF  THE  MEDICAL  AND 

CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON  ;  OF  THE  MEDICAL  AND  PHYSICAL  SOCIETY  OF  CALCUTTA 

AND  OF  THE  ROYAL  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  EDINBURGH,  ETC. 

PROFESSOR   OF    MATERIA    MEDICA    AND    THERAPEUTICS, 
KING'S    COLLEGE,    LONDON. 


EDITED  BY 

JOSEPH    CARSON,    M.  D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  MATERIA  MEDICA  IN  THE  PHILADELPHIA  COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY; 
MEMBER  OF  AMERICAN  PHILOSOPHICAL  SOCIETY,  ETC.  ETC. 

WITH  NINETY-EIGHT  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

LEA    AND    BLANCHARD. 

1847. 


Entered,  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1846. 
BY  LEA  &  BLANCHARD. 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Eastern  District  of 
Pennsylvania. 


C.    SHERMAN,    PRINTER, 

19  St.  James  Street. 


PREFACE. 


IF  it  should  be  asked,  whether  another  work  on  Materia  Medica 
was  required  in  addition  to  the  numbers  which  already  exist,  it  must 
be  replied,  that  this  was  undertaken  at  the  repeated  request  of  its  in- 
telligent Publisher,  who  may  be  supposed  to  be  well  acquainted  with 
the  wants  of  the  Profession.  This  alone,  however,  would  not  have 
been  sufficient  to  induce  the  -Author  to  undertake  the  work,  had  he 
not  also  been  aware  from  the  complaints  of  Pupils,  and  convinced 
from  his  experience  as  a  Teacher,  that  the  Student  of  Materia  Me- 
dica required  something  systematic  to  study,  which,  brought  up  to 
the  present  time,  should  be  sufficiently  full  for  information,  and  yet  as 
short  and  condensed,  as  was  compatible  with  the  avoidance  of  being 
superficial.  The  Author  has  been  unable  to  satisfy  himself  on  either 
of  these  points,  chiefly  from  the  difficulty  of  treating  briefly,  of  so 
great  a  number  of  distinct  substances  in  the  three  Pharmacopoeias, 
with  their  several  preparations,  each  requiring  a  number  of  distinct 
facts  to  be  related  respecting  it,  and  without  curtailment. 

The  difficulty  of  a  brief  treatment  of  the  subject  is  further  increased 
by  Students  attending  their  course  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  first 
year  of  their  attendance  on  Lectures,  that  is,  before  they  have  become 
acquainted  with  Chemistry,  are  ignorant  of  Botany,  and  have  just  begun 
their  attendance  on  Physiology,  preparatory  to  a  study  of  the  nature 
and  treatment  of  Disease.  This  difficulty  the  author  has  already  alluded 
to  in  his  Essay  on  Medical  Education,  p.  27,  where  he  has  stated, 
"  that  a  portion  of  the  difficulties  at  present  experienced  might  be 
partially  obviated,  if  Students  were  to  commence  their  attendance  at 
Lectures  in  the  Summer,  instead  of  the  Winter  Session.  They  might 
then  pay  attention  to  short  preliminary  Courses  of  Natural  Philosophy 
and  Chemistry,  as  well  as  to  the  ordinary  Courses  of  Botany,  of  Zoo- 
logy, or  of  Comparative  Anatomy.  By  these  means  they  would  be 
gradually  introduced  to  the  objects,  the  principles,  and  the  nomencla- 
ture of  some  of  their  principal  studies,  and  thus  be  better  enabled  to 


v;  PREFACE. 

commence  attendance  during  the  ensuing  Winter  Session,  on  the  com- 
plete Courses  of  Anatomy  and  of  Physiology,  besides  Chemistry  and 
Materia  Medica  with  Therapeutics."  Until  some  such  plan  is  adopted, 
or  some  of  these  Sciences  become  objects  of  general  as  well  as  of 
merely  Professional  Education,  or  until  Materia  Medica  is  removed 
to  the  second  year's  studies,  difficulties  will  continue  to  be  experienced 
in  studying  the  subject.  The  Author  has  therefore  introduced  a  no- 
tice of  some  of  the  laws  and  nomenclature  of  Chemistry,  under  the 
head  of  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry,  and  of  some  account  of  the  parts 
and  Products  of  Plants,  with  their  Physiology,  Classification,  and 
Medical  Properties  as  connected  with  Structure. 

The  objects  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  and  the  Sciences 
connected  with  them,  being  treated  of  in  the  first  pages  of  this  Ma- 
nual, the  Author  will  here  refer  only  to  the  Natural  History  arrange- 
ment which  he  has  thought  it  advisable  to  adopt.  This  he  has  con- 
tinued to  employ  since  the  Session  1836-37,  finding  it,  upon  the  whole, 
the  most  convenient  for  teaching,  as  he  had  previously  found  it  the 
best  suited  for  investigating  a  new  subject,  the  Materia  Medica  of 
India. 

The  Author  has  explained,  in  his  "  Essay  on  the  Antiquity  of  Hin- 
doo Medicine,"  that  his  attention  was  first  particularly  directed  to 
this  subject  at  the  request  of  the  Medical  Board  of  Bengal,  in  order 
to  ascertain  whether  the  Public  Service  might  not  be  rendered  less 
dependent  upon  the  supplies  from  Europe,  either  by  substituting  articles 
indigenous  in  the  country,  or  by  cultivating  exotics  in  the  most  suitable 
climates  of  the  plains  and  mountains  of  Northern  India.  He  made 
collections  of  all  the  drugs  procurable  in  the  Indian  bazaars,  tracing 
them  as  much  as  possible  to  the  plants,  animals,  and  countries  whence 
they  were  derived.  These  were  arranged  under  the  three  heads  of 
the  Animal,  Vegetable,  and  Mineral  Kingdoms,  and  catalogues  were 
made  of  the  whole,  with  their  synonymes  in  various  languages,  and 
a  notice  of  the  medical  properties  ascribed  to  each.  The  articles 
amount  to  about  1000  in  number,  and  though  the  Work  still  remains 
in  Manuscript,  some  of  the  Botanical  results  were  made  use  of  in 
the  Author's  "  Illustrations  of  Himalayan  Botany."  So  the  informa- 
tion respecting  Animal  and  Mineral  products  was  referred  to,  when 
proving  the  early  periods  at  which  their  properties  must  have  been 
investigated  by  the  Hindoos.  These  investigations  have  been  his  au- 
thority for  many  of  the  historical  determinations. 

In  a  Natural  History  arrangement  for  Inorganic  substances  or  the 
Mineral  department,  that  adopted  in  Chemical  works  is  decidedly  the 
best,  as  so  many  Chemical  preparations  require  to  be  treated  of.  In 


PREFACE. 


Vll 


the  Vegetable  part,  the  Author  has  followed  the  arrangement  of 
De  Candolle,  as  he  had  previously  done  in  his  large  Work,  and  in  his 
Syllabus  of  1837.  He  has  given  in  many  instances  the  English 
names  of  the  Natural  Families  which  have  been  lately  published  by 
his  friend,  Dr.  Lindley ;  but  care  must  be  taken  to  use  them  in  the 
same  precise  manner  that  the  Latin  ones  are  employed.  For  the 
few  Animals  which  require  to  be  treated  of,  he  h#s  followed  the  ar- 
rangement of  his  friend,  Dr.  R.  E.  Grant,  as  in  the  above  Syllabus. 

The  foregoing  Sciences  form  the  basis  for  an  accurate  knowledge 
of  Materia  Medica.  For  this  purpose  we  require  not  only  to  know 
the  kind  and  quality  of  the  Drug  to  be  employed,  but  also  the  sources 
whence  it  is  obtained.  The  Pharmacopeias  do  not  always  determine 
these  points  ;  in  fact  they  sometimes  give  names  which  only  suggest 
so  many  problems  to  be  solved  ;  for  instance,  some  of  the  plants  men- 
tioned, yield  no  products  at  all,  or  none  that  are  used,  while  others  do 
not  yield  those  of  the  best  quality,  which  are  alone  supposed  to  be 
employed.  In  determining  'some  of  these  questions,  a  good  deal  of 
space  has  been  required. 

The  Author  fears  that  some  obscurity  may  at  first  appear  in  the 
directions  for  making  the  Preparations  of  three  Colleges,  from  the 
attempt  to  condense  them  as  much  as  possible.  But  the  points  of 
coincidence  have  been  made  the  basis  of  the  directions,  while  the  dif- 
ferences of  the  E.  and  D.  Colleges  have  been  included  within  brackets, 
with  the  initials  of  the  College.  He  cannot  but  lament,  as  others 
do,  that  there  should  be  so  many  points  of  what  appear  to  be  unne- 
cessary differences :  for  the  Students  who  have  studied  according  to 
the  directions  of  three  Pharmacopoeias  become  Practitioners  in  Eng- 
land, in  the  Army,  the  Navy,  the  East  India  Company's  Service,  and 
in  the  Colonies,  where  the  formulae  of  the  London  Pharmacopoeia  are 
alone  employed.  Four-fifths  of  the  differences  might  easily  be  abo- 
lished, if  it  was  not  found  possible  to  observe  uniformity  in  the  whole, 
and  some  inert  substances  might  with  benefit  be  excluded.  But  the 
Author  is  far  from  being  an  advocate  for  limiting  the  recognised 
Materia  Medica  to  too  brief  a  list ;  as  great  advantages  are  very 
often  derived  from  the  power  of  changing  one  Remedy  for  another 
of  nearly  similar  properties,  and  there  are  few  that  are  exactly  alike. 
It  must  also  be  remembered,  that  the  British  Schools  of  Medicine 
provide  Practitioners  for  nearly  all  parts  of  the  world,  who,  if  they 
do  not,  while  Students,  acquire  some  general  ideas  respecting  the 
resources  of  Materia  Medica,  will  seldom  do  so  afterwards.  They 
usually  remain  content  to  depend  entirely  upon  home  supplies,  instead 
of  making  use  of  the  valuable  resources  often  within  their  reach.  To 


v-  PREFACE. 

this  cause  chiefly  we  must  ascribe  the  little  addition  to  our  knowledge 
respecting  the  History  and  Properties  of  new  Drugs,  and  the  inaccu- 
rate information  which  we  have  respecting  many  of  those  in  constant 
use.  The  Author  has  not  confined  himself  to  the  .contents  of  the 
three  Pharmacopoeias,  but  has  noticed  many  of  the  new  medicines, 
as  may  be  seen  among  the  Preparations  of  Iron,  and  of  Gold,  as  well 
as  in  Matico,  Indian  Hemp,  Bebeerine,  &c. 

The  ultimate  object  of  the  previous  accurate  study  being  the  ac- 
quirement of  a  knowledge  of  the  modes  of  Action  and  Uses  of 
these  several  Drugs  as  Medicines,  this  is  necessarily  the  most  impor- 
tant part  of  the  whole  study.  The  Author  has  usually  towards  the 
end  of  his  Course  grouped  together  all  those  Remedies  which  may 
be  used  for  the  same  Therapeutical  purposes.  This  he  has  also  done 
in  this  Work  in  a  tabular  form,  with  general  observations  appended 
to  each  group.  The  Student  will  become  aware  of  the  many  in- 
stances in  which  Medicines  are  relative  agents  from  these  observa- 
tions. They  ought  to  be  read  in  connexion  with  the  notices  on  the 
Action  and  Uses  of  Drugs  at  the  end  of  each  article.  The  Author 
has  been  obliged  to  compress  his  materials  within  the  compass  of  a 
Manual,  though  the  subject  would  require  a  volume  to  itself,  to  be 
treated  in  connexion  with  Modern  Physiology,  Pathology,  and  Prac- 
tice of  Physic. 

Numerous  Works  have  necessarily  been  consulted,  and  to  save 
space  they  are  sometimes  referred  to  by  initials.  Among  the  older 
Chemical  works,  Murray's  "  System"  and  Aikin's  "  Dictionary,"  and 
among  the  more  recent,  the  works  of  Professors  Brande,  Turner,  5th 
and  7th  edit.,  Graham,  Fownes,  and  Gregory,  the  "  Handbuch  der 
Chemie"  of  Gmelin, "  Introd.  to  the  Study  of  Chemical  Philosophy" 
of  the  late  Professor  Daniell,  and  the  "  Rural  Chemistry,"  of  Mr.  E. 
Solly,  Thomson's  "  Organic  Chemistry,"  Simon's  "  Animal  Chemis- 
try," and  for  the  chemical  preparations  of  the  London  Pharmacopeia, 
the  excellent  observations  of  Mr.  R.  Phillips  have  been  often  quoted. 
(Ph.) 

In  the  Botanical  part,  the  Author  has  made  use  of  the  characters 
of  the  Natural  Families  of  Plants  as  given  by  Jussieu,  Brown,  and 
Koch,  as  well  as  the  excellent  abstract  of  Dr.  Lindley  in  his  "  Elements 
of  Botany,"  those  of  Endlicher  and  of  Bartling,  also  the  elegant  "  En- 
chiridion Botanicum"  of  the  former.  For  the  descriptions  of  Plants, 
he  has  in  many  instances  referred  to  the  original  describer,  frequently 
to  the  "  Encyclopedic  Botanique"  of  Lamarck  and  Poiret,  with  De 
Candolle's  (D.  C.  and  Dec.)  "  Prodromus,"  and  Walper's  "  Reperto- 
rium."  For  the  British  and  European  plants,  usually  to  Koch's 


PREFACE.  ix 

"Flora  Germanica,"  and  Smith's  "British  Flora,"  "Engl.  Bot." 
(E.  B.),  and  the  "  Bot.  Magazine,"  (B.  M.),  with  Babington's  "  Ma- 
nual of  British  Botany,"  and  on  many  occasions  to  Lindley's  "  Flora 
Medica."  The  Author  has  endeavoured  to  unite  the  full  character 
of  the  Genus  in  that  of  the  officinal  species  which  belongs  to  it. 
Having  previously  paid  attention  to  the  identification  of  officinal 
plants,  he  has  on  the  present  occasion' done  so  with  as  many  as  was 
in  his  power.  Of  the  Botanical  drawings  used,  some  are  original, 
others  taken  from  the  "  Diet,  des  Sciences  Naturelles,"  the  "  Genera 
Floras  Germanicae"  of  Th.  Nees  v.  Esenbeck,  the  "  Flore  Medicale," 
the  "  Medical  Botany"  of  Churchill  and  Stephenson  (Ch.  and  St.),  and 
the  Plates  of  the  "  Handbuch  der  Medicinisch  Pharmaceutischen 
Botanik"  of  Fred.  Nees  v.  Esenbeck  and  H.  Ebermaier.  (Nees  v.  E. 
and  Eberm.)  The  "  Pharmaceutische  Waarenkunde"  of  Goebel  and 
Kunze  (G.  and  K.)  is  often  referred  to  for  representations  of  drugs. 
The  Author  takes  this  opportunity  for  thanking  Dr.  Falconer  for  va- 
rious information,  as  also  for  his  valuable  description  of  the  Assafoe- 
tida  Plant. 

Of  works  on  Materia  Medica,  he  must  first  mention  those  which 
he  found  most  useful  in  drawing  up  his  Course  of  Lectures  for  King's 
College  in  1836,  as  he  may  have  occasionally  quoted  unawares  some 
peculiar  fact  or  opinion,  without  referring  it  to  its  source.  First,  the 
very  valuable  "  Diet,  de  Matiere  Medicale"  of  Merat  and  De  Lens 
(M.  and  De  L.),  1834,  and  the  excellent  "  Dispensatory"  of  Wood 
and  Bache  (W.  and  B.),  2d  ed.  1834,  in  which  not  only  are  all  the 
Preparations  of  the  British  Pharmacopeias  given  in  full,  but  also 
those  peculiar  to  the  United  States  and  the  Pharmacological  informa- 
tion of  Europe  brought  up  to  the  time  at  which  the  work  was  written. 
He  at  the  same  time  made  use  of  Fee,  "  Cours  d'Histoire  Naturelle 
Pharmaceutique,"  the  "Manuel  de  Matiere  Medicale"  of  Milne  Edwards 
and  Vavasseur  (E.  and  J7.),  Guibourt's  "  Hist.  Abregee  des  Drogues 
Simples,"  the  excellent  Dispensatories  of  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  (t.)  and 
of  the  late  Dr.  Duncan ;  also  the  "  Grundriss  der  Pharmakognosie 
des  Pflanzenreiches,"  and  at  a  later  period,  the  "  Lehrbuch  der  Phar- 
maceutischen Zoologie,"  both  of  T.  Martius,  and  the  "  Medizinische 
Zoologie"  of  Brandt  and  Ratzeburg.  From  this  work  the  zoological 
representations  have  been  taken. 

On  the  present  occasion  he  has  not  only  referred  to  many  of  these 
writers,  but  has  added  a  more  particular  examination  of  the  Dublin 
Pharmacopoeia  of  1826,  that  of  London,  1836,  and  the  revised  Edin- 
burgh, 1842,  being  the  last  of  their  respective  Colleges.  He  has  con- 
sulted Dr.  Christison's  "  Dispensatory"  (c.),  1842,  for  the  preparations 


x  P  R  E  F  A  C,E. 

4 

of  the  E.P.,  and  Dr.  M.  Nelligan's  "  Materia  Medica,"  (n),  1844,  for 
those  which  are  peculiar  to  the  D.  P.  The  divisions  of  the  old  wine 
measure  still  used  by  the  D.  College  are  given  at  p.  22,  where  it  is  in- 
advertently stated  that  they  still  order  the  weighing  of  liquids.  Their 
libra,  when  treating  of  liquids,  means  the  old  wine  pint.  Soubeiran's 
"  Traite  de  Pharmacie"  has  also  afforded  much  valuable  information ; 
and  though  among  the  last  mentioned,  not  the  least  valuable,  is  Dr. 
Pereira's  (p.)  "  Elements  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,"  1st 
and  2d  Ed.  1840  and  1842,  which  forms  so  extensive  and  accurate 
a  Magazine  of  every  thing  connected  with  Materia  Medica.  The 
Pharmaceutical  Society,  which  promises  to  contribute  so  much  im- 
provement and  accuracy  to  our  Pharmacy,  is  often  quoted  by  the 
title  of  its  Journal,  P.  J.,  1842-1846,  as  well  as  other  Journals,  Medi- 
cal and  Scientific. 

Among  the  authors  principally  consulted  on  the  Therapeutical 
mode  of  arrangement  may  be  mentioned,  Alibert,  Barbier,  Guersent, 
Trousseau  and  Pidoux,  Bayle,  "  Travaux  Therapeutiques,"  Mur- 
ray's and  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson's  "Elements  of  Materia  Medica,"  and 
Dr.  Paris's  "  Pharmacologia,"  7th  edit.,  which  he  would  especially  re- 
commend to  the  Student's  attention,  as  embracing  a  number  of  impor- 
tant points  for  his  consideration. 

The  Practical  Works  which  have  been  most  frequently  referred  to, 
though  not  always  quoted,  are  the  "  Cyclopaedia  of  Practical  Medi- 
cine," by  Tweedie,  Forbes,1  &c.,  Dr.  Copland's  "  Dictionary  of  Prac- 
tical Medicine,"  the  Systematic  Works  of  Cullen,  Good,  Craigie,  &c., 
Dr.  Prout  on  Stomach  and  Urinary  Diseases,  Dr.  Elliotson's  "  Prin- 
ciples and  Practice  of  Medicine,"  and  the  elegant  and  invaluable 
"  Lectures  on  the  Practice  of  Physic"  of  his  late  colleague,  Dr. 
Watson.3 

In  conclusion,  the  Author  must  thank  the  Publisher,  as  well  as  the 
Printers,  for  the  elegant  and  clear  typography,  and  Mr.  Bagg,  for  the 
skill  and  taste  he  has  displayed  in  the  wood-cuts. 

1  American  edition,  edited  by  Dr.  Dunglison. 
a  American  edition,  edited  by  Dr.  Condie. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  AMERICAN  EDITION. 


THE  author  of  the  work  now  introduced  to  the  profession  in  this 
country,  has  for  a  long  time  been  before  the  public,  as  a  laborious 
and  thoroughly  scientific  cultivator  of  the  department  of  medicine  to 
which  it  is  devoted.  His  previous  labours  have  given  to  him  a  high 
standing  on  the  list  of  savans  of  Europe,  and  the  present  treatise 
clearly  demonstrates,  that  although  his  mind  has  been  occupied  with 
secondary  but  recondite  branches,  it  is  well  stored  with  all  the  de- 
tails and  learning  necessary  to  make  a  good  teacher  of  the  whole 
subject. 

From  the  general  execution  of  the  work,  its  completeness  with  re- 
spect to  Materia  Medica  proper,  the  great  amount  of  new  and  inte- 
resting matter  contained  in  it,  which  his  India  residence  and  con- 
nexions have  placed  at  his  disposal,  and  the  excellent  arrangement, 
no  apology  would  be  supposed  to  be  necessary  for  the  publication,  yet 
the  modesty  of  the  author  has  induced  him  to  present  one  in  his  pre- 
face. To  this  we  refer  the  reader,  with  the  request,  not  only  to 
regard  it  as  an  exposition  of  the  motives  which  weighed  with  him, 
but  as  a  chapter  containing  some  wise  and  useful  reflections  upon 
the  study  of  medicine. 

We  deem  no  apology  requisite  for  reissuing  the  book  in  this 
country.  By  the  student  attending  upon  lectures,  as  well  as  by  prac- 
titioners, a  full  and  large  manual  like  this  cannot  but  be  received 
with  favour,  notwithstanding  the  large  and  valuable  works  that  have 
been  presented  to  the  profession  :  its  merit  will  insure  for  it  a  favour- 
able reception ;  the  illustrations  are  superior  to  those  heretofore  given 


xji  PREFACE. 

in  works  of  the  kind,  and  for  their  re-execution  we  are  indebted  to 
the  skill  of  an  American  artist,  Mr.  Gilbert. 

The  labours  of  the  editor  have  been  confined  to  the  supervision  of 
the  work  in  passing  through  the  press,  and  the  addition  of  such  mat- 
ter in  connexion  with  the  Pharmacopeia  and  indigenous  Materia 
Medica  of  the  United  States,  as  would  render  the  work  fitted  for 
American  students  and  practitioners.  The  introduced  matter  is  con- 
tained in  brackets. 

January  1st,  1847. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

INTRODUCTION      -  -  -  -  -  •-  -•         17 

OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY  -  -  21 

PHARMACEUTICAL  CHEMISTRY        -  30 

Combustion  and  Decomposition.  Analysis.  Proximate  and  Ultimate  Prin- 
ciples. Elements.  Definite  Proportions.  Nomenclature.  Table  of  Ele- 
ments. 

MINERAL  MATERIA  MEDICA         ......  .37 

Proceeding  from  the  Non-metallic  Elements  to  the  Metals,  with  their  His- 
tory. Physical  and  Chemical  Properties.  Preparation.  Tests.  Action, 
Uses,  and  Doses. 

VEGETABLE  MATERIA  MEDICA      -  -  -  -  -  -  -        225 

Parts  of  Plants.  Classification.  Physiology.  Geography.  Medical  Pro- 
perties of  Natural  Families.  The  Collection  and  Drying  of  Vegetables. 

MEDICINAL  PLANTS,  FROM  RANUNCULACE..E  TO  FUNGI         ....        238 
According  to  the  system  of  De  Candolle,  with  a  character  of  the  Natural 
Family.     Description  of  the  Plant     Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of 
the  parts  used.     Preparations.    Actions.    Uses  and  Doses. 

PRODUCTS  OF  FERMENTATION        -  -  614 

Etherification  ...  -  619 

Acetous  Fermentation  and  Destructive  Distillation  -  623 

ANIMAL  MATERIA  MEDICA,  FROM  PORIFERA  TO  MAMMALIA  -  629 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  AND  THERAPEUTICAL  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  MATERIA  MEDICA  -  646 


- 


ADDENDA. 


Page  439,  line  46,  add : — Mr.  Redwood  (P.  J.  vi.  163)  states  that  Quinoidine  and  the 
Amorphous  Quinine  are  both  mixed  products,  containing  several  proximate  principles, 
and  that  one  part  of  these  principles  is  soluble,  the  other  insoluble  in  Ether,  and  that  in 
fact  amorphous  Quinine  is  the  same  substance  which  has  long  been  known  in  commerce 
under  the  name  of  Quinoidine  or  Chinoidine. 


To  Calcis  Murias 

"  Potassii  Ferrocyanidum 

"  Plumbi  Diacet.  Sol. 

"  Plumbi  Subacetatis  Liquor  comp. 

"  Names  of  Ant.  Pot.  Tart. 

"   Hydr.  c.  Creta 

"  Tinct.  Opii  Camph. 

"   Sinapis  alba 

"   Krameria 

"  Limonum  Oleum 

"   Oxalis  Acetosella 

"  Pil.  Colocynthidis,  E. 

"  Cuminum  Cyminum 

"   Pulv.  Ipecac,  comp. 

"   Decoct.  Cinchonee 


page  122  line  41  add  E. 

"  150  "  10  "  E. 

"  174  "  15  "  Aqua. 

"  175  "  11  "  D. 

"  183  "  23  "  Tartarum  Emeticum,  D. 

"  187  "  32  "  Gray  Powder. 

"  271  "  33  "  Elixir  Paregoricum,  D. 

"  278  "  14  "  D. 

"  282  "  36  "  Ratanhia,  D. 

"  297  "  18  "  L.  E. 

"  312  "  32  "  Acetosella,  L. 

"  398  "  14  "  Comp.  D. 

"  417  "  6  "  Cyminum,  L. 

"  427  "  17  "  L.  E.  D. 

"  440  "  33  "   D. 


MANUAL 


OF 


MATEBIA  MBDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 


"  MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS,"  being  the  title  of  one  of  the 
courses  of  lectures  attended  by  students  of  medicine,  is  adopted  as 
that  of  this  Manual,  because  it  treats  of  the  same  subjects ;  that  is, 
it  gives  an  account  of  the  substances  and  agents  which  are  employed 
as  remedies  for  the  relief  or  cure  of  disease.  These  consist  either 
of  material  substances  or  of  the  general  powers  of  nature.  Advan- 
tage is  also  taken,  in  some  measure,  and  in  particular  cases,  of  mental 
affections  and  passions. 

The  subjects  divide  themselves  naturally  into  two  distinct  branches. 

1.  MATERIA  MEDICA  ;  meaning,  correctly,  the  material  substances 
employed  as  medicines ;  but  it  usually  includes  all  the  other  means 
which  are  employed  with  the  same  object.     It  treats  of  their  natural 
characters,  sensible  properties,  chemical  qualities,  and  mode  of  action 
as  medicines. 

2.  THERAPEUTICA,  from  Segaitevu,  to  take  care  of  the  sick,  to  heal. 
Therapeutics,  in  the  most  comprehensive  sense,  includes  the  applica- 
tion of  remedies  for  the  prevention  or  cure  of  disease.     As  connected 
with  Materia  Medica,  it  treats  of  the  modes  of  action  and  of  the  effects 
of  medicines  as  employed  for  the  restoration  of  healthy  action,  and 
the  consequent  removal  of  disease.     Since  a  variety  of  substances 
are  capable  of  producing  the  same  general  effects,  though  they  may 
differ  from  each  other  in  minute  particulars,  they  are   frequently 
grouped  together,  so  as  to  form  classes  of  Medicines.     These  are 
convenient  for  practical  purposes,  because  what  is  best  suited  to  the 
peculiarities  of  a  constitution,  or  to  the  different  stages  of  any  par- 
ticular case,  may  be  more  easily  selected ;  or  one  remedy  may  be 
substituted  for  another,  when  the  first  has  begun  to  lose  its  effect. 

"  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  hold  a  middle  place  between 
the  purely  scientific  and  the  strictly  practical  branches  of  professional 
study.  Of  the  former,  Natural  Philosophy  and  Chemistry  treat  of  the 
properties  and  intimate  relations  of  all  natural  substances,  as  well  as 
of  the  powers  of  nature.  They  form  necessary  preliminaries  for  fully 
understanding  any  of  the  natural  sciences,  and  thus  become  a  part  of 

2 


18  INTRODUCTION. 

the  studies  of  other  professions  as  well  as  of  medicine.  Botany  and 
Comparative  Anatomy,  treating  of  the  structure  and  physiology  of 
plants  and  of  animals,  as  well  as  of  their  classification,  geographical 
distribution,  and  uses  to  man,  are  equally  essential  objects  of  study  to 
those  who  wish  only  to  attend  to  agricultural  or  to  horticultural 
pursuits,  or  to  improving  the  breeds  of  animals.  Even  Human 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  are  often  studied  by  those  who  desire  only 
to  become  acquainted  with  the  internal  structure  and  functions  of  the 
body  to  perfect  themselves  as  painters  or  as  sculptors,  or  who  desire 
to  study  the  beauty  and  design  displayed  in  the  works  of  the  Creator. 

"  The  strictly  practical  branches  of  professional  study — of  which 
the  principles,  however,  require  also  to  be  scientifically  studied — are 
embraced  in  the  departments  of  Surgery,  Medicine,  and  Midwifery, 
which  elucidate  the  nature  and  treatment  of  diseases,  both  external 
and  internal,  as  well  as  those  peculiar  to  women  and  children,  and  of 
the  process  of  parturition.  To  these  is  superadded  Forensic  Medicine, 
a  complicated  branch  of  study,  as  it  is  connected  with  every  other, 
and  requires  a  knowledge  both  of  healthy  and  of  diseased  structure, 
as  well  as  of  the  effects  of  deleterious  agents  on  the  constitution. 

"  The  practical  sciences  require  for  their  study  and  practice  a 
complete  knowledge  not  only  of  their  own  particular  subjects  and  of 
the  above-mentioned  preliminary  sciences,  but  also  of  the  agents  and 
substances,  whatever  be  their  nature,  which  are  called  Remedies,  and 
which  are  employed  to  alleviate  or  to  remove  all  departures  from  the 
healthy  state,  or  from  what  constitutes  disease."* 

A  complete  knowledge  of  Medicines  consists  in  an  acquaintance 
with  their  physical  and  chemical  characters,  their  physiological  ac- 
tion, and  therapeutical  effects.  Medicines  have  been  defined  to  be, 
all  substances  which  have  the  power  of  modifying  the  actual  state  of 
one  or  more  of  our  organs,  and  which  possess  this  property  indepen- 
dent of  their  nutritive  qualities.  Hence  they  are  administered  in  dis- 
ease, for  the  purpose  of  curing  or  relieving.  M.  Barbier  gives,  as  a 
distinctive  character  of  remedies,  the  property  of  not  being  decom- 
posable, nor  of  being  easily  transformed  into  chyle  by  the  action  of 
the  stomach,  but  of  being  capable  of  modifying  the  state  of  this 
organ.  Alimentary  substances,  on  the  contrary,  are  digested,  and 
transformed  into  chyle.  This,  however,  will  not  apply  to  all ;  for 
some  of  the  vegetable  salts,  as  the  acetates,  citrates,  and  tartrates, 
are  converted  into  carbonates  in  passing  from  the  stomach  into  the 
excretions ;  while  there  are  no  means  of  proving  whether  other  sub- 
stances strictly  nutritive,  such  as  fibrin  and  albumen,  are  decomposed 
or  not.  It  is  clear  that  aliments  are  assimilated  to  our  organs,  and 
become  an  integral  part  of  our  bodies ;  whilst  remedies  do  not  con- 
tribute in  a  direct  manner  to  nutrition.  It  is  equally  difficult  to  define 
remedies  as  distinct  from  poisons ;  for,  in  fact,  many  of  the  same 
substances  act  either  as  remedies  or  as  poisons,  according  to  the 
quantities  in  which  they  are  applied  to  our  organs. 

Before  knowing  how  and  when  to  prescribe  a  medicine,  its  nature 

*  Medical  Education, — a  Lecture  delivered  at  King's  College  by  the  Author.  Session 
1844-45. 


INTRODUCTION.  19 

ought  to  be  thoroughly  understood.  A  knowledge  of  medicines, 
therefore,  comprehends  an  acquaintance  with  their  external  character, 
their  sensible  properties,  and  their  chemical  nature,  as  well  as  their 
modes  of  preparation.  With  these,  should  be  included  some  know- 
ledge of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Animals,  Plants,  or  Minerals, 
which  yield  them.  In  order  to  prescribe  them  as  efficient  agents  for 
producing  changes  in  different  organs  and  functions,  we  must  be  ac- 
quainted with  their  mode  of  action  on  the  several  tissues  and  organs, 
as  well  in  a  state  of  health  as  in  disease, — that  is,  with  both  their 
Physiological  action  and  their  Therapeutical  effects.  With  all  this 
must  be  combined  a  knowledge  of  the  forms  in  which  they  may 
most  fitly  be  prescribed,  the  substances  with  which  they  may  be  com- 
bined, or  with  which  they  are  incompatible,  the  doses  in  which  they 
must  be  given,  and  the  cautions  which  peculiar  circumstances  may 
render  necessary :  all  which  is  embraced  in  the  theory  and  art  of 
prescribing,  together  with  the  rules  for  the  diet  and  treatment  of  the 
sick  and  convalescent. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  state,  that  for  the  purposes  of  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics,  sufficient  only  of  the  sciences  connected 
with  the  above  subjects  requires  to  be  known  so  as  to  enable  the 
mode  of  action  and  effects  of  substances,  when  employed  as  remedies, 
to  be  appreciated.  These  cannot  be  fully  discussed  in  this  Manual, 
for  they  include,  in  fact,  a  large  portion  of  the  objects  of  scientific 
study.  Thus,  the  affections  of  the  mind  and  the  passions  are  treated 
of  in  systems  of  Mental  and  of  Moral  Philosophy.  The  general 
powers  or  forces  of  nature,  such  as  Heat,  Light,  Electricity,  and 
Magnetism,  as  well  as  the  nature  and  constitution  of  the  Atmosphere 
and  of  Water,  as  also  the  subject  of  Climate,  are  discussed  both  by 
the  Natural  and  by  the  Chemical  philosopher. 

The  material  substances  commonly  called  Medicines  being  neces- 
sarily obtained  from  the  Mineral,  the  Vegetable,  and  Animal  King- 
doms, might  be  expected  to  be  treated  of  with  the  minerals,  plants, 
or  animals  which  yield  them,  in  works  of  Natural  History,  that  is, 
of  Mineralogy,  of  Botany,  and  of  Zoology.  This,  however,  is  sel- 
dom the  case,  except  so  far  as  their  external  characters,  which  require 
to  be  observed  for  the  purposes  of  classification.  But  the  internal 
structure  of  the  plants  and  animals  which  yield  them  are  examined 
by  the  vegetable  and  the  comparative  anatomist.  The  composition 
of  organic  beings  and  of  their  products,  as  well  as  of  mineral  sub- 
stances, is  ascertained  by  the  chemist.  The  mineral  kingdom  is 
sometimes  distinguished,  by  the  name  of  inorganic,  from  the  vegeta- 
ble and  animal,  which  differ  very  conspicuously,  in  the  different  parts 
of  each,  however  constituted  or  howsoever  composed,  being  organized. 
They  are  thus  calculated  to  perform  particular  functions,  which  are 
controlled  by  the  vital  powers,  and  form  the  objects  of  study  of  both 
the  Vegetable  and  Animal  Physiologist. 

Though  for  the  study  of  Materia  Medica  it  is  not  requisite  to  mas- 
ter these  various  sciences,  yet  as  the  object  is  to  acquire  an  accurate 
knowledge  of  the  nature  of  medicines,  the  modes  of  classification 
pursued  in  these  several  sciences  may  be  adopted  as  the  best  method 


20  INTRODUCTION. 

of  attaining  the  object.  Indeed,  this  mode  of  studying  animal,  vege- 
table, and  mineral  substances  may  with  advantage  be  considered  as 
abridged  views  of  their  respective  sciences,  in  which  the  principles 
and  classification  are  briefly  treated  of,  and  the  details  exemplified  by 
medicinal  substances. 

The  products  of  the  mineral  kingdom  being  inorganic,  are  also 
more  simple  in  composition,  and  therefore  desirable  to  study  first ;  so 
that  we  may  proceed  from  simply  observing  the  external  characters 
and  chemical  composition  of  minerals,  to  the  complicated  structure 
and  functions  of  organized  bodies.  Medicines  from  the  mineral 
kingdom  may  be  arranged  either  according  to  their  external  charac- 
ters, as  in  some  systems  of  Mineralogy,  or  according  to  their  chemi- 
cal composition,  as  is  the  case  in  others,  as  well  as  in  systems  of 
Chemistry.  The  latter  affords  numerous  advantages,  besides  enabling 
the  substances  which  are  produced  in  nature  to  be  arranged  together 
with  those  which  are  the  result  of  pharmaceutical  operations,  as 
many  of  these  are  of  a  chemical  nature. 

Before  proceeding  to  treat  specifically  of  individual  substances,  it 
might  be  expected  that  something  should  be  said  of  the  modes  of 
distinguishing  Minerals  by  their  external  characters,  or  of  the  primi- 
tive forms  of  Crystals  and  of  the  laws  of  crystallization,  or  of  the 
several  formations  of  rocks,  whether  primary,  secondary,  tertiary, 
or  alluvial,  from  which  different  Medicinal  substances  are  obtained'. 

It  might  also  be  expected  that  notice  should  be  taken  of  the  Gene- 
ral Properties  of  Matter,  as  of  the  Attraction  of  Cohesion,  which 
attracts  the  particles  of  matter  to  each  other  ;  or  of  such  subjects  as 
the  Solidity,  Hardness,  Specific  Gravity,  powers  of  Electricity,  and 
Refraction  of  bodies,  because  these  require  to  be  noticed  in  the  de- 
scriptions of  each  individual  substance.  But  these  subjects  are  fully 
treated  of  in  their  respective  Sciences ;  and  for  the  purposes  of 
Materia  Medica  it  is  only  required  to  make  use  of  the  correct  No- 
menclature, scientific  Classification,  and  other  information  which 
these  afford. 

As  it  is  more  natural  to  attend  first  to  what  may  be  seen  and 
touched,  so  in  the  following  descriptions,  the  External,  Physical,  and 
Sensible  Characters  of  each  substance  will  be  first  noticed,  and  this 
before  proceeding  to  the  Chemical  Composition,  as  this  requires  the 
destruction  of  a  substance  before  its  Analysis  can  be  accomplished. 


21 


OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY. 


MEDICINAL  substances,  as  produced  by  nature,  not  being  usually  fit 
for  exhibition  as  Medicines,  require  a  number  of  preliminary  pro- 
cesses, which  are  called  Operations  of  Pharmacy. 

These  relate — 1.  To  the  choosing,  collection,  and  preservation  of 
Drugs.  2.  Their  preparation,  to  fit  them  for 'exhibition  as  Medicines, 
including  their  mixture  and  combination.  For  the  sake  of  uniformity, 
these  require  to  be  ordered  by  authority,  and  are  so  in  the  several 
Pharmacopeias  of  London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin. 

The  choosing  of  Drugs  necessarily  implies  a  knowledge  of  the 
whole  subject,  as  all  the  characters  both  of  genuine  and  of  adulterated 
drugs  should  be  well  known  before  they  are  selected  or  purchased, 
or  an  attempt  should  be  made  to  prescribe  them.  For  this  purpose 
all  the  external  characters,  as  colour,  smell,  taste,  form,  consistence, 
comparative  weight,  fracture,  degree  of  solubility,  point  of  fusion,  &c., 
also  their  chemical  nature  and  composition,  must  be  noticed,  and 
their  purity  be  ascertained  by  means  of  Chemical  Tests. 

The  collection  of  Drugs  requires,  in  addition,  that  the  influence  of 
different  Physiological  states,  both  in  plants  and  animals,  should  be 
attended  to.  Hence  season,  situation,  aspect,  age,  habit,  being  wild 
or  cultivated,  are  all  of  importance. 

The  Preservation  of  Drugs  requires  attention  to  the  best  methods  of 
drying  both  mineral  and  organic  substances,  as  well  as  to  the  necessity 
of  protecting  most  of  them  from  the  influence  of  air,  of  moisture,  and 
of  light.  To  protect  them  from  the  latter,  black  or  green  bottles  are 
ordered  for  particular  preparations. 

Drugs  require  to  be  weighed,  both  for  Pharmaceutical  preparations 
and  in  dispensing.  Troy,  called  also  Apothecaries'  Weights,  are  em- 
ployed for  these  purposes,  and  are  divided  as  below,  with  each  weight 
denoted  by  its  sign. 

One  Pound,     fti.  =  12  ounces,       3xij.  =  5760  gxs. 
"     Ounce,     3i.  =     8  Drachms,  3viij.  =     480    " 
"     Drachm,  3i.  =     3  Scruples,    9iij.    =       60    " 
"     Scruple,   9i.  =  20  Grains,       gr.xx.=      20     " 
"     Grain,      gr.  i- 

Liquids  used  formerly  to  be  weighed,  as  they  still  are  in  the  Dub- 
lin Pharmacopeia.  But  as  it  is  much  more  convenient  to  measure 
them,  this  method  therefore  is  now  generally  adopted.  The  Wine 


22  OPERATIONS   OF   PHARMACY. 

Measure  was  formerly  employed ;  but  the  Imperial  Gallon  is  now 
used,  and  is  thus  divided  and  distinguished : — 

IMPERIAL  MEASURE  ADOPTED  IN  THE  PHARMACOPEIAS,  L.  AND  E. 

Wine  Measure  in 
Minims,    former  Pharmacopoeia. 


One  Gallon,  Ci.   =     8  Pints,  Oviij.    =  76800 

"     Pint,  Oi. '  =  20  Fluid  ounces,    f  3xx.   ^=     9600 

Fluid  ounce       f  3i.  =     8  Fluid  drachms,  f  3viij.  =      480 


61440  =  Oviij. 
7680  ==  fSxvj. 
480  =  f3viij. 


"     Fluid  drachm,    f  3i.  =  60     Minims,  rt^k.    =         60  |        60  = 

"    Minim,  (ft 

The  Imperial  Gallon  and  Pint  evidently  contain  much  more  than 
the  Wine  Measure,  in  the  proportion  of  about  5  to  4 ;  but  the  College, 
by  dividing  the  Pint  into  f3xx.,  instead  of  into  f 3xvi.,  obtain  nearly  the 
same  quantities  for  the  ounce,  drachm,  and  minim,  (v.  Phillip's  Transl. 
of  the  London  Pharmacopoeia.) 

[APOTHECARIES'  OR.  WINE  MEASURE,  u.  s.,  D. 

One  Gallon,  Cj.  =     8  Pints,  Oviij.    =  61440  Minims. 

"     Pint,  Oj.  =  16  Fluid  ounces,    f3xvj.  =  7680          " 

"     Fluid  ounce,  3j.  =     8  Fluid  drachms,  ^viij.  =  480  " 

"    Fluid  drachm,  £j.  =  60  Minims,  ffrlx.    =60  " 

This  standard  of  measure  is  adopted  by  the  U.S.  Pharmacopoeia, 
and  is  in  use  in  this  country. 

Approximative  measurement  has,  however,  sometimes  to  be  em- 
ployed, and  it  is  important  to  know  the  capacities  of  the  several  vessels 
which  are  in  use  for  this  purpose.  This  knowledge  may  be  thus 
given : — 

A  teacup  contains  about  a  gill,  =  f  3iv. 

A  wine  glass     -----     =  f  3ij. 

A  tablespoonful       -     -     -    -     =  f  3ss. 

Ateaspoonful    -     -     -    -    -    =  f3j. 

In  small  quantities,  the  most  common  mode  of  dispensing  fluids  is 
by  dropping  them.  Drops  are  not  of  uniform  amount,  as  their  size 
will  depend  upon  the  consistency  of  the  fluid  and  the  nature  of  the 
vessels  by  which  they  are  formed.  The  numb'er  of  drops,  therefore, 
required  to  measure  a  fluid  drachm,  at  least,  ought  to  be  known 
before  this  mode  is  resorted  to.] 

Bodies  occupying  the  same  space  are,  however,  well  known  to 
differ  much  in  weight,  as,  for  instance,  Lead  and  Cork,  in  consequence 
of  the  former  containing  more  matter  in  the  same  space  than  the 
latter;  or,  in  other  words,  Lead  has  a  greater  density  than  Cork. 
Bodies  are,  therefore,  weighed  under  two  points  of  view :  first  with 
respect  to  their  absolute  weights,  and  -second  with  reference  to  that 
which  is  peculiar  to  each  species,  and  is  hence  called  Specific  Gravity. 
This  refers  to  the  ccfmparative  weights  of  different  bodies  occupying 
the  same  space  and  referred  to  a  common  standard.  As  the  quantity 


MECHANICAL  OPERATIONS   OF   PHARMACY.       23 

of  matter  within  the  same  space  differs  very  much  according  as  it  is 
more  or  less  expanded  by  heat,  so  the  Sp.  Gr.  of  bodies  is  always 
referred  to  one  temperature,  that  is,  60°;  but  the  London  College 
mentions  62°  of  Fahr.  The  quantity  of  a  medicinal  substance,  as  of 
an  acid,  an  alkali,  or  a  spirit,  may,  moreover,  vary  very  much  in 
the  same  bulk  according  as  it  is  more  or  less  diluted  with  water. 
The  strength,  therefore,  which  is  the  same  thing  as  the  Sp.  Gr.,  re- 
quires to  be  ascertained  both  for  Pharmaceutic  and  for  Medicinal 
purposes.  Water  is,  for  convenience,  taken  as  the  standard  to  which 
the  comparative  weights  of  other  bodies  are  referred ;  but  its  Sp.  Gr., 
though  usually  reckoned  as  1,  is  by  some  taken  at  1000,  to  avoid 
fractional  parts. 

The  Sp.  Gr.  of  a  liquid  may  easily  be  ascertained  by  weighing  it 
in  a  bottle  which  holds  exactly  1000  grains  of  water  at  60°.  Solids 
are  weighed  first  in  air,  and  then,  when  suspended  by  a  hair,  in  water. 
In  this  case,  they  displace  a  quantity  of  water  equal  to  their  own 
bulk,  and  weigh  less  than  in  air,  because  they  are  supported  by  the 
surrounding  water  with  a  force  equal  to  the  weight  of  water  which 
has  been  displaced.  Rule :  find  the  difference  between  the  weight  of 
the  body  in  air,  and  when  weighed  in  water ;  take  this  difference  to 
divide  the  weight  of  the  body  in  air,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  spe- 
cific gravity.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  aeriform  bodies  is  ascertained  by 
weighing  certain  measured  quantities  when  passed  into  a  vessel  ex- 
hausted of  air,  and  of  which  the  weight  has  been  previously  ascer- 
tained. The  different  gases  vary  very  much  in  their  Sp.  Gr.,  but 
they  are  all  referred  to  Atmospheric  air  as  a  standard.  By  careful 
experiment,  it  has  been  found  that  100  cubic  inches  of  air  weigh 
31-0177  grains  at  60°  of  Temperature  and  30  inches  of  Barometrical 
pressure. 

Professor  Daniell  has  given  the  following  table  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  of  the 
lightest  gas,  of  air,  of  steam,  and  of  water  : 


Cubic  inches. 

Weights,  Grains. 

Sp.  Gr.  Air  1. 

Sp.  Gr.  Water  1. 

Hydrogen,       100 
Air,  ---     100 

2-136 
31-000 

0-0694 
1-0000 

0-0000846 
0-0012277 

Steam,  -     -    100 

19-220 

0-6240 

0-0007611 

Water,  -     -    100 

.       25250-000 

814-0000 

1-0000000 

MECHANICAL  OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY. 


Before  Drugs  can  be  exhibited  as  Medicines,  they  require  to  un- 
dergo a  variety  of  processes,  some  of  a  Mechanical,  others  of  a  Chemi- 
cal nature.  Of  these  some  are  intended  merely  to  effect  Mechanical 
Division.  This  is  useful  in  two  ways,  first  in  assisting  the  chemical 
action  of  bodies  upon  each  other,  and  secondly,  in  rendering  them 
more  easy  of  administration  as  Medicines.  Some  substances  must 


24  OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY. 

be  subjected  to  preliminary  operations,  as  Cleaning,  Cutting,  Bruising, 
Grating,  Rasping,  Filing ;  or  they  may  be  powdered  in  mortars  of 
wood,  iron,  wedgwood,  glass,  &c. ;  or  ground  in  mills  or  between 
rollers.  The  different  modes  are  sometimes  distinguished  by  distinct 
names : 

Pulverization  by  Contusion,  as  Pounding  of  tough  substances. 

"  Trituration,  Rubbing  to  a  fine  powder. 

"  Grinding,  as  in  Mills  and  between  Rollers. 

"  Friction,  as  with  a  Grater,  file,  or  rubbing. 

"  Porphyrization,  on  a  Slab  with  a  muller. 

Mediate  Pulverization,  when  substances  are  added  to  assist 

the  process,  and  are  afterwards 
washed  out. 
Levigation,     .          .          .          Fine  Trituration  with  water  or  any 

fluid   in  which  the  solid  is  not 

soluble. 
Granulation,    .  .  .  when  melted  metal  is  agitated  till  it 

cools,  or  is  shaken  in  a  box,  or 

poured  from  a  height  into  cold 

water. 

As  the  finest  powders  prepared  by  the  above  means  always  contain 
some  coarse  particles,  so  methods  are  adopted  by  which  bodies 
may  be  mechanically  separated.  Thus  Pharmaceutists  adopt — 

To  separate  solids  from  solids, 

Elutriation,  or  washing.  The  fine  particles,  being  suspended, 

are  poured  off  from  the  coarser, 
and  are  then  allowed  to  settle. 

Sifting,  as  with  Sieves.  Sieves  may  be  simple  or  compound, 

of  wire,  perforated  zinc,  hair,  or 
gauze  ;  or  the  fine  particles  may 
be  dusted  through  bags. 
To  separate  fluids  from  solids, 

Decanting ;    Deposition,  when  performed  for  the  sake  of  the 

solid. 
"  Defaecation  "  "  "         of  the  fluid. 

Or  the  fluid  may  be  sucked  off  with  a  sucking-tube,  or  removed 
with  a  syphon. 

Filtration,  .  .  .  with  Funnels  and  Filters ;  woollen 

or  paper  filters,  or  powdered  glass, 
or  Charcoal  and  sand,  may  be 
used. 

Expression,  .  .  .  for  separating  vegetable  juices,  or 

pulp  of  fruits,  oils,  &c.,  from  lig- 
neous fibre,  &c. 


OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY.  25 

Clarification,  or  Despumation,      by  adding  different  substances,  as 

Albumen,  or  the  white  of  egg,  or 
isinglass,  when  a  scum  rises  to 
the  surface,  or  falls  to  the  bottom, 
carrying  impurities  with  it. 

Fluids  may  be  separated  from  fluids,  when  there  is  no  affinity  be- 
tween them,  and  they  are  of  different  specific  gravities ;  as  by  decant- 
ing, skimming-off,  the  use  of  the  Separatory,  or  by  a  Syringe,  &c. 

Several  preparations  fitted  for  exhibition  as  Medicines  are  prepared 
by  the  above  mechanical  processes  with  the  addition  of  mixing,  such 
as  Powders,  Pills,  Confections,  Electuaries,  Mellita,  Mixtures,  Cerates, 
Ointments,  Plasters. 

OPERATIONS  OF  PHARMACY  DEPENDENT  ON  HEAT.  Some  of  those 
included  under  this  head  are  not  usually  considered  instances  of  true 
Chemical  Action,  but  as  dependent  on  the  ordinary  laws  of  Nature. 
Here,  however,  it  is  immaterial-  in  what  light  they  are  viewed,  as  the 
processes  are  the  same,  and  depend  chiefly  on  the  effects  of  Heat  in 
diminishing  or  increasing  the  cohesion  of  different  bodies. 

Temperature  is  measured  by  Fahrenheit's  Thermometer,  of  which 
the  Freezing  Point  is  32°  and  the  Boiling  Point  212°.  A  gentle  Heat 
means  any  degree  between  90°  and  100°.  A  Water-Bath  signifies 
an  apparatus  for  heating  by  boiling  water  or  by  steam ;  a  Sand-Bath, 
one  in  which  a  vessel  is  placed  and  warmed  by  the  gradual  heating 
of  sand. 

FUSION,  or  melting  produced  by  increasing  temperature,  is  practised 
with  metals,  wax,  &c.  Bodies  first  dilate,  and  then,  if  not  decomposed, 
they  melt,  and  each  always  at  the  same  temperature.  No  further 
increase  of  temperature  then  takes  place,  as  all  subsequent  additions 
of  caloric  become  latent.  Fusion  may  be  effected  in  metallic  vessels, 
in  the  open  air,  as  in  furnaces,  or  in  crucibles ;  the  London  College 
mentions  Hessian  and  Cornish  ones.  In  some  cases,  fluxes  are 
required ;  but  these  are  not  mentioned  in  the  L.  Pharmacopeia. 

SOLUTION — When  a  fluid,  as  water,  alcohol,  ether,  oil,  &c.,  over- 
comes the  cohesion  of  a  body,  and  incorporates  its  particles  within 
itself,  without  decomposing  them,  itself  remaining  transparent.  When 
unable  to  dissolve  more,  it  is  said  to  be  saturated.  Heat  usually,  but 
not  always,  increases  the  solvent  power  of  a  liquid.  Solution  is 
favoured  by  the  quantity  of  the  solvent,  by  division,  and  by  agitation, 
also  by  pressure.  Cold  is  produced  during  solution,  from  a  portion 
of  the  caloric  of  the  liquid  being  required  to  enable  the  solid  to  pass 
into  the  same  state.  Hence  freezing  mixtures  are  produced  by  dis- 
solving salts  in  water,  or  by  mixing  them  with  ice  or  snow. 
.  Solutions  of  a  Homogeneous  solid.  1.  In  pure  Water,  as  of 
*Acids,  Alkalis,  and  of  Salts,  or  of  certain  vegetable  and  animal 
principles,  as  Gum,  Sugar,  Starch,  or  of  Gelatine  and  of  Albumen. 
2.  In  Alcohol  and  Proof  Spirit.  Vegetable  Alkalis  are  very  soluble 
in  alcohol,  so  is  Iodine.  3.  In  Ether :  this  solvent  is  little  employed 


26  VAPORIZATION. 

in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  but  is  capable  of  dissolving  many  of  the  same 
substances  as  Alcohol,  and  more  of  some  resins  and  fats.  4.  In  Oil. 
This  dissolves  Camphor  and  some  of  the  acrid  and  narcotic  princi- 
ples of  plants,  whence  the  French  employ  several  Oils. 

Solutions  of  a  Heterogeneous  solid  are  differently  named,  accord- 
ing to  the  temperature  employed.  1.  Maceration,  is  an  operation 
performed  at  ordinary  temperatures,  as  from  60°  to  80°,  and  which 
is  continued  for  some  time,  as  from  12  hours  to  a  few  days.  a.  With 
pure  water  as  a  solvent,  forming  cold  infusions,  which  are  useful 
when  we  wish  to  prevent  aroma  being  dissipated,  or  to  obtain  a 
light  infusion,  free  from  principles  which  would  be  taken  up  if  heat 
was  employed,  b.  In  Rectified  or  Proof  Spirit,  forming  Tinctures, 
the  former  for  the  resinous,  and  the  latter  for  the  more  gummy  pro- 
ducts of  plants.  The  Tinctures  may  be  either  Simple  or  Compound, 
that  is,  when  one,  or  when  more  than  one,  substance  is  acted  upon 
by  the  solvent.  Sometimes  Ammonia  is  added,  forming  Ammoniated 
Tinctures,  c.  Ether  is  occasionally  employed  in  making  what  are 
then  called  Ethereal  Tinctures,  d.  Wine,  used  as  a  solvent,  forms 
Medicated  Wines,  and  is  preferred  for  taking  up  some  of  the  soluble 
principles :  as  in  Vinum  Colchici,  V.  Ipecacuanhas,  V.  Opii,  V.  Ve- 
ratri.  e.  Vinegar  is  used  as  a  menstruum,  and  preferred  for  some 
vegetable  principles;  but  in  most  cases  it  is  probable  that  some 
chemical  change  is  also  produced,  as  in  Acetum  Opii,  A.  Colchici, 
A.  Scillce. 

2.  Percolation  is  a  kind  of  Maceration,  but  superior  to  it  in  its 
power  of  exhausting  a  body  of  its  active  soluble  principles.     This  is 
effected  by  more  minute  subdivision  of  the  solid,  and  by  passing  the 
liquid  through  it,  and  thus  bringing  all  its  particles  in  contact  with 
the  whole  of  the  menstruum.     The  solvent  can  then  be  used  upon 
fresh  portions  of  solid,  which  may  be  similarly  exhausted  until  the 
liquid  becomes  of  the  desired  degree  of  strength. 

3.  Digestion  is  similar  to  Maceration,  but  the  action  is  promoted 
by  a  heat  of  from  90°  to  100°. 

4.  Infusion — When  boiling  water,  that  is,  at  212°,  is  poured  on 
the  leaves,  barks,  or  roots,  &c.  of  plants,  and  allowed  to  cool  down. 
Many  substances  require  first  to  be  bruised  or  cut,  so  as  to  be  perme- 
able  to  the  water.     Polished  metallic  vessels,  as  they  cool  more 
slowly  from  radiating  heat  less  freely,  are  usually  preferred  to  make 
infusions  in. 

5.  Decoction — When  boiling  water  is  used,  and  kept  boiling  for  a 
shorter  or  longer  period,  all  the  principles  soluble  in  water  become 
dissolved,  and  some  others  are  suspended  with  them.    Decoctions  are 
preferred  when  the  full  effects  of  some  medicines  are  required.     In 
other  cases  the  aromatic  principles  are  dissipated. 

VAPORIZATION — Those  operations  in  which  liquid  bodies  become 
converted  into  vapours  or  gases.  This  may  take  place  only  at  the 
surface  of  the  liquid,  when  it  is  called  Evaporation ;  or,  if  the  vapour 
is  formed  by  the  addition  of  caloric  throughout  the  whole  mass, 
Ebullition. 


*-. 

VAPORIZATION.  27 

Evaporation  is  adopted  when  the  volatile  liquid  is  allowed  to  es- 
cape, and  the  solid  residue  retained  for  use  ;  as  in  the  case  of  Extracts, 
Inspissated  juices,  in  crystallizing  salts,  as  in  obtaining  sea-salt. 
Evaporation  when  taking  place  at  ordinary  temperatures  is  called 
spontaneous  evaporation ;  and  as  it  takes  place  at  the  surface,  shallow 
vessels  with  broad  surfaces  are  necessary.  During  evaporation, 
cooling  ensues,  in  consequence  of  the  quantity  of  caloric  required  for 
the  liquid  to  exist  in 'the  gaseous  state.  Hence  the  coolness  produced 
by  evaporating  lotions,  that  of  porous  vessels,  &c.  The  rate  of 
evaporation  increases  as  temperature  is  increased  or  pressure  re- 
moved ;  hence  it  occurs  in  a  much  lower  temperature  in  vacuo.  In- 
spissated Juices  are  reduced  to  comparative  dryness  by  this  process. 
Where  the  active  principles  of  a  vegetable  or  animal  have  been  ob- 
tained in  solution  in  alcohol  or  water,  and  are  similarly  reduced  to  a 
proper  consistence,  we  obtain  aqueous  or  alcoholic  extracts.  As  these 
are  apt  to  be  injured  by  heat,  so  it  is  of  advantage  to  prepare  them 
at  as  low  a  temperature  as  possible.  Hence  the  superiority  of  those 
prepared  in  vacuo. 

Ebullition  taking  place  by  additions  of  heat  to  the  mass  of  liquid, 
a  large  quantity  of  caloric  becomes  latent  (or  hidden,  as  in  evapora- 
tion,) to  enable  the  liquid  to  exist  in  a  gaseous  state.  The  Boiling 
point  varies  in  different  liquids.  Ether  boils  at  100°,  Alcohol  at  173-5°, 
Water  at  212°,  Oil  of  Turpentine  at  316°,  Mercury  at  656°.  It  is 
also  influenced  by  other  circumstances,  but  especially  by  pressure,  as 
fluids  boil  at  140°  lower  temperature  in  vacuo  than  in  the  open  air. 
When  pressure  is  increased,  the  boiling  point  is  raised,  and  often 
also  the  solvent  powers  of  the  fluid.  Boiling  is  employed  in  making 
Decoctions,  &c.,  and  also  in  the  process  of  Distillation. 

Distillation  is  employed  in  separating  a  volatile  liquid  from  other 
substances  which  are  either  fixed  or  less  volatile  than  itself.  It  con- 
sists of  two  processes ;  first,  the  application  of  heat  to  convert  the 
volatile  substance  into  vapour,  and  then  the  condensation  of  this  va- 
pour, in  a  separate  vessel,  into  a  liquid.  The  operation  may  be  per- 
formed in  a  retort  or  still,  to  either  of  which  a  receiver  kept  cool  or 
a  refrigeratory  must  be  fitted.  The  vessels  maybe  of  metal,  of  glass, 
or  of  earthenware,  and  the  heat  applied  either  directly  or  through  the 
medium  of  a  sand,  water,  or  steam-bath. 

Distillation  of  Water.  Distilled  water  is  required  to  be  employed  in 
all  the  Pharmacopreia  Preparations. 

"  Distilled  Waters.  These  contain  a  little  of  the  volatile 
principles  of  plants,  and  may  be  distilled  either  off  the 
plants,  or  by  distilling  some  Essential  Oil  with  water. 

"  Essential  Oils.  Volatile  Oil  being  diffused  through  the 
different  parts  of  various  plants,  these  are,  if  necessary, 
coarsely  divided,  and  soaked  in  water.  The  oil  is  then 
distilled  over  with  the  water,  from  which  it  is  afterwards 
separated  as  it  floats  upon  the  surface. 

"  Acids.  As  of  Acetic,  Nitric,  Hydrochloric,  Hydrocyanic 
acids,  &c.,  of  Vinegar  for  purification. 


28  CRYSTALLIZATION. 

Distillation  of  Alcohol.  This  is  first  obtained  in  the  form  of  Raw  Spirit 
It  is  rectified  for  the  purpose  of  purification,  and  also 
for  concentration,  and  has  then  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  -835,  Proof 
Spirit  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  -920.  Rectified  Spirit  may  be  fur- 
ther strengthened  by  distilling  it  off  Carbonate  of  Potash 
or  dry  Chloride  of  Calcium,  which  retain  the  water, 
while  the  volatile  Alcohol  is  distilled  off. 

Distilled  Spirits.  These  are  colourless  solutions  in  Alcohol  of  the 
volatile  principles  of  plants,  and  are  obtained  by  distil- 
lation in  the  same  way  as  the  distilled  waters,  but  with 
rectified  or  proof  spirit  as  the  solvent. 

Sublimation  is  distinguished  from  Distillation  in  the  volatilized 
matter  assuming  a  solid  form  on  condensation,  as  in  Sulphur,  Sal 
Ammoniac,  Iodine,  &c. 

Condensation.  In  the  Processes  of  Distillation  and  of  Sublima- 
tion, bodies  are  first  converted  into  vapour,  and  then  reduced  to  the 
liquid  or  solid  state  by  the  simple  reduction  of  temperature.  The 
condensation  of  gases,  or  those  which  are  permanent  at  ordinary 
temperatures  and  pressure,  may  be  effected  by  increasing  the  pressure 
or  by  the  application  of  great  cold.  Prof.  Faraday,  by  combining 
the  condensing  powers  of  mechanical  compression  with  that  of  very 
considerable  depressions  of  temperature,  has  obtained  a  pressure 
equal  to  50  atmospheres,  and  a  cold  equal  to  — 166°  of  Fahrenheit's 
scale,  and  has  thus  liquefied  many  previously  uncondensed  gases. 
Condensation  of  a  gas  may  also  be  effected  mediately,  that  is,  by 
passing  it  through  a  liquid  for  which  it  has  some  affinity,  or  through 
which  it  may  become  permeated :  ex.  Solution  of  Ammonia,  Liquid 
Hydrochloric  acid,  Carbonic  acid  water.  The  terms  Congelation  or 
Solidification  are  employed  when  a  body  assumes  the  solid  form 
from  the  mere  reduction  of  temperature. 

Precipitation  is  the  process  when  a  body  passes  to  the  solid  state 
so  rapidly  as  to  prevent  the  particles  arranging  themselves  in  any 
regular  form,  and  therefore  the  precipitate  falls  as  a  more  or  less  fine 
powder. 

Crystallization.  When  bodies,  in  passing  from  the  liquid  or  gaseous 
state,  assume  regular  geometrical  forms,  the  process  is  called  crystal- 
lization, and  the  solid  bodies  crystals.  This  may  be  effected  by  gra- 
dually cooling  down  any  melted  mass,  as  Sulphur,  the  Metals ;  or  a 
vapour,  as  Sal  Ammoniac  or  Corrosive  Sublimate ;  or  by  slowly 
evaporating  the  liquid  in  which  a  solid  may  have  been  dissolved. 
The  process  then,  depending  on  evaporation,  requires  to  be  performed 
in  broad  and  shallow  vessels.  It  is  favoured  by  the  presence  of 
foreign  bodies,  &c.,  and  by  agitation ;  but  the  crystals  then  produced 
are  small,  as  also  when  the  process  is  quickly  performed. 

The  majority  of  crystals,  when  deposited  from  their  watery  solu- 
tions, carry  with  them  a  certain  portion  of  water,  which  they  render 
solid,  but  much  of  which  they  also  part  with  by  the  mere  application 
of  heat  or  by  exposure  to  the  air.  This  is  called  water  of  crystalliza- 
tion, and  it  exists  in  crystals  in  its  equivalent  proportion,  or  some 


CRYSTALLIZATION. 


29 


multiple  of  it.  Professor  Graham  considers  a  portion  of  tViis  water, 
when  it  replaces  a  base,  as  essential  to  the  constitution  of  the  salt. 
This  is  then  sometimes  described  as  water  chemically  combined.  A 
salt  or  body  combined  with  water  is  called  a  hydrate,  one  without 
any,  anhydrous.  Salts  which  contain  much  water  of  crystallization, 
when  heated,  undergo  aqueous  fusion,  and,  the  water  being  dissipated, 
they  are  left  as  dry  salts :  e.  g.  burnt  Alum.  Some,  when  exposed 
to  the  air,  lose  this  water,  and  are  said  to  effloresce ;  others  absorb 
water,  and  are  said  to  deliquesce ;  while  those  which  undergo  no 
change  in  the  air  are  called  permanent. 

Crystals  are  also  studied  with  respect  to  their  forms  and  the  nature 
of  their  formation.  Crystallography  is  now  an  extensive  and  inde- 
pendent science,  the  principles  only  of  which  we  need  notice,  as 
they  are  treated  of  in  separate  works,  as  well  as  in  systems  of  Che- 
mistry. As  many  substances  have  forms  peculiar  to  themselves,  it  is 
necessary  to  be  acquainted  with  those  which  characterize  different 
pharmaceutical  salts,  as  they  may  thus  be  distinguished  even  when 
very  minute.  Some  forms,  however,  are  common  to  several  distinct 
minerals,  and  these  are  therefore  sometimes  grouped  together  accord- 
ing to  their  external  characters.  The  forms  of  these  crystals  have 
been  distinguished  into  those  which  are  Primary,  and  others  which, 
from  being  considered  as  modifications  of  them,  are  called  Secondary. 
That  the  external  forms  are  connected  with  a  certain  regularity  of 
internal  structure,  is  evident  from  the  well-known  facts  of  the  cleavage 
of  crystals,  also  their  refraction  of  light  and  different  degrees  of  ex- 
pansion by  heat.  The  primitive  forms  are, — 1.  The  Cube.  2.  The 


Tetrahedron,  contained  under  four  equilateral  triangles.  3.  The  Oc- 
tohedron,  contained  under  eight  equilateral  triangles.  4.  The  Hexan- 
gular  Prism.  5.  The  Rhombic  Dodecahedron,  limited  by  twelve 
rhombic  faces ;  and  6.  The  Dodecahedron  with  isosceles  triangular 
faces.  The  secondary  forms  may  be  produced  by  modifications  of 


30  CRYSTALLIZATION. 

the  above,  as  by  decrements  of  particles  taking  place  on  their  edges 
and  angles,  which  would  produce  a  great  variety  of  forms. 

Though  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  internal  structure  of  crystals 
must  be  as  regular  as  their  external  forms,  because  it  seems  evident 
from  the  unequal  expansion  and  contraction  of  certain  crystals  by 
changes  of  temperature,  and  also  from  their  different  modes  of  refract- 
ing light,  yet,  to  use  Mr.  Daniell's  words,  crystallographers  now  con- 
fine themselves  to  the  experimental  determinations,  and  the  geometri- 
cal relations  of  their  exterior  forms.  Crystallography  is  now  founded 
upon  our  ideas  of  the  regular  and  exactly  similar  distribution  of  two, 
three,  four,  or  any  number  of  parts  in  symmetrical  order ;  and  that  if 
one  of  the  primary  planes  or  axes  of  a  crystal  be  modified  in  any 
manner,  all  the  symmetrical  planes  and  axes  must  be  modified  in  the 
same  manner. 

The  introduction  of  a  systematic  arrangement  of  crystalline  forms 
according  to  their  degrees  of  symmetry  is  due  to  the  labours  of  Weiss 
and  Mohs,  and  its  principles  are  explained  in  Prof.  Daniell's  Introd. 
to  Chemical  Philosophy.  The  classes  and  the  forms  which  are  re- 
ferred to  these  will  only  be  enumerated  here,  as  many  of  them  are 
mentioned  in  the  descriptions  of  crystals  in  this  work. 

I.  Cubic,  Octahedral,  or  Regular  System,  having  3  rectangular  axes 
all  equal;  contains  the  Cube,  Regular  Octohedron,  Tetrahedron, 
Rhombic  Dodecahedron,  and  Trapezohedron.  II.  Right  Square 
Prismatic  System:  3  rectangular  axes,  2  equal,  contains  Square 
Prism  and  Octohedron  with  a  Square  base.  III.  Rhombohedric :  3 
equal  axes,  not  rectangular;  1  perpendicular  to  the  3 ;  Rhombohe- 
drons,  Bipyramidal  Dodecahedrons,  Hexangular  Prisms.  IV.  Right 
Rectangular  or  Rhombic  Prismatic :  3  rectangular  axes,  no  two 
equal ;  Right  Rectangular  Rhombic  Prism,  and  Right  Rectangular, 
and  also  Rhombic  Octohedron.  V.  Oblique  Rectangular  or  Rhombic 
Prismatic  :  2  axes  oblique,  the  third  perpendicular  to  both.  Oblique 
Rectangular  and  also  Rhombic  Prisms ;  Oblique  Rectangular  and 
also  Rhombic  Octohedrons.  VI.  Double  Oblique  Prismatic :  3  axes, 
all  intersecting  each  other  obliquely ;  Doubly  Oblique  Prism  and  also 
Octohedron. 

By  these  various  processes  are  obtained  the  Pharmaceutical  prepa- 
rations which  are  known  by  the  names  of  Solutions,  Tinctures,  Wines, 
Vinegars,  Infusions,  Decoctions,  and  Extracts ;  also  Distilled  Waters ; 
Spirits,  and  Essential  Oils;  likewise  some  Precipitates  and  Salts, 
though  the  production  of  these  depends  chiefly  upon  Chemical  De- 
compositions and  Combinations.  For  a  full  account  of  the  different 
processes  consult  Kane's  Elements  of  Pharmacy. 


PHARMACEUTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Substances  which  are  throughout  identical  in  nature,  are  subject 
only  to  the  ordinary  laws  of  Physics  ;  but  when  substances  different 
in  nature,  and  minutely  subdivided,  come  into  contact,  or  are  placed 


PHARMACEUTICAL  CHEMISTRY.  31 

at  insensible  distances  from  each  other,  they  become  subject  to  a 
series  of  changes  consequent  on  Chemical  Attraction  or  Affinity. 
The  result  of  this  attraction  is  to  unite  two  or  more  bodies  together 
into  one,  which  has  properties  usually  very  different  from  the  bodies 
of  which  it  is  composed.  One  great  object  of  Chemistry  is  to  deter- 
mine what  bodies  are  compound,  and  what,  from  the  inability  of 
chemists  to  separate  them  into  more  simple  bodies,  are  considered  to 
be  Elements.  These  are  at  present  about  55  in  number ;  a  majority 
of  the  most  important  of  them  form  objects  of  study  in  Materia 
Medica,  either  in  their  simple  form,  or  as  constituents  of  compound 
bodies. 

As  most  bodies,  when  judged  of  by  external  characters,  appear  to 
be  homogeneous,  or  composed  of  only  one  substance,  the  object  of  the 
Chemist  is  to  ascertain  whether  this  is  actually  the  case,  or  only  appa- 
rent. This  he  does  either  by  the  action  of  Heat,  or  by  presenting  to 
the  compound  body  some  other  substance  which  has  a  greater  affinity 
for  one  of  its  constituents.  This  is  called  Analysis,  or  the  separation 
of  a  compound  Body  into  its  constituent  parts,  the  quantities  of  each 
being  ascertained.  As  a  Compound  Body  is  capable  of  combining 
with  other  bodies,  which  may  themselves  be  either  simple  or  com- 
pound, it  is  clear  that  by  the  process  of  Chemical  Analysis  a  body 
may  be  reduced  either  into  the  substances  from  the  immediate  union 
of  which  it  has  been  formed,  and  which  are  called  its  Proximate 
Principles,  or  into  the  elementary  substances  of  which  the  latter  con- 
sist, and  which  are  then  called  its  Ultimate  Principles.  When  the 
constituent  principles  of  a  body  can  be  so  reunited  as  to  reproduce 
the  substance  which  has  been  analyzed,  the  process  is  called  Chemical 
Synthesis,  and  is  the  most  certain  proof  of  the  correctness  of  an 
analysis. 

These  Decompositions  and  Recompositions,  or  Combinations,  form 
the  chief  occupation  of  the  Chemist,  are  always  going  on  in  the  great 
operations  of  nature  whether  of  growth  or  of  decay,  and  require  to  be 
studied  especially  with  regard  to  the  laws  which  govern  their  combi- 
nations, which  are  called  those  of  Chemical  Affinity.  It  has  been 
ascertained  that  though  some  substances,  as  Alcohol  and  Water,  unite 
in  any  proportion,  and  others,  as  Salt  and  Water,  in  any  proportion 
up  to  a  certain  extent,  yet  that  the  majority  of  substances  (or,  accord- 
ing to  some,  all  substances)  which  form  true  Chemical  combinations, 
unite  only  in  one  or  in  a  few  fixed  and  definite  proportions.  This 
forms  the  basis  of  what  is  called  the  doctrine  of  Chemical  Equivalents, 
Definite  Proportions,  or  of  the  Atomic  Theory,  of  which  the  facts 
have  been  ascertained  by  numerous  experiments,  though  the  explana- 
tions are  theoretical. 

The  combination  of  Bodies  is  much  influenced  by  the  different 
states  in  which  they  are  brought  into  apparent  contact,  and  much 
favoured  by  bodies  being  brought  into  the  state  of  liquids,  and  also  by 
heat,  as  is  fully  detailed  in  works  on  Chemistry.  It  is  requisite  to 
allude  to  the  points  requiring  to  be  studied,  in  order  to  understand 
even  the  ordinary  Pharmaceutical  preparations.  Bodies,  it  has  been 
stated,  combine  with  one  another,  not  only  in  one,  but  often  in  several 


32  INTRODUCTION. 

definite  proportions;  and  it  has  further  been  ascertained  that  the 
quantity  of  one  of  them  in  the  different  combinations  is  found  to  be 
exactly  double,  triple,  or  some  multiple  of  the  other,  and  in  the  ratio 
either  of  1  to  1,  2,  3,  or  4,  &c.,  or  of  1  to  3,  5,  7.  This  is  indicated 
by  a  peculiar  Nomenclature.  The  weights  of  these  equivalents  have 
been  ascertained  by  experiment  to  differ  from  each  other.  Hence 
their  relative  differences  are  pointed  out  by  Numbers,  which  are  in 
most  instances  peculiar  to  each  of  the  elementary  bodies.  For  the 
convenience  also  of  a  brief  mode  of  stating  all  the  facts  respecting  the 
composition  of  a  Chemical  substance,  particular  letters  are  adopted 
as  the  Symbols  of  the  different  Elements,  as  also  Formula,  which  ex- 
press the  sum  and  differences  of  the  substances  employed  in  chemical 
decompositions  and  their  results.  Hence  attention  must  be  paid  to 
the  Equivalents,  which  are  also  the  atomic  weights  of  Chemical  Ele- 
ments, the  Symbols  by  which  these  are  distinguished,  and  to  the 
Nomenclature  by  which  the  composition  of  a  Body  is  at  once  known. 
The  great  advantage  of  attending  to  these  points  is  the  facility  which 
they  give  for  understanding  complicated  changes,  especially  in  Organic 
Chemistry.  They  also  show  the  exact  quantities  which  are  sufficient 
to  produce  particular  changes,  and  also  the  weights  of  the  products 
which  are  obtained. 

To  indicate  the  composition  of  Bodies  as  well  as  the  proportions 
in  which  they  are  combined,  a  peculiar  nomenclature  is  employed  by 
chemists.  Thus,  Binary  compounds  which  are  not  acid,  of  the  non- 
metallic  elements,  as  Oxygen,  Chlorine,  Iodine,  Bromine,  have  their 
names  terminating  in  ide,  as  Oxide,  Chloride,  Iodide,  Bromide ;  also 
of  the  compound  body  Cyanogen,  as  Cyanide ;  of  other  substances, 
as  Sulphur,  Phosphorus,  in  uret,  as  Sulphuret,  Phosphuret. 

The  number  of  Equivalents  or  Combining  weights  in  a  compound 
is  shown — Of  the  first-mentioned  element  by  a  Latin  numeral,  as  Bis, 
Ter,  e.  g.  Binoxide  of  Mercury,  indicating  that  2  equivalents  of  Oxy- 
gen are  combined  with  1  of  Mercury.  If  2  equivalents  of  one  body 
combine  with  3  of  another,  that  is,  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  1^,  this 
is  indicated  by  the  word  sesqui,  as  Sesquioxide,  Sesquichloride.  The 
first  oxide  is  sometimes  distinguished  as  the  Protoxide.  The  affix  of 
Per  to  an  acid  or  an  oxide  indicates  the  highest  proportion  of  Oxygen, 
&c.,  as  Peroxide,  Perchloride,  Percyanide.  The  numbers  of  the 
second-mentioned  element  are  indicated  by  Greek  numerals,  as  Dis, 
Tris,  e.  g.  Trisnitrate  of  Bismuth,  where  3  equivalents  of  Oxide  of 
Bismuth  are  combined  with  1  of  Nitric  Acid. 

The  nature  of  the  acidifying  principle  of  acids  is  indicated  by  the 
term  Oxyacids  being  applied  to  those  containing  Oxygen,  and  Hy- 
dracids  to  those  acidified  by  Hydrogen,  with  the  word  Hydro  pre- 
fixed ;  as  in  Hydrochloric.  Acids  containing  the  largest  proportion 
of  Oxygen  have  their  names  terminating  in  ic,  as  Sulphuric  acid,  and 
that  of  their  salts  in  ate,  as  Sulphate,  Nitrate.  A  smaller  quantity  of 
Oxygen  in  the  acid  is  indicated  by  the  termination  ous,  as  Sulphur- 
ous ;  their  salts  terminate  in  ite ;  while  the  addition  of  Hypo  indi- 
cates a  smaller  quantity  of  Oxygen  than  in  the  compounds  to  which 
it  is  prefixed,  as  Hyposulphuric,  Hyposulphurous.  The  excess  of 


V  INTRODUCTION.  33 

acid  in  a  salt  is  indicated  by  calling  it  an  acid  or  a  super-salt,  and 
the  deficiency  of  the  acid,  by  calling  it  a  sub-salt ;  or,  to  show  the 
excess  of  base,  or  of  that  which  combines  with  and  masks  the  pro- 
perties of  the  acid,  by  calling  it  a  basic  salt.  Double  and  Triple 
salts  have  their  composition  pointed  out  by  the  names  of  their  Prin- 
ciples being  all  mentioned,  as  Tartrate  of  Potash  and  Soda  or  Potas- 
sio-Tartrate  of  Soda.  A  triple  compound  of  the  elementary  bodies, 
as  Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  and  Carbon,  as  in  Creosote,  is  called  an 
Oxyhydro-carburet. 

Substances  combined  with  water  are  called  hydrates,  as  the  Hy- 
drate of  Lime ;  and  as  it  seems  in  some  cases  to  act  the  part  of  a 
base,  it  is  then  called  basic  water.  Compound  bodies,  such  as  Cya- 
nogen, which  unite  with  elements  as  if  they  were  themselves  simple 
substances,  are  called  radicles.  There  are  many  among  organic 
compounds.  These  groups  of  a  few  elements  in  infinitely  varied  pro- 
portions are  capable  of  combining  with  elementary  substances  and 
with  one  another,  and  of  being  substituted  the  one  for  the  other,  ac- 
cording to  the  laws  of  definite,  multiple,  and  equivalent  proportions. 
(Daniell,  Chem.  Phil.  p.  604.)  • 

The  Symbols  by  which  Elementary  substances  are  distinguished 
are  the  first  letter  of  their  names  in  Latin,  sometimes  with  the  addi- 
tion of  a  small  second  letter.  The  following  elements  comprise  all 
those  which  are  most  generally  diffused,  and  of  about  half  of  which 
the  greatest  portion  of  material  substances  are  composed.  All  of 
these,  with  the  exception  of  Silicon,  form  components  of  Materia 
Medica  articles.  The  Numbers  of  the  Equivalents  are  those  adopted 
by  Professors  Brande  and  Daniell,  and  by  Mr.  Phillips  in  his  Trans- 
lation of  the  Pharmacopreia.  In  these,  as  generally  in  this  country, 
Hydrogen  is  taken  as  unity,  and  being  found  combined  in  the  propor- 
tion of  1  with  8  equivalents  of  Oxygen,  the  number  of  the  latter  is 
taken  as  8.  As  these  numbers  are  arbitrary,  so  others  may  be  as- 
sumed :  hence  Oxygen,  on  the  Continent,  is  made  100;  but,  as  the 
others  must  all  be  proportional,  Hydrogen  will  then  become  12-5. 


Oxygenium    -    -  O 

Hydrogenium     -  H 

Nitrogenium  -     -  N 

Carbon      -     -     -  C 

Chlorinium     -     -  Cl 

lodinium  ...  I 


NON-METALLIC  ELEMENTS. 

8  Brominium  -  -  Br  -  -  78 

1  Sulphur  -  -  -  S  -  -  16 

14  Phosphorous  •  P  -  -  16 

6  Boron  ...  B  -  -  20 

36  Silicon  ...  Si  -  -  8 
126 

METALLIC  ELEMENTS. 

Kaligenous  Metals.* 
Kalium  (Potassium)  K  or  Ka  40  Natrium  (Sodium)  Na  or  N  24 

Terrigenous  Metals. 

Alkaline  Earths.  Earths  Proper. 

Barium  -     -     -    Ba     -     -     69  Aluminium       -    Al    -     -     14 

Calcium      -     -    Ca    -    -     30 
Magnesium     -    Mg    -    -     12 

*  Ammonium  is  a  hypothetical  metal,  and  might  be  enumerated  here.     But  it  will  be 
mentioned  under  the  head  of  Ammonia. 

3 


34  INTRODUCTION. 

Metals  Proper. 

Manganesium     -     -  Mn  -     28  Stannum    -     -     -     -  St  -    59 

Ferrum  (Iron)    -     -  Fe  -    28  Stibium  (Antimony)  Sb  -     65 

Zincutn     ....  Zn  -     32  Arsenicum      ...  As  -     38 

Cuprum    .....  Cu  -     32  Hydrargyrum     -     -  Hg  -  202 

Bismuthum    -    -     -  Bi  -     72  Argentum       -     -     -  Ag  -  108 

Plumbum       -     -     -  Pb  -  104  Aurum      -     -     -    -  Au  -  200 

As  some  names  occur  very  frequently,  especially  under  the  head 
of  Tests,  it  is  sometimes  found  convenient  to  have  abbreviations 
independent  of  the  Symbols,  and  without  reference  to  the  composition 
of  a  body.  Also  for  Pharmacoposia,  the  letter  P.,  and  L.  E.  D.  for 
London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin,  [U.  S.  for  United  States.] 

Thus  for,  Water ...  Aq.  Citric  Acid Cit' 

Distilled  Water  ...  Aq.  Desk  Potassa P.  or  Pot. 

Sulphuric  Acid  -          -  S'  or  Sul'  Soda  -     .......  So. 

Carbonic       '  -          -  C'  or  Garb'  Chloride  of  Barium    -    -     -  Cl.  Ba. 

Phosphoric  '  -          -  P'  or  Phosp'  Nitrate  of  Silver   -     ...  Nitr.  Arg. 

Oxalic  -          -  O'  or  Ox'  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  -     .  Sulph.  Hydr. 

Acetic  -          -  A'  or  Acet'  Ammonia    ......  Am. 

Nitric  -          -  N'  or  Nitr'  Cyanogen Cyan. 

Muriatic  -     -     -•  -     AT  or  Mur'  Hydrocyanic  Acid     ...  Hydrocy'. 

Tartaric  ...  -     T'  or  Tar'  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  Ferrocy.  Pot 

The  above  Symbols  not  only  indicate  their  respective  Elementary 
substances,  but  when  alone,  always  stand  for  1  Eq.  of  that  Element. 
To  indicate  more  than  1  Eq.,  numerals  are  added  to  the  Symbols,  as 
2C,  3C,  or  O,  O3,  O4,  &c.  As  these  elements  combine  together, 
and  form  compounds  always  constant  in  nature,  the  composition  of 
these  is  indicated  by  the  juxtaposition  of  Symbols,  or  by  placing  the 
4-  sign  between  them,  as  HO  or  H  +  O, indicating  1  Eq.  of  Hydro- 
gen combined  with  1  Eq.  of  Oxygen,  as  in  water.  Numerals  are 
added  if  more  than  1  Eq.  be  present,  as  C  2O  or  C  O3,  indicating  that 
1  Eq.  of  Carbon  is  combined  with  2  of  Oxygen,  as  in  Carbonic 
Acid.  Each  compound  has  its  own  Eq.  number,  which  is  made  up 
of  the  sum  of  those  of  its  components.  Thus  HO=l-f8=9,  or  the 
sum  of  the  Eq.  numbers  of  Hydrogen  and  Oxygen.  So  C  Oa=22, 
because  1  Eq.  of  Carbon,  6,  is  added  to  2  Eq.  of  Oxygen,  8x2=16. 
Here  it  may  be  seen  that  the  Eq.  number  of  Oxygen  is  the  same  in 
both  cases,  as  it  is  indeed  in  all  others,  showing  that  these  elements 
always  combine  together  in  the  same  relative  proportions.  This  is 
the  case  also  with  the  compounds,  of  which  the  Eq.  number  is  always 
the  same,  and  they  are  subject  to  the  same  law  of  definite  propor- 
tions as  the  elements.  Their  composition  is  expressed  in  the  same 
way.  Thus,  H  O+S  O3,  or  H  O,  S  O\  means,  in  either  case,  1  Eq. 
of  Water  combined  with  1  Eq.  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  (a  compound  formed 
of  3  Eq.  of  Oxygen  with  1  of  Sulphur,)  having  as  its  Eq.  No.  9  + 
(8x3  4- 16) =49.  When  a  large  figure  is  printed  before  a  symbol,  it 
multiplies  every  symbol  to  the  next  comma,  or  to  the  next  +  sign, 
or  all  placed  within  brackets.  When  the  Equivalent  proportions  of 
a  compound  are  unknown,  or  when  it  is  wished  to  state  the  per- 
centage of  the  components  of  a  known  body,  the  following  method 
is  adopted  :  thus — 


INTRODUCTION.  35 

4 

Wax  is  stated  to  be  composed  of —  And  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  of- — 

Carbon  81-874  Magnesia  41-6 

Hydrogen        12-672  Carbonic  acid      36-0 

Oxygen  5-454  Water  22-4 

100-  100- 

Besides  combining  in  equivalent  weights,  substances  have,  when  in 
a  gaseous  state,  a  certain  relation  to  each  other,  and  combine  in  cer- 
tain proportions,  that  is,  one  measure  or  Volume  with  one  or  more 
Volumes  of  another  gas.  The  resulting  measure  of  the  compound 
gas  is  either  equal  to  the  sums  of  the  volumes  of  its  components,  or, 
in  consequence  of  chemical  union,  it  is  condensed  into  a  smaller 
compass,  which,  however,  bears  to  the  former  a  certain  ratio.  This, 
therefore,  requires  to  be  noticed  in  an  account  of  a  gas. 

By  taking  advantage  of  the  tendency  of  bodies  to  combine,  and  of 
the  power  of  others  to  decompose  them,  are  obtained  the  different 
Chemical  preparations  of  Pharmacy.  Thus  by  the  mere  process  of 
Torrefaction  or  Roasting,  some  of  the  volatile  parts  of  a  body  are 
expelled,  while  others  undergo  a  change,  or  oxygen  is  absorbed. 
This  process,  therefore,  closely  resembles  Oxygenation,  where  oxygen 
combines  with  other  substances,  either  by  exposing  them  to  the  in- 
fluence of  pure  Oxygen,  or  to  that  in  the  atmosphere,  or  by  acting 
on  them  with  a  body,  as  Nitric  acid,  containing  much  Oxygen  (coho- 
bation).  Deflagration  is  where  a  metallic  body  is  ignited  with  a 
Nitrate,  when  the  Nitric'  yields  its  Oxygen,  and  the  metal  is  oxidized. 
This  process  is  often  the  converse  of  Reduction,  where  whatever  is 
combined  with  a  metal,  as  Sulphur  or  Oxygen,  is  driven  off  by  heat, 
sometimes  assisted  by  the  presence  of  a  flux.  This,  therefore,  is 
often  identical  with  Calcination,  where  the  volatile  components  of  a 
body  are  driven  off  by  heat.  By  different  methods  of  Decomposi- 
tion, various  acids  are  obtained  from  their  salts.  They  are  distin- 
guished into  Oxygen  Acids,  as  the  Nitric,  Acetic,  &c.,  and  Hydro- 
gen Acids,  as  Hydrochloric  and  Hydrocyanic.  So  the  alkalis  and 
other  bases  are  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  their  salts,  as  e.  g. 
solution  of  Potash.  The  various  salts  are  formed  by  bringing  to- 
gether the  acids  and  bases,  whether  alkaline,  earthy,  or  metallic 
oxides,  in  the  requisite  proportions,  and  ascertaining  the  saturation  of 
neutral  salts  by  means  of  litmus  or  turmeric  paper.  Some  of  the 
elementary  substances,  when  in  the  same  manner  combined,  are, 
from  resemblance  in  nature  to  common  salt  («Xss),  called  haloid  salts. 
For  forming  these,  the  law  of  definite  proportions  is  of  great  value, 
as  it  informs  us  of  the  exact  quantities  of  each  substance  to  be  em- 
ployed, because  the  equivalent  numbers  indicate  not  only  the  propor- 
tions in  which  one  body  combines  with  another,  but  also  that  in 
which  it  will  combine  with  every  other.  So  if  two  neutral  salts  are 
mixed  together,  and  mutually  decompose  each  other,  the  results  will 
also  be  two  neutral  salts,  &c.  Finally,  the  processes  of  Fermentation 
yield  us  our  different  Spirits,  Wines,  and  Vinegars,  as  will  be  ex- 
plained under  their  respective  heads,  and,  under  Etherification,  the 
effects  of  acids  on  Alcohol. 


MANUAL  OF  MATEEIA  MEDICA. 


PAKT  FIKST. 
INORGANIC  KINGDOM. 

MINERAL  AND  CHEMICAL  SUBSTANCES. 

SEEING  that  Bodies  are  either  Simple  or  Compound,  and  that  the 
latter  may  be  analyzed,  or  the  former  united,  it  is  obvious  that  the 
study  of  natural  substances  may  be  commenced  either  with  the  simple 
elementary  bodies,  proceeding  thence  to  the  compounds ;  or  some  one 
of  the  latter  with  which  we  are  well  acquainted  may  be  taken  and 
separated  into  its  ultimate  principles,  and  these  studied  before  pro- 
ceeding to  others.  There  are  two  bodies,  with  the  appearance  of 
which  all  are  well  acquainted,  and  which,  though  apparently  ele- 
mentary, are  now  well  known  to  be  compound  bodies.  These  are 
Atmospheric  Air  and  Water,  the  nature  and  composition  of  both  of 
which  require  to  be  studied  before  many  of  the  processes  for  preparing 
articles  of  the  Materia  Medica  can  be  understood. 

ATMOSPHERIC  AIR. 
JP.  Air  Atmospherique.     G.  Atmospharische  Luft. 

The  Atmosphere,  which  every  where  surrounds  the  globe,  extends 
to  a  height  of  45  miles.  It  is  an  invisible  gaseous  body,  devoid  of 
odour  and  of  taste,  compressible,  easily  expanded  by  heat.  Its.  Sp. 
Gr.,  according  to  the  experiments  of  Sir  G.  Shuckburgh,  is  -001.208 
at  60°  Fahr.,  and  the  Barometrical  pressure  of  30°.  But  being 
usually  taken  as  the  standard  of  comparison  for  gases,  it  is  then 
commonly  reqkoned  =  1.  100  Cubic  Inches  weigh  31-0117  grains, 
and  its  pressure  at  the  level  of  the  Sea  is  equal  to  15  pounds  upon 
each  square  inch  of  surface,  or  a  column  of  air  one  inch  square,  and 
extending  to  the  limits  of  the  atmosphere,  weighs  about  15  pounds,  or 
the  same  as  a  column  of  Mercury,  also  one  inch  square,  but  only  30 
inches  high,  which  it  is  thus  able  to  balance  and  support  by  the  pres- 
sure of  its  weight.  This  weight  must  necessarily  vary  at  great 
depths,  as  well  as  at  great  heights,  as  a  greater  or  less  mass  of  air 
will  be  superimposed.  Hence  the  Barometer  is  employed  for  mea- 


38  ATMOSPHERIC    AIR. 

suring  heights,  a  diminution  of  one  inch  being  found  equal  to  about 
1000  (922)  feet.  From  being  compressible,  its  density  necessarily 
varies  at  different  heights,  the  inferior  strata  being  dense,  and  the 
upper  ones  rarefied.  The  temperature  also  diminishes  as  we  ascend 
into  the  atmosphere,  at  the  rate  of  1°  F.  for  every  100  yards,  or,  more 
correctly,  for  every  352  feet. 

Though  apparently  simple  in  composition,  it  is  actually  composed 
of  two  very  distinct  gaseous  bodies,  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen,  and  a 
small  portion  of  Carbonic  Acid  gas.  The  proportions  in  which  these 
exist  are : 

Nitrogen  gas  77-5  by  measure,  75-55  by  weight. 

Oxygen  gas  21             "  23-32           " 

Aqueous  vapour  1-42        "  1-03           " 

Carbonic  Acid  gas  -08       "  -10           " 

Omitting  the  aqueous  vapour,  which  is  variable  in  quantity,  some- 
times amounting,  in  hot  countries,  to  as  much  as  2  per  cent.,  the 
proportions  of  the  permanent  gases  are  stated  by  Humboldt,  from 
experiments  by  himself  and  Gay  Lussac,  to  be : 

Nitrogen  gas        ....        0-787  by  measure. 
Oxygen  gas  ....         0'210  „ 

Carbonic  Acid  gas        .         .      1 .         0-003  „ 

or,  omitting  the  Carbonic  Acid  gas,  77  by  weight  of  Nitrogen,  with 
23  of  Oxygen,  or  by  volume  79-2  of  the  former  and  20-8  of  the  latter, 
in  100  parts. 

The  presence  of  Ammonia,  in  small  quantities,  has  been  detected 
by  Liebig;  and  some  Nitric'  is  found  also  after  thunder-storms.  It 
has  been  imagined  that  some  Hydrogen  gas  may  exist  in  atmospheric 
air ;  and  Muriatic  Acid,  it  is  said,  has  been  detected  in  it  at  the  sea- 
shore. 

Dr.  Murray  has  observed,  that  the  Atmosphere  may  be  regarded 
as  a  collection  of  all  those  substances  which  are  capable  of  existing 
at  natural  temperatures  in  the  aerial  form,  and  which  are  disengaged 
by  the  processes  carrying  on  at  the  surface  of  the  earth.  These,  with 
other  substances,  as  watery  vapour,  the  effluvia  from  animals  and 
vegetables,  independent  of  Heat,  Light,  and  the  Electric  fluid,  form 
a  vast  mixture,  the  composition  of  which  it  is  apparently  impossible 
to  determine. 

Chemical  Analysis  has,  however,  proved  that  the  various-  sub- 
stances which  may  be  mixed  with  the  atmosphere  quickly  disappear, 
and  are  not  to  be  detected  by  Chemical  Tests,  and  that  the  compysi- 
tion  of  the  air  is  every  where  uniform.  It  must,  however,  be  admit- 
ted, that  in  very  crowded  assemblies  of  people,  where  there  is  a  wanl 
of  circulation,  the  quantity  of  Carbonic  Acid  gas  is  a  good  deal  in- 
creased. It  was  at  one  time  supposed  that  the  constituents  of  the 
Atmosphere  were  retained  by  Chemical  Attraction.  Dalton,  however, 
promulgated  the  opinion,  that  they  were  mechanically  mixed,  that  the 
particles  of  the  same  gases  repel,  but  that  the  particles  of  different 
gases  do  not  repel,  one  another ;  and  that  thus  one  gas  acting  as  a 
vacuum  to  another,  and  each  being  repelled  by  its  own  particles,  they 


OXYGEN.  39 

become  diffused.  Professor  Graham  has  ascertained  that  each  gas 
has  a  diffusive  power,  or  Diffusiveness,  peculiar  to  itself,  which  is 
inversely  proportional  to  the  square  root  of  its  density. 

The  properties  of  Atmospheric  air  are  a  mean  of  those  of  its 
constituents,  and  its  chemical  actions  are  due  to  the  oxygen ;  by  this 
it  is  enabled  to  support  combustion ;  also  the  respiration  of  animals, 
a  portion  of  it  being  by  them  converted  into  Carbonic  Acid.  Fishes 
also  depend  upon  its  presence  in  the  water,  though  this  dissolves  only 
a  small  portion  of  air,  but  more  of  its  Oxygen  than  of  its  Nitrogen. 
The  processes  of  vegetation  are  also  dependent  upon  the  atmosphere, 
as  it  conveys  water  and  also  Carbonic  Acid  to  the  leaves  of  plants, 
where  the  Carbon  becomes  fixed,  and  the  Oxygen  again  set  free ;  and 
thus  plants  contribute  to  purify  the  air,  which  might  become  deterio- 
rated by  the  respiration  of  animals.  As  the  atmosphere  varies  in 
the  quantity  of  moisture  it  contains,  so  it  assists  in  the  distribution  of 
water  over  the  surface  of  the  globe,  and  is,  by  its  mobility,  the  prin- 
cipal agent  by  which  the  extremes  of  temperature  are  moderated. 
According  to  the  temperature  and  moisture  of  the  atmosphere,  so  is 
the  rate  of  evaporation,  and  -consequently  of  perspiration.  Hence 
not  only  many  pharmaceutical  preparations  require  a  knowledge  of 
the  constitution  of  the  atmosphere,  but  some  of  the  functions  of  the 
body  must  be  influenced  by  its  different  states,  and  the  operation  also 
of  some  classes  of  Medicines  are  modified  by  its  different  degrees  of 
density  and  of  dryness. 

OXYGEN. 
Oxygen.  Vital  Air.     F.  Oxyg6ne.     G.  Sauerstoff. 

Oxygen  (Symb.  O.  Eq.  N.  8),  named  by  the  French  chemists  from 
o|u£,  acid,  and  /swaw,  I  generate,  having  been  supposed  by  Lavoisier 
to  be  the  only  generator  of  acids.  It  was  not  discovered  until  1774 
by  Priestley,  though  it  is  the  most  extensively  diffused  body  in  nature. 
It  forms  one-fifth  by  weight  of  the  atmosphere,  eight-ninths  by  weight 
of  water,  and  probably  not  less  than  one-third  of  the  solid  crust  of 
the  globe;  for  Silica,  Alumina,  and  Carbonate  of  Lime  contain 
nearly  one-half  of  their  weight  of  Oxygen.  It  forms  moreover  one 
of  the  constituents  of  both  animal  and  vegetable  bodies. 

Prop.  Oxygen  is  a  permanent  colourless  gas.  devoid  of  odour  and 
of  taste.  It  is  somewhat  heavier  than  common  air,  as  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  60°  F.  and  a  Barometrical  pressure  of  30  inches,  100  Cubic 
Inches  weigh  34-25  grains ;  it  is  sixteen  times  heavier  than  an  equal 
bulk  of  Hydrogen  gas.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  is  1-111.  100  volumes  of  water 
dissolve  3-5  of  the  gas,  but  by  pressure  water  may  be  made  to  take 
up  much  more  of  the  gas.  (Aqua  Oxygenii  or  Oxygen  Water). 
Oxygen  has  the  most  extensive  affinities,  combining  with  every  other 
known  elementary  body  except  Fluorine.  The  bodies  which  are 
thus  formed  vary  much  in  their  properties.  Some  of  them  are  called 
oxides,  others  alkalis,  both  of  which,  however,  combine  with  a  third 
set,  possessed  of  very  different  properties,  and  which  are  called  acids, 
or  oxygen  acids.  Some  bodies  combine  «lowly  with  Oxygen,  others 


40  NITROGEN. 

with  great  vehemence,  and  with  the  evolution  of  light  and  heat,  as  in 
the  combustion  of  bodies  in  the  air,  but  of  which  the  brilliancy  is 
much  increased  if  taking  place  in  Oxygen  gas.  The  respiration  of 
animals  is,  in  fact,  a  kind  of  combustion ;  the  Oxygen  of  the  air  com- 
bines with  the  carbon  of  the  blood,  and  is  expelled  in  the  form  of 
Carbonic'  gas.  But  vehemence  of  action  is  moderated  by  its  being 
diluted  with  four-fifths  of  Nitrogen  gas  in  the  air.  The  properties  of 
Oxygen,  therefore,  require  to  be  well  understood,  both  with  reference 
to  the  functions  of  Life  and  the  mode  of  action  and  preparation  of 
many  Medicines. 

Prep.  Heat  powdered  and  "dried  black  oxide  of  Manganese  in  an  iron  gas  bottle,  till  it 
is  red  hot ;  collect  the  gas.  1  ft  should  yield  from  40  to  50  pint  measures.  Or  mix  black 
ox.  Mangan.  and  Sul.'  to  the  consistence  of  cream,  and  distil  in  a  glass  retort.  Or  the 
red  oxide  of  Mercury  or  Nitre  may  be  heated  to  dull  redness  to  obtain  this  gas.  100 
grs.  Chlorate  of  Potash,  heated  in  a  retort  or  tube,  yield  100  C.  I.  of  very  pure  Oxygen. 

Tests.  A  rough  test  of  the  purity  of  this  gas  is,  introducing  into  it 
a  glowing  taper :  if  the  gas  be  pure,  the  taper  will  immediately  burst 
into  aflame. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Oxygen  gas  is  stimulant  when  inhaled,  and  has 
hence  been  used,  diluted  with  common  air,  in  asphyxia,  &c.  Oxygen 
Water  is  a  moderate  stimulant,  and  may  be  given  to  the  extent  of  a 
bottle  or  two  daily. 

NITROGEN. 
Nitrogen.  Azote.    F.  Azote.    Nitrogene.     G.  Stickstoff. 

Nitrogen  (N=14),  the  other  constituent  of  the  Atmosphere,  was  so 
called  from  being  considered  the  producer  of  Nitre  or  of  Nitrates.  It 
was  discovered  in  1772  by  Rutherford.  Its  properties  may  be  con- 
sidered the  reverse  of  those  of  oxygen,  as  it  will  not  support  combus- 
tion nor  the  respiration  of  animals.  In  fact  it  is  fatal  to  them,  but 
chiefly  on  account  of  the  absence  of  oxygen.  It  is  often  called  Azote, 
from  a,  privative,  and  £w»j,  life.  It  is  abundantly  diffused,  as  it  forms 
four-fifths  of  the  atmosphere.  Its  chief  use  seems  to  be,  to  dilute  the 
oxygen,  though  it  no  doubt  also  performs  some  more  important  func- 
tions. It  exists  also  in  small  quantity  in  the  Ammonia  of  the  atmo- 
sphere, also  in  the  Nitric  acid  which  is  found  in  it  after  thunder- 
storms. It  forms  a  constituent  of  almost  all  animal  bodies,  and  like- 
wise of  many  vegetable  products  which  form  the  food  of  .animals. 

Prop.  Nitrogen  in  its  simple  state  is  best  described  by  negatives, 
as  it  is  devoid  of  colour,  and  is  without  taste  or  smell.  It  cannot 
support  combustion,  neither  can  it  sustain  respiration,  and  is  nearly 
insoluble  in  water.  It  is  lighter  than  common  air.  Sp.  Gr.  =  -975 ; 
100  Cubic  Inches  weigh  30-15  grains.  It  forms,  however,  numerous 
compounds  with  Oxygen,  &c.,  many  of  which  are  possessed  of  very 
active  properties :  v.  Nitric  acid,  Ammonia,  &c. 

Prep.  Nitrogen  may  be  obtained  by  burning  Phosphorus  carefully  in  a  jar  of  common 
air,  when  the  whole  of  the  Oxygen  being  abstracted,  the  Nitrogen  is  left  comparatively 
pure.  Or  a  mixture  of  Sulphur  and  Iron-filings  made  into  a  paste  with  water,  and 
similarly  enclosed,  will  slowly  absorb  the  Oxygen. 


WATER.  41 

Action.  Uses.  Nitrogen,  being  devoid  of  active  properties,  has 
been  proposed  to  be  employed  in  still  further  diluting  common  air  in 
cases  of  excitement  of  the  respiratory  organs.  Substances  abound- 
ing in  Nitrogen  are  suitable  as  food  in  some  diseases. 

HYDROGEN. 
F.  Hydrogene.     G.  Wasserstoff. 

Hydrogen  (H  =  1),  from  v§ug,  water,  and  yswau,  /  generate,  does 
not  exist  free  in  nature,  but  combined  is  a  constituent  of  water,  of 
some  acids,  gases,  and  all  vegetable  matter.  It  was  first  correctly 
described  in  1766  by  Cavendish.  It  has  hitherto  been  undecomposed, 
but  several  Chemists  entertain  the  view  that  its  base  is  analogous  to 
a  metal. 

Prop.  At  common  temperatures  an  invisible  permanent  gas,  devoid 
of  odour  or  taste ;  by  exposure  to  intense  cold,  Faraday  could  not  li- 
quefy it.  It  is  14-4  times  lighter  than  air,  and  its  sp.  gr.  =  -0693. 
100  C.  I.  weigh  2-14  grains.  Water  dissolves  \h  percent,  of  its  bulk 
of  Hydrogen.  When  a  lighted  taper  is  brought  in  contact  with  the 
gas,  it  inflames,  and  burns  with  a  pale  yellow  flame,  uniting  with  the 
Oxygen  of  the  air,  and  forming  water.  These  gases,  when  mixed,  do 
not  unite  until  they  are  inflamed.  Hydrogen,  being  the  lightest  body 
known,  is  assumed  as  the  standard  with  which  the  equivalent  numbers 
of  other  bodies  are  compared:  its  Eq.  therefore  is  1.  But  when 
Oxygen  =  100  is  taken  as  the  standard  of  comparison,  H  =  12-5. 
It  is  interesting  to  us  chiefly  as  being  a  constituent  of  Water,  of 
Hydrocarbons,  of  Hydrochloric  and  Hydrocyanic  acids,  also  of  all 
vegetable  and  most  animal  substances. 

OXYGEN  AND  HYDROGEN. 
WATER.    Aqua.     (Distilled  Water.    Aqua  Destillata.)     F.  Eau.     G.  Wasser. 

Water  (Aq.  or  H  O  =  9),  like  the  Air,  is  so  universally  diffused  and 
well  known,  as  not  to  require  to  be  described.  When  pure,  it  is 
colourless  and  devoid  of  both  taste  and  smell ;  but  it  may  contain 
many  impurities  without  these  properties  being  sensibly  impaired ; 
therefore,  for  Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  purposes,  Distilled  water 
should  be  employed. 

Like  air,  Water  contains  Oxygen,  but  it  differs  in  being  a  strictly 
chemical  compound.  The  other  element  is  Hydrogen.  One  Equiva- 
lent of  Oxygen,  8,  is  combined  with  one  Eq.  of  Hydrogen,  1,  making 
9,  the  equivalent  number  of  water;  which,  therefore,  or  some  multiple 
of  it,  is  added  to  the  equivalent  number  of  chemical  compounds  when 
water  is  in  combination.  From  its  ready  accessibility,  water  has  been 
assumed  as  the  standard  of  comparison  for  Specific  Gravities.  Its  Sp. 
Gr.  is  therefore  represented  by  1,  as  in  the  L.,  or  1000,  as  in  the  E.  P.,  as 
may  be  thought  most  convenient.  Water,  it  is  well  known,  freezes  at 
32°  of  Fahrenheit's  thermometer,  but  attains  its  greatest  density  at  40°, 
and  therefore  ice  readily  floats  upon  water.  It  boils  at  212°,  and  is 


42  WATER. 

then  converted  into  steam,  of  which  the  Sp.  Gr.  is  -625  at  212°  F., 
when  it  has  the  greatest  density,  and  is  composed  of  one  volume  of 
Oxygen  combined  with  two  volumes  of  Hydrogen.  But  water  passes 
at  all  temperatures  into  the  air  by  spontaneous  evaporation,  and  causes 
its  greater  or  less  moisture  or  dryness.  It  enters  into  intimate  combi- 
nation with  various  bodies,  which  are  then  called  Hydrates  (from  u<5w£, 
water),  as  in  the  cases  of  Lime  and  Potash,  the  Hydras  Calcis  and 
Hydras  Potasses,  L.  P. ;  so  also  in  some  Liquids,  as  Sulphuric  acid, 
and  in  Nitric  acid,  and  in  a  variety  of  crystals  ;  from  these,  however, 
a  great  proportion  of  water  may  be  expelled  by  heat,  and  from  some 
by  mere  exposure  to  the  air.  It  forms  a  large  proportion  of  most 
organized  bodies,  and  dissolves  a  great  variety  of  solid  substances, 
and  usually  in  increased  proportion  as  its  temperature  is  increased. 
It  likewise  dissolves  many  of  the  Gases,  some,  as  Common  Air, 
Oxygen,  and  Carbonic  Acid  gas,  in  small  proportion;  but  others,  as 
Ammoniacal  and  Hydrochloric  acid  gases,  in  immense  quantities. 

From  the  great  solvent  powers  of  water,  it  is  seldom  met  with  in 
a  pure  state.  Rain-water  even,  contains  some  Carbonate  of  Ammonia 
or  of  Lime,  which  is  floating  in  the  atmosphere,  and  usually  about  3^ 
cubic  inches  of  common  air,  in  100  cubic  inches  of  water.  Spring- 
water  generally  contains  Carbonate  and  Sulphate  of  Lime  and  Chlo- 
ride of  Sodium  besides  the  usual  proportion  of  air,  and  often  Carbonic 
acid.  Well-water,  obtained  by  digging,  usually  contains  a  larger 
proportion  of  salts,  and  is  often  called  hard  water,  because  it  curdles 
soap  by  decomposing  it.  River-water,  though  proceeding  from 
springs,  deposits,  upon  exposure  to  the  air,  many  of  the  salts  it  con- 
tained, and  is  hence  called  soft  water,  because  soap  readily  mixes 
with  it.  Some  Spring-water  contains  so  large  a  proportion  of  im- 
purities, as  to  be  called  Mineral  waters.  They  will  be  mentioned 
under  the  heads  of  Acidulous,  Sulphurous,  Saline,  Calcareous,  and 
Chalybeate  Mineral  waters.  Sea-waters  contain  a  still  larger  pro- 
portion of  salts,  especially  common  salt,  with  the  Chloride  of  Magne- 
sium and  Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

Water  necessarily  commands  a  considerable  share  of  attention,  as 
it  forms  a  portion  of  the  aliment  of  both  vegetables  and  animals ;  and, 
from  its  great  solvent  powers,  is  an  important  agent  in  pharmacy,  as 
with  it  are  formed  various  aqueous  solutions,  Distilled  waters,  Infu- 
sions, Decoctions,  and  it  is  employed  to  dilute  Acids,  Alkalies,  and 
Spirits.  It  is  useful  also  in  some  processes  by  becoming  decomposed, 
when  its  Oxygen  serves  to  oxidize  different  bodies,  and  its  Hydrogen 
escapes  in  the  form  of  gas.  For  Chemical  and  for  most  Pharma- 
ceutical operations  Distilled  water  (the  Aqua  Destillata  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia) is  required  to  be  employed. 

As  a  Therapeutical  agent,  also,  water  plays  an  important  part,  as 
it  is  often  the  best  medium  for  applying  either  heat  or  cold  to  the 
body ;  and  as  it  forms  so  large  a  portion  of  the  blood,  it  is  a  chief 
means  for  increasing  its  fluidity,  facilitating  circulation,  diluting 
secretions,  and  rendering  them  less  acrid.  It  will  act  also  as  a  sol- 
vent of  many  solid  substances,  as  it  passes  through  the  system,  and 
forms  the  principal  part  of  Diluent  and  Demulcent  Remedies. 


SULPHUR.  43 

SULPHUR.. 
Sulphur,  E.  (U.  S.)  Brimstone.        F.  Soufre.        G.  Schwefel. 

Sulphur  (S  =  16),  from  Sal,  salt,  and  vug,  fire ;  was  employed  in 
medicine  by  the  Greeks,  Arabs,  and  Hindoos.  It  occurs  in  some 
Animal  substances,  as  Albumen  in  Eggs,  &c.,  in  some  plants,  as  in 
Cruciferae,  Umbelliferae,  Garlic,  Fungi,  &c.,  but  chiefly  in  the  Mineral 
Kingdom ;  also  combined  as  in  gases  or  salts,  in  some  minerals  and 
mineral  waters.  It  is  frequently  found  in  combination  with  metals, 
as  in  the  common  ores  called  Pyrites,  the  Sulphurets  of  Iron,  of  Cop- 
per, Lead,  Mercury,  &c.,  whence  it  is  obtained  by  roasting,  in  Ger- 
many, Sweden,  and  this  country ;  the  Sulphur,  being  volatilized,  is 
collected  in  chambers.  Native  or  Virgin  Sulphur  uncombined,  is 
either  a  volcanic  product,  or  occurs  in  beds  in  many  parts  of  the 
wrorld;  that  of  commerce  is  brought  chiefly  from  Italy,  Sicily,  and 
the  adjacent  islands,  whence,  in  1830,  236,338  cwt.  of  rough  Sulphur 
were  imported.  It  is  afterwards  purified  by  fusion,  distillation,  and 
sublimation,  hence  known  under  the  names  of  Stick,  Roll,  Sublimed, 
and  Flowers  of  Sulphur.  Native  Sulphur  is  purified  by  distilling  it 
from  earthen  pots  arranged  in  two  rows  on  a  large  furnace.  The 
Sulphur  fuses  and  sublimes,  and  passes  through  a  lateral  tube  in  each 
pot  into  another  placed  on  the  outside  of  the  furnace,  which  is  per- 
forated near  the  bottom,  to  allow  the  melted  Sulphur  to  flow  into  a 
pail  containing  water,  where  it  congeals  and  forms  rough  or  crude 
sulphur.  This  being  redistilled,  forms  refined  sulphur.  When  fused 
and  cast  into  moulds,  it  forms  stick  or  roll  sulphur. 

Prop.  An  opaque  brittle  solid,  crystallizing  in  acute  octohedrons 
with  an  oblique  base,  at  temperatures  below  232°,  and  at  higher  in 
the  form  of  an  oblique  rhombic  prism  ?  occasionally  in  octohedra  and 
tetrahedra.  Fracture  shining,  crystalline.  Sp.  Gr.  1-98  ;  when  free 
from  air-bubbles  2-080 ;  that  of  the  vapour  is  between  6-51  and  6-9. 
The  colour  in  the  solid  state,  when  pure,  is  pale  yellow  ;  but  it  often 
varies  from  lemon-yellow,  through  green,  dark  yellow,  and  brown- 
yellow,  according  to  the  degree  of  heat  to  which  it  has  been  subjected. 
Taste  insipid ;  odour  generally  none ;  acquires  a  faint  and  peculiar 
smell  when  rubbed.  When  grasped  in  the  hand,  it  cracks ;  roll  Sul- 
phur feels  greasy  to  the  touch.  Sulphur  has  no  action  on  Vegetable 
colours.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol,  especially 
when  finely  divided,  or  the  two  are  brought  together  in  a  state  of 
vapour ;  in  the  same  manner  it  is  soluble  in  Sul.  Ether,  and  in  most 
fat  and  essential  Oils,  also  in  alkaline  solutions,  petroleum,  &c.  It  is 
inflammable;  when  heated  to  about  300°  it  takes  fire,  and  burns  with 
a  pale  blue,  and  at  higher  temperatures  a  purple  flame.  It  is  a  non- 
conductor of  heat;  when  heated  to  about  180°  it  begins  to  volatilize, 
to  fuse  about  216°;  between  226°  and  280°  it  becomes  perfectly 
liquid,  and  of  a  bright  amber-colour;  about  320°  it  begins  to  thicken, 
and  becomes  of  a  reddish  colour,  and  so  viscid,  that  the  vessel  may 
be  inverted  without  its  running  out.  If  in  this  state  it  is  poured  into 


44  SULPHUR. 

water,  it  remains  soft  like  wax  for  some  time,  and  has  been  used  for 
taking  impressions  of  seals,  &c. ;  it  may  then  be  drawn  into  threads, 
which  are  elastic.  From  482°  to  its  boiling  point,  601°,  it  becomes 
more  fluid,  and  at  650°,  if  air  be  excluded,  sublimes  unchanged  as  an 
orange  vapour.  On  cooling,  it  passes  again  through  the  same  transi- 
tions ;  if  slowly  cooled,  it  forms  a  crystalline  mass,  and  frequently 
retains  its  fluidity  till  touched  by  a  solid  body. 

Sulphur  is  an  elementary  body,  though  it  so  often  contains  traces 
of  Hydrogen  that  it  was  at  one  time  thought  to  be  a  compound  of 
that  gas.  It  is  exceedingly  important  as  a  chemical  agent,  forming 
Sulphurets  with  the  various  metals ;  with  Oxygen  it  forms  acids,  of 
which  the  Sulphurous  and  Sulphuric  are  officinal ;  with  Hydrogen, 
Hydrosulphuric  Acid  or  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  It  undergoes  no 
alteration  in  the  air  at  common  temperatures.  That  of  commerce, 
obtained  from  Pyrites,  is  often  contaminated  by  metallic  impurities, 
as  Zinc  Carbonate  and  Sulphate,  Iron  Oxide  and  Sulphuret,  Arsenic, 
the  Sulphuret,  Silica,  Magnesia,  Alumina,  and  Carbonate  of  Lime. 
Flowers  of  Sulphur  are  sometimes  contaminated  by  the  presence  of  a 
minute  quantity  of  Sulphurous  (stated  by  some  to  be  Sulphuric)  Acid, 
formed  by  a  portion  of  the  Sulphur  during  Sublimation  uniting  with 
the  Oxygen  in  the  apparatus.  It  should  be  freed  from  acidity  by 
washing  with  hot  water,  when  it  should  not  affect  Litmus  paper. 

Tests.  Known  by  its  colour,  fusibility,  volatility,  burning  with  a 
blue  flame  and  the  evolution  of  the  pungent  vapours  of  Sulphurous 
acid  gas  formed  during  its  combustion.  It  should  completely  eva- 
porate when  heated  to  600°,  and  be  perfectly  soluble  in  boiling  Oil  of 
Turpentine.  It  should  have  no  action  on  Litmus. 

SULPHUR  PR^CIPITATUM.  (U.  S.)  Precipitated  Sulphur.  Lac  Sul- 
phuris,  or  Milk  of  Sulphur.  Is  now  omitted  from  the  British  Pharma- 
copeias, on  account  of  its  impurities,  nearly  two-thirds  by  weight  of 
that  of  the  shops  having  been  Sulphate  of  Lime.  It  is  very  similar  in 
most  of  its  properties  to  sublimed  Sulphur,  but  is  whiter.  It  contains  a 
little  water.  The  impurities  may  easily  be  detected  by  heat,  which 
will  cause  the  Sulphur  to  evaporate,  when  the  Sulphate  of  Lime  will 
be  left  behind.  One  part  of  sublimed  Sulphur  was  boiled  with  2  parts 
of  slaked  Lime  in  8  parts  of  water.  To  this  solution  Muriatic  Acid 
q.  s.  being  added,  the  sulphur  was  precipitated.  It  was  sometimes 
called  Lac  Sulphuris  from  holding  a  little  water  in  combination ;  and 
used  to  be  preferred  for  its  smoothness  and  want  of  colour,  and  from 
being  easily  suspended  in  liquids. 

[The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Sublimed  Sulphur  Rj.,  Lime  feiss.,  Water  Cij.,  Muriatic  Acid,  q.s.] 

OLEUM  SULPHURATUM.  Sulphurated  Oil.  Balsamum  Sulphuris,  Bal- 
sam of  Sulphur.  Is  now  omitted  from  the  Pharmacopoeia.  It  was 
obtained  by  boiling  Sulphur  and  Olive  Oil,  stirred  together  in  a  large 
iron  vessel,  until  they  gradually  united.  It  is  a  dark  reddish-brown 
viscid  substance,  having  a  very  disagreeable  smell. 

SULPHUR  (SUBLIMATUM),  L.  E.  D.     Sublimed  Sulphur.     (U.  S.) 

Prepared  by  reducing  sulphur  to  a  coarse  powder,  and  then  sub- 
liming from  a  large  iron  retort  into  a  sulphur-room,  where  the  vapour 


SULPHURICACID.  45 

is  immediately  condensed.     Pulverulent,  but  when  examined  under  a 
microscope,  seen  to  be  composed  of  minute  crystals. 
Prop.     Its  characters  are  the  same  as  those  of  Sulphur. 

Prep.  E.  Sublime  Sulphur  in  a  proper  vessel,  wash  the  powder  obtained  with  boiling 
water,  till  the  water  ceases  to  have  an  acid  taste.  Dry  the  Sulphur  with  a  gentle  heat. 

Tests.  Evaporates  totally  at  a  temperature  of  600°.  Agitated  with 
Aq.  Dest,  it  has  no  action  on  Litmus.  Heated  with  Nit',  the  solution 
diluted  with  water,  neutralized  with  Carb.  of  Soda,  and  acidulated 
with  Mur',  should  not  yield  a  yellow  precipitate  with  Sulphuretted 
Hydrogen,  showing  the  absence  of  Arsenic,  v.  Sulphur. 

SULPHUR  LOTUM,  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  D.  Pour  hot  water  on  Sublimed  Sulphur,  repeat  the  washing  as  long  as  Litmus 
indicates  that  the  effused  water  is  acid.  Dry  the  Sulphur  on  bibulous  paper. 

Action    Uses.  Alterative,  Diaphoretic,  mild  Cathartic. 
D.  gr.  v.  and  gr.  x. — 9i.  two  or  three  times  a  day  as  an  alterative ; 
9i. — 3iij.  as  a  laxative. 

UNGUENTUM   SULPHURIS,    L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)       Sulphur   or   Brimstone 
Ointment. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  .  Mix  thoroughly  Sulphur  3iij.    (Sublimed   3j.  E.  ftj.  D.)  with  Hog's 
Lard  ftss.  (Axunge  3iv.  E.,  prepared  ftiv.  D.)  and  Oil  of  Bergamot,  flj'xx.  L. 
[The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Sulphur  ftj.,  Lard  ftij.    Mix.] 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  chiefly  applied  in  Scabies  and  other  skin 
diseases. 

UNGUENTUM  SULPHURIS  COMPOSITUM,  L.  (U.  S.)    Compound   Sulphur 
Ointment. 

P.  L.  Mix  Sulphur  fess.,  bruised  Veratrium  3ij.,  Nitrate  Potash  3j.,  Soft  Soap  fess., 
Lard  ftjss.,  Oil  of  Bergamot  n^xxx. 

[The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Sulphur  3j.,  Ammoniated  Mercury,  Benzole  Acid,  each,  3j.,  Oil 
of  Bergamot,  Sulphuric  Acid,  each,  H3J.,  Nitrate  of  Potassa  3ij,  Lard  ftss.  To  the  lard, 
previously  melted  with  a  moderate  heat,  add  the  other  ingredients,  and  stir  them  until 
they  are  cold.] 

Action.  Uses.   Irritating  stimulant,  applied  in  obstinate  Scabies. 

SULPHUR  AND  OXYGEN. 
ACIDUM  SULPHURICUM.    Sulphuric  Acid.     F.  Acide  Sulphurique.     G.  Schwefelsaure. 

Sulphuric  Acid  (S'  or  SO3=40)  is  one  of  the.  most  important  com- 
pounds of  Chemistry.  This  acid  is  produced  in  small  quantities  in 
nature,  as  near  volcanoes,  in  some  acid  springs,  and  exists  in  .combi- 
nation in  numerous  Sulphates,  especially  those  of  Lime  (Gypsum)  and 
of  Magnesia,  found  as  minerals,  or  in  the  water  of  springs.  It  was 
known  to  the  Arabs,  Persians,  and  Hindoos. 

Sulphuric  Acid  appears,  from  its  name,  to  have  been  originally 
made  in  Europe,  and  probably  also  in  Persia,  from  the  decomposition 
of  Vitriol  or  Sulphate  of  Iron,  a  practice  still  followed  at  Nordhausen 
in  Saxony.  The  Sulphate  is  first  calcined,  so  as  to  expel  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  water  (of  crystallization)  it  contains.  The  acid,  distilled 
off  in  an  earthenware  retort  at  a  red  heat,  comes  over  in  vapours, 
which  condense  into  a  dark-coloured  oily-looking  liquid.  This  fumes 


46  SULPHURICACID. 

when  exposed  to  the  air,  and  contains  less  than  1  Eq.  of  Water  to 
2  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1*9,  and  is  known  in  commerce 
as  the  Nordhausen,  Fuming,  or  Glacial  Sulphuric  Acid. 

Prop.  Sul'  may  be  obtained  in  a  free  or  anhydrous  state  by  care- 
fully heating  the  Nordhausen  Acid  obtained  from  Sulphate  of  Iron  in 
a  retort,  and  condensing  its  vapours  in  a  bottle  artificially  cooled.  It 
then  forms  a  white  solid,  fibrous  like  Asbestos,  with  some  fine  acicular 
crystals.  At  £6°  it  becomes  liquid,  and  boils  at  122°.  Sp.  Gr.  1-97. 
The  dry  acid  does  not  redden  litmus ;  when  exposed  to  the  air,  dense 
white  fumes  are  produced,  from  its  condensing  atmospheric  moisture. 
It  will  combine  with  Water  with  explosive  violence. 

ACIDUM  SULPHURICUM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)    Sulphuric  Acid.    ACIDUM  SULPHU- 
RICUM  VENALE,  D.    Oil  of  Vitriol.   Vitriolic  Acid.    Spirit  of  Vitriol. 

Prop.  Liquid  Sulphuric'  (S',  Sul'  or  S  O3  H  O  =  49)  is  a  dense 
oily-looking  liquid,  usually  colourless,  devoid  of  smell,  but  intensely 
acid,  and  powerfully  corrosive.  At  first  it  feels  oily,  from  destroying 
the  cuticle,  but  soon  acts  as  a  caustic,  charring  both  animal  and 
vegetable  substances  by  combining  with  the  water  and  setting  free 
the  carbon.  It  freezes  at  from  — 15°  to  — 29°,  according  to  its  density, 
and  boils  at  620°  F.  Its  affinity  for  water  is  great,  heat  and  conden- 
sation being  produced  on  their  union.  It  absorbs  moisture  from  the 
atmosphere  ^  of  its  weight  in  24  hours,  and  6  times  its  weight  in  a 
twelvemonth,  and  consequently  becomes  weaker  the  longer  it  is  ex- 
posed. Professor  Graham  is  of  opinion  that  S'  combines  with  water 
in  several  other  definite  proportions.  It  may  be  diluted  with  it  to  any 
extent.  It  unites  with  alkalies,  earths,  and  metallic  oxides,  rapidly 
dissolving  some  metals,  as  Iron  and  Zinc,  when  diluted  with  water. 
By  the  action  of  S'  on  alco'hol,  Ether  is  produced.  Several  sub- 
stances, as  Charcoal,  Phosphorus,  &c.,  when  heated  with  S'  decom- 
pose it,  by  abstracting  its  Oxygen,  and  evolving  Sulphurous  Acid. 

Prep.  S'  used  to  be  made  in  this  country  by  burning  the  imported 
Sulphur  with  a  little  Nitre.  After  the  great  increase  which  took 
place  in  the  price  of  Sulphur,  some  manufacturers  employed  that 
obtained  from  Pyrites,  which  often  contains  Arsenic  as  an  impurity. 
The  proportion  of  Nitre  was  •£,  which  was  burnt  with  Sulphur  either 
in  the  same  chamberr  lined  with  lead,  and  having  its  bottom  covered 
with  water,  or  in  a  furnace,  from  whence  the  vapours  produced  were 
conveyed  into  a  similar  chamber.  The  Sulphur  in  burning  combines 
with  2  Eq.  of  Oxygen,  and  forms  Sulphurous  Acid  gas,  which  escapes 
into  the  chamber.  The  N'  of  the  Nitrate,  becoming  decomposed, 
gives  3  Eq.  of  Oxygen  to  another  Eq.  of  Sulphur,  and  thus  some  Sul- 
phuric Acid  is  formed,  which  combining  with  the  Potash  of  the 
Nitrate,  forms  Sulphate  of  Potash,  which  remains  as  a  residual  salt. 
The  2  Eq.  of  oxygen  set  free,  form  with  the  Nitrogen,  Nitric  oxide, 
which  immediately  takes  2  Eq.  of  Oxygen  from  the  Atmosphere,  and 
forms  Nitrous  acid  gas,  or  N  O* ;  so  that  this,  with  Sulphurous  Acid 
gas  co-exists  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  chamber,  and  if  both  ate  dry, 
no  change  occurs;  but  if  moisture  be  present  in  the  form  of  vapour, 


SULPHURIC   ACID.  47 

the  Sulphurous  Acid  takes  an  Eq.  of  Oxygen  from  the  Nitrous  Acid, 
and  becomes  converted  into  Sulphuric  Acid,  while  the  latter  becomes 
Hyponitrous  Acid  ;  these  with  a  little  water  combining  together,  pre- 
cipitate as  a  crystalline  solid,  forming  a  kind  of  Sulphate  of  Hyponi- 
trous Acid.  Immediately,  however,  on  falling  into  the  water,  this 
compound  becomes  decomposed  with  effervescence.  The  Sulphuric 
acid  unites  with  the  water,  and  the  Hyponitrous  Acid  escapes  as 
Nitric  oxide  and  Nitrous  acid.  These  unite  with  the  Oxygen  of  the 
atmosphere,  react  on  the  Sulphurous  acid  and  humidity,  and  give  rise 
to  a  second  portion  of  the  crystalline  compound,  which  undergoes  the 
same  changes  as  at  first.  Thus  the  Nitric  oxide  is  the  medium  for 
transferring  Oxygen  to  the  Sulphurous  acid,  to  convert  it  into  Sul- 
phuric acid. 

The  mode  of  making  Sul'  now  varies  from  the  above  in  many 
places,  and  has  been  described  by  Professor  Graham.  In  this  pro- 
cess Sulphurous  Acid,  from  burning  Sulphur,  Nitric  Acid  vapour,  and 
steam,  are  simultaneously  admitted  into  oblong  leaden  chambers,  so 
partitioned  that  the  vapours  can  only  advance  slowly,  and  thus  allow 
the  whole  of  the  Sulphuric  Acid  to  be  deposited. 

When  the  S'  thus  made  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-5  (1-6  Gr.),  it  is  drawn 
off,  and  is  usually  first  conveyed  to  shallow  leaden  pans,  where  it  is 
concentrated  to  a  Sp.  Gr.  1-70,  or  until  it  would  act  upon  the  Lead. 
It  is  then  further  boiled  down  in  retorts  of  glass  or  Platinum,  until  it 
has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-84;  when  cooled,  it  is  removed  into  large  carboys, 
and  forms  the  Oil  of  Vitriol  of  commerce.  S',  in  its  most  concen- 
trated state,  is  a  definite  compound  of  1  Eq.  Acid  and  1  Eq.  of  Water, 
which  last  cannot  be  separated  by  heat,  as  the  acid  and  water  distil 
over  as  a  hydrate.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  Acid  Sulph.  venale,  D.  =  1850. 

Tests.  The  presence  of  S',  or  of  the  soluble  Sulphates,  is  easily 
ascertained  by  a  solution  of  Chloride  of  Barium,  or  of  the  Nitrate  of 
Barytes,  as  they  form  a  white  precipitate  of  Sulphate  of  Barytes, 
which  is  insoluble  in  either  acids  or  alkalies.  S'  should  be  colourless ; 
Sp.  Gr.  1-845.  What  remains  after  the  acid  has  been  distilled  to 
dryness  should  not  exceed  7^  part  of  its  weight.  Diluted  S'  is  scarcely 
coloured  by  Hydrosulphuric'.  The  want  of  colour  indicates  the 
absence  of  organic  matter.  The  E.  P.  states  its  density  to  be  1-840, 
or  near  it :  Mr.  R.  Phillips  says,  he  never  found  it  under  1.844.  Com- 
mercial S'  is  apt  to  contain  Nitrous  Acid,  or  an  oxide  of  Nitrogen, 
Sulphate  of  Lead.  When  diluted  with  its  own  volume  of  water,  a 
scanty  muddiness  is  produced  by  the  deposition  of  Sulphate  of  Lead, 
alluded  to  by  the  L.  P.  as  amounting  to  -j^  part,  and  is  pointed  out 
by  the  H  S',  which  forms  a  Sulphuret  of  Lead.  No  orange  fumes 
escape  when  no  Nitrous  acid  is  present,  which,  as  well  as  Binoxide 
of  Nitrogen,  is  indicated  by  a  solution  of  the  Protosulphate  of  Iron. 

In  consequence  of  some  S'  being  now  made  from  the  Sulphur  ob- 
tained from  Iron  Pyrites,  whjch  often  contain  some  Arsenic,  this 
metal,  in  the  form  of  Arsenious  acid,  is  sometimes  present.  "  Dr.  G. 
O.  Rees  found  22-58  grains  of  this  acid  in  f  3xx.  of  oil  of  vitriol,  and 
Mr.  Watson  states,  that  the  smallest  quantity  which  he  has  detected 
is  35£  grains  in  f3xx."  (Per.  p.  470.)  For  the  detectioq  of  this 


48  SULPHURIC  ACID. 

impurity,  the  acid  must  be  diluted,  and  the  tests  for  Arsenic,  q.  v. 
applied. 

AdDUM  SuLPHURICUM  PURUM,  E.  D.   (U.  S.) 

Dilution  with  water  and  subsequent  concentration  is  recommended 
by  some,  but  the  E.  and  D.  P.  give  processes  for  purifying  Sul'. 

Prep.  The  D.  P.  directs  distillation  of  Sul'  in  a  retort  of  flint  glass,  containing  a  few 
slips  of  Platinum,  to  restrain  the  ebullition ;  the  first  twelfth  part  is  to  be  rejected  as  con- 
taining too  much  water.  Sp.  Gr.  1845. 

E.  P.  If  commercial  Sulphuric  acid  contains  Nitrous  acid,  heat  f^viij.  of  it  with  be- 
tween 10  and  15  grains  of  Sugar,  at  a  temperature  not  sufficient  to  boil  the  acid,  till  the 
dark  colour  at  first  produced  shall  have  nearly  or  altogether  disappeared.  This  process 
removes  the  Nitrous  acid.  Other  impurities  may  be  removed  by  distillation,  as  in  D.  P., 
but  in  a  sand-bath,  or  with  a  gas-flame,  and  having  a  canopy  above  to  keep  it  hot. 

Dr.  Christison  finds  that  the  Sulphuric  acid,  which  is  first  rendered 
black  and  opaque,  gradually  becomes  pale  yellow  if  kept  for  two  hours 
near  its  boiling  point,  and  that  the  Nitrous  acid  entirely  disappears, 
without  any  material  impregnation  of  Sulphurous  acid.  The  pro- 
portion of  sugar  required  must  be  first  determined  by  an  experiment 
on  the  small  scale. 

Tests,  v.  Sul'.  Density  1845  ;  colourless;  dilution  causes  no  mud- 
diness ;  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Iron  shows  no  reddening  at  the  line 
of  contact  when  poured  over  it.  E. 

Inc.  Many  medicinal  substances  are  incompatible  with  S',  as  the 
Oxides  of  the  Metals,  some  of  the  Earths,  the  Alkalies,  and  the  Car- 
bonates of  all,  also  their  Acetates,  &c.  The  solutions  of  Acetate  of 
Lead  and  Chloride  of  Calcium.  The  former  it  is  especially  neces- 
sary to  remember,  as  it  is  often  desirable  to  prescribe  both  Sul'  and 
Acetate  of  Lead  in  the  same  cases. 

Action.  Uses.  Caustic,  corrosive  poison. 

Antidotes.  Chalk,  Whiting,  Magnesia,  Soap,  Dilution,  Demulcents. 

ACIDUM  SULPHURICUM  DILUTUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  gradually  Acid  Sulph.  f3jss.  (f3j.  E.  1  pt  D.)  with  Aq.  f  Sxivss. 
(f  Sxiij.  E.  7  pts.  D^ 

[Sulphuric  Acid  f3j.,   Distilled  Water  fSxiij.  U.S.] 

Heat  is  evolved,  condensation  ensues,  and  a  little  Sulphate  of  Lead 
is  precipitated.  The  three  Diluted  Acids  are  necessarily  of  different 
strengths.  Prepared  according  to  the  L.  P.,  it  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-11, 
and  f3j.  saturates  28  grains  of  crystallized  Carbonate  of  Soda.  That 
of  the  E.  diluted  acid  =  1090;  their  comparative  strengths  by  weight 
are  about  as  100  to  78,  and  by  volume  the  difference  is  still  greater. 
(R.  Phillips.)  (The  Sp.  Gr.  ex  D.  P. =1084.) 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Astringent,  Tonic. 

D.  1£x. — n^xxx.  diluted  with  water,  some  bland  liquor,  or  some 
bitter  infusion. 

Infusum  ROSCB  Compositum,  contains" about  THvss.  in  each  fj. 

ACIDUM  SULPHURICUM  AROMATICUM,  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Add  gradually  Sulph'  f Siijss.  (fgvj.  D.)  to  Rectified  Spirit  Ojss.  (ftij.  D.) 
Let  the  mixture  digest  at  a  very  gentle  heat  for  three  days  in  a  close  vessel.  Add 


PHOSPHORUS.  49 

namon  bruised  gjss.  Ginger  do.  gj.  E.  and  D.  moistened  with  a  little  of  the  acid  spirit, 
and  after  twelve  hours  the  powders  may  be  exhausted  by  percolation  with  the  rest  of  the 
spirit.  Or  the  mixed  powders  may  be  digested  for  six  days  in  the  spirit,  then  straining 
the  liquor. 

[Sulphuric  Acid  f  3iijss.    Ginger  bruised  3j.   Cinnamon  bruised  3jss.  Alcohol  Oij.  U.S.] 

This  is  intended  to  be  a  simple  form  of  the  Acid  elixir  of  Mynsicht, 
and  is  a  pleasant  method  for  exhibiting  Sulphuric  Acid,  as  it  is  merely 
diluted  with  spirit  instead  of  with  water,  with  the  addition  of  aromatic 
principles ;  Dr.  Duncan  having  ascertained  that  the  alcohol  and  Sul' 
mixed  in  the  above  proportions  do  not  react  on  each  other  as  has  been 
sometimes  supposed. 

UNGUENTUM  ACIDI  SULPHURICI,  D.  (U.  S.)  Sulphuric  Acid  Ointment. 

Prep.     Mix  Sulph'  3j.  Prepared  Hog's  Lard  3j.  in  an  earthenware  mortar. 

Motion.  Uses.  A  powerful  stimulant  application  in  some  obstinate 
cutaneous  affections. 

PHOSPHORUS. 
F.  Phosphofe.     G.  Phosphor. 

Phosphorus  (P=16),  from  (pus,  light,  and  <pegu,  I  bear,  though  so  re- 
markable a  substance,  was  not  discovered  before  1669,  in  the  Phos- 
phate of  Soda  and  Ammonia  of  Urine,  by  Brandt,  an  alchemist  of 
Hamburgh.  Kunckel  in  Germany  and  Boyle  in  England  had  also 
the  credit  of  discovering  it.  The  Continent  was  for  some  time  sup- 
plied with  Phosphorus  from  England,  prepared  by  Hankwitz,  an 
apothecary  of  London.  It  is  now  procured  almost  entirely  from  the 
ashes  of  bones,  which  consist  chiefly  of  Phosphate  of  Lime.  It  is  a 
constituent  of  other  animal  substances,  and  also  of  some  vegetables. 
It  occurs  in  the  mineral  kingdom  in  the  form  of  Phosphates,  which 
give  fertility  to  some  soils. 

Prop.  Phosphorus  is  a  soft,  flexible,  easily  cut,  semi-transparent, 
wax-like  solid,  Sp.  Gr.=l-77,  colourless,  or  yellowish,  devoid  of  taste 
as  well  as  smell  when  pure ;  but  immediately  it  is  exposed  to  the  air, 
garlicky  fumes  are  evolved,  and  it  becomes  luminous  in  the  dark,  in 
consequence  of  its  combination  with  Oxygen :  this  slow  combustion 
produces  heat,  and  sets  it  on  fire.  It  is  so  inflammable  as  to  take  fire 
spontaneously  in  the  open  air ;  hence  it  is  requisite  to  keep  it  under 
water,  as  the  least  friction  excites  heat  enough  to  make  it  do  so. 
When  air  is  excluded,  it  melts  at  108°  F.,  and  boils  at  550°,  passing 
off  as  a  colourless  vapour ;  at  32°  it  is  crystalline  and  brittle,  and 
from  its  solution  in  hot  naphtha  it  may  be  obtained  in  dodecahedral 
crystals.  Phosphorus  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  if  kept  long  in  it, 
some  of  the  water  becomes  decomposed  ;  and  if  in  closed  vessels, 
according  to  Berzelius,  the  water  becomes  luminous  if  agitated.  The 
Phosphorus  also  acquires  a  white  coat,  and  if  much  exposed  to  the 
light,  becomes  of  a  reddish  tint.  This  has  been  thought  to  be  an 
Oxide  or  a  Hydrate,  but  by  Rose  to  be  only  a  peculiar  mechanical 
state.  By  the  aid  of  heat,  P  is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  the  fixed 
and  volatile  Oils,  in  Naphtha,  Petroleum,  Sulphuret  of  Carbon,  &c. 

4 


*    * 

50  PHOSPHORICACID. 

Prep.  It  is  obtained  on  the  large  scale  by  the  action  of  Sulphuric  acid  on  powdered 
bone-ash,  which  consists  chiefly  of  Phosphate  of  Lime.  This  is  digested  with  half  its 
weight  of  S'  diluted,  which  unites  with  a  portion  of  Lime,  &c.  A  Superphosphate  of 
Lime  is  formed  by  combining  with  the  Phosph'  set  free.  This  is  dissolved  out,  filtered, 
and  evaporated.  It  is  then  raized  with  one-fourth  its  own  weight  of  Charcoal,  and  some 
fine  quartz  sand,  and  strongly  heated.  The  Carbon  takes  the  Oxygen  of  the  free  P',  be- 
coming  Carbonic  Oxide,  which  passes  over.  Phosphorus  is  evolved,  and  received  under 
water  in  the  form  of  a  reddish-brown  fusible  substance.  It  is  purified  by  pressing  it, 
when  melted,  through  chamois  leather,  also  by  melting  in  hot  water  in  glass  tubes,  from 
which,  on  cooling,  the  Phosphorus  separates  in  little  sticks.  This  is  the  form  it  ij|  usually 
met  with  in  commerce. 

Tests.  Easily  recognised  by  the  above  very  remarkable  characters. 
Action.  Uses.  Irritant  poison.     Stimulant  in  very  small  doses. 
Antidotes.  Dilution.     Demulcents.     Magnesia. 

PHOSPHORUS  AND  OXYGEN. 
PHOSPHORIC  ACID.    F.  Acide  Phosphorique.     G.  Phosphorsaure. 

Phosphoric  Acid  (P'  or  P3O8  =  72)  was  first  distinguished  in  1760 
by  Marggraff.  Phosphorus  unites  with  Oxygen,  and  forms  oxides 
and  acids.  Phosphoric'  may  be  obtained  by  the  first  part  of  the 
above  process  for  obtaining  Phosphorus,  by  decomposing  the  solu- 
tion of  Biphosph.  Lime  by  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia,  separating  the 
Lime  and  heating  the  Salt  obtained,  during  which  Am.  escapes  and 
P'  remains ;  or  by  burning  P.  in  Oxygen  or  in  Air ;  or  enabling  it  to 
obtain  the  Oxygen  from  some  substance  which  parts  easily  with  it, 
such  as  Nitric'.  This  last  is  the  method  adopted  by  the  L.  P.  The 
compounds  of  Phosphorus  with  Oxygen  are  among  those  which  much 
interest  chemists,  and  are  fully  treated  of  in  chemical  works. 

ACIDUM  PHOSPHORICUM  DILUTUM,  L.     Dil.  Phosphoric  Acid. 

Prop.  Diluted  Phosphoric  Acid  is  a  colourless  solution,  having  a 
Sp.  Gr.  of  1-064,  without  odour,  having  a  powerful  acid  taste,  and 
reddening  Litmus.  It  forms  salts  with  alkalies,  earths,  and  metallic 
oxides.  Even  when  in  a  concentrated  state,  it  is  not  corrosive  on 
organized  structures.  By  evaporation  it  is  reduced  to  a  state  of  con- 
centration and  the  appearance  of  a  brown  oily  liquid,  and  is  then  a 
Hydrated  Phosphoric  acid.  By  an  increase  of  temperature,  it  loses 
more  water,  and  becomes  Pyrophosphoric  acid.  When  the  heat  is 
raised  to  redness,  another  equivalent  of  water  is  lost,  when  it  becomes 
Metaphosphoric  acid.  The  Diluted  Acid  contains  1  Eq.  of  acid  to  3 
of  water,  which,  according  to  Professor  Graham,  acts  the  part  of  a 
base  in  the  above  acids.  Liebig  considers  the  three  acids  as  different, 
and  that  .Hydrogen  is  united  in  each  with  a  different  compound  radi- 
cal. 100  grs.  of  this  diluted  acid  saturate  42  grs.  of  crystallized  Carb. 
Soda,  or  f3j.  24-4  grs.,  showing  that  it  contains  101  per  cent,  of  Acid. 
Phosphoric  Acid  consists  of  5  Eq.  O  40  +  2  Eq.  Phosph.  32=72, 
with  3  Eq.  H  O=99,  or  of  2£  O  +  1  P=36. 

Prep.  Mix  Nitric'  f3iv.  with  Aq.  Dest.  f3x.  add  Phosphorus  3j.  to  the  diluted  acid  in 
a  glass  retort  placed  in  a  sand-bath,  apply  heat  until  fSviij.  pass  over.  Let  these  be  re- 
turned into  the  retort,  and  again  distil  over  f 3viij.,  which  are  to  be  thrown  away.  Evapo- 
rate the  remaining  liquor  in  a  platinum  capsule  till  only  3ij.  and  gvj.  remain.  When 
cool,  add  Aq.  dest.  to  make  up  fSxxiv. 


BORON.  51 

Here,  as  explained  by  Mr.  R.  Phillips,  diluted  acid  is  used,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  explosion  and  rapid  combustion  which  Phosphorus 
causes  when  added  to  strong  Nitric'.  With  the  diluted  acid  the  ac- 
tion is  slow,  the  Phosphorus  gradually  melts,  and  combines  with  a 
portion  of  the  Oxygen  of  the  acid,  while  the  remainder  escapes  in 
combination  with  the  Nitrogen  of  the  Nitric'  in  the  form  of  Nitric 
oxide  gas.  A  portion,  however,  of  the  Nitric'  distils  over  before  the 
whole  of  the  Phosphorus  is  acidified,  and  therefore  it  is  necessary  to 
return  it  into  the  retort  as  directed.  The  Platinum  capsule  is  required 
in  the  latter  part  of  the  process,  because  when  the  acid  becomes  con- 
centrated it  would  act  upon  the  glass. 

Tests.  Phosphoric  acid  with  Soda  forms  an  officinal  salt  (the  Phos- 
phate of  Soda).  Lime-water  produces  in  it  a  precipitate  of  insoluble 
Phosphate  of  Lime.  This,  and  the  Phosphates  of  Barytes,  Strontian, 
Lead,  &c.,  are  soluble  in  dilute  Nitric  Acid,  also  in  Ammonia.  The 
Nitrate  of  Silver  throws  down  a  yellow  precipitate  of  Phosphate  of 
Silver  in  a  solution  of  a  Phosphate.  Arsenious  Acid  is  also  similarly 
affected ;  but  it  may  be  distinguished  from  it  by  Hydrosulphuric  Acid, 
which  causes  a  yellow  precipitate  in  the  Arsenious,  but  none  in  the 
Phosphoric  Acid.  The  addition  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  ought  to  cause 
no  precipitate  if  the  acid  contains  no  Lime  as  an  impurity,  which  it  is 
apt  to  do  from  the  mode  in  which  it  is  usually  made.  "  Chloride  of 
Barium  or  Nitrate  of  Silver  being  added,  whatever  is  thrown  down  is 
readily  dissolved  by  Nitric' ;"  the  first  indicates  the  absence  of  Sul.', 
the  second  of  Hydrochloric'.  "  Strips  of  copper  and  silver  are  not  at 
all  acted  upon  by  it,"  showing  that  no  Nitric'  is  present ;  "  nor  is  it 
coloured  when  Hydrosulphuric'  is  added,"  indicating  the  absence  of 
metals. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Acid  Tonic. 

D.  Ttx. — f3j.  diluted  with  sugar  and  water. 

Incomp.  All  such  substances  as  are  incompatible  with  other  Acids. 

BORON. 
F.  Bore.    Borium.     G.  Boron. 

Boron  (B=20,  or  10,  Berz.)  was  ascertained,  by  Sir  H.  Davy,  in 
the  year  1807,  to  be  the  basis  of  Boracic  Acid.  It  was  obtained  by 
heating  Potassium  with  Boracic  Acid,  as  a  dark  olive-coloured 
powder,  devoid  of  taste  and  smell,  and  not  acted  upon  by  the  usual 
reagents :  heated  in  the  air  or  in  Oxygen,  it  is  converted  into  Boracic 
Acid. 

BORACIC  ACID.     Acidum  Boracicum.     F.  Acide  Boracique.     G.  Bo- 
rax Saure. 

Boracic  Acid  (B  O3=44)  is  so  named  from  Borax,  a  salt  long 
known,  and  which  is  a  Biborate  of  Soda  (q.  v.) ;  from  the  Soda  of 
which  it  may  be  separated  by  the  action  of  Sulphuric' :  a  soluble 
Sulphate  of  Soda  is  formed,  and  the  Boracic  Acid  precipitated. 
Boracic  Acid  is  largely  obtained  in  Tuscany  and  in  the  Lipari  Isles, 
where  it  issues  in  the  steam  from  fissures  in  the  earth.  Circular 


52  NITROGEN    AND   OXYGEN. 

basins  are  dug  or  the  fissures  surrounded  with  cylinders  of  brick- 
work, and  water  is  let  in,  which  boils  up,  from  the  vapour  passing 
into  and  through  it.  The  water,  having  dissolved  the  acid,  is  evapo- 
rated, and,  as  it  cools,  the  acid  is  deposited  in  scale-like  crystals, 
which  are  then  dried. 

Prop.  Boracic  Acid  is  usually  seen  in  transparent  scale-like  crys- 
tals, which  have  a  feeble  acid  taste,  and  redden  Litmus  slightly,  at 
the  same  time  that  they  colour  turmeric  brown,  like  an  Alkali.  It  is 
sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  but  requires  less  than  3  times  its  weight  of 
boiling  water  to  dissolve  it.  It  is  very  soluble  in  Alcohol,  tinging  the 
flame  of  a  green  colour  when  it  is  burnt.  The  crystals  contain  3  Eq. 
of  water  of  crystallization,  which  is  expelled  on  their  being  heated : 
the  acid  then  melts,  and  on  cooling  is  brittle  and  glass-like,  and  may 
be  variously  coloured.  As  the  salts  of  this  acid  promote  the  fusion 
of  other  bodies,  Borate  of  Soda  is  much  employed  as  a  blowpipe  flux. 

Action.  Uses.  Boracic  Acid  is  not  officinal,  except  as  a  constituent 
of  Borax,  the  Biborate  of  Soda.  It  was  formerly  supposed  to  have 
some  anodyne  properties,  and  was  known  by  the  name  of  Sal  seda- 
tivus.  It  is  now  sometimes  used  to  increase  the  solubility  of  Cream 
of  Tartar,  1  part  Bor'  with  7  parts  Bitartrate  of  Potash  forming  the 
SOLUBLE  CREAM  OF  TARTAR  of  the  shops. 

NITROGEN  AND  OXYGEN. 

Nitrogen  combines  with  Oxygen  in  several  proportions,  which  it  is 
desirable  to  notice,  as  illustrating  the  law  of  definite  proportions,  and 
because  the  several  compounds  are  formed  in  the  course  of  making 
various  Pharmaceutical  preparations. 


Nitrous  Oxide 
Nitric  Oxide 
Hyponitrous  Acid 
Nitrous  Acid 
Nitric  Acid 


N  O  14+  8=22. 
NO3  14+1 6  =30. 
N  Os  14+24=38. 
N  O4  14+32=46. 
N  Os  14+40=54. 


AciTTOM  NlTRICUM,  L.  D.   (U.  S.)       AciDUM  NlTRICUM  PURUM,  E.       Nitric 

Acid,  Aqua  Fortis.    Spiritus  Nitri  Glauberi.     F.  Acide  Nitrique. 
G.  Salpetersaure. 

Nitric  Acid  (N;  or  NO6=54)  is  a  compound  of  Nitrogen  acidified 
by  Oxygen.  It  was  known  to  Geber,  and  probably  also  to  the  Hin- 
doos. Cavendish  first  clearly  ascertained  its  composition  by  forming 
the  acid  by  passing  electric  sparks  through  atmospheric  air  over  a 
solution  of  Potash.  Phil.  Trans,  vol.  75,  p.  572,  and  vol.  78,  p.  261. 
(1785.)  It  may  frequently  be  detected  in  the  atmosphere  after 
thunder-storms,  in  consequence  of  the  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen  com- 
bining together  with  the  aid  of  electricity.  In  combination  with  Pot- 
ash, Soda,  and  Lime,  or  Ammonia,  it  is  found,  effloresced  on  the  soil 
in  some  countries ;  also  in  some  minerals ;  likewise  in  some  vege- 
tables, as  in  the  officinal  Pareira  root,  in  the  state  of  Nitrate  of  Pot- 
ash. 

Prop.  Nitric'  is  unknown  anhydrous,  being  always  seen  as  a  liquid 
in  combination  with  water.  When  pure,  it  is  colourless,  transparent, 


NITRICACID.  53 

of  a  very  sour  corrosive  taste,  destroying  vegetable  and  animal  mat- 
ter. It  tinges  the  skin  yellow,  and  causes  it  to  peel  off;  gives  acid 
properties  to  a  large  quantity  of  water,  vividly  reddening  Litmus  and 
vegetable  blues.  It  has  a  strong,  almost  suffocating  odour,  fumes  in 
the  air,  from  condensing  its  moisture;  fumes  still  more  if  Ammonia 
be  present.  Its  affinity  for  water  is  great,  absorbing  it  from  the  air, 
and  having  its  Sp.  Gr.  and  strength  diminished ;  when  mixed  with  it, 
heat  is  evolved.  Its  strength  necessarily  depends  on  the  quantity  of 
water  mixed  with  it;  the  density  of  the  L.  P.  acid  is  1-5033  to  1'504; 
Mr.  Phillips  considers  this  to  be  the  strongest  procurable ;  but  it  has 
been  brought,  by  distilling  with  a  gentle  heat,  by  Kirwin  to  1-55,  and 
by  Proust  to  1-62.  The  E.  P.  also  employs  the  Nitric' of  commerce, 
commonly  called  Aqua  Fortis,  of  Sp.  Gr.  1380  to  1390.  Dr.  Chris- 
tison  considers  1500  as  the  densest  acid  which  can  be  obtained  free 
of  Nitrous  Acid,  but,  impregnated  with  this,  it  may  be  got  so  heavy 
as  1540  and  upwards.  The  purest  Nitric',  if  long  exposed  to  light, 
becomes  yellowish  from  decomposition,  Oxygen  being  given  out,  and 
Nitrous  Acid  formed.  This  may  be  got  rid  of  by  the  action  of  heat, 
as  it  escapes  in  the  form  of  Nitrous  fumes,  leaving  the  Nitric'  nearly 
colourless.  Nitric'  of  Sp.  Gr.  1-50  will  freeze  at  — 40°  and  will  boil 
at  247°,  but  these  points  vary  of  course  with  the  density ;  if  the  heat 
be  continued,  the  acid  volatilizes,  and  at  a  red  heat  is  decomposed. 
At  the  density  of  1-5  it  consists  of  1  Eq.  of  Nitric'  and  1$  Eq.  of 
Water,  or  54 -fl  3-5 =67-5,  and  it  then  contains  about  80  per  cent,  of 
acid. 

Many  vegetable  substances,  as  Charcoal,  Sugar,  Alcohol,  deprive 
Nitric'  of  its  Oxygen,  also  Phosphorus,  and  hence  it  is  one  of  the 
most  powerful  oxidizing  agents.  The  Metals  do  not  in  general  de- 
compose it  when  concentrated,  but  if  diluted  with  water,  this  becomes 
decomposed  as  well  as  the  acid,  both  yielding  Oxygen  to  oxidize  the 
Metal;  the  oxide  is  insoluble,  or,  being  acted  on  by  some  of  the 
undecomposed  acid,  a  Nitrate  is  formed.  The  other  part  of  the  de- 
composed acid  escapes  in  the  form  of  Nitric  oxide  gas,  which,  unit- 
ing with  the  Oxygen  of  the  atmosphere,  ruddy  fumes  of  Nitrous 
acid  gas  are  observed.  If  Copper  filings  be  used,  then  the  solution 
will  be  of  a  greenish-blue  colour.  If  Hydrochloric'  be  mixed  with 
the  Nitric',  both  become  decomposed,  and  the  mixture,  called  Nitro- 
Muriatic  acid  or  Aqua  Regia,  is  capable  of  dissolving  gold. 

The  presence  of  N'  may  be  ascertained  by  the  bright  red  colour 
produced  when  N'  touches  Morphia  or  Brucia ;  saturated  with  Carb. 
of  Potash,  it  forms  Nitrate  of  Potash,  which  deflagrates. 

Prep.  Nitric'  may  be  formed  by  passing  electric  sparks  through  a  mixture  of  1  part  of 
Nitrogen  and  5  of  Oxygen.  The  L.  and  E.  P.  direct  Nitrate  of  Potash  and  Sulphuric 
Acid  in  equal  quantities  by  weight  to  be  mixed  together  in  a  glass  retort,  and  the  re- 
sulting Nitric'  to  be  distilled  in  a  sand-bath  (or  by  a  naked  gas  flame,  E).  The  D.  P. 
employs  100  parts  of  salt  to  97  of  common  Sul'. 

To  obtain  a  pure  acid,  the  E.  P.  directs  the  Nitrate  of  Potash  to  be 
purified  by  two  or  three  crystallizations,  till  Nitrate  of  Silver  does  not 
act  on  its  solution  in  distilled  water.  When  manufacturers  make  N', 
they  employ  only  half  the  quantity  of  Sul'  and  use  Nitrate  of  Soda 


54  NITRIC   ACID. 

instead  of  Nitrate  of  Potash,  because  it  is  cheaper.  The  acid  ob- 
tained is  of  a  brownish  colour,  fumes,  and  is  called  Nitric  acid  of 
Commerce. 

The  quantities  of  Nitrate  of  Potash  and  Sulphuric'  of  the  Sp.  Gr. 
1-8433,  are  very  nearly  in  the  proportion  of  1  Eq.  of  the  salt  to  2  Eq. 
of  the  acid.  The  two  acids  differ  from  each  other  in  their  relations 
with  water,  the  Nitric'  requiring  2  Eq.  and  the  Sulphuric'  only  1  Eq. 
of  water;  hence  twice  as  much  Sulphuric'  is  employed  as  is  necessary 
to  saturate  the  Potash.  A  less  proportion  is  used  by  many  manu- 
facturers, but  the  advantage  of  the  College  process  is,  that  a  less  heat 
is  necessary,  and  a  larger  quantity  and  a  purer  acid,  that  is,  more 
free  of  Nitrous  Acid,  is  obtained.  The  Nitrate  of  Potash  being  de- 
composed by  the  Sulphuric',  the  2  Eq.  of  this  combine  with  1  Eq.  of 
Pptash,  and  form  1  Eq.  of  Bisulphate  of  Potash ;  the  Nitric',  as  set 
free,  rises  with  the  vapour  of  water,  and  forms  aqueous  Nitric'.  This, 
when  of  the  greatest  strength,  or  of  Sp.  Gr.  1-5033  to  1-504,  is  com- 
posed of  2  Eq.  N'+3  Eq.  Aq.  But  it  is  more  convenient,  as  stated 
by  Mr.  R.  Phillips,  to  consider  liquid  Nitric'  (NO5  1%  HO)  as  a  Ses- 
quihydrate. 

Tests.  The  strength  of  N'  may  be  ascertained  by  its  Sp.  Gr.,  which 
should  be  1-50.  100  grains  of  this  acid  (equal  to  about  81  grains  of 
dry  N')  will  saturate  217  grains  of  crystallized  Carbonate  of  Soda. 
It  should  pass  off  wholly  in  vapour,  showing  the  absence  of  any  fixed 
salts,  as  of  Potash,  that  is  Nitre.  The  presence  of  Nitrous  Acid  is 
indicated  by  a  yellow  or  orange  colour  :  it  may  be  got  rid  of  by  the 
gentle  application  of  heat.  Sulphuric'  is  indicated  by  a 'white  pre- 
cipitate (Sulphate  of  Barytes)  being  formed  when  the  acid,  diluted,  is 
tested  with  Sol.  of  Chloride  of  Barium,  or  of  Nitrate  of  Barytes. 
Hydrochloric'  will  be  detected  by  a  white  precipitate  (Chloride  of 
Silver)  being  formed  with  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  Corrosive  Poison,  sometimes  used  as  a  Caustic  and 
Disinfectant. 

Inc.  Alkalies,  Earths,  Oxides  of  Metals,  their  Carbonates,  and  Sul- 
phurets,  all  combustible  bodies,  Hydrochloric',  Alcohol,  Sulphate  of 
Iron,  Acetates  of  Potash  and  Soda,  Diacetate  of  Lead. 

Antidotes.  The  carbonates  of  earths,  as  Chalk,  Whiting ;  Bicarbo- 
nates  of  Alkalies ;  Soap. 

ACIDUM  NJTRICUM  DILUTUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Dil.  Nitric  Acid. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (U.S.)  Mix  Nitric  Acid  fgj.  (pure  f3j.,  or  Commercial  Dens.  1390,  f%j- 
and  Jv.  E.)  with  Aq.  dest.  f^ix. 

The  Sp.  Gr.  of  this  diluted  acid  is  1-080.  (107,7  E.)  100  grs.  of 
it  saturate  31  grs.  of  crystallized  Carb.  Soda,  or  f3j.  18-5  grs.,  indi- 
cating about  10  per  cent,  of  real  acid.  The  D.  College  orders  of 
acid  3  parts,  water  4  parts.  Of  this  the  density  is  1280,  and  it  con- 
tains 38  per  cent,  of  acid,  or  nearly  as  much  as  some  varieties  of 
Aqua  Fortis,  and  therefore  too  much  for  convenience  in  prescribing. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Tonic,  Alterative. 

D.  nix. — TTIXXX.  diluted  with  water,  &c.,  should  be  drunk  through  a 
quill,  like  the  other  strong  acids. 


IODINE.  55 

loDINIUM.      L.  E.  D. 
[lodinum,  U.  S.]  Iodine.    F.  lode.    G.  lod. 

Iodine  (1=126),  from  luSrjs,  violet,  the  colour  of  its  vapour,  was  ob- 
tained by  M.  Courtois  in  1812  in  the  residual  liquor  of  the  process 
for  obtaining  Soda  from  Kelp.  Though  but  lately  discovered,  its  ef- 
fects have  long  been  obtained  in  medicine,  as  it  is  found  in  Sea  and 
several  Mineral  waters,  and  in  Sea-weeds,  Sponge,  Corals,  and  some 
Molluscous  animals.  In  the  present  day,  the  leaf  of  a  Sea-weed  (a 
species  of  Laminaria,  Dr.  Falconer)  is  employed  in  the  Himalayas, 
and  called  the  goitre-leaf,  and  in  S.  America  the  stems  of  a  Sea-weed 
are  sold  by  the  name  of  goitre-sticks,  because  they  are  chewed  by  the 
inhabitants  wherever  goitre  is  prevalent.* 

Prop.  Iodine  occurs  in  metallic-like  scales.  Its  crystals  may  be 
obtained  in  elongated  octohedrons  with  rhomboidal  bases.  It  is  of  a 
bluish-gray  colour,  with  a  metallic  lustre,  an  acrid  taste,  and  an  odour 
resembling  that  of  Chlorine.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  is  4-94  ;  but  it  is  soft,  and 
crumbles  between  the  fingers,-  staining  the  skin  of  a  yellow  colour. 
It  is  rather  insoluble  in  water,  one  grain  requiring  7000  parts  of  water 
to  dissolve  it ;  but  it  is  very  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether,  forming  red- 
dish-brown solutions ;  it  is  also  soluble  in  essential  Oils.  It  evapo- 
rates at  ordinary  temperatures ;  but  when  heated,  Iodine  melts  at  225°, 
and  at  350°  rises  in  a  beautiful  violet-coloured  vapour,  which  is  re- 
markable for  its  great  weight,  having  a  Sp.  Gr.,  compared  with  that 
of  air,  =  8-7,  but  with  that  of  hydrogen  as  126  to  1.  Hence  its  atomic 
number  is  126.  The  solubility  of  Iodine  in  water  is  much  increased 
by  the  presence  of  some  salt  in  solution,  and  this  is  taken  advantage  of 
in  preparing  the  compound  solution  of  the  London  Pharmacopeia. 

One  of  the  most  useful  unions  Iodine  forms,  is  with  Starch,  as  this 
serves  as  a  very  delicate  test  of  its  presence.  If  a  solution  of  Starch 
be  formed  and  allowed  to  cool,  and  then  added,  even  though  very  di- 
luted, to  a  solution  containing  Iodine,  a  blue  precipitate  of  the  Iodine 
in  union  with  the  Starch,  or  an  Iodide  of  Starch  or  of  Amidin,  as  it 
has  been  lately  called,  will  be  produced.  It  is,  however,  essential 
that  the  Iodine  be  in  a  free  state ;  hence  in  compound  solutions  it  is 
necessary  to  add  a  few  drops  of  Nitric'  or  of  Sulphuric'  to  detach  it 
from  its  combinations,  when  the  blue  colour  of  the  Iodide  of  Starch 
will  immediately  appear.  Iodine  is  also  mixed  with  fatty  substances, 
and  is  employed  in  the  form  of  an  ointment  or  of  a  liniment. 

Though  present  in  a  variety  of  situations,  Iodine  is  obtained  for 
commercial  purposes  from  the  ashes  of  Sea-weeds,  called  Kelp,  and 
is  largely  prepared  at  Glasgow.  Professor  Graham  states,  that  the  long 
elastic  stems  of  Fucus  palmatus  afford  most  of  the  Iodine  contained 
in  Kelp ;  and  as  this  is  a  deep  sea-plant,  it  is  found  most  on  exposed 
sea-coasts.  Dr.  Traill  says,  that  the  greatest  quantity  is  produced 
by  Kelp  made  from  "  drift  weed,"  which  is  in  a  great  measure  com- 
posed of  F.  Fucus  digitatus  and  F.  Loreus ;  and  that "  cut  weed,"  which 
consists  of  vesiculosus  and  F.  serratus,  yields  much  less  of  it.  Ac- 

»  Vide  the  Author's  Illustr.  of  Himalayan  Botany,  p.  441. 


56  IODINE. 

cording  to  the  experience  of  a  manufacturer,  100  tons  of  Caithness 
kelp  yield  1000  pounds  of  Iodine,  or  about  a  224th  part.  (C.) 

The  most  common  method  of  obtaining  Iodine  is  to  take  Kelp  in 
powder,  lixiviate  with  water,  evaporate,  and  remove  the  Soda  salts 
(such  as  Carbonate  and  Sulphate)  as  they  form ;  allow  the  liquor  to 
cool,  when  crystals  of  Chloride  of  Potassium  will  be  deposited.  De- 
cant the  dark-coloured  mother  liquor,  which  contains  the  Iodide  of 
Sodium  with  other  salts;  supersaturate  with  Sulphuric',  when  an 
evolution  takes  place  of  Carbonic',  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  and  Sul- 
phurous acid  gases.  After  standing  for  a  day  or  so,  the  residuary 
liquor,  or  Iodine  ley,  is  mixed  with  Binoxide  of  Manganese,  and  heat 
applied.  Water  and  Iodine  pass  over,  and  are  condensed  in  receivers. 

Here  the  mutual  action  of  Sulphuric'  and  Binoxide  of  Manganese 
on  any  chloride  in  the  Iodine  ley,  will  be  the  detachment  of  Chlorine 
(v.  Hydrochloric  Acid).  This,  as  stated  above,  will  decompose  the 
Iodide,  set  the  Iodine  free ;  or,  as  usually  explained,  one  equivalent  of 
the  Oxygen  of  the  Binoxide,  combining  with  the  Sodium  equally,  sets 
the  Iodine  free ;  and  the  Sulphuric'  will  combine  with  the  Soda  and 
the  Oxide  of  Manganese,  and  thus  form  a  Sulphate  of  Soda  (the 
Oxide  of  Sodium),  and  a  Sulphate  of  the  Oxide  of  Manganese. 

Tests.  Iodine  is  sometimes  adulterated  with  Charcoal,  Plumbago, 
or  Oxides  of  Manganese ;  but  its  chief  impurity  is  moisture,  of  which 
it  sometimes  contains  as  much  as  15  to  20  per  cent.,  when  it  looks 
moist  and  sticks  to  the  sides  of  the  bottle.  The  L.  P.  directs  its 
purity  to  be  ascertained  by  its  little  solubility  in  water,  solubility  in 
Alcohol ;  and,  when  heated,  first  melting  and  then  subliming  in  violet 
vapours,  and  rendering  Starch  blue.  The  E.  P.  states  that  when 
heated,  it  should  evaporate  entirely,  rising  in  violet  vapours,  and  that 
39  grains  of  Iodine,  with  9  grains  of  quicklime  and  fgiij.  of  water, 
when  heated  short  of  ebullition,  should  slowly  form  a  perfect  solution 
(Iodide  of  Calcium  and  lodate  of  Lime),  yellowish  or  brownish  if  the 
Iodine  be  pure,  in  consequence  of  a  trace  not  being  acted  on,  but 
colourless  if  there  be  above  2  per  cent,  of  water  or  impurity. 

For  pharmaceutic  preparations  of  fixed  and  uniform  strength,  the 
E.  C.  directs  Iodine  to  be  dried  by  being  placed  in  a  shallow  basin  of 
earthenware,  in  a  small  confined  space  of  air,  with  10  or  12  times  its 
weight  of  fresh  burnt  Lirne,  till  it  scarcely  adheres  to  the  inside  of  a 
dry  bottle. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  of  the  absorbents.     Alterative. 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  with  some  mild  extract. 

Antidotes.  Large  draughts  of  solution  of  Starch,  both  before  and 
after  evacuating  the  stomach ;  also  obviate  inflammation. 

IODIDE  OF  STARCH,  proposed  by  Dr.  Buchanan,  is  a  mild  preparation. 
It  is  directed  to  be  made  by  rubbing  gr.  24  of  Iodine  with  a  little 
water,  and  gradually  adding  3j.  of  finely  powdered  Starch.  Dry  by 
a  gentle  heat,  and  preserve  the  powder  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle. 

D.  3ss.  gradually  increased.     It  has  been  given  in  very  large  doses. 

TINCTURA  IODINEI.  E.  D.  [Tinctura  lodini.  U.  S.] 

Prep.  E.  [U.S.]  Iodine  Sijss.  Rectified  Spirit  Oij. 
D.  Iodine  ^ij.  Rectified  Spirit  by  weight  3j. 


BROMINE.  57 

The  E.  prep,  contains  1  gr.  in  16  TTI  ;  the  D.  prep.  1  gr.  in  12n[. 

TlNCTURA  loDINII  COMPOSITUM,  L. 

Prep.  Macerate  Iodine  3j.  Iodide  of  Potassium  gij.  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  until  dis- 
solved; strain. 


It  contains  Iodine  gr.  j.  and  Iodide  of  Potassium  gr.  ij.  in 

D.  This  with  the  Liquor  Potassii  lodidi  Compositus,  L.  is  one  of 

the  best  forms  for  internal  exhibition.     It  may  be  given  with  water 

or  Sherry.     r#x.  gradually  increased  to  f5j. 

[LIQUOR  IODINI  COMPOSITUS,  U.  S. 

Prep.  Take  of  Iodine  3vj.  Iodide  of  Potassium  3iss.  Distilled  Water  Oj.  Dissolve. 
Dose  gtt.  xx.  This  preparation  varies  in  strength  from  Liq.  Pot.  lodidi  comp.  L.  See 
Pot.  lodid.] 

[UNGUENTUM  IODINI.  U.  S. 

Prep.  Iodine  9j.  Alcohol  rn/xx.  Lard  3j.  Rub  with  the  Alcohol  first  and  then  with 
the  Lard.  Uses  as  below.] 

UNGUENTUM  IODINII  COMPOSITUM,  L.  UNG.  IODINEI,  E. 

Prep.  Rub  Iodine  gss.  Iodide  of  Potassium  3j.  and  Rectified  Spirit  fgj.  together,  then 
rub  up  with  Lard  gij. 

Action.  Uses.  Employed  as  an  external  application  in  Bronchocele, 
scrofulous  enlargements  of  the  glands,  or  tumours. 

The  effects  of  Iodine  as  an  external  application,  may  be  obtained 
by  brushing  the  Tincture  on  the  surface,  or  mixing  it  first  with  Soap 
Liniment  and  using  it  as  an  embrocation. 

BROMINIUM,  L. 
[Brominum  U.  S.]     Bromine.    F.  Brome.     G.  Brom. 

Bromine  (Br=78),  from  (Sgupos  (factor),  a  strong  odour,  was  dis- 
covered in  1826  by  M.  Balard,  in  bittern,  the  uncrystallizable  resi- 
due of  Sea-water.  The  quantity  contained  therein  is  so  small,  that 
100  pounds  of  Sea-water  yield  only  5  grains  of  Bromide  of  Sodium 
or  of  Magnesium,  of  which  3-3  grains  are  Bromine.  It  exists  also, 
in  rock-salt,  in  brine-springs,  as  those  of  Cheshire,  [in  Pennsylvania,] 
in  some  mineral  waters,  sea-weeds,  marine  animals,  and  in  the  ashes 
of  sponge. 

Prop.  It  is  a  liquid  of  a  dark  red,  but,  in  thin  layers,  of  a  hyacinth- 
red  colour,  easily  volatilized,  and  therefore  requiring  to  be  kept  well 
closed  up,  or  covered  by  a  stratum  of  water.  The  taste  is  acrid  and 
unpleasant,  the  smell  disagreeable  and  suffocating,  something  like 
Chlorine.  The  sp.  gr.  of  liquid  Bromine  is  2-96,  or  3-  ;  that  of  its 
vapour,  compared  with  air,  about  5-4  ;  100  C.  I.  weigh  gr.  168.  It 
freezes  at  —  4°,  and  congeals  into  a  brittle  crystalline  solid,  of  a  lead- 
gray  colour  and  metallic  lustre  ;  and  if  water  be  present,  it  crystallizes 
in  octohedra.  At  common  temperatures,  it  rises  into  a  reddish-brown 
vapour,  like  Nitrous  acid,  and  boils  at  116°.  It  stains  the  skin  yel- 
low, but  not  permanently,  and  acts  as  a  caustic.  It  destroys  vege- 
table colours,  extinguishes  flame,  first  turning  the  upper  part  red  and 
the  lower  green  ;  but  some  metals,  as  Antimony,  &c.,  take  fire  in  it. 
It  is  slightly  soluble  in  water,  more  so  in  Alcohol,  arid  very  soluble  in 
Ether  ;  but  it  decomposes  the  Oils,  Hydrobromic  acid  being  formed. 


58  CHLORINE. 

Prep.  Bromine  may  be  detached  from  its  combinations  by  passing  Chlorine  gas  through 
a  solution  containing  a  Bromide,  or  by  the  action  of  Hydrochloric'  and  Binoxide  of  Man- 
ganese on  bittern,  or  on  the  mother-liquor  of  the  salt-springs  of  Germany.  The  Hydrogen 
of  the  Acid,  uniting  with  the  Oxygen  of  the  Binoxide,  forms  water :  one  portion  of  the 
Chlorine  unites  with  the  Manganese,  and  another  with  the  metallic  base,  whether  So- 
dium, Calcium,  or  Magnesium,  with  which  the  Bromine  was  combined.  This  being  set 
free,  easily  distils  over  with  water,  and  may  be  condensed  in  a  receiver. 

Tests.  Bromine  may  be  known  by  its  liquidity,  colour,  weight,  and 
acrid  odour,  by  being  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  more  copiously  in 
rectified  spirit,  best  in  ether ;  also  by  its  ready  volatility,  its  action  on 
the  metals,  and  by  forming  an  orange-yellow  colour  with  starch,  and 
a  yellowish-white  precipitate  (the  Bromide)  with  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  A  local  irritant  and  caustic ;  increases  the  activity 
of  the  lymphatic  system. 

D.  5  or  6  drops  of  1  part  of  Bromine  in  40  of  Water  or  of  rectified 
Spirit.  Externally  as  a  lotion,  or  to  moisten  a  poultice,  a  solution  4 
times  as  strong. 

Antidotes.  The  same  as  for  Iodine. 

CHLORINIUM. 
Chlorine.    Dephlogisticated  Marine  or  Muriatic  Acid.    F.  Chlore.     G.  Chlor. 

Chlorine  (Cl=36),  pointed  out  by  Scheele  in  1774.  Oxygenated 
Muriatic  Acid  of  Lavoisier,  which  Berthollet  converted  into  Oxymu- 
riatic  Acid,  as  it  was  considered  a  compound  of  Oxygen  and  Muri- 
atic'. Gay  Lussac  and  Thenard  considered  it  an  element,  and  named 
it,  from  its  characteristic  yellowish-green  (x^ugos)  colour,  Chlorine. 
It  was  proved  to  be  an  elementary  body  by  Sir  H.  Davy  in  1809. 
Chlorine  is  not  found  in  a  free  state  in  nature,  but  combined  with 
metals  in  great  abundance  in  the  inorganic  kingdom.  Chiefly  as 
Chloride  of  Sodium,  Rock  Salt,  or  Common  Salt,  or  in  the  waters 
of  the  ocean,  and  also  in  the  organic  kingdom.  Dr.  Prout  states, 
that  free  Hydrochloric'  exists  in  the  stomachs  of  animals  during 
digestion. 

Prop.  Gaseous  Chlorine  is  of  a  greenish-yellow  colour ;  its  Sp.  Gr. 
is  2-5.  100  C.  I.  weigh  about  77  grs.  Under  a  pressure  of  about 
4  atmospheres,  or  subjected  to  great  cold,  it  is  reduced  to  a  bright 
yellow  liquid.  It  has  an  astringent  taste,  and  a  suffocating,  pungent 
odour,  even  when  diluted  with  air.  It  is  noted  for  its  power  of  de- 
stroying vegetable  colours ;  but,  as  this  is  only  when  water  is  present, 
and  in  light,  it  is  supposed  to  be  owing  to  the  decomposition  of  the 
water,  and  the  effect  to  be  due  to  nascent  Oxygen,  which  combines 
with  colouring  matter,  the  Hydrogen  combining  with  the  Chlorine  to 
form  Hydrochloric  Acid.  Cold  water  absorbs  about  twice  its  vo- 
lume. It  is  also  absorbed  by  Alcohol  and  organic  substances ;  but  it 
generally  decomposes  them,  Hydrochlor.'  being  formed.  It  combines 
with  most  of  the  simple  bodies  and  metals,  forming  Chlorides ;  and 
acids  with  Oxygen  and  Hydrogen.  It  is  incombustible,  but  partially 
supports  combustion ;  the  flame  of  a  taper  becomes  red,  small,  and 
smoky  in  it ;  Phosph.  and  Antimony  take  fire  in  it  spontaneously  when 
in  a  state  of  division.  It  is  a  nonconductor  of  Electricity.  Besides 


CHLORINE.  59 

its  bleaching,  it  is  remarkable  for  its  power  as  a  disinfecting  agent, 
and  of  correcting  all  putrid  effluvia  from  decaying  animal  and  vege- 
table matters,  depending,  probably,  upon  its  great  affinity  for  Hydro- 
gen. It  is  prepared  on  a  large  scale,  or  may  be  liberated  from  one 
of  the  officinal  compounds. 

Prep.  Chlorine  is  obtained  by  heating  in  a  retort  Common  Salt  4  parts,  Binoxide  of 
Manganese  3  parts,  and  Sulphuric  Acid  7  parts,  with  an  equal  weight  of  water,  or  by 
the  mutual  action  of  Binoxide  of  Manganese  and  Hydrochloric  Acid,  when  the  Oxygen 
combines  with  Hydrogen  to  form  water,  one  equivalent  of  Chlorine  escapes  and  another 
combines  with  the  Manganese  to  form  Chloride  of  Manganese ;  or  we  may  easily  obtain 
it  by  adding  an  acid  to  the  chlorinated  Lime  or  Soda  of  the  Pharmacopoeias.  It  must  be 
collected  over  warm  water,  as  it  is  absorbed  by  cold  water  and  by  Mercury,  which  com- 
bines with  it. 

Tests.  Chlorine  may  be  known  by  its  colour,  its  suffocating  smell, 
and  by  its  bleaching  properties.  Nitrate  of  Silver  produces  a  white 
curdy  precipitate  (Chloride  of  Silver)  in  a  solution  containing  Chlo- 
rine. This  precipitate  blackens  in  the  light,  is  insoluble  in  Nitric', 
but  soluble  in  Ammonia,  and  melts  into  horn  silver,  luna  cornea. 
Solution  of  Chlorine  dissolves  Gold  leaf. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient.    Disinfectant.     Suffocating  if  inhaled. 

Antidotes.  Inhalation  of  Ammoniacal  gas  with  care,  and  vapour  of 
warm  water,  v.  also  Liquor  Chlorinii. 

Off.  Prep.  Liquor  Sodse  Chlorinatae.     Calx  Chlorinata. 

AQUA  (v.  Liquor)    CHLORINEI,  E.  D.    Solution  of  Chlorine.     Liquid 
Oxymuriatic  Acid.     F.  Chlore  liquide.     G.  Wasseriges  Chlor. 

A  solution  of  Chlorine  may  easily  be  made  by  passing  into  water 
the  gas  obtained  by  any  of  the  above  processes.  It  is  decomposed  by 
light,  Oxygen  being  evolved  from  the  decomposition  of  the  water,  and 
HC'  formed  by  the  combination  of  the  Chlorine  with  the  Hydrogen. 

Prop.  This  solution  has  the  pale  greenish-yellow  colour  and  suffo- 
cating smell  of  Chlorine  (q.  v.)  with  an  astringent  taste ;  its  sp.  gr  = 
1'OOS;  at  the  temperature  of  32°  definite  yellow  prismatic  crystals 
of  Hydrate  of  Chlorine,  which  are  decomposed  by  heat,  are  deposited. 
Like  the  gas,  the  solution  destroys  vegetable  colours,  as  Iodide  of 
Starch,  &c.,  and  likewise  the  effluvia  of  putrefying  animal  and  vege- 
table substances.  The  effects  may  be  obtained  by  exposing  the  so- 
lution to  the  air,  or  by  the  use  of  chlorinated  Soda  or  Lime. 

Prep.  E.  D.  Take  Sul'  (commercial,  E.)  f3ij.  (87  parts,  D.)  and  Aq.  fgviij.  (124  parts, 
D.)  Mix  them,  and  add  them  to  Muriate  of  Soda  gr.  Ix.  (dried  100  parts,  D.)  and  Red 
Oxide  of  Lead  gr.  350,  E.  (Oxide  of  Manganese  30  parts,  well  mixed  in  a  retort,  D.)  con- 
tained  in  a  bottle  with  a  glass  stopper.  Agitate  till  the  red  oxide  becomes  nearly  white :  al- 
low the  insoluble  matter  to  subside.  (Apply  a  gradually  increasing  heat  and  pass  the 
gas  through  200  parts  of  Aq.  dest.  Stop  as  soon  as  effervescence  ceases  in  the  retort. 
Keep  the  solution  in  well-closed  glass  bottles  in  the  dark,  D.) 

The  Dublin  process  yields  a  pure  solution  of  Chlorine.  In  that  of 
the  E.  P.,  which,  according  to  Dr.  Christison,  is  convenient,  though 
requiring  time,  the  red  oxide  parts  with  some  Oxygen  to  oxidate  the 
Sodium.  Protoxide  of  Lead  being  formed,  unites  with  the  Sul.', 
leaving  white  insoluble  Sulphate  of  Lead.  The  Soda  also  combines 
with  the  Sul.',  leaving  Sulph.  of  Soda  in  solution  along  with  the  libe- 
rated Chlorine,  but  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  medicinal  uses. 


60  MURIATIC    ACID. 

Tests,  v.  Chlorine. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  poison.  Caustic.  When  diluted,  stimulant, 
either  internally  or  as  a  lotion  or  gargle.  Cautiously  used,  acts  as  an 
antidote  in  poisoning  by  Hydrocyanic'  and  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. 

D.  3j — 3  iv.  in  fgviij.  of  vehicle,  or  as  a  lotion  or  gargle  in  8  parts 
of  fluid. 

Antidotes.  Magnesia,  Clk.,  Soap,  Albumen,  White  of  Eggs,  Dilu- 
tion. 

CHLORINE  AND  OXYGEN. 

Like  the  other  elementary  bodies,  Chlorine  unites  with  Oxygen,  and 
in  several  proportions ;  but  as  none  are  mentioned  in  the  Pharmaco- 
peias, it  is  unnecessary  to  do  more  than  advert  to  these  compounds. 
The  highest  oxidized  of  them  is  the  Perchloric  Acid.  Chloric  Acid 
consists  of  1  Eq.  Chlorine  +  5  Eq.  Oxygen ;  the  salts  are  termed 
Chlorates,  formerly  Oxymuriates :  the  Chlorate  of  Potash,  Oxymuriate 
of  Potash,  is  officinal,  v.  POTASSIUM. 

CHLORINE  AND  HYDROGEN. 
HYDROCHLORIC  ACID  GAS.     Muriatic  Acid  Gas. 

Hydrochloric  or  Muriatic  Acid  gas  (H  Cl=37)  is  a  compound  of 
Hydrogen  and  of  Chlorine.  It  is  sometimes  found  in  a  gaseous  state 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  volcanoes,  and  in  solution  in  the  gastric  juice 
of  animals.  Combined  with  Ammonia,  it  is  found  in  the  cracks  and 
fissures  of  Lava,  and  in  the  cool  parts  of  brick-kilns  in  India. 

In  its  pure  form  it  exists  as  a  colourless  gas  with  a  pungent  suffo- 
cating smell,  acid  taste,  reddening  vegetable  blues,  and  making  Tur- 
meric paper  brown.  It  has  been  reduced  to  a  liquid  state  by  cold, 
and  by  a  pressure  equal  to  40  atmospheres  at  50°  F.  Heat  has  no 
effect  upon  it  It  extinguishes  all  burning  bodies  immersed  in  it.  It 
has  so  great  an  affinity  for  water,  that  it  attracts  it  from  the  atmo- 
sphere, producing  the  appearance  of  fuming, — 100  C.  I.  of  the  gas 
weigh  39-77  grs. ;  Sp.  Gr.  1-283.  Water  at  40°  takes  up  480  times 
its  own  volume  of  the  gas,  and  thus  forms  liquid  Hydrochloric  Acid. 
It  may  be  obtained  by  the  direct  union  of  its  constituents,  or  by  any 
of  the  methods  described  below. 

Action.  Uses.  Suffocating,  but  sometimes  used  as  a  Disinfectant 

ACIDUM  MURIATICCM,  E.  (U.  S.)    Hydrochloric  Acid.    Muriatic  Acid. 

Chlorohydric  Acid.     Spiritus  Sails.  Spirit  of  Salt.     Marine  Acid. 

F.  Acide  Hydrochlorique.     G.  Salzaure,  Chlorwasserstoffsaure. 

This  acid  is  a  solution  of  the  above  gas  in  water.  Geber  and  the 
Arabs  were  probably  acquainted  with  it,  and  the  Hindoos  knew  it  by 
a  name  equivalent  to  Spirit  or  sharp  water  of  Salt.  This  is  the  Com- 
mercial acid,  and  always  of  a  yellow  colour.  It  commonly  contains 
as  impurities  a  little  Sulphuric  Acid,  Nitrous  Acid,  Perchloride  of 
Iron,  Chlorine,  and  Bromine.  It  is  prepared  by  pouring  the  Oil  of 
Vitriol  of  commerce  on  Common  Salt  in  earthen  or  iron  vessels,  es- 
pecially since  the  extensive  manufacture  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  from 
Sulphate  of  Soda.  Its  Density,  ex.  E.  P.=1180.  For  the  Properties 
and  Tests,  v.  Acidum  Hydrochloricum,  L. 


HYDROCHLORICACID.  61 

ACIDUM  HYDROCHLORICUM,  L.     MURIATICUM  (PURTJM,  E.)  D. 

Prop.  It  emits  suffocating  fumes.  When  pure,  it  is  perfectly  co- 
lourless, but  is  usually  of  a  pale  yellowish  straw-colour,  from  the  pre- 
sence of  a  little  Chlorine  formed  from  the  decomposition  of  the  acid, 
when  long  kept,  especially  if  exposed  to  light.  It  has  a  sour,  irri- 
tating, and  corrosive  taste,  with  the  odour  of  its  gaseous  acid.  When 
heated  to  112°  it  bubbles,  from  the  quantity  of  H.  C'  gas  which  es- 
capes. It  freezes  at  — 60°.  H.  C'  combines  with  water  in  all  pro- 
portions, with  the  evolution  of  heat.  Sp.  Gr.  1*16,  when  it  contains 
about  ^  its  weight  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  gas. 

The  action  of  this  acid  on  some  substances,  as  the  Metals,  Oxides, 
&c.,  requires  attention,  from  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  various 
decompositions.  Thus,  when  Zinc  or  Iron  are  acted  on  by  liquid 
Hydrochloric',  Hydrogen  is  evolved  in  consequence  of  the  decompo- 
sition of  the  acid,  the  chlorine  combining  with  the  metal,  forms  a 
Chloride  of  Zinc  or  of  Iron.  But  if  an  oxide  of  a  metal  be  acted 
upon,  no  Hydrogen  is  evolved,  because  it  combines  with  the  Oxygen 
of  the  Oxide  to  form  an  equivalent  of  water,  while  the  metal  and 
Chlorine  combine  to  form  a  metallic  Chloride.  Ammonia  being  a 
substance  devoid  of  Oxygen,  no  decomposition  of  the  acid  takes 
place,  and  it  therefore  unites  with  the  Ammonia  to  form  Hydro- 
chlorate  of  Ammonia.  The  same  thing  takes  place  with  a  vegetable 
Alkali,  though  it  does  not  contain  Oxygen,  but  no  action  is  considered 
to  take  place  between  it  and  the  Hydrogen,  and  therefore  the  H.  C' 
combines  with  the  alkali,  and  forms  a  Hydrochlorate,  as  that  of  Mor- 
phia. 

A  formula  for  preparing  the  pure  acid  is  given  by  all  the  Colleges. 

Prep.  Take  Sul'.  gxx.  [(pure  3  parts,  E.)  (of  commerce  87  parts,  D,)] ;  mix  it  with 
Aq.  dest.  fgxij.  [(Aq.  1  part,  E.)  (62  parts,  D.)]  Add  this  to  Chloride  of  Sodium  dried 
ftij.  [Muriate  of  Soda  (purified  by  solution  in  boiling  Aq.,  concentrating,  skimming  off 
the  crystals,  draining,  slightly  washing,  then  well  dried,  3  parts,  E.)  (100  parts,  D.)  when 
the  mixture  is  cold,  E.  D.]  Put  the  mixture  into  a  glass  retort :  fit  on  a  receiver  con- 
taining  Aq.  dest.  f^xij.  [(Aq.  2  parts,  E.)  (62  parts,  D.)]  Distil  over  a  sand-bath  (or  naked 
gas  flame  with  a  gentle  heat,  E.)  and  let  the  liquid  absorb  the  gas.  Gradually  increase 
the  heat.  [(Keep  the  receiver  cool,  E.)  (The  Sp.  Gr.  of  this  acid  is  1170,  E. ;  1160,  D.)] 

In  the  above  formula  both  the  Chloride  of  Sodium  and  the  water 
are  decomposed.  The  Chlorine  of  the  former,  combining  with  the  Hy- 
drogen, forms  Hydrochloric',  while  the  Oxygen  of  the  water  unites 
with  the  Sodium  to  form  Soda,  which  is  seized  upon  by  the  Sulphuric 
acid  to  form  Sulphate  of  Soda,  which  remains  as  the  residual  salt, 
and  will  be  a  Bisulphate  of  Soda  if  an  excess  of  acid  has  been  em- 
ployed. 

The  E.  P.  directs  equal  parts  by  weight  of  the  ingredients.  The 
quantity  of  Sul.'  is  greater  than  is  necessary ;  but  Dr.  Christison  says 
that  less  heat  is  required,  and  the  residual  salt  is  more  easily  washed 
out  with  water.  The  salt  is  crystallized,  to  get  rid  of  impurities,  such 
as  Nitrate  of  Soda,  &c. 

Tests.  The  presence  of  strong  Hydrochloric'  is  indicated  by  the 
white  fumes  which  are  produced  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Ammonia ; 
also  by  Nitrate  of  Silver  producing  in  a  solution  containing  it  a  white 


62  NITRO-MURIATIC   ACID. 

curdy  precipitate  (Chloride  of  Silver) ;  this  blackens  in  the  air,  is  so- 
luble in  a  solution  of  Ammonia,  but  is  insoluble  in  Nitric'.  Sp.  Gr. 
1-16.  100  grains  saturate  132  of  crystallized  Carbonate  of  Soda.  If 
pure,  it  is  colourless.  Strips  of  Gold  are  not  dissolved  in  it,  even 
with  the  assistance  of  heat ;  neither  is  Sulphate  of  Indigo  deco- 
lorized ;  showing  in  both  cases  the  absence  of  free  Chlorine  and  of 
Bromine.  It  ought  to  be  entirely  dissipated  by  heat,  without  leaving 
any  residue.  Chloride  of  Barium  gives  no  precipitate,  if  Sul.'  and 
Sulphates  are  not  present,  but  the  acid  should  be  diluted.  Neither 
Ammonia  nor  its  Sesquicarbonate  throw  down  any  thing,  showing 
the  absence  of  metals  and  metallic  oxides,  that  of  Iron  being  preci- 
pitated in  form  of  the  Red  Sesquioxide.  Nitrous  acid  or  binoxide 
of  Nitrogen  (v.  Pereira)  may  be  recognised  by  the  Protosulphate  of 
Iron. 

Action.  Uses.  Corrosive  poison ;  Escharotic. 

Antidotes.  Magnesia ;  solution  of  Soap,  as  easily  procurable ;  the 
Bicarbonates  of  Soda  and  of  Potash ;  Milk ;  Demulcents.  Chalk  to 
be  avoided  on  account  of  the  deleterious  effects  of  Chloride  of  Cal- 
cium. 

ACIDUM  HYDROCHLORICUM  DILUTUM,  L.     ACIDUM  MURIATICUM  DILUTUM, 
E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Diluted  Hydrochloric  or  Muriatic  Acid. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (U.S.)  Hydrochloric'  f3iv.  Aq.  dest.  f3xij.  Mix. — D.  Mur.'  10  parts, 
Aq.  dest.  1 1  parts,  both  by  measure.  Mix.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  L.  E.  Acid  1050.  32  grs. 
of  crystallized  Garb  of  Soda,  saturate  f3j.  The  D.  acid  is  much  stronger.  Its  Sp.  Gr.= 
1080. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant ;  Tonic ;  externally  as  a  stimulant  lotion 
and  gargle. 

D.  (J^K. — rftxx.  in  some  bland  or  sweetened  fluid  or  bitter  infusion. 
f3j.  with  3j.  of  Honey  applied  with  a  brush  in  ulcerated  sore  throat. 

Inc.  Alkalies,  most  Earths,  Oxides,  and  their  Carbonates ;  Sulphu- 
ret  of  Potassium;  Tartrate  of  Potash;  Potassio-Tartrate  of  Antimony ; 
Nitrate  of  Silver ;  Acetate  of  Lead. 

ACIDUM  NITROMURIATICUM,  D.  (U.  S.) 

Nitromuriatic  Acid.  Acidum  Nitrohydrochloricum.  Aqua  Regia.  F.  Eau  regale, 
G.  Konigswasser. 

This  acid  is  made  by  mixing  Nitric'  with  Muriatic',  and  has  pro- 
bably been  known  since  the  discovery  of  these  acids.  The  Arabs 
must  have  been  acquainted  with  it,  as  they  had  a  solvent  for  Gold. 

Prop.  Nitrohydrochloric'  is  of  a  golden  yellow  colour,  with  the 
suffocating  odour  of  Chlorine,  and  the  irritant  corrosive  properties  of 
the  strong  acids. 

Prep.  Mix  gradually  in  a  cooled  vessel,  and  where  the  fumes  can  easily  escape,  Nitric' 
1  part,  Muriatic'  2  parts  (both  by  measure).  Keep  the  mixture  in  a  well-closed  bottle  in 
a  cool,  dark  place. 

The  resulting  acid  is  not  a  mere  mixture  of  the  two  acids,  for  both 
become  decomposed.  The  Nitric',  which  so  readily  parts  with  its 
Oxygen,  gives  1  equivalent  which  combines  with  the  Hydrogen  of 
the  Hydrochloric',  and  some  water  is  thus  formed.  Of  the  Chlorine 


CARBON.  63 

set  free,  some  escapes,  the  rest  remains  in  solution  with  the  Nitrous 
acid  formed ;  but  an  excess  of  either  of  the  acids  may  remain,  ac- 
cording to  the  proportions  in  which  they  are  used.  When  exposed  to 
light,  a  portion  of  the  water  becomes  decomposed,  and  Hydrochloric 
acid  is  again  formed. 

Tests.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  property  of  dissolving  Gold.  Ni- 
trate of  Silver  produces  a  precipitate  of  Chloride  of  Silver,  which  is 
soluble  in  Ammonia,  but  insoluble  in  Nitric'.  When  an  Alkali  is 
added,  both  a  Chloride  and  a  Nitrate  are  formed. 

Action.  Uses.  Corrosive  poison.  When  diluted,  stimulant  of  the 
skin  and  of  the  liver. 

D.  ni,iij. — v.  well  diluted.  Applied  externally  by  sponging,  or  in  a 
foot-bath  of  warm  water,  which  is  made  of  the  acidity  of  vinegar, 
or  in  the  proportion  of  f5j. — f3ij.  of  the  acid  to  each  gallon  of  water. 

CARBON. 
CARBONIUM.    jP.  Charbon.     G.  Kohlenstoff. 

Carbon  (C=6)  is  very  extensively  diffused  in  nature,  as  in  Coal, 
Anthracite,  Graphite,  &c. ;  of  great  purity,  and  crystallized  in  the 
form  of  the  regular  octohedron  or  cube  in  the  Diamond.  It  forms 
also  a  large  portion  of  both  vegetable  and  animal  substances.  Com- 
bined with  Oxygen,  it  exists  in  the  Atmosphere  and  in  many  mineral 
waters  as  Carbonic  acid  gas,  and  as  a  Carbonate  in  immense  quanti- 
ties in  Chalk,  Marble,  Limestone,  &c. 

GRAPHITE,  called  also  Plumbago  and  Black  Lead,  is  found  in  pri- 
mary mountains,  and  is  nearly  a  pure  form  of  Carbon.  It  has  some- 
times been  considered  a  Carburet  of  Iron,  but  the  presence  of  this 
metal  is  not  essential,  as  some  specimens  contain  hardly  a  trace,  and 
others  as  much  as  5  per  cent,  of  Iron.  It  is  sometimes  crystallized 
in  six-sided  prisms  or  tables,  with  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  nearly  2-5,  opaque, 
steel-gray,  solid  with  a  metallic  lustre,  soft  to  the  touch,  and  well- 
known  from  its  property  of  marking  paper.  The  best  specimens  are 
obtained  from  Borrowdale  in  Cumberland. 

Action.  Uses.  Graphite  has  long  been  employed  in  Medicine ;  in- 
ternally for  many  of  the  same  purposes  as  Charcoal,  and  externally 
as  an  ointment  in  some  skin  diseases. 

CARBO  LIGNI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)    Wood  Charcoal. 

Prop.  Charcoal  is  the  form  in  which  Carbon  is  usually  seen.  Its 
black  colour  and  freedom  from  taste  and  smell  are  well  known. 
It  has  never  been  decomposed,  is  insoluble,  infusible,  and  unalterable. 
Sp.  Gr.  various.  It  is  a  bad  conductor  of  heat,  but  an  excellent  one 
of  electricity,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  power  of  counteracting  pu- 
trefaction, and  also  for  combining  with  and  removing  the  odorous  and 
colouring  principles  of  most  bodies.  This  is  probably  owing  to  its 
absorbing  the  odoriferous  effluvia,  as  it  does  several  of  the  gases,  as 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  and  Carbonic  acid  gas.  Charcoal  readily 
burns  in  air,  emitting  light  and  heat,  combining  with  its  Oxygen  and 
forming  Carbonic  acid  gas.  It  yields  more  heat  than  an  equal  quan- 


64  CARBON. 

tity  of  wood,  in  consequence  probably  of  being  freed  from  the  large 
proportion  of  water  which  wood  contains.     By  the  heat  of  coal  in 
close  vessels,  Charcoal  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  Coke. 
Prep.  Wood  Charcoal  is  obtained  by  burning  wood  in  covered-up  heaps  or  in  close 


As  the  combustion  takes  place  with  only  a  limited  supply  of  air, 
little  of  the  Carbon  of  the  wood  is  consumed,  but  its  Oxygen,  Hy- 
drogen, and  Nitrogen  escape  variously  combined.  The  charcoal 
which  remains  necessarily  contains  the  ashes  of  the  plant,  consisting 
of  Carbonates  of  Potash,  Lime,  &c.  (q.  v.)  Wood  yields  from  14  to 
23  per  cent,  of  Charcoal.  A  pure  Charcoal  may  be  obtained  by 
burning  Oils  and  Resins  with  a  deficient  supply  of  Oxygen,  when, 
the  volatile  matters  being  dissipated,  the  charcoal  is  left,  and  com- 
monly called  lamp-black.  For  medical  purposes  either  kind  may  be 
ignited  in  a  close  vessel  to  a  red  heat,  until  all  volatile  matters  have 
escaped.  The  Charcoal  is,  when  cool,  kept  in  stoppered  bottles. 

Action.  Uses.  Antiseptic  and  Disinfectant;  corrects  the  fetor  of 
the  breath  and  of  the  stools  in  Dyspepsia  and  Dysentery. 

D.  Gr.  x. — 3j.  internally ;  3j.  or  3ij.  to  Lard  3j.  as  ointment. 

CATAPLASMA  CARBONIS  LIGNI,  D.  Mix  finely  powdered  and  fresh 
heated  Charcoal  with  a  simple  poultice.  Apply  it  warm  to  foul  ul- 
cers, to  destroy  the  foetor. 

CARBO  ANIMALIS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Animal  Charcoal. 

This  is  obtained  by  subjecting  bones,  horns,  muscles,  &c.,  to  a  red 
heat  in  close  vessels,  until  vapours  cease  to  be  emitted.  The  residue, 
after  being  powdered,  is  known  by  the  names  of  bone-black  and  ivory- 
black.  In  this  state  it  contains  88  per  cent,  of  Phosphate  of  Lime 
(q.  v.)  and  Carbonate  of  Lime,  2  per  cent,  of  Carburet  with  Siliciuret 
of  Iron,  and  a  trace  of  a  Sulphuret.  It  is  bitterish  in  taste,  and  may 
readily  be  distinguished  from  Vegetable  Charcoal  by  burning  a  little 
of  it  on  a  red-hot  iron.  The  ashes,  consisting  chiefly  of  the  Phos- 
phate of  Lime,  are  with  difficulty  acted  on  by  Sulphuric  Acid  ;  those 
of  Wood  Charcoal,  being  composed  of  Carbonates,  &c.,  dissolve,  and 
form  bitter  solutions.  Animal  Charcoal  is  officinal  on  account  of  its 
attraction  for  the  colouring  matter  of  organic  substances,  a  property 
probably  owing  to  its  extreme  subdivision,  and  to  the  extent  of  surface 
which  it  exposes  to  any  liquid  filtered  through  it.  The  decolorizing 
power  of  Vegetable  Charcoal  may  be  increased  by  mixing  Chalk  or 
pounded  flint  with  the  vegetable  matter  previous  to  its  being  carbo- 
nized. Animal  Charcoal  is  extensively  employed  in  the  arts  for  re- 
moving the  colouring  matter  of  Syrup,  and  also  in  the  preparation  of 
Citric  and  of  Tartaric  Acid,  and  of  the  vegetable  Alkalies  and  their 
salts,  as  Aconitina,  Quina,  Morphia,  Veratria.  The  same  quantity 
of  Charcoal  may  be  used  several  times,  but  it  requires  to  have  been 
first  dried  and  subjected  to  a  red  heat.  It  is  either  mixed  or  boiled 
with  the  Liquid  to  be  decolorized,  or  the  latter  is  allowed  to  filter 
through  a  layer  of  Charcoal.  For  some  purposes  it  requires  to  be 
purified. 


CARBON.  65 

CARBO  ANIMALIS  PURIFICATUS,  L.  E.     Purified  Animal  Charcoal.     Pu- 
rified Ivory-Black. 

Prep.  Take  of  Animal  Charcoal  ftj.  and  pour  on  it  gradually  a  mixture  of  Hydro- 
chloric' and  Aq.  of  each  fgxij.  Digest  with  a  gentle  heat  for  two  days,  frequently  shak- 
ing. Set  aside  and  then  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquor;  wash  the  charcoal  with  water 
till  no  acid  is  perceptible,  and  then  dry  it.  The  Edinburgh  College,  subsequent  to  the 
digestion,  direct  the  mixture  to  be  boiled  and  diluted  with  two  pints  of  water.  Collect 
the  undissolved  charcoal  on  a  filter  of  linen  or  calico,  and  wash  it  with  water  till  what 
passes  through  scarcely  precipitates  with  solution  of  Carbonate  of  Soda.  Heat  to  redness 
in  a  closely  covered  crucible. 

The  H  C'  dissolves  the  Phosphate  and  decomposes  the  Carbonate 
of  Lime,  as  well  as  any  Sulphuret,  with  the  disengagement  of  Carb' 
gas  and  some  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  Chloride  of  Calcium  being  left 
in  solution.  When  the  residuum  has  been  thoroughly  washed,  it 
contains  only  a  Carburet  of  Iron  and  some  Silica  mixed  with  the 
Charcoal. 

Tests.  It  does  not  effervesce  with  the  Hydrochloric  Acid  (showing 
the  absence  of  a  Carbonate),  nor  is  any  thing  afterwards  thrown 
down  from  this  acid  either  by  Ammonia  or  its  Sesquicarbonate.  If 
any  Carbonate  of  Lime  should '  have  been  present,  a  precipitate  will 
be  produced  by  the  Sesquicarbonate.  If  Phosphate  of  Lime  be  dis- 
solved by  the  H  C',  it  will  be  precipitated  from  the  solution  both  by 
Ammonia  and  its  Sesquicarbonate.  The  E.  C.  direct  incineration 
with  its  own  volume  of  red  Oxide  of  Mercury,  when,  if  pure,  it  will 
be  dissipated,  leaving  only  a  200th  of  spongy  ash. 

Uses.  Animal  Charcoal  is  officinal  for  Pharmaceutical  purposes. 

CARBON  AND  OXYGEN. 

Carbon  and  Oxygen  form  several  compounds,  which  are  important 
to  be  known  on  account  of  their  properties,  though  all  are  not  offici- 
nal. CARBONIC  OXIDE  (C  O=14),  which  is  interesting  as  a  compound 
radical,  is  a  colourless  gas,  without  taste  or  smell,  but  extremely  poi- 
sonous when  respired.  Sp.  Gr.  '972. 

It  is  formed  when  Carbon  is  burned  with  a  limited  supply  of  Oxy- 
gen. Though  it  extinguishes  burning  bodies,  it  will  itself  burn  with 
a  pale  blue  flame,  as  may  often  be  seen  on  the  surface  of  a  coal  fire. 
It  is  also  formed  when  charcoal  is  slowly  burned,  and  is  necessarily 
deleterious  in  close  apartments.  Fresh  air  and  its  forced  inhalation, 
or  that  of  Oxygen,  will  be  the  best  remedies  for  this. 

OXALIC  ACID  is  a  compound  of  2  Eq.  Carbon  with  3  Eq.  Oxygen, 
and  has  been  called  Carbonous  Acid.  It  might  be  treated  of  here, 
but  being  derived  exclusively  from  organic  sources,  and  closely  re- 
sembling the  other  Vegetable  Acids,  will  be  treated  of  with  them. 

ACIDUM  CARBONICUM. 

Carbonic  Acid.    F.  Acide  Carbonique.     G,  Kohlen  saure.     Fixed  Air.    Aerial  Acid. 
Spiritus  lethalis.     Choke-Damp. 

Carbonic  Acid  (C'  or  C  O*=22),  so  named  from  being  a  com- 
pound of  Carbon  and  Oxygen,  has  long  been  known  from  its  effects ; 

5 


66  CARBONICACID. 

but  its  nature  was  not  explained  until  1757  by  Dr.  Black.  It  is 
abundantly  diffused  in  nature,  being  a  constituent  of  the  atmosphere 
to  the  extent  of  TuWh  part.  It  issues  from  the  earth  in  many  situa- 
tions, as  the  Grotto  del  Cane  in  Italy,  a-nd  the  Valley  of  Poison  in 
Java ;  but  especially  in  Germany,  near  the  Lake  of  Laach,  where 
Bischoff  calculates  that  not  less  than  600,000  Ibs.  escape  daily,  and  in 
such  quantities  in  the  Brohltahl  as  to  enable  him  to  employ  it  in  some 
chemical  operations.  It  issues  also,  combined  with  water,  from  many 
mineral  springs,  giving  to  them  their  sparkling  brilliancy.  It  is 
formed  in  large  quantities  in  the  combustion  of  charcoal,  &c.,  and 
during  fermentation.  It  is  always  being  exhaled  by  animals  in  the 
process  of  respiration,  and  in  small  quantities  by  plants  at  night  or 
in  the  shade.  Combined-  with  bases,  it  exists  in  large  quantities  in 
the  interior  of  the  earth,  and  in  the  mountain  masses  of  Marble, 
Limestone,  Chalk,  &c. 

Prop.  Carb',  at  ordinary  temperatures,  exists  as  a  colourless  gas, 
of  which  the  solution  in  water  has  an  acid  taste.  It  is  very  heavy : 
Sp.  Gr.  1-52;  100  C.  I.  weigh  47-25  grs.  Water  dissolves  its  own 
volume,  but  may  be  made  by  pressure  to  take  up  a  much  larger  quan- 
tity, when  it  will  redden  vegetable  blues,  but  not  permanently,  as 
the  acid  escapes  when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere.  When  subjected 
to  great  pressure,  it  has  been  reduced  to  a  liquid  state ;  and,  by  the 
effect  of  great  cold,  produced  by  its  evaporation,  it  has  been  con- 
verted into  a  solid  at — 148°  F.  Carb'  gas  extinguishes  flame  and  all 
burning  bodies,  except  Potassium :  it  is  also  fatal  to  animal  life. 

Prep.  L.  P.  Under  the  head  of  Potassse  Bicarbonas,  Carb'  is  directed  to  be  obtained 
feom  Chalk  rubbed  to  powder  and  mixed  with  water  to  the  consistence  of  a  syrup,  upon 
which  Sulphuric'  is  then  poured,  diluted  with  an  equal  weight  of  water.  It  may  also  be 
obtained  from  coarsely  powdered  Marble,  or  any  other  carbonate,  by  the  action  of  the  di- 
Inted  hydrochloric,  or  any  other  acid.  Whenever  the  C'  is  required  for  Therapeutical  use, 
it  is  preferable  to  employ  the  S',  as  not  volatile. 

Tests.  Carbonic  Acid  may  easily  be  detected  by  its  evanescent  ac- 
tion in  reddening  Litmus  paper,  by  rendering  Lime-water  turbid,  by 
precipitating  Lime  and  Barytes  from  their  solutions,  and  by  these 
precipitates  being  soluble  in  Acetic  Acid  with  effervescence. 

Action.  Uses.  Acts  as  a  stimulant  when  applied  externally,  or  taken 
internally,  but  is  fatal  to  animal  life  when  breathed.  It  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  the  forms  of  Liquor  Potassa3  effervescens,  Liquor  Sodae 
effervescens,  and  all  effervescing  draughts,  or  as  Carb.'  water,  or  or- 
dinary bottled  Soda-water,  which  very  often  contains  no  alkali ;  or 
in  some  mineral  waters,  which  are  natural  solutions  of  C'  in  water 
usually  containing  also  other  impurities.  Death  has  frequently  oc- 
curred from  breathing  this  gas  in  descending  into  cellars,  wells,  mines, 
&c. ;  also  from  sleeping  near  brewers'  'vats,  lime-kilns,  in  green- 
houses, or  in  small  apartments  or  in  cabins  on  board  ship  with  a  char- 
coal fire.  It  acts  as  a  narcotic  poison,  and  produces  spasm  of  the 
glottis. 


HYDRO  GENAND    CARBON.  67 


HYDROGEN  AND  SULPHUR. 

SULPHURETTED  HYDROGEN.    HYDRO.SULFHURIC   ACID.    Hydrothionic   Acid.    F.  Acide 
Hydro-Sulfurique.     G.  Schwefelwasserstoffsaure. 

Hydrosulphuric  acid  (H  S=17)  is  remarkable  for  its  offensive 
odour  and  deleterious  properties. 

Prop.  It  is  a  colourless  gas.  100  C.  I.  weigh  36  grs.  Sp.  Gr.= 
177.  It  has  been  reduced  to  a  liquid  form  by  a  pressure  of  17  at- 
mospheres. It  is  inflammable ;  Sulphurous  acid  and  water  being  pro- 
duced. Water  absorbs  about  2^  times  its  own  bulk,  acquiring  the 
taste  and  smell  of  the  gas,  as  well  as  its  acid  property  of  reddening 
Litmus.  On  exposure  to  the  air,  H  S'  escapes,  and  the  water  be- 
comes muddy  from  the  deposition  of  Sulphur. 

It  combines  with  bases,  and  forms  Hydrosulphates,  as  that  of  Am- 
monia; or  Sulphurets,  some  of  which,  as  those  of  Lead,  Copper, 
Bismuth,  and  Silver,  are  blackish-coloured;  that  of  Antimony,  red; 
Zinc,  white ;  Arsenic,  yellow.  Much  useful  information  is  obtained 
by  employing  H  S'  or  a  soluble  Hydrosulphate,  as  of  Ammonia  or  of 
Potash,  as  a  test,  especially  as  it  does  not  precipitate  the  Kaligenous 
and.  Terriginous  metals.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  is  absorbed  in 
large  quantities  by  Charcoal,  is  exhaled  from  putrefying  animal 
matter,  also  from  some  vegetables,  as  the  Crucifer®,  and  likewise 
from  decomposing  vegetables  generally,  when  a  Sulphate  is  present, 
from  "  the  decomposition  of  the  Sulphates  in  water  by  the  Carbona- 
ceous matter  of  vegetables,"*  and  from  some  mineral  waters. 

Prep.  S  H  may  be  obtained  by  the  action  of  Sul'  7  parts  diluted  with  Aq.  32  parts 
poured  on  Sulphuret  of  Iron  5  parts. 

Action.  Uses.  Most  deleterious  when  respired,  even  when  much  di- 
luted. Mineral  waters,  either  natural  (as  of  Harrowgate)  or  arti- 
ficial, taken  internally  or  used  externally  in  the  form  of  a  bath,  are 
stimulant,  especially  to  the  functions  of  the  skin  and  of  the  uterine 
system.  Hydrosulphate  of  Ammonia,  D.  is  officinal.  It  is  also  much 
used  as  a  test. 

Antidotes.  Inhalation  of  Chlorine,  and  Acids  taken  internally. 

HYDROGEN  AND  CARBON. 

Compounds  of  Hydrogen  and  Carbon  are  usually  denominated 
Hydrocarbons.  Of  these,  few  are  officinal,  though  we  require  to  be 
acquainted  with  the  properties  of  others,  as  they  are  deleterious. 
Thus,  of  those  which  are  gaseous,  the  two  following  form  the  princi- 
pal ingredient  of  Coal-gas. 

LIGHT  CARBURETTED  HYDROGEN  (C  Ha=8).  This  gas  is  composed 
of  1  Eq.  of  Carbon  and  2  of  Hydrogen ;  that  is,  it  is  a  Bihydruret 
of  Carbon.  It  may  be  seen  escaping  in  bubbles  from  the  surface  of 
stagnant  pools,  and  also  in  stirring  up  foetid  mud,  being  formed  by  the 
decomposition  of  vegetable  matter.  It  issues  sometimes  in  immense 

*  Professor  Daniell  on  the  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  in  the  waters  of  the  ocean. — Phil. 
Mag.,  July,  1841. 


68  CARBONANDNITROGEN. 

quantities  from  fissures  in  coal-mines,  and,  mixing  with  the  Oxygen 
of  the  Air,  forms  the  fatally  explosive  Inflammable  Mr  or  Fire-Damp 
of  Miners.  It  may  also  be  produced  artificially  from  the  decom- 
position of  Acetates.  It  burns  with  a  yellow  flame,  and  may  be  re- 
spired ;  yet  as  Carb'  and  Water  are  the  results  of  its  combustion,  a 
deleterious  atmosphere  is  necessarily  produced. 

OLEFIANT  GAS  (CsHa=14),  named  from  forming  an  oily  liquid  by 
combining  with  Chlorine,  is  a  gaseous  compound  of  2  Eq.  of  Carbon 
and  2  of  Hydrogen.  Like  the  former,  this  gas  is  found  in  Coal- 
mines, and  may  be  made  artificially  by  heating  strong  Alcohol  with 
5  or  6  times  its  weight  of  Oil  of  Vitriol.  It  is  not  respirable,  extin- 
guishes flame,  but  burns  with  a  brilliant  white  light. 

PETROLEUM,  L.     F.  Petrole,     G.  Steinol. 

Other  Hydrocarbons  are  either  solid  or  liquid  :  of  the  latter,  Petro- 
leum or  Rock  Oil  is  officinal ;  and  NAPHTHA,  whether  obtained  arti- 
ficially or  as  a  product  of  nature,  is  often  used  medicinally.  As  these 
natural  products  are  considered  to  be  produced  by  fossil  vegetable 
remains,  and  as  the  artificial  products  are  obtained  by  the  decompo- 
sition of  vegetable  matter,  it  will  be  convenient  to  treat  all  of  these 
nearly  allied  substances  together.  So  also  Oil  of  Turpentine,  Tar, 
and  the  products  of  the  distillation  of  Coal.  (v.  CONIFERJE.) 

CREASOTON,  L.     Creosote. 

This  has  been  so  named  from  its  property  of  preserving  meat  from 
decay :  it  is  a  compound  of  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  and  Oxygen,  and  is 
hence  described  as  an  Oxy-Hydro-Carburetum  in  the  L.  P.  As  it  is 
obtained  from  Tar,  it  will  most  fitly  be  treated  of  with  that  substance. 

CARBON  AND  NITROGEN. 

These  two  elementary  substances  combine  together,  and  form  a 
very  remarkable  body,  called  Cyanogen,  from  xuavos,  blue,  it  being  a 
principal  ingredient  of  Prussian  Blue.  (v.  Sesquicyanide  of  Iron.) 

CYANOGEN.     F.  Cyanogene. 

Cyanogen  (Cy  or  CSN=26)  may  be  obtained  from  Cyanide  of 
Mercury :  it  is  a  colourless  gas,  of  a  peculiar  and  pungent  smell,  like 
that  of  peach-kernels,  burning  with  a  purplish  flame,  readily  absorbed 
by  water,  and  condensable  into  a  colourless  liquid.  But  it  is  chiefly 
interesting,  as,  though  being  a  compound  body,  it  acts  like  the  simple 
elements  in  combining  with  metals,  and  forms  with  Hydrogen  an 
acid,  the  HYDROCYANIC,  which  is  of  fearful  importance  from  its  rapidly 
deleterious  effects.  As  Cyanogen  is  the  type  of  the  compound  radicles 
which  present  themselves  in  Organic  Chemistry,  and  as  Hydrocyanic 
acid  is  produced  naturally  by  some  plants,  it  will  be  treated  of  with 
Laurel  Water  under  AMYGDALE^E. 

TERNARY  COMPOUNDS. 
Ternary  compounds  abound  in  the  Organic  Kingdom,  and  many  of 


NITROGENANDHYDROGEN.  69 

them  are  officinal.  Rut  such  compounds  of  Carbon,  Oxygen,  and 
Hydrogen  as  Starch  and  Sugar,  are  most  naturally  treated  of  with 
the  plants  which  yield  them.  It  is  also  convenient  to  treat  of  the 
products  of  the  Fermentation  of  Saccharine  matter,  as  Wines  and 
Alcohol,  with  the  Grape  Vine,  under  AMPELIDRS:.  Also  of  Etherifi- 
cation,  or  the  produce  of  the  action  of  Acids  on  Alcohol,  with  the 
latter  substance.  Acetous  Fermentation  and  the  production  of  Vine- 
gar are  too  closely  allied  to  be  separated  from  the  consideration  of 
Fermentation  in  general. 

VEGETABLE  ACIDS. 

Having  to  notice  the  salts  of  these  acids  with  the  Alkalies,  earths, 
and  metals,  it  would  in  some  respects  be  preferable  to  treat  of  them 
here.  But,  as  the  account  of  each  may  be  referred  to,  it  is  desirable 
to  adhere  to  the  plan  adopted  with  the  vegetable  alkalies, — that  of 
treating  of  the  products  with  the  Plants  yielding  them.  Thus, 

CITRIC  ACID  will  be  treated  of  with  Citrus -under  AURANTIACE^E. 

TARTARIC  ACID  with  Tartar  under  the  Grape  Vine  in  AMPELIDE.E. 

OXALIC  ACID  with  OXALIDE^E. 

BENZOIC  ACID  with  Benzoin  under  STYRACE.E. 

SUCCINIC  ACID  .with  Amber  after  the  Resin  of  CONIFERS. 

TANNIC  ACID  with  Rhatany  Root  under  KRAMERIACE.E. 

NITROGEN  AND  HYDROGEN. 
AMMONIA.    Volatile  Alkali.     F.  Ammoniaque.     G.  Ammoniak. 

Ammonia  (A  or  NH3=17)  was  probably  known  to  Pliny,  as  he 
mentions  the  strong  odour  evolved  from  the  mixture  of  Lime  and 
Nitrum,*  The  Hindoos  also  were  acquainted  with  it,  and  obtained 
it  by  mixing  Sal  Ammoniac  1  part  and  Chalk  2  parts.  The  name 
was  derived  from  Sal  Ammoniac,  from  which  it  was  formerly  obtained. 
The  solution  in  water  was  known  to  the  earlier  Chemists,  and  called 
by  them  Volatile  Alkali.  It  was  first  obtained  as  a  Gas  by  Priestley. 
In  1756,  Dr.  Black  distinguished  it  from  its  Carbonate,  though  Ber- 
thollet  was  the  first  to  communicate  precise  ideas  respecting  its  com- 
position, which  was  determined  by  Gay  Lussac.  Ammonia  exists  at 
all  times  in  small  quantities  in  the  air,  and  therefore  in  water,  and  is 
also  contained  in  the  juices  of  most  plants,  as  the  Birch,  Beet-root, 
Sugar,  &c.  It  is  the  chief  source  of  the  Nitrogen  in  plants,  and  is 
generally  evolved  during  their  decomposition.  It  is  abundantly  pro- 
duced during  the  putrefaction  of  animal  matter,  and  in  combination 
with  Phosphoric'  and  Muriatic',  exists  in  Urine.  With  heat  and 
moisture,  Urea  (which  is  identical  with  Cyanate  of  Ammonia)  is  de- 
composed, Carbonate  of  Ammonia  being  formed.  Some  of  its  salts, 
as  the  Carbonate  and  Nitrate,  are  contained  in  mineral  springs,  as  in 
those  of  Greiswolde  and  Kissingen ;  the  Hydrochlorate  and  Sulphate 
(Mascagnin)  are  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Volcanoes  and  near 
Ignited  Coal-seams.  Dr.  Austin  ascertained  that  if  nascent  Hydrogen 

»  Probably  Sal  Ammoniac,  as  several  substances  were  included  under  Nitrum. 


70  AMMONIA. 

were  presented  to  gaseous  Nitrogen,  Ammonia  was  formed.  (Phil. 
Trans,  vol.  Ixxvii.  p.  379.)  M.  C.  S.  Collard  has  also  some  time  since 
(Journ.  de  Chim.  Med.  iii.  516)  pointed  out  that  this  gas  is  formed 
during  the  contact  of  water  and  air  wherever  nascent  Hydrogen  and 
Nitrogen  come  in  contact;  and  that  thus  it  is  produced  daily  in  im- 
mense quantities,  giving  rise  to  the  Nitrates  which  stimulate  Vege- 
table life.  (Diet,  de  Mat.  Med.  Merat  &  De  Lens,  i.  p.  255.) 

Prop.  Ammonia,  when  pure,  is  a  colourless  transparent  gas,  with  a 
pungent  suffocating  odour,  having  alkaline  and  caustic  properties.  It 
browns  turmeric  paper,  and  restores  the  blue  colour  of  vegetables 
reddened  by  acids ;  but  the  effects  are  transient,  from  its  volatility.  It 
may  be  obtained  by  acting  with  caustic  Lime  or  Potash  on  Hydro- 
chlorate  of  Ammonia ;  or  by  heating  a  solution  of  Ammonia,  and 
collecting  the  gas  over  Mercury.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  is  0-89.  100  C.  I.  weigh 
18-28  grs.  By  a  pressure. of  5^  atmospheres  at  50°  F.  it  was  reduced 
by  Faraday  to  the  state  of  a  colourless  transparent  liquid,  with  a  Sp. 
Gr.  of  0-76.  Water  absorbs  it  with  very  great  rapidity,  and  to  a  great 
extent,  (u.  Solution  of  Ammonia.)  Alcohol  and  Ether  also  readily 
dissolve  it.  Near  any  volatile  acid,  it  forms  a  white  vapour.  Com- 
bining with  acids,  salts  are  formed,  some  of  which  sublime  when  the 
acid  is  volatile ;  but,  when  this  is  fixed,  the  Ammonia  volatilizes  on 
the  application  of  heat.  It  supports  neither  respiration  nor  combus- 
tion. A  mixture  of  2  volumes  of  Ammoniacal  gas  and  li  of  Oxygen 
gas  may  be  exploded  by  the  electric  spark.  Nitrogen  is  produced,  as 
well  as  water,  proving  the  presence  of  Hydrogen.  It  is  composed  of 
1  Eq.  Nitrogen  and  3  Eq.  Hydrogen,  or  1  volume  of  the  former  and 
3  volumes  of  the  latter  compressed  into  2  volumes. 

Some  chemists,  however,  now  consider  Ammonia  to  be  a  com- 
pound of  a  hypothetical  substance  called  Amide  or  Amidogen  (N 
Ha  =  16)  and  1  Eq.  of  Hydrogen,  or  an  Amidide  of  Hydrogen  (N 
H3  =  17) ;  and  that  this,  by  combining  with  1  Eq.  of  H,  forms 
another  hypothetical  substance,  which  has  been  called  Ammonium 
(N  H4  =  18),  which  is  supposed  to  act  the  part  of  a  metal  in  va- 
rious combinations. 

Action.  Uses.  A  local  irritant ;  fatal  if  respired.  Diluted  with 
air,  a  stimulant  of  the  nasal  and  bronchial  passages. 

Antidotes.     Inhaling  vapours  of  hot  Vinegar  or  fumes  of  Mur'. 

« 
SOLUTION  OF  AMMONIA. 

This  is  a  solution  of  Ammonia  in  water.  The  L.  and  E.  P.  have 
both  a  strong  and  a  weak  solution. 

Prop.  Colourless  like  the  gas,  with  a  powerful  pungent  odour, 
and  acrid  alkaline  taste.  Its  density,  which  is  less  than  that  of 
water,  varies  with  its  strength,  and  is  less  as  the  quantity  of  gas 
dissolved  is  greater.  Sir  H.  Davy  ascertained  that,  at  50°  F.  and 
ordinary  pressure,  water  absorbs  670  times  its  own  bulk  of  Ammo- 
niacal gas,  becoming  of  a  Sp.  Gr.  =  0-875,  when  it  contained  32-5 
parts  or  about  \  of  gas ;  the  lowest  Sp.  Gr.  stated  by  Dalton  is  -850. 
It  freezes  about — 40°  F.  Its  boiling  point  differs  according  to  its 
density,  depending  chiefly  on  the  escape  of  gas.  Like  Lime-water, 


LIQUOR   AMMO  NIJE.  71 

Solution  of  Ammonia  absorbs  Carbonic'  gas  from  the  atmosphere, 
at  the  same  time  that  much  Ammonia  escapes.  It  combines  with 
acids  to  form  salts,  and  with  Oil  it  forms  Soap,  in  some  officinal 
liniments.  It  decomposes  a  great  many  earthy  and  metallic  salts, 
precipitating  their  oxides,  and  in  some  cases  redissolving  them  in  an 
excess  of  Ammonia,  and  producing  a  double  salt,  as  in  Ammonio- 
Chloride  of  Mercury,  Ammonio-Chloride  of  Iron,  &c. 

LIQUOR  (AQUA,  E.)  AMMONITE  FORTIOR,  L.  Strong  Solution  of  Ammonia. 

As  Solution  of  Ammonia  is  manufactured  on  a  large  scale  by  de- 
composing with  caustic  Lime  the  salts  obtained  from  the  Gas  liquor 
or  from  Bone  spirit  (v.  Ammonia  Sesquicarbonas  and  Hydrochloras), 
no  formula  is  given  for  its  preparation  in  the  L.  P.,  but  it  is  to  be  of 
Sp.  Gr.  882  (E.  880).  As  this  is  much  stronger  than  ordinary  solu- 
tion of  Ammonia,  it  may  easily  be  reduced  to  the  strength  of  Liquor 
Ammonias  by  adding  to  every  fgj.  of  it  f3ij.  of  water,  by  which  the 
Sp.  Gr.  of  the  mixture  will  be  0-960. 

The  E.  P.  gives  a  formula  for  obtaining  this  and  the  Liquor  Am- 
monias by  one  process :  it  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  the  L. 
and  D.  P.  for  obtaining  the  latter,  differing,  however,  in  the  gas  pass- 
ing over  into  water,  instead  of  the  solution  being  distilled,  and  in 
being  collected  in  two  vessels :  hence  the  solution  is  obtained  of  the 
two  densities. 

Prep,  E.  Slake  Quicklime  gxiij.  with  Aq.  fgvijss. ;  triturate  it  quickly  with  finely- 
powdered  Mur.  Amman.,  and  put  into  a  retort ;  connect  this  with  a  receiver  containing 
Aq.  dest.  giv.,  and  this  with  another  containing  Aq.  dest.  gviij.  These  must  be  kept 
cold.  Heat  the  retort  as  long  as  gas  is  evolved ;  remove  it,  and  heat  the  first  receiver. 
Should  the  liquor  in  the  last  bottle  not  have  the  density  of  960  (that  ordered  for  the  Aqua 
Ammonias),  reduce  it  with  that  in  the  first,  or  raise  it  with  Aq.  dest.  For  details,  ».  E.  P. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Vesicant,  and  Caustic;  often  employed 
for  smelling  salts. 

LIQUOR  (AQUA,  E.)  AMMONIA,  L.  (U.  S.)    AQUA  AMMONITE  CAUSTICA,  D. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Take  of  Lime  gviij.  (recently  burnt  2  parts,  D.)  and  slake  with  Aq.  Oij 
(hot  1  part,  D.)  Put  into  a  retort,  and  add  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  gx.  (3  parts,  D.) 
broken  into  small  pieces  (powdered  and  dissolved  in  Aq.  9  parts,  D.),  and  the  remainder 
of  the  water.  Let  fgxv.  of  Solution  of  Ammonia  distil  over.  (Distil  5  parts  with  a 
medium  heat  into  a  cold  receiver,  D.) 

[U.  S.  Take  of  Muriate  of  Ammonia  in  fine  powder,  Lime,  each,  a  pound,  Distilled 
Water  a  pint,  Water  nine  fluid  ounces.  Break  the  lime  in  pieces  and  pour  the  water 
upon  it  hi  an  earthen  or  iron  vessel,  then  cover  the  vessel  and  set  it  aside  until  the  lime 
falls  into  powder  and  becomes  cold;  mix  this  thoroughly  with  the  Muriate  of  Ammonia 
in  a  mortar,  and  immediately  introduce  the  mixture  into  a  glass  retort.  Place  the  retort 
upon  a  sand-bath  and  proceed  in  the  usual  way.  The  distilled  water  is  used  for  receiving 
the  gas  driven  over.] 

Here  the  Ammonia  set  free  by  the  superior  affinity  of  the  Lime 
(Oxide  of  Calcium),  distils  over,  but  the  Hydrochloric'  is  decomposed ; 
its  Chlorine  combines  with  the  Calcium  of  the  Lime  to  form  Chloride 
of  Calcium,  while  the  Oxygen  of  the  Lime  and  the  Hydrogen  of  the 
Acid  being  set  free,  combine  and  form  1  Eq.  of  Water,  which  re- 
mains in  solution  with  the  Chloride  of  Calcium.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  this 
solution  of  Ammonia  ought  to  be  0-960  (955 — 1000,  D.),  and  it  is 
composed  nearly  of  10  parts  of  Ammonia  and  90  of  water. 


72  SPIRITUS   AMMONITE. 

Tests.  Odour,  taste,  and  other  properties,  like  the  gas.  By  heat 
it  evaporates  in  evanescent  alkaline  vapours,  as  shown  by  the  tran- 
sient browning  of  Turmeric  paper.  It  gives  no  precipitate  (Carbo- 
nate of  Lime)  with  Lime-water,  or  with  Chloride  of  Calcium,  show- 
ing the  absence  of  Carbonic'.  It  will  not  effervesce  with  dilute 
acids.  When  saturated  with  Nitric',  neither  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia 
nor  Nitr.  Silver  throw  down  any  thing,  proving  that  no  earthy  mat- 
ter, nor  H  C',  nor  any  Chloride  is  present.  Oxalic'  will  indicate  the 
presence  of  Lime. 

Inc.    Acids,  acidulous  and  most  metallic  salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Rubefacient,  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic, 
Diaphoretic. 

D.  n^x.  —  n^xxx.  in  water,  Camphor  mixture,  Milk,  or  any  demul- 
cent liquid. 

Antidotes.    Vinegar,  Lemon-juice,  or  Vegetable  Acids. 

Off.  Prep.  Hydrargyri  Ammonio-Chloridum.  Lin.  Camphoree 
Comp.  Lin.  Hydrarg.  Comp. 

TINCTDRA  AMMONIA  COMPOSITA,  L. 

Formerly  the  Spiritus  Ammonia  succinatus,  intended  as  a  substitute 
for  Eau  de  Luce. 

Prep.  Macerate  Mastich  3ij.  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.,  and  pour  off  the  clear  solution. 
Add  Oil  of  Lavender  flif  xiv.,  Oil  of  Amber  Tfiv.,  strong  solution  of  Ammonia  Oj. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic.     In  snake  bites. 
D.  r#v.  —  fl^xx.  in  some  bland  liquid. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONITE,  E. 

Differs  from  Spiritus  Ammonia?,  L.  and  D.,  in  being  a  solution  of 
pure  Ammonia  in  Spirit,  while  the  latter  are  solutions  of  the  Carbo- 
nate of  Ammonia  in  the  same  menstruum.  They  cannot,  therefore, 
be  considered  as  similar  preparations,  nor  treated  of  together. 


Prep.  The  E.  P.  obtains  the  Ammonia  by  acting  on  Muriate  of  Ammonia  gviij.  with 
Fresh  Burnt  Lime  3xij-»  first  slaking  the  latter  with  Aq.  fgvjss.,  then  mixing  together 
the  two  salts,  and  heating  them  in  a  retort,  to  which  has  been  adapted  a  tube,  which 
passes  nearly  to  the  bottom  of  a  bottle  containing  Rectified  Spirit  Oy. 

Here  the  Ammoniacal  gas,  as  it  passes  over,  is  dissolved  in  the  Spirit, 
and  a  preparation  very  similar  to  the  Liquor  Ammonia?,  and  with  a 
strong  odour  of  the  alkali,  is  obtained.  Sp.  Gr.  *845.  It  does  not 
effervesce  with  weak  Muriatic  Acid.  Like  the  Spir.  Ammonia?,  L. 
and  D.,  this  is  employed  for  dissolving  resinous  and  gummy-resinous 
substances,  and  volatile  oils  ;  for  these  the  Caustic  Spirit  is  the  more 
active  solvent. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONIA  AROMATICUS,  E. 

Prep.  Take  Spir.  Ammonite,  fSviij.,  Volatile  Oil  of  Lemons,  f3j.,  Oil  of  Rosemary, 
f3jss.  Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  spirit  by  agitation. 


D.  r#xv.  —  £3j. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONITE  FCETIDUS,  E. 
Prep.  Take  Spir.  Ammonia,  f3xss.,  Assafoetida  3ss,    Dissolve  and  distil. 

D.  n\,xv.  —  f3j.     v.  ASSAF<ETIDA. 


CARBONATEOFAMMONIA.  73 

As  an  external  application,  Ammonia  may  be  applied  in  the  form 
of  the  following  Liniments  or  Ointment. 

LINIMENTUM  AMMONIA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 
Prep.  Take  of  Olive  Oil  f3ij.,  Solution  of  Ammonia  fgj.  (f3ij.  D.) 

Rubefacient,  Stimulant. 

LINIMENTUM  AMMONIA  OOMPOSITUM,  E.     Compound  Liniment  of  Am- 
monia. 

Prep.  Take  of  Stronger  Solution  of  Ammonia,  D.  880,  fgv.,  Tinct.  of  Camphor  fgij., 
Spirit  of  Rosemary  f3j.  Mix  them  well  together.  This  liniment  may  also  be  made 
weaker,  for  some  purposes,  with  Tincture  of  Camphor  f3iij.,  and  Spirit  of  Rosemary 
*5ij. 

Rubefacient,  Vesicant,  or  Cauterizing. 

Ammoniacal  Ointment.  This  is  formed  by  rubbing  up  Ammonia  with 
fatty  matter  in  proportions  according  to  the  effect  required.  If  rubbed 
on  the  skin,  and  the  Ammonia  allowed  to  evaporate,  rubefaction  will 
be  produced,  but  if  confined  by  a  compress,  vesication  will  ensue. 

CARBONATES  OF  AMMONIA. 

From  the  difficulty  of  distinguishing  in  the  description  of  old  au- 
thors the  several  Carbonates  of  Ammonia,  it  is  preferable  to  treat  the 
little  that  is  known  of  their  history,  together.  We  have  seen  that 
Carbonate  of  Ammonia  is  always  present  in  the  atmosphere.  It  is 
disengaged  from  decomposing  animal  remains,  and  is  found  in  some 
springs,  as  well  as  in  the  juices  of  plants.  The  Hindoos  would  seem 
to  be  acquainted  with  it,  as  they  have  a  formula,  given  by  Dr.  Ains- 
lie,  in  which  they  heat  together  1  part  Sal  Ammoniac  and  2  parts  of 
Chalk,  which  must  produce  a  Carbonate  of  Ammonia.  It  was  pro- 
bably also,  as  inferred  by  Dr.  Pereira,  known  to  the  Arabs.  Ray- 
mond Lully  was  acquainted  with  the  impure  solution  of  Carbonate  of 
Ammonia  obtained  from  putrid  Urine,  and  Basil  Valentine  mentions 
the  Spiritus  salis  Urina?. 

The  three  Carbonates  of  Ammonia  are  all  included  among  the  pre- 
parations of  the  British  Pharmacopeias :  the  simple  Carbonate  in  a 
liquid  form  in  the  Spiritus  Ammonias  Aromaticus  and  Fcetidus ;  the 
Sesquicarbonate  as  a  solid  salt ;  and  the  Bicarbonate  of  Ammonia, 
D.,  may  also  often  be  found  effloresced  on  the  former. 

CARBONATE  OF  AMMONIA.     F.  Carbonate  d'Ammoniaque. 

The  Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  which  consists  of  1  Eq.  Ammonia,  17 
+  1  Eq.  Carbonic  Acid,  22=39,  and,  if  hydrated,  of  an  additional 
Eq.  of  Water,  9+39=48,  may  be  formed  by  bringing  C'  gas  in  con- 
tact with  Ammoniacal  gas,  or  by  decomposing  Hydrochlorate  of  Am- 
monia by  the  Alkaline  or  Earthy  Carbonates  in  a  liquid  form,  and 
distilling;  or  it  may  by  evaporation  be  obtained  in  a  crystalline 
state. 


74  SPIRITUS    AMMONITE. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONIA,  L.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Mix  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  gx.  with  Carbonate  of  Potash  3xvj.,  in  Recti- 
fied Spirit  and  Aq.  dest.,  of  each  Oiij.  Distil  off  3  pints.  L. 

[Muriate  of  Ammonia,  Lime,  each  ftj.,  Alcohol  Sxx.,  Water  gix.  Proceed  as  for  Li- 
quor  Ammonia;,  U.  S.] 

Here  both  salts  are  decomposed  ;  the  Garb'  combining  with  the 
Ammonia,  a  very  volatile  salt,  the  Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  is  formed, 
and  distils  over  with  the  Spirit.  The  Chlorine  of  the  Hydrochloric' 
combining  with  the  Potassium  of  the  Potash,  forms  Chloride  of  Po- 
tassium, which  remains  in  solution  with  1  Eq.  water,  which  has  been 
formed  by  the  union  of  the  Hydrogen  of  the  Acid  with  the  Oxygen 
set  free  from  the  Potash.  From  the  proportions  employed,  a  larger 
quantity  of  Carbonate  of  Ammonia  distils  over  than  can  be  dissolved 
by  the  Spirit,  and  is  deposited  in  a  crystalline  state. 

The  D.  C.  directs  Carb  (i.e.  Sesquicarb)  of  Ammonia  3iijss.,  powdered,  to  be  dissolved 
with  a  gentle  heat  in  Rectified.  Spirit  ftiij.  by  weight,  and  filter. 

This,  though  apparently  a  simple  solution,  is  a  conversion  of  the 
Sesquicarb  into  the  Carb  of  Ammonia,  from  a  portion  of  the  Carb' 
escaping  during  the  solution.  About  30  grs.  are  dissolved  in  f3j.  of 
Spirit. 

As  these  preparations  contain  only  §  as  much  Carb'  as  the  Sesqui- 
carb, they  are  necessarily  more  pungent  ;  but  the  activity  of  the  Am- 
monia being  modified  by  combination  with  the  C',  they  are  milder 
than  the  solutions  of  Ammonia,  but  may  be  used  for  the  same  pur- 
poses. The  Spirit  of  Ammonia  is  chiefly  employed  to  dissolve  Cam- 
phor, the  volatile  oils,  and  some  vegetable  resins,  as  in  the  Spiritus 
AmmoniEe  Aromaticus. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Stimulant. 

D.  r#x. 


SPIRITUS  AMMONITE  AROMATICUS,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  Spirit  of  Sal  Volatile. 

Prop.  It  is  a  colourless,  pleasantly  fragrant,  and  agreeably  stimulant 
solution  of  volatile  oils  in  Ammoniated  Alcohol.  Sp.  Gr.  0-914.  It 
becomes  brown  by  keeping. 

Prep.  L.  (U.S.)  Mix  together  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  3v.,  Carbonate  of  Potash 
gviij.,  Bruised  Cinnamon  3ij-,  Cloves  ^ij.,  Lemon  Peel  3iv.,  Rectified,  Spirit  and  Aq.  dest. 
of  each  Oiv.,  and  distil  6  pints,  (7  pints,  U.S.) 

D.  Macerate  Spirit.  Amman,  ftij.,  by  measure,  Essential  Oil  of  Lemons  3ij.,  bruised 
Nutmegs  gss.,  bruised  Cinnamon  3iij.,  distil  Ojss. 

In  the  L.  prep,  the  same  changes  take  place  as  in  the  preparation 
of  the  Spir.  Ammonite  ;  but  with  the  Ammonia  and  Spirit  the  essential 
oils  of  the  vegetable  substances  distil  over,  which  render  this  a  more 
agreeable  preparation. 

D.  flixv.  —  Ix.     May  be  prescribed  with  Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

j  • 

SPIRITUS  AMMONIJE  FQETIDUS,  L.  D. 

This  is  prepared  exactly  as  the  Spiritus  Ammonise,  with  the  ad- 
dition of  Assafcetida  3v. 

It  is  a  solution  of  the  Volatile  Oil  of  Assafoetida  in  Ammoniated 


AMMONITE    SESQUICARBONAS.  75 

Alcohol.  An  efficient  substitute  may  be  made  by  adding  Tinct.  of 
Assafioetida  to  Spirit  of  Ammonia.  The  Dublin  College  order  Jlssa- 
faetida  3ss.  to  be  macerated  in  Spirit  of  Ammonia  Oij.,  and  to  distil  off 
a  pint  and  half  of  the  clear  liquor. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic. 

D.  f3ss.— f3j. 

AMMONITE  SESQUICARBONAS,  L.     AMMONIA  CARBONAS,  E. D.  (U.S.) 
Sal  Volatile.     Ammonia  Prasparata.    Ammonias  Subcarbonas. 

The  Sesquicarbonate  (NH3,  HCO2,  H0=59,)  often  called  Subcar- 
bonate,  or  simply  Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  has  long  been  known  by 
various  names,  as  Volatile  or  Smelling  Salts,  Salt  of  Hartshorn,  Vola- 
tile Salt  of  Urine,  all  of  which  indicate  either  its  properties,  or  the 
sources  from  whence  it  was  obtained.  It  is  now  obtained  by  the 
action  of  the  Alkaline  or  Earthy  Carbonates  on  Hydrochlorate  of 
Ammonia,  or  sometimes  on  crude  Sulphate  of  Ammonia. 

Prop.  Usually  met  with  in  colourless  translucent  cakes ;  fracture 
striated,  or  of  a  rather  fibrous  texture  ;  taste  sharp,  alkaline,  ammo- 
niacal ;  odour  pungent,  penetrating.  On  exposure  to  the  air,  it  loses 
its  translucency,  becomes  friable,  and  covered  with  a  white  powder, 
Bicarbonate  of  Ammonia,  which  is  much  less  pungent,  and  is  called 
Mild  Carbonate  of  Jlmmonia.  This  is  formed' from  the  escape  of  a 
portion  of  the  Ammoniacal  gas,  or  of  Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  as  is 
indicated  by  the  discoloration  of  Turmeric  paper  held  over  it.  This 
salt  is  completely  dissipated  by  heat ;  is  soluble  in  less  than  4  times 
(twice,  Berz.)  its  weight  of  cold  water,  but  in  boiling  water  it  is  de- 
composed with  the  evolution  both  of  Carb'  and  of  Ammonia  ;  soluble 
also  in  proof,  but  sparingly  so  in  rectified  Spirit.  The  composition 
of  this  salt,  according  to  Mr.  Phillips,  is 

3  Eqs.  of  Carbonic  Acid    22x3=66       or  Carb'  55-93 

2  Eqs.  of  Ammonia  17x2=34       "Ammonia      28-81 

2  Eqs.  of  Water  9x2=18       "Water  15-26 

118  100 

But  it  is  more  convenient  to  consider  it,  according  to  the  view  adopted 
in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  as  composed  of  1^  Eq.  of  Carb'  united  to  1 
Eq.  of  Ammonia  and  1  of  Aq.  Thus  14  Eq.  C'  33  +  1  Eq.  Ammonia 
174-1  Eq.  Aq.  9=59,  Hydrated  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia. 

But,  as  observed  by  Dr.  Pereira,  "  from  the  observations  of  Dalton 
and  Scanlan,  this  is  not  a  single  salt  or  Sesquicarbonate,  but  a  mix- 
ture or  compound  of  the  Carbonate  and  Bicarbonate ;  for,  if  treated 
with  a  small  quantity  of  cold  water,  a  solution  of  Carbonate  of  Am- 
monia is  obtained,  while  a  mass  of  Bicarbonate  remains,  having  the 
form  and  dimensions  of  the  Sesquicarbonate  employed."  From  the 
uniformity  of  its  composition  and  its  crystalline  structure,  Dr.  P.  con- 
siders it  to  be  a  chemical  combination  of  two  salts.  1  Eq.  Anhydrous 
Carb.  Ammonia  39  +  1  Eq.  Hydrated  Bicarb.  Ammonia  79=118  Hy- 
drated Sesquicarbonate  Ammonia.  According  to  the  most  recent 
view,  this  salt  is  a  compound  of  3  Eq.  C'-f2  Eq.  Oxide  of  Ammonium. 


76  AMMONIjESESQUICARBONAS. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  of  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  ftj.  (1  part,  D.),  and  of  Chalk 
fijss.  (Carbonate  of  Soda  1  part,  D.)  Rub  them  separately  into  powder  .Mix  and  sub- 
lime with  a  heat  gradually  raised. 

Here  mutual  decomposition  takes  place,  the  Carb'  of  the  Chalk 
(Carbonate  of  Lime)  combines  with  the  Ammonia  of  the  Hydro- 
chlorate,  and  the  desired  salt  is  formed,  and  passes  over  in  combina- 
tion with  1  Eq.'  Aq.,  which  has  been  formed  by  the  union  of  the 
Oxygen  of  the  Lime  (Oxide  of  Calcium)  with  the  Hydrogen  of  the 
HC'.  The  Chlorine  of  this  acid  being  set  free,  combines  with  the 
Calcium;  a  Chloride  of  Calcium  is  formed,  and  remains  behind. 
Similar  changes  take  place  with  the  Carbonate  of  Soda.  As  1  Eq. 
of  Carb.  Lime  only  is  required  to  decompose  1  Eq.  Hydrochlorate 
Ammonia,  the  D.  C.  directs  equal  parts ;  but  the  L.  and  E.  order  what 
is  equal  to  1£  Eq.,  as  less  heat  is  required,  and  more  complete  decom- 
position is  secured.  The  peculiarity  of  the  result  obtained  here,  as 
remarked  by  Mr.  Phillips,  is,  that  both  the  Hydrochlorate  Ammonia 
and  Carb.  Lime  are  neutral  compounds,  consisting  each  of  1  Eq. 
acid  and  1  Eq.  of  base.  Though  a  neutral  salt  is  usually  produced 
from  the  action  of  neutral  salts,  here  we  have  a  supersalt.  This  is 
explained  by  supposing  3  Eq.  of  each  salt  to  undergo  decomposition. 
If  no  loss  occurred,  the  Carb.  Ammonia  would  be  neutral  and  hy- 
drated,  consisting  of  3  Eq.  C'  66+3  Eq.  Ammonia  51 -f3  Eq.  Aq.  27 
=144.  During  sublimation,  however,  1  Eq.  of  the  Ammonia  libe- 
rated with  1  Eq.  of  the  water  formed  is  dissipated,  the  Carb'  re- 
maining undiminished.  The  Carbonate  actually  sublimed  consists  of 
3  Eq.  of  Carb'  and  only  2  of  Ammonia,  or  in  the  proportions  of  a 
Sesquicarbonate. 

Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia  is  sometimes  made  on  a  large  scale 
by  subliming  a  mixture  of  impure  Sulph.  Ammonia  and  Carb.  Lime. 
The  result  is  as  above,  Sulph.  Lime  being  left.  The  Sulphate  of 
Ammonia  being  obtained  by  acting  with  S'  or  Sulph.  Lime  on  the 
Carb.  Ammonia  of  Gas  Liquor,  or  that  from  Bone  Spirit.  It  is  ne- 
cessarily impure,  and  often  contaminated  with  tar  or  oily  matter,  and 
therefore  requires  to  be  refined. 

Tests.  The  salts  of  Ammonia  may  be  easily  recognised  by  its 
fumes,  which  are  exhaled  when  they  are  rubbed  up  with  Potash. 
In  this  salt  the  odour  and  tests  will  at  once  reveal  that  alkali,  and 
the  Carb'  by  effervescence  with  dilute  acids.  It  yields  a  white  pre- 
cipitate with  the  Chloride  of  Calcium  or  of  Barium ;  "  the  clear  liquor 
from  which  the  latter  precipitate  (Carbonate  of  Barytes)  has  subsided, 
yields  a  further  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  Caustic  Ammonia.  By 
this  last  character  the  Sesquicarbonate  is  distinguished  from  the  neu- 
tral Carbonate."  (Per.)  Carb.  Ammon.  is  not  very  liable  to  be  im- 
pure when  prepared  by  the  first  process.  "  Translucent  in  mass,  but 
falls  to  powder  in  the  air ;  entirely  sublimed  and  soluble ;  changes  the 
colour  of  turmeric ;  when  saturated  with  Nitric',  it  does  not  precipi- 
tate with  Chlor.  Barium  (Nitr.  Barytes,  E.),  or  with  Nitr.  Silver,  (L.)" 
If  the  translucency  be  impaired,  and  the  salt  looks  white  and  pow- 
dery, a  portion  has  been  converted  into  the  Bicarbonate,  a  less  pun- 
.gent  salt.  Any  thing  insoluble  or  not  sublimed  is  an  impurity.  The 


AMMONI^EBICARBONAS.  77 

presence  of  Sulphates,  as  of  Ammonia,  will  be  indicated  by  the 
Barytic  salts;  and  any  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia,  by  a  white 
precipitate  being  formed  by  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic,  Diaphoretic. 

D.  gr.  ij. — gr.  x.  in  pills,  or  in  solution,  as  below. 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  Salts,  Alkalies,  Lime-water,  Magnesia;  many 
Metallic  Salts,  but  not  the  Potassio-Tartrate  of  Iron,  nor  Sulphate  of 
Magnesia. 

LIQUOR  AMMONIA  SESQUICARBONATIS,  L.     AQUA  AMMONIA  CARBONATIS, 

E.  D. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia  3iv.  (4  parts,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (15  times 
its  weight,  D.)  Filter.  Sp.  Gr.  1090,  D. 

This  solution  has  the  odour  and  other  properties  of  the  salt,  and 
like  it  is  liablato  change  when  exposed  to  the  air,  becoming  less  pun- 
gent. It  may  be  employed  for  all  the  purposes  of  this  salt,  or  for  those 
of  the  Liquor  Ammonia?,  but  is  less  pungent,  and  will  evolve  C'. 

The  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia  is  sometimes  employed  for 
making  effervescing  draughts. 

(  f3vj.  of  Lemon  Juice  )  forming  Citrate 

9j.  Sesquicarbonate  of  \  26  grs.  of  cryst.  Citric  acid  \  of  Ammonia. 
Ammonia  saturates  ^26  grs.  of  cryst.  Tartaric  ?  forming  Tartrate 
(      acid  )    of  Ammonia. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient,  Stimulant,  &c.    Useful  as  a  Test.   Use- 
ful in  allaying  nausea  and  vomiting ;  also  slightly  diaphoretic. 
D.  f3ss.  or  even  fcij.  if  duly  diluted. 

LINIMENTUM  AMMONITE  SESQUICARBONATIS,  L.     Liniment  of  Sesquicar- 
bonate of  Ammonia. 

Prep.  Shake  together  Sol.  of  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia  fgj-,  Olive  Oil  fgiij.,  until 
they  are  well  mixed. 

The  Ammonia,  by  combining  with  the  Oil,  forms  a  kind  of  Soap, 
of  which  the  union  is  imperfect,  in  consequence  of  the  Carbonate  being 
employed.  It  is  a  milder  preparation,  and  may  be  used  for  the  same 
purposes  as  the  Linimentum  Ammonias.  A  similar  preparation  may 
be  prepared  by  rubbing  up  some  of  the  powdered  salt  with  Lard. 

AMMONITE  BICARBONAS,  D.     Bicarbonate  of  Ammonia. 

The  Bicarbonate  (A  C2  Aqa)  is  formed  whenever  the  Sesquicarbo- 
nate is  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  or  even  when  the  bottle  in  which 
it  is  kept  is  frequently  opened.  It  is  sometimes  called  Mild  Carbo- 
nate of  Ammonia,  from  the  Ammoniacal  odour  and  taste  being  less" 
obvious  from  combination  with  a  further  Eq.  Carb'.  It  crystallizes 
usually  in  6-sided  prisms,  and  requires  8  parts  of  water  for  solution. 

This  salt  is  composed  of  2  Eq.  C'  44+1  Eq.  A.  17+2  Eq.  Aq.  18 
=79;  or,  per  cent.  C'  55-70+A.  21-52+Aq.  22-78=100;  or  an  an- 
hydrous compound  of  2  Eq.  C'  and  1  of  Oxide  of  Ammonium. 

Prep.  Take  of  Water  of  Carbonate  of  Ammonia  any  quantity,  and  pass  through  it 
Carb'  gas  until  the  alkali  is  saturated.  Then  let  crystals  form ;  dry  them  without  heat, 
and  preserve  in  a  close  vessel. 


78  LIQUOR    A  MMONIJEACETATIS. 

Tests.  "Its  solution  at  first  occasions  no  precipitate  with  Chlor. 
Barium  or  Chlor.  Calcium :  after  a  short  time,  however,  the  mixture 
evolves  Carb',  and  a  white  earthy  Carbonate  is  precipitated."  (p.) 
But  it  does  not  precipitate  Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Diaphoretic.  Being  milder,  it  may  be  more 
suitable  than  the  Sesquicarbonate  in  some  cases. 

D.  gr.  v.  to  gr.  xx.  in  cold  water.  For  effervescing  Draught,  9j. 
will  saturate  18  grs.  of  Cit'.  or  19  grs.  of  Tar'. 

LIQUOR  (AQUA  E.  D.)  AMMONIA  ACETATIS,  L.  (U.  S.)  Spirit  of  Minde- 
rerus, 

Acetate  of  Ammonia  (NH8  Ac'+HO=77)  may  be  obtained  in 
crystals  in  the  exhausted  receiver  of  an  air-pump ;  but  as  it  is  a  deli- 
quescent salt,  it  is  contained  in  the  Pharmacopoeias  only  in  the  state 
of  a  diluted  solution. 

Prop.  This  is  limpid,  colourless,  with  a  faint  smell,  and  a  slight 
mawkish  taste.  If  neutral,  it  should  produce  no  effect  on  Litmus  or 
Turmeric  paper,  though  it  is  preferable  to  have  a  slight  excess  of 
acid,  as  it  will  be  less  irritant  when  used  as  a  lotion  in  some  cases ; 
but  the  excess  of  alkali  may  sometimes  be  no  objection  when  exhi- 
bited internally. 

Prep.  Add  to  Distilled  Vinegar  Oiv.  [(f^fxxiv.  E.)  (30  parts  or  q.  s.  D.)]  Sesquicarbo- 
nate of  Ammonia  3ivss.  f(3j.  E.)  (1  part,  D.)],  or  q.  s.  to  saturate  the  Vinegar. 

[Diluted  Acetic  Acid  Oij.,  Carbonate  of  Ammonia  in  powder  a  sufficient  quantity,  U.S.] 

The  E.  P.  further  directs,  that  if  the  solution  have  any  bitterness,  a 
little  distilled  vinegar  should  be  added  till  that  taste  be  removed.  The 
density  of  the  distilled  vinegar  should  be  1005,  and  that  of  the  Aqua 
Acetatis  Ammonias  1011.  The  quantity  of  the  salt  ordered  by  the 
L.  P.  is  higher  than  requisite ;  but,  as  it  is  to  be  added  to  Distilled 
Vinegar  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  strength  to  the  point  of  saturation,  a 
uniform  preparation  will  be  procured.  On  the  Continent  some  of  the 
solutions  are  of  greater  strength.  D.  1030 — 1040.  The  original 
Spirit  of  Mindererus  was  formed  by  saturating  strong  vinegar  with 
Spirit  of  Hartshorn  ;  it  was  thus  a  solution  of  Acetate  of  Ammonia, 
with  some  Ammoniacal  Soap  formed  by  the  action  of  the  Alkali  on 
the  empyreumatic  oil  of  the  Spirit,  which,  M.  Chaussier  observes, 
added  to  its  efficacy.  Distilled  Vinegar  of  the  proper  strength  should, 
alone  be  employed,  and  not,  as  is  often  the  case,  impure  Acetic  Acid 
diluted. 

Tests.  Action  on  Litmus  or  Turmeric  paper  will  detect  excess  of 
acid  or  of  alkali.  It  is  not  coloured  by  the  addition  of  Hydrosul', 
showing  the  absence  of  any  metallic  oxide,  especially  Copper  or 
Lead ;  no  precipitate  on  addition  of  Nitr.  Silver  or  Chlor.  Barium, 
the  first  indicating  absence  of  Hydrochloric',  and  the  second  of  Sulph'. 
The  water  being  evaporated,  the  residue  yields  Ammonia,  and  is  dis- 
sipated by  heat ;  any  further  residue  is  an  impurity,  as  both  the 
Acetic'  and  the  Am.  are  volatile.  The  most  usual  irregularity  is  in 
point  of  strength,  and  this  should  be  ascertained  by  the  Sp.  Gr.=1011, 
E.  and  D. ;  but  none  is  given  in  the  London  Pharmacopoeia. 


AMMONIjEHYDROCHLORAS.  79 

Inc.  Decomposed  by  the  strong  acids ;  also  by  Potash  and  Soda, 
and  by  their  Carbonates ;  by  Lime  and  Lime-water,  Magnesia  and 
Sulphate  of  Magnesia,  the  Acetate  and  Diacetate  of  Lead,  on  ac- 
count of  the  Carbonic'  which  often  remains  diffused  in  the  solution, 
and  which  then  precipitates  as  Carb.  of  Lead ;  also  several  other 
metallic  salts,  as  of  Antimony,  the  Sesquichloride  and  Sulphate  of 
Iron. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Diaphoretic  ;  Refrigerant  Lotion  and  Col- 
lyrium. 

D.  f3ij. — f3vj.  every  3  or  4  hours,  with  Camphor  mixture,  &c. 

AMMONIA  (MuniAS,  E.  D.  U.  S.)  HYDROCHLORAS,  L. 

Hydrochlorate  (Muriate)  of  Ammonia.  Sal  Ammoniac.  F,  Hydrochlorate  d'Ammoniaque. 

G.  Salmiak. 

This  salt,  NH3HC1=54)  was  known  to  Geber.  Avicenna  and 
Serapion  mention  it  by  the  name  of  Noshadur.  Persian  writers  give 
Armeena  as  its  Greek  synonyme.  The  Sanscrit  name  is  Nuosadur ; 
the  author  obtained  it  by  this  name  in  India,  where  it  is  formed  in 
brick-kilns,  (v.  Hindoo  Med.  p.  40.)  In  Egypt  it  is  obtained  from 
the  dung  of  camels.  That  it  was  known  to  the  Romans,  is  evident 
from  Pliny  stating  that  one  of  the  kinds  of  Nitrum  gives  out  a  strong 
smell  when  mixed  with  Quicklime. 

Prop.  It  is  usually  in  pieces  of  hemispherical  cakes,  of  a  white 
colour,  without  smell,  having  a  saline  acrid  taste.  Its  texture  is 
striated  and  radiated ;  it  is  somewhat  tough  and  ductile,  opaque  or 
crystalline  and  semi-transparent ;  nearly  permanent  in  the  air,  but 
attracts  a  little  moisture ;  some  impure  varieties,  crystallized  in  co- 
nical masses,  are  deliquescent,  from  containing  Chloride  of  Calcium. 
Sp.  Gr.  1'450.  It  is  soluble  in  about  its  own  weight  of  boiling  water, 
but  requires  3£  times  as  much  at  60°,  when  it  produces  considerable 
cold  ;  hence  it  is  one  of  the  salts  most  commonly  .employed  in  freezing 
mixtures.  It  requires  about  5  parts  of  Alcohol,  but  less  of  rectified 
Spirit,  for  solution;  when  heated,  it  sublimes  without  decomposition, 
and  is  thus  most  frequently  obtained.  When  its  solution  in  boiling 
water  is  cooled  down,  it  crystallizes  in  tetrahedral  prisms  terminated 
by  four  planes,  octohedrons,  or  in  plumose  crystals ;  the  latter  are 
formed  "  of  rows  of  minute  octohedrons,  attached  by  their  extremi- 
ties." (g.) 

This  salt  is  decomposed  by  acids  and  alkalies,  the  S'  and  N'  com- 
bining with  its  Ammonia  and  setting  free  the  H.  Cl' ;  while  Potash, 
Soda,  Baryta,  Lime,  and  Magnesia,  set  free  its  Ammonia,  which  may 
be  recognised  by  its  tests,  and  unite  with  the  Chlorine  of  the  acid  ; — 
their  Carbonates  likewise  decompose  it,  forming  Carbonates  of  Am- 
monia. With  Nitr.  Silver  a  white  precipitate  (Chloride  of  Silver) 
is  formed,  and  with  Acet.  Lead  one  of  Chloride  Lead,  also  white. 
With  Bichloride  of  Platinum,  a  yellow  precipitate  (Platino-bichloride 
of  Ammonia),  which,  when  collected,  dried,  and  ignited,  yields  spongy 
Platinum,  (p.)  It  increases  the  solubility  of  Bichloride  of  Mercury, 
and  forms  an  ingredient  in  the  Liquor  Hydrargyri  Bichloridi. 


80  AMMONITE   HYDROCHLORAS. 

Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  is  composed  of  Hydrochloric  acid 
31-48,  Ammonia,  68-52=100. 

By  those  chemists  who  admit  the  hypothetical  metal  Ammonium, 
this  salt  is  termed  Chloride  or  Protochloride  of  Ammonium.  Dr. 
Kane  considers  it  a  Chloro-amidide  of  Hydrogen. 

Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  may  readily  be  formed  by  bringing 
together  Ammonia  and  H  Cl'  gases ;  and  these  probably  come  to- 
gether in  volcanoes,  and  account  for  the  salt  being  there  found.  In 
Egypt  it  is  yielded  by  the  soot  of  the  dung  of  camels  and  other  ani- 
mals which  feed  on  the  saline  plants  of  the  desert.  So  in  N.  W.  India 
it  is  obtained  at  the  unburnt  extremity  of  brick-kilns,  where  animal 
manure  and  refuse  straw,  &c.,  are  employed  as  fuel.  It  is  now  ob- 
tained from  the  destructive  distillation  of  bone,  as  animal  Charcoal  is 
required  for  the  use  of  Sugar-refiners,  the  fat  and  marrow  being  first 
removed  for  the  use  of  Soap-makers.  The  gelatinous  and  cartila- 
ginous parts  become  decomposed,  the  Nitrogen  and  Hydrogen  form 
Ammonia,  and  the  Carbon  with  Oxygen  some  Carb',  which  unites 
with  the  Ammonia.  This  Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  received  and 
consequently  dissolved  in  water,  is  called  Bone  Spirit.  This  salt  is 
also  obtained  in  the  preparation  of  Coal  gas,  which,  being  passed  into 
water,  forms  Ammoniacal  or  Gas  Liquor.  Other  salts  are  alsoTormed. 
To  these  H  Cl'  is  sometimes  added,  and  an  impure  Hydrochlorate  of 
Ammonia  obtained,  which  may  be  purified  by  crystallization  and  sub- 
limation. By  other  manufacturers  (v.  Per.  i.  p.  316)  an  impure 
Chloride  of  Calcium,  obtained  from  Salt-works,  is  added  to  the  Am- 
moniacal liquor,  when  a  precipitate  of  Carbonate  of  Lime  is  ob- 
tained, and,  as  before,  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  in  solution;  in 
either  case  it  may  be  separated  and  dried  by  evaporation,  and  then 
purified  by  sublimation.  Or  these  Carbonates  may  be  converted  into 
Sulphate  of  Ammonia,  and  mixed  with  Chloride  of  Sodium.  On  ap- 
plication of  heat,  double  decomposition  ensues,  Hydrochlor.  Am- 
monia is  formed,  and,  being  volatile,  is  obtained  pure  by  sublima- 
tion ;  Sulphate  of  Soda  remains  behind. 

Tests.  Sal  Ammoniac,  as  found  in  nature,  is  sometimes  mixed  with 
Chlor.  Calcium,  the  old  Muriate  of  Lime.  This  is  ascertained  by  its 
greater  deliquescence,  and  the  test  for  that  earth.  From  the  mode  of 
its  manufacture,  it  sometimes  contains  Iron  or  Lead.  These  would 
be  revealed  by  its  not  being  totally  soluble  in  water,  and  not  being 
sublimed  by  heat  without  residue.  It  should  be  colourless  and  trans- 
lucent ;  Chloride  of  Barium  throws  down  nothing,  showing  the  ab- 
sence of  Sulphate  of  Ammonia.  The  Lead  is  usually  seen  on  the 
discoloured  convex  surface,  when  it  has  been  sublimed  into  a 
leaden  vessel,  probably  a  double  Chloride  of  Lead  and  Ammonia.  A 
solution  of  this  salt  gives  a  black  precipitate  (Sulphuret  of  Lead) 
when  Hydrosulphuric  acid  gas  is  passed  through  it.  (Jackson,  Med. 
Gaz.  1839,  as  quoted  by  Per.)  Iron  may  be  detected  by  Ferrocya- 
nide  of  Potassium  and  a  few  drops  of  Nitric'. 

Action.  Uses.  Moderately  Stimulant,  Irritant,  Diaphoretic ;  Refri- 
gerant as  a  lotion,  from  the  could  produce  in  solution;  Discutient; 
sometimes  Anodyne  in  Neuralgic  affections. 


POTASSIUM.  81 

D.  gr.  v. — gr.  xxx.  2  or  3  times  a  day,  with  Sugar  and  Aromatics. 
As  a  cold  application,  equal  parts  of  Nitre  and  Sal  Ammoniac  may 
be  employed.-  3ij.  with  Nitre  3v.  will  reduce  temperature  40°. 

Inc.  Strong  acids;  Potash,  Soda,  Lime,  their  Carb. ;  Acet.  Lead. 

METALS. 

Metals  may  be  divided  into  those  which  by  union  with  Oxygen 
form — 1.  ALKALIES,  such  as  Potassium  and  Sodium;  2.  ALKALINE 
EARTHS,  Barium,  Calcium,  Magnesium,  Aluminum ;  3.  METALS  com- 
monly so  called,  or  which  form  METALLIC  OXIDES. 

POTASSIUM. 
F.  Potassium.     G.  Kalium,  and  Kali  metall. 

Potassium  (K  or  Ka  =  40)  is  the  metallic  base  of  Potassa,  or  Pot- 
ash, the  Oxide  of  Potassium.  In  this  state  it  exists  in  nature  in  abun- 
dance, combined  with  Acids  and  Earths,  Iodine,  Bromine,  &c. ; 
but  is  obtained  chiefly  from  the  vegetable  kingdom.  It  was  the 
first, of  the  metallic  bases  obtained  by  Sir  H.  Davy;  by  galvanizing 
Caustic  Potash  very  slightly  moistened,  when  the  metal  in  small 
globules  appeared  at  the  negative  pole.  It  is  now  commonly  ob- 
tained by  exposing  Potash  to  intense  heat  with  Iron  filings  or  Char- 
coal, which  take  its  Oxygen,  and  the  Potassium  is  set  free. 

Prop.  Potassium,  at  55°  F.>  is  a  soft  malleable  solid.  It  has  been 
crystallized  in  cubes,  is  brittle  at  32°,  and  fuses  at  156°;  at  60°  F.  its 
Sp.  Gr.  =  0-86 ;  it  is  therefore  light  enough  to  float  on  water.  It  is 
silvery-white,  but  immmediately  tarnishes  when  exposed  to  air, 
from  its  great  affinity  for  Oxygen,  which  it  will  take  also  from  water, 
swimming  and  burning  upon  it  with  great  brilliancy,  and  being  con- 
verted into  Potash,  while  the  Hydrogen  escapes.  It  is  preserved  in 
fluids,  such  as  Petroleum  and  Naphtha,  which  contain  no  Oxygen,  as 
it  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  deoxidizing  agents  chemists  possess. 

POTASSA  HYDRAS,  L.  POTASSA,  E.  (U.  S.)  POTASSA  CATTSTIOA,  D'.  Oxide 
of  Potassium.  Potash.  Potassa  fusa.  Kali  purum.  Fixed  Vege- 
table Alkali.  F.  Potasse  caustique.  G.  Kali. 

Potassa  (K  O  =  48)  is  a  compound  of  Oxygen  and  the  metal  Po- 
tassium. The  name  Potassa  was  derived  from  the  commercial  name 
Potash,  which  is  a  Carbonate  of  Potassa  (v.  p.  87).  Dr.  Black  in 
1756  first  clearly  distinguished  the  Carbonates  from  the  caustic  alkali. 
This  he  called  Lixivia,  from  the  name  in  Pliny,  but  it  was  named 
Kali  by  the  L.  C.  The  ancients  were  no  doubt  acquainted  with  some 
method  of  depriving  the  alkali  of  its  Carbonic  acid,  as  they  were  ac- 
quainted with  the  art  of  making  soap.  (Pliny,  xxviii.  c.  51.) 

From  the  affinity  of  Potassium  for  Oxygen,  the  Oxide  or  Potash 
is  readily  formed  by  exposing  the  metal  to  dry  air  or  to  Oxygen  gas. 
Some  of  it  may  also  be  found  in  the  gun-barrel  in  the  process  of 
making  Potassium.  But  it  has  so  great  an  attraction  for  water,  that 
it  readily  absorbs  it  from  the  air,  and  is  therefore  usually  seen  in  this, 
which  is  the  officinal  state,  Potassae  Hydras,  K  O,  H  O  =  57. 

6 


82  P  O  T  A  S  S  A. 

Prop.  Caustic  Potash,  when  fused  and  pure,  is  whitish,  in  solid, 
slightly  crystalline  masses,  sometimes  in  tetrahedral  pyramids  or  oc- 
tohedrons;  hard  and  brittle;  Sp.  Gr.  1-70;  usually  in  cylindrical 
pieces  or  sticks,  of  a  grayish  colour,  of  an  intensely  caustic  taste, 
with  little  smell.  When  moistened,  it  has  a  soapy  feel,  from  dis- 
solving the  cuticle.  It  readily  attracts  moisture,  and  at  the  same 
time  Carb'  from  the  atmosphere.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  producing 
heat  when  in  a  fused  state,  but  some  cold  when  crystallized ;  also  in 
alcohol,  with  the  exception  of  impurities.  Hence  it  may  be  separated 
from  its  Carbonates,  as  these  are  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  It  liquefies  ice, 
with  the  production  of  intense  cold ;  is  not  decomposed  by  the  most 
intense  heat,  but  fuses  below  a  red  heat,  and  at  a  bright  red  heat 
evaporates  in  white  acrid  fumes.  Turns  green  the  blue  colour  of  ve- 
getables, but  afterwards  destroys  them,  like  other  organic  substances, 
and  possesses  highly  alkaline  properties,  uniting  with  fixed  Oils  and 
Fats  to  form  soaps,  and  with  acids  to  form  salts.  It  combines  with 
considerable  energy  with  Phosphorus  and  with  Sulphur  ;  when  fused 
with  Siliceous  Earth,  it  forms  Glass ;  and  when  in  larger  proportion, 
a  Silicate  of  Potash,  soluble  in  water.  With  other  earths  it  forms 
enamels,  and  even  when  in  solution  dissolves  Alumina  and  Glucina. 
Its  salts  are  soluble  in  water,  and  generally  crystallizable ;  when 
added  to  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Alumina,  they  cause  the  formation 
of  Alum  in  crystals.  Tartaric',  if  added  in  excess,  produces  a  pre- 
cipitation of  Cream  of  Tartar,  or  Bitartrate  of  Potash;  while 
Chloride  of  Platinum  throws  down  a  reddish-yellow  precipitate  of 
Chloride  of  Platinum  and  Potassium  ;  the  salts  of  Potash,  moreover, 
give  a  violet  tinge  to  flame,  and  may  by  these  characters  be  distin- 
guished from  the  salts  of  Soda. 

The  common  method  of  obtaining  it  is  to  decompose  one  of  the 
most  commonly  obtained  of  the  salts  of  Potassa,  that  is,  the  Carbo- 
nate, by  means  of  Lime,  and  then  evaporating  the  solution  to  dryness. 

Prep.  Take  Solution  of  Potash  cong.  j.  (q.  s.  E.  D.),  evaporate  in  a  clean  Iron  (Silver, 
D.)  vessel,  till  ebullition  ceases,  and  only  the  fused  Hydrate  of  Potash  is  left,  L.  D.  (Eva- 
porate in  a  clean  covered  Iron  vessel,  till  an  oily  fluid  remains,  which  becomes  hard  on 
cooling  on  a  glass  rod,  if  dipped  into  it,  E.)  Pour  into  proper  moulds.  [Pour  on  a  bright 
Iron  (Silver,  D.)  plate  ;  and  as  soon  as  solid,  cut  into  pieces,  and  keep  in  a  well-stoppered 
glass  bottle,  E.  D.  (Avoid  the  drops  spurted  up  during  evaporation,  D.)] 

The  solution  of  Potash  employed  should  be  itself  pure,  and  so  preserved  as  not  to  have 
attracted  Carb'  from  the  air,  while  the  ebullition  and  temperature  are  kept  up,  no  Carb'  is 
absorbed,  A  clean  iron  vessel  is  sufficient,  but  the  contact  of  all  organic  substances  must 
be  prevented. 

Tests.  The  L.  P.  states  that  it  soon  deliquesces,  and  is  entirely  so- 
luble in  alcohol ;  but  this  will  seldom  be  found  to  be  the  case.  The 
other  properties  are  the  same  as  those  of  Liquor  Potassae.  "  Boiling 
water  commonly  leaves  Oxide  of  Iron  undissolved,  which  should  not 
exceed  1-25  per  cent.  The  solution  neutralized  with  Nitr'  (and  it 
should  not  effervesce)  gives  a  faint  precipitate  with  a  solution  of 
Nitrate  of  Baryta  (indicating  a  Sulphate),  none  with  the  solution  of 
Nitrate  of  Silver."  E.P. 

Action.  Uses.  Escharotic,  Caustic  Poison,  Antacid,  v.  Liquor  Po- 
tassce. 


LIQUOR   POTASS.E.  83 

POTASSA  CUM  CALCE,  L.  E.     POTASSA  CAUSTICA  GUM  CALCE,  D.  Potash 
with  Lime. 

Hydrate  of  Potash  being  chiefly  employed  as  a  Caustic,  and  being 
objectionable  on  account  of  its  deliquescence,  this  preparation  is  often 
preferred,  as  the  presence  of  Lime  obviates  the  inconvenience. 

Prep,  Take  Hydrate  of  Potash  3j.,  Lime  3j. ;  rub  together,  and  keep  in  a  well-closed 
vessel,  L.  [Aq.  Potasste,  q.  s. ;  evaporate  in  a  clean  covered  Iron  vessel  to  jd  (;jth,  D.) 
its  volume,  add  slaked  Lime  till  the  fluid  is  of  the  consistence  of  firm  pulp.  Preserve  the 
product  in  well-covered  vessels,  E.  D.] 

Action.  Uses.  Caustic;  made  into  a  paste  with  Rectified  Spirit,  and 
applied,  the  neighbouring  parts  being  defended  with  sticking-plaster. 

LIQUOR  POTASS^:,  L.  (U.  S.)     POTASS^  (CAUSTICS,  D.)  AQUA,  E. 

Prep.  Take  Curb.  Potash  gxv.  [(dry  giv.,  E.)  (of  Commerce  2  parts,  D.)],  Lime,  gviij. 
(fresh  burnt  gij.,  E. ;  2  parts,  D.),  Aq.  dest.  boiling  cong.  j.  (Aq.  f3xlv.,  E. ;  15  parts,  D.) 
Dissolve  the  Carb.  Pot.  in  Css.  of  the  Aq.  (in  f3xxxniij.,  E.)  Slake  the  Lime  with  a 
little  water  in  an  earthen  vessel,  and  then  add  the  remainder  of  the  Aq.  (Slake  with 
fSvij.,  and  convert  it  into  Milk  of  Lime,  E.)  Mix  the  liquors  in  a  close  vessel,  and  agi- 
tate  till  they  are  cold".  [(Add  the  Milk  of  Lime  to  the  boiling  solution  of  the  Carb.,  in 
about  8  successive  portions,  boiling  briskly  for  a  few  minutes  after  each  addition,  E.) 
(Mix  the  salt  with  the  slaked  Lime,  and  add  the  rest  pf  the  Aq. ;  when  the  mixture  has 
cooled,  put  it  into  a  well-closed  bottle,  and  agitate  frequently  for  3  days,  D.)]  Set  it  aside 
for  the  Carb.  Lime  to  settle,  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquor,  and  keep  it  in  a  well-stop- 
pered  green  glass  bottle.  [(Pour  the  whole  into  a  deep,  narrow  glass  vessel  for  24  hours, 
then  with  a  siphon  draw  off  the  clear  liquid,  which  ought  to  be  at  least  fgxxxv.,  and  of  a 
Sp.  Gr.  =  1072,  E.)  (When  the  Carbonate  of  Lime  has  settled,  decant  the  clear  liquor,  and 
keep  it  in  well-stoppered  green  glass  bottles.  Sp.  Gr.=  1080,  D.)] 

The  Lime,  having  a  strong  affinity  for  Carb',  unites  with  that  of 
the  Carb.  Pot.;  the  insoluble  Carb.  of  Lime  being  precipitated,  the 
free  Potash  remains  in  solution.  Filters  are  not  employed,  because 
the  Potash  destroys  all  organic  matter,  and  the  process  is  tedious. 
The  solution  should  be  as  little  as  possible  exposed  to  the  air,  as  it 
absorbs  Carb'.  The  purity  will  depend  upon  the  Carbonate  of  Potash 
and  Lime,  as  well  as  upon  that  of  the  water  employed.  Dr.  Christi- 
son  states  that  decomposition  of  the  Carb.  is  accelerated  by  ebullition. 

Prop.  Solution  of  Potash  is  colourless,  transparent,  somewhat  oily- 
looking,  without  odour,  but  of  an  extremely  acrid,  caustic  taste.  The 
quantity  of  real  Potash  in  solutions  of  different  Sp.  Gr.  was  ascer- 
tained by  Dalton.  .(v.  Brande,  Chem.  p.  541.)  It  feels  soapy  when 
rubbed  between  the  fingers,  is  highly  alkaline,  rapidly  absorbs  Carb'. 
from  the  air,  must  therefore  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  green  glass 
bottles,  because  it  acts  on  those  made  of  flint  glass.  It  forms  soaps 
with  oils  and  fats,  and  powerfully  decomposes  many  salts,  as  those  of 
Ammonia,  of  the  Earths  and  Metals,  throwing  down  their  oxides, 
many  of  which  it  redissolves  when  added  in  excess.  It  corrodes 
both  animal  and  vegetable  textures,  and  precipitates  from  vegetable 
infusions  any  alkalies  or  neutral  principles,  while  itself  combines  with 
their  acids. 

Tests.  Sp.  Gr.  1-063  (L.  P.)  browns  Turmeric,  and,  like  other 
salts  of  Potash,  throws  down  a  yellow  precipitate  with  Chloride  of 
Platinum,  which  is  insoluble  in  Spirit.  It  should  not  effervesce  with 
N',  or  become  milky  on  the  addition  of  Lime-water,  and  thus  show 


84  P  0  T  A  S  S  1 1 

the  absence  of  Carb'.  When  saturated  with  N',  scarcely  any  thing 
should  be  precipitated  by  Carbonate  of  Soda  (showing  that  no  Lime 
or  metallic  impurity  is  present),  nor  with  Chlor.  Barium  (no  Sul- 
phates), nor  with  Nitr.  Silver  (no  Chlorides). 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  and  Ammoniacal  Salts,  Earthy  and  Metallic 
Salts,  Chloride  and  Bichloride  of  Mercury. 

Action.    Uses.    Antacid,  Antilithic,  Diuretic,  Resolvent,  Alterative. 

Antidotes.     Oil,  Acids,  Vinegar,  Lemon-juice. 

D.  T?IX. — f3j.  gradually  increased,  with  Infusion  of  Orange  Peel, 
&c. 

PoTASSII  loDIDUM,  L.  E.   (U.  S.)       PoTASS^E  HvDRIODAS,  D. 

Iodide  of  Potassium.     loduret  of  Potassium.    Hydriodate  of  Potash.     F.  lodure  de  Po- 
tassium.    G.  lod  Kalium. 

Iodide  of  Potassium  (KI=  166)  was  first  made  by  Courtois  in  1812. 
Though  of  recent  discovery,  it  has  already  had  several  names.  It 
exists  in  Sea  as  well,  as  in»some  Mineral  waters,  in  Sea-weeds  and 
Sponges,  and  was  first  employed  in  medicine  by  Coindet. 

Prop.  It  is  a  colourless  salt,  sometimes  with  a  slight  tinge  of  yel- 
low, of  an  acrid  saline  taste ;  often  opaque,  but,  when  carefully  pre- 
pared, transparent,  and  crystallized  in  cubes  or  in  quadrangular 
prisms.  These  contain  no  water  of  crystallization,  but  some  is  often 
lodged  between  the  plates  of  the  crystals :  hence  they  decrepitate 
when  heated,  fuse  at  a  low  red  heat,  and  volatilize  unchanged.  Per- 
manent in  dry  air;  soluble  in  §  of  its  own  weight  of  water,  very  so- 
luble in  Alcohol  of  Sp.  Gr.  -850.  It  is  readily  decomposed  by  the 
mineral  acids,  Iodine  being  evolved,  which  can  then  be  detected  by 
the  blue  colour  produced  by  the  starch  test.  The  same  effect  will 
follow  if  the  salt  be  decomposed  by  Chlorine  or  a  mixture  of  Chlorine 
and  Nit'.  It  renders  Iodine  more  soluble  both  in  Water  and  in  Al- 
cohol. When  dissolved,  solution  of  Acetate  of  Lead  produces  a  yel- 
low precipitate  (Iodide  of  Lead),  and  Protonitrate  of  Mercury  a 
greenish  Iodide  of  Mercury ;  the  Pernitrate,  or  Bichloride  of  Mer- 
cury, causes  a  grayish-red,  which  soon  becomes  brilliant  red  (Bin- 
iodide  of  Mercury),  which  is  redissolved  by  an  excess  of  either 
Iodide  of  Potassium  or  of  Corrosive  Sublimate. 

Various  methods  have  been  proposed  for  making  this  salt ;  but  we 
shall  restrict  ourselves  to  those  adopted  by  the  British  Pharmacopoeias. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Iodine  3vj.  (dry  3v.  E.),  Carb.  Pot.  3iv.  (dry  3ij.  and  3vj.  E.),  Iron 
filings  3ij.  (fine  Iron  wire  3iij.  E.),  Aq.  dest.  Ovj.  (Water  Oiv.  E.)  Mix  Iodine  with 
Aq.  Oiv.,  and  add  Iron,  stirring  frequently  with  a  spatula  for  half  an  hour.  (Boil  the  Iodine 
Iron,  and  part  of  the  water  together  in  a  glass  matrass,  at  first  gently,  and  then  briskly, 
until  about  f3ij.  remain,  E.)  Apply  a  gentle  heat,  and  when  the  liquid  becomes  greenish 
add  the  Carb.  Potash,  dissolved  in  the  rest  of  the  water.  (While  hot,  add  the  Carb.  Pot., 
dissolved  in  a  few  ounces  of  the  water,  and  stir  carefully,  E.)  Filter,  and  wash  the 
powder  with  boiling  Aq.  dest.,  Oij.  (a  little  water,  E.,)  and  again  filter.  Evaporate  the 
mixed  liquor  (at  a  temperature  below  boiling,  E.)  that  crysmls  may  form,  (to  dryness ; 
purify  this  from  Oxide  of  Iron,  &c.,  by  dissolving  in  less  than  its  own  weight  of  boiling 
water,  or  by  boiling  it  in  twice  its  own  weight  of  rectified  spirit,  filtering  the  solution, 
and  setting  it  aside  to  crystallize.  More  crystals  may  be  obtained  by  concentrating  and 
cooling  the  residual  liquor,  E.) — Iodide  of  Iron  is  first  formed,  which  is  decomposed  by 
the  Carb.  Pot.,  Protocarbonate  of  Iron  falls  down,  and  the  Iodide  of  Potassium,  which 
remains  in  solution,  is  concentrated,  after  being  filtered,  and  allowed  to  crystallize. 

D.  Triturate  Iodine  1  part,  with  Aq.  dest.  16  parts,  and  put  the  mixture  in  a  glass  ves- 


I  O  D  I  D  U  M.  85 

sel.  Dilute  Sul'  1  parts,  with  Aq.  dest.  32  parts,  and  pour  it  upon  Sulphuret  of  Iron  in 
coarse  powder,  5  parts,  in  a  matrass,  with  a  tube  attached  to  the  neck,  long  enough  to 
reach  to  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  containing  the  Iodine  and  water  (to  generate  Sulphu- 
retted Hydrogen  gas).  Pass  the  gas  through  the  mixture  until  the  Iodine  disappears. 
(Sulphur  is  thrown  down,  and,  the  Iodine  uniting  with  the  nascent  Hydrogen,  Hydriod' 
remains  in  solution.)  Filter  the  liquor  (to  get  rid  of  the  Sulphur),  concentrate  by  boiling 
to  one-eighth,  and  filter  again;  (boiling  is  objectionable,  as  Iodine  is  given  off,  and  C'  is 
absorbed,  c. ;)  then  add  solution  of  Carb.  Pot.  q.s.  till  effervescence  ceases.  (Carb'  is  dis- 
engaged, and  Hydriodate  of  Potash,  or  Iodide  of  Potassium  remains  in  solution.)  Eva- 
porate to  dryness,  and  dissolve  with  the  aid  of  heat  the  remaining  white  salt  in  Rectified 
Spirit  6  parts.  Filter,  evaporate  to  dryness,  and  preserve  the  residue  in  well-stopped  vessels. 
f  U.  S.  Iodine  gvj.,  Iron  Filings  3Jiij.,  Carbonate  of  Potassce  3iv.,  or  sufficient  quantity, 
Distilled  Water,  Oiv.  Proceed  as  directed  by  L.  C.] 

Tests.  This  salt  is  apt  to  be  contaminated  with  water,  Carbonate 
of  Potash,  Chloride  of  Potassium  or  of  Sodium,  and  lodate  of  Potash. 
L.  P.  S'  and  Starch  added  together  to  render  the  solution  blue,  in 
consequence  of  the  Iodine  being  set  free.  It  alters  the  colour  of  Tur- 
meric very  slightly,  that  of  Litmus  not  at  all  (proving  the  absence 
both  of  acid  and  alkali,  or  of  such  salts).  It  loses  no  weight  when 
subjected  to  heat  (any  lodate  of  Potash  will  be  decomposed,  and  Oxy- 
gen escape,  and  loss  of  weight  will  also  occur  from  evaporation  of 
water).  Totally  soluble  in  Aq.  and  in  Alcohol  (Carbonate  of  Potash  is 
not  soluble  in  the  latter).  The  E.  C.  state  that  the  solution  is  not 
affected,  or  is  merely  rendered  hazy,  by  solution  of  Nitr.  Bar.,  but 
will  form  an  oily-looking  mixture  with  the  water.  (If  the  Carbonate 
is  present,  an  insoluble  Carb. ;  if  lodate  of  Potash,  a  white  precipi- 
tate of  lodate  of  Baryta ;  so  with  Lime-water,  a  white  Carb.  Lime 
will  be  formed.)  "  Gr.  10  of  this  salt  are  sufficient  to  decompose  gr. 
10-24  of  Nitr.  Silver.  What  is  precipitated  (Iodide  silver)  is  partly 
dissolved  by  Nit',  and  partly  altered  in  appearance,  which  is  not  the 
case  when  Ammonia  (being  insoluble  in  it)  is  added,"  L.  If  it  de- 
composes a  larger  proportion  of  Nitr.  Silver  than  above  stated,  it  is 
probably  owing  to  the  presence  of  Chloride  of  Potassium.  The  E. 
C.  state  that  a  solution  of  gr.  v.  in  Aq.  dest.  f5j.,  precipitated  by  ex- 
cess of  sol.  Nitr.  Silver,  and  then  agitated  in  a  bottle  with  a  little 
Aqua  Ammonia3,  yields  quickly  by  subsidence  a  clear  supernatant 
liquid,  which  is  not  altered  by  an  excess  of  Nitr',  or  is  rendered 
merely  hazy.  Here  the  Nitr.  of  Silver  will  throw  down  any 
Chlorine  present  as  a  Chloride  of  Silver,  which  is  soluble  in  Am- 
monia, while  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  Iodide  of  Silver  is  taken 
up.  "  In  the  clear  fluid,  Nitr'  added  to  saturation  of  the  Ammonia, 
or  in  excess,  will  make  the  Chlor.  Silver  reappear  in  the  form  of  a 
white  precipitate ;  but  if  there  was  no  alkaline  Chloride  in  the  salt, 
the  clearness  of  the  fluid  will  scarcely  be  disturbed." 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  and  Metallic  Salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Stimulant  of  the  absorbents,  Diuretic ;  in 
"Venereal  nodes  and  Rheumatism. 

Antidotes.  Evacuate  the  stomach ;  give  Demulcents ;  obviate  In- 
flammation, and  allay  Irritation. 

D.  gr.  vj. — gr.  x.;  3j.  even  3ij.  have  been  given. 

UNGUENTUM  POTASS^:  HYDRIODATIS,  D.     Ointment  of  (the  Hydriodate) 
Iodide  of  Potassium. 
Prep.  Mix  Hydriodate  of  Potash  (i.  e.  Iodide  of  Potassium)  ^j.,  Prepared  Lard  gj. 


86  POTASSII    BROMIDUM. 

This  being  a  simple  ointment,  and  devoid  of  colour,  is  preferable 
for  some  frictions,  as  it  does  not  stain  the  skin.  It  may  be  employed 
much  stronger  than  in  the  above  preparation. 

UNGUENTUM  IODINII  COMPOSITUM,  L.  UNGUENTUM  IODINEI,  E.  (UNGUEN- 
TUM  IODINI  COMPOSITUM,  U.  S.)  Compound  Ointment  of  Iodine. 
Ointment  of  loduretled  Iodide  of  Potassium. 

Prep.  Iodine  3ss.,  Iodide  of  Potassium  3j.,  Rectified  Spirit  f\5j ,  Lard  3ij.  Rub  to- 
gether the  Iodine  and  Iodide  of  Potassium  with  the  Spirit.  Mix  with  the  Lard  (the  same 
proportions,  omitting  the  Spirit,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Promotes  absorption ;  is  therefore  employed  in  en- 
larged glands,  bronchocele,  &c. 

TlNCTURA     loDINII     CoMPOSITA,    L.    (TlNCTURA    loDINI    COMPOSITA,  U.  S.) 

Compound  Tincture  of  Iodine. 

Prep.  Macerate  Iodine  3j.,  Iodide  of  Potassium  gij.,  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.,  till  they 
are  dissolved,  then  strain. 

The  presence  of  Iodide  of  Potassium  increases  the  solubility  of 
Iodine,  and  retains  it  in  solution ;  so  that  it  may  be  added  to  water 
without  decomposition,  or  it  may  be  given  in  Sherry  wine. 

D.  r#x. — f3j. 

LIQUOR  POTASSII  IODIDI  COMPOSITUS,  L.  IODINEI  LIQUOR  COMPOSITUS,  E. 
Compound  Solution  of  Iodide  of  Potassium.  Solution  of  loduret- 
ted  Iodide  of  Potassium. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Iodide  of  Potassium  gr.  x.  (gj.  E.),  Iodine  gr.  v.  (3ij.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest. 
Oj.  (fSxvj.  Agitate,  and  apply  a  gentle  heat,  E.) 

The  solution  of  the  E.  C.  is  a  strong  one,  that  of  the  L.  P.  a  weak 
one ;  the  doses  must  therefore  be  apportioned  accordingly.  It  is  of  a 
reddish-brown  colour,  and  may  be  given  diluted  with  water. 

D.  f3ij. — f3iv.  L. ;  of  the  E.  preparation,  rpjv.  to  rnjxv. 

[See  Liq.  lodini  Comp.,  (U.  S.,)  p.  57.] 

[LINIMENT  OF  HYDRIODATE  OF  POTASH. 

Prep.  Take  of  Iodide  of  Potassium  3j.,  Soap  of  Animal  Oil  3jss.,  Alcohol  f3viij.  Dis. 
solve  the  Iodide  and  Soap  each  in  half  the  Alcohol,  and  mix.  Flavour  with  a, few  drops 
of  Ol.  Lavand.  It  has  the  form  of  Opodeldoc,  and  is  used  for  external  application.] 

POTASSII  BROMIDUM,  L. 

Bromide  of  Potassium.     Hydrobr ornate  of  Potash.     F.  Bromure  de  Potassium.     G.  Brom 

Kaliuin. 

Bromide  of  Potassium  (KBr=118),  discovered  by  Balard  in  1826; 
introduced  into  the  L.  P.  of  1836.  The  only  officinal  salt  of  Bro- 
mine. 

Prop.  It  is  white,  without  odour,  of  a  sharp  saline  taste;  crystal- 
lizes in  transparent  cubes,  or  four-sided  flattish  prisms,  without  any 
water  of  crystallization.  Readily  dissolves  in  Aq.,  less  so  in  Alcohol. 
When  heated,  the  crystals  decrepitate,  and  may  be  fused  without  de- 
composition. Readily  decomposed  by  Chlorine,  which  expels  the 
Bromine ;  so  also  by  the  mineral  acids,  acidulous  salts,  and  the  me- 
tallic salts.  This  salt  consists  of  66-1  parts  of  Bromine  with  33-9  of 
Potassium  in  100  parts,  (v.  Tests  for  Potassium  and  Bromine). 


CARBONATEOFPOTASH.  87 

Prep.  Add  Iron-filings  3j-,  and  then  Bromine  f3ij.,  to  Aq.  dest.  Ojss. ;  stir  for  half  an 
hour.  Apply  a  gentle  heat  till  the  colour  becomes  greenish  (Bromide  of  Iron  being 
formed).  Then  add  Curb,  of  Potash  3ij.  and  3j.  dissolved  in  Aq.  dest.  Ojss.  Filter, 
wash  what  remains  (Proto-Carbonate  of  Iron)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  Filter  again,  mix 
the  two  liquors  and  evaporate  to  obtain  crystals  (Bromide  of  Potassium).  In  the  first 
part  of  this  process  the  Iron  and  Bromine,  combining  together,  form  a  Bromide  of  Iron. 
On  the  addition  of  the  Carb.  Potash,  the  Oxygen  of  the  Potash,  combining  with  the  Iron, 
forms  the  Protoxide  of  Iron,  and  this  with  the  Carb',  forms  an  insoluble  Carb.  Iron  ;  the 
Bromine  and  Potassium,  set  free,  combine  and  form  the  required  Bromide  of  Potassium. 

Tests.  Crystals  should  be  colourless,  totally  soluble  in  water,  and 
not  affect  Litmus  or  Turmeric,  as  it  is  neither  acid  nor  alkaline.  Sul' 
and  Starch  added  together  render  it  yellow  (as  characteristic  of  Bro- 
mine). Subjected  to  heat  they  lose  no  weight  (because  no  water  is 
expelled).  Chlor.  Bar.  throws  down  nothing  from  the  solution,  show- 
ing the  absence  of  Sulphates.  Gr.  10  of  this  salt  are  capable  of 
acting  upon  gr.  14-28  of  Nitr.  Silver,  and  precipitating  a  yellowish 
Bromide  Silver,  which  is  dissolved  by  Ammonia,  and  but  very  little 
by  Nit'.  If  a  larger  quantity  of  Nitr.  Silver  is  precipitated,  a 
Chloride  is  present,  probably  that  of  Potassium. 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  Salts,  .Metallic  Salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Alterative,  Deobstruent. 

D.  gr.  iij. — gr.  x.  three  times  a  day. 

CARBONATE  OF  POTASH. 

Subcarbonate  of  Potash.    Salt   of    Tartar.    Salt   of    Wormwood.     Kali  preeparatum. 
F.  Carbonate  de  Potasse.     G.  Kohlensaures  Kali. 

As  this  salt  is  obtained  by  the  burning  of  vegetables,  it  must  have 
been  known  at  very  early  times.  Dioscorides  describes  it  by  the 
name  T£<pga  xXr^anvy]?,  or  cinis  sarmentorum,  ashes  of  vine-twigs. 
("  cineris  lixivium."  Pliny,  xxxviii.  c.  51.)  The  Arabs  are  usually 
supposed  to  have  been  the  first  to  make  known  this  alkali  (a\-kali) ; 
but  the  Hindoos,  in  works  from  which  the  Arabs  copied,  made  use 
of  the  ashes  of  plants.  Potash  is  found  in  most  of  the  alkaline-earthy 
minerals;  as  Mica,  Felspar,  Leucite,  Nacrite.  Carbonate  of  Potash 
has  been  found  in  a  few  mineral  springs.  It  is  probably  found  in  the 
juices  of  some  plants.  But  usually  Potash  is  combined  with  other 
acids,  then  forming  Acetates,  Malates,  Oxalates,  Tartrates,  &c. 

By  incineration,  the  Oxygen  of  the  vegetable  acid,  combining  with 
the  Carbon  of  the  vegetable  substance,  forms  Carb',  which  combining 
with  the  disengaged  Potash,  forms  a  Carbonate  of  Potash.  This,  in 
its  most  impure  state,  is  the  Potash  of  Commerce,  or  Rough  Potash 
of  Commerce.  To  obtain  this,  land  plants  are  burnt  in  countries 
where  forests  are  most  abundant,  as  N.  America,  Russia,  Sweden, 
Poland.  The  wood  is  piled  in  heaps  and  burnt  on  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  in  a  place  sheltered  from  the  wind.  "  The  ashes  which  are 
left  consist  of  a  soluble  and  insoluble  portion.  The  soluble  part  is 
made  up  of  the  Carb.  together  with  the  Sulphate,  Phosphate,  and  Sili- 
cate of  Potash,  and  the  Chlorides  of  Potassium  and  of  Sodium ;  and 
the  insoluble  portion,  of  Carbonate  and  Subphosphate  of  Lime,  Alu- 
mina, Silica,  the  Oxides  of  Iron  and  Manganese,  and  a  little  carbo- 
naceous matter  that  had  escaped  incineration."  (Wood  and  Bache.) 


88  POTASS.E    CARBONAS. 

POTASSES  CARBONAS  IMPURA,  L.     LIXIVUS  CINIS,  D.  Impure  Carbonate 
of  Potash.     Potashes.     Pearlashes. 

This  is  prepared  on  the  great  scale  by  subjecting  to  the  action  of 
flame  crude  or  Black  Potash,  the  black  salt  of  American  manufactu- 
rers. Instead  of  fusing  it  to  make  the  Potashes  of  Commerce,  the 
alkaline  mass  is  transferred  to  a  large  oven-shaped  or  reverberatory 
furnace,  where  the  flame  is  made  to  play  over  it ;  and  being  well  stir- 
red about,  the  black  impurities  are  burnt  out,  and  the  mass  becomes  a 
caustic  salt  of  a  white  colour  (W.  and  B.)  with  a  tinge  of  blue,  and 
constitutes  the  Pearlash  of  Commerce. 

American  Potash  and  American  Pearlash  (2),  as  ascertained  by 
Vauquelin,  contained  in  1152  parts, 

Caust.  Hydr.  >    a,-7    5  Sulph.  of )    ,,-,    S  Chlor.  off    on  T      ,  o    }   Carb'   >  110ri 
of  Potash  \    857    )     Potash.  \    154    i  Potassm.  £    2°  InsoL  2    )   &  Aq.  £  119Parts- 
(2)  754  "  80  "  4     "     6          "          308 

Russian  Potash  yields  772  parts  of  Caustic  Hydrate :  it  used  to  be 
very  impure,  but  is  now  more  carefully  prepared.  For  commercial 
purposes  it  is  extremely  necessary  to  have  modes  of  ascertaining  the 
quantity  of  alkali  contained  in  any  specimen  of  Commercial  Potash. 
This  is  done  by  the  process  of  Alkalimetry. 

Uses.  Chiefly  pharmaceutical. 

POTASSES  CARBONAS,  L.  E.    (U.  S.)     POTASS^E    CARBONAS  E  LIXIVO  Ci- 
NERE,  D.     Purified  Potash.     Pearlash. 

This  is  Carbonate  of  Potash,  which  is  not  quite  pure,  but  which  is 
prepared  by  subjecting  the  Potash  or  Pearlash  of  Commerce  to  lixi- 
viation  and  granulation. 

Prep.  L.  P.  Dissolve  Impure  Carb.  Potash  ftij.  in  Aq.  dest.  Ojss.  and  strain.  Pour 
into  a  proper  vessel,  and  evaporate  the  water.  When  the  liquor  has  become  thick,  stir  con- 
stantly with  a  spatula  until  the  salt  concretes.  D.  P.  Mix  and  macerate  Pearlash,  in 
coarse  powder  ftj.,  in  Aq.  fcj. ;  filter  the  lixivium,  and  evaporate  to  dryness,  corttinually 
stirring  during  the  latter  part  of  the  process.  The  coarse  powder  obtained  is  to  be  preserved 
in  close  vessels.  If  the  Potashes  be  not  sufficiently  pure  before  they  are  dissolved,  let 
them  be  roasted  iu  a  crucible  until  they  become  white. 

By  this  process  the  insoluble  impurities,  chiefly  of  an  earthy  nature, 
are  removed,  and  the  salt  is  obtained  in  a  small  granular  state,  white, 
caustic,  and  deliquescent.  It  usually  contains  water,  some  Sulphate 
of  Potash,  Chlorides  of  Potassium  and  of  Calcium,  and  Silica. 

Tests.  Almost  entirely  dissolved  by  water;  deliquescent;  renders 
Turmeric  brown.  100  parts  lose  16  (20,  E.)  of  water  by  a  strong 
heat,  and  26-3  parts  of  Carb'  on  the  addition  of  Sulph'.  When  super- 
saturated with  Nitric',  neither  Carbonate  of  Soda  nor  Chloride  of 
Barium  throw  down  any  thing  (Nitrate  of  Baryta  only  a  haze,  E.), 
and  Nitr.  Silver  but  little. 

POTASS^E  CARBONAS,  L.     POTASS^:  CARBONAS  PURUM,  E.  (Ptnius,  U.  S.) 
POTASS^E  CARBONAS  E  TARTARI  CRYSTALLIS,  D. 

Carbonate  of  Potash  (K  O,  C  Oa  +  14  H  O  =  83-5  +  l£  H  O  =  88,  if 
crystallized)  is  in  white  roundish  grains ;  sometimes  it  may  be  crys- 
tallized from  a  strong  solution,  by  slow  cooling,  in  opaque  rhombic 


POTASS^EBICARBONAS.  89 

octohedrons.  The  taste  acrid,  alkaline,  and  nauseous;  odour  none; 
so  deliquescent  as  to  form  a  liquid,  which  used  to  be  called  Oleum 
Tartari  per  deliquium;  soluble  in  its  own  weight  of  water,  insoluble 
in  Alcohol ;  alkaline  in  its  reaction  on  Turmeric  and  the  infusion  of 
Cabbage,  &c.  Composed  of  K  O  57-6,  C'  26-4,  Aq.  16  =  100. 

Prep.  Under  the  article  Potassse  Carbonas  the  L.  P.  directs  that  a  more  pure  Carbonate 
of  Potash  may  be  prepared  by  subjecting  the  crystals  of  Bicarbonate  of  Potash  to  a  red 
heat.  This  salt  by  losing  1  Eq.  of  Garb'  is  necessarily  converted  into  the  Carbonate. 
The  E.  P.  gives  the  same  formula ;  but  adds  another  and  a  cheaper  formula,  which  is 
nearly  the  same  as  that  of  the  D.  P.  This  consists  in  igniting  purified  Bitartrate  of  Pot- 
ash (Cream  of  Tartar},  when  a  dark-coloured  powder,  consisting  of  Carbonate  of  Potash 
and  Charcoal,  commonly  called  black  flux,  is  obtained.  This  is  roasted  in  a  crucible 
without  a  cover,  when  the  charcoal  is  burnt  away,  and  the  residue  lixiviated,  and  the  so- 
lution  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  salt  is  granulated  by  brisk  agitation  towards  the  close 
of  the  operation,  and  then  heated  nearly  to  redness.  It  is  a  tolerably  pure  Garb.  Potash, 
which  must  be  preserved  in  well-stoppered  bottles. 

Tests.  It  ought  to  lose  no  weight  (that  is  water)  at  a  low  red  heat ; 
and  a  solution  supersaturated  with  pure  Nit'  is  precipitated  either 
faintly,  or  not  at  all,  by  solution  of  Nitr.  Baryta  or  Nitr.  Silver, 
proving  the  absence  both  of  Sulph^  Potash  and  df  Chloride  Potassium, 
occasionally  present  from  purified  Pearlash  being  substituted  for  the 
pure  Carbonate.  Silica  may  be  detected  by  a  cloudiness  or  fleecy 
precipitate  forming  on  N'  or  H  Cl',  being  added  to  neutralization,  eva- 
porating and  igniting  the  residue:  any  Silica  will  be  insoluble  in 
water.  The  C'  is  readily  recognised  by  effervescing  with  any  of  the 
acids,  and  by  forming  a  milky  solution  with  Lime-water.  The  Car- 
bonate which  is  formed  will  effervesce  and  dissolve  in  Acetic  acid.  A 
white  precipitate  (Carbonate  of  Magnesia)  is  also  formed  when  this 
salt  is  added  to  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Magnesia ;  as  this  does  not 
take  place  when  Bicarbonate  of  Potash  is  added,  this  Sulphate  is  a 
useful  test  for  distinguishing  the  one  from  the  other.  With  Bichloride 
of  Mercury  a  brick-red  precipitate  of  Binoxide  of  Mercury  is  formed. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts,  Hydrochlorate  and  Acetate  of  Am- 
monia, Lime-water,  Chloride  of  Calcium,  Sulphate  of  Magnesia, 
Alum,  and  several  other  alkaline,  earthy,  and  metallic  salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Corrosive,  Antacid,  and  Poisonous  like  Liq.  Potassa?, 
Diuretic,  Resolvent,  milder  than  Liquor  Potassse,  Antilithic.  Often 
employed  for  making  effervescing  Draughts.  Carb.  Potassa?  gr.  xx. 
=Cit'  or  Tar'  gr.  xviij.  or  f3iv.  of  Lemon-juice. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

Antidotes  Vinegar,  Oil,  Lemon-juice. 

POTASS^:  CAUBONATIS  LIQUOR,  L.     POT.  CARB.  AQUA,  D.     Solution  of 
Carb.  of  Potash.     Aqua  Kali.     Oleum  Tartari  per  deliquium.     Li- 
quor PotasscK  Subcarbonatis. 
Prep.  Dissolve  Carb.  of  Potash  3xx.  (from  crystals  of  Tartar  1  part,  D.),  in  Aq.  dest. 

Oj.  (2  parts,  D.)    Filter.    Sp.  Gr.  =  1-473,  L.;  1320,  D. 

D.  r#x. — f3j. 

PoTASS^E  BlCARBONAS,  L.  E.  D.    (U.  S.) 

Bicarbonate  of  Potash.     Potassa  Carbonas.     Perfectly  saturated  Carbonate  of  Potash. 
Aerated  Kali.     G.  Doppelt  Kohlensaures  Kali.     F.  Bicarbonate  de  Potasse. 

This  salt  (KO,  2CO9+Aq.  =  101)  was  first  prepared   by  Car- 


90  POTASS^EBICARBONAS. 

theuser  in  1752,  and  examined  by  Bergmann,  who  devised  various 
modes  of  preparing  it.  The  older  chemists  obtained  it  by  simply  ex- 
posing Carbonate  of  Potash  for  some  months  to  the  air,  or  to  an  at- 
mosphere charged  with  Carb'  until  sufficient  gas  was  absorbed.  It 
may  also  be  prepared  as  in  the  L.  P.  by  passing  a  stream  of  Carb' 
gas  through  a  solution  of  Carbonate  of  Potash  to  saturation. 

Prop.  Bicarbonate  of  Potash  is  a  colourless  and  transparent  crys- 
talline salt;  its  crystal  is  a  modification  of  a  right  oblique  angled 
prism.  Its  taste  is  much  milder  than  that  of  the  Carbonate,  and  it 
has  so  little  alkalinity  as  to  colour  Turmeric  paper  only  slightly.  It 
is  soluble  in  about  4  parts  of  water  at  60°,  and  in  five-sixths  of  hot 
water ;  boiling  water  speedily  decomposes  it  from  the  expulsion  of 
Carb',  and  it  becomes  a  Sesquicarbonate.  It  is  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 
Exposed  to  a  red  heat  it  loses  1  equivalent  of  Carb',  likewise  any 
water  which  may  be  deposited  within  its  crystals,  and  is  converted 
into  the  Carbonate  of  Potash.  Hence  this  method  (p.  89)  is  adopted 
to  procure  the  pure  Carbonate.  The  Carb'  in  this  salt  is  readily  de- 
tected by  its  abundant  effervescence  with  acids,  likewise,  by  the  in- 
soluble precipitate  formed  by  it  in  Lime  or  Baryta  water.  But  a  mo- 
derately diluted  solution  of  Bicarbonate  of  Potash  yields  no  precipi- 
tate with  Sulphate  of  Magnesia  or  with  Bichloride  of  Mercury ;  hence 
the  former  is  often  prescribed  with  it  in  effervescence.  "  The  Bi- 
chloride of  Mercury  causes  a  slight  white  precipitate  or  opalescence 
with  it."  (p.)  It  is  composed  of  per  cent.  K  O  47-53  +  C'  43-56 +Aq. 
8-91  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  D.  (U.S.)  Dissolve  Carb.  Potash  ftvj.  (ftiv.  U.  S.)  (prepared  from  Pearlash  1 
part,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  cong.  j.,  (Ox.  U.  S.)  (2  parts,  D.)  Pass  Carb'  (obtained  by  acting  on 
white  marble  with  diluted  Mur',  D.)  through  the  solution  (till  it  becomes  turbid ;  filter,  and 
again  transmit  the  gas,  D.)  to  saturation.  Apply  a  gentle  heat,  to  redissolve  any  crystals 
that  may  have  formed,  put  the  solution  in  a  cool  place  to  crystallize.  Dry  the  crystals 
(without  heat,  and  keep  in  a  well- stoppered  bottle,  D.) 

E.  Mix  Carb'  of  Ammonia  giijss.  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  with  Carb.  of  Potash  3vj. ; 
triturate  them  thoroughly  together.  Add  gradually  a  very  little  water,  till  a  smooth  uni- 
form pulp  is  formed.  Dry  this  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  140°,  triturating  occa- 
sionally. Continue  the  heat  till  a  fine  powder  devoid  of  ammoniacal  odour  is  obtained. 

In  the  L.  and  D.  processes  the  Carb.  Pot.  takes  an  additional  Eq.  of 
Carb',  being  converted  into  the  Bicarbonate,  but  pressure  is  required 
for  the  proper  absorption  of  the  gas.  In  that  of  E.  the  Ammonia, 
and  a  small  portion  of  the  Carb',  are  expelled  by  the  heat ;  the  re- 
mainder unites  with  the  Carb.  Potash  to  form  the  Bicarbonate. 

Tests.  The  usual  impurities  in  this  salt  being  Carbonate  or  Sulphate 
of  Potash  and  Chloride  of  Potassium,  the  P.  tests  are  intended  to  de- 
tect them.  L.  E.  Totally  dissolved  by  water  (unless  impure) ;  the 
solution  slightly  changes  the  colour  of  Turmeric,  but  highly  if  the 
Carbonate  be  present.  Sulphate  of  Magnesia  throws  down  nothing 
from  this  solution,  unless  it  be  heated.  A  large  portion  of  the  Car- 
bonate, Dr.  C.  says  even  50  per  cent,  may  be  present,  without  Sul- 
phate of  Magnesia  detecting  it,  when  mixed  with  the  Bicarbonate. 
The  E.  P.  states  that  a  solution  in  40  parts  of  water  does  not  give  a 
brick-red  precipitate  with  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate ;  but  it  will 
do  so  "  if  the  salt  contains  even  so  little  as  a  hundredth  part  of  Car- 


POTASSIISULPHURETUM.  91 

bonate"  (c),  except  when  Chloride  of  Sodium  is  present.  After  the 
addition  of  excess  of  Nitric',  Chloride  of  Barium  or  Nitrate  of  Ba- 
ryta throws  down  nothing  (unless  Sulphates  be  present),  and  Nitrate 
of  Silver  very  little  if  any  thing  (if  Chlorides  be  absent) ;  by  a  red 
heat  100  parts  lose  30-7  of  Carb'  and  of  water.  If  the  crystals  be 
moist,  the  loss  of  water  will  be  greater;  and  if  Carb'  be  deficient,  the 
loss  will  be  less. 

Inc.  Nearly  the  same  as  with  Carbonate  of  Potash.  Acids,  acidu- 
lous salts,  Acetate  and  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia,  Lime-water, 
Chloride  of  Calcium,  alkaline,  earthy,  and  metallic  salts. 

Action,  Uses.  Antacid,  antilithic,  diuretic,  resolvent. 

D.  9ss. — 3ss.  or  3j.  For  effervescing  draughts,  20  grs.  Bicarb. 
Potash  =  15  grs.  of  Cryst.  Cit'  or  Tar',  or  f3iijss.  of  Lemon-juice. 

LIQUOR  POTASS^E  EFFERVESCENS,  L.     POTASS^E  AQUA  EFFERVESCENS,  E. 
Effervescing  solution  of  Potash. 

'V 

Prep.  Dissolve  Bicarb.  Potash  3j.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  Pass  through  thte  solution  Carb' 
gas  under  pressure,  (more  than  sufficient  for  saturation.  Preserve  the  solution  in  well- 
stoppered  vessels,  L.)  This  may  be  extemporaneously  imitated  by  pouring  a  bottle  of 
soda-water  (i.  e.  Carbonic  acid  water)  into  a  tumbler  containing  gr.  xx.  of  Bicarb,  of 
Potash. 

This  is  a  solution  of  Bicarb.  Potash  containing  Carb'  gas  in  excess. 

LEMON  and  KALI.  A  mixture  of  powdered  white  sugar,  dried  and 
powdered  citric  acid,  and  powdered  bicarbonate  of  potash,  employed 
for  making  extemporaneous  effervescing  draughts. 

PUL VERES  EFFERVESCENTES.  The  E.  P.  orders  of  Tartaric  acid  3J-, 
Bicarb.  Potash  3j.  and  gr.  160.  Reduce  both  to  fine  powder,  and  di- 
vide into  16  parts.  Preserve  the  acid  and  alkaline  powders  in  sepa- 
rate papers  of  different  colours. 

PoTASSII   (PoTASS^E,  D.)   SuLPHURETtJM,  L.  E.   (U.  S.) 

Sulphuret  of  Potassium.     Hepar  SulpJiuris.     Kali  Sulphuratum.     F.  Sulfiire  de  Potasse. 
Sulfure  de  Potassium  Sulfate.     G.  Schwefel  Kalium. 

The  Sulphuret  of  Potassium  was  formerly  known  by  the  name  of 
Liver  of  Sulphur.  The  solubility  of  Sulphur  in  an  alkaline  solution 
was  known  to  Geber ;  but  Albertus  Magnus  taught  the  method  of 
procuring  Sulphuret  of  Potassium  by  fusion,  (p.) 

Prop.  When  carefully  prepared,  it  forms  a  hard  brittle  solid,  of  a 
liver-brown  colour ;  without  smell  when  dry,  but  emitting  a  smell  of 
Hydrosulphuric'  when  moistened ;  taste  acrid  and  nauseous ;  its  so- 
lution in  water  is  of  an  orange  colour,  with  a  strong  odour.  When 
exposed  to  the  air,  it  becomes  moist  and  greenish-coloured,  and  then 
white  and  without  odour,  as  a  Hydrosulphate  of  Potash  is  formed 
from  the  action  of  water  and  the  Oxygen,  which  combines  both  with 
the  Sulphur  and  the  Potassium  ;  ultimately  a  Sulphate  of  Potash  is 
formed  from  the  escape  of  Hydrogen,  while  a  portion  of  the  Sulphur 
is  deposited.  It  is  readily  decomposed  by  acids,  as  by  H  Cl',  as  they 
evolve  Hydrosulphuric  acid,  combine  with  the  Potash,  and  precipi- 
tate the  Sulphur ;  as  also  by  most  of  the  metallic  salts,  of  which  the 


92  POTASS^E    SULPHAS. 

metals  are  deposited  in  the  form  of  Sulphurets.  According  to  Mr.  R. 
Phillips,  it  is  composed  of  3  K  S,  K  O,  S  O3  =  256 ;  but  according  to 
others,  of  2  Eq.  of  Pentasulphuret  of  Potassium  with  1  of  Hyposul- 
phite of  Potash,  2  KS«+  KO,  SO3. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Rub  together  Sulphur  3j.,  Carb.  Potash  giv. ;  heat  them  in  a  covered 
crucible  till  they  rnelt.  t 

When  Carb.  Pot.  is  melted  with  excess  of  Sulphur,  Carb'  is  ex- 
pelled. The  Oxygen  of  f  ths  of  the  Potash  combines  with  1  part  of 
Sulphur  to  form  Sul',  which,  uniting  with  the  undecomposed  Potash, 
forms  1  Eq.  of  Sulphate  of  Potash.  Sulphuret  of  Potassium  is  at  the 
same  time  formed  by  the  union  of  the  Potassium  with  a  portion  of 
the  SulpbuV,  more  or  less  of  it  remaining  in  excess.  This  prepara- 
tion, therefore,  is  a  mixture  of  Per-  or  Pentasulphuret  of  Potassium 
with  Sulphate,  or  rather  Hyposulphite  of  Potash. 

Tests.  Fresh  broken,  it  exhibits  a  brownish-yellow  colour.  Dis- 
solved in  water,  or  in  almost  any  acid,  it  exhales  a  smell  of  Hydro- 
sulphuric  acid.  The  aqueous  solution  is  of  a  yellow  colour.  What 
is  thrown  down  by  Acetate  of  Lead  is  first  red,  but  it  afterwards 
becomes  black.  Dr.  Pereira  has  ascertained  that  the  alkaline  mono- 
sulphurets  give  a  black,  and  the  polysulphurets  a  red  precipitate  with 
solutions  of  Lead.  If  the  Sulphuret  should  have  been  long  kept,  and 
have  become  changed,  these  characteristics  will  not  be  seen. 

Inc.  Acids  and  metallic  salts. 
~  Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Stimulant,  Diaphoretic.     Ext.  Detergent. 

D.  grs.  iij. — x.  or  xv.  with  honey,  or  with  soap  made  into  pills. 
Ext.  as  an  ointment  with  lard,  or  in  a  watery  solution  of  soap,  or  in 
baths,  1  part  to  1000  of  water. 

PoTASS^E  SuLPHUB-ETI  AqUA,  D. 

Prep.  Take  Washed  Sulphur  1  part,  Solution  of  Potash  11  parts.  Boil  for  10  minutes. 
Filter  through  paper.  Keep  the  liquor  in  well-closed  vessels.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  =1117.  By 
the  mutual  reaction  of  the  ingredients,  and  the  decomposition  of  the  water,  a  solution  of 
Hyposulphite  and  of  Hydrosulphate  of  Potash  is  formed,  of  a  deep  orange  colour. 

Action.  Uses.  As  above.  Internally  and  externally  in  cutaneous 
eruptions. 

D.  Ttx. — f3j.  two  or  three  times  a  day,  diluted  with  water. 

POTASS^:  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate  of  Potash.     Kali  Vitriolatum.     Sal  Polyckrestum.     F.  Sulfate  de  Potasse. 
G.  Schwefelsaures  Kali. 

Sulphate  of  Potash  (KO,  SO»=88)  is  found  near 
Fig,  10.  volcanoes,  in  a  few  minerals  (Alum  and  Polyhalite), 
some  mineral  waters,  in  many  plants,  and  in  some  ani- 
mal secretions. 

Prop.  Sulphate  of  Potash  is  colourless  and  without 
odour,  of  a  bitter  saline  taste;  usually  seen  in  small 
hard  crystals  formed  of  six-sided  prisms  terminated  at 
both  ends  by  six-sided  pyramids ;  the  prism  is  sometimes 
absent, or  the  angles  are  modified, or  the  crystal  is  double ; 
the  primary  form  is  a  right  rhombic  prism,  or  rhombic  octohedron. 


POTASS^BISULPHAS.  93 

The  crystals  are  unalterable  in  the  air,  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  but  so- 
luble in  16  parts  of  water  at  60°  F.,  and  in  4  parts  at  212°.  They 
contain  no  water  of  crystallization,  but  a  little  mechanically  lodged 
in  the  interstices;  hence  they  decrepitate  when  heated,  and  melt  at  a 
red  heat.  If  heated  with  Charcoal,  this  Salt  is  converted  into  Sul- 
phuret  of  Potassium. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  of  the  Salt  remaining  after  the  preparation  of  Nitric'  (pure,  E.) 
ftij.  expel  the  excess  of  acid  by  heating  the  salt  in  a  crucible,  L. ;  boil  what  remains  in 
boiling  Aq.  Cong.  ij.  till  a  pellicle  forms.  [(Dissolve  in  boiling  Aq.  C.  ij.  E. ;  in  q.s.  D.) 
(Add  White  Marble  powdered  q.  s.  till  effervescence  ceases,  E. ;  add  Carb.  of  Potash  from 
Pearlash  q.s.  D.)]  Filter  and  evaporate  (till  a  pellicle  forms,  E. ;  with  a  fery  gentle 
heat,  D.) ;  set  aside  to  crystallize ;  pour  off  the  liquor,  and  dry  the  crystals,  L. 

The  residual  salt  in  the  manufacture  of  Nitric'   is   Sulphate   of 
Potash  with  an  excess  of  Sulph'.     This  excess  the  L.  C.  directs  to  - 
be  driven  off  by  heat ;  but  the  E.  P.  neutralizes  it  with  Marble,  and 
the  D.  P.  with  Carbonate  of  Potash. 

Tests.  This  salt  is  not  liable  to  adulteration,  but  the  L.  P.  gives  as 
its  characteristics,  the  sparing  solubility  in  water  and  insolubility  in 
Alcohol,  and  that  Chloride  of  Platinum  occasions  in  its  solution  a 
yellow  precipitate  (Chloride  of  Platinum  and  Potassium),  and  Chlo- 
ride of  Barium  a  white  one  (Sulphate  of  Baryta),  insoluble  in  Nitric 
acid.  No  change  ought  to  be  produced  in  the  colour  of  Litmus  or  of 
Turmeric  paper ;  no  precipitate  with  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Silver, 
nor  any  upon  the  addition  of  Ammonia  or  its  Sesquicarbonate. 

Inc.  Tartaric',  Chlorides  of  Barium  and  of  Calcium,  Acetate  and 
Diacetate  of  Lead.  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Cathartic  and  Deobstruent. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

Pkarm.  Prep.  Pulvis  Ipecacuanhas  comp. 

•  POTASS^:  BISULPHAS,  L.  E.  D. 
_/ 

Bisulphate  of  Potash.     PotasstB  Supersulphas.     Sal  enixum.     F.  Bisulfate  de  Potasse. 
G.  Doppelt  Schwefelsaures  Kali. 

Bisulphate  of  Potash  (K  O,  2  S  O+2  H  O  =  146)  is  obtained  as  the 
residual  salt  in  the  manufacture  of  Nitric',  and  must  have  been  long 
known ;  but  the  mode  of  preparing  it  was  shown  by  Link  towards 
the  end  of  the  last  century. 

Prop.  It  is  colourless  and  without  odour,  but  fig.  li. 

has  a  very  acid  bitter  taste.  It  crystallizes  in 
small  flat  prisms  belonging  to  the  right  rhombic 
system,  when  there  is  an  excess  of  Sulphuric 
acid.  Crystals  very  soluble  in  water,  but  in- 
soluble in  Alcohol ;  unalterable  in  dry  air ;  mo- 
derately heated,  they  melt  into  an  oily-looking  fluid,  and  at  a  red  heat 
lose  their  water  of  crystallization  and  one  proportion  of  acid,  and 
become  simple  Sulphate  of  Potash.  The  solution  reddens  vegetable 
blues,  and  "  a  solution  in  eight  waters  effervesces  briskly  with  alka- 
line Carbonates."  E. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  of  the  Salt  remaining  after  the  distillation  of  Nitric'  (pure, 
E.)  ftij.  in  boiling  Aq.  Ovj.  Add  Sul'  fcj.  (commercial  fSvij.  and  f3j.,  E.);  concentrate 


94  POTASS^ENITRAS. 

the  solution,  cool,  and  crystallize.  The  L.C.  directs  (so  also  the  E.  P.)  an  excess  of  Sul' 
to  prevent  the  deposition  of  Sulphate  and  Sesquisulphate  of  Potash  in  consequence  of  the 
water  uniting  with  a  portion  of  the  Sulphuric  Acid  (p).  The  D.  C.  prepares  it  by  satu- 
rating 1  part  Sulph',  diluted  with  6  parts  of  water,  with  Carb.  Potash  obtained  from 
Pearlash  q.  s. ;  then  adding  as  nmch  acid  as  was  used  in  the  first  instance,  and  evaporating 
so  that  the  solution  may  crystallize  on  cooling. 

Tests.  The  Sulph'  and  Potash  may  be  detected  by  their  respective 
tests,  and  this  salt  may  be  distinguished  from  the  Sulphate  of  Potash 
by  the  above  acid  characters. 

Inc.  Alkalies,  Earths,  and  their  Garbs. ;  many  Metals,  and  Oxides. 

Action.  Uses.  Purgative.  Effervescing  Purgative  with  an  equal 
weight  of  cryst.  Carbonate  of  Soda. 

D.  9j. — 3ij.  diluted  with  water,  &c. 

PULVIS  SALINUS  COMPOSITUS,  E.  D.  Compound  Saline  Powder. 

Prep.  Take  Sulphate  Potash  giij.,  Sulph.  Magnesia  and  pure  Muriate  of  Soda  aa  giv. 
Dry  the  salt  separately  with  a  gentle  heat ;  pulverise  and  triturate  them  well  together. 
Preserve  the  compound  in  well-stopped  vessels. 

Action.  Uses.  This  is  a  useful  combination  of  several  salts,  in  which 
some  degree  of  Stimulant  is  combined  with  the  cathartic  properties. 
It  may  be  beneficially  taken  in  costive  habits. 

D.  3ij. — 3iij.  dissolved  in  water. 

POTASS^E    SULPHAS   CUM    SULPHURE,   E.      Sal  Polychrestum    Glaseri. 
Glaser's  Sal  Polychrest. 

Prep.  Mix  Nitrate  of  Potash  and  Sulphur  equal  parts ;  throw  the  mixture  in  small 
portions  into  a  red-hot  crucible ;  when  the  deflagration  is  over,  and  the  salt  cools,  reduce 
it  to  powder,  and  preserve  it  in  well-stopped  bottles. 

Here  the  Sulphur  burns  with  its  characteristic  blue  flame,  taking 
Oxygen  from  the  Nitric  acid  of  the  Nitrate,  and  a  Sulphate  of  Potash 
is  formed,  mixed  with  some  Sulphite,  it  is  supposed.  Nature  unde- 
termined (Christison).  This  salt  is  much  more  soluble  than  Sulphate 
of  Potash,  crystallizes  in  rhombic  prisms,  "  has  a  sulphureous  odour, 
as  well  as  its  solution,  but  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  is  not  disengaged 
on  the  addition  of  a  strong  acid." 

Action.  Uses.  This  salt  acts  as  a  mild  purgative,  and  may  be  given 
with  an  equal  weight  or  more  of  Bitartrate  of  Potash.  It  was  for- 
merly much  used  in  Dyspepsia  and  chronic  cutaneous  diseases.  Dr. 
Duncan  says  that  in  use  it  agrees  with  the  Sulphureous  waters. 

D.  3ss. — 3j. 

J  POTASS^:  NITRAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  NITRUM,  D. 

Nitrate  of  Potash.   Nitre.    Nitrum.    Salpetree.    Saltpetre.    F.  Nitrate  de  Potasse.    Nitre. 
G.  Salpeter.     Salpctersaures  Kali. 

Nitrate  of  Potash  (KO,  NO8=  102),  Nitre,  or  Saltpetre,  being  a 
production  of  nature,  must  early  have  been  known,  especially  as  both 
the  Indians  and  Chinese  have  long  been  acquainted  with  the 
making  of  fireworks, -and  the  former  have  an  early  process  for  making 
Nitric',  in  which  they  have  been  followed  by  Geber  and  other  Ara- 
bian authors.  The  names  neter  in  the  Old  Testament,  and  nitrum  in 
ancient  authors,  were  applied  to  Carbonate  of  Soda,  but  they  were 
also  used  in  a  generic  sense. 


POTASS^NITRAS.  95 

Nitre  is  found  effloresced  on  the  soil  in  many  parts  of  India,  where 
there  is  no  animal  matter,  and  being  washed  out,  a  fresh  crop  is 
formed  after  a  few  years.  The  soil  is  sandy,  with  mica  insterspersed, 
which  will  continue  to  yield  a  supply  of  Potash,  while  the  Nitric' 
mus  the  furnished  by  the  combination  of  the  Oxygen  of  the  atmo- 
sphere with  its  Nitrogen,  probably,  as  suggested  by  Liebig,  by  the  oxi- 
dation of  the  Ammonia  which  he  has  proved  is  always  present  in  the 
atmosphere.  Mr.  Stevenson  (Prinsep's  Journ.  ii.  p.  23)  has  detailed 
the  process,  and  shown  that  the  saline  earth  contains  of  salts  soluble 
in  water,  Sulphate  of  Soda,  Muriate  of  Soda,  Nitrates  of  Lime  and 
of  Potash.  The  Nitrate  of  Lime  is  easily  converted  into  that  of 
Potash  by  lixiviating  the  saline  soil  over  a  filter  of  wood-ashes,  which 
contains  Carbonate  of  Potash  (the  C'  combines  with  the  Lime,  and 
the  N'  with  the  Potash),  a  Carbonate  of  Lime  is  precipitated,  and  the 
Nitrate  Potash  in  solution  is  evaporated  and  put  aside  to  crystallize. 
The  salt  obtained  contains  from  45  to  70  per  cent,  of  pure  Nitrate  of 
Potash.  It  is  redissolved  and  crystallized,  but  still  contains  impuri- 
ties, which  are  termed  so  much  per  cent,  of  refraction.  The  ordinary 
kinds  are  called  rough  or  crude  Saltpetre,  and  the  purer  East  India 
refined. 

In  Europe,  Nitre  is  prepared  artificially  in  Nitre-beds  or  Nitre-walls, 
and  in  ditches  covered  by  sheds,  where  urine  is  added  to  different 
mixtures  of  earth  with  refuse  vegetables,  various  animal  substances, 
and  calcareous  matter,  &c.  The  whole  is  exposed  to  the  action  of 
the  air.  The  Nitrogen,  combining  with  the  Oxygen,  forms  Nitrates, 
and  the  foregoing  processes  being  adopted,  similar  results  are  obtained. 

Prop.  Nitrate  of  Potash  in  its  purified 
state   is   colourless  and  semi-transparent,  Fl-  12t 

without  odour,  of  a  sharp  and  cooling,  dis- 
agreeable, saline  taste ;  crystallized  usually 
in  long,  striated,  six-sided  prisms,  termi- 
nated at  each  extremity  with  dihedral  sum- 
mits, or  in  two  or  six  converging  planes, 
sometimes  in  a  dodecahedron  formed  of 
two  six-sided  pyramids  joined  base  to 
base.  The  crystals  are  anhydrous  and  unalterable  in  the  air.  Sp. 
Gr.  1-92.  Soluble  in  4  parts  of  water  at  60°,  producing  cold,  and  in 
an  equal  weight  of  boiling  water.  Insoluble  in  Alcohol,  and  sparingly 
so  in  dilute  Alcohol.  Heated  to  about  660°,  it  melts  into  a  trans- 
parent fluid  ;  on  cooling  it  forms  a  white  semi-transparent  mass,  which 
used  to  be  called  Sal  Prunellce  when  run  into  small  balls.  By  a  high 
degree  of  heat,  Nitre  is  decomposed,  Oxygen  gas  being  first  given 
off,  and  afterwards  mixed  with  Nitrogen,  while  Hyponitrite  of  Potash 
is  left  behind.  Water  is  apt  to  be  lodged  between  the  plates  of  the 
crystals,  particularly  when  these  are  large ;  hence  in  gunpowder 
manufactories,  small  crystals,  if  equally  pure,  are  preferred.  With 
inflammable  substances  the  decomposition  of  Nitre,  when  heated,  is 
rapid,  light  and  heat  being  disengaged,  constituting  what  is  called  the 
deflagration  of  Nitre.  This  takes  place  also  with  some  of  the  com- 
pound acids,  into  which  Carbon  enters  as  a  constituent. 


96  P  OT  ASS^E    CHLORAS. 

Prep.  Nitre  being  required  of  the  best  quality  for  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder,  that 
of  commerce  is  usually  sufficiently  pure  for  medical  purposes.  But  it  sometimes  requires 
purification  to  the  extent  of  a  single  solution,  and  re-crystallization  as  in  the  D.  formula. 

PoTASS/E  NlTRAS  PURIFICATUM,  D. 

Prep.  Take  Nitr.  Potash  one  part,  boiling  water  two  parts,  dissolve,  remove  the  scum, 
filter,  set  aside  for  crystals  to  form. 

Tests.  The  presence  of  Nitric'  and  of  Potash  may  be  detected  by 
their  respective  tests.  Nitre  should  be  entirely  soluble  in  distilled 
water.  The  solution  should  not  be  affected  by  Chloride  of  Barium 
(no  Sulphates),  nor  by  nitrate  of  Silver  (no  Chlorides).  Calcareous 
salts,  which  occur  only  in  rough  Nitre,  may  be  detected  by  the  Oxa- 
late  of  Ammonia,  throwing  down  a  white  precipitate  of  Oxalate  of 
Lime.  Sulphate  of  Potash  is  now  seldom  found  in  the  best  Nitre,  and 
only  a  small  proportion  of  Chloride  of  Potassium  or  of  Sodium. 

Inc.  Sulph',  Alum,  the  Alkaline  and  Metallic  Sulphates. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Diuretic.  In  large  doses  an  irritant 
poison.  Ext.  Refrigerant  and  Detergent. 

D.  gr.  v. — gr.  xv.  with  Sugar,  or  in  water,  or  in  mucilaginous 
drinks. 

Antidotes.  Remove  poison  from  stomach,  allay  irritation,  and  sub- 
due inflammation. 
•  Off.  Prep.  Ung.  Sulphuris  comp.  L. 

POTASS^E  CHLORAS,  L. 

Chlorate  of  Potash.     Oxymuriate  or  Hyperoxymuriate  of  Potash.     F.  Chlorate  de  Po- 
tasse.     Muriate  Oxygens  and  Hyperoxyginr,  de  Potasse.     G.  Chlorsaiires  Natron. 

Chlorate  of  Potash  (KO,  Cl  Oa  =  124),  though  previously  made, 
was  first  clearly  distinguished  from  other  salts  by  Berthollet.  It  is 
now  largely  manufactured  for  the  preparation  of  detonating  com- 
pounds and  lucifer  matches. 

Prop.  Chlorate  of  Potash  is  colourless,  in  small  brilliant  scales  or 
quadrangular  crystals,  glittering  and  pearly  in  lustre,  not  unlike  those 
of  Boracic'.  Taste  cool,  penetrating,  and  austere,  something  re- 
sembling that  of  Nitre.  Like  it,  the  crystals  are  anhydrous  and  un- 
alterable in  the  air.  Sp.  Gr.  1  -98.  Soluble  in  about  30  parts  of  water 
at  32°  F.,  in  18  parts  at  60°,  and  at  212°  F.  in  less  than  2  parts  of 
water ;  little  soluble  in  Alcohol.  The  crystals  crackle  and  become 
luminous  in  the  dark  when  rubbed  briskly.  Heated,  they  lose  about 
2  per  cent,  of  water  mechanically  lodged,  melt  at  a  dull  red  heat,  and 
give  out  nearly  40  per  cent,  of  Oxygen  gas,  the  Acid  and  Alkali 
both  being  decomposed,  and  only  Chloride  of  Potassium  left.  It  de- 
flagrates when  thown  on  live  coal,  in  the  same  way  as  Nitre ;  but 
detonates  violently  when  rubbed  with  combustible  bodies,  as  Sulphur, 
-Charcoal,  Phosphorus,  &c. 

Prep.  Chlorate  of  Potash  is  prepared  by  passing,  to  saturation,  a  current  of  Chlorine 
through  a  solution  of  15  parts  of  Carbonate  of  Potash  in  38  of  cold  water.  The  solution 
is  then  exposed  to  the  air  for  a  few  days,  agitating  occasionally  to  allow  of  the  escape  of 
any  free  Chlorine.  Scales  and  crystals  of  Chlorate  of  Potash  are  deposited.  If  these  are 
separated,  more  may  be  obtained  by  evaporating  the  mother  liquor.  All  may  be  purified, 
if  washed  with  cold,  dissolved  in  twice  their  weight  of  hot  water,  and  re-crystallized. 


POTASS^    TARTRAS.  97 

Here  effervescence  ensues,  chiefly  from  the  escape  of  Carb'  gas. 
The  Potash  becomes  decomposed,  its  Oxygen  combining  with  the 
Chlorine  to  form  Chloric  acid.  This  unites  with  some  of  the  re- 
maining Potash,  and  a  Chlorate  of  Potash  is  formed :  5  equivalents 
of  Potash  are  decomposed  to  yield  the  5  Eqs.  of  Oxygen  required  to 
form  Chloric',  which  combines  with  1  Eq.  of  undecomposed  Potash. 
The  Potassium  set  free,  combines  with  Chlorine  to  form  Chloride  of 
Potassium  ;  and  thus  when  Chlorate  of  Potash  is  deposited  in  crystals, 
Chloride  of  Potassium  remains  in  solution  with  Hypochlorite  of  Pot- 
ash, a  little  free  Hypochloric  acid,  and  some  Chlorate  of  Potash. 

Tests.  Entirely  soluble.  Chloride  of  Potassium  is  the  most  proba- 
ble impurity.  This  is  readily  detected  by  Nitrate  of  Silver,  which 
will  give  a  white  precipitate  (Chloride  of  Silver)  if  any  be  present ; 
otherwise  the  solution  will  be  unaffected,  as  stated  in  the  Lt  P. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Diuretic,  Supplier  of  Oxygen,  useful  in 
Saline  treatment. 

D.  gr.  x. — gr.  xv. 

POTASS*:  TARTRAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Tartrate  of  Potash.     Tartrite  of  Potash.     Kali  Tartarizatum.     Tartarum  solulile. 
F.  Tartrate  de  Potasse.     G.  Einfach  Weinsaures  Kali. 

Tartrate  of  Potash  (K  O,Tar'  =  114)  has  not  Fig.  13. 

been  found  in  nature,  but  has  been  known  to 
chemists  since  the  time  of  Lemery  in  the  seven- 
teenth century. 

Prop.  This  salt  is  colourless,  and  without 
odour,  but  of  a  bitterish  saline  taste.  It  is 
usually  sold  in  the  form  of  a  small  granular 
powder ;  the  evaporation  during  its  manufacture 
having  been  carried  nearly  to  dryness  with  frequent  stirring.  But  it 
can  be.  crystallized  in  irregular  four  or  six-sided  prisms  with  dihedral 
summits,  the  primary  form  being  a  right  rhomboidal  prism.  Sp.  Gr. 
1-55.  Deliquescent  in  the  air,  soluble  in  its  own  weight  of  water, 
and  in  about  240  parts  of  boiling  Alcohol.  Heated,  it  swells  up, 
chars,  and  is  converted  into  Carb.  Potash.  Its  solution  is  readily  de- 
composed by  Sul',  or  any  other  strong  acid,  as  well  as  by  several 
acidulous  salts ;  crystals  of  the  Bitart.  being  deposited.  As  in  the 
case  of  the  Bitart.,  soluble  Barytic  and  Lime  Salts,  Lime-water,  and 
Chlor.  Calcium,  Nitr.  Silver,  and  the  Acetates  of  Lead,  cause  white 
precipitates  of  Tartrates,  are  soluble  in  N'. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Carb.  Pot.  3xvj.  or  q.  s.  (from  Potashes  5  parts,  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Ovj. 
(45  parts,  D.)  add  Bitartrate  of  Potash  powdered  ftiij.  (gradually  14  parts,  D.  till  neu. 
tralized,  E.)  Boil,  filter  and  boil,  till  a  pellicle  floats.  Set  aside  to  cool  and  crystallize- 
Dry  the  crystals,  L.  (The  remaining  liquor  will  yield  more  crystals  by  further  concen- 
tration and  cooling,  L.  and  E.) 

In  this  process  effervescence  ensues  in  consequence  of  the  escape 
of  Carb',  while  the  Potash  of  the  Carbonate  combines  with  the  2d 
Eq.  of  the  Tartaric'  in  the  Bitartrate,  and  2  Eqs.  of  Tartrate  of  Potash 
are  formed.  This  Salt  is  also  formed  in  making  Tartaric'  (q.  v.),  and 
may  be  obtained  by  evaporation. 

7 


98  POTASSJBBITARTRAS. 

Tests.  If  pure,  this  Salt  is  of  easy  solubility,  neutral  to  Litmus  and 
Turmeric  paper.  Most  acids,  even  the  Citric,  cause  a  deposit  of 
crystals  of  Bitartrate.  The  precipitate  occasioned  byChlor.  Barium 
or  Acet.  Lead  is  soluble  in  diluted  Nitric'.  L.  54  grs.  in  solution  are 
not  entirely  precipitated  by  55  grs.  Nitr.  Lead.  E.  P.  Showing  that 
there  are  no  Sulphates,  and  that  only  the  due  proportion  of  Tartaric' 
is  present. 

Inc.  Acids  (even  Citric').  Acidulous  Salts.  Soluble  Salts  of  Lime, 
and  of  Baryta.  Acetate  of  Lead.  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic. 

D.  3ij.-3j. 

CITRATE  OF  POTASH  is  not  officinal,  but  it  is  frequently  taken  when 
effervescing  draughts  are  prepared  with  either  the  Carbonate  or  Bi- 
carbonate of  Potash  and  Citric  Acid  or  Lemon-juice.  Tartrate  of 
Potash  will  be  produced  when  Tartaric'  is  employed. 

POTASS^:  BITARTRAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  TARTARUM,  D. 

Bitartrate  of  Potash.     Supertartrate  and  Supertartrite  of  Potash.     Cream  of  Tartar. 
Argol.    F.  Tartrate  acide  de  Potasse.     G.  Doppelt  Weinsaures  Kali. 

Bitartrate  of  Potash  (K  O,  2  Tar',  H  O  =  189)  is  well  known  by  the 
natne  of  Tartar,  and  must  have  been  known  ever  since  wine  has  been 
made  from  the  grape,  in  the  juice  of  which  it  exists.  During  the 
fermentation  of  wine,  Sugar  disappears  and  Alcohol  is  formed,  and 
the  salt  not  being  soluble  in  this,  is  deposited  on  the  bottom  and  sides 
of  casks,  as  a  crystalline  crust,  which,  according  to  the  colour  of  the 
wine,  forms  either  red  or  white  Tartar  or  Argol.  This  was  known  to 
the  ancients,  and  is  the  Fsex  Vini  of  Diosc.  v.  c.  13.  (Hindoo  Med. 
p.  97.)  Its  nature  was  determined  by  Scheele  in  1769.  It  is  largely 
purified  both  at  Montpelier  and  at  Venice. 

Fig.  14.  Prop.  The  Bitartrate  of  Potash  of  commerce 

is  in  white  crystalline  crusts,  formed  of  clusters  of 
small  crystals  aggregated  together,  which  are 
hard  and  gritty  under  the  teeth,  dissolve  but 
slowly  in  the  mouth,  and  have  an  acid  and  rather 
pleasant  taste.  The  crystals  are  semi-transparent 
irregular  six-sided  right  or  oblique  rhombic  prisms, 
or  triangular  prisms  with  dihedral  summits.  Sp. 
Gr.  1-95.  Unaltered  in  the  air,  insoluble  in  Al- 
cohol, soluble  in  60  parts  of  water  at  60°,  and  18  parts  at  212°.  The 
solution  is  acid,  reddens  litmus,  effervesces  with  alkaline  Carbonates, 
is  liable  to  become  mouldy  and  decomposed.  The  application  of 
heat  causes  the  crystals  first  to  swell  up,  lose  1  Eq.  of  water,  be- 
come decomposed ;  gases  are  evolved,  and  a  mass  composed  of  Car- 
bonate of  Potash  and  of  Charcoal  is  left,  which  is  called  black  flux. 
If  Tartar  is  deflagrated  with  its  weight  of  Nitre,  white  flux,  or  Car- 
bonate of  Potash,  is  left.  It  is  not  easily  decomposed  by  acids ;  its 
acid,  v.  Tar',  will  decompose  the  neutral  Potash  Salts ;  Cream  of 
Tartar  being  produced-  Solutions  of  Baryta  and  Lime,  as  of  Ace- 
tate of  Lead,  form  insoluble  white  Tartrates  of  the  respective  sub- 
stances. With  salifiable  bases  forming  soluble  Tartrates,  it  gives  rise 


POTASS^ACETAS.  99 

to  Double  Salts,  several  of  which  are  officinal,  as  Potassio-tartrate  of 
Soda,  Potassio-tartrate  of  Antimony,  v.  Soda,  Iron,'  Antimony.  Bor' 
and  Borax  much  increase  the  solubility  of  Cream  of  Tartar,  forming 
BORO-TARTRATE  OF  POTASH,  or  Soluble  Cream  of  Tartar.  Liebig  directs 
47^  parts  of  the  Bitart.  to  be  treated  with  15$  parts  of  crystallized 
Bor'  until  the  whole  be  dissolved,  then  evaporate  to  dry  ness. 

Imp.  Bitartrate  of  Potash  contains  from  2  to  6,  sometimes  as  much 
as  14  per  cent,  of  Tartrate  of  Lime,  occasionally  powdered  white 
Quartz,  or  Sand.  It  ought  to  be  "entirely  soluble  in  40  parts  of 
boiling  water ;  40  grs.  in  solution  are  neutralized  with  30  grs.  of  cryst. 
Carb.  Soda ;  and  when  then  precipitated  by  70  grs.  of  Nitr.  Lead,  the 
liquor  remains  precipitable  by  more  of  the  test."  E.  P.  Alum  or  Bi- 
sulph.  Potash  in  powder,  may  be  detected  by  Chlor.  Barium. 

Inc.  Strong  Acids,  Alkaline  Carbonates,  Salts  of  Lime  and  Lead. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Diuretic,  Laxative. 

D.  3ss. — 3ij.  as  a  diuretic.     3iv. — 3vj.  as  a  laxative. 

'Pharm.  Prep.  Pulv.  Jalapse  Comp.     Pulv.  Scammonii  Comp. 

POTASS^:  ACETAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Acetate  of  Potash.     Kali  Acetatum.    Sal  Diureticus.    Terra  foliata  Tartari.    Digestive 
Salt  of  Sylvius.     F.  Acetate  de  Potasse.     G.  Essigsaures  Kali. 

Acetate  of  Potash  (KO,  Ac' =  99)  was  known  to  Raymond  Lully  in 
the  thirteenth  century,  and  probably  earlier.  It  is  found  in  the  sap  of 
many  plants,  as  in  some  of  those  which  by  incineration  yield  Carb. 
Potash. 

Prop.  It  is  colourless,  and  with  little  odour,  but  has  a  sharp  saline 
taste.  It  is  usually  seen  as  a  shining  foliated  mass,  made  up  of  small 
pellucid  scales,  but  by  slow  evaporation  it  may  be  made  to  crystallize 
in  thin  compressed  laminae,  or  in  needles.  It  is  so  deliquescent  as 
soon  to  become  converted  into  an  oily-looking  liquid  when  exposed  to 
the  air.  It  is  soluble  in  half  its  weight  of  water;  also  in  Alcohol. 
Subjected  to  heat,  it  fuses,  then  becomes  decomposed.  Hydrogen 
and  Carb'  escape.  Carb.  Potash,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Tartrates,  re- 
mains as  a  residue.  Acetate  of  Potash  is  decomposed  by  Sul'  and 
other  strong  acids,  giving  off  an  odour  of  Acetic  Acid,  and  also  by 
several  Salts.  Comp.  Pot.  48-5+Ac'  51-5  =  100. 

Prep.  Take  Carb.  Pot.  ftj.  [(dry,  gvij.  or  q.  s.  E.)  (from  Tartar  q.  s.  D.)]  and  add  it 
(gradually,  E.  D.)  to  Acetic'  f3xxvj.  and  Aq.  dest.  fj.xij.  [(Pyroligneous'  Oss.  E.)  (about 
5  times  its  weight  of  Distilled  Vinegar  of  a  medium  heat,  D.)]  till  saturation  takes  place. 
Evaporate  in  a  sand-bath,  applying  the  heat  cautiously,  till  the  salt  be  dried,  [(in  a  va- 
pour-bath till  it  forms  a  concrete  mass  when  cold,  let  it  cool  and  crystallize  in  a  solid  cake, 
E.)  (Evaporate  to  dryness,  and  cautiously  raising  the  heat  liquefy  the  salt.  Dissolve  in 
water,  filter,  and  evaporate  till,  on  cooling,  it  becomes  a  white  crystalline  mass,  D.)  (Keep 
it  in  well-closed  vessels,  E.  D.)] 

The  Acetic'  unites  with  the  Potash,  expelling  the  Carb'  Gas. 

When  distilled  Vinegar  is  used,  the  solution  always  becomes  brown. 
When  concentrated,  the  D.  and  E.  C.  fuse  the  Salt. and  dissolve  again, 
to  get  rid  of  this  colour ;  but  care  is  taken  that  the  heat  be  not  suffi- 
cient to  decompose  the  Salt.  This  Salt  may  also  be  obtained  by 
double  decomposition  between  Acetate  of  Lead  and  Sulphate  of  Pot- 
ash ;  but  it  then  sometimes  contains  Lead. 

Tests.  Sulphuric  Acid  disengages  Acetic  vapours ;  a  red  heat  con- 


SODA. 

verts  it  into  Carb.  Potash.  Entirely  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol: 
should  not  affect  either  Litmus  or  Turmeric,  though  it  is  apt  to  have 
an  alkaline  reaction.  Its  solution  is  not  affected  by  Chlor.  Barium 
or  Nitr.  Silver  (showing  absence  of  Sulphates  and  of  Chlorides). 
But  if  the  solution  be  strong,  «.  precipitate  may  be  formed  by  the 
Silver  test.  This,  however,  is  soluble  in  water  or  in  Nitr.'  If 
metals  are  present,  as  Lead,  Hydrosul'  will  give  a  blackish,  and  if 
Copper,  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  a  brownish  precipitate. 

Inc.  Acids.  Sulphates  of  Soda  and  Magnesia,  and  several  earthy 
and  metallic  Salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Diuretic ;  in  large  doses  acts  as  a  purgative.  If  con- 
tinued, will  render  the  urine  alkaline  as  Carb.  Potash  does. 

D.   9ss. — 3j.  as  a  diuretic.     3j. — 3iij.  as  a  cathartic. 

SODIUM. 
NATRIUM.     F.  Sodium.     G.  Natrium. 

Sodium  or  Natrium  (Na  =  24)  is  the  metallic  base  of  Soda,  dis- 
covered by  Sir  H.  Davy  in  1807.  It  is  of  the  consistence  of  wax, 
malleable,  and  spreads  into  thin  leaves.  Sp.  Gr.  0-972.  Opaque,  but 
with  a  brilliant  silvery  lustre ;  floats  on  water,  producing  a  hissing 
effervescence,  in  consequence  of  the  escape  of  Hydrogen,  while  the 
Oxygen  of  the  water  combining  with  the  Sodium  forms  a  Protoxide, 
or  Soda,  which  remains  in  solution.  Sodium  fuses  at  190°,  and  vola- 
tilizes at  a  white  heat.  It  conducts  both  Heat  and  Electricity.  It 
exists  in  Sea-water  and  Rock  Salt,  but  in  combination  with  Chlorine. 
As  it  oxidizes  in  the  air,  it  must  be  preserved  under  Naphtha. 

SODA.     PROTOXIDE  OF  SODIUM. 

Mineral  or  Fossil  Alkali.    F.  Soude.     G.  Natron.    Natron  or  Nitron  of  the  Ancients  : 
(but  these  names  apply  rather  to  the  Carbonates,  q.  v.) 

Soda  (Na  O  =  32+Aq.  9  =  41,  the  hydrate)  is  obtained  by  adding 
Caustic  Lime  to  a  solution  of  Carbonate  of  Soda ;  a  precipitate  takes 
place  of  Carbonate  of  Lime.  The  Soda  being  left  in  solution,  may 
by  evaporation  be  obtained  as  Hydrate  of  Soda.  Soda  is  found  to 
be  a  constituent  of  several  minerals,  as  Sodalite,  &c.,  and  very  abun- 
dant in  combination  with  different  Acids.  It  has  been  obtained  in  four- 
sided  crystals,  acuminated  by  four  planes,  of  a  grayish-white  colour; 
acrid  and  caustic,  soluble  in  both  water  and  Alcohol ;  melts  at  a  red 
heat,  and  effloresces  in  the  open  air.  Its  properties  are  very  similar 
to  those  of  Potash.  The  affinity  of  Soda  is 'less  for  water  in  the  air; 
it  first  becomes  moist,  absorbs  Carbonic',  and  effloresces.  Glass  and 
Soaps  made  with  Soda  are  harder  than  those  made  with  Potash. 
The  Salts  differ  in  their  forms  from  those  of  Potash,  and  less  Soda 
will  saturate  a  given  quantity  of  acid,  and  Soda  Salts  are  for  the  most 
part  more  soluble  than  the  corresponding  ones  of  Potash.  They  do 
not  yield  crystals  of  Alum,  when  added  to  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of 
Alumina ;  nor  an  insoluble  Bitartrate,  on  addition  of  Tartaric' ;  and 
Chloride  of  Platinum  throws  down  no  precipitate.  They  may  be 
distinguished  from  the  Alkaline  Earths  by  no  precipitate  taking  place 
on  addition  of  Carbonate  of  Potash  or  of  Soda ;  while  the  alkaline 


S  ODJE    C  ARE  0  N  AS.  101 

Ferrocyanides  and  Hydrosulphurets,  which  distinguish  Metallic  Salts, 
cause  no  precipitates  in  solutions  of  salts  of  Soda. 

Tests.  The  only  positive  test  is,  that  Soda  and  its  Salts  give  a  rich 
yellow  tinge  to  the  flame  of  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Similar  to  Potash,  and  not  being  superior,  Caustic 
Soda  is  not  officinal. 


CARBONAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Carbonate  of  Soda.     Sodas  Subcarbonas.    Aerated  Mineral  Alkali.    Fossil  Alkali    (One 
of  the  kinds  of  Nitrum  of  the  ancients.) 

Carbonate  of  Soda  is  the  neter  of  the  Hebrews.  It  was  known  to 
the  early  Hindoos,  and  is  by  them  called  Sajjinoon  (i.  e.  Sajji  or  Soda 
Salt)  ;  it  is  the  Sagimen  vitri  of  Geber.  The  Natron  lakes  of  Egypt 
were  known  to  the  ancients,  and  it  was  early  employed  in  glass- 
making,  &c. 

SOVM  CARBONAS  (VENALE,  D.)  IMPURA,  L.  SIVE  BARILLA,  D.  Impure 
Carbonate  of  Soda  or  Barilla.  F.  Soudes  de  Commerce.  Soudes 
brutes.  G.  Kohlensaures  Natron. 

The  substance  known  by  the  name  of  Soda  is  a  Carbonate  of  Soda, 
but  mixed  with  various  impurities,  according  to  the  source  whence  it 
has  been  obtained  ;  that  is,  either  from  the  different  Natron  lakes, 
from  the  burning  of  maritime  plants  or  sea-weeds,  or  from  the  de- 
composition of  other  Salts  of  Soda.  It  is  introduced  into  the  Phar- 
macopoeias for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  from  it  pure  Carbonate  of 
Soda. 

BARILLA  is  the  Ash  obtained  by  burning  plants,  on  the  shores  of  the 
Mediterranean,  of  the  Red  Sea,  and  Indian  Ocean.  These  plants 
belong  mostly  to  the  natural  family  of  Chenopodeae,  q.  v.  ;  and 
chiefly  to  the  genera  Salsola,  Salicornia,  Suaeda,  and  Chenopo- 
dium.  The  quantity  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  in  the  ash  varies  from  25 
to  40  per  cent.,  and  is  produced  from  the  combustion  of  the  Oxalate 
and  other  Salts  of  the  Vegetable  Acids.  The  Soda  is  no  doubt  ob- 
tained from  the  soil,  for  Du  Hamel  planted  Soda-plants  inland,  and 
they  yielded  only  Potash.  Infusion  of  a  Salsola  in  cold  water 
afforded  by  evaporation  two  Salts,  Carbonate  of  Soda  and  Chloride  of 
Sodium.  Murr.  Chem.  ii.  p.  612.  A  portion  of  the  Chloride  is  no 
doubt  converted  into  the  Carbonate  during  the  incineration. 

KELP  used  to  be  prepared  on  the  coasts  of  Scotland  and  its  islands, 
also  on  those  of  Ireland  and  Wales,  and  on  that  of  Normandy  in 
France,  by  burning  a  great  variety  of  Algae  or  Sea-weeds.  The 
ashes  when  cold  form  Kelp,  which  is  in  hard  cellular  masses,  of  a 
bluish-gray  colour,  and  of  a  disagreeable  alkaline  taste,  containing 
from  3  to  8-5  per  cent,  of  Carbonate  of  Soda,  and  other  salts,  as  in 
the  case  of  Barilla,  but  also  some  Potash  and  Iodine  (v.  p.  55). 

Carbonate  of  Soda  is,  however,  now  obtained  very  cheaply  from 
Chloride  of  Sodium  or  Sea-salt.  This  is  first  converted  into  Sulphate 
of  Soda  by  the  action  of  Sul',  then  mixed  with  pounded  small  Coal 
and  Chalk,  and  heated  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  and  stirred.  The 
Carbonaceous  matter  abstracts  Oxygen  both  from  the  Sul'  and  the 


102  SODJE    CARBONAS. 

Soda ;  Sulphuret  of  Sodium  is  formed,  and  decomposed  by  the  Lime ; 
Carbonate  of  Soda,  insoluble  Oxi-Sulphuret  of  Calcium,  Caustic  Soda, 
and  Carbonaceous  matter  being  the  result.  The  insoluble  parts  are 
separated  by  lixiviation,  and  the  Sulphur  subsequently  burnt  away ; 
during  which  the  Soda  is  completely  Carbonated.  The  mass  now 
contains  about  50  per  cent,  of  Soda.  Being  lixiviated  and  evaporated, 
the  Carbonate  is  obtained  in  large  crystals.  As  Barilla  is  not  suffi- 
ciently pure  for  medicinal  purposes,  the  L.  and  D.  Colleges  give  direc- 
tions for  its  purification.  The  E.  C.  justly  consider  the  Carbonate  of 
Soda  produced  as  above,  pure  enough. 

SOD.E  CARBONAS,  L.  D.  Carbonate  of  Soda.     Natron  prceparatum. 

Carbonate  of  Soda  (Na  OCOa+10  Aq.  =  144),  pre- 
pared  as  above,  is  in  large  and  clear  colourless  crystals, 
without  odour,  but  having  a  disagreeable  sub-alkaline 
taste,  and  an  alkaline  reaction  on  Turmeric.  The  crys- 
tals are  oblique  rhombic  prisms, or  rhomboidaloctohedrons, 
entire  or  broken.  In  the  air  they  effloresce,  but  when  ex- 
posed to  heat  melt  in  their  water  of  crystallization ;  as 
this  is  dissipated,  the  Salt  becomes  a  white,  porous,  anhy- 
drous mass,  known  as  Dried  Carbonate  of  Soda.  Water 
at  60°  dissolves  half,  and  at  212°  its  own  weight  of  this 
salt,  but  it  is  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  It  has  the  characteris- 
tics of  a  Carbonate  with  Acids  and  Earths,  is  distin- 
guished from  the  Bicarbonate  by  giving  a  brick-red  pre- 
cipitate with  Bichloride  of  Mercury,  and  a  white  one  (Carbonate  of 
Magnesia)  with  Sulphate  of  Magnesia.  It  is  used  in  converting  Oils 
and  Fats  into  Soap.  Composed  per  cent,  of  NaO  22-2  C;  15-3  +  Aq. 
62-5 =100. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Boil  impure  Curb,  of  Soda  8>ij.  (powdered  Barilla  1  part,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest. 
Oiv.  (water  2  parts,  for  two  hours,  occasionally  stirring,  D.)  Strain  the  liquor  (while  hot 
and  set  it  by,  that  crystals  may  form,  L.)  pound  what  remains  of  the  Barilla,  boil  again, 
with  the  same  quantity  of  water,  and  repeat  this  a  third  time.  Evaporate  all  the  washings 
to  dryness  in  an  open  iron  vessel,  avoiding  such  heat  as  would  liquefy  the  salt;  stir  with 
an  iron  spatula  till  the  mass  becomes  white.  Dissolve  in  boiling  water,  and  evaporate  the 
liquid  to  a  sp.  gr.  =  1220.  Expose  to  the  air  at  a  temperature  of  about  32°,  that  crystals 
may  form ;  dry  these  and  keep  in  well-closed  vessels.  If  the  salt  be  not  sufficiently  pure, 
repeat  the  solution  and  crystallization. 

Tests.  Carbonate  of  Soda  prepared  from  the  Sulphate  is  usually 
very  pure,  but  the  Salt  is  apt  to  contain  some  Sulphate  of  Soda,  and 
also  the  Chlorides  of  Sodium  and  of  Potassium.  "  Soda?  Carbonas 
(crystalli).  Fresh  prepared,  translucent,  but  in  an  open  vessel,  it  in 
a  short  time  falls  to  powder.  It  is  totally  soluble  in  water,  but  not  at 
all  in  Alcohol.  It  alters  the  colour  of  Turmeric  like  an  alkali."  L. 
As  these  notes  serve  chiefly  to  distinguish  this  salt  from  others,  Mr. 
Phillips  remarks,  "  If  pure  as  usual  and  saturated  with  Nitric  Acid, 
it  yields  but  little  precipitate  with  the  Nitrate  of  Silver,  nor  any  Sul- 
phate of  Barytes  with  the  Chloride  of  Barium."  "  A  solution  of  21 
grains  in  Aq.  dest.  f3j.  precipitated  by  19  grains  of  Nitrate  Baryta, 
remains  precipitable  by  more  of  the  test ;  and  the  precipitate  (Car- 
bonate of  Baryta)  is  entirely  soluble  in  Nitric  Acid."  E.  P.  This  will 


SOD.E    SESQUICARBONAS.  103 

leave  0-75  per  cent,  of  the  salt  still  in  solution,  if  it  be  of  due  purity  ; 
so  that  after  filtration  Nitrate  of  Baryta  will  again  cause  a  precipi- 
tate." (c.) 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  Salts,  Lime-water,  Hydrochlorate  of  Am- 
monia, Earthy  and  Metallic  Salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid  ;  in  large  doses,  irritant  poison.     Diuretic, 
Antilithic. 

D.  gr.  x.  —  3ss.  or  3j.     For  effervescing  draughts,  gr.  xx=  gr.  x.  of 
Cit'   or   Tar',   and  f3ijss.  of  Lemon-juice  ;   used  also   for    Seidlitz 
Powders. 
•Antidotes.  Fixed  Oil,  Vinegar,  Lemon-juice,  Cream  of  Tartar. 

SOD^E  CARBONATIS  AQUA.,  D. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Carb.  Soda  q.  s.  or  3j.  in  Aq.  dest.  q.  s.  or  ftj.  so  that  the  liquid  shall 
haveaSp.  Gr.  =  1024. 

D.  f3.-3i. 


SOD^E  CARBONAS  EXSICCATA,  L.  SOD^:  CARBONAS  SICCATUM,  E.  D. 
CARBONAS  EXSICCATUS,  U.  S.] 

Dried  Carbonate  of  Soda  (Na  O  COa=:  54)  is  the  result  of  the  ex- 
pulsion of  the  whole  of  the  water  of  the  crytallized  Salt,  so  that  54 

§  rains  of  the  Anhydrous  Salt  are  equal  to  144  grs.  of  the  Crystallized 
alt.     Composed  of  NaO,  59-3  +  C'  40-7=100.     It   requires   to   be 
heated  to  redness,  that  it  may  be  of  uniform  strength. 

Prep.  Heat  Carb.  Soda  ftj.  (q.  s.  E.  D.)  in  a  proper  (shallow,  E.  silver,  D.)  vessel 
(stirring  frequently,  D.)  till  it  is  dry.  Heat  to  redness,  L.  E.  (in  a  crucible,  E.)  ;  rub  to 
powder  (when  cold,  E.)  (Keep  in  stoppered  bottles,  D.) 

D.  gr.  v.  to  gr.  xx.  in  powder  or  in  pills. 


SESQUICARBONAS. 
Sesqui-Carbonate  of  Soda.     Natron.     F.  Natron.     G.  Anderthalb  Kohlensaures  Natron. 

A  Sesquicarbonate  of  Soda  (Na  OH  COa  +  2HO  =  83)  exists  in  na- 
ture :  for  the  Trona  found  near  Tripoli  in  Africa,  the  Natron  of  the 
country  to  the  west  of  the  Delta  of  the  Nile,  and  of  the  Lonar  Lake 
described  by  the  late  Dr.  Malcolmson,*  have  all  been  proved  to  con- 
sist of  14  Eq.  of  Carb'  to  1  of  Soda;  or  NaO  38-55  +  C'  39-76  +  Aq. 
21-69  =  100.  A  solution  of  it  may  be  obtained  by  heating  Bicarbo- 
nate of  Soda  in  solution  to  a  temperature  of  212°.  The  salt  so  called 
in  the  London  Pharmacopeias  has  been  proved  by  Mr.  Everett  to  be 
a  Bicarbonate,  q.  v.  ;  and  Dr.  Pereira  has  stated  that  by  the  process 
given  a  Bicarbonate  will  always  be  produced. 

SOD.E  (SESQUICARBONAS,  L.)  BICARBONAS,  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

SodcR  Carbonas.    Bicarbonate  and  Carbonate  of  Soda  of  the  shops.    F.  Bicarbonate  de 
Soude.    G.  Zweifach  Kohlensaures  Natron. 

The  Bicarbonate  of  Soda  (NaO  2  C  O2  +  2  H  O  =  94)  of  the  E.  and 
D.  P's  is  the  same  salt  as  the  Sesquicarbonate  of  the  L.  P.  That 
which  is  met  with  in  commerce  is  usually  a  pure  salt,  but  occasionally 

*  The  analyses  were  made  in  the  Laboratory,  and  the  specimens  are  deposited  in  the 
Museum  of  King's  College. 


104  SODM   BICARBONAS. 

mixed  with  a  small  portion  of  the  Carbonate.     It  exists  in  some  mi- 
neral springs  highly  acidulated  with  Carb',  as  in  those  of  Vichy. 

Prop.  As  usually  sold,  it  is  colourless,  in  powder  or  in  minute  scale- 
like  crystals,  having  a  saline,  slightly  alkaline  taste  and  reaction. 
Little  changed  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  13  parts  of  temperate  water 
(Rose  and  Geiger),  but  in  much  less  boiling  water.  Hence  it  crys- 
tallizes as  this  cools,  or,  indeed,  as  it  is  formed.  Heated,  it  first  loses 
a  portion  of  water  (some  chemists  consider  that  it  contains  only  1 
Eq.  Aq.),  then  half  an  Eq.  Carb',  finally  all  its  water,  and  becomes 
reduced  to  dried  Carbonate  of  Soda.  It  is  easily  distinguished  from 
this  salt,  2.  e.  the  Carbonate,  by  its  less  alkaline  taste,  less  solubility, 
and  by  not  forming  a  white  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  Sulphate 
of  Magnesia  to  its  solution ;  nor  is  a  brick-red  precipitate  formed 
with  Bichloride  of  Mercury,  but  only  a  slight  opalescence.  Comp. 
NaO37-05  +  C'  52-26  +  Aq.  10-09=100.  Gmelin. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Dissolve  Carb.  Soda  fcvij.  (5  parts,  D.)  in  Aq.  cong.  j.  (5  parts,  D.),  filter, 
pass  Carb'  gas  (from  the  action  of  Mtir'  on  Marble)  through  the  liquid  to  saturation.  Let 
the  salt  subside,  press  in  folds  of  linen,  and  dry  with  a  gentle  heat. 

E.  Take  a  glass  jar  open  at  the  bottom  and  tubulated  at  the  top,  close  the  bottom  in  such 
a  way  as  to  allow  of  the  free  ingress  of  a  fluid,  fill  the  jar  with  fragments  of  Marble  and 
immerse  it  in  a  vessel  containing  dilute  Mur',  then  fill  the  apparatus  with  Carb'  gas ;  con- 
nect the  tubulature  closely  by  a  bent  tube  with  an  empty  bottle,  and  this  in  like  manner 
with  another  filled  with  Carb.  of  Soda,  1  part,  and  dried  Carb.  Soda,  2  parts,  well  tritu- 
rated together,  and  let  the  tube  be  long  enough  to  reach  the  bottom  of  the  bottle.  Let  the 
action  go  on  till  next  morning,  or  till  the  salt  no  longer  absorbs  gas.  Remove  the  damp 
salt  which  is  formed,  and  dry  it  in  the  air,  or  without  greater  heat  than  120°. 

[TT.  S.  Take  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  in  crystals  a  convenient  quantity.  Break  them  in 
pieces,  and  put  them  into  a  wooden  box,  having  a  transverse  partition  near  the  bottom, 
pierced  with  numerous  small  holes,  and  a  cover  which  fits  tight.  Through  water  in  a 
bottle,  with  two  tubulatures,  pass  Carbonic  Acid  and  let  it  come  into  the  box  until  the 
Carbonate  of  Soda  is  fully  saturated.] 

Tests.  Entirely  soluble  in  water.  This  solution  should  not  be  pre- 
cipitated by  Chlor.  Platinum,  or  the  other  tests  for  Potash,  showing 
all  absence  of  this  alkali.  The  absence  of  Sulphates  and  Chlorides 
is  proved  by  Chlor.  Barium  and  Nitr.  Silver  causing  no  precipitate 
in  a  solution  saturated  with  Nitr.  It  is  most  liable  to  contain  a  por- 
tion of  Carb.  Soda.  This  will,  of  course,  give  a  stronger  alkaline  re- 
action and  a  more  disagreeable  taste.  Its  presence  is  detected  by  Sulph. 
Magnesia  producing  a  white  precipitate,  and  none  in  sol.  of  the  Bi- 
carb, unless  when  heated.  "  A  solution  in  40  parts  of  water  does  not 
give  an  orange  precipitate  with  solutions  of  Corrosive  Sublimate," 
E.,  unless  with  the  aid  of  brisk  agitation,  long  standing,  or  heat,  but 
a  reddish-brown  precipitate  at  once  if  so  much  as  a  hundredth  part  of 
the  Carb.  be  present,  (c.) 

Inc.  The  same  as  the  Carbonate,  except  Sulph.  Magnesia,  with 
which  it  may  therefore  be  prescribed. 

Action.  Uses:  Antacid,  Antilithic,  Diuretic. 

D.  gr.  x.  to  3ss.  or  3j.  For  making  effervescing  draughts,  9j.=17 
grs.  Cit'  or  18  grs.  Tar'. 

TROCHISCI  SOD^E  BICARBONATIS,  E.  Soda  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Pulverize  Bicarb.  Soda  3j.  Pure  Sugar  3iij.  Gum  Arabic  gss.  Beat  them  into 
a  proper  mass  for  making  lozenges  with  mucilage. 


SODII    CHLORIDUM. 
PULVERES  EFFERVESCENTES,  E.     Soda  Powders. 

Prep.  Take  of  Tart'  3j.  Bicarb.  Soda  3j.  and  gr.  54,  or  Bicarb.  Potash  3j.  and  gr. 
160.  Powder  the  acid  and  Bicarbonate  finely  ;  divide  each  into  16  powders.  Preserve 
the  acid  and  alkali  powders  in  different  coloured  papers. 

These  are  the  common  Soda  powders,  for  which  we  may  also  take 
of  either  Bicarb,  of  Soda  or  Potash  9j.  and  dissolve  in  Aq.  f3jss. — 
fjiij.  in  a  tumbler,  and  add  £  oz.  of  Lemon-juice  or  of  Tar',  or  Cit'  gr. 
xviij.  dissolved  in  a  little  water,  and  drink  while  in  a  state  of  efferves- 
cence :  a  Citrate  or  Tartrate  of  Soda  or  of  Potash  will  be  formed.  By 
adding  3j.  or  3ij.  of  Rochelle  Salt,  or  Sulphate  of  Magnesia,  an  aperient 
salt  may  be  presented  in  the  agreeable  form  of  an  effervescing  draught. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  Citrates  and  Tartrates  become  con- 
verted into  Carbonates,  and  will,  if  long  taken,  have  an  alkaline  re- 
action on  the  secretions,  as  on  that  of  urine. 

LIQUOR  (AQUA,  E.)  SOD.E  EFFERVESCENS,  L.     AQUA  CARBONATIS  SOD.E 
ACIDULA,  D.     Soda  Water. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Bicarb.  (Sesquicarb.  L.)  of  Soda  !Jj.  in  one  pint  of  distilled  water,  and 
pass  into  it,  under  strong  pressure,  a  current  of  Carlonic  Acid  gas  (obtained  from  Marble 
and  Mur'  diluted  with  8  waters)  more  than  is  sufficient  to  saturate  it,  and  keep  it  in  a  well- 
stopped  vessel. 

Soda-water  should  be  of  this  composition ;  but  what  is  commonly 
so  called  is  only  a  solution  of  Carb'  gas  in  water.  By  adding  some 
Bicarb.  Soda  to  such  Soda-water,  an  equally  efficient  mixture  will  be 
formed.  But  the  effects  of  the  simple  Carb'  gas  in  water  and  those 
produced  when  it  is  combined  with  an  alkaline  salt  will  necessarily 
be  different.  The  Carb'  gas  as  it  escapes  will  stimulate  the  stomach, 
while  this  effect  will  be  followed  by  an  alkaline  reaction  when  Soda 
(or  Potash)  is  present,  and  this  may  be  beneficial  or  injurious  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case.  v.  ANTACIDS. 

Carbonic  Acid  gas  is  found  in  many  mineral  waters,  to  which  it 
gives  an  acidulous  taste  and  sparkling  effervescence.  In  some  it  oc- 
curs with  Carbonate  or  Bicarbonate  of  Soda,  or  with  Iron,  when  its 
effects  are  necessarily  modified  according  to  the  nature  of  these  in- 
gredients, v.  MINERAL  WATERS. 

SODII  CHLORIDUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     SOD^E  MURIAS  (PuRUM,  E.).  E.  D. 

Chloride  of  Sodium.     Muriate  of  Soda.     SODJE  MURIAS  PURUM,  E.     Sal  Fossile.    Sal 
Marinum.    Sal  Gemma.     F.  Chlorure  de  Sodium.     G.  Chlor  Natrium. 

Chloride  of  Sodium  (Na  Cl=60),  or  Common  Salt,  is  abundantly 
diffused  in  nature,  and,  being  an  essential  article  of  diet,  must  have 
been  known  from  the  earliest  ages.  It  is  found  in  many  animal  solids 
and  fluids,  and  in  the  juices  of  some  vegetables.  It  exists  in  large 
quantities  in  the  solid  form  as  Rock  Salt,  or  in  solution  in  some 
springs,  and  every  where  in  sea-water.  From  these  it  is  obtained  by 
evaporation,  when  it  crystallizes  with  slight  variations  of  appearance 
according  to  differences  in  the  process.  These  varieties  are  known 
by  different  names  in  commerce,  as  Butter,  Stone,  and  Basket  Salt, 
also  Sea  Salt,  and,  in  large  Crystals,  as  Maiden,  Fishery,  and  Bay 
Salt.  Most  of  the  kinds  of  Salt  require  purification,  by  being  again 


106  LIQUOR    SOD^E    CHLORINATJE. 

dissolved  and  recrystallized  (Sodae  Murias  purum,  E.),  as  they  are 
apt  to  contain  other  salts,  as  alkaline  and  earthy  Sulphates  and 
Chlorides,  especially  of  Magnesium  and  of  Calcium. 

Prop.  Common  Salt  crystallizes  in  anhydrous  transparent  cubes; 
these  are  sometimes  aggregated  together,  forming  hollow  four-sided 
pyramids,  with  their  sides  in  steps.  Sp.  Gr.  =  2-17;  white,  though 
rock  salt  is  sometimes  of  a  reddish  hue.  Taste  saline,  well  known ; 
without  odour ;  it  does  not  affect  either  Litmus  or  Turmeric.  Neither 
does  it  bleach.  1  part  requires  21  times  its  weight  of  water  to  dis- 
solve it,  and  its  solubility  is  not  much  increased  by  a  boiling  tempe- 
rature. It  is  insoluble  in  pure  Alcohol,  but  slightly  soluble  in  Recti- 
fied Spirit,  to  the  flame  of  which  it  gives  a  yellow  tinge.  Salt 
readily  transmits  radiant  heat.  When  heated,  it  decrepitates ;  at  a 
red  heat,  fuses  and  sublimes.  Inalterable  in  the  air  when  pure;  but 
when  impure,  it  deliquesces.  Sul'  and  Nit'  decompose  Salt,  as  also 
Bor'  and  Phosp'  with  the  assistance  of  heat.  Nitr.  Silver,  the  Prot- 
oxides of  Lead  and  Mercury,  Lime,  Potash,  and,  with  the  aid  of  heat, 
Carb.  Potash,  all  decompose  this  salt.  When  dissolved  in  water,  it 
is  supposed  by  some  chemists  to  become  a  Hydrochlorate  or  Muriate 
of  Soda,  from  the  water  being  decomposed,  its  Oxygen  combining 
with  the  Sodium  and  the  Hydrogen  with  the  Chlorine,  then  its  com- 
position will  be  Na  O,  H  Cl  =  69.  Salt  is  composed  per  cent,  of  Na 
40  +  C1  60  =  100. 

Tests.  "  Scarcely  any  precipitate  should  be  occasioned  by  Carb. 
Soda  or  Nitr.  Bar."  L,  the  first  indicating  the  absence  of  earthy  salts, 
and  the  latter  of  Carbonates.  A  solution  is  not  precipitated  by  Sol. 
Carb.  Am.  followed  by  Sol.  of  Phosph.  Soda.  The  former  would 
detect  Lime,  and,  after  its  action,  the  latter  would  indicate  Magnesia. 
"  9  grs.  dissolved  in  distilled  water  are  not  entirely  precipitated  by  a 
sol.  of  26  grs.  of  Nitr.  Silver,"  E. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Stimulant,  irritant  externally,  Emetic,  Cathartic. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3j.  as  a  Stimulant.  3iv. — 3j.  Cathartic.  3jss. — 3ij.  with 
warm  water,  as  an  Emetic,  fej.  of  Salt  to  every  3  gallons  of  water, 
will  make  a  bath  of  the  strength  of  sea-water. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Pulv.  Salinus  Comp.  E.  p.  94. 

LIQUOR  SOD.E  CHLORINATE,  L.  (U.  S.) 

Hypochlorite   of  Soda.      Chloride  of  Soda.      Labarraque's   Soda   Disinfecting  Liquid- 
F.  Chlorure  de  Soude.    Chlorure  d'Oxyde  de  Sodium.     G.  Chlornatron. 

M.  Labarraque  in  1822  made  known  the  utility  of  Chloruret  of 
Soda  as  a  disinfectant,  &c.,  and  obtained  the  prize  of  the  French  So- 
ciety for  encouraging  National  Industry  for  proposing  it  as  a  means 
for  preventing,  stopping,  and  destroying  putrefaction. 

Prop.  The  comp.  of  this  substance  is  probably  of  a  definite  na- 
ture, for  the  solution,  by  careful  evaporation,  yields  crystals,  which, 
when  redissolved  in  water,  produce  a  solution  similar  to  the  original 
one.  This  is  of  a  pale  yellowish  colour,  has  a  slight  odour  of 
Chlorine,  and  a  sharp  but  somewhat  astringent  taste.  It  has  first  an 
alkaline  reaction,  from  the  Carbonate  of  Soda,  on  Turmeric  paper,  and 
then  destroys  its  colour,  as  well  as  that  of  Sulphate  of  Indigo.  Ex- 


SOD^E   BIBORAS. 


107 


posed  to  the  air,  it  becomes  decomposed,  Chlorine  being  evolved. 
Carbonate  of  Soda  is  left.  Chlorine  as  well  as  Carb'  gas  is  evolved 
by  acids,  Chloride  of  Sodium  being  left  in  solution.  Lime-water  pro- 
duces a  white  precipitate,  indicating  the  presence  of  Carb'.  It  may 
be  distinguished  from  Chlorinated  Potash  by  Chloride  of  Platinum 
not  producing  the  usual  yellow  precipitate,  and  from  Chlorinated 
Lime  by  Oxalate  of  Ammonia  causing  no  precipitate.  By  some 
Chemists  ihis  salt  is  supposed  to  be  composed  of  Bicarb.  Soda  and 
Chloride  of  Soda,  because  no  Carb'  is  given  off  in  the  process  for 
preparing  it ;  but,  as  the  composition  is  uncertain,  the  London  Col- 
lege have  adopted  the  name  of  Chlorinated  Soda.  The  most  gene- 
rally received  opinion,  and  that  adopted  by  Dr.  Pereira,  is,  that  it  is 
composed  of  2  Eq.  Bicarb,  of  Soda,  152  +  1  Eq.  Hvpochlorite  of 
Soda,  76  +  1  Eq.  Chloride  of  Sodium,  60=288. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Carb.  Soda  fly.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  Through  this  pass  Chlorine  evolved 
from  Chlor.  Sodium  giv.  and  powdered  Binoxide  Manganese  giij.  in  a  retort,  with  Sul' 
f3iv.  diluted  with  Aq.  dest.  fgiij.  and  allowed  to  cool.  The  Chlorine  is  passed  first  through 
f3v.  of  Aq.  dest.  and  then  into  the  solution  of  Carb.  Soda. 

[U.S.  Take  of  Chlorinated  Lime  fej.  Carbonate  of  Soda  ftij.  Water  Cjss.  Dissolve 
the  Carbonate  of  Soda  in  Water  Oij.  with  heat.  To  the  remainder  of  the  water  add  by 
degrees  the  Chlorinated  Lime,  previously  well  triturated,  stirring  the  mixture  after  each 
addition.  Let  the  dregs  subside,  decant,  and  mix  with  the  solution  of  the  Carbonate  of 
Soda.  Decant  from  the  precipitated  Carbonate  of  Lime,  filter  through  linen,  and  keep 
secluded  from  light.] 

If  instead  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  we  employ  Carb.  Potash,  we 
shall  have  the  Eau  de  JavelJe  or  Chlorinated  Potash,  first  employed 
in  bleaching  in  1789,  but  little  used  in  medicine. 

Action.  Uses.  Disinfectant  and  Antiseptic.     Stimulant. 

SOD.E  BIBORAS,  L.  SODJE  BORAS,  D.  (U.  S.)  BORAX,  L.  E. 
Biborate  of  Soda.     Borate  of  Soda.    F.  Borax.   Borate  de  Soude.    G.  Boraxsaures  Natron. 

Borax  or  (Na  O,  2BO  +  10  Aq.  =  192)  Biborate  Fig.  16. 
of  Soda,  supposed  to  have  been  known  to  the  ancients, 
and  to  have  been  the  Chrysocolla  of  Pliny.  The  Hin- 
doos have  long  been  acquainted  with  it ;  it  is  their  Soha- 
ga,  Sanscrit  Tincana,  and  one  of  the  kinds  of  Booruk  of 
the  Arabs.  Its  nature  was  first  ascertained  by  Geof- 
froy  in  1732.  It  is  produced  by  spontaneous  evapo- 
ration on  the  shores  of  some  lakes  in  Tibet,  that  is,  in 
the  same  country  with  Musk  and  Rhubarb  ;  brought 
across  the  Himalayan  Passes  into  India,  and  imported 
into  this  country  by  the  names  of  Tincal  and  Crude 
Borax.  It  is  also  obtained  by  saturating  the  Bor'  of 
Tuscany  (p.  51)  with  Carb.  Soda. 

Prop.  Crude  Borax  is  in  pale  greenish  pieces,  covered  with  an 
earthy  coating,  and  feels  greasy  to  the  touch.  The  natives  of  Tibet 
are  said  to  cover  it  with  some  fatty  matter,  to  prevent  its  destruction 
by  efflorescence.  It  is  purified  by  calcining,  which  destroys  the  fatty 
matter,  or  by  washing  with  an  alkaline  ley,  which  converts  it  into  a 
kind  of  Soap,  then  dissolving  and  re-crystallizing.  It  crystallizes  in 


108  SOD^l    SULPHAS. 

irregular  hexahedral  prisms  often  terminated  by  2 — 4  converging 
planes.  Sp.  Gr.  1-35.  It  is  colourless,  transparent,  somewhat 
shining;  taste  sweetish,  a  little  styptic,  and  subalkaline.  It  has  an 
alkaline  reaction  on  Turmeric.  The  crystals  effloresce  slightly  in  the 
air,  are  soluble  in  12  parts  of  cold  and  2  of  boiling  water.  When 
heated,  they  lose  water,  swell  up  into  a  porous  substance  called  Bo- 
rax usta  v.  calcinata,  and  at  a  red  heat  run  into  a  transparent  glass, 
called  Glass  of  Borax,  much  used  as  a  flux.  Another  variety,  more 
useful  in  the  arts,  contains  only  5  Eqs.  Aq.,  and  crystallizes  in  octo- 
hedra,  which  are  permanent  in  the  air.  Borax  increases  the  solu- 
bility of  Cream  of  Tartar,  p.  98,  and  converts  mucilage  of  Lichen 
and  of  Salep  into  a  thick  jelly.  Comp.  NaOlG-0  Bor'  35-79  Aq. 
47-37  ==  100. 

Tests.  Not  liable  to  adulteration.  Totally  soluble  in  water.  Gives 
a  green  colour  to  the  flame  of  Alcohol.  Sul'  precipitates  scales  of 
Boracic'  from  a  concentrated  solution,  Sulph.  Soda  being  left  in  solu- 
tion. L.E. 

Inc.  Acids,  Acid  Salts,  Potash,  Chlorides  of  Lime  and  of  Magnesia. 

Action.  Uses.  Subastringent,  Detergent,  Diuretic,  Emmenagogue. 

D.  gr.  v. — 3ss.     3ij.  in  Aq.  f3vj.  as  a  lotion. 

MEL  BORACIS,  L.  E.  D.     Honey  of  Borax. 

Prep.  Mix  Borax  powdered  3j.  with  Honey  clarified  gj. 

Action.  Uses.  Subastringent,  Detergent.  Applied  to  Aphthae,  and 
to  ulcers  of  the  inside  of  the  mouth. 

SOD^  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate   of  Soda.     Natrum    Vitriolatum.    Sal   Catharticus.    Sal  mirabile    Glauberi. 
F.  Sulphate  de  Soude.     G.  Schwefelsaures  Natron. 

Sulphate  of  Soda  (Na  O,  SO3  +  10  Aq.  =  162),  or  Glauber's  Salt,  is 
found  effloresced  on  the  soil  in  some  countries,  as  in  India,  where  it  is 
called  kharek  nimuk  or  kharee  noon.  It  exists  in  sea-water,  in  that  of 
some  lakes  and  mineral  springs,  also  in  Glauberite.  It  is  found  in  the 
ashes  of  many  plants,  and  in  some  animal  secretions. 

Prop.  Fresh  prepared,  it  is  transparent  and  colourless,  without 
odour,  but  having  a  nauseously  bitter  taste.  It  crystallizes  in  four 
and  six-sided  oblique  rhombic  prisms,  often  with  dihedral  summits;  if 
much  agitated,  the  crystals  are  small.  An  anhydrous  variety  crys- 
tallizes in  rhombic  octohedra.  3  parts  of  water  at  60°  dissolve  1  of 
the  salt;  the  solubility  increases  to  92°,  and  then  diminishes  to  215°, 
at  which  point  the  salt  is  only  as  soluble  as  at  87° ;  boiling  water  dis- 
solves its  own  weight ;  it  is  only  very  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol.  In 
the  air  the  crystals  effloresce ;  if  heated,  they  first  melt  in  their  water 
of  crystallization,  then  lose  half  their  weight,  and  fall  into  a  white 
powder.  Heated  with  Carbon  the  salt  is  converted  into  Sulphuret  of 
Sodium.  The  solution  is  decomposed  by  salts  of  Baryta,  Lime,  and 
Lead,  insoluble  Sulphates  being  precipitated.  Comp.  Na  O  19-75  S' 
24-69  Aq.  55-56  =  100. 

Sulphate  of  Soda  is  largely  prepared  by  the  action  of  Sul'  on  Com- 


SOD.E    PHOSP  HA  S.  109 

mon  Salt  (p.  101),  and  is  a  residual  Salt  in  several  manufacturing  pro- 
cesses (pp.  61  and  80). 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  of  the  salt  remaining  after  the  distillation  of  Mur'  ftij.  (any 
quantity,  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oij.)  Oiij.  E.q.  s.  D.)  (Add  Carb.  Soda,  L.  (powdered  white 
Marble,  q.  s.  E.)  till  effervescence  ceases.  (Filter,  wash  the  insoluble  matter,  returning  the 
water  to  the  original  liquid,  E.) )  Evaporate,  filter,  and  crystallize.  Dry  the  crystals,  L. 

In  the  preparation  of  H  Cl',  by  acting  with  Sul',  on  Chloride  of  So- 
dium, Sulph.  Soda  is  produced.  But  as  there  is  always  an  excess  of 
acid,  it  is  neutralized  by  either  of  the  above  Carbonates,  the  Carb'  es- 
caping, a  further  portion  of  Sul.  Soda  is  produced  in  one  case,  with 
the  expenditure  of  a  more  expensive  salt ;  but  in  the  more  economical 
E.  formula,  some  insol.  Sulph.  Lime  is  formed,  from  which  the  soluble 
Sulphate  of  Soda  is  easily  separated. 

Tests.  Not  liable  to  adulteration.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  falls  to 
powder.  100  parts  lose  55-5  parts  by  a  strong  heat.  Totally  dis- 
solved by  water ;  very  slightly  by  Alcohol  (insol.  Phillips).  It  does 
not  alter  the  colour  of  Litmus  or  Turmeric.  Nitr.  Silver  throws 
down  scarcely  any  thing  (unless  Chlorides  be  present)  from  a  dilute 
solution ;  Nitr.  Baryta  more,  which  is  not  dissolved  by  Nit',  L.  P. 
The  presence  of  Iron  may  be  detected  by  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium, 
or  by  Tincture  of  Galls,  and  of  Copper  by  the  blue  colour  produced 
by  Ammonia. 

Inc.  Carb.  Potash,  Chloride  of  Calcium,  Barytic  solutions,  Acetate 
and  Diacetate  of  Lead. 

Action.  Uses.  Purgative.     Often  called  CHELTENHAM  SALTS. 

D.  3iv. — 3j.  or  3ij.    3iij. — 3iv.  of  the  effloresced  or  anhydrous  salt. 

Sor>^:  PHOSPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Phosphate  of  Soda.  Subphosphate  of  Soda.  Tasteless  Purging  Salt.  Sal  Mirabile 
perldium.  Triphosphate  of  Soda  and  Basic  water  (Turner),  Triphosphate  of  Soda  and 
water  (Graham),  or  Common  Tribasic  Phosphate  of  Soda.  F.  Phosphate  de  Soude. 
G.  Phosphorsaures  Natron. 

This  salt  is  remarkable  for  the  variety  of  opinions  entertained  by 
Chemists  respecting  its  nature  and  composition.  It  is  used  in  metal- 
lurgy, and  was  introduced  into  practice  by  Dr.  Pearson  about  1800. 
It  was  found  in  Urine  by  Hellot  in  1737,  and  analyzed  by  Marcgraff 
in  1745.  It  is  also  found  in  the  Serurn  of  the  blood,  and  in  other  ani- 
mal secretions ;  it  is  obtained  from  bone-ashes. 

Prop.  Phosphate  of  Soda  is  colourless,  transparent,  and  of  a  cool 
saline  taste.  It  crystallizes  in  large  oblique  rhombic  prisms.  Sp.  Gr. 
1'5.  Soluble  in  four  times  its  weight  of  cold  and  in  twice  its  weight 
of  boiling  water  ;  but  not  in  Alcohol.  The  crystals  effloresce  in  the 
air ;  when  heated,  they  undergo  aqueous  fusion,  and  then  lose  water, 
and  at  a  red  heat  melt  into  a  greenish-coloured  glass,  opaque  when 
cool.  Phosphate  of  Soda  has  a  slight  alkaline  reaction.  Solutions 
of  Acetate  of  Lead  and  of  Chloride  of  Barium  produce  white  preci- 
pitates (Phosphates).  Nitr.  Silver  throws  down  a  yellow  precipitate 
(Phosphate  of  Silver),  unless  the  Phosphate  has  been  previously  heated 
to  a  red  heat,  and  become  either  monobasic  or  bibasic  Phosphate  of 
Soda ;  then  a  white  Pyrophosphate  of  Silver  is  produced.  All  these 


HO        SOD.E  ET  POTASSES  TARTRAS. 

precipitates  are  soluble  in  Nit',  and  the  last  also  in  Ammonia.  It  is 
decomposed  by  the  soluble  salts  of  Lime,  and  also  by  those  of  Mag- 
nesia. In  the  latter  case,  "  if  Ammonia  be  likewise  present,  a  very 
insoluble  triple  compound  is  formed,  the  Ammoniaco-Magnesian  Phos- 
phate, one  of  the  varieties  of  urinary  gravel.  It  is  not  acted  on,  if 
moderately  diluted,  by  Amrnoniacal  'Nitrate  of  Silver;  which  consti- 
tutes a  distinction  between  the  actions  of  the  Silver  test  on  this  salt 
and  on  Arsenic  in  solution."  Phosphate  of  Soda,  according  to  Pro- 
fessor Graham,  consists  of  1  Eq.  of  Phosph',  1  of  basic  water,  2  of 
Soda,  and  24  of  water  of  crystallization,  thus  constituting  a  Tris- 
phosphate  or  Tribasic  Phosphate  of  Soda  and  Water,  2  Na  O,  H  O, 
P  O84-24  Aq.  =  361.  When  subjected  to  a  red  heat,  the  basic  water 
being  expelled,  1  Eq.  of  acid  remains  combined  with  2  of  Soda,  and 
forms  a  Bibasic  or  Diphosphate  of  Soda,  the  salt  which  melts  into  a 
glass. 

Prep.  E.  D.  Phosphate  of  Soda  is  only  in  the  list  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  L.  P.  The 
E.  and  D.  Colleges  give  formulas.  To  the  acid,  of  Biphosphate  of  Lime  obtained  by 
acting  on  Bone-ash  with  Sul',  as  described  at  p.  50,  and  in  the  state  of  a  clear  liquid, 
which  is  to  be  heated  to  ebullition,  add  Carb.  Soda  q.  s.  E.  (8  parts,  D.)  dissolved  in  boil- 
ing water,  until  the  acid  be  completely  neutralized.  Put  the  solution  aside  to  cool  and 
crystallize.  More  crystals  may  be  obtained  by  successively  evaporating  (adding  a  little 
Carbonate  of  Soda  till  the  liquid  exerts  a  feeble  alkaline  reaction  on  Litmus  paper,  E). 
Preserve  the  crystals  in  well-closed  vessels.  (If  the  salt  is  not  pure  redissolve  and  crys- 
tallize, D.) 

[The  directions  of  U.  S.  P.  and  E.  are  the  same.] 

When  the  Carbonate  of  Soda  is  added  to  the  solution  of  Super- 
phosphate of  Lime,  Phosphate  of  Soda  is  formed,  and  remains  in  so- 
lution, Carb'  gas  escaping,  and  Subphos.  Lime  being  precipitated. 

Tests.  If  the  precipitate  made  by  Chlor.  Barium  is  insoluble  in  Nit', 
a  Sulph.,  probably  of  Soda,  is  present  ;  if  that  by  Nitr.  Silver  is  so, 
then  a  Chloride  is  present.  Carb.  Soda  is  sometimes  used  in  excess, 
especially  as  fine  crystals  are  then  more  easily  obtained  :  its  pre- 
sence is  readily  detected  by  its  effervescing  with  acids.  45  grs.  dis- 
solved in  Aq.  dest.  f3ij.  and  precipitated  by  a  solution  of  50  grs.  Car- 
bonate of  Lead  in  fjj.  of  Pyroligneous  acid,  will  remain  precipitable 
by  solution  of  Acetate  of  Lead.  E.  P. 

Inc.  Calcareous  and  Magnesian  Salts;  many  Metallic  Salts,  as 
Acetate  of  Lead,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Saline  Cathartic  ;  less  unpleasant  than  others. 

D.  3iv.  —  3jss. 

SOLUTIO  SOD^E  PHOSPHATIS,  E.  • 

Prep.  Dissolve  of  Phosphate  of  Soda  (free  of  efflorescence)  175  grs.  in  Aq.  dest. 
and  keep  the  solution  in  well-closed  vessels.     Employed  only  as  a  test. 


ET  PoTASS^E    TARTRAS,    D.    (U.  S.)       SoD,E    PoTASSIO-TARTRAS,  L, 
PoTASS.iE  ET  SoDjE  TARTRAS,  E. 

Tartrate  of  Soda  and  of  Potash,  or,  of  Potash  and  Soda.     Soda  Tartarizata.     Tartarized 
Soda.     Rochelle  Salt.     F.  Tartrate  de   Potasseet  de  Soude.     G.  Weinsaures  Natron- 
.  Kali. 

Tartrate  of  Soda  and  Potash  (NaO,  KO,  2  Tar'  +  8  Aq.  =  284) 
was  discovered  in  1672  by  Seignette,  an  apothecary  of  Rochelle. 


SOD^E    ET    POTASS^E    TARTRAS. 


Ill 


Hence  it  is  called  Sel  de  Seignette,  also  Rochelle  Salt.  All  the  Col- 
leges differ  in  naming  this  salt.  As  it  has  most  generally  been  ranked 
as  a  Soda  salt  in  medical  writings,  the  D.  name,  being  more  convenient 
and  as  correct  as  that  of  the  E.  P.,  is  preferable. 


Fig.  17. 


Fig.  18. 


Prop.  Colourless  and  without  odour;  of  a  mild,  saline,  slightly 
bitterish  taste.  Crystals  transparent,  often  very  large,  in  prisms  with 
ten  or  twelve  unequal  sides ;  usually  seen  in  half-crystals  having 
six  unequal  sides ;  the  primitive  form  is  the  right  rhombic  prism. 
They  effloresce  in  a  dry  air,  and-,  when  heated,  melt  in  their  water 
of  crystallization.  The  acid  becoming  decomposed,  Carbonates 
of  Potash  and  Soda  are  left  with  some  Charcoal.  This  salt  is  solu- 
ble in  5  parts  (2|  Berz.)  of  water  at  60°,  and  in  less  boiling  water. 
It  is  readily  decomposed  by  most  acids  and  acidulous  salts,  except 
the  Bitart.  Potash.  The  acids  combine  with  the  Soda,  and  precipi- 
tate Bitart.  Potash.  It  is  also  decomposed  by  the  Acet.  and  Diacet. 
Lead,  and  likewise  by  the  soluble  salts  of  Lime  and  of  Baryta;  but 
this  is  not  apparent  in  a  dilute  solution.  A  white  precipitate  is  also 
thrown  down  in  a  strong  solution  by  Nitr.  Silver  (p.),  which  is  so- 
luble in  an  excess  of  water.  This,  therefore,  like  the  former,  is  not 
perceptible  in  a  dilute  solution.  Potash  may  be  recognised  by  its  pe- 
culiar tests,  and  when  it  has  been  precipitated,  the  Soda  will  be  re- 
vealed by  its  tests.  Composition,  Tart.  Pot.  40,  Tart.  Soda  34-5 
Aq.  25-5  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Curb.  Soda  gxij.  (5  parts,  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oiv.  (50  parts,  D.) 
Add  gradually  Bitart.  Potash  3xvj.  L.  (to  neutralization,  E.)  (7  parts,  D.)  Filter  and  con- 
centrate  till  a  pellicle  forms ;  set  aside  to  crystallize  and  evaporate  again  for  a  further 
supply. 

In  this  formula,  the  second  Equivalent  of  Tart'  of  the  Bitartrate 
combining  with  the  Soda,  the  Carb'  is  expelled  with  effervescence, 
and  a  double  salt  consisting  of  Tartrate  of  Soda  and  of  Tartrate 
of  Potash  remains  in  solution.  As  both  the  Carb.  Soda  and  the  Bi- 
tart. Potash  are  liable  to  vary  in  strength,  it  is  better  to  add  the  latter 
to  saturation,  though  it  is  preferable  to  have  excess  of  Soda  rather 
than  of  acid. 

Tests.  Not  liable  to  much  adulteration,  from  being  sold  in  crystals ; 
but  both  Bitart.  Potash  and  Tart.  Lime  are  sometimes  present.  En- 
tirely and  easily  soluble  in  5  parts  of  boiling  Aq.  The  solution  does 
not  affect  Litmus  or  Turmeric.  S'  and  Mur'  occasion  a  crystalline 
precipitate  in  a  strong  solution  (Bitart.  Potash).  37  grains  in  solu- 
tion are  not  entirely  precipitated  by  43  grains  of  Nitr.  Lead.  L.  and 


112  BARIUM. 

E.  This  will  show  the  due  proportion  of  Tart',  and  consequently  the 
absence  of  the  mineral  acids.  The  Chlor.  Barium  and  Nitr.  Silver 
employed  by  the  London  College  require  very  dilute  solutions  (v.  su- 
pra), as  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Pereira. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts,  Acet.  and  Diacet.  Lead,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  Diuretic. 

D.  3ij. — 3j.,  or  in  effervescence,  as  in  Seidlitz  powders. 

SoD^E  AcETAS,  L.  D. 

Acetate  of  Soda.    Terra  foliata  Tartari  crystallizata.    Terra  foliata  Mineralis.    F.  Ace- 
tate de  Soude.    G.  Essigsaures  Natron. 

The  Acetate  of  Soda  (Na  O,  Ac'+6  Aq.  =  137)  is  considered  by 
Thomson  to  have  been  first  described  by  Baron  in  1747.  It  proba- 
bly exists  in  many  of  the  plants  of  which  the  ashes  yield  Carbonate  of 
Soda.  It  is  made  in  large  quantities  by  the  manufacturers  of  Pyro- 
ligneous  Acid,  q.  v.,  hence  it  is  included  in  the  list  of  Materia  Medica 
of  the  L.  P. 

Prop.  When  pure,  a  colourless  salt,  having  a  pungent,  rather  bitter 
saline  taste.  It  crystallizes  in  transparent,  oblique  rhombic  prisms,  or 
in  striated  needles,  often  seen  in  foliaceous  masses.  Sp.  Gr.  2-1. 
Soluble  in  about  3  parts  of  water  at  60°,  and  in  its  own  weight  of  boil- 
ing water,  and  in  about  24  parts  of  Alcohol.  Exposed  to  dry  air,  it 
effloresces,  losing  about  40  per  cent,  of  weight.  Heat,  cautiously  ap- 
plied, likewise  expels  its  water  of  crystallization ;  but  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  600°  the  salt  is  decomposed,  and  at  a  red  heat  converted  into 
the  Carbonate  with  some  Charcoal.  Comp.  NaO23-36  +  A'  37-22  + 
Aq.  39-41=99-99. 

Prep.  Acetate  of  Soda  is  made  on  a  large  scale  by  saturating  impure  Pyroligneous 
acid  with  Chalk  or  Slaked  Lime.  The  Acetate  of  Lime  which  is  formed  is  decomposed 
by  the  requisite  quantity  of  Sulphate  of  Soda.  An  insoluble  Sulphate  of  Lime  is  precipi- 
tated, and  Acetate  of  Soda  remains  in  solution.  This  is  decanted,  evaporated,  and  crys- 
tallized. The  crystals  are  still  very  impure  and  blackish-coloured.  They  are  purified  by 
repeated  solution,  filtering,  and  crystallization. 

The  D.  C.  directs  it  to  be  made  by  saturating  distilled  Vinegar  with  Curb.  Soda,  fil- 
tering and  evaporating  the  fluid  till  it  attains  the  density  of  1276.  Crystals  are  deposited 
on  cooling,  which  are  to  be  dried  and  kept  in  a  close  vessel. 

Tests.  Acetate  of  Soda  is  not  liable  to  any  great  adulterations  as 
made  at  present ;  but  they  can  be  recognised  by  the  tests  of  the  L.  P. 
Soluble  entirely  in  water ;  not  (only  partially)  in  Alcohol.  The  so- 
lution does  not  affect  Litmus  or  Turmeric ;  neither  is  it  affected  by 
Chlor.  Barium  (if  no  Sulph.  be  present),  by  Nitr.  Silver  (if  no  Chlo- 
rides), nor  by  Chlor.  Platinum  (if  no  Potash).  SuT  evolves  an  ace- 
tous odour.  Heat  converts  it  into  Carbonate  of  Soda. 

Inc.  The  strong  Acids. 

Action.  Uses.  Diuretic,  Cathartic. 

D.  Diuretic,  Bj. — 3ij.     Purgative,  3j. — 3iv. 

BARIUM. 

Baryta  was  discovered  by  Gahn  and  Scheele  about  1774,  but  ob- 
tained its  name  from  Baps,  heavy.  Sir  H.  Davy  discovered  that  it 
was  the  Oxide  of  a  Metal,  which  he  named  Barium. 


BARYTA    CARBONAS.  113 

BARIUM  (Ba  =  69)  is  a  brilliant  silver-white  metal ;  heavy,  Sp.  Gr. 
above  2 ;  when  heated,  burning  with  a  red  light  in  the  air,  and  de- 
composing water,  combining  in  both  cases  with  Oxygen,  and  form- 
ing an  Oxide  of  Barium,  or  the  earth  Baryta. 

BARYTA.     F.  Baryte.     G.  Schwer-erde,  or  Baryt-erde. 

Baryta  or  Bajytes  (Ba  O=77)  is  a  porous  substance,  of  a  grayish 
colour,  devoid  of  odour,  with  a  powerful  caustic  taste,  alkaline  re- 
action, corroding  animal  substances.  Sp.  Gr.  4.  It  combines  eagerly 
with  water,  evolves  heat,  and  becomes  a  Hydrate,  which  is  not 
decomposed  at  a  red  heat ;  difficultly  fused  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  but 
soluble  in  20  parts  of  cold  and  3  of  boiling  water,  forming  Barytic 
water. 

Tests.  It  may  be  detected  by  its  alkaline  reaction,  the  heavy  white 
precipitates  which  it  forms  with  S'  or  the  soluble  Sulphates,  and 
which  are  insoluble  in  water  and  dilute  acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Baryta  is  an  acrid  caustic,  and  will  act  as  a  poison 
on  the  system. 

BARYTA  CARBONAS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.) 

Carbonate  of  Barytes.     Terra  ponderosa  aerata  nativa,  Gm.     F.  Carbonate  de  Baryte. 

G.  Kohlensaures  Baryt. 

Carbonate  of  Baryta  (BaO,COa=99)  was  described  in  1784  by 
Dr.  Withering,  and  named  Witherite  by  Werner ;  it  is  rather  com- 
mon in  Lancashire.  It  may  be  prepared  in  the  form  of  a  powder 
by  decomposing  Chlor.  Barium  by  an  alkaline  Carbonate.  In  its  na- 
tive state  it  occurs  massive  with  a  fibrous  structure,  or  imperfectly 
crystallized  in  a  globular  form,  or  in  hexagonal  prisms,  or  in  pyra- 
mids. 

Prop.  It  is  hard,  of  a  white -or  grayish  colour,  without  odour  or 
taste,  with  a  vitreous  lustre,  and  subtransparent.  Sp.  Gr.  4-29 — 4'3 ; 
nearly  insoluble  in  water,  unless  there  is  excess  of  Carb'.  The 
native  is  not  decomposed  by  heat,  the  artificial  at  a  white  heat  in  con- 
tact with  carbonaceous  matter.  Comp.  Ba77'7  +  C'  22-3  —  100. 

Tests.  Carb.  Baryta,  if  pure,  should  be  entirely  dissolved  with 
effervescence  in  H  Cl' ;  any  Sulph.  Baryta  present  will  remain  undis- 
solved.  The  solution  of  Chlor.  Barium  which  has  been  formed  does 
not  give  any  precipitate  on  addition  of  Ammonia,  showing  the  ab- 
sence of  Alumina.  A  brownish-yellow  precipitate  will  indicate  Iron ; 
and  H  S'  throws  down  a  black  Sulphuret  of  Lead  or  Copper,  or  of 
Iron.  Sul'  added  in  excess  to  the  above  solution,  will  precipitate  the 
whole  of  the  Baryta  as  a  Sulphate ;  and  if  Carb.  Soda  is  afterwards 
added,  no  precipitate  should  take  place,  and  thus  prove  the  absence 
of  Lime.  The  E.  P.  states  that  100  grs.  dissolved  in  an  excess  of 
Nit',  are  not  entirely  precipitated  with  61  grs.  of  the  anhydrous  or 
125  grs.  of  the  crystallized  Sulph.  Magnesia. 

Tests.  Does  not  smell  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  after  ignition  with 
Charcoal,  nor  effervesce  with  dilute  N'. 

Action.  Uses.  Carbonate  of  Baryta,  though  insoluble  and  tasteless, 

8 


114  BARIICHLORIDUM. 

yet  acts  with  considerable  activity  when  introduced  into  the  stomach 
of  animals,  probably  from  meeting  there  with  acid,  by  which  it  is 
converted  into  a  soluble  salt.  Officinal  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  Chloride  of  Barium. 

BARYTA  SULPHAS,  E.  D. 
Sulphate  of  Baryta.    F.  Sulfate  de  Baryte.    G.  Schwefelsaures  Baryt. 

Sulphate  of  Baryta  (Ba  O,  SO8  =  117),  or  Heavy  Spar,  is  more 
abundant  as  a  mineral  than  the  Carbonate.  The  finest  specimens 
have  been  obtained  from  Dufton  in  Cumberland :  the  author  found  it 
on  the  Himalayas,  near  the  Convalescent  depot  at  Landour.  (v.  Illustr. 
Himal.  Bot.  p.  xxxiii.) 

Prop.  Heavy  Spar  may  be  found  massive  or  crystallized,  of  a  folia- 
ceous  or  lamellar  structure ;  white-gray  or  with  a  reddish  hue ;  often 
translucent;  heavy ;  Sp.  Gr.  4-41  to  4-67;  without  odour  or  taste; 
insoluble  in  water.  Its  crystals  are  often  bevelled  tables  or  flat 
prisms  of  six  sides,  and  may  be  divided  into  right  rhombic  prisms. 
This  salt  is  formed  whenever  Baryta  meets  with  S',  in  whatever  state 
of  combination  either  the  earth  or  the  acid  may  previously  have  been ; 
and  the  Sulphate  of  Baryta  being  insoluble  in  Nit',  this  is  employed 
to  test  it.  Hence  this  earth  and  its  soluble  salts  are  excellent  tests 
for  S'  and  the  Sulphates.  It  is  double  refractive,  decrepitates  briskly 
before  the  blowpipe,  and  is  with  difficulty  fused,  but  eventually  melts 
into  a  hard  white  enamel,  which  is  not  affected  by  acids.  Sulphate 
of  Baryta,  when  heated  with  Carbonaceous  matter,  has  its  acid  de- 
composed, and  Sulphuret  of  Barium  is  formed.  From  this,  various  salts 
may  be  formed  by  operating  with  different  acids,  or  it  may  be  con- 
verted into  Carbonate  of  Baryta  by  heating  it  to  a  red  heat  with  three 
parts  of  Carbonate  of  Potash.  Comp.  Ba  O  66  +  S'  34  =  100. 

Action.  Uses.  Inert.  Employed  for  making  other  salts,  being  cheap 
and  usually  pure. 

BAIIII  CHLORIDUM,  L.  (U.  S.)  BARYTA  MURIAS,  E.  D. 
Chloride  of  Barium.     F.  Chlorure  de  Baryum.     G.  Chlor-Baryum. 

Chloride  of  Barium  (Ba  Cl  +  2  Aq.  =  123),  at  one  time  called  Terra 
ponderosa  Salita  and  Barytes  Salita,  was  discovered  by  Scheele  in 
1775.  It  is  prepared  from  either  the  Barytic  Carbonate  or  Sulphate. 

Prop.  By  evaporation  of  its  solution  it  may  be  obtained  in  rhombic 
plates,  or  flat  or  tabular  quadrangular  crystals  with  bevelled  edges. 
Sp.  Gr.  2-82.  These,  like  the  solution,  are  colourless  and  transparent, 
of  an  acrid  and  bitter,  nauseous,  disagreeable  taste ;  efflorescent  in 
the  air  when  it  is  very  dry  ;  but  in  ordinary  states  they  are  permanent. 
They  produce  no  action  on  vegetable  colours.  Of  these  crystals  100 
parts  of  water  at  60°  F.  dissolve  about  40  parts;  but  at  the  boiling 
point,  222°  of  a  saturated  solution,  78  parts  are  dissolved.  They  are 
slightly  soluble  in  rectified  Spirit,  and  in  400  parts  of  anhydrous  Al- 
cohol, which  will  then  burn  with  a  greenish-yellow  flame.  (Strontian 
salts  burn  red.)  At  a  moderate  heat  the  crystals  decrepitate  and  lose 
their  water  of  crystallization. 


BARYTA    NITRAS.  115 

Prep.  L.  Mix  H  Cl'  Oss.  with  Aq.  dest,  Oij.  gradually  add  Curb.  Baryta,  broken  into 
small  pieces,  3x.  Then  apply  heat,  and  on  the  cessation  of  effervescence,  strain  and  boil 
down  the  liquor,  that  crystals  may  form. 

E.  D.  Take  ofSulph.  Baryta  fcj.  (10  parts,  D.)  Charcoal  in  fine  powder  3ij.  (I  part,  D.) 
pure  Mur'  q.  s.  Heat  the  Sulphate  to  redness ;  (throw  into  cold  water  and  levigate,  D.) 
pulverize  it  when  cold,  and  mix  it  intimately  with  the  Charcoal ;  subject  the  mixture  to 
a  low  white  heat,  for  three  hours  in  a  covered  crucible ;  pulverize  the  product,  put  it  gra- 
dually  into  boiling  Aq.  Ov.,  and  boil  for  a  few  minutes;  let  it  rest  for  a  little  over  a  va- 
pour-bath ;  pour  off  the  clear  liquor,  and  filter  it  if  necessary,  keeping  it  hot.  Pour  boil- 
ing Aq.  Oiij.  over  the  residuum  and  proceed  as  before.  Unite  the  two  liquids,  and  while 
they  are  still  hot,  or  if  cooled,  after  heating  them  again,  add  pure  Mur'  gradually  so  long 
as  effervescence  is  occasioned.  In  this  process  the  solutions  ought  to  be  as  little  exposed 
to  the  air  as  possible ;  and  in  the  last  step  the  disengaged  gas  should  be  discharged  by  a 
proper  tube  into  a  chimney,  or  the  ash-pit  of  a  furnace.  Strain  the  liquor,  concentrate  it, 
and  set  it  aside  to  crystallize. 

In  the  L.  process  the  Chlorine  of  the  H  Cl'  combines  with  the  Ba- 
rium of  the  Baryta,  and  forms  the  Chloride  of  Barium,  while  the  Hy- 
drogen, set  free  from  the  acid,  combines  with  the  Oxygen  of  the 
earth,  and  some  water  is  formed. 

In  the  E.  and  D.  processes,  the  Carbon,  taking  the  Oxygen  from  both 
the  acid  and  the  earth,  escapes  in  the  form  of  Carbonic  Oxide,  while 
the  Sulphur,  combining  with  the'Barium,  forms  a  Sulphuret  of  Ba- 
rium. This,  by  solution  in  water,  becomes*  a  Hydrosulphate  of  Ba- 
ryta. This,  on  the  addition  of  HC1',  becomes  Hydrochlorate  of 
Baryta,  which  by  evaporation  yields  crystals  of  Chloride  of  Barium, 
the  Hydrogen  and  Oxygen  forming  water. 

Tests.  Sul'  and  the  Sulphates  throw  down  the  insoluble  Sulphate  of 
Baryta  from  the  solution ;  so  also  do  the  soluble  Phosphates,  Carbo- 
nates, and  Tartrates.  Nitr.  Silver  also  gives  a  white  precipitate 
(Chlor.  Silver),  which  is  soluble  in  Am.,  but  insol.  in  Nit'.  Impurities 
are  less  apt  to  occur  when  this  salt  is  made  with  the  Sulphate  than 
when  made  with  the  Carbonate.  Apply  the  same  tests. 

The  revised  E.  P.  state  that  100  grains  in  solution  are  not  entirely 
precipitated  by  100  grains  Sulph.  Magnesia. 

LIQUOR  BARII  CHLORIDI,  L.  BARYTA  MURIATIS  AQUA,  D. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Chloride  Barium  3j.  (Muriate,  1  part,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  f3j.  (3  parts,  D.) 
and  strain.  Sp.  gr.  =  1230,  D. 

Inc.  Common  water,  Solutions  of  Sulphates,  Oxalates,  Tartrates, 
Alkaline  Phosphates,  Borates,  and  Carbonates,  Nitr.  Silver,  Acetates 
of  Lead  and  Mercury,  and  Phosphate  of  Mercury. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid,  Irritant,  Stimulant,  Deobstruent.  Test  to  de- 
tect S'  and  Sulphates. 

BARYTJE  NITRAS.  E. 
Nitrate  of  Baryta.     F.  Nitrate  de  Baryte.     G.  Salpetersaures  Baryt. 

Nitrate  of  Baryta  (Ba  O,  N  O5  =  131)  finds  a  place  in  the  E.  P.  on 
account  of  its  utility  as  a  pharmaceutic  test  in  detecting  some  adul- 
terations of  officinal  salts  and  acids. 

Prep.  This  salt  is  to  be  prepared  like  the  Muriate  of  Bary tes  (v.  supra.  Chloride  of  Ba- 
rium)  substituting  pure  Nit'  for  the  Mur'. 

*  Metallic  sulphurets  and  metallic  chlorides  being  considered  to  become  hydrosulphates 
and  hydrochlorates  of  oxides  when  they  are  dissolved  in  water. 


116  CALCIUM. 

Prop.  If  the  acid  is  strong,  a  congeries  of  crystals  is  formed ;  if 
dilute,  the  solution  by  evaporation  affords  crystals  in  octohedrons,  or 
in  small  brilliant  plates.  The  salt  has  a  pungent  and  styptic  taste. 
The  crystals  are  anhydrous,  permanent  in  the  air  ;  soluble  in  10  or 
12  pahs  of  water  at  60°  and  in  3  6r  4  parts  of  boiling  water.  It  de- 
composes by  heat,  and  detonates  feebly  with  combustible  bodies. 

SOLTJTIO  BARYTA  NITRATIS,  E.  Solution  of  Nitrate  of  Baryta. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Nitrate  Baryta  gr.  xl.  in  Aq.  dest.  800  grs,  and  keep  in  well-closed 
bottles. 

Like  the  solution  of  the  Chloride,  gives  a  white  precipitate  with  S' 

and  the  Sulphates  insol.  in  Nit'. 

•?  .  ^       '. ' 

CALCIUM. 

•  Lime,  in  its  caustic  state,  was  early  known,  being  employed  for 
making  building  mortar  by  the  Egyptians,  Hindoos,  &c.  Davy 
proved  that  it  is  an  Oxide  of  a  metal,  which  has  been  called  Calcium, 
from  Calx.  Calcium  (Ca  =  20)  is  white,  brilliant,  decomposes  water, 
and,  slightly  heated,  burns  in  the  air,  being  converted  into  the  Oxide 
of  Calcium,  or  Lime. 

CALX,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     CALX  RECENS  TTSTA,  L.  D. 
Oxide  of  Calcium.    Quicklime.    Caustic  or  pure  Lime.    jP.  Chaux.     G.  Kalk. 

Prop.  Lime  (Ca  O=28),  in  its  pure  form,  is  a  grayish- white  earthy- 
looking  mass,  moderately  hard,  brittle:  Sp.  Gr.  2-3 — 3-08;  having  an 
acrid  alkaline  taste ;  corroding  animal  substances.  When  fresh  burnt, 
it  absorbs  both  moisture  and  Carb'  from  the  air ;  it  will  abstract 
water  from  most  bodies,  and  is  hence  often  employed  as  a  drying 
substance.  Comp.  Ca  7 1-42  +  028-58= 100. 

Fresh  burnt  and  slaked  Lime,  though  easily  procured,  is  seldom 
pure  enough  for  medical  use. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Break  Chalk  ftj.  (White  Marble,  E.)  into  small  pieces  and  burn  it  in  a 
very  strong  fire  for  1  hour,  L.  (in  a  covered  crucible,  at  a  full  red  heat,  for  3  hours,  E.) 

White  Carrara  Marble,  Calcareous  Spar,  Chalk,  Shells,  all  yield 
good  Lime.  The  heat  being  sufficiently  great,  the  Carb'  is  expelled, 
and  about  56  per  cent,  of  Lime  left  in  a  caustic  state,  and  tolerably 
pure;  but,  if  shells  have  been  employed,  mixed  with  a  little  Phosphate 
of  Lime  and  Oxide  of  Iron.  It  must  be  kept  well  closed  up. 

Tests.  Water  being  added,  Lime  cracks  and  falls  to  powder;  the 
rest  as  Hydrate  of  Lime,  L. 

CALCIS  HYDRAS,  L.     Hydrate  of.  Lime,  or  Slaked  Lime. 

This  (CaO  +  HO  =  37)  is  formed  whenever  water  is  sprinkled 
over  caustic  Lime :  it  is  immediately  absorbed  with  a  hissing  noise, 
the  Lime  splitting  and  crumbling  into  a  dry,  white,  powdery  Hy- 
drate. It  is  capable  of  thus  taking  up  about  31-0  of  its  weight  of 
water,  and  at  the  same  time  disengaging  so  much  heat,  as  to  inflame 
wood.  Comp.  Ca  O  75-68  + Aq.  24-32  =  100.  It  loses  its  water  by 
the  action  of  heat;  but  the  Lime  itself  is  very  infusible,  though 


LIQUOR    CALCIS.  U7 

powerful  as  a  flux  for  many  earths  and  Oxides.  When  heated  in  the 
Oxy-hydrogen  flame,  it  is  intensely  luminous,  as  in  the  Drummond's 
light.  Acids  combine  with  Lime,  some  forming  very  soluble  salts,  as 
the  H  Cl'  the  Ac',  while  Ox'  and  Phos'  form  a  nearly  insoluble  Oxa- 
late  and  Phosphate.  Its  presence  is  readily  detected  in  any  solution 
by  the  milkiness  produced  by  passing  Carb'  gas  through  it,  also  by 
alkaline  Carbonates  and  alkaline  Sulphates,  or  by  the  addition  of  Ox' 
or  Oxalate  of  Ammonia.  The  Oxalate  of  Lime  will  be  precipitated 
from  a  very  dilute  solution.  S'  does  not  form  a  precipitate  in  a  di- 
lute solution.  Salts  of  Lime  tinge  the  flame  of  Alcohol  orange. 
This  Hydrate  is"  soluble  in  water,  forming  Lime-water. 

Tests.  Soluble  without  effervescence  in  H  Cl'.  The  solution  does 
not  precipitate  with  Ammonia — proving  that  neither  Alumina  nor 
Magnesia  are  present,  nor  Oxide  of  Iron,  nor  Silica. 

Action.  Uses.  Used  as  a  Masticatory  in  India  with  Betle  or  Pan. 
Caustic,  Disinfectant. 

LIQUOR  (AQUA,  E.  D.)  CALCIS,  L.  (U.  S.)  Lime-Water. 

Prep.  Take  of  Lime  (fresh  burnt)  ftss.  Aq.  dest.  Oxij.  L.  (Lime  1  part  and  Water  20 
parts,  E.  Slake  the  Lime  with  1  part  of  hot  water,  and  add  30  parts  of  cold  water,  D.) 
The  Lime  being  slaked,  is  put  into  a  bottle  with  about  30  times  its  weight  of  water,  and 
then  well  shaken  together,  close  the  vessel  and  set  aside,  that  the  undissolved  Lime  may 
subside,  pour  off  the  clear  liquor  when  it  is  required,  and  it  may  here  placed  with  fresh 
water,  agitating  briskly  as  before,  that  a  fresh  supply  may  be  ready. 

[U.S.  Lime  giv.  Distilled  Water  Cj.] 

A  simple  solution  of  Lime  in  water ;  requiring  to  be  kept  in  stop- 
pered bottles,  which  are  kept  full,  as  it  attracts  C'  from  the  air,  which 
by  uniting  with  the  Lime,  forms  a  thin  film  of  Carb.  Lime  at  the  sur- 
face ;  this  afterwards  precipitates  in  the  form  of  white  layers,  but  its 
place  will  be  supplied  by  the  undissolved  Lime  left  in  the  bottle. 
Dalton  ascertained  that,  contrary  to  the  analogy  of  most  bodies,  cold 
water  dissolved  more  of  Lime  than  hot  water ;  that  is,  water  at  60°, 
yfg-,  and  at  212°,  only  T^Vu-  Mr-  R.  Phillips  ascertained  that  water 
near  the  freezing  point  takes  up  about  ^  more  than  water  at  60°,  and 
nearly  double  that  of  boiling  water. 

A  pint  of  water  at  32°  dissolves  13-25  grains  of  Lime. 
"  u         60°       "        11-6  " 

"  "       212°        "          6-7  " 

Tests.  Lime-water  is  clear  and  transparent,  without  odour,  but 
having  a  disagreeable  alkaline  taste ;  changes  vegetable  blues  to  green, 
and  forms  an  imperfect  soap  with  oils ;  when  evaporated  under  the 
vacuum  of  an  air-pump,  imperfect  six-sided  crystals  may  be  obtained 
of  the  Hydrate  of  Lime. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts,  Alkaline  Carbonates,  Ammoniacal 
and  Metallic  Salts,  Borates,  and  astringent  Vegetable  Infusions. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  Antacid,  Antilithic.  Resolvent  in  glan- 
dular affections. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Potassa  cum  Calce.  Aqua  Calcis  Comp.  Lime- 
water  for  Black  and  Yellow  wash. 

D.  fjss. — fjviij.  three  or  four  times  a  day. 


118  CALCIS    CARBONAS. 

LINIMENTUM  CALCIS,  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Agitate  briskly  together  equal  parts  of  Lime-  Water  and  Linseed  .Oil.  (Olive 
Oil,  D.) 

Both  the  oils  are  composed  of  Oleic  and  Margaric  acids  and  Gly- 
cerine:  when  mixed  with  Lime-water,  an  Oleo-Margarate  of  Lime 
(Calcareous  Soap)  is  formed.  It  has  long  been  employed  as  an  ap- 
plication to  burns  and  scalds,  and  employed  for  this  purpose  at  the 
Carron  Works, — hence  often  called  Carron  oil.  -5  Turpentine  is  some- 
times added  with  advantage.  Dr.  Christison  describes  it  as  a  Lime 
Soap  with  an  excess  of  Linseed  Oil ;  for  when  allowed  to  rest,  the  mix- 
ture separates  into  a  white  soap  and  a  supernatant  clear  oil. 

CALCIS  CARBONAS. 
F.  Carbonate  de  Chaux.     Craie.     G.  Kohlensaurer  Kalk. 

The  Carbonate  of  Lime  (Ca  O,  C  Oa=50)  is  one  of  the  most  widely 
diffused  of  minerals,  and  must  have  been  one  of  those  most  anciently 
employed  in  the  arts,  and  likewise  in  medicine.  Found  in  a  great 
variety  of  forms;  forming  mountain  masses,  either  crystalline,  as 
Marble  and  Calc  Spar,  or  compact  as  Limestone ;  in  both  stratified 
and  unstratified  rocks,  and  as  Chalk  in  great  beds,  as  the  newest  of 
the  secondary  strata.  It  is  also  extensively  diffused  in  particles 
throughout  the  soil,  which  by  segregation  become  united  into  roundish 
or  botryoidal  masses,  or  it  may  become  dissolved  by  water,  and  is 
found  in  most  springs,  from  which  it  is  again  deposited  in  a  stalactical 
form.  It  is  found  in  the  ashes  of  most  plants,  probably  from  the  ve- 
getable acids  with  which  it  was  combined  being  converted  into  the 
Carbonic'  during  the  process  of  incineration.  Carbonate  of  Lime 
forms  a  constituent  of  the  bones  of  Vertebrata,  and  a  large  part  of  the 
shells  of  testaceous  Mollusca,  of  Crustacea,  and  of  Corals.  Hence 
Oyster-shells,  Crab's-claws,  Crab's-eyes,  as  they  are  called,  and  Corals, 
have  all  been  employed  in  medicine,  as  formerly  the  lapis  judaicus, 
which  is  the  spine  of  a  fossil  echinus.  All  consist  of  pure  Carbonate 
of  Lime,  with  some  animal  matter  intimately  intermixed,  sometimes 
a  little  Phosphate  of  Lime.  Carb.  Lime  is  found  crystallized  in  a 
variety  of  forms,  but  the  primitive  form  is  an  obtuse  rhomboid,  and 
that  of  Arragonite  a  rectangular  prism.  Many  varieties  are  trans- 
parent, and  remarkable  for  doubly  refracting  the  rays  of  light,  espe- 

Fig.  19.  Fig.  20. 


cially  Iceland   Spar.     It  has  been  artificially  crystallized  by  Prof. 
Daniell  in  acute  rhombic  crystals,  which  contained  5  per  cent,  of 


CALCIS    CARBONAS    DURA. 

water.  It  is  very  sparingly  soluble,  1  part  requiring  1600  of  water. 
But  if  an  excess  of  Garb'  be  present,  it  is  readily  dissolved,  and  is 
hence  found  in  many  mineral  waters,  from  which  it  is  again  precipi- 
tated on  the  escape  of  the  C'.  The  solution  reddens  Litmus-paper, 
but  changes  the  yellow  colour  of  Turmeric-paper  to  brown,  (p.) 
Heated  in  the  air,  Carb.  Lime  loses  44  per  cent,  of  C',  Lime  being 
left ;  but  if  heated  in  close  and  strong  vessels,  no  change  is  produced, 
and  on  cooling,  artificial  marble  is  produced,  as  by  Sir  J.  Hall. 
Bucholz  fused  it  even  without  compression,  in  parts  to  which  the 
access  of  air  was  prevented.  Carb.  Lime  is  readily  decomposed 
by  the  acids  with  strong  effervescence,  forming  soluble  salts  with  N' 
and  H  Cl',  and  insoluble  ones  with  S'.  It  may  be  formed  artificially 
by  adding  Carb'  to  Lime-water,  or  by  decomposing  any  soluble  salt 
of  Lime  (or  Chlor.  Calcium)  with  the  carbonates  of  any  of  the  alka- 
lies. Cornp.  Ca  O  56  +C  O"  44  =  1 00. 

CALCIS  CARBONAS  DURA.    MARMOR,  (ALBUM,  D.)  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Marble. 

Marble  is  officinal  for  yielding  Carb'  gas  (p.  66)  by  the  action  of 
stronger  acids.  It  is  also  called  Saccharine  Limestone  ;  has  a  glim- 
mering appearance,  from  the  lamellae  of  its  minute  crystals  intersect- 
ing each  other  in  every  direction.  Pure  white  Marble  is  intended ; 
that  of  Carrara,  commonly  called  Statuary  Marble,  is  the  purest 
variety. 

Tests.  Marble  should  dissolve  with  effervescence  in  dilute  H  Cl' 
without  residue,  proving  the  absence  of  Silica  and  some  other  impu- 
rities. In  this  solution,  especially  if  neutralized,  Ammonia  ought 
(even  after  boiling)  to  cause  no  precipitate,  if  neither  Magnesia  (a 
constituent  of  some  Limestones),  nor  Alumina,  nor  Oxide  of  Iron 
(the  most  common  impurities),  are  present.  Neither  ought  it  to  be 
decomposed  by  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Lime  in  water;  if  any  pre- 
cipitate appears,  it  must  be  Sulphate  of  Baryta  or  of  Strontian. 

CALCIS  CARBONAS  FRIABILIS.     CRETA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Chalk. 

Chalk  is  well  known  as  an  extensive  secondary  formation,  of  a  dull 
white  earthy  appearance ;  tasteless,  but  adhering  to  the  tongue ; 
usually  friable,  sometimes  hard ;  Sp.  Gr.  2-3 ;  but  either  variety  may 
be  employed,  though  the  softer  is  usually  preferred  for  medical  use. 
Its  chemical  characters  are  the  same  as  those  of  Marble.  In  the  arts 
it  is  commonly  known  by  the  name  of  Whiting,  which  is  Chalk  ground 
in  a  mill,  and  the  grosser  impurities  separated  by  sinking  in  water, 
while  the  pure  Chalk,  being  suspended,  is  allowed  to  settle,  and  made 
into  small  loaves.  For  medical  use,  it  is  similarly  but  more  carefully 
prepared  by  the  process  of  levigation,  and  in  drying  is  made  up  into 
small  conical  masses. 

CRETA  PR^IPARATA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Prepared  Chalk. 

Prep.  Add  to  Chalk  ftj.  a  little  water,  and  rub  to  a  fine  powder.  Throw  this  into  a 
large  vessel  of  water,  then  agitate,  and  after  a  short  period  pour  off  the  supernatant  water 
still  turbid,  into  another  vessel,  and  set  it  aside  for  the  suspended  chalk  to  subside.  Lastly, 
the  water  being  poured  off,  dry  this  powder  and  preserve  for  use.  The  directions  of  E. 
and  D.  are  essentially  the  same.  Oyster  shells,  first  freed  from  impurities  and  washed 
with  boiling  water,  may  be  prepared  in  a  similar  manner,  forming  the  TESTAE 
T^E,  L.  q.  v. 


120  C  R  E  T  jE. 

CALCIS  CARBONAS  PR^ECIPITATUM,  D,     Precip.  Carb.  of  Lime. 

Prep.  This  precipitated  Carbonate  is  prepared  by  the  addition  of  a  solution  of  Carbonate 
of  Soda  to  a  solution  of  Muriate  of  Lime.  It  has  the  advantage  of  minute  subdivision  if 
prepared  with  cold  solutions. 

Tests,  (v.  supra.)  E.  P.  "A  solution  of  25  grs.  in  f3x.  of  Pyro- 
ligneous  acid  (according  to  Mr.  Phillips,  this  is  capable  of  dissolving 
4  times  the  above  quantity  of  Chalk),  when  neutralized  by  Carbonate 
of  Soda,  and  precipitated  by  32  grs.  of  Oxalate  Ammonia,  continues 
precipitable  after  filtration  by  more  of  the  test."  Dr.  Christison 
states  that  a  considerable  excess  of  acid  is  useful.  A  little  Lime  is 
left  unprecipitated  if  there  be  90  per  cent,  of  pure  Carbonate  of  Lime 
in  the  Chalk ;  and  this  slight  excess  of  Lime  is  indicated  by  adding 
more  Oxalate  of  Ammonia  to  the  filtered  liquor. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts,  as  other  Carbonates. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Absorbent,  Desiccant ;  from  allaying  irrita- 
tion, apparently  Astringent.  If  long  used,  care  must  be  taken  that  it 
does  not  accumulate  in  the  intestines. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3j. ;  but  usually  given  in  some  of  the  following  prepara- 
tions. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Hydrargyrum  cum  Creta.  Prepared  Oyster  Shells 
also  contain  Carbonate  of  Lime.  v.  Testa?  prseparatse. 

MISTURA  CRETJE,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Chalk  Mixture. 

Prep.  Take  Prepared  Chalk  gss.  (%x.  E.),  Sugar  3iij.  (pure  3v.  E.  3iij.  D.)  Mixture 
of  Acacia  f  giss.  [(Mucilage  f  3iij.  and  triturate  together,  E.)  (Mucilage  of  Gum  Arabic 
3j.  D.)]  Cinnamon  water  f  Sxviij.  L.  [(Aq.  fcj.  by  measure,  D.)  (add  gradually  Aq.  Oij. 
and  Spirit  of  Cinnamon  3ij.  E.)]  Mix. 

[U.  S.  Prepared  Chalk  gss.  Sugar,  Gum  Arabic  in  powder,  aa  3ij.  Cin.  Water, 
Water,  aa  f  giv.] 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Demulcent.  Much  employed  in  Diarrhoeas 
arising  from  acidity. 

D.  f  3ss — f  3ij-  every  three  or  four  hours. 

PULVIS  CRET.&  COMPOSITUS,  L.  E.  D.     Compound  Powder  of  Chalk. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Reduce  separately  to  fine  powder  Prepared  Chalk  ftss.  (giv.  E.) 
Cinnamon  (bark,  D.)  giv.  (in  fine  powder  Biss.  E.)  Tormentil  root  and  Gym  Arabic 
aa  3iij.  L.  D.  (Nutmeg  in  fine  powder  £j.  E.)  and  Long  Pepper  gas.  L.  D.  Mix  well. 

Action.  Uses.     Antacid,  Stimulant,  and  Astringent.     In  Diarrhosas 
of  low  states  of  the  constitution. 
D.  gr.  v.— Bj. 

TROCHISCUS  CRET^E,  E.     Chalk  Lozenge.     [TROCHISCI  CRET.E,  U.  S.] 

Prep.  Reduce  to  powder  Prepared  Chalk  j|iv.  Gum  Arabic  3j.  Nutmeg  3j.  Pure 
Sugar  3vj.  beat  with  water  into  a  proper  mass  for  making  lozenges. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid.     Useful  in  acidity  of  the  prima3  via?. 
PULVIS  CRET^E  COMPOSITUS  CUM  OPIO,  L.  D.    PULVIS  CRET.E  OPIATUS,  E. 

1  grain  of  Opium  in  40  grains  of  the  Compound  Chalk  Powder,  L. 
v.  OPIUM. 


CALXCHLORINATA.  121 

CONFECTIO  AROMATICA,  L.  D.     Aromatic  Confection. 

Prep.  Rub  into  a  very  fine  powder  Cinnamon  and  Nutmegs  aa  3ij.  Cloves  3j. 
Cardamoms  gss.  Saffron  (dried,  D.)  3ij.  Prepared  Chalk  3xvi-  Sugar  (pure,  D.)  fi>ij. 
(add  gradually  Aq.  ftj.  and  rub  into  a  pulp,  D.)  Keep  in  a  close  vessel,  and  whenever 
the  confection  is  to  be  used  add  water  gradually  and  mix  until  they  are  thoroughly  in- 
corporated. L. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid  and  Cordial.  Useful  in  Diarrhoeas,  and 
an  excellent  addition  to  Rhubarb  and  Magnesia,  and  such  powders, 
for  children. 

D.  Gr.  v.  or  gr.  x. — 3j. 

[The  Aromatic  Confection  of  U.  S.  P.  has  not  any  chalk  in  its 
composition.  See  Cinnamon.] 

CALX  CHLORINATA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.) 

Chlorinated  Lime.     Hypochlorite  of  Lime.     Chloride  of  Lime.    Chlorite  of  Lime.    Oxy. 
muriate  of  Lime.     Bleaching  Powder.     F.  Chlorure  de  Chaux.     G.  Chlor  Kalk. 

This  substance  was  first  prepared  by  Messrs.  Tennant  and  Mackin- 
tosh in  1798.  The  exact  nature  of  the  compound  not  having  been 
satisfactorily  determined,  the  present  name  has  been  assigned  it  in 
the  L.  and  E.  P.,  though  it  is  very  commonly  called  Chloride  of  Lime, 
or  Bleaching  Powder. 

Prop.  Chlorinated  Lime  is  a  dry  pulverulent  substance,  of  a 
grayish  colour,  with  a  hot,  penetrating,  bitter  taste,  a  weak  odour  of 
Chlorine,  more  perceptible  when  the  powder  is  shaken.  When  well 
prepared,  it  is  very  soluble  in  water ;  but  commonly  a  considerable 
portion  (of  Lime)  remains  undissolyed.  In  the  atmosphere,  the  Carb', 
or  any  of  the  other  acids,  sets  free  the  Chlorine,  and  a  Carbonate  of 
Lime  is  formed,  with  some  Chloride  of  Calcium,  which  causes  deli- 
quescence. Heat  also  expels  the  Chlorine,  and  then  Oxygen.  The 
strongest  solution  has  a  density  of  1040.  (Ure.)  It  is  of  a  pale  yellow 
colour,  has  a  slight  smell  of  Chlorine,  and  holds  in  solution  the  Chlor. 
Lime,  with  a  little  caustic  Lime,  and  any  Chlor.  Calcium  which  may 
have  been  formed.  This  solution  is  remarkable  for  its  bleaching  and 
disinfecting  properties.  The  addition  of  a  little  acid  increases  its 
activity  for  such  purposes. 

The  true  composition  of  Chlorinated  Lime  is  still  unsettled.  Dr. 
Ure  considered  it  a  variable  preparation,  and  not  combined  in  equi- 
valent quantities,  as  he  found  the  quantity  of  Chlorine  absorbed  by 
Lime  to  vary,  especially  according  to  the  quantity  of  water  which 
was  previously  added  to  slaked  Lime.  Dr.  Thomson  states  that  in 
Glasgow  it  is  now  so  manufactured  as  to  be  almost  entirely  soluble 
in  water,  and  that  it  consists  of  Cl  Ca  O=64.  Berzelius  considers  it 
to  be  a  Chlorite ;  and  Balard,  that  a  portion  of  the  Lime  gives  its 
Oxygen  to  the  Chlorine,  and  that  a  Hypochlorite  of  Lime  and  some 
Chloride  of  Calcium  are  formed.  Mr.  Phillips  states  that  the  Chloride 
of  Lime  appears,  from  the  statements  of  Brande  and  Grouvelle,  and 
also  from  his  own  experiments,  to  consist  of  Cl  36+2  Ca  O,  H  O 
(37x2)74=110.  When  water  is  added  to  this,  ihe  Chloride  of 
Lime  dissolves,  leaving  nearly  all  the  Lime  insoluble :  it  is  therefore 


122  CALCIICHLORIDUM. 

probably  composed  of  1  Eq.  Bihydrated  Chloride  of  Lime,  18+36+ 
28=82,  1  Eq.  Lime,  28=110.  If  the  views  of  Berzelius  and  Balard 
be  followed,  and  their  proportions  adopted,  then  the  composition,  ac- 
cording to  Dr.  Pereira,  will  be  1  Eq.  Trishypochlorite  of  Lime  128 
+  1  Eq.  Chloride  of  Calcium  56+4  Eq.  Aq.  36=220;  or,  per  cent. 
Cl  Ca  O  58-18+C1  Ca  25-45+Aq.  16-36=99-99.  Dr.  Ure,  however, 
states  that  the  common  Chloride  of  Lime  of  commerce  consists  of 
45-4  Lime,  40-31  Chlorine,  14-28  water=99-99. 

Prep.  Pass  as  much  Chlorine,  as  may  be  sufficient  to  saturate  Lime  fly.  spread  out  in 
a  proper  vessel.  Chlorine  is  very  readily  evolved  from  H  Cl'  gently  heated  with  Binoxide 
Manganese,  v.  Chlorine,  p.  58. 

Chloride  of  Lime  is,  however,  easily  obtained,  being  largely  pre- 
pared as  a  Bleaching  Powder.  Here  slaked  Lime  is  spread  out  on 
a  pile  of  wooden  trays  in  a  chamber  built  of  sandstone,  the  joints 
being  secured  by  a  cement  of  Pitch,  Resin,  and  dry  Gypsum,  into 
which  the  Chlorine  is  transmitted  until  the  Lime  is  saturated.  A 
larger  quantity  of  Chlorine  is  absorbed  when  about  15  per  cent,  of 
water  is  previously  added  to  the  Lime,  and  the  Lime  is  occasionally 
raked  up.  Here  the  Chlorine  combines  with  the  Hydrated  Lime,  or 
some  of  the  Lime  gives  its  Oxygen  to  the  Chlorine,  some  Hypochlo- 
rous  Acid  is  produced,  and  Hypochlorite  of  Lime  and  Chloride  of 
Calcium  formed. 

Tests.  Dissolves  in  dilute  H  Cl',  emitting  Chlorine.  L.  Grayish- 
white,  dry;  50  grs.  are  nearly  all  soluble  in  Aq.  fjij.,  forming  a 
solution  of  the  density  1027 ;  of  this,  100  measures,  treated  with  an 
excess  of  Ox',  give  off  much  Chlorine,  and  if  then  boiled  and  allowed 
to  rest  24  hours,  yield  a  precipitate  which  ^occupies  19  measures  of 
the  liquid.  E.  The  precipitate  is  Oxalate  of  Lime,  and  the  E.  C. 
desire  to  have  the  goodness  of  Chloride  of  Lime  ascertained  by  the 
amount  of  this  precipitate,  as  well  as  by  the  density  of  the  solution. 
But  this  method  does  not  detect  the  amount  of  Chloride  of  Calcium, 
which  is  the  most  common  adulteration.  Dr.  C.  remarks  that  pro- 
bably the  simplest  criterion  of  quality  is  the  amount  of  Chlorine  gas 
evolved  by  a  strong  acid,  as  originally  proposed  by  Dr.  Ure. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Stimulant,  Disinfectant,  Antiseptic ;  in 
solution  as  a  lotion  and  gargle. 

D.  Internally  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  Used  in  Tooth-powders,  Lozenges, 
Ointment,  3j.  with  3j.  of  Lard. 

LIQUOR  CALCIS  CHLORINATE.     Of  variable  strength :  3j. — 3iv.  in  Aq. 
Oj.     In  Scabies,  3iij.  to  Aq.  Oj. 

CALCII  CHLORIDUM,  L.  (U.  S.)  CALCIS  MURIAS,  D.  (CRYSTALLIZATUM),  E. 

Chloride  of  Calcium.    Hydrochlorate  or  Muriate  of  Lime.    F.  Chlorure  de  Calcium. 
Hydrochlorate  de  Chaux.     G.  Salzsaurer. 

This  salt,  commonly  called  Muriate  of  Lime,  was  known,  accord- 
ing to  Dulk,  as  quoted  by  Dr.  Pereira,  in  the  1 5th  century,  and  called 
Sal  Ammoniacum  fiocum,  being  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  Sal 
Ammoniac  by  Lime.  It  is  found  in  nature  in  Sea-water,  and  in 


C  A  L  C  1 1    C  H  L  O  R  I  D  U  M.  123 

many  springs  and  mineral  waters,  sometimes  associated  with  Nitrate 
of  Potash,  but  usually  with  Chloride  of  Sodium  and  Chloride  of  Mag- 
nesium. It  may  be  readily  obtained  as  a  residuum  in  several  of  the 
preparations  of  Ammonia,  as  the  Liquor,  Spirit,  and  Carb.,  or  in  ob- 
taining C'  by  the  action  of  H  Cl'  on  Marble. 

Prop.  Chloride  of  Calcium  L.  (Ca  Cl=56)  is  known  in  two  forms : 
the  Anhydrous  or  the  Murias  Calcis  of  the  D.  P.,  which  is  hard, 
grayish  coloured,  and  semi-translucent.  Being  without  water,  it 
contains  nearly  twice  as  much  Chlor.  Calcium  as  the  crystallized 
salt.  It  may  be  fused  at  a  red  heat,  and  becomes  phosphorescent. 
It  is  very  deliquescent,  as  is  also  the  crystallized  salt,  passing  readily 
into  the  liquid  state,  forming  what  used  to  be  called  Oleum  Calcis. 
It  is  frequently  employed  as  a  drying  substance ;  also  for  attracting 
moisture  to  substances,  with  which  it  may  be  mixed,  as  the  soil.  It 
is  very  soluble  in  rectified  Spirit,  also  in  water,  and  is  then  supposed 
to  dissolve  either  as  Chloride  of  Calcium,  or  as  Hydrochlorate  of 
Lime  (Oxide  of  Calcium.) 

Chloride  of  Calcium  (Ca  Cl-l-6  Aq.=110),  or  Calcis  Murias  Crys- 
tallizatum,  E.,  is  the  hydrated  crystallized  salt,  also  called  Hydro- 
chlorate  of  Lime.  It  is  colourless  and  without  smell,  of  an  acrid 
and  bitter  taste ;  in  striated  hexagonal  prisms  terminated  by  very 
acute  points.  Water  even  at  32°  dissolves  more  than  its  own  weight, 
and  at  60°  above  three  or  four  times  its  weight  of  this  salt.  When 
heated,  these  crystals  undergo  watery  fusion.  Dissolved  in  water, 
they  produce  great  cold ;  and  hence  are  frequently  employed  as  an 
ingredient  in  cold  or  freezing  mixtures.  The  Chloride  is  used  for 
concentrating  Alcohol,  from  its  great  affinity  for  water. 

Prep.  L.  Add  Chalk  gv.  gradually  to  H  Cl'  Oss.  previously  mixed  with  Aq.  dest.  Oss., 
to  saturation  or  until  the  effervescence  ceases.  (The  D.  P.  employs  the  liquor  which 
remains  after  the  distillation  of  Caustic  Ammonia.)  Strain,  evaporate  the  solution  until 
the  salt  is  dried.  Put  this  into  a  crucible,  and  fuse  on  the  fire,  and  pour  it  upon  a  clean 
flat  stone ;  when  cold,  break  it  into  pieces.  The  anhydrous  Chloride  is  produced.  (But 
the  E.  P.  employ  Marble  and  diluted  Mur'  to  saturation,  and  place  the  filtered  fluid,  after 
having  been  evaporated  to  one-half,  in  a  cold  place  for  crystals  to  form.  The  hydrated 
Chloride  is  produced.)  Both  must  be  preserved  in  well-closed  vessels. 

Here  the  Carb.  Lime  (Oxide  of  Calcium)  is  decomposed,  the  C' 
being  expelled  in  the  state  of  gas ;  the  Chlorine  of  the  H  Cl'  combines 
with  the  Calcium,  and  forms  Chloride  of  Calcium  ;  and  the  Hydrogen 
of  the  Acid  with  the  Oxygen  of  the  Lime  forms  1  Eq.  of  water.  In 
the  subsequent  part  of  the  London  process  both  the  water  used  and 
that  formed  are  expelled  during  the  fusion. 

Tests.  The  presence  of  Lime  and  of  Chlorine  will  be  revealed  by 
their  respective  tests.  Chloride  of  Calcium,  L.  P.  should  be  free  from 
colour ;  slightly  translucent ;  hard  and  friable ;  totally  soluble  in 
water;  the  solution  gives  no  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  Ammonia 
(showing  the  absence  of  Magnesia),  or  Chlor.  Barium  (of  Sulphates), 
nor,  when  diluted  with  much  water,  with  Ferro-cyanide  of  Potassium 
(showing  that  it  is  not  contaminated  with  Iron.)  E.  P.  "  The  crystal- 
lized salt  is  very  deliquescent.  A  solution  of  76  grs.  in  f  3j.  Aq.  pre- 
cipitated by  49  grs.  Oxal.  Ammonia,  remains  precipitable  by  more 


124  MAGNESIUM. 

of  the  test.     If  it  contain  any  alkaline  salt,  impurity  will  be  indicated 
by  this  method," 

CALCII  CHLOK.IDI  LIQUOR,  L.    (U.  S.)     CALCIS  MURIATIS  (AQUA,  D.) 
SOLUTIO,  E. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Chlor.  Calcium  giv.  (3  parts,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  f  gxij.  (7  parts,  D.)    The 
E.  P.  dissolves  Muriate  of  Lime  (crystallized)  3viij.  in  water  fSxij. 
[The  U.  S.  P.  is  the  same,  but  directs  the  preparation  of  the  Muriate.} 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  of  the  Lymphatics.  Used  for  preparing 
Muriate  of  Morphia,  and  as  a  test  for  Oxalic  Acid. 

D.  fftxx. — f3j. 

Inc.  Decomposed  by  S'  and  by  Sulphates  and  by  N' ;  by  the  alkalies 
and  their  Carbonates,  with  the  exception  of  pure  Ammonia,  which 
produces  no  change,  and  may  therefore  be  prescribed  with  it. 

CALCIS  PHOSPHAS  PR.ECIPITATUM,  D. 

Precipitated  Phosphate  of  Lime.     Subphosphate  of  Lime.      Bone  Phosphate  of  Lime. 
F.  Phosphate  de  Chaux.     G.  Phosphorsaurer  Kalk.     Knochenerde. 

Bone  Phosphate  of  Lime,  as  its  name  indicates,  constitutes  the 
earthy  matter  of  bones,  teeth,  and  horns.  Some  animal  excretions, 
as  the  Tartar  of  the  teeth,  the  Phosphate  of  Lime  calculus,  are  formed 
of  it.  It  exists  also  in  wheat,  and  almost  all  plants.  It  is  obtained 
from  burning  bones  or  horns,  v.  Cornu  Cervi,  and  is  employed  for 
obtaining  Phosphorus  and  Phosphate  of  Soda,  (q.  v.  pp.  49  and  109.) 

Prop.  It  is  a  white  powdery  substance,  insipid,  and  insoluble  in 
water.  At  high  temperatures  it  fuses,  and  is  converted  into  an 
opaque  enamel.  Bone  ashes  are  composed  of  Subphosphate  with  a 
little  Carbonate  of  Lime.  Some  chemists  conceive  that  the  Bone 
Phosphate  consists  of  a  mixture  of  the  two  tribasic  Phosphates  which 
are  analogous  to  those  of  Soda  (p.  100)  ;  or,  according  to  others,  of  8 
Eq.  of  Lime  and  three  of  Phosph',  or,  per  cent.  Ca  O  5T55+P' 
48-45  =  100. 

Prep.  Digest  burnt  bones  in  powder,  1  part,  in  dil.  Mur'  and  water  of  each  2  parts  for 
12  hours.  Strain  the  liquor.  Add  to  it  Water  of  Caustic  Ammonia,  q.  s.  to  throw  down 
the  Phosphate  of  Lime.  Wash  with  abundance  of  water  and  then  dry  it 

The  Phosphate  of  Lime  is  dissolved,  and  any  Carb.  Lime  decom- 
posed by  the  Mur'.  The  Ammonia  precipitates  all  the  Phosphate  of 
Lime,  which  must  be  carefully  washed  to  get  rid  of  all  traces  of 
Chlor.  Calcium  and  of  Hydrochlor.  Ammonia.  It  has  the  advantage 
over  Bone  ashes  and  burnt  Hartshorn  of  minute  subdivision. 

Action.  Uses.  Operation  uncertain.  Supposed  formerly  to  be  useful 
in  Mollities  Ossium.  It  is  a  constituent  of  James's  Powder,  and  of 
Pulv.  Antim.  Comp. 

D.  gr.  x.  3ss. 

MAGNESIUM. 

F.  Magnesium.     G.  Magnium. 

Magnesium  (Mg=12)  is  a  metal  which  has  been  obtained  by  de- 


MAGNESIA.  125 

composing  Chloride  of  Magnesium  by  Potassium.  It  is  of  an  iron- 
gray  colour,  brilliant,  hard,  and  ductile ;  not  acted  on  by  water,  nor 
by  air,  except  at  a  high  temperature,  when  it  becomes  oxidized,  and 
forms  Magnesia.  As  a  Chloride,  it  forms  a  constituent  of  Sea-water ; 
oxidized  and  combined  with  acids,  it  exists  in  sea-water  and  in  nume- 
rous mineral  springs,  and  as  a  Hydrate  or  native  Magnesia  in  a  few 
places.  It  forms  a  portion  of  Serpentine,  Soapstone,  Mica,  Talc,  and 
many  other  minerals.  It  exists  in  most  plants,  as  in  the  straw  of 
wheat ;  also  in  small  quantity  in  the  animal  system,  especially  in  the 
urine  and  in  some  urinary  calculi.  The  Oxide,  or  Magnesia,  may  be 
obtained  by  burning  the  Carbonate,  as  Lime  is  by  burning  Limestone, 
or  by  adding  Potash  or  Soda  to  a  solution  of  one  of  its  salts. 

MAGNESIA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Magnesia  Usta,  L.    Calcined  Magnesia.     Talc  earth.    F.  Magnetic.     G.  Talkerde. 

Bittererde. 

The  name  Magnesia  (Mg  O  =  20)  occurs  in  Geber,  and  afterwards 
in  alchymical  works,  with  various  meanings.  The  present  substance 
was  called  Magnesia  alba,  and  introduced  as  a  medicine  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  18th  century.  It  was  at  first  supposed  to  differ  little  from 
Carb.  Lime.  Hoffman  first,  and  then  Dr.  Black  (1756)  clearly  esta- 
blished the  distinction  between  it  and  Lime. 

Prop.  Magnesia  is  a  white  and  light,  very  finely  divided,  powdery 
substance,  devoid  of  smell,  but  earthy  in  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  2-3.  When 
moistened,  it  slightly  greens  syrup  of  Violets,  and  browns  Turmeric 
paper.  It  is  hardly  soluble  in  water,  requiring  5142  parts  of  cold 
and  36000  parts  of  hot  water.  (Fyfe.)  Water  sprinkled  on  it  becomes 
absorbed  to  the  extent  of  about  18  per  cent,  without  the  evolution  of 
heat.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol.  It  attracts  moisture  and 
Carb'  from  the  atmosphere,  and  becomes  slowly  converted  into  the 
Carbonate.  It  is  infusible,  except  under  the  oxy-hydrogen  flame,  and 
consists  per  cent,  of  Magnesium  60  +  O  40  =  100. 

Magnesia  is  remarkable  for  its  attraction  for  Alumina  in  a  humid 
way,  so  that  in  the  analysis  of  some  Magnesian  fossils,  it  is  found 
that,  although  Magnesia  cannot  be  precipitated  entirely  from  any  of 
its  salts  by  Ammonia,  yet,  if  Alumina  be  present,  its  precipitation  is 
complete,  (m.)  Acids  readily  unite  with  Magnesia,  and  form  salts, 
of  which  those  which  are  soluble,  and  especially  the  Sulphate,  are 
bitter,  readily  distinguishing  it  from  other  earths.  Caustic  Potash 
decomposes  these  salts,  and  throws  down  the  Magnesia,  which  retains 
about  £  of  water,  forming  the  Hydrate,  of  a  somewhat  gelatinous  con- 
sistence. The  Carbonate  of  Potash  and  of  Soda  produce  precipitates 
of  Carb.  Magnesia.  The  Bicarbonates  give  rise  to  no  apparent  decom- 
position, as  the  transparency  remains  unimpaired.  If  the  Sesquicarbo- 
nate  of  Ammonia  be  added,  and  after  this  a  solution  of  Phosphate  of 
Soda  be  dropt  in,  a  copious  precipitate  takes  place  of  triple  Phosphate 
of  Magnesia  and  Ammonia,  (c.)  The  direct  addition  of  Phosphate  of 
Ammonia  to  the  solution  of  any  salt  of  Magnesia  will  produce  the 
same  effect.  Magnesia  may  be  distinguished  from  Lime  by  Sesqui- 


126  MAGNESIA    CARBONAS. 

carbonate  of  Ammonia  precipitating  Lime,  but  not  Magnesia ;  also  by 
Oxalate  of  Ammonia,  which  does  not  precipitate  Magnesia,  but  throws 
down  Lime  readily.  Ammonia  in  excess  throws  down  Magnesia, 
but  not  Lime,  from  neutral  solutions. 

Prep.  L.  (U.  S.)  Take  Carl.  Magnesia  3iv. ;  burn  it  for  2  hours  in  a  very  strong  fire. 
The  E.  P.  directs  that  the  heat  be  continued,  till  the  powder,  when  suspended  in  water, 
displays  no  effervescence  on  the  addition  of  Mur'.  Both  the  E.  and  D.  P.  direct  that  it 
be  preserved  in  well-closed  bottles. 

Here,  as  in  the  case  of  Carb.  Lime,  Carb'  and  water  are  expelled  at 
a  high  temperature,  to  the  extent  of  50  or  60  per  cent.,  and  the  Mag- 
nesia remains  in  its  pure  state,  of  which  the  density  may  be  increased 
according  as  the  heat  is  augmented. 

Tests.  Magnesia  being  prepared  from  the  Carbonate,  is  apt  to  con- 
tain some  of  the  impurities  of  the  salts  from  which  it  is  made,  as 
Lime,  Alumina,  and  Silica,  and,  when  long  kept,  some  of  the  Carbo- 
nate. H  IT  dissolves  Magnesia  (50grs.  in  Dil.  H  Cl'fSj.  E.)  without 
effervescence,  showing  the  absence  of  Carbonate.  If  Silica  be  pre- 
sent, it  will  be  left  undissolved.  An  excess  of  Ammonia  occasions  in 
the  solution  only  a  scanty  precipitate  of  Alumina,  E.;  provided  the 
acid,  as  the  E.  P.  directs,  be  used  in  considerable  excess  to  the  Mag- 
nesia, Alumina,  if  present,  will  then  be  readily  separated  from  the 
Muriate  of  Magnesia,  (c.)  No  precipitate  is  thrown  down  by  Bicarb. 
Potash  (nor  by  Oxal.  Amm.  E.)  added  to  the  above  solution,  showing 
absence  of  Lime ;  and  none  by  Chlor.  Barium,  showing  absence  of 
Sulph.  Mag.  and  of  Carb.  Soda.  Turmeric  ought  to  be  only  slightly 
browned. 

Inc.  Acids,  Acidulous  and  Metallic  Salts,  and  Hydrochlorate  of 
Ammonia. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Laxative.  In  acidity  of  the  Stomach,  when 
it  forms  soluble  Magnesian  Salts. 

D.  Antacid,  gr.  x. — xxx. ;  as  a  laxative,  9j. — 3j. ;  for  infants, 
gr-  ij«— gr.  x. 

MAGNESIA  CARBONAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Magnesia  alba.    Magnesia  Subcarbonas.     F.  Carbonate  de  Magnesie.    G.  Kohlensaure 
Bittererde.     Kohlensaure  Talkerde. 

Carbonate  of  Magnesia  (Mg  O,  C  Oa  =  42),  at  first  called  Mag- 
nesia alba,  and  Cornitissce  Palma  pulvis,  was  used  as  a  medicine  by 
the  Count  de  Palma  at  Rome,  whence  it  was  also  called  Pulvis  albus 
Romanus.  It  was  introduced  into  the  list  of  the  Materia  Medica  by 
F.  Hoffman.  It  is  found  in  nature  in  some  mineral  waters,  in  some 
of  which,  however,  it  may  exist  in  the  form  of  the  Bicarbonate.  In 
an  impure  state  it  forms  a  constituent  of  Dolomitic,  that  is,  of  Mag- 
nesian Limestone,  and  in  a  comparatively  pure  state,  a  hill  in  the 
Peninsula  of  India,  consisting  of  Magnesia  46,  Carbonic  Acid,  51, 
Insoluble  Matter  1-5,  Water  0-5,  loss  1  =  100. 

Prop.  Pure  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  is  sometimes  found  in  nature  in 
rhomboidal  crystals ;  as  usually  seen,  the  officinal  Carbonate  is  of  a 
white  colour,  light  and  soft  to  the  touch,  without  smell,  devoid  of  any 


MAGNESIA    CARBONAS.  127 

other  than  an  earthy  taste  when  properly  prepared.  It  is  unalterable 
in  the  air,  and  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  but  more  soluble  in  cold  than 
in  boiling  water.  Its  solubility  is  much  increased  if  C'  be  present, 
48  parts  of  water  being  said  to  be  then  sufficient.  In  fact,  it  is  con- 
verted into  the  Bicarbonate  of  Magnesia :  by  spontaneous  evaporation, 
1  Eq.  of  C'  escapes,  and  the  neutral  Carbonate  is  deposited,  being 
insoluble.  It  is  decomposed  by  acids  and  by  a  strong  heat,  its  Carb' 
being  expelled.  The  composition  of  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  is  differ- 
ently viewed  by  different  chemists.  Mr.  Phillips,  in  his  last  analysis, 
found  Magnesia  40-8,  Carb'  36-0,  and  Water  23-2  =  100 ;  and  he 
considers  it  as  a  compound  of  1  Eq.  Bihydrated  Magnesia  38  +  4  Eq. 
Hydrated  Carb.  Magnesia  204  ==  242. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Sulph.  Magnesia  ftiv.  (25  parts,  D.)  Carb.  Soda  ftiv.  Sviij. 
(Carb.  of  Potash  14  parts,  D.)  each  separately  in  Aq.  dest.  Cij.  (400  parts,  D.)  and  strain. 
Then  mix  and  boil  the  liquors,  stirring  constantly  with  a  spatula  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  ; 
lastly,  the  liquor  being  poured  off,  wash  the  precipitated  powder  (collected  on  a  filter  of 
linen  or  calico,  E.)  with  boiling  distilled  water,  and  dry  it. 

Here  the  Sulphate  of  Magnesia  and  the  Carbonate  of  Soda  (or  of 
Potash)  mutually  decompose  each  other;  thef'Sul'  uniting  with  the 
Soda,  forms  a  Sulphate  of  Soda,  which  remains  in  solution,  while  the 
Carb'  unites  with  the  Magnesia.  The  salt  formed,  being  insoluble,  is 
precipitated  as  a  Hydrated  Carbonate  of  Magnesia,  but,  in  conse- 
quence of  a  portion  of  the  Carb.  escaping,  it  is  not  strictly  neutral. 
Carb.  Potash  was  used  in  all  the  Pharmacopoeias,  as  it  now  is  in 
the  Dublin ;  "  but  it  was  difficult  to  separate  the  last  portions  of  the 
Sulphate  of  Potash  from  the  precipitate,  and  the  Carb.  of  Potash  usu- 
ally contains  Silica,  which  precipitates  with  the  Magnesia."  Professor 
Graham  states  that  Carb.  Soda  is  not  so  suitable  as  Carb.  Potash  for 
precipitating  Magnesia,  "  as  a  portion  of  it  is  apt  to  go  down  in  com- 
bination with  the  Magnesian  Carbonate ;  but  it  may  be  used,  provided 
the  quantity  applied  be  less  than  is  required  to  decompose  the  whole 
Magnesian  salt  in  solution."  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  is  sometimes 
pressed,  when  in  the  moist  state,  into  the  form  of  cubes.  Consider- 
able differences  are  observed  in  the  density  of  Carbonate  of  Magnesia, 
according  to  the  mode  of  preparation.  Dense  or  heavy  Magnesia 
is  preferred  by  some,  chiefly  in  England,  and  Light  Magnesia  by 
others,  especially  in  France.  Several  explanations  have  been  given  of 
the  mode  of  preparation,  but  the  most  distinct  by  Dr.  Pereira,  as  prac- 
tised in  one  of  the  most  highly  esteemed  laboratories  of  this  capital, 
where  they  prepare — 

Heavy  Magnesia  by  adding  a  cold  saturated  sol.  of  Carb.  of  Soda  to  a  hot  saturated  sol. 

of  Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

Light  Magnesia,  by  using  both  solutions  much  diluted. 
Gritty  Magnesia,  by  mixing  both  of  the  solutions  at  a  boiling  temperature,  both  being 

concentrated. 

Tests.  The  Carbonate,  like  pure  Magnesia,  may  contain  alkaline 
Carbonates,  or  Sulphate  of  Soda,  sometimes  Gypsum,  Lime,  and  Alu- 
mina. "  The  water  in  which  it  is  boiled  should  not  alter  the  colour  of 
Turmeric,"  showing  the  absence  of  any  alkaline  Carbonate.  Chloride 
of  Barium  or  Nitrate  of  Silver,  added  to  the  water,  does  not  precipi- 


128  MAGNESIA    BICARBONAS. 

late  any  thing,  the  first  Indicating  the  absence  both  of  Sulphates  and 
of  Carbonate  of  Soda,  and  the  second,  if  insoluble  in  N',  of  any  Chlo- 
ride. "  When  dissolved  in  an  excess  of  Muriatic  acid,  an  excess  of 
Ammonia  occasions  only  a  scanty  precipitate  of  Alumina,  and  the 
filtered  fluid  is  not  precipitated  by  Oxalate  of  Ammonia,"  E.,  or  Bi- 
carbonate of  Potash,  showing  the  absence  of  any  Calcareous  salt  100 
parts  dissolved  in  dilute  Sul'  lose  36-6  parts  in  weight  of  Carb'  L. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  and  Metallic  Salts,  Hydrochlorate  of 
Ammonia,  and  Lime-water. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Laxative.  Very  similar  to  Magnesia,  but 
differs  in  Carb'  gas  being  extricated  when  it  meets  with  acids  in  the 
stomach.  Sometimes  given  in  effervescence. 

D.  gr.  v. — 9j.  as  an  Antacid ;  gr.  xv. — 3j.  as  a  Laxative,  with 
water,  milk,  &c. ;  14  grs.  =  9j.  Citric  acid  in  effervescence. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Hydrargyrum  cum  Magnesia.  Pulv.  Rhei  Comp. 
Mist.  Camphoree  cum  Magnesia. 

TROCHISCI  MAGNESIA,  E.     Magnesia  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Mix  together  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  gvj.  Pure  Sugar  3iij.  Nutmeg  9j.,  in 
powder,  with  Tragacanth  mucilage  to  a  mass  fit  tor  lozenges. 

MAGNESIA  BICARBONAS. 

Aqua  Magnesia  Bicarbonatis.     Aerated  Magnesia   Water.    Soluble  Magnesia.     F.  Bi- 
carbonate  de  Magnesie.     G.  Zweifach  Kohlensaure  Bittererde. 

This  is  found  in  some  mineral  springs  in  France,  &c.  Carbonate 
of  Magnesia  becomes  soluble  when  a  current  of  Carbonic  acid  gas  is 
passed  into  a  mixture  of  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  and  water.  A  pre- 
paration made  in  Paris  in  1821  contained  6  times  as  much  as  an 
English  preparation,  which  contained  36  grains  in  each  bottle. 
A.  Mayler  mentions  that  Mr.  Lawrence  had  been  able  to  dissolve  as 
much  as  15  grains  of  neutral  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  in  an  ounce  of 
water.  The  French  apothecaries  prepare  an  Eau  Magnesienne  ga- 
zeuse.  which  contains  3j.  of  Magnesia  in  a  bottle  of  22  ounces :  a 
Bicarb.  Magnesia  is,  in  fact,  formed  with  a  large  excess  of  Carb'. 
The  second  kind,  called  Eau  Magnesienne  saturee,  is  not  effervescing, 
and  contains  £  an  ounce  of  Magnesia  in  water  Oj.,  or  about  9  grs. 
in  3j. 

Dr.  Christison  says  a  bottle  which  holds  about  3viij.  may  contain 
72  grs.  of  Carb.,  and  ought  to  hold  at  least  a  9  in  solution.  The  so- 
lution prepared  by  Mr.  Dinneford  is  said  to  contain  from  17  to  19 
grs.  in  each  f  3.  That  examined  by  Dr.  C.  yielded  what  was  equi- 
valent to  8-96  of  commercial  Carb.  in  a  f  3.  The  fluid  Magnesia  of 
Sir.  J.  Murray,  analyzed  by  Profs.  Daniell,  Kane,  and  Davy,  yielded 
in  each  f3  13  grs.  of  pure  Carb.  Magnesia. 

A  substitute,  as  suggested  by  Dr.  P.,  may  be  prepared  by  pouring 
the  ordinary  Soda-water,  that  is,  Carbonic  acid  water,  over  the 
common  Carb.  Magnesia  contained  in  a  tumbler;  or  a  mixture  of 
crystallized  Sulph.  Magnesia  and  crystallized  Carb.  Soda,  in  powder, 
and  in  atomic  proportions  (viz.,  123  parts  of  the  former  to  144  parts 


MAGNESIA    SULPHAS. 


129 


of  the  latter  salt),  may  be  substituted  for  the  Carbonate  of  Magnesia. 
This  is  something  similar  to  the  double  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  and 
Soda,  sometimes  sold  as  Soluble  Magnesia. 

Action.  Uses.  Much  the  same  as  Carb.  Magnesia,  but  a  more 
agreeable  form  for  exhibition  in  Dyspepsia  and  Lithic  acid  Diathesis. 

D.  f  3iij. — fjviij. 

MAGNESIA  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate  of  Magnesia.    Epsom  Sails.     VitrioJated  Magnesia.     F.  Sulphate  de  Magnesie. 
G.  Schwefelsaure  Bittererde. 

This  salt  was  first  discovered  in  1675  by  Dr.  Grew,  in  a  spring  at 
Epsom.  It  is  found  in  many  countries  effloresced  on  the  soil  and  on 
rocks  which  contain  a  Sulphate  or  Sulphuret.  It  is  called  hair  salt 
and  bitter  salt.  It  exists  in  many  mineral  springs  and  in  sea-water 
in  the  proportion  of  15-5  grains  in  a  pint.  Its  true  nature  was  fully 
explained  by  Dr.  Black  in  1755. 

Prop.  Sulphate  of  Magnesia  (MgO,  SO3+7  Aq.  =  123)  is  com- 
monly prepared  in  acicular  crystals,  but  it  may  be  crystallized  in 
quadrangular  or  hexangular  prisms  acuminated  by  two  to  six  planes, 
the  primary  form  being  a  right  prism  with  a  rhombic  base.    The  salt 
is  white  or  colourless,  transparent,  and  sparkling, 
of  a  saline  nauseously  bitter  taste.     Unalterable  or 
slightly  efflorescent,  according  to  the  dryness  of  the    ^^\    ^x 
air.     Sometimes,  but  only  when  impure,  deliques-  A        \    \     \ 
cent.   Insoluble  in  Alcohol,  soluble  in  its  own  weight      r~-— A     >-* 
of  water  at  60°,  and  in  less  than  f  at  212°.     Ex-  \y 

posed  to  heat,  the  crystals  melt  in  their  water  of 
crystallization,  of  which  6  Eq.  are  dissipated ;  the 
salt  is  then  fused  into  an  enamel  without  decompo- 
sition. If  moistened  when  in  the  anhydrous  state, 
water  is  reabsorbed  with  increase  of  temperature. 
Sulph.  Magnesia  is  decomposed  by  Potash,  Soda, 
and  their  Carbonates,  the  bases  producing  a  precipitate  of  Magnesia, 
and  their  Carbs.  one  of  the  Carb.  Magnesia.  The  Bicarbs.  Potash 
and  Soda  and  the  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia  do  not  produce  precipitates, 
because  the  Bicarb.  Magnesia,  which  is  produced,  is  soluble,  and  does 
not  impair  the  transparency  of  the  solution,  unless  a  portion  of  C' 
is  expelled  by  heat.  Lime,  Baryta,  and  their  soluble  salts  decom- 
pose it,  producing  a  precipitate  of  Sulph.  Lime  or  of  Baryta.  Am- 
monia decomposes  it  readily  if  aided  by  heat,  otherwise  partially, 
forming  a  triple  Sulphate.  If  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia  be  added  to  its 
solution,  and  then  Phosph.  Soda,  a  precipitate  is  obtained  of  Ammo- 
niaco-Magnesian  Phosphate.  Comp.  Mg  O  32-5,  S'  32-5,  Aq.  51-2  = 
100. 

Prep.  The  bittern  of  sea-water,  after  the  crystallization  of  Common  Salt,  contains 
Sulph.  Magnesia  and  Chlor.  Magnesium.  By  simple  evaporation  the  Sulph.  Magnesia 
may  be  separated  by  crystallization.  Sometimes  Sul'  is  added  to  convert  the  Chloride  into 
a  further  quantity  of  Sulph.  Magnesia. 

At  Lymington,  in  Hampshire,  two  kinds  of  Salt  are  manufactured. 
The  author  has  to  thank  Mr.  Dyer,  a  late  pupil  at  King's  College, 

9 


130  MAGNESIA    SULPHAS. 

for  specimens.  The  first,  called  single,  obtained  by  the  cooling  down 
of  a  concentrated  solution  in  wooden  troughs,  is  moist,  and  contains 
a  considerable  quantity  of  Chloride.  When  redissolved  and  recrys- 
tallized,  the  second,  which  is  called  double  Epsom  Salts,  is  obtained ; 
this  is  pure,  and  permanent  in  ordinary  states  of  the  atmosphere. 
Sulph.  Magnesia  is  also  prepared  from  Dolomitic  Limestone,  that  is, 
Carbonate  of  Lime  and  Magnesia  mixed  together  in  various  propor- 
tions. One  method  is  to  heat  this  Magnesian  Limestone  and  to  de- 
compose it  with  diluted  Sul'.  Sulphate  of  Lime,  which  is  insoluble, 
is  formed,  as  well  as  Sulph.  Magnesia,  which,  being  soluble  in  water, 
is  easily  separated  and  purified  by  crystallization.  Or  the  mineral 
may  be  calcined,  when  the  Carb'  being  expelled,  the  caustic  Lime  and 
Magnesia  are  first  hydrated  by  being  moistened  with  water  and  then 
the  Lime  converted  into  Chloride  of  Calcium,  by  adding  only  suffi- 
cient H  Cl'  to  effect  this  object.  The  Chloride  being  readily  soluble 
in  water,  is  by  its  means  easily  separated  from  the  Magnesia,  which 
is  converted  into  the  Sulphate  by  the  addition  of  Sul'  or  of  Sulphate 
of  Iron ;  or  the  Hydrated  Lime  and  Magnesia  may  be  boiled  with 
bittern.  Chlor.  Calcium  is  formed,  and  remains  in  solution,  while  the 
Magnesia  of  the  bittern  is  separated  and  obtained  tolerably  pure  with 
the  Magnesia  of  the  Dolomitic  limestone,  and  may  as  before  be  con- 
verted into  Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

Tests.  Apt  to  contain  as  impurities  Chlor.  Magnesium,  Sulph.  Soda, 
or  a  little  Iron ;  but  that  commonly  sold  is  sufficiently  pure  for  medi- 
cal purposes.  Chlor.  Magnesium  may  be  suspected  when  the  salt  is 
moist  L.  P.  "  Very  readily  dissolved  by  water.  Sul'  dropped  into 
the  solution  does  not  expel  any  H  Cl',"  showing  there  is  little  if  any 
Chloride  present,  which  will  also  be  shown  by  the  absence  of  a  pre- 
cipitate with  Nitr.  Silver.  "  100  grs.  dissolved  in  water,  and  mixed 
with  a  boiling  solution  of  Carb.  Soda,  yield  34  grs.  of  Carb.  Mag- 
nesia when  dried."  If  this  quantity  be  obtained,  the  salt  is  unmixed 
with  Sulph.  Soda.  The  E.  P.  shows  that  the  full  proportion  of  Mag- 
nesia is  present  by  another  method.  "10  grs.  dissolved  in  f3j.  of 
water,  and  treated  with  a  solution  of  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia,  are  not 
entirely  precipitated  by  280  minims  of  solution  of  Phosph.  Soda." 
Here  a  little  Magnesia  is  left  in  solution  if  the  salt  be  pure.  The  so- 
lution of  Phosph.  Soda  is  1  part  in  20  of  water :  "  Of  it  280  minims 
are  sufficient  to  tnrow  down  97  per  cent,  of  Magnesia  in  a  pure  Sul- 
phate," c.  Sulph.  Soda  used  sometimes  to  be  mixed  with  this  salt, 
when  it  was  dearer,  and  was  made  to  resemble  it  by  being  rapidly 
crystallized  with  the  assistance  of  agitation.  A  minute  quantity  of 
Iron  is  sometimes  present,  giving  its  solution  a  reddish  tint.  v.  Tests 
for  Iron. 

Inc.  Potash,  Soda,  and  their  Garbs.,  Lime-water,  Chlorides  of  Cal- 
cium and  of  Barium,  Acetate  of  Lead. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  Diuretic.  A  common  constituent  of  a 
Black  Dose. 

D.  3ij. — 3j.  or  3ij.     In  Enemata,  3j. — 3ij.  in  some  demulcent  mix- 
ture. 
Pharm.  Prep.  Pulv.  Salinus  Comp.  p.  94.     Enema  Cath.  D. 


ALUM  EN.  131 

CHLORIDE  OF  MAGNESIUM,  more  commonly  called  Muriate  of  Mag- 
nesia, is  found  in  a  few  saline  springs,  and  in  the  waters  of  the  ocean, 
about  23  grains  in  a  pint. 

ALUMINUM  AND  ALUMINA. 

The  metal  Aluminum  or  Aluminium  (Al=  14)  was  discovered  by 
Sir  H.  Davy,  but  carefully  examined  by  Wohler  in  1828.  It  is  the 
base  of  its  only  known  Oxide,  ALUMINA  (Al  O  =  22),  considered  by 
some  to  be  a  Sesquioxide  (Al2  O3).  In  its  impure  state,  and  combined 
with  Silica,  it  is  abundantly  diffused,  being  the  essential  constituent 
of  all  clays  and  likewise  of  many  rocks.  It  exists  in  the  purest  form 
in  the  Sapphire,  &c.,  less  pure  in  Corundum  and  Emery,  and  in  many 
minerals.  It  may  be  obtained  by  treating  solution  of  Alum  with  an 
excess  of  Ammonia,  when  a  copious  precipitate  of  white  gelatinous 
Hydrate  of  Alumina  falls  down. 

Alumina  is  devoid  of  smell  or  taste,  but  adheres  to  the  tongue ;  is 
very  infusible,  has  a  great  affinity  for  water,  attracting  it  from  the 
atmosphere  to  the  extent  of  ^  of 'its  own  weight.  When  mixed  with 
water,  it  is  distinguished  by  its  plasticity ;  hence,  in  its  impure  state, 
it  has  from  the  earliest  times  been  employed  in  pottery.  It  has  also 
a  strong  affinity  for  various  organic  substances,  and,  among  them, 
for  different  colouring  matters;  salts,  therefore,  which  contain  it,  have 
been  long  employed  in  dyeing  and  in  calico-printing.  Alumina  in 
the  state  of  Hydrate  is  soluble  in  caustic  Potash  or  Soda,  and  like- 
wise in  dilute  acids.  It  may  be  distinguished  by  the  formation  of  oc- 
tohedral  crystals  of  Alum,  on  evaporating  its  solution  in  Dil.  SuT, 
to  which  some  Sulphate  of  Potash  has  been  added. 

ALUMEN,  (U.  S.)  SULPHAS  ALUMINA  ET  POTASS^:,  L.  E.  D. 
Alum.     Argilla  Vitriolata.    Sulphas  Aluminaris,     F.  Alun.     G.  Alaun. 

The  name  Alumen  of  the  Romans  (Pliny,  xxxv.  c.  1 5)  and  tfruirr^ja 
of  the  Greeks  (Diosc.  v.  c.  122)  was  no  doubt  applied  to  several  salts 
of  the  nature  of  vitriols,  and  among  them  to  the  natural  Sulphate  of 
Iron.  The  Arabs  also  understood  it  as  a  generic  term,  as  they  in- 
clude a  variety  of  salts  under  the  name  of  Shib.  Alum,  however, 
was  probably  not  unknown,  as  Pliny  (xxxv.  c.  15,  §  52)  says  "  quo- 
niam  inficiendis  claro  colore  lanis,  candidum  liquidumque  utilissimum 
est."  The  Egyptians  and  Hindoos  have  from  very  early  ages  been 
acquainted  with  the  arts  of  dyeing  and  of  calico-printing.  The  Hin- 
doos are  universally  acquainted  with  the  properties  of  Alum,  and  employ 
it  for  clarifying  muddy  water,  as  well  as  in  both  the  above  chemical 
arts.  It  may  be  obtained  in  every  bazaar,  and  is  manufactured  in 
Cutch.  The  first  Alum-works  known  to  Europeans  were  established 
at  Roccha,  formerly  called  Edessa,  in  Syria,  (whence  the  commercial 
name  of  Roch  Alum),  then  near  Smyrna,  &c.,  whence  the  Genoese, 
&c.,  supplied  Europe.  About  the  middle  of  the  15th  century  they 
were  established  in  Italy,  afterwards  in  Germany,  Spain,  and  at 
Whitby  in  England  in  the  reign  of  Elizabeth.  (Aikin,  Diet.  i.  p.  43.) 


132  ALUM  EN. 

Prop.  The  Sulphate  of  Alumina  and  Potash  (K  O,  S  O  4-  AI*  O, 
3  S  O+24  Aq.  Ben.},  when  pure,  is  without  odour,  colourless  and 
transparent,  of  a  sweetish,  acidulous,  and  powerfully  astringent  taste. 
It  reddens  Litmus  and  other  vegetable  colours,  and  English  Alum 
strikes  a  green  with  Syrup  of  Violets,  (p.)     When  perfectly  crys- 
tallized, it  is  seen  in  the  form  of  regular  octohedrons, 
but  often  only  as  four-sided  pyramids,  or  in  large 
/T\         seemingly  irregular  masses;  while  what  in  commerce 
/    \     A:     is  called  Roch  Alum  is  in  small  crystalline  fragments, 
/l^^^  ^^  with  less  transparency,  and  of  a  reddish  hue.     Sp.  Gr. 
^\      "*/      Wl>     The  large  masses,  when  immersed  in  water  for 
\  \/       a  few  days,  display  on  their  surfaces  octohedral,  tri- 
angular, and  rectangular  forms,  as  may  be  seen  in  the 
specimens  in  the  museum  of  King's  College,  originally  submitted  to 
experiment  by  Professor  Daniell.     Alum  is  soluble  in  about  18  parts 
of  water  at  60°,  but  in  about  f  its  own  weight  of  boiling  water.     In 
a  dry  atmosphere,  its  crystals  are  slightly  efflorescent ;  at  a  moderate 
temperature  (as  92°)  it  melts  in  its  own  water  of  crystallization,  boils 
up ;  and  if  the  heat  be  continued,  the  water  to  the  extent  of  45  per 
cent,  being  evaporated,  a  light  white  spongy  powder,  or  burnt  Alum, 
is  left.     By  a  stronger  heat,  the  acid  is  partly  expelled  and  partly 
decomposed,  and  the  remainder,  consisting  of  Alumina  (with  some 
Sulphate  of  Potash)  is  insoluble  in  water.     It  is  also  decomposed  by 
the  action  of  carbonaceous  matter  at  a  high  temperature,  forming  the 
Pyrophorus  discovered  by  Homburg  and  Lernery.     Alum  is  decom- 
posed by  the  alkalies,  the  alkaline  earths,  and  by  their  Carbonates, 
which  combine  with  its  acid  and  precipitate  its  Alumina.     This  is 
soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  alkalies.     Alum  is  composed  of  1  Eq.  of 
Sulphate  of  Alumina  and  1  Eq.  Sulphate  of  Potash,  with  24  Eq.  of 
water;  or  per  cent.  Sulph.  Alum.  35-73,  Sulph.  Potash  18-07,  Aq. 
46-20  =  100. 

The  above,  which  is  the  common  kind  of  Alum,  is  sometimes  dis- 
tinguished by  the  name  of  Potash  Alum.  There  are  other  kinds, 
which  contain  either  an  Eq.  of  Sulphate  of  Soda,  hence  called  Soda 
Alum;  or  an  Eq.  of  Sulphate  of  Ammonia,  and  then  called  Ammonia 
Mum  ;  and  the  latter  is  the  constitution  of  some  of  the  common  Alum 
of  commerce. 

Prep.  Alum  is  manufactured  in  large  quantities  for  use  in  the  arts  as  well  as  in  medi- 
cine. This  is  always  in  situations  where  there  is  some  Aluminous  rock ;  that  is,  one 
containing  Alumina,  and  a  Sulphuret,  usually  of  Iron,  sometimes  a  salt  of  Potash  ;  by 
exposure  to  the  air,  either  with  or  without  heat.  The  Sulphur  attracting  Oxygen  is  con- 
verted into  Sulphuric  Acid,  which  combines  with  the  Alumina  and  also  with  the  oxidized 
iron.  The  Sulphate  of  Iron  is  separated,  and  a  salt  of  Potash  is  added  to  the  vitriolic 
solution  of  Alumina.  In  Cutch,  Carb.  of  Potash  is  added  to  a  solution  obtained  by  boil- 
ing the  blue  clay,  after  it  has  been  exposed  for  5  months  to  the  air  and  watered  for  10  or 
15  days.  By  due  evaporation,  and  a  repetition  of  the  boiling  and  evaporation,  crystals  of 
Alum  are  obtained. 

Tests.  Alum  should  be  colourless,  and  perfectly  soluble  in  water, 
showing  the  absence  of  any  uncombined  earthy  matter-  From  the 
solution,  Ammonia  or  Potash  throws  down  a  colourless  precipitate  of 
Alumina,  which  is  redissolved  when  the  latter  is  added  in  excess. 


METALSPROPER.  133 

The  freedom  from  colour  and  the  solubility  prove  the  purity  of  Alum. 
The  presence  of  Iron  may  be  detected  by  the  addition  of  Tincture  of 
Galls,  which  will  produce  a  bluish-black  colour  after  the  Iron  has 
been  precipitated  by  Potash. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbs.,  Lime  and  Lime-water,  &c.,  Tartrate 
of  Potash,  Phosphates,  Acetate  of  Lead,  the  Salts  of  Mercury,  Gallic 
acid,  Inf.  of  Galls  and  of  Cinchona. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  Styptic,  both  internally  and  as  a  Lotion, 
Collyrium  or  Injection. 

D.  gr.  x.— Bj. 

ALUMEN  (SiccATUM,  D.)  EXSICCATUM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Dried  Alum.     Alu- 
men  ustum. 

Alum,  when  thoroughly  heated,  forms  a  light,  spongy,  opaque  mass, 
losing  its  water  of  crystallization,  but  retaining  its  other  properties. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Let  Alum  liquefy  in  an  earthen  (or  iron,  E.)  vessel ;  then  let  the  fire 
be  increased,  until  the  ebullition  has  ceased.  (Then  reduce  to  powder,  E.  and  D.)  The 
directions  of  the  three  Colleges  are  essentially  the  same,  but  care  must  be  taken  that  the 
heat  is  not  too  powerful,  as  then  a  portion  of  the  Sul'  will  be  driven  off. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Escharotic ;  occasionally  given  internally. 
D.  gr.  v. — gr.  xv. 

PULVIS  ALUMINIS  COMPOSITUS,  E.     Compound  Alum  Powder.    , 

Prep.  Mix  Alum  3iv.  Kino  3j.  and  reduce  them  to  fine  powder. 

A   useful   Astringent   in    Passive  Hemorrhages   and  in   Chronic 
Diarrhoeas. 
D.  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

LIQUOR  ALUMINIS  COMPOSITUS,  L.     Compound  Solution  of  Alum. 

This  is  a  powerful  astringent  lotion,  which  used  to  be  called  Bates' 
Alum  Water. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Alum  and  Sulphate  of  Lime  aa  3j.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oiij.  strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  Styptic  lotion.  Diluted  with  Rose-water* 
used  as  a  Collyrium  and  Injection. 

CATAPLASMA  ALUMINIS,  D.     Alum  Cataplasm  or  Curd. 

Prep.  Agitate  together  Alum  3j.  with  the  whites  of  two  eggs,  so  that  they  may  form 
a  coagulum. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Astringent.  Applied  between  two  pieces  of  muslin 
over  the  eye  in  some  kinds  of  Ophthalmia. 


METALS    PROPER, 

MANGANESIUM. 
F.  Manganese.     G.  Mangan. 

Manganese  (Mn  =  28),  the  first  of  the  metals  proper  to  be  treated 


134  F  E  R  R  U  M. 

of,  is  not  itself  officinal,  and  one  of  its  Oxides  is  so  only  on  account 
of  its  Pharmacopeia  use.  Tt  is  hard,  brittle,  and  of  a  grayish-white 
colour,  emitting  a  peculiar  odour  when  handled  or  in  a  moist  at- 
mosphere. Sp.  Gr.  8.  When  pure,  it  oxidizes  readily  in  the  air, 
requiring  to  be  kept  under  Naphtha,  and  is  quickly  dissolved  by  Dil. 
Sulphuric  acid.  It  forms  numerous  combinations  with  Oxygen,  but 
the  Black  or  Peroxide  is  alone  officinal. 

MANGANESII  (OxiDUM,  E.  D.)  BINOXYDUM,  L. 
F.   Oxyde  noir  de  Manganese.      G.   Manganhyperoxyd. 

Prop.  The  Binoxide  of  Manganese  (Mn  O2  =  44),  called  also  Per- 
oxide, is  that  found  most  abundantly  in  nature,  but  is  variable  in  ap- 
pearance, sometimes  crystallized  in  needles,  often  in  compact  masses, 
but  most  frequently  is  a  dull  earthy-looking  powder,  of  a  black  or 
blackish-brown  colour.  It  is  usually  sold  in  the  state  of  a  fine  powder. 
It  is  devoid  of  both  taste  and  smell ;  Sp.  Gr.  4-8 ;  insoluble  in  water; 
nearly  infusible ;  heated,  it  gives  out  Oxygen.  Treated  with  H  Cl', 
Chlorine  is  evolved,  as  also  when  mixed  with  Chloride  of  Sodium  or 
Common  Salt,  and  Sul'.  Comp.  Mn  63-75,  O  36-25  =  100. 

Tests.  Binoxide  of  Manganese  is  seldom  pure,  usually  containing 
more  or  less  of  Oxide  of  Iron,  Carbonates  of  Lime  and  of  Iron,  Sul- 
phate of  Baryta,  and  clayey  matter.  "  Muriatic  acid,  aided  by  heat, 
dissolves  it  almost  entirely,  disengaging  Chlorine ;  heat  disengages 
Oxygen."  It  also  often  contains  much  of  the  Sesquioxide.  Its  purity 
is  judged  of  by  the  quantity  of  Oxygen  or  Chlorine  evolved,  or  by  the 
joint  action  of  Hydrochloric  and  Oxalic  acids,  (v.  Fownes,  Manual 
of  Chemistry,  p.  271.) 

Action.  Uses.  Officinal  for  aiding  the  evolution  of  Chlorine  from 
Chloride  of  Sodium  (p.  59),  for  which  it  is  much  employed ;  also  for 
colouring  in  glass-making  and  pottery ;  seldom  in  medicine. 

FERRUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Iron.     Mars  of  the  Alchymists.     jP.  Fer.     G.  Eieen. 

Iron  (Fe  =  28)  is  found  native,  when  it  is  supposed  to  be  generally 
of  meteoric  origin ;  extensively  in  combination  with  Oxygen  or  Sul- 
phur, as  a  salt  of  various  acids,  as  Carbonate,  Sulphate,  &c. ;  and 
all  these  in  a  more  or  less  pure  state,  that  is,  mixed  with  earths  or 
other  metals.  It  also  exists  in  vegetables,  and  in  the  blood  of  animals. 
It  is  extracted  from  Iron  ores.  Some  of  the  Oxides,  as  Magnetic  and 
Specular  Iron  ore,  are  heated  only  with  Charcoal,  as  in  Sweden,  Elba, 
and  India,  when  the  Carbon  combining  with  the  Oxygen,  the  Iron  is 
set  free,  and  melted.  The  Carbonate,  Iron  Pyrites,  Clay  Iron  ore, 
Red  and  Brown  Haematites,  and  Spathose  Iron,  are  first  roasted,  and 
then  exposed  to  a  fierce  heat  in  contact  with  Charcoal,  Coke,  or  small 
Coal,  and  a  flux,  either  Lime  or  Clay,  according  as  the  ore  is  argilla- 
ceous or  calcareous.  These  earthy  matters  become  vitrified,  and 
form  a  slag  at  the  surface,  while  the  heavy  particles  of  Iron,  falling 


FERRIRAMENTA.  135 

down,  run  out  by  a  hole  at  the  bottom  into  moulds,  and  form  Pig  or 
Cast  Iron.  This  is  still  impure,  from  the  presence  of  Charcoal,  Sul- 
phur, and  portions  of  Silicon  and  Aluminum.  It  is  again  twice  fused 
in  the  refining  and  puddling  furnaces,  and  exposed  to  the  influence  of 
a  current  of  air,  at  a  high  temperature,  when  the  whole  of  the  Char- 
coal and  Sulphur  are  burnt  out,  and  the  other  impurities  form  a  slag 
at  the  surface.  The  metal  is  taken  out,  beaten  or  pressed,  and  then 
drawn  into  bars,  which  form  the  Malleable  or  Wrought  Iron  of  com- 
merce. 

FERRI  RAMENTA,  L.  (U.  S.)  (LIMATURA,  E.  SCOBS,  D.)  Iron  Filings. 
FILUM,  E.  (U.  S.)  FILA,  D.  Iron  Wire.  F.  Fil  de  Fer,  Limailles 
de  Fer.  G.  Eisendraht,  Eisenfeilicht. 

Iron  wire  and  filings  are  ordered,  because  the  former  must  be 
made  from  the  most  malleable,  which  is  also  the  purest,  Iron ;  while 
filings  being  finely  divided,  are  useful  for  exhibition,  and  may  be  pre- 
pared from  pure  wire,  or  by  means  of  the  magnet  be  separated  from 
the  impurities  with  which  they  are  apt  to  become  intermixed  in  the 
process  of  filing. 

Prop.  Iron  is  well  known  for  its  hardness  and  toughness,  and  con- 
sequent application  to  an  immense  variety  of  useful  purposes.  It  is 
of  a  whitish-gray  colour,  and  has  a  styptic  taste ;  hard,  but  malleable, 
and,  though  more  ductile  than  many,  exceeds  all  the  metals  in  tenacity. 
It  may  be  highly  polished,  and  takes  a  sharp  edge.  Sp.  Gr.  7*8.  It 
is  remarkable  for  its  power  of  attracting  and  being  attracted  by  the 
Magnet,  as  well  as  for  itself  and  some  of  its  compounds  becoming 
magnetic.  When  heated,  it  becomes  soft ;  at  a  white  heat  two  pieces 
may  be  inseparably  joined  together,  or  welded.  It  melts  at  a  bright 
white  heat  or  1587°  of  Daniell's  pyrometer,  but  is  not  volatile.  If 
exposed  to  the  air  when  heated,  or  when  moist,  it  absorbs  Oxygen, 
and  its  surface  becomes  covered  with  a  coat  of  Oxide.  It  burns  in 
Oxygen  gas  with  vivid  scintillations.  It  combines  either  with  1  Eq. 
O,  forming  the  Protoxide,  or  with  l£,  forming  the  Sesquioxide,  often 
called  the  Peroxide.  It  slowly  takes  the  Oxygen  of  water,  Hydrogen 
gas  escaping.  When  dilute  Sul'  is  poured  upon  Iron-filings,  the  Iron 
dissolves  as  a  Protoxide,  combining  with  the  acid,  and  may  be  pre- 
cipitated, on  the  addition  of  an  alkali,  in  combination  with  some 
water,  forming  a  hydrated  Protoxide,  of  a  greenish-white  colour. 
This,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  absorbs  more  Oxygen,  and  is  converted 
into  the  red-coloured  Sesquioxide,  as  may  be  seen  in  several  of  the 
officinal  preparations.  The  Protoxide  may  be  readily  converted  into 
the  Peroxide  by  boiling  any  salt  containing  it  with  a  little  Nitric'. 
The  presence  of  the  Iron  may  then  be  readily  detected  by  testing  the 
solution  with  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  or  Tincture  or  Infusion  of 
Galls :  the  former  will  form  a  blue  and  the  latter  a  black  precipitate. 

Action.  Uses.  Iron,  in  a  pure  state  or  in  filings,  is  inert ;  but,  being 
oxidized  in  the  stomach,  acts  as  a  tonic. 

D.  gr.  v. — gr.  xx.  in  Electuary  with  Honey  or  Treacle ;  or  in  Pills 
with  some  of  the  Bitter  Extracts. 


136  PROTOXIDE    0XF    IRON. 

PROTOXIDE  OF  IRON. 

Oxide  of  Iron  (Fe  O  =  36)  is  obtained  when  Iron  is  burnt  in  Oxy- 
gen gas.  It  is  also  obtained  when  Caustic  Potash  or  Soda  is  added 
to  a  solution  of  the  Sulphate  of  the  Oxide  of  Iron.  The  white  pre- 
cipitate which  falls  becomes  gray,  and  then  of  a  bluish-green  colour ; 
but  this  is,  in  fact,  a  Hydrated  Protoxide  of  Iron.  It  absorbs  Oxy- 
gen from  the  atmosphere,  and  becomes  red,  being  converted  into  the 
Sesquioxide.  The  Protoxide  is  a  constituent  of  some  officinal  salts, 
as  of  the  Sulph.  Iron,  and  these  are  usually  of  a  greenish  colour,  have 
a  metallic  taste,  and  are  considered  more  efficacious  as  medicines 
than  those  containing  the  Sesquioxide.  A  similar  Oxide  of  Iron,  called 
Martial  JEthiops,  used  to  be  prepared  in  the  L.,  and  still  is  in  the  D. 
P. ;  but  it  always  contains  a  portion  of  the  Sesquioxide. 

f 

FERRI  OXYDI  SQUAMA,  D. 
Scales  of  the  Oxide  of  Iron. 

When  Iron  is  heated  to  redness,  its  surface  becom.es  oxidized  to  the 
extent  of  a  thin  coating.  This  is  detached  in  thin  scales  in  the  pro- 
cess of  hammering  on  the  anvil. 

Prop.  Without  taste  or  smell ;  black  and  brittle ;  attracted  by  the 
magnet.  They  are  composed  of  a  definite  compound  of  the  two 
Oxides  of  Iron,  and  are  employed  in  making  the  Ferri  Oxydum 
Nigrum  (p.  139.) 

FERRI  SESQUIOXYDUM,  L.     FERRI  OXYDUM  RUBRUM,  E.  D.    FERRI  CAR- 
BONAS,  D.  FERRI  SUBCARBONAS,  U.  S. 

Sesquioxide  and  Peroxide  of  Iron.     Crocus  Martis.     Colcothar.     Chalybis  Rubigo  Pr<B- 
parata.     Ferri  Subcarbonas.     F.  Peroxide  de  Fer.     G.  Rothes  Eisenoxyd. 

The  Red  Oxide  of  Iron  has  been  variously  named,  according  to  the 
mode  of  its  preparation,  though  the  product  is  essentially  the  same. 
It  is  abundantly  found  in  nature,  as  a  constituent  of  many  red  soils, 
crystallized  in  the  form  of  rhomboids  and  octohedrons  in  Specular 
Iron  or  Iron  Glance,  as  in  Elba,  and  many  parts  of  Europe,  and  in 
the  Peninsula  of  India  (Porto-Nuovo  Works)  ;  in  a  compact  state,  with 
impurities,  in  Red  Haematite  or  Red  Iron  ore.  These  give  a  reddish- 
brown  streak,  and  with  Borax  form  a  green  or  yellow  glass,  are  con- 
siderably magnetic,  but  do  not,  like  oxydulated  Iron,  attract  Iron- 
filings. 

Prop.  The  Sesquioxide  (Fe  l£O  =  40)  or  Peroxide  of  Iron,  artifi- 
cially prepared,  is  a  powder  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  without  smell, 
but  has  a  chalybeate  taste,  except  when  prepared  by  calcination ; 
insoluble  in  water,  and  does  not  attract  the  magnet,  unless  it  contain, 
as  is  sometimes  the  case,  some  of  the  Black  Oxide.  Sp.  Gr.  3.  It 
ought  to  dissolve  in  H  Cl'  without  effervescence ;  but  it  usually  con- 
tains a  little  Carb'  (2  to  5,  sometimes  even  15,  per  cent.,  according  to 
Mr.  Phillips).  It  was  therefore  formerly  called  Carbonate  and  Sub- 
carbonate  of  Iron,  "  which  usually  was,  what  it  is  now  called,  merely 
Sesquioxide  of  Iron."  The  Hydrochloric  solution  forms  a  black  pre- 


FERRISESQUIOXYDUM.  137 

cipitate  with  Tinct.  or  Inf.  of  Galls,  and  a  blue  precipitate  with  Ferro- 
cyanide  of  Potassium.     Fe  70 +  O  30  =  100. 

Different  processes  have  at  different  times  been  adopted  for  making 
this  preparation ;  all  are  effectual,  in  consequence  of  the  facility  with 
which  Iron,  when  once  oxidized,  absorbs  a  further  proportion  of  Oxy- 
gen. Formerly  the  Sulphate  of  Iron  was  calcined,  when  it  lost  its 
water  of  crystallization,  and  then  its  acid ;  some  of  this,  however, 
yielded  a  portion  of  its  Oxygen  to  form  the  reddish-coloured  Sesqui- 
oxide.  Or  a  solution  of  the  Sulph.  of  Iron  is  decomposed  by  the 
addition  of  a  sol.  of  Carb.  of  Potash  or  of  Soda,  when  a  Carb.  of 
Oxide  of  Iron  is  precipitated.  This  being  dried  in  the  air,  the  Carb' 
soon  escapes  almost  entirely,  and  the  Protoxide  absorbs  the  due  quan- 
tity of  Oxygen  from  the  atmosphere,  and  from  a  white  and  then  green 
powder  is  converted  into  the  reddish-coloured  Sesquioxide.  As  the 
Ferri  Carbonas  D.  is  essentially  the  same,  the  process  for  making  it  is 
united  with  that  of  Ferri  Sesquioxidum,  L.  To  this  preparation  the 
E.  C.  applies  the  name  Ferri  Oxidum  rubrum.  This  name  is  applied 
by  the  D.  C.  to  Colcothar,  which  is  essentially  the  same  substance,  but 
obtained  by  calcining  the  Sulphate  of  Iron. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (FERRI  CARB.  D.)  Take  boiling  Aq.  Cvj.  (Oss.  cold  Water  Oiijss.  E. ; 
Water  800  parts,  D.)  Dissolve  Sulph.  Iron  ftiv.  (3iv.  E. ;  25  parts,  D.)  in  boiling  Aq. 
Ciij.  (Oss.  E. ;  q.  s.  D.)  then  dissolve  Carb.  Soda  ftiv.  3ij.  (gv.  E. ;  26  parts,  D.)  in  boil- 
ing  Aq.  Ciij.  (about  thrice  its  weight  of  water,  E. ;  q.  s.  D.)  Mix  the  solutions,  L.  let  the 
precipitate  subside  (on  a  calico  filter,  E.)  Wash  the  precipitate  well  with  (warm,  D.) 
water ;  till  it  is  but  little  affected  by  Sol.  Nit.  Baryta,  E.  Dry  it,  L.  D.  (in  hot-air  or  over 
the  vapour-bath,  E.) 

D.  (Ferri  Oxydum  Rubrum.)  Drive  off,  by  heat,  the  water  of  crystallization  of  Sulph. 
/ron,  increase  the  heat  as  long  as  acid  fumes  arise.  Wash  the  red  oxide  till  Litmus  paper 
is  no  longer  reddened  by  the  water,  and  dry  on  bibulous  paper. 

[U.  S.  Ferri  Sulph.  Sviij.  Sodee  Carb.  3ix.  Boiling  Water,  Cj.     Proceed  as  above.] 

Tests.  This  preparation  may  be  carelessly  prepared,  but  is  not  likely 
to  be  adulterated.  "  Dissolved  totally  by  dilute  H  Cl',  (aided  by  gentle 
heat,  E.)  with  very  slight  effervescence,  and  it  is  precipitated  by 
Ammonia."  L.  P.  Earthy  impurities  will  remain  undissolved;  if  the 
presence  of  metals  is  suspected,  they  can  be  detected  by  their  tests. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts. 

Motion.  Uses.  Tonic. 

D.  gr.  v. — 3ss.  In  Neuralgia,  3ss. — 3ij.  or  even  3iv.  two  or  three 
times  a  day 

For  external  application,  there  are  two  plasters,  which,  from  the 
support  such  applications  are  calculated  to  afford,  and  from  the  mode- 
rately stimulant  nature  of  the  ingredients,  are  in  general  esteemed  as 
strengthening  plasters. 

EMPLASTRUM   FERRI,  E.  (U.  S.)      EMPLASTRUM   ROBORANS.      Iron  or 
Strengthening  Plaster. 

Prep.  Triturate  Red  Oxide  of  Iron  (E.)  3j.  with  Olive  Oil  f3iijss. ;  add  the  mixture  to 
Litharge  Plaster  giij.  Resin  3vi.  Bees1  Wax  3iij.  previously  melted  with  a  gentle  heat 
Mix  the  whole  thoroughly. 

EMPLASTRUM  THURIS,  D.     Frankincense  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Litharge  Plaster  ftij.  and  Thus  (i.  e.  Resin  of  Pinus  Abies)  ftss. 
sprinkle  in  Red  Oxide  of  Iron  3Hj.  stirring.  Make  a  plaster. 


138  FERRI    SESQUIOXYDUM. 

FERRUGO,  E.  Hydrated  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  RUBIGO  FERRI,  D. 
[FERRI  OXYDUM  HYDRATUM,  U.  S.] 

Besides  the  above  Oxides,  the  E.  P.  contains  a  modification  of  the 
last  in  the  form  of  Sesquioxide  combined  with  2  Eq.  of  water  (Fe  II 
O+2  Aq.  =  58).  The  Rust  of  Iron  (Rubigo  Ferri,  D.)  resembles  it 
in  also  containing  water  in  combination  with  the  Sesquioxide.  It  has 
been  adopted  by  the  E.  P.,  and  has  been  introduced  into  practice,  in 
consequence  of  its  having  been  found  to  be  an  effective  antidote 
against  poisoning  by  Arsenious  acid. 

Prop.  It  is  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour,  and  though  it  can  be  dried 
without  decomposition,  it  requires  to  be  kept  in  a  moist  state,  as  in 
this  state  it  combines  so  readily  with  Arsenious  acid,  that  when  pre- 
pared according  to  the  following  formula,  and  added  in  the  proportion 
of  12  parts  to  1  of  Arsenious  acid,  and  well  shaken,  the  filtered  liquor 
which  previously  contained  the  Arsenic,  afterwards  displays  no  traces 
of  its  presence,  an  insoluble  Arsenite  of  the  Protoxide  of  Iron  having 
been  formed. 

Prep.  Dissolve  SulpJi.  Iron  3iv.  in  Aq.  Oij. ;  add  commercial  Sul'  f  Siijss.  and  boil ;  then 
add  Nitric'  (D.  1380)  f3ix.  in  small  portions,  boiling  for  a  few  minutes  after  each  addi- 
tion, until  the  liquid  acquires  a  yellowish-brown  colour,  and  gives  with  Ammonia  a  pre- 
cipitate of  the  same  colour.  Filter,  allow  the  liquid  to  cool,  and  add  stronger  Aqua 
Ammonite  f3iijss.  proceeding  as  directed  in  the  process  for  Ferri  Oxydum  Nigrum,  E. 
When  kept  as  an  antidote  against  poisoning  by  arsenic,  it  is  preferable  merely  to  squeeze 
it  and  preserve  it  in  the  moist  state,  in  stoppered  bottles. 

In  this  formula  the  Protoxide  is  converted  into  the  Sesquioxide  by 
its  taking  some  of  the  Oxygen  of  the  Nit',  v.  Ferri  Oxidum  Nigrum. 
This  Sul'  is  added  to  preserve  the  Sesquioxide  formed  in  a  state  of 
solution,  as  Sulph.  of  the  Sesquioxide.  When  Ammonia  is  added  to 
this  in  excess,  it  combines  with  the  Sul',  and  Sulph.  Ammonia  formed 
remains  in  solution,  while  the  Sesquioxide  is  precipitated  in  combina- 
tion with  water  and  a  little  Ammonia,  forming  a  Hydrated  Ammoniaco 
Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  When  prepared  with  Potash  or  Soda,  it  is  less 
efficacious  in  precipitating  Arsenious  Acid. 

The  yellow-coloured  rust  which  forms  when  Iron  is  fully  exposed 
to  water  and  to  the  air,  is  essentially  the  same  preparation  as  the 
above,  though  it  is  not  to  be  substituted  for  it  as  an  antidote. 

RUBIGO  FERRI,  D.  Moisten  Iron  Wire  in  fragments,  q.  s.  and  expose  to  the  air  till  it 
is  converted  into  rust,  then  rub  it  in  an  iron  mortar,  and  by  pouring  water  on  it  separate 
the  finer  powder,  and  dry. 

Tests.  Entirely  and  easily. soluble  in  Mur' without  effervescence: 
if  previously  dried  at  180°,  a  stronger  heat  drives  off  about  18  per 
cent,  of  water.  The  magnet  does  not  attract  it.  E. 

Action.  Uses.  A  good  substitute  for  the  Sesquioxide,  and  the  best 
antidote  to  Arsenious  acid. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss.  as  a  Tonic ;  in  much  larger  doses  as  an  antidote. 

FERRI  OXYDUM  NIGRUM,  E.  D. 

Magnetic  Oxide.  (Fig.  23.)  Mthiops  Martialis.  Ferroso-ferric  Oxide  of  Berzelius.  A 
compound  of  Protoxide  and  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  F,  Oxide  de  Fer  noir.  G.  Scwharzes 
Eisen  Oxydul.  Eisen  Mohr. 

Black  Oxide  (Fe8  O'  =  116)  or  Martial  Ethiops,  long  one  of  the 


FERRIIODIDUM.  139 

esteemed  preparations  of  Iron,  was  formerly  made  by  moistening  Iron- 
filings  with  water,  and  also  by  levigating  the  foregoing  scales  of  the 
Oxide.  It  is  probably  composed  of  1  Eq.  Protoxide  +  2  Eq.  Sesqui- 
oxide  of  Iron  =  1-16. 

Prep.  D.  Wash  with  Water  the  Scales  of  Oxide  of  Iron  which  are  found  at  the  smith's 
anvil ;  when  dry,  separate  them  from  impurities  by  a  magnet ;  triturate  and  separate  the 
finer  powder,  in  the  way  directed  to  make  prepared  Chalk. 

E.  Dissolve  Sulpk.  Iron  3iij.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oiss.  and  add  commercial  Sul'  f^ij.  and 
f  J)ij. ;  boil,  and  gradually  add  pure  Nit'  f  3iv.  boiling  briskly  for  a  few  minutes  after  each 
addition.  Again  dissolve  Sul.  Iron  3iij.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oiss.  Mix  the  two  solutions  and 
immediately  add  of  stronger  Aqua  Ammonia  fgivss.  in  a  full  stream,  stirring  the  mix- 
ture briskly.  Collect  the  black  powder  in  a  calico  filter,  and  wash  it  with  water  till 
Nitr.  Baryta  causes  scarcely  any  precipitate ;  dry  it  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  180°. 

In  the  above  formula,  proposed  by  Wohler,  the  first 
portion  of  the  Sulph.  of  the  Oxide  is  converted  into 
the  Sulph  of  the  Sesquioxide  of  Iron,  by  the  addition 
of  the  Nit',  which  yields  a  portion  of  its  Oxygen,  and 
Nitric  Oxide  gas  escapes.  As  the  object,  according 
to  Dr.  Christison,  is  to  obtain  a  compound,  one-half 
of  the  Iron  of  which  is  in  the  state  of  Protoxide,  and 
the  other  in  that  of  Sesquioxide,  this  is  effected  by 
mixing  together  the  Sulphates  of  the  Protoxide  and 
Sesquioxide  in  the  requisite  proportions,  and  then  precipitating  them 
both  by  the  addition  of  Ammonia  in  excess.  The  Oxides  unite  at 
once  in  the  act  of  separation,  and  fall  down  in  the  form  of  a  dark 
grayish-black  powder,  which,  under  exposure  to  the  air,  either  with 
or  without  moisture,  shows  no  tendency  to  undergo  further  oxidation. 

Tests.  Dark  grayish-black ;  strongly  attracted  by  the  magnet ;  heat 
expels  water  from  it ;  Mur'  dissolves  it  entirely ;  and  Ammonia  preci- 
pitates a  black  powder  from  this  solution,  E.  P.  The  Black  Oxide  of 
the  D.  P.  is  blacker,  and  does  not  give  off  any  water  when  heated. 
Wohler  considers  the  above  Oxide  to  be  composed  of  2  Eq.  of  Prot- 
oxide and  1  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron,  with  two  of  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  ;  has  the  advantage  of  being  a  compound  of 
the  Protoxide,  which  is  usually  considered  most  efficacious. 

D.  gr.  v. — 9j.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

FERRI  IODIDUM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.) 
Iodide  of  Iron.    loduret  and  Hydriodate  of  Iron.    F.  lodure  de  Fer.     G.  Eisen  lodur. 

Introduced  into  practice  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  and  described  in 
his  Obs.  on  the  Prep,  and  Med.  Employment  of  the  lodurets  and 
Hydriodate  of  Iron. 

Prop.  Iodide  of  Iron  (Fe  1+5  Aq.  =  199)  is  of  a  dark  gray  colour, 
with  somewhat  of  a  metallic  appearance ;  its  taste  is  acrid  and  styptic. 
It  is  often  prepared  in  thin  cakes,  of  a  crystalline  radiated  structure, 
and  light  gray  colour  when  fractured.  If  its  solution  be  evaporated 
with  as  little  contact  of  air  as  possible,  "  green  tabular  crystals  are 
formed."  It  is  very  deliquescent,  and  readily  dissolved  in  water,  as 
also  in  Alcohol.  The  solution,  when  pure,  is  colourless,  and  when 
diluted,  is  not  disagreeable.  Heated,  it  volatilizes  and  readily  fuses ; 


140  FERRI   10DIDUM. 

but  is  then  easily  decomposed,  Iodine  escaping  in  vapour,  and  Iron 
being  left  in  the  form  of  Sesquioxide.  From  the  absorption  of  Oxygen, 
the  same  change  takes  place  on  exposure  to  the  air:  water  is 
absorbed  to  the  extent  of  forming  a  dark-coloured  solution,  in  which 
some  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  with  a  little  free  Iodine  is  held  in  solution, 
and  a  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  precipitated.  It  is  difficult  to  preserve  it 
even  in  solution,  unless  a  coil  of  Iron  wire,  as  suggested  by  Mr.  Squire, 
be  introduced  into  it.  Sugar  also  has  been  ascertained  to  have  this 
preservative  effect.  Comp.  Fe  14  +  1  63-3  + Aq.  22-7  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Take  Iodine  gvj,  (dry  gr.  200,  E.)  Iron  Filings  gij.  (fine  iron  wire 
recently  cleaned  gr.  100,  E.)  Aq.  dest.  Oivss,  (f^vj.  E.)  Mix  the  Iodine  with  Oiv.  of  the 
water,  add  the  Iron,  heat  them  in  a  sand-bath  (boil  in  a  glass  matrass,  first  gently,  to 
avoid  the  expulsion  of  Iodine  vapour,  afterwards  briskly  till  concentrated  to  one-sixth  its 
volume,  E.)  till  the  solution  becomes  pale  green,  pour  off  the  liquid,  wash  the  residue  with 
the  remaining  boiling  Aq.  Oss.  and  add  this  to  the  other  liquid,  L.  Filter.  Evaporate  to 
dryness  in  an  iron  vessel,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  212°,  (Put  the  filtered  liquid 
quickly  into  an  evaporator,  with  12  times  its  weight  of  Quicklime  round  the  basin,  in  an 
apparatus  where  it  may  be  shut  up  in  a  small  space,  not  in  contact  with  the  general 
atmosphere.  Heat  the  whole  apparatus,  till  all  the  water  be  evaporated,  E.)  Preserve  the 
product  in  (small,  E.)  well-closed  vessels  (excluded  from  the  light,  L.) 

The  Messrs  T.  and  H.  Smith  now  make  a  solution  of  Iodide  of  Iron  in  a  Florence 
flask  with  3vj.  of  pure  iron  filings,  gij.  3ij.  of  Iodine  and  f3ivss.  of  cold  distilled  water. 
Boil  till  the  liquid  loses  its  colour,  and  filter  rapidly  into  another  clean  flask,  and  evapo- 
rate at  a  boiling  heat.  They  obtain  the  compound  either  as  a  crystallized  hydrate,  or  in 
an  amorphous  anhydrous  form,  according  to  the  extent  of  the  evaporation,  and  enclose 
without  the  smallest  delay  in  small  well-corked  bottles.  Mr.  Kop  recommends  triturating 
4  parts  of  Iodine  with  2  parts  of  water,  in  a  large  dish ;  then  to  add  at  once,  1  part  of  iron 
filings  in  a  state  of  fine  division,  and  to  continue  the  trituration. 

[U.  S.  Iodine  3ij.  Iron  Filings  3j.  Water  Oivss.] 

Of  these  preparations  that  of  the  E.  P.  is  preferable.  The  solution, 
like  that  of  all  the  protosalts  of  Iron,  is  of  a  green  colour.  If  this  be 
quickly  filtered  and  evaporated,  and  with  as  little  access  of  air  as  pos- 
sible, the  salt  may  be  obtained  without  much  decomposition ;  but,  as 
the  Iron  is  apt  to  pass  readily  to  the  state  of  Sesquioxide,  it  is  best 
prepared  according  to  the  Messrs.  Smith's  improved  formula.  As  all 
the  solid  preparations  are  liable  to  change,  they  further  recommend 
powdering  their  anhydrous  Iodide  as  soon  as  it  is  taken  from  the 
flask,  and  then  instantly  to  incorporate  it  with  twice  its  weight  of  pure 
refined  Sugar  in  powder,  and  to  make  it  into  a  mass  with  honey.  4 
grains  will  contain  1  grain  of  the  Iodide.  Keep  in  shallow  corked 
bottles  in  a  layer  of  some  powder.  (P.  J.  iii.  490.)  Mr.  Kop's  prepa- 
ration, it  is  said,  may  easily  be  administered  in  the  form  of  pills.  (P. 
J.  v.  133.) 

Tests.  Entirely  soluble  in  water,  or  nearly  so,  forming  a  pale  green 
solution,  E.  It  gives  off  violet  vapours  when  heated,  leaving  Sesqui- 
oxide of  Iron  ;  entirely  soluble  when  recently  made ;  but  this  solution 
in  an  ill-closed  vessel  quickly  deposits  Sesquioxide  of  Iron,  and  can 
be  kept  clear  only  in  a  vessel  well  closed  and  containing  a  coil  of 
iron  wire.  L. 

Inc.  Acids,  Alkalies,  and  their  Carbonates,  Lime-water  and  all 
such  substances  as  are  incompatible  with  Sulphate  of  Iron,  such  as 
vegetable  astringents. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  Deobstruent,  Emmenagogue. 


FERRI   IODIDI   SYRUPUS.  141 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  or  gr.  x.  in  solution  in  water  (a  solution  of  gr.  iij. 
in  f3j.  is  a  convenient  strength),  in  syrup,  or  in  the  saccharine  pills. 

FERRI  IODIDI  SYRUPUS,  E.  (Liquor  Ferri  lodidi,  E.)  Syrup  of 
Iodide  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Take  Iodine  (dry)  gr.  200,  fine  Iron  Wire  recently  cleaned  gr.  100,  and  boil 
them  in  Aq.  dest.  f  3vj.  at  first  gently  (not  to  expel  Iodine  vapours,)  afterwards  briskly, 
till  about  f  3ij  remain.  Filter  quickly,  while  hot,  into  a  matrass  containing  powdered 
White  Sugar  Sivss.  dissolve  the  sugar  with  a  gentle  heat,  and  add  Aq.  dest.  to  make  up 
f3vj. 

Sugar  prevents  the  Protoxide  of  Iron  passing  to  the  state  of  Per- 
oxide, as  in  the  Ferri  Carbonas  Saccharatum,  so  it  has  been  found 
to  preserve  the  Iodide  of  Iron.  A  syrup  was  first  suggested  in  Buch- 
ner's  Repertor.  fur  die  Pharmacie  for  1839.  The  E.  C.  have  intro- 
duced a  formula  of  the  Messrs.  Smith,  modified  from  one  proposed 
by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  in  the  Trans,  of  the  Pharm.  Society,  i.  47. 
This  solution  undergoes  little  change,  even  when  preserved  for  some 
time.  It  ought  to  be  "  nearly  colourless,  or  pale  yellowish-green,  and 
without  sediment."  D.  C.  cautions  against  employing  common 
British  Iodine  in  the  same  proportions,  unless  allowance  is  made  for 
the  moisture  of  the  Iodine.  The  Syrup  ought  not  to  be  diluted  long 
before  it  is  to  be  taken,  and  therefore  the  patient  should  himself  make 
the  mixture. 

D.  fftxv. — f3j.  Ttxii.  or  xv.  drops  contain  Iodide  of  Iron  gr.  j. 
It  may  be  prescribed  with  vegetable  astringents,  and  dilute  mineral 
acids.  (T.) 

BROMIDE  OF  IRON  is  prepared  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  the 
Iodide,  substituting  Bromine  for  Iodine,  as  in  the  first  part  of  the  pro- 
cess for  making  Bromide  of  Potassium,  p.  86.  Mr.  Squire  informs 
me  that  a  coil  of  Iron  wire  traversing  the  whole  column  of  the  solu- 
tion, is  necessary  to  preserve  it  in  a  neutral  and  uniform  state,  and 
is  perfect  in  its  action.  Others  prefer  the  Syrup  to  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion. The  Bromide  of  Iron  acts  as  an  energetic  Tonic. 

TINCTURA  FERRI  SESQUICHLORIDI,  L.  (CHLORIDI,  U.  S.)  FERRI  MURIATIS 
(LIQUOR  D.)  TINCTURA,  E. 

Tincture  of  the  Sesquichloride  or  Muriate  of  Iron.  Steel  drops.  Tinctura  Ferri  Muriati. 
Tinctura  Martis  cum  Spiritu  Salis.  F.  Teinture  de  Perchlorure  de  Fer.  G.  Salzsaure 
Eisentinctur. 

Prop.  The  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  (Fe  14  Cl  =  82)  is  one  of  the 
more  powerful  of  the  ferruginous  preparations.  Iron  combines  with 
Chlorine  both  as  a  Protochloride  and  a  Sesquichloride  (Proto-chlorure 
and  Per-chlorure  de  Fer  of  the  French).  The  first  is  white,  in  small 
scales,  very  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  forming  a  green-coloured 
solution,  and  liable  to  change  from  the  avidity  with  which  the  Iron 
absorbs  Oxygen,  and  is  precipitated  as  Sesquioxide ;  the  Chlorine 
being  left  in  the  proportion  to  form  the  Sesquichloride.  A  Tincture 
of  the  Chloride  is  much  used  on  the  Continent.  Both  Chlorides  used 
to  be  contained  in  the  Tincture  of  the  British  Pharm.,  when  it  was 


142  FERRI   AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM. 

made  with  the  Black  Oxide  of  Iron.  A  little  of  the  Chloride  exists 
in  the  present  preparation.  The  Perchloride  or  Sesquichloride  of 
the  P.  is  volatile  at  a  red  heat.  When  the  solution  is  concentrated, 
it  yields  either  orange-yellow  crystalline  needles  radiating  from  a 
centre,  or  large  dark  yellowish-red  crystals.  When  sublimed,  it  is 
in  brilliant  scales,  of  a  lively  hue,  very  soluble  in  water,  Alcohol,  and 
Ether.  Comp.  Fe  34-15+C1  65-85  ==  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Pour  upon  Sesquioxide  (Red  Oxide,  E.)  of  Iron  gvi.  (Rust  of  Iron,  1 
part,  D.)  Hydrochloric'  (Mur'  E.,  6  parts,  D.)  Oj.  in  a  glass  vessel,  digest  for  3  days,  L. 
(till  most  of  the  oxide  be  dissolved,  E.)  frequently  shaking,  (Let  the  impurities  subside, 
pour  off  the  solution,  evaporate  slowly  to  one-third,  D.)  and  add  rectified  spirit  Oiij.  (6 
parts,  D.)  Filter,  L.  E. 

[U.  S.  Subcarbonate  of  Iron  ftss.  Muriatic  Acid  Oj.  Alcohol  Oiij.] 

In  this  formula,  the  Oxygen  of  the  Oxide  combines  with  the  Hy- 
drogen of  the  acid,  and  water  is  formed,  while  the  freed  Chlorine 
unites  with  the  Iron  in  the  same  proportion,  and  thus  Sesquichloride 
of  Iron  is  formed,  also  a  little  Protochloride,  in  consequence  of  the 
Sesquioxide  almost  always  containing  a  small  portion  of  the  Carbo- 
nate of  Iron,  of  which  the  Carb'  is  expelled  in  effervescence.  As  the 
acid  is  in  excess  to  keep  the  Chloride  dissolved,  the  solution  produces 
an  acid  reaction  on  test  paper,  and  the  taste  is  acid  and  astringent. 
It  has  a  smell  of  Hydrochloric  Ether,  in  consequence  of  the  acid 
acting  on  the  Alcohol,  and  is  of  a  reddish  or  olive-brown  colour. 
Sp.  Gr.  0-992.  The  Tincture  of  commerce  Mr.  Phillips  found  to 
vary  in  strength  from  9T\  to  20  grains  of  the  Peroxide,  but  as  above 
prepared  a  f  3  contains  nearly  30  grs.  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  The 
presence  of  the  Iron  is  readily  indicated  by  its  tests,  p.  135.  It  is 
necessary  to  remember  that  a  black  inky  mixture  will  be  formed 
with  any  astringent  vegetable  preparation.  The  Chlorine  forms  a 
precipitate  of  Chloride  Silver,  when  the  Nitrate  of  Silver  is  added. 
It  is  also  decomposed  by  the  mucilage  of  Gum  Arabic.  The  Per- 
chloride is  sometimes  dissolved  in  Hoffman's  Liquor,  and  is  then 
called  Teinture  de  Bestucheff,  the  old  Tinctura  Nervina  Bestucheff. 

Tests.  The  strength  and  purity  of  this  Tincture  must  be  ascertained 
by  its  corresponding  with  the  above  characters,  and  by  the  quantity 
of  the  Sesquioxide  precipitated  by  Liquor  Potassa?. 

Inc.  Alkalies,  Earths,  and  their  Carbonates,  Astringent  Vegetables. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Caustic,  Astringent  Tonic. 

D.  Ttx. — fftxxx.,  even  3j. — 3ij.,  in  some  suitable  diluent. 

FERRI  AMMONIO-CHLORIDTJM,  L.     FERRUM  AMMONIATUM,  (U.  S.) 

Ammonio-Chloride  of  Iron.  Flares  Martiales.  F.  Chlorure  Ferroso-Ammoniacal.  Mu- 
riate de  For  et  d'Ammoniaque.  G.  Eisenhaltiges  Salzsaures  Ammoniak.  Eisen 
salmiak  blumen. 

This  preparation  was  discovered  by  Basil  Valentine  in  the  14th 
century,  and  has  been  employed  in  medicine  under  various  names. 

Prop.  It  is  an  orange-coloured  powder,  formed  of  small  crystal- 
lized grains,  which  have  a  saline  and  astringent  taste,  with  but  little 
odour.  It  is  deliquescent,  very  soluble  in  both  water  and  Alcohol, 


FERRISULPHURETUM.  143 

and  is  considered  to  be  only  a  mechanical  mixture  of  Sesquichloride 
of  Iron  15  parts,  and  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  85  parts.  Its  nature 
is  recognised  by  the  effects  of  Potash  or  caustic  Lime  in  evolving 
Ammonia,  and  the  Iron  and  Chlorine  will  be  revealed  by  their  appro- 
priate tests.  Mr.  Phillips  has  ascertained  that  it  yields  about  7  per 
cent,  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron. 

Prep.  L.  Digest  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  giij.  Hydrochloric  Acid  Oss.  (f  3x.  U.S.)  in  a 
proper  vessel,  in  a  sand-bath  for  2  hours  ;  add  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  ftijss.  first  dis- 
solved in  Aq.  dest.  Oiij.  (iv.  U.  S.)  Strain  and  evaporate  to  dryness.  Rub  the  residue  to 
powder. 

In  the  first  part  of  this  process  a  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  i&  formed, 
as  in  the  foregoing  Tincture.  To  this  the  Hydrochlorate  of  Am- 
monia being  added,  no  change  is  observed  to  take  place,  and  there- 
fore the  preparation  is  considered  a  mechanical  mixture  of  Sesqui- 
chloride of  Iron  and  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia.  It  is  sometimes 
made  by  merely  mixing  these  two  together  in  the  requisite  propor- 
tions, dissolving  in  water,  and  then  evaporating  to  dryness.  It  was 
formerly  prepared  by  sublimation. 

Tests.  Totally  soluble  in  proof  Spirit  and  in  water.  Potash  throws 
down  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  from  the  solution  (in  consequence  of  the 
Potassium  combining  with  the  Chlorine,  and  the  Oxygen  with  the 
Iron),  and  if  added  in  excess,  disengages  Ammonia,  by  decomposing 
the  Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbs.,  Lime-water,  Astringent  Vegetables. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  &c. 

D.  gr.  iij. — gr.  x.  in  syrup,  or  bitter  but  not  astringent  extract. 

TINCTURA    FERRI    AMMONIO-CHLORIDI,    L.      Tincture   of    Ammonio- 
chloride  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Ammonia-Chloride  of  Iron  3iv.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oj.  and  filter. 

This  preparation  is  convenient  for  internal  exhibition,     f  3j.  con- 
tains 5'8  grains  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron. 
D.  TTLX. — f3ss. 

FERRI  SULPHURETUM,  E.  D. 
Sulphuret  of  Iron.     Iron  Pyrites.    F.  Sulfure  de  Fer.     G.  Schwefeleisen. 

Iron  combines  with  Sulphur  in  several  proportions.  It  is  common 
in  the  form  of  the  Bisulphuret,  of  a  yellowish  colour ;  hence  has  been 
thought  to  contain  Copper.  It  was  no  doubt  known  to  the  ancients. 

Prop.  The  natural  Bisulphuret  (Fe  Sa=60)  or  Iron 
Pyrites,  called  also  Mundie,  is  of  a  colour  like  Brass,  in  s' 
hard  cubical  crystals,  which  are  not  acted  upon  by  any  of 
the  acids  except  the  Nitric.  Sp.  Gr.  4-98.  Often  heated 
for  the  separation  of  the  Sulphur  by  sublimation.  If 
moistened  and  exposed  to  the  air,  Oxygen  is  absorbed,  and 
the  Sulphuret  converted  into  Protosulphate  of  Iron. 

Of  the  following  processes,  the  first,  though  inferior,  yields  a  pro- 
duct good  enough  for  Pharmaceutic  purposes.  It  dissolves  readily  in 


144  FERRI    SULPHAS. 

• 

Sul'  and  H  Cl' ;  H  S'  gas  is  evolved,  and  Protosulphate  of  Iron  re- 
mains in  solution.  The  composition  varies  :  the  Protosulphuret  con- 
sists of  Fe  S  =  44,  and  the  Sesquisulphuret  of  Fea  S3==104,  the 
Bisulphuret,  of  Fe  Sa  =  60. 

Prep,  E.  Heat  Sublimed  Sulphur  part  j.  and  Iron-filinga  part  iij.  in  a  crucible  on  a 
common  fire  till  the  mass  begins  to  glow.  Then  remove  the  crucible  and  cover  it  till  the 
action,  which  increases  considerably,  ceases. 

E.  D.  Take  a  rod  of  /ron,  heat  it  white-hot  in  a  forge,  rub  it  with  a  roll  of  Sulphur 
(apply  it  to  a  mass,  D.)  (over  a  deep  vessel,  E.)  filled  with  water  to  receive  the  (fused  glo- 
bules of,  E.)  Sulphuret.  (When  separated  from  the  Sulphur  and  dried,  preserve  in  closed 
vessels,  D.) 

By  the  first  process  a  Protosulphuret  is  formed,  if  the  mixture  is 
in  proportion  of  7  parts  of  Iron-filings  to  4  of  Sulphur.  These  rapidly 
combine,  and  heat  is  produced  even  to  redness,  and  Sulphurous  va- 
pours escape  :  the  redness  will  be  preserved  even  when  the  crucible 
is  removed  from  the  fire.  It  usually  contains  an  excess  of  Iron.  The 
D.  and  second  Ed.  process  yield  a  pure  product,  for  which  it  is 
essential  that  the  Iron  be  heated  to  a  full  white  heat,  when  the  Iron 
and  Sulphur  combining  together,  bright  sparks  are  emitted,  and  the 
melted  Sulphuret  falls  into  the  water  in  light  brown-coloured  globules. 
Comp.  Fe  63-4+S  36-6=100. 

Tests.  Soluble  nearly  in  diluted  Sul'  with  disengagement  of  Hydro- 
sul'  gas.  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Antidote  against  Corrosive  Sublimate.  Employed 
as  a  ready  means  of  obtaining  Hydrosul'  gas  by  the  addition  of  Sul' 
or  Cl  H'. 

FERRI  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate  of  Iron.    Sulphate  of  the  Protoxide  of  Iron.    Ferrum  Vitriolatum.    Sal  Martis. 
F.  Sulfate  de  Fer.     G.  Schwefelsaures  Eisenoxydul.     Eiseri vitriol. 

Vitriolated  Iron,  or  Green  Vitriol,  was  known  to  the  ancients.  It 
is  mentioned  in  the  Jlmera  Cosha  of  the  Hindoos  (Hind.  Med.  p.  44), 
and  it  is  used  by  them,  as  by  the  Romans  in  the  time  of  Pliny,  in 
making  Ink.  It  is  found  in  nature :  the  Sulphuret,  absorbing  Oxygen 
from  the  atmosphere,  is  converted  into  the  Sulphate  of  the  Protoxide 
of  Iron ;  this  is  apt  to  be  changed  into  the  red-coloured  Sulphate  of 
the  Sesquioxide.  The  Sulphate,  being  soluble,  is  found  in  some 
mineral  waters.  It  is  also  made  artificially  on  a  large  scale  for  use 
Fig.  25.  in  the  artg  by  exposing  moistened  Pyrites  to  the  air, 
and  is  called  Copperas  or  Green  Vitriol. 

Sulphate  of  Iron  (Fe  O  S  O3+7  Aq.  =  139)  is  a 
transparent  crystallized  substance  of  a  bluish-green 
colour,  and  a  styptic  (which  is  also  called  an  inky) 
taste.  The  crystals  are  modifications  of  the  oblique 
rhombic  prism.  Sp.  Gr.  1-82.  They  are  soluble  in 
a  little  more  than  their  own  weight  of  cold  and  in  £ 
of  their  weight  of  boiling  water.  In  the  air  they  efflo- 
resce, and  the  salt,  absorbing  Oxygen,  is  converted  into  the  Sulphate 
of  the  reddish-coloured  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  Heated,  it  is  first  melted 
in  its  water  of  crystallization ;  this  is  afterwards  expelled,  and  the 


FERRI   SULPHAS.  145 

salt  reduced  to  the  state  of  a  dry  white  powder,  (v.  Ferri  Sulphas 
exsiccatus,  E.)  At  a  still  greater  heat,  the  acid  is  expelled,,  and  may 
be  obtained  in  the  form  of  anhydrous  or  glacial  Sulph',  the  latter  por- 
tion being  decomposed.  The  Iron  is  left  in  the  state  of  the  reddish- 
coloured  Sesquioxide,  the  colcothar  of  old  authors  and  of  the  D.  P. 
Sulph.  Iron  is  insoluble  in  Alcohol ;  its  solution  in  water  reddens  Lit- 
mus ;  its  Iron  is  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  alkalies,  alkaline  earths, 
and  their  Carbonates,  by  the  former  as  a  Hydrated  Protoxide,  and  by 
the  latter  as  a  Carbonate^  which  is  soon  changed  into  the  red  Sesqui- 
oxide, q.  v.  With  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  a  white  precipitate  is 
formed  with  the  pure  Sulphate  of  the  Protoxide,  but  a  blue  one  if 
the  Sesquioxide  be  present :  the  same  change  of  colour  ensues  when 
the  former  precipitate  is  exposed  to  the  air.  A  black  precipitate 
(Gallate  of  Iron)  is  formed  when  the  Sulphate  containing  any  of 
the  Sesquioxide  is  added  to  an  infusion  or. tincture  of  Galls,  or 
of  any  other  astringent  vegetable.  Comp.  Fe  O  25-9 +  S'  28-8 +Aq. 
45-3  =  100. 

Prep.  Mix  Sulphuric'  3xiv.  (xviii.  U.  S.)  (7  parts  D.)  with  Aq.  Oiv.  (60  parts  D.)  add 
Iron  filings  Sviij.  (Wire  4  parts,  D.  gxij.  U.  S.)  apply  heat,  (and  when -the  efferves- 
cence is  over,  L.)  filter  through  paper,  D.)  Set  the  liquor  aside  to  crystallize,  (after  due 
concentration,  D.)  and  then  concentrate  the  supernatant  liquor  to  obtain  more  crystals. 
Dry  them  all.  (If  the  Sulphate  of  Iron  of  commerce  be  not  in  transparent  green  crystals, 
without  efflorescence,  dissolve  it  in  its  own  weight  of  boiling  water  acidulated  with  a  little 
Sul' ;  filter,  and  set  the  solution  aside  to  crystallize.  Preserve  the  crystals  in  well-closed 
bottles,  E.) 

This  process  is  introduced,  as  the  Green  Vitriol  of  commerce  is 
usually  impure.  Concentrated  Sul'  does  not  act  on  pure  Iron,  but  the 
water  of  the  dil.  acid  becoming  decomposed,  yields  its  O.  to  the  Iron, 
while  H.  escapes  in  the  form  of  gas.  The  Oxide  of  Iron  formed 
unites  with  the  Sul',  and  the  Sulphate  of  Iron  is  obtained. 

Tests.  Pale  bluish-green  crystals,  with  little  or  no  efflorescence; 
entirely  soluble  in  water ;  this  solution  does  not  deposit  Copper  upon 
Iron  being  immersed  in  it ;  its  solution,  first  boiled  with  Nit'  and  then 
precipitated  by  excess  of  Ammonia,  yields  on  filtration  a  fluid  which 
is  colourless  or  very  pale  blue.  L.  and  E.  If  it  be  of  a  deep  blue, 
then  Copper  is  present.  The  boiling  in  Nit'  is  not  always  necessary, 
for  Green  Vitriol  is  usually  a  mixture  of  Sulphate  of  Protoxide  and  of 
Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  Zinc  may  be  similarly  detected  by  adding 
Ammonia  in  excess  to  the  Sesquioxidated  solution;  after  filtering, 
expel  the  excess  of  Ammonia  by  heat,  and  any  Zinc  which  is  present 
will  be  deposited  in  flakes  of  the  white  Oxide. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  salts  of  Calcium  and  of  Barium, 
Acetate  and  Diacetate  of  Lead,  Nitrate  of  Silver,  Vegetable  Astrin- 
gents. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  Tonic,  Emmenagogue. 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  in  pills  with  Bitter  Extracts  or  Aromatic  Confec- 
tion. 

Mr.  Phillips  warns  against  giving  it  in  solution  without  first  boiling 
the  water,  and  expelling  its  atmospheric  air,  of  which  the  Oxygen 
would  peroxidize  the  Oxide. 

10 


146  CARBONATE    OF   IR'ON. 

FEIIRI  SULPHAS  EXSICCATUS,  E.     Dry  or  Anhydrous  Sulphate  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Heat  moderately  in  an  earthen  vessel,  not  glazed  with  lead,  Sulphate  of  Iron  q.  s. 
till  converted  into  a  dry  grayish  white  mass ;  powder  this. 

Convenient  for  exhibition  in  the  form  of  Pills.  By  heat  the  crys- 
tals readily  lose  five-sixthsof  the  water  of  crystallization,  and  the  dried, 
therefore,  is  in  this  proportion  stronger  than  the  common  Sulphate  of 
Iron. 

D.  gr.  ss. — gr.  iv. 

The  dried  Sulphate  is  employed  in  the  E.  P.  in  making  the 

PILULE  FERRI  SULPHATIS,  E. 

Prep.  Take  dried  Sulphate  of  Iron  2,  Extract  of  Taraxacum  5,  Liquorice-root  Powder 
3,  and  Conserve  of  Roses  5  parts.  Beat  them  into  a  proper  mass,  and  divide  into  5  grain 
pills. 

D.  gr.  x. — gr.  xx. 

Pkarm.  Prep.  Pilules  Aloes  et  Ferri,  E.  Containing  1  grain  of  the 
Sulphate  in  about  5  grains,  with  Aloes  and  Aromatic  powder. 

Pilules  Rhei  et  Ferri,  E.  Containing  1  grain  in  6  grains,  with  Ex- 
tract of  Rhubarb. 

LIQUOR  OXYSULPHATIS  FERRI  is  a  preparation,  according  to  Mr. 
Tyson,  P.  J.  i.  598,  in  constant  use  among  the  practitioners  of  Derby- 
shire, and  considered  one  of  the  most  powerful  preparations  of  Iron. 
It  is  prepared  by  rubbing  up  Ferri  Sulph.  3ij.  or  3iij.  with  Acidi  Nitrici 
fSiij.,  then  gradually  adding  Aq.  Dest.  f2jss.  Filter.  (A  Sulphate  of 
the  Peroxide  is  formed.) 

D.  rriv. — xij.  2  or  3  times  a  day. 

CARBURET  OF  IRON. 
Plumbago  or  Graphite. 

This,  commonly  called  Black  Lead,  is  usually  considered  a  Carbu- 
ret of  Iron  ;  but  as  the  purest  specimens  are  composed  almost  entirely 
of  Charcoal,  it  is  treated  of  with  that  substance.  The  specimens  con- 
taining any  notable  proportion  of  Iron,  must  have  some  of  the  proper- 
ties of  Ferruginous  preparations.  Steel,  being  composed  of  pure  Iron 
combined  with  a  very  small  quantity  of  Carbon,  is  a  true  Carburet  of 
Iron. 

CARBONATE  OF  IRON. 
F.  Carbonate  de  Fer.     G.  Kohlensaures  Eisenoxyd. 

The  name  of  Carbonate  of  Iron  long  held  a  place  in  the  Pharma- 
copeias, and  the  preparation  which  was  so  called  still  does  so  in  the 
D.  P.,  but  in  the  L.  P.  under  the  name  of  FERRI  SESQUIOXYDUM,  q.  v. 
which  contains  about  4  per  cent,  of  the  Carbonate.  The  Carbonate 
of  Iron  is,  however,  officinal  in  the  form  of  the  Mistura  Ferri  Compo- 
sita  and  in  the  Pilules  Ferri  Camp.,  as  likewise  in  the  Ferri  Carbonas 
Saccharatum  and  the  Pilules  Ferri  Carbon atis,  E.  P. 


FERRI    CARBONAS    SACCHARATUM.  147 

Carbonate  of  Iron  (Fe  O,  C  O  =  66),  is  obtained  by  precipitating 
with  an  alkaline  Carbonate  a  solution  of  any  protosalt  of  Iron,  e.  g. 
the  Sulphate.  A  soluble  Sulphate  of  Potash  or  of  Soda  is  obtained  in 
solution,  and  an  insoluble  Carbonate  of  Iron  is  precipitated.  This  is 
at  first  of  a  greenish- white  colour,  but  becomes  of  a  brownish- red 
colour  in  the  air,  and  is  converted  into  the  Sesquioxide.  (v.  supra.)  As 
the  protosalts  are  more  efficient  as  medicines  than  the  persalts,  it  has 
been  the  practice  with  many  to  direct  the  Mistura  Ferri  Composita  to 
be  taken  as  much  as  possible  when  fresh  made,  or  when  of  a  greenish 
colour.  Sugar  has  long  been  prescribed  with  Ferruginous  prepara- 
tions, as  in  the  old  Mars  Saccharatus,  and  with  the  Carbonate  of  Iron, 
the  Mist.  Ferri  Comp.  and  Pil.  Ferri  Comp.  Soubeiran  states  that  the 
idea  of  preventing  the  oxidation  of  the  Carbonate  of  Iron,  and  pre- 
serving a  uniform  medicine,  first  occurred  to  Dr.  Becker,  and  that  it 
was  put  into  practice  by  M.  Klauer,  a  Pharmacien  of  Mulhausen, 
who  employed  Sugar  for  this  purpose,  having  discovered  that  it  had 
the  power  of  preventing  the  Protoxide  of  Iron  from  passing  into  the 
state  of  Peroxide  by  absorbing  more  Oxygen.  Experiments  have 
also  been  made  by  Drs.  Clark  and  Christison,  and  Sugar  is  employed 
in  preserving  the  Iodide,  Bromide,  and  Chloride  of  Iron,  also  Iron- 
filings. 

FERRI  CARBONAS   SACCHARATUM,  E.     Saccharine  Carbonate  of  Iron. 
Klauer's  FERRTJM  CARBONICUM  SACCHARATUM  (of  the  Continent). 

Prep.  Dissolve  Sulph.  Iron  3iv.  in  Aq,  Oij.  and  Carb.  Soda  3v.  in  Aq.  Oij. ;  mix  the 
two  (cold)  solutions,  collect  the  precipitate  on  a  cloth  filter ;  wash  it  immediately  with 
cold  water,  and  without  delay  triturate  the  remaining  pulp  with  Pure  Sugar  finely  ^pow- 
dered 3ij.  Dry  the  mixture  at  a  temperature  not  much  above  120°. 

Tests.  Colour  grayish-green,  taste  sweet  and  styptic,  easily  soluble 
in  Muriatic  Acid  with  brisk  effervescence.  E.  P.  If  the  Carbonate  of 
Iron  is  mixed  with  the  Sugar  as  soon  as  possible  after  it  is  deprived 
of  its  water  by  filtration,  it  is  found  that  it  may  then  be  dried  even 
with  the  heat  indicated,  without  undergoing  conversion  into  the  Ses- 
quioxide of  Iron.  The  action  of  the  Sugar  in  this  and  other  similar 
cases  is,  that  it  prevents  oxidation.  Klauer  supposed  that  a  definite 
compound  is  formed  consisting  of  Protoxide  and  Sesquioxide  of  Iron, 
Carbonic  Acid,  Sugar,  and  water.  He  found  80  per  cent,  of  Protoxide 
and  20  of  Sesquioxide.  Fifty  grains  ought  to  yield  7-5  cubic  inches 
of  gas  when  decomposed  by  an  acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  ;  and  an  excellent  form  for  a  Ferruginous  pre- 
paration. 

D.  gr.  x. — gr.  xxx.  It  may  be  prescribed  in  the  same  doses  in  the 
form  of 

PILULE  FERRI  CARBONATIS,  E.     Pills  of  Carbonate  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Take  Saccharine  Carbonate  Iron  4  parts,  Red  Rose  Conserve  1  part,  beat  them 
into  a  proper  mass  and  divide  into  5  grain  pills. 

[The  Pilules  Ferri  Carbonatis  of  the  U.  S.  P.,  Vallet's  Ferruginous  Pills,  are  made 
thus:  Sulphate  of  Iron  3iv.  Carbonate  of  Soda  3v.  Clarified  Honey  3ijss.  Syrup,  Boiling 
Water  a  sufficient  quantity.  Dissolve  the  Sulphate  of  Iron  and  the  Carbonate  of  Soda 
each  in  a  pint  of  water,  and  to  each  solution  add  a  fluid  ounce  of  Syrup.  Mix  the  solu- 


MISTURA    FERRI    C  0  M  P  O  S  I  T  A. 

tions  in  a  bottle  just  large  enough  to  contain  them,  close,  and  set  by  for  the  Carbonate  to 
subside.  Pour  off  the  supernatant  liquid,  and  wash  the  precipitate  with  sweetened  water, 
press  on  a  flannel  cloth,  and  mis  with  the  honey]. 

PILULE  FERRI  COMPOSITE,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Pilules  Ferri  cum  Myrrha. 
Compound  Pills  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Beat  powdered  Myrrh  3ij.  and  Carb  Soda  3j.  together,  add  Sulph.  Iron  3j.  (and 
brown  Sugar  3j.  D.)  rub  again ;  lastly,  add  Treacle  3j.  (Molasses,  q.  s.  D.)  Beat  the 
whole  in  a  vessel  previously  warmed  until  incorporated. 

These  pills  are  the  usual  form  for  prescribing  the  Carbonate  of  Iron, 
but  the  saccharine  matter  is  in  too  small  a  proportion  to  prevent  the 
oxidation.  Therefore,  they  should  be  made  only  when  required,  or 
the  Pil.  Ferri  Carbonatis  be  substituted.  Gr.  xx.  contain  1  gr.  T70  of 
the  Protocarbonate,  in  which  there  is  one  grain  of  the  Protoxide. 

D.  gr.  v.-  or  gr.  x.— 9j.  2  or  3  times  a  day. 

The  Pilules  de  Vallet  are  similar.  (See  p.  147.)  Pilules  de  Blaud 
are  made  with  Carb.  Potash  and  Gum  Arabic,  and  are  a  close  imita- 
tion of  the  following  mixture. 

MISTURA  FERRI  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)   Compound  Mixture   of 
Mars.  Griffith's  Antihectic  or  Tonic  Mixture. 

Prep.  Beat  powdered  Myrrh  3ij.  [(bruised,  E.)  (finely  powdered,  3j.  D.)]  with  Spirit  of 
Nutmeg  f3j.  (f3ss.  D.)  and  Carb.  Potash  3j.  (gr.  xxv.  D.)  then  add  Rose-  Water  f3xviij. 
(gvijss.  D.)  and  then  Sulph.  Iron  in  (coarse,  E.)  powder  9ijss.  (9j.  D.)  Put  the  mixture 
immediately  into  a  well. stopped  bottle. 

[U.  S.  Myrrh  3j.  Carb.  Pot.  gr.  xxv.  Rose.  Water  fgvijss.  Sulph.  Iron,  pulv.  9j.  Spt. 
Lav.  3ss.  Sugar,  3j.] 

Here  the  same  changes  take  place ;  but  Carbonate  of  Potash,  being 
employed  instead  of  the  Carbonate  of  Soda,  we  have  a  Sulphate  of 
Potash  left  in  solution.  A  hydrated  Protocarbonate  of  Iron  is  sus- 
pended with  Myrrh  and  the  Spirit  of  Nutmeg  as  aromatics,  while 
the  Sugar  no  doubt  assists  in  preventing  the  formation  of  Sesquioxide 
of  Iron.  Mr.  Brande  states  that  the  best  mode  of  making  it  is  to 
triturate  a  fine  piece  of  Myrrh  into  an  emulsion  with  Rose-Water,  add 
the  Carbonate  of  Potash,  Nutmeg,  and  Sugar,  and  lastly  dissolve  in 
it  the  Sulphate  of  Iron.  If  the  bottle  is  kept  full,  the  preparation  will 
long  remain  unchanged :  it  should  therefore  be  prescribed  in  draughts. 
Ince  P.  J.  i.  252. 

Inc.  Acids  and  Acidulous  Salts,  Vegetable  Astringents. 

D.  f3j. — f3ij.  2  or  3  times  a  day. 

Soubeiran  (ii.  p.  434)  describes  some  other  preparations  of  the 
Carbonate  of  Iron,  as  the  Poudre  Ferrugineuse,  in  which  Bicarb. 
Soda  and  Sulphate  of  Iron  are  mixed  with  Sugar,  also  Poudre  Feree 
Gazeuze. 

Prep.  Mix  Ferri  Sulph.  gr.  iij.  carefully  with  pounded  Sugar  3ijss.  add  Bicarb.  Soda 
in  powder  grs.  liv.  and  coarsely  pounded  Tartaric'  3j.;  add  to  a  bottle  of  water,  cork  it 
immediately  and  agitate. 

A  sweetish  acidulous  preparation  of  Iron,  made  agreeable  by  the 
effervescence  of  the  Carbonic  acid.  The  Iron  may  be  increased,  as 
the  3  grs.  of  the  Sulphate  will  produce  1|-  grs.  of  the  Carbonate  of 
Iron. 


FERRI    ACETATIS    TINCTURA.  149 

The  Aqua  Chalybeata  of  Bewley  and  Evans  is  also  an  elegant  and 
agreeable  preparation  of  this  metal,  v.  Citrate  of  Iron. 

FERRI  ACETAS,  D. 

Acetate  of  Iron.     Extractum  Mortis  Aceticum.     Aceticum  Martiale.     F.  Acetate  de 
Fer.     G.  Essigsaures  Eisen. 

This  preparation  is  contained  only  in  the  Dublin  Pharmacopoeia, 
and  unnecessarily  in  three  different  forms.  But  it  was  formerly  more 
used  in  medicine ;  in  the  present  day,  it  is  chiefly  known  in  the  arts 
as  the  Iron  liquor. 

Prop.  The  Acetate  of  Iron  of  the  D.  P.  is  a  liquid  of  a  deep  red 
colour,  and  is  an  Acetate  of  the  Sesquioxide.  This  is  evident  from 
the  ingredients  employed,  for  the  Carbonate  so  named  as  we  have 
seen  is  only  the  Sesquioxide  with  a  little  Carbonate  mixed  with  it; 
and  therefore,  after  digesting  in  Acetic',  there  will  be  a  small  portion 
of  the  Acetate  of  the  Protoxide,  and  the  great  bulk  consist  of  the 
Acetate  of  the  Sesquioxide.  It  has  an  acid  reaction  and  Chalybeate 
taste.  ,The  tests  for  Iron  act  as  with  the  other  persalts. 

Prep.  Digest  Carb.  Iron  1  part  in  Acet'  6  parts  for  3  days.    Filter. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  Astringent. 
D.  rftv. — rnjxx.  in  water. 

FERRI  ACETATIS  TINCTURA,  D.     Tincture  of  Acetate  of  Iron. 

Prep.  In  an  earthenware  mortar  rub  Acet.  Potash  2  parts,  Sulph.  Iron  1  part  into  a 
uniform  mass ;  dry  with  a  gentle  heat.  Triturate  with  Rectified  Spirit  26  parts.  Digest 
in  a  well-closed  bottle  for  7  days,  agitating  occasionally.  Let  it  rest,  pour  off  the  clear 
fluid  and  keep  it  in  well-closed  bottles. 

In  this  preparation  double  decomposition  will  take  place,  and 
Sulph.  Potash,  and  Acet.  of  the  Protoxide  of  Iron  be  produced,  but 
much  of  which  will  necessarily  be  converted  into  the  Sesquioxide  in 
the  process  of  drying.  The  Acetate  of  Iron,  as  well  as  the  excess  of 
Acetate  of  Potash,  is  dissolved  in  Spirit  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  -840,  the  Ses- 
quioxide and  Sulphate  being  left.  The  Tincture  is  of  a  light  red  or 
claret  colour,  and  forms  an  agreeable  chalybeate.  When  evaporated 
to  dryness,  it  yields  saline  matter  which  is  whitish  from  the  presence 
of  Acetate  of  Potash. 

D.  f3ss.— f3i. 

It  is  extremely  liable  to  spontaneous  decomposition,  and  is  decom- 
posed by  the  Acids,  the  Alkalies,  and  their  Carbonates,  also  by  vege- 
table Astringents. 

FERRI  ACETATIS  TINCTURA  CTJM  ALCOHOLE,  E.  D.     Alcoholic  Tincture 
of  the  Acetate  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Rub  Sulph.  Iron  and  Acet.  Potash  5.6.  3j.  till  they  unite,  dry  them,  and  when 
cold  triturate  with  Alcohol,  by  measure,  fi>ij.  Digest  in  a  well- stoppered  bottle,  agitating 
frequently,  for  24  hours.  Pour  off  the  clear  liquor  and  keep  in  well-closed  vessels. 

This  preparation  is  very  similar  to  the  last,  but  instead  of  an  excess 


150  FERROCYANIDE    OF    POTASSIUM. 

of  Acet.  of  Potash,  there  is  an  excess  of  Sulph.  Iron.  As  above,  the 
Acetate  is  a  mixture  of  the  Acetates  of  the  Protoxide  and  Peroxide ; 
the  latter  only  is  stated  by  Wood  and  Bache  to  be  soluble  in  the 
Alcohol  of  the  D.  P.  having  the  Sp.  Gr.  -810.  It  is  therefore  a  solu- 
tion of  the  Acetate  of  the  Peroxide  of  Iron,  and  forms  a  stronger  and 
more  uniform  preparation.  f3j.  evaporated,  yields  gr.  x.  of  a  crim- 
son-coloured extract.  Dr.  Percival,  who  thought  highly  of  the 
Chalybeate  powers  of  these  Tinctures,  prescribed  from  f3ss. — f3j.  in 
asses'  milk. 

FERROCYANIDE  OF  POTASSIUM.     POTASSII  FERROCYANIDUM,  L. 
[POTASSII  FERROCYANURETUM,  U.  S.] 

Ferrocyanate  of  Potash.  Ferropriissiate  of  Potash.  Prussiate  and  Yellow  Prussiate 
of  Potash.  F.  Cyanure  de  Fer  et  de  Potassium.  G.  Cyaneisen  Kalium.  Blausaures 
Eisenkali. 

This  salt  is  officinal  for  the  purpose  of  making  Diluted  Hydrocyanic 
acid.  There  is  no  formula  for  preparing  it,  because  it  is  found  in  a 
very  pure  state  in  commerce. 

Prop.  This  salt  is  of  a  lemon-yellow  colour,  and  transparent,  with- 
out smell,  but  having  a  cooling  saline  taste.  The  crystals  are  large 
quadrangular,  with  more  or  less  truncated  edges  and  angles,  derived 
from  a  primary  octohedron ;  tough  and  flexible;  Sp.  Gr.  1-83.  Solu- 
ble in  4  parts  of  cold  and  2  of  boiling  water.  (Gr.)  Dr.  Ure  states 
that  water  at  60°  takes  up  about  ^,  and  at  212°  its  own  weight  of 
this  salt;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  Heated  to  212°,  they  lose  about  J3 
per  cent.,  or  their  3  Eq.  of  water  of  crystallization,  and  are  reduced 
to  a  white  powder.  At  a  red  heat  they  are  decomposed,  Nitrogen 
escapes,  Carburet  of  Iron  and  Cyanide  of  Potassium  are  left ;  but 
if  exposed  to  the  air,  the  latter  absorbs  Oxygen,  and  becomes  Cyanate 
of  Potash.  This  salt  is  not  precipitated  by  the  alkalies,  nor  Sulphu- 
retted Hydrogen,  nor  by  Tincture  of  Galls,  proving  that  the  Iron  is 
in  a  peculiar  state  of  combination.  With  salts  of  the  Peroxide  of 
Iron,  it  produces  precipitates  of  Prussian  Blue,  but  white  precipitates 
with  salts  of  the  Protoxide,  which  become  blue  after  exposure  to  the 
air.  With  Lead,  Zinc,  Copper,  <tec.,  it  forms  different  coloured  pre- 
cipitates, and  therefore  serves  to  ascertain  the  presence  of  these 
metals.  Heated  with  diluted  Sul',  Hydrocy'  is  produced.  Boiled 
with  Binoxide  of  Mercury,  Bicyanide  of  that  metal  is  obtained  in 
solution. 

Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  is  composed,  according  to  Liebig,  of 
(an  imaginary  radical)  Ferrocyanogen,  composed  of  1  Eq.  of  Iron 
and  3  Eq.  of  Cyanogen,  or  Fe  Cy3,  in  combination  with  2  Eq.  of 
Potassium,  K*  Fe  Cy3-f  3  HO;  or,  according  to  other  views,  of  1 
Eq.  Cyanide  Iron  54+2  Eq.  Cyan.  Potassium  132+3  Aq.  27=213. 

This  salt  is  prepared  on  a  large  scale  by  calcining  animal  matter, 
such  as  hoofs,  chippings  of  horn,  dried  blood,  pieces  of  hides,  cellular 
membrane,  the  refuse  of  tallow  melters,  with  Carb.  Potash,  in  an  iron 
pot  with  iron  stirrers^;  throw  into  water,  dissolve,  filter,  evaporate, 
and  crystallize.  Repeat  the  latter  part  of  the  process  for  purification. 


FERRIPERCYANIDUM.  151 

Tests*  Totally  dissolved  by  water.  A  gentle  heat  evaporates  12-6 
parts  from  100  parts.  It  slightly  (if  at  all)  alters  the  colour  of  Tur- 
meric. What  it  throws  down  from  the  preparations  of  Sesquioxide 
of  Iron  is  blue,  and  that  from  the  preparations  of  Zinc  is  white. 
When  burnt,  the  residue  dissolved  by  H  Cl'  is  again  thrown  down 
by  Ammonia:  18-7  parts  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  are  yielded  by  100 
parts.  L. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative;  but  possessed  of  little  activity;  is  rapidly 
absorbed  and  diffused  through  the  secretions. 

D.  gr.  x.  to  gr.  xv. ;  but  may  be  given  in  much  larger  doses. 

FERRI  (CYANURETUM,  D.)  PERCYANIDUM,  L. 

Ferri  Ferro-Sesquicyanidum,  Per.  Sesquiferrocyanide  of  Iron.  (Graham.)  Ferri 
Ferrocyanuretum,  U.  S.  Prussian  Blue.  Ferro-prussiate  of  Iron.  F.  Bleu  de  Prusse. 
G.  Cyaneisen.  Berlinerblau. 

This  substance,  so  well  known  by  the  name  of  Prussian  Blue,  was 
discovered  in  1710  by  Diesbach,  a  preparer  of  colours  at  Berlin. 

Prop.  Prussian  Blue  is  a  light'  porous  body,  of  a  rich  velvety  blue 
colour,  if  dried  when  prepared  of  the  temperature  of  the  air ;  but, 
dried  at  a  higher  temperature,  it  is  more  compact  (G.),  and  is  usually 
seen  in  solid  masses  of  its  peculiar  rich  blue  colour ;  devoid  of  taste 
and  smell,  and  insoluble.  It  is  decomposed  by  the  alkalies,  an  alka- 
line Ferrocyanide  produced,  and  Peroxide  of  Iron  precipitated.  The 
strong  acids  also  decompose  it.  Boiled  with  Red  Oxide  of  Mercury, 
soluble  Bi-Cyanide  of  Mercury  is  produced,  with  an  insoluble  mixture 
of  Oxide  and  Cyanide  of  Iron.  Great  differences  of  opinion  are  en- 
tertained respecting  the  composition  of  this  substance;  a  variety  of 
names  have,  therefore,  been  applied  to  it  by  different  chemists.  The 
name  Percy anide,  adopted  by  the  London  College,  is  objectionable, 
inasmuch  as  Prof.  Graham  states  that  Percyanide  or  Sesquicyanide 
of  Iron,  Fe3  Cy3,  is  unknown  in  a  pure  state.  He  represents  it  as 
"  consisting  of  4  Eq.  of  Iron  and  3  Eq.  of  the  bibasic  salt-radical, 
Ferrocyanogen,  and  therefore  named  a  Sesquiferrocyanide.  It  con- 
tains Oxygen  and  Hydrogen  besides,  which  cannot  be  separated 
without  the  decomposition  of  the  compound."  In  conformity  to  the 
opinion  of  Berzelius,  it  is  now  generally  considered  a  compound  of 
3  Eq.  Cyanide  of  Iron  and  2  Eq.  of  Sesquicyan.  Iron  (3  Fe  Cy+2 
Fea  Cy8). 

Prussian  Blue  may  be  obtained  perfectly  pure,  on  a  small  scale,  by 
double  decomposition  between  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  and  an 
acid  solution  of  Persulphate  or  Perchloride  of  Iron.  In  the  arts  it  is 
made  by  calcining  Potash  and  animal  matter,  adding  this  to  12  or 
15  times  its  weight  of  water,  and  precipitating  the  clear  solution 
obtained  with  2  parts  of  Alum  and  1  of  the  Protosulphate  of  Iron. 

Tests.  It  is  pure  if,  after  being  boiled  with  dilute  H  Cl',  Ammonia 
throws  down  nothing  from  the  filtered  solution.  L. 

.fiction.  Uses.  Officinal,  for  making  Bicyanide  of  Mercury.  It  has 
been  accounted  sedative,  tonic,  &c.,  but  has  little  effect. 

D.  gr.  v.  3  or  4  times  a  day. 


152  FERRI    ET    POTASS.E    TARTRAS. 

FERRI  MISTURA  AROMATICA,  D.     Aromatic  Mixture  of  Iron. 

Prep.  Take  Iron-filings  gss.  Bark  (Cinchona  lancifolia),  in  a  coarse  powder  3j. 
Calumba  sliced  3iij-  Cloves  bruised  3ij.  Digest  for  3  days  in  a  close  vessel,  agitating 
occasionally  with  Peppermint  Water  q.  s.  to  yield  f3xij.  of  the  filtered  liquor.  Add  Com- 
pound Tincture  of  Cardamoms  f^iij-  and  Tincture  of  Orange-peel  f3iij. 

Dr.  Neligan  says  of  this  combination  of  aromatic  tonics  holding  in 
solution  some  Tannate  of  Iron,  that,  though  unchemical,  it  is  a  most 
excellent  tonic,  much  used  in  Dublin,  in  the  various  states  of  debility 
attended  with  anaemia,  in  doses  of  f3j.— f3ij.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 
It  is  often  called  Heberden's  Ink,  from  its  black  colour. 

FERRI  ET  POTASS.E  TARTRAS.     (U.  S.) 

FERRI  POTASSJO  TARTRAS,  L.  FERRUM  TARTARIZATUM,  E.  FERRI  TARTARUM.  D.  Tar. 
trate  of  Potash  and  Iron.  Tartarized  Iron  and  Chaly  heated  Tartar.  Potassoe  Ferro. 
Tartras.  F.  Tartrate  de  Potasse  et  de  Fer.  G.  Eisenweinstein. 

This  preparation,  in  different  forms,  has  long  been  employed  in 
medicine ;  one  of  these  is  familiarly  known  by  the  name  of  Steel 
Wine,  which,  though  liable  to  variation,  is  a  popular,  and,  when  care- 
fully prepared,  an  effective  form  for  exhibition. 

Prop.  The  Tartrate  of  Potash  and  Iron  is  usually  in  powder  of  an 
olive-brown  colour,  without  odour,  and  of  a  mild  chalybeate  taste.  It 
is  now  often  prepared  in  shining  brittle  scales  of  a  dark-brown  colour. 
Exposed  to  moist  air,  it  deliquesces,  and  is  soluble  in  4  times  its 
weight  of  water  ;  slightly  in  Alcohol,  more  so  in  Wine.  The  solution 
is  of  a  light-brownish  colour,  and  remains  unchanged  for  a  consider- 
able time,  It  is  remarkable  for  not  being  decomposed  by  Ammonia 
or  its  Carbonate  at  any  temperature,  nor  by  the  other  alkalies  nor 
their  Carbonates  without  the  aid  of  heat.  It  is  also  unaffected  by  the 
Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  until  a  few  drops  of  the  stronger  acids  are 
added,  when  a  deep  blue  colour  is  produced,  showing  that  decompo- 
sition must  have  taken  place.  Vegetable  astringents  cause  the  usual 
black  precipitate.  It  is  considered  by  Mr.  Phillips  to  be  composed  of 
1  Eq.  Tartrate  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  106+1  Eq.  Tartrate  of  Potash 
114=220,  or  48-18  of  the  former,  and  51-82  per  cent,  of  the  latter, 
and  he  found  it  to  yield  about  18  per  cent.  (Soubeiran  states  that  it 
contains  13  per  cent.)  of  Sesquioxide  of  Iron. 

Prep.  The  Colleges  give  different  formuloe  for  preparing  a  Sesquioxide  of  Iron,  which 
is  then  to  combine  with  1  Eq.  of  Cream  of  Tartar.  The  D.  C.  retain  the  old  process  for 
oxidizing  the  Iron.  Mix  Iron  wire  I  part  with  very  finely  powdered  Bitartrate  of  Potash 
4  parts  and  Aq.  dest.  8  parts,  or  q.  s.  Expose  to  the  air  for  15  days  in  a  wide  vessel, 
stirring  occasionally  and  adding  water  to  keep  the  mixture  moist,  but  not  to  cover  the 
iron  completely.  Then  boil  with  Aq.  dest.  q.  s.  Evaporate  the  filtered  liquor  to  dryness 
in  a  sand-bath  and  keep  the  Tartar  of  Iron  in  well-closed  bottles. 

L.  E.  Mix  Sesquioxide  of  Iron  giij.  with  Hydrochlor'  Oss.  (f3x.  U.  S.)  and  digest  in  a 
sand-bath  for  2  hours.  Add  Aq.  dest.  Cong.  ij.  set  aside  for  an  hour,  then  pour  off  the 
supernatant  liquor.  Add  Sol.  of  Potash,  Oivss.  or  q.  s.,  wash  well  the  precipitate  with 
water.  (Take  Sulphate  of  Iron  3v.  and  make  it  into  rust  of  Iron,  as  directed  under  Fer- 
rugo,  but  without  drying,  E.)  While  moist  boil  it  with  Bitartrate  of  Potash  gxjss.  (gix. 
3j.  E.)  mixed  in  Aq.  dest.  Cong.  j.  (Oiv.  E.)  Let  the  solution  cool,  pour  off  the  clear 
liquor.  Should  it  be  acid  to  Litmus  tests,  pour  in  solution  of  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammo- 
nia Oj.  or  q.  s.  (Carl),  of  Am.  in  fine  powder  q.  s.  E.)  till  effervescence  ceases.  Over  a 
sand-bath  concentrate  to  the  consistence  of  thin  extract,  or  till  the  residue  on  cooling  be- 
comes  a  firm  solid.  (Preserve  in  well-closed  vessels,  E.) 


FERRI    AMMO  NI  0-T  ARTR  AS.  153 

The  L.  and  E.  C.  have  adopted  the  improved  process  of  Soubeiran 
with  slight  modifications.  In  the  L.  process,  Sesquichloride  of  Iron 
(v.  p.  141)  is  produced.  On  the  addition  of  the  Potash,  the  Iron  is 
precipitated  in  the  form  of  Hyd  rated  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  The  E.  C. 
directs  this  to  be  prepared  as  under  Ferrugo,  and  to  be  kept  moist,  as 
in  this  state,  when  boiled  with  the  Bitartrate  of  Potash  1  Eq.  40  of 
the  Sesquioxide  combines  with  1  Eq.  66  of  the  Tartaric  acid,  and  1 
Eq.  Tartrate  of  potash  114  remains  as  it  was,  or  rather  unites  with 
the  new-formed  Tartrate  of  Iron,  and  thus  perfectly  prevents  the 
action  of  some  of  the  ordinary  reagents  on  the  Iron. 

Tests.  Totally  soluble  in  water,  and  not  attracted  by.  the  magnet : 
(if  improperly  prepared,  a  large  portion  is  insoluble,  and  the  magnet 
attracts  the  residual  oxide).  The  solution  does  not  change  either  Lit- 
mus or  Turmeric ;  it  is  not  rendered  blue  by  Ferrocyanide  of  Potas- 
sium, nor  any  thing  precipitated  from  it  by  any  acid  or  alkali,  P.  L. 

Inc.  Strong  acids,  Lime-water,  Acetate  of  Lead,  Hydrosulphuric', 
Vegetable  Astringents. 

Action.  Uses.  Chalybeate  Tonic,  mild  in.  taste,  soluble  and  efficient. 

D.  gr.  x.— 3ss.  in  pill,  or  solution  with  some  aromatic. 

VINTJM  FERRI,  or  Steel  Wine,  is  omitted  in  the  Pharmacopeias ; 
but  an  efficient  and  uniform  substitute  can  at  any  time  be  formed  by 
dissolving  a  portion  of  the  above  preparation  in  Sherry  Wine.  It  was 
formerly  made  by  macerating  for  a  month  Iron-filings  in  Sherry 
Wine,  and  contained  only  16  grs.  of  the  Peroxide  in  a  pint  of  Wine. 
Dose,  3ij. — 3iv.  thrice  a  day.  Mr.  Donovan  macerates  Rust  of  Iron 
of  the  shops,  well  levigated,  3ij.  with  one  pint  of  the  best  Hock,  in  a 
matrass  placed  in  a  water-bath  of  100°  F.  for  one  hour,  constantly 
agitating,  and  the  next  day  filters.  Or,  take  Tartrate  ofProtoxide  of 
Iron  1  part,  and  rub  it  up  with  Tartaric'  1  part  in  a  porcelain  or  glass 
mortar,  then  add  of  White  Wine  1000  parts,  and  filter  the  solution  if 
necessary.  The  Tartrate  of  the  Protoxide  of  Iron  may  itself  be  made 
by  decomposing  an  Eq.  of  Protosulphate  of  Iron  with  an  Eq.  of 
neutral  Tartrate  of  Potash,  immediately  washing  the  precipitate  with 
water,  collecting  it  on  a  strainer,  pressing  it  strongly,  and  drying 
over  a  water-bath.  (Soubeiran.) 

FERRI  AMMONIO-TARTRAS.     Ammonio-Tartrate  of  Iron. 

In  the  same  way  that  Sulphate  of  Alumina,  by  combining  with 
Potash,  Soda,  or  Ammonia,  will  form  either  Potash,  Soda,  or  Ammo- 
nia Alum,  so  various  double  salts  may  be  formed  by  presenting 
different  bases  with  Iron  to  the  Citric  and  Tartaric  acids.  The 
Ammonio-Tartrate  of  Iron  is  one  of  these,  which  has  for  some  time 
been  prepared  as  a  substitute  for  the  Tartrate  of  Potash  and  Iron.  It 
is  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  in  brilliant  scales,  or  in  angular  grains, 
resembling  Kino ;  its  powder  is  of  a  brown  colour,  like  Iron-rust.  It 
has  a  mild  ferruginous  taste ;  soluble  in  rather  more  than  its  weight 
of  water  at  60°;  not  decomposed  by  boiling  water  ;  insoluble  in  both 
Alcohol  and  Ether.  It  is  composed  of  1  Eq.  of  Tartrate  of  Sesqui- 
oxide of  Iron,  1  Eq.  of  Tartrate  of  Ammonia,  and  4  of  water.  A 


154  FERRI    AMMO  NIO. 

formula  for  preparing  it  is  given  by  Mr.  Procter,  junr.,  in  Amer.  J.  of 
Pharm.,  by  decomposing  Bitart.  Ammonia  with  fresh  made  Hydrated 
Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  v.  P.  J.  i.  291.  It  is  an  eligible  preparation  of 
Iron,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  gr.  iij.  to  gr.  viij.  in  aqueous  solu- 
tion, or  in  pill,  or  with  some  confection. 

FERRI  CITRAS.     Citrate  of  Iron. 

M.  Beral,  in  1831,  introduced  to  the  notice  of  the  profession  se- 
veral preparations  in  which  Iron  is  combined  with  Citric  acid.  Of 
these  the  Citrate  or  Sesquicitrate  of  Iron  is  a  combination  of  boiling 
Cit'  3iv.  and  Aq.  Dest.  f3iv.  with  moist  Hydrated  Sesquioxide  of  Iron 
(v.  p.  138)  about  3viij.  When  cold,  add  water  so  as  to  make  f3xvj. 
It  is  obtained  (by  drying  its  solution  spread  out  on  glass)  in  thin  and 
transparent  laminae  of  a  beautiful  garnet  hue ;  has  an  acid  and  not 
disagreeable  styptic  taste.  It  dissolves  slowly  in  cold  water,  but  more 
readily  in  boiling  water.  M.  Beral  has  also  proposed  a  Protocitrate 
of  Iron,  which  is  white  and  pulverulent,  with  a  strong  chalybeate 
taste,  and  also  a  Citrate  of  the  Magnetic  Oxide  (p.  138)  of  Iron.  But 
the  name  Citrate  of  Iron  is  applied  to  a  preparation  in  which  the 
excess  of  acid  has  been  counteracted  by  Ammonia,  and  which  thus 
becomes  converted  into  the  following : 

FERRI  AMMONIO-CITRAS.     Citrate  of  Ammonia  and  Iron.     Amrnonio- 
Citrate  of  Iron.     Citrate  of  Iron. 

This  is  prepared  by  adding  Ammonia  to  the  Citrate  of  Iron,  so  as 
to  neutralize  the  excess  of  acid,  and  thus  produce  a  double  salt,  then 
evaporate  to  dryness  with  a  gentle  heat.  It  differs  sufficiently  from 
the  former  to  require  to  be  designated  by  a  different  name,  in  order 
to  prevent  mistakes.  It  is,  like  the  Citrate,  in  shining  scales,  of  the 
same  beautiful  garnet-colour,  but  with  a  milder  taste.  Readily  soluble 
in  cold  water,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  v. — viij.  grs.  in  solution. 

All  these  and  some  other  preparations  of  Cit'  and  of  Iron,  as  Citrate 
of  Iron  with  Zinc,  with  Soda,  with  Potash,  and  with  Magnesia,  are 
prepared  of  great  purity  and  elegance  by  Mr.  Bullock ;  the  Citrate  of 
Iron  especially,  in  the  form  of  Syrup,  Wine,  and  Lozenges.  For  Ci- 
trate of  Quinine  and  Iron,  v.  Cinchona. 

AQUA  CHALYBEATA.  One  of  the  most  elegant  and  agreeable  forms 
which  has  yet  been  proposed  for  the  exhibition  of  Iron  is  an  effer- 
vescing solution  of  Citrate  of  Iron  flavoured  with  Orange-peel,  called 
Aqua  Chalybeata  by  Messrs.  Bewley  and  Evans,  and  for  which  the 
name  of  Chalybeate  Champagne  has  been  proposed.  It  has  been 
examined  and  reported  upon  by  Dr.  Ure  and  by  Mr.  Brande.  It  con- 
sists of  a  solution  of  Citrate  of  Iron  highly  charged  with  Carbonic 
acid  gas,  and  flavoured  with  Orange-peel.  It  is  sent  out  in  six-ounce 
bottles,  which  afford  on  analysis  gr.  vij.  T9<j  of  Peroxide  of  Iron,  corre- 
sponding to  gr.  xiijss.  of  the  Citrate  of  Iron.  Two  ounces,  or  a  wine- 
glass full  two  or  three  times  a  day,  forms  a  dose  which  is  grateful  to 
the  taste,  and  suitable  to  the  most  delicate  in  constitution,  and  to  chil- 
dren, at  the  same  time  that  it  is  effective  as  a  tonic. 


Z  I  N  C  U  M.  155 

LACTATE  OF  IRON.  FERRI  LACTAS.  TLactate  of  the  Protoxide  of 
Iron  is  a  mild  chalybeate,  which  is  obtained  in  a  greenish-white 
powder,  or  in  greenish  acicular  crystals,  by  the  direct  action  of  a 
dilute  solution  of  Lactic  acid  on  Iron-filings.  When  it  is  dissolved, 
the  Iron  passes  to  a  higher  state  of  oxidation,  and  the  solution 
becomes  yellow.  It  may  be  prescribed  in  the  form  of  Lozenges  or 
of  Syrup. 

MALATE  OF  PROTOXIDE  OF  IRON  is  a  form  of  preparation  in  use  in 
the  Prussian  Pharmacopoeia.  It  is  procured  by  digesting  one  part  of 
Iron  nails  or  wire  along  with  four  parts  of  Apple-juice  for  some  days, 
then  evaporating  the  liquid  to  one-half,  filtering,  and  concentrating  to 
the  consistence  of  an  extract. 

[SOLUTION  OF  SESQUINITRATE  OF  IRON.  Pernitrate.  This  prepara- 
tion, as  communicated  by  Mr.  Kerr,  of  Dublin,  is  made  by  acting  on 
Iron  in  excess  in  small  pieces,  with  dilute  Nitric  acid,  until  satu- 
rated, filtering  the  solution,  and  subsequently  adding  a  small  quantity 
of  Hydrochloric  acid,  to  prevent  decomposition.  This  solution,  how- 
ever, will  not  keep.  To  preserve  it,  a  syrup  must  be  made  of  it  by 
the  addition  of  Sugar.  Mr.  Duhamel's  formula  is  the  following.  Iron 
Wire  3vj.  Nitric  acid  f3jss.  Water  f3viij.  Sugar  3xiv.  Proceed  as 
above,  but  dissolve  the  Sugar  in  the  solution  by  a  gentle  heat.  Dose 
f  3j.  in  Diarrhoea,  Chronic  Dysentery,  &c.] 

ZINCUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

,  f         "• 

Zinc.     F.  Zinc.     G.  Zink. 

Zinc  is  considered  to  have  been  known  as  a  distinct  metal  only 
since  the  time  of  Paracelsus.  It  has  long  been  imported  from  China 
into  India.  The  name  Tutenague,  by  which  Chinese  Zinc  was  known 
in  commerce,  is  evidently  derived  from  the  Tamul,  tutanagum  (Essay 
Hind.  Med.  p.  100),  and  it  was  at  one  time  called  Indian  Tin  (Stan- 
num  Indicum).  The  ores  of  Zinc  were  no  doubt  employed  by  the 
ancients  in  making  Brass. 

Zinc  (Zn  =  32)  is  found  in  the  state  of  an  Oxide,  but  principally  as 
a  Sulphuret  (Blende),  and  an  impure  Carbonate  (Calamine).  From 
both  ores  it  is  first  converted  into  an  Oxide  by  the  process  of  roast- 
ing, and  then  reduced  to  the  metallic  form  by  the  aid  of  Carbonaceous 
matter,  when  it  may  either  be  fused  or  sublimed.  Until  purified  by 
a  second  distillation,  it  contains  as  impurities  small  portions  of  other 
metals,  as  Iron,  Copper,  Arsenic,  &c. 

Prop.  Zinc  is  white,  with  a  shade  of  blue,  and  of  considerable 
brilliancy.  Sp.  Gr.  from  6-8  to  7-2.  At  ordinary  temperatures  it  has 
little  ductility  or  malleability,  but  is  hard  and  tough.  When  heated 
from  210°  to  300°,  it  becomes  ductile,  and  may  be  drawn  into  wire  or 
beaten  or  rolled  into  thin  sheets,  and  also  at  ordinary  temperatpres, 
if  very  pure.  At  400°  it  becomes  brittle,  and  may  be  powdered.  It 
melts  at  773°,  and,  on  slowly  cooling,  crystallizes  in  four-sided  prisms, 
with  its  fracture  displaying  a  lamellated  structure.  At  a  white  heat 


156  ZINCI    OXYDUM. 

it  may  be  volatilized  in  close  vessels ;  but  in  contact  with  the  air,  it 
burns  vividly,  diffusing  white  fumes  of  Oxide.  Exposed  to  the  air, 
or  kept  under  water,  Zinc  becomes  covered  with  a  thin  film  of  Sub- 
oxide,  which  protects  it. 

Tests.  Almost  entirely  dissolved  by  diluted  Sulphuric  acid  (leaving 
only  a  scanty  grayish-black  residuum,  E.)  This  solution  is  free  from 
colour,  and  has  the  other  characters  of  the  Sulphate  of  Zinc,  q.  v. 

Action.  Uses.  Zinc  is  not  used  medicinally.  Zinc  vessels  for  keep- 
ing articles  of  diet  are  not  without  danger. 

ZINCI  OXYDUM,  L.  E.  D.  (OxiDUM,  U.  S.) 

Oxide  of  Zinc.     Lana  philosophica.     Flares  Zinci.     F.  Oxide  de  Zinc.     G.  Zinkoxyd. 

This  Oxide  has  been  long  known,  in  an  impure  state;  by  the  name 
of  tutty,  which  appears  to  be  of  Oriental  origin,  as  the  Sulphate  is  still 
called  sujfed  tutia  or  white  tutia;  the  Sulphates  of  Iron  and  Copper 
being  called  green  and  blue  tutia.  (Hindoo  Med.  p.  100.)  So  great 
is  the  affinity  of  Zinc  for  Oxygen,  that  it  precipitates  the  other  metallic 
oxides,  when  in  solution,  in  the  form  of  their  respective  metals. 

Prop.  Oxide  of  Zinc  (Zn  O  =  40),  when  pure,  forms  a  light  floccu- 
lent  powder  of  a  white  colour,  devoid  of  taste  and  smell,  insoluble  in 
water  or  Alcohol,  but  soluble  in  acids  and  in  the  caustic  fixed  alkalies. 
When  heated  to  a  low  red  heat,  it  acquires  a  yellow  colour,  which 
disappears  again  when  it  cools,  unless  Iron  be  present.  At  a  low 
white  heat  it  may  be  melted,  and  when  this  is  increased  it  is  volatil- 
ized. It  is  thrown  down  in  a  hydrated  form,  with  some  basic  Zinc, 
when  an  alkali  is  added  to  a  solution  of  a  salt  of  Zinc.  When  pure, 
its  neutral  solutions  in  acids  throw  down  a  white  precipitate  on  addi- 
tion of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  or  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium.  Comp. 
Zn  80  +  O  20  =  100. 

Oxide  of  Zinc  used  to  be  prepared  (as  it  still  is  by  the  D.  P.  pro- 
cess, and  by  some  manufacturers,  v.  P.  J.  ii.  503)  by  the  action  of 
heat  and  air  on  the  metal  in  a  crucible,  when  it  becomes  oxidized  by 
abstracting  Oxygen  from  the  atmosphere.  So  prepared,  it  is  usually 
gritty,  from  containing  small  particles  of  metal,  some  of  which  may 
be  got  rid  of  by  washing  in  water.  The  L.  and  E.  P.  therefore  pre- 
pare it  by  precipitation. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Dissolve  Sulphate  of  Zinc  fcj.  (3xij.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Oxij.  (Oij. 
E.)  and  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia  3vjss.  (3vj.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Oxij.  (Oij.  E.)  (filter,  L.) 
Mix  (collect  the  precipitate  on  a  cloth,  E.)  Wash  it  thoroughly  with  water  (squeeze  and 
dry  it,  E.)  Burn  it  for  2  hours  in  a  strong  fire  (red  heat,  E.) 

The  precipitation  was  formerly  effected  with  Ammonia ;  but  this, 
like  the  other  caustic  alkalies,  when  in  excess,  redissolves  the  precipi- 
tate. Both  the  salts  employed  becoming  decomposed,  a  Sulphate  of 
Ammonia  remains  in  solution,  and  the  Garb'  combining  with  the  Oxide 
of  Zinc  which  is  set  free,  an  insoluble  Garb.  Zinc  is  precipitated.  This 
being  washed  and  heated,  the  Garb'  is  expelled  with  any  adhering 
Ammonia,  and  a  pure  Oxide  of  Zinc  is  left ;  but  it  is  often  sold  with- 
out being  calcined. 

Tests.  Yellowish-white ;  tasteless ;  entirely  soluble  in  dil.  Nit'  with- 


ZINCI    CARBON  AS   IMPURUM.  157 

out  effervescence :  this  solution  is  not  affected  by  Nitrate  of  Baryta, 
but  gives  with  Ammonia  a  white  precipitate  entirely  soluble  in  an 
excess  of  the  test.  E.  P.  Carb.  Zinc  is  often  sold  in  the  shops  for 
the  Oxide  of  Zinc  (p.) ;  and  Mr.  Redwood  (P.  J.  ii.  506)  states  that 
another  kind  of  Oxide  is  a  mixture  of  basic  Sulph.  Zinc  and  of  Hy- 
drated  Oxide,  and  that  the  Oxides  of  Zinc  of  commerce  are  either 
basic  Carbonates  or  basic  Sulphates,  containing  only  from  64  to  67 
per  cent,  of  Oxide.  Any  Sulphate  of  Zinc  will  be  detected  by  the 
Barytic  salt ;  any  basic  Chloride,  by  Nitrate  of  Silver ;  Iron,  by  the 
yellow  colour  of  the  Oxide ;  and  if  Carbonates  of  Lime  or  Lead  are 
used  for  adulterating,  they  will  effervesce,  and  also  remain  undis- 
solved  as  well  as  the  Iron  in  Ammonia. 

Inc.  Acids  and  acidulous  salts,  also  caustic  alkalies. 

Action.  Uses.  Ext.  Dessicative.     Int.  Tonic  and  Antispasmodic. 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  or  more,  twice  a  day,  in  pill. 

UNGUENTUM  ZINCI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     UNG.  ZINCI  OXYDI,  D. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Mix  well  together  Oxide  of  Zinc  3j.  (prepared  in  the  same  way 
as  Chalk,  3ij.  D.)   Lard  3vj.    (Simple  Liniment  3vj.  E.   White  Wax  Ointment  3vj.  D.) 

Mild  siccative  ointment. 

ZINCI  CHLORIDUM.   Chloride  of  Zinc.    Butter  of  Zinc.   F.  Chlorure  de 
Zinc.     G.  Chlor-Zink. 

This  (Zn  Cl  =  68)  may  be  obtained  in  solid  pieces  of  a  white  colour, 
but  it  deliquesces  rapidly.  It  is  soluble  both  in  water  and  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Caustic ;  considered,  on  the  Continent,  superior  to 
others,  as  inducing  a  more  healthy  action  in  the  surrounding  parts. 
Has  been  used  as  an  Antispasmodic  in  doses  of  grs.  j. — ij. 

ZINCI  CARBONAS  IMPURUM,  D.     CALAMINA,  L.  E. 

Calamine.     Native  Impure  Carbonate  of  Zinc.     F.  Calamine.     G.  Kohlensaures 

Zinkoxyd. 

Calamine,  or  Carbonate  of  Zinc  (Zn  O,  C  Oa  =  62)  is  found  in  va- 
rious parts  of  the  world.  But  the  same  name  is  applied  to  two  very 
distinct  ores,  one  being  a  Silicate  of  Zinc,  and  the  other,  which  is 
alone  officinal,  a  Carbonate  of  Zinc.  It  is  found  in  compact  or  earthy 
masses,  readily  scratched  with  a  knife,  and  breaking  with  an  earthy 
fracture.  It  is  also  found  crystallized.  Sp.  Gr.  3-4  to  4-4.  The 
colour  is  various;  but,  as  usually  seen,  it  is  gray,  pinkish,  or  reddish- 
yellow.  It  dissolves  in  Nitric  and  other  acids  with  effervescence, 
and  is  not  rendered  electric  by  heat,  by  which  characters  it  is  easily 
distinguished  from  the  Silicate,  which  is  also  called  Electric  Calamina. 
The  Carbonic  acid  and  Zinc  will  be  indicated  by  their  respective 
tests.  The  crystallized  variety  is  anhydrous. 

CALAMINA  PR^PARATA,  L.  E.     ZINCI  CARBONAS  IMPURUM  PR^PARATUM, 
D.     (ZiNci  CARBONAS  PRJSPARATUS,  U.  S.)     Prepared  Calamine. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Burn  Calamine  with  a  red  heat,  triturate  and  reduce  to  a  very  fine  pow- 
der, as  directed  for  Chalk. 


158  ZINCI    SULPHAS. 

By  the  process  of  roasting,  some  of  the  Carb'  and  water  are  ex- 
pelled, and  a  portion  of  Oxide  of  Zinc  is  formed.  The  mass  being 
subjected  to  elutriation,  it  is  often,  like  Chalk,  prepared  in  little  conical 
masses.  It  usually  contains  many  impurities,  as  Oxide  of  Iron  and 
other  metals,  and  is  adulterated  with  Sulph.  Baryta,  Carb.  Lime,  &c. 
Much  of  the  Calamine  of  commerce  has  been  shown  by  Dr.  R.  D. 
Thomson  and  Mr.  Murdoch  to  contain  no  Zinc,  but  to  be  Sulph. 
Baryta  coloured  with  Armenian  Bole. 

Tests.  Almost  entirely  soluble  in  Sul'  with  some  effervescence,  un- 
less it  has  been  too  much  burnt.  The  solution  gives  with  Potash  or 
Ammonia  a  precipitate  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  alkali.  L.  The 
impurities  will  remain  undissolved — of  a  reddish-yellow,  if  Iron,  and 
the  solution  will  become  blue  with  Ammonia,  if  Copper  is  present. 

Action.  Uses.  A  desiccant  powder  for  excoriations  in  children. 

CERATUM    CALAMINE,  L.    E.     UNG.  CALAMINE,  D.     (CERATUM    ZINCI 
CARBONATIS,  U.  S.)    Cerate  of  Calamine.     Turner's  Cerate. 

Prep.  Take  Calamine  fess.  (prepared  in  the  same  way  as  Chalk,  1  part,  E.  impure 
Carbonate  of  Zinc  prepared  and  dried  fej.  D.)  Add  it  (well  triturated,  D.)  to  Olive  Oil 
f^xvj.  Lard  fi>ij.  U.  S.  mixed  with  melted  Wax  fess.  as  soon  as  they  begin  to  concrete. 
(Simple  Cerate  5  parts,  E.  Melted  Yellow  Wax  Ointment,  fev.  D.)  Stir  briskly  till 
cold,  L.  (Mix  thoroughly,  E.  D.) 

ZINC!  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate  of  Zinc.    Sal  Vitrioli.    White  Vitriol.   F.  Sulfate  de  Zinc.     G.  Schwefelsaures 

Zinkoxyd. 

This  salt  is  found  native  in  some  places.  It  is  known  in  India  by 
the  name  of  suffed  tutia,  or  white  vitriol  (v.  p  156). 

Prop.  Sulphate  of  Zinc  (Zn  O,  S  O3+7  Aq.  =  143)  is  a  colourless 
salt,  without  odour,  but  having  a  disagreeable  astringent  and  metallic 
taste.  The  crystals  are  transparent,  and  large  or  small,  right  quad- 
rangular prisms  terminated  by  four-sided  prisms  (sometimes  six-sided, 
Fig  26  from  two  opposite  edges  being  truncated),  often  resem- 
bling those  of  Nitre,  or,  when  small  and  acicular,  like 
those  of  Epsom  Salts.  Exposed  to  dry  air,  they  efflo- 
resce, and  are  soluble  in  2^  times  of  cold,  and  in  less 
than  their  own  weight  of  boiling  water  ;  insoluble  in 
Alcohol.  Heated,  they  melt  in  their  water  of  crystal- 
lization, which  becomes  dissipated,  except  one.Eq. 
which  requires  from  266°  to  284°  of  temp,  to  expel  it. 
At  a  still  higher  degree,  the  acid  is  expelled,  and  only 
Oxide  of  Zinc  left.  This  Oxide  is  also  precipitated 
when  the  caustic  alkalies  are  added  to  a  solution  of  Sul- 
phate of  Zinc,  and  is  redissolved  in  an  excess  of  the 
Alkali.  The  Carbonated  alkalies  throw  down  Carbonate  of  Zinc,  and 
Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  a  white  gelatinous-looking  precipitate, 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  a  white  Sulphuret  of  Zinc.  Chloride  of  Barium 
and  Acetate  of  Lead  will  throw  down  white  precipitates  of  Sulphates 
of  Baryta  and  of  Lead.  There  are  several  varieties  of  this  Sulphate 
of  Zinc,  forming  Subsulphates;  but  the  officinal  is  composed  of  Zn  O 
28  +  S'  28  +  Aq.  44  =  100. 


ZINCI    ACETAS. 

Sulph.  Zinc  may  be  prepared  either  by  roasting  the  Sulphuret  of 
Zinc  (/.  e.  Blende),  exposing  it  moistened  to  the  air,  and  purifying  this 
as  in  the  E.  P. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Pour  gradually  Dil.  Sul'  Oij.  (Sulr  20  parts  and  Aq.  1 20  parts,  D.)  upon 
Zinc  in  small  pieces  3v.  (13  parts  in  a  glass  vessel,  D.)  The  effervescence  being  finished 
(digest  for  some  time,  D.)  filter.  Evaporate  till  a  pellicle  begins  to  form,  and  set  aside  to 
crystallize. 

E.  Proceed  as  above  or  repeatedly  dissolve  and  crystallize  the  impure  Sulphate  of  Zinc 
of  commerce  until  the  product,  when  dissolved  in  water,  yields  no  black  precipitate  with 
Tincture  of  Galls,  and  corresponds  with  the  characters  laid  down  for  Sulphate  of  Zinc  in 
the  list  of  Materia  Medica. 

[U.  S.  Zinc  in  small  pieces  3iv.  Sulph'  f3vj.  Distilled  Water,  Oiv.] 

This  process  may  answer  when  the  White  Vitriol  of  commerce  is 
sufficiently  pure,  and  it  may  be  made  so  by  precipitating  the  other 
metals,  by  immersing  metallic  Zinc  in  the  solution.  In  the  former 
process,  water  is  decomposed,  its  Hydrogen  escapes,  and  the  Oxygen 
unites  with  the  Zinc,  which,  in  the  form  of  the  Oxide,  is  dissolved  by 
the  Sul',  and  the  crystallized  salt  is  obtained  by  evaporation. 

Tests.  Sulphate  of  Zinc,  in  its  crude  state,  contains  several  metallic 
impurities,  such  as  Copper,  Lead, .and  Iron, — the  last  almost  always, 
even  in  its  purified  state.  "  Totally  dissolved  by  water :  what  is 
thrown  down  by  Ammonia  is  white,  and  when  the  Ammonia  is  added 
in  excess,  it  is  again  dissolved."  L.  P.  In  the  E.  P.  a  solution  in  six 
waters  is  directed  to  be  boiled  with  a  little  Nitric  acid,  and  treated 
as  above  with  Ammonia :  "  No  yellow  precipitate  (Peroxide  of  Iron) 
remains,  or  a  trace  only,  and  the  solution  is  colourless."  E.  P.  Mag- 
nesia as  well  as  Iron  will  be  detected  by  its  insolubility,  Copper  by  a 
blue-coloured  solution.  "  Arsenic  or  Cadmium  may  be  detected  by 
adding  excess  of  Sul'  to  the  solution  of  the  Sulphate,  and  then  passing 
a  stream  of  Hydrosulphuric'  through  it :  the  Arsenicum  and  Cadmium 
are  thrown  down  in  the  form  of  Sulphurets."  (p.) 

Inc.  Alkalies,  and  their  Carbonates,  Lime-water,  Salts  of  Barium 
and  of  Lead,  Astringent  Vegetables. 

Action.  Uses.  Ext.  Astringent.  Int.  Astringent ;  Tonic ;  in  large 
doses,  Emetic. 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  ij.  two  or  three  times  a  day ;  gr.  x. — 9j.  in  solution 
as  an  emetic. 

Off.  Prep.  Liquor  Aluminis  Compositus. 

[ZiNCi  ACETAS,  \J.  S. 
Acetate  of  Zinc. 

This  Salt  is  formed  artificially,  and  was  discovered  by  Glauber. 

Prep.  The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Acetate  of  Lead  ftj.  Zinc  Granulated,  Six.  Distilled  Water 
Oiij.  Dissolve  the  Acetate  of  Lead  in  the  water,  and  filter.  Add  the  Zinc  to  the  solu- 
tion, and  agitate  occasionally  in  a  stoppered  bottle  until  the  solution  yields  no  precipi- 
tate with  the  Iodide  of  Potassium.  Filter,  evaporate,  and  crystallize.  Dry  the  crystals 
on  bibulous  paper. 

Prop.  The  crystals  occur  in  rhomboidal  plates,  with  a  pearly, 
silky  lustre.  The  form  is  the  oblique  rhombic  prism.  It  has  no 
od<our,  and  a  bitter  metallic  taste.  When  heated  it  fuses  and  gives 
out  an  inflammable  vapour,  having  the  odour  of  Acetic  Acid.  When 
Sulphuric  Acid  is  added,  the  vapour  of  Acetic  Acid  is  evolved. 


f 

160  CUPRUM. 

Composition,  (Zn  O+A'-f-Aq.7)  =  154.  4 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  but  in  large  doses  emetic.  As  a  local 
remedy  in  Chronic  Inflammations ;  it  is  used  internally  as  a  Tonic 
and  Antispasmodic. 

D.  gr.  j.  to  ij.  two  or  three  times  daily;  gr.  x.  to  xx.  as  an  emetic. 
As  an  Astringent  application,  gr.  ij.  to  x.  to  Aq.  3j.] 

ZlNCI  ACETATIS  TlNCTURA,  D. 

Prep.  Triturate  together  Sulph.  Zinc  and  Acetate  Potash  aa  ]  part,  add  Rectified 
Spirit  16  parts.  Macerate  for  a  week,  agitating  occasionally.  Filter  through  paper. 

Double  decomposition  takes  place ;  Acetate  of  'Zinc  remains  in 
solution,  the  Sulphate  of  Potash,  which  is  at  the  same  time  formed, 
being  insoluble  in  Spirit,  is  precipitated.  The  Acetate  of  Potash  is 
in  excess  in  the  formula.  The  Acetate  of  Zinc  may  be  obtained 
separate  from  the  above,  or  from  a  solution  crystallized  in  rhomboidal 
plates.  The  taste  is  astringent  and  metallic.  The  presence  of  the 
Acetic  acid  and  of  the  Zinc  may  be  detected  by  their  respective  tests. 
The  Tincture  or  solution  has  necessarily  the  same  properties,  and  in 
the  latter  form  it  is  frequently  prescribed  extemporaneously. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent ;  used  chiefly  in  collyria  and  injections. 

The  CITRATE  OP  IRON  AND  ZINC  is  a  new  preparation,  which  is 
supposed  to  possess  the  beneficial  effects  of  both  metals. 

[The  Valerianate  of  Zinc  is  used  as  van  antispasmodic  and  tonic. 
See  Valerianic  Acid.~\ 

CUPRUM. 
Copper.    Venus  of  the  Ancients.    F.  Cuivre.     G.  Kupfer. 

Copper  was,  with  Gold  and  Silver,  one  of  the  most  anciently-known 
of  the  metals.  It  is  abundantly  diffused  in  nature,  being  found  native 
as  an  Oxide,  a  Sulphuret,  and  as  a  Sulphate,  Carbonate,  Arseniate, 
and  Phosphate. 

Copper  (Cu  =  32)  is  a  reddish-coloured  metal,  of  a  disagreeable 
smell  when  rubbed,  and  of  an  unpleasant  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  8-85  to  8-95 ; 
very  ductile  and  malleable,  and  possessed  of  considerable  tenacity. 
It  melts  at  1996°  (Daniell).  Its  crystals,  obtained  on  the  cooling  of 
the  fused  metal,  are  rhornboidal,  but  those  of  native  Copper  are  cubes 
or  octohedrons.  It  oxidizes  slowly  in  the  atmosphere,  becoming 
covered  with  a  green  crust  of  Subcarbonate  of  Copper.  It  decom- 
poses water  only  at  a  bright  red  heat.  Its  oxygenation  is  much  pro- 
moted by  many  acids,  as  the  Nitric,  and  even  by  the  weaker  acids 
when  exposed  to  the  air,  also  by  alkaline  and  fatty  substances.  There 
are  two  Oxides  of  Copper.  One,  a  Suboxide  or  Dioxide  (2  Cu  O-= 
72),  also  called  Red  Oxide  of  Copper,  which  is  found  native  in  octo- 
hedral  crystals  ;  when  hydrated,  it  is  of  a  lively  yellow  colour.  The 
Protoxide  (Cu  O=40),  or  Black  Oxide  of  Copper,  is,  as  its  name  in- 
dicates, of  a  black  colour,  but  which  is  blue  when  hydrated.  It 
combines  readily  with  acids,  and  thus  forms  the  base  of  the  ordinary 
salts  of  Copper,  which  are  of  a  blue  or  green  colour  when  hydrated, 
but  white  when  anhydrous. 


CUPRISULPHAS.  161 

Copper  is  easily  recognised  by  its  colour,  taste,  and  smell  when 
rubbed.  It  may  be  dissolved  in  Nitric  acid,  when  the  same  effects 
will  be  produced  by  reagents  as  in  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Copper. 

Metallic  Copper  is  not  officinal,  nor  possessed  of  any  action  on  the 
system,  if  pure ;  but  oxidized,  or  combined  with  acids,  is  a  powerful 
poison. 

Antidotes.  Evacuate  Stomach;  administer  white  of  eggs,  and  milk, 
tepid  diluents,  antiphlogistics. 

.CupRi  SULPHAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Sulphate  of  Copper.     Cuprum  Vitriolatum.     Vitriolum  Caruleum.    Blue  Vitriol.    Blue 
Stone.     F.  Sulfate  de  Cuivre.     G.  Kupfer-Vitriol. 

This  salt  is  produced  naturally  in  the  water  of  many  mines.  It 
was  no  doubt  employed  by  the  ancients,  as  it  was  by  the  Arabs  and 
Hindoos ;  by  the  latter  it  is  called  neela  tutia,  or  blue  vitriol. 

Prop.  Sulphate  of  Copper  (Cu  O,  S  O 
+  5  Aq.=125)   is  of  a  fine  blue  colour,  Fi^27' 

without  odour,  but  having  a  powerful 
styptic  disagreeable  taste.  Usually  seen 
in  fragments  of  large  rhomboidal  crystals. 
Sp.  Gr.  22.  Exposed  to  the  air,  these 
effloresce,  from  losing  a  portion  of  their 
water  of  crystallization.  They  may  be 
dissolved  in  four  times  their  weight  of 
cold  and  in  double  their  weight  of  boiling  water.  When  heated, 
the  crystals  first  melt  in,  then  lose  their  water  of  crystallization, 
and  fall  into  a  greenish-white  crumbly  powder:  at  a  still  higher 
heat,  the  acid  is  decomposed,  sulphurous  fumes  escape,  and  the 
Oxide  is  left,  of  a  brown  colour.  The  solution  is  of  a  light  or  deep 
blue  colour,  according  to  its  strength,  from  which  the  alkalies  throw 
down  precipitates  of  a  more  or  less  bluish-green  colour ;  if  a 
small  quantity  be  added,  then  a  Subsulphate  is  precipitated;  but 
if  a  larger  quantity,  then  a  hydrated  Oxide.  An  azure-blue  precipi- 
tate is  produced  by  Ammonia,  which  is  redissolved  by  an  excess  of 
the  precipitant.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  throws  down  a  brownish- 
black  precipitate  of  Sulphuret  of  Copper.  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium 
a  reddish-brown  one  of  Ferrocyanide  of  Copper.  Arsenious  acid,  if 
a  little  alkali  (as  Ammonia)  be  added  at  the  same  time,  throws  down 
a  grass-green  precipitate  of  Arsenite  of  Copper.  A  polished  Iron  or 
Zinc  plate,  introduced  into  the  solution,  becomes  covered  with  a 
metallic  coating  of  Copper.  By  these  tests  the  presence  of  Copper 
is  indicated ;  that  of  the  Sul'  will  be  revealed  by  its  tests,  (p.  47.) 
Comp.  Cu  O  34-48  S'  34-48  Aq.  41-04  =  100. 

Prep.  Sulphate  of  Copper  may  be  prepared  by  boiling  Copper  in  diluted  Sul'.  This 
acid  being  decomposed,  Sulphurous  acid  escapes.  1  Eq.  Ox.  combines  with  the  metal, 
which  dissolves  in  the  remaining  Sul'.  More  commonly  by  exposing  the  Sulphuret  to  air 
and  heat,  when  both  the  Sulphur  and  metal  becoming  oxidated,  combine  to  form  the  Sul- 
phate. As  the  native  Salphuret  contains  both  Iron  and  Copper,  so  does  the  salt  produced 
contain  Sulphates  of  Iron  and  of  Copper.  (Some  lately  sold  not  less  than  52  per  cent. 

11 


162  CUPRIAMMONIO    SULPHAS. 

•• 

Sulph.  Iron,  P.  J.  iv.  223.)  A  great  portion  of  the  Sulph.  Iron  is  got  rid  of  by  fresh  expo- 
sure  to  heat  and  air,  when  it  is  decomposed  and  the  Iron  peroxidized,  and  the  Sulphate 
of  Copper  separated  by  solution  and  crystallization. 

Tests.  Totally  soluble  in  water.  In  the  air  it  becomes  slightly 
pulverulent,  and  of  a  greenish  colour.  Whatever  Ammonia  throws 
down  from  its  solution,  an  excess  of  Ammonia  dissolves.  L.  P.  If 
any  Iron  be  present,  it  will  become  green  in  the  air,  and  not  be  dis- 
solved by  the  Ammonia. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  and  many  salts,  as  Borax,  Chlo- 
ride of  Calcium,  Tartrate  of  Potash,  salts  of  Lead,  Nitrate  of  Silver, 
Astringent  Vegetable  Infusions. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Escharotic,  Astringent,  Tonic.  In  large 
doses,  Emetic. 

D.  gr.  ss. — gr.  ij.  Tonic,     gr.  iv. — gr.  xij.  Emetic. 

CUPRI  AMMONIO  SULPHAS,  L.     CUPRUM  AMMONIATUM,  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Ammonia;  Cupro-Sulphas.     Ammonio-Sulphate  of  Copper.    F.  Cuivre  Ammoniacal.     G. 

Kupfer-Salmiak. 

This  preparation  forms  a  beautiful  azure-coloured  powder,  which 
has  a  strong  odour  of  Ammonia,  and  a  disagreeable  coppery  taste.  It 
is  prepared  by  rubbing  together  Sulph.  Copper  and  Sesquicarb.  Am- 
monia ;  and  as  a  portion  of  the  latter  remains  in  excess,  the  Ammo- 
niacal odour  and  an  alkaline  reaction  on  test-paper  are  observed. 
From  the  volatile  nature  of  the  Ammonia,  it  escapes  when  the  prepa- 
ration is  exposed  to  the  air,  or  is  too  much  dried,  and  is  therefore  apt 
to  vary  in  its  properties.  When  well  made,  it  ought  to  dissolve  in 
water ;  but  if  there  be  a  deficiency  of  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia,  it  is  not 
only  insoluble,  but  is  further  decomposed  with  precipitation  of  Dioxide 
(Disulphate  ?)  of  Copper.  Many  of  the  characteristics  of  the  Sulphate 
of  Copper  are  displayed  by  this  preparation  ;  but  the  solution  of  Arse- 
nious  acid  renders  it  of  a  green  colour,  from  combining  with  the 
Oxide  of  Copper,  and  forming  the  green  insoluble  Arsenite  of  Copper. 
As  the  composition  of  this  substance  has  not  been  accurately  deter- 
mined by  chemists,  its  mode  of  preparation  may  be  first  considered, 
and  that  is  essentially  the  same  in  the  three  Pharmacopeias,  with 
differences  only  in  the  quantities. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Rub  together  (in  an  earthenware  mortar,  D.)  Sulph.  Copper  3j. 
(3ij.  E.  2  parts,  D.)  and  Sesquicarb.  (Carb.  E.  D.)  Ammonia  3jss.  (3iij.  E.  3  parts,  D.) 
till  Carb'  is  no  longer  evolved.  Wrap  the  mass  in  bibulous  paper  and  dry  it  in  the  air. 
(Preserve  in  closely-stoppered  bottles,  E.  D.) 

On  rubbing  together  the  Sulph.  Copper  and  Sesquicarb.  Ammonia, 
effervescence  ensues,  from  the  escape  of  a  great  portion  of  the  Carb', 
and  the  mixture  becomes  of  a  deep  blue  colour,  and  moist  from  the 
water  of  crystallization  of  the  salts ;  a  portion  of  the  Sul'  combines 
with  the  Am.  set  free ;  some  Sulph.  Ammonia,  therefore,  is  formed. 
A  portion  of  Carb'  combines  with  the  Oxide  of  Copper  set  free,  and 
forms  Carbonate  of  Copper,  which  forms  a  mixture  with  the  excess 
of  Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia.  Others  consider  it  a  double  salt  of 
Sulph.  Ammonia  and  Subsulph.  Copper  combined  together  and  mixed 


CUPRI    ACETAS.  163 

with  the  excess  of  Carb.  Ammonia.  Dr.  Kane  conceives  it  to  be  a 
compound  of  Sulph.  Ammonia  with  the  Ammoniacal  Oxide  of  Copper, 
or  Cuprate  of  Ammonia.  The  double  salt  of  Sulph.  Copper  and 
Ammonia  prepared  by  dissolving  Sulph.  Copper  in  Ammonia  to  satu- 
ration, and  which  may  be  obtained  in  a  crystallized  state,  consists  of 
1  Eq.  Sul'  +  1  Eq.  Ox.  Copper  +  2  Eq.  Ammonia  +  1  Eq.  Aq.,  and  it 
is  probable  that  the  officinal  salt  resembles  it  nearly  in  constitution. 

Tests.  By  heat  it  is  converted  into  Oxide  of  Copper,  evolving  Am- 
monia. Dissolved  in  water,  it  changes  the  colour  of  Turmeric,  and 
solution  of  Arsenious  acid  renders  it  of  a  green  colour.  L.  P. 

Inc.  Acids,  Potash  and  Soda,  Lime-water. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Astringent,  Tonic,  Antispasmodic,  Emetic. 

D.  gr.  £ — gr.  v.  gradually  increased. 

LIQUOR  CUPRI  AMMONIO-SULPHATIS,  L.    CUPRI  AMMONIATI  (SoLuxio,  E.) 
AQUA,  D. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Ammonia-Sulphate  of  Copper  (Ammoniated  Copper,  E.  D.) 
3j.  (I  part,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  (Water,  E.)  Oj.  (100  parts,  D.)  Filter  (through  paper,  D.) 

This  solution  is  of  a  fine  blue  colour ;  but  Mr.  Phillips  remarks, 
that  unless  the  Ammonio-Sulphate  of  Copper  retain  some  excess  of 
Sesquicarbonate  of  Ammonia,  the  salt  is  decomposed,  and  one-half  of 
the  Oxide  of  Copper  is  precipitated. 

PILULE  CUPRI  AMMONIATI,  E. 

Prep.  Take  Ammoniated  Copper  finely  powdered  1  part,  Bread-crumb  6  parts,  Solu- 
tion of  Carbonate  of  Ammonia  q.  s.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass  and  divide  into  pills,  each  to 
contain  J  a  grain  of  Ammoniated  Copper,  of  which  one  may  be  taken  two  or  three  times 
daily,  and  the  dose  gradually  increased. 

CUPRI  ACETAS.     Crystalli,  D. 

Acetate  of  Copper,  crystallized.  F.  Acetate  neutre  deCuivre.  Verdel  cristallise.   G.  Essig. 

saures  Kupferoxyd. 

This  salt  is  officinal  only  in  the  D.  P.  It  is  made  principally  at 
Montpelier  in  France  by  dissolving  Verdigris  in  Vinegar  with  the 
assistance  of  heat,  and  afterwards  crystallizing.  The  crystals  are 
oblique  rhomboidal  or  rhombic  octohedral  prisms,  of  a  deep  bluish- 
green  colour  and  disagreeable  metallic  taste ;  efflorescent ;  soluble  in 
water,  and  also  a  little  in  Alcohol.  This  salt  has  been  employed  for 
obtaining  Acetic  acid.  It  possesses  similar  medical  properties  with 
Verdigris,  but  is  more  virulent. 

J^ERUGO.     DIACETAS  CUPRI  IMPURA,  L.  E.    CUPRI  SUBACETAS,  D.  (U.  S.) 

Verdigris.     Commercial  Diacetate  of  Copper.     F.  Vert  de  gris.     Acetate  basique  de 
Cuivre.     G.  Grunspan. 

^Erugo  or  Verdigris  must  have  been  early  known,  from  the  employ- 
ment of  Copper  vessels,  as  well  as  of  Vinegar  and  sour  Wines.  It 
was  in  fact  employed  by  the  Greeks  as  a  medicine,  also  by  the  Arabs, 
and  it  probably  was  so  by  the  Egyptians.  There  is  little  doubt,  how- 
ever, that  the  term  ^Erugo,  as  well  as  the  %aXxou  /of,  included  the  Car- 
bonate as  well  as  the  Acetate  of  Copper. 


164  CUPRI    SUBACETAS. 

Prop.  Verdigris  is  sold  either  in  powder  or  in  amorphous  masses, 
of  a  pale  bluish-green  or  of  a  bright  blue  colour,  with  an  odour  of 
Vinegar,  and  a  disagreeable  coppery  taste.  It  remains  unchanged  in 
the  air ;  but  when  heated,  water  is  first  expelled,  and  then  Acetic', 
Oxide  of  Copper  being  left,  with  some  metallic  Copper.  Verdigris  is 
insoluble  in  Alcohol,  and  decomposed  by  water,  being  resolved  into 
an  Acetate  which  dissolves  in  it,  and  a  dark  green  powder,  which 
afterwards  becomes  black,  is  left,  and  is  a  Subacetate  or  a  Tribasic 
Acetate  of  Copper.  Sul'  decomposes  it  with  effervescence.  There 
are  several  compounds  of  Acetic'  and  Copper,  but  the  bluish-coloured 
Verdigris  (Acetate  de  Cuivre  bi-basique)  is  that  alone  employed  in 
medicine.  The  composition  of  this  has  been  shown  by  Mr.  R. 
Phillips  to  be  2  Eq.  of  Copper  combined  with  1  of  Ac'  and  6  of 
water;  that  is,  a  Hydrated  Diacetate  (2  Cu  O  +  A'  +  6  Aq.  =  185), 
or  A'  27-57  +  Cu  43-24  +  Aq.  29-19  =  100,  the  Acetate  bibasique  or 
bicuivrique  of  the  French.  But  Verdigris,  when  of  a  green  colour, 
also  contains  portions  of  the  Subsesquiacetate  and  the  Trisacetate,  or 
Acetate  sesquibasique  and  tricuivrique ;  sometimes  also  some  of  the 
Carbonate. 

Prep.  Verdigris  may  be  made  by  acting  on  plates  of  Copper  with  Vinegar  or  with  Ac'. 
Under  the  influence  of  air  the  Copper  becomes  oxidized,  combines  with  the  acid,  and  is 
scraped  off  as  formed.  In  the  South  of  France  sheets  of  Copper  are  stratified  with  the 
refuse  of  the  grape  in  making  wine,  and  allowed  to  remain  for  a  month  or  six  weeks. 
Acetous  fermentation  takes  place,  and  the  Copper  becomes  coated  with  Verdigris,  which 
is  scraped  off,  and  the  operation  repeated.  The  different  scrapings  form  a  paste,  which  is 
well  beaten  with  wooden  mallets,  then  packed  in  leathern  bags. 

Tests.  Almost  entirely  soluble  in  Ammonia  and  in  dil.  Sul'  with  the 
aid  of  heat ;  partially  soluble  in  water.  L.  It  is  dissolved  in  a  great 
measure  by  Mur',  not  above  five  per  cent,  of  impurity  being  left.  The 
Sul'  forms  a  blue  and  the  Mur'  a  green  solution. 

Inc.  Strong  Acids,  Alkalies,  and  their  Carbonates. 

Action.  Uses.  Detergent,  Escharotic,  Tonic,  Emetic. 

D.  Usually  applied  externally  only.     Dose  internally,  gr.  ss. 

CUPRI  SUB  ACETAS  PR^PARATUM,  D.     Prepared  Verdigris. 

Prep.  Triturate  the  Sub-Acet.  Copper  into  powder,  and  separate  the  finest  parts  as 
directed  in  Prepared  Chalk. 

The  water  converts  the  salt  into  a  soluble  Acetate  (v.  supra)  and 
an  Insoluble  Subacetate.  Used  only  as  an  Escharotic  and  Stimulant. 

LINIMENTUM  ^ERUGINIS,  L.  OXYMEL  CUPRI  SUBACETATIS,  D.  Mel  JEgyp- 
tiacum.     Unguentum  JEgyptiacum. 

Prep.  Dissolve  powdered  Verdigris  3j.  in  Vinegar  (distilled,  D.)  f3vij.  Strain  through 
linen.  Add  Clarified  Honey  3xiv.  Boil  to  a  proper  consistence. 

jJction.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  slightly  escharotic.  Applied  with  a 
camel's-hair  brush  to  ulcers ;  or,  diluted,  employed  as  a  gargle. 

UNGUENTUM  ^RUGINIS,  E.    UNGUENTUM  CUPRI  SUBACETATIS,  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Melt  (White,  D.)  Resinous  Ointment  3xv.  (3xij.  D.),  sprinkle  into  it  finely  pow- 
dered Verdigris  3j.  (3ss.  rubbed  up  with  Olive  Oil  3j.  Mix,  D.)  Stir  the  mixture 
briskly  as  it  cools  and  concretes,  E. 

[U.  S.  Subacetate  of  Copper  3j.  Simple  Ointment  3xv.] 


PLUMBUM.  165 

Similar  in  its  nature  and  uses  to  the  preceding,  especially  as  an 
application  to  foul  ulcers. 

x  .  *    * 

PLUMBUM,  E. 
Lead.     Saturn  of  the  Alchemists.     F.  Plomb.     (?.  Blei. 

Lead  (Pb=104)  is  one  of  the  most  anciently  known  of  the  metals. 
It  is  found  chiefly  as  Sulphuret  or  Galena,  but  a  little  in  a  metallic 
state  also,  as  an  oxide,  and  combined  with  several  acids. 

Prop.  Lead  is  of  a  bluish-gray  colour ;  fresh  cut,  is  of  great  bril- 
liancy, but  soon  tarnishes;  has  a  slight  taste,  and  a  peculiar  smell 
when  rubbed ;  is  soft,  marks  paper ;  has  little  tenacity,  but  may  be 
beaten  into  thin  sheets.  Sp.  Gr.  1 1-435.  It  melts  at  612°,  and  boils 
at  a  red  heat:  on  solidifying,  it  contracts,  and  may  be  crystallized  in 
octohedrons.  Exposed  to  the  air,  the  surface  becomes  covered  with 
a  grayish  pellicle.  It  may  be  preserved  unchanged  under  perfectly 
pure  water ;  but  if  any  air  be  present,  the  Lead  becomes  oxidated,  and 
some  of  it  combining  with  Garb',  white  Garb.  Lead  with  Hydrated 
Oxide  (p.  168)  is  formed.  This  change  also  readily  takes  place  when 
rain  or  any  other  equally  pure  water  is  exposed  to  the  action  of  air  in 
leaden  cisterns  or  pipes.  The  vessels  become  coated  with  a  white 
incrustation  of  a  pearly  lustre,  and  some  of  the  fine  crystals  may  be 
seen  floating  on  the  water,  and  being  also  (dissolved  or)  suspended,  it 
thus  becomes  poisonous.  Dr.  Christison  ascertained  that  the  opinion 
of  G.  Morveau  was  correct,  that  the  presence  of  any  neutral  salts, 
especially  of  Sulph.  and  Garb,  of  Lime,  which  are  usually  present  in 
spring  or  river  water,  or  a  minute  trace  of  Sul'  or  Phosp'  prevents 
the  continued  corrosion  of  the  Lead.  The  Oxide  and  Garb,  being 
allowed  to  be  deposited  and  to  adhere  with  firmness  to  the  Lead,  and 
the  other  insoluble  salts,  such  as  Sulph.  Phosph.  and  Garb.  Lead, 
becoming  added,  protect  the  Lead  with  an  impenetrable  coating,  in- 
stead of  its  being  carried  away  by  the  water.  The  late  Prof.  Daniell 
ascertained  that  when  water  contains  free  Garb',  Lead  is  readily  dis- 
solved, and  Water  cannot  therefore  be  safely  kept  in  or  transmitted 
through  that  metal.  (Morson,  P.  J.  ii.  335.)*  Though  at  ordinary 
temperatures  Lead  is  little  liable  to  oxidate,  in  a  state  of  very  fine 
subdivision,  it  will  take  fire  when  exposed  to  the  air.  It  is  also  readily 
oxidated  and  dissolved  by  Nit',  (v.  Acet.  and  Nitr.  Lead  for  the  effect 
of  reagents.)  It  unites  with  Oxygen  in  several  proportions,  also  with 
Sulphur,  Phosphorus,  Iodine,  and  Ghlorine ;  likewise  with  numerous 
metals,  and,  in  the  state  of  Protoxide,  forms  with  the  acids  and  fatty 
substances  various  compounds.  Zinc  separates  it  from  any  of  its 
solutions.  Lead  is  obtained  very  pure,  for  chemical  purposes,  from 
the  Nitrate ;  but  on  the  great  scale  almost  entirely  from  the  Sulphuret 
or  Galena,  by  the  process  of  roasting,  when  Sulphate  and  Oxide  of 

*  Water  which  contains  less  than  8000th  of  salts  (such  as  Carbs.  and  Sulphs.)  in  solu- 
tion (a  4000th  or  even  a  larger  proportion  of  Muriates  is  insufficient)  cannot  be  safely 
conducted  in  Leaden  pipes  without  certain  precautions.  A  remedy  may  be  found  either 
in  leaving  the  pipes  full  of  water  and  at  rest  for  3  or  4  months,  or  by  substituting  for  the 
water  a  weak  sol.  of  Phosph.  Soda  in  the  proportion  of  about  a  25,000th  part.  Christison, 
Edin.  Phil.  Trans,  xv.  part  ii. ;  Pharm.  Journ.  ii.  335 ;  R.  Phillips,  junr.  P.  J.  iv.  304. 


166  PLUMBI   OXYDUM. 

Lead  are  formed.  To  these  Lime  and  Carbonaceous  matter  are 
added,  the  former  for  the  purpose  of  decomposing  the  Sulph.  Lead, 
and  the  other  will  unite  with  the  Oxygen  of  the  Oxide  of  Lead,  and 
thus  both  the  Oxide  and  Sulphate  are  reduced  to  a  metallic  state. 

Tests.  Lead  is  usually  sufficiently  pure  for  Pharmaceutical  pur- 
poses, but  often  contains  Iron  or  Copper.  These  may  be  detected 
by  dissolving  it  in  dilute  N',  and  precipitating  with  a  little  excess 'of 
Sul'.  On  the  addition  of  Ammonia  to  the  filtered  solution,  it  will 
become  of  a  violet  if  Copper,  and  of  a  yellow  colour  if  Iron  be  pre- 
sent. If  a  plate  of  Zinc  be,  introduced  into  solutions  of  Lead,  this 
metal  will  be  deposited  in  an  arborescent  form.  Alkalies,  combining 
with  the  acid  of  its  salts,  throw  down  the  Hydrated  Oxide ;  Sul'  and 
its  salts,  a  white  insol.  Sulphate;  Chromate  of  Potash,  a  yellow 
Chromate ;  Hydrosul'  and  its  salts,  a  black  Sulphuret ;  Iodide  of 
Potassium  a  yellow  Iodide ;  and  the  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  a 
white  Ferrocyanide  of  Lead. 

OXIDES  OF  LEAD. 

There  are  several  Oxides  of  this  metal.  1.  The  SUBOXIDE  or  Di- 
oxide, of  a  dark  gray  colour,  supposed  by  Berzelius  to  form  the  pel- 
licle which  covers  Lead  that  has  been  exposed.  2.  PROTOXIDE,  of  a 
yellow  colour,  commonly  called  Massicot,  and  of  which  Litharge  and 
the  Plumbi  Oxydum  Hydratum  are  two  officinal  forms.  3.  BINOXIDE, 
sometimes  called  Peroxide,  Red  Lead,  and  Minium,  Plumbi  Oxydum 
Rubrum,  E.,  supposed  by  some  to  be  a  compound  of  the  Protoxide ; 
and  the  4th  a  BROWN,  BIN-,  or  PEROXIDE. 

PLUMBI  OXYDUM  (SEMIVITREUM)  L.  D.     [P.  OXIDUM  S.  U.  S.] 
LITHARGYR.UM,  E. 

Oxide  of  Lead,  fused.     Litharge.     F.  Protoxide  de  Plumb.     G.  Bleioxyd. 

This  Oxide  of  Lead  (Pb  O  =  112)  was  known  to  the  ancients, 
being  easily  produced  when  melted  Lead  continues  to  be  exposed  to 
a  current  of  heated  air.  The  surface  of  the  metal  becomes  rapidly 
covered  with  a  scaly  powder  of  a  Sulphur-yellow  colour,  which  is 
the  Protoxide  of  Lead,  and  which,  being  skimmed  off,  is  known  in 
commerce  by  the  name  of  Massicot.  When  the  heat  is  continued  to 
a  bright  red,  some  metallic  Lead  is  evaporated,  the  Oxide  is  fused, 
though  imperfectly,  and  on  cooling  becomes  an  aggregated  mass, 
which  readily  separates  into  crystalline  scales,  of  a  grayish-red 
colour.  These  form  the  Litharge  of  commerce,  which  varies  in 
colour,  and  is  called  Gold  Litharge  when  of  a  red  colour,  owing  to 
the  presence  of  a  little  Red  Lead,  but  Silver  Litharge  when  lighter 
coloured.  These  are  frequently  obtained  in  the  process  of  refining 
Gold  and  Silver  by  means  of  Lead,  and  in  separating  the  Silver  from 
Argentiferous  Lead. 

Prop.  Litharge  is  nearly  insoluble  in  water;  tasteless ;  Sp.  Gr. 
9'42.  It  may  be  melted  into  a  glass,  but  is  readily  reduced  to  a  me- 
tallic state  if  Carbon  be  present.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  power  of 
depriving  many  vegetable  substances  of  colour.  It  is  readily  dis- 


UNG.    PLUMBICOMPOSITUM.  167 

solved  in  diluted  Nit'  or  Acet',  as  also  in  some  other  acids,  and 
absorbs  Garb'  from  the  atmosphere.  Comp.  Pb  92-85  +  O  7-14  =  99-99. 

Tests.  The  Litharge  of  commerce  is  liable  to  contain  a  little  Iron, 
also  Copper,  Carb.  Lead,  Silica,  and  other  earths.  "  Almost  entirely 
soluble  in  dil.  Nit'."  L.  P.  50  grs.  dissolve  entirely,  without  effer- 
vescence, in  Pyroligneous  acid  f  3jss. ;  and  the  solution,  precipitated 
by  53  grs.  of  Phosph.  Soda,  remains  precipitable  by  more  of  the  test. 
E.  P.  If  the  whole  is  soluble  in  Nit',  it  proves  that  neither  Sulph. 
Baryta  nor  Sulph.  Lead  is  present ;  and  the  want  of  effervescence, 
that  there  is  no  Carb.  Lead.  The  Phos.  Soda  will  detect  all  ordinary 
impurities,  as  in  the  case  of  Acet.  and 'Carb.  Lead,  (c.)  Copper  and 
Iron  will  be  detected  by  their  respective  tests. 

Action.  Uses.  Litharge,  like  the  other  preparations  of  Lead,  will 
affect  those  exposed  to  its  influence  ;  but  it  is  only  employed  Pharma- 
ceutically,  as  for  making  Diacetate  of  Lead,  and  by  combining 
with  oil  to  form  the  Lead  Plaster,  which  is  the  basis  of  several 
others. 

EMPLASTRUM  PLUMBI,  L.  (U.  S.)  EMPLASTRUM  LITHARGYRI,  E.  D. 
Litharge  or  Lead  Plaster.  Diachylon  Plaster. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  Oxide  of  Lead  rubbed  to  a  very  fine  powder  ftvj.  [(Litharge  3r. 
E.)  (ftv.  D.)  Olive  Oil  C.  j.  (f  3xij.  E.)  Aq.  Oij.  (fgiij.  E.)  boil  over  a  slow  fire  (heat  be- 
tween  200°  and  2 12°,  D.)  stirring  constantly  till  the  oil  and  oxide  unite  into  the  con- 
sistence of  a  plaster.  Add  a  little  boiling  water,  if  that  used  at  the  beginning  evaporate 
too  much. 

Action.  Uses.  Forms  excellent  strapping  from  its  mildness,  and  is 
useful  in  surgical  cases  in  keeping  together  the  lips  of  wounds. 

Off.  Prep.  Emp.  Galbani,  L.  Emp.  Hydrargyri,  L.  Emp.  Opii. 
Emp.  Saponis. 

EMPLASTRUM  RESUME,  L.  (U.  S.)  EMP.  RESINOSITM,  E.  EMP.  LITHARGYRI 
CUM  RESINA,  D.  Emp.  Adhsesivum.  Resin  Plaster,  Adhesive  or 
Sticking  Plaster. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Lead  Plaster  ftiij.  [(Litharge  Plaster  gv.  E.)  (ftiijss.  D.)] 
Resin  fess.  (3j.  E.)  Melt  the  Plaster  of  Lead  with  a  gentle  heat,  add  the  Resin  in  very 
fine  powder,  and  make  a  plaster.  (Stir  well  till  the  mixture  concretes  in  cooling.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  This  plaster,  serving  the  same  purposes  as  the  Lead 
plaster,  is  more  frequently  employed  on  account  of  being  more  adhe- 
sive ;  but  is  objectionable  in  some  cases,  in  consequence  of  being 
more  irritant  to  the  skin. 

UNGUENTUM  PLUMBI  COMPOSITUM,  L.     Comp.  Ointment  of  Lead. 

Prep.  Melt  over  a  slow  fire  Plaster  of  Lead  ftiij.  in  Olive  Oil  Oj.;  then  mix  Prepared 
Chalk  3viij.  and  Distilled  Vinegar  f 3vj.  When  the  effervescence  subsides  add  this  to 
the  plaster.  Stirring  constantly  till  cold. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Acet.  Lime  formed  is  mixed  with  Lead  Plaster 
and  a  mild  Ointment  produced,  which  is  used  as  a  dressing  to 
ulcers. 


168          PLUMBI  OXYDUM  RUBRUM. 

PLUMBI  OXYDUM  HYDRATUM,  L. 
Hydrated  Oxide  of  Lead. 

Prop.  This  Hydrated  Oxide  (2  Pb  O  +  H  O  =  233)  forms  a  white 
and  heavy  tasteless  powder,  which  is  officinal  on  account  of  possess- 
ing eminent  decolorizing  properties.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  pure 
water  (1  part  in  12,000  Aq.),  which  thus  acquires  an  alkaline  reaction ; 
but  it  is  not  dissolved  when  neutral  salts  (p.  165)  are  present  in  the 
water.  It  is  soluble  in  solution  of  Potash,  and  therefore  an  excess  of 
this  should  not  be  used  in  preparing  it.  When  evaporated,  a  crys- 
tallized alkaline  compound  is  left.  It  is  also  soluble  in  Nitric  and 
other  acids,  v.  supra.  This  Oxide  is  also  formed,  as  ascertained  by 
Capt.  Yorke,  by  the  joint  action  of  air  and  distilled  water  on  Lead. 
Dr.  C.  has  ascertained  that  a  portion  of  this  combines  with  the  Carb' 
of  the  atmosphere,  and  forms  the  Carb.  Lead,  which  he  considers  is 
in  the  proportion  of  3  Pb  O,  2  C  Oa+l  Aq.  united  with  the  Hydrated 
Oxide :  or  rather,  a  compound  of  2  Eqs.  Carbonate  of  Lead  in  union 
with  1  Eq.  of  Hydrated  Oxide  of  Lead. 

Prep.  Mix  solution  of  Diacet.  Lead  Ovj.  Aq.  dest.  Cong-,  iij.  and  solution  of  Potash 
Ovj.  or  q.  s.  to  precipitate  the  oxide.  Wash  the  precipitate  with  water  till  nothing  alka- 
line remains. 

Here  the  Potash  combining  with  the  Acet',  an  Acet.  Potash  re- 
mains in  solution.  The  Oxide  in  separating  combines  with  some 
water,  and  is  precipitated  as  Hydrated  Oxide  of  Lead. 

Tests.  This  preparation  should  possess  all  the  characters  of  the 
Oxide  of  Lead,  and  dissolve  entirely  in  Nit'  without  effervescence. 

Action.  Uses.  Employed  only  in  the  preparation  of  Disulphate  of 
Quinine. 

PLUMBI  OXYDUM  RUBRUM,  E.     [P.  OXIDUM  R.  U.  S.] 

Red  Oxide  of  Lead.    Red  Lead.     Minium.     F.  Oxide  rouge  de  Plomb.     G.  Mennig 

Rothes  Bleioxyd. 

Red  Lead  or  Minium,  as  this  Oxide  is  called,  was  known  to  the 
Arabs,  and  is  the  Suranj  of  Avicenna,  commonly  translated  Cinnabar. 
It  is  prepared  by  the  Hindoos,  and  is  their  Sundoor.  Dioscorides 
(lib.  v.  c.  109)  knew  that  Minium  was  distinct  from  Cinnabar.  It  is 
sometimes  called  Binoxide,  also  Deutoxide  of  Lead. 

Prop.  Red  Oxide  of  Lead  (Pb3  O*  =  344),  or  Minium,  forms  a 
powder  in  scales  of  a  bright  red  colour ;  tasteless,  heavy  (Sp.  Gr. 
about  9),  and  insoluble  in  water.  When  heated,  it  melts,  then  gives 
out  Oxygen,  and  becomes  converted  into  the  Protoxide.  If  placed 
on  Charcoal,  it  is  reduced,  with  the  flame  of  the  blowpipe,  to  a  globule 
of  Lead.  Completely  dissolved  "  in  highly  fuming  Nitrous  acid."  E. 
Protonitrate  of  Lead  is  formed,  as  the  acid  by  uniting  with  the  excess 
of  Oxygen,  is  converted  into  Nit'.  It  is  only  "  partially  soluble  in 
dilute  Nit',"  E.,  being  converted  into  two  Oxides,  a  brown-coloured 
Peroxide,  which  is  left,  and  a  Protoxide  which  is  dissolved.  The 
composition  of  the  Red  Oxide  has  not  been  definitively  settled ;  in- 
deed, the  Red  Lead  of  commerce  is  considered  to  be  variable .  in 


PLUMBI   IODIDUM.  169 

composition.     But  2  Eq.  of  Protoxide  with  1  of  the  Binoxide,  may 
be  considered  one  of  the  most  common  proportions. 

Prep.  Obtained  by  exposing  Massicot  or  the  Protoxide  to  air  and  heat  below  what  is 
required  for  fusion,  when  the  quantity  of  Oxygen  required  is  absorbed,  and  the  yellow 
Protoxide  converted  into  bright  red-coloured  Minium. 

Tests.  Red  Lead  is  not  very  liable  to  adulteration,  but  brick-dust 
or  red-bole  (insoluble  in  Nitrous  acid)  is  sometimes  mixed  with  it  ; 
also  Red  Oxide  of  Iron,  which  maybe  detected  by  testing  the  solution 
in  Nitric  acid  with  Tincture  of  Galls. 

Action.  Uses.  Red  Lead  might  be  employed  for  the  same  purposes 
as  the  Protoxide.  It  is  officinal  in  the  E.  P.  for  purifying  concen- 
trated Acetic  acid,  and  for  making  Aqua  Chlorinii. 

PLUMBI  CHLORIDUM,  L. 

Chloride  of  Lead.     Magisterium  Saturnis.  Plumbi.   F.  Chlorure  de  Plomb. 
G.  Chlor-Blei. 

Chloride  of  Lead  (Pb  Cl  =  140)  is  found  in  nature,  and  known  to 
mineralogists  by  the  name  of  Horn  Lead.  It  is  met  with  in  opaque 
horny  masses,  or  in  colourless  transparent  crystals  ;  but  the  officinal 
Chloride  of  Lead  is  a  white  heavy  powder  devoid  of  taste.  It  fuses 
at  a  temperature  below  redness,  and  becomes  on  cooling  a  semi- 
transparent  mass.  Sp.  Gr.  5-133.  It  is  soluble  in  22  parts  of  boiling 
water,  from  which,  on  cooling,  a  part  separates  in  small  brilliant 
crystals  :  it  is  much  less  soluble  in  cold  water.  The  presence  of 
Chlorine  is  indicated  by  the  white  precipitate  formed  by  Nitrate 
of  Silver,  and  that  of  Lead  by  the  foregoing  tests.  Comp.  Pb  74-3  + 
Cl  25-7  =  100. 


Prep.  Dissolve  Acet.  Lead  3xix-  'n  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oiij.  and  CJtlor.  Sodium  3vj.  in 
Aq.  dest.  Oj.  Mix  the  solutions.  When  cool  wash  the  precipitate  with  Aq.  dest.  and 
dry  it 

The  Acetic'  combines  with  the  Soda  formed  by  the  Oxygen  of  the 
Oxide  of  Lead  combining  with  the  Sodium,  and  Acetate  of  Soda  re- 
mains in  solution,  while  the  Chlorine  of  the  Chloride  being  transferred 
to  the  Lead,  forms  an  insoluble  Chloride  of  Lead.  Besides  this,  Mr. 
Phillips  states  that  a  double  salt  is  formed,  which  is  to  a  considerable 
extent  soluble  in  water. 

Tests.  Totally  dissolved  by  boiling  water,  the  Chloride  concreting 
almost  entirely  into  crystals  as  it  cools.  On  the  addition  of  Hydro- 
sul'  it  becomes  black,  and  by  heat  yellow.  In  the  first  case,  a  Sul- 
phuret  of  Lead  is  formed,  which  is  converted  into  the  yellow  Prot- 
oxide by  heat. 

Uses.  Used  only  for  making  Morphias  Hydrochloras. 

PLUMBI  IODIDUM,  L. 
Iodide  of  Lead.    F.  lodure  de  Plomb.     G.  lod-Blei. 

Iodide  of  Lead  (Pb  I  =  230)  has  only  recently  been  discovered  and 


170  PLUMBI    CARBONAS. 

introduced  into  medicine.  It  may  be  formed  by  the  direct  action  of 
Iodine  on  Lead,  or  as  below.  It  is  usually  seen  in  the  form  of  a  fine 
yellow  powder,  which  is  without  taste  or  smell,  insoluble  in  cold  but 
readily  dissolved  in  boiling  water,  forming  a  colourless  solution.  But 
as  this  cools,  it  becomes  deposited  in  brilliant  scale-like  crystals  of  a 
golden-yellow  colour,  in  which  form  it  is  also  sold,  and  is  then  very 
pure.  It  is  first  melted  and  then  decomposed  by  heat,  the  Iodine 
being  dissipated  in  violet-coloured  vapours.  It  is  soluble  in  Acet' 
and  Alcohol,  also  in  solution  of  Potash.  Comp.  Pb  45-22 -J-I  54-78 
=  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Dissolve  Acet.  Lead  gix.  (Nitr.  Lead  gss.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Ovj.  (f  3xv. 
E.)  and  Iodide  Potassium  3vij.  (3ss.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  (f3xv.  E.)  Mix  the  solu- 
tions. (Filter  through  linen  or  calico,  E.)  Wash  the  precipitate.  Dry  it.  Boil  the 
powder  in  Aq.  Cong.  iij.  acidulated  with  Pyroligneous  Acid  f  3iij.  Keep  the  liquid  near 
boiling,  and  let  all  insoluble  matter  subside.  (Pour  off  the  clear  liquor,  from  which  on 
cooling  the  Iodide  will  crystallize,  E.) 

By  mutual  decomposition,  Iodide  of  Lead  is  formed  and  precipi- 
tated, while  the  Oxygen  of  the  Oxide  of  Lead  of  the  Acet.  being 
transferred  to  the  Potassium,  Potash  is  formed,  which,  uniting  with 
the  acid,  forms  a  soluble  Acetate  of  Potash.  Nitr.  Lead  is  preferred 
in  the  E.  P.,  because  an  excess  of  the  Oxide  of  Lead  is  apt  to  exist 
in  the  Acetate,  which  is  injurious  because  disposed  to  form  com- 
pounds with  the  Iodide.  The  process  of  boiling  in  Pyroligneous  acid 
and  subsequent  crystallization  gets  rid  of  any  Oxide  or  Carb.  of  Lead. 
The  same  effect  may  be  obtained  by  adding  a  little  Acet'  to  the  solu- 
tion of  the  Acet.  Lead  previous  to  pouring  it  into  the  solution  of  the 
Iodide  of  Potassium. 

Te$ts.  Totally  dissolved  by  boiling  water,  and  as  this  cools  sepa- 
rating in  shining  yellow  scales.  It  melts  by  heat,  and  the  greater 
part  is  dissipated  first  in  yellow  (Iodide  of  Lead)  and  afterwards  in 
violet  vapours.  L.  P.  Bright  yellow :  5  grs.  are  entirely  soluble, 
with  the  aid  of  ebullition,  in  f3j.  of  Pyroligneous  acid  diluted  with 
f  3jss.  of  distilled  water,  and  golden  crystals  are  abundantly  deposited 
on  cooling.  E.  P. 

Action.  Uses.  Deobstruent,  generally  used  externally,  but  some- 
times internally. 

D.  gr.  %  to  gr.  ij. 

UNGUENTUM  PLUMBI  IODIDI,  L. 

Prep.  L.  Mix  well  together  Iodide  of  Lead  3j.  and  Lard  3viij. 

Discutient  in  chronic  enlargements  of  the  joints  and  in  scrofulous 


tumours. 


PLUMBI  CARBONAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 


Carbonate  of  Lead.    Subcarbonate  of  Lead.     Cerussa.     White  Lead.     F.  Carbonate  de 
Plomb.     G.  Kohlensaures  Bleioxyd.     Bleiweiss. 

Carbonate  of  Lead  (Pb  O,  C  O*  =  134)  is  one  of  the  most  anciently 
known  of  the  metallic  salts.  It  is  found  as  a  mineral  in  many  Lead 
districts,  and  known  as  Cerusse  and  White  Lead  ore. 


PLUMBICARBONAS.  171 

Prop.  Carb.  Lead  is  white,  tasteless,  and  heavy ;  either  in  powder 
or  in  white  amorphous  masses.  When  found  in  nature,  its  crystals 
vary  much  in  form  from  the  right  rhombic  prism  from  which  they 
proceed.  Sp.  Gr.  about  6-25.  It  is  insoluble  in  water.  Heated,  the 
Carb'  escapes,  and  the  yellow  Protoxide  of  Lead  is  left ;  on  Charcoal 
and  before  the  blowpipe,  it  is  reduced  to  a  globule  of  metallic  Lead. 
It  is  soluble  with  effervescence  both  in  the  Acetic  and  the  Nitric 
acids.  Acetate  and  Nitrate  of  Lead  being  the  result,  will  be  affected 
by  reagents  like  other  preparations  of  Lead.  Comp.  Pb  O  83-5 +C' 
16-5=  100. 

Carbonate  of  Lead  may  be  prepared  by  the  action  of  air  and  pure 
water  on  metallic  Lead,  or  by  passing  a  current  of  Carb'  gas  through 
a  solution  of  Diacet.  Lead.  The  most  ancient  method,  and  that  which 
makes  the  best  White  Lead  for  the  use  of  painters,  is  by  exposing 
sheets  of  Lead  to  the  fumes  of  Vinegar  or  of  strong  Acet'.  The  lat- 
ter is  placed  in  an  earthen  vessel,  and  the  former  a  little  above  it, 
either  rolled  spirally  or  cast  into  bars.  The  pots  are  arranged  side 
by  side,  and  embedded  in  a  mixture  of  new  and  spent  tan  (ground 
oak  bark).  The  tan  gradually  heats  or  ferments,  and  begins  to  exhale 
vapour,  the  temperature  of  the  inner  parts  of  the  stack  rising  to  140° 
or  150°,  or  even  higher.  The  Acet'  is  slowly  volatilized,  and  its  va- 
pour passing  readily  through  the  gratings  or  folds  of  Lead,  gradually 
corrodes  the  surface  of  the  metal,  upon  which  a  crust  of  Subacet.  is 
successively  formed  and  converted  into  Carb.,  there  being  an  abun- 
dant supply  of  Carb'  furnished  by  the  slow  fermentative  decomposi- 
tion of  the  tanner's  bark.  The  White  Lead,  crushed  and  broken  up, 
is  transferred  to  mills,  where  it  is  ground  up  into  a  thin  paste  with 
water,  washed,  and  dried. 

Tests.  "Dissolved  with  effervescence  in  dil.  Nit'.  What  is  preci- 
pitated from  the  solution  by  Potash  is  white,  and  is  redissolved  by 
excess  of  it:  it  becomes  black  on  the  addition  of  Hydrosul'.  It  be- 
comes yellow  by  heat,  and  with  the  addition  of  Charcoal,  it  is  reduced 
to  metallic  Lead."  L.  P.  If  Sulph.  Baryta  be  present,  it  will  remain 
undissolved  by  the  Nit';  if  Chalk,  it  will  be  converted  into  Nitr.  Lime. 
When  the  Lead  has  been  precipitated  by  Potash,  Lime  will  remain 
undissolved  when  an  excess  of  the  latter  is  added:  or  we  may  re- 
move the  Lead  by  means  of  H  S',  and  test  for  Lime  by  means  of 
Oxalate  of  Ammonia.  "  It  does  not  lose  weight  at  a  temperature  of 
212° :  68  grs.  are  entirely  dissolved  in  150  minims  of  Acet'  dil.  with 
Aq.  dest.  f  3j. ;  and  the  solution  is  not  entirely  precipitated  by  a  solu- 
tion of  60  grs.  of  Phosph.  Soda."  Dr.  C.  states  that  60  grs.  of  this 
Phosphate  exactly  decompose  67-05  grs.  of  pure  Carb.  Lead.  Hence 
with  68  grs.  of  the  Carb.,  as  in  the  formula,  some  Lead  must  remain 
in  solution  if  the  Carb.  be  pure,  and  will  be  shown  on  adding  more 
Phosphate  to  the  filtered  liquor.  But  if  any  of  the  ordinary  adultera- 
tions be  present,  there  will  be  an  excess,  not  of  Lead,  but  of  Phosphate 
of  Soda  in  solution. 

Action.  Uses.  Desiccative  and  Astringent.  Applied  only  externally, 
as  by  dusting  on  excoriations.  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  considers  it  the 


172  PLUMBIACETAS. 

only  poisonous  salt  of  Lead,  the  others  becoming  so  by  being  first 
converted  into  Carbonate  of  Lead. 

UNGITENTUM  PLUMBI  CARBONATIS,  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  E.  D.  Mix  thoroughly  Simple  Ointment  3v.  E.  (White  Wax  Ointment  ftj. 
D.)  (U.  S.)  and  Carb.  Lead  3j.  (in  very  fine  powder,  gij.  D.)  (U.  S.) 

Action.  Uses.  Cooling  and  drying  application  to  excoriations  and 
burns,  also  to  ulcers  and  eruptions  attended  with  irritation. 

[EMPLASTRUM  PLUMBI  CARBONATIS.  U.  S. 

Prep.  This  plaster  is  intended  as  a  substitute  for  Mahy's  Plaster.  It  is  thus  prepared. 
Take  of  Carbonate  of  Lead  ftj.  Olive  Oil  Oij.  Yellow  Wax  3 iv.  Lead  Plaster  ftiss.  Orris 
Root  in  powder  3ix.  Boil  together  the  Oil  and  Carbonate  of  Lead,  adding  a  little  water  ; 
incorporate  thoroughly.  Add  the  wax  and  plaster,  and  when  melted,  sprinkle  in  the 
orris  root. 

Uses.  To  abraded  surfaces,  &c.] 


PLUMBI  NITRAS,  E. 
Nitrate  of  Lead.     F.  Nitrate  de  Plomb.     G.  Salpetersaures  Bleioxyd. 

Prop.  Nit.  Lead  (PbO,  N  O*=  166)  crystallizes  in  octohedral  and 
tetrahedral  crystals,  is  soluble  in  about  4  parts  of  water.  It  increases 
the  combustion  of  burning  fuel,  and  is  reduced  to  the  state  of  metallic 
Lead.  Heated,  it  evolves  the  fumes  of  Nitrous  acid  gas ;  Oxide  of 
Lead  being  left. 

Prep.  With  the  aid  of  gentle  heat  saturate  dilute  Nitric'  Oj.  with  Litharge  3ivss. 
Filter  and  set  aside  to  crystallize.  Concentrate  the  remaining  liquor  to  obtain  more 
crystals.  - 

Action.  Uses.  It  will  act  as  the  other  preparations  of  Lead,  but  is 
officinal  in  the  E.  P.  for  making  Iodide  of  Lead. 

PLUMBI  ACETAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Acetate  of  Lead.     Plumli  Superacetas.    Saccharum  Saturni.    Sugar  of  Lead. 
F.  Acetate  acide  de  Plomb.     G.  Bleizucker. 

Acet.  Lead.(Pb  O,  Ac' +  3  Aq.  =  190)  seems  to  have  been  known 
at  least  since  the  cultivation  of  chemistry  in  the  middle  ages. 

Fi    28  Prop.  It  is  of  a  white  colour,  and  of  a  sweet  astrin- 

gent taste,  with  a  smell  of  Vinegar.  The  crystals 
form  brilliant  needles,  or  small  tetrahedral  prisms  ter- 
minated by  dihedral  summits,  and  usually  occur  in  an 
agglomerated  mass ;  unalterable  in  the  air,  except 
when  it  is  very  dry,  when  they  slightly  effloresce; 
soluble  in  4  parts  of  water  and  in  Alcohol.  The 
watery  solution  is  capable  of  dissolving  a  portion  of 
Oxide  of  Lead,  which  converts  it  into  a  Diacetate  of 
that  metal.  Heated,  the  crystals  fuse  in  their  water 
of  crystallization,  which  at  a  higher  temperature  is  dissipated ;  the 


CERATUM    PLUMBI    ACETATIS.  173 

white  mass  which  remains  again  melts,  Acetic  and  Pyroacetic  acids 
are  given  off,  and  a  globule  of  Lead  may  finally  be  obtained.  The 
Acet.  may  be  partially  decomposed  by  the  Garb'  of  the  atmosphere, 
also  by  that  contained  in  water ;  hence  the  hazy  appearance  when 
it  is  dissolved  in  it,  and  which  may  be  removed  by  the  addition  of  a 
little  Acet'.  It  is  decomposed  by  a  number  of  acids,  the  Sulph' 
causing  the  exhalation  of  the  odour  of  Vinegar,  also  by  the  alkalies, 
numerous  salts,  infusion  of  Galls,  most  Vegetable  principles,  also 
Milk  and  Albumen.  Comp.  Pb  O  58-9+ Ac'  2tr8-fAq.  14-3  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  Acet'  Oiv.  (Oij.  E.)  with  Aq.  dest.  Oiv.  (Oj.  E.)  add  to  it  Oxide  of 
Lead  (powdered)  ftiv.  gij.  (Litharge  3xiv.  E.  Garb.  Lead  (Cerusse)  q.  a.  and  Distilled 
Vinegar  10  times  the  weight  of  the  Carb.  D.)  Dissolve  with  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat. 
(Digest  in  a  glass  vessel  till  the  Vinegar  becomes  sweet.  Four  off  the  liquor,  add  more 
Vinegar  and  proceed  as  before,  D.)  Strain,  evaporate  for  crystallization  (on  cooling,  E. 
Again  evaporate  and  crystallize.  Dry  the  crystals  in  the  shade,  D.) 

In  these  processes  the  Acet'  combines  either  directly  with  the  Oxide 
of  Lead  or  by  first  expelling  the  Carb'.  It  is  frequently  prepared, 
as  above,  by  dissolving  Litharge  in  Pyroligneous  acid ;  or  by  ex- 
posing Lead,  half  immersed  in  Acet',  to  heat  and  air.  The  Lead 
being  oxidized  or  converted  into  the  Carbonate,  will,  on  falling  into 
the  Acet',  be  formed  into  the  Acetate. 

Tests.  Dissolved  by  distilled  water.  By  Carb.  Soda  a  white  pre- 
cipitate (Carb.  Lead)  is  thrown  down  from  the  solution,  and  by 
Iodide  of  Potassium  a  yellow  one  (Iodide  of  Lead) ;  by  Hydrosul'  it 
is  blackened  (Sulphuret  Lead  being  formed).  Sulph'  evolves  Acetic 
vapours.  By  heat  it  first  fuses,  and  is  afterwards  reduced  to  metallic 
Lead.  L.  P.  "  Entirely  soluble  in  distilled  water  acidulated  with 
Acetic' :  48  grs.  thus  dissolved,  are  not  entirely  precipitated  by  a 
solution  of  30  grs.  of  Phosph.  Soda."  E.  P.  As  3,0  grs.  of  the  latter 
salt  will  just  decompose  47-66  grs.  of  Acet.  Lead,  if  48  grs.  or  a 
144th  part  more  of  the  latter  be  used,  the  solution  will  be  affected, 
after  filtration,  by  a  further  addition  of  Phosphate,  provided  the  Ace- 
tate be  tolerably  pure. 

Inc.  Sulph',  H  Cl',  Carb',  Cit',  and  Tart' ;  Lime-water,  Potash, 
and  Soda  (but  in  excess  it  redissolves)  ;  Hard  Water  from  the  salts 
and  Liq.  Ammonias  Acet.  from  the  Carb',  they  contain. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison ;  Astringent  and  Sedative  in  profuse 
discharges  and  Hemorrhages.  Lotion  3j. — 3v.  or  3viij.  of  fluid. 
Externally  as  an  Astringent  Collyrium  and  Wash. 

D.  gr.  j.  and  ij. — gr.  x.  2  or  3  times  a  day,  especially  with  dil. 
Acet'  or  distilled  Vinegar. 

Antidotes.  Evacuate  the  stomach  with  Sulph.  Zinc  and  warm 
diluents;  give  Sulph.  Soda  and  of  Magnesia,  and  Phosphate  of  Soda. 

CERATUM  (UNGUENTUM,  E.  D.)  PLUMBI    ACETATIS,  L.     Ung.  Cerussce 
JlcetatfB.     Unguentum  Saturninum.     Cerate  of  Sugar  of  Lead. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  Acet.  Lead  powdered  3ij.  (3j.  E.  D.)  with  White  Wax  3ij.  and 
Olive  Oil  f3viij.  (Simple  Ointment  3xx.  E.  Ointment  of  White  Wax  ftjss.  D.)  Dis- 
solve the  Wax  in  f3vij.  of  the  Oil,  gradually  add  the  Acetate  triturated  in  the  rest  of  the 
Oil.  Stir  the  mixture  as  it  concretes. 


174  PLUMBI   DIACETATIS. 

Action.  Uses.  Useful  as  a  cooling  application  to  burns,  blistered 
surfaces,  and  irritable  sores. 

PILULE  PLUMBI  OPIATE,  E.     Acetate  of  Lead  and  Opium  Pills. 

Prep.  Take  Acet.  Lead  6  parts,  Opium  1  part,  Conserve  of  Red  Roses  1  part,  beat  into 
a  proper  mass  and  divide  into  4-grain  pills.  They  may  also  be  made  with  twice  as  much 
Opium.  Each  pill  contains  3  gr.  Acet.  Lead  and  £  gr.  of  Opium. 

In  this  pill  chemical  changes  take  place,  Acetate  of  Morphia  and 
Meconate  of  Lead  being  formed ;  but  the  pill  has  been  so  long  em- 
ployed, and  its  therapeutical  value  so  fully  confirmed,  that  the  change 
would  seem  to  be  rather  an  advantage  than  a  detriment.  The  E.  C. 
do  not  indicate  how  the  two  kinds  of  Pill  are  to  be  distinguished,  or 
how  the  change,  if  expressed,  will  differ  from  an  ordinary  prescrip- 
tion. 

PLUMBI  DIACETATIS,  (SOLUTIO,  E.)  LIQUOR,  L.  D. 

Plumbi  Subacetatia  Liquor,  D.  (U.  S.)     Aqua  Lithargyri  Acetati.     F.  Sousacetate  de 
Flomb.     6r.  Halb-Essigsaures  Bleioxyd. 

Diacet.  Lead  (2  Pb  O,  Ac' +  10  Aq.  =  365,  when  solid  and  Hy- 
drated),  in  the  form  of  solution  commonly  called  Goulard's  Extract, 
was  by  himself  called  Extract  of  Saturn,  that  is,  of  Lead.  It  seems 
to  have  been  known  since  the  time  of  B.  Valentine,  and  owes  its 
formation  to  the  solution  of  Acetate  of  Lead  dissolving  a  further  pro- 
portion of  the  Oxide,  and  thus  becoming  converted  into  the  Diacetate 
of  Lead. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Boil  Acet.  Lead  ftij.  and  3iij.  (3vj.  and  3vj.  E.)  and  (finely,  E.) 
powdered  Oxide  of  Lead  ftj.  and  3iv.  (Litharge  3iv.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Ovj.  (Ojss.  E.) 
frequently  stirring  for  half  an  hour.  When  cold  add  (distilled)  water  to  make  up  Ovj. 
(Ojss.  E.)  Filter.  (Preserve  in  well-closed  bottles,  E.) 

[U.  S.  Acetate  of  Lead  3xvj.  Semi  vitrified  Oxide  of  Lead  in  powder  3i*ss.  Distilled 
Water  Oiv.  Proceed  as  above.] 

In  the  D.  P.  the  old  and  objectionable  method,  on  account  of  its 
uncertainty,  is  still  adopted. 

Boil  semi-vitrified  Oxide  of  Lead  1  part,  in  Distilled  Vinegar  12  parts,  in  a  close 
vessel  until  only  11  parts  remain.  Leave  the  solution  at  rest  till  the  impurities  subside, 
and  filter  it. 

Prop.  Colourless,  with  a  sweetish  and  subastringent  taste,  having 
an  alkaline  reaction  on  test-paper.  By  careful  evaporation  out  of  the 
access  of  the  air,  crystals  may  be  obtained  of  a  tabular  form,  or  the 
salt  in  an  uncrystallizable  mass  (dry  Extract  of  Saturn,  of  Goulard). 
When  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  some  Carb'  is  absorbed,  and  <white 
Carb.  of  Lead  is  deposited ;  also  on  passing  Carb'  gas  into  its  solu- 
tion, and  this  is  one  of  the  methods  adopted  in  making  Carb.  Lead, 
q.  v.  It  is  decomposed  by  common  water.  It  precipitates  mucilage 
and  most  vegetable  colours. 

Tests.  Sp.  Gr.  1-260.  L.  A  copious  precipitate  is  gradually  formed 
when  the  breath  is  propelled  through  it  by  means  of  a  tube.  E.  The 


BISMUTHUM.  175 

other  properties  are  those  of  the  Acet.  Lead.  When  prepared  with 
inferior  Vinegar,  it  is  of  a  brown  colour. 

Inc.  Acids,  Alkalies,  Earths,  Alum,  Borax,  Tartarized  Iron,  and 
Antimony,  Soap,  Hard  and  Spring-water,  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen, 
Mucilaginous  solutions  and  drinks. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  and  Sedative.  Externally,  diluted  with 
water ;  or  it  may  be  used  in  a  milder  form,  in  the  following  prepara- 
tion : 

LIQUOR  PLUMBI  DIACETATIS  DILUTUS,  L.  [Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis 
dilutus,  U.  S.]  Plumbi  Subacetatis  Liquor  Comp.  Diluted  Solu- 
tion of  Diacetate  of  Lead.  Goulard  Water. 


Prep.  L.  D.  Mix  Solution  of  Diacetate  of  Lead  f3jss.  (Subacetate  of  Lead  3j.  D.)  Aq. 
t.  Oj.  ~ 
[U.  S.  Liq.'Plumb.  SubaceL^ij.  Aq.  Oj.] 


dest.  Oj.  Proof  Spirit  f3ij.  (3j.  D.) 


Useful  as  a  soothing,  astringent,  and  sedative  Collyrium  or  lotion. 

CERATUM  PLUMBI  COMPOSITUM,  L.  •  Compound  Cerate  of  Lead.  Gou- 
lard''s  Cerate.  Ceratum  Lithargyri  Acetati.  [Ceratum  Plumbi  Sub- 
acetatis, U.  S.] 

Prep.  Melt  Wax  giv.  and  mix  with  it  Olive  Oil  f  gviij. ;  remove  from  the  fire,  and 
when  first  the  mixture  begins  to  thicken,  add  gradually  Sol.  of  Diacet  Lead  f^iij.  stirring 
constantly  with  a  spatula  till  cool.  Then  mix  with  these  Camphor  3ss.  dissolved  in  Olive 
Oil  f  gij. 

[U.  S.  Wax  3iv.  Olive  Oil  f  Six.  Liq.  Plumb.  Subacet.  f  gijss.] 

Action.  Uses.  This  is  commonly  called  Goulard's  Cerate,  and  is  a 
soothing,  astringent,  and  sedative  application  for  irritable  surfaces  and 
in  chronic  Ophthalmia. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Ceratum  Saponis.     Emp.  Saponis. 

BISMUTHUM,  L.  E.  D. 

f 
Bismuth.     F.  Bismuth.     G.  Wismuth. 

Bismuth  (Bi  =  72)  is  first  mentioned  by  Agricola,  in  1520,  having 
previously  been  confounded  with  Lead.  It  is  usually  met  with  in 
its  metallic  state,  but  also  as  an  Oxide  and  a  SulphureL 

Prop.  Bismuth  is  of  a  reddish-white  colour,  devoid  of  taste  or 
smell.  It  is  brittle,  of  a  lamellar  structure,  and  readily  crystallizes 
in  cubes  or  octohedra.  Sp.  Gr.  9-53—9-88.  It  melts  at  49*7°  F.  or 
507°  (Gr.),  and  volatilizes  at  a  full  red  heat.  When  exposed  to  the 
air,  it  tarnishes,  but  does  not  oxidate :  at  a  high  temperature,  it  burns 
with  a  pale  blue  flame,  when  Oxide  of  Bismuth  (Bi  O  =  80)  is  formed, 
and  escapes  in  white  fumes.  Bismuth  is  with  difficulty  acted  on  by 
H  Cl'  or  by  dil.  Sul',  but  readily  by  Nit',  v.  infra. 

Tests.  Sp.  Gr.  9-8.  It  is  dissolved  by  dil.  Nit'. ;  the  solution  is  co- 
lourless, when  Subnitrate  of  Bismuth  is  precipitated  from  this  solution 
by  Ammonia,  the  liquor  is  free  from  colour.  It  also  deposits  a  white 
powder  when  much  diluted  with  water.  L.  and  E.  Bismuth  is  em- 
ployed only  for  making  the  following  preparation : 


176  S  T  A  N  N  U  M. 

BISMUTHI  TRISNITRAS,  L.  BISMUTHI  SUBNITRAS,  D.  (U.  S.)  BISMUTHUM 
ALBUM,  E.  Magistery  of  Bismuth.  Trisnitrate  of  Bismuth.  F. 
Sous-nitrate  de  Bismuth.  G.  Wissmuth  weiss. 

The  Trisnitrate  of  Bismuth  (3  Bi  0,N  O8  =  294)  is  a  tasteless  pow- 
der of  a  brilliant  white  colour,  and  consists  of  microscopic  needle- 
shaped  crystals.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  water,  and  if  the  solution  be 
heated,  the  salt  is  precipitated  in  the  form  of  minute  brilliant  crystals. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Bismuth  (finely  powdered,  E.  D.)  3j>  (7  parts,  D.)  Nitric'  (Dens. 
1380,  E.)  fgjss.;  (dilute,  20  parts,  D.)  Aq.  dest.  (Water,  E.)  Oiij.  100  parts,  D.) 

Mix  Nitric'  f  gjss.  with  Aq.  dest.  f  3j.  (Take  Nitric',  dens.  1380,  fgjss.  E. ;  dilute  20 
parts,  D.)  Dissolve  in  it  (gradually,  E.  D.)  Bismuth  3j.  (with  the  aid  of  gentle  heat, 
E.  D.,  adding  a  little  Aq.  dest.  as  soon  as  crystals,  or  a  white  powder  begins  to  form,  E.) 
Pour  off  the  solution  (when  complete,  E.)  add  it  to  the  rest  of  the  water.  Set  aside  for 
the  powder  to  settle,  pour  off  the  liquid.  (Filter  through  calico,  E.)  Wash  the  Trisni- 
trate of  Bismuth  (precipitate,  E.  D.)  (quickly,  E.)  with  distilled  (cold,  E.)  water  and  dry 
it  with  a  gentle  heat  (in  a  dark  place,  E.) 

[The  directions  of  the  U.  S.  P.  are  those  of  the  Lond.  P.] 

The  Bismuth  is  oxidated  at  the  expense  of  a  portion  of  the  Nit', 
Nitric  Oxide  gas  escapes,  and  the  Oxide  of  Bismuth  is  dissolved  by 
the  remainder  of  the  Nit',  and  a  Nit.  Bismuth  formed.  When  the 
solution  of  this  is  added  to  the  water  as  above  directed,  decomposition 
ensues ;  most  of  the  acid  with  a  little  Oxide  of  Bismuth  (forming  a 
Ternitrate)  remains  in  solution,  while  the  white-coloured  precipitate 
is  the  Trisnitrate  of  Bismuth.  Comp.  Bi  O,  81-64  +  N'  18-36  =  100. 

Tests.  It  is  soluble  in  Nit'  without  effervescence ;  solution  colour- 
less. Dil.  Sul'  being  added  to  the  solution,  nothing  is  thrown  down. 
L.  E.  The  first  indicates  that  no  Carbonate  is  present,  and  the  se- 
cond the  absence  of  Lead. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Tonic,  Antispasmodic. 

D.  gr.  v.— 9j. 

STANNUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 
Tin.     F.  Etam.     G.  Zinn. 

Tin  is  one  of  the  most  ancient  known  of  the  metals,  being  men- 
tioned by  Moses  under  the  name  Bedel.  It  was  used  by  the  Egyp- 
tians, probably  obtained  from  the  East  by  the  trade  with  India.  The 
Greeks  and  Romans  obtained  it  through  the  Phoenicians  from  Eng- 
land. It  abounds  in  Cornwall,  and  in  the  East  from  Mergui  to  the 
island  of  Banca.  It  occurs  both  as  an  Oxide  and  a  Sulphuret,  but 
chiefly  the  former,  which  is  easily  reduced  to  a  metallic  state  by 
being  heated  with  Charcoal,  as  this  abstracts  its  Oxygen.  It  is  brought 
into  commerce  in  the  form  of  Grain  Tin  and  Block  Tin.  Malacca 
Tin  and  Banca  Tin  are  the  Eastern  varieties  ;  to  these  Mergui  Tin 
has  lately  been  added. 

Prop.  In  mass,  bluish-white,  tarnishing  but  slightly,  of  a  peculiar 
odour  when  rubbed ;  so  malleable,  as  to  be  beaten  into  sheet  tin  and 
tin-foil ;  soft,  fusible ;  Sp.  Gr.  7-29 ;  that  of  commercial  specimens  is 
often  higher,  from  the  impurities  which  they  contain.  It  fuses  at 
442°,  and  becomes  covered  with  a  gray  crust  of  the  Oxide ;  burns  at 


ANTIMON1UM.  177 

a  red,  and  is  volatilized  at  a  white  heat.  There  are  several  oxides  and 
numerous  salts  of  Tin,  but  none  are  officinal. 

Tests.  Tin,  boiled  with  H  Cl',  is  almost  entirely  dissolved,  a  Proto- 
chloride  being  produced  ;  solution  colourless,  but  becomes  purple  on 
the  addition  of  Chloride  of  Gold  :  the  precipitate  by  Potash  is  white; 
when  this  is  added  in  excess,  the  precipitate  is  redissolved.  (L.)  Hy- 
drosulphuric  acid  gives  a  brown  precipitate.  Commercial  Nit'  f  3iij. 
converts  100  grs.  entirely  into  a  white  powder;  pure  Oxide  of  Tin  is 
formed,  with  much  disengagement  of  Nitrogen ;  distilled  water,  boiled 
with  this  powder  and  filtered,  yields  no  precipitate  with  solution  of 
Sulph.  Magnesia,  E.  P. 

The  tests  of  the  L.  C.  being  those  which  characterize  Tin,  will  show 
its  true  nature.  Those  of  the  E.  P.  are  intended  to  detect  the  pre- 
sence of  Lead  ;  either  no  Oxide  of  Tin,  or  very  little,  will  be  formed, 
or  the  Sulph.  Magnesia  will  cause  a  precipitate  of  Sulph.  Lead  if  this 
metal  be  present. 

PULVIS  STANNI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Powder  of  Tin. 

Tin  may  be  employed  either  in  filings,  Limatura  Stanni,  or  prefer- 
ably as  granulated  or  powdered  Tin,  the  officinal  form,  for  preparing 
which  the  E.  and  D.  Pharmacopeias  give  formulae.  When  melted,  it 
is  agitated  with  an  iron  pestle,  a  birch  broom,  or  by  shaking  it  in  a 
wooden  box  having  its  inside  covered  with  Chalk,  and  sifting.  This 
is  nearly  the  D.  formula. 

Prep.  Melt  Tin  in  an  iron  vessel ;  pour  it  into  a  mortar  previously  heated  rather  above 
the  fusing  point  of  the  metal;  triturate  briskly  as  it  cools,  ceasing  as  soon  as  a  consider- 
able proportion  is  finely  pulverized ;  sift  the  product,  and  repeat  the  process  with  what  is 
left  in  the  sieve,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Mechanical  Anthelmintic. 
D.  3iv. — 3j.  in  treacle  or  confection. 

ANTIMONIOM. 
Stibium.    Antimony.    JP.  Antimoine.     O.  Antimon, 

Metallic  Antimony  (Sb  =  65)  is  not  officinal ;  but  as  so  many  of  its 
preparations  are  employed,  it  is  desirable  to  be  acquainted  with  its 
characteristics.  It  was  probably  known  to  the  Alchemists ;  but  Basil! 
Valentine  (Currus  Triumphalis  Jlntimonii)  made  known  the  method 
of  obtaining  it.  The  Sesquisulphuret  q.  v.  has  been  known  from,  the 
most  ancient  times.  Native  Antimony  occurs  in  France  and  Germany, 
also  as  Oxide  or  White  Antimony;  the  Sulphuret,  or  Gray  Anti- 
mony; and  as  Sulphuretted  Oxide,  or  Red  Antimony.  The  Sulphuret 
is  the  most  abundant  ore,  and  that  from  which  the  metal  is  chiefly 
obtained.  This  used  to  be  called  Regulus  of  Antimony,  and  the  Sul- 
phuret, Crude  Antimony.  Antimony  is  obtained  by  heating  the  above 
Sulphuret  with  half  its  weight  of  Iron-filings  or  small  Iron  nails,  when 
the  Sulphur  unites  with  the  Iron,  and  the  Antimony  is  set  free.  The 
melted  Antimony  collects  in  the  bottom  of  the  crucible,  and  may  be 
run  into  moulds. 

12 


178  ANTIMONII    OXIDUM. 

Prop.  A  bluish-white  metal,  usually  lamellar  in  structure,  and  brittle 
in  nature.  Sp.  Gr.  about  6-7,  It  fuses  at  a  temperature  of  about 
800°,  above  which  it  may  be  volatilized,  and  in  cooling  may  be  made 
to  crystallize  in  rhombohedra.  It  undergoes  little  change  in  the  air, 
the  surface  only  becoming  tarnished  and  partially  oxidized.  Heated 
to  a  white  heat,  and  suddenly  exposed  to  the  air,  it  burns  with  a 
white  light;  the  vapour  which  escapes  condenses  in  white  needle- 
like  crystals  of  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony,  which  were  formerly  called 
Argentine  Flowers  of  Antimony.  Antimony  is  dissolved  by  H  Cl' 
with  the  aid  of  heat,  Hydrogen  being  disengaged.  The  Sesquichloride 
of  Antimony,  on  being  added  to  water,  deposits  a  white  precipitate, 
formerly  called  Powder  ofA/garoth;  and  an  orange-red  one  of  Sesqui- 
sulphuret  of  Antimony  on  the  addition  of  Hydrosul'  or  an  alkaline 
Hydrosulph.  Nit'  converts  the  metal  into  Antimonic  acid,  which  is 
insoluble  in  the  acid.  There  are  three  compounds  of  Antimony  and 
Oxygen:  Oxide  of  Antimony,  Antimonious,  and  Antimonic  acids. 

ANTIMONII  OXIDUM,  E.     ANTIMONII  OXIDUM  NITUOMUR.IATICUM,  D. 

Antimonii  Sesquioxydum.     Sesquioxide  and  Protoxide  of  Antimony.     Flowers  of  Anti- 
mony.    F.  Oxyde  d'Antimoine.     G.  Antimonoxyd. 

Sesquioxide  of  Antimony  (Sb  l^O  =  77)  occurs  native  in  Bohemia 
and  Hungary,  and  is  called  White  Antimony.  It  is  produced  when 
Antimony  is  burnt  in  the  air. 

Prop.  As  prepared  below,  the  Oxide  is  white  and  tasteless  ;  unal- 
terable in  the  air,  but  becoming  yellow  by  heat,  and  regaining  its  co- 
lour wrhen  cool.  By  a  full  red  heat  it  may,  like  the  native  Oxide,  be 
fused  into  a  yellow  liquid  and  afterwards  sublimed,  as  before  the 
blowpipe,  when  needle-like  crystals  will  be  deposited.  If  fused  and 
exposed  to  the  air,  more  Oxygen  is  absorbed,  and  Antimonious  acid 
(Sb  Oa  =  81)  is  formed,  which  is  not  volatile,Jess  easily  fused,  and 
more  inert  as  a  medicine.  The  Sesquioxide  is  insoluble  in  water,  but 
dissolved  by  H  Cl',  Tart',  and  Acet',  also  in  Bitart.  Potash,  when 
Tartar  Emetic  is  formed.  Comp.  O  15-58  +  Sb  84-42  =  100. 

Prep,  E.  D.  Take  Mur'  (commercial)  Oj.  (100  parts,  mix  it  with  Nit'  1  part  in  a  glass 
vessel,  avoiding  the  fames,  D.)  Dissolve  in  the  acid,  Sulphuret  of  Antimony  in  fine 
powder  giv.  (prepared  Sulphuret  20  parts,  D.),  apply  a  gentle  heat  (gradually  increase 
the  heat,  digest  till  the  mixture  ceases  to  effervesce,  D.)  Boil  for  half  an  hour.  (1  hour, 
D.)  Pour  the  fluid  (cooled,  D.)  into  Aq.  Ov.  (Cong.  j.  D.)  Filter  through  calico.  (Let 
the  Oxide  subside,  D.)  Wash  the  precipitate  well  with  cold  water,  then  with  weak  solu- 
tion of  Garb.  Soda,  and  again  with  cold  water  (with  cold  water  only,  D.)  till  the  water 
ceases  to  affect  reddened  Litmus.  Dry  the  powder  over  the  vapour  bath.  (On  bibulous 
paper,  D.) 

The  two  processes  are  essentially  the  same,  consisting  in  the  de- 
composition of  the  Sesquisulphuret  by  the  H  Cl',  and  the  formation  of 
a  Sesquichlor.  Antimony,  which  is  held  in  solution.  Some  Hydrosul' 
(from  the  H.  of  the  acid)  is  formed,  which  the  Nit'  of  the  D.  P.  is  in- 
tended to  decompose.  (Others  consider  the  Chloride  to  be  dissolved 
in  the  form  of  Hydrochlorate  of  the  Oxide,  water  being  decomposed, 
supplying  Oxygen  to  the  Antimony  and  Hydrogen  to  the  Sulphur,  c.) 
The  quantity  of  Mur',  Dr.  C.  says,  is  large,  being  3  times  as  great  as 


PULVIS   ANTIMONII    COMPOSITUS.  179 

is  required  to  furnish  the  due  proportion  of  Chlorine  for  forming  the 
Sesquichloride,  but  it  has  been  found  to  be  necessary.  Water  being 
added  to  the  solution,  and  having  a  greater  affinity  for  the  acid,  a 
precipitate  takes  place  of  Powder  of  Algaroth,  which  is  a  Sesquioxide 
combined  with  some  Sesquichloride  of  Antimony.  The  proportion  of 
Chlorine  is  diminished  by  repeating  the  washings  with  water.  The 
whole  of  the  acid  is  removed  by  washing  with  sol.  Carb.  of  Soda ; 
while  the  Carb'  escapes.  Mr.  Tyson  (P.  J.  i.  450)  adds  sol.  of  Carb. 
Ammonia  as  long  as  effervescence  is  perceived,  and  he  obtains  a 
straw-coloured  Protoxide.  If  too  much  Nit'  be  employed,  according 
to  the  Dublin  process,  the  oxidizement  will  be  carried  too  far,  and 
Antimonious  acid  formed,  which  is  inert  and  insoluble. 

Tests.  Entirely  soluble  in  Mur',  and  also  in  a  boiling  mixture  of 
water  and  Bitart.  Potash ;  snow-white ;  fusible  at  a  full  red  heat 
E.  P. 

Action,  Uses.  Emetic,  Diaphoretic,  Expectorant.  A  good  substi- 
tute for  Antimonial  or  James's  Powder. 

D.  gr.  iij. — gr.  x.  in  powder  or  pill.    Mr.  Tyson  gives  gr.  ^ — gr.  j. 

Pharm.  Prep.  This  Oxide  forms  the  active  ingredient  in  the  offi- 
cinal preparations,  as  Pulvis  Antimonii  Comp.,  the  Oxysulphuret  of 
Antimony,  Tartar  Emetic,  Glass  of  Antimony,  Kermes,  and  Golden 
Sulphuret. 

PULVIS  ANTIMONII  COMPOSITUS,  L.  PULVIS  ANTIMONIALIS,  E.  D.  "  A 
mixture  chiefly  of  Antimonious  acid  and  Phosphate  of  Lime,  with 
some  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony  and  a  little  Antimonite  of  Lime." 

E.  P. 

Few  empirical  medicines  have  attained  more  permanent  celebrity 
than  the  FEVER  POWDER  of  Dr.  James,  commonly  called  JAMES'S 
POWDER,  sometimes  distinguished  in  prescriptions  as  the  PULVIS 
JACOBI  VERUS.  As  it  was  found  impossible  to  make  the  Powder  by 
following  the  Patentee's  directions,  and  chemical  analyses  having 
ascertained  that  it  consisted  of  Phosph.  Lime  and  oxydized  Antimony, 
the  College  adopted  a  formula  suggested  by  Dr.  Pearson  for  the  pre- 
paration of  a  substitute. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony  powdered  ftj.  (Sulphuret  of  Anti- 
mony iii  coarse  powder,  E.  Prep.  Sulphuret  of  Antimony  1  part,  D.)  and  Horn  shavings 
fcij.  (aa  equal  weights,  E.  2  parts,  D.)  Put  them  into  a  red-hot  crucible  [(iron  pot,  E.  D.)] 
on  the  fire,  stirring  constantly  till  (they  acquire  an  ash-gray  colour,  D.  and  E.)  vapours 
(sulphurous  D.)  no  longer  arise.  (When  cold,  D.)  Pulverise  the  product,  and  put  it  into 
a  proper  crucible.  (With  a  perforated  cover,  E.  Covered  with  another  crucible  having 
an  orifice  in  the  bottom,  D.)  Heat  it  with  a  gradually  increasing  heat  till  red  hot  (white 
hot,  E.)  for  two  hours.  (When  cold,  E.  D.)  Rub  the  residue  to  a  very  fine  powder. 

The  Sulphuret  of  Antimony,  consisting  of  Sulphur  and  Antimony, 
and  the  horn  shavings  of  Phosp.  Lime  cemented  by  gelatinous  matter, 
become  changed  by  the  action  of  heat.  The  Sulphur,  obtaining  Oxy- 
gen from  the  air,  escapes  as  Sulphurous  acid ;  the  Antimony  being 
also  supplied  with  Oxygen  from  the  air,  is  converted  into  Antimonious 
acid  and  into  a  small  portion,  usually  about  4  per  cent.,  of  Sesquioxide 
of  Antimony.  The  animal  matter  of  the  horn  is  burnt  off,  and  the 


180  CHLORIDE    OF    ANTIMONY. 

earthy  ingredients,  or  Phosph.  Lime,  with  a  small  portion  of  the 
Carbonate,  remain  intermixed  with  the  oxidized  Antimony.  During 
the  second  heating,  some  of  the  Sesquioxide  formed  becomes  con- 
verted into  more  of  the  Antimonious  acid,  a  little  of  which,  combining 
with  the  Lime  of  the  Carbonate,  forms  some  Antimonite  of  Lime. 

Prop.  The  powder  produced  is  white,  gritty,  devoid  of  both  taste 
and  smell.  The  greatest  portion  is  insoluble  in  water;  but  distilled 
water,  as  stated  in  the  E.  P.,  boiled  on  it  and  filtered,  gives  with  Hy- 
drosul'  an  orange  precipitate,  in  consequence  of  the  water  dissolving 
the  Antimonite  of  Lime  ;  but  this  effect  will  not  be  perceived  if  only 
Antimonious  acid  is  present.  The  Lime  will  be  revealed  by  its  ap- 
propriate tests.  H  Cl'  digested  on  the  residue,  does  not  become  tur- 
bid by  dilution,  but  gives  an  abundant  orange  precipitate  with  Hydro- 
sul'.  E.  P.  But  Dr.  Pereira  observes  that  the  solution  does  become 
turbid  sometimes  on  dilution,  and  deposits  a  white  powder  (Oxychlo- 
ride  of  Antimony.)  The  H  Cl'  dissolves  the  Sesquiox.  Antimony 
and  some  Phosph.  Lime.  After  the  precipitate  of  Sesquisul.  Antimony, 
"  if  this  be  separated  by  filtering,  and  the  solution  boiled  to  expel  any 
traces  of  Hydrosul',  a  white  precipitate  (Subphosph.  Lime)  is  thrown 
down  on  the  addition  of  caustic  Ammonia."  (p.) 

Comp.  Antimonial  Powder  is  variable  in  the  proportion  of  its  in- 
gredients. Mr.  Phillips  found  one  specimen  to  consist  of 

Antimonious  acid  35-f  Phosph.  Lime  65  =  100. 
Another:  Antimonious  acid  38 -f  Phosph.  Lime  62  =  100. 

While  James's  Powder  consisted  of: 

Antimonious  acid  56 -f  Phosph.  Lime  44  =  100. 

Dr.  Maclagan  found  James's  Powder  to  consist  of  Antimonious 
acid  43-47  + Subphosph.  Lime  50-24,  Antimonite  of  Lime  with  some 
Superphosph.  3-40,  and  Sesquiox.  Antimony  2-89  =  100  ;  and  Anti- 
monial Powder,  of  Antimonious  acid  50.09  + Subphosph.  Lime  45-13 
+  Antimonite  of  Lime  with  some  Superphosph.  0-8.  Sesquiox.  Anti- 
mony 3-98.  Mr.  Brande  has  found  as  much  as  5  per  cent,  of  Sesqui- 
oxide of  Antimony. 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic,  Emetic ;  but  uncertain,  as  is  James's 
Powder,  which  is  given  in  doses  of  grs.  v.  to  grs.  xx. 

D.  gr.  iij. — gr.  vj.  or  gr.  x.  100  grains  have  been  given  without 
any  effect,  but  Antimonious  acid  is  inert. 

The  foregoing  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony,  or  Tartar  Emetic  in 
small  doses,  is  a  good  substitute  for  both  these  powders.  Mr.  Tyson 
employs  Protoxide  of  Antimony  grs.  ij.  with  grs.  xviij.  of  Phosph.  of 
Lime,  but  prefers  a  mixture  of  Phosph.  of  Lime  and  Sulphate  of 
Potash  aa  grs.  ix. 

CHLORIDE  OF  ANTIMONY  (Sb  H  Cl  =  119)  is  a  soft  solid,  but  becomes 
liquid  by  a  gentle  heat.  It  was  called  Muriate  of  Antimony  and 
Butter  of  Antimony  by  old  writers.  It  used  to  be  employed  as  a 
caustic,  and  likewise  for  obtaining  Powder  of  Algaroth,  or  Oxychlo- 
ride  of  Antimony,  (v.  p.  178.) 


ANTIMONII    SESQUISULPHURETUM.  181 

ANTIMONII  (SULPHURETUM;,  E.  D.  U.  S.)     SESQUISULPHURETUM,  L. 

Native  Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony.     Antimonium  Crudum.     Gray  Antimony.     Anti- 
mony.    F.  Su'lfure  d'Antimoine.     G.  Dreifach  Schwefel-Antimon. 

Sulphuret  of  Antimony  (Sb  1  \  S  =  89)  is  extensively  diffused,  being 
found  in  Hungary,  at  Borneo,  Moulmein,  and  Pegu,  in  Persia  and  in 
Caubul.  It  has  been  employed  from  time  immemorial  in  Asiatic 
countries  for  painting  the  eyebrows  and  eyelids.  It  is  the  cVi^i  and 
Stibium  of  the  ancients.  By  fusion  in  a  covered  crucible,  it  is  sepa- 
rated from  impurities,  and  then  called  Crude  Antimony. 

Prop.  Crude  Antimony  is  in  roundish  dark-coloured  loaves,  which 
when  fractured,  exhibit  its  peculiar  and  brilliant  striated  texture,  and 
dark  gray  colour,  often  presenting  some  prismatic  crystals.  Sp.  Gr. 
4-6.  It  is  readily  reduced  to  powder,  which  is  blackish  without  taste 
and  smell,  but  with  a  reddish  hue  when  the  Sesquisulphuret  is  very 
pure ;  insoluble  in  water ;  permanent  in  the  air ;  fused  at  a  moderate 
temperature,  and  volatilized  in  close  vessels.  Heated  in  the  air,  some 
Sulphurous  acid  is  formed,  as  well  as  mixed  Oxide  of  Antimony.  It 
is  soluble  in  solution  of  Potash  (v.  Antimonii  Oxysulphuretum),  also 
in  H  Cl'  (v.  Antimonii  Potassio-Tartras,  and  Tests).  It  may  also  be 
dissolved  in  Nit',  which,  parting  with  its  Oxygen  to  both  the  metal 
and  the  Sulphur,  converts  the  one  into  an  Oxide  and  the  other  into 
Sul' ;  and  these,  combining  together,  form  a  Sulphate  of  Antimony, 
which  is  dissolved  in  the  remaining  Nit'.  Comp.  Sb72-8  S  '27-2  =  100. 

Tests.  Seldom  quite  pure,  being  apt  to  contain  some  of  the  Sulphu- 
rets  of  Iron,  of  Arsenic,  Lead,  and  Copper.  "  Striated ;  soluble  entirely, 
with  the  aid  of  heat,  in  H  Cl' ;  and  deposits  from  this  solution  a  white 
substance  (Oxychloride  of  Antimony)  on  the  addition  of  distilled  water, 
leaving  a  liquid,  which,  when  filtered,  yields  a  reddish  precipitate 
(Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony)  with  Hydrosul'."  L.  P.  The  E.  C. 
give  the  solubility  in  Mur'  as  a  sufficient  test  of  purity.  Any  Iron  or 
Arsenic  will  disappear  in  the  P.  processes  in  which  this  ore  is  used. 
The  Iron  will  give  a  yellow  tinge  to  the  solution  in  H  Cl',  and  both 
Lead  and  Copper  may  be  detected  by  their  tests  after  the  precipitation 
of  the  Antimony.  The  Arsenic  may  also  be  tested  for  by  reducing  it 
with  a  mixture  of  Charcoal  and  Carb.  Soda,  or  by  heating  together 
equal  parts  of  the  Sesquisulphuret  and  Cream  of  Tartar  for  three 
hours,  when  an  alloy  is  formed  of  Potassium  and  Antimony.  This, 
when  added  to  water,  decomposes  it ;  Hydrogen  combined  with 
Arsenic,  or  Arseniuretted  Hydrogen  escapes,  which,  being  burned, 
the  Oxide  or  a  stain  of  metallic  Arsenic  is  obtained. 

By  levigation  and  elutriation,  as  in  the  case  of  Prepared  Chalk,  the 
Sesquisulphuret  is  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  as  when  prepared  in — 

ANTIMONII  SULPHURETUM  PR^EPARATUM,  D. 

Prep.  Reduce  to  powder  Sulphuret  of  Antimony  q.  s.  as  directed  in  the  preparation  of 
Chalk.  Preserve  the  most  subtile  particles  for  use. 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic,  Alterative,  Emetic ;  but  uncertain,  as  it 
may  be  more  or  less  oxidized  by  acid  in  the  Stomach. 
D.  gr.  x.  or  gr.  xx. — 3j. 


182  ANTIMONII    OXYSULPHURETUM. 

ANTIMONII  OXYSULPHURETUM,  L.  ANTIMONII  SULPHURETUM  AUREUM,  E. 
SULPHUR  ANTIMONIATUM  FUSCUM,  D.  [ANTIMONII  SULPHURETUM  PR^E- 
CIPITATUM,  U.  S.] 

Oxysulphuret  and  Golden  Sulphuret  of  Antimony.    Sulphur  Antimonii  pracipitatum. 
F.  Soufre  dore  d'Antimoine.     G.  Goldschwefel. 

Several  Sulphurets  of  Antimony  have  long  been  employed  in  medi- 
cine. The  present  was  known  to  Basil  Valentine.  Kermes  Mineral 
is  considered  to  have  been  discovered  by  Glauber,  and  made  known 
through  one  of  his  pupils  to  La  Ligerie,  from  whom,  in  1720,  the 
French  government  bought  the  secret  of  its  preparation. 

A  preparation  similar  to  this  may  be  formed  in  several  ways : — 

1.  By  boiling  Sulphuret  of  Antimony  with  Carb.  Potash  or  Soda.   Or 

2.  With  a  caustic  alkali.     3.  By  melting  at  a  red  heat  a  mixture  ,of 
Sulphuret  of  Antimony  and  an  alkaline  Carbonate,  and  then  treating 
the  melted  mass  with  boiling  water.     The  Sulphuret,  when  boiled  in 
a  solution  of  Potash,  becomes  dissolved ;  but,  on  cooling,  a  reddish- 
brown  powder  is  deposited,  which  is  usually  considered  to  be  similar 
to  the  Kermes  Mineral  of  old  authors.     But  if  we  add  H  Cl'  before 
the  deposit  takes  place  on  cooling,  an  orange-red  precipitate  is  pro- 
duced, which  is  the  officinal  preparation,  and  supposed  to  be  analogous 
to  the  Golden  Sulphuret  of  the  older  Materia  Medica. 

Prop.  The  Oxysulphuret  of  Antimony,  called  Golden  Sulphuret  in 
the  E.  P.,  is  in  powder  and  of  an  orange-red  colour,  devoid  of  smell, 
and  with  little  taste.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble,  with  the 
aid  of  heat,  in  alkalies.  Acted  on  by  H  Cl'  or  Nitro-H  Cl',  it  becomes 
dissolved,  with  the  exception  of  a  little  Sulphur.  Heated  in  a  tube, 
Sulphur  sublimes :  in  the  air,  it  burns  with  a  blue  flame,  with  evolu- 
tion of  Sulphurous  acid  gas,  leaving  as  a  residue  the  oxidized  metal. 
Boiled  by  Mr.  Phillips  in  a  solution  of  Tartaric  acid,  12  per  cent,  be- 
come dissolved,  which  he  considers  to  be  the  proportion  of  Sesqui- 
oxide  of  Antimony,  and  the  Preparation  to  consist  of  1  Eq.  Sesqui- 
oxide  Antimon.  77  +  5  Eq.  Sesquisulph.  Antimon.  445  -f  8  Eq.  water 
72  =  594 ;  or,  Sb  H  O  13  +  Sb  l£  S  75  +  Aq.  12=100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Boil  together  Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony  finely  powdered  3v'j-  k. 
(3j.  E.)  (1  part,  D.)  in  Liq.  Potassa  Oiv.  [(fgxj.,  E.)  (18  parts,  D.)]  Aq.  dest.  Cong.  ij. 
[(Oij.  E.)  (none,  D.)]  with  a  slow  fire  for  2  (1,  E.  D.)  hours,  frequently  stirring  and  re- 
placing the  water  that  evaporates.  Filter  [(immediately  while  hot,  E.)  (through  cloth,  D.)] 
pour  in  gradually  dilute  Sul'  q.  s.  to  precipitate  the  Hydrosulphuret  of  Antimony  [(in 
excess,  E.)  (11  parts,  or  q.  s.  D.)  (collect  it  on  a  calico  filter,  E.)j  Wash  the  precipitate 
with  water,  so  that  the  Sulph.  Potash  may  be  removed.  Dry  the  remainder  with  a  gentle 
heat. 

[The  U.  S.  P.  direct  Sulph.  Antim.  3vj.  Solution  of  Potassa  Oiv.  Distilled  Water  and 
Sulphuric  Acid  a  sufficient  quantity.  After  boiling,  the  filtered  solution  is  directed  to  be 
dropped  into  the  diluted  Sulph.  Acid  as  long  as  there  is  a  precipitate.] 

Of  this  process  different  explanations  are  given ;  but  some  of  the 
Antimony  of  the  Sesquisulphuret  becomes  oxidized  at  the  expense  of 
the  Potash,  the  Potassium  of  which  combining  with  the  Sulphur  set 
free,  a  double  Sulphuret  of  Potassium  and  of  Antimony  is  formed, 
which  is  dissolved  in  the  undecomposed  Liq.  Potassse  with  some  of 
the  remaining  Sesquisulphuret  and  the  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony 
which  has  been  formed.  On  the  addition  of  Dil.  Sul',  some  Sulph. 


ANTIMONII   ET    POTASS^    TARTRAS.  183 

Potash  is  at  once  produced.  Water  at  the  same  time  becomes  decom- 
posed, giving  its  Oxygen  to  the  Potassium  to  be  reconverted  into 
Potash,  and  its  Hydrogen  to  form  some  Hydrosul',  which  escapes. 
The  Potash  which  is  the  common  solvent,  and  that  which  is  formed, 
having  Combined  with  the  Sul',  both  the  Sulphuret  of  Antimony  in  the 
form  of  a  Hydrate  and  the  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony  are  precipitated, 
with  a  little  free  Sulphur  according  to  the  E.  P.,  and  all  are  perhaps 
only  mechanically  mixed. 

Tests.  The  L.  C.  states  that  it  is  "  totally  soluble  in  Nitro-Hydro  Cl', 
emitting  Hydrosul'."  But  the  E.  C.  more  correctly  states  that  it  is 
tasteless:  12  times  its  weight  of  Mur',  aided  by  heat,  will  dissolve 
most  of  it,  forming  a  colourless  solution,  and  leaving  a  little  Sulphur. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  but  uncertain  ;  in  large  doses,  Emetic. 

D-  §r-  J-— §r-  v- 

Pharm.  Prep.  Piluloe  Hydrargyri  Chloridi  Comp.,  or  Plummer's 

Pills. 

GLASS  OF  ANTIMONY  (Antimonii  Vilrum,  L.)  is  prepared  by  par- 
tially roasting  and  fusing  the  Sesquisulph.,  by  which  a  portion  of  it  is 
converted  into  Protoxide  of  Antimony.  It  was  formerly  employed 
for  making  Tartar  Emetic,  but  was  an  uncertain  preparation,  and  apt 
to  be  mixed  with  Glass  of  Lead,  and  is  therefore  not  now  used. 

ANTIMONII  ET  POTASS^  TAIITRAS,  D.  U.  S.     ANTIMONII  POTASSIO-TAR- 
TRAS,  L.     ANTIMONIUM  (EMETICUM,  D.)  TARTARIZATUM,  E. 

Tartrate  of  Antimony  and  Potash.    Potassio-Tartrate  of  Antimony.     Tartarized  Anti- 
mony.     Tartar  Emetic.     F.  Tartre  emetique.     G.  Brechweinstein. 

The  discovery  of  this  salt  is  attributed  to  Mynsicht  (Thesaurus,  &c. 
Hamburgh,  1631).  It  is  a  double  salt  composed  of  Tartrate  of  Potash 
and  Ditartrate  of  Antimony,  and  was  at  first  made  with  Cream  of 
Tartar  and  Liver  of  Antimony. 

Prop.  Tartrate  of  Antimony  and  Potash  (2  Sb  1^  O, 
Tar'  +  K  O  Tar'  +  3  Aq.  =  361),  or  Tartar  Emetic,  is 
usually  seen  as  a  white  powder,  but  it  crystallizes 
readily  from  a  saturated  solution  in  tetrahedra  or  in 
octohedra  with  rhombic  bases.  They  are  colourless 
and  transparent,  without  smell,  but  have  a  nauseous, 
styptic,  and  slightly  acid  taste.  Exposed  to  the  air, 
they  become  opaque,  and  covered  with  a  white  powder, 
losing  4  or  5  parts  per  cent,  of  weight.  The  crystals 
are  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  but  soluble  in  proof  Spirit  and 
in  Wine,  also  in  about  14  times  their  weight  of  tempe- 
rate and  about  twice  their  weight  of  boiling  water. 
The  solution  reddens  Litmus,  and,  when  diluted,  soon 
undergoes  decomposition.  Heated,  the  crystals  decrepitate,  become 
charred,  and  leave  a  pyrophoric  alloy  of  Antimony  and  Potassium. 
The  solution  is  decomposed  by  the  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths,  as  well 
as  their  Garbs,  (hence  common  water,  containing  Carb.  Lime  or  of 
Magnesia,  precipitates  the  Oxide  Antim.) ;  likewise  by  strong  acids. 


184  ANTIMONII    ET    POTASS^E    TARTRAS. 

Hydrosul'  throws  down  the  Antimony  in  the  form  of  an  orange-red 
precipitate  of  Hydrated  Sesquisulph.,  as  do  also  the  Hydrosulphates 
of  Ammonia  and  of  Potash.  The  juices  of  many  plants  also,  and 
astringent  decoctions  throw  down  the  Oxide  of  Antimony  and  an  in- 
soluble compound.  So  much  is  this  the  case,  that  powder  of  Cinchona 
and  of  Galls,  as  well  as, a  decoction  of  the  latter,  prevent  the  emetic 
effects  of  Tartarized  Antimony.  The  decoctions  of  Cinchona,  Kino, 
and  Ratanhy  only  partially  neutralize  its  effects. 

The  Tartrate  of  Potash  and  of  Antimony  is  composed  of  Tar'  36-6 
+  K  O,  13-3  +  Sb  14  O  42-6  +  Aq.  7-5  =  loo.     Or,  in  Equivalents : 

1  Eq.  of  Tartrate  of  Potash  Tar'  66  +          K  O,  48  =  1 14 

1  Eq.  of  Ditartrate  of  Antimony  Tar'  66  -f  2  Sb  H  0, 154  =  220 
3  Eq.  of  Water    .        .        .        H  O  9  x  3  =27 


361 

Prep.  Various  methods  have  been  adopted  for  preparing  Tartar  Emetic  ;  all  of  them 
have  for  their  object  to  prepare  from  the  sesquisulphuret,  a  sesquioxide  of  Antimony,  so 
that  it  shall  be  in  a  fit  state  to  combine  with  the  second  Eq.  of  Tart'  in  Bitart.  Potash. 
The  former  L.  process  obtained  the  sesquioxide  from  the  Glass  of  Antimony.  The  pre- 
sent from  a  Crocus  of  Antimony.  The  D.  P.  obtain  it  from  a  chloride,  by  a  process  pro- 
nounced by  M.  Fleury  as  the  best.  This  has  been  adopted  by  the  E.  P. 

L.  Take  Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony  in  powder  JLij.  and  mix  it  thoroughly  with 
bruised  Nitr.  Potash  ftij.  then  add  H  Ci  f3iv.  by  degrees.  Spread  the  powder  on  an 
Iron  plate  and  set  it  on  fire.  When  cold  pulverize  what  remains  very  finely  and  wash  it 
frequently  with  boiling  water  until  it  is  free  from  taste.  Mix  the  powder  thus  prepared 
with  bruised  Bitart.  Potash  gxiv.  and  boil  for  half  an  hour  in  Aq.  dest.  cong.  j.  Strain  the 
liquor  while  yet  hot,  and  set  it  aside  to  crystallize.  Remove  the  first  crystals  and  dry 
them,  and  let  the  liquor  again  evaporate  that  more  crystals  may  form. 

During  the  combustion  in  the  first  part  of  this  process,  the  Oxygen 
of  the  Nitrate  converts  the  Sesquisulph.  into  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony 
and  Sulphuric  acid.  The  latter  combines  with  the  Potash  set  free, 
and  Sulph.  Potash  is  formed,  at  the  same  time  that  the  Sesquioxide 
formed  combines  with  a  part  of  the  Sesquisulphuret,  forming  an  Oxy- 
sulphuret  or  Crocus  of  Antimony.  The  H  Cl'  combines  with  any 
free  Potash,  and  prevents  the  formation  of,  or  decomposes  any,  Sul- 
phuret  of  Potassium  which  may  be  formed.  The  washing  removes 
all  these  salts,  and  leaves  the  Sesquioxide  in  a  state  in  which  it  readily 
combines  with  the  Tar'  of  the  Bitart.  Potash. 

The  E.  and  D.  Colleges  direct  a  Sesquioxide  to  be  prepared  from  a  Sesquichloride 
formed  by  the  action  of  the  H  Cl'  on  the  Sesquisulphuret,  (».  p.  178.)  Take  of  the  pre- 
cipitated  Sesquioxide  3iij.  (Nitro-muriatic  oxide  of  Antimony  4  parts,  D.)  and  mix  it  with 
Bitart.  Potash  3iv.  ^ij.  (5  parts  finely  powdered,  D.)  Add  to  it  Aq.  f  gxxvij.,  boil  for  an 
hour,  filter  and  crystallize  by  cooling.  Evaporate  the  mother  liquor  for  more  crystals, 
which  may  require  to  be  dissolved  again  and  recrystallized. 

[U.  S.  The  process  is  similar  to  that  of  the  Dublin.  Take  ofSulphuret  of  Antimony  in 
fine  powder  3iv.  Muriatic  Acid  f3xxv.  Nitric  Acid  f3ij.  Water  Cj.  Mix  the  acids 
together,  add  gradually  the  Sulphuret  of  Antimony,  and  digest  with  an  increasing  heat 
until  effervescence  ceases,  and  then  boil  for  an  hour.  Filter,  add  to  water,  wash  the  pre- 
cipitate, and  dry  it.  Take  of  this  powder  3ij.  Bitartrate  of  Potassa  3ijss.  Distilled  Water 
Sxviij.  Boil  the  water,  and  then  add  the  powders  previously  mixed.  Filter  and  crys- 
tallize.] 

The  Sesquioxide  of  Antimony  employed  has  adhering  to  it  a  little 
of  the  Chloride.  On  being  boiled  in  water,  it  is  resolved  into  Sesqui- 


VINUMANTIMONII.  185 

oxide  and  H  Cl'  from  the  decomposition  of  the  water.  The  Sesqui- 
oxide  unites  with  the  Bitart.  Potash,  and  as  the  Tartar  Emetic  crys- 
tallizes, the  H  Cl'  remains  in  solution  and  retains  any  Iron  or  other 
metallic  impurity  which  may  be  present,  (c.) 

Tests.  As  Tartar  Emetic  in  powder  is  apt  to  be  adulterated,  it  is 
preferable  to  buy  it  in  well-formed  crystals.  In  this  country  it  is 
most  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  Bitart.  Potash  and  Oxide  of  Iron, 
and  with  the  former  most  frequently ;  the  latter  gives  it  a  yellow 
tinge.  "  Totally  soluble  in  water,  no  Bitart.  Potash  remaining  in  the 
vessel ;  with  Hydrosul'  a  reddish-coloured  precipitate  (Hydrated 
Sesquisulphuret  of  Antimony)  is  obtained.  Nit'  throws  down  a  pre- 
cipitate (Sesquioxide  of  Antimony),  which  is  dissolved  by  an  excess 
of  it.  Neither  Chlor.  Barium  (there  being  no  Sulphates),  nor  Nit. 
Silver  (no  Chlorides)  being  added  to  a  solution,  precipitate  any 
thing."  L.  P.  "  It  produces  a  white  precipitate  (unless  the  solutions 
be  very  dilute)  with  Nit.  Silver,  'soluble  in  excess  of  water."  (p.) 
Entirely  soluble  in  20  parts  of  water ;  solution  colourless,  and  not 
affected  by  solution  of  Ferrocy.  Potassium  (if  Iron  be  present,  the 
solution  will  be  yellowish,  and  become  blue  on  this  addition).  A 
solution  in  40  parts  of  water  is  not  affected  by  its  own  volume  of  a 
solution  of  8  parts  of  Acet.  Lead  in  32  parts  of  water  and  15  parts  of 
Acet'.  E.  P.  This  acid  solution  of  Acet.  Lead,  suggested  by  M. 
Henry  and  adopted  by  the  E.  P.,  is  so  delicate  as  to  detect  less  than 
one  per  cent,  of  Bitart.  Potash ;  but  Dr.  C.  states  that  he  has  expe- 
rienced some  difficulties  in  using  this  test. 

Inc.  Acids,  Alkalies,  and  their  Carbs. ;  some  of  the  earths,  and 
metals,  and  their  oxides  ;  Lime-water,  Chlor.  Calcium,  and  Acetates 
of  Lead ;  vegetable  infusions,  and  decoctions,  as  of  Cinchona, 
Catechu,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  poison,  Alterative,  Diaphoretic  and  Expec- 
torant, Nauseating  Sudorific,  Emetic,  Contra-Stimulant.  Ext.  Coun- 
ter-irritant, Rubefacient. 

D.  Alterative,  gr.  Tag  to  ^.  Diaphoretic  and  Expectorant,  gr.  ^ 
to  |.  Nauseating  Sudorific,  gr.  £  to  ^.  Emetic,  gr.  j. — gr.  ij.  diluted. 
Contra-Stimulant,  gr.  j. — gr.  iij.  every  2  or  3  hours. 

Antidotes.  Excite  vomiting  by  mechanical  irritation  in  the  fauces, 
or  with  draughts  of  w7arm  water ;  or  use  the  stomach  pump.  The 
best  antidotes  are  astringent  vegetable  decoctions  or  infusions,  as  of 
Gall-nuts  or  of  Cinchona,  as  these  form  insoluble  Tannates  with  the 
Sesquioxide  of  Antimony. 

VINUM  ANTIMONII  POTASSIO-TARTRATIS,  L.  VINUM  ANTIMONIALE,  E. 
LIQUOR.  TARTARI  EMETICI,  D.  (Vimm  ANTIMONII,  U.  S.)  Anti- 
monial  Wine. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Potassio-Tartrate  of  Antimony  (Tartar  Emetic,  E.)  9ij.  (9j.  D. 
U.  S.)  dissolve  it  in  Sherry  Wine  Oj.  (fgx.  U.  S.)  (Dissolve  the  Tartrate  in  Aq.  dest. 
boiling  by  measure  3viij.,  filter  and  add  to  the  liquid,  rectified  Spirit  of  Wine  by  measure 
3ij.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  and  Diaphoretic  and  Emetic. 


186  HYDRARGYRUM. 

D.  rrix. — f3ij.  every  3  hours.  Each  f3  contains  2  grs.  of  Tartar 
Emetic.  f3ss.  or  f3j.  may  be  given  in  f3  doses,  or  a  teaspoonful 
every  5  or  10  minutes,  to  act  as  an  Emetic. 

UNGUENTUM  ANTIMONII  POTASSIO-TARTRATIS,  D.  U.  ANTIMONIALE,  E. 
U.  TARTARI  "EMETICI,  D.  (UNGUENTUM  ANTIMONII,  U.  S.)  Tartar 
Emetic  Ointment. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Potassio-Tartrate  of  Antimony  rubbed  3j.  [(3j.  D.)  (3ij.  U.S.) 
(Tartar  Emetic  in  very  fine  powder  3j.  E.)]  Lard  (Axunge,  E.)  3iv.  (prepared  Hog's 
Lard  gj.  D.  U.  S.)  Mix.  (Rub  the  salt  into  a  very  fine  powder  (rub  them  carefully  into 
a  smooth  and  uniform  mass,  E.)  then  mix  with  the  Lard.) 

Action.  Uses.  Counter-irritant.  3ss.  applied  twice  a  day  by  fric- 
tion on  the  skin,  produces  a  pustular  eruption. 

HYDRARGYRUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Argentum  vivum  et  liquidum.     Mercury.     Quicksilver.     F.  Mercure.     Vif-argent. 

G.  Quecksilber. 

Mercury  (Hg  =  202),  or  Quicksilver,  was  known  to  the  ancients. 
The  Romans  seem  to  have  employed  it  as  a  medicine  externally  (p. 
189),  as  did  the  Arabs;  but  the  Hindoos  were  probably  the  first  to 
prescribe  it  internally,  (v.  p.  197.)  It  is  found  in  China,  at  Almadan 
in  Spain,  and  Idria  in  Carniola,  and  likewise  in  South  America.  It 
occurs  occasionally  in  metallic  globules ;  usually  as  the  native  Bisul- 
phuret  or  Cinnabar ;  combined  with  Silver,  forming  a  Native  Amal- 
gam ;  or  with  Chlorine,  as  in  Horn  Mercury.  It  is  chiefly  obtained 
from  the  Sulphuret  by  distillation  with  Lime  or  with  Iron,  which 
combining  with  the  Sulphur,  the  metal  distils  over  and  is  condensed. 

Prop.  Mercury  is  remarkable  among  metals  for  existing  as  a  liquid 
at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  for  its  silver-like  colour  and  lustre.  It 
is  without  taste  or  smell.  Sp.  Gr.  1 3-568.  Freezes  at  — 40° ;  crys- 
tallizes in  octohedra,  becomes  malleable,  and  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  14  from 
the  contraction.  It  boils  at  660°,  and  is  converted  into  colourless 
vapour  of  great  density.  According  to  Faraday,  it  is  converted  into 
vapour  at  ordinary  temperatures.  It  is  unalterable  in  the  air,  except 
with  the  aid  of  heat,  when  it  slowly  combines  with  Oxygen,  and 
forms  the  Red  or  Binoxide,  and  a  grayish  powder  (Black  Oxide  or 
.ZEthiops  per  se),  which  is  considered  by  some  to  be  Protoxide,  and 
by  others  a  Suboxide.  By  increase  of  heat,  the  Oxygen  is  expelled. 
Mercury  combines  with  both  Chlorine  and  Bromine  in  two,  and  with 
Iodine  in  three  proportions ;  with  Sulphur  it  forms  a  black  and  a  red 
Sulphuret.  It  unites  with  several  metals,  especially  Gold,  Silver, 
Lead,  Tin,  Bismuth,  Zinc,  which  it  dissolves,  and  with  which  it  forms 
amalgams.  Cyanogen  unites  with  it  into  a  Bicyanide  (or  Cyanuret) 
of  Mercury.  All  the  acids  combine  with  its  Oxides  and  form  salts, 
the  Nitric  acid  most  easily,  even  diluted  and  at  ordinary  temperatures. 
Solutions  of  these  may  be  decomposed  by  introducing  into  them  a 
piece  of  clean  Copper,  on  which  a  thin  layer  of  Mercury  will  become 
deposited.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  will  throw  down  a  black  Sul- 


HYDRARGYRUMCUMCRETA.  187 

phuret  of  Mercury.  Caustic  Potash  or  Soda  will  give  a  gray  preci- 
pitate with  the  salts  of  the  Protoxide,  and  a  reddish-yellow  one  with 
those  of  the  Peroxide.  Ammonia,  on  the  contrary,  deposits  double 
salts,  as  in  Hydrarg.  Ammonio  Chloridum.  Most  of  these  compounds 
will  be  treated  of  in  the  following  pages. 

Tests.  Mercury  may  be  adulterated  with  Lead,  Tin,  or  Bismuth, 
&c.,  when  it  loses  its  lustre,  especially  if  shaken.  "  A  globule  moved 
along  a  sheet  of  paper,  leaves  no  trail,"  E.,  indicating  that  these  are 
not  present ;  but  pure  Mercury,  if  moist,  will  form  this  trail.  "  En- 
tirely vaporizable :  soluble  in  dil.  Nit',  but  not  in  boiling  H  Cl' ;  the 
latter,  after  being  boiled  with  it  and  cooled,  is  neither  coloured  nor 
precipitated  by  Hydrosul'.  Sp.  Gr.  13-5."  L.  "  Pure  Sul'  agitated 
with  it  evaporates  when  heated  without  leaving  any  residuum."  The 
several  metals  may  be  distinguished  by  their  respective  tests. 

HYDRARGYRUM  PURIFICATUM,  D. 

The  Mercury  of  commerce  is  now  usually  pure  enough  for  Phar- 
maceutic  purposes ;  but  the  D.  P.  'has  a  formula  for  its  purification. 

Prep.  Mercury  6  parts  ;  distil  4  parts  with  a  gentle  heat.  Better  to  distil  with  Iron- 
filings  and  receive  in  water. 

PREPARATIONS  OF  MERCURY. 

Though  Mercury,  in  its  metallic  state,  is  considered  to  be  inert, 
there  are  several  valuable  preparations  in  which  the  principal  portion 
of  it  exists  chiefly  in  that  state.  In  these,  the  Mercury,  by  long  tritu- 
ration  with  dry  powders,  viscid  confections,  or  greasy  substances, 
gradually  loses  its  fluidity  and  metallic  lustre,  and  becomes  what  is 
called  extinct  or  killed.  It  is,  in  fact,  reduced  to  a  dark  gray  mass, 
in  which,  when  moist  and  well  prepared,  globules  cannot  be  dis- 
tinguished even  with  a  magnifier  of  moderate  powers.  But  although 
a  portion  of  the  Mercury  is  oxidized,  the  greater  portion,  though 
finely  divided,  is  in  a  metallic  state ;  for  if  rubbed  on  Silver  or  Gold, 
the  white  mercurial  stain  will  readily  be  displayed. 

HYDRARGYRUM  CUM  GRETA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 
Mercury  with  Chalk.     Mercurius  Alkalizata. 

Prop.  A  heavy  powder  of  a  grayish  colour ;  without  smell ;  has  a 
slight  metallic  and  chalky  taste ;  insoluble  in  water,  but  its  Carbonate 
of  Lime  is  readily  acted  on  by  acids. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (U.S.)  Rub  Mercury  ^iij.  (2  parts,  E.)  and  Prepared  Chalk  3v.  (1  part, 
E.)  until  globules  are  no  longer  visible,  L.  Triturate  the  Mercury  with  Manna  2  parts, 
adding  a  few  drops  of  water  to  impart  the  consistence  of  syrup.  When  the  globules  dis- 
appear add  an  eighth  of  the  Chalk,  continuing  the  trituration.  When  the  mixture  is 
complete  add  1 6  parts  of  hot  water  ;  agitate,  and  when  the  sediment  has  fallen,  pour  off 
the  liquid ;  repeat  the  washing  once  and  again,  to  remove  all  the  Manna.  While  the 
sediment  is  moist  mix  with  it  the  rest  of  the  Chalk,  and  dry  the  powder  on  blotting 
paper. 

D.  Prepare  like  Hydrargyrum  cum  Magnesia,  substituting  precipitated  Carbonate  of 
Lime  for  Carbonate  of  Magnesia. 


188  PILULJEHYDRARGYRI. 

The  extinction  of  the  Mercury  is  facilitated  by  the  addition  of  the 
Manna  and  water.  The  great  part  of  the  metal  is  only  minutely 
subdivided.  Some  think  that  a  portion  is  converted  into  a  Suboxide, 
and  Mr.  Phillips  states  (Transl.  of  Pharm.)  thai  he  has  found  a 
small  portion  of  Binoxide  of  Mercury.  That  it  is  not  in  the  state  of 
the  Protoxide  is  inferred  from  its  not  being  acted  on  by  Acetic',  which 
dissolves  away  the  whole  of  the  Chalk.  Dr.  Nevins  has  proved 
satisfactorily  that  a  little  (about  \  a  grain  in  100  grains  of  the  Hy- 
drarg.  c.  Creta)  is  in  the  state  of  Protoxide.  Dr.  N.  dissolved  away 
the  Chalk  with  H  CI',  and  thus  converted  the  Oxide,  if  any  were  pre- 
sent, into  Chloride  of  Mercury.  After  washing,  the  residue  Was 
digested  in  dil.  Nit'  to  remove  metallic  Mercury,  and  the  white  pow- 
der or  Chloride  left.  This  became  black  when  touched  with  Liq. 
Potassa3,  &c.  (P.  J.  iv.  412.) 

Tests.  Part  is  evaporated  by  heat ;  what  remains  is  colourless  and 
totally  soluble  in  Ac'  with  effervescence :  this  solution  is  not  coloured 
by  Hydrosul'.  The  ingredients  can  scarcely  be  so  diligently  triturated 
as  that  no  globules  shall  be  visible.  L. 

Inc.  Acids  and  acid  salts,  Sulphates,  Acetate  of  Lead. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Alterative  and  Cathartic,  also  Antacid. 

D.  gr.  v. — 3ss.  for  adults ;  gr.  ij. — gr.  v.  for  children,  in  powder 
or  some  viscid  substance. 

HYDRARGYRUM  CUM  MAGNESIA,  D. 

Prep.  Rub  together  Purified  Mercury  and  Manna  aa  2  parts,  Carb.  Magnesia  1  part. 
Follow  the  direction  of  the  E.  P.  for  making  Hydrarg.  c.  Greta,  as  the  directions  of  the 
D.  P.  for  making  the  present  preparation  have  been  adopted  with  the  substitution  of  Carb. 
of  Lime  for  Carb.  Magnesia. 

Action.  Uses.  Similar  to  the  former.  The  Magnesia  will  make  it 
more  laxative  in  cases  of  acidity ;  but  it  is  seldom  employed. 

PILULE  HYDRARGYRI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 
Pills  of  Mercury.     Pilula  Carulea.     Blue  Pill. 

These  form  a  mass  of  a  bluish  colour  and  soft  texture,  in  which 
most  of  the  Mercury  is  minutely  subdivided,  and  a  small  portion 
oxidized. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Rub  together  Mercury  3ij.  (2  parts,  E.)  and  Confection  of  Red  Rose 
3iij.  (3  parts,  E.  D.)  till  globules  can  no  longer  be  seen.  Then  add  Liquorice  bruised  3j. 
(in  powder,  E.)  (extract  of,  in  powder  1  part,  D.)  Beat  the  whole  till  incorporated. 
(Divide  the  mass  into  5-grain  pills,  E.) 

[U.  S.  Mercury  gj.  Confection  of  Roses  3jss.  Liquorice  root  in  powder  gss.  Rub  the 
Mercury  with  the  Confection  until  the  globules  disappear,  then  add  the  Liquorice  root, 
and  beat  the  whole  into  mass,  to  be  divided  into  480  pills.] 

Steam  power  is  now  usually  employed,  which  is  an  advantage,  as 
the  efficacy  of  the  pill  depends  upon  the  extent  to  which  the  extinc- 
tion is  carried.  It  has  been  proposed  to  effect  this  by  means  of 
stearine,  and  then  to  add  the  Rose  Confection.  It  ought  to  display  no 
globules  when  rubbed  on  paper.  Dr.  Nevins  has  shown,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  Hydrarg.  c.  Creta,  that  a  small  portion,  about  f  gr.  in 


UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI.         189 

100  grs.  of  the  Pill,  is  in  the  state  of  an  Oxide.  (P.  J.  iv.  412.)  If 
washed  with  b&iling  water,  this  ought  to  give  no  indications  of  Sul' 
with  Chloride  of  Barium,  as  acid  is  sometimes  added  to  heighten  the 
colour  of  the  Confection. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Alterative,  Cathartic.  Employed  to  affect  the  system 
with  Mercury. 

D.  gr.  iij. — v.,  or  even  gr.  xv.,  to  act  as  a  purgative,  gr.  v.,  morn- 
ing and  evening,  are  prescribed  to  induce  salivation,  sometimes  con- 
joined with  a  little  Opium,  to  prevent  the  Mercurial  acting  on  the 
bowels.  Three  grs.  of  the  Pill  contain  1  gr.  of  Mercury. 

UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  (E.  D.)  (U.  S.)  FORTIUS,  L. 
Mercurial  or  Blue  Ointment.     F.  Onguent  Mercuriel  double. 

Mercury  seems  to  have  been  employed  medicinally  by  the  Romans. 
Pliny  says  that  Mercury  is  poisonous,  "  unless,  indeed,  it  is  to  be  ad- 
ministered in  the  form  of  an  unction  on  the  belly,  when  it  will  stay 
bloody  fluxes."  (Holland's  Transl.- lib.  33.  c.  8.)  It  was  subsequently 
employed  by  the  Arabs,  and  thence  reintroduced  into  European  prac- 
tice. It  is  called  Ung.  Hydrarg.  fortius,  L.  P.,  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  next  preparation. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Mercury  ftij.  Lard  Sxxxiij.  Suet  gj.  (Purified  Mercury  and 
prepared  Hog's  Lard  equal  parts,  D.)  Rub  the  Mercury  with  the  Suet  and  a  little  of  the 
Lard  (in  a  marble  or  iron  mortar,  D.)  until  globules  can  no  longer  be  seen.  Add  the  rest 
of  the  Lard  and  mix.  (This  ointment  is  not  well  prepared  if  metallic  globules  can  be 
seen  in  it  with  a  magnifier  of  four  powers.  It  may  be  diluted  at  pleasure  with  2  or  3 
times  its  weight  of  Axunge,  E.) 

[U.  S.  Like  the  L.] 

Trituration  produces  extinction  of  the  Mercurial  globules,  and  with 
this  some  degree  of  oxidation.  This  has  been  denied  by  some  skilful 
experimentalists ;  but,  as  it  depends  upon  the  mode  and  extent  to 
which  the  trituration  has  been  carried,  the  oxidation  may  not  be  ob- 
served when  the  trituration  has  been  less  effective.  It  has  been  ascer- 
tained that  simple  trituration  is  not  sufficient,  for  globules  continue  to 
be  observed  with  a  magnifier  of  four  or  five  powers.  The  complete 
extinction  is  best  effected  by  the  assistance  of  steam  power,  and  by 
allowing  the  mixture  to  remain  exposed  to  the  air,  and  triturating 
occasionally  ;  so  that  the  operation  is  not  completed  for  some  weeks : 
also  by  triturating  the  mixture  with  some  old  Mercurial  Ointment,  or, 
as  Soubeiran  likewise  recommends,  with  Lard  that  has  been  exposed 
in  thin  layers  in»cellars  from  fifteen  days  to  some  months. 

M.  Guibourt  and  Messrs.  Vogel  and  Boullay  assert  that,  according 
to  their  experiments,  the  Mercury  in  the  above  Ointment  remains  in 
a  metallic  state,  as  does  Mr.  Watt  (in  The  Chemist,  No.  13).  M. 
Guibourt  found  only  a  500th  part  of  the  Ointment  to  consist  of  an 
Oxide  of  Mercury  combined  with  a  fatty  acid.  Dr.  Christison,  how- 
ever, states  that  for  the  last  eight  years  he  has  never  failed  to  detect 
a  sensible  proportion  of  Oxide.  On  melting  the  ointment  in  a  long 
tube,  there  is  obtained  a  short  column  of  Mercury  at  the  bottom,  and 
a  long  superstratum  of  yellowish,  almost  perfectly  transparent  oil. 


190  CERATUMHYDRARGYRI. 

This,  even  when  filtered,  becomes  intensely  black  with  Sulphuretted 
Hydrogen ;  and  if  agitated  with  successive  portions  offtil.  Ac'  at  150°, 
an  acid  liquor  is  obtained,  which  gives  a  copious  black  precipitate  of 
Sulphuret  of  Mercury  with  the  same  reagent.  Hence,  Mercury  must 
be  present  in  the  form  of  an  Oxide  combined  with  a  fatty  acid,  and 
Dr.  C.  calculates  in  the  proportion  of  about  one  per  cent,  of  the  oint- 
ment, or  a  fiftieth  of  the  Mercury  used.  Mr.  Donovan  many  years 
since  proved  that  the  superior  stratum  of  melted  ointment  which  con- 
tained only  one-fifth  of  the  original  Mercury,  was  as  energetic  as  ever 
in  producing  the  effects  of  Mercury.  He  therefore  conceived  it  as 
consisting  partly  of  uncombined  metal  and  lard,  and  partly  of  a 
chemical  compound  of  the  Protoxide  and  Lard :  to  the  latter  portion 
alone  he  attributed  any  medicinal  efficacy.  Dr.  Paris,  long  since,  in 
his  Pharmacologia,  recommended  the  adoption  of  Mr.  D.'s  ointment 
made  with  the  Oxide  of  Mercury.  Dr.  Christison  also  concludes  that 
the  small  proportion  of  Oxide  either  present  at  first,  or  formed  during 
the  process  of  rubbing  the  Ointment  into  the  skin,  is  the  only  active 
part  of  the  Mercury. 

Tests.  Mercurial  Ointment  is  apt  to  be  carelessly  made,  or  with  too 
little  Mercury.  Its  colour  should  be  compared  with  that  of  some 
genuine  Ointment.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  1-78,  as  recommended  by  Dr.  Pereira, 
should  be  ascertained.  When  rubbed  on  paper,  no  globules  should  be 
visible  with  a  magnifier  of  four  powers ;  though  innumerable  ones 
may  be  seen  with  a  powerful  microscope,  as  represented  in  P.  J.  iii. 
399.  The  fatty  matter  may  be  separated  by  means  of  boiling  water 
or  Ether,  &c.,  and  the  residual  mercury  weighed. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubbed  on  the  skin,  or  taken  internally,  affects  the 
constitution  with  Mercury,  as  indicated  by  salivation.  Useful  dress- 
ing to  Syphilitic  and  other  sores. 

D.  Contains  equal  parts  of  Mercury  and  Lard  with  Suet.  3ss. — 3j. 
rubbed  morning  and  evening  or  more  frequently,  on  the  inside  of  the 
thighs  or  arms,  or  elsewhere,  will  speedily  salivate.  The  patient 
should  be  kept  warm  and  in  the  same  clothing,  the  hand  of  the  ope- 
rator being  protected  with  bladder,  &c.  On  the  Continent,  grs. 
ij. — v.  made  into  pills  with  Liquorice,  salivate  speedily.  The  practice 
is  therefore  worthy  of  adoption  in  extreme  cases,  especially  in  hot 
climates. 

UNGTJE^TUM  HYDRARGYRI  MITIUS,  L.  D.     Milder  Mercurial  Ointment. 

Prep.  L.  Mix  together  strong  Mercurial  Ointment  ftj.  and  Lard  ^ij.  D.  To  be  made 
with  twice  as  much  Lard  as  the  last.  E.  P.  t>.  supra. 

Action.  Uses.  Generally  employed  as  a  dressing  to  ulcers.  3j.  Mer- 
cury in  3vj.  of  Ointment. 

CERATUM  HYDRARGYRI  COMPOSITUM,  L.    Compound  Cerate  of  Mercury. 

Prep.  Rub  together  stronger  Ointment  of  Mercury,  Soap  Cerate  aa  3iv.  Camphor  3j. 
till  incorporated. 

Action.  Uses.  Applied  to  chronic  enlargements  of  the  joints,  and  to 
disperse  indolent  tumours. 


HYDRARGYRIOXYDUM.  191 

LINIMENTUM   HYDRARGYRI   COMPOSITUM,   L.     Compound   Liniment  of 
Mercury. 

Prep.  Rub  Camphor  3j.  with  Rectified  Spirit  f3j.  then  add  Lard  and  the  stronger 
Ointment  of  Mercury  aa  3iv.  still  rubbing.  Gradually  pour  in  Solution  of  Ammonia  f3iv. 
Mix  the  whole. 

Action.  Uses.  A  liquid  form  of  Mercurial  Ointment  combined  with 
stimulants,  and,  like  the  last  preparation,  employed  to  promote 
absorption,  and  hence  to  discuss  indolent  tumours,  &c. ;  sometimes  to 
excite  salivation  more  readily,  by  its  stimulant  action  on  the  lym- 
phatics. 

EMPLASTRUM  HYDRARGYRI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.).     Mercurial  Plaster. 

Prep.  Add  Sulphur  gr.  viij.  to  Olive  Oil  f3J.  stirring  till  they  unite.  (Resin  3j.  Olive 
Oil  f^ix.  E.  melt  together  and  let  cool,  E.)  Triturate  with  these  Mercury  3iij.  till  the 
globules  disappear.  Add  gradually  Plaster  of  Lead  gxij.  (Litharge  Plaster  3vj.  E.) 
melted  with  a  gentle  heat.  Mix. 

[U.  S.  Mercury  gvj.  Olive  Oil,  Resin  aa  gij.  Lead  Plaster  ftj.  Melt  the  oil  and  resin 
together,  and  when  cool  add  the  Mercury,  and  triturate  until  the  globules  disappear,  then 
add  the  plaster  when  liquefied,  and  mix.] 

In  the  L.  process  Sulphuretted  Oil  is  first  produced,  and  a  little 
Sulphuret  of  Mercury  is  afterwards  formed,  with  most  of  the  metal 
mechanically  subdivided.  The  E.  P.  substitutes  Resin  for  the 
Sulphur. 

Action.  Uses.  Applied  as  a  plaster,  it  stimulates  the  lymphatics  of 
the  part,  whether  this  be  a  chronically  enlarged  joint,  or  node,  glan- 
dular enlargement,  or  chronically  diseased  liver  or  spleen. 

EMPL.  AMMONIACI  (ET  HYDRARGYRI,  E.)  CUM  HYDRARGYRO,  L.  D. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Add  Sulphur  gr.  viij.  gradually  to  Olive  Oil  f3j.  previously  heated,  stir- 
ring till  they  unite  (the  D.  C.  orders  common  Turpentine  3ij-  instead  of  the  Sulphur  and 
Oil).  Triturate  Mercury  3iij.  with  these  till  the  globules  disappear.  Add  gradually 
pure  Gum  Ammoniac  ftj.  melted.  Mix  carefully.  (Rub  with  a  gentle  heat  till  the  ingre- 
dients unite,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Similar  in  its  effects  to  the  last,  but  usually  consi- 
dered more  effective.  Applied  to  discuss  enlargements  of  glands  and 
joints,  or  to  indolent  tumours. 

HYDRARGYRI  OXYDUM,  (NiGRUM,  D.)  L.    (HYDRARGYRI  OXIDUM  NIGRUM, 

U.S.) 

Oxide  or  Protoxide  of  Mercury.     Suboxide  of  some  Chemists.     Hydrargyri  Oxydum 
Cinereum.     F.  Protoxide  de  Mercure.     G.  Quecksilberoxydul. 

The  Oxide  or  Protoxide  (HgO  =  210)  of  Mercury  is  a  dark  gray 
powder,  devoid  of  taste  and  smell;  heavy;  Sp.  Gr.  10-69  ;  insoluble 
in  water ;  easily  decomposed  by  light,  and  by  a  heat  even  of  212°, 
being  resolved  into  metallic  Mercury  and  some  Binoxide,  when  it  be- 
comes of  a  yellowish  or  olive  hue.  Dissipated  at  600°.  Readily  dis- 
solved by  Acetic'  or  by  dil.  Nit',  from  which  it  will  be  again  precipi- 
tated by  the  alkalies.  When  pure,  insol.  in  H.  Cl' ;  but  this  acid  or  the 
soluble  Chlorides  will  give  a  white  precipitate  (Calomel)  in  solutions 


192  HYDRARGYRIBINOXYDUM. 

of  its  salts.  A  small  portion  of  this  Oxide  has  been  detected  in 
Hydrarg.  c.  Greta,  Pil.  Hydrarg.,  and  Ung.  Hydrargyri.  Comp.  Hg 
96-2,  O  3-8  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Mix  Chlor.  Mercury  3j.  (Sublimed  Calomel  1  part,D.)  with  Lime-  Water, 
Cj.  (Water  of  Caustic  Potash  4  parts  made  warm,  D.)  Set  by,  and  when  the  Oxide 
has  subsided  pour  off  the  liquor.  (Triturate  together  till  a  black  Oxide  is  obtained,  D.) 
Wash  frequently  with  Aq.  dest.  till  nothing  alkaline  can  be  perceived.  Dry  the  Oxide 
wrapped  in  bibulous  paper  in  the  air.  (With  a  medium  heat,  D.) 

[U.  S.  Calomel,  Potassa  aft  3iv.  Water  Oj.  Dissolve  the  Potassa  in  the  Water.  Pour 
off  the  clear  solution,  and  add  the  Calomel.  Wash  and  dry  the  precipitate.] 

In  the  L.  process,  the  Chlorine  of  the  Calomel  combines  with  the 
Calcium,  and  in  that  of  the  D.  P.  with  Potassium :  in  one  case  Chlor. 
Calcium  is  formed,  and  in  the  other,  Chlor.  Potassium,  which  remain 
in  solution  ;  while  in  both  cases  Oxide  of  Mercury  is  precipitated  ;  but 
a  little  Calomel  often  remains  undecomposed.  Mr.  Donovan  recom- 
mends that  the  Liq.  Potasses  should  be  cold  and  in  excess,  the  decom- 
position rapid,  and  that  the  drying  take  place  in  a  dark  place. 

Tests.  L.  "  By  heat  it  is  entirely  dissipated,  and  is  totally  soluble 
in  Acet'."  Any  thing  insoluble  will  be  impurity.  "  Digested  for  a 
short  time  with  Dil.  H  Cl'  and  strained,  neither  solution  of  Potash  nor 
of  Oxal.  Ammonia  throws  down  any  thing."  The  Potash  would  throw 
down  any  Binoxide  that  had  been  dissolved  as  a  yellow  precipitate, 
and  the  Oxalate  any  Lime  that  the  acid  had  taken  up. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Mercurial ;  but  uncertain  in  composition,  and 
therefore  seldom  if  ever  used  internally.  Mr.  Donovan  recommended 
it  to  be  employed  for  making  Ung.  Hydrargyri. 

D.  gr.  j. — v.  Employed  sometimes  in  fumigations.  Externally 
as  an  Ointment,  1  part  to  3  or  5  of  Lard ;  or  as  a  Lotion  in  the 
BLACK  WASH  (Lotio  Nigra),  prepared  by  mixing  Calomel  3j.  with 
Lime-water  Oj.,  and  shaken  up  when  used. 

HYDRARGYRI  BINOXYDUM,  L.     HYDRARGYRI  OXYDUM  RTJBRUM,  D. 

Binoxide  of  Mercury.     Red  and  Peroxide  of  Mercury.     Oxide  of  Mercury  of  some 
chemists.   Calcined  Mercury.    F.  Deutoxide  de  Mercure.    G.  Rothes  Quecksilberoxyd. 

The  Red  Oxide  of  Mercury  (HgO3  =  2l8)  has  long  been  em- 
ployed in  medicine,  being  one  of  the  preparations  which  was  known 
to  Geber. 

Prop.  Binoxide  of  Mercury,  prepared  by  calcination,  is  in  red 
scales,  but  if  by  the  following  formula,  is  an  orange-red  powder,  without 
smell,  but  having  a  disagreeable  metallic  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  about  11*0. 
Nearly  insoluble  in  water.  "  When  very  carefully  prepared  from 
the  Nitrate,  and  boiled  in  five  successive  portions  of  distilled  water, 
the  water  constantly  contains  about  the  same  quantity  of  Mercury, 
and  quite  enough  of  it  to  give  a  black  precipitate  with  Hydrosul',  a 
gray  precipitate  with  Protochlor.  Tin,  and  a  yellow  one  with  Bichro- 
mate Potash.  Its  solubility  in  boiling  water  is  one  grain  in  f  3xvj.  or 
about  a  7000th."  (c.)  Dr.  Barker  also  found  0-62  parts  soluble  in 
1000  of  water.  It  is  decomposed  by  light  and  heat,  changing  colour, 
and  at  a  heat  below  redness  giving  out  Oxygen,  the  Mercury  be- 


HYDRARGYRI    N  I  T  R  I  C  O-O  X  Y  D  U  M.  193 

coming  sublimed.     It  is  readily  dissolved  by  Nit'  and  H  Cl',  also  by 
Ac'  and  Hydrocyanic'.     Comp.  Hg  92-7 +  O  7-3  =  100. 

It  may  be  prepared  by  various  methods,  and  no  less  than  three  of 
them  are  adopted  in  the  Pharmacopeias.  The  oldest  is  very  tedious, 
and  probably  now  never  employed,  though  still  retained  in  the  D.  P. 

Prep.  D.  Put  into  a  glass  vessel  with  a  broad  bottom  and  narrow  mouth  Purified 
Mercury  q.  s.  Expose  to  a  heat  of  about  600°  F.  till  all  is  converted  into  red  scales. 

Here  the  Mercury  is  sublimed  and  oxidized  by  the  Oxygen  of  the 
air,  to  which  it  is  exposed,  and  then  condensed  in  the  long  and  nar- 
row-necked bottle,  reddish  scales  being  slowly  formed. 

Prep.  L.  Dissolve  Bichlor.  Mercury  3iv.  in  Aq.  dest.  Ovj.,  filter  and  add  Liq.  Potasses 
f  Sxxviij.  Pour  off  the  liquor,  wash  the  powder  thrown  down  in  Aq.  deal,  till  nothing 
alkaline  can  be  perceived.  Dry  with  a  gentle  heat. 

The  2  Eq.  of  Cl  of  the  Bichlor.  take  2  Eq.  of  Potassium  from  the 
Potash,  when  2  Eq.  of  Chlor.  Potassium  are  formed,  and  remain  dis- 
solved. The  2  Eq.  of  O  separated  from  the  Potassium  combine  with 
the  single  Eq.  of  Mercury  of  the  decomposed  Bichlor.,  and  the  whole 
becomes  precipitated  as  Binoxide  of  Mercury.  Or  we  may  suppose 
the  water  to  be  decomposed,  and  its  elements  combining  with  those 
of  the  Bichloride,  a  Hydrochlorate  of  the  Binoxide  of  Mercury  to  be 
formed.  On  the  addition  of  the  Potash,  which  should  be  in  excess, 
this  will  combine  with  the  H  Cl',  and  the  Binoxide  combined  with 
water  is  separated  as  a  yellow-coloured  Hydrate.  This,  when  dried 
with  a  moderate  degree  of  heat,  becomes  orange-coloured  and  anhy- 
drous. 

Tests.  L.  When  heated,  it  gives  off  Oxygen,  and  Mercury  is  left 
in  globules,  or  is  entirely  dispersed.  (Brick-dust,  or  the  Oxides  of 
Iron  or  of  Lead  will  be  left.)  Does  not  emit  Nitrous  vapours  when 
heated  ;  is  entirely  soluble  in  H  Cl'.  Water  in  which  it  is  boiled  or 
washed  yields  no  precip.  to  Lime-water  (showing  that  no  Corrosive 
.Sublimate  is  present),  or  to  Hydrosul',  &c.  But  this  is  not  quite  cor- 
rect, according  to  the  experiments  of  Dr.  Christison.  (v.  supra.) 


HYDRARGYRI  NiTRico-OxYDUM,  L.  OXYDUM  RITBRUM,  E.  OXYDUMJ 
NITRICUM,  D.  (HYDRARGYRI  OXIDUM  RUBRUM,  U.  S.)  Nitric  Oxide 
of  Mercury.  Red  precipitated  Mercury,  or  Red  Precipitate. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Mercury  ftiij.  [(Sviij.  E.)  (3ij.  D.)]  Nitric'  ftjss.  and  Aq.  dest. 
Oij.  [(Dil.  Nit'  dena.  1280  f  ^v.  E.)  (Dil.  Nit'  by  measure  ^iij.  D.)]  Dissolve  the 
Mercury  in  the  acid  in  a  proper  (glass,  D.)  vessel  with  a  gentle  heat  (gradually  increasing,. 
D.)  Evaporate  the  liquid  and  pulverize  the  residuum.  (Evaporate  till  a  dry  white  salt 
is  left,  E.)  (Triturate  this  with  the  rest  of  the  Mercury  till  a  fine  uniform  powder  be 
obtained,  E.)  Put  this  into  a  very  shallow  (porcelain,  E.)  vessel  and  apply  a  gentle  heat,, 
(constantly  stirring,  E.)  gradually  increasing,  till  red  vapours  (acid  fumes,  E.)  cease  to 
be  evolved.  (The  residuum  be  converted  into  red  scales,  D.) 

[U.S.  Mercury  3xxxvj.  Nitric  Acid  gxiv.  Water  Oij.  as  above.] 

From  the  proportions  of  Mercury  and  acid  employed,  a  Nitrate  of 
Perox.  Mercury  is  first  formed,  (v.  p.  207.)  This,  for  economy 

13 


194  HYDRARGYRIIODIDUM. 

both  of  time  and  acid,  is  in  the  E.  P.  converted  into  a  Nitrate  of  the 
Protoxide,  by  trituration  with  the  rest  of  the  Mercury.  When  heated, 
the  Nit'  becoming  decomposed,  a  part  of  it  escapes  in  Nitrous  fumes, 
and  a  part  gives  its  Oxygen  to  convert  the  whole  of  the  Mercury 
into  the  Binoxide  of  an  orange-red  colour ;  and,  according  to  varia- 
tions in  the  process,  it  is  obtained  in  orange-red  powder  or  in  bright 
red  scales.  But  these  are  valuable  only  as  indications  of  the  mode 
in  which  it  has  been  made.  The  Oxide  prepared  in  this  manner 
contains  a  little  Nit',  and  is  usually  considered  more  acrid  than  the 
other  forms.  But  when  carefully  prepared,  the  quantity  of  Nit'  is 
very  small,  and  the  preparation  is  essentially  only  Binoxide  of 
Mercury. 

Tests.  On  the  application  of  heat,  no  Nitrous  vapour  is  emitted,  L. 
E.  (Any  Nitrate  will  be  decomposed,  and  evolve  Nitrous  fumes.) 
Decomposed  and  entirely  sublimed.  (Any  Red  Lead  will  be  left.) 
Completely  soluble  in  Mur',  E.  Neither  Lime-water  nor  Hydrosul' 
throws  down  any  thing  from  the  water  in  which  it  has  been  boiled. 
L.  The  Lime-water  will  detect  any  Calomel,  but  as  a  small  portion 
of  this  Oxide  is  soluble  in  boiling  Aq.  (v.  supra),  the  Hydrosul'  will 
always  give  a  black  precipitate. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Stimulant.  As  a  powder  sprinkled  over 
indolent  ulcers,  or  as  a  Caustic  to  repress  exuberant  granulations.  A 
Lotion  commonly  called  Yellow  Wash,  formed  in  the  proportion  of 
gr.  1 — 2  of  Corrosive  Sublimate  to  f3j.  of  Lime-water,  which  con- 
tains Chlor.  Calcium  in  solution  and  a  precipitate  of  yellow  Hy- 
drated  Binoxide,  is  prescribed  in  similar  cases,  and  should  be  used 
only  when  shaken  up.  The  Binoxide  has  been  given  internally  in 
doses  of  £  to  1  grain  in  pills,  but  is  objectionable. 

UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  NiTRico-OxYD  ,  L.  UNG.  OXIDI  HYDRARGYRI, 
E.  U.  HYDRARG.  OXYDI  NITRICI,  D.  (UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI 
OXIDI  RUBRI,  U.  S.)  Red  Precipitate  Ointment. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Nitric  Oxide  of  Mercury  (Red  Oxide,  E.)  3j.  Lard  (prepared 
Hog's,  D.)  gvj.  (Axunge  gviij.  E.)  White  Wax  3ij.  L.  D.  Melt  the  Lard  in  the  Wax, 
add  the  Oxide  in  very  fine  powder.  Mix  the  ingredients  thoroughly.  (Triturate  the 
Oxide  and  Axunge  into  a  uniform  mass,  E.) 

This  Ointment,  when  fresh  made,  is  of  a  bright  scarlet  colour;  but 
the  Oxide  by  degrees  undergoes  decomposition,  as  is  evident  from 
the  colour  changing  first  to  a  grayish-red  and  then  to  a  bluish-gray. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  applied  to  indolent  sores,  and  to  Chronic 
inflammation  of  the  eyelids. 

HYDRARGYRI  IODIDUM.  L.  (U.  S.) 

Iodide  or  Protiodide  of  Mercury.     Subiodide  of  some  Chemists.     F.  Proto-Iodure  de 
Mercure.     G.  QuecksilberiodOr. 

Iodide  of  Mercury  (Hg  I  =  328)  has  been  only  recently  introduced 
into  medicine,  its  employment  having  been  first  indicated  by  M. 


HYDRARGYRI    BINIODIDUM.  195 

Coindet.  It  occurs  as  a  heavy  greenish-yellow  powder,  sublimed  by 
heat,  insoluble  in  water  and  in  Alcohol,  also  in  a  watery  solution  of 
Chlor.  Sodium,  by  which  it  is  easily  separated  from  the  Biniodide  ; 
soluble  in  Ether  and  acids.  It  is  decomposed  by  light,  reddened  by 
heat,  but  becoming  yellow  on  cooling.  By  a  higher  degree  of  heat 
it  is  resolved  into  metallic  Mercury  and  the  red  Iodide.  Comp.  Hg. 
55-5+1  44-5=100. 

Prep.  Rub  together  Mercury  3j.  and  Iodine  3v.  adding  gradually  Alcohol  q.  s.  till  the 
globules  disappear.  With  a  gentle  heat  dry  the  powder  immediately  out  of  access  of 
light.  Keep  in  well-closed  bottles. 

The  Mercury  and  Iodine  being  mixed  in  equivalent  proportions, 
and  triturated,  considerable  heat  is  produced,  and  sometimes  even 
explosion  ;  the  Alcohol  is  added  to  dissolve  the  Iodine,  and  this  being 
presented  in  a  finely  divided  state  to  the  Mercury,  the  latter  becomes 
rapidly  extinguished.  It  acts  also  on  some  Biniodide  of  Mercury 
which  is  formed  at  first,  and  facilitates  its  combination  with  metallic 
Mercury.  The  Iodide  of  Mercury  may  also  be  formed  by  precipi- 
tating or  mixing  together  a  solution  of  Iodide  of  Potassium  with  one 
of  Proton  itrate  of  Mercury  having  the  slightest  excess  of  Nitric'. 
(Soub.  ii.  515.) 

Tests.  Yellowish  when  recently  prepared,  and  when  heat  is  cau- 
tiously applied  it  sublimes  in  red  crystals,  which  afterwards  become 
yellow,  and  blacken  by  access  of  light.  It  is  not  soluble  in  Chlor. 
Sodium,  L.  Any  impurity  will  appear  if  the  Iodide  does  not  answer 
to  all  these  characteristics. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  poison.  Alterative  Stimulant  in  Syphilis 
occurring  in  scrofulous  patients.  Both  the  Iodides,  if  continued,  will 
produce  the  effect  of  Mercurials. 


PILULES  HYDRARGYRI  IODIDI,  L.     Pills  of  the  Iodide  of  Mercury. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  uniform  mass  lod.  Mercury  3j.  Confec.  Dog-rose  3iij.  Powdered 
Ginger  3j. 

D.  gr.  v.  —  gr.  xv.,  as  5  grains  contain  1  grain  of  the  Iodide. 

UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  IODIDI,  L.     Ointment  of  Iodide  of  Mercury. 

Prep.  Melt  White  Wax  3ij.  and  Lard  3vj.  add  finely  powdered  Iodide  of  Mercury  3j. 
Mix. 

This  ointment  may  be  rubbed  in,  or  applied  as  a  dressing  to  scro- 
fulous sores. 

HYDRARGYRI  BINIODIDUM,  L.  E.     (HYDRARGYRI  IODIDCM  RUBRUM,  U.  S.) 

Biniodide  of  Mercury.     Deuto-  or  Periodide  and  Red  Iodide  of  Mercury.    Iodide  of  some 
Chemists.     F.  Deuto-iodure  de  Mercure.     G.  Doppelt  lodquecksilber. 

Biniodide  of  Mercury  (Hg  I2  =  454)  is  a  powder  of  a  beautiful 
scarlet  colour,  insoluble  in  water.     "  By  heat  cautiously  applied,  it 


196          UNGUENTUM    HYDRARGYRI    BINIODIDI. 

is  sublimed  in  scales,  which  soon  become  yellow,  and,  when  cold, 
red.  It  is  partially  soluble  in  boiling  rectified  Spirit,  which  affords 
crystals  as  it  cools.  It  is  alternately  dissolved  and  precipitated  by 
lod.  Potassium  and  Bichlor.  Mercury.  It  is  totally  soluble  in  Chlor. 
Sodium,"  (L.  P.),  or,  more  precisely,  in  "  40  parts  of  a  concentrated 
sol.  of  Mur.  Soda  at  212°,  from  which  it  is  again  precipitated  in  fine 
red  crystals  on  cooling."  E.  P.  This  serves  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  Iodide  of  Mercury,  which  is  insoluble  in  brine.  It  is  remarkable 
for  crystallizing  in  different  forms  according  to  the  heat  at  which  it 
has  been  sublimed,  and  also  for  the  change  of  colour  from  yellow  to 
red  taking  place  upon  merely  touching  the  crystals  with  a  hard 
body. 

Prep.  Rub  together  Mercury  3>  (3>j-  E.)  and  Iodine  3x.  (gijss  E.)  gradually  adding 
Alcohol  q.  s.  (a  little  Rectified  Spirit,  E,)  till  globules  are  no  longer  visible  (a  uniform  red 
powder  be  obtained,  E.)  Dry  the  powder  with  a  gentle  heat ;  keep  in  well-closed  bottles. 
(Reduce  the  product  to  fine  powder,  dissolve  it  in  solution  of  Mur.  Soda  Cong.  j.  with  the 
aid  of  brisk  ebullition.  If  necessary  filter  through  calico,  keeping  the  funnel  hot.  Wash 
and  dry  the  crystals  which  form  on  cooling,  E.) 

[U.S.  Corrosive  Chloride  of  Mercury  3i.  Iodide  of  Potassium  3x.  Distilled  Water  Oi). 
Dissolve  each  separately  in  the  water  and  mix.  Double  decomposition  takes  place,  and 
the  precipitate  formed  is  to  be  collected,  washed,  and  dried.] 

Mercury  and  Iodine,  on  being  triturated  together,  the  globules  of 
the  former  quickly  disappear,  and  heat  is  produced,  and  to  an  extent, 
if  the  quantities  are  considerable  and  the  ingredients  dry,  so  as  to 
produce  an  explosion :  hence  Alcohol  is  added  to  keep  the  mixture 
moist.  The  Iodine,  if  moist,  should  be  used  in  a  proportionately 
larger  quantity,  or  the  Mercury  will  be  in  less  proportion  than  is 
necessary  to  produce  the  Biniodide,  and  some  of  the  yellow  Iodide 
will  be  produced.  The  E.  C.  therefore  directs  it  to  be  purified  by  boil- 
ing in  brine,  and  crystallizing.  The  Biniodide  may  also  be  produced 
by  acting  on  solutions  either  of  Pernit.  Mercury  or  of  Bichlor.  Mer- 
cury with  sol.  of  lod.  Potassium,  adding  the  latter  by  degrees,  but 
slightly  in  excess;  as,  double  decomposition  taking  place,  the  Biniodide 
precipitated  is  soluble  in  an  excess  of  either  of  the  salts  employed 
in  its  production. 

Tests.  The  tests  given  in  the  P's  being  characteristic  of  this  salt, 
have  already  been  given,  (v.  supra.)  Dr.  Pereira  mentions  in  addi- 
tion, that  the  presence  of  Bisulphuret  of  Mercury  will  be  indicated 
by  fusing  it  with  caustic  Potash,  and  then  adding  a  mineral  acid 
when  Hydrosul'  will  be  evolved. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison  ;  Stimulant  in  scrofulous  habits,  but 
seldom  employed.  Ext.  Caustic. 

D.  gr.  TV  to  ^  in  pill  or  in  Alcoholic  solution. 

UNGUENTUM    HYDRARGYRI  BINIODIDI,  L.     Ointment   of  Biniodide    of 
Mercury. 

Prep.  Melt  together  White  Wax  3ij.  and  Lard  gij.  add  Biniodide  of  Mercury  gj. 
finely  powdered.  Mix. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  application  to  ulcerations  of  different  kinds, 
but  requires  to  be  diluted. 


HYDRARGYRICHLORIDUM.  197 

HYDRAIIGYRI  CHLORIDUM,  L.     CALOMELAS  (E.)  SUBLIMATUM,  D.     (Hy- 

DRARGYRI  CHLORIDUM  MlTE,  U.   S.) 

Chloride  of  Mercury.  Calomel.  Protochloride  and  Submuriate  and  Mild  Muriate  of 
Mercury.  F.  Protochlorure  de  Mercure.  Mercure  doux.  G.  Einfach  Chlorqueck- 
silber. 

The  Chloride  of  Mercury  (Hg  Cl  =  238)  occurs  native  in  Carniola 
and  in  Spain,  and  is  called  Horn  Mercury  and  Native  Calomel ;  but 
it  seems  also  to  have  been  prepared  artificially  by  the  Hindoos  at 
very  early  periods  (Fleming  and  Ainslie),  and  prescribed  internally. 
It  has  been  known  in  Europe  since  1608. 

Prop.  It  is  found  crystallized  in  four-sided  prisms  terminated  by 
four-sided  pyramids.  When  prepared  artificially,  it  may  be  obtained 
in  similar  quadrangular  prisms  covering  a  crystalline  mass  which  is 
fibrous  in  texture,  sparkling,  and  semitransparent,  somewhat  horny 
and  elastic  in  nature.  (Brande.)  Sp.  Gr.  7-2.  When 
scratched,  a  yellow  characteristic  streak  is  observed. 
As  usually  seen,  it  forms  a  heavy  tasteless  powder,  of 
different  degrees  of  fineness  as  well  as  of  whiteness  ;  of 
a  light  yellowish  or  buff-colour  if  obtained  by  levi- 
gation,  but  when  condensed  in  air,  a  pure  white  and 
impalpable  powder  is  formed.  It  becomes  of  a  darker 
hue  when  exposed  to  light,  and  when  heated,  yellowish. 
At  a  higher  degree  of  heat  it  sublimes.  It  is  insoluble 
in  pure  water,  Alcohol,  and  Ether.  Boiled  in  water 
for  some  time,  under  the  influence  of  Alkaline  Chlo- 
rides, a  portion  is  considered  to  be  converted  into  Bi- 
chloride; but  others  conceive  that  a  portion  of  it  may  become  dis- 
solved. The  alkalies  and  Lime-water  instantly  render  it  black,  from 
precipitating  the  gray  Oxide  and  combining  with  its  Chlorine  ;  Am- 
monia produces  a  grayish  powder.  Chlorine  converts  it  into  Bichlo- 
ride, as  does  boiling  H  Cl',  also  setting  free  some  metallic  Mercury ; 
Nit'  and  Sul'  into  Bichloride,  and  Nitrate  and  Sulphate  of  the  Binoxide, 
Nitrous  and  Sulphurous  fumes  escaping  in  the  respective  cases. 
Many  salts  decompose  it,  and  hence  also  water  holding  them  in  solu- 
tion/ Comp.  Hg  85+C1  15=  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Calomel  may  be  prepared  by  several  processes,  as  by  adding  as  much 
Mercury  to  Corrosive  Sublimate  as  it  already  contains,  by  double  decomposition  of  differ- 
ent salts,  and  subsequent1  sublimation  or  by  precipitation.  Boil  Mercury  ftij.  (3iv-  E.) 
with  Sul'  ftiij.  Commercial  f  ^ij.  and  3HJ-  mixed  with  pure  Nitric'  f  3ss.  till  dissolved, 
raising  the  heat  till  a  dry  (salt,  E.)  Bispersulph.  Mercury  remains.  Triturate  this  Per- 
sulphate of  Mercury  (25  parts.  D.)  in  an  earthenware  mortar  with  Mercury  ftij.  (17  parts, 
D.)  till  intimately  mixed,  then  add  Chlor.  Sodium  fejss.  [(dried  Muriate  of  Soda  10  parts, 
D.)  (Mercury  ^iv.  and  Muriate  of  Soda  giij.  E.)]  Triturate  till  the  globules  (entirely, 
E.)  disappear.  Sublime  (in  a  proper  apparatus)  [(in  a  sand-bath,  E.)  (with  a  gradually 
increasing  heat,  D.)]  Reduce  the  Sublimate  to  very  fine  powder,  wash  carefully  with  boil- 
ing Aq.  dest.  (till  solution  of  Iodide  of  Potassium  (Caustic  Potash,  D.)  does  not  affect  the 
water,  E.  D.)  Dry  the  Calomel. 

[U.  S.  As  L.] 

In  this  process,  a  Bipersulph.  Mercury  is  first  produced,  either  with 
or  without  the  aid  of  Nit',  (v.  p.  205.)  The  salt  produced  is  then 
rubbed  up  with  a  further  quantity  of  Mercury  (L.  and  D.  P.)  and 


198  CALOMELUS    PRECIPITATUM. 

converted  into  a  Protosulph.,  or  the  Bipersulph.  Mercury  and  Chlor. 
Sodium  are  all  three  triturated  together  until  globules  no  longer 
appear ;  in  either  case  the  Bipersulphate  is  converted  into  the  Proto- 
sulphate  of  Mercury,  by  the  additional  quantity  of  Mercury  com- 
bining with  the  second  Eq.  of  the  Oxygen  and  Sul'  of  the  Bipersulph. 
When  heat  is  applied,  both  the  Chlor.  Sodium  and  the  Protosulph.  of 
Oxide  of  Mercury  are  mutually  decomposed  :  the  Chlorine  combining 
with  the  Mercury,  the  required  Chlor.  Mercury  is  formed  and  Sub- 
limed, while  the  Oxygen  of  the  Protoxide  of  Mercury,  combining 
with  Sodium,  forms  Soda,  which  uniting  with  the  Sul',  a  dry  Sulph. 
Soda  remains.  A  little  Mercury  is  apt  to  rise,  and  some  Bichlor. 
Mercury  or  Corrosive  Sublimate  to  be  formed ;  or  some  Calomel  in 
subliming  may  become  separated  into  these  two.  Manufacturers 
therefore  sometimes  add  a  little  more  of  one  or  other  of  the  ingre- 
dients, and  sometimes  the  Bichloride  to  supply  Chlorine.  The  next 
part  of  the  directions,  that  of  washing,  is  intended  to  get  rid  of  it. 
This  is  best  done  by  using  cold  distilled  water,  and  gradually  n- 
creasing  its  heat.  The  water  of  many  springs,  from  containing 
various  salts  in  solution,  readily  decomposes  the  Calomel.  The 
Corrosive  Sublimate  being  readily  soluble  in  water,  its  presence  will 
be  detected  either  by  Liq.  Potassae,  which  will  cause  a  yellowish-red 
precipitate,  or  by  Ammonia,  which  causes  a  white  precipitate. 
(p.203.) 

Some  variations  are  made  in  the  latter  part  of  the  process,  in  order 
to  obtain  the  Calomel  of  a  white  colour,  and  in  the  state  of  an  impal- 
pable powder.  The  first  improvement  was  made  by  Mr.  Jewell,  by 
keeping  the  vessel  into  which  the  Calomel  was  sublimed  full  of  water 
or  of  steam,  by  which  Jewell's  patent  Calomel  and  Howard's  Hydro- 
sublimate  or  Howard's  Hydro-Calomel  was  obtained.  The  apparatus 
was  improved  by  Mr.  Ossian  Henry  of  Paris,  and  has  been  generally 
adopted,  being  admitted  into  the  French  Codex  to  produce  the  "  Mer- 
cure  doux  a  la  vapeur."  Many  English  chemists  have,  however,  been 
in  the  habit  of  subliming  the  Calomel  into  a  large  chamber  full  of  air. 
(P.  J.  ii.  pp.  586  and  657.)  M.  Soubeiran  has  now  adopted  this  me- 
thod, having  first  proposed  a  current  of  cold  air,  as  had  been  done  by 
Mr.  Dann  of  Stuttgardt. 

Calomel  may  also  be  obtained  in  a  state  of  fine  division  by  precipi- 
tation, as  in  the  D.  P.,  though  the  sublimed  kind  is  preferred.  It  is 
called  Scheele's  Calomel,  and  by  the  French,  Precipite  blanc. 

CALOMELTJS  PRECIPITATUM,  D. 

Prep.  Pour  dilute  Nitric'  15  parts  on  purified  Mercury  17  parts  in  a  glass  vessel,  when 
effervescence  ceases,  heat  gently  for  6  hours,  agitating  occasionally.  Raise  the  heat  till 
the  mixture  boils  a  little,  pour  off  the  liquid  from  the  remaining  Mercury.  Mix  it  imme- 
diately with  a  previously  prepared  solution  of  Mur.  Soda  1  parts  in  boiling  Aq.  400  parts. 
Wash  the  precipitate  with  warm  Aq.  dest.  till  solution  of  Caustic  Potash  has  no  effect. 
Dry  the  powder. 

The  object  here  is  first  to  prepare  a  Nitrate  of  the  Protoxide  of 
Mercury,  which  is  effected  at  the  expense  of  the  Oxygen  of  the  Nit' ; 


PILUL^E  HYDRARGYRI   CHLORIDI  COMPOSITE.    199 

but  the  boiling  is  injurious,  as  Mr.  Phillips  says  it  will  produce  a  large 
proportion  of  the  Peroxide,  and,  indeed,  it  is  difficult  to  produce  it 
free  from  this.  On  adding  the  solution  of  the  Protonitrate  to  the  hot 
solution  of  Chlor.  Sodium  (Muriate  of  Soda),  Chlor.  Mercury  or 
Calomel  is  precipitated,  and  Nitrate  of  Soda  remains  in  solution.  A 
little  water  is  always  retained,  and  there  is  apt  also  to  be  some  Cor- 
rosive Sublimate,  as  in  the  preceding  process,  and  also  some  basic 
Nitrate.  "  The  fixed  alkalies  and  Lime-water  render  it  dark  gray, 
not  black,  as  they  do  sublimed  Calomel."  (c.  ex  Gottling.) 

Tests.  Heat  sublimes  it  without  any  residuum.  L.  and  E.  A 
whitish  powder,  which,  on  the  addition  of  Potash,  becomes  black,  and 
then,  when  heated,  runs  into  globules  of  Mercury.  The  distilled 
water  with  which  it  has  been  washed  gives  no  precipitate  with  Nitr. 
Silver,  Lime-water,  nor  H  Sul'.  L.  If  any  Bichloride  be  dissolved, 
Nit.  Silver  will  throw  down  Chlor.  Silver,  Lime-water  yellowish  Bin- 
oxide  of  Mercury,  and  Hydrosul'  a  black  Sulphuret  of  Mercury. 
Sulphuric  Ether  agitated  with  it,  filtered,  and  then  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness,  leaves  no  crystalline  residuum,  and  what  residuum  may  be  left 
is  not  turned  yellow  with  Aqua  Potassae,  E.  Any  Corrosive  Sublimate 
will  be  dissolved  by  the  Ether,  and  give  a  precipitate  of  the  Binoxide 
of  Mercury.  The  whitest  Calomel  is  not  necessarily  fine  in  propor- 
tion, as  some  crystalline  specimens  are  white,  and  the  microscope 
reveals  crystalline  grains  in  other  kinds  of  Calomel.  White  Precipi- 
tate (p.  203)  mixed  with  Sulphate  of  Baryta  has  been  sold  on  the 
Continent  as  Calomel,  and  also  Sulphate  of  Baryta  mixed  with 
Calomel.  (P.  J.  ii.  728.)  That  condensed  by  steam,  or  in  a  mass  of 
cold  air,  is  probably  the  best,  and  produces  the  effects  of  Calomel 
with  most  certainty. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  Lime-water,  Alkaline  Chlorides, 
Sal  Ammoniac,  Nit',  Metals  and  their  Sulphurels. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  Stimulant,  Sialogogue,  Cathartic,  &c.,  An- 
tiphlogistic, Sedative.  The  sublimed  Calomel  is  usually  preferred, 
though  the  precipitated,  from  being  finely  subdivided,  is  an  effective 
medicine. 

D.  gr.  j.  Alterative  ;  gr.  iij.  —  gr.  v.  Cathartic  ;  gr.  iij.  with  a  little 
Opium,  2  or  3  times  a  day,  will  rapidly  produce  ptyalism  ;  gr.  x.  — 
gr.  xx.  acts  as  a  Sedative  in  many  cases. 


HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDI  COMPOSITE,  L.     PILULE  CALOMELANOS 
COMPOSITE,  E.  D.     Pilules  Plummeri.     Plummer's  Pill. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Mix  in  fine  powder  Chlor.  Mercury  CCalomel,  E.  D.)  and  Oxysulphuret 
of  Antimany  (Golden  Sulphuret.  E.  ;  brown  Antimoniated  Sulphur,  D.)  aa  3ij-  (1  part, 
E.,  3j.  D.,  Guaiacum  2  pans,  E.,  3ij.  D.)  Triturate  them  together,  then  with  bruised 
Resin  of  Guaiacum  3ss.  and  lastly  with  Treacle  3ij.  (2  parts,  E.,  q.  s.  D.)  till  a  uniform 
mass  be  obtained.  [(Beat  into  a  proper  pill  mass,  E.  D.)  (Divide  into  6  gr.  pills,  E.)] 
Balsam  of  Copaiba  and  Oil  have  been  recommended  for  mixing  up  the  ingredients. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  and  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  grs.  v.  ; 
Cathartic  in  grs.  xx.  Dr.  Plummer  said  of  his  Pill,  that  it  is  in  vain 


200  HYDRARGYRI  BICHLORIDUM. 

to  look  for  its  beneficial  effects  unless  the  materials  are  well  levigated 
together,  and  for  a  considerable  time. 

PILULE  CALOMELANOS  ET  OPII,  E. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass  Calomel  3  parts.  Opium  1  part,  Conserve  of  Red  Roses 
q.  s.     Divide  into  pills,  eacli  to  contain  2  grs.  Calomel. 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic  and  Antiphlogistic.  A  pill  taken  every 
3  or  4  hours  quickly  produces  ptyalism. 

[PILULE  CATHARTICS  COMPOSITE,  U.  S.    Compound  Cathartic  Pills. 

Compound  Extract  of  Calocynth  gss.  Extract  of  Jalap,  Calomel  aa  3iij.  Gamboge  in 
powder  91). — M.  Divide  into  180  pills. 

To  act  upon  the  bowels,  and  purge  briskly.] 

UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDI.     Calomel  Ointment. 

Calomel  is  often  prescribed  in  the  form  of  Ointment,  and  with  great 
benefit  in  various  forms  of  Cutaneous  eruptions.  "  Pommade  de  Mer- 
cure  doux"  is  made  with  1  or  2  parts  of  Calomel  to  8  of  Lard,  and 
some  oil  may  be  added.  Dr.  Pereira  recommends  5j.  to  3j.  of  Lard, 
and  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  the  addition  of  3iv.  of  Tar  Ointment,  as  one 
of  the  best  applications  in  Leprous  and  other  dry  and  scaly  skin  dis- 
eases. 

HYDRARGYRI    BICHLORIDUM,    L.       HYDRARGYRI    MURIAS    CORROSIVUM, 

D.       CORROSIVUS    SuBLIMATUS,  E.       (HYDRARGYRI    CHLORIDUM    CoRRO- 
SIVTJM,  U.  S.) 

Bichloride  of  Mercury.  Corrosive  Sublimate.  Oxymuriate  and  Corrosive  Muriate  of 
Mercury.  F.  Deuto-  and  Bi-chlorure  de  Mercure.  Sublime  Corrosif.  G.  Doppelt 
Chlorquecksilber. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  has  been  long  known  to,  and  prepared  by,  the 
Hindoos,  being  their  ruskapoor  (Hind.  Med.  p.  45).  It  seems  also  to  have 
been  known  to  the  Chinese,  and  it  was  prepared  by  Geber  in  the  8th 
century.  It  is  largely  manufactured  for  use  both  in  medicine  and  the  arts. 
Prop.  Bichloride  of  Mercury  (Hg  Cla  =  274)  is  white, 
Fig.  31.      with  an   acrid   metallic   and   persistent   taste,   without 
smell.     It  is  met  with  in  small  crystals,  or  in  a  semi- 
transparent  crystalline  mass.      Sp.  Gr.  about  5-2.     It 
crystallizes  in  right  rhombic  prisms  sometimes  termi- 
nated by  converging  planes.     These  are  readily  pow- 
dered, and  effloresce  at  the   angles  when   some   time 
exposed  to  the  air.     It  is  fused  by  heat,  and  then  vola- 
tilized ;  is  soluble  in  water,  Alcohol,  and  Ether,  requiring 
about  three  times  its  weight  of  boiling,  and  about  16 
times  its  weight  of  cold  water.     Its  solubility  is  much  increased  by 
the  presence  of  Chlor.  Sodium  and  Hydrochlor.  Ammonia,     (v.  p. 


HYDRARGYRIBICHLORIDUM.  201 

202.)  Alcohol  dissolves  about  one  third  of  its  weight,  and  ether  still 
more,  so  as  to  be  employed  sometimes  in  separating  it  from  its 
aqueous  solution  and  from  organic  bodies.  When  exposed  to  light  in 
contact  with  these,  it  is  decomposed  into  Calomel  and  metallic  Mer- 
cury. Nit'  and  H  Cl'  dissolve  it  without  change.  Potash,  Soda,  and 
Lime  throw  down  the  yellow  Peroxide  of  Mercury,  which  afterwards 
becomes  brick-red;  and  Ammonia  a  white  prcipitate  (v.  Hydr. 
Ammon.  Chlorid.  p.  203.)  The  alkaline  Carbonates  precipitate  a 
brick-red  Carb.  of  Mercury  ;  Hydrosul'  throws  down  at  first  a  gray- 
ish and  then  a  black  precipitate  of  Bisulphuret  of  Mercury ;  Ferrocy. 
Potassium  a  white  Ferrocyanide  of  Mercury.  lod.  of  Potassium 
causes  a  yellow  precipitate,  which  by  degrees  becomes  a  bright  red 
Biniodide  of  Mercury.  Protochloride  Tin,  abstracting  1  Eq.  of  the 
Chlorine,  becomes  Perchlor.  Tin  in  solution,  and  Calomel  is  precipi- 
tated ;  an  excess  abstracts  more  Chlorine,  and  metallic  Mercury  in  a 
state  of  fine  division  is  produced.  Several  of  the  metals,  as  Copper, 
and  Silver  decompose  it,  combining  with  the  Chlorine  and  setting  free 
the  Mercury.  Silver  has  lately  been  employed  by  Dr.  Frampton.  By 
triturating  a  grain  of  the  Bichloride  with  several  grs.  of  metallic 
Silver  a  black  powder  was  produced,  and  on  heating  this  in  the  bulb 
of  a  small  tube  a  ring  of  metallic  globules  was  obtained ;  so  also  in 
boiling  metallic  Silver  in  powder  in  a  solution  of  Corrosive  Sublimate ; 
likewise  when  mixed  with  tea  or  a  gelatinous  solution.  Mercury  will 
combine  with  the  second  Eq.  of  Chlorine  of  the  Bichloride,  and  con- 
vert it  into  the  Chloride:  this  was  one  of  the  old  methods  for  making 
Calomel.  Gold,  aided  by  Galvanic  action,  readily  reduces  it  to  a 
metallic  state,  and  at  the  same  time  forms  an  amalgam.  Thus  by 
dropping  the  suspected  liquor  on  a  piece  of  polished  Gold,  or  a  sove- 
reign, and  touching  the  moistened  surface  with  the  point  of  a  pen- 
knife, or  as  Dr.  Pereira  suggests,  applying  a  key,  so  that  it  may  touch 
simultaneously  the  Gold  and  the  solution,  the  Bichlor.  becomes  de- 
composed, and  a  Silver  stain  is  left  on  the  gold.  Hence  Dr.  Buckler 
has  suggested  the  reduction  of  the  Mercury  to  the  metallic  state 
within  the  stomach  by  means  of  Iron-filings  and  Gold-dust,  both  being 
n  a  state  of  very  fine  division. 

The  action  of  vegetable  and  animal  substances  on  Corrosive  Sub- 
limate is  of  considerable  importance,  from  the  combinations  which 
take  place  in  cases  of  poisoning.  Most  of  the  vegetable  infusions  and 
decoctions  in  use  as  medicines,  as  well  as  ordinary  articles  of  diet, 
decompose  it,  especially  when  exposed  to  the  action  of  light;  the 
Bichloride  also  is  decomposed  when  triturated  with  many  fatty  or  vo- 
latile Oils,  or  boiled  with  Sugar ;  or  it  may  combine  with  some  of 
the  vegetable  principles,  as  in  Kyanizing  wood.  The  Gluten  of  Wheat 
acts  with  apparently  more  energy,  and  more  like  animal  principles. 
The  greatest  number  of  experiments  have,  however,  been  made  with 
Albumen,  into  a  solution  of  which,  if  a  sol.  of  Corrosive  Sublimate 
be  dropped,  a  white  flaky  precipitate  is  thrown  down,  which,  when 
dried,  is  hard,  horny,  and  brittle.  Ammonia  rubbed  up  with  this  pre- 
cipitate does  not  display  any  blackening,  nor  does  Ac'  leave  a  white 


202  HYDRARGYRIBICHLORIDUM. 

insoluble  residuum,  both  tests  showing  that  no  Calomel  had  been 
formed.  Lassaigne  has  some  time  since  shown  that  the  precipitate 
consists  of  6-45  Bichloride  of  Mercury  with  93-55  of  Albumen,  and 
that  it  is  soluble  in  an  excess  of  Albumen  as  well  as  of  sol.  of  Bichlo- 
ride of  Mercury.  It  is  generally  stated  to  be  an  inert  and  insoluble 
compound. 

Bichlor.  Mercury  may  be  prepared  by  bringing  together  its  consti- 
tuents, and,  as  has  been  done  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  on  a  large  scale, 
by  passing  Chlorine  through  Mercury  heated  to  between  300°  and 
400°,  and  by  other  processes  ;  but  it  is  now  chiefly  prepared  by  acting 
on  the  Binoxide  of  Pernitrate  of  Mercury  with  H  Cl'. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Mercury  ftij.  (3iv.  E.)  by  boiling  in  a  proper  vessel  with  Sul' 
ftiij.  (commercial  f  3ij.  and  f  3'ijO  previously  mixed  with  pure  Nit'  f^ss.  (with  the  aid 
of  moderate  heat)  till  a  dry  (Salt,  E.)  Bipersulph.  Mercury  remains.  When  cold  triturate 
this  (Persulph.  Mercury  5  parts,  D.)  in  an  earthenware  mortar  (to  very  fine  powder,  D.) 
with  Chlor.  Sodium  ftjss.  (Mur.  Soda  3iij.  E,  dried,  2  parts,  D.)  Sublime,  with  a  gradu- 
ally raised  heat  [(in  a  proper  apparatus,  E.)  (from  a  proper  vessel  into  a  receiver,  D.)] 

By  the  first  part  of  the  process,  a  Bipersulph.  Mercury  is  obtained 
(as  above,  and  at  p.  205) ;  but  no  metallic  Mercury  is  added,  because 
what  has  been  acted  upon  by  the  acids  requires  to  be  in  the  state  of 
a  Binoxide,  in  order  that  the  Chlorine  may  combine  with  it  in  the 
same  proportion.  Thus  as  each  Eq.  of  the  Bipersulph.  contains  2 
Eqs.  of  Sul'  and  2  Eqs.  of  Oxygen  combined  with  1  Eq.  of  Mercury, 
it  will  require  2  Eqs.  of  the  Chlor.  Sodium  to  be  decomposed  in 
order  that  2  Eqs.  of  Chlorine  may  be  obtained  to  combine  in  the 
same  proportion  with  the  Eq.  of  Mercury  set  free,  and  form  the  Bi- 
chlor., which  sublimes.  The  2  Eqs.  of  Oxygen,  of  Sodium,  and  Sul' 
set  free,  combining  together,  form  2  Eqs.  of  dry  Sulph.  Soda  which 
remains  behind. 

Tests.  The  characteristics  of  Corrosive  Sublimate  having  been 
fully  given  above,  its  purity  may  be  ascertained  by  the  following  tests. 
It  liquefies  and  sublimes  entirely  by  heat.  L.  and  E.  It  is  totally  so- 
luble in  water,  L.,  and  easily  soluble  in  Sulphuric  Ether.  L.  and  E. 
Fixed  impurities  will  remain  after  sublimation.  Calomel  will  not  be 
dissolved  by  water.  Five  or  six  parts  of  Ether  will  remove  the 
whole  of  the  Bichloride.  The  other  tests  of  the  L.  P.  will  show  that 
it  has  been  properly  made.  "  Whatever  is  thrown  down  from  water 
either  by  solution  of  Potash  or  Lime-water,  is  of  a  reddish  colour,  or 
if  a  sufficient  quantity  be  added  it  is  yellow.  Heated,  this  yellow 
substance  emits  Oxygen,  and  runs  into  globules  of  Mercury."  L. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  Lime-water,  Soap,  Tartar 
Emetic,  Nitr.  Silver,  the  Acetates  of  Lead,  Iodide  of  Potassium,  Sul- 
phuret  of  Potassium,  many  metals,  infusions  of  bitter  and  astringent 
vegetables,  as  well  as  solutions  of  other  vegetable  and  animal  prin- 
ciples. 

Motion.  Uses.  Corrosive  Irritant  Poison,  in  doses  of  a  few  grains, 
producing  depression  of  the  nervous  system  and  excessive  Mercu- 
rialism.  In  smaller  doses  an  excellent  Alterative  in  Syphilis  and  se- 
condary Syphilis,  and  chronic  cutaneous  diseases. 


HYDRARGYRI   AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM.  203 

D.  gr.  Jg  to  J,  in  a  pill,  or  in  the  following  solution.  Ext.  As  a 
lotion,  gr.  ^ — gr.  ij.  in  Aq.  Best.  f3j. 

LIQUOR    HYDRARGYRI    BICHLORIDI,    L.      Solution   of   Bichloride    of 
Mercury. 

The  solvent  power  of  water  being  increased  bolh  by  Common  Salt 
and  Sal  Ammoniac,  the  former  used  to  be,  as  the  latter  is  now,  em- 
ployed in  making  a  solution  of  Corrosive  Sublimate. 

Prep,  Dissolve  Bichlor.  Mercury  and  HydroMor.  Ammonia  aa  gr.  x.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj. 

D.  f3ss — f3ij.  in  some  bland  fluid.     One  fluid  ounce  contains  \  gr. 
of  Bichlor.  Mercury. 

Antidotes.  Albumen,  as  in  white  of  Eggs,  followed  immediately  by 
infusion  of  Galls  or  of  Catechu ;  Milk  ;  Gluten  of  wheat  and  wheaten 
flour;  Protosulphuret  of  Iron,  if  administered  immediately,  or  within 
15  minutes  after  the  poison  has  been  swallowed ;  Iron-filings  (with 
Gold-dust?);  Antiphlogistic  treatment,  as  with  other  irritant  poisons. 

HYDRARGYRI  AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM,  L.     HYDRARG.  PRECIPITATUM  ALBUM, 

E.  HYD.  SUBMURIAS  AMMONIATUM,  D.     [HYDRARGYRUM  AMMONIATUM, 
U.S.] 

Ammonio  Chloride  of  Mercury.     White  Precipitate.    F.  Chlorure  Ammoniaco-Mercuriel 
insoluble.     G.  Weisser  Quecksilber  pracipitat. 

This  salt  was  discovered  by  Raymond  Lully  in  the  13th  century, 
and  is  formed  by  precipitating  a  solution  of  Bichloride  of  Mercury 
with  Ammonia.  It  is  met  with  in  masses,  or  as  a  heavy  white  pow- 
der, without  smell,  but  having  a  metallic  taste ;  insoluble  in  Water 
and  Alcohol ;  decomposed  by  heat,  and  resolved  into  Calomel,  Am- 
monia, and  Nitrogen;  so  boiling  water  resolves  it  into  Hydrochlor. 
Ammonia  and  yellow  Binoxide  of  Mercury.  Sul',  Nit',  and  H  Cl' 
dissolve  and  at  the  same  time  decompose  it.  Sol.  Caustic  Potash, 
heated  with  it,  expels  Ammonia,  forms  and  dissolves  Chlor.  Potassium, 
and  leaves  impure  Binoxide  of  Mercury.  Mr.  Hennel,  on  analyzing, 
found  it  to  consist  of  1  Eq.  Binoxide  of  Mercury  with  1  Eq.  of  Hydro- 
chlorate  of  Ammonia.  By  Mr.  Phillips,  it  is  considered  to  be  a  com- 
pound of  1  Eq.  Binoxide  of  Mercury,  218,  and  1  of  Bichlor.  Mercury, 
274,  with  2  Eq.  of  Ammonia,  34  =  526.  Dr.  Kane,  however,  states 
that  on  adding  Ammonia  a  little  in  excess  to  the  solution  of  Bichloride 
of  Mercury,  he  found  that  one-half  of  its  Chlorine  is  set  free,  and  that 
the  precipitate  contains  only  Mercury,  Chlorine,  and  Arnidogen,  the 
radical  of  Ammonia,  N  H3  (v.  p.  70)  in  the  proportion  of  2  Eqs.  of 
each,  so  as  to  form  a  compound  of  1  Eq.  of  Bichloride  of  Mercury, 
274,  with  1  Eq.  of  Binoxide  of  Mercury,  234  =  508. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Bichlor.  Mercury  (Corrosive  Sublimate,  E.)  gvj.  with  the  aid 
of  heat  in  Aq.  dest.  Ovj. ;  (take  the  liquor  remaining  after  making  Precipitated  Calomel, 
D.)  When  cold  add  Solution  of  Ammonia  f  3viij.  (q.  s.  to  throw  down  entirely  the 
metallic  salt,  D.)  stirring  frequently.  (Collect  the  powder  on  a  calico  filter,  E.)  Wash 
thoroughly  (with  cold  (distilled,  D.)  water,  E.)  till  free  from  taste.  Dry  it  (on  bibulous 
paper,  D.) 

[D.  S.  P.  Essentially  as  L.] 


204  HYDRARGYRI    BISULPHURETUM. 

'  The  description  of  the  changes  which  take  place  on  adding  Am- 
monia to  the  Bichlor.  Mercury,  must  depend  upon  the  view  taken 
respecting  the  composition  of  the  precipitate. 

Tests.  Apt  to  be  mixed  with  other  white  powders,  as  Garbs.  Lime 
and  Lead,  Calomel,  Starch,  Sulph.  Lime  and  Sulph.  Baryta.  "  Totally 
evaporated  by  heat.  Dissolved  by  H  Cl'  without  effervescence  (but 
not  if  any  Garb,  is  present).  When  digested  with  Acetic',  lod.  Potas- 
sium throws  down  nothing  either  yellow  (lod.  Lead)  or  blue  (lod. 
Starch).  The  powder  rubbed  with  Lime-water,  does  not  become 
black  (showing  that  no  Protoxide  of  Mercury  is  present).  When 
heated  with  solution  of  Potash,  it  becomes  yellow,  and  emits  Ammo- 
nia." L.  No  other  white  substance  is  known  to  do  so.  (Phillips.) 

Inc.  Acids,  Alkalies,  acid  and  metallic  Salts,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Supposed  to  be  that  of  other  Mercurials,  as  the  Bi- 
chloride, but  is  only  used  externally. 

UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  AMMONIO-CHLORIDI,  L.  UNG.  PRECIPITATI 
ALBI  E.  UNG.  HYD.  SUBMURIATIS  AMMONIATI,  D.  [UNGUENTUM 
HYDRARGYRI  AMMONIATI,  U.  S.] 


Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Melt  slowly  Lard  3jss.  (giij.   E.)  add  (when  concreting,  D.)  White 
Precipitate  3j.  (3ij.  E.)     Mix.    (Stir  briskly  as  the  Ointment  concretes  in  cooling,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  Stimulant  in  Cutaneous  diseases  and  in- 
dolent ulcers. 


HYDRARGYRI  BISULPHURETUM,  L.     HYDRARGYRI  SULPHURETUM  RUBRUM, 

D.    (U.  S.)       ClNNABARIS,  E. 

Bisulphuret  and  Red  Sulphuret  of  Mercury.     Cinnabar.     F.  Sulfure  rouge  de  Mercure- 
G.  Rothes  Schwefelquecksilber. 

Cinnabar  was  known  to  the  Greeks.  It  has  been  discovered  to  be 
one  of  the  pigments  employed  by  the  Egyptians.  The  Chinese  as 
well  as  the  Hindoos  have  from  early  times  employed  it  in  medicine, 
and  the  former  have  long  been  celebrated  for  their  Vermilion.  It 
was  formerly  called  Kinnabari  and  also  Minium,  being  often  con- 
founded with  the  Red  Oxide  of  Lead.  It  occurs  native  both  massive 
and  crystallized,  and  is  the  principal  ore  from  which  the  metal  is 
extracted  at  Idria,  Almaden,  and  in  China.  It  is  prepared  artificially 
for  use  both  in  medicine  and  the  arts. 

Prop.  The  Bisulphuret  of  Mercury  (Hg  Ss  =  234),  the  Sulphuret 
(Hg'S)  of  some  chemists,  when  in  substance,  is  of  a  dark  red  colour, 
heavy,  striated,  gives  a  bright  red  streak  when  scratched;  but  when 
powdered,  is  of  a  brilliant  red,  commonly  called  Vermilion.  Sp.  Gr. 
8-1.  It  is  devoid  of  both  taste  and  odour,  is  insoluble,  in  both  water 
and  Alcohol,  and  in  most  of  the  acids,  and  is  unalterable  in  the  air. 
Heated  it  becomes  of  a  brownish-red ;  in  the  air,  burns  with  a  blue 
flame,  yielding  Sulphurous  acid  gas  and  metallic  Mercury;  but  sub- 
limes unchanged  out  of  access  of  the  air.  Heated  with  Potash,  glo- 


HYDRARGYRI    SULPHURETUM    NIGRUM.       205 

bules  of  Mercury  are  given  out,  and  the  addition  of  H  Cl'  evolves 
Hydrosul'.     It  may  be  made  by  the  following  process : 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Melt  Sulphur  3v.  (sublimed  S^parts,  D.)  add  (gradually)  Mercury 
feij.  (19  parts  D.)  Continue  the  heat  till  the  mixture  begins  to  swell  up.  Remove  the 
vessel,  cover  it  closely  to  prevent  the  mass  taking  fire,  reduce  to  powder  (when  cold,  E.) 
Sublime  it. 

[U.  S.  Mercury  3x1.  Sulphur  gviij.  Mix  the  Mercury  with  the  melted  Sulphur  over 
the  fire,  and  proceed  as  above.] 

By  the  aid  of  heat,  the  ingredients  combine,  and  would  explode,  if. 
they  were  not  covered  and  removed  from  the  fire.  A  black  Sulphuret 
is  formed :  by  sublimation,  it  crystallizes  and  becomes  of  a  dark  red 
colour,  without  any  change  of  composition. 

Tests.  Sublimed  entirely  by  heat,  L.,  and  without  any  metallic 
globules  being  formed.  Heated  with  Potash,  it  yields  globules  of 
Mercury ;  is  not  dissolved  either  by  Nit'  or  H  Cl',  but  is  so  by  Nitro- 
Hydro-Cl'.  Rectified  Spirit  with  which  it  has  been  boiled  is  not  red- 
dened (showing  absence  of  Dragon's-blood,  &c.)  Acetic'  digested 
upon  it,  yields  no  yellow  precipitate  with  lod.  Potassium  (showing 
that  there  is  no  Red  Lead  mixed  with  it).  Red  Sulphuret  of  Arsenic 
will  be  detected  by  the  tests  for  Arsenic,  (v.  pp.  213  and  215.) 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  but  seldom  given  internally.  Still  used 
by  the  Hindoos  in  fumigation ;  but  the  gray  Oxide  is  preferable  for 
such  a  purpose. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss.  For  fumigation,  3ss. ;  but  the  Sulphurous  vapours 
are  irritating  when  inhaled. 

HYDRARGYRI  SULPHURETUM  CUM  SULPHURE,  L.  HYDRARGYRI  SULPHU- 
RETUM NIGRUM,  D.  (U.  S.)  Sulphuret  of  Mercury  with  Sulphur.  Black 
Sulphuret  of  Mercury.  Eihiops  Mineral.  F.  Sulfure  noir  de 
Mercure.  G.  Schwa rzes  Schwefelquecksilber. 

The  Black  Sulphuret  of  Mercury  has  long  been  employed  in  medi- 
cine. It  forms  a  black  heavy  powder,  without  taste  or  smell. 
Heated,  it  is  entirely  dissipated.  Boiled  in  caustic  Potash,  a  Sul- 
phuret of  Potassium  is  formed,  and  a  black  powder  left,  which,  when 
sublimed,  becomes  red,  and  has  all  the  characters  of  the  foregoing 
preparation,  whence  Mr.  Brande  considers  it,  (and  Mr.  Phillips  coin- 
cides with  him,)  as  a  compound  of  58  parts  of  Bisulphuret  of  Mercury 
with  42  of  Sulphur,  mechanically  mixed.  The  black  substance 
which  is  thrown  down  by  Hydrosul'  from  solutions  of  the  salts  of 
Protoxide  of  Mercury,  considered  by  some  chemists  to  be  a  Proto- 
sulphuret,  is  by  others  accounted  a  Subsulphuret  (Hga  S),  resolvable 
into  metallic  Mercury  and  the  Bisulphuret. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Rub  together  Mercury  and  Sulphur  aa  ftj.  (1  part  in  an  earthenware 
mortar,  D.)  till  globules  are  no  longer  visible,  even  with  a  magnifier. 

[U.  S.  As  L.] 

It  is  preferable  to  moisten  with  a  little  water  or  with  Hydrosul- 
phate  of  Ammonia.  (Geiger.) 


206  SUBSULPHAS    HYDRARGYRI   FLAVUS. 

Tests.  Entirely  evaporated  by  heat,  no  Charcoal  nor  Phosph.  Lime 
being  left.  L.  Both  vegetable  and  animal  Charcoal  will  thus  be  de- 
tected, and  free  Mercury  by  a  silver  stain  when  rubbed  on  Gold. 
Sulphuret  of  Antimony  by  boiling  in  H  Cl',  and  using  the  tests  at 
p.  181.) 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  Diaphoretic  in  Cutaneous  and  in  Glandu- 
lar diseases. 

D.  gr.  v. — 3ss.,  but  is  rather  inert  and  little  used. 


HYDRARGYRI  PERSULPHAS,  D. 

Persulphate  or  Bipersulphate  of  Mercury.     Sulphate  of  the  Protoxide  of  some  chemists. 
F.  Deuto-Sulphate  de  Mercure.     G.  Schwefelsaures  quecksilberoxyd. 

The  Bipersulphate  of  Mercury  (Hg  O8,  2  S  O,  =  298)  is  officinal 
in  the  D.  P.  for  pharmaceutic  purposes ;  but  though  not  mentioned  in 
the  L.  and  E.  P.,  it  is  prepared  in  the  first  part  of  the  processes  for 
making  both  the  Chlor.  and  Bichlor.  Mercury,  v.  197  and  202.  It  is 
a  white  crystalline  salt,  which  is  decomposed  on  being  added  to  water, 
as  in  the  next  preparation,  the  yellow  Subsulphate  of  Mercury. 

Prep.  Heat  together  in  a  glass  vessel  purified  Mercury  and  Sulphuric'  aa  6  parts, 
Nitric'  1  part.  Increase  the  heat  till  the  mass  is  white  and  dry. 

Mercury  and  Sul'  do  not  act  upon  each  other  when  cold,  but  on 
being  heated,  the  acid  becomes  decomposed ;  Sulphurous  acid  gas  is 
given  off,  and  the  metal  becomes  oxidated  at  the  expense  of  a  part  of 
the  Sul'  employed.  It  may  thus  be  prepared  without  the  aid  of  Nit'. 
The  Nit'  being  added  to  facilitate  the  oxidation,  and  to  diminish  the 
quantity  of  Sul'  and  Sulphurous  acids  which  must  afterwards  be  driven 
off,  is  chiefly  decomposed,  and  the  Sul'  combines  with  the  Oxide  when 
formed.  The  heat  being  continued,  the  Mercury  is  peroxidated  and 
a  Bipersulphate  of  Mercury  obtained. 

Action.  Uses.  Would  no  doubt  act  as  other  Mercurials,  but  is  offi- 
cinal for  making  Hydrargyri  Chloridum  and  Bichloridum,  and  Oxy- 
dum  Sulphuricum  Hydrargyri. 


SUBSULPHAS  HYDRARGYRI  FLAVUS.     HYDRARGYRI  SULPHURICUM  OXYDUM, 
D.     [HYDRARGYRI  SULPHAS  FLAVUS,  U.  S.] 

TurUth  or  Turpeth  Mineral.    F.  Sous-deuto-sulfate  de  Mercure.     G.  Mineralischer 

turpith. 

Prop.  Though  without  smell,  it  irritates  the  nostrils  when  snuffed 
up,  has  an  acrid  taste,  but  requires  2000  parts  of  temperate  and  600 
parts  of  boiling  water  for  its  solution.  When  heated,  first  Sulphurous 
acid  and  then  Oxygen  are  given  off,  and,  lastly,  Mercury  is  sublimed. 
Caustic  Potash,  when  made  to  acton  it,  will  afterwards  deposit  Sulph. 
Baryta  on  addition  of  the  Nitrate.  Some  chemists  consider  it  to  be 
composed  of  1  Eq.  of  Binoxide  of  Mercury  with  1  of  Sul' :  Mr.  Phil- 


HYDRARGYRI    NITRATIS    UNGUENTUM.       207 

lips,  of  3  Eq.  of  Sul'  with  4  of  Binoxide  of  Mercury.     According  to 
Soubeiran,  Oxide  of  Mercury  80-09,  Sul'  19-91  =  100. 

Prep.  Triturate  together  in  an  earthenware  mortar  Persulph.  Mercury  1  part,  warm 
Aq.  20  parts.  Pour  off  the  liquor.  Wash  the  yellow  powder  with  warm  Aq.  dest.  so  long 
as  drops  of  Liq.  Potassse  cause  any  deposit.  Then  dry  the  Sulphuric  Oxide  of  Mercury. 

Water,  from  its  great  affinity  for  Sul',  decomposes  the  salt 
employed,  abstracts  the  chief  portion  of  its  acid,  separating  it  into  an 
acid  Sulphate,  which  remains  in  solution,  and  precipitates  the  Oxide 
of  a  lemon-yellow  colour,  still  retaining  a  portion  of  the  Sul' ;  which 
is  thus  considered  a  Subsulphate. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison,  Emetic,  Errhine. 

D.  Too  violent  for  internal  exhibition,  and  used  only  as  an  errhine, 
gr.  j.  with  grs.  v.  of  some  bland  powder.  Occasionally  as  an  Oint- 
ment, 1  part  to  8  of  Lard,  in  some  herpetic  eruptions. 


HYDRARGYRI  NITRATIS  UNGUENTUM,  L.  (U.  S.)  UNG.  CITRINUM,  E.  UNG. 
HYDR.  NITRATIS  VEL  UNG.  CITRINUM,  D.     Citrine  Ointment. 

Citrine  Ointment,  or  that  of  the  Nitrate  of  Mercury,  is  a  much- 
used  and  highly  valued  preparation,  which  was  introduced  into  the 
Pharmacopeias  as  a  substitute  for  one  known  as  Golden  Eye  Ointment. 
When  properly  prepared,  it  is  soft,  of  a  bright  yellow  or  lemon-colour, 
and  of  a  strong  Nitrous  odour.  It  is  apt,  however,  to  change,  especi- 
ally if  the  directions  for  its  preparation  are  not  strictly  followed.  It 
is  then  hard,  and  becomes  brittle  and  almost  pulverulent,  and  its  co- 
lour changed  to  a  bluish-gray  or  a  greenish,  or  of  a  mottled  appear- 
ance, the  metal  becoming  by  degrees  reduced. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  Mercury  3j.  (by  weight  3j.  D. ;  3iv.  E.)  in  Nitric'  f3xj. 
(3xjss.  D. ;  Dens.  1380  to  1390  f3ixss.  with  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat,  E.)  Melt  together 
(in  a  vessel  capable  of  holding  6  times  the  quantity,  E.)  Lard  3vj.  (prepared  Hog's  3iv. 
D. ;  Axunge  3xv.  E.)  and  Olive  Oil  f3iv.  (f3xxxviijss.  E. ;  ftj.  by  measure,  D.;  While 
hot  mix  the  solutions  thoroughly.  (If  the  mixture  do  not  froth  up,  increase  the  heat 
slightly  till  it  does.  Keep  this  ointment  in  earthenware  or  glass  vessels,  excluding  the 
light,  E.  Make  an  ointment  in  the  same  way  as  the  Ointment  of  Nitric',  D.) 

[U.  S.  Mercury  3j.  Nitric  Acid  f3xj.  Fresh  Neats  Foot  Oil  f Six.  Lard  3iij.  Dis- 
solve the  Mercury  in  the  acid,  then  melt  the  oil  and  Lard  together,  and  when  they  begin 
to  stiffen  add  the  solution  and  mix.] 

Difficulty  having  been  experienced  in  making  this  Ointment,  various 
suggestions  have  been  made  for  its  improvement,  as  diminishing  the 
Lard  to  £,  using  Olive-oil  alone,  or  substituting  Almond,  Rape,  and 
Neats-foot  Oil,  also  Butter ;  though  many  have  succeeded  in  making 
good  Ointment,  as  we  ourselves  have  done  when  abroad,  by  following 
the  directions  of  the  L.  P.  Mr.  Alsop  (in  Pharm.  Journ.  i.  p.  100) 
clearly  pointed  out  that  a  due  regulation  of  the  heat  necessarily  gene-, 
rated  when  large  quantities  are  made,  is  essential,  and  that  a  tempe- 
rature of  about  190°  is  the  best  for  mixing  the  sol.  of  the  Nitrate  with 
the  melted  fatty  matter,  when  strong  effervescence  takes  place.  It  is 
equally  necessary  to  attend  to  the  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  acid,  in  order  that 
the  exact  proportions  of  the  College  may  be  employed,  and  that  the 


208  HYDRARGYRIACETAS. 

quantity  must  be  increased  when  the  Sp.  Gr.  is  less  than  1'5.  The 
stirring  usually  employed  he  does  not  find  essential.  Mr.  A.  directs 
attention  to  the  directions  given  by  Dr.  Duncan  in  his  Dispensatory 
of  1794,  as  they  embody  these  principles,  and  seem  to  have  been  ori- 
ginally proposed  by  Mr.  Duncan  of  Edinburgh.  The  proportions  have 
been  adopted  by  the  E.  P.,  but  the  quantities  are  given  above  as  cor- 
rected by  Dr.  Christison.  (Disp.  p.  530.)  It  yields  Ointment  of  a  fine 
golden  colour,  and  of  the  requisite  softness,  if  kept  from  the  light. 
Experiments  have  also  been  made  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Pharma- 
ceutical Society  (v.  P.  J.  iv.  450)  showing  that  perfectly  good  Oint- 
ment is  made  by  attending  to  the  L.  P.  directions,  and  that  Ointment 
which  was  old,  become  hard,  discoloured,  and  pulverulent,  was  re- 
stored to  its  original  appearance  by  heating  it  with  a  little  Nitric 
acid.  When  well  made,  Citrine  Ointment,  according  to  the  explana- 
tion given  by  M.  Soubeiran  from  the  experiments  "of  M.  Boudet,  con- 
tains Nitrate  of  the  Binoxide  and  some  Subnitrate.of  the  Protoxide  of 
Mercury,  or  "  turbith  nitreux" — less  of  the  latter,  and  more  of  the 
former,  as  the  heat  is  greater, — with  some  free  Nitric  acid  (hyponi- 
trique,  s.)  On  the  addition  of  the  Mercurial  solution,  decomposition 
takes  place,  Binoxide  of  Nitrogen  and  Carbonic  acid  gas  escaping. 
Some  Elaidic  acid  formed  combines  with  Oxide  of  Mercury,  and 
forms  some  Mercurial  Soap,  or  Elaidate  of  Mercury ;  there  is  also 
some  Ela'idine  and  a  small  portion  of  a  yellow  matter  soluble  in 
Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Alterative  application  to  the  eyelids  in 
chronic  Ophthalmia,  also  in  several  cutaneous  eruptions,  and  te  foul 
and  indolent  ulcers.  If  long  applied,  it  will  produce  the  effects  of  a 
Mercurial  on  the  system.  It  is  usually  necessary  to  dilute  it  with 
Oil  when  first  applied  to  the  eyelids ;  but  it  is  more  apt  to  spoil  when 
diluted.  When  decomposition  has  taken  place,  it  ought  not  to  be 
applied,  as  it  then  becomes  irritant. 

LINIMENTUM  HYDRARGYRI  NITRATIS  made  with  Ung.  Hydr.  Nitr. 
3ijss.  Cerati  SimpUcis  3vijss.  Olive  Oil  f3v.,  is  officinal  in  the  Man- 
chester Infirmary,  and  is  no  doubt  a  good  substitute  for  the  weak 
Citrine  Ointment,  for  which  a  formula  existed  in  former  Pharmaco- 
poeias. 

HYDRAKGYRI  ACETAS,  D. 

Acetate  (of  Protoxide)  of  Mercury.   F.  Protoacetate  de  Mercure.    G.  Essigsaures  Queck- 

Bilberoxydul. 

The  Acetate  of  Mercury  (Hg  O,  Ac'  =261)  has  been  long  known 
to  chemists,  but  was  introduced  into  practice  in  consequence  of  the 
French  Government  having,  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  pur- 
chased the  secret  of  Keyser's  pills,  which  were  vaunted  as  an  anti- 
syphilitic  remedy.  Some,  however,  suppose  that  he  employed  a  mix- 
ture of  the  Acetates  of  the  Protoxide  and  of  the  Peroxide  of  Mercury, 
and  others  that  he  employed  the  latter  only. 


HYDRARGYRI   BICYANIDUM.  209 

Prop.  It  occurs  in  thin  scale-like  crystals,  flexible,  white  in  colour, 
without  odour,  but  having  an  acrid  metallic  taste.  Sparingly  soluble 
in  cold,  and  partially  decomposed  by  boiling  water,  as  it  is  also  by 
boiling  Alcohol.  Light  also  decomposes  and  blackens  it.  Heat  re- 
solves it  into  Acet'  and  Carb'  and  Mercury.  Sul'  disengages  the 
odour  of  Ac',  and  the  alkalies  precipitate  the  Black  Oxide  of  Mercury 
from  its  solutions,  while  from  that  of  the  Acetate  of  the  Peroxide  a 
yellow  precipitate  takes  place.  Comp.  Hg  O  80-66  +  Ac'  19-34  = 
100. 

Prep.  Add  Nitric'  dil.  1  1  parts,  to  purified  Mercury  9  parts.  When  effervescence 
ceases  digest  till  the  metal  is  dissolved.  Dissolve  Acet.  Potash  9  parts  iu  boiling  Aq. 
dest.  100  parts,  and  acidulate  the  solution  with  Distilled  Vinegar  q.  s.  Add  to  this  while 
boiling  the  solution  of  the  Mercury  in  the  Nitric'  and  filter  as  quickly  as  possible  through 
a  double  linen  cloth.  Let  it  cool  that  crystals  may  form  ;  wash  these  with  cold  Aq.  dest., 
dry  them  in  paper  with  a  very  gentle  heat.  All  through  this  process  use  glass  vessels,  D. 

In  the  first  part  of  this  process,  a  Protonit.  Mercury  is  intended  to 
be  obtained  ;  but  it-is  difficult  to  prevent  some  of  the  Pernitrate  being 
formed,  as  is  always  the  case  when  the  acid  is  strong,  or  heat  is  em- 
ployed. The  former  may  be  obtained  by  using  a  diluted  acid  without 
heat,  and  allowing  the  action  to  take  place  slowly,  separating  occa- 
sionally the  crystals  as  they  are  formed,  (c.)  On  mixing  the  acid 
solution  of  this  Protonit.  with  a  hot  sol.  of  the  Acet.  Potash,  double 
decomposition  ensues,  but  no  deposit  takes  place  until  the  mixture 
cools,  when  the  pearly  crystals  of  the  Protoacetate  are  deposited,  and 
Nitrate  of  Potash  remains  in  solution. 

Action.  Uses.  Considered  a  mild  Mercurial,  but  has  occasionally 
acted  with  violence,  in  consequence  probably  either  of  being  badly 
prepared,  or  having  afterwards  altered  in  composition. 


HYDRARGYRI  (CYANURETUM,  D.  U.  S.)  BICYANIDUM,  L. 
Bicyanide  of  Mercury.    F.  Cyanure  de  Mercure.     G.  Doppelt-Cyanquecksilber. 

Bicyanide  of  Mercury  (Hg  2  Cy  =  254)  was  discovered  by  Scheele. 
It  was  introduced  into  the  D.  P.  for  making  Hydrocyanic  acid.  Mr. 
Phillips,  in  his  Translation  of  the  L.  P.,  mentions  Acidum  Hydrocya- 
nicum  as  its  officinal  preparation  ;  but,  on  turning  to  the  formulae  for 
making  this  acid  in  the  L.  P.,  we  find  no  mention  made  of  Bicyanide 
of  Mercury.  It  is  of  a  dull  white  colour,  without  smell,  but  of  a  dis- 
agreeable metallic  taste.  Crystallized  in  anhydrous  obliquely  trun- 
cated four-sided  prisms  :  permanent  in  the  air,  partially  dissolved  by 
Alcohol,  requiring  8  times  their  weight  of  temperate  but  much  less  of 
boiling  water.  It  is  dissolved  by  Nit',  but  decomposed  by  Sul'  and 
by  Hydrosul',  the  latter  precipitating  a  black  Sulphuret  of  Mercury 
from  its  solution.  It  is  not  affected  by  the  alkalies,  but  its  character- 
istics may  be  seen  by  the  tests  of  the  L.  P.  "  Transparent  and  en- 
tirely soluble  in  water.  H  Cl'  disengages  from  its  solution  Hydrocy- 
anic' which  is  known  by  its  peculiar  smell  ;  a  glass  rod  moistened 
with  the  sol.  of  Nitr.  Silver,  and  held  over  it,  gives  a  deposit  (Cyanide 

14 


210  ARSENICUM. 

of  Silver)  soluble  in  boiling  Nit'.     Heated,  it  emits  Cyanogen,  and 
globules  of  Mercury  are  obtained.   Comp.  Hg.  79-6  +  Cy  20-4  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Mix  Percyanide  of  Iron  3viij.  (Cyanuret  of  Iron  6  parts,  D.)  Binoxide 
of  Mercury  3x.  (Nitric  Oxide  of  Mercury  5  parts,  D.)  Aq.  dest.  Oiv.  (add  them  to  Aq. 
dest.  warmed  40  parts,  D.)  Boil  them  together  for  half  an  hour,  (continually  stirring1,  D.) 
Filter  (through  bibulous  paper,  D.)  Evaporate  the  liquor  to  obtain  crystals.  Wash  the 
residue  repeatedly  with  boiling  Aq.  dest.  (Filter  D.)  Again  evaporate  to  obtain  crystals. 

[U.S.  Ferrocyanuret  of  Iron  3iv.  Red  Oxide  of  Mercury  guj-  or  q.  s.  Distilled  Water 
Oiij.  Powder  and  mix,  and  put  into  a  glass  vessel,  then  pour  on  Oij.  of  the  water.  Boil, 
stirring  constantly,  and  if  at  the  end  of  half  an  hour  the  blue  colour  remains,  add  small 
portions  of  Oxide  of  Mercury,  continuing  the  ebullition  until  the  mixture  assumes  a 
yellowish  colour.  Filter.  Wash  the  residue  in  a  pint  of  the  water  and  filter  as  before. 
Mix  the  solutions,  and  evaporate  until  a  pellicle  appears,  then  set  aside,  that  crystals  may 
form.  To  purify  the  crystals,  redissolve  and  recrystallize.] 

It  may  also  be  prepared  by  accurately  saturating  with  Binoxide  of  Mercury  q.  s.  Hy- 
drocyanic' distilled  from  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  by  acting  on  it  with  dilute  Sul',  L. 

In  the  first  formula,  on  the  ingredients  being  heated,  the  Cyanogen 
quits  the  Iron  and  combines  with  the  Mercury,  forming  the  Bicyanide 
of  Mercury,  which  becomes  dissolved,  and  is  afterwards  obtained  in 
crystals  by  evaporation.  The  Oxygen  of  the  Binoxide  of  Mercury, 
at  the  same  time  separating  from  this  metal,  combines  with  the  Iron 
which  has  just  been  freed  from  the  Cyanogen,  and  an  insoluble  Ses- 
quioxide  of  Iron  is  formed. 

In  the  second  formula,  which  is  in  many  respects  preferable,  on 
adding  the  Binoxide  of  Mercury  to  the  Hydrocyanic',  the  2  Eq.  of 
Oxygen  of  the  one  combine  with  the  2  Eq.  of  Hydrogen  of  the  other, 
and  so  much  water  is  formed,  while  the  2  Eq.  of  Cyanogen  set  free 
combine  with  the  single  Eq.  of  Mercury,  and  the  required  Bicyanide 
of  Mercury  is  obtained. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison.  Sometimes  used  as  a  substitute  for 
Corrosive  Sublimate. 

D.  gr.  y1^  gradually  increased  to  gr.  h,  in  pills  or  in  solution. 


ARSENICUM. 
Arsenic.     F.  Arsenic.     G.  Arsenik. 

The  name  Arsenic  is  ambiguous  even  in  modern  times,  being  ap- 
plied sometimes  to  the  metal,  and  sometimes  to  one  of  the  compounds 
this  forms  with  Oxygen,  (white  Arsenic,  or  Arsenious  acid).  The 
same  ambiguity  occurs  in  old  works;  for  the  name  Arsenikon 
(agtevixov)  is  applied  by  Dioscorides  to  the  yellow  Sulphuret,  while  the 
red  Sulphuret  is  distinguished  by  the  name  Sandarach  (tfav&xpor^a). 
The  Arabs  call  the  former  zurneekh  zurd  (yellow),  and  the  second 
zurneekh  soorkh  (red).  The  name  zurneekh  is  supposed  by  Sprengel 
to  be  a  corruption  of  Arsenicon,  but  of  this  there  is  no  proof.  The 
Arabs  were  also  acquainted  with  the  white  Oxide,  which  they  call 
sum-alfar,  mouse-poison,  or  Ratsbane,  and  also  shook,  turab-al-hulk, 
and  turab-al-kai,  windpipe-earth,  and  emetic-earth.  But  the  Hindoos 
are  also  well  acquainted  with  all  three  substances;  Orpiment  being 
their  hurtal,  Realgar  their  mansil,  while  white  Arsenic  they  call 


ACIDUMARSENIOSUM.  211 

sanchya.  They  were  probably  the  first  to  prescribe  it  internally,  as 
in  Leprosy  (Prof.  H.  H.  Wilson),  as  they  still  do  in  that  complaint 
and  in  intermittent  fevers.  Metallic  Arsenic  was  first  distinctly 
made  known  in  Europe  by  Brandt  in  1733.  Geber  seems  to  have 
been  acquainted  with  it. 

Arsenic  (As  =  38)  is  sometimes  found  native  in  a  metallic  state, 
but  it  is 'most  extensively  diffused  in  combination  with  other  metals, 
as  Iron,  Nickel,  Copper,  Cobalt,  &c.  It  is  separated  from  these  by 
roasting  in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  and  collecting  what  is  sublimed 
in  a  long  horizontal  chimney,  or  into  one  divided  into  numerous 
compartments.  The  exposure  of  the  Arsenic  to  the  heated  air, 
oxidizes  and  converts  it  into  white  Arsenic,  or  Arsenious  acid.  q.  v. 
This,  being  procured  in  an  impure  state,  is  first  purified  by  sublima- 
tion, and  then  heated  with  Charcoal,  which  abstracts  the  Oxygen, 
and  reduces  the  Arsenic  to  its  metallic  state,  and  enables  it  to  be 
separated  by  sublimation. 

Prop.  Metallic  Arsenic  is  of  a  steel-gray  colour,  has  a  metallic 
lustre,  is  crystalline  in  texture,  and  very  brittle.  Sp.  Gr.  5-8.  Heated 
in  close  vessels,  it  readily  sublimes  at  a  temperature  of  360°,.  but  Dr. 
Mitchell  says,  at  a  low  red  heat,  and  is  again  deposited  in  a  bright 
metallic  crust,  shining  like  polished  steel.  Its  vapour  is  remarkable 
for  having  a  strong  smell  of  garlic.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  tarnishes, 
and  becomes  encrusted  with  a  gray  powder,  which  is  considered  to 
be  an  imperfect  Oxide,  or  a  mixture  of  Arsenious  acid  and  metallic 
Arsenic.  It  is  well  known  on  the  Continent  as  fly-powder.  It  is 
readily  oxidated  also  in  water,  and  even  in  Alcohol.  Heated  in  the 
air,  Arsenic  easily  burns,  producing  white  fumes,  which  are  some- 
times called  Flowers  of  Arsenic,  but  are  those  of  the  white  Oxide, 
that  is,  of  Arsenious  acid.  q.  v.  As  it  forms  no  salifiable  base  with 
Oxygen,  some  chemists  have  proposed  placing  it  near  the  simple 
acidifiable  substances  rather  than  among  the  metals.  It  forms  two 
distinct  compounds  with  Oxygen :  1.  Arsenious  acid  (As  1£  O  =  50), 
which  is  officinal ;  and  2.  Arsenic  acid  (As  21  O  =  58.) 


ACIDUM  ARSENIOSUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     ARSENICI  OXYDUM  ALBUM,  D. 
ARSENICUM  ALBUM,  E. 

Arsenious  Acid.    White  Oxide  of  Arsenic.     White  Arsenic.     F.  Arsenic  blanc. 
G.  Weisser  Arsenic.     Arsenichtesaure. 

The  substance  commonly  called  white  Arsenic  has  been  long 
known,  (v.  supra.)  It  is  found  native,  but  is  almost  entirely  obtained 
for  use  from  the  refuse  ores  of  different  metals,  in  which  Arsenic  is 
also  contained,  chiefly  in  Bohemia  and  Saxony,  but  also  in  Cornwall. 
It  is  usually  purified  by  a  second  sublimation,  and  is  sufficiently  pure 
not  to  render  necessary  a  repetition  of  the  process,  as  in  the  Arsenici 
Oxydum  album  sublimatum  of  the  D.  P. 

Arsenious  acid  (As  H  O  =  50),  called  also  Oxide,  and  sometimes 
Sesquioxide  of  Arsenic,  is  colourless,  with  scarcely  any  taste  (after 


212  ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 

a  short  time,  a  very  faint  sweetish  taste  (c.),*  and  devoid  of  smell 
both  in  its  solid  and  vaporous  state.  It  is  found  in  commerce  in 
masses,  which,  when  recently  prepared,  are  transparent  and  glassy, 
but  in  time  become  opalline  and  even  opaque ;  often  on  breaking  a 
piece  which  has  become  so,  the  interior  will  be  observed  still  to  have 
a  vitreous  and  transparent  appearance,  but  the  fresh  surfacemsoon  be- 
comes like  the  exposed  parts,  and  all  are  brittle  and  pulverulent.  It  may 
be  crystallized  in  regular  octohedrons,  either  on  cooling  a  saturated 
solution  obtained  by  boiling  in  water  and  evaporating,  or  by  careful 
sublimation.  The  change  in  appearance  from  transparency  to 
enamel-like  opacity,  is  by  some  ascribed  to  mere  difference  of  mole- 
cular arrangement.  The  opacity  Mr.  Phillips  believes  to  be  owing 
to  the  absorption  of  water  from  the  atmosphere.  These  varieties 
differ  from  each  other  in  density,  the  opaque  having  a  less  degree  of 
specific  gravity  than  the  transparent  variety,  as  ascertained  by 
Messrs.  Guibourt,  Phillips,  and  Taylor,  as  evident  in  the  following 
tabular  view: 

Transparent.  Opaque. 

M.  Guibourt  3-7391  3-695. 

Mr.  Phillips  3-715  3-620.f 

Mr.  A.  Taylor  3-798  3-529. 

•  The  solubility  in  water  also  of  these  varieties  was  said  to  differ  by 
M.   Guibourt,  who  found  the  transparent  dissolved  in   103  parts  of 
water  at  (15°  Cent.)  59°  F.,  and  in  9-33  parts  of  boiling  water;  and 
that  the  opaque  variety  dissolved  in  80  parts  of  water  at  (15°  Cent.), 
and  in  7-72  parts  of  boiling  water.  Mr.  Taylor  (Guy's  Hosp.  Reports, 
vol.  iv.  p.  83),  observing  the  great  discrepancies  in  the  statements  of 
chemists  respecting  the  solubility  of  Arsenic  in  water,  submitted  it  to 
careful  experiment ;  and  he  states  that  there  is  no  observable  diffe- 
rence in  the  solubility  of  the  transparent  and  opaque  varieties  of  Arseni- 
ous  acid ;  that  water  at  ordinary  temperatures  dissolves  about  TTHJT?  °r 
s^  of  its  weight,  according  to  circumstances  ;  that  hot  water  at  212°, 
allowed  to  cool  on  it,  dissolves  less  than  ^5  of  its  weight,  or  about 
1^  grs.  to  each  f3 ;  that  water  boiled  for  an  hour  on  this  substance, 
dissolves  2V  of  its  weight,  or  rather  more  than  20  grs.  to  each  f 3 ; 
that  this  water,  on  perfect  cooling,  does  not  retain  more  than  ^  of  its 
weight,  or  12  grs.  to  the  f3.     It  is  observed  as  remarkable  that  the 
quantity  retained  in  a  cold  saturated  solution  prepared  by  boiling 
water  should  be  so  much  greater  (that  is.  10  to  20  times  more)  than 
what  cold  water  can  dissolve,  or  even  hot  water  without  the  continued 

*  It  is  often  differently  described ;  as  "  acrid,  nauseux,"  even  by  Soubeiran.   Orfila  like- 
wise, as  quoted  by  Dr.  C.,  describes  it  as  a  rough,  not  corrosive,  slightly  styptic  taste — 
persistent  and  attended  with  salivation.     Dr.  Christison  and  his  friends,  in  making  expe- 
riments on  it,  "'all  agreed  that  it  had  scarcely  any  taste  at  all, — perhaps  towards  the  close 
a  very  faint  sweetish  taste."    So  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  Mr.  Taylor,  Mr.  R.  Phillips.  There 
is  little  doubt  but  that  in  some  cases  the  subsequent  effects  produced  by  the  irritation  of 
the  poison  have  been  confounded  with  the  primary  taste. 

f  Printed  3-260  in  Transl.  Pharmp. 


ACIDUMARSENIOSUM.  213 

boiling.  He  further  confirmed  what  had  been  ascertained  by  Dr. 
Christison,  that  the  presence  of  organic  matter  in  a  liquid  is  an  obsta- 
cle to  the  solution  of  the  poison,  but  viscid  liquids,  as  gruel,  may  sus- 
pend a  larger  quantity  than  they  can  dissolve.  The  solution  faintly 
reddens  Litmus.  Hence  in  searching  for  Arsenic  in  organic  liquids, 
or  in  the  stomach  or  intestines  in  cases  of  poisoning,  it  is  proper  first 
to  dilute  the  liquid  considerably  with  water,  and,  secondly,  to  boil  the 
liquid  thus  diluted  for  at  least  2  or  3  hours.  Arsenious  acid  is  soluble 
in  Oil,  also  in  Alcohol,  which  dissolves  about  2  grs.,  but  cold  brandy 
not  above  1  gr.  in  the  ounce.  When  subjected  to  heat,  Arsenious 
acid  is  volatilized  at  a  temperature  of  about  380°  (or  425°,  Mitchell), 
but  without  the  characteristic  smell  of  metallic  Arsenic,  and  is  again 
deposited  in  sparkling  octohedral  crystals.  If  heated  under  the  pres- 
sure of  its  own  atmosphere,  it  melts  and  is  transformed  into  a  glassy- 
looking  substance ;  but  if  heated  with  any  Carbonaceous  matter  (or 
any  of  the  easily  oxidizable  metals  heated  to  redness,  Paris,)  it  becomes 
decomposed,  from  the  Carbon  abstracting  its  Oxygen  and  setting  free 
the  Arsenic,  which  being  itself  volatilized,  will  exhale  a  garlicky  odour. 
It  may  be  dissolved  in  some  of  the  other  acids,  but  when  heated  with 
Nitric',  the  latter  is  decomposed,  and  the  former,  by  taking  some  of 
its  Oxygen,  is  converted  into  Arsenic  acid.  It  readily  combines  with 
Potash  and  Soda,  forming  soluble  salts,  and  also  with  Lime  and  some 
metallic  Oxides,  forming  insoluble  and  characteristic  compounds, 
which  will  be  noticed  among  the  Tests.  Comp.  As  75-72  +  O  24-21 
=  100. 

Tests.  It  is  entirely  sublimed  when  heated.  L.  and  E.  Mixed  with 
Charcoal  and  exposed  to  heat,  it  emits  an  alliaceous  smell.  It  is  dis- 
solved by  boiling  water,  and  Hydrosulphuric  acid,  when  added, 
throws  down  a  yellow  precipitate  (Orpiment),  and  Lime-water  a  white 
one  (Arsenite  of  Lime).  L.  Chalk,  Sulphate  of  Lime,  and  Sulph. 
Baryta  have  been  intermixed,  and  will  be  left  when  the  Arsenious 
acid  is  sublimed.  That  of  commerce  usually  contains  only  a  little 
Oxide  of  Iron. 

As  Arsenic  and  most  of  its  compounds  are  poisonous,  and  frequently 
employed  both  by  suicides  and  murderers,  it  is  necessary  to  be  able  to 
detect  their  presence.  In  suspected  cases,  any  powder  adhering  to 
the  coats  of  the  stomach,  &c.,  or  left  in  the  vessels  employed,  is  to  be 
searched  for  and  kept  apart ;  or  the  stomach  and  its  contents  may  be 
boiled  in  distilled  water,  &c. ;  or  the  poison  may  be  searched  for  in 
the  blood  and  liquids  and  solids  of  the  body,  as  it  is  not  found  in  these 
or  the  bones  naturally,  as  was  at  one  time  thought  by  Orfila.  We 
may  therefore  have  to  treat  it  as  a  solid  substance,  or  in  the  state  of 
solution,  either  pure  or  intermixed  with  organic  matters.  We  may 
often  get  a  ready  indication  of  the  presence  of  Arsenic  by  the  process 
of  Reinsch,  that  is,  boiling  a  small  quantity  of  the  suspected  matter 
with  Copper  and  Muriatic  acid,  when  metallic  Arsenic,  if  present, 
will  be  deposited  on  the  Copper,  which  will  become  covered,  as  it 
were,  with  a  thin  coating  of  steel. 

If  Arsenious  acid  be  obtained  in  a  solid  state,  its  characteristics 


214  ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 

may  be  shown — a.  By  its  volatility  when  exposed  to  heat ;  and  if  this 
is  effected  in  a  tube,  it  will  again  be  deposited  in  a  cooler  part  in 
octohedral  crystals,  b.  By  a  garlicky  odour,  which  is  that  of  metallic 
Arsenic,  being  exhaled  when  it  is  thrown  on  red  hot  coal  or  charcoal, 
in  consequence  of  becoming  deoxidized. 

1.  The  most  satisfactory  and  convenient  test,  and  one  delicate 
enough  for  medico-legal  purposes,  is  the  reduction  of  the  Arsenious 
acid  to  the  metallic  state,  followed  by  its  subsequent  oxidation.     It 
may  be  performed,  when  the  quantity  is  small,  with  Charcoal  in  a 
glass  tube,  which  need  not  be  above  the  ^  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 

-p.    32  But  when  the  quantity  of  poison  is  larger, 

it  is  preferable  to  use  a  Soda  flux.*  Heat 
the  Arsenious  acid  and  flux  in  the  flame  of 
a  spirit-lamp,  applied  first  to  the  upper  part 
and  then  to  the  bottom  of  the  tube.  A  little 
water  escapes,  and  should  be  removed  with 
a  roll  of  filtering-paper,  and  then,  holding 
the  tube  steadily  in  the  flame,  the  heat 
should  be  raised  so  as  to  sublime  the  metal ; 
it  will  then  be  obtained  in  a  brilliant  crust 
and  distinct,  even  when  weighing  only  the 
300th  of  a  grain,  (c.) 

2.  A  further  proof  that  the  metal  is  Arsenic,  is  afforded  by  the 
grayish-white  combined  with  a  crystalline  appearance,  observable  in 
the  cooler  parts  of  the  tube,  and  which  may  be  further  produced,  as 
originally  suggested  by  Dr.  Turner,  by  converting  the  crust,  or  a  por- 
tion of  it,  into  Arsenious  acid,  by  chasing  it  up  and  down  the  tube 
with  a  small  spirit-lamp  flame,  till  it  is  all  converted  into  a  white 
powder,  among  which  the  sparkling  triangular  facets  of  the  octohedral 
crystals  of  Arsenious  acid  will  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye,  and  always 
with  a  glass  of  four  powers.     This  crystalline  powder  may  be  dis- 
solved in  a  few  drops  of  distilled  water,  or,  filing  off  the  part  contain- 
ing the  sublimate,  boil  the  tube  and  its  contents  in  another  tube,  and 
then  apply  the  following  tests. 

When  a  clear  solution  in  distilled  water  can  be  obtained,  Arsenious 
acid  may  be  detected  by  what  are  called  the  liquid  tests : 

3.  Lime-water,  when  added  to  such  a  solution,  gives  a  white  preci- 
pitate of  Arsenite  of  Lime ;  but  there  must  not  be  any  excess  of  acid, 
nor  any  free  alkali,  which  should  be  neutralized  with  Ac'  or  H  Cl'. 
This  test  is,  however,  so  indecisive  that  it  has  been  abandoned  by 
Toxicologists. 

4.  Nitrate  of  Silver,  dissolved  in  10  parts  of  water,  does  not  by 
itself  occasion  any  precipitate;  but  if  a  little  alkali,  such  as  Ammonia, 
be  added,  forming  an  Ammoniaco-Nitrate  of  Silver,  a  lemon-yellow 
precipitate  (becoming  browrn  in  the  light)  immediately  takes  place  of 

*  Dr.  C.  recommends  grinding  crystals  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  with  J  of  their  weight  of 
charcoal,  and  then  heating  the  mixture  gradually  to  redness.  Mr.  Taylor  recommends 
neutralizing  a  solution  of  Tar'  with  a  solution  of  Carb.  Soda,  evaporating  to  dryness  and 
incinerating  in  a  closed  platinum  crucible. 


ACIDUM    ARSENICS  UM.  215 

Arsenite  of  Silver, — Nitrate  of  Ammonia  remaining  in  solution.  As 
the  precipitate  is  soluble  in  Ammonia,  and  also  in  Nitrate  of  Am- 
monia, it  is  necessary  to  be  careful  in  adding  this  preparation,  the 
Solutio  Argenti  Ammoniati,  E.  (v.  p.  221.)  As  Nitrate  of  Silver  pre- 
cipitates Chlorides,  &c.,  and  Chloride  of  Sodium  is  often  present  in 
organic  liquids,  it  is  desirable  to  get  rid  of  it  first,  by  adding  plain 
Nitrate  of  Silver  in  excess,  and  then  adding  the  Ammonia. 

5.  Sulphate  of  Copper,  like  the  above,  will  not  act  on  Arsenious 
acid  until  an  alkali,  such  as  Ammonia,  has  been  added  in  just  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  redissolve  the  metallic  oxide  which  is  at  first  thrown 
down :  it  then  becomes  Ammoniacal  Sulphate  of  Copper.    When  this 
is  added  to  an  Arsenious  solution,  a  grass-green  precipitate  of  Arsenite 
of  Copper  takes  place.     Mr.  Taylor  (Guy's  Hospital  Rep.  No.  xiii.) 
has  recommended  this  precipitate  to  be  washed,  collected,  and  dried, 
and  then  a  small  quantity  of  it,  finely  powdered,  to  be  introduced  into 
a  minute  tube,  and  very  gently  and  carefully  heated  over  the  flame  of 
a  spirit-lamp,  when  a  ring  of  small  octohedral  crystals  of  Arsenious 
acid  will  appear. 

6.  When  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  or  Hydrosulphuric  acid  is  passed 
through  a  solution  of  Arsenious  acid,  which  has  been  previously 
acidified  with  a  few  drops  of  Ac'  or  of  H  Ci',  a  bright  yellow  precipi- 
tate takes  place  of  Sesquisulphuret  of  Arsenic  (Orpiment,  as  in  the 
L.  P.  tests),  which  is  soluble  in  Liq.  Ammoniac.     The  Oxygen  of  the 
Arsenious  acid  and  the  Hydrogen  of  the  H  S'  unite  to  form  water. 
Excess  of  Hydrosulphuric'  (which  should  have  been  passed  through 
a  double-necked  bottle  holding  water)  must  be  got  rid  of  by  heat,  and 
excess  of  any  other  acid  neutralized  with  an  alkali,  and  then  the 
H  Cl'  is  to  be  added.     Hydrosulphate  of  Ammonia  is  sometimes 
employed,  with  the  addition  afterwards  of  a  few  drops  of  acid,  to 
neutralize  the  Ammonia,  but  is  objectionable  except  as  a  trial  test. 

This  test  is  usually  preferred  to  all  the  others,  and  is  so  delicate  as 
to  indicate  Arsenious'  in  100,000  parts  of  water;  indeed,  Dr.  Frese- 
nius  (Lancet,  June  and  July,  1844)  would  almost  rely  on  it  exclu- 
sively: and  it  has  the  advantage  of  always  acting.  The  precipitate- 
may  be  finally  heated  with  black  flux  or  dry  Carb.  of  Soda  and  Char- 
coal in  a  small  tube,  when  the  Arsenic  will  be  deposited  as  a  metallic 
crust,  and  may  be  reconverted  into  octohedral  crystals  of  Arsenious 
acid,  and  thus  enable  the  above  to  be  distinguished  from  other  yellow 
precipitates. 

The  three  last  tests,  when  they  are  characteristically  developed, 
and  concur,  are  considered  by  Dr.  Christison  to  afford  unimpeachable 
evidence  of  the  presence  of  Arsenic ;  the  more  so,  as  the  precipitates 
may  be  submitted  to  the  demonstrative  proof  of  reduction. 

7.  A  new  process  for  detecting  the  presence  of  Arsenious  acid  has 
been  discovered  by  H.  Reinsch,  and  fully  reported  on  by  Mr.  A. 
Taylor  in  Brit,  and  For.  Mod.  Rev.  No.  xxxi.     In  this,  if  Copper  foil 
cut  into  pieces  about  an  inch  long  and  \  of  an  inch  in  width,  or  some 
fine  Copper  gauze,  be  heated  near  to  boiling,  then  with  a  little  (about 
T'(j)  of  Muriatic'  in  a  solution  containing  Arsenious  acid,  this  becomes 


216 


ACIDUM    ARSENIOSUM. 


Fig.  33.* 


decomposed,  and  a  thin  steel-like  coating  of  metallic  Arsenic  is  depo- 
sited on  the  Copper,  and  maybe  separated  from  it  again  by  dissolving 
it  off  with  Nitric  acid,  or  by  heating  in  a  tube,  when  it  will  sublime 
in  the  form  either  of  a  ring  of  the  metal,  or  as  sparkling  crystals  of 
Arsenious  acid.  These  may  be  dissolved  in  a  little  distilled  water, 
and  the  liquid  tests  applied,  if  thought  necessary.  This  process  has 
the  advantage  of  being  readily  applied,  and  is  so  delicate  as  to 
detect  SSIHJSU  (TFiumU'  c-)  Part  °f  Arsenic,  and  so  effectual,  that 
Marsh's  process  fails  to  show  the  smallest  trace  of  Arsenic  in  the  re- 
siduary liquid. 

8.  A  very  delicate  process,  suggested  by  Mr.  Marsh,  of  Wool- 
wich, has  been  very  generally  employed  since  its  invention.  This 
depends  upon  the  power  of  nascent  hydrogen  to  deoxidize  Arsenious 
acid.  Of  this  the  metal  combining  with  the  Hydrogen,  passes  off  in 
the  form  of  Arseniuretted  Hydrogen  gas,  which  may  be  burned  so 
as  to  obtain  the  Arsenic  in  a  metallic  state,  or  as  Arsenious  acid,  or 
it  may  be  fixed  by  being  passed  into  solutions  of  some  of  the  liquid 
tests. 

The  suspected  liquor  is  introduced  into  a  suitable  apparatus  with 
pieces  of  Zinc  and  some  Dil.  Sulphuric  acid. 
Water  being  decomposed,  Hydrogen  escapes 
along  with  some  Arseniuretted  Hydrogen  gas  if 
any  Arsenic  is  present.  If  these  two  gases  are 
burned  at  the  end  of  a  fine  pointed  tube,  and  a 
piece  of  glass  or  of  porcelain  be  introduced  into 
the  flame,  metallic  Arsenic  of  a  blackish  colour 
will  be  deposited  (and  may  be  dissolved  off  with 
Nitrohydrochloric')  upon  it ;  but  if  the  porcelain, 
&c.,  be  held  above  the  flame,  then  Arsenious  acid 
in  a  white  crust  will  be  deposited ;  or  both  de- 
posits may  be  obtained  by  holding  above  the 
flame  the  open  end  of  a  tube  £ — ^  inch  in 
diameter  and  10  inches  in  length.  (Per.)  We 
may  obtain  a  solution  of  the  acid  by  holding  mica, 
moistened  with  a  few  drops  of  water,  over  flame  (Herapath,  Med. 
Gaz.  xviii.  p.  889) ;  or  it  may  be  moistened  with  Ammoniacal  Nitrate 
of  Silver,  when  the  yellow  precipitate  would  immediately  take  place ; 
or  the  gas  may  be  passed  into  a  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Silver,  as 
proposed  by  Dr.  Clark. 

When  Arsenious  acid  is  mixed  with  organic  substances,  as  is 
usually  the  case  in  cases  of  poisoning,  some  difficulties  are  necessarily 
experienced.  These,  and  the  fallacies  attending  the  use  of  the  re- 
spective tests  are  fully  explained  and  provided  for  in  works  expressly 
devoted  to  the  subject.  The  processes  of  Reinsch  and  of  Marsh,  or 
that  by  Hydrosulphuric  acid,  are  employed  with  the  necessary  pre- 

*  Marsh's  apparatus. — a,  a.  Bent  tube  containing  suspected  fluid,  SuT,  and  Zinc. 

b.  Stop-cock  and  jet 

c.  Plate  of  glass  to  receive  the  Arsenic. 

d.  e.  Supports. 


LIQUOR    POT  ASS  jE    ARSENITIS.  217 

cautions,  and  among  them  it  must  never  be  forgotten  that  some  of  the 
substances  employed  as  tests  (such  as  Sulphuric',  Zinc,  &c.)  are  apt 
to  be  themselves  adulterated  with  Arsenic,  (v.  Christison  on  Poisons, 
3d  and  4th  ed.  ;  and  Mr.  Taylor's  Papers  and  Reports  in  the  Brit. 
and  For.  Med.  Review  ;  Pereira's  Materia  Medica.) 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison,  Antiperiodic,  Alterative.  Ext.  Oc- 
casionally employed  as  a  Caustic  in  Cancers  and  Cancer-like  affec- 
tions. 

D.  gr.  y'g  or  j\z  to  |.  Rub  up  gr.  j.  with  Sugar  grs.  x.,  and  make 
into  pills  with  crumb  of  bread,  and  divide  into  16  pills.  The  Hindoos 
usually  prescribe  it  in  a  solid  state  with  pepper,  &c.  But  it  is 
generally  prescribed  in  the  form  of  Liq.  Potassze  Arsenitis. 

Antidotes.  Evacuate  Stomach.  Encourage  vomiting  by  mechanical 
irritation,  or  prescribe  an  emetic  of  Sulph.  of  Zinc,  or  use  the 
stomach-pump.  Give  frequent  draughts  of  milk  both  before  and  after 
vomiting  has  begun,  though  not  in  large  quantities,  or  demulcents  or 
farinaceous  decoctions.  Large  quantities  of  Magnesia  and  of  Char- 
coal have  been  useful  in  some  cases  ;  but  the  most  effectual  antidote 
is  the  Hydrated  Sesquioxide  of  Iron,  or  Ferrugo  of  the  E.  P.  (v.  p. 
138)  ;  but  it  must  be  given  in  large  quantities,  and,  as  ascertained  by 
Dr.  Maclagan,  in  the  proportion  of  12  parts  of  the  Oxide,  in  a  moist 
state,  (recently  prepared,  Procter,)  to  1  of  Arsenic;  and  it  may  there- 
fore be  given  a  spoonful  every  5  or  10  minutes,  and  Reinsch's  test 
employed  upon  the  vomited  matters,  to  ascertain  the  progress  of  the 
case.  When  the  poison  has  been  removed  from  the  stomach,  arrest 
inflammation  by  venesection,  promote  Diuresis,  and  support  the 
strength  with  Opium  ;  administer  occasional  doses  of  Castor  oil. 

LIQUOR  POTASS^E  ARSENITIS,  L.  (U.  S.)      LIQUOR  ARSENICALIS,  E.  D. 
Fowler's  Solution.     Tasteless  Ague  Drop. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Boil  Arsenious  Acid  broken  in  small  pieces  (in  powder,  E.  D.)  and 
Carbonate  of  Potash  (from  Tartar,  D.)  aa  gr.  Ixxx.  (gr.  be.  D.)  (Ixiv.  U.  S.)  in  a  glass 
vessel  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (Oss.  D.  wine  measure,  D.)  till  they  are  dissolved.  When  cold  add 
Compound  Tincture  (Spirit,  3iv.  D.  U.  S.)  of  Lavender  f£v.  and  the.n  add  Aq.  dest.  q.  s. 
to  fill  accurately  a  pint  measure,  (ftj.  by  measure,  D.) 

When  the  Arsenious  acid  and  Carbonate  of  Potash  are  boiled  toge- 
ther, the  Carbonic'  being  expelled,  the  Arsenious  acid  combines  with 
the  Potash,  and  an  Arsenite  of  Potash  is  formed  and  remains  in  solu- 
tion. The  Tincture  of  Lavender  is  intended  only  to  give  a  little  co- 
lour. f3j.  contains  grs.  iv.  of  Arsenious  acid,  and  njlx.  contains  gr. 
^  of  the  same  acid.  De  Vallenger's  colourless  Solutio  Mineralis  Sol- 
vent. is  thought  by  some  to  be  a  good  form  for  exhibiting  Arsenic,  but 
its  composition  is  unknown. 

D.  n^iij.  —  v.  increased  to  flixx.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 


RED  SULPHURET  OF  ARSENIC  was  in  ancient  times  employed  in  medi- 
cine, as  it  still  is  in  India,  together  with  the  Yellow  Sulphuret.  The 
Red  is  commonly  known  by  the  name  of  Realgar,  and  is  a  natural 


218  ARSENICIIODIDUM. 

production,  but  is  also  prepared  artificially.  It  is  a  Protosulphuret 
(As  S  =  92),  and  usually  met  with  in  red  vitreous  masses,  or  as  a  red 
powder,  being  employed  as  a  pigment.  It  acts  as  a  poison,  a  part 
being  converted  into  Arsenious  acid  in  the  stomach,  "  though  a  por- 
tion of  the  Oxide  is  subject  to  be  converted  into  the  Sulphuret,  by  H 
S'  gas  evolved  in  the  stomach  after  death."  (c.) 

YELLOW  SULPHURET  OF  ORPIMENT  (Auripigmentum),  Sesquisulphuret 
of  Arsenic  (As  1£  S=  100)  is  a  natural  production,  and  also  produced 
artificially,  as  in  the  above  processes,  by  passing  H  S'  through  solu- 
tions containing  Arsenious  acid.  The  Orpiment  of  the  shops  is  a 
mixture  of  Sulphuret  and  of  Arsenious  acid,  and  is  hence  more  rapidly 
poisonous  than  natural  Orpiment.  King's  Yellow  is  another  impure 
Sulphuret,  of  which  the  finest  kinds  are  said  to  be  imported  from  the 
East.  Dr.  Christison  states  that,  according  to  his  experiments,  it  con- 
tains a  large  proportion  of  Sulphuret  of  Arsenic,  some  Lime,  and 
about  16  per  cent,  of  Sulphur. 

IODIDE  OF  ARSENIC.  Arsenici  lodidum  (As  I3)  is  an  orange-red  pow- 
der, without  taste  and  smell,  easily  volatilized.  It  has  been  adminis- 
tered with  benefit  in  doses  of  gr.  |-  gradually  increased  to  gr.  ^  in 
some  chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  as  Lepra  and  Psoriasis. 

SOLUTION  OF  HYDRIODATE  OF  ARSENIC  AND  MERCURY.  Arsenici  et 
Hydrargyri  Hydriodatis  Liquor  of  Mr.  Donovan,  of  Dublin.*  lodo- 
Arseniate  of  Mercury  of  Soubeiran.  Arsenic,  Mercury,  and  Iodine 
being  in  some  respects  similar  to  each  other  in  some  of  their  effects, 
and  occasionally  prescribed  in  a  solid  form,  Mr.  Donovan  was  in- 
duced to  propose  the  more  perfect  form  of  a  chemical  solution.  This 
is  of  a  yellow  colour  with  a  tinge  of  green,  styptic  in  taste.  Each  f  3j. 
of  solution  (water)  contains  Protoxide  of  Arsenic,  gr.  -|,  Protoxide  of 
Mercury  gr.  |>  Iodine  (converted  into  Hydriodic  acid),  gr.  -*,  chemi- 
cally combined  together.  Mr.  D.  gives  the  following  directions  for 
preparing  it  : 

Triturate  6-08  grs.  of  finely  levigated  Metallic  Arsenic,  15-38  grs.  of  Mercury,  and 
49-62  grs.  of  Iodine  with  f3j.  of  Alcohol,  until  the  mass  has  become  dry,  and  from  being 
deep  brown  has  become  pale  red.  Pour  on  Aq.  dest.  f3viij.  and  after  trituration  for  a  few 
moments  transfer  the  whole  to  a  flask ;  add  3ss.  of  Hydriodic  Acid  prepared  by  the  acidi- 
fication of  gr.  ij.  of  Iodine  and  boil  for  a  few  moments.  When  the  solution  is  cold,  if 
there  be  any  deficiency  of  the  original  f  gviij.  make  it  up  exactly  to  that  measure  with 
distilled  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  Stimulant.  Effective  in  various  obstinate 
Skin  diseases,  as  Lepra,  Psoriasis,  &c. 

D.  rr^x. — f3ss.  three  times  a  day  in  distilled  water.  Ext.  f3j.  to 
Aq.  Dest.  f3j.  as  a  lotion. 

Inc.  Acids,  many  Salts,  Opium,  Morphia,  and  its  salts. 

*  Donovan,  in  Dubl.  Journ.  of  Medical  Science.    Nov.  1839,  and  Nov.  1842. 


ARGENTI    OXYDUM.  219 

ARGENTUM,  L.  E.  D. 
Silver.    F.  Argent.     G.  Silber. 

Silver,  one  of  the  most  anciently  known  of  the  metals,  is  found  na- 
tive and  also  combined  with  Sulphur  in  considerable  quantities,  also 
as  a  Chloride,  and  alloyed  with  other  metals,  especially  Lead,  Gold, 
Antimony,  Arsenic,  Copper.  It  is  separated  from  its  ores  by  the  pro- 
cess of  amalgamation.  The  Arabs  are  thought  to  have  been  the  first 
to  employ  it  in  medicine.  In  its  metallic  state  it  is  inert,  but  being 
little  liable  to  alteration,  or  to  be  affected  by  reagents,  it  is  much 
employed  for  surgical  instruments,  and  for  vessels  for  chemical  pur- 
poses. 

Prop.  Silver  (Ag=108)  is  remarkable  for  its  whiteness  and  bril- 
liancy, as  well  as  for  its  malleability.  Sp.  Gr.  10*47.  Unalterable 
in  the  air,  with  the  exception  of  a  little  tarnishing  from  the  formation 
of  some  Sulphuret  of  Silver.  It  melts  at  a  bright  red  heat  (1873° 
Daniell,  1830°  Prinsep),  but  does  not  oxidize  at  any  temperature,  un- 
less heated  with  some  fusible  siliceous  substance,  or  acted  on  by  Nit'. 
Boiling  Sul'  converts  it  into  a  Sulphate,  while  H  Cl'  has  little  action, 
though  it  combines  with  Chlorine,  also  with  Cyanogen  and  Sulphur. 
The  standard  Silver  of  this  country  contains  18  parts  of  Copper  to 
222  of  Silver. 

Tests.  Silver  is  sometimes  mixed  with  Gold,  usually  with  Copper, 
often  with  Lead.  "It  is  entirely  dissolved  byDil.  Nit'  (any  Gold  will 
remain  undissolved  as  a  dark-coloured  powder).  This  solution,  on 
the  addition  of  an  excess  of  Chloride  of  Sodium,  gives  a  white  pre- 
cipitate (Chloride  of  Silver),  which  an  excess  of  Ammonia  dissolves, 
and  it  should  be  free  from  colour  (any  Lead  will  be  dissolved  by  the 
Nit',  be  precipitated  by  the  Chloride,  but  remain  undissolved  by  the 
Ammonia).  The  Chloride  of  Silver  being  removed,  and  Hydrosul- 
phuric  acid  added  to  the  solution,  it  is  not  coloured  by  it,  and  nothing 
is  thrown  down  (showing  that  both  Lead  and  Copper  are  absent)." 
L.  E.  Chloride  of  Lead  is  more  soluble  in  boiling  water  than  in 
cold,  and  is  partly  deposited  in  acicular  crystals  as  it  cools.  Iron, 
Copper,  and  Mercury  reduce  the  solutions  of  Silver  to  a  metallic 
state. 

Pharm.  Uses.  Employed  for  making  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

ARGENTI  OXYDUM. 

Oxide  of  Silver  (Ag  O  =  116)  may  be  obtained  by  adding  caustic 
Potash  to  a  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Silver.  3ij.  of  the  former  to  3iv. 
of  the  latter  substance  will  yield  about  3iij.  of  the  Oxide  of  Silver. 
The  Oxide  is  thrown  down  of  a  brown  colour,  is  soluble  in  Ammonia, 
and  to  a  small  extent  in  water,  which  then  displays  alkaline  reaction. 
M.  Sementini  (Journ.  de  Pharm.  viii.  93)  inferred  that  it  was  to  this 
Oxide  that  the  antispasmodic  properties  of  Nitrate  of  Silver  were  due. 
Mr.  Lane  (Med.  Chir.  Rev.  1840)  has  also  argued  that  the  Nitrate 


220  ARGENTI    NITRAS. 

becoming  Chloride  of  Silver  in  the  stomach,  and  that  being  carried 
by  the  circulation  to  the  cutaneous  surface,  is  there  converted  into 
Oxide  by  the  action  of  light  and  the  strong  affinity  of  Albumen ;  but 
that  if  the  Oxide  be  prescribed,  as  it  cannot  penetrate  the  capillaries, 
its  passage  to  the  skin  would  not  take  place,  and  therefore  the  dis- 
figurement or  blue  colour  of  the  skin  would  be  avoided,  and  we 
obtain  the  sedative  effects  of  the  Nitrate  of  Silver  without  its 
causticity.  He  has  prescribed  it  for  two  months,  Dr.  G.  Bird  for 
four  months.  It  has  been  prescribed  in  doses  of  gr.  ss.  to  gr.  j.  2  or 
3  times  a  day  in  a  pill  with  crumb  of  bread,  gum,  or  with  sugar. 
Dr.  Stenhouse  has  shown  that  some  of  these  reduce  the  Silver  if 
aided  by  heat. 

Action.  Uses.  An  effective  substitute  for  the  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

CHLORIDE  OF  SILVER  (AgCl  =  144)  is  always  produced  when 
Nitrate  of  Silver  is  added  to  any  solution  of  a  Chloride,  and  for  which 
the  former  is  always  used  as  a  test.  It  forms  a  curdy  precipitate,  at 
first  white,  afterwards  becoming  of  a  blackish  colour  under  the  in- 
fluence of  light  and  moisture.  It  is  insol.  in  water,  and  also  in  Nit', 
but  is  soluble  in  Ammonia.  Dr.  Perry  of  Philadelphia,  considering 
that  Nitrate  must  in  the  stomach  be  converted  into  Chloride  of  Silver, 
inferred  that  this  might  be  prescribed  as  an  efficacious  medicine  to 
produce  the  alterative  and  tonic  effects  of  Silver.  He  prescribed 
it  in  doses  of  gr.  3  to  gr.  iij.  and  gr.  xij.  3  times  a  day,  and  states 
that  in  less  doses  than  30  grs.  no  irritating  effects  result,  but  if  that 
quantity  be  given  at  once  it  will  produce  emesis.  (Brit,  and  For. 
Med.  Rev.  xii.  567.) 

ARGENTI  NITRAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Argent!  Nitratis  Crystalli  et  Argenti  Nitras  Fusum,  D.  Argentum  Nitratum.  Nitrate 
of  Silver.  Lunar  Caustic.  Lapis  Infernalis.  F.  Nitrate  d'Argent.  G.  Silbersal- 
peter. 

Nitrate  of  Silver  (Ag  O,  N  O"  =  170)  was  known  to  Geber,  and 
has  long  been  employed  in  medicine.  Its  two  forms  of  crystallized 
and  fused,  still  kept  distinct  in  the  D.  P.,  were  formerly  supposed  to 
possess  different  properties;  but  they  differ  only  in  molecular  ar- 
rangement. In  a  crystallized  state,  Nitrate  of 
Silver  is  white  and  transparent,  in  the  form 
of  hexangular  tables  or  right  rhombic  prisms, 
of  a  powerfully  metallic  taste,  and  so  bitter  as 
formerly  to  have  been  called  Pel  metallorum, 
as  also  Centaurea  Mineralis.  Heavy,  with- 
out water  of  crystallization,  permanent  in  the 
air,  soluble  in  its  own  weight  of  water  at  GO0 
F.,  and  in  half  its  weight  of  boiling  water;  readily  so  in  hot  Alcohol, 
but  the  greater  portion  is  again  deposited  on  cooling.  Subjected  to 
heat,  it  melts  at  426°  (at  a  higher  heat  it  is  decomposed),  and  is  then 
run  into  moulds.  Usually  seen  in  sticks  of  a  dark  gray  colour ;  when 


ARGENTINITRAS.  221 

fresh  made,  grayish-coloured,  striated,  and  radiated  in  structure.  The 
change  in  colour  is  probably  owing  to  its  becoming  reduced  at  the 
surface,  dependent  on  organic  matter  in  the  air ;  strong  light  is  thought 
to  reduce  it,  but  Mr.  Scanlan  proved  that  if  confined  in  a  clean  glass 
tube,  hermetically  sealed,  and  exposed  to  the  light  of  the  sun,  it  un- 
dergoes no  change.  It  stains  the  skin  of  a  blackish  colour,  as  it  does 
all  organic  matter,  whether  in  solution  or  substance,  and  acts  as  a 
caustic  on  the  latter.  Its  presence  is  readily  distinguished  by  the 
white  curdy  precipitate  which  takes  place  on  the  addition  of  a  Chlo- 
ride or  H  Cl'  to  its  solution.  The  Chloride  of  Silver  deposited  be- 
comes black  on  exposure  to  light,  is  dissolved  by  Ammonia,  but  not 
by  Nit',  and  it  is  frequently  employed  in  the  P.  as  a  test  for  Chlo- 
rides, and  when  ammoniated  is  one  of  the  tests  for  Arsenious  acid. 
Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  gives  a  white,  and  Hydrosulphuric'  a 
black,  precipitate.  Comp.  Ag.  O  68-24  N'  31-76  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Dissolve  (pure,  E.)  Silver  (in  sheets  cut  into  small  pieces,  D.)  3jss. 
(37  parts  in  a  glass  vessel,  D.)  in  Nitric'  f  3j-  diluted  with  Aq.  dest.  f  3ij.  (dilute  Nitric' 
60  parts,  D.)  in  a  sand-bath  (with  gentle  heat,  E.)  gradually  increase  the  heat  and  evapo- 
rate to  dryness.  Fuse  the  salt  with  a  slow  fire  in  a  crucible  (earthenware  or  porcelain, 
E.)  Expel  the  water,  and  when  ebullition  has  ceased,  L.  pour  into  proper  (cylindrical) 
(iron,  E.)  Moulds  [(previously  heated  and  greased  slightly  with  tallow,  E.)  (Preserve 
the  product  in  glass  vessels,  E.  D.)] 

[U.S.  Silver  3J.  Nitric  Acid  fgv.  Distilled  Water  fgij.  as  above.] 
ARGENTI  NITRATIS  CRYSTALLI,  D.     Dissolve  the  metal  as  above,  then  evaporate  and 
cool  for  crystals  to  form.     Dry  them  without  heat,  and  preserve  in  glass  vessels  in  the 
dark. 

The  Nitric'  heated  in  contact  with  the  Silver,  becomes  decomposed, 
and  a  portion  of  its  Oxygen  combines  with  the  Silver ;  the  Oxide  of 
Silver  which  is  thus  formed  unites  with  the  Nit'  remaining  undecom- 
posed,  and  thus  Nitrate  of  Silver  is  obtained.  The  Nitrogen  of  the 
decomposed  Nit'  escapes  in  union  with  2  Eqs.  of  Oxygen  in  the  form 
of  Nitric  Oxide,  which,  uniting  with  a  portion  of  the  Oxygen  of  the 
atmosphere,  fumes  of  Nitrous  acid  gas  are  observed.  Crystals  of 
Nitrate  of  Silver  may  be  obtained,  as  in  the  D  P.,  by  gradually 
evaporating  the  solution.  By  driving  off  the  whole  of  the  water,  and 
continuing  the  heat,  it  is  fused,  and  then  run  into  moulds. 

Tests.  Apt  to  contain  some  reduced  Silver,  Nitrates  of  Copper,  of 
Lead,  of  Zinc,  and  of  Potash.  "  Originally  white,  blackened  by  ex- 
posure to  light"  (probably  also  from  organic  matter).  "  Entirely 
soluble  in  water,"  L.  (except  a  very  little  black  powder,  E).  Copper 
put  into  the  solution,  precipitates  Silver.  Other  characters  as  detailed 
under  SILVER.  If  Copper  be  present,  the  Nit'  would  produce  a 
greenish  or  blackish  Nitrate  of  Silver,  and  Ammonia  will  change 
this  solution  to  a  bluish  colour.  Chloride  of  Sodium  will  precipitate 
the  whole  of  the  Silver  in  the  state  of  Chloride,  which  will  be  dis- 
solved by  Ammonia. 

The  Chloride  of  Silver  being  removed,  and  Hydrosulphuric'  added 
to  the  solution,  it  is  not  coloured  by  it.  If  Zinc  should  be  present,  a 
white  Sulphuret  of  Zinc  will  be  precipitated ;  and  if  Copper,  then  a 
black  Sulphuret  »f  this  metal.  The  solution  being  evaporated,  any 
saline  impurity  will  be  left,  and  may  be  tested. 


222  ARGENTI    CYANIDUM. 

Dr.  Christison  states  that  the  Edinburgh  College  have  adopted  a 
plan  which  provides  against  all  sorts  of  adulterations  collectively, 
•without  indicating  the  nature  of  the  impurity.  "  Grs.  xxix.  dissolved 
in  Aq.  dest.  f3j.  acidulated  with  Nit',  and  precipitated  with  a  sol.  of 
grs.  ix.  of  Muriate  of  Ammonia,  briskly  agitated  for  a  few  seconds, 
and  then  allowed  to  rest  a  little,  will  yield  a  clear  supernatant  liquid, 
which  still  precipitates  with  more  of  the  test."  9-12  grs.  of  the  Mu- 
riate (i.  e.  Hydrochlorate)  of  Ammonia  will  precipitate  29  grs.  of 
Nitrate  of  Silver.  If  9  grs.  be  added  to  that  quantity  of  pure  Nitrate 
of  Silver,  a  further  addition  of  the  test  will  cause  further  precipitation. 
The  data  put  down  in  the  formula  allow  about  one  per  cent,  of  im- 
purity." (c.) 

Inc.  Sul',  Phosph',  H  Cl'  and  Tar'  H  Sul',  and  the  salts  which  con- 
tain them,  Alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  Lime-water.  Ammonia  in 
excess  redissolves  the  precipitate  first  formed.  Spring  and  River- 
water  which  contain  any  of  the  above.  Astringent  Infusions  and 
other  organic  substances,  as  Albumen,  Milk. 

Action.  Uses.  Ext.  Stimulant,  Escharotic,  may  be  used  as  a  Vesi- 
cant. Int.  Tonic,  Antispasmodic,  Sedative.  Very  large  doses  act 
as  a  Corrosive  Poison. 

D.  gr.  5 — gr.  ij.  or  even  more,  made  into  pills.  Readily  decom- 
posed in  the  stomach  by  H  Cl',  Chlorides,  &c.  ExL  As  a  lotion  of 
various  strengths. 

Antidotes.  Chlorides,  Milk,  Albumen.  Evacuate  Stomach.  Anti- 
phlogistic treatment. 

LIQUOR  ARGENTI  NITRATIS,  L.     SOLUTIO  ARGENTI  NITRATIS,  E. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Nitrate  of  Silver  3j.  (gr.  xl.  E.)  in  Aq,  dest.  f  3j.  (gr.  1600,E.)  Filter. 
Preserve  in  well-closed  bottles  (in  the  dark,  L.). 

SOLUTIO  ARGENTI  AMMONIATI,  E.     Solution  of  Ammoniaco-Nitrate  of 
Silver. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Nitrate  of  Silver  gr.  xliv.  in  Aq.  dest.  f  3j.  Add  gradually,  and  then 
cautiously,  Aqua  Ammonite  q.  s.  to  nearly  but  not  quite  redissolve  the  precipitate  at  first 
thrown  down. 

This  is  a  delicate  test,  commonly  called  Hume's  test  for  Arsenious 
acid.  (v.  p.  214.) 

ARGENTI   CYANIDUM,   L.      Cyanide   of  Silver.     Cyanuret  of  Silver. 
[ARGENTI  CYANURETUM,  U.  S.] 

The  Cyanide  of  Silver  (Ag  Cy  =  134)  is  obtained  as  a  white  pow- 
der, heavy,  without  taste  or  smell,  becoming  of  a  violet  hue  by  expo- 
sure to  light  and  air.  It  is  insoluble  in  water  and  Caustic  Potash, 
but  soluble  in  caustic  Ammonia.  "  Heated,  it  yields  Cyanogen,  and 
is  reduced  to  Silver."  L.  H.  Cl'  and  Hydrosul'  readily  decompose 
it,  Hydrocyanic  acid  (q.  v.)  being  evolved.  Comp.  80-6+Cy  19-4  = 
100.' 


OXIDES    OF    GOLD.  223 

Prep.  Dissolve  Nitrate  of  Silver  gij.  and  3ij.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  Add  diluted  Hydro- 
cyanic' Oj.  Mix.  Wash  the  precipitate  with  Aq.  dest.  and  dry  it. 

[U.  S.  Nitrate  of  Silver  3xv.  Hydrocyanic  Acid,  Distilled  Water  aa  Oj.] 

Cyanide  of  Silver  is  precipitated,  as  the  Cyanogen  of  the  Hydro- 
cyanic' combines  with  the  Silver  of  the  Nitrate.  The  Hydrogen  of 
the  acid  combining  with  the  Oxygen  of  the  Oxide  of  Silver,  some 
water  is  formed,  which  remains  in  solution. 

Use.  Employed  to  obtain  Hydrocyanic  acid  (q.  v.)  extempora- 
neously. 

AURUM. 

Gold.    Sol    Rex  Metallorum.    F.  Or.     G.  Cold. 

Gold  (Au  =  200])  being  always  found  native,  was  one  of  the  earliest 
known  metals,  and  highly  esteemed  for  its  many  valuable  properties. 
None  of  its  preparations  are  officinal,  but  some  have  been  much  used 
in  modern  times.  The  Greeks  and  sometimes  the  Arabs  are  supposed 
to  have  been  the  first  to  employ  it  medicinally.  The  Alchymists 
diligently  investigated  its  properties  for  the  purpose  of  finding  the 
elixir  of  life  and  the  universal  remedy ;  but  the  Hindoos  seem  to  have 
preceded  them  in  this  course. 

Prop.  The  properties  of  Gold  are  well  known,  as  it  is  little  acted 
upon  by  external  agents,  but  soluble  in  Jlqua  Regia,  or  a  mixture 
of  Nit'  with  4  parts  of  Hydrochloric',  on  account  of  the  Chlorine 
it  contains,  with  which  Gold  readily  combines.  Oxygen  unites  with 
it  in  several  proportions.  It  is  characterized  by  a  purple  precipitate 
being  produced  when  Protochloride  of  Tin  is  added  to  a  solution  of 
Chloride  of  Gold,  and  by  Protosulphate  of  Iron  causing  a  brown  pre- 
cipitate which,  with  the  aid  of  the  blowpipe,  may  be  fused  into  a 
globule  of  Gold. 

PULVIS  AURI.  Gold-leaf,  rubbed  up  with  Honey,  or,  as  in  the  Fr. 
Codex,  with  Sulphate  of  Potash,  and  then  washed  with  water,  is  left 
in  the  state  of  a  fine  powder  of  a  brown  colour.  It  was  submitted  to 
experiment  by  M.  Chretien  and  by  M.  Lallemand,  and  found  to  be 
mild  in  action  but  certain,  of  considerable  benefit  as  an  antisyphilitic, 
and  in  different  affections  of  the  Lymphatics,  which  it  stimulates,  in 
doses  of  gr.  £  to  gr.  j.  two  or  three  times  a  day,  or  applied  in  friction 
on  the  tongue. 

OXIDES  OF  GOLD.  Oxygen  combines  with  Gold  in  several  propor- 
tions, but  the  nature  of  these  has  not  been  settled  by  chemists.  A 
preparation,  the  Purple  Powder  of  Cassius,  which  has  been  long  em- 
ployed, is  supposed  to  owe  its  efficacy  to  the  presence  of  Deutoxide 
of  Gold.  It  is  obtained  by  precipitating  Chloride  of  Gold  with  Proto- 
hydrochlorate  of  Tin,  when  what  is  supposed  to  be  a  Deuto-Stannate 
of  Gold  is  obtained.  This  Oxide  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  active 
ingredient  of  some  old  preparations,  as  the  Crocus  Solis. 

PERCHLORIDE  OF  GOLD,  formed  when  Gold  is  dissolved  in  Nitro- 


224  CHLORIDE    OF    GOLD   AND    SODIUM. 

Muriatic  acid,  is  very  liable  to  decomposition.  In  action  and  viru- 
lence it  is  analogous  to  Corrosive  Sublimate.  It  readily  combines 
with  other  metallic  Chlorides,  whence  is  obtained  the 

CHLORIDE  OF  GOLD  AND  SODIUM,  which  is  now  usually  employed  in- 
stead of  the  foregoing,  as  being  more  permanent  in  character  and 
less  costly.  It  is  in  elongated  crystals,  of  a  deep  yellow  colour,  not 
alterable  in  the  air,  soluble  in  water.  Composed  of  Chloride  of  Gold 
69-3  +  Chloride  of  Sodium  14-1  +  Aq.  16-6  =  100.  It  is  the  most  to 
be  depended  on  of  these  preparations.  It  may  be  prescribed  in  pill 
with  Liquorice  powder  or  Starch,  or  in  solution.  One  mode  of  ad- 
ministering it  is  to  divide  the  first  grain  into  15  parts,  the  second  into 
14,  then  into  12,  10,  and  so  on,  giving  one  of  the  fractional  parts 
every  morning.  It  has  been  given  in  |-  and  also  £  gr.  doses ;  or  it 
may  be  applied  by  friction  to  the  tongue  mixed  with  3  times  its 
weight  of  Iris  .root  powder.  (See  Diet.  Univ.  de  Matiere  Medicale  of 
Herat  and  De  Lens  for  a  full  article  on  this  subject.) 


VEGETABLE 

MATEEIA  MED  1C  A. 


MANY  of  the  most  valuable  medicinal  articles  in  use  in  the  present 
day,  as  in  ancient  times,  are  yielded  by  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  in  all 
parts  of  the  world.  Some,  therefore,  are  indigenous  products,  others 
obtained  by  foreign  commerce.  All  have  particular  soils  and  climates 
where  they  can  grow  in  full  health  and  secrete  the  principles  which 
make  them  useful  as  medicines  in  the  fullest  perfection.  Some  con- 
tain these  diffused  through  their  whole  substance,  when  the  whole 
herb  or  plant  may  be  employed ;  others  store  them  up  only  in  parti- 
cular parts  or  organs,  and  which  therefore  are  alone  employed.  Or 
we  may  use  in  preference  some  proximate  principle,  separated  either 
by  nature  or  art  from  the  rest  of  the  vegetable  matter.  It  is  neces- 
sary, therefore,  to  be  acquainted  with  the  parts  and  products  of  plants, 
as  well  as  with  the  best  methods  of  preserving  or  preparing  them  for 
medicinal  use. 

The  parts  of  Plants  which  are  used  officinally,  and  which  it  is  de- 
sirable to  know,  as  well  for  the  above  purpose  as  for  understanding 
the  Classification  employed  in  Botanical  arrangements,  are  in 

FLOWERING  PLANTS. 
1.   The  Organs  of  Vegetation. 

RADIX.  The  root :  usually  sunk  in  the  earth,  serving  to  fix  the  plant 
and  to  absorb  nourishment  for  its  use.  This  it  does  through  the 
naked  extremities  (spongioles)  of  its  fibrils  or  radicles.  Some 
roots  are  reservoirs  of  nutritious  matter  for  the  plants  of  the  suc- 
ceeding year ;  but  most  of  these  are  rather  Rootstocks. 

CAULIS.  The  stem  is  the  part  of  the  plant  situated  between  the  root 
and  leaves,  and  which  usually  supports  the  parts  rising  above 
the  ground.  The  differences  are  apparently  so  great  among 
stems,  that  different  names  are  applied  to  different  varieties ;  they 
are,  moreover,  distinguished  according  to  duration,  into  an- 
nual, biennial,  and  perennial.  They  differ  remarkably  in  their 
mode  of  growth ;  some,  called  EXOGENOUS,  as  those  of  all  European 
trees,  grow  by  the  deposition  of  a  layer  of  wood  on  the  outside  of 

15 


226  ORGANS    OF    VEGETATION. 

that  of  the  previous  year,  so  that  the  oldest  and  most  matured 
parts  are  in  the  centre,  and  the  softer  on  the  outside.  Others, 
again,  as  Palms,  grow  only  by  additions  to  their  centre,  such 
additions  being  successively  pushed  outwards ;  so  that  the  cir- 
cumference becomes  the  hardest  part  of  these  stems.  These  are 
called  ENDOGENS.  The  term  Acrogen  is  applied  by  Dr.  Lindley 
to  those  which  are  formed  by  the  union  of  the  bases  of  leaves 
and  the  original  axis  of  the  bud  from  which  they  spring,  as  in 
Ferns ;  among  these  are  also  included  those  which  grow  by 
simple  elongation  or  dilatation,  where  no  leaves  or  buds  are 
produced. 

The  Stem  of  Exogens  is  distinguished  into  several  parts,  as — 
1.  The  Pith  in  the  centre,  which  is  seldom  used  officinally,  ex- 
cept in  the  case  of  that  of  the  Sassafras.  2.  The  Medullary 
sheath,  which  surrounds  the  Pith.  3.  The  Wood,  formed  of  con- 
centric layers ;  and  4.  The  Bark,  which  lies  on  the  outside,  and 
is  connected  with  the  pith  by  means  of  the  Medullary  rays.  It 
is  divisible  into  four  layers, — the  Epidermis  on  the  outside,  then 
the  Mesophlceum  and  Endophlceum,  counting  from  without  in- 
wards, with  the  innermost  of  all,  commonly  called  Liber. 

RHIZOMA,  or  Rootstock,  differs  so  much  in  position  from  the  Stem, 
that  it  used  to  be  considered  a  kind  of  Root ;  but  it  is  in  fact  a 
prostrate  thickened  stem,  which  produces  leaves  from  its  upper 
and  true  roots  from  its  under  side.  Many  of  the  Radices  or 
Roots  of  former  Pharmacopoeias  are  called  Rhizomes  in  that  of 
1836,  as  that  of  Acorus  Calamus,  and  as  ought  to  have  been 
that  of  Aspidium  Filix  Mas.  A  creeping  stem,  or  root  as  it  used 
to  be  called,  is  a  kind  of  Rhizoma. 

CORMUS.  This  term,  or  Corm,  is  applied  to  what  is  essentially  a  kind 
of  stem,  though  it  remains  under  ground,  becomes  of  a  roundish 
or  ovoid  figure,  something  resembling  a  Bulb  in  form,  as  in  the 
Cormus  of  Meadow  Saffron  or  Colchicum  Autumnale. 

BULBUS.  A  Bulb  is  roundish  or  ovoid,  and  consists  of  a  flat  fleshy 
disk,  from  the  under  surface  of  which  true  roots  proceed,  and 
on  the  upper  surface  arise  fleshy  coats,  which  are  pressed  close 
to  each  other  either  in  an  imbricate  or  tunicate  manner,  and  en- 
close a  true  bud  in  their  centre.  Several  are  officinal,  as  those 
of  the  Onion,  Garlic,  Squill. 

GEMM^:.  Leaf-Buds  are  the  rudiments  of  new  shoots,  and  are  either 
naked  or  protected  by  particular  coverings  called  Scales.  None 
are  mentioned  in  the  Pharmacopoeias,  excepting  those  of  Dyer's 
Oak,  in  an  abnormal  condition,  Gemmae  Morbidas. 

FOLIUM.  The  Leaf  is  usually  a  broad  and  thin  expansion  of  vege- 
table tissue,  of  a  green  colour.  It  varies,  however,  very  much 
in  form  and  figure,  so  as  sometimes  to  be  thick  and  fleshy.  It 
consists,  1.  of  the  expanded  part  called  lamina  or  blade,  one  or 
both  surfaces  of  which  may  be  covered  by  stomata,  or  breathing- 
pores  ;  2.  the  petiole,  by  which  it  is  attached  to  the  stem,  and 
where  it  is  often  supported  by  a  pair  of  small  leaves  or  stipules. 
The  leaf  may  be  simple  or  compound,  that  is,  composed  of 


ORGANS    OF    REPRODUCTION.  227 

several  pieces  united  by  a  common  petiole.  It  may  have  paral- 
lel or  reticulate  venation,  and  vary  in  a  variety  of  ways.  Many 
contain  the  most  active  principles  of  the  plant,  as  the  Senna, 
Cajaputi,  and  others. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  the  object  in  view  to  enter  into  the  intimate 
texture  of  plants,  or  to  describe  the  characters  of  Membrane  and  of 
Fibre,  of  Cellular  or  of  Woody  Tissue,  or  the  peculiarities  of  the 
Vascular  or  of  the  Laticiferous  Tissue. 

2.  Organs  of  Reproduction. 

FLOS.  The  Flower,  when  in  the  state  of  Bud  (Alabastrus)  is  like 
the  Leaf-Bud,  surrounded  by  scales.  It  consists  essentially  of 
the  Stamens  and  Pistils,  or  the  parts  concerned  in  fertilization  ; 
but  the  term  is  commonly  applied  to  the  Floral  Envelope,  con- 
sisting of  the  Calyx  and  Carol,  usually  supported  by  a  Bract  or 
Floral  leaf.  The  apex  of  the  pedicle,  or  the  part  of  the  plant  to 
which  the  Flower  is  attached,  is  called  the  Receptacle,  sometimes 
called  Thalamus,  in  compound  words,  as  Thalarnifloras.  Besides 
these,  it  is  necessary  to  notice  the  disposition  of  Flowers  on  a 
plant,  which  is  called  their  Inflorescence.  All  the  parts  of  the 
flower,  either  separately  or  in  their  aggregate  state,  are  employed 
medicinally,  also  the  bracts,  with  the  ultimate  ramifications  of 
the  plant,  when  the  whole  plant,  as  in  the  Mints  and  other  La- 
biatae,  is  officinal ;  also  in  the  Cacumina  or  Tops  of  plants,  as 
in  the  Rosemary,  Semina  Santonica3,  &c. 

CALYX.  The  Calyx  is  the  outer  of  a  double  whorl  of  floral  envelopes, 
usually  of  a  green  colour;  but  when  there  is  only  a  single  whorl, 
then  this  is  called  the  Calyx.  Sometimes  the  term  Perianth  is 
applied  when  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  whether  it  be  single  or 
formed  by  the  union  of  both  calyx  and  corol.  The  Calyx  is 
formed  of  one  or  more  pieces,  or  sepals.  Being  exterior,  it  is 
necessarily  always  inferior,  but  being  either  unattached  to  or 
adherent  to  the  interior  parts,  it  is  in  the  former  case  said  to  be 
superior,  from  being  adherent  to  the  ovary  in  its  lower,  and  only 
free  or  visible  as  a  distinct  organ,  in  its  upper  part.  All  the  out- 
side of  the  flower  is  calyx,  and  is  alone  seen  in  the  Clove. 

COROLLA.  The  Corol  is  the  inner  of  a  double  floral  envelope,  usually 
delicate  in  structure  and  brilliant  in  colour,  consisting  either  of 
two  or  more  pieces  or  petals,  when  it  is  said  to  be  polypetalous ; 
or  if  these  be  united  into  one  piece,  it  is  called  gamopetalous  by 
De  Candolle,  but  monopetalous  by  most  botanists.  The  Petals  of 
Roses  and  of  Corn  Poppy  are  officinal. 

STAMEN  is  the  male  organ,  consisting  of  the  anther,  which  is  a  case 
divided  into  cells,  containing  the  pollen,  a  granular  powder,  or 
fecundating  dust.  The  anther  may  be  sessile  or  supported  by  a 
filament,  or  androphore,  which  term  is  usually  applied  where 
several  are  united  together.  When  the  stamen  is  adherent  to 
the  sides  of  the  calyx,  it  is  said  to  be  perigynous,  or  surrounding 
the  ovary;  but  if  united  both  with  the  calyx  and  the  ovary,  then 
it  is  said  to  be  epigynous,  or  upon  the  ovary.  But  when  it  is 


228  ORGANS    OF    REPRODUCTION. 

quite  free,  the  term  hypogynous  is  used,  indicating  both  its  real 
and  apparent  position  below  the  ovary. 

DISK  is  a  part  not  observed  in  all  plants,  but  includes  every  thing 
produced  between  the  stamens  and  ovary :  it  used  to  be  com- 
monly called  Nectary.  It  is  annular,  foliaceous,  scale-like,  or 
usually  like  small  glands.  It  may  be  considered  to  represent  a 
whorl  of  undeveloped  leaves. 

PISTILLUM.  The  Pistil  is  the  female  organ,  surrounded  by  the  stamen 
and  floral  envelopes,  consisting  of  the  ovary  divided  into  one  or 
more  cells,  and  containing  one  or  more  ovules  or  the  rudiments 
of  future  seeds.  It  is  terminated  by  the  stigma,  which  is  pro- 
perly a  secreting  surface  and  humid  to  receive  the  pollen.  The 
stigma  is  either  sessile  on  the  ovary,  or  separated  from  it  by  the 
style.  In  the  same  way  that  adherence  of  the  calyx  to  the  ovary 
makes  it  appear  superior,  so  the  ovary  is  in  that  case  said  to  be 
inferior ;  but  when  the  calyx  is  free  and  inferior,  the  ovary  is 
superior. 

The  only  part  of  an  immature  Pistil  which  is  officinal,  is  the 
Stigmata  of  the  Saffron  Crocus. 

The  suppression  of  any  of  these  whorls  of  the  floral  series 
produces  a  difference  of  character,  which  is  expressed  by  a 
name,  as  when  the  corol  is  absent,  the  flower  is  said  to  be  ape- 
talous ;  if  the  stamens  are  not  developed,  then  the  flower  is  said 
to  be  a  fertile  or  female  flower ;  but  if  the  pistil  is  suppressed, 
then  it  is  called  a  male  flower. 

FRUCTUS.  The  Fruit  is  the  ovary  arrived  at  maturity ;  with  this, 
some  of  the  floral  envelopes  are  occasionally  united,  and  grow 
with  it.  The  fruit  consists  of  a  Pericarp  and  of  the  Seed  or 
Seeds  enclosed  within  it.  Some  few,  from  being  imperfectly 
covered,  are  called  naked  seeds.  A  fruit  may  be  simple  when 
produced  by  a  single  flower,  or  compound  when  formed  out  of 
several  flowers.  As  the  Pistil  is  considered  by  Botanists  to  be 
formed  out  of  one  or  more  modified  leaves,  which  are  then 
called  carpels,  so  the  fruit  must  be  similarly  constituted,  and  the 
number  of  cells  and  the  partitions  by  which  these  are  divided, 
must  depend  upon  the  number  of  carpels  of  which  the  fruit  is 
composed;  but  it  is  observed  that  in  consequence  of  some  of  the 
ovules  becoming  abortive,  and  the  others  growing  inordinately, 
some  of  the  cells  become  abolished.  It  is  therefore  necessary 
to  examine  the  ovary  to  ascertain  the  normal  number  of  cells. 
As  the  fruit  is  the  pistil  come  to  maturity,  it  bears  upon  it  some 
traces  of  the  style,  and  necessarily  consists  both  of  the  seed  and 
of  its  covering  or  pericarp.  It  ought  never,  however  small,  to 
be  called  simply  a  seed.  Therefore,  in  the  present  Pharmaco- 
peia, many  of  the  fruits  are  correctly  so  called,  instead  of  being 
incorrectly  denominated  seeds,  Semina.  Many  fruits  are  offici- 
nal, also  the  rind  (Cortex)  of  some,  and  the  pulp  (Pulpa)  of 
others;  and  in  the  case  of  the  Mucuna  (Dolichos)  pruriens,  even 
the  hairs  with  which  it  is  externally  covered. 
SEMEN.  The  Seed  is  the  ovule  (Vegetable  Egg)  arrived  at  maturity, 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    PLANTS.  229 

and  contains  the  rudiments  of  a  plant  similar  to  that  by  which 
it  has  been  produced.  It  is  attached  by  a  funiculus  to  the  inside 
of  the  ovary.  It  consists — 1.  Of  the  Integuments,  Tunica  Semi- 
nales,  or  Matured  Sacs  of  the  ovules.  2.  Of  Albumen.  3.  Of 
the  Amygdala  or  Kernel.  Some  seeds  are  naked,  as  in  the  true 
Gymnosperms.  A  few  are  imperfectly  covered.  All  are  marked 
with  the  hilum  or  umbilicus, — the  point  where  the  seed  was  at- 
tached to  the  parent  plant ;  often  also  with  the  micropyle,  or 
minute  hole,  which  was  the  foramen  of  the  ovule,  and  to  which 
the  radicle  is  always  opposite.  On  the  outside  of  the  proper 
seed-coats,  we  sometimes  observe  an  aril  (arillus),  which  is  an 
expansion  of  the  funiculus  or  of  the  placenta.  That  of  the  Nut- 
meg, known  as  Mace,  is  officinal.  Sometimes  the  seed  is  covered 
with  a  hair-like  substance,  such  as  Cotton,  officinal  in  the  E.  P. 

AMYGDALA.  The  Almond  or  Kernel  consists  of  the  Embryo,  with  or 
without  Albumen.  The  Albumen  or  Perisperm,  situated  between 
the  Seed-coats  and  Embryo,  is  a  mass  of  cellular  tissue  filled 
with  inorganic  matter,  which  is,  during  germination,  converted 
into  nutriment  for  the  young  plant. 

EMBRYO  is  composed  of  one,  two,  or  more  Cotyledons  or  seminal 
leaves  of  the  young  plant,  which  consists  also  of  the  Plumule 
and  Radicle.  The  Embryo  may  be  erect  or  pendulous,  &c. 

FLOWERLESS  OR  CRYPTOGAMIC  PLANTS. 

These  plants,  distributed  into  the  natural  groups  of  Ferns,  Mosses, 
Lichens,  Fungi,  and  Algae,  differ  so  much  from  others,  both  in  the 
parts  of  Vegetation  and  of  Fructification,  as  generally  to  be  treated 
of  separately.  Those,  therefore,  which  afford  any  officinal  plants, 
will  be  mentioned  in  their  proper  places.  It  may  suffice  to  state, 
that  their  substance  is  composed  chiefly  of  Cellular  tissue,  and  that, 
being  destitute  of  organs  of  fructification,  they  are  propagated  by 
spores,  which  differ  from  seeds  in  being  free  in  their  cavities, — form- 
ing simple  sacs,  which  separate  into  four  distinct  masses,  and  these 
germinate  from  any  part  of  their  surface. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS. 

Besides  the  parts  of  plants  which  are  employed  officinally,  it  is  ne- 
cessary to  notice  the  mode  in  which  plants  are  classified,  as  well  for 
the  purpose  of  understanding  as  for  appreciating  the  advantages  of 
the  Natural  Method  of  classification.  Until  of  late  years,  the  arti- 
ficial system  of  Linnaus  was  adopted  in  this  country ;  but  botanists 
have  for  many  years  been  studying  the  natural  affinities  of  plants. 
The  publication  in  1789  of  the  "  Genera  Plantarum  Secundum  Or- 
dines  Naturales  Disposita,"  of  A.  L.  de  Jussieu,  proved  upon  how 
satisfactory  and  comprehensive  a  basis  such  a  classification  might  be 
formed  ;  and  the  series  in  which  Jussieu  first  arranged  them,  is  pro- 
bably as  natural  as  any  that  has  since  been  proposed.  The  correc- 
tions and  additions  made  by  Mr.  Brown  in  1810,  and,  subsequently, 
to  the  characters  of  many  of  these  orders,  gave  them  a  stability 
which  they  have  continued  to  retain.  The  system  of  the  celebrated 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    PLANTS. 

De  Candolle,  of  Geneva,  is  now  usually  followed,  not  because  it  is 
considered  perfect,  but  because  under  it,  in  his  "  Prodromus  Syste- 
matis  Naturalis,"  the  greatest  number  of  plants  have  been  arranged, 
and  the  authors  of  several  Floras  have  adopted  it.  It  is,  therefore, 
the  most  convenient  for  study,  and,  being  stable  for  a  time,  serves  as 
a  good  basis  for  studying  the  affinities  of  plants,  for  future  systems. 

The  parts  of  plants,  or  the  compound  organs  of  which  they  are 
formed,  have  been  enumerated,  but  the  internal  structure  requires 
also  to  be  noticed.  Dissection  and  the  microscope  show  that  plants 
are  composed  of  Membrane  and  Fibre,  formed  into  Cells  and  Ducts 
of  different  kinds,  and  into  Woody,  Vascular,  and  Laticiferous  Tissue. 

De  Candolle*  has  laid  it  down  as  a  fundamental  proof  of  a  classi- 
fication being  natural,  that  it  arrives  at  the  same  results  by  consider- 
ing either  the  organs  of  reproduction  or  those  of  nutrition. 

He  first  divides  all  plants,  as  Linnaeus  had  already  done,  into  Phee- 
nogamous  and  Cryptogamous,  or  into  Flowering  and  Flowerless 
Plants.  The  former  have  their  organs  of  Fructification  with  their 
Envelopes,  disposed  according  to  a  more  or  less  of  a  symmetrical 
plan,  while  the  Cryptogamic  plants  have  their  reproductive  organs, 
if  any,  disposed  without  any  order,  and  their  integuments  obscured 
and  irregular.  If  we  look  to  the  parts  of  vegetation,  the  Phsenoga- 
mous  plants,  moreover,  are  furnished  with  vascular  tissue  and  with 
stomata,  while  the  Cryptogamous  have  only  cellular  tissue,  either 
during  their  whole  life,  or  in  their  first  foliaceous  organs. 

Phaenogamous  plants  have  been  divided  into  Dicotyledones,  or  those 
which  have  two  opposite,  or  several  whorled  Cotyledons ;  and  into 
Monocotyledones,  which  have  only  one  Cotyledon,  or  if  more  than 
one,  these  are  arranged  alternately.  The  Dicotyledons,  moreover, 
grow  by  additions  of  new  layers  on  the  outside  of  their  woody  tex- 
ture, and  are  hence  called  Exogenous  in  growth,  while  the  Monoco- 
tyledons grow  by  additions  to  their  centre,  and  are  hence  named 
Endogenous. 

Cryptogamous  Plants  may  also  be  divided  into  two  classes,  the 
Heterogamous  and  the  Amphigamous,  the  first  signifying  that  the 
fructification  is  unusual,  having  sexual  organs  visible  under  the  mi- 
croscope, but  constructed  upon  a  totally  different  plan.  The  Amphi- 
garnce  include  those  of  which  the  fructification  is  doubtful,  and  such 
as  display  no  sexual  organs  even  under  the  microscope,  though  it  is 
possible  that  the  spores  may  have  become  fecundated  even  within 
the  cells  where  they  are  produced.  These  Cryptogamous  plants  are 
also  either  semivascular  or  entirely  cellular.  The  former,  which  are 
the  same  as  the  ^Etherogamae,  have  their  first  leaves  formed  of  cel- 
lular tissue  only  and  are  without  stomata ;  but  at  a  later  period  of 
growth,  have  vessels  and  stomata.  The  true  Cellulares  are  entirely 
without  vessels  and  stomata,  and  consist  of  a  homogeneous  mass,  in 
which  the  distinction  of  stem,  leaves,  and  roots  is  obtained  only  by 
comparison.  But  both  these  groups  are  usually  included  under  the 
general  term  Acotyledones. 

*  Sur  la  Division  du  Re.gne  Vegetal.     1833. 


PHYSIOLOGY    OF    PLANTS.  231 

Hence  \ve  observe  that  the ,  divisions  formed  from  the  Organs  of 
Reproduction,  correspond  with  those  taken  from  the  Organs  of  Nu- 
trition. 

The  results  may  more  clearly  be  represented  in  a  tabular  form,  and 
for  the  sake  of  seeing  the  relative  numbers  of  plants  in  each  of  these 
great  subdivisions,  we  add  the  numbers  of  plants  in  each,  which  were 
known  in  the  year  1830,  as  given  by  De  Candolle. 


From  the  Organs  of  Prom  the  Organs  of 

Fructification.  Nutrition. 

I.     Phanerogamae  or  Vasculares  39,684 


Class  1.  Dicotyledonese 

2.  Monocotyledonese 
II.  Cryptogamae 

3.  ^Etherogamse 

4.  Amphigamce 


Exogenae 
Endogenee 

Cellulares  10,950 

Semivasculares 
Cellulosae 


32,264 
7,260 

3,242 
7,723 


50,534 

These  classes  are  subdivided  into  smaller  groups,  under  which  the 
several  Natural  Families  are  arranged ;  those  which  yield  officinal 
plants  will  be  mentioned  in  their  appropriate  places ;  v.  p.  238,  &c. 

VEGETABLE  PHYSIOLOGY. 

The  subjects  which  are  attended  to  in  Vegetable  Physiology  are, 
the  mode  in  which  the  functions  of  plants  are  performed,  how  they 
are  enabled  to  grow,  and  how  in  perfecting  their  secretions  they  are 
influenced  by  the  several  agencies  of  Light,  Heat,  Air,  and  Moisture, 
as  well  as  in  the  nature  of  the  nutriment  afforded  by  the  soil.  This 
is  interesting  in  a  scientific  point  of  view,  and  necessary  to  be  studied, 
if  it  is  wished  to  make  any  practical  application  of  our  knowledge  of 
Plants,  to  the  arts  of  Agriculture  or  of  Horticulture,  or  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  Medicinal  plants.  Also,  if  we  are  desirous  of  knowing  the 
season  of  the  year  best  suited  to  the  collection  of  the  different  parts 
of  plants,  or  wish  to  judge  correctly  of  the  situations  in  which  they 
are  most  likely  to  secrete  the  principles,  which  make  them  useful  as 
Medicinal  agents,  in  their  most  efficient  state. 

Plants  not  being  endowed  with  voluntary  motion,  and  unprovided 
with  any  internal  cavity  in  which  they  may  store  up  the  fluids  from 
which  they  are  to  derive  nourishment,  depend  for  these  entirely  on 
the  soil  in  which  they  are  fixed,  and  on  the  atmosphere  by  which 
they  are  surrounded.  The  nutriment  absorbed  by  the  aid  of  endos- 
mose  by  the  extremities  of  the  root  passes  from  cell  to  cell,  or  along 
the  vascular  tissue  of  the  middle  of  the  roots,  and  then,  aided  by 
capillary  attraction,  and  the  void  produced  by  evaporation  from  the 
surfaces  of  leaves,  &c.,  ascends  the  stem  chiefly  in  the  course  of  the 
young  wood  ;  in  early  spring  filling  every  part,  that  is,  the  cells,  the 
fibres,  and  the  vessels ;  but  later  in  the  season,  proceeding  chiefly 
along  the  cells.  In  its  course,  the  watery  fluid  dissolves  some  of  the 
organic  matter  stored  up  in  the  vegetable  tissue,  and  is  then  denomi- 
nated the  sap  of  the  plant.  Arrived  at  the  green  shoots  and  surface 
of  the  leaves  covered  with  stomata,  it  is  exposed  to  the  influence  of 
light,  heat,  and  air.  About  two-thirds  of  the  moisture  taken  up,  is 


232  PHYSIOLOGY    OF    PLANTS. 

now  evaporated  and  exhaled ;  the  remainder  of  course  becomes  in- 
spissated. Some  Carbonic  acid  is  absorbed,  and,  as  well  as  that  ob- 
tained by  the  roots,  becomes  decomposed,  the  Carbon  becoming  fixed 
and  the  Oxygen  set  free.*  Some  water  is  also  supposed  to  be  de- 
composed, and  its  Hydrogen  fixed,  as  also  the  Ammoniacal  salts  ob- 
tained from  the  soil,  so  as  to  give  the  supply  of  Nitrogen  to  the  plant. 
Other  decompositions  also,  and  fresh  combinations,  probably  take 
place  among  the  elements  of  air  and  water,  when  the  elaborated  sap, 
consisting  of  fine  granules  floating  in  a  limpid  fluid,  begins  to  descend 
by  the  under  surface  of  the  leaf  and  along  the  bark,  composed  as 
this  is  of  cellular  tissue,  elongated  fibres,  and  laticiferous  vessels.  In 
these  the  processes  commenced  in  the  leaf  are  probably  completed, 
as  the  sap  takes  either  a  direct  or  a  circuitous  course  downwards, 
and  allows  these  proper  juices  to  become  deposited  in  the  bark,  or 
distributed  horizontally  by  the  medullary  rays  to  the  centre  of  the 
stem  (thus  forming  the  difference  between  young  (Alburnum)  and 
heart-wood) ;  or  the  greater  portion  may  be  conveyed  downwards, 
even  as  far  as  the  root. 

The  proximate  principles  secreted  by  plants,  though  very  various 
in  nature,  are  found  to  be  composed  of  only  a  few  elementary  prin- 
ciples, that  is,  of  Carbon,  Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  and  Nitrogen ;  though 
their  proportions  are  complex,  and  the  equivalent  numbers  of  the 
compounds  high.  To  give  a  general  view  of  the  subject,  these  may 
be  arranged  in  a  tabular  manner. 

1.  Compounds  which  contain  Oxygen  and  \ 

Hydrogen  in  the  same  proportion  as  in  f  Starch,  Dextrine,  Cane  Sugar,  Grape  Su- 
water ;  sometimes  called   neutral  Com-  t  gar,  Gum,  Cellulose, 
pounds  or  Hydrates  of  Carbon. 

f  Fibrine  insoluble  and  Caseine  soluble  in 

2.  Neutral  Azotized  substances  generally  1  cold  water.     Albumen  coagulated  by  heat, 
diffused  through  plants.  ^  Gluten,  a  tenaccous  and  elastic  compound 

(  of  Fibrine  and  of  an  Azotized  principle. 
f  Ligneous  tissue,  Fixed  Oils,  Stearine,  Mar- 
n    -r  a  , ,  i-t  j  \  jjarine,  Elaine,  Volatile  Oils  (some  of  these 

3.  Inflammable  compounds,  or  Hydrurets,  )  {^JJ  no  Q  ^         ^^  ^g£  Sulphur), 
or  those  m  which  Hydrogen  is  in  excess.  ^Camphor>   gj^  oleo.Resins>    £&£ 

(^  Wax, — Gum-Resins. 

4.  Vegetable  Alkalis,  composed  of  Carbon,  ^  Morphia,  Narcotina,  Codeia,  Quina,  Cin- 
Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  Nitrogen.  (  chonia,  Strychnia,  Aconitina,  Veratria,  &c. 

f  Citric,  Tartaric,  Pectic,  Malic,  Acetic,  Tan- 

5.  Vegetable  Acids.    Oxygen  in  excess,  or  i  nic,  Gallic,  Oxalic,  Meconic,  &c.    (Hydro- 
in  greater  proportion  than  in  water.          \  cyanic  acid  is  a  compound  of  Hydrogen 

(  and  the  radical  Cyanogen.) 

Many  acids,  like  the  above  alkalies,  are  peculiar  to  particular  kinds 
of  plants ;  other  principles  are  more  general,  but  not  universal,  as 
Colouring  matter.  Some  products,  moreover,  are  obtained  from 
plants  by  the  processes  of  Fermentation,  by  the  action  of  Heat,  or 
the  agency  of  Chemical  reagents. 

Some  of  these  principles  are  supposed  to  contribute  more  directly 
than  others  to  the  nourishment  and  growth  of  the  plant  itself.  Thus 
Cellulose,  Starch,  and  Dextrine,  are  nearly  identical  in  composition, 

*  Plants  in  the  dark  and  at  night  exhale  Carbonic  acid  and  absorb  Oxygen,  as  do  seeds 
during  germination,  and  flowers  during  expansion,  as  in  the  Arum. 


PROXIMATE    PRINCIPLES    OF    PLANTS.        333 

and  one  may  easily  be  changed  into  the  other.  For  the  Starch  inso- 
luble in  water  may  be  converted  into  the  soluble  Dextrine,  and  even 
into  Sugar,  by  Diastase,  a  singular  azotized  substance,  found  in  ger- 
minating seeds,  also  near  buds  and  the  eyes  of  potatoes  when  begin- 
ning to  sprout.  The  Starch  that  is  stored  up,  may  thus  be  converted 
into  a  soluble  syrup,  or  spread  out  into  a  membrane,  and  form  the 
walls  of  cells  and  vessels.  The  azotized  principles,  being  generally 
present,  are  also  supposed  to  contribute  to  the  nutrition  of  the  plant. 
They  are,  at  all  events,  remarkable  for  corresponding  in  composition 
and  properties  with  the  principles  of  the  same  name,  obtained  from 
the  blood  and  milk  of  animals.  By  a  diminution  or  increase  taking 
place  in  the  number  of  equivalents  of  any  of  the  elements  composing 
these  principles,  there  may  ensue  an  excess  of  Oxygen,  of  Hydrogen, 
of  Carbon,  or  of  Nitrogen.  Thus  Ligneous  tissue  is  supposed  to  in- 
crease its  proportion  of  Carbon,  as  well  as  of  Hydrogen,  and  hence 
to  be  more  combustible  than  Cellulose.  As  the  effects  of  the  respira- 
tion of  plants  when  exposed  to  light,  is  to  fix  the  Carbon  and  set  free 
the  Oxygen,  this  would  of  itself  leave  an  excess  of  Hydrogen ;  and 
to  this  is  ascribed  the  properties  of  some  substances  found  in  the  de- 
scending sap  of  the  bark,  as  Chlorophylle,  Latex,  Resins,  Essential 
Oils,  Wax.  The  Fatty  Oils  are  usually  secreted  only  by  the  fruit, 
as  in  the  sarcocarp  of  the  Olive,  Melia,  and  some  Palms,  &c. ;  but 
they  are  generally  confined  to  the  kernel  of  the  seed. 

When  the  proportion  of  Oxygen  is  increased,  acidification  takes 
place,  and  the  several  vegetable  acids  are  formed  ;  some  found  in  a 
great  variety  of  plants,  others  peculiar  to  individual  species.  But, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  mineral  acids,  Hydrogen  is  sometimes  the  acidi- 
fying principle,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Hydrocyanic  acid.  The  forma- 
tion of  the  oxyacids,  it  is  supposed,  must  be  favoured  by  nocturnal 
respiration,  when  some  Oxygen  is  absorbed.  It  takes  place  in  parts 
exposed  to  light,  but  which  are  not  of  a  green  colour,  as  in  a  variety 
of  fruits,  and  in  some  roots.  It  has  further  been  observed,  that  the 
nascent  parts  of  plants  abound  in  azotized  principles;  and  though 
seeds  contain  a  supply  of  Nitrogen,  this  is  soon  exhausted  by  the 
growing  plant,  and  a  fresh  supply  must  be  obtained  from  the  soil, 
which  it  does  chiefly  from  the  Ammoniacal  salts  held  in  solution  by 
the  water  absorbed  by  the  roots.  In  connexion  with  these,  may, 
therefore,  be  mentioned  the  influence  of  the  mineral  contents  of  the 
soil.  It  is  evident  that  as  clay  retains  moisture,  and  sand  allows 
water  to  percolate  through  it,  such  a  mixture  of  the  two  as  will  hold 
the  moisture  without  becoming  wet,  and  yet  allow  the  air  to  pene- 
trate into  the  soil,  must  have  a  beneficial  influence  on  vegetation. 
Other  mineral  substances,  such  as  Gypsum,  Oxides  of  Iron,  and  Alu- 
mina, are  useful  in  fixing  Carb'  and  Ammonia.  Other  salts,  being 
taken  up  by  the  water,  must  combine  with  the  ordinary  vegetable 
acids  (No.  5),  and  are  necessarily  the  source  of  the  saline  ashes  (pp. 
87  and  101)  which  remain  when  plants  are  burnt.  Some  are  essential 
to  the  constitution  of  the  plant,  such  as  Phosphates  to  the  grain  of  the 
Cereals,  and  Silex  to  the  straw  of  Grasses. 

Seeing,  therefore,  that  the  rate  of  absorption  by  the  roots  depends 


234  CHEMISTR'Y  OF  VEGETATION. 

as  well  upon  the  moisture  of  the  soil,  as  does  the  rate  of  evapora- 
tion from  the  leaves  upon  the  dryness  of  the  atmosphere,  we  require 
no  further  proof  to  perceive  how  much  the  functions  of  plants  must 
be  controlled  by  such  physical  agents  as  Light,  Heat,  Air,  Water, 
and  the  Nutriment  these  last  afford,  nor  how  interesting  and  impor- 
tant must  be  the  study  of  the  functions  of  plants :  for  upon  the  due 
performance  of  these,  not  only  depends  the  proper  elaboration  of 
medicines,  but  of  all  the  principles  which  are  to  afford  nourishment 
to  all  the  vegetable  feeders  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

GEOGRAPHY  OF  PLANTS. 

Finding  that  the  growth  of  plants  and  the  nature  of  their  secretions 
are  so  much  affected  by  the  different  physical  agents,  we  may  con- 
clude that  there  are  particular  sets  of  plants  fitted  by  nature  for  the 
particular  circumstances  in  which  they  are  placed.  The  Tropical 
Zone  is  characterized  by  brightness  of  light,  great  heat,  and  mois- 
ture. These  are  all  favourable  to  the  developement  of  plants,  which 
are  accordingly  characterized  by  vastness,  the  foliage  by  richness, 
and  the  inflorescence  by  brilliancy  of  colouring.  From  these  re- 
gions, moreover,  the  rest  of  the  world  is  supplied  with  aromatics  and 
spices.  Tropical  climate  is  not  terminated  by  an  abrupt  line ;  but, 
according  to  the  influence  of  local  causes,  is  extended  into  higher 
latitudes,  carrying  with  it  the  peculiarities  of  tropical  vegetation.  So 
also  in  ascending  mountains,  the  diminution  of  temperature  being 
gradual,  so  is  the  disappearance  of  the  vegetable  forms  growing  at 
their  base ;  and  we  find  plants  diminishing  in  number  and  in  size  as 
we  ascend  lofty  mountains.  Luxuriant  vegetation,  however,  is  not 
confined  to  tropical  countries ;  for  temperate  climates  can  equally 
boast  of  beauty  and  variety  of  scenery,  where  the  Pine  tribe  are 
conspicuous,  Oaks,  with  other  catkin-bearing  trees,  form  valuable 
timber-trees,  and  the  small  Labiates,  the  aromatics  of  northern  re- 
gions. Between  these  extremes,  there  are  many  gradations  of  tem- 
perature, of  moisture,  and  of  dryness,  all  of  which  influence  the 
nature  of  the  vegetation  and  the  secretions  of  plants ;  as,  for  in- 
stance, the  tract  of  country  which  is  beyond  the  reach  of  tropical 
influence,  and  yet  not  so  cool  or  so  moist  as  European  regions,  but 
where  the  atmosphere  is  clear  and  dry,  the  temperature  hot,  and  the 
soil  apparently  barren.  All  this  being  favourable  to  the  due  secre- 
tion of  vegetable  products,  we  obtain  from  Persia,  Arabia,  and  parts 
of  Africa,  many  most  important  drugs.  Therefore,  in  visiting  or 
sojourning  in  different  countries,  when  acquainted  with  the  principles 
of  geographical  distribution,  we  know  what  groups  of  plants  to  ex- 
pect, and  what  we  may  hope  successfully  to  cultivate ;  so  also  in 
cultivating  or  collecting  medicinal  plants  in  our  own  country,  we 
shall  be  better  able  to  weigh  the  influences  of  soil  and  of  aspect. 

MEDICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  NATURAL  FAMILIES  OF  PLANTS. 

The  connexion  between  the  medical  properties  of  plants  and  their 
structure  was  a  subject  noticed  by  Csesalpinus,  Camerarius,  Petiver, 
and  Linnaeus,  but  has  been  paid  much  more  attention  to  since  the 


COLLECTING  AND  DRYING   OF   VEGETABLES.       235 

publication  by  De  Candolle  of  his  "  Essai  sur  les  Proprietes  Medi- 
cales  des  Plantes."  As  the  author  has  elsewhere  said,  "In  this  work 
he  has  shown,  that  as  the  effects  on  the  system  of  the  different  sub- 
stances used  as  medicines  must  be  owing  either  to  their  physical 
characters  or  their  chemical  composition,  so  must  these  depend  on 
the  peculiar  organization  of  the  vegetable,  especially  in  the  organs 
of  nutrition,  by  which  they  are  secreted.  But  as  plants  are  classified 
from  their  organs  of  reproduction,  and  not  from  those  of  nutrition,  it 
does  not  appear  how  we  are  led  to  the  nature  of  the  secretions  formed 
by  these,  from  a  consideration  of  groupings  founded  on  the  examina- 
tion of  a  different  set  of  organs.  To  this  it  has  been  well  replied, 
that  though  an  artificial  arrangement  may  draw  its  characters  of 
classes  from  as  small  a  number  of  organs  as  possible,  the  natural 
method  is,  on  the  contrary,  the  more  perfect,  i-n  proportion,  as  the 
characters  of  its  classes  express  a  greater  number  of  ideas.  Hence 
those  families  which  present  the  greatest  number  of  points  of  analogy 
in  the  organs  of  reproduction,  will  also  display  them  in  the  organs  of 
nutrition,  in  which  the  secretions  are  chiefly  performed.  Thus  the 
division  of  vegetables  from  the  seeds  into  Acotyledons,  Monocotyle- 
dons, and  Dicotyledons,  agrees  with  that  taken  from  the  existence 
and  disposition  of  a  vascular  system.  Hence  the  structure  of  the 
organs  of  reproduction  may  be  a  sufficiently  certain  index  of  the 
structure  of  those  of  nutrition ;  but  as  these  determine  the  nature  of 
the  secretions  or  products  of  plants,  so  it  follows  that  the  properties 
of  plants  may  be  in  accordance  with  their  classification  into  natural 
families." 

As  examples,  we  may  adduce  the  Graminese  as  yielding  all  our 
Cereal  grains.  The  Palms  afford  Starch,  Sugar,  and  Oil.  The  Oo- 
niferse,  Turpentine,  I^esin,  and  Tar,  in  whatever  part  of  the  world 
they  are  found.  The  Labiatse  yield  Volatile  Oil ;  the  Solaneae  se- 
crete narcotic,  the  Convolvuli,  cathartic,  and  the  Gentianea?,  bitter 
principles,  both  in  hot  and  cold  parts  of  the  world.  Numerous  other 
instances  will  be  adduced  in  the  course  of  the  work.  Exceptions,  no 
doubt,  also  occur ;  but  agreements  in  the  accordance  of  properties 
with  structure  are  so  numerous,  that  in  no  other  way  can  we  get  so 
much  information,  or  so  readily  find  a  substitute  for  a  medicine,  or 
an  equivalent  for  an  article  of  trade,  as  by  seeking  for  it  in  the  fami- 
lies of  plants  which  are  already  known  to  produce  substances  of 
similar  properties  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  This  is  no  trivial 
advantage,  if  we  consider  only  the  immense  extent  and  varied  cli- 
mates of  the  British  dominions  visited  by  the  medical  officers  of  the 
Royal  and  East  India  Company's  army,  as  well  as  by  the  Royal  and 
Mercantile  Navy. 

THE  COLLECTING  AND  DRYING  OF  VEGETABLES. 

As  the  medical  and  other  properties  of  organized  bodies  depend 
not  only  on  the  peculiar  secretions  of  each  particular  species  (differ- 
ing often  in  different  parts  or  organs  of  each),  but  also  on  these  se- 
cretions having  been  duly  elaborated  under  the  suitable  influence  of 
physical  agents ;  so  in  the  collecting  of  plants,  we  must  pay  atten- 


236       COLLECTING  AND  DRYING   OF   VEGETABLES. 

tion  not  only  to  the  genuineness  of  species  and  to  their  products,  but 
also  to  the  influence  of  Age,  of  Habit,  of  Season,  of  Situation,  and 
Aspect,  as  well  as  to  their  being  wild  or  cultivated.  Care  must, 
moreover,  be  taken  that  their  secreted  principles  do  not  become  de- 
composed by  exposure  to  humidity  or  to  too  much  light,  heat,  or  air. 
The  Colleges,  therefore,  give  some  general  directions  for  the  collect- 
ing of  vegetables. 

"  Vegetables  should  be  collected  in  dry  weather,  and  when  moist 
neither  with  rain  nor  dew.  They  should  also  be  collected  annually, 
and  those  which  have  been  kept  longer  than  the  year  should  be  thrown 
away."  This  has  reference  to  herbaceous  plants,  which  should  be 
collected  only  when  in  full  perfection,  that  is,  when  they  contain  the 
principles  which  make  them  useful  as  medicines  in  the  fullest  perfec- 
tion. The  period  may  therefore  differ  according  as  we  seek  only  for 
mucilaginous  principles,  or  those  which  present  the  concentrated  es- 
sence of  a  plant  in  the  form  of  an  alkali. 

Shortly  after  gathering  (those  which  are  to  be  used  in  a  fresh  state 
excepted)  plants  should  be  lightly  strewed  (or  put  in  paper  bags),  and 
dried  as  quickly  as  possible  with  a  gentle  heat,  in  a  dark  airy  place 
(taking  care  that  the  green  colour  is  not  injured  by  too  much  heat) ; 
pulverize  immediately  if  required  in  powder,  and  preserve  in  proper 
vessels,  excluded  from  light  and  moisture.  (Dry  herbs  and  flowers, 
for  the  preparation  of  oils  and  distilled  waters,  should  be  used  as  soon 
as  collected.)  L.  and  D. 

"  Most  Roots  are  to  be  dug  up  before  the  stalks  or  leaves  appear." 
Dr.  Houlton  states  that  all  roots  should  be  taken  up  at  the  time  that 
their  leaves  die,  as  they  then  abound  with  the  proper  secretions  of 
the  plant.  Biennial  roots  at  the  end  of  their  first  year.  All  intended 
to  be  preserved  should  be  dried  as  soon  as  possible  after  they  have 
been  dug  up.  The  large  true  roots,  especially  the  more  juicy,  dry 
better  in  their  entire  state  than  when  sliced,  and  their  juices  are  not 
then  exposed  to  the  influence  of  the  atmosphere.  The  L.  C.  directs 
the  roots  which  are  to  be  preserved  fresh,  to  be  kept  in  dry  sand. 

"  Barks  should  be  collected  at  that  season  in  which  they  can  most 
easily  be  separated  from  the  wood."  This  in  general  is  the  case  in 
spring.  The  Oak  is  known  to  yield  a  larger  quantity  of  Tannin  when 
barked  at  that,  than  at  any  other  season. 

Leaves  are  to  be  gathered  after  the  flowers  have  expanded,  and 
before  the  seeds  ripen.  Mr.  Battley's  directions  are  that  they  should 
be  freed  from  their  stalks  before  being  powdered  or  used  medicinally. 
But  it  is  sometimes  preferable  to  allow  them  to  dry  while  attached 
to  the  stalks.  They  may  then  be  laid  in  thin  layers  in  baskets  of 
willow  stripped  of  its  bark,  in  a  drying-room  kept  quite  dark.  They 
should  then  be  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  130°  to  140°  F.  for  6  or  8 
hours.  The  leaves  then  having  shrivelled,  should  be  turned,  and  the 
same  temperature  continued  until  they  crumble  readily  in  the  hand. 
The  leaves  so  dried  retain  their  green  colour,  and  in  a  high  degree 
their  medical  properties.  The  leaves  so  dried  should  be  preserved  in 
dry  and  clean  jars  closely  covered,  and  powdered  as  required.  Dr. 
Houlton  believes  that  the  juices  of  leaves  are  less  liable  to  deteriora- 


COLLECTING  AND  DRYING   OF   VEGETABLES.        237 

tion  by  being  inspissated  in  their  own  cells  than  when  they  are  formed 
into  extracts,  however  carefully  the  process  may  be  conducted. 

"  FLOWERS  should  be  collected  when  just  blown."  But  the  petals 
of  the  Red  Rose  are  directed  to  be  gathered  just  before  they  blow. 

SEEDS  are  to  be  collected  when  ripe,  and  are  to  be  kept  in  their 
own  seed-vessels. 

PULPY  FRUITS,  if  they  are  unripe,  or  if  ripe  and  dry,  are  to  be  put 
in  a  moist  place,  that  they  may  become  soft ;  then  press  the  pulp 
through  a  hair  sieve;  afterwards  boil  them  over  a  slow  fire,  frequently 
stirring ;  lastly,  evaporate  the  water  in  a  water-bath,  until  the  pulps 
become  of  a  proper  consistence.  Press  through  a  sieve  the  pulp  or 
juice  of  ripe  and  fresh  fruits,  without  any  boiling  water  being  used, 
as  is  necessary  in  the  case  of  the  bruised  pods  of  Cassia. 

Succi  SPISSATI.  Inspissated  Juices.  The  freshly  gathered  herb  is 
to  be  strongly  pressed  through  a  canvass  bag,  in  order  to  obtain  the 
juice ;  which  is  to  be  put  into  a  wide,  shallow  vessel,  and  evaporated 
in  vacuo  or  spontaneously,  especially  if  a  current  of  dry  air  be  passed 
over,  or  by  the  aid  of  steam,  or  a  water-bath  placed  under  it.  The 
mass  when  cold  is  to  be  put  into  proper  glazed  vessels,  and  moistened 
with  strong  Alcohol.  Sometimes  the  supernatant  liquid,  being  de- 
canted off,  is  alone  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract. 
These  inspissated  juices  are  not  distinguished  by  name  in  the  L.  P. 
from  the  extracts  obtained  by  evaporating  the  watery  or  spirituous 
solutions  of  different  vegetable  substances,  and  which  form  true 
Watery  or  Spirituous  Extracts. 

The  success  with  which  the  sensible  and  medical  properties  of 
plants  may  be  retained,  by  attention  being  paid  to  the  rules  for  their 
preservation,  is  well  exemplified  in  the  preparations  of  Mr.  Battley 
and  of  Mr.  Squire,  the  extracts  of  Mr.  Hooper  (v.  P.  J.  ii.  638  and 
723),  the  vegetable  juices  of  Mr.  Bentley,  and  the  dried  herbs  and 
the  officinal  parts  of  indigenous  plants,  as  preserved  by  Mr.  J.  H. 
Kent,  surgeon,  of  Stanton. 


I.    DICOTYLEDONES  vd  EXOGENJ1. 


Exogenous  Plants  are  such  as  grow  by  additions  to  their  exterior, 
and  have  two  or  more  seed-leaves  or  cotyledons ;  hence  they  are 
also  called  Dicotyledones. 

Exogenous  plants  are  divided  by  De  Candolle  into  four  great  sub- 
divisions or  subclasses,  which  are  distinguished  by  the  number  of  the 
parts  of  the  flower,  their  union  or  separation,  and  by  the  insertion  of 
the  stamens.  Thus,  the  groups  are — 

a.  Thalamiflora?.     A  Calyx  and  Corolla.     Petals  distinct  from  one 

another.      Stamens   hypogynous    or    inserted 
below  the  Pistil,  that  is,  into  the  Receptacle. 

b.  Calyciflora?.        A  Calyx  and  Corolla.     Petals  usually  distinct. 

Stamens  perigynous. 

c.  Corolliflorae.        A  Calyx  and  Corolla.     Petals  united  into  one, 

within  which  the  Stamens  are  borne. 

d.  .Monochlamydese,  or  Apetalse.    A  Calyx  only,  or  none. 

De  Candolle  includes  among  Calycifloree,  all  the  orders  with  an  inferior  ovary,  even 
though  their  petals  are  not  distinct :  Dr.  Lindley  arranges  all  these  M  onopetalce  under 
the  head  of  CorollifloraB. 

a.  TJialamiflorce. 

RANUNCULACE.E.  Jussieu.     Crowfoots. 

Herbaceous  plants,  or  shrubs,  often  with  climbing  stems ;  juice  watery.  Leaves  with- 
out stipules,  usually  alternate,  with  their  bases  or  petioles  expanded  and  half  embracing 
the  stem,  the  limb  variously  cut,  sometimes  abortive,  and  its  place  then  supplied  by  the 
dilated  petiole.  Flowers  usually  complete,  regular  or  irregular,  solitary,  racemose  or 
paniculate.  Calyx  of  3,  5,  or  6  sepals  sometimes  petaloid.  Petals  sometimes  want- 
ing, or  equal  to,  or  twice,  or  several  times  as  many  as  the  sepals,  either  flat  or  variously 
formed.  Stamens  numerous,  anthers  adnate,  opening  by  a  double  cleft;  ovaries  single 
or  many,  free,  one-celled,  either  one  or  many-seeded.  Fruit  consisting  either  of  dry, 
single-seeded  akenia,  of  one  or  two-valved,  usually  lew-seeded  follicles.  Seeds  erect, 
horizontal  or  inverted.  Embryo  minute  at  the  base  of  a  horny  albumen. 

Some  of  the  Ranunculaceas  are  found  in  most  parts  of  the  world  where  the  soil  and 
climate  are  not  very  hot  and  dry.  They  therefore  indicate  moisture  of  soil  with  moderate 
temperature  of  climate. 

Properties. — A  few  of  the  Ranunculaceis  secrete  a  bitter  principle,  but  most  abound  in 
an  acrid  principle,  volatile  in  nature  and  destructible  by  heat,  which  makes  the  leaves 
and  roots  of  several,  useful  as  Rubefacients  and  Caustics  when  applied  externally,  or 
causes  them  to  act  as  Irritants  when  taken  internally.  In  others,  peculiar  Alkalies 
have  been  detected  which  make  them  useful  as  Sedatives  and  in  larger  doses  to  act  as 
poisons. 

RANUNCULUS  ACRIS,  Linn.     Folia,  D.     Polyand.  Polygyn.  Linn. 

Upright  Meadow  Crowfoot  is  an  indigenous  plant,  very  common 
in  meadows  and  also  on  mountains  throughout  Europe. 


Kanunculacea;.]  HELLEBORUS    NIGER.  239 

Bot.  Ch.  Root  fibrous ;  radical  leaves  palmato-partite,  divisions  subrhomboid,  cut  and 
acutely  toothed,  upper  stem-leaves  tripartite,  segments  linear ;  stem  many-flowered : 
peduncles  round,  flowers  yellow,  a  fleshy  scale  covering  the  nectarial  pit ;  carpels  smooth, 
lenticularly  compressed,  and  margined,  beak  curved,  much  shorter  than  the  carpel ;  re- 
ceptacle  smooth. — E.  B.  652. 

Action.  Uses.  As  in  R.  Flammula. 


RANUNCULUS  FLAMMULA,  Linn.     Herba  recens,  D. 

Lesser  Spearwort  is  indigenous  in  wet  places,  flowering  from  June 
to  the  autumn,  and  is  found  also  in  other  parts  of  the  world. 

Bot.  Ch.  The  root  is  fibrous ;  the  stem,  at  first  decumbent  and  rooting  at  the  base,  is 
afterwards  ascending ;  the  leaves  are  entire,  elliptical,  lanceolate,  or  linear,  occasionally 
serrated ;  the  flowers  numerous,  yellow,  much  larger  than  the  spreading  calyx,  with  the 
nectarial  pit  at  the  base  of  the  petals  covered  by  a  fleshy  scale  ;  carpels  obovate,  smooth, 
obsoletely  margined,  and  terminated  by  a  short  point. — E.  B.  387. 

Prop.  The  recent  herbaceous  parts  of  this,  as  well  as  of  other  spe- 
cies of  Crowfoot,  are  extremely  acrid.  The  principle  upon  which 
this  depends  has  not  been  accurately  determined,  but  it  has  been 
ascertained  to  be  of  a  volatile  nature,  so  as  to  be  destroyed  by  simply 
drying  the  plants,  infusing  or  boiling  them  in  water,  or  exposing 
them  to  heat. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  and  Irritant.  When  applied  to  the  skin, 
rubefaction  followed  by  vesication  is  produced ;  and  when  brought 
into  contact  with  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach,  irritation 
and  vomiting  may  be  produced.  Used  as  a  Rubefacient  and 
Epispastic,  or  as  an  Irritant  in  obstinate  Scabies. 

HELLEBORUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radix.  The  Root.  HELLEBORUS 
NIGER,  Linn.  E.  D.  (H.  officinalis  Sibth,  L.)  Polyandria  Trigynia, 
Linn. 

Black  Hellebore,  so  called  from  the  colour  of  its  roots,  and  Christ- 
mas Rose,  from  flowering  in  winter,  is  a  native  of  the  shady  woods 
of  the  lower  mountains  of  many  parts  of  Europe. 

Bot.  Ch.  The  plant  is  herbaceous,  with  a  perennial  blackish-coloured  rhizoma,  tuber- 
culated  and  scaly,  from  which  descend  numerous  thickish  radicles.  The  leaves,  which 
sometimes  make  their  appearance  after  the  scape,  are  radical,  with  long,  cylindrical,  and 
spotted  footstalks,  pedately  divided,  with  the  lobes  from  7  to  9,  oblong  lanceolate,  some- 
times cuneate-obovate,  largely  serrated  towards  their  apices,  and  arranged  apparently  along 
the  forked  terminations  of  the  petiole ;  they  are  stiff,  almost  leathery,  of  a  dirty  green  colour, 
smooth  above,  paler  and  reticulate  beneath.  The  scape  is  shorter  than  the  petiole,  fur- 
nished with  two  or  three  oval  bracts,  often  simple  and  single-flowered,  sometimes  forked 
and  two-flowered.  The  flower  is  large,  terminal,  white,  with  a  tinge  of  pink,  the  most 
conspicuous  part  being  the  petaloid  calyx:  of  this  the  sepals  are  5,  ovate,  and  permanent. 
The  petals,  8  to  10,  are  small,  greenish-coloured,  tubular,  tapering  towards  the  base, 
with  the  limb  tubular,  bilabiate,  and  their  outer  margins  terminated  in  a  tongue-shaped 
lip.  Stamens  numerous,  longer  than  the  petals.  Ovaries  6  to  8.  Stigmas  terminal, 
orbiculate.  Capsules  follicular,  leathery.  Seeds  many,  elliptical,  umbilicated,  arranged 
in  two  rows. — Jacq.  Fl.  Aust.  t.  201.  B.  M.  t.  8. 

Hellebore  root  is  usually  imported  in  bags  and  barrels  from  Ham- 
burgh, sometimes  from  Marseilles,  (p.)  French  authors  state  that 


240 


HELLEBORUS  OFFICINALIS. 


[Thalamiflorae. 


Fig.  35. 


they  are  supplied  from  Auvergne  and  from  Switzerland.  The  so- 
called  roots,  consist  of  the  root-stock  and  of  the  radicles ;  the  latter 
are  chiefly  recommended ;  the  former  some  inches  long,  and  half  an 
inch  thick,  straight  or  contorted,  is  marked  with  transverse  ridges, 
being  the  remains  of  the  leaf-stalks,  and  on  the  under  surface  with 
long  fibres,  all  more  or  less  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  internally  with  a 
white  point  in  the  centre.  The  odour  of  the  dried  root  is  feeble,  but 
has  been  compared  by  Geiger  with  that  of  Seneka  root.  The  taste 
at  first  sweetish,  soon  -becomes  bitter  and  nauseously  acrid.  Dr. 
Christison  says  he  did  not  observe  the  roots  to  be  acrid  in  February, 
and  that  the  dried  roots  are  not  acrid.  (Goebel  and  Kunze,  1 1 .  Tab. 
xxxi.  fig.  1.  a.) 

Prop.  Hellebore  root  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  analyzed. 
Feneulle  and  Capron  found  in  it  both  a  Volatile  and  Fatty  Oil,  a  Vola- 
tile Acid,  Resinous  matter,  Wax,  a  Bitter  principle,  Mucus,  Ulmine, 
Gallate  of  Potash,  Supergallate  of  Lime,  and  an  Ammoniacal  salt. 
They  ascribe  the  activity  of  Hellebore  to  the  union  of  the  concrete 
oil  with  the  volatile  acid.  As  the  root  loses  some  of  its  efficacy  by 
drying  and  also  by  long  keeping,  it  requires  to  be  frequently  renewed. 
Water  extracts  some  of  its  virtues,  but  Alcohol  is  the  best  menstruum. 

HELLEBORUS  OFFICINALIS  of  Dr. 
Sibthorp  ( Fig.  35)  found  by  him  on 
hilly  ground  in  Greece  and  the 
Levant,  has  been  figured  in  Fl. 
Graeca,  t.  583.  It  was  considered 
by  Dr.  S.  to  be  the  Black  Hellebore 
of  Dioscorides,  being  still  used  and 
called  Zoptima  by  the  Turks,  and 
2xag<pi?  by  the  Greeks.  It  had  been 
discovered  previously  by  Tourne- 
fort,  and  was  called  H.  orientalis 
by  Lamarck.  Though  this  proba- 
bly afforded  the  roots  employed  by 
the  ancients,  yet  as  it  seems  never 
to  be  brought  to  this  country,  it 
should  not  have  been  adopted  as  the 
officinal  plant  by  the  London  Col- 
lege. It  is  intermediate  in  charac- 
ter between  H.  niger  and  H.  viridis, 
differing  from  the  former  in  its 
rather  leafy-branched,  many-flow- 
ered stem,  and  from  the  latter  in  its 
coloured  calyx,  and  from  both  in 
its  leaves  being  pubescent  on  their  under  surface.  Fig.  35.  1.  A 
sepal  with  petals  attached.  2.  Sepals  &c.  removed  to  show  the 
pistils  with  a  stamen  and  petal. 

HELLEBORUS  VIRIDIS;  Green  Hellebore  roots  are  often  mixed  with 
those  of  the  Black  Hellebore  oh  the  Continent,  and  are  said  to  be 
efficient  substitutes.  H.  FOETIDUS,  or  Bearsfoot  Hellebore,  has  its  leaves 


Ranunculacece.]  STAPHISAGRIA.  241 

still  officinal  in  the  United  States.  They  are  acrid,  emetic,  and 
cathartic,  and  were  formerly  employed  as  Anthelmintics.  The  roots 
of  Actaea  spicata  are  sometimes  intermixed  with  Hellebore,  and  are 
figured  with  the  above  by  Goebel  and  Kunze. 

Action.  Uses.  The  fresh  root  of  Hellebore  applied  to  the  skin,  in- 
duces inflammation,  and  vesication.  Given  internally,  it  acts  as  an 
irritant  to  the  intestinal  canal,  producing  vomiting  and  purging  and 
in  some  cases  inflammation  of  the  rectum.  Purgative  Emmenagogue. 

D.  Hellebore  is  sometimes  prescribed  in  fresh-made  powder,  in 
doses  of  from  grs.  x.  to  9j.,  as  a  drastic  purgative,  but  in  gr.  iij.'to 
viij.  for  milder  effects.  Of  the  Infusion  (3ij.  to  Aq.  ferv.  Oj.)  f3j. 
every  four  hours.  An  Alcoholic  extract  is  an  efficacious  preparation. 

TINCTURA  HELLEBORI  (NiGRi,  D.)  L.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Macerate  Bruised  Hellebore  gv.  (3iv.  D.  U.S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  for  14 
(7,  D.)  days  and  strain. 

D.  fSss.  to  f  3j.  as  an  adjunct  to  draughts. 

[EXTRACTUM  HELLEBORI,  U.  S.     Extract  of  Black  Hellebore. 

Prep.  Take  Hellebore  in  coarse  powder  ftj.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oiv.  Moisten  with  half 
a  pint  of  the  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  allow  to  stand  for  24  hours,  then  displace  in  a  per- 
colator with  the  remainder  of  the  Alcohol,  and  displace  the  last  quantity  with  water. 
Distil  off  the  Alcohol,  and  evaporate  to  the  proper  consistence. 

This  is  better  than  an  extract  by  decoction,  as  the  vol.  oil  is  retained. 

D.  gr.  v.  to  xx.] 

STAPHISAGRIA,   L.  E.  D.      Semina.     The    Seeds.      DELPHINIUM   STA- 
PHISAGRIA, Linn.     Stavesacre.     Polyandria  Trigynia,  Linn. 

Stavesacre  is  a  plant  of  the  south  of  Europe  and  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean islands,  identified  by  Dr.  Sibthorp  as  that  employed  in  medicine 
by  the  Greeks.  It  is  often  confounded  with  D.  pictum  and  with 
D.  Requienii. 

Bot.  Ch.  The  plant  is  biennial,  and  hispid  with  a  tall  herbaceous  stem.  Leaves  broad 
palmately  5-9  cleft,  segments  entire  or  trifid,  pedicels  tribracteate  at  their  base.  Flowers 
in  a  lax  raceme,  with  5  petaloid  sepals,  the  upper  one  shortly  spurred,  petals  four,  united 
at  the  base  and  beardless,  the  upper  two  extended  into  appendages  inclosed  within  the 
spur,  the  two  lower  spathulate,  capsules  3  ovate  ventricose.  Seeds  numerous. — FI. 
Graeca,  t.  508. 

Prop.  Stavesacre  seeds  are  imported  from  the  south  of  Europe. 
Those  from  Germany  are  said  to  be  very  good.  All  are  of  an 
irregular  triangular  shape,  rough  dotted  surface,  and  brownish-colour, 
of  little  odour,  but  having  a  bitter  and  acridly  burning  taste.  The 
properties  of  these  seeds  depend  on  an  alkaloid  called  Delphinia,  and 
on  a  volatile  acid,  which  has  been  thought  analogous  to  the  acrid 
principle  of  other  Ranunculaceae,  but  is  perhaps  only  the  Malic  with 
a  Volatile  Oil.  The  other  constituents  are  a  Fatty  Oil,  Gum,  Starch, 
Azotized  matter,  Albumen,  with  several  salts. 

Delphinia  was  obtained  by  Couerbe  by  acting  on  the  alcoholic  ex- 
tract of  the  seeds  with  boiling  water  acidulated  with  Sulphuric  acid, 
and  then  precipitating  the  Delphinia  from  the  solution  by  means  of 

16 


242  DELPHINIA.  [Thalamiflora. 

Ammonia.  Or,  boil  the  watery  extract  -with  Magnesia,  refilter,  boil 
with  Alcohol,  and  evaporate  the  solution.  This  Delphinia  is  pure 
enough  for  medical  purposes,  but  is  still  mixed  with  another  substance 
called  Staphisin.  Delphinia  is  white,  powdery  but  crystalline,  very 
bitter  and  acrid,  fusible  like  wax,  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in 
Alcohol  and  Ether,  forming  salts  with  acids,  which  are  also  very 
bitter. 

Action.  Uses.  Stavesacre  seeds  and  Delphinia- are  acrid  poisons ; 
the  former  have  been  employed  to  kill  pediculi.  An  Alcoholic  solution 
rubbed  on  the  skin,  produces  burning  and  tingling;  and  is  hence 
used  as  a  counter-irritant.  Internally,  the  seeds  have  been  given  as 
emetics  and  cathartics,  but  are  too  violent ;  also  sometimes  in  infu- 
sion as  an  Anthelmintic.  In  large  doses,  Narcotic. 

TINCTURA  or  SOLTJTIO  DELPHINIA.  Dissolve  Delphinia  Bij.  in 
Rectified  Spirit  f3ij.  Useful  as  an  embrocation  in  Neuralgic  cases, 
and  in  chronic  rheumatism.  Or  employ  the  following : 

UNGUENTUM  DELPHINIA.  Rub  up  Delphinia  3ss.  with  Olive  Oil 
f  3j.  and  Lard  3j.  But  the  Aconite  preparations  are  preferable. 

[DELPHINIUM,  U.  S.  Delphinium  Consolida.  The  Root.  Polyandria 
Tngynia.  Linn. 

The  plant  is  called  Larkspur,  and  sometimes  Stagger-weed.  It  is 
a  native  of  Europe,  but  has  become  naturalized  in  the  United  States. 

Bot.  Ch.  An  annual  herbaceous  plant,  a  foot  or  more  in  height.    Root  fibrous  and 
yellowish,  stem  branching,  erect  and  hairy.     Leaves  deeply  sinuate,  with  long  linear 
segments,  formed  at  the  top.     Flowers  light  blue,  in  loose  terminal  racemes ;  peduncles 
longer  than  the  bracts  ;  nectaries  one-leafed,  having  an  ascending  horn  as  long  as  the  • 
corolla.    Seeds  in  smooth  pods,  blackish-brown,  angular  and  embossed. 

The  seeds  of  this  plant  contain  delphinia,  according  to  the  experi- 
ment of  Mr.  Thomas  Hopkins. 

Action.  This  plant  seems  to  affect  the  nervous  system  powerfully, 
producing  a  species  of  intoxication  and  irregularity  of  movement, 
hence  the  term  stagger-weed,  from  its  effect  on  cattle.  Vomiting  and 
purging  as  well  as  diuresis  are  produced  by  it.  The  seeds  are  the 
most  powerful  portion  of  it.  The  root,  however,  is  officinal. 

TINCTURE.    Prep.  3j.  Seeds,  to  Oj.  Alcohol. 
D.  x.  gtt.  in  asthma.] 

ACONITUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Aconiti  Folia,  L.  D.  Leaves,  E.  Aconiti 
Radix,  L.  A.  NAPELLUS,  Linn.  E.  (A  paniculatum,  Dec.  L.  D.) 
Aconite.  Monkshood.  Polyandria  Trigynia,  Linn. 

The  name  Aconitum,  or  Monkshood,  is  derived  from  the  Greek 
akoniton,  stated  by  Theophrastus  to  be  a  virulent  poison.  Dioscorides 
describes  three  or  four  kinds :  of  these,  one  agrees  a  little  with  the 
description  of  an  Aconite,  and  may  be  Aconitum  Napellus,  Linn, 
found  in  the  mountains  of  Italy  and  of  Greece,  where  it  is  still  known 
by  the  name  axovirov.  It  is  also  found  in  the  mountainous  pastures 
and  cold  hills  of  many  parts  of  Europe,  and  is  a  doubtful  native  of 


Ranunculaceai.]  ACONITUM.  343 

this  country,  though  sometimes  found  on  the  banks  of  rivers  and 
brooks.  As  it  is  the  most  common  species,  and  that  alone  procurable 
to  any  extent  by  druggists,  it  should  have  been  retained  £s  the  offi- 
cinal one,  instead  of  A.  paniculatum  being  selected  by  the  L.  and 
D.  P.  This,  notwithstanding  that  Jl.  Stoerkianum,  Reich  (A  inter- 
medium, Dec.  and  A.  neomontamim,  Willd),  is  supposed  to  have  been 
the  plant  first  submitted  to  experiment  by  Stork  in  1762,  and  \vhich 
is  thought  by  some  to  be  a  variety  of  A.  paniculatum.  But  this 
species  has  been  proved  by  Dr.  Fleming  to  be  inert. 

Aconitum  Napellus  is  subject  to  a  good  deal  of  variation,  whence  numerous  varieties 
and  even  species  have  been  unnecessarily  made.  It  has  a  tapering  rootstock,  with  one 
or  more  lateral  pyriform  tubers,  and  erect  simple  stem.  The  leaves  are  divided  to  the 
petiole  into  five  wedge-shaped  tubes,  which  are  divided  into  pointed  linear  segments. 
The  inflorescence  is  a  spike-like  raceme  with  deep  blue  flowers.  The  calyx  consists  of 
5  petaloid  sepals,  of  which  the  upper  one  is  helmet-shaped,  helmet  semicircular,  gradually 
tapering  to  point.  Wings  hairy  on  the  inside.  Petals  5,  the  two  upper  ones  converted 
into  short  sacks,  which  are  horizontal,  supported  on  long  stalks  and  concealed  within  the 
helmet ;  the  others  small,  linear,  sometimes  wanting.  Filaments  of  stamens  hairy  with 
cuspidate  wings.  Ovaries  three,  when  young  diverging.  Follicles  with  numerous 
three-sided  seeds  which  are  plicate-rugose  at  the  back. 

A.  paniculatum  may  be  distinguished  by  its  more  diffuse  and 
spreading  inflorescence,  and  by  the  more  elongated  helmets  of  its 
flowers. 

Prop.  The  roots  of  Aconite,  as  seen  in  commerce,  are  of  a  tapering 
form,  something  like  those  of  the  carrot,  of  a  dark  brown  colour 
externally,  and  white  internally.  The  name  has  been  derived  from 
the  resemblance  of  its  roots  to  the  napus  or  navet,  the  French  turnip. 
Sometimes  the  lateral  tubers  remain  joined  to  the  root.  They  are  of 
a  lighter  colour,  smooth,  and  of  a  fleshy  texture.  The  taste  is  bitter, 
then  biting,  followed  by  tingling  and  numbness  in  the  lips  and  tongue, 
all  which  is  shortly  extended  to  the  throat.  These  tubers  form  the 
roots  or  root-stocks  of  the  following  year,  and  are  in  perfection  when 
the  plant  has  done  flowering.  The  leaves,  flowers,  seeds,  &c.,  all 
have  similar  properties,  producing,  when  applied  to  the  surface  or 
tongue,  warmth,  tingling,  and  numbness.  This  property  is  possessed 
by  the  leaves  from  their  first  appearance  till  the  seeds  begin  to  form ; 
when  these  are  ripe,  it  is  entirely  lost.  (Geiger  and  C.)  The  seeds 
are  then  intensely  acrid.  The  leaves  and  tubers  ought,  therefore,  to 
be  gathered  when  the  flowers  begin  to  fade,  and  the  rootstocks  early 
in  autumn.  These  may  be  cut  into  thin  slips  and  dried  with  care  at 
a  low  temperature.  Both  will  retain  their  properties  unimpaired  for 
a  considerable  time.  (v.  Fleming  on  Aconitum  Napellus.) 

Chem.  Though  Aconite  has  been  so  long  employed  as  a  medicine, 
its  chemical  composition  is  yet  imperfectly  known.  An  Acrid  volatile 
principle  has  been  indicated  by  several  chemists,  though  its  real  na- 
ture has  not  been  ascertained.  The  discovery  of  the  alkaloid,  Aconi- 
tina,  was  made  by  Brandes,  and  confirmed  by  Geiger  and  Hesse. 
Dr.  Pereira  ascribes  the  acrid  principle  to  the  decomposition  of  Aconi- 
tina,  and  this  seems  probable  from  an  inert  extract  being  produced 
when  too  much  heat  is  employed.  A  peculiar  acid,  the  Aconitic,  said 
to  be  identical  with  Equisetic  acid,  has  been  indicated  by  Peschier. 
Besides  these,  there  is  some  extractive  matter,  albumen,  a  greenish 


244  TINCTURA    ACONITI.  [Tiialamiflora:. 

wax,  wax,  some  vegetable  acids  and  salts, — among  the  latter  the 
Aconitate  of  Lime  is  most  abundant. 

Action.  Uses.  Aconite  is  a  powerful  poison,  a  direct  Sedative  of 
the  nerves  of  sensation,  and  useful  in  Antiphlogistic  treatment.  When 
a  small  piece  is  chewed,  the  flow  of  saliva  is  increased,  and  heat 
and  tingling,  followed  by  numbness,  are  experienced.  Useful  in 
Neuralgia,  Rheumatism,  and  Diseases  of  the  Heart. 

D.  Aconite  leaves  lose  |  of  their  weight  in  drying,  and  may  be 
prescribed  in  powder,  in  doses  of  gr.  j. — gr.  ij.  gradually  increased; 
but  are  uncertain. 

ACONITI  (Succus  SPISSATUS,  D.)  EXTRACTUM,  L.  and  E*  (U.  S.) 

Prep,  L.  D.  Take  fresh  leaves  of  Aconite  fi>j.  sprinkle  on  them  a  little  water,  and 
bruise  in  a  stone  mortar ;  then  express  the  juice  and  without  straining'  (defecation  D.) 
evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence  (in  a  water-bath,  D.)  with  constant  stirring. 

This  should  be  nearly  an  expressed  juice  of  the  plant,  evaporated. 
It  is,  however,  an  uncertain  preparation,  and  only  slightly  acrid,  but 
when  well  made,  causes  numbness  and  tingling. 

D.  gr.  j — ij.  gradually  increased. 

E.  Take  fresh  leaves  of  Monkshood  any  convenient  quantity  ;  beat  into  pulp ;  express 
the  juice ;  subject  the  residue  to  percolation  with  rectified  spirit,  so  long  as  the  spirit 
passes  materially  coloured  ;  unite  the  expressed  juice  and  the  spirituous  infusion;  filter; 
distil  off  the  spirit ;  evaporate  the  residue  in  the  vapour-bath,  taking  care  to  remove  the 
vessel  from  the  heat  so  soon  as  the  due  degree  of  consistence  shall  be  attained. 

As  the  active  properties  of  the  plant  are  easily  removed  from  the 
pulp  by  rectified  Spirit  in  the  process  of  percolation,  this  spirituous 
extract  is  strongly  acrid,  and  energetic.  Its  properties  were  ascer- 
tained by  M.  Lombard  of  Geneva,  who  recommended  the  Spirituous 
Tincture  and  this  Extract  of  the  plant ;  but  both  must  be  carefully 
distinguished  from  the  following. 

EXTRACTUM  ALCOHOLICUM  ACONITI.  (Officinal  in  U.  S.  P.)  This  may 
be  prepared  by  evaporating  the  following  tincture  to  the  consistence 
of  an  extract. 

[U.S. P.  directs  Aconite  ftj.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.) 

D.  Internally,  gr.  |-  in  pills  with  Liquorice  or  any  other  mild  pow- 
der ;  or,  externally,  in  form  of  an  ointment,  made  with  1  part  of 
Extract  and  2  parts  of  Lard,  as  recommended  by  Dr.  Turnbull. 

TINCTURA  ACONITI.  (U.  S.)  Macerate  recently  dried  and  coarsely 
powdered  Aconite  Root  ft>j.  in  Rectified  Spirit  Ojss.  for  14  days,  an'd 
strain.  This  was  the  form  recommended  by  Dr.  Pereira,  but,  like  the 
following,  it  must  be  employed  with  great  caution. 

Dr.  Fleming  has  since  made  numerous  experiments  on  the  effects 
of  Aconite,  and  prefers  the  following  tincture  for  internal  administra- 
tion. Macerate  Root  of  A.  Napellus,  carefully  dried  and  finely  pow- 
dered, 3x.  Troy,  in  Rectified  Spirit  fgxvj.  for  four  days;  then  pack 
into  a  percolator ;  add  Rectified  Spirit  until  f3xxiv.  of  Tincture  are 
obtained.  It  is  beautifully  transparent,  of  the  colour  'of  sherry  wine ; 
the  taste  is  slightly  bitter,  followed  by  a  sensation  of  tingling  and 
numbness. 


Eanunculacea.]  ACONITINA.  245 


D.  rfth'j.  or  rftv.  three  times  a  day,  and  only  to  be  very  gradually, 
if  at  all  increased.   A  very  valuable  preparation,  if  applied  externally 
by  brushing  it  on  the  surface,  or  rubbing  it  with  the  ringer  or  with  a 
sponge  tooth-brush. 
[U.S.  Aconite  3iv.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.] 

ACONITINA,  L.  The  powerful  sedative  properties  of  Aconite  being 
dependent  on  the  presence  of  its  alkali  Aconitina,  a  formula  has 
been  given  for  its  preparation  ;  but  considerable  difficulties  have  been 
experienced  in  obtaining  it  in  a  pure  state.  It  is  probable  that  the 
boiling,  which  does  not  seem  essential,  may  decompose  the  Aconitina. 
At  all  events,  what  is  generally  sold  is  impure,  and  comparatively 
inert.  The  L.  C.  describe  it  as  "  an  alkali  prepared  from  the  leaves 
and  root  of  Aconite.  It  is  very  soluble  in  Sulphuric  Ether,  less  in 
Alcohol,  and  very  slightly  in  water.  It  is  entirely  destructible  by 
heat,  without  leaving  as  residue  any  salt  of  Lime.  This  substance 
being  endowed  with  virulent  properties,  is  not  to  be  rashly  employed." 
It  is  prepared,  of  the  purest  quality  and  possessed  of  its  full  proper- 
ties, by  Mr.  Morson  of  Southampton  Row,  who  has  informed  the 
author  that  the  alkali  is  contained  in  considerable  quantities  in  the 
roots  of  the  Himalayan  Aconitum  ferox.  This  is  a  white  powder, 
without  odour,  easily  fused,  not  volatile,  soluble  as  above,  and  forms 
salts  with  acids.  The  Muriate  has  been  submitted  to  experiment. 

Prep.  L.  Take  dried  and  bruised  Aconite  Root  feij.,  boil  it  with  Rectified  Spirit  Cj.  in 
a  retort  with  a  receiver  adapted  to  it,  for  one  hour.  Pour  off  the  liquor  and  again  boil 
the  residue  with  Cj.  of  Rectified  Spirit,  and  with  that  recently  distilled,  pour  off  that 
also.  Let  the  same  be  done  a  third  time.  Press  the  Aconite,  mix  all  the  liquors,  strain 
and  distil.  Evaporate  the  residue  to  the  proper  consistence  of  an  extract.  Dissolve  this 
in  Aq.,  strain.  Evaporate  the  liquor  with  a  gentle  heat,  that  it  may  thicken  like  syrup. 
To  this  add  dil.  Sul'  mixed  with  Aq.  dest.  q.  s.  to  dissolve  the  Aconitina.  Drop  in  Sol. 
Ammonia  q.  a.  and  dissolve  the  Aconitina  precipitated  in  dil.  Sul'  and  Aq.  mixed  as 
before.  Then  mix  in  Animal  Charcoal  q.  s.  frequently  shaking  for  J  hour.  Strain  again, 
drop  in  Sol.  Ammonia  q.  s.  to  precipitate  the  Aconitina.  Wash  and  dry  it 

The  Aconitate  of  Aconitina  being  dissolved  out  by  the  Rectified 
Spirit,  on  the  addition  of  Sul'  a  Sulphate  of  Aconitina  is  formed, 
wrhich  is  decomposed  by  the  Ammonia,  and  the  Aconitina  precipitated. 
This  has  all  the  properties  of  the  Alcoholic  Tincture,  but  in  a  more 
concentrated  degree,  proving  that  it  is  the  active  principle  of  Aconite  : 
j^th  of  a  grain  will  kill  a  small  animal,  and  nearly  proved  fatal  to  an 
elderly  lady,  (p.)  If  the  solution  or  ointment  be  applied  to  or  rubbed 
on  the  skin,  great  heat,  tingling,  and  numbness,  followed  by  soothing 
effects,  are  experienced.  Dr.  Fleming  states  that  when  the  conjunc- 
tiva is  slightly  painted  with  the  Ointment  of  Aconitina,  contraction  of 
the  pupil  speedily  takes  place,  as  has  before  been  observed  ;  but  if  it, 
or  the  Tincture  of  the  root,  be  applied  to  the  temple  or  forehead,  the 
pupil  occasionally  becomes  dilated.  It  should  never  be  used  except 
as  an  external  application. 

TINCTURA  VEL,  SOLTJTIO  AcoNiTiN^E.  Dissolve  gr.  viij.  in  Alcohol 
f3viij.  May  be  used  as  an  embrocation,  the  proportion  of  the  alkali 
being  diminished  or  increased  according  to  the  effect  produced. 

UNG.  ACONITINJE.     Rub  Aconitina  gr.  xvj.  carefully  with  Spir.  Reel. 


246  CIMICIFUGA.  [Thalamiftora. 

n^xvj.,  then  add  Axunge  or  Hog's  lard  3j-  that  it  may  form  an  Oint- 
ment. 

Both  preparations  may  be  rubbed  with  the  finger  or  a  friction 
sponge  (p.)  over  the  pained  part  for  some  minutes,  taking  care  to 
observe  that  the  skin  is  not  abraded. 

Antidotes.  If  vomiting  has  not  taken  place,  prescribe  an  emetic  ; 
if  time  enough  has  elapsed  for  the  poison  to  reach  "the  intestinal 
canal,  give  a  cathartic,  and  follow  up,  if  necessary,  with  purgative 
injections.  Tannic  acid  or  Tannin  will  probably  be  useful,  from 
forming  an  insoluble  compound  with  the  vegetable  alkali ;  also  an 
infusion  of  the  stomach  of  the  rabbit,  and  probably  of  some  other 
herbivorous  animals,  as  their  gastric  juice  seems  to  neutralize  the 
poison.  Stimulants,  as  brandy  and  water,  with  Ammonia;  also 
strong  Coffee  may  be  prescribed  to  control  the  recent  effects  of  the 
poison.  Frictions  with  warm  cloths  and  spirituous  liniments  should 
be  applied  generally.  Sinapisms  and  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the 
precordia  and  extremities.  If  convulsions  come  on,  abstract  a  little 
blood  from  the  jugular  vein.  (Fleming.) 

[CIMICIFUGA,  U.  S.      Cimicifuga   Racemosa.      Torrey.      The   Root. 
Polyand.  Monogynia.  Linn. 

Black  Snake  Root,  Cohosh,  or  Richweed,  as  it  is  called,  is  a  native 
of  the  United  States,  abundant  on  hillside^  and  in  open  woods,  and 
is  conspicuous  for  its  tall  white  flowers. 

Bot.  Ch.  Racemes  very  long;  leaflets  ovate  oblong',  incisely-toothed,  staminodia  slen- 
der,  two-forked  ;  root  thick  and  knotted,  with  long  fibres ;  stem  3  to  8  feet  high ;  leaves 
three,  ternate  ;  racemes  branching,  6  to  12  inches  long  ;  flowers  fetid,  sepals  caducous, 
staminodia  4-8,  carpels  glabrous,  seeds  7-8,  compressed  and  angular. 

The  root  is  composed  of  a  rough  tuberculated  head  and  radicles — 
black  externally,  white  internally ;  taste  bitter  and  acrimonious ; 
smell  feeble  and  earthy.  It  should  be  collected  late  in  the  summer. 
The  constituents  are — fatty  matter,  gum,  starch,  resin,  tannin,  gallic 
acid,  oil,  colouring  matters,  and  salts. 

Action.  Astringent,  with  a  tendency  to  act  upon  the  nervous  sys- 
tem ;  antispasmodic,  narcotic,  and  diaphoretic.  Employed  in  rheuma- 
tism of  a  chronic  character,  and  in  chorea. 

D.  Powder  3ss.  to  3i. 

DECOCTUM  CIMICIFUGJE. — Boil  3i-  of  the  contused  root  in  Oj.  of  water. 
D.  3i-  to  3ij.,  two  or  three  times  daily. 

TINCTURA  CIMICIFUGA. — Bruised  root,  3iv.,  diluted  alcohol  Oj. 
D.  gtt.  xx.  to  3j.,  repeated. 

COPTIS,  U.  S.    Coptis  Trifoliata.    The  root.     PoJyandria  Polygynia. 

Golden  Thread  is  a  small  perennial  plant,  remarkable  for  its  fila- 
mentous, bright  yellow  root ;  hence  the  name  in  common  language. 
It  grows  in  mountain  bogs,  from  Labrador  to  Pennsylvania. 

Bot.  Ch.  Leaves  trifoliate,  cuneiform  obovate,  toothed  crenately,  scape  one-flowered, 


Magnoliacees.] 


DRIMYS    WINTER  1. 


247 


slender,  three  inches  long,  flowers  white,  sepals  five  to  seven,  petals  shorter  than  the 
sepals,  carpels  with  a  persistent  style,  acuminated,  seeds  oblong  and  black. 

The  root,  which  is  officinal,  is  brought  in  tufts,  commingled  with 
the  leaves,  or  in  square  packages,  from  the  Shakers.  Odour  none, 
taste  bitter  and  astringent. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  as  it  contains  a  bitter  extractive.  It  is  used 
in  convalescence,  in  dyspepsia,  &c.  Locally,  it  would  seem  to  be 
astringent,  as  it  is  used  in  the  treatment  of  aphthous  sore  mouth. 

INFUSUM. — 3j.  to  Oj.  water. 
D.  f  3j.  to  3ij. 

TINCTUEA. — 3ij.  to  Oj.  alcohol. 
D.  f  3j.  to  3ij.] 

MAGNOLIACE^E,  Dec.     Magnoliads. 

Flowers  hermaphrodite.  Calyx  of  3,  seldom  2, 4,  6r  6  sepals.  Petals  6  or  more,  free. 
Ovaries  several,  one-celled  with  two  ovules,  placed  side  by  side,  or  one  above  the  other,  or 
with  several  pendulous  ovules.  Capsules  dehiscent  or  indehiscent ;  united,  one  or  few 
seeded.  Seeds  with  a  fleshy,  often  coloured  aril,  and  a  long  funiculus.  Embryo  very 
small,  at  the  base  of  the  albumen. 

Of  these  the  tribe  Magnoliea  has  the  ovaries  arising  from  the  torus  in  a  spike-like 
manner,  while  the  Illicieae  have  the  ovaries  disposed  in  a  single  whorl,  the  leaves  full  of 
pellucid  dots,  the  stipules  caducous  or  wanting.  The  species  occur  in  a  scattered  man- 
ner  in  America,  China,  Japan,  New  Holland,  and  New  Zealand.  Many  of  these  are  re- 
markable  for  their  aromatic  properties,  in  consequence  of  the  secretion  of  a  volatile  oil. 
The  Star-Anise,  or  fruit,  so  called  from  being  arranged  in  a  stellate  manner  and  having 
the  taste  and  odour  of  Anise,  is  well  known  in  the  East  by  the  name  of  Badian.  This 
name,  having  been  introduced  into  Europe,  has  given  origin  to  the  term  Badianifera. 
Star-anise  is  the  fruit  of  Illicium  anisatum,  a  native  of  China,  or,  according  to  Siebold 
and  Zucc.  of  /.  religiosum,  which  may  be  only  a  variety  of  the  former. 

DRIMYS  WINTERI,  Dec.     (D.  Aromatica,  D.)     CORTEX.  D.     Winter's 
Bark.     Polyandria  Tetragynia,  Linn. 

This  tree  derives 
its  name  from  the 
bark  having  been 
used  as  a  spice,  and 
as  a  remedy  for 
scurvy  by  Capt. 
Winter,  who  ac- 
companied Sir  F. 
Drake  in  his  voyage 
round  the  world, 
and  who  brought 
some  of  it  to  Eu- 
rope from  the 
Straits  of  Magel- 
lan, in  1579.  Fig. 
36. 

The  tree,  of  which  there  is  a  specimen  in  Kew  Garden,  varies  in  height  from  6  to  40 
feet,  with  knotty  branches  from  the  scars  of  old  footstalks.  The  leaves  are  oblong,  ob- 
tuse, with  the  under  surface  glaucous ;  the  peduncles  almost  simple,  aggregated,  often 
divided  into  elongated  pedicles.  The  sepals  (1)  2  to  3  or  2 — 3  fid.  The  petals,  six  in 
number,  white,  with  the  smell  of  Jasmine.  Stamens  numerous,  with  the  filaments 


Fig.  36. 


248  DRIMYS    WINTER  I.  [Thalamifloree. 

thickest  towards  the  apex,  and  the  anther  cells  separate  (2).  The  carpels  (3)  are  from  3 
to  6  in  number,  of  a  light-green  colour,  with  a  few  black  spots,  containing  several, 
usually  4,  black  annular  seeds. 

Winter's  Bark  is  in  flattish  quills,  some  inches  in  length,  from  an 
inch  to  two  inches  in  diameter,  about  one-sixth  of  an  inch  in  thick- 
ness. It  is  smooth  externally,  of  a  pale  or  reddish-yellow  colour, 
with  red  oval  spots ;  of  an  aromatic  odour,  and  a  warm,  pleasant, 
spicy  taste.  Its  properties  depend  partly  on  Tannin,  but  chiefly  on 
a  pale-coloured,  warm,  or  rather  pungent  Volatile  oil.  It  is  hence 
used  as  a  substitute  for  Cinnamon  or  Canella-bark.  The  latter  may 
be  distinguished  from  it  by  being  paler  internally,  and  its  infusion  not 
being  precipitated  by  Sulphate  of  Iron.  G.  and  K.  I.  tab.  fig.  5-7. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Aromatic,  and  Tonic. 

D.  gr.  x.— Bj.  or  3j. 

[MAGNOLIA,  U.  S.    Magnotoa  Glauca.    The  Bark.    Polyandria  Poly- 
gynia.  Linn. 

The  Smooth  Magnolia,  white  bay,  or  sweet  bay,  is  a  small  tree, 
varying  in  height  from  10  to  30  feet.  It  is  a  native  of  the  Atlantic 
States,  from  Massachusetts  to  Florida,  in  swamps. 

Bot.  Ch.  Leaves  3 — 5  inches  long,  elliptical,  acute,  shining,  green  above,  glaucous 
beneath ;  petioles  |  inch  long ;  flowers  fragrant,  on  thick  peduncles ;  sepals  oblong, 
concave,  roughish,  dotted,  as  long  as  the  petals,  which  are  white,  obovate ;  stamens 
numerous,  filaments  short ;  ovaries  collected  in  an  ovoid  cone ;  carpels  opening  longi- 
tudinally ;  seeds  obovate,  covered  with  a  red,  fleshy  arillus,  falling  from  the  carpels  when 
mature,  and  hanging  by  a  filiform  funiculus. 

The  bark  is  collected  during  the  spring  and  summer,  in  partly- 
rolled  pieces,  smooth  and  silvery  externally,  white  and  fibrous  inter- 
nally ;  >  odour  aromatic,  taste  warm,  pungent,  and  bitterish.  The 
bark  o'f  the  root  has  similar  qualities,  and  is  regarded  as  superior. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  and  stimulating,  somewhat  diaphoretic  in  its 
properties.  It  has  been  employed  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  rheum- 
atism, and  is  sometimes  serviceable  in  intermittent  fever. 

Prep.  Infusion,  decoction,  or  tincture. 

D.  3ss.  to  3i.  in  powder. 

3ss.  to  3ij.  of  decoction  made  in  the  proportion  of  3i.  to  Oj.  water. 
3j.  to  3ij.  of  infus. 

3ss.  to  3ij.  of  tincture  made  with  3ij.  to  Oj.  diluted  alcohol. 

MAGNOLIA  ACTJMINATA,  U.  S.    Cucumber  tree,  a  large  plant  inhabiting 
the  mountainous  districts  of  the  Southern  States. 

M.  TRIPETALA,  U.  S.  Umbrella  tree.  The  M.  GRANDIFLORA  is  de- 
serving of  attention.  Dr.  S.  Procter  found  in  the  bark  of  the  latter, 
a  principle  resembling  liriodendrine. 

LIRIODENDRON,  U.  S.  LiRioDENDRON  TULiPiFERA.   The  bark.    Polyandria 
Polygynia. 

The  Tulip  tree,  American  Poplar,  is  a  large-sized  handsome  tree, 
in  height  from  60  to  100  feet  It  is  abundant  in  the  United  States. 


MenispermacecE.] 


PAREIRA    BRAVA. 


249 


Bot.  Ch.  Leaves  3 — 5  in.  long,  and  4 — 6  in.  broad,  nearly  quadrangular,  with  two 
acuminate  lobes  laterally,  and  a  truncated  emarginate  central  one,  subcordate  at  base, 
smooth  and  green  above,  paler  beneath.  Petioles  2  or  3  in.  long.  Flowers  large,  cam- 
panulate,  with  two  caducous  bracts  at  base,  sepals  obovate,  oblong,  pale  yellowish-green, 
caducous ;  petals  lance  obovate  obtuse,  greenish-yellow,  stained  with  reddish-orange  below 
the  middle.  Stamens  in  a  simple  series,  shorter  than  the  petals.  Ovaries  closely  imbri- 
cated. Stigmas  sessile,  recurved.  Carpels  two-celled,  samara-like,  in  a  cone. 

The  bark  of  the  trunk  and  branches  is  very  rough,  covered  with  dead 
epidermis  upon  the  small  branches ;  it  is  smooth  and  ash-coloured. 
It  is  brought  into  the  market  in  pieces,  deprived  of  the  epidermis, 
fibrous  and  light,  colour  yellowish-white,  odour  aromatic,  taste  warm 
and  bitter.  That  from  the  root  is  similar.  From  this  bark  a  pecu- 
liar principle  has  been  obtained  by  the  late  Prof.  Emmet :  it  occurs  in 
crystals,  and  has  been  called  liriodendrine. 

Motion.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Tonic,  and  Diaphoretic. 

D.  In  substance,  Bj.     Infusion,  3i.  to  Oj.  water,  f  3i. — ij. 

MENISPERMACE^E,  Dec.     Moonworts. 

Shrubs  usually  with  sarmentaceous  flexible  stems  and  wood  without  zones.  Leaves 
alternate,  often  peltate,  without  stipules.  Flowers  small,  usually  unisexual,  often  disecious ; 
racemose,  or  paniculate,  floral  envelopes  in  one  or  several  rows,  each  consisting  of  three, 
seldom  of  2,  4,  or  5  pieces.  Calyx  3,  6,  or  12  leafed,  seldom  4 — 10  leafed,  free  or  united 
at  the  base.  Petals  often  wanting.  Stamens  definite  in  number,  free  or  united  together ; 
anthers  opening  externally.  Ovaries  several,  free,  one-celled,  with  a  single  ovule,  or  with 
several,  or  united  at  the  base,  or  entirely  into  a  many-celled  fruit.  Fruit  berried  or  dru- 
paceous, straight  or  lunulate,  single-seeded.  Seed  inverse,  straight  or  curved.  Embryo 
large,  usually  curved,  lying  in  thin  albumen,  radicle  remote  from  the  hilum.  Figs.  37, 
38,  39,  and  40. 

The  Menispermacero  are  allied  to  Anonaceee,  through  Bocagea,  also  to  Berberidese, 
and  to  Lardizabalese,  with  which  they  were  at  one  time  united.  Being  anomalous  in 
some  characters,  they  are  considered  by  Dr.  Lindley  as  more  closely  allied  to  Smilacese 
among  Endogens.  The  plants  of  this  family  are  confined  chiefly  within  the  tropics,  both 
of  Asia  and  of  America  ;  a  few  straggle  beyond  these  limits,  and  some  are  found  on  the 
coasts  of  Africa. 

Prop.  The  Menispermaceae  secrete  a  bitter  principle  along  with  a  large  proportion  of 
starch,  both  in  their  roots  and  stems.  Many  of  them  are  also  internally  of  a  yellow 
colour ;  an  acrid  principle  is  added  to  these,  especially  in  the  fruits  of  some  species. 
Hence  some  are  useful  as  Tonics  and  Demulcent  Diuretics.  Cocculus  indicus  is  poi- 


PAKEIRA,  L.  E.,  (U.  S.)    Radix,  L.     Root,  E.     CISSAMPELOS  PAREIRA, 
Linn.    Velvet  Leaf.     Dicecia  Monadelphia.  Linn. 

PAREIRA  is  the  root  Fig.  37. 

of  a  climbing  plant, 
indigenous  in  Brazil, 
called  Pareira  brava, 
or  Wild  Vine,  and  Vel- 
vet Leaf  in  some  of  the 
West  India  islands.  It 
was  first  made  known 
by  Marcgraf  and  Piso 
in  their  works,  Hist. 
Nat.  and  Hist.  Rer. 
Nat.  1648,  by  the  name 
of  Caapeba,  the  Portu- 
guese call  it,  Erva  de 


250 


PAREIRA    BRAVA. 


[Thalamijlorce. 


nossa  Senhora,  and  Ray  mentions  it  in  1688,  as  "contra  calculum 
excellentissima  est."  The  root  and  also  the  stem,  not  only  of  this, 
but  of  other  species,  are  employed.  Aublet  states,  that  the  roots  of 
Abuta  rufescens  pass  for  and  are  employed  as  White  Pareira  in 
Cayenne,  and  that  Red  Pareira  is  yielded  by  a  variety  of  the  same. 
Auguste  St.  Hilaire  gives  Cissampelos  glaberrima  as  yielding  the 
original  Pareira  of  Brazil,  where  Martius  states  it  is  called  Capeba 
and  Sipo  <3e  Cobras. 

Cissampelos  Pareira  (figs.  37  and  38),  like  others  of  the  genus  is  difficious,  with  round 
and  smooth,  or  downy  twining  stem.  Leaves  roundish,  peltate,  subcordate,  aristate, 
smooth  above,  the  under  surface  covered  with  silky  pubescence.  Flowers  small,  race- 
raose,  (fig.  37.)  Racemes  branched,  with  small  bracts.  Penduncles  solitary,  or  in  pairs, 
flowers  hispid,  (fig.  37,  1,  fig.  38,  2.)  Sepals  4.  Petals  4,  united  into  a  cup-shaped  corolla. 
Stamens  monadelphous  with  the  2  two-celled  anthers  opening  horizontally  at  the  top, 
(fig.  38,  1.)  Racemes  simple,  with  broad  foliaceous  bracts.  Calyx,  of  one  lateral  sepal, 
with  one  petal  in  front  of  it,  (fig.  37,  3.)  Ovary  solitary.  Stigmas  3.  Drupe  hispid, 
scarlet,  obliquely  reniform,  not  compressed,  wrinkled  round  its  margin.  Seed  solitary  un- 
cinate.  Embryo  (fig.  37,  2  and  38,  3)  long,  roundish,  enclosed  in  a  fleshy  albumen. 

Fig.  38. 

Pareira-root  is  found  in 
commerce  in  pieces  vary- 
ing from  a  few  inches  to  a 
foot  in  length,  of  different 
thicknesses,  tortuous,  more 
or  less  cylindrical,  of  a 
dark  brown  colour,  fur- 
rowed longitudinally,  ex- 
hibiting on  the  transverse 
section  a  number  of  con- 
centric 'rings  (which  are 
sometimes  very  eccentric), 
and  rays  radiating  from 
the  organic  centre.  The 
root  is  without  colour,  and  the  taste  is  sweetish,  with  some  aroma, 
and  afterwards  bitter.  Some  of  the  kinds  found  in  shops  are  with- 
out any  sweetness. 

Chem.  A  soft  resin,  a  yellow  bitter  principle,  a  brown-coloured 
matter,  vegeto-animal  matter,  starch,  nitrate  of  potash,  with  some 
other  salts.  (Feneulle.)  Wiggers  has  announced  a  peculiar  alkali,  of 
a  sweetish-bitter  taste,  which  he  has  called  Cissampeline.  The  ac- 
tive and  useful  properties  seem  to  depend  on  the  Bitter  principle, 
Starch,  and  Nitrate  of  Potash. 

D.  and  Adm.  In  powder,  9j. — 3j.  The  best  form  is  the  infusion, 
to  which  some  of  the  extract  may  be  added.  Dr.  Christison  recom- 
mends "  a  solution  obtained  with  cold  water  by  percolation,  as  in  the 
Edinburgh  formula  for  obtaining  the  extract;  because  the  product,  as 
it  does  not  contain  the  starch  of  the  root,  is  less  apt  to  decay." 

INFUSUM  PAREIKJE,  L.  E.     Infusion  of  Pareira  brava. 

Prep.  Macerate  Pareira  .^vj.  in  Boiling  Aq.  Oj.  for  2  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel 
and  strain  (through  calico,  E.) 


Menispermaceee.] 


C  A  L  U  M  B  A. 


251 


D.  f3iss. — f3iij.     Sir  B.  Brodie  employs  a  decoction  (Pareira  3iv. 
Aq.  Oiij.  boiled  to  Oj.)  fjviii.  to  f3xij.  being  given  in  the  day. 
Action.  Uses.  Mild  Tonic  and  Demulcent  Diuretic. 

EXTRACTUM  PAREIRA,  L.  E.     Extract  of  Pareira  brava. 

Prep.  Macerate  bruised  Pareira  ftijss.  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Cij.  for  24  hours,  boil  down 
to  Cj.,  strain  while  hot  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence.  (To  be  prepared  like  Ex- 
tract of  Liquorice,  E.) 

CALUMBA,  L.  E.  D.    Radix,  L.  D.    (Colomba,  U.  S.)    The  Root,  E. 

COCCULUS  PALMATUS,  Dec.   The  Calumba  Plant.    Dicecia  Hexandria, 

Linn. 

Calumba-root  was  first  made  known  as  a  medicine  by  F.  Red! 
about  1677.  Semedus  mentioned  it  before  1722  among  medicines 
from  India.  In  works  on  Materia  Medica  in  use  in  India,  it  occurs 
by  the  name  of  Kalumb.  Dr.  Berry  first  ascertained  that  it  was  the 
root  of  a  plant  (of  which  he  figured  the  male)  inhabiting  the  forests 
on  the  coast  of  Mozambique  and  Oibo  in  Eastern  Africa,  but  where  it 
is  never  cultivated.  Sir  W.  Hooker  in  1830  described  and  figured 
both  male  and  female  plants,  from  plants  introduced  by  Capt.  Owen 
into  the  Isle  of  France.  Figs.  39  and  40. 

The  Calumba  plant  has   a  Fig.  39. 

perennial  root  with  several  spin- 
die-shaped  fleshy  tubers,  (7) 
filled  with  longitudinal  fibres 
or  vessels,  which  are  externally 
brown,  with  transverse  warts, 
and  internally  of  a  deep  yellow 
colour,  devoid  of  smell,  but  very 
bitter.  The  stems  are  annual, 
herbaceous  and  twining,  cover, 
ed  with  glandular  hair,  hairy 
below.  Leaves  alternate,  nearly 
orbicular,  cordate  at  the  base 
5 — 7  lobed,  lobes  entire,  wavy 
on  the  surface  and  margin,  acu- 
minate, hairy  with  long  peti- 
oles. Racemes  axillary.  Flow- 
rs  small,  dicecious,  green. 
Calyx  of  6  sepals  in  two  series 
with  bracteoles.  Petals  6,  (1, 
2)  obovate  half  enclosing  the  six  opposite  stamens.  Anthers  terminal,  2-celled,  dehiscing 
vertically.  Ovaries  3  (3)  united  at  the  base.  Drupes  (4)  or  berries  about  the  size  of  a 
hazel-nut,  densely  clothed  with  long  spreading  hairs,  tipped  with  a  black  oblong  gland. 
Seeds  (5,  6).— Bot.  Mag.  t.  29  70-71. 

Calumba,  in  its  officinal  form,  consists  of  transverse  sections  (8)  of 
the  root  and  its  lateral  tubers,  which  are  flat,  circular,  about  \  to  ^  an 
inch  in  thickness,  and  from  ^  to  2  or  3  inches  in  diameter.  The  cor- 
tical portion  is  2  or  3  lines  in  thickness,  covered  externally  with  a 
brownish-coloured  cuticle;  the  faces  are  of  a  grayish-yellow  colour; 
the  interior  portion  in  concentric  rings,  easily  distinguishable  from 
the  cortical,  is  soft,  almost  spongy,  thinner  towards  the  centre  from 
shrinking' there.  The  root  is  brittle,  and  therefore  easily  pulverized; 
the  powder  of  a  greenish-yellow  tinge;  its  taste  is  bitter  and  mu- 
cilaginous, with  a  slightly  aromatic  odour.  G.  and  K.  ii.  tab.  v. 
fig.  5. 


252 


TINCTURA    CALUMET. 


[  ThalamiflortE. 


Chem.  Calumba-root   consists  of  one-third  of  starch,  a  yellow- 
coloured   bitter   substance    (Calumbine),   animal   matter  (Planche), 

resinous    extractive 

Fig.  40.  (Buchner),   a  trace 

of  volatile  oil,  &c. 
Calumbine  was  first 
obtained  pure  by 
Wittstock.  When 
pure,  it  is  colourless, 
but  intensely  bitter ; 
it  crystallizes  in 
rhomboidal  prisms, 
melts  like  wax ;  it 
is  little  soluble  in 
water,  but  is  dis- 
solved by  Alcohol 
or  Ether,  and  by 
acids  as  well  as 
alkalies,  Acetic  acid  being  the  best  solvent.  Its  composition  is  C 
65-45,  H  6-18,  O  28-37,  or  C13  H7  O. 

Calumba,  when  good,  breaks  easily,  and  from  the  abundance  of 
starch,  gives  a  blue  colour  with  Tincture  of  Iodine.  Neither  Sesqui- 
chloride  nor  Su.lph.  of  Iron  produce  any  change,  as  it  contains  no 
Tannin,  as  is  also  the  case  with  Emetic  Tartar  and  Gelatine,  showing 
absence  of  Gallic  acid.  Infusion  of  Galls  gives  a  grayish  precipi- 
tate, (p.) 

Calumba-root  is»  sometimes  adulterated  with  American  or  False 
Calumba,  of  which  the  infusion  becomes  dark  green  with  the  Sesqui- 
chloride  of  Iron  ;  also  with  Bryony-root,  which  is  distinguished  by  a 
permanent  bitterness  of  taste  with  acridity. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  and  mild  Tonic  powder,  gr.  x. — 3ss. 
twice  or  thrice  a  day.  As  Calumba  imparts  its  bitterness  to  water 
and  Alcohol,  both  the  Infusion  and  Tincture  are  officinal  preparations. 

INFUSUM  CALTJMB^E,  L.  E.  D.     [!NFUSUM  COLOMBO,  U.S.]     Infusion  of 
Calumba. 

Prep-  Macerate  Calumba  sliced  3v.  (in  coarse  powder  3ss.  E. ;  3ij-  D.)  in  boiling 
Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (ftss.  by  measure,  D. ;  cold  water,  E.)  for  two  hours  and  strain,  L.  Moisten 
and  percolate  till  fgxvj.  of  infusion  are  obtained,  E.  Cold  water  and  percolation  remove 
the  bitter  principle  with  less  of  the  starch. 

D.  f  Jss.  twice  or  thrice  a  day.    It  soon  undergoes  decomposition. 


TINCTURA  CALUMBA,  L.  E.  D. 
of  Calumba. 


[TINCTURA  COLOMBO,  U.  S.]     Tincture 


Prep.  Macerate  Calumba  sliced  3iij.  (3ijss.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (ftij.  D.)  for  14 
days  and  filter.  (Digest  for  7  days,  or  prepare  by  percolation  in  moderately  Ifine  powder, 
which  is  first  to  be  soaked  for  6  hours  with  a  little  of  the  spirit,  E.) 

D.  f  3j. — f  3ij.  as  an  adjunct  to  bitter  draughts  and  mixtures. 


Menispermacea.]  COCCULUS    INDICUS.  253 

COCCULUS  INDICUS,  E.  D.  FRUCTUS,  D.  The  Fruit,  E.  ANAMIRTA 
COCCDLUS,  Wight  and  Arnott.  (Cocculus  suberosus,  Dec.)  The 
Cocculus  Indicus  plant.  Dicecia  Monadelph.  Linn. 

Cocculus  Indicus,  E.  D.  is  the  fruit  of  a  climbing  plant  common  in 
the  mountainous  parts  of  the  Malabar  coast,  whence  our  supplies,  and 
they  are  large,  are  now  all  derived  through  Bombay,  Madras,  and 
Ceylon.  But  formerly  these  berries  reached  Europe  by  the  Red  Sea 
and  the  Mediterranean,  whence  they  were  called  Grana  Orientis  by 
Ruellius,  1536,  Coque  du  Levant,  by  Pomet,  &c.  There  is  no  proof, 
though  it  is  probable,  that  they  were  known  to  the  Arabs,  the  Mahizuhra 
(Fish-poison)  of  Rhases,  Serapion,  and  Avicenna,  and  referred  by 
Sprengel  to  these  berries,  seems  to  have  been  a  plant  and  its  bark, 
"qua  juvat  in  doloribus  juncturatarum  et  contortione  digitorum." 
(Serapion.)  Plempius  coined  the  name  Icthyoctonum,  to  indicate 
"  fish-poison."  The  plant  yielding  these  berries  was  ascertained  by 
Dr.  Roxburgh.  It  was  named  Anamirta  paniculata  by  Colebrook, 
and  subsequently  A.  Cocculus  by  Wight  and  Arnott ;  the  latter  name 
has  been  adopted  by  the  Edinburgh  Pharmacopeia.  It  was  the 
Menispermum  Cocculus  of  Linnaeus.  The  name  Cocculus  is  probably 
derived  from  the  Tamul  Kakacollie,  which  signifies  crow-killing,  as 
does  the  Sanscrit  kakmare. 

The  Cocculus  plant  is  a  powerful  climber,  with  ash-coloured,  deeply-cracked,  corky 
bark,  whence  the  plant  was  called  Cocculus  suberosus.  The  leaves  are  stalked,  large, 
broad-ovate,  or  rather  roundish,  truncated  or  somewhat  cordate  at  the  base,  acute  at  the 
apex,  firm  in  texture,  soft  and  downy  when  young,  with  5  digitate  ribs, — petioles  a  little 
shorter  than  the  leaves,  tumid  at  both  ends.  Flowers  diaecious,  in  lateral  compound 
racemes.  Calyx  of  6  sepals  in  a  double  series  with  2  close  pressed  bracteoles.  Corolla 
none,  c?1  Stamens  united  into  a  central  column  dilated  at  the  apex :  anthers  numerous, 
covering  the  whole  globose  apex  of  the  column.  $  Flowers  unknown.  Drupes  1 — 3, 
1-celled,  1-seeded.  Seed  globose,  deeply  excavated  at  the  hilum.  Albumen  fleshy ;  coty- 
ledons very  thin,  diverging,  and  each  occupying  a  side  of  the  hollow  cavity  that  contains 
the  embryo. 

Cocculus  berries  were  described  by  Dale  as  being  kidney-shaped 
and  something  like  bay-berries,  but  somewhat  smaller.  They  are 
blackish-brown,  and  wrinkled  externally,  with  the  outer  coat  thin 
and  dry,  and  within  it  is  a  white,  woody,  bivalvular  shell,  enclosing 
the  whitish,  semilunar,  oily,  and  very  bitter-tasted  seed ;  which  never 
fills  the  whole  of  the  cavity,  but,  this  in  old  seeds,  is  sometimes  en- 
tirely empty.  "  The  kernels  should  fill  at  least  two-thirds  of  the 
fruit."  E.  P. 

Chem.  The  kernels  of  Cocculus  Indicus  were  analyzed  by  Boullay, 
most  recently  by  Couerbe  and  Pelletier,  who  obtained  Picrotoxine, 
Resin,  Gum,  Fatty  acid,  and  a  Waxy  matter,  Malic  acid,  Mucus, 
Starch,  and  Salts.  In  the  shell  they  obtained  two  alkaloids,  but  in 
small  quantity,  which  they  called  Menispermia  and  Paramenispermia. 
But  the  nucleus  being  the  part  used,  it  is  necessary  to  notice  only  its 
active  principle.  Picrotoxine  is  colourless,  crystallizes  in  needles, 
sometimes  in  silky  filaments,  in  plates,  and  in  rhombic  prisms,  (c.)  Its 
taste  is  intensely  bitter.  It  is  soluble  in  150  parts  of  water,  at  57°  F., 
and  in  25  of  boiling  water,  in  2  of  Ether,  and  in  about  3  parts  of  Al- 
cohol. It  is  insoluble  in  both  the  fixed  and  the  volatile  oils.  It  does 


254  PAPAVER    RHCEAS.  [Thalamiflor<e. 

not  combine  with  acids,  but  is  soluble  in  Acetic  acid,  and  as  it  forms 
combinations  with  alkalies,  it  is  therefore  considered  to  be  of  the  nature 
of  an  acid.  It  consists  of  CIS,  H7,  O*.  To  obtain  it,  Dr.  Christison 
recommends,  to  separate  the  oil  first  from  the  kernels  by  expression, 
then  to  exhaust  the  residuum  by  percolation  with  rectified  Spirit,  which 
is  then  to  be  distilled  off.  The  residue  is  agitated  with  boiling  water 
and  a  little  H  Cl'.  The  dissolved  Picrotoxine  may  be  obtained,  on 
the  water  cooling  after  moderate  concentration. 

Action.  Uses.  Poisonous ;  used  for  taking  fish  and  game,  and  em- 
ployed by  unprincipled  brewers  for  adulterating  porter,  being  unblush- 
ingly  recommended  by  Childe  and  by  Maurice  in  their  books  "  on 
Brewing."  It  is  used  chiefly  in  the  form  of  a  bitter  extract,  known 
by  the  name  of  B.  E.,  black  extract,  which  is  ostensibly  prepared  for 
tanners,  (v.  Cycl.  of  Pract.  Receipts.)  It  produces  giddiness,  tetanic 
convulsions,  and  coma:  applied  externally,  in  powder,  it  destroys 
vermin,  and  is  useful  in  scabies,  ringworm,  and  porrigo. 

UNGUENTUM  COCCULI,  E.     Ointment  of  Cocculus  Indicus. 

Prep.  Take  any  convenient  quantity  of  Cocculus  Indicus,  separate  and  preserve  the 
kernels,  beat  them  well  in  a  mortar,  first  alone,  and  then  with  a  little  axunge  till  it 
amounts  altogether  to  five  times  the  weight  of  the  kernels. 

An  ointment  of  Picrotoxine  may  be  formed  in  the  proportion  of 
Picrotoxine  gr.  x.  to  Lard  3j. 

PAPAVERACEJE,  Jussieu.     Poppy-worts. 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  seldom  shrubs,  usually  with  milky  juice.  Stem  round,  or 
forming  a  rootstock.  Leaves  alternate,  simple  or  compound,  without  stipules.  Flowers 
complete,  regular,  solitary,  in  racemes,  or  in  scapes.  Sepals  two,  very  seldom  three,  de- 
ciduous. Petals  4,  6  or  some  multiple  of  the  leaflets  of  the  calyx.  Stamens  free,  usually 
numerous.  Ovary  sessile,  single-celled  with  intervalvular  placentae.  Fruit  a  capsule  or 
berry.  Seeds  numerous,  furnished  with  albumen. 

Papaveracese  are  allied,  on  one  hand,  to  Berberidese  and  to  Ranun- 
culacese,  and,  on  the  other,  to  Fumariaceae  and  to  Cruciferae.  They 
inhabit  the  temperate  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere ;  a  few  are 
found  in  tropical  Asia,  Australasia,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  equinoc- 
tial America.  The  milky  juice  of  most  of  the  species  is  acrid  and 
narcotic. 

PAPAVER,  Linn.     Polyand.  Monogynia,  Linn. 

Herbaceous  plants  with  a  white  juice.  Peduncles  1-flowered,  naked,  drooping  before 
the  expansion  of  the  flower.  Sepals  two,  convex,  deciduous.  Petals  4.  (Fig.  41.)  Sta- 
mens numerous.  (41,  1.)  Style  wanting.  Stigmas  4  to  20  radiating,  sessile  upon  the 
disk  which  crowns  the  ovary.  Capsule  obovate,  one-celled,  composed  of  4  to  20  carpels 
united  together,  and  opening  by  small  valves  beneath  the  crown  formed  by  the  stigmas. 
Placentee  opposite  the  stigmas,  produced  internally  into  spurious,  incomplete  dissepi- 
ments. Seeds  numerous,  reniform.  (Fig.  41,  3,  4.) 

RHCEAS,  L.  E.  D.     Petala.     The   Petals.      PAPAVER   RHCEAS,   Linn. 
Corn-Poppy. 

The  common  red,  or  Corn-Poppy,  is  found  in  corn-fields  and  on  road-sides  throughout 
Europe,  and  has  probably  been  introduced  with  wheat.  This  species,  or  P.  dubium,  with 
its  oblong  capsules,  is  probably  the  ^o/ac  of  the  Greeks.  The  root  is  fibrous,  the  stem 
many- flowered,  and,  like  the  peduncles,  hispid  with  spreading  hairs.  Leaves  pinnate,  or 
bipinnate,  with  oblong,  lanceolate,  jagged,  toothed  lobes.  Petals  a  bright  scarlet,  often 


Papaveracea.] 


PAPAVER    SOMNIFERUM. 


255 


nearly  black  at  the  base.  The  filaments  subulate.  Capsule  obovate,  rounded  at  the  base, 
smooth,  with  the  margin  of  the  8  to  10  stigmas  incumbent.  The  flowers  expand  in  June 
and  July.— E.  B.  645. 

The  scarlet  petals  of  this  Poppy,  which  are  officinal  on  account  of 
their  colour,  become  of  a  dull  red  colour  on  drying,  and  lose  the  some- 
what heavy  opiurn-like  odour  of  the  fresh  flowers.  "  They  should  be 
dried  quickly  with  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat  and  a  current  of  air." 
They  impart  their  colour  to  water,  which  is  preserved  in  the  form  of 
the  Syrup.  This  is  supposed  to  have  some  slight  narcotic  properties, 
but  is  probably  useful  only  as  a  colouring  ingredient.  This  colour  is 
blackened  by  alkalies,  and  rendered  of  a  dark  violet  or  brown  tinge 
by  Sesquichloride  of  Iron.  The  Petals  consist  of  yellow  Fatty  matter 
12,  red  Colouring  matter  40,  Gum  20,  Lignin  28  in  100  parts. 
(Riffard,  as  quoted  by  Dr.  Pereira.) 

SYRUPUS  RHCEADOS,  L.  E.  SYR.  PAPAVERIS  RHCEADIS,  D.  Syrup  of 
Red  Poppy. 

Prep.  Red  Corn.poppy  petals  (fresh,  D.)  ftj.  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (3xx.  by  measure,  D.) 
Sugar  ftijss.  L.  E.  q.  s.  D.  Add  the  petals  gradually  to  the  water,  heated  in  a  water- 
bath,  frequently  stirring  them ;  then,  the  vessel  being  removed,  macerate  for  12  hours, 
afterwards  press  out  the  liquor,  strain,  then  add  the  sugar,  and  dissolve  it. 

PAPAVER,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  PAPAVER  SOMNIFERUM,  Linn.  The  Garden 
or  White  Poppy.  Capsulse  mature,  L.  D.  Capsules  not  quite 
ripe,  E.  Poppy-heads. 

PAPAVER  is  applied  in  the  Pharmacopeias  to  the  capsules  of  the 


Fig.  41. 


above  plant,  which  are  officinal,  as 
well  as  the  inspissated  juice  or  Opium, 
obtained  from  them.  It  appears  to 
have  been  one  of  the  early  cultivated 
plants,  as  Homer  is  thought  to  allude 
to  it  as  growing  in  gardens.  Hippo- 
crates mentions  two  kinds,  the  black 
and  white  poppy,  so  the  Arabs  and 
Persians  distinguish  the  khuskhash 
abiuz  or  white,  from  the  khuskhash 
aswad,  or  black  poppy.  The  white 
Poppy  is  now  cultivated  in  the  plains 
of  India,  and  the  black,  or  rather 
deep-red,  variety,  in  the  Himalayan 
mountains.*  It  was  early  cultivated, 
as  it  still  is,  in  Egypt,  also  in  India, 
Persia,  Asia  Minor,  as  well  as  in 
some  parts  of  Europe. 

The  Garden  Poppy  (Fig.  41)  is 
probably  a  native  of  Persia.  It  has, 
however,  been  so  long  grown  in 
gardens  in  various  parts,  that  it  is 

*  Mr.  Hamilton  says,  "  The  opium  is  chiefly  obtained  from  the  single  white  poppy ; 
I  have  also  seen  the  red  and  purple  colours,  though  only  one  is  usually  seen  in  a  field.  I 
hardly  remember  to  have  noticed  any  mixture  of  colour  in  one  piece  of  ground.  The 
kind  here  cultivated  generally  grows  to  a  height  of  three  feet" — Hamilton,  Travels  in 
Asia  Minor,  ii.  p.  115. 


256  CAPSULE    PAPAVERIS.  [Thalamiftora:. 

sometimes  found  apparently  wild,  especially  in  the  southern  parts  of 
Europe. 

The  plants  are  from  2  —  4  feet  high,  the  stems  are  round  and  straight,  glaucous,  smooth, 
with  a  few  hairs  towards  the  white  and  tapering  extremity  and  on  the  peduncles.  The 
leaves  are  large,  sessile,  amplexicaul,  smooth,  of  a  glaucous  green,  margins  wavy,  cut  and 
toothed.  The  flowers  are  large  and  terminal,  drooping  before  flowering,  with  smooth 
concave  sepals  ;  4  large  petals,  roundish  in  form,  white  or  of  a  purplish  colour,  with  a 
darker  coloured  spot  near  the  claws.  The  capsule  is  oval,  or  nearly  globose,  large, 
smooth,  with  parietal  placentae  equal  in  number  to  the  stigmas,  which  are  covered  with 
numerous  white  or  brownish  coloured,  kidney-shaped  seeds.  Flowers  in  June  and  July, 
and  the  capsules  ripen  about  two  months  later.  —  E.  B.  2145. 

Some  consider  that  there  are  two  distinct  species  instead  of  varie- 
ties of  this  plant.  P.  officinale  (Gmelin)  var.  album  is  larger  and  less 
glaucous,  with  white  petals  and  seeds,  capsules  ovate-globose  and  re- 
maining closed  under  the  crown  of  stigmas  (fig.  41,  1),  while  P.  som- 
niferum  (Gm.)  var.  nigrum  has  the  flowers  violet  or  red,  seeds  black, 
capsules  globose,  opening  by  foramina  under  the  stigmas  (fig.  41,  2). 

CAPSULE  PAPAVERIS.  Poppy-heads  are  officinal  in  the  Ps.,  but  the 
L.  and  D.  P.  direct  them  to  be  collected  when  ripe,  the  E.  P.  before 
they  are  quite  ripe,  as  in  this  state  they  contain  more  of  the  narcotic 
principle.  The  French  find  those  from  the  Levant  or  the  southern 
provinces  of  France  to  be  more  powerful  than  those  grown  in  the 
north.  The  seeds  (maw  seeds)  ripen  notwithstanding  the  separation 
of  the  capsules  from  the  plant;  and  as  they  contain  much  oil,  its  pre- 
sence adds  to.  the  demulcent  properties  of  the  decoction.  Some  of 
the  properties  of  the  following  preparations  depend  on  the  presence  of 
Morphia,  especially  if  the  poppy-heads  be  gathered  unripe. 

DECOCTUM  PAPAVERIS,  L.  E.  D.     Decoction  of  Poppies. 

Prep.  Boil  Poppy  Heads  sliced  3iv.  in  Aq.  Oiv.  (Oiij.  E.  ;  feij.  by  measure,  D.)  for 
\  hour.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  A  Demulcent  Anodyne  fomentation,  applied  to 
swollen,  painful,  and  inflamed  parts,  as  the  eye,  abdomen,  joints,  &c. 

SYRUPUS  PAPAVERIS,  L.  E.     SYRUP.  PAPAV.  SOMNIFERI,  D.     Syrup  of 
Poppy. 

Prep.  Take  Poppy  Heads  ftiij.  (sliced  and  without  the  seeds  feiss.  E.  ;  gxvij.  D.)  boil 
them  in  boiling  Aq.  Cv.  to  Cij.  and  press  strongly.  (Infuse  in  boiling  Aq.  Oxv.  (Cij.  D.) 
for  12  (24,  D.)  hours,  boil  down  to  Ov.  and  express  strongly  through  calico,  E.)  Boil 
again  the  strained  liquor  to  Oiv.  (Oijss.  E.)  Strain  while  hot,  set  by  for  12  hours,  and 
boil  the  clear  liquor  to  Oij.  Add  Sugar  ftv.  L.  (pure  ftiij.  E.  ;  gxxix.  D.)  dissolve  it 
(with  heat,  E.)  and  make  a  syrup.  See  P.  J.  ii.  p.  647  for  making  this  Syrup  with  a  cold 
infusion  of  Poppy-heads.  The  starch  is  not  dissolved,  and  the  albumen  got  rid  of  after. 
wards  by  boiling. 

This  is  an  excellent  anodyne  and  narcotic  syrup,  when  carefully 
repared;  but  it  is  apt  to  undergo  decomposition,  and  is  liable  also  to 
e  very  carelessly  made,  as  with  extract  of  poppies  and  syrup,  or 
with  laudanum  and  treacle,  and  is  hence  very  irregular  in  strength, 
and  as  it  is  often  prescribed  to  children,  becomes  dangerous  in  con- 
sequence of  their  being  apt  to  suffer  from  an  overdose  of  an  opiate. 
D.  f  3ij.  —  f3ss.  or  more  for  adults,     fftx.  to  r#xv.  for  infants. 


p 
b 


Papaveracea:.]  OPIUM.  257 

EXTRACTUM  PAPAVERIS,  L.  E.     Extract  of  Poppy. 

Prep.  Macerate  (bruised,  L.)  Poppy  Heads  without  the  seeds  3xv.  in  boiling  Aq.  Cj. 
for  24  hours.  Boil  down  to  Oiv. ;  strain  while  hot  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence 
(over  a  vapour-bath,  E.). 

This  extract  has  long  been  known,  being  the  Meconion  of  the  an- 
cient Greeks.  It  is  a  good  substitute  for  opium  in  many  cases,  being 
thought  to  allay  pain  and  induce  sleep,  without  producing  nausea,  or 
the  irritability  caused  by  opium. 

D.  gr.  ij.— gr.  x. 

OPIUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Capsuke  immature  Succus  concretus,  L. 
Capsularum  succus  proprius  concretus,  D.  Concrete  juice  from 
the  unripe  capsules  of  Papaver  somniferum,  E.  Opium. 

Opium,  obtained  by  making  incisions  into  the  unripe  capsules  of 
the  Poppy,  and  inspissating  the  juice,  seems  to  have  been  known  from 
early  times.  Hippocrates  is  supposed  to  have  employed  it,  and  Dia- 

gsras  condemned  its  use  in  affections  of  the  eyes  and  in  ear-ache, 
ioscorides  describes  it :  but  opium  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
much  employed  until  the  time  of  the  Arabs,  except  in  the  form  of  the 
confections  called  Mithridatica,  Theriaca,  and  Philonium.  The  Arabic 
name  afioon,  the  Hindu  aphim,  and  the  name  afooyung,  by  which  it  is 
known  in  China,  must  all  have  proceeded  from  the  original  Greek 
name,  which  is  itself  derived  from  twos,  juice.  The  Sanscrit  apaynum 
seems  to  have  a  similar  origin. 

Opium  is  obtained  by  a  very  simple  process,  consisting  merely  in 
making  incisions  in  the  evening  into  the  capsules  of  the  Poppy,  shortly 
after  the  petals  fall  off,  taking  care  not  to  penetrate  into  the  interior, 
when  a  milky  juice  exudes,  and  either  concretes  upon  the  capsule, 
whence  it  may  be  taken  off  in  little  tear-like  masses,  or  earlier  in  the 
morning  in  a  softer  state.  Upon  this  will  depend  whether  the  grains 
run  together,  or  remain  separate  even  when  pressed.  When  thus 
collected,  they  require  nothing  more  than  being  dried  in  a  warm  and 
airy  room,  when  the  opium  becomes  of  a  brown  colour,  with  a 
shining  fracture,  and  has  a  strong  and  peculiar  odour.  Some  opium 
which  the  author  prepared  in  this  manner  in  the  Saharunpoor  Botanic 
Garden  in  1828-29,  was  pronounced  by  the  Medical  Board  of  Bengal 
to  be  like  Turkey  opium.  Most  of  the  opium  made  in  the  Himalayan 
mountains  is  similarly  prepared,  and  is  of  very  fine  quality.  Belon 
and  Oliver  describe  the  Opium  of  Asia  Minor  as  formed  by  the 
assemblage  of  the  small  tears  collected  off  the  capsules.  Dioscorides, 
however,  describes  the  process  as  consisting  in  making  incisions  into 
the  capsules  when  the  dew  has  evaporated,  collecting  the  juice  in  a 
shell,  mixing  the  several  portions,  and  rubbing  them  up  in  a  mortar. 
Kaempfer  gives  this  as  the  Persian  process,  and  M.  Texier  describes 
it  as  being  adopted  in  Asia  Minor ;  and  it  is  certainly  practised  with 
the  immense  quantities  collected  in  India  in  the  provinces  of  Behar 
and  Benares,  and  of  which  an  excellent  description  has  been  given 
by  Dr.  Butter  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society,  v.  p.  136.  When 
this  method  is  adopted,  the  mass  will  appear  homogeneous;  when  it 

17 


258  OPIUM.  [Thalamiflorce. 

is  omitted,  it  will  appear  to  be  composed  of  agglutinated  tears.  Both 
appearances  may  be  observed  in  the  opium  of  commerce.  Dr.  Butter 
describes  the  quantity  of  opium  from  each  capsule  as  varying  accord- 
ing to  soil,  irrigation,  and  to  the  quantity  of  dew  which  fails,  but 
averaging  about  1  gr.  from  each  quadruple  incision.  The  tears  are 
of  a  reddish  colour  externally,  but  semi-fluid  in  the  interior,  and  of  a 
reddish-white  colour.  The  juice  is  apt  to  be  mixed  with  dew,  and 
fraudulently  with  a  little  water,  and  will  separate  into  a  fluid  portion 
(passeu-a)  and  into  one  which  is  more  consistent,  the  former  contain- 
ing much  the  largest  portion  of  the  Bimeconate  of  Morphia.  The 
whole  of  the  day's  collection  is  rubbed  together  in  a  mortar,  so  as  to 
break  down  the  grains,  and  reduce  the  whole  to  a  homogeneous  semi- 
fluid mass,  which  should  be  dried  as  quickly  as  possible  in  the  shade, 
when  it  is  called  pucka  or  matured,  being  called  raw  in  its  former 
state.  All  samples  of  Opium  brought  for  sale  are  submitted  to  a 
steam  drying  process,  by  which  the  quantity  of  fluid  in  each  is  easily 
ascertained.  The  Opium  for  the  China  investment  contains  about  30 
per  cent,  of  moisture:  that  for  medical  use  in  India  is  made  quite  dry. 

The  Opiums  known  in  European  commerce  have  been  described 
under  the  following  heads  by  Prof.  Guibourt.  That  collected  in  Asia 
Minor,  chiefly  in  Anatolia,  is  generally  all  included  under  the  head 
of  Turkey  Opium,  and  most  of  it  is  exported  from  Smyrna ;  some  of 
it,  however,  is  taken  to  Constantinople,  whence  it  is  re-exported  to 
other  parts  of  Europe.  Some  Egyptian  is  imported  into  this  coun- 
try. The  Persian  is  only  known.  The  Indian  kinds  are  exported 
to  China. 

Smyrna  Opium,  called  also  Levant  Opium,  is  generally  in  flattened 
masses,  and,  in  consequence  of  its  original  softness,  without  any 
definite  regular  form;  weighing  from  a  half  to  two  pounds,  and 
covered  with  the  capsules  of  a  species  of  Rumex.  It  is  at  first  soft, 
of  a  distinct  brown  colour,  becoming  blackish  and  hard  when  dried, 
losing  weight  from  evaporation  of  water,  having  the  strong  and 
peculiar  odour  of  Opium.  "  When  examined  with  a  magnifier,  it  is 
seen  to  be  composed  of  yellowish  agglutinated  tears."  This  is  the 
purest  kind  of  Opium,  yielding  about  8  per  cent,  of  Morphia  and 
4  per  cent,  of  Narcotine,  and,  on  an  average,  about  12  per  cent,  of 
Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia. 

An  inferior  kind  is,  however,  also  imported  from  Smyrna,  which 
is  more  apt  to  be  adulterated,  is  harder,  of  a  darker  colour,  appears 
homogeneous,  and  may  be  seen  covered  either  with  Rumex  capsules, 
or  with  the  leaves  of  the  Poppy. 

The  Smyrna  Opium  is  produced  at.  several  places,  at  from  10  to 
30  days'  distance  in  the  interior;  but  that  grown  at  Caisar,  about 
600  miles  from  Smyrna,  is  the  most  esteemed  for  its  cleanness  and 
good  quality.  Mr.  Hamilton  states  that  much  is  produced  at  Boga- 
ditza :  it  is  made  into  lumps  about  four  or  five  inches  in  diameter, 
round  which  leaves  are  wrapped. 

Constantinople  Opium,  Mr.  Guibourt  conceives,  may  be  collected 
in  the  northern  parts  of  Anatolia.  One  kind  is  in  small  lenticular 
pieces  about  two  inches  in  diameter,  weighing  from  four  to  eight 


Papaveracea.]  OPIUM.  259 

ounces,  and  always  covered  with  a  Poppy-leaf,  of  the  midrib  of 
•which  the  mark  may  be  seen  on  the  middle  of  the  pieces  of  Opium. 
Another  variety  is  in  large  irregular  cakes.  Both  are  more  mucila- 
ginous than  the  Smyrna  kind,  and,  though  of  good  quality,  the  Con- 
stantinople is  less  uniform  in  the  quantity  of  Morpjjia  it  contains, 
some  yielding  less,  and  others  as  much  as,  the  best  kinds  of  Opium. 

Egyptian  Opium  is  in  flattened  roundish  cakes  about  three  inches 
in  diameter  and  covered  with  the  remains  of  some  leaf  which 
M.  Guibourt  was  unable  to  distinguish.  It  looks  well  externally,  is 
homogeneous,  has  something  of  a  reddish  hue,  not  blackening  by 
keeping,  but  softening  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and  has  somewhat  of  a 
musty  smell.  It  is  generally  inferior,  and  M.  Guibourt  obtained  only 
I  of  the  Morphia  yielded  by  Smyrna  Opium. 

Persian  Opium,  which  Dr.  Pereira  calls  Trebizond  Opium,  from 
his  specimens  having  been  obtained  from  thence.  The  specimens  in 
the  King's  College  Museum  were  sent  by  Mr.  Morson,  to  whom 
M.  Guibourt  was  also  indebted.  This  kind  is  of  a  black  colour, 
apparently  homogeneous  in  texture,  and  in  sticks  some  inches  in 
length,  each  wrapped  up  in  a  separate  piece  of  paper,  and  tied  with 
a  piece  of  cotton. 

Some  Opium  has  been  collected  in  Algiers.  A  new  variety  im- 
ported from  Turkey  has  been  described  by  Mr.  Morson  (P.  J.  iv.  503). 
It  resembled  the  Constantinople,  but  was  soft  and  light-coloured; 
contained  much  wax,  caoutchouc,  and  about  Qh  per  cent,  of  Morphia. 

Besides  these,  some  Opiurn  is  occasionally  met  with  of  European 
manufacture;  and  it  might  easily  be  produced  in  England  if  the 
summer  was  more  regular.  In  the  south  of  Europe  the  summer  is 
probably  too  hot  and  dry.  In  India  it  can  only  be  cultivated  in  the 
cold  weather.  Some  good  English  Opium  has  been  produced,  but  it 
is  irregular  in  strength.  The  quantity  of  Morphia  said  to  have  been 
obtained  from  some  specimens  of  French  and  of  German  Opium  is 
enormous, — being  from  16  to  20  per  cent. 

Indian  Opium,  not  being  known  in  European  commerce,  requires 
a  very  short  notice.  The  Saharunpoor  Garden  Opium,  sent  home 
in  1844,  is  of  a  brown  colour,  shining  fracture,  with  the  strong  and 
peculiar  smell  of  opium,  and  yielded  the  late  Professor  Daniell,  in 
one  of  the  late  analyses  he  made  previous  to  his  sudden  and  lamented 
death,  8  per  cent,  of  Morphia.*  The  Himalayan  Opium  possesses 
similar  sensible  properties,  and  though  liable  to  be  adulterated,  is, 
when  pure,  of  very  fine  quality.  The  Malwa  Opium  is  in  flat  circular 
cakes,  average  weight  1§  lb.,  of  a  rusty-brown  colour,  strong  odour, 
and  bitter  permanent  taste,  varying  much  in  quality.  Some  Malwa 
Opium  lately  analyzed  yielded  only  2  per  cent,  of  Morphia,  was  oily 
and  mucilaginous,  and  appeared  to  have  been  obtained  by  expression 
of  the  capsules.  Dr.  Srnyttari,  late  Opium  Inspector  at  Bombay, 

*  Some  specimens  of  this  opium,  prepared  when  the  author  was  Superintendent  of  the 
Saharunpore  Botanic  Garden,  sent  to  the  Medical  Board  of  Bengal  in  1829,  were  pro- 
nounced  to  be  "  very  fine  specimens,  and  to  resemble  Captain  Jercmie's  in  almost  every 
particular,"  and  Captain  Jeremie'8  they  u  considered  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  finest 
Turkey  opium  that  comes  into  the  market  at  home." 


260  OPIUM.  [Thalamifioras. 

obtained  from  3  to  5  per  cent,  of  Morphia  from  some  varieties,  and  from 
7£  to  8  per  cent,  from  finer  kinds.  Some  Kandeish  Opium  yielded  to 
Mr.  E.  Solly  72  per  cent,  of  soluble  matter,  and  about  7  per  cent,  of 
Morphia.  The  E.  I.  Company's  Opium,  which  is  that  known  under 
the  name  of  Bengal  Opium,  and  which  is  chiefly  produced  in  the 
provinces  of  Behar  and  Benares,  with  some  in'lhat  of  Cawnpore,  is 
also  of  different  qualities:  that  intended  for  medicinal  use  in  the>hos- 
pitals  in  India  is  of  very  fine  quality,  of  a  brown  colour,  and  fine 
smell,  packed  with  great  care  in  4  Ib.  and  2  Ib.  squares  covered  with 
layers  of  talc,  and  further  defended  by  a  case  of  brown  wax  half  an 
inch  in  thickness.  This  Dr.  Jackson,  lately  Opium  Inspector  at 
Calcutta,  informs  me  is  the  Patna  Garden  Opium,  cultivated,  pre- 
pared, and  selected  exclusively  for  the  Dispensary,  and  that  it  yields 
about  7  to  8  per  cent,  and  sometimes  more  (lOi),  of  Morphia.  It  is 
of  this  kind  that  Dr.  Christison  says,  "  I  have  examined  specimens 
little  inferior  to  average  Turkey  Opium  in  the  quantity  of  Morphia 
they  contained." 

The  Chinese  Investment  Opium,  which  is  highly  esteemed  by  the 
Chinese,  is  made  into  cakes  or  balls,  each  containing  about  4  Ibs. 
and  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  pop'py  petals,  made  to  adhere  to 
the  opium  and  to  each  other  by  means  of  a  mixture  of  inferior  kinds 
of  Opium  and  water.  It  is  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  of  the  consist- 
ence of  an  extract  when  first  cut  into,  containing  70  per  cent,  of 
solid  matter,  and  about  2£  per  cent,  of  Morphia. 

Prop.  Good  Opium,  when  it  has  been  some  time  made,  is  of  a 
dark  brown  or  blackish  colour  externally,  and  of  a  reddish-brown 
internally,  either  homogeneous  in  texture,  or  formed  of  agglutinated 
tears.  Sp.  Gr.  about  3-36.  The  taste  is  strongly  and  permanently 
bitter,  with  some  degree  of  acridity,  and  a  little  aroma.  The  odour 
is  both  powerful  and  peculiar.  It  is  hard,  and  even  becomes  brit- 
tle, and  breaks  with  a  compact  shining  fracture,  and  produces  a 
yellowish-brown  powder.  Some  kinds,  however,  are  soft  internally, 
and  others  never  become  entirely  dry.  The  London  College,  to  pre- 
serve uniformity  of  strength,  directs  dried  Opium  only  to  be  used  for 
the  several  pharmaceutical  preparations.  Opium  is  softened  by  the 
application  of  heat,  and  burns  at  a  higher  temperature.  The  effects 
of  the  ordinary  reagents  are,  that  water,  either  temperate  or  warmed, 
dissolves  about  two-thirds  of  good  opium,  and  forms  a  solution  of 
most  of  its  active  principles,  and  is  of  a  bitter  taste  and  of  a  reddish- 
brown  colour.  Rectified  Spirit  takes  up  four-fifths  of  the  whole 
mass,  including  all  the  active  properties  of  Opium.  Ether  dissolves 
much  of  what  is  left  undissolved  by  water.  Diluted  acids  take  up 
all  its  active  principles.  The  alkalies  precipitate  them  from  their 
solutions,  but  redissolve  them  when  added  in  excess.  They  are  also 
precipitated  by  baryta,  lime,  and  magnesia,  and  their  salts,  also  by 
the  soluble  salts  of  lead  and  of  other  metals,  as  well  as  by  solutions 
of  tannin  and  astringent  vegetable  substances.  As  some  of  these  are 
apt  to  be  prescribed  with  opium,  it  is  essential  to  attend  to  the  form 
of  exhibition,  for  the  precipitate  may  contain  all  the  active  principles, 
and  the  solution  be  inert ;  or  it  may  be  made  active  again  by  using 


Papaveracea.}  MORPHIA.  261 

an  excess  of  ammonia  or  potash ;  or  the  active  principle  may  be 
taken  up  by  the  acid  of  some  of  the  salts  used.  But  these  various 
effects  of  reagents  can  be  duly  appreciated  only  when  the  compo- 
sition of  Opium  is  understood. 

Several  analyses  were  made  of  Opium  before  any  just  ideas  were 
obtained  respecting  its  constitution.  Derosne  in  1803  first  obtained 
a  saline  body.  Sertiirner  and  Seguin,  the  first  a  Hanoverian,  and 
the  second  a  French  apothecary,  both  discovered  in  1804  another 
crystallizable  substance,  upon  which  subsequent  experience  has  proved 
the  narcotic  power  of  opium  to  depend.  In  a  second  memoir  of 
Sertiirner  published  in  1817,  he  announced  his  discovery  of  the 
existence  of  morphia  combined  with  meconic  acid.  This  was  con- 
firmed by  Robiquet.  Since  then,  Geiger,  Beltz,  Pelletier,  Couerbe, 
Schmidtz,  and  Mulder,  have  successively  analyzed  and  shown  Opium 
to  consist  of  a  variety  of  principles.  Of  these,  three  are  alkaline, 
Morphia,  Codeia,  and  Paramorphia.  A  fourth,  Narcotin,  though 
neutral  to  colours,  forms  salts  with  acids:  of  this  a  great  portion  is 
in  a  free  state,  and  may  at  once  be  separated  from  Opium  by  ether ; 
the  remainder,  as  well  as  the  whole  of  the  Morphia  and  Codeia,  are 
in  combination  with  the  Meconic'  and  some  Sulphuric  acid  found  in 
Opium.  Other  bodies  are  also  acid,  as  the  brown  acid  extractive,  the 
resin,  and  oily  matter.  Some  are  neutral,  as  Narcein  and  Meconin. 
Narcotin  is  sometimes  enumerated  among  the  neutral  principles,  and 
Thebaina,  called  also  Paramorphia,  though  alkaline,  does  not  com- 
bine with  acids.  Besides  these,  there  is  a  trace  of  Volatile  Oil  (the 
odorous  principle?),  Gum,  Bassorine,  Albumen,  Caoutchouc,  Lignin, 
and  Salts  of  inorganic  bases.  ^ 

MORPHIA,  L.  (U.S.)     Symb.  Mor.     Fr.  Morphine. 

Morphia  (C35  Hso  O8  N=292  4- 2  Aq.=310  when  crystallized)  is 
found  in  Opium  in  the  proportion  of  2  to  8  or  10  per  cent.,  and  is 
the  principle  upon  which  its  medicinal  properties  chiefly  depend. 
It  crystallizes  in  shining  flat  six-sided  prisms,  usually  in  the  state  of 
a  very  white  powder;  is  without  smell,  but  has  a  very  bitter  taste. 
L.  P.  "  Very  little ,  soluble  in  cold  water,  little  in  boiling  water,  but 
very  readily  in  alcohol  (in  40  of  cold  anhydrous  alcohol,  and  in  30 
parts  of  ordinary  alcohol  at  212°;  nearly  insoluble  in  ether  and  the 
fixed  and  volatile  oils).  This  solution  exhibits  alkaline  properties, 
when  tried  with  turmeric ;  and  when  the  spirit  is  distilled  from  it,  it 
yields  crystals,  which  are  totally  destroyed  by  heat  (about  6-33 
per  cent,  being  expelled ;  with  further  heat,  it  melts  into  a  yellowish 
liquid,  and  in  the  air  burns  with  a  bright  flame).  On  the  addition  of 
Nit',  Morphia  becomes  first  red,  and  afterwards  yellow.  Tine,  of 
Sesquichloride  of  Iron  gives  it  a  blue  colour.  Chlorine  and  after- 
wards Ammonia  being  added  to  its  salts,  they  -are  rendered  of  a 
brown  colour,  which  is  destroyed  when  more  Chlorine  is  added. 
Morphia  is  also  precipitated  from  its  salts  by  solution  of  Potash 
(also  by  Ammonia  and  Lime-water),  which,  added  in  excess,  redis- 
solve  it."  It  is  precipitated  from  these  by  Tannic',  as  by  infusion  of 
gall-nuts,  Tannate  of  Morphia  being  formed.  Morphia  forms  salts 


MORPHINE    HYDROCHLORAS.          [Thalamifloras. 

with  S',  H  Cl',  and  Ac' :  these  are  crystallizable,  when  pure,  colour- 
less, and  of  a  bitter  taste. 

Prep.  Morphia  being  combined  with  Meconic  acid,  may  be  preci- 
pitated from  a  watery  solution  of  Opium  either  by  Ammonia  or  by 
Magnesia,  which  enter  into  combination  with  the  Meconic  acid.  It 
may  then  be  separated  from  the  other  insoluble  matters  by  the  agency 
of  alcohol.  The  L.  C.  obtain  it  from  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  3j.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  than  add  Sol.  of  Am. 
monia  f  3v.  diluted  with  Aq.  f^j.  and  shake  well  together.  The  precipitate  is  to  be 
washed  with  distilled  water,  and  then  dried  with  a  gentle  heat. 

The  Ammonia,  combining  with  the  H  Cl',  remains  in  solution, 
while  the  Morphia  is  precipitated,  washed,  and  dried.  The  Codeia, 
which  is  usually  present  in  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia,  is  not  thrown 
down  by  the  Ammonia. 

Tests.  The  characteristics  of  Morphia  have  been  noticed  above, 
and  these  can  only  be  seen  in  pure  Morphia.  When  quite  white, 
there  can  be  no  colouring  matter,  and  Narcotin,  which  is  sometimes 
present,  is  insoluble  in  the  solution  of  potash. 

Action.  Uses.  Morphia  possesses  nearly  all  the  action  of  Opium, 
but  is  less  stimulating.  Being,  however,  nearly  insoluble  in  cold 
water,  it  is  usually  prescribed  in  the  form  of  some  of  its  salts,  which 
are  more  certain  in  their  operation.  Both  Morphia  and  its  salts  have 
frequently  been  employed  endermically  on  the  Continent. 

D.  gr.  l  to  gr.  j.  gradually  increased,  gr.  j.  in  fine  powder  may 
be  applied  to  the  denuded  skin. 

ORPHI^:  (MURIAS,  E.)  HYDROCHLORAS,  L.  (U.  S.)     Hydrochlorate  or 
Muriate  of  Morphia.  , 

Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  (Mor.  +  H  Cl  +  6  Aq=383)  came  into 
notice  in  1831,  with  Dr.  W.  Gregory's  method  of  obtaining  Morphia. 
It  must  be  distinguished,  however,  from  what  is  commonly  called 
Gregory's  Salt,  which  is  a  compound  of  Muriate  of  Morphia  and 
of  Codeia.  It  is  without  colour  or  smell,  is  extremely  bitter,  in  fine 
powder  or  in  feathery  acicular  crystals,  is  soluble  in  about  16  parts 
of  cold,  and  in  its  own  weight  of  boiling  water.  This,  on  cooling, 
congeals  into  a  crystalline  mass.  It  is  also  soluble  in  rectified  Spirit. 
Dil.  Sul'  decomposes  it,  as  do  the  alkalies.  Nit'  forms  with  it  a  red- 
dish-yellow, and  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  a  bluish-coloured  fluid.  It  is 
composed  of  Mor.  76-24  H  Cl  9-66  Aql  14-10=100. 

Prep.  It  may  be  prepared  by  acting  on  Morphia  with  H  Cl',  or  more  commonly  by 
decomposing  the  Meconate  of  Morphia  in  Opium  with  some  other  salt,  which  shall  pro- 
duce an  insoluble  Meconate  and  a  soluble  Muriate  of  Morphia.  The  L.  C.  order  Chloride 
of  Lead.  Dr.  A.  T.  Thompson  uses  Chloride  of  Barium.  The  E.  C.  prefer  Chloride  of 
Calcium,  according  to  Dr.  Gregory's  original  process.  L.  P.  Macerate  Opium  sliced  ftj. 
in  Aq.  dest.  Oiv.  for  30  hours,  and  bruise  it ;  afterwards  digest  for  20  hours  more,  and 
press  it.  Macerate  what  remains  again,  and  a  third  time,  in  water,  that  it  may  become 
free  from  taste,  and  as  often  bruise  and  press  it.  (The  Meconate  of  Morphia  is  dissolved 
in  the  successive  portions  of  water.)  Evaporate  the  mixed  liquors,  with  a  heat  of  140°, 
to  the  consistence  of  a  syrup.  Then  add  Aq.  dest.  Oiij.,  and  when  all  the  impurities 
have  subsided,  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquor.  To  this  add  gradually  Chloride  of  Lead 
3ij.  or  so  much  as  may  be  sufficient,  first  dissolved  in  boiling  Aq.'dest.  Oiv.  till  nothing 
further  is  precipitated.  (The  Chloride  of  Lead  and  water  are  respectively  decomposed 


Papaveracece.]  MORPHINE    SULPHAS.  263 

owing  to  the  presence  of  the  Meconate  of  Morphia.  The  Hydrogen  and  Chlorine  form 
H  Cl',  which,  uniting  with  the  Morphia  and  Codeia,  form  comparatively  soluble  Hydro- 
chlorate  of  Morphia  and  of  Codeia.  The  Oxygen  of  the  water,  uniting  with  the  lead, 
forms  an  Oxide  of  Lead,  which,  combining  with  the  Meconic',  form  an  insoluble  Meco- 
nate of  Lead,  which  is  precipitated  together  with  a  little  Sulphate  of  Lead.)  Pour  off 
the  liquor  which  holds  the  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  in  solution,  and  wash  what  remains 
frequently  with  Aq.  dest.  Then  evaporate  the  mixed  liquors  as  before,  with  a  gentle 
heat,  that  crystals  may  be  formed.  Press  these  in  a  cloth,  then  dissolve  them  in  Aq.  dest. 
Oj.  and  digest  with  Animal  Charcoal  giss.  in  a  heat  of  120°  and  strain.  (This  is  useful 
in  depriving  the  crystals  of  colour.)  Finally,  the  charcoal  being  washed,  evaporate  the 
liquors  cautiously,  that  pure  crystals  may  be  produced. 

As  some  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  remains  in  solution  after  the  first  crop  of  crystals 
have  been  obtained,  it  is  directed  to  add  to  this  liquor  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  and  gradually  drop  in 
Liq.  Ammonia  q.  s.  to  precipitate  all  the  Morphia.  (Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia  with 
Codeia  is  left  in  solution.)  To  this,  washed  with  Aq.  dest.,  add  Hydrochloric  acid,  that 
it  may  be  saturated,  (thus  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  is  again  formed,)  digest  it  with 
Animal  Charcoal  3ij.  and  strain.  Lastly,  the  animal  charcoal  being  thoroughly  washed, 
evaporate  the  liquors  cautiously,  that  pure  crystals  may  be  produced. 

The  E.  C.  uses  Chloride  of  Calcium,  instead  of  the  Chloride  of  Lead,  and,  therefore, 
Meconate  and  Sulphate  of  Lime  are  formed  instead  of  the  analogous  salts  of  Lead,  and 
in  place  of  Charcoal,  alternately  acidulate  with  Muriatic  acid  and  neutralize  with  finely 
powdered  Marble,  in  order  to  remove  the  colouring  matter.  Dr.  Christison  states,  that  it 
is  important  not  to  employ  too  much  water,  and  that  about  4  times  the  weight  of  the 
Opium  employed  is  sufficient  to  exhaust  it,  and  that  the  Chloride  of  Lead  or  of  Calcium 
should  be  added  before  instead  of  after  concentrating  the  infusions,  and  that  the  evapora 
tions  should  be  conducted  as  quickly  as  possible,  at  a  heat  below  212°.  By  following 
this  process,  the  Edinburgh  manufacturers  obtain  about  13  per  cent,  of  very  pure  and 
white  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  from  the  recent  soft  Smyrna  Opium. 

Tests.  "  Snow-white  :  entirely  soluble  :  solution  colourless :  loss  of 
weight  at  212°  not  above  13  per  cent.  100  measures  of  a  solution 
of  10  grs.  in  Aq.  f3ss.  heated  near  to  212°,  and  decomposed  with 
agitation  by  a  faint  excess  of  Ammonia,  yield  a  precipitate,  which, 
in  24  hours,  occupies  12-5  measures  of  the  liquid."  E.  The  preci- 
pitate thrown  down  in  its  solution  by  Nitr.  Silver,  is  not  entirely 
soluble  in  H  Cl'  or  N',  or  in  Ammonia,  unless  added  in  excess.  The 
E.  tests  will  detect  any  undue  moisture,  and  ascertain  the  quantity 
of  Morphia  precipitated,  and  the  absence  of  colouring  matter.  Nar- 
cotin,  if  present,  would  be  detected  by  not  being  entirely  soluble  in 
an  excess  of  Potash  by  which  it  had  been  precipitated  from  a  so- 
lution. 

Jjction.  Uses.  May  be  united  with  some  medicines,  and  advanta- 
geously substituted  for  Opium  in  most  cases  as  a  sedative  anodyne, 
diaphoretic,  &c. 

D.  gr.  -5 — gr.  I ; — a  Narcotic  poison  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  x. 

MORPHINE  MURIATIS  SOLUTIO,  E.     Sol.  of  Muriate  of  Morphia. 

Prep.  Mix  Rectified  Spirit  f  3v.  with  Aq.  dest.  f  3xv.  and  dissolve  in  the  mixture* 
Muriate  of  Morphia  ^iss.  with  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat. 

D.  TTlx. —  nixl.  Intended  to  be  about  the  strength  of  Laudanum: 
100  minims  contain  gr.  j.  of  the  Muriate  of  Morphia. 

TROCHISCI  MORPHINE,  E.     Morphia  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Muriate  of  Morphia  9j.  in  a  little  hot  water.  Mix  it  with  Tincture  of 
Tolu  f3iv.  and  pure  Sugar  gxxv.  and  with  a  sufficiency  of  mucilage  form  a  proper  mass 
fot  making  lozenges;  each  of  which  should  weigh  about  15  grains. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative,  &c.  Much  used  in  this  or  the  following 
form  in  combination  with  Ipecacuanha  for  allaying  cough. 


264  SALTS    OF    MORPHIA.  [Thalamiftorce. 

D.  x. — xx.  lozenges  daily.  Each  contains  about  gr.  -^  of  Muriate 
of  Morphia.  Those  sold  in  London  are  marked  Morphia  gr.  ^7. 

TROCHISCI   MORPHINE   ET   IPECACUANHA.     Morphia  and  Ipecacuanha 
Lozenges. 

Prep.  Dissolve  and  mix  Muriate  of  Morphia  9j.  Ipecacuanha  in  fine  powder  3j.  Tinct. 
of  Tolu  f  3iv.  pure  Sugar  3xxv.  and  proceed  as  with  the  preceding  Morphia  lozenges. 
Useful  for  the  same  purposes. 

D.  x. — xx.  lozenges  daily.  Each  contains  gr.  J^  of  Muriate  of  Mor- 
phia, and  gr.  TV  of  Ipecacuanha. 

MORPHIA  SULPHAS,  (U.  S.)  Sulphate  of  Morphia  is  occasionally 
employed  in  medicine.  A  small  portion  exists  naturally  in  Opium, 
and  it  may  readily  be  made  by  acting  on  Morphia  with  dil.  Sul .  In 
the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  there  is  a  Solutio  or  Liquor  Mor- 
phias Sulphatis.  The  Sulphate  may  be  prescribed  in  doses  of  gr.  |-  to 
i,  but  it  does  not  appear  preferable  to  the  Hydrochlorate,  though  fre- 
quently employed  on  the  Continent,  especially  endermically. 

[LIQUOR  MORPHIJE  SULPHATIS,  U.  S.  Solution  of  Muriate  of  Mor- 
phia. 

Take  of  Sulphate  of  Morphia  gr.  j.  Water  f  3j.     Dose  f  3j.] 

MORPHIA  ACETAS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Acetate  of  Morphia. 

Vinegar  has  long  been  thought  a  good  menstruum  for  dissolving 
the  active  properties  of  Opium,  but  the  true  Acetate  of  Morphia  was 
introduced  into  practice  by  Majendie.  When  pure  it  is  seen  as  a 
colourless,  snow-white  powder,  of  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  imper- 
fectly crystallized.  It  is  apt  to  be  decomposed  from  some  of  its  acid 
escaping,  and  Morphia  being  left,  which  is  insoluble.  Hence  in  pre- 
scribing, it  is  necessary  to  add  a  few  drops  of  Acetic  acid  to  its  aque- 
ous solution.  It  is  soluble  in  rectified  spirit,  readily  decomposed  by 
heat  as  well  as  by  dil.  Sul',  with  the  disengagement  of  Acetic  acid. 
Its  solution  is  rendered  reddish-yellow  by  Nit'  and  blue  by  Sesqui- 
chloride  of  Iron.  It  is  probably  composed  of  Mor.  +  Ac'  +  Aq.=352, 
or  per  cent.  Mor.  82-95  Ac'  14-5,  Aq.  2-55  =  100. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Mix  Acetic  acid  f3iij.  with  Aq,  dest.  f3iv.  and  pour  them  upon  Morphia 
3vj.  to  saturation.  Let  the  liquor  evaporate  with  a  gentle  heat,  that  crystals  may  be 
formed.  The  E.  C.  first  obtain  Morphia  from  Muriate  of  Morphia,  as  in  the  London 
process,  p.  262,  and  then  dissolve  it  in  a  slight  excess  of  Pyroligneous  acid. 

Tests.  "  Very  readily  dissolved  in  water.  Its  other  properties  are 
such  as  have  been  stated  of  Morphia."  "  100  measures  of  a  solution 
of  grs.  x.  in  Aq.  dest,  f  3ss.  and  Ac'  n^v.  heated  to  212°,  and  decom- 
posed by  a  faint  excess  of  Ammonia,  yield  by  agitation  a  precipitate 
which  in  24  hours  occupies  15-5  measures  of  the  liquid." 

Action.  Uses.  Though  liable  to  decomposition,  it  is  preferred  by 
some  to  the  other  salts  of  Morphia,  in  doses  of  gr.  |-  to  £.  A  syrup 
is  lauded  by  M.  Forget  in  doses  of  gr.  T'T  in  chronic  bronchitis. 

CITRATE  OF  MORPHIA  was  recommended  by  Dr.  Porter  of  Bristol 
under  the  form  of  Liquor  Morphiae  Citratis,  and  made  by  macerating 


Papaveracea.}          CODEIA,    NARCOTINA,    ETC.  265 

Opium  3iv.  with  Citric'  3ij.  and  Aq.  Best.  Oj.     It  does  not  appear 
necessary,  as  the  officinal  preparations  of  Morphia  seem  sufficient. 

BIMECONATE  OF  MORPHIA.  Mr.  Squire,  on  reflecting  that  the  na- 
tural salts  separated  from  the  other  ingredients  existing  in  Opium, 
might  prove  the  best  therapeutic  agents,  has  prepared  a  solution  of 
the  Bimeconate  of  Morphia,  which  is  nearly  of  the  same  strength  as 
Laudanum.  Several  practitioners  have  borne  testimony  to  its  being 
less  exciting  than  Opium,  and  equally  if  not  more  efficacious  than  the 
other  preparations  of  Morphia. 

CODEIA  (Codeine)  (C35  Hs°O5N=284-f2  Aq.  when  crystallized 
from  Aq.)  was  discovered  by  Robiquet  in  1832.  Its  Hydrochlorate 
crystallizes  with  Hydrochlorate  of  Morphia  in  the  process  p.  263; 
but  as  the  Codeia  is  not  precipitated  by  the  Ammonia,  it  may  be  ob- 
tained by  subsequent  evaporation.  It  crystallizes  in  needles  or  right 
rhombic  prisms,  is  alkaline  in  nature,  and  forms  salts  with  acids, 
is  soluble  in  water  and  in  Alcohol,  readily  in  Ether;  insoluble  in  solu- 
tion of  Potash  ;  does  not  become  blue  on  the  addition  of  Sesquichloride 
of  Iron.  Opium  contains  about  \  or  1  per  cent.  It  has  little  taste? 
some  state  it  to  be  excitant,  and  others  hypnotic ;  it  resembles  Mor- 
phia in  its  effects ;  only  three  or  four  times  as  much  is  required. 

NARCOTINA  (Narcotine,  Anarcotina.  Beng.  Disp.)  (C48  H24  O1S  N= 
446)  was  discovered  by  Derosne  in  1803,  and  its  properties  investi- 
gated by  Robiquet  in  1817.  Much  of  it  is  in  a  free  state,  and  may 
be  dissolved  out  of  Opium  by  Ether.  It  exists  in  the  proportion  ofl 
to  8  per  cent.  It  crystallizes  from  Alcohol  in  bevelled  pearly  tables, 
but  from  Ether  in  regular  rhombic  prisms ;  is  white,  without  odour, 
and  insipid ;  is  insoluble  in  cold  water  and  in  solution  of  Potash,  very 
soluble  in  Ether,  in  Alcohol,  and  in  volatile  oils ;  neutral  to  vegetable 
colours,  combines  with  diluted  acids,  and  forms  salts,  as  the  Hydro- 
chlorate,  Sulphate,  &c.,  which  are  very  soluble  and  bitter.  When 
pure,  it  does  not  form  a  blue  solution  with  Sesquichlor.  Iron,  nor  pro- 
duce a  brown  colour  when  treated  with  Chlorine  and  Ammonia.  It 
is  not  reddened  by  Nit',  but  is  so  by  S'  containing  a  trace  of  N'. 
From  the  decomposition  of  Narcotine,  Opianic  acid  is  formed,  remark- 
able for  its  affinity  for  Ammonia,  also  Cotarnin,  &LC.  (Liebig.)  Nar- 
cotine may  be  obtained  by  macerating  the  Opium  which  has  been  ex- 
hausted by  cold  water  in  the  process  of  obtaining  Hydrochlor.  Mor- 
phia with  weak  Pyroligneous  or  Muriatic  acid,  and  precipitating 
with  Potash.  It  may  be  separated  from  Morphia  by  Ether  or  by 
Potash, — the  first  dissolving  the  Narcotine  and  leaving  the  Morphia, 
while  the  Potash  dissolves  the  Morphia,  but  leaves  the  Narcotine. 

Jiction.  Uses.  It  appears  to  be  devoid  of  all  narcotic  properties. 
Dr.  Roots  prescribed  its  Sulph.  in  doses  up  to  9j.  as  a  substitute  for 
the  Disulph.  of  Quina  for  the  cure  of  intermittents.  It  has  been 
largely  employed  in  India  for  arresting  the  paroxysms  of  intermittent 
and  remittent  fevers  by  Dr.  O'Shaughnessy  and  other  practitioners. 

NARCEIA  (C^H^O  a  N=298)  (Narceine)  was  discovered  by  Pelle- 
tier,  and  is  in  fine  silky  needles,  which  are  slightly  bitter,  soluble 


266  ADULTERATION    OF    OPIUM.          [Thalamiftorte. 

in  water,  fusible  at  about  its  boiling  point,  neutral  to  test-paper,  and 
not  neutralizing  acids.  The  diluted  mineral  acids  produce  a  light  blue 
(N'  a  yellow)  colour  when  brought  in  contact  with  it,  as  does  Iodine. 

MECONIN  (C19  H5  O*=97)  is  also  white,  crystallizes  in  six-sided 
prisms,  is  acrid  in  taste,  fuses  at  194°,  is  soluble  in  water,  neutral  to 
acids.  If  Chlorine  gas  be  brought  in  contact  with  it  when  in  a  fused 
state,  a  blood-red  fluid  is  produced,  which  crystallizes  on  cooling.  It 
is  remarkable  in  not  containing  any  Nitrogen. 

THEBAINA,  or  Paramorphia  (C38  H14  O  N=202)  is  alkaline  in 
its  relations,  and  forms  crystallizable  salts  with  diluted  acids ;  most 
nearly  resembles  Narcotin,  but  is  distinguished  from  it  by  crystallizing 
in  short  needles ,  fuses  at  302°,  is  much  more  soluble  in  Alcohol,  and 
is  acrid  and  not  bitter  in  taste,  little  soluble  in  water. 

MECONIC  ACID  (C7  H2  O7  =  100),  discovered  by  Sertiirner,  was 
studied  by  Robiquet.  It  is  seen  in  the  form  of  white,  transparent, 
micaceous  scales.  It  is  soluble  in  water :  when  this  solution  is  boiled, 
it  is  decomposed  into  Carbonic  acid  and  Metameconic  acid,  which 
forms  hard  crystalline  grains.  By  destructive  distillation  of  Meconic 
acid,  another  acid,  the  Pyromeconic,  is  produced.  Mec'  readily  forms 
salts,  and  is  remarkable  for  producing  a  deep-red  colour  with  the  per- 
salts  of  Iron,  and  a  green  precipitate  of  Mecon.  Copper  with  Ammon. 
Sulph.  Copper.  It  may  be  obtained  by  decomposing  the  Mecon.  Lead 
or  that  of  Lime  (v.  p.  262)  with  dil.  H  Cl'.  Besides  these,  other 
principles  of  less  importance,  as  Pseudomorphia  and  Purphyroxin,  so 
named  from  being  coloured  purple  when  boiled  with  dil.  N',  H  Cl' 
or  S'. 

Brown  -Jlcid  Extractive  has  been  little  examined,  and  is  no  doubt  a 
mixture  of  several  substances,  perhaps  the  result  of  some  of  the 
changes  which  have  taken  place,  and  is  supposed  to  possess  some  of 
the  narcotic  properties  of  Opium.  Resin  of  Opium  contains  Nitrogen, 
is  brown,  insipid  and  without  colour,  softens  by  heat,  is  soluble  in 
alcohol,  and  in  alkaline  solutions,  remarkable  for  its  electro-negative 
properties.  Oily  or  Fattij  Matter  of  Opium  is  probably  colourless 
when  pure,  commonly  yellow  or  brownish,  acid,  its  alcoholic  solution 
reddens  litmus,  it  combines  with  alkalies,  and  forms  soap  from  which 
it  may  again  be  separated  unchanged  by  the  action  of  acids.  The 
nature  of  the  Odorous  Principle  of  Opium  is  unknown,  as  it  has  never 
been  isolated.  It  may  be  a  volatile  oil,  as  it  rises  with  water  when 
this  is  distilled  off  Opium,  which  has  the  peculiar  odour  of  Opium. — 
(Soubeiran,  Traite  de  Pharm.  i.  p.  364,  and  Turners  Chem.  p.  1159.) 

Adulterations.  Opium  is  of  different  degrees  of  value,  according  to 
its  sensible  properties,  and  the  quantity  of  Morphia  it  contains ;  but  it 
is  subject  to  adulterations.  First  it  may  be  mixed  up  with  too  much 
water,  either  intentionally,  or  in  consequence  of  the  dew  having  been 
very  heavy.  The  quantity  may  be  ascertained  by  the  loss  on  evapo- 
ration. The  most  injurious  fraud  is  that  of  washing  out  the  soluble 
and  most  valuable  part  of  Opium,  and  bringing  the  residual  mass  for 
sale.  In  this  case  Butter  states  the  Opium  loses  its  translucency  and 


Papaveracea.]  TESTS    FOR    OPIUM.  267 

redness  of  colour,  also  its  adhesiveness.  Sand,  clayey  mud,  sugar, 
molasses,  cowdung,  Datura-leaves,  the  glutinous  juice  of  ^Egle  Mar- 
melos,  and  even  pounded  poppy-seeds,  are  employed  to  adulterate 
Opium.  Malwa  Opium  often  contains  oil  and  other  matters  obtained 
by  the  expression  of  the  poppy-heads.  Some  Opiums  from  which 
Morphia  has  been  extracted  have  been  occasionally  met  with  in  Euro- 
pean commerce.  To  be  enabled  to  judge  of  good  Opium,  one  must  be 
well  acquainted  with  the  different  varieties  of  Opium,  their  respective 
colours,  tastes,  and  textures,  as  well  as  the  natural  degree  of  moisture, 
and  see  that  no  mechanical  admixtures  are  apparent,  nor  left  on 
a  filter.  Several  methods  have  been  proposed  for  ascertaining  the 
quantity  of  MorpHfa  in  Opium,  but  none  of  them  are  very  satisfactory. 
In  the  E.  P.  it  is  proposed  to  ascertain  it  by  the  weight  of  the  preci- 
pitate caused  in  an  infusion  of  Opium  by  Carbonate  of  Soda.  "A  solu- 
tion of  100  grs.  macerated  24  hours  in  Aq.  f3ij.  filtered  and  strongly 
squeezed  in  a  cloth,  if  precipitated  by  a  cold  solution  of  Carbonate  of 
Soda  3ss.  in  two  waters,  and  heated  till  the  precipitate  shrinks  and 
fuses,  will  yield  a  solid  mass  on  cooling,  which  weighs,  when  dry,  at 
least  1 1  grains,  and,  if  pulverized,  dissolves  entirely  in  solution  of 
Oxalic  acid."  Dr.  Pereira  has  not  found  this  satisfactory,  but  considers 
the  process  of  Thibaumary  as  the  best,  in  which  Ammonia  is  employed 
to  precipitate  the  Morphia  in  infusion  of  Opium,  (v.  Mat.  Med.  p. 
1742.)  Dr.  Christison  considers  Dr.  Gregory's  method  of  obtaining 
Muriate  of  Morphia  as  the  only  certain  one;  but  it  requires  about  a 
pound  of  Opium  to  be  operated  on,  which,  if  good,  should  not  yield 
less  than  ten  per  cent,  of  a  snow-white  salt. 

Tests.  In  cases  of  poisoning,  the  sensible  appearances  must  neces- 
sarily differ  according  as  a  solid  or  a  liquid  preparation  of  Opium  or 
one  of  Morphia  has  been  employed.  If  any  of  the  former  are  found, 
then  the  brownish  colour,  bitter  taste,  and  peculiar  odour,  will  indi- 
cate the  presence  of  Opium  either  in  a  solid  or  liquid  form.  But  in 
many  cases,  the  poison  has  entirely  disappeared  from  the  stomach, 
and  the  odour  is  alone  recognisable, — especially  on  the  first  opening 
of  the  stomach.  This  odour  is  more  perceptible,  in  any  fluid  con- 
taining it,  on  increasing  the  temperature  (short  of  the  boiling  point, 
when  some  decomposition  takes  place).  The  other  tests  are  of  a 
chemical  nature,  and  have  been  already  enumerated,  in  describing 
the  crystallizable  ingredients  of  Opium  ;  such  as  Nitric  acid  and 
Tinct.  of  Sesquichloride  of  Iron,  both  of  which  produce  a  red  colour 
in  a  solution  of  Opium,  the  first  from  acting  on  its  Morphia,  and  the 
second  on  the  Meconic  acid.  In  the  case  of  organic  mixtures,  it  is 
necessary  first  to  make  an  aqueous  extract  of  the  contents  of  the 
stomach,  &c.,  and  then  from  that  an  alcoholic  one.  Dr.  Christison 
has  said  that  the  evidence  of  Opium  being  present  is  irrefragable  if 
the  alcoholic  extract  present  the  peculiar  bitterness  of  Opium, — if  its 
watery  solution,  when  acted  on  by  Ammonia  cautiously  added,  so 
as  to  avoid  excess,  yields  a  precipitate  (Morphia)  which  becomes 
yellow  with  Nitric  acid, — and  if  after  the  separation  of  this  precipi- 
tate, the  remaining  fluid  (then  containing  Meconate  of  Ammonia) 
gives,  with  Acetate  of  Lead,  a  precipitate  (Meconate  of  Lead), 


268  PREPARATIONS    OF    OPIUM.         [Thalamiflora. 

\vhich,  when  decomposed  in  water  by  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  (Sul- 
phuret  of  Lead  being  formed,  Meconic  acid  is  dissolved),  imparts  to 
the  water  the  property  of  becoming  deep  cherry-red  with  Sesqui- 
chloride  of  Iron.     Mr.  Taylor  finds  that  N'  detects  gr.  -JT  of  Mur. 
Morphia  diluted  in  300  parts  of  water ;  Sesquichlor.  Iron  gr.  ^T  in 
231  parts  of  water ;  and  lodic'  gr.  -y^  in  1300  parts  of  water;  but 
this  last  is  open  to  fallacy  with  organic  fluids.     The  Iron  test  for 
Meconic'  is  more  delicate  than  the  tests  for  Morphia.     It  may  be 
first  employed,  and  then  Nit'  be  added  to  the  same  quantity  of  liquid. 
Action.  Uses.  Opium,  applied  externally,  is  at  first  stimulant,  pro- 
ducing pain,  as  on  the  eye,  and  then  sedative.     When  taken  inter- 
nally, in  small  doses,  excitement  is  first  produced,  as  apparent  in  the 
increased  frequency  of  the  pulse,  and  heat  of  the  skin.     This  is  soon 
followed  by  diminished  sensibility,  calmness,  and  sleep,  with  abate- 
ment of  pain,  suspension  of  mucous  secretions,  with  the  exception  of 
that  of  the  skin.     But  if  the  tendency  to  sleep  be  resisted,  Opium,  in 
moderate  doses,  and  in  those  habituated  to  its  use,  in  excessive  doses, 
will  produce  intellectual  excitement  accompanied  by  bodily  activity, 
soon  to  be  followed  by  general  debility,  as  is  exemplified  in  Opium- 
eaters.     In  large  doses,  it  is  a  narcotic  poison.     It  is  frequently  em- 
ployed as  an  anodyne  and  hypnotic,  as  a  sedative,  and  to  restrain  in- 
ordinate discharges,  as  in  diarrhoea  and  cholera,  also  as  a  diaphoretic, 
often  as  an  antispasmodic,  and  even  as  a  febrifuge.     In  Delirium 
Tremens  it  is  beneficially  given  in  large  doses,  and,  combined  with 
Calomel,  and  sometimes  with  the  addition  of  Ipecacuanha,  even  in  in- 
flammatory affections  ;  though  in  general  it  is  contraindicated  when 
there  is  inflammation  or  much  fever.     It  is  no  doubt  the  most  impor- 
tant of  all  therapeutical  agents,  and  that  which  is  perhaps  the  most 
frequently  employed. 

D.  Opium  may  be  administered  internally  either  in  a  solid  or 
liquid  form,  or  its  effects  obtained  by  using  one  of  its  salts ;  or  it 
may  be  applied  externally  or  introduced  endermically.  The  medium 
dose  is  one  grain,  but  is  subject  to  every  variation,  being  often  suffi- 
cient in  much  smaller  doses,  and  at  other  times  requiring  to  be  in- 
creased to  an  extraordinary  extent.  It  may  also  be  advantageously 
introduced  into  the  rectum,  either  as  a  suppository,  or  in  the  form  of 
an  Enema.  Externally,  it  may  be  applied  endermically  or  by  fric- 
tion in  a  liniment,  or  added  to  lotions,  collyria,  cataplasms,  or  plas- 
ters, by  means  of  some  of  the  following  preparations. 

PREPARATIONS  OF  OPIUM. 

ExTRACTUM    OPII    PURIFICATUM,    L.       ExTRACTUM    Opil,   E.       ExTRACTUM 

OPII  AQUOSUM,  D.     Purified  Extract  of  Opium. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  Aq,  dest.  Cj.  (Aq.  Ov.  E. ;  boiling  ftj.  by  weight,  D.)  add  a  little 
(Oj.  E. ;  the  whole,  D.)  to  Opium  sliced  gxx.  (ft  j.  E.  3ij.  D.)  Macerate  for  12  (24,  E.) 
hours  to  soften  it,  [(break  down  the  fragments  with  the  hand,  and  express  the  liquid  with 
pretty  strong  pressure,  E.)  (triturate  for  10  minutes,  and  in  a  little  time  pour  off  the 
liquor,  D.)]  Add  gradually  the  rest  of  the  water  (Oj.  E. ;  as  much  boiling  Aq.  as  before, 
D.)  to  the  residuum  of  the  Opium.  Triturate  and  mix  well.  (Macerate  for  24  hours 
and  express  the  liquid,  repeating  this  process  till  the  water  is  all  used,  E.)  Set  aside  for 
the  impurities  to  subside,  L.  (Pour  off  the  liquor,  repeating  the  process  a  third  time. 


PapaveracccB.]     PREPARATIONS    CONTAINING    OPIUM.         2G9 

Mix  the  liquors  and  expose  in  an  open  vessel  to  the  air  for  2  days,  D.)  Filter  (through 
the  same  (linen,  D.)  filter  the  successive  infusions,  E.)  Evaporate  (with  vapour-bath,  E. ; 
low  heat,  D.)  to  a  due  consistence. 

This  extract  is  of  a  brownish  colour,  of  a  bitter  taste,  and  without 
odour.  The  parts  soluble  in  water  (v.  p.  260)  with  a  little  of  the 
resin  being  taken  up,  and  the  insoluble,  with  some  active  principles, 
however,  left  behind ;  this  extract  is  considered  to  be  less  exciting 
than  pure  Opium,  and  is,  therefore,  sometimes  preferred  in  some  of 
the  cases  for  which  opium  or  the  salts  of  Morphia  are  indicated. 
But  as  it  is  uncertain,  the  Morphia  salts  seem  preferable  in  cases 
where  constitutional  disturbance  is  to  be  avoided,  and  crude  Opium 
or  Laudanum  can  alone  be  relied  upon  in  urgent  cases. 

D.  gr.  h  to  gr.  iij.  or  gr.  v. 

PILULE  OPII  SIVE  THEBAIC^E,  E.     Opium  or  Thebaic  Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass  Opium  1  part,  Sulphate  Potash  3  parts,  Conserve  of 
Red  Roses  1  part.  Divide  into  5  gr.  pills. 

Each  contains  of  Opium  gr.  j.,  that  is,  twice  as  much  Opium  as  the 
Opiate  pill  of  the  last  Latin  ed.  of  the  E.  P.  1  to  2  pills  for  a  dose. 

[PlLULjE  OPII,  U.  S. 
Prep.  Opium  in  powder  3i.  Soap  gr.  xij.     Beat  with  water,  and  divide  into  60  pills.] 

PILULE  SAPONIS  (CUM  Opio,  D.)  COMPOSITE,  L.  (U.  S.)  (v.  Sapo.) 
Opium  gr.  j.  in  5  grains  of  the  Pill.     gr.  v. — gr.  x.  for  a  dose. 

PILUL^E  STYRACIS  (E.)  COMPOSITE,  L.     (v.  Styrax.) 

Opium  gr.  j.  in  5  grains  of  the  Pill.     gr.  v. — gr.  x.  for  a  dose. 

PILUL^E  CALOMELANOS  ET  OPII,  E.     (v.  p.  200.) 

Each  Pill  contains  Calomel  gr.  ij.  and  Opium  gr.  I. 

PILULE  PLUMBI  OPIATE,  E.  (v.  p.  174.) 

Each  Pill  contains  of  Meconate  of  Lead  gr.  iij.  and  of  Acetate  of 
Morphia  gr.  ^  nearly. 

PILULE  IPECACUANHA  COMPOSITE,  L.     (v.  Ipecacuanha.) 
gr.  T%  of  Opium  in  5  grains  of  the  Pill. 

TROCHISCI  OPII,  E.     Opium  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Reduce  Opium  3ij.  to  a  fluid  extract,  as  directed  in  Extractum  Opii,  E.  mix  it 
intimately  with  Extract  of  Liquorice,  3V-  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  treacle,  add  Tine, 
ture  of  Tolu  3ss.  sprinkle  into  the  mixture  powdered  Gum  Arabic  3v.  and  finely  powder, 
ed  pure  Sugar  2>vj-  Beat  into  a  proper  mass.  Divide  into  lozenges  of  10  grs. 

Each  lozenge  contains  about  -^  of  a  grain  of  the  Extract ;  those  of 
the  shops  usually  contain  about  £  of  a  grain  of  Opium.  Both  are  use- 
ful, like  the  Morphia  lozenges,  in  allaying  troublesome  cough. 

PULVIS  CRET^E  COMPOSITUS  CUM  OPIO,  L.  D.     PULVIS  CRET^E  OPIATUS,  E. 
Compound  Powder  of  Chalk  with  Opium. 

Prep.  Triturate  thoroughly  together  Comp.  Chalk  powder  gviss.  (3vj-  E.)  and  hard 
Opium  (Opium  E.)  powdered  9iv. 

Two  scruples  of  the  L.  and  D.  and  37  grs.  of  the  E.  prep,  contain  of 
Opium  gr.  j.  with  Chalk,  Tormentil,  Cinnamon,  and  Long-pepper. 


270  PREPARATIONS    OF    OPIUM.        [Thalamiflora. 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid,  Astringent,  Stimulating,  and  Narcotic. 
Useful  in  some  Diarrhoeas  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — gr.  xxx. 

PULVIS  KINO  COMPOSITUS,  L.  D.     (v.  Kino.) 

Contains  of  Opium  gr.  j.  in  20  grains  qf  the  powder. 

PULVIS  IPECACUANHA  COMPOSITUS,  L.  E.  Tjf    (v.  Ipecacuanha.) 
Contains  of  Opium  gr.  j.  in  10  grains  of  the  powder. 

CONFECTIO  OPII,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     ELECTUARIDM  OPII,  E.     Confection  of 
Opium. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Take  finely  powdered  Long  Pepper  3j.  Ginger  ^ij.  Carraway  3iij.  Tra. 
gacanth  3«j.  (add  them  to,  D.)  hard  Opium  3vj.  (triturate  with  Syrup  ftj.  D.)  Preserve 
them  in  a  close  vessel,  and  when  required,  add  them  to  wanned  Syrup  f\.xvj-  and  mix. 

E  Mix  and  beat  into  an  electuary  Aromatic  Powder  ^vj.  finely  powdered  Senega  3iij. 
Opium  diffused  in  a  little  Sherry  3ss.  Syrup  of  Ginger  ftj. 

[U.S.  Take  Opium  in  powder  3ivss.  A romatic  Powder  gvj.  Clarified  Honey  3xiv. 
Rub  the  Opium  with  the  aromatic  powder,  then  add  the  honey  and  beat  them  together 
until  thoroughly  mixed.  36  grs.  contain  1  of  opium.] 

These  preparations,  intended  as  substitutes  for  the  old  Theriaca, 
differ  a  little  in  strength:  that  of  the  L.  P.  contains  about  Opium  gr.  j. 
in  36  grs.  (25  grs.  D.,  43  grs.  E.)  of  the  Confection.  All  are  stimu- 
lant and  anodyne,  henre  well  suited  as  additions  in  the  treatment  of 
Chronic  Diarrhoeas,  &c.,  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3j. 

ELECTUARIUM  CATECHU,  E.  (COMPOSITUM,  D.)     (v.  Catechu.) 

Astringents  and  Aromatics  with  Opium  gr.  j.  in  about  200  grs.  of 
the  Electuary. 

TINCTURA  OPII,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Opium.     Laudanum. 

Prep.  L.  E.  D.  Take  hard  Opium  powdered  3iij.  (Turkish  3x.  D. ;  Opium  sliced 
3iij.  E.)  and  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  [(ftj.  by  measure.  D.)  (Rectified  Spirit  Oj.  and  fgvij.  and 
Aq.  f  3xiijss.  E.)]  Macerate  for  14  days  and  strain.  (Digest  the  Opium  in  the  water 
near  212°  for  2  hours.  Break  it  down,  strain,  and  express  the  infusion  :  macerate  the 
residue  in  the  spirit  for  about  20  hours  :  then  strain  and  express  very  strongly.  Mix  the 
watery  and  spirituous  infusions.  Filter.  Or,  if  of  fine  quality,  slice  the  Opium  finely  ; 
mix  the  spirit  and  water,  and  in  f3xiv.  of  the  mixture,  macerate  the  Opium  for  12  hours: 
then  break  it  down  thoroughly,  pour  the  fluid  and  pulp  into  a  percolator,  and  let  the  fluid 
pass  through.  Without  packing  the  Opium  in  the  cylinder,  add  the  rest  of  the  spirit, 
continuing  the  process  till  Oij.  are  obtained,  E.) 

[U.  S.  Opium  3ijss.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.] 

Laudanum  is  of  a  deep  brownish-red  colour,  with  the  peculiar  taste 
and  odour  of  Opium.  Dr.  Christison  says  that  by  the  E.  process, 
that  is,  macerating  the  Opium  first  in  hot  water,  then  in  rectified  spi- 
rit, it  may  be  made  in  36  hours.  Sp.  Gr.  0-952;  minims  19  con- 
tain about  gr.  j.  of  Opium.  (Phillips.)  Good  Tincture  should  leave, 
when  thoroughly  dried  up  in  the  vapour-bath,  from  17  to  22  grs.  of 
residuum  from  fjj.  (c.)  fftxiijss.  or  about  25  drops,  contain  the  active 
part  of  1  gr.  of  Opium ;  but  the  London  Tincture  may  sometimes  be 
16  per  cent,  stronger  than  the  others,  (c.)  Some  Morphia  is  con- 
tained in  the  residuum,  and  has  been  separated  by  Dr.  Pereira.  Mr. 
Haden  used  to  make  a  substitute  for  Liq.  Opii  Seclativus  by  macerat- 
ing the  lees  with  Tar'.  M.  Martin,  by  fermenting  the  lees  with  sugar, 
obtained  an  extract  possessed  of  narcotic  properties. 

Jlction.  Uses.     Laudanum  is  a  powerful  anodyne  and  narcotic,  and 


Papaveracea.]         PREPARATIONSOFOPIUM.  271 

the  form  in  which  the  effects  of  Opium  may  most  effectually  be  ob- 
tained either  externally  or  internally. 

D.  flfx. — 3jss. ;  but  much  larger  doses  may  be  exhibited  in  parti- 
cular cases.  Great  precaution  is  required  in  prescribing  it  to  children. 
Infants  have  been  killed  by  4  drops,  and  unpleasantly  deep  sleep  has 
been  produced  even  by  2  drops,  (c.) 

[TINCTURA  OPII  ACETATA,  U.  S.     Acetated  Tincture  of  Opium. 

Prep.  Take  of  Opium  3ij.  Vinegar  fgxij.  Alcohol  Oss.  Rub  the  Opium  with  the 
Vinegar,  then  add  the  Alcohol,  and  having  macerated  for  14  days,  express  and  filter 
through  paper.  Dose  'ft'x.J 

VINUM  OPII,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Laudanum  Liquidum  Sydenhami,  Ph. 
L.  1720.  Tinctura  Thebaica,  Ph.  L.  J745.  Wine  of  Opium. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Digest,  E.)  Purified  Extract  of  Opium  giiss.  (Opium  (Turkey,  D.) 
3iij.  E. ;  3j.  D.)  (3i.  U.S.)  Cinnamon  bruised  (in  moderately  fine  powder,  E.)  and  Cloves 
bruised  of  each  3ijss.  (3j-  D.)  (U.S.)  in  Sherry  Wine  Oij.  (ftj.  by  measure  D.)  (Oj.  U.S.) 
for  14  (7,  E. ;  8,  D.)  days.  Filter. 

Wine  of  Opium,  Sydenham's  Liquid  Laudanum,  differs  from  the 
former  not  only  in  the  menstruum,  but  also  in  being  made  from  the 
purified  Opium  and  in  the  presence  of  the  aromatics.  Hence  it  is 
more  agreeable  both  in  taste  and  smell,  and  may  be  used  in  many 
cases  for  the  same  purposes.  Dr.  Paris  has  proposed  adding  the 
Opium  to  wine  during  its  state  of  fermentation. 

D.  rnjx. — f  3j.     Often  dropped  into  the  eye  in  Ophthalmia. 

TINCTURA  OPII  AMMONIATA,  E.  Ammoniated  Tincture. of  Opium. 
Scotch,  Paregoric, 

Prep.  Digest  for  7  days  Opium  sliced  gss.  Benzoic  acid  and  Saffron  chopped  of  each 
3vj.  Anise  Oil  3j.  Spirit  of  Ammonia  Oij.  Filter. 

The  Spirit  of  Ammonia,  E.  being  made  with  caustic  Ammonia,  and 
being  in  excess,  first  precipitates  and  then  dissolves  the  Morphia. 
This  preparation  is  three  times  stronger  than  English  paregoric,  the 
activity  of  1  grain  of  Opium  being  possessed  by  80  minims. 

TINCTURA  CAMPHORS  COMPOSITA,  L.  Compound  Tincture  of  Camphor. 
TINCT.  OPII  CAMPHORATA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Camphorated  Tincture  of 
Opium.  Paregoric  Elixir.  English  Paregoric. 

Prep.  Macerate  together  Camphor  9iiss.  Oij.  D.)  Opium  in  powder  (sliced  E.)  gr. 
Ixxij.  Oiv.  E. ;  3j.  D.)  Benzoic'  gr.  Ixxij.  (aiv.  E. ;  3j.  D.)  Oil  of  Anise  f3j.  Proof  Spirit 
Oij.  (old  wine  pints  D,)  for  14  (7,  E.)  days,  and  then  strain. 

[U.  S.  Opium  in  powder,  Benzoic  acid  aa  3j.  Oil  of  Anise  f  3j.  Clarified  Honey  3ij. 
Camphor  311.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  Macerate  for  14  days  and  filter.] 

Though  this  preparation  is  named  from  Camphor,  Opium  is  its  most 
powerful  ingredient ;  hence  it  is  described  in  this  place.  The  L.  name 
is  advantageous,  as  enabling  Opium  to  be  prescribed  without  the  know- 
ledge of  the  patient.  The  presence  of  the  stimulants  is  supposed  to 
counteract  the  debilitating  effects  of  Opium  on  the  stomach,  while  the 
Benzoic  acid  determining  to  the  mucous  surface  of  the  aerial  passages, 
diminishes  profuse  secretion,  and  the  Opium  allays  troublesome  cough 
by  diminishing  sensibility.  Hence  it  is  much  employed  to  allay  the 
tickling  of  coughs,  and  likewise  in  some  diarrhoeas.  Each  f3ss.  or 
240  minims  contains  of  Opium  gr.  j.  nearly. 


272  PREPARATIONS    OF    OPIUM.         [Thalamlflorm. 

D.  f3ss. — f3iv.     Frequently  added  to  cough  mixtures. 
ACETUM  OPII,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Vinegar  of  Opium. 

Prep.  Take  Opium  3iv.  Distilled  Vinegar  f  3xvj.  (fi>j.  D.)  Cut  the  Opium  into  small 
fragments.  Triturate  into  a  pulp  with  a  little  of  the  Vinegar,  then  add  the  rest,  and 
macerate  for  7  days  in  a  close  vessel,  agitating  occasionally.  (Pour  off  the  supernatant 
liquor  and  strain,  D.)  Strain.  (Express  strongly  and  filter,  E.) 

Vinegar  is  one  of  the  best  solvents  of  the  active  properties  of 
Opium.  By  some  it  is  supposed  that  an  Acetate  of  Morphia  is  formed 
at  the  expense  of  the  Meconate,  and  it  is  preferred  as  capable  of  pro- 
ducing the  anodyne  and  soporific  with  less  of  the  disagreeable  effects 
of  Opium :  may  be  given  in  doses  of  Ttx. — fftxxx. 

The  Black  Drop  is  a  celebrated  nostrum,  in  which  Opium  is  boiled 
with  aromatics  in  verjuice  (from  the  wild  crab),  and  sugar  is  added 
and  fermented.  One  drop  is  considered  equal  to  two  or  three  drops 
of  Laudanum.  The  above  or  the  salts  of  Morphia  are  the  best  sub- 
stitutes. 

[The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Black  Drop,  Acetum  Opii,  to  be  prepared  as 
follows : 

Take  Opium  in  coarse  powder  3viij.  Nutmeg  in  coarse  powder  3jss.  Saffron  gss. 
Sugar  3xij.  Distilled  Vinegar  q.  s.  Digest  the  Opium,  Nutmeg,  and  Saffron  with  half 
a  pint  of  distilled  Vinegar,  on  a  sand-bath,  with  a  gentle  heat,  for  48  hours,  and  strain. 
Digest  the  residuum  with  an  equal  quantity  of  distilled  Vinegar  in  the  samg  manner  for 
24  hours.  Then  put  the  whole  into  a  percolator  and  pass  and  repass  until  the  liquid 
is  pure.  When  filtration  ceases,  pour  on  distilled  Vinegar  to  make  three  pints.  Lastly, 
add  the  Sugar,  By  means  of  a  water- bath,  evaporate  to  Oiij.  f3iv.  Dose  i^fx.] 

Liquor  Opii  Sedativus,  of  Mr.  Battley,  is  another  secret  preparation, 
which  has  long  been  esteemed  in  the  Profession  for  its  efficacy  and 
its  little  disagreeable  effects  as  an  opiate.  It  is  supposed  by  some  to 
be  an  aqueous  and  by  others  an  acetous  solution  of  Opium.  Mr. 
Cooley  states  that  it  is  an  impure  Meconate  of  Morphia  combined 
with  extractive  and  such  other  matter  as  is  soluble  in  temperate  dis- 
tilled water,  and  that  we  may  produce  it  by  the  following  formula : 

Take  dry  Opium  (Smyrna)  in  powder,  1  part,  clean  washed  (silica)  sand,  2  parts.  Mix, 
and  moisten  with  water,  introduce  into  a  percolator,  and  pass  Aq.  Dest.  at  65°  or  70°  F. 
through  the  ingredients,  until  it  passes  both  tasteless  and  colourless.  Evaporate  the  liquor 
(by  steam  or  water-bath)  to  the  consistence  of  a  hard  pill  extract.  Take  of  this  hard  ex. 
tract  3iij.  and  Aq.  Dest.  3xxx.  Boil  for  two  minutes ;  let  it  cool ;  filter ;  then  add  Recti- 
fied Spirit  3vj.  and  Aq.  Dest.  q.  s.  to  make  up  nearly  f  3x1.  or  one  quart, 

D.  rftv. — rpjxx.     fftxx.  are  equal  to  about  rprxxx.  of  Laudanum. 

ENEMA  OPII,  L.  E.  D.  vel  ANODYNUM,  E.     Opium  Clyster. 

Prep.  Take  Tincture  of  Opium  rrj'xxx.  (f3ss.  to  3j.  E. ;  3j.  D.)  and  Decoction  of  Starch 
f  giv.  (Starch  3ss.  and  Aq.  f3ij.  E. ;  Aq.  tepid  3vj.  D.)  Mix.  (Boil  the  Starch  in  the  Aq. : 
when  cool  enough  for  use  add  the  Tincture  of  Opium,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Laudanum  in  this  form  often  relieves  many  painful 
affections  of  the  intestinal  canal  and  urinary  organs. 

LlNIMENTTTM    Opii,  L.  E.       LlNIMENTUM    SAPONIS    CUM    OPIO    Vel    ANODY- 

NUM,  D.     Liniment  of  Opium. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Mix  Soap  Liniment  f  3vj.  (4  parts  D.)  and  Tinct.  of  Opium  f  gij.  (3  parts, 
D.)  E.  Macerate  Castile  Soap  3vj.  and  Opium  3iss.  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  for  3  days; 
filter,  add  Oil  of  itosemary  f  3vj.  and  Camphor  3iij.  Agitate. 


Papaveracea.]  SANGUINARIA.  273 

Action.  Uses.  The  external  friction  of  Laudanum  not  only  relieves 
local  pain,  but  produces  the  general  soporific  effects  of  Opium. 

EMPLASTRUM  OPII,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Plaster  of  Opium. 

Prep.  Melt  Litharge  Plaster  ftj.  (3xij-  E.)  and  Abielis  Retina,  powdered,  3iij.  add  to 
it  in  powder  Hard  Opium  3ss.  (gradually,  and  mix  thoroughly,  E.  D.)  Aq.  f  3viij.  L. 
Boil  over  a  slow  fire  to  a  proper  consistence,  L. 

[U.S.  Opium  in  powder  gij.  Burgundy  Pitch  3iij.  Lead  Plaster  ftj.  Boiling  Water 
f  giv.  as  above.] 

Action.  Uses.     Applied  to  relieve  Rheumatic  and  other  pains. 

UNGUENTUM  GALL^E  COMPOSITUM,  L.  is  an  astringent  application 
which  contains  Opium  3ss.  in  about  3ij.  of  the  ointment. 

Inc.  Several  salts  decompose  Opium,  and  cannot  therefore  be  pre- 
scribed with  it,  as  alkalies  in  small  quantity ;  but  in  excess  they  redis- 
solve  the  Morphia  they  have  precipitated.  Alkaline  Carbonates, 
Lime-water,  Astringents  containing  Tannic  acid,  Sulphates  of  Zinc, 
Copper,  Iron,  and  Lead,  Nitrate  of  Silver,  Bichloride  of  Mercury. 

Antidotes.  In  cases  of  poisoning  by  Opium  or  Laudanum,  evacuate 
the  stomach  either  by  means  of  the  stomach-pump,  by  tickling  the 
throat,  or  prescribing  such  emetics  as  are  at  hand,  as  salt  or  mustard. 
The  Sulphate  of  Zinc  in  large  doses  is  the  best  emetic.  Sometimes 
Tartar  Emetic  with  Ipecacuanha  is  resorted  to;  or,  in  extreme  cases, 
a  solution  of  1  gr.  of  Tartar  Emetic  may  be  injected  into  the  veins, 
taking  care  that  no  air  enters  at  the  same  time.  During  the  whole 
of  this  time,  the  patient  should  be  roused  by  loud  talking,  shaking 
and  making  him  walk  about.  Apply  the  vapours  of  Ammonia  or  of 
Acetic  acid  to  the  nostrils.  Cold  affusions  to  the  head  and  chest  are 
of  great  efficacy.  Distending  the  stomach  with  astringent  infusions, 
as  of  Cinchona  or  of  Gallnuts,  will  assist  in  decomposing  the  Opium. 
When  the  stomach  has  been  freed  of  the  poison,  vegetable  acids  and 
venesection  are  useful ;  while  such  stimulants  as  Carbonate  of  Am- 
monia and  Brandy  and  Coffee  will  be  useful  in  rousing  and  supporting 
the  patient.  Sinapisms  and  irritants  to  the  feet,  &c.,  ought  to  be  ap- 
plied, artificial  respiration  not  neglected. 

[SANGUINARIA,  U.  S.    SANGUINARIA  CANADENSIS,  Linn.    The  root.    Po- 
lyandria  Monogynia. 

Blood  root  or  Puccoon,  is  a  perennial  plant,  growing  in  open  woods 
throughout  the  United  States,  and  flowering  early  in  the  spring. 

Bot.  Ch.  Root  tuberous,  horizontal,  giving  out  a  red  juice.  Leaves  solitary  reniform 
and  lobed,  radical.  Scape  naked,  one-flowered.  Petals  variable  in  number  and  white. 
Capsule  attenuated  at  the  apex. 

The  root  of  this  plant  is  an  inch  or  two  in  length,  terminating  ab- 
ruptly (prcemorse),  a  few  lines  in  thickness,  when  dry,  dark-brown, 
wrinkled,  and  contracted.  Fracture  short  and  waxy,  surfaces  orange 
red,  odour  feebly  narcotic,  taste  acrid  and  bitter.  It  contains  a  pe- 
culiar principle  to  which  the  name  of  Sanguinarina  was  given  by  its 
discoverer,  Dr.  Dana,  of  New  York. 

Action.  Uses.  Emetic  and  narcotic.  It  has  been  used  in  rheuma- 
tism and  pneumonia. 

18 


274  ARMORACIA.  [Thalamiflora:. 

D.  grs.  xx.  as  an  emetic,  grs.  v.  every  3  or  4  hours  as  an  al- 
terant. 

The  infusion  is  made  with  3ss.  to  Oj.  water.     Dose  3ss. 

TINCTUEA  SANGUINARY,  (U.  S.) 
Blood  root  bruised  3iv.,  Alcohol  diluted  Oij.     Macerate  for  14  days  and  filter. 

D.  f 3ss.  to  3i.] 

CRUCIFER^E,  Juss.     Cressworts. 

Cruciferous  plants  are  almost  all  herbaceous,  more  rarely  perennials,  seldom  shrubby, 
the  root  sometimes  turnip-shaped.  Leaves  usually  alternate,  simple  or  variously  cut. 
No  stipules  or  bracts.  Flowers  white,  yellow,  or  purple,  in  racemes  opposite  the  leaves, 
or  in  terminal  corymbs,  which  become  elongated.  Calyx  4-leafed.  Petals  4,  cruciate,  as 
are  the  sepals.  Stamens  6,  of  which  four  are  long  and  two  short.  Ovary  sessile,  2-celled, 
or  rarely  one-celled,  with  two  intervalvular  placentae,  which,  growing  inwards,  meet  in 
the  middle  and  form  the  spurious  dissepiment.  Fruit  a  silique,  silicule,  nut-like,  or  lo- 
mentaceous.  Seeds  without  albumen,  generally  suspended  by  a  fiinicle.  Embryo  curved, 
or  with  the  radicle  variously  folded  upon  the  cotyledons. 

Cruciferae  are  allied  to  Papaveraceae  and  to  Capparidese,  and  are 
found  chiefly  in  the  temperate  parts  of  the  Northern  hemisphere,  but 
a  few  species  in  most  parts  of  the  world.  They  abound  in  mucilagi- 
nous, and  the  roots  of  some  in  saccharine  principles.  A  fatty  oil  is 
stored  up  in  the  seeds  of  many,  Sulphur  is  contained  in  some,  and 
nearly  all  abound  in  an  acrid  principle,  which  makes  them  useful  as 
Condiments,  Rubefacients,  and  Stimulants. 

COCHLEARIA,  Linn. 

Calyx  spreading,  equal  at  the  base.  Petals  white,  obovate,  entire.  Filaments  not 
toothed,  straight  above.  Silicle  globose  or  ovate,  valves  very  convex.  Dissepiment  thin, 
but  broad.  Seeds  numerous.  Cotyledons  accumbent,  or  radicle  bent  up  against  their 


COCHLEARIA  OFFICINALIS,  D.     Herba.     Common   Scurvy-grass.     Te- 
tradynamia  Siliculosa,  Linn. 

This  plant  seems  to  have  been  first  clearly  described  and  figured 
by  Lobel,  and  has  long  been  employed  medicinally  in  Europe,  on  the 
snores  of  which  it  is  indigenous,  as  also  in  moist  situations  on  its 
mountains. 

It  is  a  small  annual  or  biennial  succulent  plant,  sending  up  a  tuft  of  smooth,  bright 
green,  shining  leaves,  which  are  petiolate,  cordate  at  base,  roundish  or  subreniform. 
Stem-leaves,  lower  petiolate,  upper  sessile ;  amplexicaul  ovate,  margin  irregular  (dentate 
angular,  Dec).  Stem  erect,  racemes  terminal.  Pedicels  twice  as  long  as  the  ovate,  glo- 
bose  silicles,  partition  broad  ovate.  Flowers  white.  E.  B.  551. 

The  whole  herb  is  officinal.  When  bruised,  it  emits  a  pungent 
odour,  and  has  an  acrid  bitter  taste.  Its  properties  depend  on  a 
heavy  volatile  oil.  It  becomes  inert  when  dried. 

Scurvy-grass  was  long  highly  esteemed  as  an  antiscorbutic. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Diuretic. 

ARMORACIA,  L.  E.  D.     Radix  (D.)  recens,  L.     Fresh  root,  E.     COCH- 
LEARIA ARMORACIA,  Linn.     Horse-radish.     Fr.  Cran  de  Bretagne. 

This  plant  is  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  wild  radish  of  Dioscorides 


Cruciferce.} 


ARMORACIA. 


275 


Fig.  42.* 


and  the  Jlrmoracia  of  Pliny.  It  seems  first  clearly  recognised  by 
Brunsfels  in  1530.  It  is  a  native  of  most  hilly  situations  in  Europe, 
and  is  much  cultivated  in  this  country,  flowering  in  May. 

Bot.  Ch.  Root  perennial,  long  white,  and  tapering,  pungently  acrid,  throwing  up  large 
pedunculate  leaves,  which  are  lanceolate  crenate,  smooth,  deep  green,  much  veined,  and 
somewhat  resembling  those  of  the  Water  Dock.  From  the  midst  of  these  arise  erect  stems, 
2  or  3  feet  high,  furrowed  and  branched  towards  the  top.  Stem-leaves  small,  sessile,  the 
lower  ones  with  the  margin  much  cut,  the  upper  lanceolate,  toothed.  Inflorescence  a 
raceme.  The  silicles  differ  from  those  of  Scurvy-grass,  in  wanting  the  dorsal  nerve,  they 
are  inflated,  almost  globose,  but  often  abortive.  By  Wettereau  and  others  it  has  been 
separated  from  Cochlearia,  (on  account  of  the  valves  of  the  silique  being  without  a  dorsal 
nerve,)  and  formed  into  a  new  genus  ARMORACIA,  with  the  specific  name  of  A.  rusticana. 

The  fresh  root,  which  is  alone  officinal,  is  thick  and  long,  fleshy 
and  white,  emitting  when  scraped  a  pungent  diffusible  odour,  and  im- 
parting a  hot  and  acrid  taste, 
with  some  sweetness.  Its  vir- 
tues depend  upon  a  volatile  oil, 
which  is  dissipated  by  drying 
and  also  by  heat.  Hence  the 
root  is  usually  used  as  a  condi- 
ment in  its  fresh  state.  A  little 
of  the  activity  is  communicated 
to  water,  but  most  completely 
to  alcohol.  Dr.  Duncan  states 
that  the  oil  is  in  the  proportion 
of  four  parts  in  a  thousand, 
Gutret  as  much  less.  The  oil 
is  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  hea- 
vier than  water,  very  volatile. 
It  tastes  at  first  sweetish,  soon 
becomes  acrid,  burning,  and  in- 
flaming the  lips  and  tongue,  and 
will  produce  vesication  when 
applied  to  the  skin.  The  wa- 
tery solution  precipitates  Ace- 
tate of  Lead  brown,  and  Nitrate 
of  Silver  black,  that  is  Sul- 

phurets  of  these  metals,  showing  that  the  oil  contains  Sulphur.  The 
other  constituents  of  the  root  are  Bitter  Resin,  Extractive,  Sugar, 
Gum,  Starch,  Albumen,  Lignin,  and  Salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Externally.  Rubefacient,  Vesicant,  Irritant.  Inter- 
nally. Stimulant,  Masticatory,  Diuretic. 

INFUSTJM  ARMORACIA  COMPOSITTJM,  L.  D. 

Prep.  Macerate  Horse-radish  sliced,  and  Mustard  bruised,  of  each  3j.  Boiling  Aq. 
Oj.  (ftj.  D.)  for  2  (6,  D.)  hours  in  a  covered  vessel ;  strain  and  add  Compound  Spirit  of 
Horse-radish  f  3j. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Diuretic. 
D.  f3j.  to  f  3ij. 


*  1.  Leaf.    2.  Raceme.   3.  Flower,  with  the  Calyx  and  Corolla  removed.    4.  Pistil.    5.  Silicule.    E. 
B.  t.  2223. 


276  SINAPIS    NIGRA.  [ThalamiflorcB. 

SPIRITUS  ARMORACIJE  COMPOSITUS,  L.  D. 

Prep.  Mix  together  (macerate  for  24  hours,  D.)  Horse.radish  sliced,  Dried  Orange- 
peel,  aa  3xx.  (ftj.  D.)  Nutmegs  bruised  3v.  (3ss.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  Aqua  Oij.  and  let  a 
gallon  of  fluid  distil  over. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjunct,  especially  to  Diuretic  infusions. 
D.  f3j.— f3iv. 

CARDAMINE,  L.  D.     Flores,  L.  D.     The  Flowers  of  CARDAMINE  PRA- 
TENSIS,  Linn.     Cuckoo  Flower.     Common  Bitter-Cress.     Tetrady- 
namia  Siliculosa,  Linn. 
First  figured  by  Brunfels  in  1530,  under  the  name  of  Gauchbliim; 

is  indigenous  in  moist  places  throughout  Europe,  also  in  the  north  of 

Asia,  and  in  America. 

Bot.  Ch.  Small  bright  green  herb,  with  stem  roundish,  about  a  foot  high.  Leaves  pin- 
nate, leaflets  of  the  lower  leaves  roundish,  slightly  angled,  of  the  upper  leaves  linear-lan- 
ceolate  entire.  Flowers  large,  lilac-coloured.  Petals  three  times  as  long  as  the  calyx, 
spreading.  Stamens  half  the  length  of  the  petals.  Anthers  yellow,  style  short.  Stigma 
capitate.  Flowers  in  April. — E.  B.  t.  776. 

The  leaves  and  flowers  have  a  bitter  taste  with  some  pungency ; 
hence  the  name  of  Bitter-cress. 
Action.  Uses.  Considered  stimulant. 
D.  3ij.— 3iij. 

SINAPIS,  L.  Semina,  L.  SINAPI,  E.  D.  Pulvis  Seminum,  D.  Flour 
of  the  Seeds,  E.  SINAPIS  NIGRA,  Linn.  Black  Mustard.  Tetrady- 
namia  Siliquosa,  Linn. 

Common  Mustard  consists  of  the  flour  of  the  seeds  of  the  Black 
Mustard,  though  generally  mixed  with  that  procured  from  the  seeds 
of  the  White  Mustard,  or  Sinapis  alba,  and  deprived  of  fixed  oil  by 
expression,  E.  Both  species  have  been  long  used  in  medicine,  being 
the  vowru  of  Hippocrates,  and  the  Sinapi  of  the  Romans.  The  Black 
Mustard  is  indigenous  in  almost  every  part  of  Europe. 

Bot.  Ch.  The  root  is  thick  and  fleshy,  the  stem  about  2  to  3  or  4  feet  high,  hispid  be- 
low,  with  smooth  round  branches  above.  Lower  leaves  large,  rough,  lyrate,  variously 
lobed  and  toothed  ;  upper  ones  narrow,  lanceolate,  smooth,  dependent.  Calyx  yellowish, 
equal  at  base,  spreading.  Petals  obovate,  yellow,  spreading.  Silique  small,  erect,  or 
placed  close  to  the  stem,  obtusely  quadrangular,  nearly  even  and  smooth,  tipped  by  a 
short  quadrangular  style,  but  without  the  proper,  often  seed-bearing  beak  of  the  genus ; 
the  valves  convex,  with  one  straight  dorsal  nerve,  and  a  few  lateral  anastomosing  veins. 
Seeds  numerous,  in  a  single  row,  small,  round,  blackish-brown.  Fig.  44. — E.  B.  t  969. 

SINAPIS  ARVENSIS,  Charlock,  or  Wild  Mustard,  E.  B.  t.  1748,  has 
its  seeds  sometimes  substituted  for  the  Black  Mustard.  It  may  be 
distinguished  by  the  long  sword-like  beak  of  the  pods,  and  by  the 
valves  being  three-nerved.  The  Black  Mustard  wanting  these, 
has  been  removed  to  the  genus  Brassica  by  Koch  and  other  bo- 
tanists. 

The  Mustard  plant  is  officinal  on  account  of  its  seeds,  or  rather  of 
the  flour  of  these  seeds,  so  well  known  as  a  condiment  by  the  name 
of  Mustard.  But  Dr.  Pereira  learnt  that  the  best  flour  of  Mustard  is 
prepared  by  crushing  the  seeds  of  both  Black  and  White  Mustard 
between  rollers,  and  then  pounding  them  in  mortars,  when  they  are 
twice  sifted  to  yield  pure  flour  of  Mustard.  Dr.  Christison's  informa- 


CrucifercB.]  SINAPIS    ALBA   AND   S.  NIGRA. 


Fig.  44. 


277 


Fig.  43. 


tion  confirms  that  of  Dr.  Pereira, 
that  common  flour  of  Mustard  is 
adulterated,  partly  on  account  of 
the  pungency  of  Black  Mustard 
seed.  "  Two  bushels  of  black,  and 
three  of  white  seed  yield,  when 
ground,  145  pounds  of  flour ; 
which,  to  diminish  the  pungency 
and  improve  the  colour,  is  mixed 
with  56  pounds  of  wheat  flour  and 
two  pounds  of  turmeric ;  and  the 
acrimony  is  restored  without  the 
pungency,  by  the  addition  of  a 
pound  of  (capsicum)  chilly  pods, 
and  half  a  pound  of  ginger."  (c.) 
Dr.  Thomson  says  he  could  detect 
no  turmeric,  nor  cayenne  pepper  in 
the  specimen  which  he  examined. 
The  pure  flour  of  Mustard  ought 
alone  to  be  used  oflicinally. 

Though  Black  and  White  Mus- 
tard have  both  been  minutely  exa- 
mined by  several  chemists,  they 
still  require  further  investigation.  The  former  contains  a  Fixed  Oil, 
Gummy  matter,  Sugar,  a  Colouring  and  a  Peculiar  green  matter,  a 
Fatty  pearly  matter ;  Myronic  acid  in  combination  with  Potash,  or 
Myronate  of  Potash  (the  Sulpho-Sinapisin  of  Henry  and  Garot), 
Myrosyne,  Sinapisin,  and  some  salts.  The  fixed  oil  of  Mustard  forms 
28  per  cent.  It  is  mild  in  taste,  with  little  odour,  of  a  yellow  colour, 
Sp.  Gr.  0-917,  thicker  than  olive-oil,  does  not  readily  become  ran- 
cid, makes  an  excellent  soap,  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  rape-oil, 
and  has  been  employed  as  a  purgative.  (Bussy.)  Sinapisin  of  Si- 
mon is  in  white,  brilliant,  micaceous,  and  volatile  crystals,  soluble 
in  alcohol,  ether,  and  oils,  insoluble  in  acids  and  alkalies.  Myrosyne 
is  a  substance  analogous  to  vegetable  albumen  or  the  emulsin  of 
bitter  almonds.  Myronic  acid,  composed  of  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  Oxy- 
gen, Nitrogen,  and  Sulphur,  is  bitter,  without  odour,  uncrystallizable, 
and  may  be  separated  in  an  impure  state  by  alcohol,  when  the  fixed 
oil  has  already  been  removed  by  expression  or  by  ether. 

It  is  curious  that  we  do  not  find  among  the  above  products,  the 
acrid  principle  for  which  Mustard  is  so  remarkable.  In  fact,  it  is 
not  contained  in  the  seeds ;  the  acrimony  is  due  to  what  is  called 
Volatile  Oil  of  Mustard,  which  is  the  result  of  the  action  of  some  of 
the  constituents  of  the  seed,  that  is,  of  the  Myrosyne  and  Sinapisin, 
on  one  another,  when  water  is  added  under  200°  F.  Bussy  is  of 
opinion  that  the  Myronic  acid,  on  the  contact  of  Myrosyne  and 
water,  yields  the  volatile  oil  of  Mustard.  When  flour  of  Mustard  is 
exposed  to  dry  heat,  or  acted  upon  by  alcohol,  no  acridity  is  ob- 
served ;  but  if  water  be  added  first,  the  pure  volatile  oil  is  obtained, 
which  may  be  separated  by  distillation.  The  mineral  acids  check 


278  SINAPISALBA.  .  [Thalamiflorce. 

the  formation  of  this  volatile  oil,  so  does  the  Carbonate  of  Potash, 
and  also  the  vegetable  acids  when  they  are  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  of  at  least 
1022  ;  though  when  once  formed,  the  acids  have  no  influence  in  pre- 
venting its  effects. 

The-  Volatile  Oil  of  Mustard  is  white  or  of  a  lemon  colour,  ex- 
tremely acrid  and  pungent,  and  exciting  the  secretion  of  tears.  Sp. 
Gr.  at  68°  F.,  1-015,  boiling  at  290°  F.  Soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether, 
and  slightly  in  water,  and  separated  from  it  with  difficulty,  in  conse- 
quence of  having  nearly  the  same  Sp.  Gr.  With  Ammonia  it  forms 
a  compound  in  which  the  oil  of  Mustard  is  destroyed.  Sesquichlo- 
ride  of  Iron  produces  an  orange  tint  in  infusion  of  Black  Mustard- 
seed.  The  oil  consists  of  C  49-84,  H  5-09,  N  14-41,  O  20-48,  Sul- 
phur 10-18.  (Dumas  and  Pelouze.) 

SINAPIS  ALBA,  Linn.  E.    White  Mustard. 

The  white  Mustard  is  mentioned  in  the  E.  P.  as  well  as  the  black 
(v.  supra).  It  is,  like  the  former  species,  indigenous  in  most  parts  of 
Europe,  and  may,  like  it,  have  been  employed  by  the  Greeks,  as  it 
possesses  nearly  the  same  properties. 

Bot.  Ch.  Root  tapering,  small.  The  stem  1 — 2  feet  or  more  high,  round,  smooth,  or 
slightly  hairy.  Leaves  lyrate,  irregularly  lobed  or  pinnatifid,  roughish.  Sepals  linear, 
green,  horizontal.  Flowers  large,  yellow.  Silique  hispid,  spreading  on  nearly  horizon- 
tal stalks,  short,  tumid  or  knotty  from  the  prominent  seeds,  shorter  than  the  sword-shaped 
beak ;  valves  with  5  straight  strong  nerves.  Seeds  few  on  each  side,  large  and  roundish, 
pale  yellow  coloured,  having  in  the  interior  a  yellow  mass,  which  is  covered  by  a  thin 
pellicle  of  what  must  be  composed  of  condensed  mucilage.  Fig.  43. — E.  B.  t.  1677. 

White  Mustard  seeds  yield  about  36  per  cent,  of  fixed  oil,  and 
when  macerated  in  water,  a  thick,  mucilaginous,  almost  insipid  li- 
quor, while  Black  Mustard  seeds  give  little  mucilage,  but  a  pungent 
taste  to  the  water.  According  to  the  analysis  of  John,  these  seeds 
contain — 1.  An  acrid  volatile  oil.  2.  A  yellow  fixed  oil.  3.  Brown 
resin.  4.  A  very  little  extractive.  5.  A  little  gum.  6.  Lignin. 
7.  Albumen.  8.  Phosphoric  acid,  and  salts.  Henry  and  Garot  as- 
certained the  presence  of  Sulphosinapisin, — a  name  which  Berzelius 
has  contracted  into  Sinapin.  This  is  white  and  light,  without  odour, 
at  first  bitter  in  taste,  but  then  like  mustard ;  soluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
and  ether,  and  crystallizable.  It  consists  of  C  57-92,  H  7-79  N  4-9 
O  19-68,  and  of  Sulphur  9-65.  "  Acted  on  by  acids,  oxides,  and  salts, 
readily  yields  Sulphocyanic  acid"  (p),  which  strikes  a  red  colour  with 
the  persalts,  as  for  instance  the  Sesquichlor.  Iron,  and  produces  a 
white  precipitate  in  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Copper  containing  Iron. 
White  Mustard  does  not  furnish  volatile  oil ;  but,  in  certain  circum- 
stances similar  to  those  with  Black  Mustard  seed,  a  fixed  acrid  prin- 
ciple is  produced,  which,  like  the  volatile  oil  of  Black  Mustard,  did 
not  previously  exist. 

The  fixed  acrid  principle  is  an  unctuous  liquid  of  a  reddish  colour, 
without  odour,  but  having  a  biting  acrid  taste,  analogous  to  that  of 
Horse-radish  root.  It  contains  Sulphur.  M.  Faure  states  that  this 
same  principle  is  formed  in  small  quantity  when  Black  Mustard  is 
treated  with  water.  Erucin,  which  does  not  redden  the  salts  of  Iron, 
and  contains  no  Sulphur,  is  another  principle  found  by  Simon. 


Crucifera:.]  SINAPISM.  279 

Tests.  As  the  common  flour  of  Mustard  is  that  usually  employed, 
instead  of  the  powder  of  Black,  or  the  mixed  powders  of  the  Black 
and  white  Mustard,  as  in  the  E.  P.,  so  it  often  contains  adulterations 
along  with  the  true  flour.  But  as  Mustard  flour  is  sometimes  exhi- 
bited internally,  it  is  desirable  to  have  it  in  a  pure  form.  The  adul- 
teration of  wheat  flour  can  be  easily  detected,  by  the  test  of  the  E.  P. 
"A  decoction  allowed  to  cool  is  not  turned  blue  by  tincture  of 
Iodine." 

Action.  Uses.  Powerfully  acrid  and  pungent.  The  seeds  of  the 
White  Mustard,  taken  in  an  entire  state,  have  their  mucilaginous  co- 
vering dissolved  away  by  the  juices  of  the  stomach,  and  will  then  act- 
as  stimulants.  Two  or  three  tea-spoonfuls  used  to  be  given  two  or 
three  times  a  day  in  dyspepsia.  The  uses  of  Mustard  as  a  condi- 
ment, and  of  the  young  herb  as  a  salad,  are  well  known.  It  is 
Stimulant,  Diuretic  in  the  form  of  Mustard  Whey.  Externally 
Rubefacient,  &c.  Much  used  in  the  form  of  the  Mustard  Poultice, 
(q.  v.)  Emetic  in  doses  of  a  tea-spoonful  to  a  table-spoonful  in  half 
a  pint  of  water. 

CATAPLASMA  SINAPIS,  L.  D.     Mustard  Poultice  or  Sinapism. 

Prep.  Take  of  Mustard  Flour  and  Linseed  Meal  aa  ftss.,  warm  Vinegar,  as  much  as 
may  be  sufficient  to  make  into  a  poultice.  The  D.  P.  orders  2  oz.  of  Horse-radish  to  be 
added,  if  it  requires  to  be  strengthened. 

Here  the  Mustard  flour  is  weakened  by  the  addition  of  wheat  flour. 
It  may  also  be  made  with  bread-crumb,  or  the  Mustard  flour  may  be 
spread  on  a  poultice.  The  vinegar  is  worse  than  useless,  as  like 
other  acids,  it  prevents  the  formation  of  the  acrid  principle.  Messrs. 
Trousseau  and  Pidoux  found  boiling  water  unnecessary,  as  a  cold 
poultice  produces  the  same  effect  as  a  hot  one,  but  takes  a  little 
longer  time  to  produce  its  effect.  The  volatile  oil  is  a  powerful 
rubefacient  and  vesicatory,  in  the  proportion  of  1  part  to  20  of  proof 
spirit. 

VioLACEjE,  Juss. 

Sepals  5,  persistent,  extended  at  the  base.  Petals  5,  irregular ;  in  some  regular.  Sta- 
mens equal  in  number  to  the  petals,  filaments  dilated,  sometimes  united;  connective 
elongated  beyond  the  anthers.  Ovary  free,  1-celled,  with  three  parietal  placentae.  Style 
simple,  thickened  towards  the  apex.  Stigma  variously  formed.  Capsule  three-valved, 
each  valve  bearing  the  seeds  at  its  centre.  Embryo  straight,  within  a  fleshy  albumen. 

The  herbaceous  species  inhabit  the  temperate  parts  of  the  Northern,  a  few  the  Southern 
hemisphere,  and  within  the  tropics.  The  shrubby  species  in  South  America  and  India. 
The  stems  and  leaves  are  mucilaginous,  and  contain  Violine,  which  is  similar  in  its  na- 
ture and  effects  to  Emetine.  This  has  also  been  found  in  some  of  the  shrubby  species 
of  lonidium.  Several  of  them  (see  Martius's  Spec.  Mat.  Med.  Braziliensis)  are  employed 
as  substitutes  for  Ipecacuanha.  The  roots  of  lonidium  Ipecacuanha  are  the/aZse  Ipe- 
cacuanha of  Brazil,  and  yielded  Pelletier  5  per  cent,  of  Emetine.  Cuchunchully  dc 
Cuensa,  the  roots  of  lonidium  microphyllum,  are  similar  in  properties.  There  are  speci- 
mens in  the  Museum  of  K.  C.  from  the  Hon.  Fox  Strangways. 

VIOLA  ODORATA,  Linn.  E.  D.    Flores,  D.    Flowers,  E.     The  March 
or  Sweet  Violet.     Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

This,  the  »ov  of  the  Greeks,  is  found  wild  on  the  borders  of  fields, 


280  SYRUPUS    VIOL^E.  [Thalamifloras. 

in  shady  situations  in  many  parts  of  Europe,  but  is  cultivated  on  ac- 
count of  its  flowers,  which  are  so  much  esteemed  for  their  agreeable 
odour  and  colour. 

Bot.  Ch.  The  plants  are  stemless,  but  give  out  runners.  The  leaves  are  broadly  cor- 
date, pubescent.  Sepals  obtuse,  the  lowest  petal  emarginate,  the  four  upper  ones  roundish- 
obtuse,  a  little  narrower.  Stigma  hooked,  naked.  The  fruit  bearing  peduncles,  prostrate, 
straight  at  the  apex. 

The  flowers  should  be  gathered  soon  after  they  have  blown.  The 
colour  may  be  retained  for  some  time  if  they  are  carefully  dried,  but 
for  a  still  longer  period  if  preserved  in  syrup.  As  the  violet  or  purple 
colour  is  changed  into  red  by  acids,  and  green  by  alkalies,  it  is  often 
employed  as  a  test. 

Action.  Uses.  The  expressed  juice  and  the  syrup  are  slightly  laxa- 
tive ;  and  hence,  besides  being  employed  on  account  of  its  odour  and 
colour,  the  Syrup  is  prescribed  as  a  laxative  for  young,  especially 
new-born  children,  with  an  equal  quantity  of  almond  oil,  in  doses  of 
one  or  two  tea-spoonfuls. 

Violets,  and  other  species,  as  V.  tricolor,  have  also  been  employed 
as  demulcent  expectorants  on  the  Continent.  The  seeds  are  stated 
to  be  purgative  and  emetic  by  Bichat,  &c.,  as  are  also  the  roots. 

SYRTIPUS  VIOL.S:,  E.  D.     Syrup  of  Violets. 

Prep.  Fresh  Violets  fly.  (petals  8>ij.  D.)  Aq.  ferv.  Oijss.  (Ov.  D.  wine  measure),  Pure 
Sugar  fevijss.  (ftxij.  D.)  Infuse  the  flowers  for  24  hours  in  a  covered  glass  or  earthen- 
ware vessel,  strain  without  squeezing,  and  dissolve  the  sugar  in  the  filtered  liquor. 

[VIOLA,  U.  S.  Sec.     VIOLA  PEDATA.     The  herb.     Pentand.    Mono- 
gynia,  Linn. 

The  Pedate  Violet  is  indigenous  to  the  United  States,  where  it 
is  found  on  dry  hills.  Dr.  Darlington  states  that  there  are  three 
varieties  of  it. 

Bot.  Ch.  Leaves  pedate,  segments  oblanceolate,  obtuse  or  acute,  one  or  two-toothed. 
Stipules  radical,  linear,  lanceolate,  acuminate.  Scapes  numerous  3 — 6 — 8  in.  high,  angu- 
lar, smooth,  linear,  bracts  near  the  base.  Sepals  linear  lanceolate.  Corolla  large,  pale 
blue  (or  deep  blue),  petals  rounded  at  the  extremity,  entire.  Stigma  compressed,  angular. 
Capsule  oblong,  subtriangular,  smooth. 

Action.  Uses.  This  species  is  regarded  by  Dr.  Bigelow  as  expecto- 
rant and  demulcent  in  pectoral  complaints. 

D.  It  may  be  prepared  by  infusion,  3i.  of  dried  leaves,  to  Oj.  of 
water,  and  given  by  the  wineglassfull,  or  ad  libitum.'] 

POLYGALE.E,  Juss. 

Herbs  or  shrubs,  sometimes  climbing,  some  abounding  in  milky  juice.  Leaves  alter- 
nate entire,  without  stipules.  Flowers  axillary,  solitary,  spiked  or  racemed,  pedicels  often 
jointed  at  the  base,  tribracteate.  Flowers  irregular,  aestivation  imbricate.  Sepals  usual- 
ly 5,  irregular,  often  glumaceous,  2  interior  sepals  much  larger  than  the  others  and 
petaloid.  Petals  usually  three  in  number  or  five,  of  which  one  (the  keel)  is  anterior  and 
larger  than  the  rest,  all  united  with  the  filaments.  Stamens  usually  8,  seldom  4,  united 
into  a  tube  (cleft  in  front)  by  their  filaments.  Anthers  innate,  1 -celled,  rarely  2-celled, 
opening  at  the  apex  by  one  or  two  pores.  Ovary  free,  2-celled,  each  cell  with  one  pen- 
dulous ovule.  Fruit  compressed,  capsular  or  drupaceous.  Seeds  pendulous,  carunculated. 
Embryo  straight,  within  fleshy  albumen. 

The  Polygalese  are  not  very  closely  allied  to  any  other  order.     In 


Polygaleee.'] 


SENEGA. 


281 


some  respects  they  resemble  both  Violacese  and  Fumariaceas,  and  in 
others  even  Leguminosae.  They  are  found  in  the  temperate  and  warm 
regions  of  the  whole  world.  Many  of  the  species  abound  in  bitter 
principle,  as  P.  vulgaris  and  P.  amara,  others  secrete  a  peculiar  prin- 
ciple, which  has  been  called  Polygaline.  Several  species  are  officinal 
in  Brazil  and  India. 

SENEGA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Radix,  L.     The  Root,  E.     POLYGALA  SENEGA, 
Linn.  D.     Radix,  D.     Seneka  Snake  Root. 

This  root  was  introduced  into  practice  in  1735,  by  Dr.  Tennant,  of 
Virginia,  who  learnt  from  the  Senagaroo  Indians  that  they  employed 
it  as  an  antidote  against  the  bite  of  the  rattlesnake.  It  is  a  native  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  chiefly  in  the  southern  and  western 
sections,  where  the  roots  are  collected  in  large  quantities. 

The  plant  (Fig.  45)  is  small,  with  a  perennial  branched  root,  from  which  arise  several 
erect  small  stems,  smooth.,  simple,  round  and  leafy,  which  are  occasionally  tinged  with 
red  in  their  lower  portion.  The  leaves  are  sessile,  alternate,  oblong,  lanceolate,  of  a 
bright  green  on  the  upper  surface.  The  flowers  are  small,  arranged  in  terminal  spikes. 
Sepals  5,  two  of  which  are  large,  wing-like,  and  white.  Petals  3,  small,  closed,  with  a 
beardless  keel.  Capsule  elliptical,  emarginate,  covered  by  the  persistent  sepals. — Barton 
Am.  Med.  Bot  11.  t  36.  Fig.  45.  1.  Sepals  spread  out  with  the  Petals  adpressed  against 
each  other.  2.  Central  Petal  or  Keel  with  the  Stamens  adhering.  3.  A  Seed. 

Seneka  roots  are  brought  to  market  in  bales  of  from  50  to  400 
pounds :  the  pieces  vary  in  thickness  from  a  small  quill  to  that  of  the 
little  finger ;  head  knotty,  exhibiting  marks  of  former  stems,  branched, 
twisted,  with  a  projecting  keel-like 
line  along  its  whole  length;  bark-like 
part  is  corrugated,  cracked,  of  a  yel- 
lowish-brown colour  in  the  young 
roots,  and  brownish-gray  in  the  old, 
resinous,  and  contains  the  active  prin- 
ciple ;  the  central  portion  or  meditul- 
lium,  is  woody,  white,  and  quite  inert. 
(Goebel  and  K.  ii.  t.  xx.  f.  1.)  The 
odour  is  peculiar,  strong  in  the  fresh 
root  (Wood  and  B.) ;  taste  at  first 
mild,  becomes  bitter  and  acrid,  ex- 
citing irritation  in  the  fauces  and  a 
secretion  of  saliva.  Seneka  has  been 
analyzed  by  various  chemists:  the 
latest,  Quevenne,  gives  Polygalic, 
Virgineic,  Tannic,  and  Pectic  acids, 
Wax,  fixed  Oil,  yellow  Colouring 
matter,  Gum,  Albumen,  Woody  fibre, 
and  various  Salts.  The  Polygalic 
acid,  Senegin  of  Gehlen,  and  Poly- 
galine of  others,  is  solid,  brownish- 
coloured,  when  pure,  white,  translu- 
cent, without  odour,  and  at  first  insipid,  but  soon  excites  sneezing 
when  powdered,  and  a  disagreeable  taste  in  the  mouth,  with  constric- 
tion in  the  fauces.  It  is  insoluble  in  ether  and  oils,  partially  soluble 


Fig.  45. 


282  KRAMERIA.  [Thalamiflora:. 

in  water,  but  readily  so  in  alcohol.  Given  in  doses  of  6  or  8  grains 
to  dogs,  it  caused  vomiting,  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  death  in  three 
hours. 

Action.  Uses.  Seneka,  as  indicated  by  its  acrid  taste,  is  possessed 
of  Stimulant  properties,  and  increases  many  of  the  secretions,  acting 
as  a  Sialogogue,  Expectorant,  Diaphoretic,  Diuretic,  and  Emmena- 
gogue  ;  and  in  large  doses,  as  an  Emetic  and  Cathartic. 

The  roots  of  Panax  quinquefolium,  or  Ginseng,  are  frequently 
mixed  with  the  Seneka. 

D.  Of  the  powder,  gr.  x.  —  gr.  xx.  But  the  decoction  is  the  best 
form  of  exhibition. 

DECOCTUM  SENEGA,  L.D.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Seneka  Root. 

Prep.  Boil  Seneka-root  3x.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  (ftjss.  D.)  down  to  a  pint  and  strain.  The 
E.  C.  orders  the  Infusum  Senegal  to  be  made  by  infusing  for  4  hours  Seneka  3x.  in  boil- 
ing Aq.  Oj.  Strain. 

[U.S.  Senega  bruised  3i.  Water  Oiss.     Boil  to  a  pint  and  strain.] 

D.  f3j.  to  f3iij.  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

The  U.  S.  P.  has  a  Syrup  of  Seneka  root,  and  it  forms  an  ingre- 
dient in  their  Syr.  Scilla?  compositus. 

[SYRUPUS  SENEGJE,  U.S.     Syrup  of  Senega. 

Prep.  Take  of  Seneka  bruised  3iv.  Water  Oj.  Sugar  ftj.  Boil  the  Water  with  the 
Seneka  to  one  half  and  strain  ;  then  add  the  Sugar  and  proceed  in  the  manner  directed 
for  Syrup. 

Or  act  by  displacement  and  proceed  as  for  Syrup. 

D.  f3i.— 


[EXTRACTUM  SENEGA.     Extract  of  Senega. 

To  make  this  preparation  a  formula  has  been  given  by  Mr.  Procter 
as  follows  : 

Take  ofScne:ga  in  coarse  powder  3xvi.  Alcohol  Oij.  Water  Oiv.  Mix  the  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and  macerate  the  Senega  in  one  half  of  it  for  two  days.  Operate  by  displace- 
ment  until  6  pints  of  Tincture  are  obtained.  Evaporate  these  by  a  water  bath  to  the 
consistence  of  an  extract. 

One  drachm  in  Oj.  of  Water  is  of  the  same  strength  as  the  decoction.] 

KRAMERIACE.E,  LindL,  now  attached  as  an  anomalous  genus  to  Poly- 

galeae  by  Endlicher. 
&RAMERIA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Radix,  L.  Root,  E.  Radix  et  Extractum,  D. 

KRAMERIA  TRIANDRA,  Ruiz  and  Pavon.     The  Rhatany  Plant. 

The  Rhatany  plant  is  a  native  of  Peru,  on  the  slopes  of  sandy 
mountains,  especially  near  Huanuco,  where  it  was  discovered  in 
1779  by  Ruiz,  who  found  the  root  was  employed  by  the  ladies  for 
rubbing  their  teeth  and  strengthening  the  gums. 

The  shrub  is  small  but  much  branched,  with  the  younger  parts  covered  with  silky 
hairs.  The  stems  procumbent,  and  the  roots  horizontal  or  creeping,  as  said  to  be  indi- 
cated in  the  name  Ratanhia.  These  roots  are  long,  much  branched,  with  a  dark  reddish 
bark.  The  leaves  are  sessile,  oblong  ovate,  pointed,  and  silky.  The  flowers  are  solitary, 
in  the  axils  of  the  upper  leaves,  with  short  stalks.  The  calyx  consists  of  4  spreading 
sepals,  silky  externally,  but  smooth,  shining  and  lake-coloured  in  the  inside,  though  this 
is  not  visible  in  dried  specimens.  Petals  5,  unequal,  the  (two  upper  petals  separate, 
spathulate  ;  two  lateral  roundish,  concave,  Lindl.')  three  anterior  clawed,  with  the  claws 
united,  limbs  small,  sometimes  abortive,  the  two  posterior  sessile,  thickish.  Stamens  3, 


, 

PolygalecB.]  SYRUPUS    KRAMERIC. 

anthers  opening  by  a  double  pore  at  the  apex.  The  fruit  is  globular,  leathery,  indehi- 
scent,  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  covered  with  reddish-brown  hooked  prickles.  One-celled, 
with  one  seed,  the  other  being  abortive.  Seed  inverse,  suspended,  without  albumen. — 
Fl.  Peruv.  1,  t.  93. 

Rhatany  root  is  woody  and  branched;  pieces  vary  in  diameter 
from  an  inch  to  that  of  a  quill ;  the  cortical  part  is  reddish-brown, 
fibrous,  and  easily  separated  from  the  central,  reddish-yellow,  woody 
part.  The  root  is  without  smell,  but  has  an  extremely  astringent 
taste  without  any  bitterness.  The  cortical  portion  contains  a  much 
larger  portion  of  the  active  principle  than  the  interior ;  the  smaller 
pieces,  from  the  greater  proportion  of  bark,  are  most  efficacious. 
(G.  and  K.  ii.  tab.  iv.  fig.  2.)  Besides  the  root,  an  extract  is  also 
officinal  in  the  D.  P.  This  is  sometimes  imported  from  S.  America. 

Rhatany  Root  consists  of  one-third  of  matters  soluble  in  water. 
These  consist  of  Tannin  42-6,  Gallic  acid  0-3,  Gum,  Extractive,  and 
Colouring  matter  56-6,  and  Krameric  acid  0-5.  The  properties  are 
no  doubt,  in  a  great  measure,  due  to  the  Tannin,  and,  according  to 
Peschier,  to  the  Krameric  acid,  which  he  describes  as  being  very 
styptic,  not  crystallizable,  but  forming  salts  with  the  alkalies,  which 
do  crystallize.  M.  Chevalier,  on  repeating  the  experiment,  was 
unable  to  procure  any  of  the  acid.  Water  and  alcohol  both  take  up 
the  active  properties,  and  become  of  a  reddish  colour. 

Inc.  The  salts  of  Iron  and  other  metals,  Gelatine,  mineral  acids, 
Inf.  Cinchonas,  Potassio-Tartrate  of  Antimony. 

Action.     Uses.    Astringent.     Tonic. 

D.  Powder,  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

INFUSUM  KRAMERIC,  L.  (U.S.) 

Prep.  Macerate  Krameria  ^j.  in  boiling  distilled  Aq.  Oj.  for  4  hours  in  a  lightly 
covered  vessel  and  strain. 

D.  fgiss. — f3ij.  twice  or  thrice  a  day.  Decoction  is  also  a  good 
form  for  exhibition.  Astringent  taste,  and  of  a  reddish  colour. 

In  the  United  States,  a  compound  Tincture  is  prepared,  with  pow- 
dered root  3iij.  Orange-peel  3ij.  Serpentaria  3ss.  Saffron  3j.  in  Proof 
Spirit  Oj.  It  is  a  grateful  astringent. 

ExTRACTUM  KRAMERIC,  E.  D.    (U.S.) 

Prepared  as  Extract  of  Liquorice,  E. 

[A  better  method  is  by  displacement  and  evaporation.! 

D.  Gr.  x.— 9j. 

Has  a  reddish-brown  colour,  with  a  vitreous  and  shining  fracture, 
and  yields  a  blood-red  powder,  bearing  a  close  resemblance  to  Kino. 
That  imported  from  S.  America  used  to  be,  and  perhaps  still  is, 
employed  for  adulterating  port  wine. 

[SYRUPUS  KRAMERIC,  U.S. 

Prep.  Extract  of  Rhatany  3ij.  Water  Oj.  Sugar  ftiss.  Dissolve  the  Extract  in  the 
Water  and  make  the  solution  into  a  syrup.  A  pleasant  astringent,  used  in  diarrhea, 
chronic  dysentery,  and  hemorrhages. 

D.  f3i.  to  f3ss.] 


284  LINUM    USITATISSIMUM.  [Thalamiflorce. 

SILENACEJE,  Lindl.     CARYOPHYLLE.E,*  Juss.     Tr.  SILENE^E,  Dec. 

Herbaceous  plants,  with  opposite  undivided  exstipulate  leaves  and  tumid  nodes.  Calyx 
free,  with  the  sepals  formed  into  a  tube,  4  or  5  toothed.  Petals  4  or  5,  often  slit.  Stamens 
definite,  hypogynous,  inserted  with  the  petals  into  the  apex  of  a  more  or  less  distinct 
gynophore.  Ovary  one-celled,  many-seeded,  with  a  free  central  placenta.  Stigmas  ses- 
sile 2 — 5.  Capsule  2 — 5-valved.  Seeds  usually  with  the  embryo  curved  round  mealy 
albumen.  Inhabitants  of  the  temperate  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  usually  insipid, 
and  possessed  only  of  demulcent  properties. 

DIANTHUS  CARYOFHYLLXJS,  Linn.  Flores,  D.  Clove  Pink  or  Carna- 
tion. Decandria  Digyn.  Linn. 

The  Carnation  has  been  cultivated  in  our  gardens  from  the  time 
of  Gerard,  is  probably  a  native  of  the  south  of  Europe,  and  found  in 
many  parts  of  the  Continent  on  walls,  &c.,  apparently  in  a  wild  state. 

This  plant  is  characterized  by  its  solitary  flowers,  with  depressed  calycine  scales, 
which  are  rhomboid,  pointed,  4  times  shorter  than  the  tube.  Leaves  linear,  acute,  glau- 
cous, scabrous  at  the  base,  with  a  smooth  margin.  Petals  obvate,  crenate,  beardless,  with 
elongated,  much-branched  runners.  E.  B.  t.  214. 

Action.  Uses.  The  deep  red  coloured  flowers  are  alone  employed. 
They  have  a  pleasant,  aromatic,  spice-like  fragrance,  with  a  bitterish 
taste,  and  were  at  one  time  considered  stimulant.  Their  only  use  is 
to  give  a  colour  and  flavour  to  some  infusions  and  mixtures,  or  to  a 
Syrup. 

SYRUPUS  DIANTHI  CARYOPHYLLI.  Petals  of  Clove  Pink  1  pt.  Aq.  4  pts. 
Sugar  7  pts.  Valued  for  its  rich  colour  and  agreeable  flavour. 

LINE.E,  Dec.     Flaxworts. 

Annual  herbs,  or  small  shrubs.  Leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  rarely  whorled,  entire, 
without  stipules.  Flowers  regular,  terminal,  paniculate  or  corymbose.  Sepals  5, 4,  or  3, 
united  at  the  base,  imbricate  in  aestivation,  persistent.  Petals  5  or  4,  twisted  in  aestiva- 
tion. Stamens  equal  in  number  to  petals,  filaments  united  at  the  base  into  a  ring,  with 
intermediate  teeth.  Ovary  with  cells,  equal  in  number  to  styles.  Capsule  globular,  3,  4, 
or  5-celled,  each  with  two  seeds ;  but  these  are  separated  from  each  other  by  secondary 
partitions,  so  that  each  seed  is  in  a  distinct  cell,  pendulous  or  inverted,  without  arillus  (as 
in  Oxalideae)  and  usually  without  albumen.  Embryo  straight  or  curved,  with  flat  coty- 
ledons. 

The  Lineae  are  closely  allied  to  Geraniacesc  and  to  Oxalideae,  remotely  to  Silenete  and 
to  ElatineaR.  They  are  found  in  temperate  parts  of  the  world,  with  a  few  in  tropical 
regions.  The  Line®  are  remarkable  for  the  tenacity  of  the  fibre  of  their  inner  bark, 
also  for  the  mucilaginous  covering  of  the  seed,  and  for  the  oil  of  the  seeds.  Some  are 
bitter,  and  a  few  purgative. 

LINUM  USITATISSIMUM,  Linn.,  L.  E.  D.  (LINUM,  U.  S.)  Semina,  L.  D. 
Oleum  e  seminibus  expressum,  L.  D.  Seeds,  E.  Meal  of  the 
Seeds  deprived  of  their  fixed  oil  by  expression,  E.  Linseed  Meal. 
Expressed  Oil  of  the  Seeds,  E.  Flax.  Pentandria  Pentagynia, 
Linn. 

Flax  was  cultivated  in  Egypt  at  very  early  periods.  It  is  so  at  the 
present  day  from  the  north  of  Europe  to  the  south  of  India ;  and  it  is 
not,  therefore,  easy  to  ascertain  where  it  is  indigenous. 

*  The  order  Caryophyllets  (with  which  the  Clove  or  Caryophyllus  has  nothing  to  da) 
as  at  present  constituted  contains  so  many  others  not  included  in  the  arrangement  of 
Dee.  that  the  author  has  thought  it  sufficient  to  notice  only  one  of  its  tribes. 


Lineal  LINUMUSITATISSIMUM.  285 

The  Flax  plant  is  an  annual,  with  a  slender  root,  smooth,  simple,  erect  stem,  about  a 
foot  and  a  half  in  height  and  branched  towards  the  top.  The  leaves  are  alternate, 
sessile,  linear,  lanceolate,  smooth.  The  flowers,  of  a  blue  colour,  are  arranged  in  a 
corymbose  panicle.  The  sepals  are  ovate,  acuminate,  slightly  ciliated,  but  without  glands, 
nearly  equal  to  the  capsule  in  length.  The  petals  are  obscurely  crenate,  of  a  purplish- 
blue,  large,  deciduous.  Capsule  roundish,  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  containing  10  seeds 
(linseed')  small,  oval,  flattened,  smooth  and  shining,  of  a  brown  colour,  but  whitish  in  the 
inside;  the  seed-coat  mucilaginous,  the  kernel  oily  and  farinaceous. — E.  B.  1357. 

Flax,  as  it  is  well  known,  is  prepared  from  the  above  plant,  by 
steeping,  stripping  off  the  bark,  and  then  beating,  so  as  to  separate 
the  fibres.  Linen  and  cambric  are  prepared  from  it,  the  latter  differ- 
ing from  the  former  in  its  fineness,  and  in  being  obtained  from  plants 
which  are  more  thickly  sown.  Linen  as  clothing  is  cool,  from  being 
a  better  conductor  of  heat  than  cotton ;  but  when  the  skin  is  covered 
with  perspiration,  or  exposed  to  cold,  it  feels  cold  and  chilly.  The 
fibre  of  flax  is  a  straight  tube-like  cylinder,  and  is  therefore  less  irri- 
tating than  the  twisted  fibre  of  cotton.  Hence  lint,  which  is  prepared 
by  scraping  linen,  is  so  much  preferable  to  cotton  for  surgical  dressings. 
Tow  consists  of  the  short  fibres  of  the  flax,  which  are  removed  in  the 
process  of  hackling.  It  is  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes. 

LINI  SEMINA.  Linseed,  or  the  seeds  of  the  flax  plant,  are  small, 
compressed,  oval-pointed,  with  sharp  margin,  brownish-coloured, 
smooth  and  shining  on  the  outside,  but  white  internally,  without 
odour.  The  outside  has  a  bland  mucilaginous  taste,  as  the  skin  of 
the  seed  is  covered  with  condensed  mucus ;  the  white  part,  or  almond 
of  the  seed,  has  an  oily  taste,  from  containing  fixed  oil,  which  is  sepa- 
rated by  expression. 

The  seeds,  analyzed  by  Meyer,  consist  in  100  parts,  of  15-12  Mu- 
cilage (nitrogenous  mucilage  with  acetic  acid  and  salts,  p.),  chiefly 
in  the  seed-coat,  1 1  -26  fatty  Oil  in  the  nucleus.  In  the  husk  Emulsin 
44-38,  besides  in  the  husk  principally  Wax  0-14,  acrid  soft  Resin  2-48, 
Starch  with  Salts  1-48.  In  the  nucleus,  besides  the  Oil,  Gum  6-15, 
Albumen  2-78,  Gluten  2-93,  also  Resinous  colouring  matter,  0-55,  yel- 
low Extractive  with  ^Tannin  and  Salts  (nitre  and  the  chlorides  of 
potassium  and  calcium)  T91,  sweet  Extractive  with  Malic  acid  and 
some  Salts  10-88. 

The  condensed  mucus  which  abounds  in  the  testa  of  the  seed  is 
readily  acted  on  by  hot  water,  and  a  viscid  mucilaginous  fluid  is 
formed,  in  which  are  two  distinct  substances,  one  completely  dis- 
solved, analogous  to  gum,  and  the  other  merely  suspended,  and  con- 
sidered by  Berzelius  as  analogous  to  Bassorine.  Alcohol  produces  a 
white  flaky  precipitate  in  mucilage  of  Linseed,  and  Acetate  of  Lead 
a  dense  precipitate. 

Action.  Uses.  Emollient,  Demulcent;  may  be  employed  in  the 
form  of 

INFUSUM  LINI  (E.)  (U.  S.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  D. 

Prep.  Digest  Linseed  bruised  3vj.  (3j.  D.)  Liquorice-root  sliced  Jjij.  (3iv.  D.)  boiling 
Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (fcij.  D.)  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  for  four  hours,  near  the  fire,  and  strain 
(through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

A  simple  infusion  may  be  formed  by  merely  steeping  half  an  ounce 


286  LINUM    USITATISSIMUM.  (Thalamiftora. 

of  the  seeds  in  a  pint  of  boiling  water,  and  rendering  it  more  palat- 
able by  the  addition  of  sugar  and  some  aromatics,  as  mint,  lemon- 
peel,  &c.  The  decoction  is  more  suitable  for  fomentation  and  enemata, 
as  it  separates  more  of  the  oil,  but  is  on  this  very  account  less  agree- 
able for  internal  use. 

D.  f  3jss.  ad  libitum. 

Inc.  Alcohol  and  metallic  salts. 

OLEUM  LINI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Linseed  Oil. 

The  oil  contained  in  the  kernel  of  the  seeds,  and  obtained  from 
them  by  expression,  may  be  either  cold-drawn,  or,  as  usually  seen, 
after  the  seeds  have  been  subjected  to  a  heat  of  200°.  The  former, 
as  in  the  case  of  cold-drawn  castor  oil,  is  paler,  with  less  odour  and 
taste,  than  Linseed  oil  prepared  by  heat.  This  is  of  a  deep  yellow  or 
brownish  colour,  of  a  disagreeable  smell  and  taste ;  Sp.  Gr.  0-932 ; 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  differing  from  other  oils,  especially  in 
drying  into  a  hard  transparent  varnish, — a  peculiarity  which  is  in- 
creased by  boiling  the  oil,  either  alone  or  with  some  of  the  prepara- 
tions of  Lead. 

Linseed  Oil,  according  to  Dr.  Sace,  is  composed  of  Margaric'  and 
Oleic  combined  in  equal  equivalents  with  Acroleine.  But  the  Oleic' 
of  Linseed  differs  from  that  of  other  fatty  bodies.  The  formula  of 
the  anhydrous  acid  is  C46  H38  Os.  The  Margaric'  is  as  usual  com- 
posed of  C3*  H33  O3.  The  Glycerine  obtainable  from  Linseed  oil  in 
large  quantities  is  also  similar  to  that  produced  from  other  fats. 

Action.  Uses.  Emollient  and  Cathartic.     Chiefly  used  externally. 

D.  f3iv.— f3j. 

FARINA  LINI,  E.     Linseed  Meal. 

Linseed,  after  having  had  the  oil  expressed  from  them,  are  in  the 
form  of  a  flat  mass,  commonly  called  oil-cake.  This  being  reduced  to 
powder,  forms  Linseed  Meal,  E.,  which  is  employed  for  making 
the  Linseed  Meal  Poultice,  and  is  an  ingredient  of  the  PULVIS  PRO 
CATAPLASMATE,  D.  which  consists  of  Linseed  Meal  1  part  and  of  Oat- 
meal 2  parts. 

CATAPLASMA  LINI,  L.     Linseed  Meal  Poultice. 

Prep.  Take  of  boiling  Water  Oj.  and  mix  with  it  as  much  Linseed  powdered  as  may 
be  sufficient  to  make  a  poultice  of  the  proper  consistence. 

Here  the  internal  oleaginous  and  external  mucilaginous  parts  being 
all  ground  up  together,  and  their  properties  elicited  by  the  hot  water, 
an  admirable  mixture  is  produced  for  making  an  excellent  and  readily- 
made  emollient  poultice. 

The  Linseed  Meal  sold  in  France  has  been  found  adulterated  with 
some  refuse  oil-seed  powder,  mixed  frequently  with  a  little  bran,  oat- 
meal, and  almond  powder,  with  the  refuse  of  starch  manufactories, 
and  a  little,  often,  rancid  oil. 

MALVACEAE,  Brown.     Mallow  Worts. 
The  Malvaceae  form  herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  often  with  stellate  pubescence.    Leaves  al- 


Linea.}  MALVA    SYLVESTRIS.  287 

ternate,  entire  or  lobed,  often  crenate  or  dentate,  with  stipulte.  Calyx  free,  usually  of  5 
sepals,  united  together  at  the  base,  valvate  in  aestivation,  covered  by  an  outer  calyx  or 
involucel.  Petals  5,  twisted,  their  claws  often  united  together  as  well  as  to  the  stamen  tube. 
Stamens  numerous,  monadelphous,  or  united  into  a  tube.  Anthers  reniform,  with  a 
single  polliniferous  cell.  Ovary  formed  by  the  union  of  several  carpels,  free  or  united 
with  each  other,  or  with  the  central  axis.  Styles  equal  in  number  to  the  carpels.  Fruit 
either  capsular  or  baccate,  or  nucamentaceous.  Albumen  usually  small  in  quantity  and 
varying  in  density.  Embryo  curved,  with  fbliaceous,  crumpled  or  twisted  cotyledons. 

From  the  name  this  might  be  supposed  to  be  a  European  family,  but  the  species  abound 
in  the  tropics,  both  as  trees  and  herbs,  and  diminish  in  number  and  size,  as  they  approach 
the  poles.  The  species  (about  600  in  number)  are  almost  all  mucilaginous,  and  yield 
tenacious  fibre.  A  few  are  employed  as  articles  of  diet. 

MALVA,  L.  E.     MALVA  SYLVESTRIS,  Linn.     Herb  of  Malva  sylvestris, 
E.     Common  Mallow.     Monadelphia  Polyandria,  Linn. 

The  Mallow  is  found  in  most  parts  of  Europe,  by  hedges,  roads, 
and   in  waste  places,  flowering  from  June   to   August.     It  is  the 
of  Dioscorides. 


The  root  is  perennial  and  branched.  The  stem  erect  or  ascending,  branched,  the  peti- 
oles and  peduncles  hirsute,  leaves  5  to  7  lobed,  plaited  and  with  serrated  margins,  acute, 
peduncles  axillary  crowded  and  erect,  even  after  flowering.  Calyx  usually  surrounded  by 
three  narrow  bracteoles,  and  much  smaller  than  the  petals,  which  are  rose-coloured  and 
purple  veined,  the  valves  of  the  carpels  margined,  reticulated  and  rugose  when  ripe.  —  E. 
B.  t.  671. 

Prop.  Common  Mallow,  like  the  round-leaved  and  other  species, 
is  without  odour,  but  has  a  mild  mucilaginous  taste,  imparting^  'this 
property  to  water,  as  this  dissolves  the  mucilage  which  forms  its 
chief  constituent,  with  a  small  portion  of  bitter  extractive.  Either 
this  or  M.  rotundifolia  was  employed  as  an  esculent  vegetable  by  the 
Romans. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  Its  .infusion  sweetened  with  Sugar  may 
form  a  useful  drink  in  some  complaints.  The  Decoction  may  be  simi- 
larly employed,  either  for  fomentation  or  injection,  or  the  herb  may 
be  formed  into  an  emollient  cataplasm. 

DECOCTUM  MALV.E  COMPOSITUM,  L.     Compound  Decoction  of  Mallow. 

Prep.  Boil  Mallow  dried  3j.  Chamomile  dried  3ss.  in  Aq.  Oj.  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
and  strain.  Use  as  a  fomentation,  &c.,  with  appropriate  additions. 

ALTHAEA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.     Folia.     Radix,  L.  D.     Leaves,  Root,  E. 
Marsh  Mallow.     Monadelphia  Polyand.  Linn. 

This  plant  (Fig.  46)  is  found  in  marshy  situations  both  in  this 
country  and  on  the  Continent,  and  is  the  AX0a«a  of  Dioscorides,  the 
Guimauve  of  the  French. 

The  root  is  perennial,  tap-shaped,  whitish,  and  the  stems  erect,  soft  and  hairy.  The 
leaves  soft  and  woolly  on  both  sides,  unequally  crenate,  cordate  or  ovate  in  shape,  the 
lower  5  and  the  upper  3  lobed;  peduncles  axillary,  many-flowered,  much  shorter  than  the 
leaf.  Flowers  of  a  pale  bluish-colour.  Calyx  double,  the  exterior  (v.  4)  involucel,  6  to  9 
cleft,  the  (3)  interior  5  fid.  Stamens  (2)  numerous,  filaments  united  into  a  tube.  Styles 
(1)  numerous,  united  together  near  the  base.  Carpels  arranged  as  in  Malva.  —  E.  B.  t 
147. 

Prop.  Marsh-mallow  roots,  as  usually  seen,  are  whitish,  being  de- 
prived of  their  epidermis  ;  otherwise  of  a  dirty-yellow  colour,  but 


288 


GOSSYPIUM. 


[Thalamiflorce. 


Fig.  46. 


white  in  the  inside,  long,  fusiform,  fleshy,  and,  like  the  leaves,  with- 
out odour,  but  having  a  bland,  muci- 
laginous, even  viscous  taste. 

Chem.  Marsh-mallow  roots  ana- 
lyzed, yielded  to  Buchner,  Mucilage 
and  Starch  in  large  proportions ; 
hence  Iodine  strikes  a  blue  colour  ; 
and  the  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  forms 
in  the  decoction,  a  brown  semi-trans- 
parent mass  (p) ;  Altheine,  first  dis- 
covered by  M.  Bacon,  and  since  as- 
certained by  M.  Plisson  to  be  identi- 
cal with  Asparagin,  is  crystalline, 
without  odour,  and  nearly  tasteless, 
soluble  in  water  and  in  proof  Spirit, 
but  insoluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent,  Emol- 
lient. Used  in  the  form  of  Decoc- 
tion, Syrup,  and  Lozenge. 

MISTURA  (DECOCTUM,  D.)  A.I.TH&JE,  E. 

Prep.  Boil  Althaa-root  (and  Herb,  D.)  3iv. 
Raisins  stoned  (or  opened)  3ij.  in  Water  Ov. 
(Ovij.  D.)  down  to  Oiij.  (Ov.  D.)  Strain,  and  when  the  sediment  has  subsided,  pour  off 
the  clear  liquor  for  use. 

A  pleasant  Diluent  and  Demulcent,  of  which  a  pint  or  two  may 
be  taken  daily. 

SYRUPUS  ALTH.EJE,  L.  E.  D.     Syrup  of  Marsh-mallow. 

Prep.  Boil  Althaa-root  fresh  and  sliced  ^viij.  (ftss.  D.)  in  Aq.  Oiv.  (feiv.  D.)  down  to 
Oij.  and  express  the  liquor  when  cold.  (Strain,  E.)  Set  aside  for  24  hours,  that  the 
dregs  may  subside.  Then  pour  off  the  liquor,  and  add  of  Sugar  ftijss.  (fljij.  D.)  and 
boil  down  to  a  proper  consistence. 

D.  f3j.  to  f3iv.  But  chiefly  added  to  mixtures  to  allay  irritation 
of  cough. 

GOSSYPIUM,  E.   The  Hairs  attached  to  the  Seeds  of  Gossypium  herba- 
ceum  and  other  species  of  the  genus.     Raw  Cotton. 

Cotton  has  been  characteristic  of  India  from  the  earliest  times- 
The  first  distinct  notice  of  it  is  in  the  Book  of  Esther,  i.,  v.  6,  where 
its  Sanscrit  name  Karpas  is  translated  green  in  our  Bible.  Herodotus 
and  Ctesias  notice  it,  but  it  was  not  till  the  invasion  of  India  by  Alex- 
ander, that  the  Greeks  were  acquainted  with  the  plant,  as  may  be 
seen  in  Theophrastus  and  also  in  Pliny.  Europe  is  now  supplied 
chiefly  from  America,  where  two  distinct  species  are  indigenous: 
G.  Barbadense,  yielding  the  Cotton  from  the  United  States,  and 
G.  peruvianum  or  acuminatum,  that  which  is  produced  in  South 
America.  India  also  has  two  distinct  species,  G.  herbaceum,  or  the 
common  Cotton  of  India,  which  has  spread  to  the  south  of  Europe, 
and  G.  arboreum,  or  Tree-cotton,  which  yields  little  if  any  of  the 


ButtneriacecB.]  COCAO    AND    CHOCOLATE.  289 

cotton  of  commerce  (very  distinct  from  the  species  of  Bombax,  often 
called  Cotton-tree  and  Silk  Cotton-tree). 

The  species  consist  of  large  or  small  shrubs,  arid  one  forms  a  tree.  All  have  alternate 
leaves,  which  are  more  or  less  palmate  or  lobed,  and  usually  covered,  as  well  as  the 
young  branches,  with  little  black  dots,  and  the  nerves  below  have  one  or  more  glands. 
The  calyx  is  double,  the  exterior  (involucel)  is  larger  than  the  interior,  divided  into  three 
large  leaflets,  cordate  at  the  base,  entire,  toothed,  or  deeply  cut  along  the  margin.  The 
interior  or  true  calyx  is  one-leafed,  cup-shaped,  and  with  an  obtusely  quinquifid  margin. 
The  flowers  are  large  and  showy,  more  or  less  yellow  or  red,  consisting  of  five  petals 
united  at  their  base,  subcordate,  flat,  and  spreading.  Stamens  numerous,  filaments  united 
below  and  adhering  to  the  petals,  free  above,  with  small  kidney-shaped  anthers.  Ovary 
superior,  oval,  roundish  or  pointed,  terminated  by  a  style,  which  passes  through  the 
cylinder  formed  by  the  stamens,  marked  with  three  or  five  furrows  towards  its  apex,  and 
divided  into  three,  sometimes  into  five  stigmas.  The  capsule  is  roundish,  oval,  or  pointed, 
three  to  five  celled,  and  three  to  five  valved  at  the  apex,  with  loculicidal  dehiscence.  Each 
cell  contains  from  3  to  7  ovoid  seeds,  from  the  seed-coats  of  which  arises  the  filamentous 
substance,  which,  by  its  twisting,  envelopes  the  seeds.  Along  with  this  Cotton,  there  is 
often  a  shorter  covering,  called  fuzz  by  planters. 

Action.  Uses.  Cotton  plants  are  mucilaginous,  and  have  been  used 
as  Demulcents.  The  seeds  yield  Oil,  which  is  sometimes  expressed 
for  burning  in  lamps.  Cattle  are,  however,  often  fed  on  the  seeds, 
which  are  also  sometimes  employed  as  manure  for  Cotton  plants. 
Cotton-wool  is  formed  of  tubular  hairs,  which  in  drying  become  flat- 
tened, and  are  transparent,  without  joints,  and  twisted  like  a  cork- 
screw. Under  water,  they  appear  like  distinct,  flat,  narrow  ribands, 
with  occasionally  a  transverse  line,  which  indicates  the  end  of  cells. 
This  twisted  nature  of  the  Cotton  fibre  is  probably  the  reason  why 
Cotton  cloth  is  not  so  well  fitted  as  linen  for  surgical  dressings.  But 
being  a  worse  conductor  of  heat  than  linen,  it  is  well  suited  for  inner 
clothing,  where  the  object  is  to  preserve  uniformity  of  temperature, 
as  it  will  retain  heat,  and  prevent  the  body  being  so  readily  affected 
by  external  heat  or  cold.  At  the  same  time  that  it  condenses  less 
freely  than  linen  the  vapour  of  perspiration,  but  absorbs  it  readily 
when  it  has  been  condensed  into  the  form  of  sweat.  For  these  rea- 
sons probably,  thick  calico  shirts,  &c.,  have  been  introduced  into  the 
army  for  the  use  of  soldiers.  Cotton  has  long  been  a  popular  appli- 
cation to  burns.  Dr.  Anderson  (Ed.  M.  and  S.  Journ.  1828)  directs 
it  to  be  applied  in  thin  layers,  one  over  the  other,  and  retained  by  the 
moderate  pressure  of  a  bandage.  Pain  is  allayed,  local  irritation  and 
blistering  diminished  or  prevented,  and  constitutional  disturbance 
proportionally  obviated.  M.  Reynaud  adopted  its  application  in 
cases  of  Erysipelas,  and  M.  Mayor  employs  it  as  a  topical  appli- 
cation with  Calomel  in  cases  of  Ophthalmia.  (B.  and  F.  Med. 
Rev.  xx.  463.) 

BUTTNER.IACE.E.     R.  Brown. 

Theobroma  Cacao,  or  Cacao-tree,  though  not  officinal,  is  interesting 
in  consequence  of  its  seeds  being  largely  employed  in  diet.  The  tree 
is  a  native  of  Mexico,  but  extensively  cultivated  in  the  West  India 
Islands,  and  remarkable  for  its  large  and  oval,  yellow,  cucumber-like 
capsules,  hanging  from  the  sides  of  the  trunk  and  branches.  These 
are  divided  into  5  cells,  each  filled  with  8  to  10  ovoid  seeds,  piled 
one  upon  another,  and  covered  by  a  membranous  and  succulent  aril. 

19 


290  SUMATRA    CAMPHOR.  [ThalamiJlorcB. 

There  are  several  varieties  of  these  seeds  or  nibs,  which  are  more  or 
less  esteemed.  The  kernels  of  the  seeds  yield  by  pressure  about  one 
half  their  weight  of  a  fatty  oil,  commonly  called  Butter  of  Cacao,  at 
one  time  much  lauded  for  its  medical  properties.  The  seeds,  pounded, 
digested,  and  boiled  with  water,  with  the  oil  skimmed  off,  and  sweet- 
ened with  sugar  and  milk,  afford  a  wholesome  and  agreeable  bever- 
age. The  COCAO  sold  in  the  shops  consists  either  of  the  roasted 
kernels  and  husks,  or  of  the  husks  only,  ground  to  powder;  it  is 
sometimes  made  from  the  cake  left  after  expressing  the  oil  from  the 
beans.  "  Much  of  the  cheap  stuff  sold  under  this  name,  is  very  in- 
ferior, being  made  with  damaged  nuts  that  have  been  pressed  for  the 
oil,  mixed  with  potato-flour,  mutton-suet,  &c."  (Cooley.)  Flake  Co- 
cao is  Cocao  ground,  compressed,  and  flaked  by  machinery.  CHOCO- 
LATE (from  the  Indian  name  chocolat)  is  made  by  triturating  in  a 
heated  mortar  the  roasted  seeds  without  the  husks,  10  Ibs.  with  an 
equal  quantity  of  Sugar,  and  about  1^  oz.  of  Vanilla,  and  1  oz.  of 
Cinnamon  (Cadet)  into  a  paste,  which  is  put  up  in  various  forms. 
"  The  mass  of  the  common  Chocolate  sold  in  England  is  prepared 
from  the  cake  left  after  the  expression  of  the  oil,  and  this  is  frequently 
mixed  with  the  roasted  seeds  of  ground  peas  and  maize',  or  potato- 
flour,  to  which  a  sufficient  quantity  of  inferior  brown  sugar,  or  treacle 
and  mutton  suet  is  added,  to  make  it  adhere  together."  (Cooley.) 

Action.  Uses.  Both  Cocao  and  Chocolate  form  the  basis  of  very 
nourishing  and  agreeable  beverages  (whence  the  name  of  Theobroma, 
or  food  for  the  gods)  devoid  of  the  stimulating  properties  of  Tea  and 
Coffee,  but  apt  to  disagree  with  some  people  and  with  many  Dyspep- 
tics, in  consequence  of  the  quantity  of  oily  matter  they  contain. 

CISTINE^E,  Dec. 

The  CISTINE^E,  or  Rock  Rose  tribe,  includes  plants,  some  of  which 
used  to  be  officinal  in  consequence  of  yielding  LADANUM,  a  fragrant 
resin,  formerly  much  celebrated,  but  now  little  employed.  It  is  pro- 
cured in  the  Levant  from  species  of  Cistus,  such  as  C.  creticus,  C. 
odoriferus,  &c.,  and  can  only  be  obtained  pure  in  the  situations  where 
it  is  produced.  It  has  a  very  agreeable  smell,  from  the  presence  of  a 
volatile  oil.  It  was  formerly  employed  as  a  stimulant,  more  recently 
as  an  expectorant,  and  continues  to  be  esteemed  by  the  Turks  as  a 
perfume,  and  used  as  a  fumigation. 

DIPTEROCARPE^:.*     Blume. 

The  Dipterocarpea?,  so  named  from  some  of  the  divisions  of  the 
calyx  being  extended  into  long  wing-like  bodies,  require  to  be  noticed, 
as  one  of  the  species,  Dryobalanops  aromatica,  Gsertn.,  D.  Campkora 
(Colebr.),  has  been  selected,  though  incorrectly,  in  the  D.  P.  as  the 

*  Several  other  important  products  are  yielded  by  the  Dipterocarpete,  as  Wood-oil, 
which  contains  a  principle  analogous  to  Balsam  of  Copaiva.  The  Resin  or  Dammer  of 
Shorea  robusta.  Indian  Copal  (sometimes  mixed  with  Amber  and  sold  as  such),  which 
is  the  Liquid  Varnish  inspissated  of  the  Pine-tree,  or  Valeria  indica ;  of  which  the  fruits 
yield  to  boiling  water  the  esteemed  and  valuable  vegetable  Butter  of  Canara. 


TEA    PLANTS.  291 

plant  yielding  the  Camphor  of  European  commerce.  This  kind  is 
produced  by  one  of  the  tribe  of  Laurels,  the  Camphora  officinarum 
of  Nees  v.  Esenbeck  (v.  Laurineae).  But  the  kind  called  Sumatra  or 
Borneo  Camphor,  as  well  as  Liquid  Camphor,  is  produced  by  the 
above  tree,  which  is  a  native  of  Sumatra  and  Borneo.  On  the  coast 
of  the  former  island  it  is  one  of  the  largest  trees ;  and  the  same  tree, 
it  is  said,  which  yields  the  oil  would  have  produced  the  Camphor,  if 
unmolested.  This  kind  is  not  seen  in  European  commerce,  because 
the  Chinese  give  eighty  or  a  hundred  times  more  money  for  it  than 
that  for  which  they  sell  their  own  Camphor.  Specimens  of  both  the 
Sumatra  Camphor  and  of  the  Liquid  Camphor  are  in  the  Museum  of 
King's  College,  having  been  presented  by  Mrs.  Marsden. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Liquid  Camphor  or  Oil  might  no  doubt  be  be- 
neficially employed  for  the  same  purposes  as  Cajaputi  oil  and  Grass 
oil.  The  Sumatra  Camphor  does  not  appear  to  be  preferable  to  that 
of  China. 

THEACE.E,  Mirbel.  CAMELLIE^E,  Dec. :  a  tribe  of  TERNSTRCEMIACE^:. 

The  genus  Thea  forms  a  small  group  of  plants  with  Camellia,  and  is 
remarkable  for  containing  the  plant  or  plants  which  yield  the  different 
kinds  of  Tea  imported  from  China.  The  question  is  still  undecided 
whether  all  the  kinds  of  Tea  are  made  or  can  be  made,  from  the  same 
plant,  by  variations  in  the  process ;  or  whether  it  is  preferable  to  have 
different  varieties  or  kinds  of  plant  for  the  distinct  varieties  of  Tea, 
as,  for  instance,  the  Green  and  Black  Teas ;  whether  these  were  ori- 
ginally distinct  species,  or  varieties  owing  to  differences  in  soil,  cli- 
mate, or  culture.  The  author  has  always-  been  inclined  to  think  -the 
latter  the  more  probable  opinion,  as  fully  detailed  in  his  "  Illustr.  of 
Himalayan  Botany,"  p.  107  to  128,  and  in  his  "  Productive  Resources 
of  India,"  p.  257  to  311.  Two  plants  are  known  in  the  gardens :  one 
called  Thea  viridis,  supposed  to  yield  Green  Tea,  including — 1.  Im- 
perial. 2.  Gunpowder.  3.  Hyson.  4.  Young  Hyson.  5.  Twankay. 
This  kind  is  capable  of  withstanding  a  greater  degree  of  cold,  and 
survives  through  the  winter  in  the  open  air  in  this  country,  as  may 
be  seen  in  Kew  Gardens.  Green  Teas  we  know  are  chiefly  pro- 
duced in  the  more  northern  districts  of  China.  Some  are  factitiously 
coloured  with  Indigo  and  Sulphate  of  Lime,  and  Mr.  Warrington  has 
ascertained  that  of  the  Green  Teas  of  commerce,  some  are  unglazed 
others  glazed.  The  former  are  of  a  yellow-brown  tint,  tending  on 
the  rubbed  parts  to  a  blackish  hue  without  a  shade  of  green  or  blue ; 
while  the  glazed  are  faced  or  covered  superficially  with  a  powder 
consisting  of  Prussian  Blue  and  Sulphate  of  Lime,  or  Caolin,  with 
occasionally  a  yellow  or  orange-coloured  vegetable  substance.  In- 
digo with  Gypsum  is  sometimes  used,  as  by  the  China  tea-makers 
sent  to  Assam.  Even  the  unglazed  have  a  little  Sulphate  of  Lime 
attached  to  their  surface,  either  to  act  as  an  absorbent  of  moisture, 
or  to  give  the  bloom  characteristic  of  the  green  tea  of  commerce. 
The  Thea  Bohea  appears  distinct  as  a  species  from  the  former,  and  has 
been  supposed  to  yield  the  different  kinds  of  Black  Tea,  that  is,  Pekoe, 
Lapsang,  Souchong,  Congou,  Bohea,  &c.,  the  last  being  the  inferior, 


292  GREEN    AND   BLACK    TEAS.  [Thalamifloree. 

and  the  Pekoes  the  best  kinds  of  Black  Tea.  Plants  collected  in 
Chusan  are  somewhat  intermediate  in  character.  That  growing  wild 
in  Assam  is  considered  by  some  botanists  to  be  another  distinct  spe- 
cies of  Thea  or  of  Camellia.  But  the  information  is  too  defective 
for  any  decisive  opinion  to  be  formed.  If  we  compare  the  recent  ana- 
lyses* of  Green  and  of  Black  Tea,  it  would  appear  that  a  less  degree 
of  heat  and  younger  leaves  being  employed,  would  explain  some  of  the 
differences  between  Green  and  Black  Tea. 

Some  Tea  has  been  manufactured  in  the  Government  Nurseries  in 
Kemaon  from  plants  grown  from  China  seed,  which  has  been  pro- 
nounced of  the  finest  quality  by  the  best  judges,  and  compared  with 
the  Oolong  Teas  of  the  Ankoy  district.  Some  prepared  in  August, 
1845,  in  the  Tea  Nursery  in  the  Deyra  Boon,  has  also  been  pro- 
nounced of  fine  quality,  and  compared  with  Orange  Pekoe. 

The  properties  of  Tea  depend  chiefly  on  the  presence  of  Tannin,  of 
a  Volatile  Oil,  and  of  a  principle  called  Theine  (C8  H5  Na  Oa),  which 
has  been  found  to  be  identical  with  Caffeine,  and  is  a  salifiable  base. 
It  may  be  obtained  in  white  silky  needles,  has  a  mild  bitter  taste,  is 
soluble  in  hot,  but  sparingly  so  in  cold  water  and  Alcohol.  With  S' 
and  H  Cl'  it  forms  crystalline  compounds,  and  is  supposed  to  exist  in 
Tea  in  combination  with  Tannic  Acid.  The  quantity  of  Tannin  is 
stated  by  Brande,  and  as  appears  by  the  taste,  and  in  the  analyses  of 
Mulder,  to  be  greater  in  Green  than  in  Black  Tea.  Sir  H.  Davy  and 
others  have  stated  that  Black  Tea  contains  the  largest  proportion  of 
Tannin.  The  volatile  Oil  is  in  larger  quantity  in  the  Green  than  in 
the  Black  Tea. 

Tea  is  well  known  for  its  astringent  and  moderately  excitant  pro- 
perties, chiefly  affecting  the  nervous  system,  producing  some  degree 
of  exhilaration,  and  of  refreshment  after  fatigue.  Its  effects  are  well 
seen  in  the  wakefulness  produced,  especially  by  Green  Tea,  in  those 
unaccustomed  to  its  use.  But  it  is  thought  by  some  to  act  as  a  seda- 
tive on  the  heart  and  blood-vessels ;  or,  as  Dr.  Billing  explains  it,  Tea 
and  Coffee  are  sedatives,  and  relieve  the  stupor  produced  by  stimu- 
lants, or  the  drowsiness  of  fatigue,  or  other  plethora,  only  by  counter- 
acting the  plethoric  state  of  the  brain  induced  by  the  continued  stimula- 
tion of  action, — thus  merely  restoring  the  brain  to  its  normal  state.  Lie- 
big  (Jlnim.  Chem.  p.  179)  has  suggested  that  Theine,  as  an  ingredient 
of  diet,  may  be  useful  in  contributing  to  the  formation  of  Taurine,  a 
compound  peculiar  to  Bile.  Besides  being  useful  as  a  diluent,  it  may 
often  be  prescribed  as  an  agreeable  and  refreshing  beverage ;  in  some 
cases,  especially  when  made  strong,  acting  as  an  excitant,  and  at  other 
times  producing  sedative  and  calming  effects. 

AlJRANTIACEjE,  CoTTea.     AuRANTIA  VERA,  JuSSlBU. 

Trees  or  shrubs  usually  conspicuous  for  their  beauty,  and  for  having  transparent  re- 
ceptacles of  volatile  oil  immersed  in  their  surface,  commonly  smooth,  with  the  axillary 
branches  often  changed  into  straight  and  hooked  spines.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  arti- 
culated with  the  petiole,  unequally  or  simply  pinnate  with  one  or  many  pairs,  but  some- 
times the  terminal  leaflet  is  only  produced.  The  petiole  winged :  sometimes  the  terminal 

*  As  that  of  Mulder,  v.  Pereira,  Treatise  on  Food  and  Diet,  p.  394. 


Aurantwcece.]  BITTER    ORANGE.  293 

leaflet  being  abortive,  the  dilated  petiole  supplies  its  place.  Flowers  regular,  axillary  or 
terminal,  solitary,  corymbose  or  in  racemes,  usually  white  or  greenish-yellow.  The  calyx 
is  free,  short,  cup  or  bell-shaped,  4  or  5-ficl.  Petals  3,  4  or  5,  inserted  into  the  base  of  a 
shortly-stalked  torus,  which  is  more  rarely  formed  into  a  hypogynous  disk,  free  or  connected 
at  their  base,  subimbricate  in  salivation.  Stamens  equal  to,  double,  or  some  multiple  of 
the  number  of  petals  ;  filaments  free,  or  united  into  one  or  several  bundles.  Ovary  5  or 
many-celled.  Style  1 ;  crowned  by  a  capitate  stigma.  Fruit  dry  or  pulpy,  with  a  thick 
valveless  rind,  two  or  many-celled,  often  by  abortion  one-celled,  cells  usually  single-seeded, 
seldom  many-seeded,  filled  with  mucilage  in  vesicular  cells.  Seeds  pendulous  or  nearly 
horizontal,  marked  with  a  longitudinal,  branching  raphe.  Chalaza  distinct.  Embryo 
straight,  without  albumen.  Cotyledons  usually  large  and  thick,  a  retracted  superior  ra- 
dicle near  the  hilum,  and  the  plumule  conspicuous.  Fig.  47. 

The  AurantiaceiE  are  allied  on  one  hand  to  Meliaceae,  and  on  the  other  to  Xanthoxyleae, 
once  a  tribe  of  Rutacete,  and  to  Amyridese,  a  tribe  of  Terebinthacese.  They  are  natives 
of  tropical  Asia,  with  a  few  species  in  Madagascar.  Limonia  Laureola  is  alone  found  in 
cold  situations  in  the  Himalayas ;  but  many  are  cultivated  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  A 
fragrant  volatile  oil  abounds  in  many  parts,  with  a  bitter  principle  in  the  rind  of  the 
fruit,  and  an  acid  or  saccharine  juice  in  the  fruit.  Several  species  of  the  genus  Citrus 
are  officinal. 

CITRUS,  Linn.     Polyadelphia  Potyandria,  Linn. 

Flowers  frequently  with  a  quinary  proportion  of  parts.  Calyx  urceolate,  3  to  5  cleft. 
Petals  5  to  8,  or  only  4.  Stamens  20  to  60,  their  filaments  compressed  and  more  or  less 
united  at  the  base  into  several  bundles,  often  4  or  5  of  them  free.  Anthers  oblong.  Style 
round,  crowned  by  a  hemispherical  stigma.  Fruit  baccate,  7 — 12  celled.  Seeds  4  to  8 
in  each  cell,  with  numerous  separate  small  bags  of  pulp.  Seeds  without  albumen,  seed- 
coat  membranous,  marked  externally  with  the  raphe  and  internally  with  the  chalaza. 
Auricles  of  cotyledons  very  short.  Trees  or  shrubs  with  axillary  spines.  Leaves  com- 
pound, but  often  reduced  to  a  single  terminal  leaflet  which  is  jointed  with  the  petiole,  and 
often  winged,  v.  Fig.  47. 

« 

AURANTII  CORTEX,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Fructus  Cortex  (Tunica,  D.)  ex- 
terior, L.  Rind  of  the  Fruit  of  the  Bitter  Orange,  E.  AURANTII 
AQUA,  E.  Distilled  Water  of  the  Flowers.  Orange  Flower  Water, 
E.  AURANTII  OLEUM,  E.  Volatile  Oil  of  the  Flowers.  Neroli  Oil, 
E.  CITRUS  VULGARIS,  Risso.  L.  E.  Seville  or  Bitter  Orange. 

This,  which  is  called  Citrus  Bigaradia,  by  Duhamel,  and  also  by 
Risso,  in  his  work  on  Oranges,  is  supposed  to  have  been  introduced 
by  the  Arabs ;  because  all  the  old-established  groves  of  Spain,  as 
those  at  Seville,  planted  by  the  Moors,  are  of  the  Bitter  Orange 
(Macfadyen). 

The  tree  is  erect  in  habit,  smaller  than  that  of  the  Sweet  Orange,  but  the  flowers  more 
fragrant.  The  branches  are  spiny.  Leaves  elliptical,  acuminate,  slightly  toothed.  Pe- 
tioles more  or  less  winged.  Flowers  large  white.  Fruit  uneven,  more  or  less  round,  of 
a  dark  orange-colour  ;  rind  with  concave  vesicles  of  oil ;  pulp  acid  and  bitter. — Risso. 

AURANTII  CORTEX,  L.  E.  D.     Rind  of  the  Bitter  Orange. 

The  Rind  of  the  Seville  Orange  is  officinal,  because  it  is  more 
bitter  than  that  of  the  Sweet  Orange,  with  at  the  same  time  a  consi- 
derable degree  of  aroma  from  the  presence  of  volatile  oil.  But  as 
the  outer  part  alone  possesses  these  properties,  the  white  inner  part 
should  be  removed  when  it  is  used  officinally  for  the  following  pre- 
parations, either  in  its  fresh  state,  or  when  intended  to  be  dried.  In 
the  D.  P.,  however,  both  the  Sweet  and  Bitter  kinds  are  included 
under  the  head  of  Citrus  Aurantium.  In  the  L.  P.,  the  term  Auran- 


294  BITTER    ORANGE.  [Thalamiflorte. 

tium  is  applied  first  to  C.  Aurantium,  but  Aurantii  Cortex  is  then  re- 
ferred to  C.  vulgaris. 

CONFECTIO     AURANTII,  L.       CoNSERVA,  E.       [CoNFECTIO    AuRANTII     CoR- 

TICIS,  U.  S.]     Confection  of  Orange  Peel. 

Prep.  Rub  up  in  a  stone  mortar  with  a  wooden  pestle  fresh  rasped  Orange  Peel  ftj. 
(the  outer  rind  of  Bitter  Oranges  beat  into  a  pulp,  E.)  add  Sugar  ftiij.  (White  Sugar 
thrice  their  weight,  E.)  Pound  till  incorporated. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic.  An  agreeable  vehicle  for  prescribing 
tonic  or  purgative  powders. 

SYRUPUS  AURANTII,  L.  E.  D.     Syrup  of  Orange  Peel. 

Prep.  Macerate  fresh  Orange  Peel  (bitter,  E.)  gijss.  (3viij.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (by 
measure  fevj.  D.)  in  a  lightly-covered  vessel  for  12  hours.  Pour  off  the  liquor  and  filter, 
then  add  Sugar  (pure,  E.)  ftiij.  (xivss.  D.)  (dissolve  with  heat,  E.)  and  make  a  syrup. 

Action.  Uses.  An  agreeable  stomachic,  useful  as  an  addition  either 
to  disagreeable  or  to  tasteless  draughts. 

INFUSUM  AURANTII  (E.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  D.  Compound  Infusion  of 
Orange  Peel. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  |  of  an  hour  in  a  lightly-covered  vessel  dried  Orange  Peel  gss. 
(3ij.  I).)  fresh  Lemon  Peel  3ij.  (3j.  D.)  bruised  Cloves  3j.  (3ss.  D.)  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj. 
(ftss.  by  measure,  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

*  Action.  Uses.  Warm  Tonic.  Excellent  vehicle  for  either  acid, 
alkaline,  or  saline  medicines,  in  doses  of  f  3iss.  two  or  three  times  a 
day. 

TINCTURA  AURANTII,  L.  E.     Tincture  of  Orange  Peel. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  dried  (bitter,  E.)  Orange  Peel  Siijss.  in  Proof 
Spirit  Oij.  Strain.  (Express  strongly  and  filter.  Or  this  tincture  may  be  prepared  by 
percolation,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  adjunct  to  draughts  and  mixtures,  in  doses  of 
f3j.— f3iv. 

AURANTII  OLEUM,  L.  E.  Oleum  e  Floribus  destillatum.  Volatile  Oil 
of  the  Flowers,  E.  Oil  of  Orange  Flowers.  Oil  of  Neroli.  In 
the  list  of  Mat.  Med.,  L.  E.  P. 

A  Volatile  Oil  being  secreted  in  the  flowers  and  other  parts  of 
both  kinds  of  Oranges,  is  separated  by  distilling  them  with  water. 
This  is  well  known  in  France  by  the  name  of  Neroli.  It  has  a 
sweet  aromatic  odour  different  from  that  of  the  flower,  and  appears 
to  Soubeiran  to  be  a  modification  of  the  natural  essential  oil.  Neroli 
contains  a  solid  cry  stall  izable  oil,  which  has  been  called  Aurade  by 
Plisson,  who  discovered  it.  The  Neroli  obtained  from  the  Bitter 
Orange  is  finer  than  that  obtained  from  the  Sweet  Orange.  But  es- 
sential Oil,  known  as  Oil  of  Orange,  is  also  obtained  by  distillation 
from  the  leaves  of  the  Orange,  and  also  by  expression  of  the  grated 
rind. 


AurantiaeecB.}  SWEET    ORANGE.  295 

AQUA  FLORUM  AURANTII,  L.  AURANTII  AQUA,  E.  Orange  Flower 
Water. 

Prep.  Take  Orange  Flowers  ftx.  Proof  Spirit  f3vij.  Aq.  Cij.  Distil  a  gallon.  (In 
the  list  of  Mat.  Med.  of  the  E.  P.) 

Procured  by  the  same  process  as  that  by  which  the  Essential  Oil 
is  obtained,  particularly  in  Italy  and  France.  Besides  Essential  Oil, 
it  also  contains  some  Acetic'.  It  may  be  prepared  extemporaneously 
by  agitating  some  of  the  Volatile  Oil  with  distilled  water,  and  then 
filtering.  But  it  is  usually  imported. 

Mr.  Squire  (Br.-  An.  of  Med.  i.  p.  15)  discovered  that  Orange 
Flower  Water,  which  is  imported  from  France  in  vessels  of  lead  or 
Copper  soldered  with  lead,  contains  some  of  the  latter  metal.  This 
may  be  detected  on  the  addition  of  a  soluble  Iodide,  golden-coloured 
crystals  of  Iodide  of  Lead  being  deposited.  He  recommends  the 
purification  of  the  water  by  the  immersion  of  a  piece  of  Zinc  wire, 
and  then  testing  with  Iodide  of  Potassium.  The  E.  P.  gives  as 
its  characteristics — •"  Nearly  colourless ;  unaffected  by  Sulphuretted 
Hydrogen."  If  either  metal  is  present,  a  blackish-coloured  precipi- 
tate of  Lead  or  Copper  will  be  produced. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Essential  Oil  is  stimulant  and  antispasmodic. 
Orange-flower  water  is  considered  in  France  to  be  possessed  of  ano- 
dyne and  antispasmodic  properties,  and  is  in  constant  use  in  doses 
of  f 3j. — f 3ij.  in  nervous  and  hysterical  cases. 

AURANTIUM.  FRUCTUS,  L.  AURANTII  FLORES,  L.  AURANTII  OLEUM; 
Oleum  e  Floribus  destillatum,  L.  Volatile  Oil  of  the  Flowers, 
Neroli  Oil.  E.  AURANTII  AQUA  ;  Orange  Flower  Water,  E.  Fruc- 
tus  succus  et  tunica  exterior.  Flores.  Folia,  D.  CITRUS  AURAN- 
TIUM,  Risso.  The  Common  or  Sweet  Orange. 

Like  the  Lemon,  this  is  a  native  of  India,  being  found  in  the  forests 
on  the  borders  of  Silhet,  and  also  on  the  Nielgherries,  perhaps  also  in 
China.  The  Sanscrit  Nagrunga  and  the  Arabic  JVanuy  are  no 
doubt  the  European  names  of  Naranja  (Spanish),  Arancia  (Italian), 
whence  we  have  Aurantium  and  Orange.  The  Orange  is  not  men- 
tioned either  by  the  ancients  or  the  Arabian  medical  authors.  It  is 
supposed  to  have  been  introduced  into  Europe  after  the  middle  ages. 

The  Orange-tree  attains  a  height  of  16  or  20  feet,  and  bears  great  abundance  of  fruit. 
It  is  remarkable,  as  well  as  others  of  the  genus,  for  bearing  the  fruit  at  all  ages  at  the 
same  time  with  the  flowers.  Though  a  native  of  India,  it  does  not  ripen  its  fruit  there 
until  the  winter,  and  hence  has  been  able  to  travel  so  much  further  north  than  others  of 
its  compatriots.  Leaves  coriaceous,  ovate-oblong,  acute ;  margins  usually  finely  toothed ; 
petioles  margined,  sometimes  winged.  Petals  5,  white.  Stamens  about  20,  5  of  them 
often  distinct  and  appressed  against  the  stigma,  the  remainder  in  five  bundles  alternating 
with  them.  Fruit  globose,  rind  thin,  with  convex  oil  vesicles,  adhering  loosely  to  the 
pulp,  which  is  sweet. 

Oranges  are  cultivated  in  the  south  of  Europe  and  in  the  Azores, 
whence  they  are  largely  imported  into  this  country.  The  parts 
which  are  officinal  are  the  flowers,  L.  D.,  and  their  essence,  L.,  also 
called  Neroli  Oil  and  distilled  water,  E.,  Juice  of  the  Fruit  and 
Leaves,  D. 

Auranlii  <Folia.    Leaves  of  the  Oranp-e  are  officinal  in  the  D.  P. 


296  CITRUS    MEDIC  A.  [Thalamifloree. 

on  account  of  their  bitterness  and  the  aromatic  properties  of  the 
essential  oil  stored  up  in  the  vesicles  with  which  their  substance  is 
studded.  This  essential  oil  may  be  obtained  by  distillation,  as  also 
a  distilled  water.  Or  an  infusion  of  the  leaves  may  be  employed  as 
a  bitter  and  aromatic  excitant  and  diaphoretic. 

Aurantii  Fructus.  The  ripe  fruit  of  the  Orange  is  well  known  for 
its  extremely  agreeable  and  refreshing  juiciness,  whence  it  is  so  much 
esteemed  as  a  fruit  even  for  the  sick,  and  as  a  refrigerant.  When 
of  a  small  size,  the  fruit  which  falls  off  is  dried,  and  forms  the 
Aurantii  'baccce  or  Curacoa  Oranges,  so  called  from  being  employed 
in  flavouring  Curacoa.  The  smaller  ones  are  smoothed,  and  used 
for  making  issues.  The  rind  or  peel  of  the  fruit  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  Bitter  Orange,  as  are  also  the  flowers  and  their 
essential  oil,  also  the  oil  expressed  from  the  grated  rind,  likewise 
Orange  flower  water ;  all  being  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  those 
produced  from  the  Bitter  Orange. 

CITRUS  LIMETTA,  Risso.  var.  BERGAMIUM.  BERGAMII  OLEUM,  L.  Oil 
or  Essence  of  Bergamot.  Oleum  e  fructus  cortice  destillatum,  E. 
BERGAMOT^E  OLEUM,  E.  Volatile  Oil  of  the  rind  of  the  fruit,  E. 
Fr.  Limette  et  Bergamotte. 

This  is  the  species  which  yields  Oil  of  Bergamot.  It  appears  to 
belong  to  the  same  species  as  the  Citrus  acida  of  Roxburgh,  as  this 
comprehends  under  it  varieties  of  the  sour  Limes  as  well  as  the 
sweet  Limes  found  in  India.  Latterly  Risso  and  Poiteau  have  sepa- 
rated the  C.  Limetta  from  the  C.  Bergamia. 

The  leaves  of  the  latter  are  oblong,  more  or  less  elongated,  acute  or  obtuse,  under  side 
somewhat  pale.  Petiole  more  or  less  winged  and  margined.  Flowers  usually  small, 
white.  Fruit  pale  yellow,  pyriform  or  depressed :  rind  with  concave  vesicles  of  oil :  pulp 
more  or  less  acid. — Wight  and  Arnott,  Prod.  p.  96. 

Bergamot  is  the  Volatile  Oil  of  the  rind  of  the  fruit  of  the  above 
variety,  which  is  cultivated  in  the  south  of  Europe,  especially  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Nice.  Ray  baud  states  that  100  fruits  yield 
2J  ounces  of  the  oil  by  expression,  which  has  a  density  of  0-88,  is  of 
a  pale  yellow  colour,  and  very  fragrant.  It  differs  from  the  other 
volatile  oils  of  this  genus  in  containing  Oxygen.  It  is  believed  to 
contain  a  mixture  of  oils,  having  the  composition  of  Citrene  (p.  298) 
with  a  Hydrate  of  such  an  oil,  and  an  oxygenated  oil  formed  by  the 
action  of  the  atmosphere.  (Liebig.)  From  its  agreeable  fragrance, 
it  has  been  much  employed  by  perfumers,  and  has  lately  been  made 
officinal  in  the  L.  and  E.  P.  for  the  purpose  of  making  an  agreeable 
addition  to  mixtures  and  unguents.  It  may  be  substituted  for  the 
Oil  of  Lemons,  or  this  may  be  used  instead  of  that. 

CITRUS  MEDICA,  Risso.  The  Citron.  Fr.  Cedrat.  Fructus  succus, 
tunica  exterior  et  ejus  Oleum,  D.  Limones,  E.  The  Lemon  is 
probably  intended  by  both  Colleges. 

Citrus  Medico,  of  botanists  is  the  Citron,  distinguished  by  its  large 
ovoid  fruit,  with  extremely  thick  rind  and  proportionally  small  quan- 
tity of  acid  juice.  The  name  is  erroneously  adduced  if  intended  to 


Aurantiaceas.] 


CITRON    AND   LEMON. 


297 


indicate  the  Lemon.  Of  the  Citron  Dr.  Roxburgh  states,  that  there 
are  three  varieties  or  species  in  the  Calcutta  Botanic  Garden,  reared 
from  seeds  obtained  from  the  Garrow  Hills,  where  they  are  found 
indigenous  in  the  forests.  The  author  has  also  found  in  the  forests 
of  the  Deyra  Valley,  in  30°  N.  lat.,  apparently  wild  specimens  of  the 
Citron.  It  is  the  Atruj  of  the  Arabs,  who  quote  from  Dioscorides  the 
description  ofM7]5»xa(fi7]Xov  |*»)&xov  of  Theoph.),  Medica  Mala  or  Median 
Apples.  This  seems  to  have  been  the  only  species  of  Citrus  known 
to  the  ancients,  and  is  that  probably  mentioned  in  the  Bible  by  the 
name  of  Tappuach,  translated  Apple  in  the  English  version.  The 
rind  is  thick  and  spongy  internally,  tuberculated  externally,  and 
covered  with  numerous  dots  filled  with  essential  oil  (huile  de  cedrat). 
Its  pulp  is  less  acid  and  juicy  than  that  of  the  Lemon.  The  rind  of 
the  fruit  is  preserved,  and  its  essential  oil  separated ;  the  juice  may 
be  employed  for  the  same  purposes  as  that  of  the  Lemon. 

LIMONES,  L.  E.  D.  (Limon,  U.  S.)  Fructus,  L.  Fruit.  Lemons  (and 
Limes),  E.  v.  Citrus  Medica,  D.  LIMONUM  CORTEX.  Fructus  Cortex 
exterior,  L.  [Limonis  Cortex,  U.  S.]  Lemon  Peel.  LIMONUM  OLEUM. 
Oleum  e  Fructus  Cortice  exteriori  destillatum,  L.  Oil  of  Lemons. 
LIMONUM  Succus,  L.  Lemon  Juice.  CITRUS  LIMONUM,  Risso.  Lemon. 
Fr.  Citron  ou  Limon. 

Lemons  were  unknown  to  the  ancients  and  also  to  the  Arabs, 
though  noticed  in  Persian  works  on  Materia  Medica  by  the  names  Lee- 
moo  and  Neemboo,  and 

stated  to  be   natives  Fig.  47. 

of  India,  where  they  , 

are    indigenous,   and  {-"H//;-.  ^-^> 

known  by  nearly  the 
same  names.  The  au- 
thor has  found  the  tree 
apparently  wild  in  the 
forests  at  the  foot  of 
the  Himalayan  moun- 
tains. The  annexed 
figure  (47)  is  from  one 
of  these  plants.  Le- 
mons are  not  the  pro- 
duce of  the  Citrus  Me- 
dica, as  seems  to  be 
implied  in  the  D.  P% 
Limes  are  produced 
by  a  distinct  species, 
Citrus  acida. 

They  form  shrubs  of  from  10  to  15  feet  in  height,  much  branched,  with  stiff  awl. 
shaped  thorns.  Leaves  oval,  oblong-oval ;  margin  serrulate,  or  slightly  toothed ;  petioles 
with  a  narrow  leafy  border,  or  simply  margined.  Flowers  with  5,  sometimes  4  petals. 
Stamens  20  to  30,  in  4  or  5  bundles.  Fruit  of  a  light  yellow  colour  when  quite  ripe, 
ovoid  in  shape,  with  a  more  or  less  nipple-like  knob  at  the  apex.  Rind  thin  with  numer- 
ous vesicles  of  oil,  adhering  closely  to  the  pulp,  which  is  very  acid. 


298  LIME    JUICE.  [Thalamiflora. 

Though  Lemons  are  originally  natives  of  India,  they  are  now  im- 
ported into  this  country  from  the  south  of  Europe  and  the  Azores, 
each  being  separately  rolled  up  in  paper.  The  best  plan  "  consists  in 
packing  them  with  newly  slaked  lime  in  bottles  or  earthen-ware  jars, 
the  mouths  of  which  are  secured  with  corks  and  wax."  (c.) 

LIMONUM  CORTEX.  Lemon  Peel  is  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  but  be- 
comes of  a  brownish  hue  when  dried.  It  is  bitter  and  aromatic,  from 
containing  some  Bitter  Extractive  which  is  insoluble  in  Ether,  but  so- 
luble in  Alcohol ;  and  abundance  of  fragrant  Volatile  Oil  stored  up 
in  the  numerous  vesicles  with  which  the  rind  is  studded.  It  forms  an 
agreeable  addition  to  different  tinctures  and  infusions,  and  is  an  ingre- 
dient in  the  Inf.  Aurantii  Composition,  and  Inf.  Gentiance  Composi- 
tion, L. 

LIMONUM  OLEUM.  Oil  of  Lemons.  This,  like  the  Oil  of  Orange, 
may  be  obtained  either  by  distillation,  or  by  simple  expression  of  the 
finely-grated  rind.  The  latter  is  of  the  finest  quality,  of  a  light  colour, 
and  fine  lemon  odour,  warm  penetrating  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  0-848  to  0-85 
and  higher,  boils  at  from  330°  to  353°,  being  a  mixture  of  two  oils, 
which  may  be  separated  by  distillation  to  a  certain  extent.  One  of 
them,  Citrene,  has  the  Sp.  Gr.  0-847,  and  boils  at  330° ;  the  other, 
Citrelene,  has  the  Sp.  Gr.  0-88,  and  boils  at  345°  to  353°.  (Liebig, 
in  Turner's  Chem.)  Both  these  and  the  Oil  of  Lemons  have  the  com- 
position of  the  Oil  of  Turpentine,  and  are  probably  composed  of  C10, 
H8.  They  are,  therefore,  when  pure  true  Hydrocarbons.  Oil  of 
Lemon  absorbs  Oxygen  when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere.  Acted 
on  by  Hydrochloric  acid,  it  forms  two  compounds,  one  a  liquid,  the 
other  an  artificial  Camphor,  composed  of  C10  H8+H  Cl.  The  Oils  of 
Oranges  and  of  the  Citron  are  identical  in  composition  with  Oil  of 
Lemons. 

LIMONUM  Succus.  Lemon  Juice  is  obtained  by  subjecting  the  pulp, 
freed  of  its  rind  and  seeds,  to  pressure,  either  on  a  large  scale,  or  for 
ordinary  purposes.  It  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a  few  days  in  a  cool 
place,  and  then  decanted  and  filtered.  It,  however,  remains  a  little 
turbid,  is  sharply  acid,  with  an  agreeable  flavour  and  a  little  of  the 
odour  of  the  Lemon.  It  consists  of  Citric  acid  (about  1-77  per  cent.) 
dissolved  in  water  with  mucilage  and  extractive.  It  is  apt  to  undergo 
decomposition,  but  with  care  may  be  preserved  for  a  considerable 
time,  as  by  corking  up  in  full  bottles  the  above  juice,  or  pouring  a 
layer  of  almond  oil  above  it ;  some  subject  it  to^a  slight  ebullition,  or 
concentrate  by  freezing :  "  The  British  navy  is  supplied  with  it  from 
Sicily,  preserved  by  the  addition  of  r\j  of  strong  brandy ;  druggists 
in  this  country  preserve  it  by  adding  about  j\  of  spirit  of  wine,  and 
filter  off  the  mucilage  which  separates."  (c.)  A  substitute  may  be 
formed  for  it  by  dissolving  3xjss.  of  Cit'  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.,  and  flavour- 
ing with  the  smallest  quantity  of  Oil  of  Lemons.  (Phillips.) 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Antalkaline,  Antiscorbutic.  Diluted 
with  water,  it  forms  a  refreshing  drink  in  hot  climates,  or  in  febrile 
and  inflammatory  complaints,  made  more  agreeable  with  sugar,  in 


Aurantiace®.'}  CITRIC    ACID.  299 

the  well-known  form  of  Lemonade,  or  added  to  barley,  rice-water, 
&c.  It  is  much  employed  in  making  effervescing  draughts  ;  in  imi- 
tation of  which  Effervescing  Lemonade  is  prepared  by  the  soda- 
water  manufacturers.  The  Citrates  and  Tartrates  are  converted 
into  Carbonates  in  passing  through  the  system,  and  will  produce  an 
alkaline  reaction  on  the  urine.  Antiscorbutic :  hence  about  3j.  or 
3ij.  are  distributed  to  seamen  in  long  voyages  as  a  preventive,  but 
f3iv. — f3vj.  for  the  cure  of  Scurvy,  or  Citric  acid  is  substituted  for  it. 

Artificial  Lemon  Juice  may  be  made  by  dissolving  Citric'  or  Tar' 
3ijss.  Gum  3ss.  Fresh  Lemon-juice  3vj.  fine  Sugar  3ij.  Aq.  ferv.  Oij. 
Allow  it  to  cool,  and  strain. 

Lemonade.  Macerate  2  Lemons  sliced  and  Sugar  3ij.  in  Aq.  ferv. 
Oj.  till  cool,  and  strain. 

Aerated  or  Effervescing  Lemonade.  Mix  Water  Oj.  charged  with 
five  times  its  volume  of  Carb'  gas  with  Syrup  of  Lemons  f3ij. 

SYRUPITS  (LmoNis,  D.)  (U.  S.)  LIMONUM,  L.  E.     Syrup  of  Lemons. 

Prep.  Take  fresh  Lemon  Juice  Oj.  (8>ij.  by  measure,  D.)  having  allowed  the  impuri- 
ties to  subside  (subject  it  to  the  heat  of  boiling  Aq.  for  £  of  an  hour  and  pass  through  a 
sieve,  D.)  dissolve  in  it  with  aid  of  gentle  heat  Sugar  feijss.  (31viij.  D.)  (ftij.  U.  S.)  Set 
it  aside  for  24  hours  and  pour  off  the  clear  liquor. 

Action.  Uses.  An  agreeable  addition  to  diluent  drinks  or  to  draughts, 
in  doses  of  f3j.  to  f3iv. 

ACIDUM  CITRICUM,  L.  E.  D.     (U.  S.)     Citric  Acid.     Concrete  Acid 
of  Lemons.     F.  Acide  Citrique.     G.  Citronensaiire. 

Citric  Acid  is  that  which  gives  the  sour  taste  to  the  juice  of  the 
Lemon  and  Lime,  and  has  been  so  named  from  Citrus.  It  is  also 
contained  in  the  juice  of  some  other  fruits,  as  in  acid  Grapes,  in 
Tamarinds,  in  the  Gooseberry,  Red  Currant,  Cranberry,  Bird-Cherry, 
usually  mixed  with  some  Malic  acid,  sometimes  combined  with  Pot- 
ash or  with  Lime.  In  the  juice  of  Lemons  and  Limes  it  is  in  a  free 
state,  mixed  only  with  mucilage  and  similar  vegetable  impurities, 
which  prevent  its  crystallizing.  It  was  first  separated  from  these 
and  obtained  in  a  solid  form  by  Scheele,  in  1781.  To  separate  the 
Citric  acid  from  the  admixtures,  Lime  is  presented  to  it,  with  which 
it  combines,  and  is  precipitated  in  the  form  of  Citrate  of  Lime.  This 
is  separated  and  decomposed  with  diluted  Sulphuric  acid,  when  an 
insoluble  Sulphate  of  Lime  is  formed,  and  the  Citric  acid  becomes 
dissolved.  Lemon  Juice  is  sometimes  imported  instead  of  the  Lemons, 
and  the  acid  often  in,  the  form  of  Citrate  of  Lime. 

Prep.  E.  D.  Take  of  Lemon  Juice  Oiv.  and  gradually  add  to  it  made  hot,  Prepared 
Chalk,  Sivss.  (or  a  sufficiency,  E.  D.)  and  mix.  Set  by,  that  the  powder  may  subside ; 
(Carb'  escapes  and  insoluble  Citrate  of  Lime  subsides,  whilst  most  of  the  mucilage  re- 
mains in  solution ;)  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquor.  Wash  the  Citrate  of  Lime  fre- 
quently with  warm  water.  (To  get  rid  of  the  mucilage  and  other  impurities.)  Then 
pour  upon  it  Dil.  Sul'  fgxxvijss.  (8  times  the  weight  of  the  Chalk  employed,  D.)  with 
Aq.  dest.  Oij.  and  boil  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  (The  S'  decomposes  the  Citrate,  forms 
an  insoluble  Sulphate  of  Lime,  and  the  Citric  acid  becomes  dissolved.)  Press  the  liquor 
strongly  through  linen,  and  strain  it ;  evaporate  the  strained  liquor  with  a  gentle  heat, 
and  set  it  by,  that  crystals  may  be  formed.  (These  crystals  are  of  a  dull  brownish  co- 
lour, and  are  to  be  rendered  colourless  only  by  a  repetition  of  the  last  process,  and  there- 


300  CITRIC    ACID.  [Thalamifloras. 

fore)  Dissolve  the  crystals,  that  they  may  be  pure,  again  and  a  third  time  in  water,  and 
strain  the  solution  as  often  ;  boil  down  and  set  it  aside. 

The  E.  C.  in  their  corrected  edition  order  fgxxxvj.  of  their  diluted  Sulphuric  acid.  Dr. 
C.  says,  in  the  proportion  of  nine  parts  of  the  concentrated  acid  for  every  ten  parts  of 
Chalk  used.  They  also  direct  the  juice  to  be  boiled  in  the  first  instance,  then  set  to  rest, 
and  boiled  again  before  the  Chalk  is  added.  "  It  has  been  found  of  service  for  the  sub- 
sequent purification  of  the  acid  to  commence  by  clarifying  the  juice  with  Albumen."  To 
ascertain  that  there  is  neither  Sul'  nor  Citrate  of  Lime  in  excess,  "  Try  whether  a  small 
portion  of  the  liquid,  when  filtered,  gives,  with  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Baryta,  a  precipi. 
tate  almost  entirely  soluble  in  Nitric  acid  ;  and  if  the  precipitate  is  not  nearly  all  soluble, 
add  a  little  Citrate  of  Lime  to  the  whole  liquor  till  it  stands  this  test."  Excess  of  Citrate 
is  of  course  to  be  decomposed  by  an  addition  of  Sulph'.  The  liquor  and  washings  being 
concentrated  to  the  density  of  1130,  the  product  is  removed  into  shallow  (leaden)  vessels 
and  evaporated  until  a  pellicle  begins  to  form.  By  a  repetition  of  the  process,  the  solu- 
tion and  crystals  lose  their  colour.  Berzelius  recommends  the  addition  of  a  little  Nitric 
acid  in  the  last  step  of  the  boiling. 

Citric  acid  (C4  H3  O5  or  (C13  H5  O11  Liebig)=Ch')  is  colourless 
and  transparent,  without  odour,  of  a  strong  but  agreeable  acid  taste, 
crystallizes  in  transparent  short  rhomboidal  prisms  terminated  by  four 
planes,  apt  to  become  moist  in  damp  air,  soluble  in  three-fourths  of 
cold  and  half  its  weight  of  hot  water.  The  solution  spoils  when  it  has 
been  some  time  kept,  becoming  ropy  from  spontaneous  decomposition. 
Cit'  is  also  soluble  in  Alcohol.  When  heated  with  Sul',  it  is  resolved 
into  Carbonic  oxide,  Carb',  Ac',  and  water.  Nit'  converts  it  into 
Oxalic',  and  when  melted  with  caustic  Potash,  Ox',  Ac',  and  water 
are  produced.  It  is  fused  in  its  own  water  of  crystallization,  and  at 
a  higher  temperature  is  decomposed.  When  obtained  at  ordinary 
temperatures,  it  crystallizes  with  5  Eq.  of  water,  two  of  which  are 
water  of  crystallization ;  but  when  deposited  from  a  solution  cooled 
from  212°,  the  crystals  contain  only  4  Eq.  Aq.,  three  of  which  are 
basic,  and  1  Eq.  water  of  crystallization.  The  effects  of  heat  on 
Citric'  ha've  been  studied  by  several  chemists.  The  decompositions, 
according  to  Liebig  (Turn.  Chem.  1005),  have  been  cleared  up  by 
Crasso.  Crystallized  Citric'  when  exposed  to  heat,  exhibits  four 
stages  of  decomposition.  During  the  first,  the  water  of  crystalliza- 
tion alone  is  given  off,  and  the  residue  contains  unaltered  Cit'.  The 
second  stage  is  characterized  by  white  vapours,  and  the  production 
of  Acetone,  Carb.  oxide,  and  Carb',  while  the  residue  consists  of  Hy- 
drated  Aconitic  acid,  which  is  therefore  the  true  Pyrocitric'.  In  the 
third  stage,  the  Aconitic',  not  being  volatile,  is  itself  decomposed, 
yielding  Carb'  and  an  oily  liquid  (Citricic'  Baup),  which  Crasso  pro- 
poses to  call  Itaconic  acid.  In  the  fourth  period,  empyreumatic  oil 
is  produced,  and  a  voluminous  coal  remains  behind.  Citric  acid  forms 
numerous  salts:  those  of  the  alkalies  are  soluble,  and  often  pre-, 
scribed  in  the  form  of  effervescing  draughts.  The  Citrates  of  Iron, 
also  soluble,  have  already  been  mentioned  at  p.  154.  The  Citrates  of 
Baryta,  Strontian,  Lime,  Lead,  and  Silver  are  insoluble.  If  added  in 
excess  to  Lime-water,  no  precipitate  is  observed  until  it  is  heated. 
3j.  Cit'  will  saturate  3ij.  of  crystal.  Carb.  Soda. 

Tests.  Citric  acid  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  Tartaric  acid ;  but 
the  latter  is  easily  detected  by  any  of  the  soluble  salts  of  Potash. 

A  solution  in  four  parts  of  water  is  not  precipitated  by  Carbonate 
of  Potash,  E.  No  salt  of  Potash,  except  the  Tartrate,  is  precipitated 
by  solution  of  Citric'.  What  is  precipitated  from  the  solution  by 


Guttifera.] 


C  AMD  O  GI  A. 


301 


Acetate  of  Lead  is  dissolved  by  Nitric',  L.  It  is  totally  dissipated  in 
the  fire,  L.,  with  the  aid  of  the  red  Oxide  of  Mercury,  E. 

Inc.  Alkalies  and  earths,  Carbonates,  most  Acetates,  Tartrate  of 
Potash. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Antiscorbutic,  Anti-alkaline.  Substitute 
for  Lemon  Juice ;  employed  for  making  effervescing  draughts. 


9j.  of  the  following  Salts 
will  saturate 

Lemon  Juice, 
or  Sol.  Cit'. 

Citric  Acid. 

or  Citric  Acid  ^j- 
saturates 

Bicarb.  Potash 

f3iijss. 

gr.14 

29  grs. 

Carbonate  Potash 

f3iv. 

gr.  17 

24  grs. 

Sesqui-Carb.  of  Ammonia 

f3vj. 

gr.24 

17  grs. 

Carbonate  of  Soda   - 

... 

. 

41  grs. 

Sesqui-Carbonate  of  Soda 

f'**V-   " 

• 

24  grs. 

[The  Neutral  Mixture.  LIQUOR  POTASSA  CITRATIS,  U.  S.,  is  direct- 
ed to  be  prepared  by  taking  fresh  Lemon  Juice  Oss.,  Carbonate  of 
Potassa  a  sufficient  quantity.  Add  the  Carbonate  of  Potassa  gradually 
to  the  Lemon  Juice  till  it  is  perfectly  saturated,  then  filter.  Or  take 
Citric  Acid  3ss.  Oil  of  Lemons  rpdj.  Water  Oss.  Carbonate  of  Potassa 
a  sufficient  quantity.  Rub  the  Citric  Acid  with  the  Oil  of  Lemons, 
and  afterwards  with  the  water,  until  it  be  perfectly  dissolved,  then 
add  the  Carbonate  of  Potassa  gradually,  until  the  Acid  is  perfectly 
saturated. 

D.  a  tablespoonful.] 

»,...•  '•••-.-,        ,•••  %  •  -     ;.' 

GUT*IFER,£,  Jussieu.     (Clusiacese,  Lindl.) 

Trees,  rarely  shrubs,  sometimes  parasitic  climbers,  abounding  in  yellow  resinous  juice, 
branches  opposite,  often  four-sided.  Leaves  decussately  opposite,  coriaceous,  shining, 
without  stipules.  Flowers  perfect  or  polygamous,  usually  terminal,  sometimes  axillary, 
articulated  with  their  peduncles.  Calyx  2,  4  or  6-leafed,  persistent.  Petals  equal  in 
number  to  leaflets  of  the  calyx,  alternating  with  them  or  opposite,  occasionally  numerous. 
Stamens  usually  numerous,  free,  united  into  a  ring,  or  tube,  or  into  separate  bundles. 
Disk  fleshy,  angled  or  lobed.  Ovary  1  to  5  or  many -celled.  Ovules  solitary  or  twin, 
erect  or  ascending,  in  a  single-celled  ovary,  about  4  or  many,  attached  to  central  placentae. 
Stigma  peltate  or  radiate.  Fruit  capsular,  drupaceous,  or  baccate.  Embryo  without 
albumen,  straight. 

The  Guttiferro  are  allied  to  Ternstrcemiaceje  and  to  Hypericineae,  and  are  found  in  the 
tropical  parts  of  Asia  and  of  America.  Many  of  the  species  yield  a  yellow  resinous  juice 
like  Gamboge,  useful  both  as  a  pigment  and  as  a  medicine.  The  fruit  of  some  is  edible, 
the  seed  oily,  and  the  wood  hard  and  useful  as  timber. 


CAMBOGIA,  L.    (U.S.) 

(Cambogia,  D.)  Cambogioides 


Cambogia,  D.     Gummi-resina  (Stalagmitis 
sogioides,  L.)     Gamboge.     Cambogia  (zey- 
lanica)  Ceylon  Gamboge.     Gummy  resinous  exudation  of  Hebra- 
dendron  Cambogioides,  Gr. E.     C.  (Siamensis).     Siam  Gamboge: 
probably  from  a  species  of  Hebradendron  inhabiting  Siam,  E. 

Gamboge  is  stated  by  Murray  (App.  4,  p.  110)  to  have  been  first 
introduced  to  the  notice  of  Europeans  by  Clusius,  who  received  it 
from  China  in  1603.  It  is  known  in  India  by  the  name  of  ossareh 
rewund,  or  juice  of  Rhubarb.  This  substance  is  mentioned  in  Persian 
works  on  Materia  Medica ;  but  we  are  unable  to  ascertain  when 


302  CAMBOGIA.  [Thalamiflora. 

Gamboge  came  to  be  substituted  for  the  real  Extract  of  Rhubarb, 
which  Dr.  Falconer  informs  me  he  obtained  in  Tibet  by  the  same 
name.  Two  kinds  of  Gamboge,  the  Siam  and  the  Ceylon,  are  known 
in  commerce.  The  former  is  commonly  in  cylinders,  either  solid  or 
hollow.  Specimens  of  both  kinds  were  given  to  the  author  by  G. 
Swinton,  Esq.,  when  Chief  Secretary  of  the  Indian  Government, 
which  had  been  sent  to  him  officially  from  Bankok,  as  the  produce  of 
Siam.  This  form  is  no  doubt  given,  by  the  Gamboge  when  in  a  fluid 
state  being  run  into  hollow  bamboos,  as  described  by  Lt.  White.  I 
am  indebted  to  Dr.  Pereira  for  one  of  these  imported  a  few  years 
since.  Kcenig  learnt  from  a  Catholic  priest,  who  officiated  as  such  to 
the  Christians  of  Cochin-China,  that  the  juice  was  obtained  by  break- 
ing off  the  leaves  and  young  shoots,  and  receiving  the  yellow  juice  as 
it  issues  in  drops  in  suitable  vessels,  a  cocoa-nut  or  a  bamboo ;  also, 
that  it  formed  a  part  of  the  tribute  paid  to  the  king  of  Siam.  It  is 
therefore  most  probably  abundant,  perhaps  cultivated.  The  tree 
yielding  this  Gamboge  is  unknown  to  botanists.  It  may  be  the  Oxy- 
carpus  (now  Garcinia)  cochinchinensis  of  Loureiro,  who  describes  it 
as  being  both  wild  and  cultivated  in  Cochin-China ;  and  Humph,  (iii. 
p.  58)  describes  it  as  exuding  when  wounded  a  yellow  and  viscid 
juice,  which  quickly  dries  up.  Other  species  of  Garcinia  yield  a  yel- 
low resinous  juice.  Dr.  Malcolmson  favoured  the  author  with  speci- 
mens of  one  of  the  Guttiferae,  which  he  collected  near  Rangoon,  and 
of  which  the  rind  of  the  fruit  yielded  a  yellow  purgative  juice. 

STALAGMITES  CAMBOGIOIDES,  quoted  in  theL.P.,  &c.,  has  been  founded 
on  a  factitious  specimen,  which  is  still  in  the  British  Museum.  This 
Mr.  Brown  ascertained  to  be  formed  of  two  plants  joined  together  by 
sealing-wax,  one  being  Xanthochymus  ovalifolius,  Roxb.,  and  the  other 
Hebradendron  cambogioides  of  Graham. 

The  Ceylon  Gamboge  is  found  in  the  Bazaars  of  India,  but  is  sel- 
dom met  with  in  Europe.  Mr.  Charles  Groves,  now  of  Liverpool, 
informed  me  in  1832,  that  when  engaged  in  the  trade  of  Ceylon,  he 
had  sent  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  Gamboge  of  that  island  to 
London ;  but  it  was  found  to  be  unsaleable,  from  its  inferior  quality. 
Two  trees  yielding  a  Gamboge-like  substance  were  first  made  known 
by  Hermann  in  1670:  one,  Goraka,  Garcinia  Cambogia;  and  the 
other,  Kana  (or  eatable)  Goraka,  Garcinia  Morella  of  later  authors, 
Stalagmitis  of  Moon's  Cat.,  now  Hebradendron  Cambogioides.  The 
latter  (though  it  might  have  been  referred  to  Garcinia  with  an  amend- 
ed character)  was  named  and  described  by  my  friend,  Professor  Gra- 
ham* of  Edinburgh,  from  specimens  and  drawings  sent  him  by  Mrs. 
Col.  Walker,  who  had  seen  the  tree  in  different  parts  of  the  island  of 
Ceylon.  Col.  Walker  writes  to  Dr.  Wight,  that  it  is  found  in  great 
abundance  along  the  western  and  eastern  coast  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Battacola,  but  also  inland,  especially  in  low  sandy  ground,  about 
Kanderaane,  Negombo,  and  towards  Chilau ;  also  100  miles  inland,  at 
so  high  an  elevation  as  2000  feet  above  the  sea.  Mrs.  W.  says  the 

*  Since  the  above  was  written,  we  have  to  lament  the  death  of  Professor  Graham,  who 
was  as  much  loved  for  his  virtues  as  respected  for  his  character. 


Guttifera.]     HEBRADENDRON    CAMBOGIOIDES. 


303 


Gamboge  is  collected  by  incisions  into,  or  by  cutting  pieces  of  the 
bark  about  the  size  of  the  palm  of  the  hand,  early  in  the  morning. 
The  Gamboge  oozes  out  in  a  semi-liquid  state,  but  hardens  on  expo- 
sure to  the  air,  and  is  scraped  off  by  collectors  next  morning.  She 
describes  it  as  brilliant  and  excellent,  and  as  good  for  water-colour 
drawing  as  any  she  ever  used.  Dr.  Christison  has  shown  that  it  has 
all  but  an  identity  of  composition  with  that  of  Siam;  and  its  medi- 
cinal effects  were  considered  precisely  the  -same  by  Dr.  Pitcairn  in 
Ceylon,  and  by  Drs.  Graham  and  Christison  in  Edinburgh.  That 
procured  in  Indian  bazaars,  which  is  spongy  in  structure,  was  not 
found  to  be  so  good  a  pigment  by  the  E.  I.  Company's  painters, 
when  under  the  author's  charge ;  nor  did  he  find  it  so  effective  as  a 
purge,  in  the  hospitals  at  Saharunpore.  Dr.  Graham  ascribes  its  in- 
feriority, probably  with  truth,  to  the  want  of  care  in  preparing  the 
article  for  market. 

The  genus  HEBRADENDRON  Fig.  48. 

has  dioecious  flowers,  r?  Ca- 
lyx membranaceous  (1)  sepals 
4  persistent.  Petals  4.  Sta- 
mens (2)  monadelphous,  co- 
lumns 4-sided,  anthers  termi- 
nal, (3)  opening  by  the  cir- 
cumcision (4)  of  a  flat  and 
umbilicate  terminal  lid.  The 
inflorescence  of  the  female 
tree  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
male.  Its  flowers  white  and 
a  little  larger,  with  a  germen 
in  miniature  of  the  fruit,  and 
surrounded  like  it  with  seve- 
ral (ten  ?)  abortive  stamens  ; 
crowned  by  a  lobed  and  muri- 
cated  sessile  stigma.  The  ber- 
ry (5)  is  many  or  4-celled,  cells 
one-seeded.  Cotyledons  fleshy, 
united.  Radicle  central,  fili- 
form. Trees  with  entire  leaves. 

H.  cambogioides  (fig.  48)  forms  a  moderate-sized  tree,  with  the  leaves  obovate,  ellipti- 
cal, abruptly  subacuminate,  the  male  flowers  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  petioles,  on 
short  single-flowered  peduncles.  Sepals  yellow  on  the  inside,  yellowish-white  externally. 
Petals  yellowish-white,  red  on  the  inside  near  the  base.  Berry  about  the  size  of  a  cherry 
(5),  round,  firm,  with  a  reddish-brown  external  coat,  and  sweet  pulp.  Ripe  in  July. 

Besides  the  above  species,  there  is  probably  another  belonging  to 
the  same  genus,  or  to  the  same  group  of  a  larger  genus,  which  appears 
to  yield  a  very  good  kind  of  Gamboge,  and  one  which  may  prove  a 
good  substitute  for  either  the  Ceylon  or  Siam  kind, — and  that  is 
Garcinia  pictoria,  Roxb.  Fl.  Ind.  ii.  p.  627.  Dr.  Roxburgh  says,  "  I 
have  frequently  received  samples  of  the  Gamboge  the  produce  of  this 
tree,  from  my  good  correspondent,  Mr.  S.  Dyer,  the  Surgeon  at  Telli- 
cherry,  and  I  have  uniformly  found  it,  even  in  its  crude  unrefined  state, 
superior  in  colour,  while  recent,  to  every  other  kind  I  have  yet  tried ; 
but  not  so  permanent  as  that  from  China."  This,  Mr.  Dyer,  who  is 
now  in  London,  informs  me  he  cannot  understand ;  for  he  found  it 
excellent  as  a  pigment,  and  effective  as  a  purgative,  and,  as  far  as  he 
remembers,  equal  to  the  Gamboge  then  in  common  use.  As  Mr.  Dyer 


304 


HEBRADENDRON    PICTORIUM.      [Thalamijiora. 


has  favoured  me  with  a  full-sized  coloured  drawing  (*)  of  the  foliage 
and  fruit  of  this  species,  a  wood-cut  is  annexed,  as  it  evidently  belongs 
to  the  same  genus  as  the  above,  to  which  indeed  it  has  been  referred 
with  a  query  by  Dr.  Graham,  and  by  Dr.  Lindley  in  his  Flora  Me- 
dica,  p.  114,  where  he  has  reprinted  Dr.  Roxburgh's  description. 

H.  pictorium  (fig.  49)  is  a  tall  tree  with  a  pretty  thick  bark  having  considerable 
masses  of  gamboge  on  its  inside.  Leaves  with  short  petioles,  oblong  ventricosc,  rather 

acute,  from   3  to  4   inches 

Fig.  49.  'onl>  by  1  i  or  2  broad.  Flow- 

ers yellow,  axillary  solitary. 
Calyx  (2)  permanent  of  2 
pairs  of  concave  obtuse  se- 
pals. Petals  4.  Stamens  from 
10  to  15,  with  their  filaments 
united  into  four  bodies,  which 
are  again  united  at  the  base 
into  a  narrow  ring.  "  An- 
thers of  the  male  flower 
'  peltate,'  of  the  female  2- 
lobed  and  seemingly  fertile." 
Germ  superior,  round,  4. 
celled,  (3)  one  ovule  in  each 
attached  to  the  axis  a  little 
above  its  middle.  Stigma 
4-lobed,  permanent.  Berry 
(1, 2, 3,)  size  of  a  large  cher- 
ry,  oval,  smooth,  very  slight- 
ly marked  with  four  lobes, 
crowned  with  the  sessile,  4- 
lobed  verrucose,  permanent 

stigma.  Rind  leathery,  of  a  reddish  colour.  Seeds  4,  when  all  ripen  (4,  5,  6,)  oblong 
reniform.  The  filaments  in  the  male  flowers  are  described  as  being  numerous  and  the 
anthers  peltate.  A  native  of  the  Malabar  and  Wynaad  jungles. 

Dr.  Wight,  who  has  paid  considerable  attention  to  the  characters  of  the  genera  and 
species  of  the  Guttiferse,  has  in  his  Illustrations  of  Indian  Botany,  p.  126,  referred  both 
of  the  above  species  to  Garcinia,  section  Cambogia.  Of  the  last  species  he  says, 
"  Though  I  consider  this  a  distinct  species,  I  am  unable  from  an  examination  of  Rox- 
burgh's drawing  and  description  to  assign  better  characters.  The  difference  of  the  anthers 
of  the  female  flower  affords  the  best  mark,  which  in  the  former  are,  like  the  male, 
'  peltate,'  in  this  2-lobed  and  2-celled,  (the  ordinary  structure)  and  of  course  reduce  the 
value  of  that  character  as  a  generic  distinction." 

It  is  evident  that  the  foregoing  facts  respecting  the  Ceylon  and 
Indian  plants,  afford  no  information  regarding  the  plant  which  yields 
the  Gamboge  of  Siam.  Specimens  of  this  might  probably  be  obtained 
from  Bankok  by  some  of  our  countrymen  at  Sincapore.  It  is  pro- 
bably nearly  allied  to  the  above,  as  Dr.  Christison  has  ascertained 
that  the  Gamboge  of  Siam  is  as  nearly  as  possible  identical  in  com- 
position and  properties  with  that  of  Ceylon.  He  indeed  infers  that 
the  plant  may  possibly  have  been  introduced  from  Siam  with  the 
religion  of  the  Buddhists.  It  is  well  known,  however,  that  the  Budd- 

*  While  this  sheet  is  passing  through  the  press  I  have  received  a  letter  from  Dr.  Chris- 
tison, informing  me  that  he  had  at  length  got  the  Coorg  or  Wynaad  Gamboge,  from  Mrs. 
Gen.  Walker,  but  not  the  plant  yet,  though  it  has  been  seen  in  the  jungles  near  Cannanore. 
He  supposes  it  must  be  that  of  which  the  above  is  a  wood-cut,  and  which  Dr.  C.  saw 
when  in  London.  The  Gamboge  has  the  composition  of  that  of  Siam,  but  with  less  gum, 
is  "  a  capital  purgative,  and  makes  an  excellent  pigment,  not  fugacious  as  Roxburgh 
says."  This  is  fully  confirmed  by  a  specimen  of  paper  coloured  with  it  which  Dr.  C. 
has  had  the  goodness  to  send  me.  The  new  information  will  form  a  very  desirable  ad- 
dition to  Dr.  C.'s  admirable  paper  on  the  Gamboge. 


Guttifera.}  CAMBOGIA.  305 

hist  religion  travelled  in  an  opposite  direction,  that  is,  from  India 
and  Ceylon  to  Siam,  &c. 

Prop.  Siam  Gamboge  is  usually  seen  (1)  in  cylinders,  either  solid 
or  hollow  in  the  centre,  whence  it  is  commonly  called  pipe  Gamboge, 
varying  in  length,  and  in  thickness  from  h  to  2  inches,  striated  exter- 
nally, evidently  from  the  impressions  of  the  bamboo  mould  into 
which  it  was  run  when  soft.  Sometimes  these  cylinders  are  doubled 
upon  themselves,  at  others  stuck  together,  all  generally  of  fine  quality. 
(2.)  Lump  or  Cake  Gamboge,  in  round  cakes  or  masses,  several 
pounds  in  weight,  most  commonly  inferior  in  quality  to  the  former, 
and  often  mixed  with  impurities,  as  fecula  and  woody  fibre.  (3.)  Coarse 
Gamboge,  formed  of  the  fragments  and  inferior  pieces  of  the  other, 
which  are,  however,  often  mixed  with  impurities,  and  not  entirely 
soluble  in  ether  and  water. 

Ceylon  Gamboge,  though  unknown  in  European  commerce,  is 
sometimes  seen  in  irregular  masses,  often  cavernous,  or  with  many 
sinuous  hollows,  like  the  sponge,  probably  from  having  oozed  out 
irregularly ;  the  colour  a  uniform  yellow,  except  on  the  parts  exposed 
to  light,  where  it  is  darker ;  brittle  in-  texture.  There  seems  no  diffi- 
culty in  obtaining  it  in  a  pure  state,  and  if  so,  it  might  become  an 
article  of  commerce  from  Ceylon.  The  pure  pieces  were  found  by 
Dr.  C.  to  be  identical  in  composition  and  purgative  properties  with 
the  Gamboge  of  Siam.  The  specimen  in  King's  College  Museum 
was  given  to  the  author  by  the  late  Dr.  Malcolmson. 

Gamboge  is  without  odour,  and  has  very  little  taste ;  but  after  a 
short  time  a  little  acridity  and  uneasiness  are  experienced  in  the 
fauces,  and  the  fine  dust,  raised  in  pulverizing  it,  irritates  the  nostrils, 
so  as  to  produce  a  flow  of  mucus.  It  is  very  brittle.  "  Fracture 
somewhat  conchoidal,  smooth,  and  glistening:  a  decoction  of  its 
powder,  cooled,  is  not  rendered  green  by  Tincture  of  Iodine,  but 
merely  somewhat  tawny,"  E.  P.,  showing  the  absence  of  Starch. 
The  colour  becomes  of  a  bright  gamboge-yellow  whenever  it  is 
rubbed,  "  and  readily  forms  an  emulsion  or  paste  of  the  same  hue 
when  wetted  and  rubbed."  A  portion  is  dissolved  by  water,  and  the 
remainder  forms  a  perfect  emulsion,  which  is  not  easily  deprived  of 
its  colour  by  filtration.  Rectified  Spirit  dissolves  a  large  portion,  Ether 
about  four-fifths,  leaving  only  Gum,  which  has  been  called  Arabin, 
from  being  the  kind  of  which  Gum  Arabic  is  composed,  and  which 
has  the  composition  of  flour  of  Starch.  The  Resin  dissolved  by  the 
Ether  has  been  called  Gambodic  acid  by  Prof.  Johnston.  Its  quali- 
ties are  those  of  a  fatty  acid.  (Buchner.)  It  may  be  obtained  pure, 
and  of  a  fine  reddish-yellow  colour,  by  distilling  off  the  Ether.  It 
will  impart  its  colour  to  10,000  times  its  weight  of  Spirit  or  water. 
Like  other  Resins,  it  is  dissolved  by  Solution  of  Potash  (forming 
Gambodiate  or  Gambogiate  of  Potash,  of  a  deep-red  colour)  as  well 
as  by  the  other  caustic  alkalies,  from  which  it  may  again  be  sepa- 
rated by  the  addition  of  an  acid.  Comp.  C40  H83  O8  (Johnston).  It 
also  contains  a  little  of  a  peculiar  red-yellow  colouring  matter  solu- 
ble in  water  and  Alcohol. 

Exposed  to  heat,  it  burns  with  a  white  flame,  emitting  much  smoke, 

20 


306  CAMBOGIA.  [ThalamifloTce. 

and  leaving  a  spongy  charcoal.    In  100  parts  of  it,  Braconnot  found 
19-5  parts  of  Gum,  0-5  of  impurities,  and  80  of  a  red,  insipid,  trans- 
parent, resinous  substance,  becoming  yellow  by  pulverization. 
The  latest  analysis  is  that  by  Dr.  Christison : 

Pipe  Gamboge  of  Siam.  Cake  Gamboge  of  Siam.  Ceylon  Gamboge. 

Resin  72-2  Resin  64-8  Resin  75.5 

Arabin  23.0  Arabin  20-2  Arabin  183 

Moisture  4-8  Fecula  5-6  Cerasin  0-7 

Lignin             5-3  Moisture        4-8 

Moisture          4'1 

Tests.  The  characteristics,  E.  P.,  of  good  Gamboge  have  been  given 
above.  Iodine  will  detect  Starch.  Mechanical  impurities  can  be 
seen.  In  external  appearance  it  can  only  be  confounded  with  the 
yellow  resinous  juices  of  some  others  of  the  Guttifera? ;  of  these  that 
of  Garcinia  Cambogia,  as  described  by  Dr.  Christison,  is  soft,  of  a 
pale  lemon-yellow  colour,  and  incapable  of  forming  an  emulsive  paste 
with  the  wet  finger.  That  of  Xanthochymus  pictorius  has  a  pale 
yellowish-green  colour  and  some  translucency,  and  is  not  at  all  emul- 
sive ;  also,  as  observed  by  Dr.  Pereira,  it  may  be  confounded  with 
yellow  gum  or  rather  resin  of  the  Grass-tree,  Xanthorrhaa  hastile  of 
New  Holland.  The  presence  of  Gamboge  may  be  detected  by  the 
effects  produced  by  it  on  water,  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  caustic  Potash. 
The  Gambogiate  of  Potash  gives,  if  the  alkali  be  not  in  excess,  with 
acids  a  yellow  precipitate  (Gambogic  acid),  with  Acetate  of  Lead  a 
yellow  precipitate  (Gambogiate  of  Lead),  with  Sulphate  of  Copper,  a 
brown  (Gambogiate  of  Copper),  and  with  the  salts  of  Iron,  a  dark 
brown  precipitate  (Gambogiate  of  Iron),  (p.) 

Action.  Uses.  Drastic  Hydragogue,  Purgative,  Anthelmintic.  Use- 
ful in  obstinate  costiveness,  Amenorrhoea,  Dropsy.  Better  given  in 
combination  than  by  itself,  as  in  the  following  pill,  originally  intro- 
duced by  Dr.  G.  Fordyce,  and  to  which  Morison's  Pills  are  similar, 
with  the  objectionable  addition  of  Cream  of  Tartar.* 

D.  gr.  ij. — gr.  v.  in  combination  with  Calomel,  Scammony,  &c. 

PILULE  CAMBOGIA  COMPOSITE,  L.    PIL.  CAMBOGI^E,  E.    PIL.  GAMBOGIC 
COMP.  D. 

Prep.  Mix  powdered  Gamboge  3j.  (1  part  E.)  powdered  Aloes  (East  India  or  Barba- 
does,  E. ;  Hepatic,  D.)  3iss.  (1  part,  E.)  powdered  Ginger  3ss.  L.  D.  (Aromatic  powder 
1  part,  E.)  Add  Soap  (Castile,  E.)  3ij.  (2  parts,  E.)  and  beat  together  (with  Syrup  q.  s. 
E.  treacle,  D.)  into  a  uniform  mass. 

D.  gr.  v.— 9j. 

CANELLACE^E,  Martins. 
Usually  appended  to  Guttiferae  or  to  Meliaceae. 

*  In  the  trial  of  Morison  and  others  v.  Harmer  and  Bell,  the  late  Professor  Daniell  in 
analyzing  twelve  of  Morison's  pills,  No.  2,  found  of  Resin  of  Aloes  5j%  grs.  Resin  of  Gam- 
boge 4yft  grs.  pounded  Colocynth  2  grs.  Gum  4/3  grs.  and  Cream  of  Tartar  6y7^  grs. 
Mr.  Hume  of  Long-acre,  found  the  same  ingredients,  with  8  grs.  of  Gamboge,  in  50  grs. 
of  the  pills,  that  is  about  the  same  quantity  as  the  pills  varied  in  weight,  ten  of  them 
weighing  20  grs.  while  ten  others  from  the  same  box  weighed  27  grs. 


CanellacecB.] 


CANELLA    ALBA. 


307 


CANELLA  ALBA,  Murray.     Cortex,  L.  D.     Bark,  E.     (CANELLA,  U.  S.) 
White  Canella.     Dodecandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

The  name  Canella,  a  diminutive  of  Canna,  was  at  one  time  applied 
to  the  Cinnamon,  whence  its  French  name  Canelle.  When  the  pre- 
sent Canella  was  discovered  in  South  America,  it  was  supposed  to 
be  the  true  Cinnamon,  and  called  by  its  then  name.  The  earliest  full, 
though  not  the  first  account,  was  given  by  Monardes  (Clus.  Exot.  p. 
323),  who  states  that  in  1540  an  expedition  wras  sent  by  Pizarro  to 
examine  the  province  Cumaco,  where  this  Cinnamon  was  said  to  be 
found.  It  was  long  confounded  with  Winter's  Bark,  and  at  one  time 
called  Winterania  Canella  and  Spurious  Winter's  Bark,  though  both 
had  been  clearly  distinguished  by  Sir  Hans  Sloane  in  Phil.  Trans. 
1692.  v.  Fig.  50. 

Canella  alba,  is  a  tree  which  is  common  in  many  parts  of  the  West 
India  Islands  and  in  South  America,  frequently  on  the  sea  coasts, 
where  it  seldom  exceeds  twelve  or  fifteen  feet,  but  in  the  inland 
forests  it  attains  a  more  considerable  height.  It  is  propagated  chiefly 
by  wild  pigeons  feeding  on  its  berries.  The  tree  has  a  straight  stem 
and  branched  top,  and  a  good  deal  resembles  the  Pimento. 

The  bark  is  whitish,  so  Fig.  50. 

that  the  tree  is  at  once  dis- 
tinguished from  others  in  the 
woods.  The  leaves  are  peti- 
olate,  alternate,  but  not  regu- 
larly so,  obovate,  the  young- 
er ones  pellucido-punctate, 
the  older  smooth,  shining,  of 
a  thick  consistence,  without 
nerves,  very  entire  and  ex- 
stipulate.  The  flowers  are 
arranged  in  terminal  co- 
rymbs, small  and  of  a  violet 
colour,  but  seldom  open.  Se- 
pals 3,  imbricate,  roundish. 
Petals  5,  hypogynous,  ob- 
long, twisted  in  aestivation. 
Stamens  united  into  a  sub- 
cylindrical  tube.  (1)  An- 
thers 21,  linear,  fixed  longi- 
tudinally on  the  outside  of 

the  tube.  Ovary  free,  but  included  within  the  stamen-tube,  3-celled.  Style  cylindrical. 
Stigma  2-lobed  (2).  Berry  by  abortion  1  or  2-celled ;  cells  2 — 3-seeded ;  seeds  one  above 
the  other  (3),  kidney-shaped,  beaked,  black  and  shining.  Embryo  within  fleshy  albumen 
in  the  beak  of  the  seed,  curved  and  roundish ;  cotyledons  linear,  radical  above,  centripetal. 
— Sloane,  Jam.  ii.  t  191,  f.  2;  Swartz,  Lin.  Trans,  i.  vol.  viii.  p.  102;  fructif.  Gsertner,  i. 
373,  t.  77. 

Prop.  The  Bark  being  the  only  officinal  part,  is  removed  with  an 
iron  instrument,  and  then  being  deprived  of  its  epidermis,  is  dried  in 
the  shade.  It  is  in  flat  or  quilled  pieces,  according  to  the  part  of  the 
tree  from  which  it  has  been  removed,  the  thinner  pieces  drying  into 
the  quill  form  most  readily.  (Goebel  and  K.  I.  tab.  iii.  fig.  1 — 3.) 
The  pieces  are  of  a  light  buff-colour,  pale  internally ;  have  an  aroma- 
tic odour,  a  warm  pungent  taste,  and  are  brittle,  yielding  a  yellowish 
white  powder.  Boiling  water  takes  up  some  of  this  bark,  but  Alcohol 
only  dissolves  its  aromatic  properties,  becoming  of  a  bright  yellow 


308  AMP  ELIDED.  [Thalamiflorcs. 

colour.  Distilled  water  affords  a  reddish-yellow,  fragrant,  and  very 
acrid  Essential  oil,  which  is  often  mixed  with  and  sometimes  sold  for 
Oil  of  Cloves.  (Brmvne.)  Petroz  and  Robinet  also  obtained  Rosin, 
which  is  aromatic,  Bitter  Extractive,  a  peculiar  Saccharine  sub- 
stance, which  will  not  undergo  the  vinous  fermentation,  and  which 
has  been  called  Canellin,  Albumen,  Gum,  Starch,  Lignin,  and  Salts. 
It  may  be  distinguished  from  Winter's  Bark  by  not  being  precipitated 
by  Nitrate  of  Baryta,  nor  by  infusion  of  Galls,  nor  by  Sulphate  of 
Iron,  as  it  does  not  contain  Tannin. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant.  Adjunct  to  tonic  and  purga- 
tive compounds.  Used  as  a  spice  in  the  West  Indies. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss.  of  the  powder. 

Off.  Prep.  Tinct.  Gentianse  Comp.  E.  Vinum  Gentianae,  E.  (U.  S.) 
Vinum  Aloes,  L.  D.  Pulvis  Aloes  cum  Canella,D. 

The  HIPPOCASTANE^E  contain  JEsculus  Hippocastanum,  or  the  Horse- 
Chestnut,  which  being  bitter  and  astringent,  was  at  one  time  officinal, 
and  employed  as  a  tonic  and  febrifuge. 

The  MELIACE.E,  a  tropical  family,  distinguished  by  the  filaments  of 
the  stamens  being  united  into  a  tube,  contain  many  plants  possessed 
of  medicinal  virtues.  Soymida  febrifuga,  the  rohuna  of  India,  at  one 
time  officinal  in  the  E.  P.,  is  a  powerful  East  India  febrifuge ;  so  also 
species  ofKhaya,  of  Cedrela,  of  Melia,  of  Heynea,  and  of  other  genera, 
are  employed  for  the  same  purposes  in  the  countries  where  they  are 
indigenous. 

[AZEDERACH,  U.  S.  Sec.     Melia  Azederach.     The  Bark  of  the  root. 
Decandria  Monogynia. 

This  is  a  handsome  tree,  growing  in  the  southern  portions  of  the 
United  States.  It  is  called  Pride  of  China  and  Bead  Tree. 

Bot.  Ch.  Calyx  five-toothed,  petals  five.  Nectary  cylindrical  toothed,  bearing  the 
anthers  in  the  throat.  Leaves  large  and  doubly  pinnate,  leaflets  smooth  and  lance-shaped. 
Flowers  of  a  lilac  colour  and  fragrant.  Fruit  a  drupe,  yellow. 

The  bark  of  the  root  has  a  bitter  nauseous  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  and  Emetic.  Used  as  an  anthelmintic. 
The  form  of  decoction  is  preferred ;  3iv.  of  bark  are  boiled  with  Oij. 
of  water  to  Oj. 

D.  A  tablespoonful  (3ss.)  every  hour  or  two  till  it  affects  the  sto- 
mach, or  a  dose  every  night  and  morning,  followed  by  a  cathartic.] 

AMPELIDE^E,  Kunth.     (VINIFEKE:,  Juss.)     Vineworts. 

Shrubs  usually  twining  and  climbing,  with  water-like  sap,  stem  and  branches  round 
or  angled,  with  tumid  joints.  Lower  leaves  opposite,  the  upper  alternate,  stalked,  simple, 
palmate  or  compound,  usually  with  stipules.  Petioles  often  converted  into  branched 
cirrhi.  Flowers  small,  complete,  sometimes  by  abortion  unisexual,  greenish-coloured, 
mostly  in  umbels  or  racemose.  Calyx  small,  entire,  or  4  or  5-toothed,  lined  internally 
with  the  disk.  Petals  4  or  5,  valvate  in  aestivation.  Stamens  4  or  5,  opposite  the  petals, 
and  inserted  with  them  into  the  margin  of  the  disk.  Ovary  2,  3,  or  6-celled.  Ovules 
solitary,  or  two  side  by  side,  ascending  or  erect.  Berry  pulpy,  2  to  6-celled,  or  from  the 
partitions  not  forming,  one-celled.  Cells  one  to  two-seeded.  Embryo  small,  erect,  with 
hard  albumen. 

The  Ampelideae,  so  called  from  apifs'koe,  ampelos,  a  vine,  are  also 


Ampelidea.]  GRAPE    VINE.  309 

sometimes  called  Vites  and  Vitacese,  but  these  names  are  too  similar 
to  Vitex  and  to  Vitices.  The  family  is  allied  in  some  respects  to 
Araliacea?,  and  in  others  to  Meliaceas  through  Leea.  They  abound 
in  the  Tropics  chiefly  of  Asia ;  a  few  are  found  as  far  north  as  30°, 
and  still  higher  in  North  America.  The  species  abound  in  acid, 
with  astringent  or  coloured  juice,  which  is  more*  or  less  grateful. 
The  saccharine  secretion  of  the  Grape  makes  it  highly  esteemed  as  a 
fruit. 

VITIS  VINIFERA,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  Uva.  Baccse  exsiccatae  demptis 
acinis,  L.  (Uva  passa,  U.  S.)  Fructus  siccatus,  D.  Uvae  passse. 
Dried  Fruit,  E.  Grape  Vine.  Raisins.  Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

The  Vine  was  early  cultivated  in  Egypt,  Palestine,  and  Greece.  It 
is  probably  a  native  of  Persia.  It  is  found  wild  about  Tinkaboon  in 
Deilim,  about  N.  lat.  37°,  on  the  southern  shores  of  the  Caspian  (Royle, 
Him.  p.  146).  Humboldt  also  states  that  it  grows  wild  on  the  coasts 
of  the  Caspian  Sea,  in  Armenia,  and  in  Caramania. 

The  Vine,  like  other  cultivated  plants,  varies  much  in  its  growth  and  in  the  quality 
of  its  fruit.  It  sometimes  attains  a  great  size,  climbing  to  the  tops  of  the  highest  trees  in 
Italy  and  in  Cashmere,  and  lives  to  a  great  age,  some  vineyards  being  three  or  four  hun- 
dred years  old. 

The  Grape  Vine  is  distinguished  among  the  species  of  Vitis  by  having  its  leaves  lobed 
and  sinuato-dentate,  naked  or  tomentose.  The  calyx  is  obscurely  5-toothed.  The  corol 
composed  of  5  petals,  cohering  at  the  apex,  and  like  a  calyptra  splitting  at  the  base  and 
falling  off  together.  Stamens  5.  Style  wanting.  Berry  2-celled,  4-seeded,  cells  and 
seeds  often  abortive.  The  great  diversity  in  form  has  been  summed  up  by  De  Candolle 
in  the  following  words :  The  leaves  are  more  or  less  lobed,  smooth,  pubescent  or  downy, 
flat  or  curled,  pale  or  deep  green.  Branches  prostrate,  climbing  or  erect,  tender  or  firm. 
Bunches  loose  or  crowded,  ovate  or  cylindrical;  the  berries  red,  greenish  or  white, 
watery  or  fleshy,  globose,  ovate  or  oblong,  sweet,  musky  or  austere.  Seeds  often  varying 
in  number,  or  fruit  seedless. 

Of  the  Grape-vine  there  are  numerous  varieties  cultivated  in  diffe- 
rent countries,  as  well  as  in  the  hot-houses  of  England.  When 
unripe,  the  fruit  is  remarkable  for  the  harsh  acidity  of  its  juice,  which 
is  then  called  verjuice.  It  owes  this  property  to  a  little  free  Citric, 
Malic,  and  Tartaric  acids,  and  to  the  Bitartrate  of  Potash.  It  also 
contains  some  Tannin  and  Extractive,  as  well  as  some  Sulphates  of 
Potash  and  of  Lime,  also  Malate  and  Phosphate  of  Lime.  This 
juice  used  to  be  employed  in  medicine,  and  still  is  so  for  making 
syrups  and  sherbets.  Lieut.  Burnes  mentions  that  in  Caubul  they 
use  grape-powder,  obtained  by  drying  and  powdering  the  unripe 
fruit,  as  a  pleasant  acid. 

Grapes  as  they  ripen  lose  their  acid  taste,  becoming  sweet  and 
delicious  in  flavour.  They  are  wholesome  as  fruit,  both  to  the  sick 
and  to  those  in  health ;  allaying  thirst  in  febrile  affections,  and  being 
pleasant  nutritious  articles  of  diet.  But  they  are  a  little  acid,  from 
containing  Citric'  and  Malic',  and  some  Bitartrates  of  Potash  and  of 
Lime.  The  sweetness  is  owing  to  the  formation,  at  the  expense  of 
the  acids,  of  some  Grape-Sugar  or  Glucose,  which  differs  from  Cane- 
Sugar  in  being  granular  and  not  presenting  crystalline  faces,  in  being 
less  sweet,  and  less  soluble,  both  in  water  and  in  Alcohol ;  differing 
also  in  its  refractive  powers.  ,  Composed  of  C6  H7  O7,  or  C2*  H38  O28. 


310  ACIDUM    TARTARICUM.  (Thalamiftor<e. 

When  it  undergoes  fermentation  the  whole  is  converted  into  Alcohol 
and  Carbonic  Acid.  Grape-juice  also  contains  Gum,  Extractive, 
Colouring  matter,  and  a  Glutinoid  substance  of  the  nature  of  ferment 
or  yeast.  This  juice  when  expressed,  is  called  MUST  (Mustum). 

RAISINS.  Uvce^passce.  Grapes  in  their  dried  state  are  well  known 
as  Raisins,  and  are  prepared  by  being  dried  in  the  sun  or  in  ovens, 
or  by  steeping  them  in  a  weak  alkaline  ley  formed  from  the  ashes  of 
the  burnt  tendrils.  Some  are  prepared  by  partially  cutting  the  stalk 
of  the  bunches  before  the  grapes  are  quite  ripe,  and  allowing  them 
to  dry  upon  the  vine.  They  are  chiefly  prepared  in  Spain  and  in 
the  Levant,  hence  called  Valentias  and  Smyrnas ;  also  in  Afghanis- 
tan, whence  they  are  taken  to  India.  The  best  are  the  Muscatels, 
from  the  grape  of  that  name.  The  Sultanas,  like  the  Bedanas  of  the 
East,  are  without  stones.  The  Malaga  Raisins  are  large  and  fleshy, 
of  a  purplish-brown  colour.  Those  of  Calabria  are  similar.  The 
Smyrna  Raisins  are  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour,  slight  musky  odour, 
less  sweet  and  agreeable  than  the  former.  The  Corinthian  Raisins, 
or,  as  they  are  commonly  called,  Currants,  are  produced  by  a  small- 
sized  grape  which  is  abundant  in  the  Ionian  Islands. 

Raisins  differ  from  grapes  in  containing  less  water  and  acid,  and 
more  Sugar.  Besides  their  dietetical  uses,  they  are  demulcent,  and 
are  employed  for  improving  the  flavour  of  several  officinal  com- 
pounds as  below,  also  for  demulcent  beverages.  Though  nutritious, 
they  are  apt  to  be  indigestible. 

Off.  Prep.  Decoctum  v.  Mistura  Althaea?  (p.  288).  Dec.  Hordei 
Comp.  Dec.  Guaiaci  Comp.  Tine.  Cardamomi  Comp.  Tinct.  Quas- 
sias Comp.  Tinct.  Sennae  Comp. 

Besides  the  fruit  in  its  fresh  and  dried  state,  the  juice  pressed  out 
and  fermented,  yields  Wine,  Alcohol,  and  Vinegar.  These  may  be 
treated  of  as  the  products  of  Fermentation  at  the  end  of  the  Vege- 
table Materia  Medica.  The  Lees  of  the  Wine,  moreover,  yield 
Tartar,  that  is,  impure  Cream  of  Tartar. 

Tartar,  or  impure  Bitartrate  of  Potash,  enumerated  above  as  one 
of  the  constituents  of  the  juice  of  the  Grape,  has  already  been  treated 
of  at  p.  98,  where  it  is  mentioned  that  as  the  Saccharine  matter  dis- 
appears and  becomes  converted  into  Alcohol,  this  salt,  being,  insolu- 
ble in  the  Spirit  formed,  is  deposited  in  the  casks,  and  well  known 
by  the  name  of  argol  or  tartar.  This  is  chiefly  composed  of 
Bitartrate  of  Potash  with  a  little  Bitartrate  6T  Lime.  Besides  its 
own  particular  uses  (v.  p.  98),  it  is  important  as  the  salt  from  which 
Tartaric  acid  is  obtained. 

ACIDUM  TARTARICUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tartaric  Acid. 

Tartaric  acid,  so  named  from  Tartar,  besides  the  juice  of  the 
Grape  is  contained  also  in  Tamarinds  and  in  some  other  acidulous 
fruits.  Tartar,  which  in  its  purified  state  is  so  well  known  as  Cream 
of  Tartar,  consists  of  two  Equivalents  of  Tartaric  acid  in  combina-* 
tion  with  one  of  Potash,  thus  forming  a  Bitartrate  of  Potash.  One 
Equivalent  of  the  acid  is  easily  separated  \vith  the  assistance  of 


AmpelidecB.]  ACIDUMTARTARICUM.  311 

Chalk,  and  the  Tartrate  of  Lime  obtained  is  decomposed  with  Sul', 
as  in  the  case  of  Citric  acid.  The  separation  of  the  second  Equiva- 
lent requires  a  little  more  complicated  decomposition,  to  obtain  a 
second  portion  of  Tartrate  of  Lime. 

Prep.  Boil  Bitartrate  of  Potash  ftiv.  (in  powder  10  parts,  D.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Cong.  ij. 
(100  parts  heated,  D.)  Add  gradually  Prepared  Chalk  3xij.  and  3vij.  (4  parts,  D.) 
When  effervescence  has  ceased  add  Prepared  Chalk  gxij.  and  3vij.  previously  dissolved 
in  Hydrochloric'  fgxxvjss.  or  q.  s.  and  Aq.  dest.  Oiv.  (that  is,  a  solution  of  Chloride  of 
Calcium ;  the  directions  of  the  D.  P.  are  substantially  the  same.)  Filter  and  wash  the 
Tartrate  of  Lime  frequently  with  Aq.  dest.  till  it  is  tasteless.  Pour  on  it  dil.  Sulphuric 
Acid  Ovij.  and  fSxvij.  [(Ox.  and  f3vij.  E.)  (Sul'  7  parts  diluted  with  Aq.  20  parts,  D.)] 
boil  for  15  minutes,  (digest  with  a  moderate  heat  for  3  days,  frequently  agitating,  D.) 
Strain.  (Wash  the  acid  from  the  precipitate,  D.)  Evaporate  (including  the  first  acid 
liquor  and  the  washings,  D.)  with  a  gentle  heat  to  obtain  crystals.  Purify  by  repeating 
2  or  3  times  the  solution,  filtration,  and  crystallization.  (Preserve  in  glass  stoppered 
vessels,  D.) — The  second  Eq.  forming  the  excess  of  acid  in  the  Bitartrate  of  Potash 
becoming  saturated  with  the  lime  of  the  Chalk,  the  Carbonic  acid  escapes  in  effer- 
vescence :  insoluble  Tartrate  of  Lime  is  precipitated,  and  neutral  Tartrate  of  Potash 
remains  in  solution.  The  other  equivalent  is  procured  by  decomposing  this  Tartrate  of 
Potash  with  the  Chloride  of  Calcium  (the  old  Muriate  of  Lime)  in  excess.  By  double 
decomposition  Chloride  of  Potassium  is  formed,  and  remains  in  solution,  while  a  fresh 
portion  of  Tartrate  of  Lime  is  precipitated.  Both  portions  of  this  salt  being  mixed 
together,  are  decomposed  with  Sulphuric  acid,  which  precipitates  with  the  Lime  as  an 
insoluble  Sulphate,  while  the  Tartaric  acid  is  liberated.  It  usually  requires  crystalliza- 
tion 2  or  3  times  and  to  be  purified  with  animal  charcoal  before  the  crystals  can  be 
obtained  in  a  pure  state,  and  free  from  colour. 

Tartaric  acid,  discovered  in  1770  by  Scheele,  is  colourless,  without 
smell,  and  pleasantly  sour.  Its  crystals  are  large,  clear,  and  more  or 
less  modified  from  their  primary  form,  the  oblique  rhombic  prism. 
They  are  permanent  in  the  air,  soluble  in  five  or  six  times  their  weight 
of  water  at  60°,  and  in  twice  their  weight  at  212° ;  less  so  in  Alcohol. 
The  solution  decomposes  in  keeping,  a  light  and  thin  membranous- 
like  matter  being  formed.  The  effects  of  heat,  of  acids,  &c.,  are 
remarkable  in  producing  a  number  of  new  compounds.  When  heat- 
ed to  about  400°  it  melts,  loses  one-fourth  of  its  water,  becomes  deli- 
quescent, and  forms  what  has  been  called  Tartralic'.  A  further 
degree  of  heat  produces  Tartrelic'  and  anhydrous  Tartaric',  which 
is  insoluble  and  powdery.  When  subjected  to  destructive  distillation,. 
Carbonic  acid  and  water  are  given  off,  and  two  pyrogenous  acids  are 
produced.  One  of  these,  the  Pyrotartaric,  is  oily,  and  the  other  crys- 
talline. A  solution  of  Tar'  added  to  solutions  of  the  earthy  salts,  will 
form  white  precipitates,  as  of  Lime,  Strontia,  and  Baryta,  soluble  in 
excess  of  acid.  In  the  Acetate  of  Lead  and  Nitrate  of  Silver  it  also 
forms  white  Tartrates  of  these  metals.  It  is  most  easily  distinguished 
from  other  acids  by  a  soluble  salt  of  Potash,  with  which  on  addi- 
tion it  precipitates  a  Bitartrate  of  Potash,  either  as  a  powder  or 
in  crystals,  according  to  the  state  of  dilution.  It  is  remarkable  for 
forming  double  salts,  of  which  the  Tartrates  of  Potash  and  Soda,  of 
Potash  and  Antimony,  of  Potash  and  Iron  are  officinal.  Comp.  C4 
O  H3=Anhydrous  Tar'  +  l  Aq.=Crystallized  Tar';  or,C8H*O10+2 
Aq.  (Liebig.) 

Tests.  Tar'  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  Bitartrate  of  Potash  or 
with  Lime.  "  Totally  soluble  in  water.  The  solution  throws  down 
Bitartrate  of  Potash  from  any  neutral  salt  of  Potash.  Whatever  is 
precipitated  from  the  solution  by  Acetate  of  Lead  is  dissolved  in  dil. 


312  OXALIS    ACETOSELLA.  [Thalamiflora. 

Nit'."  L.  Any  Sulphate  remains  insoluble.  "  When  incinerated 
with  the  aid  of  red  Oxide  of  Mercury,  it  leaves  no  residuum,  or  a 
mere  trace  only,"  E.,  showing  the  absence  of  Lime  or  any  fixed 
impurity. 

Inc.  Alkalies,  Earths,  and  their  Carbonates;  salts  of  Potash,  of  Lime, 
and  of  Lead ;  Nitrate  of  Silver. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant.  Being  cheaper,  it  is  often  used  as  a 
substitute  for  Citric  acid,  especially  in  making  effervescing  draughts, 
its  saturating  power  being  nearly  the  same.  The  common  Soda 
Powders  are  made  with  Tar'  gr.  xxv.  and  Bicarb.  Soda  3ss.,  kept  in 
separate  powders,  dissolved  in  water,  and  mixed  at  the  time  of  being 
taken  in  the  state  of  effervescence.  So  also  the  gentle  aperient  Seid- 
litz  Powders  are  formed  with  Tartrate  of  Potash  and  Soda  3ij.,  Bicarb, 
of  Soda  9ij.  dissolved  in  water  and  taken  in  effervescence  with  Tar- 
taric  acid  3ss. 

OXALIDEJE,  Dec.     Oxalids. 

Herbs,  often  with  bulbous  or  tuberous  roots,  seldom  shrubs,  very  rarely  trees.  Leaves 
alternate,  crowded,  digitate,  rarely  pinnate,  often  sensitive.  Stipules  wanting.  Calyx  5- 
partite  or  with  5  sepals,  imbricate  in  testivation.  Petals  5,  clawed,  inserted  into  the 
receptacle,  alternating  with  sepals,  twisted  in  aestivation.  Stamens  10,  more  or  less 
monadelphous,  alternate  ones  sometimes  without  anthers.  Styles  5 ;  stigmas  capitate. 
Carpels  5,  united  together ;  or  fruit  capsular,  5-lobed,  membranous  with  5  cells,  each  cell 
with  one  or  many  ovules.  Seeds  inserted  into  central  angle  of  cells,  pendulous,  often 
enclosed  in  a  fleshy  integument  (arillus)  which  opens  elastically  at  the  apex.  Embryo  in 
the  axis  of  fleshy  albumen,  radicle  above. 

The  Oxalideae  are  nearly  allied  to  Gerariiaceae,  and  through  the  shrubby  and  arboreous 
genera  to  Zygophylle®  and  Connaraceae.  They  abound  in  tropical  America  and  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope.  A  few,  arid  those  most  widely  diffused,  are  found  in  temperate  and 
warm  parts  of  the  world.  Averrhoa  in  India  and  the  Indian  Islands.  The  herbaceous 
parts  of  many  of  the  species,  and  the  fruits  of  others,  are  acidulous  from  the  presence  of 
Binoxalate  of  Potash.  The  tubers  of  the  stemless  species  abound  in  fecula  and  are 
esculent. 

OXALIS  ACETOSELLA,  Linn.  L.    Wood-Sorrel.     Decand.  Pentagyn. 

This  elegant  little  plant  is  found  throughout  Europe  in  shady  situ- 
ations. It  is  distinctly  noticed  from  the  time  of  Charlemagne,  and  is 
supposed  to  have  been  known  to  the  Alexandrian  school.  Mr.  Bicheno 
considers  it  to  be  the  true  Shamrock. 

Wood-sorrel  is  stemless,  with  a  toothed  creeping  root-stalk,  leaves  ternate,  leaflets  ob- 
cordate,  pubescent,  drooping  at  night,  the  scape  single- flowered,  longer  with  purplish 
veins  and  a  yellow  spot  above  the  base.  Calyx  5-sepalled,  persistent,  imbricate  in  aesti- 
vation. Petals  5,  four  times  larger  than  the  calyx,  slightly  adhering  by  their  claws, 
oblong,  obovate,  slightly  emarginate,  spirally  twisted  in  Estivation.  Stamens  10,  slightly 
monadelphous  at  the  base,  the  5  exterior  shorter  (the  five  interior  ones  twice  as  long  as 
the  calyx).  Styles  5.  Capsule  oblong,  5-angled,  5-celled. 

The  Wood-Sorrel  obtained  its  ancient  name  of  Oxys  (Pliny)  from 
o|ug,  acid  taste.  It  is,  like  the  common  sorrel,  of  an  agreeably  acid 
taste,  but  harsh  to  the  teeth  when  chewed,  owing  to  the  presence  of 
Binoxalate  of  Potash,  which  is  secreted  by  this  and  several  other 
plants,  as  by  Rumex  acetosa,  the  species  of  Rheum,  and  especially  by 
Cicer  Jlrietinum. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Antiscorbutic ;  allays  thirst ;  occasion- 
ally used  in  salad,  and  its  infusion  as  a  substitute  for  Lemonade; 


OxalidecB.}  ACIDUM    OXALICUM.  313 

highly  extolled  by  Frank  in  Petechial  Fevers ;  is  injurious  in  cases 
of  the  Mulberry  or  Oxalate  of  Lime  Calculus. 

ACIDUM  OXALICUM.     Oxalic  Acid.     Acid  of  Sugar. 

Oxalic  acid  (C2  O3+3  Aq.=63  when  crystallized)  has  obtained 
its  name  from  the  foregoing  plant.  It  is  said  to  be  contained  in  a  free 
state  in  Cicer  Arietinum,  but  is  probably  in  the  state  of  Binoxalate. 
It  is  acid  and  powerful  enough  to  blanch  the  boots  in  walking  through 
a  field  of  the  plant.  Some  Lichens  contain  a  very  large  proportion  of 
Oxalate  of  Lime.  It  is  now  obtained  in  the  largest  quantities  from 
the  action  of  Nitric  acid  on  several  substances  of  the  nature  of  Sugar 
and  Starch,  including  these  substances  themselves.  Hence  it  has  been 
called  Acid  of  Sugar.  The  Nitric'  becoming  decomposed,  these  sub- 
stances lose  their  Hydrogen,  become  oxidized,  and  converted  into  an 
acid,  which  is  found  to  be  composed  of  2  Eq.  of  Carbon  united  with 
3  of  Oxygen.  This  is  soluble  in  about  its  own  weight  of  hot,  and  in 
about  8  times  its  weight  of  cold  water,  the  solution  being  intensely 
acid.  It  readily  crystallizes  in  quadrangular  crystals,  which  are 
colourless  and  transparent,  elongated,  six-sided,  and  flattened,  with 
two  or  four  terminal  planes,  being  derived  from  an  oblique  rhombic 
prism.  The  crystals  effloresce  in  a  dry  atmosphere,  and  melt  in 
their  water  of  crystallization,  are  volatilized  by  heat,  decomposed  at 
a  higher  temperature,  and  with  the  aid  of  Sul'  into  water,  Carb',  and 
Carbonic  oxide.  Their  acidity  is  powerful,  acrid,  and  corrosive: 
hence  it  is  a  virulent  poison.  Numerous  fatal  cases  have  occurred 
from  the  resemblance  of  its  crystals  to  those  of  Epsom  Salts.  But 
they  may  readily  be  distinguished  by  their  crackling  noise  when  dis- 
solving in  water ;  by  the  intensely  acid  taste  and  reaction  of  the  so- 
lution; by  its  effervescing  with  the  alkaline  Carbonates,  which  give  a 
white  precipitate  with  Epsom  Salts  or  Sulphate  of  Magnesia  (p.  129). 
This  is  moreover  distinguished  by  its  nauseously  bitter  taste.  The 
crystals  of  Ox'  also  resemble  those  of  Sulphate  of  Zinc  (p.  158). 
Oxalic'  is  distinguished  by  its  powerful  affinity  for  Lime,  separating 
it  even  from  Sulphuric'.  The  Oxalate  of  Lime  formed  is  insoluble 
in  an  excess  of  acid.  A  soluble  Oxalate  will  be  detected  by  the  solu- 
tion of  a  neutral  salt  of  Lime  or  of  Oxide  of  Lead.  The  acid  may 
be  separated  from  the  Lead  by  the  action  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen ; 
and  then  being  filtered  and  evaporated,  it  will  crystallize.  Insoluble 
Oxalates,  the  bases  of  which  form  insoluble  compounds  with  Sul', 
may  be  decomposed  by  the  action  of  this  acid,  when  the  Ox'  will  be 
separated. 

Action.  Uses.  A  virulent  Poison,  which  is  very  speedy  in  its  ac- 
tion. Acute  pain  is  immediately  experienced,  followed  by  vomiting. 
Great  depression  of  the  circulation  ensues,  nervous  symptoms,  such 
as  great  debility,  numbness,  &c.,  sometimes  followed  by  convulsions. 
"  But  death  follows  so  speedily  after  the  injection  of  large  doses,  few 
of  those  who  have  died  survived  above  an  hour,  that  the  symptoms 
have  not  been  fully  made  out."  (c.)  Irritation  and  corrosion  of  the 
stomach  are  observed. 


314  GUAIACUM    OFFICINAL  E.  [Thalamiflora. 

Antidotes.  Chalk,  Whiting,  or  Magnesia,  mixed  up  with  water, 
should  be  administered  as  quickly  as  possible  in  large  quantities. 
Evacuate  the  stomach.  Large  quantities  of  water  may  be  also 
useful. 

Binoxalate  of  Potash  (K  O,  Ca  O  +  2  Aq.=138),  the  salt  which 
is  contained  in  Wood-Sorrel  and  other  plants,  is  often  called  Salt  of 
Sorrel  or  of  Wood-Sorrel,  and  very  absurdly  Essential  Salt  of  Lemons. 
It  may  be  obtained  from  the  juice  of  the  plant  by  evaporating  and 
then  redissolving,  and  subsequently  crystallizing ;  or  by  neutralizing 
a  portion  of  Oxalic  acid  with  Garb,  of  Potash,  and  then  adding  an 
equal  quantity  of  Ox',  when  the  salt  is  obtained  in  colourless  rhombic 
prisms,  having  a  sour  taste,  and  requiring  40  parts  of  water  for  their 
solution.  This  salt  may  be  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  plant 
itself;  but  in  large  doses  will  act  as  a  poison. 

Quadroxalate  of  Potash  (K  O,  4  C2  O3  +  7  Aq.=255)  is  usually 
sold  in  the  shops  for  the  above  salt,  being  much  used  for  removing 
iron-moulds  and  ink-stains.  It  may  be  made  by  a  process  similar  to 
that  just  mentioned,  but  adding  3  more  parts  of  Oxalic'  to  the  Oxa- 
late. 

AMMONITE  OXALAS,  E.  Oxalate  of  Ammonia.  Dissolve  Carb.  Am- 
monia 3viij.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oiv.,  and  add  Oxalic'  3iv.  Boil  and  evapo- 
rate, that  crystals  may  form.  Used  only  as  a  test. 

ZYGOPHYLLE^E,  R.  Brown.     Beancapers. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees.  Branches  often  articulated  at  the  joint.  Leaves  opposite, 
usually  compound,  impari,  or  abruptly  pinnate,  leaflets  without  dots.  Stipules  double, 
sometimes  thorny.  Flowers  complete,  on  single-flowered  peduncles,  often  solitary,  axil- 
lary  or  interpetiolar,  without  bracts.  Calyx  4— 5-partite,  lucinito  imbricate  in  aestivation. 
Petals  equal  in  number  to  divisions  of  calyx.  Stamens  double  in  number,  filaments  equal 
at  the  base,  or  inserted  into  the  back  of  a  scale.  Ovary  seated  on  a  convex  or  depressed 
disk,  more  or  less  deeply  furrowed,  4  to  5  rarely  10-celled.  Cells  2  or  many,  rarely  single- 
seeded.  Ovules  pendulous  or  erect.  Styles  of  the  number  of  the  cells,  united  into  one. 
Stigma  simple  or  4  or  5  lobed.  Fruit  capsular,  rarely  fleshy,  angled  or  winged,  some- 
times tuberculate  or  thorny,  4 — 5  or  rarely  10-celled,  capsules  opening  at  the  cells,  or 
separating  at  the  partitions  into  bivalved  cocci,  or  indehiscent.  Embryo  with  the  radicle 
superior,  enclosed  in  a  horny  albumen,  or  rarely  without  albumen. 

The  Zygophylleae  were  formerly  united  with  DiosmesB  and  Rutacero  under  the  general 
name  of  Rutaceae.  In  some  respects  they  approach  Oxalideee  :  in  the  scales  of  the  sta- 
mens they  resemble  Simarubeoe.  They  abound  in  warm  extratropical  parts  of  the  world. 
Some  of  the  species  of  Guaiacum  have  their  bark  and  wood  abounding  in  resin,  possessed 
of  stimulant  properties.  Others  of  the  species  have  a  disagreeable  odour. 

GUAIACUM  OFFICINALE,  Linn.  Lignum,  L.  D.  Wood,  E.  Resina, 
L.  D.  Resin  obtained  by  heat  from  the  wood,  E.  Officinal  Guai- 
acum tree.  Decandria  Monog.  Linn.  (Guaiaci  Lignum,  U.  S. 
Guaiaci  Resina,  U.  S.) 

Guaiacum  was  made  known  in  Europe  by  the  Spaniards,  about 
the  year  1508  (Monardes,  c.  xx.),  having  been  previously  employed 
in  medicine  by  the  natives  of  the  West  Indies  and  of  South  America, 
where  the  species  are  indigenous,  and  called  Guayacan. 

The  officinal  Guaiacura  (fig.  51)  is  a  large  evergreen  tree,  from  40  to  60  feet  in  height, 


Zygophyllece.] 


GUAIACI    LIGNUM. 


315 


with  deep  penetrating1  roots  and  of  a  dark  gloomy  aspect.  The  wood  is  hard,  heavy,  of 
a  greenish  colour  and  remarkable  for  the  direction  of  its  fibres,  being  cross-grained ;  the 
strata  running  obliquely 

into  one  another  in  the  Fig.  51. 

form  of  an  X,  (Browne, 
1789,)  or  obliquely  at  an 
angle  of  30°  with  the 
axis.  The  leaves  are  op- 
posite,  abruptly  pinnate, 
with  2,  sometimes  3  or 
4  pair  of  leaflets,  these 
are  smooth,  obovate,  or 
oval  obtuse,  "delicately 
veined.  The  flowers  are 
borne  on  long,  single- 
flowered  peduncles,  8  or 
10  generally  rising  to- 
gether from  the  axils  of 
the  upper  pairs  of  leaves. 
The  calyx  is  5-partite, 
segments  obtuse,  a  little 
velvety.  Petals  5,  ob- 
long, spreading,  of  a  light 
blue  colour.  Stamens  10  (fig.  1,)  with  their  filaments  a  little  broader  towards  the  base. 
Style  and  stigma  simple.  The  fruit  is  a  fleshy  capsule  of  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  slightly 
pedicelled,  almost  truncate  at  the  apex,  5-angled,  5-celled,  (fig.  3,)  or  from  abortion  2 — 3 
celled.  Seeds  solitary  in  each  cell,  pendulous  from  the  axis,  (fig.  2,)  radicle  superior,  co- 
tyjedons  somewhat  fleshy.  Albumen  cartilaginous.  A  native  of  the  West  India  Islands, 
particularly  Cuba,  St.  Domingo,  and  the  south  side  of  Jamaica,  flowering  in  April  and 
ripening  its  seed  in  June. — Sloane,  Hist.  t.  222,  f.  3.  Bot.  Reg.  New  Ser.  xii.  t.  91. 

G.  sanctum,  Linn.,  a  native  of  Porto  Rico,  and  G.  arboreum,  Hum- 
boldt  and  Bonpland,  Guayacan  of  the  natives  of  Cumana  and  Cartha- 
gena,  are  also  said  to  yield  some  of  the  Guaiacum-wood,  or  Lignum 
Vitae  of  commerce,  which  is  also  obtained  from  the  Isthmus  of 
Darien. 

GUAIACI  LIGNUM,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  Guaiacum  Wood,  E.,  known  in 
commerce  by  the  name  of  Lignum  Vitse,  is  imported  in  great  logs, 
generally  without,  but  sometimes  covered  with,  a  smooth  gray  bark, 
from  Jamaica,  Cuba,  St.  Domingo,  &c.  It  is  remarkable  for  its 
weight  (Sp.  Gr.  1-33),  hardness,  and  toughness,  and  is  therefore  much 
used  in  machinery,  also  for  rollers,  pestles  and  mortars,  &c.  It  is 
distinguished  by  its  cross-fibre  (v.  supra),  and  is  surrounded  with  the 
alburnum  or  sap-wood,  which  is  smooth,  hard,  and  yellow,  like  box ; 
while  the  heart-wood  is  of  a  dull  brownish-green  colour,  from  contain- 
ing a  large  proportion  of  Guaiac.  It  is  usually  met  with  in  shops 
in  the  form  of  shavings  and  turnings,  which  are,  however,  apt  to  be 
intermixed  with  those  of  other  woods,  as  of  box.  The  sawdust  of 
Guaiacum,  as  stated  by  Richard,  becomes  green  by  exposure  to  the 
air.  They  become  bluish-green  by  the  action  of  Nitric'  or  its  fumes. 
But  the  cross-fibre  should  also  be  looked  for. 

The  Bark,  which  is  of  a  dark  greenish  colour  with  grayish  spots, 
has  sometimes  been  used  officinally.  It  is  acrid  in  taste,  and  has 
been  thought  by  some  to  be  af  efficacious  as  the  wood. 

The  wood  is  without  smell,  except  when  rubbed  or  heated ;  it  has 
a  slightly  bitter  and  pungent  taste,  chiefly  affecting  the  throat.  It 
burns  readily,  even  when  the  corner  of  a  block  is  presented  to  a 


316  GUAIACI    RESIN  A.  [Thalamijlorai. 

flame.  It  yields  its  virtues  partially  to  water,  a  decoction  becoming 
yellow  in  colour  and  acrid  in  taste.  Geiger,  from  Ibj.  of  the  wood, 
obtained  3ij.  of  the  extract.  Hagen  obtained  3  per  cent,  of  Gnaiacum 
from  the  wood.  It  contains  both  an  acrid  principle  and  Guaiacum. 
"  The  former  abounds  most  in  the  alburnum,  the  latter  in  the  central 
wood  :  the  more  acrid  alburnum  ought  perhaps  to  be  preferred."  (c.) 
Browne  states  that  all  parts  of  the  plant  are  possessed  of  active 
properties,  the  fresh  bark  being  aperient  and  a  purifier  of  the  blood, 
the  pulp  of  the  berries  emetic  and  cathartic,  the  leaves  detergent,  and 
employed  in  cleaning  house-floors,  and  in  washing  linen. 

GUAIACI  RESINA.  Resin  of  Guaiacum  or  Guaiac  (Gum  Guaiacum) 
is  the  concrete  juice,  and  is  usually  thought  to  be  the  only  active 
part,  even  of  the  wood.  According  to  Browne,  it  transudes  frequently 
of  its  own  accord,  and  may  thus  be  seen  concreted  on  the  bark  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year,  but  in  greater  abundance  when  the  bai'k  has  been 
cut  or  wounded ;  also  by  heating  in  the  fire  billets  of  the  wood  which 
have  been  bored  longitudinally,  and  receiving  in  a  calabash  the 
melted  Guaiac  at  the  other  end.  Likewise  by  boiling  the  chips  in 
salt  and  water,  and  skimming  off*  the  Guaiac. 

Guaiac  may  be  seen  in  grains,  sometimes  agglutinated,  but  usually 
in  homogeneous  lumps.  Sp.  Gr.  1-2 — 1-23 ;  but  sometimes  mixed  with 
pieces  of  the  wood  and  bark;  of  a  brownish-green  colour,  sometimes 
with  a  tinge  of  red ;  fracture  brilliantly  shining,  glass-like,  and  resi- 
nous ;  brittle,  powder  at  first  of  a  grayish  colour,  but  becoming  green 
like  guaiac  wood  and  resin  generally,  when  exposed  to  light.  It 
softens  in  the  mouth :  the  taste,  at  first  scarcely  perceptible,  is  slightly 
bitter,  but  becoming  acrid,  produces  burning  in  the  fauces.  The 
odour  is  slight,  increased  on  pounding  or  on  heating  it,  when  it  melts 
and  evolves  a  balsamic  odour.  Water  has  but  moderate  action  on 
it,  dissolving  about  9  per  cent.,  chiefly  Extractive,  (v.  Extract,  infra.) 
The  fixed  and  volatile  oils  scarcely  act  upon  it.  Alcohol  dissolves  91 
per  cent,  of  the  peculiar  substance  called  Guaiac,  becoming  of  a  deep 
brown  colour.  The  Guaiac  is  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  water, 
S',  and  H  Cl'.  Ether  also  dissolves  the  resin,  and  separates  Guaiacic 
acid  from  the  Extract.  Solutions  of  Potash  and  Soda  dissolve  it 
freely,  as  does  Ammoniated  Alcohol.  Sul'  becomes  of  a  rich  claret- 
colour;  Chlorine  produces  remarkable  changes  of  colour  in  the  Tinc- 
ture, from  green  to  blue^and  from  that  to  brown,  so  Nitric' ;  finally 
con-verting  Guaiac  into  Oxalic  acid.  The  changes  of  colour  seem, 
as  above,  to  be  dependent  on  the  absorption  of  Oxygen. 

The  Tincture  imparts  a  blue  colour  to  Gluten,  and  to  substances 
containing  it ;  also  to  mucilage  of  Gum  Arabic  made  with  cold  water, 
and  to  transverse  sections  of  various  roots :  hence  the  E.  C.  employ 
slices  of  the  Potato  as  a  test  of  its  purity. 

Guaiac  consists  evidently  of  an  extractive-like  matter,  which  is 
taken  up  by  water,  and  the  Resin,  which,  having  peculiar  characters, 
has  been  called  Guaiacin  (Guaiacic  acid,  p.)  ;  Unverdorben  considers 
this  to  be  composed  of  2  Resins,  one  soluble  in  Ammonia,  and  the 
other,  which  forms  the  largest  portion  of  Guaiac,  merely  mixes  with 


Zygophyllea.]         GUAIACUM    PREPARATIONS.  317 

ifi  M.  Thierry  has  by  means  of  Ether  separated  from  the  extract  of 
Guaiacum  what  he  calls  Balsamic  Resin,  and  from  it  obtained  an 
acid  which  he  calls  Guaiacic  acid,  and  which  resembles  Benzoic  and 
Cinnamic  acids,  but  differs  from  them  in  being  perfectly  soluble  in 
water.  Besides  the  Balsamic  Resin,  the  extract  he  states  contains 
another  resin,  which  is  soluble  in  Ammonia.  Dr.  Ure,  in  an  ultimate 
analysis  of  Guaiacum,  found  it  composed  of  Carbon  67-88,  Hydrogen 
7-05,  Oxygen  25-07=100.  Prof.  Johnston  considers  its  composition 
to  be  C^H33  O10  and  its  Eq.  343. 

Tests.  "  Fresh  fracture  red,  slowly  passing  to  green:  the  tincture 
sjowly  strikes  a  lively  blue  colour  on  the  inner  surface  of  a  thin  paring 
of  a  raw  potato."  E.  P. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  Stimulant  and  Alterative,  Diaphoretic.  In 
large  doses,  irritant  of  the  intestinal  canal.  Useful  in  chronic  Rheu- 
matism, Secondary  Syphilis,  and  in  chronic  Skin  Diseases. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss.  in  powder  or  bolus,  or  in  the  following  mixture : 

MISTURA  GUAIACI,  L.  E.     Guaiacum  Mixture. 

Prep.  Triturate  Resin  of  Guaiacum  3iij.  with  Sugar  gss.  then  with  Mucilage  of  Gum 
Arabic  f  3ss.,  lastly  add  gradually  Cinnamon  Water  f  3xix.  (xixss.  E.)  constantly  rub- 
bing up. 

An  emulsion  is  formed  with  the  aid  of  the  Sugar  and  Gum,  in 
which  all  the  constituents  of  the  Guaiac  are  suspended.  It  may  be 
given  in  doses  of  f3ss.  to  f3ij.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

DECOCTUM  GUAIACI,  E.     DECOCT.  GUAIACI  COMPOSITUM,  D. 

Prep.  Boil  Guaiac  (Wood,  D.)  turnings  giij.  and  Raisins  3ij.  E.  gently  in  Aq.  Oviij. 
(by  measure  fi,x.  D.)  till  reduced  to  Ov.  (half,  D.)  towards  the  end  adding  Sassafras 
rasped  3j.  (3X-  D.)  and  Liquorice  Root  bruised  3j.  (3ijss-  D. ;  gij.  E.)  Strain  the 
liquor. 

As  water  takes  up  only  a  small  portion  of  Guaiacum,  this  would  be 
a  very  inert  preparation,  were  it  not  that  the  acrid  extractive  is  one 
of  the  parts  dissolved ;  and  this  therefore  may  prove  a  useful  form  in 
some  cases.  It  is  like  the  old  Decoction  of  the  Woods,  and  to  which 
the  Dec.  Sarzce  Comp.  L.  also  is  very  similar.  Prescribed  in  doses  of 
f  3ij. — f  3iv.  it  is  useful  in  producing  a  diaphoretic  effect  in  cases  of 
chronic  Rheumatism,  &c.,  the  patient  being  kept  warm  to  favour  the 
determination  to  the  skin. 

An  Extract  of  Guaiacum  is  ordered  in  the  French  Codex,  in  which 
the  wood  is  thrice  boiled  in  Aq.  DesL;  this  allowed  to  stand  for  12 
hours  to  deposit,  is  decanted  and  evaporated  to  a  soft  consistence,  the 
deposit  being  then  mixed,  and  about  a  ^  part  of  Alcohol  added  to- 
wards the  end  of  the  process.  The  extract  thus  prepared,  M.  Thierry 
states,  is  very  odorous,  and  yields  more  acid  than  when  otherwise 
made,  and  he  infers  that  it  owes  its  properties  to  a  peculiar  balsamic 
resin  and  to  this  acid. 

AQUA  CALCIS  COMPOSITA,  D.     Compound  Lime  Water. 

Prep.  Macerate  Guaiac-turnings  fcss.  Liquorice-root  cut  and  bruised  3j.  Sassafras- 
bark  bruised  3ss.  Coriander  Seeds  Jiij.  and  Lime  Water  Ovj.  without  heat  for  two  days, 
in  a  closed  vessel,  shaking  occasionally,  then  strain. 


318  RUT  A.  [Thalamiflor<e. 

This,  though  called  a  Lime  preparation,  probably  owes  any  efficacy 
it  may  possess  to  its  similarity  to  the  Decoction  of  Guaiacum.  It 
is  probable  that  some  of  the  Lime  combines  with  the  acid,  and  some 
becomes  deposited,  as  water  when  boiling  dissolves  less  of  it  than 
when  cold. 

TINCTURA  GUAIACI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Guaiacum. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Digest,  E.)  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  Resin  of  Guaiacum  bruised  3vij. 
(iv.  D.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  fcij.  D.)  Then  filter. 

[Guaiacum  in  powder  ftss.  Alcohol  Oij.;  macerate  for  14  days  and  filter  through  pa- 
per, U.S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Rectified  Spirit  being  a  good  solvent  of  Guaiacum, 
this  is  a  good  form  for  exhibition  in  chronic  Rheumatism,  &c.,  in 
doses  of  f3j.  to  f3iv.  with  milk  or  mucilage. 

TINCTURA  GUAIACI  (AMMONIATA,  E.  D.)  (U.  S.)  COMPOSITA,  L.  Com- 
pound or  Ammoniated  Tincture  of  Guaiacum. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Digest  in  a  well-closed  vessel,  E.)  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  Resin  of 
Guaiacum  bruised  3vij.  (iv.  D.,  U.  S.)  in  Aromatic  Spirit  of  Ammonia  (Spirit  of  Ammo- 
ma,  E.)  Oij.  (ftjss.  D.)  (Ojss.  U.  S.)  Then  filter. 

Action.  Uses.  Ammoniated  Alcohol  being  an  excellent  solvent  for 
Guaiacum,  this  Tincture  has  been  much  employed  in  chronic  Rheu- 
matism, &c.,  and  is  considered  more  efficacious  than  the  other ;  but 
requires,  like  it,  to  be  given  in  some  viscid  fluid. 

Officinal  Preparations  containing  Guaiacum.  Pil.  Hydrargyri 
Chloridi  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  (p.  199.)  Aqua  Calcis  Comp.  (v.  supra.) 
Decoctum  Sarzae  Comp.  L.  Pulvis  Aloes  Compositus. 

RUTE.&,  Adr.  Juss.     Rueworts. 

Shrubs  or  herbs.  Leaves  alternate,  often  lobed,  dotted  with  glands,  without  stipules. 
Calyx  free.  Petals  free,  twice  as  many  as  the  divisions  of  the  calyx,  sometimes  united 
together.  Stamens  twice  or  three  times  as  many  as  the  petals,  (on  the  outside  of  a  cup- 
like  disk  surrounding  the  ovary,  Lindl.)  filaments  broader  at  the  base.  Ovary  3 — 5  lobed. 
Cells  with  2,  4,  or  many  pendulous  ovules.  Style  single,  often  divided  near  the  base.  Cap. 
sule  separating  either  at  the  partitions  or  in  the  middle  of  the  cells  into  2-valved  carpels. 
Embryo  straight  or  curved  in  the  axis  of  albumen.  Radicle  superior. 

The  Ruteae  are  closely  allied  to  Zygophylleae  and  are  inhabitants  chiefly  of  the  tempe. 
rate  parts  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  They  secrete  a  volatile  oil  with  bitter  matter. 

RUTA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Folia,  L.  D.  Leaves  and  unripe  Fruit,  E. 
RUTA  GRAVEOLENS,  Linn.  Common  or  Garden  Rue.  Decand. 
Monog.,  Linn. 

The  common  Rue  and  Ruta  angustifolia,  natives  of  the  South  of 
Europe,  were  much  employed  and  highly  esteemed  by  the  ancients, 
as  they  still  are  by  Asiatic  nations. 

The  Rue  is  a  small  branching  under-shrub  about  2 — 3  feet  high.  Stems  straight, 
slightly  striated,  of  a  dull  greenish-colour.  Leaves  of  a  glaucous  green,  supra-decom- 
pound, leaflets  thickish,  dotted,  oval  oblong,  tapering  towards  their  bases,  the  terminal 
one  obovate.  Flowers  in  a  terminal  corymb.  Calyx  small,  4-fid,  rarely  5-fid.  Petals  4 
in  the  upper  flowers  5,  yellow,  oval,  unguiculate,  entire  or  denticulated,  with  their  apices 
curved  inwards.  Stamens  8  or  10.  Ovary  marked  with  2  crucial  furrows.  Capsule 
globular,  warty  in  4  or  5  obtuse  lobes,  each  separable  into  two  valves.  Seeds  dotted. 

Every  part  of  the  Rue  is  distinguished  by  its  strong  and  repulsive 


Diosmeae.] 


D  I  0  S  M  E  JE. 


319 


odour  and  its  acrid  and  bitter  disagreeable  taste.  The  leaves  have 
the  strongest  odour  when  the  seed-vessels  are  well  developed,  but 
still  green.  A  great  portion  of  their  peculiar  characters  is  necessa- 
rily lost  in  drying.  "  The  E.  C-,  however,  correctly  adds  the  unripe 
fruit  also,  because  the  seed-vessel  is  covered  with  large  oil-vesicles, 
which  impart  great  activity  to  this  organ."  (c.) 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient,  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic,  Emmena- 
gogue,  Anthelmintic. 

OLEUM  RUT.E,  E.  D.     Oil  of  Rue. 

Distilled  with  water  from  the  herb  and  half-ripe  ovaries  of  common 
Rue.  It  is  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  acrid  in  nature,  and  with  a  very 
disagreeable  smell. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  &c.  Used  as  an  Antispasmodic  and 
Emmenagogue. 

D.  TTiij. — triv.  rubbed  up  with  Sugar  and  water. 

CONFECTIO  (CONSERVA,  D.)  Rux.£,  L.    Confection  of  Rue. 

Prep.  Rub  together  into  a  very  fine  powder  dried  Rue  (leaves  of  Ruta  graveolens,  D.) 
Caraway  (seeds,  D.)  Bay  Berries  aa  3iss.  Sagapenum  gss.  Black  Pepper  (the  fruit,  D.) 
3ij.  (When  the  confection  is  to  be  used,  L.)  add  Honey  (despumated,  D.)  gxvj.  and  mix 
well. 

The  dried  herb  is  less  efficacious  than  wKen  fresh,  but  being  com- 
bined with  substances  having  similar  properties,  this  confection  is 
sometimes  useful  in  flatulent  colic  in  doses  of  9j. — 3j. 

The  Syrup  of  Rue,  though  not  officinal,  is  kept  by  most  druggists. 
It  is  made  by  dissolving  Oil  of  Rue  ftlxij.  in  Rectified  Spirit  3iv.  and 
then  mixing  with  Simple  Syrup  Oj. 

D.  Often  given  by  nurses,  in  doses  of  $  to  2  teaspoonfuls,  in  the 
flatulent  colic  of  children. 

EXTRACTUM  RUT.E,  D.     Extract  of  Rue. 

Prepared  as  the  simpler  extracts ;  but  the  volatile  oil  being  dissi- 
pated during  the  decoction,  this  extract  is  simply  bitter,  and  not  pre- 
ferable to  others. 


DIOSME.E,  Adr.  Jussieu. 
Diosmads. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely 
herbs.  Leaves  without  sti- 
pules, opposite  or  alternate, 
simple  or  compound,  often 
dotted  with  glands.  The  ca- 
lyx is  free.  Petals  equal  in 
number  to  segments  of  calyx, 
sometimes  combined.  Sta- 
mens equal  to,  or  twice  as 
many  as  the  petals,  the  alter- 
nate ones  opposite  to  them, 
then  shorter  or  without  an- 
thers.  Ovariea  several,  free 
or  more  or  less  united,  2- 
ovuled.  Ovules  affixed  to 


Fig.  52. 


320  B  A  R  O  S  M  A.  [Thalamiflorce. 

the  axial  angle,  collateral,  or  obliquely  placed  one  over  the  other,  very  rarely  with  4 
ovules.  Fruit  separable  into  several  carpels,  which,  by  abortion,  are  often  single-seeded ; 
endocarp  cartilaginous,  free,  two-lobed  and  elastic.  Seeds  inverse.  Embryo  included  in 
albumen,  or  without  albumen. 

The  DiosmetB  are  closely  allied  to  Zanthoxylese,  and  also  to  Rutero,  with  which  they 
are  indeed  usually  united,  and  are  to  be  distinguished  from  them  chiefly  by  the  endocarp 
in  the  ripe  capsule.  They  are  found  in  South  Africa  and  in  New  Holland,  some  in  tro- 
pical America,  and  a  few  in  equinoctial  Asia,  with  only  Dictamnus  in  the  North  of  Asia 
and  the  South  of  Europe.  They  secrete  volatile  oil  and  Resin,  as  well  as  a  bitter  prin- 
ciple. 

BUCKU,  E.  Diosma,  L.  (U.  S.)  Buchu  Folia,  D.  Diosma  crenata, 
Dec.  L.  D.  Leaves  of  various  species  of  Barosma,  E.  Pentand. 
Monog.,  Linn. 

The  leaves  of  one  or  more  plants,  called  Bucku,  Buchu,  or  Bookoo, 
having  been  found  by  Mr.  Burchell,  the  African  traveller,  to  be  em- 
ployed by  the  Hottentots  as  a  vulnerary  and  in  the  treatment  of  dis- 
eases of  the  urinary  organs,  became  known  in  this  country  about  the 
year  1823.  Bucku  was  first  introduced  into  the  D.  P.,  and  then  into 
the  L.  P.  as  the  leaves  of  Diosma  crenata.  Sir  W.  Hooker,  how- 
ever, showed  in  the  Bot.  Mag.  t.  3413,  that  the  leaves  of  D.  crenu- 
lata  are  those  most  common,  and  that  those  of  D.  serratifolia  are 
also  found  in  commerce.  All  these  species  have  since  been  restored 
to  the  genus  BAROSMA,  to  which  they  originally  belonged.  "  Several 
species  are  collected  by  the  Hottentots,  according  to  Thunberg,  espe- 
cially B.  betulina  and  pulchella,  and  even  Adenandra  unijlora,  to 
which  some  Agaihosmas  and  many  others  may  no  doubt  be  added." 
(Lindley,  Fl.  Med.)  These  are  all  included  in  the  genus  Diosma  by 
De  Candolle.  (Prod.  i.  p.  713.) 

BAROSMA. 

Calyx  5-fid  or  5-partite.  (1.)  Petals  5,  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  disk  which  lines 
the  bottom  of  the  calyx  and  has  a  short,  scarcely-prominent  rim.  Stamens  10,  inserted 
with  the  petals  and  equal  to  them  in  length,  5  fertile,  alternating  with  the  petals,  filaments 
filiform,  subulate,  with  the  anthers  commonly  terminated  by  a  small  gland,  often  becoming 
recurved,  5  opposite  to  and  shorter  than  the  petals,  sterile,  petaloid,  indistinctly  glandular 
at  the  apex.  Ovaries  5,  united  into  one,  5-lobed  and  auriculate  at  the  apex,  commonly 
with  glandular  tubercle.  Style  longer  than  the  stamens.  Stigma  minutely  5  lobed.  (2.) 
Fruit  (3)  composed  of  5  compressed  cocci,  outwardly  auriculate  and  covered  with  glandu- 
lar dots.  Seed  (4)  oblong. — Shrubs  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Leaves  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, leathery,  flat,  dotted  (6),  especially  near  the  margin,  varying  in  shape.  Flowers 
axillary,  on  single  or  3-flowered  peduncles,  or  fasciculate  in  single-flowered  peduncles. 

B.  crenata.  Fig.  52.  (Diosma  crenata,  Dec.  L.  L.)  Leaves  ovate  and  obovate,  acute, 
serrated,  dotted,  glandular  at  the  margin.  Flowers  pink,  solitary  and  terminal,  on  some- 
what leafy  pedicels. — Loddiges  Bot.  Cab.  t.  404. 

B.  serratifolia.  (D.  serratifolia,  Dec.  and  Bot.  Cab.  t  378.)  Leaves  linear-lanceolate, 
serrulate,  smooth,  dotted,  glandular  at  the  edges,  three-nerved.  Flowers  white,  on  soli- 
tary lateral  pedicels,  bearing  two  leaflets  above  the  middle. 

B.  crenulata,  Willd.  Hooker,  B.  M.  t.  3413.  (D.  crenulata,  Linn.  D.  odorata,  Dec.) 
Leaves  decussate,  ovate,  oblong,  on  very  short  petioles,  very  obtuse,  minutely  crenated, 
quite  smooth  and  of  a  darkish-green  above,  beneath  paler,  with  a  few  obscure  oblique 
nerves,  dotted  with  oil-vesicles,  with  at  every  crenature  a  conspicuous  pellucid  gland  and 
a  pellucid  margin  round  the  whole  leaf.  Peduncles  axillary  and  terminal  chiefly  from 
the  axils  of  the  superior  leaves,  single-flowered,  often  bearing  a  pair  of  small  opposite 
leaves  or  bracts  above  the  middle.  Beneath  the  calyx  are  2  or  3  pairs  of  small  imbri- 
catcd  bracts. 

Bucku  leaves  are  smooth,  leathery,  and  shining,  serrate  or  crenate 


Diosmeee.]  C  U  S  PA  R  I  A.  321 

at  their  margins,  studded  with  dots,  i.  e.  vesicles  filled  with  essential 
oil,  of  a  light  yellowish-green  colour,  of  a  strong,  considered  by  some 
a  disagreeable,  odour ;  the  taste  warm  and  aromatic.  They  neces- 
sarily vary  in  form  according  to  the  species  of  plant  from  which 
they  have  been  obtained.  Those  which  are  ovate  or  obovate  by 
B.  crenata,  the  linear-lanceolate  ones  by  B.  serrulata,  and  those 
which  are  ovate,  oblong,  and  obtuse,  by  B.  crenulata.  All  may  be 
found  intermixed  among  the  Buchu  leaves  of  commerce.  They  con- 
tain Volatile  Oil,  which  is  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour  and  a  pene- 
trating odour,  Bitter  Extractive  (Diosmin),  Resin,  Gum,  Lignin,  &c. 
Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Tonic  in  chronic  affections  of  the 
Urinary  organs  attended  with  increased  secretion  of  Mucus,  in  doses 
of  the  powder  9j.  or  3ss. 

INFUSUM  DIOSM^E,  L.     INF.  BUCKU,  E.  D.     Infusion  of  Bucku. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Infuse,  E. ;  Digest,  D.)  for  4  (2  E.)  hours  in  a  tightly-covered  vessel 
Diosma  or  Bucku,  gj.  (the  leaves  of  Diosma  crenata,  gss.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (by 
measure  fcss.  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  and  Diuretic  in  doses  of  f3iss.  two  or  three 
times  a  day. 

TINCTUEA  BUCKU,  E.     Tinct.  BUCHU,  D.     Tincture  of  Bucku. 

Prep.  Digest  (Macerate,  D.)  for  7  days  Bucku  3v.  (leaves  of  Diosma  crenata  3ij.  D.) 
in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftj.  D.)  Pour  off  the  clear  liquor,  E.  Filter.  This 
tincture  may  also  be  made  by  percolation,  E. 

Proof  Spirit  is  a  good  solvent  for  the  active  principles  of  Bucku. 
D.  f3j.— f3iv. 

CUSPARIA,  L.  E.  Cortex,  L.  Bark,  E.  Angustura.  (U.  S.)  Cortex, 
D.  GALIPEA  OFFICINALIS,  Hancock,  E.  G.  CUSPARIA,  St.  Hilaire,  L. 
(Bonplandia  trifoliata,  Willd.  D.)  Cusparia  Bark. 

Cusparia  or  Angustura  Bark  was  introduced  into  England  about 
the  year  1788.  It  was  subsequently  ascertained  that  it  was  imported 
from  Angustura  on  the  Oronoco.  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  in  their 
travels  in  South  America,  having  ascertained  that  the  bark  was  called 
Cuspare  by  the  natives,  called  the  tree  which  they  supposed  yielded 
it,  Cusparia  febrifuga;  but  having  sent  home  specimens  to  Willdenow, 
he  named  it  Bonplandia,  in  compliment  to  one  of  the  travellers,  and 
trifoliata  from  the  number  of  its  leaflets.  Aug.  St.  Hilaire  having 
ascertained  that,  instead  of  being  a  new  genus,  it  was  only  a  new 
species  of  an  old  genus,  GALIPEA,  named  the  tree  G.  Cusparia,  which 
it  still  retains.  Dr.  Hancock,  however,  who  resided  for  some  months 
in  1816  in  the  district  where  the  Cusparia  is  produced,  states  that  the 
above  travellers  did  not  themselves  see  the  tree,  but  got  branches  of 
it  without  flowers  from  an  Indian ;  that  they  afterwards  thought  they 
recognised  the  same  plant,  which  they  found  growing  in  considerable 
forests.  This  Dr.  H.  considers  to  be  a  distinct  species  of  the  same 
genus  as  the  plant  which  yields  Cusparia,  and  which  he  calls  Galipea 
officinalis. 

21 


322  CUSPARIA.  [ThalamiflortE. 


GALIPEA,  Sublet.     Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Calyx  cup-shaped,  5-toothed,  often  5-angled.  Petals  5,  united  below  into  a  tube,  which 
is  often  pentangular.  Stamens  5,  rarely  6,  7,  8,  or  4,  with  filaments  adhering  to  the  tube 
of  the  corolla,  rarely  all  fertile,  usually  2 — 4  with  abortive  anthers.  Ovaries  5,  connected, 
1-celled,  supported  by  an  urceolar  disk.  Styles  5,  distinct  or  connected  at  the  base,  each 
terminated  by  an  obtuse  pentangular  stigma.  Capsules  by  abortion  1  or  2. — Shrubs  or 
trees.  Leaves  simple  and  ternate.  Natives  of  Tropical  America. 

G.  OFFJCINALIS,  Hancock,  E.  A  tree  from  15  to  20  feet  high,  with  smooth  bark.  Leaves 
alternate  trifoliate,  petiole  about  the  length  of  the  leaflets,  which  are  oval,  but  tapering 
towards  both  the  base  and  apex,  from  6  to  10  inches  long,  smooth,  shining,  when  bruised 
smelling  like  tobacco.  Panicles  cylindrical,  contracted,  stalked,  longer  than  the  leaves, 
with  the  branches  about  3-flowered.  Calyx  hairy.  Petals  white,  downy,  2  longer  than 
the  others.  Stamens  7,  of  which  only  two  are  fertile.  Carpels  villous  as  they  ripen, 
2-seeded,  one  usually  abortive. — Neighbourhood  of  the  Oronoco,  between  7°  and  8°  N. 
lat  Orayuri  of  the  natives  yields  Carony,  that  is  Cusparia  bark,  exported  from  An- 
gustura. 

G.  CUSPARIA,  (S.  Hilaire),  L.  A  forest  tree,  from  60  to  80  feet  high,  with  fasciculate 
pubescence.  Leaves  alternate,  trifoliate,  long-stalked,  leaflets  sessile,  unequal,  ovate, 
lanceolate,  acute,  gratefully  fragrant,  with  scattered  glandular  and  pellucid  dots.  Flowers 
in  axillary  racemes,  which  are  almost  terminal.  Calyx  and  corolla  white  with  fascicles 
of  hairs,  seated  on  glandular  bodies  on  the  outside.  Stamens  6,  only  2  fertile.  Anthers 
with  two  short  appendages.  Seed  solitary. — Forests  of  Tropical  America,  between  Cu- 
mana  and  New  Barcelona ;  yields  Cusparia  or  Angustura  bark  (Cuspare  of  the  natives) 
according  to  Humboldt  and  Bonpland. 

Cusparia  or  Angustura  Bark  is  in  pieces  some  inches  in  length,  from 
half  to  two  inches  in  breadth,  and  only  one  or  two  lines  in  thickness, 
more  or  less  quilled,  sometimes  almost  flat.  It  is  covered  with  a  thin 
yellowish-white,  mealy  epidermis,  smooth  or  wrinkled ;  the  inner  sur- 
face is  rather  smooth,  but  separable  into  splinters  of  a  dull  brownish 
colour ;  the  substance  of  this  bark  is  compact,  and  of  a  dark  cinnamon- 
colour.  It  is  brittle,  fracture  short  and  resinous ;  powder  of  a  grayish- 
yellow  colour.  The  odour  is  strong  and  peculiar,  the  taste  bitter, 
permanent,  but  slightly  aromatic.  It  yields  its  properties  to  water 
and  to  Proof  Spirit.  Its  properties  depend  on  the  presence  of  Gum, 
Resin,  Volatile  Oil,  and  a  peculiar  bitter  principle.  The  Resin  is  a 
little  acrid,  as  is  also  the  Volatile  Oil,  which  has  the  peculiar  odour 
of  Cusparia  Bark.  The  Bitter  principle  or  Extractive  has  also  been 
named  Angusturin  or  Cusparin,  being  a  neutral  principle,  crystal- 
lizable  in  tetrahedrons,  easily  fusible,  soluble  in  rectified  Spirit,  in 
acids,  and  in  alkaline  solutions,  and  precipitated  of  a  whitish  colour 
by  Tincture  of  Galls,  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  Ether 
and  the  volatile  oils,  bitter  in  taste  and  a  little  acrid. 

Tests.  Cusparia  Bark  may  easily  be  distinguished  from  other  offici- 
nal barks,  and  is  not  liable  to  be  adulterated.  The  E.  C.  indicates 
the  purity  by  stating  that  "  its  outer  surface  is  not  turned  dark-green, 
nor  its  transverse  fracture  red  by  Nit'."  Some  years  since,  several 
cases  of  poisoning  occurred  on  the  Continent  from  the  substitution  of 
what  has  been  called  False  Angustura  Root,  but  which  has  been  ascer- 
tained to  be  that  of  the  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica  (q.  v.),  and  which  Dr. 
Neligan,  within  the  last  two  years,  obtained  as  Angustura  Bark  at  a 
druggist's  in  Dublin.  The  pieces  of  this  are  usually  much  thicker 
than  Cusparia  Bark,  also  harder,  and  more  compact,  covered  with  a 
furruginous  efflorescence,  sometimes  yellowish-gray,  and  marked  with 


Diosmece.]  ZANTHOXYLUM.  323 

prominent  white  spots,  without  any  aromatic  odour,  and  having  an 
intensely  bitter  taste.  The  transverse  section,  as  indicated  in  the  E. 
P.,  becomes  bright-red  when  touched  with  Nit',  in  consequence  of 
this  acting  on  the  Brucia  in  the  bark,  and  also  by  the  rusty  spots  on 
its  epidermis  becoming  of  a  dark  green  when  in  contact  with  the 
same  acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Tonic,  Febrifuge,  Antidysenteric. 

D.  Powder,  gr.  x. — 3ss.     Extract,  gr.  v. — gr.  xv. 

INFUSUM  (ANGUSTUR.E,  D.  [U.  S.])  CUSPARI.E,  L.  E.     Infusion  of  Cus- 
paria. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  2  hours  in  a  slightly  covered  vessel  bruised  Cusparia  3v.  (bruised 
Bark  of  Bonplandia  trifoliata,  3ij.D.)  (gss.  U.S.)  in  boiling*^ q. dest.  Oj.  (fcss.  D.)  Strain. 

A  stimulant  and  tonic  in  low  states,  in  doses  of  f  3iss.  It  is  of  a 
dull  orange-colour.  Sesquichloride  or  Sulphate  of  Iron  produces  in 
it  a  dark  grayish  precipitate,  Tincture  of  Galls  a  slate-coloured  one ; 
but  no  change  is  produced  by  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium. 

TINCTURA  (ANGUSTUR.E,  D.)  CUSPARIA,  E.     Tincture  of  Cusparia. 

Prep.  Take  Cusparia  givss.  in  moderately  fine  powder  and  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  Proceed 
as  with  Tinct.  Cinchon®,  or  more  expeditiously  by  percolation. 

Stimulant  adjunct  to  bitter  infusions  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij. 

ZANTHOXYLE.E,  made  up  chiefly  of  genera  placed  by  De  Candolle  in 
RutacecB  and  in  TerebinthacecB,  are  distinguished  by  their  flowers  be- 
ing usually  unisexual,  by  the  calyx  being  free,  petals  hypogynous, 
equal  in  number  to  divisions  of  the  calyx,  ovaries  subdistinct  or  uni- 
ted, each  with  two  ovules,  fruit  indehiscent,  carpids  opening  by  a 
vertical  suture,  embryo  in  the  axis  of  albumen.  Many  of  the  Zan- 
thoxylese  are  remarkable  for  secreting  a  bitter  principle,  Xanthopi- 
crine,  and  also  a  volatile  oil  of  aromatic  pungency.  Thus  several 
species  of  Zanthoxylese  are  employed  as  stimulants :  one  formed  the 
Faghureh  of  Avicenna.  Species  of  Ptelea  and  Toddalia  are  bitter 
and  febrifuge.  Both  the  species  of  Brucea  are  likewise  bitter  and 
tonic.  B.  antidysenterica,  the  Woginos  of  Bruce,  is  most  celebrated, 
because  it  was  long  supposed  to  yield  the  Bark  which  was  known  as 
false  Angustura,  and  from  which  the  alkali  Brucia  was  obtained ;  but 
the  former  is  now  well  ascertained  to  be  the  bark  of  Strychnos  Nux 
Vomica. 

[ZANTHOXYLUM,  U.  S.  Sec.     ZANTHOXYLUM  FRAXINEUM.     Dioica,  Pen- 
tandria.     The  Bark. 

The  Prickly  Ash  grows  in  the  Northern,  Middle,  and  Western 
States. 

Bot.  Ch.  A  shrub  from  5  to  10  feet  high,  with  alternate  branches,  and  sharp  prickles. 
Leaves  alternate  and  pinnate,  of  4  or  5  pairs  of  leaflets,  with  an  odd  one  at  the  extremi- 
ty; leaflets  sessile,  ovate,  acute,  serrate.  Flowers  in  sessile  umbels,  small  and  greenish. 
Calyx  5-parted.  Corolla  none.  Capsules  stipitate,  ovate,  punctate.  Seeds  oval,  blackish. 
Sometimes  Polygamous. 

The  bark  is  in  quilled  pieces,  of  a  whitish-colour,  internally  some- 


324  PICRjENA    EXCELS  A.  [Thalamifloree. 

what  shining,  with  an  ash-coloured  epidermis,  bright,  brittle  ;  smell, 
none  ;  taste  sweetish,  then  bitter  and  acrid. 

The  constituents  of  it,  according  to  Dr.  Staples,  are  fibrous  sub- 
stance, volatile  oil,  a  greenish  fixed  oil,  resin,  gum,  colouring  matter, 
and  a  peculiar  principle,  Zanthoxylin. 

Action.  Uses.  A  Stimulant  and  Alterant,  resembling  mezereon,  &c., 
used  in  Rheumatism. 

D.  Powder,  gr.  x.  to  xx.,  three  times  daily. 

Infusion,  3ss.  to  Oj.  D.  f3i.  to  ij.,  three  times  daily.] 

SIMARUBE.E.     Richard.     Quassiads. 

Trees  or  shrubs.  Leaves  alternate,  compound  very  rarely  simple,  without  stipules  and 
without  dots.  Flowers  complete  or  unisexual  from  abortion.  Calyx  4  or  5-partite,  per- 
sistent,  imbricate  in  aestivation.  Petals  equal  in  number  to,  alternate  with,  but  longer 
than  the  divisions  of  the  calyx  ;  aestivation  twisted,  deciduous.  Stamens  twice  as  many 
as  petals,  with  each  filament  arising  from  the  base  of  a  hypogynous  scale.  Ovaries 
seated  on  a  short  staminiferous  stalk,  4  or  5  free,  each  with  a  single  ovule  suspended 
from  the  apex  of  the  interior  angle.  Drupes  distinct,  one-seeded.  Embryo  without 
albumen. 

The  Simarubeae  are  found  in  the  tropical  parts  of  America,  with 
one  species  in  the  tropic-like  forests  at  the  base  of  the  Himalayas, 
and  a  few  simple-leaved  species  in  tropical  Asia  and  Madagascar. 
They  are  remarkable  for  their  bitterness.  Malombo  Bark  is  thought 
to  be  a  kind  of  Quassia. 

QUASSIA,  L.  E.  D.    (U.S.)  Lignum,  L.  D.    Wood,  chiefly  of  Picrsena 
(QUASSIA,  L.  D.)  excelsa,  seldom  of  Quassia  amara.  E. 

QUASSIA  AMARA,  Linn.f.     Surinam  Quassia.     Decand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Quassia  Wood  was  first  known  in  Europe  about  1742,  more  fully 
in  1756,  when  Rolander  returned  from  Surinam  and  gave  some  of 
the  wood  to  Linnseus.  Quassia  amara,  a  native  of  Surinam,  Guiana, 
and  Panama,  was  first  introduced  into  practice,  and  it  was  called 
Surinam  Quassia  ;  but  the  tree  being  of  small  bulk,  and  not  very 
common,  its  place  is  supplied  by  the  wood  of  Picraena  excelsa. 
Mr.  Lance  informed  Dr.  Lindley  that  no  Quassia  had  been  exported 
from  Surinam  during  the  ten  years  he  was  at  that  place.  The  wood, 
as  received  by  Dr.  Pereira,  is  in  cylindrical  pieces,  about  two  inches 
in  diameter,  very  light,  covered  by  a  thin,  grayish-white  bark,  all 
extremely  bitter  in  taste.  From  its  elegant  pinnate  leaves  with 
winged  footstalks,  and  its  spike-like  racemes  of  red  flowers,  it  is 
often  cultivated  as  an  ornamental  plant  in  the  West  India  Islands. 


EXCELSA,  Lindley.  E.  Quassia  excelsa,  Sicartz,  L.  D. 
Simaruba  excelsa,  Dec.  E.  Jamaica  Quassia.  Polygamia  Monce- 
cia,  Linn. 

This  tree  attains  a  height  of  50,  60,  or  even  100  feet  in  the  woods 
of  the  lower  mountains  of  Jamaica  and  other  West  India  Islands, 
where  it  is  called  Bitter  Ash  and  Bitter  Wood,  and  its  wood  has  for 
some  time  been  substituted  for  that  of  the  Surinam  Quassia,  and  is 
sometimes  called  Jamaica  Quassia.  Dr.  Lindley  has  rightly  formed 


Simarubeee.] 


INFUSUM    QUASSIA. 


325 


it  into  a  new  genus,  as  it  agrees  with  the  characters  neither  of 
Quassia  nor  of  Simaruba. 

This  tree,  besides  being  lofty,  is  erect,  often  three  feet  in  diameter,  with  a  smooth 
dark  gray  bark.    The  wood  is  white,  rather  coarse-grained,  bitter,  but  without  smell ; 


Fig.  53. 


the  bark  is  moderate- 
ly thick,  dark- coloured, 
and  wrinkled.  Leaves 
pinnate,  with  an  odd 
one.  Leaflets  opposite, 
4  to  8  pairs,  etalked, 
oblong  acuminate,  un- 
equal at  the  base.  The 
flowers  are  small,  of  a 
pale  yellowish-green 
colour,  polygamous, 
arranged  in  spread- 
ing pointed  racemes, 
which  are  axillary  to. 
wards  the  ends  of  the 
branches.  The  sepals 
are  5,  minute.  Petals 
5,  longer  than  the  se- 
pals. Stamens  5,  about 
as  long  as  the  petals, 
rather  shaggy.  Anthers 
roundish.  In  the  male, 
merely  the  rudiments 
of  the  pistil ;  in  the  fe- 
male, ovaries  3,  seated 
on  a  round  tumid  re- 
ceptacle. Style  three- 
cornered,  trifid.  Stig- 
mas simple,  spreading. 
Drupes  3  (but  only  one 
coming  to  perfection), 
globose,  1- celled,  2- 
valved,  distinct  from 
each  other,  and  placed 
on  a  broad  hemisphe- 
rical receptacle.  When 
ripe,  about  the  size  of 
a  pea,  black  and  shin- 
ing, nut  solitary,  glo- 
bose, with  the  shell 
fragile.  (Lindley.) 

Quassia-wood  is  imported  in  logs  covered  with  a  dark  gray  bark, 
smooth  in  the  younger,  and  rough  and  irregular  in  the  larger  pieces, 
yellowish-white  and  fibrous  in  the  interior.  The  wood  is  yellowish- 
white  and  glistening,  without  smell,  but  of  a  pure  and  intense  bitter- 
ness, tough,  and  therefore  pulverized  with  difficulty.  It  contains  a 
bitter  neutral  principle,  called  Quassine  (C10  H8  O3),  which  is  in- 
tensely bitter,  crystalline,  sparingly  soluble  in  water  and  in  Ether, 
readily  dissolved  by  Alcohol ;  also  Gum,  a  little  Volatile  Oil,  Lignin, 
and  salts  with  a  base  of  Lime,  an  Ammoniacal  salt,  and  some  Nitrate 
of  Potash. 

Action.  Uses.  A  pure  Bitter,  useful  as  a  Stomachic  and  Tonic. 

INFUSUM  QUASSIA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Quassia. 
Prep.  Macerate  (infuse,  E. ;  digest,  D.)  for  2  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  cut 


326 


SI  MA  RUB  A. 


[ThalamiflortE. 


Quassia  9ij.  (in  chips  3j.  E. ;  shavings  of  wood  of  Quassia  excelsa  j9.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq. 
dest.  Oj.  (ftss.  by  measure,  D.)     Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

D.  f  3iss.  two  or  three  times  a  day.  A  good  vehicle  for  prepara- 
tions of  Iron. 

TINCTURA  QUASSIA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Quassia. 

Prep.  Digest  (Macerate,  D.)  for  7  days  Quassia  in  chips  3x.  (dust  of  the  wood  of  Quas- 
sia excelsa  3j.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.)     Strain. 
[U.  S.  Quassia  3ij.  diluted  Alcohol  Oij.] 

D.  f  3ss. — f  3ij.  as  an  adjunct  to  tonic  draughts  and  mixtures. 
TINCT.  QUASSIA  COMPOSITA,  E.    Comp.  Tinct.  of  Quassia. 

Prep.  Digest  for  7  days  Cardamom  Seeds  bruised,  Cochineal  bruised  aa  3ss.  Cinnamon 
in  moderately  fine  powder,  Quassia  in  chips  aa  3vj.  Raisins  gvij.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij. 
Strain,  express  the  residuum  strongly  and  filter.  Or  obtain  by  percolation,  as  directed  for 
Compound  Tincture  of  Cardamom,  rasping  or  powdering  the  Quassia. 

D.  f  3j. — f  3ij.     An  aromatic  tonic,  and  useful  as  an  adjunct. 

EXTRACTTJM  QUASSIA,  E.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  First  make  a  watery  infusion  by  percolation  and  without  heat ;  and  then  evapo- 
rate, or  prepare  as  Extract  of  Liquorice  Root. 

D.  In  form  of  pill,  gr.  v.,  or  as  a  vehicle  for  metallic  tonics,  &c. 

SIMARUBA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radicis  Cortex,  L.  D.  Root-Bark,  E. 
SIMARUBA  AMARA,  Aublet.  S.  oFFiciNALis,  Dec.  L.  Quassia  Simaruba, 
Linn.  D.  Moncecia  or  Dicecia  Decand.  Linn. 

This  tree,  of  which  the  bark  of  the  root  was  first  introduced  into 
practice  in  1713,  is  a  native  of  Guiana  and  Cayenne.  The  same  spe- 
cies is  considered  to  be  found  in  the  mountains  of  Jamaica,  where  it 
is  called  Mountain  Damson. 


Fig.  54. 


The  tree  attains  a  height  of  50  or  60 
feet,  and  considerable  thickness,  with  long 
horizontally  spreading  roots.  The  bark 
in  the  young  parts  smooth  and  gray,  and 
in  the  older  blackish-coloured,  and  some- 
what furrowed.  The  leaves  are  alternate 
pinnate ;  leaflets  alternate,  2  to  7  on  each 
side,  nearly  sessile,  oval,  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, tapering  towards  base,  very  smooth 
and  entire,  firm,  coriaceous,  of  a  deep 
green  colour ;  petioles  sometimes  a  foot 
and  a  half  in  length.  The  flowers  are 
monoecious,  disposed  in  a  mixed  scattered 
axillary  panicle.  The  calyx  is  short,  cup- 
shaped,  5-toothed  or  5-partite.  Petals  5, 
longer,  twisted,  and  imbricate  in  testiva- 
tion.  Male  (fig.  3),  stamens  10,  alternate 
ones  opposite  the  petals,  and  a  little  short- 
er ;  filaments  each  inserted  (4)  into  a 
hairy  scale,  having  a  round  or  short  gy- 
nophore  (bearing  rudiments  of  ovaries) 
sometimes  wanting.  Female  flower  (fig. 
1)  with  ten  scale-like  rudiments  of  sta- 
mens ;  ovaries  5  on  a  short  disk  or  gyno- 
phore,  1-celled,  with  a  single  ovule  sus- 
pended to  the  inner  angle.  Styles  5, 
distinct  at  the  base,  united  above,  and  se- 
parating again  into  5  stigmata.  Drupes 
(fig.  2)  5,  or  fewer  by  abortion,  dark- 


RTiamneoi.}  R  H  A  M  N  E  JE.  327 

coloured,  spreading,  one-celled,  one-seeded.  Seeds  with  a  membraneous  shell.  Embryo 
straight;  radicle  above,  retracted  within  cotyledons. — Aubl.  Guian.  2,  t.  311  and  312. 
Nees  von  Esenbeck,  Ic.  382.  v.  fig.  54. 

Dr.  Lindley  observes  (Fl.  Med.  p.  208)  that  as  the  Jamaica  tree  is  dioecious,  it  may  be  a 
distinct  species.  Dr.  Macfadyan  represents  it,  however,  as  agreeing  with  Aublet's  figure 
of  the  Guiana  plant.  Its  leaves,  however,  are  described  as  being  oblong  obovate.  Its  small 
yellow  flowers  appear  in  April,  those  of  the  Guiana  plant  in  November,  which,  moreover, 
is  monoecious,  the  leaflets  almost  lanceolate,  and  the  root-bark  not  warty.  The  bark  and 
wood  are  said  by  Aublet  to  exude  a  bitter  milky  juice,  and  this  is  said  by  Dr.  Wright  not 
to  be  the  case  with  the  Jamaica  plant.  These  may  therefore  prove  to  be  distinct  species, 
in  which  case  the  Jamaica  plant  may  be  called  S.  afficinalis,  and  the  Guiana  S.  amara ; 
otherwise  I  agree  with  Dr.  Lindley  that  it  is  improper  to  change  Aublet's  name.  But 
they  may  prove  identical,  many  trees  flower  twice  in  the  year  in  warm  countries,  and 
the  leaves  vary  in  elongation  according  to  age.  Both  ought  to  be  carefully  examined 
from  genuine  specimens. 

The  bark  of  the  root  is  officinal,  and  sent  to  Europe  from  Jamaica. 
It  is  stripped  off  in  pieces  several  feet  in  length,  which  are  folded  upon 
themselves,  either  flat  or  partially  quilled,  a  few  lines  in  thickness, 
light,  tough,  fibrous  in  structure,  difficult  to  powder,  of  a  pale  colour, 
grayish  throughout,  epidermis  a  little  warty,  without  odour,  bitter  in 
taste.  Water  and  Alcohol  both  readily  take  up  its  virtues,  which  de- 
pend upon  the  presence  of  a  principle  nearly  the  same  with  Quassine, 
Volatile  Oil,  Resin,  Ulmine,  and  several  salts. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  Tonic.  Useful  in  advanced  stages  of  Dysen- 
tery and  Diarrhoea. 

INFUSUM  SIMARUB^;,  L.  E.  D.     Infusion  of  Simaruba  Bark. 

Prep.  Macerate  Simaruba  Bark  bruised  3iij.  (3ss.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (Oss.  D.)  for 
two  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  and  strain. 

D.  f  3j. — f  3ij.  as  a  Tonic.     In  larger  doses  it  proves  Emetic. 

b.  Calyciflorce. 
RHAMNE^:,  R.  Brown.     Rhamnads. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  with  the  upper  parts  of  branches  climbing.  Leaves  simple, 
alternate,  or  sub-opposite,  with  stipules  often  converted  into  thorns.  Flowers  usually 
complete,  small,  greenish-coloured,  axillary,  clustered,  umbellate  or  cymose.  Calyx  4 — 5 
cleft,  lacinios  valvate  in  aestivation ;  tube  free,  or  with  its  base,  sometimes  the  whole  united 
with  the  ovary.  Petals  alternate  with  the  division  of  the  calyx,  often  scale-like,  inserted 
into  the  throat  of  the  calyx  or  the  margin  of  the  disk.  Stamens  4  to  5,  opposite  to  the 
petals.  Ovary  usually  immersed  in  or  surrounded  by  a  glandular  disk,  2,  3,  or  4-celled; 
with  one,  rarely  two  seeds,  placed  side  by  side ;  ovules  erect  or  ascending.  Style  single, 
with  2,  3,  or  4  stigmas,  sometimes  divided  to  the  base.  Fruit  free  or  covered  by  calyx, 
capsular,  2  to  3-celled,  or  by  abortion  1-celled,  drupaceous,  and  indchisccnt,  or  forming  a 
berry,  or  capsular,  2 — 3  coccous.  Seeds  solitary,  erect,  with  sparing  fleshy  albumen. 
Embryo  straight,  with  large  flat  cotyledons,  and  a  short  inferior  radicle. 

The  Rhamneae  are  found  both  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  parts 
of  the  world.  They  vary  in  properties :  some  secrete  a  bitter  princi- 
ple, with  which  acridity  is  sometimes  united;  hence  these  act  as  stimu- 
lants to  some  of  the  functions.  Some  are  useful  for  the  colour  (sap- 
green)  yielded  when  acted  on  by  Lime  and  alkalies.  The  fruits  of  a 
few  are  edible,  as  the  Jujube,  the  Lotus,  and  the  Ber  of  India. 


328  TEREBINTHACE^:.  [Calycifiorae. 

RHAMNUS  CATHARTICUS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.     BACC.K,  L.  D.     The  Fruit,  E. 
Common  or  Purging  Buckthorn.     Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Buckthorn  is  indigenous  in  hedges  and  woods,  and  found  in  Europe 
generally,  flowering  in  May  and  June,  and  ripening  its  fruit  in  the 
autumn.  It  has  long  been  employed  in  medicine,  and  thought  to  be 
the  £«^vo£  of  Dioscorides,  but  without  proof. 


Bot.  Ch.  A  spreading  shrub  8  to  10  feet  high.  Old  branches  forming  thorny  terminal 
spines.  Leaves  sub-opposite,  ovate,  cordate  at  base,  acute,  toothed,  with  4  to  6  marked 
veins  parallel  to  and  converging  to  midrib.  Stipules  linear.  Flowers  polygamous,  often 
dio3cious,  in  clusters  between  the  leaves,  small,  of  a  yellowish-green  colour.  Calyx  4-  cleft, 
tubular  at  base,  persistent  and  adherent  to  fruit.  Petals  4,  a  little  yellowish,  male  flowers 
with  a  stamen  opposite  to  each,  and  a  rudimentary  pistil.  Female  flower,  ovary  globular, 
with  4  single-seeded  cells,  and  a  4-cleft  stigma.  Fruit,  a  small  round  berry,  which  becomes 
black  when  ripe,  containing  usually  4  smooth  hard  seeds,  which  are  ovate,  triangular,  and 
keeled. 

Buckthorn  Berries  are  small,  round,  of  a  black  colour  and  shining 
when  fully  ripe  ;  they  contain  a  greenish  pulp,  which  has  a  bitter  and 
disagreeable  taste  and  nauseous  smell.  This  is  composed  of  a  green 
Colouring  matter,  of  Acetic  acid,  Mucilage,  Sugar,  Azotized  matter, 
(VogeL)  According  to  Hubert,  the  purgative  properties  are  dependent 
on  the  presence  of  Cathartine;  but  his  experiments  are  not  considered 
conclusive  by  Soubeiran.  A  similar  property  is  possessed  by  the  in- 
ner bark. 

Action.  Uses.  Hydragogue  Cathartic  ;  but  apt  to  create  nausea  and 
griping. 

SYIIUPUS  RHAMNI,  L.  E.  D.     Syrup  of  Buckthorn. 

Prep.  Take  fresh  Juice  of  Rhamnus  (Buckthorn,  E.)  berries  Oiv.  (by  measure  ftijss. 
D.)  let  it  stand  for  3  days  that  impurities  may  subside.  Filter.  To  the  filtered  fluid  Oj. 
(gx.  D.)  add  sliced  Ginger  and  bruised  Pimento  aa  3vj.  (3iij.  D.)  Macerate  with  a 
gentle  heat  for  four  hours.  Strain.  Boil  down  the  residue  to  Oiss.  (ft.  by  measure  ; 
make  a  syrup,  D.)  Mix  the  liquors,  add  Sugar  (pure,  E.)  fciv.  and  dissolve  (with  aid  ol 
heat.) 

D.  Generally  employed  instead  of  the  berries  or  expressed  juice,  in 
doses  of  f3ss.  —  f3j. 


The  TEREBINTHACEJS  of  Jussieu  have  been  divided  by  modern 
botanists  into  several  orders,  such  as  Anacardiece,  Burseracece,  Jlmy- 
ridece,  and  Connaracece.  But  these  are  all  so  closely  allied  to  one 
another,  and  participate  in  so  many  of  the  same  principles,  and  have 
so  much  of  the  same  geographical  distribution,  that  it  is  sometimes 
convenient  to  speak  of  the  whole  as  forming  one  family  under  the 
name  of  Terebinthaceae.  As  it  contains,  however,  only  one  of  the 
Turpentine-yielding  plants,  the  rest  belonging  to  Coniferse,  the  name 
is  objectionable. 

The  products  of  the  Terebinthacece  have  been  stated  by  M.  Fee  to 
consist — 1.  Of  fixed  Oil  in  the  almond  of  the  seed.  2.  Essential  Oil, 
which  is  combined  with  Resin  in  the  Turpentine  of  the  Pistacia.  3. 
Resin,  which  flows  naturally  or  from  incisions  made  into  the  trunks, 
&c.,  of  most  of  the  species,  usually  combined  with  a  little  Volatile  Oil. 


Anacardieai.}  TEREBINTHUS    CHI  A.  329 

4.  Gum,  seldom  found  pure,  but  frequently  combined  with  the  Resin, 
as  in  Myrrh,  &c. 

ANACARDIE^E.  R.  Brown.     Anacards. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  with  a  gummy,  viscous  or  acrid  resinous  juice,  which  becomes  black 
in  drying.  Leaves  alternate,  simple  or  compound,  without  pellucid  dots.  Stipules  want- 
ing. Flowers  often  unisexual,  small,  greenish-coloured,  axillary  or  terminal,  spiked  or 
paniculate.  Calyx  free,  rarely  united  with  the  ovary,  3 — 5-fid,  sometimes  deeply  divided. 
Petals  equal  in  number  (o  divisions  of  the  calyx,  inserted  into  an  annular  or  orbicular 
disk,  imbricate  in  aestivation,  rarely  valvate,  sometimes  wanting.  Stamens  inserted  with 
petals,  equal  to  them  in  number  or  double,  seldom  more.  Ovary  single  and  one-celled,  or 
several,  distinct,  all  but  one  abortive,  often  reduced  to  style  only.  Ovule  single,  attached 
to  a  funicle  ascending  from  the  base  of  the  cell.  Fruit  indehiscent,  one-seeded,  usually 
drupaceous.  Seed  erect  or  inverse.  Embryo  without  albumen. 

Anacardieee  have  a  single  fertile  ovary.  They  abound  within  the  tropics,  with  a  few 
species  (as  of  Rhus  in  Europe  and  N.  America)  extending  to  higher  latitudes.  Anacardiese 
abound  in  resinous  juice,  with  volatile  oil,  or  acrid  principle,  which  is  employed  in  var- 
nishing and  lacquering.  As  medicines  these  juices  act  as  stimulants,  or  are  sufficiently 
acrid  to  be  poisonous.  The  seeds  of  many  abound  in  oil.  The  bark  of  some  is  astrin- 
gent The  fruit  of  a  few  is  edible. 

PISTACIA,  Linn.     Dicecia  Pentand.  Linn. 

Flowers  dioecious,  without  petals.  Males  in  amentaceous  racemes,  each  supported  by 
a  scale-like  bract.  Calyx  small,  5  cleft.  Stamens  5,  opposite  to  the  calycine  divisions, 
nearly  sessile,  4-cornered.  Female  flowers  in  more  lax  racemes.  Calyx  3—4  cleft.  Ovary 
1,  rarely  3-celled.  Stigmas  3,  thickish,  spreading,  recurved.  Drupe  dry,  ovate,  with  a 
bony,  commonly  1 -seeded  nut,  sometimes  showing  laterally,  2  abortive  cells.  Seeds 
solitary,  erect,  without  albumen.  Cotyledons  fleshy,  containing  oil,  with  a  superior  lateral 
radicle.  Trees  with  pinnated  leaves,  extending  from  the  Mediterranean  region  to  Affghan- 
istan.  In  properties  resembling  the  Burseracese. 

PISTACIA  VERA.  The  Pistachio  Nut  tree  extends  from  Syria  to 
Bokhara  and  Caubul.  It  has  long  been  introduced  into  the  south  of 
Europe,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  green-coloured  kernels  enclosed 
within  a  reddish-coloured  testa,  and  where  the  funicle  can  be  well 
seen.  The  kernels  are  oily,  and  an  oil  used  to  be  obtained  from 
them.  They  are  pleasant  tasted,  often  eaten  at  our  desserts,  either 
raw  or  having  been  fried  with  pepper  and  salt.  They  have  also 
been  made  into  a  demulcent  emulsion. 

PISTACIA  TEREBINTHUS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  TEREBINTHUS  CHIA.  Resina 
liquida,  L.  Liquid  Resinous  Exudation,  E.  of  the  Chian  or  Pis- 
tacia  Turpentine  Tree. 

The  Terebinth  or  species  of  Pistacia  yielding  the  Turpentine  of 
Chio  was  well  known  to  the  ancients.  It  is  the  Alah  of  the  Old  Tes- 
tament, translated  Oak,  Terebinth,  &c.,  rsgiuvSoz  of  the  Greeks,  and  the 
butm  of  the  Arabs.  It  is  found  in  the  south  of  Europe,  Asia  Minpr, 
Syria,  and  the  north  of  Africa. 

A  tree  20  to  40  feet  in  height.  Leaves  pinnate,  with  an  odd  one.  Leaflets  aboutJ7hor 
9,  ovate,  lanceolate,  round  at  the  base,  acute,  mucronate,  reddish -coloured  when  young, 
afterwards  of  a  dark  green  colour.  Inflorescence  a  large  compound  panicle.  Scales  of 
the  male  flower  covered  with  brown  hairs.  Anthers  yellowish.  Stigmas  of  a  crimson 
colour.  Fruit  purple,  roundish,  about  the  size  of  a  large  pea.  Horn-shaped  galls  are 
produced  on  these  trees. 

The  Turpentine  of  this  tree  is  obtained  in  the  island  of  Chio  by 
making  transverse  incisions  into  the  bark  of  the  trees,  of  which  each 


330  MASTICHE.  [Calyciflora. 

\ 

yields  only  a  few  ounces,  and  the  whole  island  not  more  than  1000 
pounds.  The  harvest  is  from  July  to  October.  The  juice  issuing 
from  the  wounds  is  allowed  to  fall  upon  smooth  stones,  from  which 
it  is  scraped  and  purified  by  being  melted  in  the  sun  and  strained 
into  bottles.  It  used  to  be  taken  chiefly  to  Venice,  where  it  was  in 
request  for  making  the  far-famed  Theriaca.  Chian  Turpentine  is  a 
pellucid  liquor  of  a  yellowish  colour,  having  the  consistence  of  honey, 
tenacious,  with  an  agreeable  terebinthinate  smell,  and  moderately 
warm  taste.  Exposed  to  the  air  it  thickens,  and  becomes  hard  from 
the  loss  of  its  Volatile  Oil.  A  Resin  is  said  by  Belon  to  be  produced 
by  the  same  tree,  and  the  small  kernels  .of  its  fruit  are  edible.  From 
its  scarcity  and  high  price,  it  is  usually  adulterated  with  other  Tur- 
pentines, which  it  resembles  in  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  Excitant  and  Diuretic,  like  the  other  Turpentines. 
(q.  v.  Conifers.) 

PISTACIA  LENTISCUS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.     Mastiche  Resina,  L.  D.     Con- 
crete Resinous  Exudation,  E.,  of  the  Mastic  or  Lentisk-Tree. 

Mastic  and  the  tree  yielding  it  (2xiv°£  of  the  Greeks)  were  well 
known  to  the  ancients,  from  the  latter  being  a  native  of  the  Grecian 
Archipelago  and  of  the  Mediterranean  region. 

The  Mastic  shrub,  about  10  or  12  feet  high,  is  distinguished  from  the  Terebinth  tree 
by  having  its  leaves  pinnate  without  an  odd  one.  Leaflets  8  to  10  in  number,  usually 
opposite,  small,  oval,  lanceolate,  petiole  winged.  Both  male  and  female  flowers  small,  in 
axillary  racemes  near  the  ends  of  the  branches.  Fruit  small,  roundish,  of  a  brownish-red 
colour  when  ripe. 

This  shrub  is  cultivated  in  the  Isle  of  Chio,  whence  the  Mastic  is 
chiefly  obtained  by  transverse  incisions  being  made  into  the  trunk 
and  principal  branches  in  the  month  of  July.  Some  of  it  adheres  to 
the  tree  in  the  form  of  tears,  and  some  falls  on  the  earth,  and  is  col- 
lected in  August.  The  best  kind  is  in  small  roundish  or  oblong  tears, 
of  a  pale  yellow  colour,  transparent,  dry,  and  brittle ;  hence  usually 
covered  with  a  light  white  powder  from  attrition;  becoming  soft 
and  ductile  when  chewed ;  breaks  with  a  vitreous  fracture,  and  has 
a  mild  resinous  taste  and  an  agreeable  odour,  especially  when  rubbed 
or  heated.  An  inferior  kind,  in  masses  of  agglutinated  tears,  is 
darker  coloured,  and  mixed  with  impurities. 

Mastic  melts  when  heated,  and  burns  at  a  higher  temperature, 
diffusing  an  agreeable  odour.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  com- 
pletely soluble  in  Ether.  About  nine-tenths  (a  resinous  acid  which 
has  been  called  the  Masticic')  are  soluble  in  cold  Alcohol,  and  the 
remainder,  which  is  soluble  only  in  hot  Alcohol,  has  been  called 
Masticine.  To  this,  Mastic  owes  its  ductility  when  in  a  moist  state. 
Besides  these  there  is  a  trace  of  volatile  oil. 

Action.  Uses.  Little  used,  except  as  a  masticatory  in  the  East, 
sometimes  in  fumigation;  most  frequently  by  dentists  for  stuffing 
decayed  teeth.  It  forms  one  ingredient  of  Tinct.  Ammonia,  Comp. 
(p.  72) ;  a  substitute  for  Eau  de  Luce.  Commonly  used  as  a  varnish 
dissolved  in  Alcohol  or  Oil  of  Turpentine. 


Anacardiea,.]  RHUSTOXICODENDRON.  331 

RHUS  TOXICODENDRON,  Linn.   Folia,  L.  D.  Leaves  of  the  Poison  Oak. 
Pentand.  Trigyn.  Linn. 

The  species  of  Rhus  are  known  for  their  astringent  and  resinous, 
and  some  for  their  poisonous  properties.  The  present  species  was 
brought  into  notice  in  this  country  by  Dr.  Alderson  of  Hull,  in  1793, 
by  following  up  the  experiments  of  Du  Fresnoi,  made  at  Valenciennes 
in  1788. 

Botanists  differ  whether  this  be  distinct  from  another  plant  which  has  been  called  Rhus 
radicans,  Poison  Vine  or  Poison  Ivy,  or  whether  both  are  only  varieties  of  one  species. 
Rhus  Tozicodendron  forms  a  shrub  of  a  few  feet  in  height,  and  has  its  leaflets,  irregu- 
larly indented  or  deeply  sinuate,  hence  it  is  called  Poison  Oak.  When  older  or  growing 
in  favourable  situations  it  shoots  up  and  throws  out  lateral  fibres,  which  take  hold  of  the 
trees  up  which  it  climbs.  The  leaflets  are  entire  or  rarely  toothed.  Bigelow  states  that 
he  has  frequently  observed  shoots  from  the  same  stock,  having  the  characters  of  both 
varieties.  Elliott  and  Nuttal  insist  upon  their  being  distinct  species.  All  three  are 
American  botanists.  More  extended  observation  is  required  to  establish  the  distinctness 
of  species.  The  leaves  are  long-stalked,  trifoliate,  with  the  lateral  leaflets  sessile,  the  ter- 
minal one-stalked,  they  are  broad,  ovate  or  rhomboidal  acute ;  leaflets  smooth,  sometimes 
a  little  pubescent,  entire  or  irregularly  toothed  or  lobed.  The  flowers  are  small,  greenish- 
white,  dioecious,  produced  in  lateral,  usually  axillary  panicles.  The  male  flowers  have  a 
small  5-partite  calyx,  with  erect  segments.  Petals  5,  oblong,  recurved.  Stamens  5  with 
the  rudiment  of  a  style.  The  female  flowers  are  smaller,  have  5  abortive  stamens,  and  a 
globose  one-celled  ovary,  with  a  short  erect  style  terminating  in  3  stigmas.  The  drupes 
are  roundish,  of  a  pale  green  colour,  juiceless,  1-celled,  containing  from  abortion  a  bony 
one-seeded  nut — Bigelow's  Med.  Bot  111,  t.  42. 

When  wounded,  this  plant,  like  other  species  of  the  family,  exudes 
a  milky  juice,  which  becomes  black  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and,  as 
in  the  case  of  the  Cashew  and  Marking  nuts,  forms  an  indelible  stain 
on  cotton  or  linen.  The  juice  applied  to  the  skin. produces  inflamma- 
tion, as  sometimes  does  linen  marked  with  the  juice  of  the  above 
nuts.  At  night  and  in  the  shade  especially,  a  gaseous  body  is  exhaled, 
which  is  also  of  an  irritant  nature,  producing  itching,  redness,  and 
great  swelling.  Cases  of  a  similar  kind  have  occurred  with  garden- 
ers touching  the  plant  and  then  rubbing  the  eye ;  and  Sir  D.  Brewster 
has  described  similar  effects  produced  by  one  of  the  varnishes  of  this 
family  of  plants.  These  properties  depend  upon  a  volatile  acrid 
principle,  which  seems  to  be  a  Hydrocarbon.  The  other  principles 
have  not  been  well  ascertained ;  but  there  is  Tannin,  Gallic  acid,  a 
little  Resin,  Gummy  substance,  green  Fecula,  according  to  Von 
Mons.  The  leaves  are  alone  officinal :  they  are  without  smell,  but 
have  an  astringent  and  acrid  taste  when  fresh. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid,  Stimulant.  Useful  in  some  cases  of  Paralysis, 
twitches  and  pricking  of  the  affected  limb  being  experienced. 

D.  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  till  pricking  commences.  A  Tincture  or  an  Ex- 
tract of  fresh  leaves  preferable  (c.) ;  or  frictions  with  oil  in  which  the 
leaves  have  been  digested. 

[Rnus  GLABRUM,  U.  S.     Sumach.     Pentandria  Trygynia.     Berries. 

Smooth  Sumach,  or  Pennsylvania  Sumach,  is  found  throughout  the 
United  States  in  waste  fields,  and  along  road-sides. 

Bot.  Ch.  It  is  a  shrub  five  or  six  feet  or  more  in  height,  with  a  bent  stem  and  strag- 
gling branches.  Leaves  pinnate,  leaflets  acuminate,  lanceolate,  serrate  and  glabrous. 
Flowers  green,  in  large,  upright,  terminal  thyrses.  Berries  red. 


332 


O  L  I  B  A  N  U  M. 


[Calyciflorae. 


The  bark  and  leaves  are  astringent.  An  excrescence  growing 
upon  the  bark  resembling  galls,  contains  Tannin  and  Gallic  acid. 

The  berries  have  a  sour  astringent  taste,  owing  their  acidity  to 

alate  of  Lime. 

Action.  Uses.  Cooling  and  Astringent.  Used  in  inflammation  and 
ulceration  of  the  throat,  and  in  ptyalism.  Dr.  Fahnestock  recom- 
mends the  inner  bark  of  the  root  in  the  latter. 

Infusion.  3j.  to  Oj.  of  water.] 

BCRSERACE.E.     Kunih.     Balsamads. 

Trees  or  shrubs  with  resinous  juice.  Leaves  alternate,  impari-pinnate  or  ternate,  some- 
times  with  pellucid,  transparent  dots,  and  usually  with  two  deciduous  stipules.  Flowers 
small,  regular  and  complete,  or  unisexual  from  abortion,  in  axillary  or  terminal  racemes 
or  panicles.  Calyx  free,  3 — 5-fid,  persistent.  Petals  equal  in  number  to  divisions  of  the 
calyx,  inserted  below  the  orbicular  or  annular  disk.  Stamens  inserted  with  the  petals, 
and  double  their  number.  Ovary  free,  sessile,  2 — 5  celled.  Ovules  in  pairs,  side  by  side 
in  each  cell,  suspended  from  the  apex  of  the  central  angle.  Style  simple  or  wanting. 
Stigma  undivided  or  2 — 5  lobed.  Fruit  hard,  bony,  one  to  5-celled,  often  single-seeded, 
epicarp  dry,  usually  resinous,  sometimes  splitting  into  valves.  Seeds  without  albumen, 
pendulous,  cotyledons  wrinkled  or  plaited ;  radicle  small,  superior,  straight,  turned 
towards  the  hilum. 

The  Burseraceae  are  distinguished  among  Terebinthaceae  by  their 
many-celled  germen,  and  by  their  ovules  being  pendulous  and  in 
pairs ;  also  by  their  plaited  convolute  cotyledons.  They  are  all  found 
in  tropical  parts  of  the  world.  The  juice  of  these  plants  is  famed  for 
its  balsamic  odour  and  stimulant  properties :  e.  g.  Balsam  of  Gilead, 
Olibanum  or  Frankincense,  Myrrh,  Bdellium,  Elemi,  &c. 

OLIBANUM,  L.  D.     Gummi  Resina.     BOSWELLIA  SERRATA,  Roxb. 

The  name  Olibanum 
seems  to  be  derived  from 
the  Greek  X»/3avo£,  and 
this  probably  from  the 
Hebrew  lebona.  This  is 
very  similar  to  the  Ara- 
bic luban,  which  signi- 
fies milk,  or  the  juice 
exuding  from  a  tree, 
and  is  applied  especially 
to  what  used  in  early 
times  to  be  called  Thus, 
and  more  recently,  Oli- 
banum. Two  kinds  of 
Olibanum  are  known  in 
commerce,  one  Indian, 
the  other  African. 

The  Indian  is  imported  in  chests  chiefly  from  Bombay,  also  from 
Calcutta,  but  the  place  producing  it  is  not  well  ascertained.  Mr. 
Turnbull,  of  the  Medical  Service,  many  years  since  sent  some  resin 
of  the  Soldi  tree  collected  in  the  hills  near  Mirzapore,  which  in  the 
London  market  was  recognised  as  Olibanum.  Mr.  Colebrooke  de- 


Fig.  55. 


Burseracees.]  OLIBANUM.  333 

termined  that  luban  or  Olibanum  is  produced  by  a  tree  called  salai. 
The  author  has  also  collected  a  very  fragrant  resin  from  the  saleh 
tree  of  Northwest  India,  which  bears  a  very  close  resemblance  to 
common  Olibanum.  This  tree  is  Boswellia  glabra,  Roxb.,  the  former 
is  B.  ihurifera  of  Colebrook,  called  B.  serrata  in  many  works ;  but 
as  Messrs.  Wight  and  Arnott  say,  "  we  dare  not  quote  here  B.  ser- 
rata, Stack,  extr.  Bruc.  p.  19,  t.  3,  the  leaves  being  usually  described 
as  ovate,  oblong,  and  acuminate."  Both  species  were  collected  by 
Col.  Sykes  in  the  Deccan  as  the  Olibanum-tree.  Dr.  O'Shaughnessy 
states  that  he  has  received  fine  specimens  of  Olibanum  from  the  Sha- 
habad  district,  where,  it  is  called  sahgond,  and  at  Chandalgur  gunda 
barosa. 

This  tree  (Boswellia  thurifera,  fig.  55)  grows  to  a  large  size  in  hilly  situations,  from 
the  Coromandel  coast  to  the  central  parts  of  India.  It  is  much  branched  but  bare  of  leaves 
in  its  lower  parts,  but  these  are  crowded  and  alternate  towards  the  ends  of  the  branches, 
unequally  pinnate.  Leaflets  oblong,  obtuse,  serrated,  pubescent.  Stipules  none.  Inflo- 
rescence in  single  axillary  racemes  near  the  ends  of  the  branches,  shorter  than  the  leaves. 
Flowers  on  short  pedicels,  of  a  pinkish-white  colour.  Flowers  bisexual,  (v.  55, 1.)  Calyx 
small,  5-toothed.  Petals  5,  obovate,  tapering  to  the  base,  inserted  under  the  margin  of 
the  disk ;  aestivation  slightly  imbricate.  Disk  surrounding  the  base  of  the  ovary,  cup- 
shaped,  fleshy,  crenulated.  Stamens  10,  inserted  under  the  disk.  Ovary  sessile,  3-celled, 
with  2  ovules  in  each,  attached  to  the  axis.  Style  terminated  by  a  capitate  3-lobed  stig- 
ma. Fruit  capsular,  3-angled,  3-celled,  3-valved,  septicidal  (splitting  at  the  angles  into 
valves).  Seeds  solitary  in  each  cell,  girded  by  a  membranous  wing.  Cotyledons  intri- 
cately folded,  multifid. 

Indian  Olibanum,  which  is  now  the  most  esteemed,  is  in  roundish 
or  oblong  tears,  of  a  reddish  or  a  light  yellow  colour,  usually  covered 
with  whitish  powder,  from  attrition  of  the  pieces  against  each  other, 
translucent  within,  of  a  warm  bitterish  taste,  and  having  a  balsamic 
odour,  especially  when  warmed  or  burnt.  Sp.  Gr.  1-22.  Analyzed 
by  Dr.  O'Shaughnessy,  a  fine  specimen  gave  of  Resin  37  parts, 
Volatile  Oil  28  parts,  Gum  4,  Gluten  11,  in  100  parts.  But  the 
quantity  of  Volatile  Oil  is  necessarily  much  less%when  it  has  been  ex- 
posed and  become  dry,  as  seen  in  commerce.  Braconnot  obtained 
only  8  per  cent,  of  Oil,  of  Resin  56,.  Gum  30,  matter  like  Gum  5-2, 
loss  0-8=100. 

AFRICAN  OLIBANUM  (F.  Encens  d'Jlfrique,  G.  Africanischen  Weih- 
rauch)  imported  into  Venice  and  Marseilles  from  Suez,  and  obtained 
from  Arabia  and  the  east  coast  of  Africa,  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Pe- 
reira  as  African  or  Arabian  Olibanum,  and  as  occurring  in  smaller 
tears  than  the  Indian  variety,  yellowish  or  reddish,  and  intermixed 
with  crystals  of  Carbonate  of  Lime.  One  kind  of  African  Olibanum 
is  no  doubt  produced  on  the  hills  of  the  Somauli  coast  westward  from 
Cape  Guardafui,  and  carried  to  the  Arabian  coast  chiefly  by  native 
boats  from  Maculla.  This  tree, -partially  described  by  Capt.  Kem- 
thorne  of  the  Indian  navy,  has  been  identified  by  Mr.  Bennett  of  the 
British  Museum  with  Ploslea  jioribunda  of  Endlicher,  but  which  ap- 
pears to  the  author  to  be  nothing  but  a  species  of  Boswellia,  which 
he  would  therefore  call  B.  Jioribunda.  The  specimens  are  covered 
with  little  resinous  exudations,  as  are  the  leaves  of  a  plant  collected 
in  the  island  of  Socotra  by  Lt.  Wellsted,  which  also  appear  to  be 
those  of  a  Boswellia. 


334  BALSAMODENDRON.  [Calycifloree. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant.  Sometimes  used  in  chronic  affections  of 
mucous  membranes,  but  chiefly  in  plasters,  and  as  a  fumigation. 

MYRRHA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Gummi  Resina,  L.  Gummy-Resinous 
Exudation,  E.  Balsamodendron  (Protium)  Myrrha,  Nees.  L.  E. 
Myrrh.  Octand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Myrrh  is  first  mentioned  in  Exod.  xxx.  23,  by  the  name  of  Mor  or 
Mur.  The  Arabic  name  also  is  Mur.  The  Greeks  called  it  n.u££a, 
and  also  2fwgva.  Herodotus  mentions  it  as  produced  in  the  south 
•with  Frankincense,  &c.  Dioscorides  states  the  variety  called  Troglo- 
dytica  to  be  the  best.  In  the  Periplus  of  the  Red  Sea,  Arrian  mentions 
Myrrh  with  Olibanum  as  exported  from  the  coast  of  Barbaria,  that  is, 
the  modern  Berbera.  Bruce  learnt  that  it  was  produced,  as  well  as 
Frankincense,  in  the  country  behind  Azab,  or  in  that  of  the  Dankali. 
The  embassy  to  Abyssinia  under  Major  Harris  met  with  it  on  the 
hills  in  the  comparatively  flat  country  which  extends  from  Abyssinia 
to  the  Red  Sea  near  the  Straits  of  Bab-el-Mandeb,  or  from  the  Doomi 
Valley  to  the  banks  of  the  Hawash.  Mr.  Johnston  (Trav  .i.  p.  249) 
met  with  it  in  nearly  the  same  locality.  Both  authors  describe  the 
Myrrh  as  exuding  from  wounds  made  in  the  bark,  and  that  it  is  col- 
lected in  January  and  March  (H.),  but  chiefly  in  July  and  August, 
and  in  small  quantities  at  other  times  of  the  year  (J.),  and  exchanged 
for  Tobacco  with  the  merchants  who  proceed  to  Berbera,  &c.,  whence 
it  is  exported  to  the  coast  of  Arabia. 

Dr.  Malcolmson  writes  to  the  author  from  Aden,  that  it  is  exported 
in  native  boats  from  different  ports  in  the  Red  Sea,  but  chiefly  from 
Berbera,  Zela,  and  Massowah,  and  adds  "  there  is  no  Myrrh  produ- 
ced in  Arabia." 

Myrrh,  it  is  well  known,  now  reaches  Europe  chiefly  from  Bombay, 
having  been  importeo1  from  the  Arabian  and  Persian  Gulfs.  It  used 
formerly  to  be  obtained  also  from  Turkey.  Some  Myrrh,  however, 
appears  to  be  produced  in  Arabia,  as  Ehrenberg  and  Hemprich  found 
a  small  tree  in  Arabia  near  Gison,  on  the  borders  of  Arabia  Felix, 
from  off  which  they  collected  some  very  fine  Myrrh.  There  is  still 
considerable  uncertainty  respecting  the  plant  or  plants  which  yield 
Myrrh,  though  it  is  probable  they  all  belong  to  the  genus  Balsamo- 
dendron. 

BALSAMODENDRON,  Kunth.     Amyris.     Protium.     Wight  and  Arnott. 

Flowers  often  unisexual.  Calyx  4-toothed,  persistent  Petals  4,  linear,  oblong,  indu- 
plicately  valvate  in  aestivation.  Stamens  8,  inserted  like  the  petals  under  the  margin  of 
the  annular  disk  or  torus,  which  is  cup-shaped,  fleshy,  deeply  crenated.  Ovary  2-celled. 
Style  short,  obtuse,  4-lobed.  Drupe  globose  or  ovate,  nut  thick  and  very  hard,  bony,  2- 
celled,  (one  of  the  cells  by  abortion,  often  obliterated,)  cells  one-seeded. — Balsam  producing 
trees.  Leaves  with  3  to  5  sessile  leaflets,  which  are  without  dots. 

B.  Gileadense,  K.  Unarmed.  Leaves  palmately  3-foliolate,  petiolate,  smooth ;  leaflets 
oboYate,  oblong,  very  entire,  glabrous ;  pedicels  short,  single-flowered,  with  the  calyx 
broad,  shallow,  and  campanulate. — This  includes  the  Amyris  Opobalsamum  of  Forskal ; 
but  fresh  specimens  and  recent  observations  are  required  to  distinguish  whether  this  is 
different  from  the  Balessan  of  Bruce.  Other  species  which  are  found  in  the  Peninsula 
of  India  and  are  spinescent,  used  to  be  included  under  it,  but  are  considered  distinct  by 


Burseracefe.] 


M  Y  R  R  H  A. 


335 


Dr.  Arnott,  who  does  not  now  unite  them  with  Protium  (as  in  the  Prod.  Fl.  Ind.  Penins.) 
from  which  indeed  they  differ  much  in  habit. 

The  Ralessan  of  Bruce  was  found  by  him  at  Azab,  and  said 
to  extend  to  the  Straits  of  Bab-el-Mandeb.  Gerloch  found  it  at 
Bederhunin,  a  village  between  Mecca  and  Medina.  Forskal  found 
his  Opobalsamum  at  Haes  in  Arabia  Felix.  At  Aden  it  is  called 
Beshan.  Dr.  Roth,  in  the  Appendix  to  Harris's  Abyssinia  (ii.  p.  414) 
mentions  B.  Opobalsamum  as  occurring  in  the  Adel  country  and  the 
jungles  of  the  Hawash,  along  with  the  Myrrh  tree.  The  bark  when 
wounded  exudes  the  fragrant  and  far-famed  Balsam,  which  has  been 
called  Balm  of  Gilead,  but  which  seems  to  have  been  only  cultivated 
in  Palestine  near  the  town  of  Jericho.  It  is  now  never  obtainable  in 
Europe  in  a  pure  state,  and  therefore  seldom  if  ever  employed  medi- 
cinally, though  it  is  no  doubt  possessed  of  stimulant  properties. 

B.  Myrrha    (fig.  56).     Stem   shrubby,   arborescent;   branches   squarrose,  spinescent 
Leaves  ternate;  leaflets  obovate,  obtuse,  obtusely  toothletted  at  the  apex,  the  lateral 
smooth.     Fruit  acumi- 
nate (Nees). 

Bark  pale  ash-gray,  ap-  Fig.  56. 

proaching  white.  Wood 
yellowish- white ;  both  it 
and  the  bark  have  a  pe- 
culiar odour.  Leaves  on 
short  stalks.  Flowers 
unknown.  Fruit  ovate, 
smooth,  brown,  some' 
what  larger  than  a  pea ; 
surmounted  at  the  base 
by  a  four-toothed  calyx, 
and  supported  on  a  very 


56.  Balsamodendron  Myrrha.    1,  2,  3.    B.  Kataf. 


short  stalk. 

The  author  has 
adopted  the  above 
description,  as 
translated  by  his 
friend,  Dr.  Pereira, 
who  has  closely 
followed  the  ac- 
count given  by 

Nees  von  Esenbeck  in  the  folio  work  Beschreib.  Officin.  Planzen, 
where  he  says  that  his  friend  Dr.  Ehrenberg  collected  from  off  this 
tree  "  sehr  schone  Myrrhe"  and  that  the  description  is  taken  from 
the  specimens  of  the  plant  collected  by  Ehrenberg  at  Gison,  on  the 
borders  of  Arabia  Felix. 

Though  it  is  not  very  probable,  from  modern  information,  that  any 
large  quantity  of  Myrrh  is  produced  in  Arabia,  yet  it  is  possible  that 
some  may  be  produced  there,  and  from  the  same  species  of  plant  as 
that  which  yields  the  large  quantities  of  Myrrh  in  Africa.  Indeed, 
it  is  stated  in  the  Appendix  to  Harris's  Abyssinia  (ii.  414),  probably 
on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Roth,  that  the  "  Balsamodendron  Myrrha 
(Karbeta  of  the  natives)  grows  on  the  borders  of  Efat  and  in  the 
jungles  of  the  Hawash,  and  in  the  Adel  desert.  The  resinous  gum 
called  Hofatt  is  collected  for  exportation.  B.  Opobalsamum  (Besham) 


336  BDELLIUM.  [Calyciflora. 

grows  commonly  with  the  former,  and  grows  even  at  Cape  Aden." 
Unfortunately  there  are  no  specimens  of  either  plant  in  the  Herba- 
rium collected  by  the  embassy  and  sent  to  the  India  House. 

On  examining  the  specimens  in  the  British  Museum  of  B.  Opobal- 
samum, or  B.  Gileadense,  now  united  into  one  species,  it  appears  to 
the  author  that  the  specimens  vary  sufficiently  to  require  careful 
examination  and  detailed  description  of  good  and  complete  speci- 
mens, before  we  can  distinguish  them  as  varieties,  or  determine  them 
to  belong  to  separate  species;  also  whether  the  above  B.  Myrrha 
itself  diflers  sufficiently  to  constitute  a  distinct  species.  The  draw- 
ing of  Nees,  of  which  the  annexed  wood-cut  (fig.  56)  is  a  copy, 
appears  to  the  author  to  resemble  some  of  the  Arabian  specimens  of 
B.  Opobalsamum  very  closely.  All  are  very  distinct,  both  in  foliage 
and  inflorescence,  from  B.  Kataf  (v.  56, 1,  2,  3),  of  which  a  specimen 
collected  by  Forskal  is  in  the  British  Museum.  The  species  referred 
to  by  Dr.  Roth  are  probably  the  same  as  the  following. 

Mr.  Johnson,  also,  in  his  Travels  through  Adel  to  Abyssinia 
(i.  p.  249),  in  treating  "  of  the  tree  that  yields  this  useful  drug, 
Myrrh,"  says  "there  are  in  the  country  of  Adel  two  varieties,  one,  a 
low,  thorny,  ragged-looking  tree,  with  bright  green  leaves,  trifoliate, 
and  an  undulating  edge,  is  that  which  has  been  described  by  Ehren- 
berg,"  (v.  the  annexed  figure,  56.)  "  This  produces  the  finest  kind 
of  Myrrh  in  our  shops."  This  may  either  be  the  above  B.  Myrrha 
or  one  of  the  forms  of  B.  Opobalsamum.  "  The  other  is  a  more  leafy 
tree,  if  I  may  use  the  expression,  and  its  appearance  reminded  me 
exceedingly  of  the  common  hawthorn  of  home,  having  the  same 
largely  serrated,  dark-green  leaves,  growing  in  bunches  of  four  6V 
five,  springing  by  several  leaf-stalks  from  a  common  centre.  The 
flowers  are  small,  of  a  light-green  colour,  hanging  in  pairs  beneath 
the  leaves,  and  in  size  and  shape  resemble  very  much  the  flowers  of 
our  gooseberry-tree.  It  belongs  to  the  Octandria  Monogynia,  the 
eight  stamens  being  alternately  long  and  short,  the  former  corre- 
sponding to  the  four  partial  clefts  in  the  edge  of  the  one-leafed  calyx. 
The  fruit  is  a  kind  of  berry,  and  when  ripe  easily  throws  off  the  dry 
shell  in  two  pieces,  and  the  two  seeds  it  contains  escape.  The  outer 
bark  is  thin,  transparent,  and  easily  detached ;  the  inner,  thick, 
woody.  When  wounded,  a  yellow  turbid  fluid  (the  gum-myrrh) 
immediately  makes  its  appearance.  Naturally,  the  gum  exudes  from 
cracks  in  the  bark  of  the  trunk  near  the  root,  and  flows  freely  upon 
the  stones  immediately  underneath.  Artificially,  it  is  obtained  by 
bruises  made  with  stones." 

This  plant,  judging  from  the  specimens  deposited  by  Mr.  Johnston 
in  the  British  Museum,  corresponds  exactly  with  one,  also  in  the 
same  collection,  obtained  by  Mr.  Salt  in  Abyssinia,  Balsamodendron 
Kua  of  Mr.  Brown's  MSS.,  and  of  which  Mr.  Salt  says,  he  obtained 
from  it  a  gum  much  resembling  the  Myrrh. 

B.  AFRICANUM,  Jlrnott.     (Heudelotia  africana,  Guill.  et  Per.) 
This  species,  first  found  on  the  west  of  Africa,  occurs  also  in  the 


Burteraceai.]  BDELLIUM.  337 

Abyssinian  collection,  having  been  found  in  the  flat  country  of  the 
Adel.*  It  yields  African  Bdellium,  or  that  imported  into  France 
from  Guinea  and  the  Senegal,  according  to  M.  Perrotet.  M.  Adan- 
son,  likewise,  in  his  Travels  in  the  Senegal,  mentions  it  by  the  name 
of  Niotout,  as  producing  Bdellium.  It  may  also  yield  the  Bdellium 
which  is  exported  from  the  west  coast  of  Africa.  Dr.  Malcolmson 
writes  to  the  author  that  "  Bdellium  (of  which  he  sends  a  specimen) 
is  produced  in  Africa  by  a  tree  similar  to  the  Myrtle.  None  is  ob- 
tained in  Arabia.  It  is  very  similar  to  Myrrh,  and  sometimes  sold 
for  it." 

One  kind  of  Bdellium  is  produced  in  India,  which  the  author  was 
informed  was  yielded  by  a  tree  called  googul  by  the  natives  (v. 
Himal.  Bot.  177),  and  which  is  the  Amyris  Commiphora  of  Roxb.  re- 
ferred by  Messrs.  Wight  and  Arnott  to  Balsamodendron.  Dr. 
Walker,  in  his  account  of  the  drugs  produced  near  Aurungabad, 
states  "  a  gum-resin,  called  by  the  natives  googool,  is  produced  by  a 
tree  (Dr.  W.  calls  it  Amyris  Bdellium  1  Roxb.)  which  grows  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Umber,  a  town  twenty  miles  to  the  westward  of 
Aurungabad.  Roxburgh  imagined  that  Googool  was  identical  with 
Myrrh."  * 

But  the  whole  of  the  species  of  this  genus  require  to  be  carefully 
examined  from  good  and  authentic  specimens  accompanied  by  their 
respective  products,  before  the  several  doubts  can  be  resolved. 

Prop.  Myrrh  is  imported  from  Bombay.  It  is  generally  in  pieces 
of  irregular  form  and  size,  formed  apparently  by  agglutinated  tears, 
dry,  and  covered  with  a  fine  dust,  commonly  of  a  reddish-brown 
colour ;  brittle,  fracture  irregular,  conchoidal,  shining,  with  the  sur- 
face apparently  dotted  with  volatile  oil,  often  varied  with  opaque, 
whitish,  semicircular  marks;  the  smaller  pieces  angular,  shining, 
semi-transparent ;  taste  bitter  and  aromatic,  the  smell  peculiar  and 
balsamic.  Other  kinds  are  also  met  with,  probably  derived  from  the 
same  source,  as  it  sometimes  reaches  this  country  with  the  different 
qualities  intermixed  (Myrrh  in  sorts)  or  when  the  finer  pieces  are 
picked  out  (Turkey  or  picked  Myrrh).  But  when  the  process  is 
adopted  abroad,  the  inferior  qualities  may  come  separately  or  remain 
intermixed  with  other  gums  or  resins,  especially  Bdellium,  from  the 
careless  manner  in  which  all  are  collected  by  the  natives.  The  spe- 
cimens brought  by  the  Abyssinian  embassy  have  granular  fragments 
mixed  with  roundish  tears  ;  and  some  of  a  pale,  even  whitish,  colour 
may  be  seen  on  the  same  piece  of  bark  with  ordinary  coloured 
Myrrh.  The  specimens  which  have  not  been  exposed  to  the  air  are 
darker  coloured,  moister,  and  of  a  more  powerful  and  agreeable 
smell. 

Indian  Bdellium  is  sometimes  sold  for  and  considered  as  an  infe- 
rior kind  of  Myrrh.  It  is  in  roundish  pieces  of  a  dull  dark-red 
colour,  more  moist  than  Myrrh,  and  not  brittle  like  it,  softening  even 
with  the  heat  of  the  hand ;  bitter  and  a  little  acrid  in  taste,  with  a 

*  Mr.  Johnston  immediately  recognised  it  as  one  of  the  trees  yielding  gum-resin.  The 
leaflets  are  like  those  of  B.  Kua,  Br. 

22 


E  L  E  M  I.  [Calycifloro!. 

less  agreeable  odour.  It  often  has  portions  of  the  birch-like  bark  ad- 
hering to  it. 

Myrrh,  when  heated,  softens,  then  burns  partially,  leaving  a  black 
spongy  ash.  Triturated  with  water,  it  forms  an  emulsion :  the  Alco- 
holic tincture  is  rendered  opaque  on  the  addition  of  water.  It  is  a 
Gum-resin  with  volatile  Oil,  and  salts  of  several  acids  combined  with 
Potash  and  Lime.  The  Gum,  about  63  per  cent.,  consists  of  two 
kinds,  one-half  being  Bassorin  or  insoluble,  and  the  remainder  Ardbin, 
or  soluble  Gum.  This  being  dissolved  in  water,  readily  suspends  the 
Resin  and  Oil.  The  Resin,  about  28  per  cent.,  is  also  of  two  kinds, 
one  soft,  odorous,  and  soluble  in  ether,  while  the  other  is  hard,  with- 
out odour,  soluble  in  alkalies.  The  volatile  Oil,  about  2-5  per  cent., 
passes  over  if  distilled  with  water ;  it  is  at  first  without  colour,  but 
becomes  yellowish,  has  the  odour  and  taste  of  Myrrh,  is  soluble  in 
Alcohol,  Ether,  and  the  fixed  Oils.  Upon  it  and  the  Resin  the  pro- 
perties of  Myrrh  chiefly  depend. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic,  Excitant,  Stimulant  Expectorant,  Em- 
menagogue. 

D.  gr.  x. — 3ss. ;  but  usually  united  with  tonics  or  with  purgatives, 
as  Aloes.  * 

[TINCTURA  MYRRHS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Myrrh. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Digest,  D.)  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  bruised  Myrrh  3iij.  (3iijss.  E.)  in 
rectified  Spirit  Oij.  (Oj.  and  f  Sxiij.  E.  by  measure  ftss.  and  Proof  Spirit  by  measure 
Oiss.  D.)  Strain  (or  much  more  conveniently,  pack  the  Myrrh  in  a  percolator,  add  the 
Spirit  and  when  f  Sxxxiij.  have  passed  through,  agitate  well  to  dissolve  the  oleo-resinous 
matter  which  lies  at  the  bottom,  E.) 

[Myrrh  bruised  giv.  Alcohol  Oij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  As  a  rectified  Spirit  is  the  best  solvent  for  the  Resin 
and  volatile  Oil  of  Myrrh,  this  is  an  effective  preparation  in  doses  of 
f3ss. — f3j.  But  it  is  usually  only  employed  as  an  adjunct,  or  as  an 
external  stimulant  application  to  foul  and  indolent  ulcers. 

Off.  Prep.  Tinct.  Ammonia  Comp.  L.  Mist.  Ferri  Comp.  L.  D. 
Pil.  Ferri  Comp.  L.  D.  Pil.  Assafoetidag  Comp.  E.  Pil.  Galbani 
Comp.  L.  D.  Pil.  Aloes  et  Myrrh®,  L.  E.  D.  Pil.  Rhei  Comp.  E. 
Tinct.  Aloes  et  Myrrhae,  E.  Decoct.  Aloes  (Comp.  D.)  E. 

ELEMI,  L.  E.  D.  Concrete  Resinous  Exudation  from  one  or  more  un- 
ascertained Plants,  E.  Resin  of  Amyris  elemifera,  Linn  L.  D. 
Elaphrium  elemiferum,  Royle,  yields  Mexican  Elemi. 

Elemi  has  long  held  a  place  in  the  works  on  Materia  Medica,  but 
great  uncertainty  has  always  prevailed  respecting  both  the  country 
and  the  plant  producing  it.  C.  Bauhin  mentions  it  as  Elemi  and 
Elemni  officinarum.  J.  Bauhin  (1650)  describes  it  as  being  in  cylin- 
drical pieces,  of  the  consistence  and  colour  of  yellow  wax,  with  the 
odour  nearly  of  Fennel,  and  wrapped  up  in  a  leaf  which  appears  to 
be  that  of  Canna  indica.  Ray  (1688)  states  that  many  consider  it  to 
be  the  gum  of  the  Ethiopic  Olive,  and  the  word  Elemi  to  be  derived 
from  Elea.  He  refers  to  a  passage  "  ex  Andreso  Bacci  autoris  gra- 
vissimi  lib.  5.  de  Vinis  Apulis,"  who  states  that  in  Apulia  the  Olives 


Burseracea.]  ELAPHRIUM    EL  EMIF  E  R  UM.  339 

grow  to  a  great  size,  and  on  account,  he  thinks,  of  the  great  and 
continued  heat,  exude  a  very  excellent  gum,  "  quod  Chirurgi  gummi 
Elemi  appellant."  There  appears  no  evidence  to  connect  Elemi 
with  the  Ethiopian  Olive  of  Dioscorides,  nor  does  there  seem  any 
proof  that  it  was  ever  obtained  from  thence.  Indeed  J.  Bauhin,  as 
early  as  1650,  says  of  Elemi,  "De  loco  ejus  natali  nihil  adhuc  certi 
accessimus." 

From  America,  however,  a  resin  was  early  received,  which  had 
the  characteristics  of  and  was  compared  with  Elemi.  Marcgraaf, 
indeed,  describes  a  Brazilian  tree,  called  Icicariba,  which  exudes  a 
very  fragrant  resin  smelling  like  freshly  bruised  Anethum.  His  edi- 
tor, De  Laet,  says  that  large  quantities  of  this  resin  are  brought  from 
New  Spain,  and  that  it  is  also  collected  in  Brazil.  The  American 
Elemi  seems  for  a  long  time  to  have  been  the  only  kind  procurable, 
except  a  factitious  preparation  made  with  yellow  resin,  turpentine, 
and  oil  of  spike,  for  making  which  directions  are  given  by  Savary 
and  others.  M.  Guibourt  states,  as  Rutty  had  done,  that  both  kinds 
of  Elemi  come  from  America,  and  that  of  Brazil,  which  Geoffrey 
calls  the  false,  is  in  the  present  day  the  most  esteemed,  on  account  of 
its  strong  but  pleasant  odour ;  owing  to  the  presence  of  much  volatile 
oil.  If  this  kind  does  actually  come  from  Brazil,  it  is  most  probably 
procured  from  the  above  Icicariba  of  Marcgraaf,  Idea  Icicariba, 
Dec.,  as  Martins,  in  his  Syst.  Materice  Med.  Brazil,  p.  118  mentions 
"  Elemi  occidentale,  which  in  stimulant  and  healing  powers  excels  the 
other  balsamic  resins  of  Brazil,"  as  obtained  from  this  tree.  He  also 
enumerates  other  species  of  Icica  indigenous  in  the  same  region, 
which  pour  out  balsams  which  when  dry  are  known  as  different  kinds 
of  Elemi  and  of  Anime. 

But  Elemi  has,  for  some  years  at  least,  been  imported  direct  from 
Mexico,  and  the  author  has  received  specimens  from  Dr.  Budd,  to 
whom  they  were  given  by  R.  Cotesworth,  Esq.,  who  imports  Elemi 
as  an  article  of  commerce  from  Mexico.  These  specimens  were  ac- 
companied by  specimens  of  the  trunk,  branches,  leaves,  and  fruit ; 
but  unfortunately,  mostly  all  detached  from  their  points  of  insertion. 
The  materials  are,  however,  sufficient  to  determine  that  they  belong 
to  the  genus  Elaphrium,  and  that  the  species  is  a  new  one,  which  the 
author  has  named  E.  elemiferum,  from  its  produce.  To  this  proba- 
bly early  accounts  refer,  as  the  Elemi-like  produce  from  New  Spain. 

ELAPHRIUM  ELEMIFERUM,  Royle. 

Twelve  feet  high  ?  stem  three  inches  in  diameter ;  wood  white,  spongy ;  bark  about  a 
line  in  thickness,  rugose,  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  but  covered  with  a  gray  epidermis 
and  lichens ;  branches  tortuous ;  twigs  smooth,  somewhat  angular,  striated  and  flexuose ; 
leaves  exstipulate,  unequally  pinnate;  rachis  winged;  leaflets  3  to  10  pairs,  opposite, 
without  dots,  very  variable  in  form,  ovate,  obtuse,  even  roundish,  entire  or  ovate  acumi- 
nate, irregularly  toothed,  the  terminal  one  usually  elongated  acute,  the  lateral  ones,  es- 
pecially the  lower  pairs,  are  sometimes  ternately  or  pinnately  cut,  with  their  petioles  also 
winged ;  at  other  times  all  the  leaflets  are  rhomboidal  and  deeply  cut  intoacute  segments,  all 
are  smooth  and  shining  on  the  upper  surface.  Flowers  not  seen.  Drupes  ovoid  and  rather 
acute,  composed  of  a  thick  and  tough  epicarp,  which  splits  into  two  valves,  and  displays  the 
blackish  apex  of  the  seed,  of  which  the  lower  part  is  enveloped  in  a  reddish-yellow  aril- 
looking  body  (membrana  tenui  (pulpa  molli  testi,  Jacq.)  vestita,  Xum\  in  ch.  Generis), 


ELEMI.  [CalyciflorcB. 

which  exhales  a  strong  odour  of  Elemi  when  scraped ;  seed  single,  ovate,  one  being  abor- 
tive ;  cotyledons  contortuplicate ;  radicle  above. — Native  of  Mexico,  near  Oaxaca. 

Elemi  has  also  been  imported,  for  the  last  two  or  three  years  at 
least,  from  Manilla  into  the  London  market.  This  is  in  masses  of  a 
light-yellowish  colour,  internally  soft,  and  about  the  consistence  and 
appearance  of  thick  honey,  smelling  strongly  of  fennel,  and  in  this 
respect  resembling  that  imported  from  Mexico.  Though  it  is  pos- 
sible that  this  might  be  conveyed  as  an  article  of  commerce  from 
Acapulco  to  Manilla,  yet  M.  Perrotet  obtained,  in  the  Philippine 
Islands,  a  produce  like  Elemi  from  a  Terebinthaceous  tree. 

Canarium  commune  (C.  zephyrinum  of  Rumph,  H.  A.  ii.  t.  47), 
cultivated  on  account  of  its  kernels  in  the  Spice  Islands,  and  ex- 
tending even  to  Ceylon,  yields  a  resin,  which  Rumph  describes  as 
white  and  tenacious,  of  the  consistence  of  suet,  becoming  by  de- 
grees yellow,  and  when  fresh,  exhaling  a  strong  odour ;  that  of  the 
wild  plant,  he  describes  as  "  substantia,  colore  et  odore  adeo  similis 
est  Gummi  Elemi,  ut  pro  eo  haberetur." 

Dr.  Pereira  has  received  from  Dr.  Christison  the  resin  of  Canarium 
balsamiferum  of  Ceylon,  which  in  odour  and  general  appearance 
strongly  resembles  Elemi. 

If  the  Molucca  resin  should  be  found  to  be  exported,  it  will  ac- 
count for  our  having  for  many  years  received  one  kind  of  Elemi 
from  Holland,  as  was  long  since  stated  to  be  the  case  by  Pomet,  and  as 
has  been  traced  out  by  Dr.  Pereira,  whence  he  rightly  concluded  that 
it  was  the  produce  of  a  Dutch  settlement. 

Hence  it  appears  that  the  different  kinds  of  Elemi  are  produced — 

BRAZILIAN  ELEMI,  by  Idea  Icicariba.  Marcg.  Ic.  p.  98.  Piso,  Ic. 
p.  59.  Martius,  PI.  Med.  t.  22. 

MEXICAN  ELEMI,  by  Elaphrium  elemiferum.    Royle. 

MANILLA  ELEMI,  probably  by  Canarium  commune,  Linn.  Rumph. 
H.  A.  2.  t.  47.  Ko3nig.  An.  Bot.  t.  7.  f.  2. 

The  Amyris  elemifera,  Linn,  which  is  adduced  in  the  L.  and  D.  P., 
is  made  up  of  two  or  three  distinct  plants,  the  above  Idea  Icicariba, 
and  a  plant  figured  by  Catesby,  Carol.  2,  t.  33,  f.  3,  a  native  of  Carolina, 
and  also  Amyris  Plumieri,  Dec.  Plum.  ed.  Burm.  t.  100,  a  native  of 
the  West  India  Islands. 

Elemi  necessarily  varies  according  to  the  source  whence  it  has  been 
obtained ;  but  it  has  generally  something  of  a  waxy  appearance,  is  of 
a  light,  changing  to  a  deeper,  yellowish  colour,  with  occasionally  a 
tinge  of  green ;  soft  or  hard,  dry  or  moist,  according  to  the  time  it 
has  been  exposed,  and  the  volatile  oil  has  become  evaporated.  The 
smell  of  the  different  kinds  varies  in  fragrance,  being  more  or  less 
agreeable,  but  in  some  smelling  strongly  of  fennel,  especially  when 
the  resin  is  freshly  imported  and  moist ;  in  others,  this  odour  is  mix- 
ed with  that  of  lemons.  Factitious  Elemi  is  of  a  dark  yellow  colour, 
is  something  like  yellow  resin,  and  with  more  of  a  terebinthinate 
odour.  The  Elemi  analyzed  by  Bonastre  yielded  60  parts  of  Resin, 
24  of  sub-resin,  or  Elemine,  insoluble  in  cold  Alcohol,  12-5  of  volatile 
oil,  2  of  Bitter  Extractive,  and  1-5  of  impurities.  But  the  volatile 
oil  must  be  in  much  larger  proportion  in  recent  specimens. 


Mimosece.]  ACACIA.  341 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant.  Formerly  an  ingredient  of  the  ointment 
of  ArcsBus.  The  Turpentine  must  destroy  the  Elemi  odour  in 

UNO.  ELEMI  (D.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.     Comp.  Elemi  Ointment. 

Prep.  Melt  Elemi  fej.  L.  D.  in  Suet  ftij.  (prepared  Lard  feiv.  and  White  Wax  ftss.  D.) 
Mix  with  them  immediately  Common  Turpentine  3x.  Olive  Oil  f3ij.  Strain  while  hot 
through  a  sieve  or  linen. 

LEGUMINOS^:,  Juss.     Leguminous  Plants. 

The  Leguminosce  are  so  named  from  the  fruit  of  all  consisting  of  a 
legume  or  pod,  and  form  one  of  the  largest  of  the  natural  families  of 
plants.  They  may  be  divided  into  several  very  natural  groups,  but 
are  usually  treated  of  under  the  head  of  three  sub-orders  named  Mi- 
mosese,  Caesalpinece,  and  Papilionaceae. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees.  Leaves  alternate,  compound.  Stipules  2.  Calyx  free,  often 
with  unequal  divisions,  the  odd  segment  being  anterior.  Petals  inserted  into  the  calyx, 
sometimes  into  the  receptacle,  with  the  odd  petal  always  posterior,  equal  in  number  to  the 
divisions  of  the  calyx,  or  fewer  from  abortion.  Stamens  double  the  number  of  the  petals, 
or  numerous,  perigynous,  and  in  some  hypogynous,  like  the  petals.  Ovary  simple,  supe- 
rior, one-celled,  becoming  a  legume  or  lomentum.  Embryo  almost  always  without  albumen. 

Sub-order:  MIMOSE.E,  R.  Brown.     Mimosads. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  rarely  herbs,  unarmed  or  furnished  with  prickles  or  thorns.  Leaves 
often  irritable ;  abruptly,  usually  bi-  to  tripinnate,  sometimes  imparipinnate ;  the  leaflets 
in  some  being  abortive  and  the  petiole  dilated  vertically  (forming  phyllodia) ;  these  appear 
to  have  simple  leaves.  Flowers  are  complete  or  unisexual,  regular,  usually  spiked  or 
capitate.  Calyx  free,  4 — 5  parted  or  divided,  lacunae  and  petals  valvate,  rarely  imbricate. 
Petals  equal  in  number  to  and  alternate  with  divisions  of  the  calyx,  inserted  into  its  base, 
or  into  the  receptacle,  free  or  united  more  or  less  into  the  tube.  Stamens  hypogynous, 
very  rarely  subperigynous,  usually  numerous,  free  or  monadelphous.  Legumen  usually 
bivalved,  one-celled,  sometimes  divided  into  several  cells  by  transverse  partitions,  or  into 
single-seeded  joints.  Embryo  straight,  cotyledons  large,  radicle,  short,  straight,  plumule 
inconspicuous. 

The  Mimosea3  are  found  in  tropical  parts  of  the  world,  with  com- 
paratively few  species  in  the  north,  but  great  numbers  in  the  south 
temperate  zone.  They  are  characteristic  of  hot  dry  parts  of  the 
world.  Many  of  the  species  exude  gum  and  secrete  astringent  prin- 
ciple in  their  bark,  wood,  and  fruit. 

ACACIA,  Dec.     Polygamia  Monacia,  Linn. 

Flowers  polygamous.  Calyx  4  to  5  toothed.  Petals  4 — 5,  either  free  or  united  to- 
gether, and  forming  a  4 — 5-cleft  corolla.  Stamens  varying  in  number  from  8 — 200,  dis- 
tinct or  united  into  bundles.  Legume  continuous,  dry,  bivalved.  Seeds  without  pulp. 
Shrubs  or  trees,  unarmed  or  provided  with  stipular  thorns  or  scattered  prickles.  Flowers 
yellow,  white,  or  occasionally  red,  in  globular  heads  or  elongated  spikes.  Several  of  the 
species  exude  gum,  and  store  up  astringent  matter  in  the  wood,  bark,  and  legumens. 

ACACIA,  L.  (U.  S.)  GUMMI  ACACIA,  E.  GUMMI  ARABICUM,  D.  Gum  of 
various  species  of  Acacia,  E.,  of  A.  vera,  Willd.  L.,  of  A.  vera  and 
A.  arabica,  D.  Gum  Acacia  or  Gum  Arabic. 

Gum  being  an  exudation  from  many  trees,  especially  in  warm  and 
dry  climates,  must  have  been  known  from  the  most  remote  antiquity ; 
and  hence  we  find  it  mentioned  by  early  Greek  writers.  It  probably 


342  GUMMI    ACACIJE.  [Calyciflorce. 

formed  an  article  of  commerce  from  Africa  into  Europe  in  ancient  as 
it  does  in  modern  times.  Gum  being  required  for  use  in  the  arts  as 
well  as  in  medicine,  large  quantities  are  imported  from  the  west  and 
the  east  coast  of  Africa,  from  Egypt,  Arabia,  India,  New  Holland, 
and  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Gum  Arabic,  so  called  from  being  supposed  to  be  produced  in  Arabia, 
is  imported  in  immense  quantities  from  Africa  into  Aden;  none  is  col- 
lected and  very  little  produced  in  Arabia.  (Malcolmson.)  It  used  to  be 
produced  in  Upper  Egypt  and  Nubia.  M.  Pallme  describes  the  gum  as 
being  collected  in  Kordofan,  especially  in  the  district  of  Bara,  in  No- 
vember, December,  and  January,  it  "  is  of  the  finest  quality,  and  is  er- 
roneously named  Gum  Arabic;"  from  10  to  14,000  hundred  weight 
being  conveyed  on  camels  from  Bara  to  Dongola  on  the  Nile,  whence 
it  is  conveyed  to  Cairo,  and  thence  distributed  to  Europe.  As  the 
whole  of  the  arid  desert  country  is  covered  with  Acacia  trees,  much 
is  also  conveyed  to  the  ports  of  the  Red  Sea,  and  from  thence  to  the 
opposite  coast  of  Arabia,  whence  it  is  re-exported  to  Bombay,  and 
from  thence  to  this  country.  This  is  probably  yielded  partly  by  the 
Acacia  vera  and  A.  arabica  mentioned  in  the  Pharmacopoeias,  but 
chiefly  by  A.  Seyal,  A.  Ehrenbergii,  and  A.  tortilis. 

M.  Pallme  says  that  the  Gum-tree  of  Kordofan  differs  materially 
in  the  shape  of  the  tree,  its  leaves,  and  spines,  from  the  Mimosa 
nilotica,  that  is,  Acacia  vera. 

Mr.  Johnston,  when  near  the  Hawash,  had  given  to  him  a  lump  of 
soft  Gum  Arabic,  nearly  a  pound  in  weight,  and  of  most  agreeable 
flavour,  like  a  green  ear  of  corn.  He  mentions  at  the  same  time,  that 
the  trees  were  without  exception  the  long-thorned  Mimosa,  and  tall 
enough  to  ride  under.  It  was  probably  the  A.  tortilis  or  A.  Seyal. 

Gum  Senegal  is  exported  from  Portendic,  Sierra  Leone,  and  the 
French  settlements  on  the  Senegal,  being  produced  chiefly  in  the  de- 
sert country  to  the  north  of  the  Senegal. 

Acacia  Verec  is  stated  by  the  authors  of  the  Fl.  de  Senegambie  to 
yield  the  pale  and  fine  varieties,  A.  albida  (A.  Senegal,  Willd.),  and 
A.  Adansonii  the  inferior  reddish  varieties.  A.  Seyal,  A.  vera,  and 
A.  arabica,  being  found  in  Senegambia,  probably  also  yield  some  of 
the  gum  exported  from  the  western  coast. 

Barbary  Gum  is  exported  from  Mogador  on  the  west  coast  of 
Africa,  and  is  produced  in  a  similar  kind  of  country.  It  is  an  infe- 
rior kind,  and,  moreover,  a  mixture  of  two  or  three  kinds. 

Acacia  gummifera  is  thought  to  yield  some  of  this  gum.  Jackson 
gives  attalet  as  the  name  of  the  tree  which  produces  gum. 

East  India  Gum  is  exported  to  Europe  chiefly  from  Bombay, 
having  been  previously  conveyed  there  from  the  coast  of  Arabia ;  so 
that  it  is  chiefly  of  African  origin.  But  some  of  Indian  origin  is  also 
exported  from  Calcutta  by  the  name  of  Babool  Gum,  which  is  that  of 
the  Acacia  arabica,  and  is  of  good  quality,  but  Gum  is  yielded  also 
by  Acacia  Serissa  and  A.  now  Vachelia  farnesiana,  also  by  species 
of  other  genera. 

Gum  is  also  imported  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  yielded  by 
Acacia  Karroo ;  and  A.  decurrens  yields  gum  in  New  Holland. 


MimosecB.}  MUCILAGO    ACACIA.  343 

As  space  cannot  be  afforded  for  all,  we  will  restrict  ourselves  to 
the  description  of  the  officinal  species. 

ACACIA  VERA.  Willd.  (Mimosa  nilotica,  Linn.)  A  middling-sized  tree,  with  spines 
in  pairs,  straight,  sharp,  about  a  quarter  to  half  an  inch  long.  Leaves  bipinnate,  and  as 
well  as  the  branches  smooth ;  these  are  covered  with  a  reddish-brown  bark.  Two  pairs 
of  pinnae,  leaflets  small,  8  to  10  pairs,  oblong  linear,  with  a  gland  between  the  pinnte. 
Flowers  in  yellow  globose  heads,  from  2  to  5  in  the  axilla  of  the  leaves,  and  stalked.  The 
legume  is  moniliform,  short,  straight  and  containing  but  few  seeds.  A  native  of  Egypt, 
and  extending  across  Africa  to  the  Senegal.  An  astringent  extract,  known  to  the  ancients 
by  the  name  of  OLX.HX.I*,  was  prepared  from  the  legumes  of  this  and  probably  of  other  spe- 
cies. The  author  obtained  it  in  the  bazaars  of  India  by  the  old  name  ofakakia. 

ACACIA  ARABICA.  Willd.  (.4.  nilotica,  Delil.)  Usually  only  a  small,  but  growing  to 
a  tree  40  feet  in  height.  Spines  in  pairs,  usually  short.  Leaves  bipinnate,  with  4  to  6 
pairs  of  pinnce,  with  a  gland  between  the  first  and  between  the  last  pairs.  Leaflets  from 
10  to  20  pairs,  minute,  oblong,  smooth.  Flowers  yellow,  fragrant,  in  globose  stalked 
heads,  axillary  and  subternate.  Legume  stalked,  moniliform,  long  and  curved,  com- 
pressed, contracted  on  both  sutures  between  each  seed.  A  native  of  Egypt,  extending 
across  Africa  to  the  Senegal ;  found  in  Arabia  and  in  every  part  of  India. — Roxb.  Corom. 
PL  ii.  t  149. 

Gum,  dissolved  in  water  or  in  the  form  of  a  mucilage,  is  a  very 
generally  diffused  principle  of  vegetables.  It  flows  from  the  several 
Acacias  in  a  liquid  state,  but  soon  hardens,  and  may  be  seen  from  a 
perfectly  colourless  substance  to  different  shades  of  yellow,  even  on 
the  same  tree.  It  is  in  dry,  s^m  transparent,  roundish  masses,  of  the 
size  of  a  small  nut,  or  larger,  often  in  fragments,  rugose  at  the  sur- 
face, brittle,  friable ;  fracture  vitreous ;  without  odour ;  of  a  mild, 
slightly  sweetish,  viscous  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  about  1*31  to  1-52.  It  is 
soluble  in  water,  having  a  slightly  acid  reaction  on  litmus.  The 
finer  pieces  are  often  separated  after  being  imported,  and  form  the 
picked  or  Turkey  Gum ;  the  inferior  kinds  are  in  larger  or  irregular 
pieces,  of  a  deeper  colour,  more  mixed  with  impurities,  and  less  solu- 
ble. It  is  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  which,  indeed,  precipitates  it  from  its 
watery  solution.  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  forms  with  it  a  brown  jelly. 
Diacetate  of  Lead  and  Silicate  of  Potash  also  cause  a  white  precipi- 
tate in  this  solution.  Boiled  with  Sul',  a  variety  of  Sugar  is  produced ; 
but  if  with  Nit',  Mucic  and  Oxalic  acids.  Subjected  to  heat,  it  loses 
17-6  per  cent,  of  water.  It  yields  3  per  cent,  of  ashes,  composed 
chiefly  of  Carbonate  of  Potash  and  Carbonate  of  Lime,  with  a  minute 
portion  of  Oxide  of  Iron,  and  is  composed  of  79-6  of  soluble  Gum  or 
Jlrabin,  which  displays  the  characteristics  of  pure  Gum,  and  is  com- 
posed of  Cia  H11  O11  or  Ca*  H33  O23  (Liebig),  and  is  therefore  identi- 
cal in  composition  with  Cane  Sugar.  But  Gum  also  contains  a  little 
Nitrogen. 

Adulterations.  The  inferior  kinds  of  Gum  are  apt  to  be  intermixed 
with  the  finer  kinds  of  African  Gum,  especially  when  powdered ;  but 
in  this  state,  starch  also  is  apt  to  be  added,  but  may  be  detected  with 
Iodine. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  Used  in  its  solid  form,  or  in  powder,  or 
in  the  form  of  Mucilage. 

MUCILAGO  ACACI.E,  E.    Mucilago  Gummi  Arabici,  D.    MISTURA  ACA- 
CIA, L.    -Mucilage. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Acacia  3x.  (3ix.  E.;  3iv.  D.)  add  it  gradually  and  mix  with  boil- 


CATECHU. 


[CalyciflortE. 


344 

ing  (cold,  E.)  Aq.  Oj.  (fgiv.  D.)   Dissolve  (without  heat,  but  stirring  occasionally  ;  strain 
through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  May  be  taken  ad  libitum.  Employed 
pharmaceutically  to  suspend  powders,  or  to  make  a  mixture  with 
oily  and  resinous  substances.  The  E.  process  is  the  best,  as  heat  is 
injurious.  The  Dublin  preparation  is  unnecessarily  thick. 

MISTURA  ACACIJE,  E.     Acacia  Mixture. 

Prep.  Steep  in  hot  Aq.  Sweet  Almonds  3j.  and  3ij.  peel  and  beat  them  to  a  smooth 
pulp  in  an  earthenware  or  marble  mortar,  first  with  Pure  Sugar  3v.  and  then  with 
Mucilage  fgiij.  add  gradually  Aq.  Oij.  stirring  constantly.  Strain  through  linen  or 
calico. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent:  very  similar  to  the  Almond  Mixture  of 
the  L.  P. 

TROCHISCI  ACACIA.     Acacia  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Mix  Gum  Arabic  3iv.  Starch  3j.  and  Pure  Sugar  fcj.  with  Rose-water,  and 
make  into  a  mass  fit  for  forming  into  lozenges. 

CATECHU,  (U.  S.)  Ligni  Extractum,  L.  D.  Extract  of  the  Wood,  E. 
Acacia  Catechu,  Willd.  CATECHU.  Extract  of  the  Wood  of  the 
Catechu  Acacia. 

The  early  history  of  Catechu  is  obscure :  it  must  have  been  known 
in  India  from  very  early  times,  as  it  is  one  of  the  ingredients  of  the 
compounds  which  they  chew  with  the  leaf  of  the  Belle  Pepper.  But 
the  Persian  works  on  Materia  Medica  in  use  in  India  do  not  quote 
any  Arabic  or  Greek  names  for  it.  It  was  known  to  Garcias  ab 
Horto,  who  supposed  it  to  have  been  the  Lycium  of  Dioscorides. 
But  this  the  author  has  found  to  have  been  the  extract  of  Barberry- 
root.* 

A  great  variety  of  ex- 
tracts are  now  known, 
which  are  prepared  from 
the  wood,  and  fruit  of  va- 
rious plants.  The  L.  and 
D.  colleges  restrict  them- 
selves to  that  of  the  Aca- 
cia Catechu.  The  E.  P. 
mentions  also  that  pre- 
pared from  the  Betel-nut 
or  seed  of  the  Areca  Ca- 
techu Palm,  and  also  re- 
fer to  that  of  Uncaria 
Gambir.  The  Acacias, 
however,  are  most  noted 
for  the  secretion  of  as- 
tringent principle  in  the 
wood,  bark,  and  legumes  of  various  species,  which  hence  form  arti- 
cles of  commerce,  and  are  employed  in  tanning.  But  none  are  more 
valuable  than  the  officinal  species  yielding  Catechu. 

*  See  a  Paper  on  the  Lycium  of  Dioscorides,  by  the  author.  Linnean  Trans.,  vol.  xvii. 
p.  83. 


Fig.  57. 


MimosecB.']  CATECHU.  345 

ACACIA  CATECHU.  Willd.  A  tree  from  15  to  20,  but  sometimes  30  feet  high,  with  hard 
and  heavy  wood  of  which  the  interior  is  of  a  dark  red  or  brownish  colour,  and  the  sap. 
wood  white.  Branches  with  stipulary  thorns.  Leaves  bipinnate.  PinnsB  10  to  15  pairs. 
Leaflets  30  to  50  pairs ;  linear  oblong,  unequal  and  auricled  on  the  lower  side  at  the  base ; 
petiole  angular,  often  armed  in  arid  situations  with  a  row  of  prickles  on  the  under  side, 
with  one  large  urceolate  gland  below  the  lowest  pair  of  pinnse,  and  smaller  ones  between 
the  2  to  4  terminal  ones.  Inflorescence  a  spike,  1  to  3  together  in  the  axillae  of  the 
leaves.  Flowers  numerous,  white.  Calyx  downy,  5-fid.  Petals  united  into  a  5-fid  corolla. 
Stamens  numerous,  distinct,  double  the  length  of  the  corolla.  Ovary  shortly  stipulate. 
Style  the  length  of  the  stamens.  Legumes  straight,  thin,  and  flat,  and  smooth,  with  about 
4 — 6  seeds.  A  native  of  the  jungles  and  low  hills  of  many  parts  of  India. — Roxb.  Corom. 
Plants,  11,  t  175. 

Catechu  (called  Kut  and  Kutch  by  the  natives  of  the  East  and  Cutch, 
and  Terra  Japonica  in  commerce)  is  properly  an  extract  prepared 
from  the  wood  of  the  above  tree  ;  but  the  term  is  now  applied  also  to 
other  extracts  similar  in  appearance  and  properties.  It  should  be 
confined  to  these,  and  the  term  Kino  applied  to  astringent  natural 
exudations.  The  mode  of  preparing  Catechu,  by  cutting  into  chips 
the  inner  brown-coloured  wood,  and  making  a  decoction  which  is 
afterwards  evaporated  to  a  proper  consistence,  was  first  accurately 
described  by  Mr.  Ker,  as  practised  in  Behar ;  so  it  is  on  the  confines 
of  Nepal.  The  author  has  seen  the  same  process  in  northwest  India. 
We  have  evidence  that  it  is  so  prepared  on  the  Malabar  coast,  and 
also  in  Ava,  from  the  same  tree. 

There  is  no  proof  that  any  Catechu  is  obtained  from  Buteafrondosa, 
q.  v.  Some  is  prepared  from  the  kernels  of  Areca  Catechu,  q.  v.,  and 
a  kind  called  Gambir  from  the  leaves  of  Uncaria  Gambir,  q.  v. 

Catechu  is  seen  either  in  square  or  roundish  pieces  or  balls,  vary- 
ing in  colour,  from  a  pale  whitish  or  light  reddish-brown  to  a  dark 
brown  colour ;  either  earthy  in  texture,  or  lamellated,  or  presenting 
a  smooth  shining  fracture.  Some  kinds  are  hence  more  friable  than 
others ;  all  are  without  smell ;  the  taste  is  bitter,  astringent,  followed 
by  a  little  sweetness.  The  pieces  are  generally  of  a  darker  colour 
externally  than  they  are  in  the  inside.  Some  of  the  kinds  are  cover- 
ed with  Rice  husks,  others  are  enveloped  in  leaves,  which  Dr.  Pereira 
has  ascertained  to  be  those  of  Nauclea  Brunonis,  a  native  of  the  Ma- 
layan peninsula. 

The  pale  variety  is  usually  distinguished  from  the  dark-coloured, 
and  said  to  be  imported  from  Calcutta ;  but  we  have  obtained  both 
kinds  in  the  bazaars  there,  the  pale  being  imported  from  the  upper 
provinces,  and  the  dark  from  Pegu  and  Singapore.  The  dark-brown 
Catechus  are  obtained  from  Bombay ;  but  both  kinds  may  no  doubt 
be  prepared  from  the  same  tree,  as  a  greater  degree  of,  or  longer 
continued  heat,  and  greater  exposure  to  light,  is  said  to  produce  the 
dark  colour.  The  dark  are  heavier,  more  dense  in  texture,  and  have 
a  resinous  fracture. 

The  largest  portion  of  good  Catechu  is  taken  up  by  water,  espe- 
cially when  boiling,  the  infusion  being  of  a  light  or  reddish-brown 
colour,  according  to  its  strength :  it  reddens  litmus,  and  is  strongly 
astringent  in  taste.  It  yields  a  precipitate  with  the  salts  of  Alumina, 
also  with  Acetate  of  Lead,  and  one  of  a  blackish-green  colour  with 
the  salts  of  the  Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  From  forming  a  curdy  pre- 


346  TINCTURA    CATECHU.  [Calyciflorai. 

cipitate  with  a  solution  of  Gelatine,  Catechu  is  applicable  to  the 
tanning  of  leather,  for  which  it  is  now  much  employed. 

Sir  H.  Davy,  in  analyzing  the  Dark  and  Pale  Catechu,  or  the 
Bombay  and  Bengal,  as  they  were  called,  obtained  from 

of  Tannin.        Extractive.       Mucilage.        Insol.  residuum. 

Dark  Catechu  109  68  13  10         =         200 

Pale        "  97  73  16  14         =         200 

The  Tannin  of  Catechu  is  very  similar  in  properties  to  that  obtained 
from  Galls.  The  principle  called  Extractive  by  Sir  H.  Davy,  has  by 
others  been  called  Resinoid  matter,  Resinous  Tannin,  and  of  late 
Catechine  and  Catechuic  acid.  This  is  most  easily  obtained  by 
treating  Gambir  with  cold  water:  the  Tannin  being  dissolved,  the 
insoluble  residue  is  impure  Catechine,  which  may  be  purified  by 
solution  in  Alcohol  and  subsequent  crystallization,  when  it  appears 
as  a  white  powder,  but  in  silky  needles,  and  has  something  of  a 
sweetish  taste,  producing  a  green  colour  with  the  salts  of  Iron.  It 
is  composed  of  C15  H8  0". 

Tests.  Catechu  being  of  such  different  qualities,  and  liable  to  be 
mixed  with  mechanical  impurities,  means  are  adopted  for  ascertaining 
the  quantity  of  Tannin  ;  as  by  ascertaining  the  weight  of  the  precipi- 
tate made  by  Gelatine.  The  E.  C.  states  that  "  the  finest  qualities 
yield  to  Sulphuric  Ether  53,  and  the  lowest  qualities  28  per  cent,  of 
Tannin  dried  at  280°."  Dr.  Pereira  having  remarked  that  the  Cate- 
chine would  be  dissolved  as  well  as  the  Tannin  by  the  Ether,  Dr. 
Christison  has  stated  that  it  is  necessary  to  deduct  from  the  dry  resi- 
duum of  the  Ethereal  solution  what  is  left  when  it  is  acted  on  by 
cold  water ;  as  this  will  dissolve  the  Tannin  and  leave  the  Catechuic 
acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  Astringent.  Applied  externally,  or  taken 
internally. 

D.  gr.x. — gr.xxx.  or  more  of  the  powder;  or  allow  a  piece  of  pale 
Catechu,  as  pleasanter  tasted,  to  dissolve  in  the  mouth;  or'soak  a 
lump  of  Sugar  in  the  Tinct.  of  Catechu,  in  relaxation  of  the  throat,  &c. 

INFUSUM  CATECHD  (E.)  COMFOSITUM,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Ca- 
techu. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  1  (2  E.)  hour  in  a  vessel  lightly  covered  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj. 
(fSxvij.  E. ;  ftss.  D.)  bruised  Catechu  3vj.  QJijss.  D. ;  powdered  Catechu  3vj.  E.)  bruised 
Cinnamon  3j.  (3ss.  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.  D. ;  add  Syrup  f3iij.  E.) 

[U.  S.  Catechu  in  powder  gss.  Cinnamon  bruised  3j.  Boiling  Water  Oj.  Macerate 
and  strain.] 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  Astringent,  in  doses  of  f3iss.  three  or  four 
times  a  day. 

TINCTURA  CATECHU,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Catechu. 

Prep.  Macerate  (Digest,  E.)  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  Catechu  (in  fine  powder, 
(iij.  D.  [U.  S.])  bruised  Cinnamon  Sijss.  (3ij.  D.  [U.  S.])  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by 
fcij.  D.)     Strain.     (Express  strongly  the  residuum.     Filter  or  prepare  by  percol 

Action.     Uses.    As  Proof  Spirit  dissolves  both  the  astringent  and 


H^EMATOXYLON. 


347 


resinoid  principles,  this  Tincture  is  strongly  astringent,  and  useful  as 
an  adjunct  to  Chalk  Mixture,  &c.  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij. 


ELECTUARIUM   CATECHU    (E.)    COMPOSITUM,    D. 
Confection. 


Compound   Catechu 


Prep.  Take  Catechu  3iv.  Kino  3iv.  (iij.  D.)  Cinnamon  3j.  (ij.  D.)  Nutmeg  3j.  E. 
Pulverize,  then  mix  Opium  diffused  in  a  little  Sherry  Wine  3iss.  and  Syrup  of  Red  Roses 
(of  Ginger,  D.)  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  Honey  Oiss.  (by  weight  ftij|.  D.)  Mix. 
(Beat  into  a  uniform  mass,  E.) 

Action.     Uses.     Aromatic  Astringent,  with  gr.  ijss.  of  Opium  in 
3j.  D. 
D.  Bj.—  3ij. 


,  or  Ca3salpiniads,  Brown. 

The  Caesalpinese  abound  in  tropical  and  warm  parts  of  the  world  ; 
a  few,  as  Cercis  Siliquastrum,  spread  into  more  northern  latitudes. 
Some  are  highly  ornamental.  The  wood  of  many  is  red-coloured 
and  astringent.  Hymenaea  Courbaril  yields  a  resin,  the  Gum  Jlnime 
of  the  shops.  The  leaves  and  fruit  of  some  are  purgative,  as  of  the 
Cassia  Sennas  and  of  the  Tamarind. 

Calyx  5-toothed  or  bilabiate,  deciduous  and  withering  on  the  plant.  '  Corol  irregular, 
imbricated,  subpapilionaceous,  or  nearly  regular,  spreading,  of  5  petals,  which  are  free, 
inserted  into  the  bottom  of  the  calyx.  Stamens  10,  or  fewer  from  abortion,  often  unequal, 
perigynous,  or  inserted  with  the  petals,  usually  free,  sometimes  united  Ovary  free,  pla- 
centa unilateral.  Seeds  without  albumen.  Embryo  straight.  Leaves  alternate  stipulate, 
impari-  or  abruptly  pinnate,  sometimes  single. 


H^MATOXYLON,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Lignum,  L.  D.  Wood,  E. 

TOXYLON  CAMPECHIANUM,  Linn.     Logwood.     Decandria  Monogynia, 
Linn. 

Logwood  is  noticed  by  Monardes  for  its  medical  uses  ;  but  it  has 
also  been  long  employed  in  the  art  of  dyeing.  It  is  a  native  of  the 
coast  of  Campeachy,  but  is  now  common  in  the  West  Indies,  as  also 
in  India. 


A  tree  (fig.  58.)  of  moderate 
size,  stem  generally  crooked, 
furnished  with  spines  in  arid, 
but  unarmed  in  moist  situa- 
tions. Leaves  2 — 4  from  the 
same  point,  pinnate ;  leaflets  2 
to  4  paired,  obovate  or  obcor- 
date.  Flowers  in  racemes, 
shortly  stalked,  yellow.  Sepals 
5,  united  at  the  base  into  a 
permanent  cup,  the  lamina  of 
which  are  purplish  and  deci- 
duous. Petals  5,  obovate,  a 
little  larger  than  the  sepals. 
Stamens  1 0,  hairy  at  the  base. 
Legume  (2)  small,  compressed, 
lanceolate,  pointed  at  each 
end,  2-seeded,  sutures  inde- 
hiscent,  valves  bursting  longi- 
tudinally in  the  middle. — 
Sloane,  Hist.  2,  t.  x.  f.  1  to  4. 


Fig.  58. 


348  TAMARINDUS.  [Calyciftora. 

The  sap-wood  of  this  tree,  being  light-coloured,  is  rejected,  but  the 
interior  red-coloured  wood  is  imported  in  logs,  chiefly  for  the  use  of 
the  dyer.  These  are  externally  of  a  dark  colour,  internally  yellowish- 
red.  The  wood  is  hard,  close-grained,  and  tough ;  usually  in  chips. 
Sp.  Gr.  1-057.  It  has  a  light  but  rather  pleasant  smell  when  in 
mass,  which  is  compared  to  that  of  Iris-root ;  the  taste  is  slightly 
bitter  and  astringent,  with  a  little  sweetness.  Both  water  and  Alcohol 
take  up  its  active  principles ;  acids  render  its  decoction  of  a  brighter 
red,  and  throw  down  a  slight  precipitate.  Alkalies  produce  a  purplish- 
colour.  Alum,  Acetate  of  Lead,  and  the  Salts  of  Iron  throw  down 
precipitates,  the  last  of  a  bluish-black  colour ;  and  Gelatine,  reddish- 
coloured  flakes.  Analyzed  by  Chevreul,  it  yielded  Volatile  Oil,  an 
Oleaginous  or  Resinous  matter,  a  brown  substance  containing  Tannin, 
Glutinous  matter,  several  salts,  and  a  peculiar  azotized,  crystalline 
colouring  substance,  Hcematine,  which  is  sometimes  deposited  in  the 
form  of  crystals  in  the  wood,  and  may  sometimes  be  obtained  by  eva- 
porating red  ink.  It  has  a  subastringent  and  slightly  bitter  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Astringent  and  Tonic. 

DECOCTUM  HJEMATOXYLI,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Logwood. 

Prep.  Boil  Logwood  in  chips  3j.  (3jss.  D.)  in  Aq.  Oj.  (Oij.  D.)  down  to  f  3x.  (Oj.  D.) 
and  add  towards  the  end,  Cinnamon  powder  3j.  and  strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent:  given  in  Diarrheas  in  doses  of  f3j.-f3ij. 

EXTRACTUM  ILEMATOXYLI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of  Logwood. 

Prep.  Macerate  Logwood  in  coarse  powder  ftjss.  (fi>j.  E.  [U.S.])  in  Aq.  dest.  Cij.  (Cj. 
E.  [U.  S.])  for  24  hours.  Then  boil  down  to  a  gallon  (Oiv.  E.  [U.  S.]) ;  strain  the  liquor 
while  hot  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence.  Some  is  imported. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  in  doses  of  grs.  x. — 3ss. 

TAMARINDUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Leguminis  Pulpa,  L.  D.  Pulp  of  the 
Pods,  E.  TAMARINDUS  INDICA,  Linn.  Fruit  of  the  Common  Tama- 
rind Tree.  Monadelphia  Triandria,  Linn. 

The  Tamarind  is  a  native  of  India,  and  has  been  long  used  there 
as  an  article  of  diet  and  in  medicine.  The  Arabs,  on  becoming  ac- 
quainted with  it,  called  it  Tamr  hindee,  that  is,  "  the  Indian  Date," 
whence,  no  doubt,  the  Latin  name  is  derived. 

A  lofty  tree  with  crooked  branches,  remarkable  for  its  light  and  elegant  foliage.  Leaves 
abruptly  pinnate,  with  10  to  15  pairs  of  leaflets,  which  are  small,  narrow,  oblong,  obtuse. 
Stipules  small,  deciduous.  Flowers  in  lateral  and  terminal  racemes,  of  a  yellow  colour 
variegated  with  red.  Calyx  turbinate  at  the  base,  limb  bilabiate,  reflexed,  upper  lip  tri- 
partite, lower  broad,  2-toothed.  Petals  3,  unilateral,  the  middle  cucullate.  Stamens  2 — 3, 
united  together,  fully  developed,  7  very  short  and  without  anthers.  Ovary  stalked,  style 
subulate.  Legume  pendulous,  broad  and  thickish,  more  or  less  curved,  having  externally 
a  hard  but  brittle  scabrous  rind,  which  does  not  separate  into  valves,  but  under  it  run 
some  woody  fibres,  and  there  lies  some  acidulous  reddish-brown  pulp.  Seeds  from  3  to 
12,  covered  by  a  membranous  coat,  flattened,  bluntly  4-angled,  smooth,  hard  and  brown- 
coloured,  inserted  into  the  convex  side  of  the  legume.  There  is  no  solid  foundation  for 
the  distinction  into  two  species ;  T.  orientalis  being  supposed  to  be  6 — 12  seeded,  and  T. 
occidentalis  3 — 4  seeded. 

Tamarinds  are  imported  either  simply  dried,  as  from  India,  where 


CtBsalpineai.}  CASSIA    FISTULA.  349 

there  are  two  varieties,  one  a  dark  and  the  other  a  light-coloured  fruit. 
In  the  West  Indies,  the  outer  shell  having  been  removed,  they  are 
preserved  either  between  layers  of  moist  sugar  or  in  syrup.  Prepara- 
tions are  also  made  from  them  with  sugar  in  India,  which  are  em- 
ployed in  making  sherbets.  They  are  also  used  in  preserving  fish, 
which  is  hence  called  Tamarind  Fish.  The  proper  officinal  part  is 
the  pulp  stored  up  between  the  seeds  and  husk. 

Tamarinds  have  a  powerful  acid  taste,  but  when  preserved,  they  are 
sweet  and  acidulous,  and  then  form  a  dark-coloured  adhesive  mass, 
containing  pulp,  stringy  fibres,  seeds,  and  sugar.  Vauqu^lin,  in  one 
of  the  first  analyses  he  published,  found  of  Citric'  9-4,  Tartaric'  1-55, 
Malic'  0-45,  Bitartrate  of  Potash  3-25,  Sugar  12-5,  Gum  4-7,  Pectin 
6-25,  Parenchymatous  fibre  34-35,  with  Water  27-55=100. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant,  Laxative.  A  Syrup  of  Tamarinds  di- 
luted with  water  makes  an  excellent  refrigerant  drink.  An  infusion 
may  be  similarly  used,  as  also  Tamarind  Whey,  made  by  boiling  Ta- 
marind pulp  3ij.  in  Milk  Oij. 

Off.  Prep.  Inf.  Sennae  c.  Tamarindis,  D.  Inf.  Sennae  Comp.  E. 
Confect.  Sennas,  L.  (U.  S.)  Confect.  Cassias,  L.  U.  S. 

CASSIA,  Linn.    Decand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Calyx  of  5  sepals,  which  are  united  at  the  base,  and  more  or  less  unequal.  Petals  5, 
also  unequal.  Stamens  10,  free,  the  3  upper  short,  rarely  fertile  ;  the  7  others  bearing 
anthers,  but  often  unequal.  Anthers  opening  at  the  apex  by  2  pores.  Ovary  stalked, 
usually  arched.  Legume  usually  compressed,  many-seeded.  Trees,  shrubs,  or  herbs,  of 
tropical  countries.  Leaves  simply  and  abruptly  pinnated,  leaflets  opposite.  Petioles  often 
glandular.  Flowers  yellow. 

CASSIA,  L.  Cassiae  Pulpa,  E.  Leguminum  Pulpa,  L.  D.  Pulp  of 
the  Pods,  E.  Cassia  Pulp.  CASSIA  FISTULA,  Linn.  (U.  S.)  Purging 
Cassia. 

This  has  been  unfortunately  named,  as  it  is  constantly  confounded 
with  the  Cassia  yielded  by  the  family  of  Laurels,  with  which  the 
present  product  has  nothing  to  do.  The  plant  is  a  native  of  India, 
where  it  is  constantly  employed  in  medicine  by  the  natives,  and  thus 
became  known  to  the  Arabs.  The  tree  has  been  introduced  into  the 
West  Indies,  whence  Cassia  pods  are  now  imported,  as  well  as  from 
India  and  the  north  of  Africa. 

One  of  the  most  showy  of  trees,  having  something  of  the  foliage  of  the  Ash,  with  the 
inflorescence  of  the  Laburnum.  Leaves  from  12  to  18  inches  long,  with  from  4  to  8  pair 
of  opposite,  ovate,  rather  pointed  leaflets,  smooth  on  both  sides,  of  a  light  green  colour, 
from  2  to  6  inches  long  and  1  to  3  broad.  Stipules  minute.  Petioles  round,  without 
glands.  Racemes  1  to  2  feet  long,  pendulous,  without  bracts.  "  The  three  lower  fila- 
ments longer  than  the  others,  with  oblong  anthers  opening  by  two  lines  in  the  face,  the 
other  7  clavate,  with  pores  at  the  small  end."  (Lindley.)  Ovary  slender,  smooth,  one- 
celled,  with  numerous  seeds,  and  without  any  transverse  separations.  Legumes  cylin- 
drical, 1  to  2  feet  long,  smooth,  somewhat  obtuse,  indehiscent,  marked  externally  with  3 
longitudinal  bands,  one  being  opposite  to  the  two  others,  divided  into  a  number  of  spurious 
cells  by  transverse  partitions.  Seed,  one  in  each  cell,  surrounded  by  a  soft  blackish-co- 
loured pulp.  On  account  of  this  peculiarity  of  the  legume,  this  plant  is  sometimes  but 
unnecessarily  placed  in  a  separate  genus,  Cathartocarpus. 

The  pods  being  officinal  on  account  of  the  pulp,  those  are  to  be 
chosen  which  are  heavy,  and  in  which  the  seeds  do  not  rattle.  The 
pulp  is  of  a  blackish  colour,  viscid,  with  a  rather  mawkish  sweet 


350 


SENNA. 


[Calyciflora. 


taste,  and  a  slight  sickly  odour.  The  L.  P.  contains  directions  for 
separating  the  pulp,  by  washing  it  out  from  the  bruised  pods  with 
boiling  water,  straining  and  then  evaporating  to  a  proper  consistence. 
Soubeiran  states  that  four  ounces  of  pod  give  one  ounce  of  pulp. 
This,  analyzed  by  Vauquelin,  yielded  Sugar,  Gum,  Extractive,  Ve- 

f stable  Jelly,  Gluten,  Parenchyma,  Water.    M.  Henry  states  that  the 
ugar  possesses  the  nauseous  taste  peculiar  to  the  pulp,  and  he  has 
announced  the  presence  of  a  principle  having  many  of  the  properties 
of  Tannin. 

Action,  fees.  Laxative ;  in  large  doses,  Purgative. 
D.  3j. — 3ij.  as  a  laxative  ;  but  apt  to  create  flatulence,  &c.     Usu- 
ally given  in  combination,  as  in  Conf.  Senna?,  and  in 

CONFECTIO  (ELECTUARIUM,  D.)  CASSIA,  L.     Confection  of  Cassia. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Manna  3ij.  in  Syrup  of  Rose  f  3viij.  (of  Orange-peel  ftss.  D.),  add 
Cassia-pulp  ftss.  Tamarind-pulp  3j.  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence. 

Action.  Uses.  Laxative  in  doses  of  3ij. — 3j.  for  adults. 

SENNA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Folia.    Leaves  of  CASSIA  LANCEOLATA,  C.  OBO- 
VATA,  and  of  other  species.     (C.  Senna,  Linn.),  D.    Senna-leaves. 

Senna  has  been  distinctly  known  only  since  the  time  of  the  Arabs; 
but  they  refer  to  the  legumes  only,  though  the  leaves  have  long  been 
employed  in  the  East.  There  is,  however,  great  uncertainty  re- 
specting the  species  of  Cassia  which  yield  the  different  commercial 
varieties.  This  is  owing  partly  to  all  the  Senna  countries  not  having 
been  thoroughly  explored,  and  partly  to  species  having  been  formed 
from  imperfect  specimens,  and  others  from  leaves  collected  out  of 
different  samples  of  the  Sennas  of  commerce.  The  following  spe- 
cies seem  to  be  clearly  distinct.  The  author  has  changed  the  name 
of  Forskal's  C.  lanceolata,  in  consequence  of  the  great  confusion 
which  has  arisen  from  this  name  having  been  applied  by  so  many 
authors  to  the  sharp-leaved  Senna,  which  is  imported  in  such  large 
quantities  Jboth  from  Arabia  and  Egypt,  and  to  which  he  restricts  it. 

Fig.  59. 

1.   C.  FORSKALII  (C. 

lanceolata,  Forsk.  and 
Lindley,  Fl.  Med.  p. 
259).  Leaflets  in  4 
or  5  pairs,  never  more ; 
oblong  and  either  acute 
or  obtuse,  not  at  all 
ovate  or  lanceolate, 
and  perfectly  free  from 
downiness  even  when 
young ;  the  petioles 
have  constantly zsmall 
round  brown  gland  a 
little  above  the  base. 
The  pods  are  erect, 
oblong,  tapering  to 
the  base,  obtuse,  tur- 
gid, mucronate,  rather 
falcate,especially  when 
young,  at  which  time  they  are  sparingly  covered  with  coarse  scattered  hairs.  (Lindl.  L  c.) 


Casalpinea.}  THE   SENNA    CASSIAS.  351 

Collected  by  Dr.  S.  Fischer  in  Palm-grounds  in  the  valley  of  Fatme,  flowering  at  the  end 
of  February.  Forskal  describes  this  as  being  distinguished  "  glandula  supra  basin  pe- 
tioli."  It  was  found  by  him  at  Surdud  and  about  Mor.  It  is  called  Suna  by  the  Arabs, 
and  probably  yields  some  of  the  Arabian  Senna  of  commerce. 

2.  CASSIA  LANCKOLATA  (Fig.  59,  taken  from  the  author's  "  Illustrations  of  Himalayan 
Botany,"  t.  37.)  This  is  a  bushy  annual,  of  about  2  to  3  feet  in  height,  extremely  leafy, 
and  of  most  luxuriant  inflorescence  in  a  cultivated  state.  The  stems  are  erect,  round, 
smooth,  a  little  flexuose  towards  the  apex.  The  leaves  alternate,  abruptly  pinnate. 
The  leaflets  5  to  8  pairs,  with  short  petioles,  ovato-acute  in  the  lower  and  lanceolate-acute 
in  the  upper  parts  of  the  plant,  "  slightly  mucronulate,  smooth  above,  rather  downy  be- 
neath  (especially  in  young  leaves),  with  the  veins  turning  inwards  and  forming  a  flexuose 
intramarginal  line;  petioles  without  glands;  stipules  softly  spinescent,  semi-hastate 
spreading  minute."  Racemes  axillary  and  terminal,  erect,  rather  longer  than  the  leaves. 
Ovary  linear,  downy,  falcate,  with  a  smooth  recurved  style.  Legumes  (3)  pendulous, 
membranous,  flat,  only  slightly  protuberant  over  the  seeds,  oblong,  sometimes  elliptical, 
nearly  straight,  with  the  upper  margin  a  little  curved,  tapering  abruptly  towards  the  base, 
and  rounded  at  the  apex,  of  a  brown  colour,  containing  from  5  to  8  white  rugose  seeds 
(2).  These  are  figured  by  Gartner,  ii.  t.  146.  It  is  probably  the  Cassia  medica  of  Forsk. 
p.  cxi.,  and  agrees  with  his  specimen  of  "  Senna  Meccse  Lohajse  inveniebatur  foliis  5 — 7 
jugis,  lineari-lanceolatis,"  p.  85,  of  which  Forskal  states  large  quantities  are  yearly  ex- 
ported from  the  district  of  Abu-arisch  to  Jidda.  This  species  includes  : 

a.  Tinnivelly  Senna,  cultivated  by  Mr.  Hughes  in  the  south  of  India ;  also  that  culti- 
vated by  the  author  at  Saharunpore,  C.  lanceolata,  Royle,  Him.  Bot.  t.  37,  and  by  Dr. 
Wight  near  Madras,    v.  fig.  60,  B.  and  spec,  in  Brit.  Mus.     It  is  the  Cassia  qfficinalis  of 
Gsert.  and  Roxburgh,  Fl.  Ind.  ii.  p.  346,  which  name  ought  to  have  been  retained,  or  the 
above  C.  medica,  Forsk.  instead  of  C.  elongata  being  coined,  especially  as  this  was 
formed  from  the  leaves  of  a  cultivated  Indian  Senna  found  in  commercial  samples.     It  is 
cultivated  by  Dr.  Gibson,  near  Poona. 

Dr.  Burns  writes  that  he  has  found  the  lanceolate  Senna  wild  near  Kaira  in  Guzerat. 
His  cultivated  specimens,  if  picked,  would  form  good  Senna. 

b.  C.  lanceolata  of  most  authors,  C.  acutifolia,  Hayne,  ix.  t.  41.     Nees  and  Eberm.  t. 
345.  St.  and  Church.  PI.  30,  as  C.  Senna.    These  best  represent  the  form  of  Alexandrian 
Senna  (v.  60,  A.,  a  small  leaf),  and  specimen  in  Brit.  Mus.  from  Senaar.     (Kotschy.)     It 
is  found  in  the  valleys  of  the  desert  to  the  south  and  east  of  Syene  or  Assouan,  and  col- 
lected for  the  trade  to  Cairo,  forming  3-5ths  of  Alexandrian  Senna. 

c.  C.  acutifolia,  called  of  Delile,  Esenbeck  and  Eberm.  t.  346.  (fig.  60.  c.)   The  leaflets 
are  narrower  and  more  tapering  towards  the  apex  than  the  foregoing,  as  might  be  ex- 
pected in  a  poorer  soil  and  drier  climate.     Some  of  the  Indian  specimens  in  Dr.  Rottler'a 
Herbarium  closely  resemble  this  variety ;  also  African  specimens  from  Tajowra  to  the 
south  of  the  Straits  of  Bab-el-Mandel. 

The  author  is  unable  to  distinguish  these  by  any  permanent  characters,  nor  dried 
Senna-leaves  cultivated  at  Saharunpore  from  good  specimens  of  Bombay  Senna  (that  is, 
ordinary  Indian  Senna)  imported  here  from  India;  nor  these  from  Suna  Mukki  sent  him 
by  Dr.  Malcolmson  from  Aden,  and  which  he  states  are  "the  produce  of  Africa,  but  in 
appearance  exactly  resemble  the  Arabian  Suna.  In  the  market  both  are  sold  as  one 
kind,  and  bring  the  same  price." 

•3.  C.  OVATA  of  Merat,  Diet,  de  Mat.  Med.  b.  613.  C.  athiopica,  Guibourt.  Is  probably 
a  distinct  species,  as  it  is  said  to  have  a  gland  at  the  base  of  the  petiole  and  another  be- 
tween each  pair  of  leaflets.  The  leaflets  are  in  3  to  5  pairs,  exactly  oval  acute,  slightly 
pubescent  below ;  the  follicles  are  thin,  pale  yellow-coloured,  l-3d  smaller  than  those  of 
C.  obovata.  It  is  said  to  be  found  both  in  Nubia  and  Fezzan,  and  to  furnish  exclusively 
the  Senna  of  Tripoli,  Sene  de  Tripoli.  It  is  extremely  like  a  variety  of  C.  lanceolata. 
The  figure  of  C.  Senna  in  Stevenson  and  Churchill,  Med.  Bot  t.  30,  quoted  by  Dr. 
Pereira  as  representing  this  plant,  is  referred  to  by  Dr.  Lindley  as  a  good  representation 
of  C.  acutifolia  of  Delile.  But  Merat  and  De  Lens  say  of  it :  "  Nous  ne  le  connaissons 
que  par  les  feuilles  et  les  fruits  qu'on  en  voit  dans  la  commerce."  M.  Guibourt  calls  it 
C.  cethiopica ;  but  instead  of  referring  to  C.  lanceolata  of  Colladon,  PI.  xv.  f.  e.  as  repre- 
senting this  species,  he  says  that  it  is  exactly  represented  by  the  Sene  de  Nubie  of  Nec- 
toux,  pi.  2. 

4.  C.  OBOVATA,  Colladon.  Hayne,  ix.  42.  Nees  and  Eberm.  347.  Diffuse  herbaceous 
plant.  Leaves  equally  pinnate,  glandless.  Leaflets  4 — 6  pairs  (somewhat  villous,  Roxb.) 
obovate,  obtuse,  but  slightly  mucronate,  unequal  at  the  base,  the  terminal  pair  more 
cuneate  and  larger.  Stipules  triangular,  narrow,  and  tapering,  rather  stiff  and  spreading. 
Flowers  yellow,  in  racemes.  Bracts  ovate,  cordate,  acuminate,  concave,  single-flowered. 
Legumes  broad,  membranous,  smooth,  lunate  in  shape,  rounded  at  each  end,  with  an  ele- 


352  TINNIVELLY    SENNA.  [Calyciftora;. 

vated  crest  over  each  side  on  both  valves,  so  as  to  form  an  interrupted  ridge  along  the 
middle  of  each  valve.  Seeds  6  to  8,  wedge-shaped,  rugose  as  in  C.  lanceolata. — A  native 
of  Africa,  from  Senegal  (Fl.  de  Senegamoie)  to  the  Nile ;  found  in  Fezzan  by  Dr.  Oud- 
ney  (R.  Brown),  in  Egypt  from  Cairo  to  Assouan,  Nubia ;  found  in  the  Adel  country  near 
Sultalli  (Mission  to  Abyssinia} ;  Desert  of  Suez ;  Syria ;  dry  parts  of  India,  as  Kaira 
(Burns) ;  Guzerat,  Dekkan  (Col.  Sykes),  near  Delhi,  and  Valley  of  Rungush,  near  Pesha- 
war (Falconer) ;  high  dry  uncultivated  lands  of  Mysore  (Roxburgh.  Wight).  It  has  been 
cultivated  in  Italy  (Sene  d' Italic),  and  forms  3-10ths  of  Alexandrian  Senna. 

This  species  is  very  distinct,  in  its  obtuse  obovate  leaves  and  crested  legumes,  from  the 
preceding  acute-leaved  species.  C.  obtusa  Roxb.  was  probably  described  from  young 
legumes,  as  the  author,  like  Dr.  Lindley,  has  compared  good  specimens  from  Mysore 
with  others  from  Africa.  The  obtusata  (fig.  60,  H.)  of  Hayne  does  not  seem  to  differ 
sufficiently  from  his  C.  obovata  (fig.  60,  G.)  It  is  possible,  however,  that  there  are  two 
very  similar  species  in  Africa.  Mr.  H.  Grant,  late  of  the  India  House,  has  favoured  the 
author  with  a  specimen  in  flower,  collected  by  him  in  February  at  Philae,  which  has 
upon  it  both  obovate  (H.)  leaflets  and  some  which  are  ovate  and  acute  (a.) !  Lieut.  Well- 
sted's  collection  contains  a  specimen  from  the  coast  of  Arabia,  of  which  the  leaflets  are 
obtuse,  elliptic,  and  hairy. 

The  Sennas  of  commerce  may  be  arranged  as  follows. 

1.  TINNIVELLY  SENNA,  first  cultivated  in  the  district  of  that  name, 
in  12°  of  N.  lat.  by  the  late  Mr.  Hughes,  from  seed  probably  obtained 
from  Arabia  or  picked  out  of  Suna  Mukki,  as  was  done  by  the  author 
when  he  cultivated  Senna  at  Saharunpore.  (v.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  186, 
t.  37,  and  Trans.  Med.  Soc.  of  Calcutta,  v.  p.  433.)  The  author  also 
grew  Senna  from  Tinnivelly  seed  sent  to  him  by  Sir  C.  now  Lord 
Metcalfe  ;  but  he  did  not  find  the  smallest  difference  between  the  two 
when  grown  in  the  same  situation.  The  Tinnivelly  Senna  is  well- 
grown  and  carefully  picked ;  the  leaflets  are  of  a  fine  rather  lively 
green  colour ;  thin,  but  large,  being  from  one  to  two  inches  in  length, 
truly  lanceolate.  This  kind  is  "  highly  esteemed  in  this  country,  and 
is  quickly  displacing  all  the  other  sorts  in  this  (that  is,  Edinburgh) 
and  many  other  cities  in  Britain."  (Christison.)  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson 
says  of  it,  it  is  mild  in  operation,  certain  as  a  purgative,  and  operates 
without  griping.  It  is  now  cultivated  by  Mr.  Hughes'  successor. 

Saharunpore  Senna,  the  same  kind  of  Senna,  cultivated  at  Saha- 
runpore, differed  only  in  the  leaflets  being  smaller,  as  might  be  ex- 
pected from  the  more  northern  latitude  (30°).  These  the  author  pre- 
scribed in  the  hospitals  at  Saharunpore,  and  found  them  effective  as 
a  purge,  and  operating  without  producing  inconvenient  nausea  or 
griping.  Mr.  Twining,  after  trying  them  in  forty-five  cases  in  the 
General  Hospital  at  Calcutta,  says,  in  his  report  to  the  Medical 
Board:  "From  these  trials,  I  am  disposed  to  consider  the  Senna  now 
under  trial  equal  to  the  best  I  have  ever  seen." 

Madras  Senna.  Senna  is  now  imported  also  from  Madras,  the 
produce  of  that  Presidency.  In  1843-44,  I  find  11,536  Ibs.  were 
exported  to  this  country,  having  been  previously  imported  into 
Madras  from  Tinnivelly,  where  it  is  cultivated  by  the  natives,  and  is 
of  the  same  nature  of  Mr.  Hughes'  Senna,  though  not  so  well  grown 
nor  so  carefully  picked.  Dr.  Christison  says  of  it,  the  leaflets  are 
longer  than  those  of  Bombay  Senna,  and  not  so  taper-pointed,  but 
otherwise  differ  only  in  being  better  preserved,  and  being  more  active, 
are  more  esteemed. 

Dr.  Searle,  in  a  communication  to  the  India  House,  says  of  this 


Ccssalpineas.}  ALEXANDRIAN    SENNA.  353 

Senna,  that  "  now  furnished  to  the  profession  by  the  Madras  Govern- 
ment is  in  my  experience  as  good  quite  as  the  Alexandrian,"  "  every 
leaf  of  the  Indian  being  of  the  genuine  spear-shaped  species." 

2.  BOMBAY  or  Common  Indian  SENNA,  Suna  Mukki  of  the  natives, 
is  first  imported  into  Bombay  from  the  Arabian  Gulf: 

316,728  Ibs.  in  1837-38.  570,426  Ibs.  in  1838-39. 

Re-exported  to  Great  Britain,  262,284  Ibs.  in  1838-39. 

That  this  Senna  forms  a  large,  if  not  the  largest  proportion  of  what 
is  consumed  in  this  country,  is  not  only  evident  from  the  above 
importation,  but  also  from  a  comparison  of  the  whole  quantity  of  the 
other  Sennas  imported,  as  given  by  Dr.  Pereira. 

1838.  1839. 

From  East  Indies  72,576  Ibs.        I        110,409  Ibs. 

From  other  places  69,538    "  63,766    " 

Some  of  this  Senna  is  no  doubt  produced  in  Africa,  as  stated 
above  by  Dr.  Malcolmson ;  a  good  deal  of  it  in  Arabia,  probably  by 
Cassia  lanceolata,  and  some  perhaps  by  C.  Forskalii.  The  leaflets 
are  thin,  lanceolate,  usually  entire,  about  an  inch  or  an  inch  and  a 
half  in  length,  narrower  than  either  the  Tinnivelly  or  Saharunpore 
Senna,  probably  from  growing  in  a  poorer  soil  and  drier  climate. 
They  are  of  a  pale-green  colour,  often  with  dark  brown-coloured 
leaflets  intermixed,  also  some  pods,  and  many  leafstalks,  with  occa- 
sionally other  impurities.  The  good  specimens  of  this  Senna  are, 
however,  of  excellent  quality,  and  its  commercial  and  medical  value 
would  be  much  increased,  if  the  finest  leaflets  were  picked  out.  It  is 
in  constant  use  in  hospital  practice  in  India,  and  generally  highly 
approved  of.  The  author  prefers  them  for  all  purposes  to  the  fol- 
lowing kind  as  found  in  commerce. 

3.  ALEXANDRIAN  SENNA  is  an  excellent  kind,  when  the  genuine 
lance-shaped   leaflets   have   been  picked  out;   but   that  commonly 
employed  in  this  country,  is  a  mixed  and  very  impure  kind,  being 
made   up  of  the   leaflets,  much   broken,  of  C.  lanceolata   and   of 
C.  obovata,  with  some  pods  and  broken  leafstalks,  and  also  with 
leaves  of  other  plants.     It  should  be  used  only  after  having  been 
carefully  picked,   as   directed  in  the  E.  P.     Picked   Alexandrian 
Senna  is  of  a  pale  green  colour,  with  a  faint  smell.     The  leaflets  are 
broad-lanceolate,  the  two  sides  unequal ;  they  are  thicker  and  shorter 
than  the  Indian  Sennas. 

The  lanceolate  Senna  of  Upper  Egypt,  Nubia,  and  Senaar,  yields 
two  crops  annually,  the  plants  being  cut  down  in  spring  and  autumn, 
dried  in  the  sun,  when  the  leaves  are  stripped  off,  packed  in  bales, 
and  sent  to  several  entrepots,  and  finally  to  Boulac  in  the  vicinity  of 
Cairo.  Of  the  lanceolate  Senna  five  parts  are  here  mixed  with  three 
parts  of  the  leaflets  of  C.  obovata,  brought  from  other  parts  of  Egypt 
and  even  from  Syria,  and  also  with  the  leaves  (two  parts)  of  Cynan- 
chum  Jlrgel.  This  mixed  Senna  is  that  exported  from  Alexandria. 
On  the  Continent  a  further  addition  is  made  of  the  leaves  of  Colutea 
arborescens  and  of  Coriaria  myrtifolia. 

Dr.  Pereira  states  that,  "  under  the  name  of  heavy  senna  he  has 
met  with  argel  leaves,  which  were  sold  at  a  higher  price  than  drdi- 

23 


354 


ALEPPO    SENNA. 


[CalyciflorcB. 


nary  senna,"  and  Dr.  Christison  mentions  what  indeed  may  often  be 
seen,  that  is,  Argel  leaves  left  intermixed  even  in  what  is  called 
Picked  Alexandrian  Senna,  This  Senna  is  often  called  "  Send  de 
la  Palthe." 

4.  TRIPOLI  SENNA,  is  brought  from  Fezzan  to  Tripoli.     This  has 
the  general  appearance  of  Alexandrian  Senna,  but  is  less  esteemed, 
though  it  is  a  more  pure  Senna,  probably  because  the  leaflets  are 
more  broken  down,  and  all  the  leafstalks  have  not  been  removed. 
The  leaflets  are  shorter  and  less  pointed  than  in  lanceolate  Senna — 
indeed,  more  ovate;  hence  this  Senna  is  said  to  be  produced  by 
C.  ovata  (C.  sethiopica) ;  but  it  also  contains  leaflets  of  C.  obovata, 
which  species  was  found  in  Fezzan  by  Dr.  Oudney. 

5.  ALEPPO  SENNA  is  now  seldom  imported  into  this  country.     It 
consists  of  the  leaflets  of  C.  obovata,  as  do  some  other  kinds,  such  as 
ITALIAN  SENNA.     Dr.  Ainslie  says  that  the  obovate  is  the  only  kind  of 
Senna  met  with  in  India,  meaning  the  Peninsula  of  India ;  for  it  is 
not  met  with  in  the  Bengal  Presidency ;  nor,  according  to  Dr.  Searle, 
is  it  used  in  that  of  Madras  at  the  present  day.    It  is  less  effective  as 
a  purgative,  and  apt  to  create  nausea  and  griping. 

Adulteration.  Commercial  Senna  is  prepared  for  use  by  picking 
out  the  leaflets,  and  rejecting  the  leafstalks,  also  extraneous  matter, 
as  dust,  date-stones,  &c.,  as  well  as  the  leaves  of  other  plants.  The 
legumes,  however,  possess  the  cathartic  properties  of  the  leaves  to  a 
considerable  extent,  and  were  alone  used  by  the  original  Arabs ; 
and  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  stalks  are  inert.  The 
most  important  adulterations  are,  however,  the  leaves  of  other  plants. 

Those  of  the  Argel 
(D.)  may  be  distin- 
guished by  being  lan- 
ceolate, equal  on  the 
two  sides  of  the  mid- 
rib, thick,  leathery, 
and  paler.  They  ope- 
rate very  dubiously 
as  a  cathartic,  but 
occasion  griping  and 
protracted  sickness. 
(c.)  Those  of  Te- 
phrosia  Apollinea(?.) 
are  obovate  downy, 
and  the  veins  pro- 
ceed transversely 
from  the  midrib  to 
each  margin  of  the 
leaf  without  forming 
a  marginal  vein.  The 
leaves  of  Colutea  ar- 
borescens,  or  Blad- 
der Senna,  are  ovate, 
but  equal  at  the  base.  Those  of  Coriaria  myrtifolia  (E.)  are  astringent, 
usually  broken  down,  and  marked  on  each  side  of  the  midrib  with 


A.  Cassia  lanceolata.  B.  Tinnirelly  Senna,  c.  C.  acutifolia. 
B.  Cynanchum  Argel.  E.  Coriaria  myrtifolia.  r.  Tephrosia 
Apollinea.  o.  C.  obovata.  H.  C.  obtusata. 


CcEsalpinecs.]  SENNA.  355 

a  strong  lateral  nerve.  As  the  systematic  adulteration  of  Senna  in 
Egypt  with  the  leaves  of  other  plants  is  objectionable,  and  has  been  so 
noticed  by  the  Pharmaceutical  Society,  the  most  efficient  method  of 
stopping  it  would  be  to  purchase  only  the  pure  African  and  Arabian 
Sennas  which  come  to  us  by  Bombay,  instead  of  (unless  it  has  been 
picked)  that  which  is  called  Alexandrian  from  its  place  of  export 
(v.  P.  J.  ii.  p.  63.)  In  India,  a  good  substitute  for  Senna  is  afforded 
by  Rae  Suna.  (v.  COMPOSITE.) 

Prop.  Senna  has  a  faint  sickly  smell,  the  taste  is  slightly  mucila- 
ginous, bitter,  and  nauseous.  Alexandrian  Senna,  analyzed  by  MM. 
Lassaigne  and  Ferieulle,  yielded  Mucilage,  Albumen,  Chlorophyll, 
Fixed  Oil,  a  little  Volatile  Oil,  yellow  Colouring  Matter,  and  some 
Salts.  But  its  properties  are  supposed  to  depend  upon  Cathartine, 
which  is  described  to  be  a  delinquescent  uncrystallizable  matter. 
The  pods  are  composed  of  the  same  principles,  with  the  exception  of 
the  Chlorophyll.  M.  Heerlein  has  lately  experimented  upon  this 
Cathartine,  and  describes  it  as  a  dark-brown  clear  extract,  with  an 
unpleasant  odour,  and  an  acidulous,  bitter,  also  unpleasant  taste ;  per- 
fectly soluble  both  in  Alcohol  and  water.  He  considers  it  to  be 
merely  an  extract,  containing  a  free  Vegetable  acid,  a  Salt  with  an 
alkaline  base,  and  a  Brown  Bitter  Extractive.  He  further  found  that 
it  does  not  contain  the  purgative  principle  of  the  Senna,  gr.  v.=3ij. 
of  Senna  leaves,  and  even  gr.  x.,  given  to  patients  were  inefficacious; 
also  four  doses  of  9j.  each  taken  by  himself  at  an  interval  of  an  hour 
and  a  half  were  without  effect. 

The  active  principles  of  Senna  are  extracted  both  by  rectified  and 
by  proof  Spirit,  and  both  by  cold  and  by  hot  water ;  but  long  boiling 
injures  its  properties  as  a  medicine.  A  very  useful  set  of  experiments 
has  been  made  by  Mr.  Deane  (P.  J.  iv.  61),  from  which  he  finds  that 
though  the  best  result  was  obtained  by  macerating  Senna  in  a  weak 
Spirit,  yet  that  cold  water  extracts  the  soluble  and  active  portions, 
nearly  if  not  quite  as  well  as  hot  water ;  and  that  picked  Alexandrian 
Senna  of  the  best  quality  is  superior  to  all  the  others,  from  the  quan- 
tity of  extract  it  contains.  Of  the  East  Indian,  that  from  Tinnivelly 
is  best;  and  the  common  East  Indian  is  better  than  small  Alexan- 
drian. But  it  has  not  been  proved  that  the  purgative  property  is  in 
proportion  to  this  extract.  He  found  that  Senna  7 5  oz.  Troy  were 
completely  exhausted  by  Dil.  Spirit  (1  part  Spirit  to  5  of  water)  20  fl. 
oz.,  and  the  product  four  times  the  strength  of  the  Inf.  Sennas  L.  P. 

Jlction.  Uses.  Purgative ;  safe  and  efficient,  acting  chiefly  on  the 
small  intestines,  and  producing  copious  loose  evacuations  in  doses  of 
3ss. — 3ij.  as  in  some  of  the  following  forms,  or  with  Bohea  Tea  (Paris), 
or  with  Coffee,  as  in  the  French  Cafe  au  Sene. 

INFUSUM  SENN.E  (E.)  (U.  S.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  D.     Infusion  of  Senna. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  an  hour  in  a  slightly  covered  vessel  Senna  3xv.  (3iss.  E.  3j.  D.), 
cut  Ginger  giv.  (3j.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (ftj.  D.)  ;  strain. 

[U.  S.  Senna  3j.  Coriander  bruised  3j.  Water  Oj.  Macerate  for  an  hour  in  a  covered 
vessel  and  strain.] 

This  infusion  has  the  odour  and  taste  of  Senna,  and  is  of  a  clear 


SENNA.  [Calycifloree. 

brown  colour.  It  is  much  employed  as  a  purgative  in  doses  of  f 3iss. 
— f  3iij.,  often  in  combination  with  a  saline  purgative,  and  a  warm  or 
purgative  Tincture,  forming  the  common  Black  Dose. 

INFUSUM  SENN.E  (CUM  TAMARINDJS,  D.)  COMPOSITUM,  E.     Compound  In- 
fusion of  Senna. 

Prep.  Infuse  for  4  hours  (occasionally  stirring,  E.)  in  a  covered  vessel  not  glazed  with 
lead,  Senna  3j.  Tamarinds  3j.  bruised  Coriander  Seeds  3j.  Muscovado  or  Brown  Sugar 
3ss.  (3j.  D.)  boiling  Atf.  f  gviij. ;  strain  through  linen  or  calico.  The  same  may  be  made 
with  2  (or  3,  E.)  times  the  quantity  of  Senna. 

This  infusion  is  sometimes  preferred  on  account  of  the  combination 
of  aromatics  and  sugar,  with  the  cooling  effects  of  the  Tamarinds,  &c. 
Acts  as  an  effective  purgative  in  doses  of  f3iss. — f3iij. 

ENEMA  CATHARTICUM,  E.  D.    Cathartic  Enema. 

Prep.  Infuse  for  1  hour  in  boiling  Aq.  fgxvj.  Senna  3ss.  then  dissolve  Sulph.  Magne- 
sia 3ss.  Sugar  3j.;  add  Olive  Oil  3j.  and  mix  by  agitation,  E. 

Dissolve  Manna  3j.  Sulph.  Magnesia  3ss.  in  Comp.  Dec.  of  Chamomile  f  3xx.  and  add 
Olive  Oil  f  3j.  D. 

Employed  as  a  laxative  Enema. 

TINCTURA  SENN.E  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D.     Comp.  Tinct.  of  Senna. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  Senna  3iijss.  (3iv.  E.  fcj.  D.)  bruised  Caraways 
oiijss.  (3v.  E.  3iss.  D.),  bruised  Cardamoms  3j.  (3v.  E.  3ss.  D.)  Raisins  (stoned)  3v. 
(3iv.  Coriander  bruised  3j.  powdered  Jalap  3vj.  Sugar  3iiss.  E.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij. 
(by  measure  Cj.  D.) ;  strain.  (Express  the  residuum  and  filter.  Or  prepare  by  percola- 
tion, as  directed  for  Comp.  Tinct.  of  Cardamom.  If  Alexandrian  Senna  be  used,  free  it 
of  Cynanchum  leaves  by  picking,  E.) 

A  warm  and  stimulant  purgative.  That  of  the  E.  P.  is  made 
more  effective  by  the  Jalap,  and  by  the  corrective  effects  of  the 
Sugar.  Usually  prescribed  as  an  adjunct  to  the  Infusion,  in  doses  of 
f 3j.,  sometimes  alone  in  doses  of  f3ss. 

[TINCTURA  SENN^E  ET  JALAPS,  U.  S. 

Prep.  Take  Senna  3iij-  Jalap  in  powder  3i«  Coriander  bruised,  Caraway  bruised  aa 
3ss.  Cardamom  bruised  3ij.  Sugar  3iv.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oiij.  Macerate  for  14  days 
and  filter,  or 

Macerate  for  48  hours,  and  then  transfer  to  a  displacement  apparatus,  and  displace 
with  Diluted  Alcohol  until  Oiij.  are  obtained.] 

SYRUPUS  SENNJE,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Syrup  of  Senna. 

Prep.  Macerate  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (Oj.  and  f  3iv.  E.)  with  heat  for  1  hour  (12,  E.) 
Senna  gijss.  (3iv.  E.),  bruised  Fennel  3j.  L.  Filter.  (Infuse  Senna  alone  in  the  water; 
express  strongly,  so  as  to  obtain  at  least  Oj.  and  f  3ij.  of  liquid,  E.)  Add  (while  hot,  E.) 
Sugar  3xv.  and  Manna  3iij.  L.  Boil  down  to  a  proper  consistence ;  add  to  the  infusion 
of  Senna,  Treacle  concentrated  in  the  vapour-bath  as  much  as  possible  3xviij.  E.  Stir 
carefully,  and  when  the  mixture  is  complete,  remove  it  from  the  vapour-bath.  Carefully 
pick  Alexandrian  Senna,  E. 

[U.  S.  Senna  3ij.  Fennel  Seed  bruised  3j.  Boiling  Water  Oj.  Sugar  3xv.  Proceed 
as  L.] 

The  Syrup  obtained  by  the  E.  process  is  said  by  Dr.  Christison  to 
be  far  superior  to  that  obtained  by  the  London  formula,  as  the  Infu- 


Casalpinea;.']  SENNA.  357 

sion  is  added  after  the  treacle  has  been  concentrated,  and  not  boiled 
down  with  all  the  ingredients.  Both  preparations  have  scarcely  the 
taste  of  Senna,  cause  little  sickness  or  griping,  and  are  effective  as 
purgatives.  A  "  Concentrated  Syrup  of  Senna"  has  for  some  time 
been  prepared  in  the  metropolis.  The  following,  or  "  Fluid  Extract 
of  Senna,"  is  strongly  recommended  by  Dr.  Christison  (v.  P.  J.  iii. 
115  and  248),  and  is  prepared  by  several  druggists. 

"  Take  of  Tinnivelly  Senna  ftxv.  avoirdupois,  and  exhaust  it  with  boiling  water  by 
displacement :  (about  4  times  its  weight  of  water  is  sufficient.)  Concentrate  the  infusion 
in  vacuo  to  ftx. ;  dissolve  in  it  Treacle  fevj.  previously  concentrated  over  the  vapour-bath 
till  a  little  of  it  becomes  nearly  dry  on  cooling ;  add  of  Rectified  Spirit  (Sp.  Gr.  '835) 
fgxxiv. ;  and,  if  necessary,  add  water  to  make  fifteen  (16  oz.)  pints.  Every  fg  will  cor- 
respond  to  Senna  3j.  avoirdupois." 

D.  f  3ij.  for  an  adult.  It  tastes  like  treacle,  the  feeble  mawkish 
one  of  Senna  being  covered ;  and  it  operates  usually  without  produc- 
ing either  nausea  or  griping.  Dr.  C.  informed  tn£  author,  when  in 
London,  and  again  by  letter  in  July,  1842,  that  a  nobleman  who  had 
been  in  the  habit  of  taking  this  Syrup  made  from  Tinnivelly  Senna, 
immediately  discovered  when  the  Alexandrian  had  been  used,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  severe  griping  and  its  ineffectual  teasing  effect  as  a 
purgative,  though  taken  in  the  same  doses.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
of  the  superiority  of  the  Tinnivelly  and  other  pure  Sennas. 

CONFECTIO   (ELECTUARIUM,  E.  D.)     SENN.E,  L.  (U.  S.)     Confection  of 
Senna. 

Prep.  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Rub  together  Senna  3viij.  and  Coriander  3iv.  Pass  through  a 
sieve  3x.  of  the  powder ;  boil  the  residue  with  Aq.  Oiij.  (Oiij.  and  \  E.),  Figs  ftj.  and 
Liquorice  giij.  down  to  one-half.  Express,  strain,  and  evaporate  in  water-bath  till  f  gxiv. 
remain.  In  this  dissolve  Sugar  feijss.  and  make  a  syrup ;  rub  in  gradually  Pulp  of 
Prunes  (Cassia,  Tamarinds,  L.)  aa  ftss. ;  then  throw  in  the  sifted  powder,  and  mix  (tri- 
turate to  a  uniform  pulp,  E.) 

D.  Boil  Pulp  of  French  Plums  ftj.  and  Pulp  of  Tamarinds  gij.  in  Treacle  by 
measure  fess.  to  the  thickness  of  Honey ;  add  very  finely  powdered  Senna  3iv.  and  when 
cold  Essential  Oil  of  Caraway  3ij-  Mix  well. 

Jlction.  Uses.  A  mild  but  useful  purgative  in  doses  of  3j. — 3iv. 

[FLUID  EXTRACT  OF  SENNA. 
Mr.  Duhamel's  formula  for  this  preparation  is  the  following. 

Take  of  Senna  coarsely  powdered  gxxxij.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oiv.  Water  Cong.  i.  Sugar 
gxx.  Oil  of  Fennel  gtt.  Ixiv.  Hoffman's  Anodyne  q.  s.  Mix  the  Senna  in  a  covered 
vessel,  with  the  Alcohol,  and  allow  it  to  stand  for  12  hours.  *  Transfer  to  a  displacement 
apparatus  and  displace  with  the  water  until  1  £  gallons  have  passed.  Evaporate  by  a 
gentle  heat  to  gxx.  and  while  hot  add  the  sugar.  Strain  to  separate  the  mucilaginous 
matters,  and  when  cold  add  the  Oil  and  Fennel  dissolved  in  a  little  Hoffman's  anodyne. 

D.  f  3i.  to  f  3ij.  as  a  laxative,     f  3ss  to  f  3i.  as  a  purgative.] 

[CASSIA  M AIIILANDICA,  U.  S.     The  Leaves.     Decandria  Monogynia. 

American  Senna.  An  ornamental  plant,  «rect  in  its  port,  abundant 
in  alluvial  soil  along  the  course  of  streams  and  rivulets  in  the  Middle 
and  Southern  States. 


358  COPAIBA.  [Calycifloras. 

Bot.  Ch.  Perennial,  glabrous,  or  somewhat  pubescent,  with  scattered  spreading  hairs. 
Leaflets  twelve  to  eighteen,  lanceolate,  oblong,  mucronate, — gland  near  the  base  of  the 
petiole,  clavate  ;  stipules  linear,  serrulate,  caducous  ;  racemes  axillary,  short,  somewhat 
paniculate  at  the  summit  of  the  branches ;  legumes  linear,  somewhat  curved.  Flowers 
showy,  yellow. 

The  leaves  are  plucked  in  August,  at  the  time  of  flowering.  The 
odour  of  them  when  dry  is  like  senna,  and  the  taste  mawkish  and  a 
little  bitter. 

The  Shaker  article  is  liable  to  mouldiness.  It  comes  in  square 
packages. 

The  constituents  are  resin,  mucilage,  extractive  and  a  volatile  sub- 
stance. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  used  as  a  substitute  for  Senna.  It  is  given 
in  infusion,  as  Senna.] 

ANDIBA  INERMIS,  Kunth.  (Geoffroya  inermis,  Swartz),  D.  Cortex.  The 
Bark  of  the  Cabbage  Tree.  Diadelphia  Decandria,  Linn. 

This  tree  is  a  native  of  the  West  Indies  and  of  Guiana,  where  it  is 
called  Worm  Tree  from  its  uses,  and  Wild  and  Bastard  Cabbage- 
tree,  to  distinguish  it  from  Areca  oleracea,  the  true  Cabbage  Palm. 

This  tree  produces  good  timber.  Leaves  pinnate.  Leaflets  10 — 17,  oblong,  lanceolate 
acute,  about  4  inches  long,  of  a  dark  green  colour  and  smooth.  Stipules  lanceolate,  per- 
sistent.  Flowers  of  a  reddish-lilac  colour,  paniculate,  with  short  pedicels.  Calyx  urceo- 
late,  5-toothed,  ferruginous,  pubescent.  Corolla  papilionaceous.  Stamens  diadelphous. 
Ovary  containing  3  ovules.  Legume  stalked,  size  of  a  large  plum,  hard,  roundish, 
1-celled,  1 -seeded  when  ripe,  divisible  into  2  valves  according  to  Swartz. — Wright,  Phil. 
Trans.  1777,  t  x. 

A  variety  of  Andira  retusa  in  Surinam  is  said  to  have  similar  properties,  and  to  be 
used  on  the  Continent.  This  Legume  is  compared  to  a  Drupe,  or  plum  with  2  furrows, 
and  the  genus  therefore  in  this  respect  resembles  the  Amygdalous  Rosacese,  and  in  its 
flowers  the  Papilionaceous  tribe. 

The  Bark  is  officinal  on  account  of  its  anthelmintic  properties.  It 
is  in  long  half-quilled  pieces,  fibrous  in  structure,  of  a  grayish  colour 
externally,  and  brownish  internally,  having  a  disagreeable  smell,  a 
bitter,  acrid,  and  mucilaginous  taste.  It  contains  Gum,  Starch, 
Resin,  Salts ;  but  its  properties  seem  to  depend  on  an  alkaline  body, 
which  is  very  bitter,  and  has  been  called  Jamaicine. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic ;  in  large  doses,  Emetic  and  Narcotic. 
Formerly  used  as  an  Anthelmintic  against  lumbrici  (Ascaris  lumbri- 
coides)  in  doses  of  Bj. — 3ss. 

DECOCTUM  GEOFFRCY^E,  D.     Decoction  of  Cabbage-tree  Bark. 

Prep.  Boil  Cabbage-tree  Bark  bruised  3j.  in  Aq.  Oij.  down  to  Oj. ;  strain,  and  add 
Syrup  of  Orange- Peel  f  3ij. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  and  Anthelmintic  in  doses  of  f  3j. — f  3ij.  It 
is  better  to  prescribe  it  with  warm  water  and  Castor  Oil. 

COPAIBA.  (U.  S.)  Resina  Liquida,  L.  Fluid  Resinous  Exudation  of 
several  species  of  Copaifera,  E.,  of  C.  Langsdorffii,  Dec.  L.,  of  C. 
officinalis,  Linn.  D.  Copaiva. 

Copaiba  was  first  described  by  Marcgraaf  and  Piso  in  1648  ;  but 


CtesalpincB.] 


COPAIBA. 


359 


the  species  is  uncertain,  as  the  latter  gives  no  figure,  and  the  former 
only  one  of  the  fruit  (supposed  by  some  to  be  of  Copaifera  bijuga, 
Willd).  Jacquin,  in  1763,  described  a  species  of  Copaifera  from 
Martinique,  which  he  named  C.  officinalis,  and  which  probably  yields 
the  little  Copaiba  obtained  from  the  West  Indies.  It  has,  however,  been 
ascertained  that  several  species  yield  the  Copaiba  of  commerce.  The 
Wood-Oil  of  some  species  of  Dipterocarpus  yields  a  substance  closely 
resembling  Copaiba. 


COPAIFERA,  Linn. 


Decand.  Monog.  Linn. 


Fig.  61. 


Calyx  without  bracts,  4-parted,  divisions  small,  spreading ;  corolla  none ;  stamens  10i 
separate,  nearly  equal,  declinate;  ovary  compressed  with  two  ovules;  fruit  a  legume, 
stalked,  obliquely  elliptical,  coriaceous,  somewhat  compressed,  2-valved,  1-seeded ;  seed 
elliptical,  enclosed  in  a  1-sided  aril ;  embryo  straight ;  radicle  somewhat  lateral. — Trees 
or  shrubs  of  tropical 
America.  Leaves  al- 
ternate, equally  or  un- 
equally pinnate ;  leaf! 
lets  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, coriaceous,  some- 
what unequal,  ovate, 
either  dotted  or  not. 
(Lindl.)  Stipules  gen- 
erally wanting ;  bracts 
caducous;  flowers  in 
compound  axillary  and 
terminal  spikes. 

C.  Langsdorffii, 
Desf.  (r.  fig.  61.)  Leaf, 
lets  3 — 5  pairs,  equal, 
sided,  obtuse,  with  pel- 
lucid  dots ;  the  leaves 
ovate,  the  upper  ellip- 
tical ;  petioles  and 
peduncles  slightly 
downy. — As  space  will 
not  allow  of  the  other 
species  which  yield 
Copaiva  being  describ- 
ed, a  list  with  their 
habitats  is  subjoined. 


1.  C.  Langsdorffii,  As/. 

2.  C.  coriacea,  Mart, 

3.  C.  guianensis,  Desf. 

4.  C.  multijuga,  Hayne. 

5.  C.  Martii,  Hayne. 


San  Paulo  and 
Minas. 

San  Paulo  and 
Minas. 

Rio  Negro,  Pa- 
ra. 

Para. 

Para,  Maran- 
hao. 


6.  C.  nitida,  Mart. 


7.  C.  Beyrichii,  Hayne. 

8.  C.  officinalis,  Linn. 
C.  Jacquini,  Desf. 


Minas  Geraes, 
Cujaba,  and 
Goyaz. 

Rio  and  moun. 
tains  of  Es- 
trella. 

West  Indies, 
and  Venezu- 
ela. 


Copaiva,  though  usually  called  a  Balsam,  is  not  correctly  so  named, 
as  it  contains  no  Benzoic  acid.  It  is  an  Oleo-Resin,  which  varies 
more  or  less  in  colour,  odour,  specific  gravity,  and  medical  virtues, 
according  to  the  species  from  which  it  is  obtained.  (Martins.)  The 
species  1  and  2  yield  the  best  Copaiva  in  the  district  of  San  Paulo, 
3  in  Guiana,  4  and  5  in  Para,  6  in  Minas  Geraes,  7  in  mountains  of 
Estrella  and  at  Rio,  8  in  Venezuela  and  the  West  Indies.  Other 
species  are  capable  of,  and  no  doubt  yield  some  of  the  Copaiva  of  com- 


360  OLEUM    COPAIBA.  [Calycifloree. 

merce.  Dr.  Christison  mentions  Copaiva  sent  from  British  Guiana, 
obtained  from  plants  growing  further  north  than  the  above  (except 
No.  8),  and  near  the  Orinoco,  the  species  of  which  botanists  have  not 
yet  determined.  The  species  growing  in  the  hot  and  moist  parts  of 
Brazil  form  large  trees,  and  yield  very  fine  Copaiva ;  those  of  the 
drier  and  interior  districts,  as  Minas  Geraes,  &c.,  are  shrubby  in 
nature,  and  yield  less,  but  also  a  more  resinous  balsam  ;  that  of  the 
West  Indies  is  darker-coloured,  turbid,  more  acrid  in  taste,  and  smells 
more  of  turpentine.  It  is  in  all  these  places  obtained  by  making  deep 
incisions  into  the  trunk  of  the  trees,  chiefly  at  the  end  of  the  rainy 
season,  when  it  flows  out  so  abundantly,  that  12  Ibs.  are  said  by  Piso 
to  be  obtained  in  a  few  hours. 

Prop.  Balsam  of  Copaiva  is  a  liquid  (Sp.  Gr.  -095)  of  an  oily  con- 
sistence, transparent,  of  a  pale  straw-colour,  of  a  strong  odour  and  dis- 
agreeable, nauseous,  acrid  taste.  It  becomes  more  dense  and  darker- 
coloured,  if  kept  exposed  to  the  air.  It  is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether, 
and  Oils ;  but,  like  other  Oleo-Resins,  is  insoluble  in  water.  With 
alkalies  it  forms  soaps,  which  are  precipitated  when  much  diluted  with 
water.  Analyzed  by  Stolze  and  Gerber,  it  yielded  of  Volatile  Oil 
from  32  to  34  parts,  Yellow  Resin  (Copaivic  acid)  38  to  52,  Viscid 
Resin  1-65  to  2-13,  the  rest  being  water  and  loss  in  100  parts.  The 
Volatile  Oil  may  be  separated  by  distillation  with  water,  (v.  Oleum 
Copaiba?,  E.  P.)  The  Resin  which  remains  consists  of  two  parts : 
one  Copaivic  acid,  hard,  brittle,  and  crystallizable,  having  an  acid 
reaction  on  Litmus,  and  forming  compounds  with  bases :  like  Colo- 
phane  or  Pinic  acid,  it  consists  of  C40  H30  O4.  The  other,  soft, 
brown,  or  viscid  Resin,  which  is  more  abundant  in  old  than  in  fresh 
Copaiva,  has  little  affinity  for  bases,  and  may  be  separated  from  the 
other  by  being  insoluble  in  Naphtha. 

Test.  The  E.  C.  characterize  Copaiva  as  "  Transparent :  free  of 
Turpentine  odour  when  heated :  soluble  in  two  parts  of  Alcohol :  it 
dissolves  a  fourth  of  its  weight  of  Carbonate  of  Magnesia,  with  the  aid 
of  a  gentle  heat,  and  continues  translucent."  An  inferior  kind,  or 
some  adulterated  with  Turpentine  or  Fixed  Oils,  is  occasionally  sold. 
A  greasy  spot  will  be  left,  if  any  fatty  oil  is  present^vhen  a  little  is 
dropped  on  bibulous  paper.  Many  inferior  kinds  arPsold. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  of  Mucous  Membranes,  .especially  of  the 
Urinary  passages.  In  large  doses,  Cathartic  and  Diuretic.  Dimi- 
nishes Mucous  discharges,  as  of  Gonorrhoea,  &c. 

D.  rnxv. — f3ss.  or  even  f3j.  two  or  three  times,  swimming  on  some 
fluid,  or  made  into  an  emulsion ;  or  in  capsules,  where  the  Copaiva 
is  enclosed  in  a  thin  layer  of  Gelatine;  or  in  form  of  pill,  with  Tg  of 
Magnesia,  as  in  the  U.  S.  P. 

OLEUM  COPAIBJE,  E.     Volatile  Oil  of  Copaiva. 

Prep.  Distil  Copaiva  f%j.  with  Water  Ojss.  and  separate  the  Oil. 

Action.  Uses.  This  oil  is  colourless,  but  acrid  in  taste,  with  a  strong 
odour  of  Copaiva,  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  &c.  It  consists,  like 
Oil  of  Turpentine,  of  C10  H8.  It  is  preferred  by  many  to  every  other 
form  of  Copaiva,  in  doses  of  fl£x. — f 


Papilionacecs.]  BALSAMOFPERU.  361 


PAPILIONACE.E,  Linn.  Nat.  Ord.     Papilionads. 

Calyx  5-dentate,  or  bilabiate,  deciduous  or  withering  on  the  plant.  Corolla  papiliona. 
ceous  or  subpapilionaceous,  with  the  5  petals  inserted  into  the  bottom  of  the  calyx,  usually 
free,  sometimes  united  with  one  another  or  with  the  stamens,  imbricate.  Stamens  10, 
inserted  with  the  petals,  united  together,  or  nine  united  into  a  bundle,  and  the  tenth  remain- 
ing free.  Ovary  free,  placenta  on  one  side.  Seeds  without  albumen.  Embryo  curved, 
or  bent  back  upon  the  cotyledons,  rarely  straight. 

The  Papilionaceae  may  be  distinguished  by  their  irregular  flowers, 
number  and  insertion  of  the  stamens,  and  by  their  leguminous  fruit, 
as  well  as  by  their  habit ;  but  the  most  doubtful  may  be  distinguished 
from  Rosaceous  flowers  by  the  old  segment  of  the  calyx  being  an- 
terior. Papilionaceae  are  found  in  all  parts  of  the  world :  their  geo- 
graphical distribution  is  best  studied  in  their  several  tribes.  Uses  va- 
rious. 

BALSAMUM  PERUVIANUM,  L.  E.  D.  Fluid  Balsamic  Exudation  of  My- 
rospermum  Peruiferum,  Dec.  E.  ( Myroxylon  peruiferum,  Linn,  fil.) 
L.  D.  Balsam  of  Peru.  (MYROXYLON,  U.  S.) 

BALSAMUM  TOLUTANUM,  L.  E.  D.  (TOLUTANUM,  U.  S.)  Concrete  Bal- 
samic Exudation  of  Myrospermum  Toluiferum,  Ach.  Rich.  E.  of 
Myroxylon  Peruiferum,  Linn.  fit.  L.  Toluifera  Balsamum  Mill.  D. 
Balsam  of  Tolu. 

The  Balsams  of  Peru  and  Tolu  were  first  made  known  by  Mo- 
nardes  in  the  year  1580.  It  is  still  uncertain  whether  they  are  the 
produce  of  the  same  or  of  different  trees.  Mutis  sent  a  branch  in 
flower  of  the  first,  in  1781,  to  the  younger  Linnaeus. 

Balsam  of  Tolu  has  been  long  supposed,  as  stated  by  Ruiz,  to  be 
produced  by  the  same  tree.  Miller  having,  however,  grown  it  from 
seeds  sent  him  from  the  province  of  Tolu  behind  Carthagena,  consi- 
dered it  distinct,  and  continued  to  call  it  Toluifera  Balsamum.  Col- 
lected by  Humboldt  and  Bonpland,  it  was  described  by  Kunth  as 
Myroxylon  Toluiferum.  Ach.  Richard,  having  examined  the  cha- 
racters of  these  species,  finds  them  all  to  belong  to  the  genus  Myro- 
spermum of  Jacquin,  in  which  they  have  been  continued  by  other  bo- 
tanists. 

MYROSPERMUM,  Jacquin.     Decand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Calyx  campanulate,  slightly  5-toothed;  petals  5,  subpapilionaceous,  the  upper  largest ; 
stamens  10,  free;  ovary  stipitate,  oblong,  membranous,  with  2 — 6  ovules,  terminated  with 
a  lateral  filiform  style ;  legume  with  a  winged  stalk,  which  is  very  broad  at  the  apex,  and 
which  supports  an  oblique,  indehiscent,  1-celled,  1 — 2-seeded  samaroid  fruit ;  seeds  in- 
volved  in  balsamic  juice  ;  cotyledons  fleshy ;  embryo  curved.  Trees  with  abruptly  (Dec.) 
impari-pinnated  (Kunth)  leaves ;  leaflets  marked  with  round  and  some  linear  dots. 

M.  PERUIFERUM,  Dec.  (Myroxylon  peruiferum,  Linn.  fil.  &c.)  A  tall  and  much-branched, 
tree,  with  a  smooth  warty  bark,  which  is  thick  and  filled  with  resin,  hence  has  a  grateful 
smell  and  aromatic  taste.  Leaflets  alternate,  of  3  to  5  pairs,  with  an  odd  one,  subequila- 
teral,  oblong,  obtuse,  emarginate,  rounded  at  the  base,  sometimes  subcordate,  coriaceous, 
smooth ;  midrib  prominent  below,  and  with  a  flexuose  rachis  rather  hairy ;  racemes 
axillary ;  of  the  5  petals  the  upper  or  standing  broad  and  roundish,  the  others  linear-lan- 
ceolate ;  stamens  spreading ;  styles  deciduous ;  legumes  straw-coloured,  pendulous, 
stalked,  linear,  oblong,  coriaceous,  about  2  inches  long,  its  wing  very  thick  on  one  side, 
on  the  other  not  veined,  1-celled,  1 -seeded ;  seed  reniform,  involved  in  liquid  yellow  bal- 


362  BALSAM    OF   PERU.  [Calycifloras. 

samic  juice,  which  hardens  into  resin. — (Lam.  lllustr.  t.  341,  f.  1,  a. — g.)  The  Quinquino, 
or  Balsam  of  Peru  Tree,  a  native  of  tropical  forests  on  the  banks  of  the  Maranao  in  Peru, 
near  Bogota,  and  also,  or  a  nearly  allied  species,  in  Mexico,  according  to  Hernandez,  who 
Bays  it  was  employed  as  a  substitute  for  Syrian  Balsam.  De  Candolle  inquires,  as  there  is 
so  much  variation  in  the  leaves,  whether  several  species  are  not  confounded  together. 
Guibourt  mentions  having  received  some  Balsam  of  Peru  from  near  San  Saladra  iu  Gua- 
temala. 

Balsam  of  Peru  is  imported  from  several  parts  of  the  western 
coast  of  South  America,  and  it  is  probably  obtained  by  making  in- 
cisions into  the  stem,  as  originally  described  by  Monardes ;  but  one 
kind  is  also  described  as  being  procured  from  the  decoction  of  the 
branches ;  but  no  good  and  recent  information  has  been  obtained  on 
this  subject.  Ruiz  states  that  the  balsamic  juice,  when  received 
in  bottles,  may  be  preserved  in  a  liquid  state  for  some  years,  and  is 
then  called  White  Liquid  Balsam;  but  that  which  remains  in  the 
tree  and  is  obtained  by  boiling  the  branches,  is  a  dark-coloured 
liquid,  called  Black  Peruvian  Balsam.  But  further  information  is  re- 
quired. This  is  a  kind  commonly  met  with,  of  a  viscid  syrupy  con- 
sistence, Sp.  Gr.  1-15,  of  a  reddish-brown  almost  black  colour,  of  a 
strong  balsamic  odour,  and  a  bitterish  rather  acrid  taste.  According 
to  M.  Stolze,  it  is  composed  in  100  parts  of  23  of  Brown  Resin,  69 
of  a  peculiar  Oil,  Benzoic  acid  6-5,  Extractive  Matter  and  loss  1-5. 
It  is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  and  in  about  5  parts  of  rectified  Spirit,  burns 
with  a  good  deal  of  smoke.  Boiled  with  water,  this  becomes  charged 
with  its  acid  and  a  little  of  the  Oil.  Balsam  of  Peru  has  also  been 
analyzed  by  Fremy  and  Wernher.  The  former  calls  its  oil,  Cinna- 
meine,  which  Richter  says  is  composed  of  two  oils.  (v.  Turner's 
Chemistry.)  Fremy  considers  the  acid  to  be  Cinnamonic,'that  is, 
Cinnamic  acid,  and  the  Resin  a  Hydrate  of  Cinnameine. 

MYROSPERMUM  TOLUIFERUM,  Ach.  Rich.  A  tree  very  like  the  former.  Branches  warty, 
smooth ;  leaflets  equilateral,  from  7  to  8,  thin,  membranous,  ovate,  oblong,  acuminated, 
rounded  at  the  base,  shining,  and  as  well  as  the  rachis,  smooth.  The  leaves  only  are 
figured  by  Nees  von  Esenbeck  in  T.  322 ;  but  they  are  so  similar  to  those  of  the  plant 
he  has  figured  as  M.  peruiferum,  that  they  might  belong  to  the  same  plant. — Mountains 
of  Turlaco  near  Carthagena  ;  banks  of  the  Magdalena  and  the  high  savannas  of  Tolu. 

Balsam  of  Tolu  is  probably  obtained  by  incisions  made  in  the  bark 
of  the  above  tree.  It  is  imported  from  Carthagena,  &c.,  in  vessels  of 
different  kinds,  sometimes  in  small  ovoid  gourds.  Ruiz  states  that  it 
is  only  the  Balsam  of  Peru  in  a  dried  state.  According  to  Fremy, 
it  is  composed  of  the  same  constituents,  and  will  necessarily  act  in 
a  similar  manner  with  reagents.  It  is  usually  in  a  solid  state,  dry 
and  friable,  of  a  yellowish-red  or  reddish-brown  colour ;  but  when 
fresh,  it  is  soft  and  of  the  consistence  of  thick  honey,  from  containing 
more  oil,  of  a  fragrant  balsamic  odour,  and  warm  sweetish  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Expectorant.  The  Balsam  of  Peru  is  a 
useful  application  to  indolent  and  also  to  phagedenic  ulcers.  Stimu- 
lant Expectorant  in  Chronic  Catarrhs,  in  doses  of  llxv. — fflrxxx.  made 
into  emulsion  with  Mucilage  or  Yolk  of  Egg.  The  Balsam  of  Tolu 
is  more  frequently  prescribed. 


Papilionacets.]  RED    SANDAL-  WOOD.  363 


TINCTURA  (TOLUTANA,  E.)     BALSAMi  ToLUTANi,  L.  D.     Tincture  of 
Tolu.     (TINCTURA  TOLUTANI,  U.  S.) 


Prep.  Digest  Balsam  of  Tolu  3ij.  (3j.  D.  giijss.  E.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  (Oj.  wine 
measure,  D.)  with  a  gentle  heat,  E.  (in  a  close  vessel,  D.)  until  the  balsam  is  dissolved, 
and  filter,  L.  D. 

[U.  S.  Tolu  3iij.  Alcohol  Oij.] 

D.  f  3ss.  to  f  3j.  made  into  an  emulsion. 

SYRUPUS  (BALSAMI  TOLUTANI,  D.)  TOLUTANUS,  E.  L.     Syrup  of  Tolu. 
(SYRUPUS  TOLUTANI,  U.  S.) 

Prep.  Boil  Balsam  of  Tolu  3x.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  for  half  an  hour  in  a  lightly  covered 
vessel,  stirring  ;  strain  ;  then  dissolve  in  it  Sugar  ftijss.  The  E.  and  D.  Cs.  prepare  this 
syrup  by  adding  Tinct.  of  Tolu  f  gj.  gradually  to  Simple  Syrup  fi>ij.  E.  feijss.  D. 

[Tincture  of  Tolu  3j.  Syrup  Oij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  in  doses  of  f  3j.  —  f  3ij.  Sometimes  added 
to  flavour  draughts. 

Ph.  Prep.  Tinct.  Benzoini  Comp.  Trochiscus  Opii,  and  Troch. 
Morphias  et  Ipecacuanhas. 

PTEROCARPUS,  Linn.     Diadelphia  Decandria.  Linn. 

Calyx  5-toothed,  obscurely  bilabiate  ;  petals  5,  papilionaceous,  petals  of  the  keel  free  ; 
stamens  10,  filaments  variously  united  ;  ovary  stipulate,  with  few  (2  to  4)  ovules  ;  legume 
suborbicular,  compressed,  indehiscent,  surrounded  by  a  membranous  wing,  usually  rugose 
in  the  middle;  1  —  3  celled,  each  cell  1  —  3  seeded;  seeds  kidney-shaped.  —  Trees  or 
shrubs.  Leaves  unequally  pinnated  ;  racemes  axillary  or  terminal,  and  paniculate.  —  Na- 
tives of  the  tropical  parts  of  India,  of  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  and  of  tropical  America; 
they  secrete  and  exude  reddish-coloured  juice,  which  is  usually  astringent,  and  hardens 
in  the  air. 

PTEROCARPUS,  L.  E.     PTEROCARPDS  SANTALTNUS,  Linn.fil.  D.     Lignum, 
L.  D.     Wood,  E.     Red  Sandal-  Wood.     (SANTALUM,  U.  S.) 

Sandal-wood  is  mentioned  by  Serapion  and  other  Arabs,  and  dis- 
tinguished into  white,  yellow,  and  red.  The  last  is  known  in  com- 
merce as  Red  Saunders  Wood.  This  is  called  rukta  (red)  chundun 
(Sandal)  in  India,  and  the  name  is  applied  to  the  wood  of  Pterocarpus 
santalinus,  and  also  to  that  of  Adenanthera  Pavonina.  Lignum  Pa- 
vona  was  an  old  dye-wood.  That  of  Pterocarpus  dalbergioides  is  said 
to  yield  the  Andaman  Red  Wood. 

P.  SANTALINUS,  Linn.  fil.  (Santalum  rubrum,  Kcenig.)  A  lofty  tree.  Leaflets  3,  rarely 
4  or  5,  alternate,  roundish,  retuse,  smooth  above  ;  racemes  axillary,  simple,  or  branched  ; 
petals  long-clawed,  crenate,  undulate  ;  standard  yellow,  streaked  with  red;  filaments  10, 
diadelphous,  (triadelphous,  5,  4,  and  1,  W.  and  A.};  legume  suborbicular,  stalked,  1- 
seeded  ;  the  wing  somewhat  membranous,  waved.  —  A  native  of  the  Pulicat  (Paulghat) 
mountains;  also  of  Ceylon. 

This  tree  was  pointed  out  by  Koenig  as  yielding  Red  Sandal-  wood. 
Its  wood  is  dark-red  with  darker-  coloured  veins,  heavy  and  compact, 
capable  of  taking  a  fine  polish;  when  moistened  with  water,  it  is  said 
to  produce  a  fine  red  colour  ;  and  a  reddish-coloured  juice  exudes 
from  its  bark,  which  Krenig  considered  a  kind  of  dragon's-blood. 
The  imported  wood  is  similar  in  appearance,  is  without  odour,  has  a 


EAST    INDIA    KINO.  [Calycifloree. 

feeble  taste,  and  sinks  in  water.  Alcohol  and  Ether  readily  extract 
its  colour,  as  do  alkaline  solutions.  Pelletier  found  it  contained 
Woody  fibre,  Extractive,  Gallic  acid,  and  about  17  per  cent,  of  a 
peculiar  colouring  matter,  which  he  called  Santaline,  and  which  is 
somewhat  allied  to  the  Resins  in  properties. 

Action,  Uses.  Used  only  as  a  dye,  and  to  give  colour  to  the  Tinct. 
Lavandulse  Comp. 

KINO,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Kino  is  well  known  as  an  astringent  substance,  in  small  and  shin- 
ing, brittle,  angular  fragments  of  a  deep-brown  colour,  which  appears 
to  be  a  natural  exudation  of  some  one  plant,  from  the  uniformity  of 
its  appearance.  Several  kinds  of  Kino  are,  however,  met  with  in 
commerce,  as  well  as  described  in  books,  as  that  of  Butea  frondosa 
from  India,  at.  one  time  acknowledged  by  the  D.  C.,  and  which  has 
no  doubt  been  sometimes  imported  as  Kino.  Botany  Bay  Kino,  pro- 
duced by  Eucalyptus  resinifera,  or  Brown  Gum  Tree,  at  one  time 
acknowledged  by  the  E.  C.,  a  Jamaica,  and  a  Columbian  Kino,  are 
mentioned ;  and  an  extract  of  Rhatany  is  sometimes  enumerated  with 
them.  But  genuine  Kino  has  been  supposed  to  come  from  the  west 
coast  of  Africa.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  and  the  fact  may  be 
easily  ascertained  by  any  one  making  inquiries  in  the  proper  channels, 
that  the  best  is  now  imported  into  this  country  from  Bombay. 

Kino  seems  to  have  been  first  introduced  into  European  practice 
by  Dr.  Fothergill,  in  1757,  who  states  in  a  paper  in  Med.  Obs.  and 
Enq.,  i.  358,  that  he  was  indebted  for  information  respecting  it  to  Dr. 
Oldfield,  and  that  the  substance  was  obtained  from  the  river  Gambia, 
whence  he  called  it  Gummi  rubrum  astringens  Gambiense.  Previous 
to  this,  Moon,  in  his  travels  into  Africa,  mentions  a  red  gum  as  issu- 
ing from  incisions  in  trees,  and  which  he  mistook  for  Dragon's-blood. 
Mungo  Park  discovered  that  the  tree  which  yielded  this  substance 
was  called  Pao  de  Sangue  (Blood-tree)  by  the  Portuguese.  His  spe- 
cimens were  determined  by  Mr.  R.  Brown  to  belong  to  Pterocarpus 
erinaceus, — a  tree  which  has  since  been  well  figured  and  fully  de- 
scribed in  the  Flore  de  Senegambie. 

P.  ERINACEUS  (Poiret,  Illustr.  t.  602,  f.  4.)  L.  E.  A  tree  40  or  50  feet  in  height,  with 
the  bark  exuding  a  peculiar  blackish-coloured  juice ;  leaflets  11 — 15,  alternate,  ovate, 
oblong,  obtuse,  or  emarginate,  above  smooth,  on  the  under  surface  covered  with  dense  but 
short  tomentum;  flowers  yellow;  stamens  8 — 10,  monadelphous  or  irregularly  diadel- 
phous ;  legumes  orbicular,  membranous,  undulate  at  the  margin,  and  terminated  on  one 
side  by  a  sharp  point  (the  base  of  the  style),  in  the  centre  covered  with  stiff  bristles,  2- 
celled  or  1-celled ;  each  cell  1-seeded. — A  native  of  Senegambia.  Its  wood  is  reddish- 
coloured.  When  the  bark  of  its  trunk  or  branches  is  injured,  a  reddish-coloured  juice 
exudes,  which  quickly  hardens  in  the  air,  becoming  of  a  blackish  colour.  This  brilliant, 
friable,  and  astringent  substance,  though  like  Kino,  does  not  seem  to  be  collected.  "  Nous 
ne  1'avons  pas  vu  extraire  pour  les  usages  pharmaceutiques  sur  les  bords  de  la  Gambie," 
(Fl.  de  Senegambie,  i.  p.  230,  tab.  54,)  and  no  Kino  is  known  to  be  imported  here  from 
the  coast  of  Africa. 

The  origin  of  the  name  Kino  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  ascer- 
tained. It  was  introduced  into  the  E.  P.  1774  as  Gummi  Kino,  and 
into  the  L.  P.  1787  as  Resina  Kino.  I  have  long  been  of  opinion 
that  the  name  was  derived  from  the  Indian  kuenee,  or  kini,  applied  to 


Papilionacea.}  EAST    INDIAN    KINO.  365 

a  similar  exudation  from  the  bark  of  Butea  frondosa,  of  which  the 
Sanscrit  name  is  Kin-suka  (Himal.  Bot.  p.  195,  and  Proc.  Royal 
Asiatic  Soc.  p.  50,  May,  1838,),  because  this  Butea  gum  had  been  sent 
as  Kino  to  the  above  Society  from  Bombay.  An  old  specimen  in  the 
India  House  is  marked  Gum  Cheena.  Dr.  Pereira,  several  years 
since,  found  "  in  the  warehouse  of  an  old  drug  firm  in  London  a 
substance  marked  Gummi  rubrum  astringens"  which  he  was  told  had 
formerly  fetched  a  very  high  price.  It  is,  however,  very  distinct 
from  the  Kino  of  commerce,  which,  for  many  reasons,  the  author 
was  inclined  to  think  was  the  produce  of  Pterocarpus  Marsupium. 

Dr.  Pereira  states  that  what  he  calls  East  Indian  Kino  is  always 
regarded  in  commerce  as  genuine  Gum  Kino,  and  that  an  experienced 
East  Indian  broker  assured  him  it  was  the  produce  of  the  Malabar 
coast.  He  also  traced  it  to  Bombay,  and  to  Tellicherry,  on  that 
coast.  In  the  official  reports  of  the  commerce  ,of  Bombay,  the  Kino 
exported  to  this  country  appears  to  have  been  previously  imported 
from  the  Malabar  coast.  The  author's  attention  was  again  especially 
turned  to  this  subject  on  finding  in  the  India  House  specimens  of  Kino 
marked  from  Anjarakandy,  which  he  recognised  as  being  identical 
with  the  present  Kino  of  commerce ;  but  was  unable  for  some  time 
to  ascertain  the  locality  of  Anjarakandy,  until  informed  by  Mr.  Dyer 
(u.  p.  303)  that  it  was  the  name  of  a  farm  within  a  few  miles  of 
Tellicherry, — that  is,  near  the  very  place  to  which  Dr.  Pereira  had 
traced  the  East  Indian  Kino.* 

Having  thus  determined  the  place,  the  next  point  was  to  ascertain 
the  plant  which  yielded  this  kind  of  Kino,  as  well  as  its  mode  of  pre- 
paration. This  was  effected  by  writing  to  Dr.  Wight,  stationed  at 
Coimbatore ;  and  though  he  did  not  at  first  succeed,  Dr.  Kennedy 
afterwards  sent  him  specimens  of  the  flower,  leaves,  and  fruit,  also  a 
small  portion  of  the  wood  and  of  the  gum.  On  inspecting  these,  Dr. 
Wight  states,  "  the  specimens  received  along  with  the  letter  leave  no 
doubt  that  the  Malabar  Kino  is  the  production  of  Pterocarpus  Marsu- 
pium" 

Dr.  Kennedy  writes  that  he  is  informed  by  his  friend  Mr.  J.  Brown 
of  Anjarakandy,  that  "  the  juice  is  extracted  when  the  tree  is  in  blos- 
som, by  making  longitudinal  incisions  in  the  bark  round  the  trunk  of 
the  tree,  so  as  to  let  the  gum  ooze  down  into  a  receiver  formed  of  a 
broad  leaf  so  placed  and  fixed  in  thenbark  as  to  prevent  the  gum  from 
falling  on  the  ground.  From  the  leaf  it  is  made  to  run  into  a  recep- 
tacle placed  under  the  leaf  to  receive  the  gum.  When  this  receptacle 
is  filled,  it  is  removed,  the  gum  is  dried  in  the  sun  until  it  crumbles, 
and  then  filled  into  wooden  boxes  for  exportation." 

Dr.  Gibson  had  already  stated  (see  the  above  Proc.  p.  59)  that 
"  Kino  was  the  produce  of  Pterocarpus  Marsupium  (beula  or  bid),  a 
tree  very  common  below  the  Ghats,"  also  that  the  Kino  is  exported 
in  considerable  quantities  from  the  Malabar  coast.  Dr.  Roxburgh, 

*  Since  then  I  have  discovered  that  this  was  formerly  one  of  the  East  India  Company's 
plantations,  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  Brown,  and  was  visited  by  Dr.  Buchanan, 
in  January,  1801  (Mysore  II.  p.  544),  when  he  states,  numerous  valuable  experiments 
were  carrying  on  in  the  plantation. 


366 


PTEROCARPUS    MARSUPIUM. 


\_Caly  ciflorce. 


however,  was  the  first  to  direct  attention  to  this  tree,  which  he  states 
exudes  a  red  juice,  which  hardens  into  a  strong,  simply  astringent, 
brittle  gum-resin,  of  a  dark  red  colour,  strongly  resembling  that  of 
the  Butea  frondosa ;  so  that  the  same  analyses  might  serve  for  both. 
He  further  observes,  that  the  specimen  of  the  gum  Kino  tree  (P.  eri- 
naceus)  in  the  Banksian  herbarium  is  exceedingly  like  this  plant.  The 
specimens  of  the  Indian  and  of  the  African  Kino  were,  as  we  have 
seen,  the  produce  of  two  distinct  species  of  Pterocarpus. 

P.  Marsupium,  Roxb.  (Fig.  62.)  A  lofty  tree,  with  the  outer  coat  of  the  bark  brown, 
inner  red,  fibrous  and  astringent;  leaves  subifarious,  alternate,  leaflets  5 — 7  alternate, 

elliptic,  emarginate, 

Fig.  62.  above   shining   and 

of  a  deep  green  co- 
lour, from  3  to  5 
inches  long ;  pani. 
cles  terminal ;  petals 
white  with  a  tinge 
of  yellow,  long-claw- 
ed,  all  waved  or 
crested  on  the  mar- 
gins ;  stamens  ten, 
united  into  one  body 
near  the  base,  but 
soon  splitting  into 
two  bodies  of  five 
each ;  ovary  gene- 
rally two-celled,  le- 
gume long-stalked, 
the  under  three, 
fourths  orbicular, 
the  upper  side 
straight;  the  whole 
surrounded  with  a 
waved  veined  mem- 
branous wing  ru- 
gose and  woody  in  the  centre,  generally  one,  sometimes  two-celled  ;  seed  solitary,  kidney- 
shaped.  Roxb.  Corom.  PI.  ii.  t.  116 ;  Fl.  Ind.  iii.  p.  234.  A  native  of  the  Circar  Mountains 
and  forests  of  the  Malabar  coast,  apparently  also  in  those  at  the  foot  of  the  Himalayas, 
according  to  Buchanan  Hamilton. 

Kino  is  in  small,  irregular,  somewhat  angular,  glistening  frag- 
ments, of  a  dark-brown  or  reddish-brown  colour,  brittle,  and  afford- 
ing a  powder  which  is  lighter-coloured  than  the  masses.  It  is  with- 
out odour,  and  has  a  bitterish,  highly  astringent,  and  ultimately 
sweetish  taste.  It  is  not  softened  by  heat;  cold  water  dissolves  it 
partially,  boiling  water  more  largely,  and  the  saturated  decoction 
becomes  turbid  on  cooling,  and  deposits  a  reddish  sediment.  Alcohol 
dissolves  the  greater  portion.  It  consists  chiefly  of  a  peculiar  modi- 
fication of  Tannin,  with  Extractive  matter,  and,  in  some  of  the 
varieties,  of  a  minute  proportion  of  Resin.  According  to  Vauquelin, 
it  contains  no  Gallic  acid,  but  Tannin  and  peculiar  extractive  75, 
red  Gum  24,  insoluble  matter  124.  Its  aqueous  sol.  is  precipitated 
by  Gelatine  (with  which  it  produces  a  green  colour,  in  consequence 
of  the  presence  of  a  little  Catuchine),  by, soluble  salts  of  Iron,  Silver, 
Lead,  and  Antimony,  by  the  Permuriate  of  Mercury,  and  by  the 
Sulphuric,  Nitric,  and  Muriatic  acids.  The  alkalies  favour  its  solu- 
bility in  water,  but  essentially  change  its  nature,  and  destroy  its 
astringent  property. 


Papilionacece.']  SCOPARIUM.  367 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  astringent.  Useful  in  restraining  mucous 
discharges,  &c. 

TINCTURA  KINO,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  Kino. 

Prep.  Digest  Kino  bruised  Siijss.  (giij.  D.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oj.  (Proof  Spirit  Oij 
old  wine  measure,  D.)  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  and  filter.  This  Tincture  cannot  be  con- 
veniently prepared  by  percolation. 

Uses  and  D.  Astringent  adjunct  to  Chalk  Mixture,  &c.,  in  doses 
of  f  3j.— f  3ij. 

PULVIS  KINO  COMPOSITUS,  L.  D.     Compound  Powder  of  Kino. 

Prep.  Rub  up  Kino  gxv.  Cinnamon  3iv.  and  Hard  Opium  Jj.  separately  to  very  fine 
powder,  then  mix  them. 

Uses  and  D.  Astringent  and  anodyne.  Useful  in  chronic  diar- 
rhosa  and  dysentery  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — Bj.  Grs.  xx.  contain  of 
Opium  gr.  j. 

BUTEA  FRONDOSA.  This  plant,  as  mentioned  above,  yields  by  inci- 
sions made  in  its  bark  an  astringent  gum,  which  was  at  one  time 
supposed  to  be  the  genuine  Kino  of  commerce.  It  is  no  doubt  pos- 
sessed of  similar  properties,  is  frequently  used  as  such  in  India,  and 
useful  like  it  in  Diarrhoeas  and  advanced  stages  of  Dysentery.  It  is 
also  used  in  the  art  of  tanning.  It  has  been  occasionally  sent  to  this 
country  as  Kino,  and  Dr.  Pereira  found  it  in  an  old  drug  firm  marked 
Gummi  rubrum  aslringens.  Its  Sanskrit  name  is  Kin-suka.  It  is 
commoply  known  in  India  as  Klni  lie  gond,  and  also  by  the  name 
Kumrkus.  Its  chemical  characteristics  are  very  like  those  of  the 
Kino  of  Pterocarpus.  It  is  very  carelessly  collected,  and  therefore 
often  contains  impurities.  It  is  remarkable  for  containing  a  beau- 
tiful red  colouring  matter,  difficult  of  separation.  Analyzed  by 
Mr.  E.  Solly,  a  portion  in  the  crude  state  yielded  about  50  per  cent, 
of  Tannin ;  but  when  purified  by  simple  solution  in  water,  so  as  to 
separate  the  impurities,  100  parts  contained  73-26  parts  of  Tannin, 
5-05  of  difficultly-soluble  Extractive,  and  21-67  of  Gum,  with  Gallic 
acid  and  other  soluble  substances.  The  colour  and  properties  of 
Tannin  vary  with  the  exposure  and  season  of  collection,  (v.  Rox- 
burgh, Fl.  Ind.  iii.  p.  245,  and  Proc.  R.  Asiatic  Soc.  May,  1838.) 

SCOPARIUM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Cacumina  (D.)  recentia,  L.  (Fresh)  Tops,  E., 
of  Cytisus  Scoparius,  Dec.  L.  E.  of  Spartium  Scoparium,  Linn.  D. 
Tops  of  the  Common  Broom.  Diadelph.  Decand.  Linn. 

The  common  Broom,  by  some,  and  Spanish  Broom,  by  others,  is 
supposed  to  be  the  oVagriov  of  Dioscorides. 

A  shrub  with  angular,  unarmed  branches.  Leaves  trifoliate,  the  upper  ones  simple, 
stalked,  leaflets  oblong.  Flowers  yellow,  axillary,  solitary,  stalked.  Calyx  bilabiate,  the 
upper  lip  often  entire,  the  inferior  subtridentate.  The  standard  large  ovate.  Keel  very 
obtuse,  enclosing  the  stamens  and  pistils.  Stamens  all  united  together.  Legume  of  a 
dark  brown  colour,  flat,  compressed,  hairy  at  the  margins,  containing  about  15  seeds. 
Indigenous  in  sandy  and  uncultivated  places  throughout  Europe. 

Broom-tops,  like  the  rest  of  the  plant,  have  a  bitter  nauseous  taste, 
and,  when  bruised,  a  peculiar  odour.  Their  properties  are  supposed 


368  GLYCYRRHIZA.  [Calyciflora;. 

to  depend  on  the  presence  of  Cytisine,  and  the  seeds  are  the  most 
effective  part.  The  ashes  contain  about  30  per  cent,  of  Carbonate 
of  Potash  and  other  salts. 

Motion.  Uses.  Emetic  and  Cathartic  in  large  doses;  but  used 
only  as  a  Diuretic  in  small  doses.  May  be  given  in  dropsies,  in 
powder  or  in  Extract,  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss. ;  or  in 

INFUSUM  SCOPARII,  L.     Infusion  of  Broom  Tops. 

Prep.  Macerate  Broom  Tops  3j.  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  for  4  hours  in  a  lightly 
covered  vessel  and- strain. 

It  may  be  prescribed  in  doses  of  f 3j.  to  f 3iij.  three  times  a  day. 

DECOCTUM  SCOPARII  (E.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  Compound  Decoction  of 
Broom  Tops. 

Prep.  Boil  Broom  Tops,  Juniper  Fruit,  (Dandelion,  L.)  aa  gss.  Bitartrate  of  Potash 
3ijss.  in  Aq.  Ojss.  down  to  a  pint  and  strain. 

Efficient  Diuretic  in  the  same  doses  as  the  Infusion. 

EXTRACTUM  SPARTII  SCOPARII,  D.     Extract  of  Broom  Tops. 
To  be  prepared  from  Broom  Tops  as  directed  for  Extract  of  Gentian. 

GLYCIRRHIZA,  L.  E.  D.  (GLYCYRRHIZA,  U.  S.)  Radix  (D.)  recens,  L. 
Root  (E.)  fresh,  L.  of  GLYCIRRHIZA  GLABRA,  Linn.  Liquorice  Plant. 
Diadelph.  Decand.  Linn. 

Liquorice,  the  produce  probably  of  more  than  one  species,  was 
known  to  the  ancients  by  the  name  yXuxuggf^a.  It  was  employed  by 
the  Arabs,  and  well  known  in  the  East,  a  produce  of  Mooltan,  &c. 

GLYCYRRHIZA,  Linn.     Diadelph.  Decand. 

Calyx  naked,  tubular,  5-clefl,  bilabiate ;  with  the  two  upper  lips  united  more  than  the 
others.  Standard  ovate-lanceolate,  straight ;  keel  2-petalous,  or  2-parted,  straight,  acute. 
Stamens  diadelphous.  Style  filiform.  Legume  ovate  or  oblong,  compressed,  1-celled, 
1 — 4  seeded. — Perennial,  herbaceous  plants  of  the  tribe  Lotete,  with  very  sweet  roots. 
Leaves  unequally  pinnated.  Racemes  axillary.  Flowers  blue,  violet,  or  white.  Natives 
of  the  south  of  Europe,  and  some  of  the  northern  parts  of  Asia. 

G.  GLABRA.  Lin. — The  roots  running  to  a  considerable  distance.  Leaflets  about  13, 
oval,  slightly  emarginate,  viscid  underneath,  stipules  wanting.  Racemes  axillary,  erect, 
shorter  than  the  leaves.  Flowers  distant,  pale  lilac.  Legumes  compressed,  smooth  3—4- 
seeded. — Native  of  the  south  of  Europe,  Syria,  foot  of  Mount  Caucasus,  cultivated  at 
Mitcham  in  Surrey,  &c. — St.  and  Ch.  Ill,  134.  Liquiritia  qfficinalis,  Nees  von  E.  327. 

G.  ECHINATA.  Lin. — Leaflets  oval,  lanceolate,  mucronate,  glabrous ;  stipules  oblong, 
lanceolate ;  spikes  of  flowers  capitate,  on  very  short  peduncles ;  legumes  oval,  mucro- 
nate, 2-seeded,  echinated  by  bristles.  This  is  sometimes  called  Russian  Liquorice.  It  is 
found  in  Greece  and  southern  Russia,  extending,  it  is  said,  into  Tartary  and  northern 
China.— Sim's  BoL  Mag.  252 ;  Nees,  328. 

Species  of  Glycyrrhiza  no  doubt  also  extend  into  AfFghanistan,  whence  Liquorice-root, 
Jeteemudh,  is  imported  into  India.  These  species  may,  or  may  not,  be  distinct  from  the 
preceding. 

Liquorice-roots,  or,  rather,  underground  stems,  when  fresh,  are 
roundish,  plump,  and  smooth.  They  may  be  preserved  thus  for  some 
time,  if  kept  in  sand ;  but  when  dry,  they  are  wrinkled,  of  a  brown 
colour  externally,  yellowish  and  fibrous  internally,  with  considerable 


Papilionacea:.]  GLYCYRRHIZA.  369 

sweetness,  still  more  conspicuous  when  powdered,  but  in  either  case 
also  a  little  acrid.  The  roots  consist  of  Lignin,  Starch,  Albumen, 
Wax,  Asparagin,  Resinous  Oil,  Colouring  matter,  Phosphates  and 
Malates  of  Lime  and  of  Magnesia,  and  a  peculiar  principle  which 
has  been  called  Glycion  and  Glycyrrhizin,  or  Liquorice  Sugar,  and 
upon  which  depends  the  sweetness  of  Liquorice,  while  its  acridity  is 
connected  with  the  Oleo-resin.  Glycion  is  very  sweet,  of  a  yellow 
colour,  and  transparent,  but  uncrystallizable.  It  seems  to  partake 
partly  of  the  nature  of  acids,  and  partly  of  those  of  alkalies.  It  is 
soluble  both  in  water  and  in  Alcohol.  This  principle  has  been  found 
in  a  few  other  sweetish-tasted  roots. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent  in  Catarrhs,  Urinary  and  Bowel  com- 
plaints. Useful  in  sweetening  and  flavouring  medicines.  Powder 
and  Extract  employed  in  making  pills,  the  former  in  covering  them. 

DECOCTTJM  GLYCYRRHIZA,  D.     Decoction  of  Liquorice. 

Prep.  Boil  bruised  Liquorice-root  3jss.  in  Water  Oj.  (wine  measure)  for  ten  minutes 
and  strain. 

Useful  Demulcent  ad  libitum.  In  this  and  similar  preparations,  the 
Liquorice-root  should  be  decorticated,  as  in  the  outer  part  the  acrid 
principle  connected  with  the  oleo-resin  is  chiefly  contained. 

EXTRACTUM  GLYCYRRHIZA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of  Liquorice. 

Prepared  in  the  same  way  as  Extract  of  Gentian.  The  E.  C.  di- 
rects the  root  to  be  first  cut  into  chips,  dried,  and  reduced  to  mode- 
rately fine  powder.  When  well  prepared,  this  extract  is  of  a  brown 
colour,  very  sweet,  and  not  at  all  acrid.  Dr.  Christison  remarks  that 
boiling  is  unnecessary,  indeed  injurious,  cold  water  and  the  process 
by  percolation  yielding  often  40  to  58  per  cent,  of  very  fine  extract. 

TROCHISCI  GLYCYRRHIZA,  E.     Liquorice  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Extract  of  Liquorice,  Gum  Arabic  aa  gvj.  Pure  Sugar  fij.  in  boiling 
Aq.  q.  s.  and  then  evaporate  over  a  vapour-bath  to  the  proper  consistence  for  lozenges. 

[TROCHISCI  GLYCYRRHIZ^E  ET  OPII,  U.  S.     Troches  of  Liquorice  and 
Opium. 

Prep.  Take  of  Opium  in  powder  gss.  Liquorice  in  powder,  Sugar  in  powder,  Gum 
Arabic  in  powder,  each,  3x.  Oil  of  Anise  f  3ij.  Mix  the  powders  intimately,  then  add 
the  Oil  of  Anise,  and  with  water  form  them  into  a  mass  to  be  divided  into  troches, 
each  weighing  six  grs. 

Employed  in  Coughs  and  Catarrhs  under  the  name  of  Wistar's  Cough 
Lozenges. 

D.  Two  or  three.] 

COMMERCIAL  EXTRACT  OF  LIQUORICE.  This  is  recognised  in  the  E. 
P.  by  the  same  name,  Glycyrrhizce  Extractum,  as  the  Pharmaceutical 
preparation.  It  is  not  noticed  by  the  other  colleges.  It  is  commonly 
known  by  the  names  of  Liquorice,  Extract  of  Liquorice,  and  Liquorice 
Juice.  It  is  prepared  in  large  quantities  in  the  South  of  Spain,  in 
Italy,  and  in  Sicily,  and  brought  to  a  proper  consistence  by  evapo- 
rating the  Decoction  in  copper  vessels.  It  is  then  formed  into  round- 

24 


370  TRAGACANTHA.  [Calyciflora;. 

ish  or  flattened  sticks,  of  a  brownish-black  colour,  often  covered  with 
Bay-leaves.  The  finest  is  that  marked  Solazzi.  What  is  called  Re- 
fined Liquorice,  in  black,  shining,  pipe-like  cylinders,  is  a  mixture  of 
Liquorice  and  of  Gum  or  Gelatine.  Liquorice  is  so  well  known  as 
not  to  require  detailed  notice. 

Off.  Prep.  Infus.  Lini  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Decoctum  Hordei 
Comp.  L.  E.  .D.  Dec.  Sarza?  Comp.  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  Dec.  Mezerii,  E. 
D.  Dec.  Guaiaci  Comp.  E.  D.  Aqua  Calcis  Comp.  D.  Ccnf. 
Senna?,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Dec.  Aloes,  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  Tinctura 
Aloes,  L.  Tinct.  Rhei  Comp.  L.  D.  Troch.  Opii,  E.  Troch. 
Lactucarii,  E.  [Pil.  Hydrarg.  U.  S.  Syrupus  Sarsaparillae  Comp. 
U.  S.] 

TRAGACANTHA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Succus  concretus,  L.  Gummi,  D. 
Gummy  Exudation  of  Astragalus  gummifer,  Lab.  and  other  spe- 
cies, E.,  A.  verus,  Olivier,  L.  and  E.,  A.  creticus,  Lamarck,  D. 
Tragacanth. 

The  rgayaxavSa  of  Dioscorides  was  no  doubt  a  plant  of  the  same 
genus  as  that  which  now  yields  Tragacanth.  Sibthorp  considers 
Astragalus  aristatus,  L'Hert.  to  be  the  plant.  Arab  authors  describe 
it  by  the  name  kusera  or  kutira,  for  which,  in  India,  kuteera  is  substi- 
tuted. This  is  produced  both  in  the  Northwest  and  in  the  Peninsula 
of  India  by  Cochlospermum  Gossypium.  .Tournefourt  adduced  A. 
creticus  of  Lamarck,  a  native  of  Mount  Ida  in  Crete,  to  be  the  plant 
yielding  Tragacanth.  Labillardiere  describes  his  Jl.  gummifer,  a  na- 
tive of  Mount  Libanus  in  Syria,  as  one  of  the  plants;  while  Olivier 
states  his  Jl.  verus,  inhabiting  Asia  Minor,  Armenia,  and  Northern 
Persia,  as  yielding  the  largest  quantity  of  Tragacanth.  Dr.  E.  Dick- 
son,  Physician  to  the  Consulate  of  Tripoli,  when  travelling  in  Koor- 
distan,  collected  specimens  of  the  plants  which  he  ascertained  to  yield 
Tragacanth.  These  he  gave  to  Mr.  Brant,  British  Consul  at  Erze- 
roum,  by  whom  they  were  sent  to  Dr.  Lindley,  who  determined  that 
the  white  or  best  variety  of  Gum  Tragacanth  is  yielded  by  Astragalus 
gummifer,  and  the  red  or  inferior  kind  by  his  A.  strobiliferus.  Dr. 
Dickson,  when  in  England,  favoured  the  author  with  the  following 
observations:  "Besides  the  two  last-named  species,  I  observed  also  a 
third  variety  that  gave  Gum  Tragacanth,  which,  unfortunately,  I  lost 
when  my  things  were  robbed  at  Hassan-kalek.  From  the  Koordish 
mountains  being  covered  with  many  species  of  Astragalus,  I  should 
think  it  not  unlikely  that  other  varieties  of  this  genus  may  hereafter 
be  discovered  yielding  the  Gum." 

ASTRAGALUS,  Dec.     Diadelph.  Decand.  Linn. 

Calyx  5-toothed.  Corolla  with  an  obtuse  keel.  Stamens  diadelphous.  Legume  2- 
celled,  or  half  2-celled  in  consequence  of  the  dorsal  or  lower  suture  being  turned  inwards, 
Dec. 

Sectio  Tragacantha. — Petioles  permanent,  thornlike.   Stipules  adhering  to  the  petioles. 

A.  VERUS.  Oliv.  L.  E.  Flowers  yellow,  axillary,  in  clusters  of  2  to  5,  sessile.  Calyx 
tomentose,  obtusely  5-toothed.  Leaflets  8  to  9  pairs,  linear  hispid.  A  native  of  Anatolia, 
Armenia,  and  Northern  Persia,  yields  Tragacanth,  which  is  collected  from  July  to  Sep- 
tember. Used  in  Persia,  exported  to  Europe  and  also  to  India.— Oliv.  Voy.  3,  t.  44 ;  Nees 
von  E.  329. 


Papilionacea;.]  TRAGACANTHA.  37  \ 

A.  GUMMIFKR.  Labill,  E. — Flowers  3  to  5,  axillary,  sessile.  Calyx  5-cleft,  together 
with  the  legumes  woolly.  Leaflets  4  to  6  pairs,  oblong,  linear,  smooth.  A  native  of 
Mount  Lebanon,  also  of  Koordistan,  where  it  yields  white  Tragacanth,  but  which  La- 
billardiere  represents  as  vermicular  in  form. 

A.  CRETICUS.  Lam. — Flowers  axillary,  sessile,  aggregate.  Calyx  5-partite,  with 
feathery  setaceous  lobes  rather  larger  than  the  corolla.  Leaflets  5  to  8  pairs,  oblong, 
acute,  tomentose.  Mount  Ida  in  Crete,  where  it  yields  a  little  Tragacanth. 

A.  ARISTATUS.  ISher. — Peduncles  very  short,  usually  6-flowered ;  calycine  teeth  long 
and  setaceous;  leaves  with  6 — 9  pairs  of  oblong,  linear,  mucronate,  pilose  leaflets ;  legumes 
scarcely  half  bilocular.  A  native  of  the  Alps  of  Europe,  also  of  Greece.  Sibthorp  stated 
that  this  species  yielded  a  gum  called  rgct^o^avcfa  in  Greece,  which  was  exported  to 
Italy.  Landerer  has  lately  ascertained  that  Tragacanth  was  yielded  by  this  species  on 
the  hills  near  Patrass,  and  exported  to  Venice  and  Trieste,  or  as  Levant  Tragacanth  to 
Marseilles  and  Ancona:  (c) 

A.  DICKSONII.  Royle,  (A.  strobiliferus,  Lindley,  not  of  Royle,  Him.  Hot.  p.  199.) — 
Flowers  capitate  in  an  ovate,  sessile,  axillary  strobile.  Bracts  imbricate,  pinnated, 
tomentose.  Calyx  feathery,  5-clefl.  Segments  of  the  corolla  equal.  Leaflets  3-paired, 
woolly,  oval,  awned  at  the  apex,  narrow  at  the  base.  Lindley.  As  Dr.  L.  has  inadver- 
tently named  this  species  A.  strobiliferus,  there  being  already  one  of  that  name,  the 
author  has  named  it  after  the  discoverer  of  the  plant,  who  also  found  that  it  yielded  a 
reddish-coloured  Tragacanth. 

Tragacanth  exudes  from  the  above  plants  either  naturally  or  from 
wounds,  and  hardens  in  various  forms.  It  is  imported  into  this  coun- 
try from  Smyrna,  the  Levant,  and  also  from  Greece.  It  is  found  in 
commerce  either  of  a  white  or  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  in  broad  thin 
flakes,  or  in  tortuous  vermicular  pieces ;  the  former  is  the  best,  and 
most  common  here.  It  is  white  or  grayish,  semitransparent,  tough, 
horn-like,  and  tasteless,  and  being  a  little  elastic,  is  with  difficulty  re- 
duced to  powder,  unless  heated  to  110°.  In  contact  with  cold  water, 
it  absorbs  a  certain  portion,  swells,  becomes  adhesive  and  diffused. 
It  does  not  dissolve  except  in  boiling  water,  when  some  change  is 
supposed  to  take  place,  a  great  portion,  however,  separating  again. 
It  is  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  Tragacanth  appears  to  consist  of  two  dis- 
tinct gummy  principles.  Bucholz  and  Guerin  Varry  found  of  common 
Gum  or  Arabin  from  53  to  57  per  cent.,  and  of  Bassorin  33  to  43 
parts,  with  water  and  a  little  Starch,  the  presence  of  the  latter  pro- 
ducing a  blue  colour  with  Iodine.  The  Arabin  rather  resembles  than 
is  identical  with  Gum  Arabic,  for,  as  first  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Duncan, 
its  mucilage  is  not  precipitated  by  Silicate  of  Potash.  The  Bassorin 
is  like  that  found  in  Gum  Bussorah,  and  other  imperfectly  soluble 
gums.  It  is  sometimes  called  Tragacanthine,  is  solid,  colourless, 
without  odour  or  taste,  insoluble  in  water,  but  absorbing  it  and  swell- 
ing up.  Nit'  converts  it  into  Oxalic'  and  into  Mucic  acid.  Sul' 
changes  it  to  a  saccharine  substance,  which  is  not  susceptible  of  Al- 
coholic fermentation.  Guibourt,  however,  considers  Tragacanth  to 
consist  of  a  peculiar  Mucilaginous  principle,  with  a  little  Starch  and 
Ligneous  fibre. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.     Useful  from  its  viscidity. 

MUCILAGO  (GUMMI,  D.)    TRAGACANTH^:,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Mucilage  of 
Tragacanth. 

Prep.  Macerate  Tragacanth  (powder  of,  D.)  3ij.  in  boiling  Aq.  f Six.  (f^viij.  D.)  for 
24  hours,  triturate  to  dissolve  the  gum  and  strain.  It  requires  a  little  skill  to  prepare  it. 
Soubeiran  states  that  it  is  more  viscid  if  made  with  the  entire  than  with  the  powdered 
gum. 


MUCUNA    PRURIENS.  [Calyciflora,. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  Used  also  in  making  pills  and  suspend- 
ing heavy  powders. 

PULVIS  TRAGACANTH.E  COMPOSITUS,  L.  E.  Compound  Powder  of  Tra- 
gacanth. 

Prep.  Rub  together  Starch  gjss.  and  pure  Sugar  giij.  then  add  Tragacanth  bruised 
and  Gum  Arabic  bruised  aa  3jss.  and  mix  all  carefully  together. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent  in  doses  of  3ss. — 3j.  Used  also  as  a 
vehicle  for  other  medicines.  Or  a  Syrup  may  be  made  with  Traga- 
canth 3j.,  to  Syrup  Oij.,  which  is  much  commended. 

MUCUNA,  Jldans,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Leguminum  Pubes,  L.  D.  Hairs  from 
the  Pod,  E.  Mucuna  pruriens,  Dec.  L.  E.  Dolichos  pruriens,  Linn. 
D.  Cowhage  or  Cowitch.  Diadelph.  Decand.  Linn. 

The  strigose  hairs  of  the  plant  called  kiwach  in  India,  as  well  as 
those  of  Rottlera  tinctoria,  are  used  in  India  as  an  Anthelmintic, 
whence  the  practice  was  probably  introduced,  as  well  as  its  corrupt- 
ed name.  Sir  W.  Hooker  has  distinguished  the  East  India  plant, 
M.  prurita,  from  M.  pruriens,  which  is  indigenous  in  the  West  Indies. 

MUCUNA,  Jldans.     (Stizolobium,  Willd.)  Diadelph.  Decand.  Linn. 

Calyx  with  2  long  caducous  bracteoles,  companulate,  2-lipped,  under  lip  entire,  lower 
trifid.  Vexillum  shorter  than  the  wings  and  keel.  Keel  terminated  by  a  polished  acute 
beak.  Stamens  diadelphous,  alternately  longer.  Legume  hispid,  oblong,  few-seeded, 
with  partitions  of  cellular  substance  between  the  seeds.  Seeds  oval,  roundish  or  renifbrm, 
with  a  narrow  oblong  line,  the  hilum. — Twining  plants  of  the  tribe  Phaseolea.  Leaves 
trifbliolate ;  leaflets  hairy  on  the  under  surface.  Racemes  axillary  with  large  purplish, 
white  or  yellow  flowers. 

M.  PRURIENS,  Dec. — Leaflets  ovate  acute,  the  middle  one  rather  rhomboidal,  the  latter 
ones  oblique  at  the  base.  Racemes  lax,  many-flowered,  interrupted,  1 — 1J  foot  long. 
Flowers  with  a  disagreeable  alliaceous  odour,  standard  flesh-coloured,  wings  purple  or 
violet,  keel  greenish-white.  Calyx  hairy,  pink,  with  lanceolate  segments.  Legume  about 
3  inches  long  and  roundish,  as  thick  as  the  finger,  with  somewhat  keeled  valves,  densely 
covered  with  strong  and  stiff,  sharp-pointed  brown  hairs. — Native  of  the  West  Indies. 
Bot.  Reg.  1838,  t.  18  ;  Steph.  and  Churchill,  iii.  t.  179. 

M.  PRURITA,  Hook. — Leaflets  smaller,  more  obtuse,  the  middle  one  truly  rhomboidal,  the 
lateral  ones  dilated  on  the  upper  edge.  Raceme  ovate,  compact,  more  often  3-flowered. 
Flowers  dark  purple.  Calyx  with  short  triangular  teeth.  Legumes  oblong,  much  broader, 
curved  and  compressed,  without  any  raised  keel  on  the  back  of  the  valves,  densely  covered 
with  sharp  stinging  hairs ;  which,  white  and  soft  when  young,  become  brown  and  stiff 
when  ripe. — Native  of  the  East  Indies. — Hooker,  Bot.  Misc.  ii.  348  ;  Suppl.  1. 13. 

The  pods  of  the  Kiwach,  when  young  and  tender,  form  articles  of 
diet  in  India.  When  ripe,  they  are  of  a  brownish  colour,  and  covered 
with  innumerable  sharp  prickle-like  hairs,  which  penetrate  into  and 
irritate  the  skin. 

Action.  Uses.  Mechanical  Anthelmintic.  Used  in  expelling  lum- 
brici  and  ascarides,  by  sticking  into  their  bodies,  when  pressed  against 
the  intestinal  parietes,  and  thus  irritating  and  dislodging  them. 

D.  The  pods  being  dipped  into  treacle  or  honey,  have  the  hairs 
scraped  off  until  they  have  the  consistency  of  an  electuary,  when  a 
tablespoonful  may  be  given  to  adults,  and  a  teaspoonful  to  children, 
followed  by  a  purgative  of  Castor  Oil,  &c. 


Papilionarea:.]  GEUM    URBANUM.  373 


ROSACES,  Endlicher.     Roseworts. 

The  ROSACES,  Dec.,  like  the  Leguminosae,  are  divided  into  several 
groups,  which  by  botanists  are  treated  of  as  distinct  orders.  Among 
these,  the  Arnygdaleae,  true  Roseae,  and  Pomacese,  contain  officinal 
species.  They  may  all  be  distinguished  from  Leguminosa3  by  the 
odd  division  of  the  calyx  being  anterior. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees.  Leaves  alternate,  pinnately,  or  digitately  compound,  some- 
times simple.  Stipules  adherent  to  the  petiole,  commonly  fbliaceous.  Flowers  regular, 
usually  perfect,  cymose  or  corymbose.  Calyx  free,  4 — 5  fid,  lacinite  often  doubled,  the 
external  series  alternating  with  the  internal.  Petals  4  to  5,  inserted  into  the  throat  of  the 
calyx,  imbricate.  Stamens  inserted  with  the  petals,  usually  numerous,  free,  incurved  in 
bud.  Ovaries  several,  free,  inserted  into  the  bottom  or  into  the  tube  of  the  calyx,  with  a 
single  ovule,  seldom  more.  Ovules  pendulous  or  ascending.  Style  1  to  each  ovary,  ter- 
minal or  more  or  less  lateral.  Fruit  consisting  of  several  single-seeded  carpels,  covered 
by  fleshy  tube  of  calyx  (Roseae  and  Potentilleee),  rarely  a  single  carpel  within  the  harden- 
ed tube  of  the  calyx  (Sanguisorbese),  or  several  follicular  capsules,  which  are  one  to  many 
seeded  and  opening  by  a  ventral  suture  (Spireae).  Seeds  erect  or  pendulous.  Embryo 
without  albumen,  straight,  radicle,  superior  or  inferior. 

The  Rosaceaa  of  Endlicher  include  several  tribes,  as  Roseas,  Drya- 
deas,-  Spiraeaceae,  and  Neuradese.  They  are  found  in  the  temperate 
and  cold  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere ;  a  few  only  occur  in  the 
plains  of  tropical  countries.  An  astringent  principle  is  found  in 
most  parts  of  many  of  the  species,  a  highly  fragrant  Volatile  Oil  is 
also  secreted  by  the  Roses,  &c.  In  others,  the  carpels  being  berried, 
or  the  receptacles  fleshy,  a  highly  grateful  fruit  is  afforded. 

GEUM  URBANUM,  Linn.  D.     Radix.     The  Root  of  Common  Avens. 
Icosand.  Polygyn.  Linn. 

This  plant,  indigenous  in  hedgerows  and  woods  throughout  Europe 
has  been  long  employed  in  medicine. 

Roots  perennial.  Stems  herbaceous,  about  2  feet  high,  erect.  Radical  leaves  inter- 
ruptedly pinnate  and  lyrate ;  stem-leaves  sessile,  ternate ;  stipules  large,  rounded,  lobed, 
and  cut.  Flowers  small,  erect.  Calyx  10-cleft,  in  2  rows,  the  outer  smaller,  in  the  fruit 
reflexed.  Petals  5,  yellow,  obovate.  Stamens  numerous.  Fruit  composed  of  little  nuts, 
each  terminated  by  the  persistent  lower  parts  of  the  jointed  styles,  which  become  hooked. 
Those  in  this  species  are  much  longer  than  the  glabrous  upper  joint. 

The  rootstalk  is  fusiform,  a  few  inches  in  length,  brownish-coloured 
externally,  and  of  a  reddish  hue  in  the  inside,  with  numerous  radicles 
depending  from  it.  It  is  astringent  in  taste,  with  some  degree  of 
fragrant  aroma,  whence  it  used  to  be  called  Radix  caryophyllatce. 
Analyzed  by  Tromsdorff,  it  yielded  Tannin  of  two  varieties,  about  41 
per  cent.,  Resin,  and  some  Volatile  Oil,  Bassorin,  Gum,  and  vegetable 
Fibre. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  and  Tonic ;  sometimes  employed  as  a 
febrifuge ;  occasionally  in  Diarrhreas,  &c.,  in  doses  of  3ss. — 3j.  of 
the  powder ;  or  in  decoction  (3j. — Aq.  Oj.),  f  3jss.  every  3  or  4  hours. 

[GEUM  RIVALE,  U.  S.  Sec.     The  Root. 

The  Water  Avens  is  common  in  the  United  States,  growing  in 
moist  situations. 


374  RUBUSVILLOSUS.  (Calyciflora. 

Root  perennial,  horizontal,  jointed,  tapering,  six  inches  long,  reddish-brown  externally, 
white  internally,  with  yellowish  fibres.  Stems  one  or  more,  a  foot  or  more  high,  sim- 
ple, erect,  pubescent,  purplish.  Radical  leaves  pinnate,  on  long  hairy  footstalks ;  those 
on  stems  in  three  serrate  segments.  Flowers  few,  nodding  and  yellowish-purple.  Cha- 
racters of  flowers  and  fruit  like  preceding. 

The  dried  roots  have  an  astringent  and  bitterish  taste.     It  is  Tonic 
and  Astringent,  and  used  where  such  articles  are  proper. 
D.  The  same  as  preceding.] 

TORMENTILLA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radix,  L.  The  Root,  E.  Potentilla 
Tormentilla,  Sibthorp,  L.  E.  (Tormentilla  officinalis,  Sm.)  D.  Root 
of  Common  Tormentil.  Icosand.  Polygyn.  Linn. 

Tormentil  has  been  long  employed.  Some  suppose  it  was  known 
to  the  Greeks. 

Root  large,  perennial,  irregularly  shaped.  Stems  slender,  spreading,  often  procumbent 
or  straggling.  Leaves  sessile  or  shortly  stalked,  ternate,  the  lower  leaves  quinate  on  long 
petioles ;  leaflets  oblong,  acute,  deeply  serrated,  a  little  hairy ;  stipules  smaller,  deeply 
cut.  Flowers  yellow.  Calyx  concave,  usually  8-parted,  in  two  rows,  the  exterior  smaller. 
Petals  4,  sometimes  5.  Stamens  numerous.  Style  lateral.  Fruit  consisting  of  nume- 
rous small  nuts  collected  upon  the  fluttish  dry  receptacle ;  in  this  species  these  nuts  are 
longitudinally  wrinkled.  Seeds  suspended. — Common  on  heaths  and  meadows  through- 
out Europe.— E.  B.  t.  863;  St.  and  Ch.  i.  t.  26. 

The  root  is  tuberous  and  knotty,  with  numerous  radicles,  of  a  dark- 
brown  colour  on  the  outside,  and  reddish  internally,  with  little  smell, 
but  having  a  strong  astringent  taste.  It  contains  about  17  per  cent, 
of  Tannin,  with  Colouring  matter,  Gum,  and  a  little  Volatile  Oil.  It 
is  employed  in  tanning  in  the  north. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent.  Useful  in  Diarrhrea  or  Chronic  Dysen- 
tery, in  doses  of  3ss — 3j. 

DECOCTUM  TORMENTILLA,  L.     Decoction  of  Tormentilla. 

Prep.  Boil  Tormentil  bruised  gij.  in  Aq.  dest.  Ojss.  down  to  one  pint  and  strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  in  doses  of  f3iss.  two  or  three  times  a 
day ;  or  used  as  an  astringent  lotion. 

[RUBUS  VILLOSUS,  U.  S.  Sec.     The  Root.     Icosandria  Polygynia. 

The  Blackberry  is  a  common  plant  in  the  United  States,  where  it 
is  found  with  numerous  other  species,  growing  in  thickets. 

Bot.  Ch.  It  is  a  shrubby  plant,  from  three  to  six  feet  high,  branching,  furrowed  and 
angulated,  beset  with  sharp  prickles.  The  leaves  are  ternate  or  quinate,  leaflets  ovate 
acuminate,  unequally  and  strongly  serrate,  pubescent  on  both  sides,  prickly;  stipules 
linear  or  subulate.  Peduncles  many -flowered ;  the  flowers  racemose :  bracts  many  times 
shorter  than  the  peduncles,  sepals  with  linear  acumination.  Petals  spreading,  white. 
Fruit  black,  large. 

The  Berries  contain  malic  acid,  pectin,  and  tannin. 

The  Roots  are  branching,  round,  and  differing  in  thickness,  from 
that  of  the  finger  to  that  of  straws.  The  exterior  cortical  substance 
is  ashy  brown.  Ligneous  substance  yellowish-white.  Odour,  feeble. 
Taste,  astringent  and  bitter.  Tannin  is  the  chief  active  ingredient. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  and  tonic,  and  as  such,  used  in  bowel 
complaints,  hemorrhages,  &c. 

D.  In  powder,  gr.  xx. 


Rosacea.]  CONFECTIO    ROS^E    CANIN.&.  375 

The  Decoction  is  made  of  3j.  cont.  to  Oj.  of  water. 

D.  si.  to  ij. 

RUBUS  TRIVIALIS,  U.  S.  Sec.     The  Root.     Icosandria  Polygynia. 

The  Dewberry  is  .sometimes  employed  in  lieu  of  the  preceding. 
Common  in  waste  fields. 

The  stem  is  sarmentose,  procumbent,  shrubby,  armed  with  bristles,  and  strong  unci- 
nate  prickles ;  leaves  persistent,  three  or  five ;  leaflets  ovate  acute  and  sharply  serrate, 
nearly  glabrous ;  stipules  subulate ;  peduncles  1 — 3-flowered;  flowers  large,  petals  white, 
fruit  large  black. 

The  root  is  similar  to  the  preceding,  and  indeed  to  discriminate 
between  the  two  is  difficult.  It  is  used  in  the  same  way.] 

ROSA,  Town.     Rose.     Icosandria  Polygynia,  Linn. 

Calyx  urceolate,  contracted  at  the  mouth,  ultimately  succulent ;  limb  5-cut.  Segments 
imbricated,  often  pinnately  divided.  Petals  5,  obcordate,  deciduous.  Stamens  nume- 
rous, inserted  with  the  petals  into  the  rim  of  the  calycine  tube.  Stamens  numerous, 
inserted  into  and  enclosed  within  the  fleshy  tube  of  the  calyx,  each  thickly  covered 
with  hairs  and  having  a  lateral  style  on  the  inner  side ;  styles  all  passing  through  the 
contracted  mouth  of  the  calyx.  Fruit  globular  or  ovate,  formed  of  the  above  fleshy  and 
coloured  tube  of  the  calyx  enlarged,  enclosing  within  it  numerous  hard  and  bristly  little 
nuts  with  inverted  seeds. — Shrubs,  often  scandent,  leaves  usually  impari-pinnate,  leaflets 
serrated ;  stipules  attached  to  the  sides  of  the  petiole. 

Some  species  of  Rose,  being  indigenous  in  Greece,  were  no  doubt 
known  to  the  Greeks,  and  R.  canina  is  supposed  to  be  their  xuvogo<5ov. 
But  the  Hundred- leaved  and  the  Damask  Rose,  natives  of,  and  culti- 
vated in,  the  East,  were  also  known  and  highly  esteemed.  But  the 
term  godov  seems  to  have  been  also  applied  to  the  Oleander,  or  Rose- 
Bay,  called  at  one  time  Rhododendron. 

ROSA  CANINA,  Linn.     Fructus  Pulpa,  L.     Rosas  fructus,  E.  D.     Hip 
of  Rosa  canina  and  of  several  allied  species  deprived  of  the  carpels, 

E.  Pulp  of  the  Fruit,  L.     Fruit  of  the  Dog  Rose. 

Common  in  hedge-rows,  &c.,  in  Europe ;  is  supposed  to  have  been 
the  xuvogo5ov  of  the  Greeks. 

This  is  a  variable  species,  and  several  of  its  varieties  have  obtained  distinct  names. 
Shoots  assurgent  with  uniform  hooked  prickles,  and  chiefly  without  setae.  The  leaves  are 
without  glands,  naked  or  slightly  hairy,  the  serratures  simple  or  compound.  Flowers  of 
a  rose  red  colour.  Sepals  pinnate,  deciduous.  Styles  remaining  distinct — E.  B.  992 ; 
St.  and  Ch.  11, 100. 

The  fruit,  or  rather  the  inferior  part  of  the  calyx,  become  succu- 
lent, is  of  an  ovoid  form,  of  a  scarlet  or  crimson  colour,  containing 
within  its  hollow  the  true  fruit  or  woolly  carpels,  which  require  to 
be  carefully  removed,  as  their  setse  are  very  irritant.  The  pulpy 
part  has  a  sweetish  acidulous  taste.  When  dried,  it  yielded  to  Bilz 
25  per  cent,  of  Gum,  30-6  of  uncrystallizable  Sugar,  of  Citric'  2-95, 
of  Malic'  7-77,  with  several  Salts,  a  little  Tannin  and  Volatile  Oil. 

CONFECTIO  Ros^:  CANINE,  L.     CONSER.VA  ROS<E  FRUCTUS,  E. 

Prep.  Take  pulp  of  Dry  Roses  ftj.  expose  it  to  heat  in  an  earthen  vessel;  add  gradu- 
ally powdered  Sugar  3xx.  and  rub  till  thoroughly  incorporated. 

E.  Beat  up  the  pulp  of  Hips  with  three  times  their  weight  of  White  Sugar  gradually 
added. 


376  CONFECTIO    ROS^E    GALLICJE.  [Calycijlora. 

Action.  Uses.  Acidulous  Refrigerant.  Chiefly  valuable  as  a  vehi- 
cle for  other  medicines. 

ROSA  GALLICA,  Linn.  (U.  S.)  Petala,  L.  D.   Petals,  E.,  of  the  Red  Rose. 

The  Red,  or  French,  called  also  the  German  and  Austrian  Rose,  is 
a  native  of  the  middle  and  south  of  Europe,  and  may  have  been 
known  to  the  ancients.  Dr.  Christison  states  that  the  true  Red  Rose 
of  pharmacy  is  a  variety,  considered  by  some  a  distinct  species,  and 
called  Rosa  provincialis,  which  was  probably  introduced  into  Europe 
by  the  Crusaders,  from  its  native  country,  Barbary.  It  is  cultivated 
at  Mitcham. 

A  dwarfish,  stiff,  short-branched  bush,  with  the  shoots  armed  with  nearly  equal  uniform 
prickles  and  glandular  bristles  intermixed.  Leaflets  stiff,  elliptical,  rugose.  Flowers 
several  together,  large,  erect,  with  leafy  bracts.  Sepals  ovate,  leafy,  compound.  Fruit 
oblong.— Nees  von  E.  303 ;  St.  and  Ch.  iii.  99. 

The  petals  are  alone  officinal,  and  look  velvety,  are  of  a  purplish- 
red  colour,  with  whitish  down ;  with  little  scent  when  fresh,  but  this 
becomes  developed  as  they  dry.  The  half-blown  buds  are  preferred: 
from  these  the  calyxes  and  claws  being  cut  off,  they  are  quickly  dried 
and  sifted  to  get  rid  of  impurities.  They  should  be  kept  in  well-closed 
vessels,  and  in  the  dark.  In  this  state,  they  have  a  rose-like  odour, 
will  long  retain  their  colour,  and  have  a  slightly  bitter,  astringent 
taste.  Analyzed,  they  have  been  found  to  contain  a  little  Tannin, 
Gallic  acid,  Colouring  matter,  a  little  Volatile  Oil,  with  other  vege- 
table matters  and  some  Salts,  together  with  a  little  Oxide  of  Iron. 
The  infusion  strikes  a  black  with  ferruginous  salts. 

INFUSUM  ROS^E  (E.  ACIDUM,  D.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of 
Roses. 

Prep.  In  a  glass  (or  porcelain  not  glazed  with  lead,  covered,  E.)  vessel  infuse  dried 
Petals  of  Rosa  Gallica  3iij.  (deprived  of  their  claws  3ss.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (by 
measure  feiij.  D.)  then  mix  in  dilute  Sul'  fSjss.  (by  measure  3iij-  D-)  and  macerate  for  6 
hours  (4  hours,  E.;  half  an  hour,  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.;  when  cool,  D.) 
and  dissolve  in  it  Sugar  3vj. 

[U.  S.  Red  Roses  gss.  Boiling  Water  Oijss.  Diluted  Sulphuric  Acid  3Hj.  Sugar  3iss. 
Pour  the  water  upon  the  Roses  in  a  glass  vessel ;  then  add  the  acid,  and  macerate  for 
half  an  hour ;  lastly,  strain  the  liquor  and  add  the  sugar.] 

Action.  Uses.  Slightly  Astringent  and  Tonic.  The  colour  imparted 
to  water  is  heightened  by  the  acid.  A  much-approved  vehicle  for 
saline  purgatives,  Quinine,  &c.  The  presence  of  Sulphuric'  must 
never  be  forgotten  in  prescribing  it. 

D,  f^iss.  every  three  hours.  Makes  a  good  gargle  with  acids  or 
Alum  and  Honey. 

CONFECTIO  ROS.&  GALLICS,  L.  (U.  S.)     CONSERVA  ROS.E,  E.  D.     Con- 
serve of  Red  Roses. 

Prep,  In  a  stone  mortar,  L.  D.,  beat  Petals  of  Rosa  Gallica  (buds,  rejecting  the  claws, 
D.)  ftj.  Add  gradually  Sugar  ftiij.  (twice  their  weight,  E.)  and  thoroughly  incorporate. 

[U.  S.  Red  Roses  in  powder  3iv.  Sugar  in  powder  gxxx.  Clarified  Honey  gvj.  Rose 
Water  fgviij.  Rub  the  Roses  with  the  Rose  water  at  a  boiling  heat;  then  add  gradually 
the  sugar  and  honey,  and  beat  them  together  until  thoroughly  mixed.] 


Rosacece.l  SYRUPUS    ROS^E    CENTIFOLI^E.  377 

Action.  Uses.  Slightly  astringent  in  doses  of  3j.  or  3ij.  but  chiefly 
useful  in  making  pills. 

MEL  ROS^E,  L.  E.  D.     Honey  of  Roses. 

Prep.  Macerate  in  boiling  Aq.  Oijss.  (by  measure  ftiij.  D.)  for  six  hours  dried  Petals  of 
Rosa  Gallica  3iv.  Strain  (let  the  impurities  subside,  pour  off  the  clear  liquor,  E.)  Add 
Honey  ftv.  and  boil  down  to  the  consistence  of  syrup  in  a  vapour-bath,  (removing  the 
scum,  E.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Astringent,  and  being  pleasant-tasted,  is  ap- 
plied to  Aphtha?,  and  used  as  a  vehicle  in  gargles. 

SYRUPUS  ROS.E  GALLICJE,  E.     Syrup  of  the  Red  Rose. 

Prep.  Proceed  as  for  Syrup  of  Damask  Rose,  employing  Dried  Red  Rose  Petals  3ij. 
boiling  Aq.  Oj.  pure  Sugar  gxx. 

Action.  Uses.  Slightly  astringent ;  but  chiefly  used  for  colouring 
and  flavouring  medicines. 

ROSA  CENTIFOLIA,  Linn.  (U.  S.)     Petala,  L.  D.     Petals,  E.     Rosse 
'   Oleum.     Volatile  Oil  of  the  Petals,  E.     Attar  of  Roses.     The 
Hundred-leaved  or  Cabbage  Rose. 

This  Rose  has  long  been  cultivated  in  Europe,  having  been  intro- 
duced from  the  East.  It  is  said  to  be  indigenous  in  the  Eastern  Cau- 
casus. The  Persians  also  have  a  sud-burg  (or  hundred- leaved  Rose), 
and  the  ancients  were  acquainted  with  one  having  many  petals.  Of 
the  above  species  there  are  many  varieties. 

A  bush  with  erect  shoots,  these  are  rather  thickly  covered  with  nearly  straight  prickles, 
scarcely  dilated  at  the  base,  intermixed  with  glandular  bristles,  all  of  different  forms  and 
sizes,  the  large  ones  falcate.  Leaflets  5  to  7,  oblong  or  ovate,  glandular  at  the  margin. 
Flowers  several  together,  drooping.  Buds  short,  ovate,  with  leafy  bracts.  Sepals  in 
flowering,  spreading  not  deflexed,  leafy,  more  or  less  pinnate  and  with  the  peduncles 
glandulously  viscid.  Fruit  ovate. — Cultivated  at  Mitcham,  &c. — Nees  von  E.  302 ;  St 
and  Ch.  iii.  99. 

The  petals  of  this  species  are  well  known  for  their  fragrance,  on 
which  account,  as  well  as  for  the  beauty  of  the  flowers,  they  are  ex- 
tensively cultivated,  and  consequently  numerous  varieties  have  been 
produced  ;  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  which  is  a  species,  and  which 
only  a  variety.  In  many  parts  of  India,  Rosa  damascena,  or  Damask 
Rose,  is  cultivated  for  the  purpose  of  yielding  the  Attar  of  Roses,  as 
well  as  Rose-water.  As  the  species  of  Rose  are  but  few  in  India, 
perhaps  the  same  may  be  cultivated  in  the  extensive  Rose  Gardens  of 
Ghazipore,  which  is  the  great  mart  for  Attar  in  India.  The  petals 
should  be  collected  just  when  fully  blown,  and  if  quickly  dried,  will 
long  retain  much  of  their  fragrance,  especially  if  preserved  with  salt. 
Besides  the  Volatile  Oil,  these  petals  contain  a  slightly  laxative  prin- 
ciple, with  some  of  the  same  constituents  as  the  other  Roses. 

SYRUPUS  Ros-E  (L.  D.)  CENTIFOLI^;,  E.     Syrup  of  Roses. 

Prep.  Macerate  dried  (fresh,  E.)  Petals  of  Rosa  centifolia  gvij.  (ftj.  E.)  in  boiling  Aq. 
Oiij.  (by  measure  feiv.  D.)  for  12  hours.  Strain.  Evaporate  the  strained  liquor  in  the 
water-bath  till  only  Oij.  (ftijss.  D.)  remain.  Then  add  Sugar  ftvj.  (ftiij.  E.;  q.  s.  D.) 


378  GILLENIA.  ICalyciflorcs. 

and  make  a  Syrup.     The  E.  College  directs  the  Syrup  to  be  prepared  without  concentra- 
tion, but  the  Sugar  to  be  dissolved  in  the  liquor  with  the  aid  of  heat. 

Action.  Uses.  Slightly  laxative.  Given  to  infants  in  doses  of  f3j. 
—  f3iv. 

AQUA  ROS-E,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Rose  water. 

Prep.  Mix  Petals  of  Rosa  centifolia  fex.  (viij.  D.)  with  Proof  Spirit  f3vij.  L.  (Recti- 
fied Spirit  fgiij.  E.  3ss.  to  each  ft  Aq.  D.)  and  Aq.  Cij.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma,  D.) 
Distil  off  a  gallon.  (Fresh  petals  are  to  be  preferred,  but  those  preserved,  by  having  been 
beaten  up  with  twice  their  weight  of  Muriate  of  Soda,  may  also  be  employed,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  An  agreeable  vehicle  for  lotions  and  for  active  me- 
dicines. 

[UNGUENTUM  AQU^  ROS^E,  (U.  S.)     Ointment  of  Rose  Water. 

Prep.  Take  of  Rose  Water,  Oil  of  Almonds,  each,  3ij.  Spermaceti  3ss.  White  Wax 
3j.,  melt  together,  by  means  of  a  water  bath,  the  oil,  spermaceti,  and  wax,  then  add  the 
rose  water  and  stir  till  cold.  An  agreeable  soft  healing  application  to  sores  and  abraded 
surfaces,  chapped  lips,  &c.] 

OLEUM  ROS^E,  E.     Volatile  Oil  or  Attar  of  Roses. 

This  is  officinal  in  the  E.  P.,  and  imported  from  India  and  the 
Levant.  It  is  too  well  known  for  its  delightful  fragrance,  to  require 
a  detailed  description.  100,000  roses  distilled  with  water  yield  only 
about  180  grains  of  Attar.  It  varies  in  colour,  becomes  solid  below 
80°  F.  Sp.  Gr.  0-832  at  90°  F.  Soluble  in  Alcohol,  and  a  little 
taken  up  by  water,  as  in  Aqua  Rosae.  It  consists  of  two  principles, 
one  being  a  solid  the  other  a  liquid  Volatile  Oil.  The  former  is 
scarcely  soluble  in  Alcohol.  In  distilling  Rose-water  in  this  country, 
some  of  the  crystalline  Volatile  Oil  is  sometimes  obtained.  As  it  is 
added  by  the  perfumers  to  many  scents,  so  it  may  be  employed  in 
imparting  an  agreeable  odour  to  ointments  and  lotions. 


Calyx  tube  herbaceous.     Fruit  a  ring  of  follicles.     Seeds  unwinged. 

GILLENIA,  (U.  S.)     GILLENIA  TRIFOLIATA,  Mcench.     Icosandria  Penta- 

gynia. 

Indian  Physic,  Indian  Hippo,  Dropicort  and  Bowman's  Root,  are 
the  common  names  by  which  this  plant  is  known.  It  is  scattered 
over  the  United  States,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Alleghany  moun- 
tains, and  is  found  in  open  woods  in  light  soil.  It  flowers  in  May, 
and  ripens  its  seed  in  August. 

Bot.  Ch.  Root  perennial,  composed  of  a  great  number  of  fibres,  from  a  rough  and  dark 
coloured  tuber  or  head.  The  calyx  is  sub-cam  panulate,  border  5-toothed,  corolla  partly 
unequal,  petals  5-lanceolate,  attenuated,  coarctate  at  the  claws.  Stamina  fewer,  included. 
Styles  five  contiguous,  many-seeded.  Leaves  ternate,  upper  follicles  lanceolate,  serrate 
sub-equal  ;  lower  follicles  obtuse,  with  an  abrupt  acute  termination.  Stipules  linear  entire. 
Flowers  ternate,  loosely  paniculated,  5-gynous.  Flowers  white. 

The  root  is  composed  of  radicles,  about  the  thickness  of  straws, 

connected  with  the  head;  they  are  several  inches  in  length,  irregular 

in  thickness,  and  somewhat  undulated.     They  are  composed  of  a 

>  wrinkled,  reddish-brown  cortical  substance,  and  internal  ligneous 

cord.     The  odour  is  feeble  and  taste  bitterish.     The  components  of 


Pomace®.]  QUINCE.  379 

this  root  are — starch,  gum  resin,  wax,  fatty  matter,  red  colouring 
matter,  volatile  colouring  matter,  and  a  peculiar  principle.  It  con- 
tains no  emetina. 

Action.  Uses.  Gillenia  is  a  safe  emetic,  operating  without  violence 
in  the  appropriate  dose.  In  small  doses  it  is  stimulant  and  tonic. 
Used  in  intermittent  and  remittent  fevers,  and  as  a  tonic  and  altera- 
tive in  diarrhoea  and  dysentery.  In  dyspepsia  it  may  also  prove 
serviceable. 

D.  In  powder,  gr.  xxx.  as  an  emetic,  gr.  ij.  as  a  tonic.  Some- 
times used  in  strong  infusion. 

GILLENIA  STIPULACEA,  (U.  S.) 

This  plant  is  found  on  the  western  side  of  the  Alleghany  range.  It 
is  readily  distinguished  by  the  pinnatifid  lower  leaves,  the  upper 
being  trifoliate,  incised,  and  serrate;  and  the  foliaceous,  oblique 
jagged  stipules. 

The  root  is  analogous  to  the  preceding,  and  may  be  used  under 
the  same  circumstances.] 

POMACE^E,  Juss.     Apple  Tribe. 

The  Pomacese  form  a  tribe  of  Rosacese  in  the  system  of  De  Candolle,  but  by  many 
botanists  they  are  separated  into  a  distinct  family.  They  may  be  distinguished  from 
other  Rosacese  by  their  leaves  being  usually  simple,  the  tube  of  the  calyx  adherent  to  the 
ovary ;  and  thus,  including  the  carpels,  a  fleshy  fruit  is  eventually  formed,  which  is  crown- 
ed by  the  limb  of  the  calyx,  and  is  well  known  in  the  Apple,  Pear,  Quince,  &c.,  whence 
it  is  called  a  Pome.  This  may  be  from  2 — 5-celled,  each  cell  formed  of  cartilaginous  or 
bony  membrane,  and  containing  2  or  more  erect  ovules. — They  mostly  inhabit  the  North 
temperate  Zone  and  the  great  mountainous  range  of  India.  They  are  chiefly  remarkable 
for  their  edible  fruit  when  cultivated,  abounding  in  saccharine  matter  with  a  pleasant  aci- 
dity. In  a  wild  state,  they  are  austere  or  astringent  and  acid.  By  distillation  of  the 
seeds  of  some  of  the  Pomaceae  a  very  little  Hydrocyanic  acid  is  obtained. 

CYDONIA,  L.     Semina.     CYDONIA  VULGARIS,  Pers.     Seeds  of  common 
Quince.     (Pyrus  Cydonia,  Linn.)     Icosandria  Pentagynia,  Linn. 

The  Quince  (xv<5<wa)  was  known  to  the  ancients  and  Arabs ;  the 
seeds  (bihee  dana)  are  employed  medicinally  in  India,  being  imported 
from  Caubul  and  Cashmere,  where  the  tree  is  cultivated. 

A  moderately  sized,  much  branched  but  crooked  tree.  Leaves  ovate,  obtuse  at  the 
base,  quite  entire,  with  their  low  surface,  as  well  as  the  calyxes  and  pedicels  tomentose. 
Flowers  few,  of  a  white  or  rose-colour  in  a  kind  of  umbel.  The  pomes  closed,  globose  or 
oblong,  5-celled ;  cells  many-seeded,  cartilaginous.  Seeds  enveloped  in  condensed  mu- 
cilage.— Nees  von  E.  305 ;  St.  and  Ch.  ii.  114. 

The  fruit  of  the  Quince  is  of  a  yellow  colour,  downy,  and  remark- 
able for  a  fine  odour.  The  ancients  used  it  as  a  medicine,  but  it  is 
now  chiefly  employed  for  flavouring  other  fruits,  or  as  a  preserve.  It 
contains  some  Astringent  matter,  with  Malic  acid,  Sugar,  and  Azo- 
tized  matter.  (Soubeiran.)  The  seeds  are  oblong,  pointed,  convex  on 
the  outside,  and  with  one  or  two  flat  sides,  according  to  the  pressure 
of  neighbouring  seeds.  Their  testa,  or  thick  seed-coat,  is  covered 
with  condensed  mucilage,  which,  according  to  Bischoff,  as  quoted  by 


BITTER   ALMONDS.  [Calyciflorai. 

Dr.  Pereira,  is  lodged  in  very  fine  cells,  and  becomes  easily  dissolved 
out  when  submitted  to  the  action  of  boiling  water. 

DECOCTUM  CYDONI.E,  L.     Decoction  of  Quince  Seeds. 

Prep.  Boil  with  a  gentle  heat  for  10  minutes  Quince  Seeds  3ij.  in  Aq.dest.  Oj.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  Chiefly  applied  externally.  It  is  ana- 
logous to  the  Mucilage  of  Linseed,  or  Linseed  Tea,  being  viscid  and 
insipid.  It  has  been  proposed  to  evaporate  it  to  dryness,  and  powder 
the  residue,  which  will  readily  afford  mucilage,  with  water. 

Dr.  Pereira  considers  Quince  Mucilage  as  a  peculiar  substance, 
and  calls  it  Cydonin. 

AMYGDALE.E,  Juss.     Almond  Tribe.     Icosandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

The  Amygdalese  form  shrubs  or  trees,  which  are  unarmed  or  have  thorny  branches. 
The  leaves  are  simple,  often  glandular  towards  the  base.  Stipules  deciduous.  The  stamens 
are  about  20  in  number.  The  ovary  is  free  and  single,  and  thus  forms  the  distinguish- 
ing characteristic.  It  is  one-celled  with  two  pendulous  collateral  ovules.  Styles  terminal 
or  sublateral.  Drupe  with  a  fleshy  or  fibrous  sarcocarp,  a  hard  bony  nut,  which  is  usually 
single-seeded. — They  are  found  wild  in  the  mountainous  parts  of  the  North  temperate 
Zone,  but  are  now  cultivated  in  most  parts  of  the  world  with  moderate  climates.  The 
fruit  of  many  is  edible,  and  the  kernels  abound  in  oil,  many  exude  gum,  but  they  are  re- 
markable for  secreting  Hydrocyanic  acid. 

PERSICA  VULGARIS,  Miller  (Amygdalus  Persica,  Linn.)  D.  Folia.  The 
Leaves  of  the  common  Peach. 

The  Peach  was  known  to  the  ancients,  and  called  Persian  Apple. 
It  has  been  introduced  into  India  from  the  north,  and  is  no  doubt  a 
native  of  the  Hindoo  Khoosh  mountains,  &c. 

A  small  tree.  Leaves  lanceolate,  acutely  and  often  doubly  serrate,  with  a  short  petiole, 
not  equal  to  half  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  leaf.  Fruit  a  fleshy  indehiscent  drupe, 
the  stone  irregularly  marked  with  furrows  and  small  holes.  The  outer  covering  may  be 
velvety  or  quite  smooth.  The  ding-stone  and  the  Free-stone  peaches  are  known  in  Persia 
as  well  as  in  Europe. — London's  Arboretum,  t.  86. 

The  fruit  of  the  Peach  is  well  known  as  a  delicious  and  wholesome 
fruit.  The  flowers  and  leaves,  as  well  as  the  kernels,  exhale  the 
odour  of  bitter  almonds ;  but  the  leaves  only  are  officinal  in  the  D.  P. 
By  distillation  they  yield  a  Volatile  Oil,  which  contains  a  little  hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative  Anthelmintic ;  but  seldom  if  ever  used  now. 
They  may  be  given  in  infusion  (Dried  Leaves  3ss.  to  Aq.  Oj.)  in  doses 
of  f 3ss.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

AMYGDALUS  COMMUNIS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  Nuclei.  Kernels.  Var.  «. 
AMYGDALA  DULCES.  [AMYGDALA  DULCIS,  U.  S.]  Sweet  Almonds. 
Var.  /?.  AMYGDALAE  AMAR^E.  [AMYGDALA  AMARA,  U.  S.]  Bitter 
Almonds. 

The  Almond  is  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  Both  varieties  are  found 
in  the  countries  from  Syria  to  Afghanistan.  Both  were  known  to  the 
ancients  and  to  the  Arabs. 

A  small  tree  with  lanceolate  leaves,  which  are  glandularly  serrate,  young  leaves  folded 
flat;  petioles,  glandular,  equal  in  length  to,  or  larger  than  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 


Amygdalea.1  MISTURA    AMYGDALAE.  381 

leaf.  Flowers  nearly  sessile,  solitary,  appearing  earlier  than  the  leaves.  Tube  of  the 
calyx  campanulate.  Fruit  a  dry  drupe,  ovoid  compressed,  externally  tomentose,  when 
ripe  bursting  irregularly.  Within  this  is  contained  a  hard  but  brittle  shell,  within  which 
is  enclosed  a  kernel,  well  known  as  the  Almond. — St.  and  Church,  i.  t.  43.  Nees,  312,  313. 

Though  a  few  botanists  have  considered  the  Sweet  and  Bitter  Al- 
monds to  be  distinct  species,  the  generality  describe  them  as  varieties 
of  one  species.  Nees  von  Esenbeck  indeed  states  that  both  are  some- 
times obtained  from  the  same  tree.  De  Candolle  enumerates  several 
varieties,  as  are  to  be  found  in  all  cultivated  plants. 

Var.  a.,  dulcis.  The  Sweet  Almond  has  ash-green  leaves,  with  the  glands  on  the  base 
of  the  leaf  and  lower  serratures.  The  style  much  longer  than  the  stamens.  Shell  hard, 
but  some  sweet  almonds  have  very  fragile  shells,  and  are  called  kaghuzee,  that  is, papery, 
in  the  East. 

Var.  $.  amara.  The  Bitter  Almond  has  the  petioles  of  the  leaves  studded  with  glands, 
and  the  style  equal  in  length  to  the  stamens,  shell  hard  or  brittle. 

SWEET  ALMONDS  are  sometimes  sold  with  the  brittle  shells  on  them, 
and  are  then  called  Shell  Jllmonds.  Almonds  are  imported  into  this 
country  from  the  south  of  Spain  and  of  Italy.  They  are  known  by 
the  names  of  Jordan,  Valentia,  and  Italian  Almonds.  They  are  in- 
troduced into  India  from  Persia  and  Affghanistan.  The  Almond  is 
ovoid,  being  rounded  at  one  end  and  pointed  at  the  other ;  flattened ; 
of  a  cinnamon-colour,  from  the  tough  testa  with  which  the  kernel  is 
enveloped.  When  blanched,  they  are  found  to  be  composed  almost 
entirely  of  two  large  and  conspicuous  cotyledons,  white  in  colour, 
without  smell,  and  of  a  mild  agreeable  taste.  When  old  or  worm- 
eaten,  they  have  an  unpleasant  or  rancid  taste.  Analyzed  by  Boullay, 
they  were  found  to  contain  54  per  cent,  of  a  bland  Fixed  Oil,  24  of 
Emulsin,  6  of  liquid  Sugar,  3  of  Gum,  \Yater  3-5,  Lignin  4-0,  and 
Acetic'  0*5,  the  seed-coats,  5  per  cent.,  contain  a  little  Tannin.  The 
Emulsin  has  also  been  called  Synaptase,  also  the  Vegetable  Albumen 
of  Almonds.  It  is  white,  and  owing  to  its  presence  the  oil  becomes 
suspended  in  water  in  Jllmond  Emulsion.  When  the  oil  has  been 
expressed,  we  have,  as  in  the  case  of  Linseed,  a  cake  left,  which, 
being  dried  and  powdered,  is  known  under  the  name  of  Almond 
powder. 

Action.  Uses.  Dietetical,  Demulcent,  and  Emollient. 

CoNFECTIO    (CoNSERVA,  E.)   AMYGDALAE,  L.  (AMYGDALARTJM,  E.  D.)       Al- 

mond  Confection  or  Paste. 

Prep.  Take  Sweet  Almonds  3viij.  (3j.  D.)  and  having  macerated  in  cold  water  and 
removed  the  skin,  beat  well  with  powdered  Gum  Arabic  3j.  (3j.  D.)  and  Sugar  giv.  (gss. 
D.)  into  a  uniform  pulpy  mass.  (Or  it  may  be  longer  preserved  if  the  ingredients  are  kept 
in  powder  and  mixed  when  required,  L.) 

A  pleasant-tasted  Confection,  useful  only  for  making 

MISTURA   AMYGDALA,    L.   (U.   S.)    (AMYGDALARUM,  E.  D.)     Almond 
Emulsion  or  Milk. 

Prep.  L.  E.  Add  gradually  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (Oij.  E.)  to  Confect.  Almond  gijss.  (3ij.  E.) 
triturate  constantly  and  strain  through  linen  (or  calico,  E.);  or,  as  follows:  E.  D.  Take 


382  OIL    OF    BITTER    ALMONDS.  [Calycifloree. 

Sweet  Almonds  3j.  and  3ij.  (3jss.  D.)  steep  in  hot  water  and  peel  them  (Bitter  Almonds 
9ij.  D.)  beat  them  to  a  smooth  pulp  with  pure  Sugar  3v.  (3ss.  D.)  Mucilage  f3ss.  E. 
adding  gradually  Aq.  Oij.  (by  measure  ftijss.  D.)  Strain. 

Dr.  Pcreira  recommends  Sweet  Almonds  ^iv.  powdered  Gum  Arabic  3j.  White  Sugar 
3ij.  Water  fSviss.  Blanch  the  Almonds,  beat  them  with  the  Sugar  and  Gum,  the  Water 
being  gradually  added.  [The  U.  S.  P.  has  adopted  this  formula  nearly.] 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent  and  Emollient,  or  as  a  vehicle  for  other 
medicines. 

OLEUM  AMYGDALAE,  L.  (AMYGDALARUM,  D.)  Expressed  Oil  of  either  the 
Sweet  or  Bitter  Almond. 

A  bland  oil,  apt  to  become  rancid,  of  a  pale  yellow  colour,  very 
liquid,  Sp.  Gr.  0-917— 0-920;  consisting  of  Margarine  24,  Elaine  76 
parts  in  100. 

Action.  Uses.  Laxative  and  emollient,  like  Olive  and  other  fixed 
Oils. 

AMYGDALAE  AMAR.E.  Bitter  Almonds  are  usually  found  shelled, 
smaller,  and  commonly  imported  from  Mogadore.  These,  like  the 
Sweet  Almond,  are  without  smell,  but  have  a  strong  and  peculiar 
bitter  taste.  Like  them  also,  they  contain  bland  fixed  Oil,  with  Sy- 
naptase,  and  readily  form  a  white  emulsion  with  water.  They  also 
contain  a  small  portion  of  an  albuminous  but  very  peculiar  principle, 
called  Amygdalin,  soluble  in  water  and  in  boiling  Alcohol,  colourless, 
and  crystallizable ;  this  contains  Nitrogen,  and  has  a  pure  bitter  taste, 
but  no' smell  (C40  H27  N  Oaa).  It  should  be  remarked  that  neither 
volatile  Oil  nor  Hydrocyanic  acid  is  mentioned  as  a  constituent  of 
Bitter  Almonds.  Indeed,  both  have  been  proved  by  chemists  not  to 
exist  in  them,  though  they  may  easily  be  obtained  from  them.  This 
is  by  the  mutual  action,  with  the  assistance  of  water,  of  one  principle, 
Synaptase,  when  in  solution,  upon  another,  the  Amygdalin  ;  the  one 
being  supposed  to  bear  the  same  relation  to  the  other  that  Diastase 
does  to  Starch,  or  acting  as  Yeast  does  upon  Sugar.  The  result, 
made  immediately  evident  by  the  smell,  is  the  production  of  the  Oil 
of  Bitter  Almonds,  which  is  a  true  Essential  Oil,  containing  Hydro- 
cyanic acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative,  Poisonous.  Bitter  Almonds,  even  in  small 
doses,  disagree  with  many,  producing  derangement  of  the  digestive 
functions,  and  a  kind  of  nettle  rash.  They  have  proved  fatal  to  men, 
children,  and  small  animals.  They  flavour  the  Almond  Emulsion  of 
the  D.  P.,  but  are  seldom  employed  medicinally. 

Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds,  though  not  officinal,  requires  to  be  noticed, 
as  it  is  sometimes  employed  therapeutically,  and  is,  moreover,  a  fear- 
fully powerful  poison.  This  when  pure  is  considered  to  be  a  Hy- 
druret  of  Benzoyle,  a  limpid  colourless  liquid,  with  a  powerful  odour; 
but  it  is  not  in  this  state  so  poisonous.  Exposed  to  the  atmosphere, 
it  absorbs  Oxygen,  and  is  converted  into  Benzoic  acid.  Ordinarily, 
Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds  is  of  a  yellow  amber-colour,  has  an  odour  of 
Hydrocyanic  acid  in  addition  to  its  own,  which  is  usually  considered 
rather  agreeable.  It  has  a  bitter  and  burning  taste,  from  containing 


Amygdalea.]  PRUNES.  393 

Hydrocyanic  acid  (8-5 — 14-33  per  cent.)  with  some  other  substances. 
This  acid  may,  however,  be  separated  from  the  oil,  which  is  power- 
fully poisonous,  heavier  than  water,  soluble  to  a  small  extent  in  water, 
but  very  readily  in  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Action.  Uses.  Poisonous,  like  Hydrocyanic  acid,  and  sometimes 
used  for  the  same  purposes,  in  doses  of  0^5-  to  rp:j.;  also  for  fla- 
vouring.* 

PRUNA,  L.  E.  D.  Drupse  exsiccatae.  Dried  fruit  of  PRUNUS  DOMES- 
TICA,  Linn.  Prunes.  [Prunum,  U.  S.] 

The  common  Plum-tree  is  supposed  to  be  the  xoxu/utiiXsa  of  Diosco- 
rides ;  but  this  may  have  been  Prunus  Cocumilia  of  Tenore,  a  native 
of  Calabria,  a  species  which  is  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  original  of 
the  former.  The  astringent  juice  of  Prunus  spinosa,  or  the  Sloe,  in- 
spissated, is  substituted  lor  the  ancient  akakia. 

A  small  tree  with  smooth  branches  and  elliptical  leaves.  Flower  buds  formed  of  one 
or  two  flowers.  Petals  white,  oblong-ovate.  Drupes  fleshy,  ovate-oblong.  Nut  smooth 
or  furrowed,  without  small  holes. — Many  varieties  of  it  are  cultivated  every  where  in 
Europe.  It  occurs  apparently  wild  in  some  places,  but  it  is  thought  to  be  originally  a 
native  of  Asia. 

The  fruit  in  a  dried  state  forms  the  Prunes  or  French  Plums  of  the 
shops,  which  are  prepared  in  France  chiefly  from  the  St.  Catharine 
and  the  Green-gage  varieties,  and  "  in  Portugal  from  a  sort  which 
derives  its  name  from  the  village  of  Guimaraens,  where  they  are  prin- 
cipally dried."  A  variet^(the  Quetsche)  is  also  dried  in  Germany. 
The  black  Plums  "  dits  &  medecine"  are  prepared  from  the  small 
black  Damascus  Plums,  and  are  more  acid  and  laxative.  (Merat 
and  De  Lens.)  Prunes  are  composed,  like  the  other  fruits  of  this 
family,  of  a  large  proportion  of  water,  with  about  20  per  cent,  of 
solid  matter,  consisting  of  Sugar,  Gum,  Malic  acid,  some  Azotised 
matter,  Pectin,  and  Ligneous  fibre. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent,  Dietetical,  Laxative.  Given  entire  or  in 
decoction,  or  their  prepared  pulp.  This  forms  an  ingredient  in  the 
Electuarium  Sennse. 

LATJRO-CERASUS,  E.  D.  Folia,  D.  Leaves,  E.  of  Prunus  Lauro-cerasus, 
Linn.  E.  D.  Cerasus  Lauro-cerasus,  Loisl.  and  Dec.  The  Cherry 
Laurel. 

This  shrub,  so  common  in  every  garden  almost  in  England,  is  a 
native  of  Asia  Minor,  especially  near  Trebizonde,  whence  it  was  in- 
troduced into  Europe  by  Clusius  about  1576. 

A  small  tree  or  smooth  evergreen  shrub.  Leaves  with  short  petioles,  oblong,  acumi- 
nate, remotely  serrated,  shining  on  the  upper  surface,  with  2  or  4  glands  beneath  and 
coriaceous  in  texture.  Racemes  simple  axillary,  about  the  length  of  the  leaves.  Petals 
white,  roundish,  spreading.  Stamens  20.  Drupe  destitute  of  bloom,  round,  black,  about 
the  size  of  a  small  cherry. — Nees  von  E.  317;  St.  and  Ch.  ii.  1 117. 

This  plant,  being  commonly  called  Laurel,  and  found  in  every 

*  Dr.  Pereira  remarks,  that  though  its  strength  is  variable,  it  is  in  general  four  times 
the  strength  of  officinal  Hydrocyanic  acid,  and  that  f3ij.  of  the  Oil  in  Rectified  Spirit 
f  3vj.  form  an  useful  essence  for  flavouring  and  scenting. 


884 


PRUNUS    VIRGINIAN  A. 


[Calycijloree. 


shrubbery,  must  not  be  confounded,  as  it  usually  is,  with  the  true 

Laurel  or  Sweet  Bay  (y.  Laurus  nobi- 
Fig-  63-  Us),  which  does  not  possess  any  of  its 

deleterious  properties.  It  should  also 
be  distinguished  from  the  true  Portu- 
gal Laurel.  The  leaves  are  alone  of- 
ficinal. In  their  dried  state  they  are 
bitter  and  astringent,  without  aroma, 
as  in  the  fresh  state,  until  they  are 
bruised,  when  the  ratifia  odour  pecu- 
liar to  so  many  of  the  JlmygdalecB  is 
exhaled,  from  the  formation  probably 
of  an  essential  Oil  and  Hydrocyanic 
acid,  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  Bitter 
Almond  from  the  reaction  of  different 
principles  on  each  other.  Dr.  Chris- 
tison  has  made  the  important  observa- 
tion, that  the  buds  and  unexpanded 
young  leaves  in  May  or  June  yield 
6-33  grs.  of  Oil  in  1000.  The  propor- 
tion sinks  to  3-1  grs.  in  July,  and  goes 
on  gradually  diminishing  to  only  0-6 
in  the  subsequent  May,  when  they  are 
twelve  months  old,  and  when  the  new 
unexpandeW  leaves  of  the  same  plant 

give  ten  times  as  much.  By  distillation  with  water,  the  Essential  Oil 
is  obtained,  which  exactly  resembles  that  of  Bitter  Almonds ;  but  the 
distilled  Oil  is  alone  in  general  employed,  and  is  officinal  in  the  E. 
and  D.  P. 

Action.  Uses.  Poisonous,  Sedative.  The  powdered  leaves  have 
been  given  in  doses  of  from  gr.  iv. — gr.  viij.,  and  in  cataplasms  with 
Flour  or  Linseed-meal  are  sometimes  applied  to  sores. 


Water  of  the  Cherry  Laurel.     Laurel 


AQUA  LATJRO-CERASI,  E.  D. 
water. 

Prep.  Take/rcsA  leaves  ofPrunus  Lauro-cerasus  ftj.  Aq.  Oijss.  (by  measure  ftiij.  Distil 
fej.  and  add  Compound  Spirit  of  Lavender  3j-  D.)  Chop  down  the  leaves,  mix  them  with 
the  water,  distil  off  a  part,  agitate  the  distilled  liquid  well,  filter  if  any  milkiness  remains 
after  a  few  seconds  of  rest,  and  then  add  the  Spirit  of  Lavender,  E.  These  directions  are 
intended  to  obtain  uniformity  of  preparation.  It  is,  however,  always  uncertain.  It  is 
stronger  when  fresh  made,  or  from  young  leaves ;  but  as  some  opacity  is  created  when 
there  is  excess  of  oil,  this  may  be  got  rid  of  by  filtering. 

Action.  Uses.  Poisonous,  Sedative,  in  the  same  cases  as  Diluted 
Hydrocyanic  acid,  in  doses  of  f 3ss. — f 3j. 


The  Bark  of  the  CERASUS  SEROTINA. 


[PRUNUS   VlRGINIANA,    (U.  S.) 

Icosandria,  Monogynia. 

The  Wild  Cherry  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  United  States,  where  it  is 
disseminated  from  Canada  to  Florida. 

Bot.  Ch.  Leaves  oval  oblong,  or  lanceolate  oblong,  acuminate,  glabrous,  or  bearded 
along  the  midrib  beneath,  smooth  and  shining  above,  finely  serrate,  with  adpressed  or 


Amygdalea.}  ACIDUMHYDROCYANICUM.  385 

callous  incurved  teeth,  petioles  mostly  with  two  or  more  glands,  racemes  elongated  spread- 
ing, petals  broadly  obovate,  drupes  globose,  black. 

The  height  of  the  tree  varies  from  25  feet  to  80  or  more,  as  it  is  found  to  the  South. 
The  flowers  are  white  and  fragrant,  appearing  in  May.  The  bark  is  of  a  dark  ashy  hue, 
rough  on  the  trunk  and  smooth  on  the  branches.  The  epidermis  is  easily  separable,  and 
peels  off  circularly,  leaving  the  green  cellular  tissue  beneath.  The  wood  is  hard.  The 
fruit  has  a  prussic,  sweet,  and  slightly  bitter  taste. 

The  bark  of  the  branches  or  the  root  is  used  for  medicinal  pur- 
poses. The  latter  is  regarded  as  best.  It  is  brought  into  the  market 
in  pieces  or  fragments,  several  inches  long,  and  from  half  an  inch  to 
two  in  breadth.  When  dry  it  is  somewhat  curved  laterally.  It  is  of 
a  reddish-brown  colour,  usually  destitute  of  epidermis,  brittle  and 
pulverizable.  Fracture  short,  and  presenting  grayish  surfaces.  When 
fresh  the  odour  is  prussic,  which  is  lost  by  drying  and  regained  by 
maceration.  The  taste  is  aromatic,  prussic,  and  bitter. 

This  bark  contains  amygdalin  (Procter),  starch,  resin,  gallic  acid, 
tannin,  fatty  matter,  lignin,  &c.,  (probably  bitter  extractive.)  By 
distillation  with  water,  a  volatile  oil  can  be  obtained  associated  with 
Hydrocyanic  acid.  This  oil  is  composed  of  hydruret  of  benzule. 
From  the  decomposition  of  the  amygdalin  by  emulsion,  the  oil  and 
acid  are  produced. 

Oil  of  Wild  Cherry.  This  oil  is  of  a  light  straw  colour,  has  a  pun- 
gent taste,  and  the  odour  of  the  oil  of  bitter  almonds.  When  de- 
prived of  Hydrocyanic  acid  it  is  destitute  of  poisonous  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  The  bark  is  tonic  and  invigorating  in  its  impression 
upon  the  stomach  and  general  system,  but  sedative  to  the  circulatory 
and  nervous  systems,  —  the  former  due  to  bitter  principle,  the  latter 
to  the  Hydrocyanic  acid.  It  is  used  in  convalescence,  where  irrita- 
bility exists,  in  cases  of  debility  with  nervous  excitability,  in  dys- 
pepsia, &c.  It  is  especially  adapted  to  pulmonary  complaints. 

D.  3ss.  to  3ij.  in  powder. 

A  decoction  is  objectionable  on  account  of  the  diffusion  of  the 
volatile  principles. 

INFUSUM  PRUNI  VIRGINIANS,  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Wild  Cherry  Bark. 

Wild  Cherry  Bark,  bruised,  3ss.  Water  Oj.  macerate  for  24  hours  and  strain.  Cold 
water  constitutes  the  best  vehicle,  as  it  allows  of  the  decomposition  of  the  amygdalin 
without  the  escape  of  the  volatile  principle  formed  from  it. 

D.  fSij. 

SYRUP  OF  WILD  CHERRY  BARK. 

Made  from  the  bark  in  powder  3iv.  Water  3xij.  exhaust  in  a  percolator  and  add  Sugar 
Add  a  sufficiency  of  water  to  make  f3xij. 


D.  f3ss.] 

ACIDUM  HYDROCYANICUM,  E.  (U.  S.)  DILTJTUM,  L.  ACID.  PRUSSICUM, 
D.  Diluted  or  Medicinal  Hydrocyanic  Acid:  that  is,  diluted 
with  50,  L.  (30,  E.)  parts  of  water.  F.  Acide  hydrocyanique.  G. 
Blausaure.  Prussic  Acid. 

Hydrocyanic  acid  is  so  named  from  being  a  compound  of  Hy- 
drogen and  Cyanogen,  and  is  called  Prussic  acid  from  having  been 

25 


386  CYANOGEN.  [Calyciflora. 

first  obtained  from  Prussian  Blue.  (p.  151.)  Scheele  in  1782  first 
obtained  it  in  a  diluted,  and  Gay-Lussac  in  1815  in  a  pure  state.  It 
was  employed  in  medicine  in  1809  by  Brera,  in  1817  by  Majendie, 
and  in  1819  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  in  this  country.  But  its  effects 
had  long  previously  been  obtained  from  the  employment  of  the  above 
Laurel-water. 

Hydrocyanic'  is  of  vegetable  origin,  being  contained,  as  above 
mentioned,  in  the  Distilled  Oil  and  Waters  both  of  the  Bitter  Almond 
and  of  the  Cherry  Laurel.  It  may  also  be  obtained  from  many  others 
of  the  Amygdaleae,  as  kernels  of  Peaches,  of  various  Plums  and 
Cherries ;  also  from  some  of  their  flowers,  and  likewise  from  Apple- 
pips.  It  is,  however,  usually  obtained  by  decomposing  some  of  the 
compounds  of  Cyanogen. 

CYANOGEN  (C2  N=Cy=26)  so  named  from  xuavog,  blue,  and  yswaw,  / 
generate,  because  it  is  an  essential  constituent  of  Prussian  Blue. 
Though  a  compound  body,  it  acts  the  part  of  a  simple  body  in  enter- 
ing into  and  separating  from  chemical  combination,  and  is  usually 
adduced  as  a  type  of  organic  radicals  (p.  31).  It  is  composed  01 
equal  volumes  of  Carbon  and  of  Nitrogen,  or  of  2  Eq.  C  +  1  Eq. 
N=26,  and  is  therefore  a  Bicarburet  of  Nitrogen,  and  forms  a 
colourless  permanent  gas,  with  a  penetrating  and  peculiar  odour. 
Its  compounds  are  called  Cyanides  or  Cyanurets ;  of  these  some  are 
found  in  various  animal  secretions.  Hence  some  of  the  salts  which 
are  employed  in  making  Hydrocyanic  acid  are  obtained  from  animal 
matter.  Cyanogen  is  interesting  to  us  as  combining  with  Hydrogen 
to  form  this  acid. 

Hydrocyanic  Acid  (Cy  H=27)  called  also  Cyanide  of  Hydrogen, 
was  obtained  by  Gay-Lussac  in  a  pure  anhydrous  state.  This  soli- 
difies at  the  zero  of  F.,  but  readily  becomes  liquid  with  heat,  when 
it  is  transparent  and  colourless;  Sp.  Gr.  nearly  0-697  at  64°  P.; 
tasting  at  first  cool,  then  acrid ;  but  it  can  be  tasted  only  with  the 
greatest  caution.  It  has  a  strong  and  very  peculiar  odour,  differing 
from  that  of  the  Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds.  If  a  few  drops  be  placed  on 
paper,  a  part  volatilizes  so  rapidly  as  to  freeze  the  rest.  It  boils  at 
79°  or  80°,  when  the  acid  rises  in  the  state  of  vapour,  which  is  com- 
bustible, and  will  form  explosive  mixtures  with  Oxygen.  It  rapidly 
decomposes,  becoming  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  and  finally  exha- 
ling an  ammoniacal  odour.  Dr.  Christison  states,  however,  that  he 
has  kept  it  unaltered  at  32°  for  three  weeks.  It  has  a  feeble  reaction 
as  an  acid,  and  forms  Hydrocyanates,  which  are  liable  to  decompo- 
sition. It  is  very  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  in  water,  the  solution  in  the 
latter  forming 

Medicinal  or  Diluted  Hydrocyanic  Acid.  Differs  from  the  former 
chiefly  in  its  strength,  having  the  same  characteristic  taste  and  odour, 
though  in  a  less  degree.  The  odour  is  so  peculiar  as  to  be  enume- 
rated among  its  tests.  "  But  care  must  be  taken  not  to  confound  it 
with  the  odour  of  Bitter  Almond  Oil,  as  many  do ;  for  that  odour  is 
decidedly  different,  and  depends  much  more  on  a  true  Essential  Oil 
than  upon  the  concentrated  Hydrocyanic  acid."  (c.)  It  differs  in 
being  more  easily  preserved,  especially  if  made  from  the  action  of  S' 


Amygdalea.}  CYANICUM    DILUTUM.  387 

on  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  or  has  a  small  quantity  of  some  other 
acid  mixed  with  it,  or  is  kept  in  a  dark-coloured  bottle,  or  in  one 
covered  with  paper,  and  well  stopped.  The  medicinal  acid  of  the 
shops  has  been  found  to  vary  from  1-4  to  5-8.  That  of  the  L.  P.  is 
now  directed  to  be  of  the  strength  of  2  per  cent.,  that  of  the  E.  and 
D.  P.  3-3  per  cent.,  or  of  the  strength  of  Vauquelin's  acid.  Fearful 
consequences  have  ensued  from  the  want  of  uniformity  in  its  prepa- 
rations; hence  the  Colleges  give  directions  for  ascertaining  its 
strength,  (v.  Tests.) 

Strength  of  the  Medicinal  Acid.  In  the  D.  P.  the  Sp.  Gr.  only  is 
indicated  as  a  criterion  of  its  strength,  and  that  of  course  is  always 
lower  as  the  acid  is  stronger ;  but  this  method  is  not  sufficiently  pre- 
cise for  ordinary  use.  In  the  L.  P.,  H  Cy'  is  directed  to  be  prepared 
of  such  strength  that  100  grains  of  it  will  exactly  precipitate  12-7 
grains  of  Nitrate  of  Silver  dissolved  in  water.  This  precipitate  is 
readily  soluble  in  boiling  Nitric  acid,  and  5  parts  of  it  correspond  to 
1  of  real  acid.  Dr.  Christison  states  that  so  rigorous  a  test  would 
exclude  nine-tenths  of  the  acid  even  of  respectable  shops,  and  that 
"  irregularity  within  certain  limits  may  exist  without  the  slightest 
danger  or  inconvenience  in  medical  practice."  A  variation  of  one- 
eleventh  is  therefore  allowed  in  the  E.  P.  "  Fifty  minims  of  the  acid 
diluted  with  Aq.  dest.  f3j.  agitated  with  390  minims  of  a  solution 
(containing  ^5)  of  Nitrate  of  Silver,  and  allowed  to  settle,  will  again 
give  a  precipitate  with  40  minims  more  of  the  test."  Dr.  Ure  has 
suggested  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  Red  Oxide  of  Mercury  which 
a  given  weight  (say  100  grs.)  of  this  acid  will  dissolve ;  and  as  the 
Eq.  of  the  Oxide,  216,  is  to  2  Eq.  54,  of  the  acid  in  Bicyanide  of 
Mercury,  as  4  to  1,  so  we  have  only  to  divide  by  4  the  weight  of 
Oxide  dissolved,  and  the  quotient  will  represent  the  quantity  of  anhy- 
drous acid  present. 

Prep.  A  simple  process  is  that  originally  recommended  by  Mr.  Everitt,  and  adopted  by 
the  L.  C.  for  extemporaneously  obtaining  Dil.  H  Cy'.  Cyanide  of  Silver  gr.  xlviijss.  are 
to  be  added  to  Aq.  Dest.  f  gj.  with  which  Hydrochloric  acid  gr.  xxxixss.  had  been  previously 
mixed,  and  well  agitated  together  in  a  close  phial.  (The  Hydrogen  of  the  acid  combining 
with  the  Cyanogen  of  the  Cyanide,  Hydrocyanic'  in  the  proportion  of  2  per  cent,  is  form- 
ed.  The  Chlorine  set  free  combining  with  the  Silver,  forms  a  white  precipitate  of  Chlo- 
ride of  Silver.)  After  a  short  interval,  the  clear  liquor  is  to  be  poured  off,  and  kept  out  of 
the  light.  [U.  S.  P.  51  grs.  Cyanide,  and  41  grs.  Hydrochlor  acid.] 

The  D.  C.  direct  Bicyanide  (Cyanuret,  D.)  of  Mercury  3j.  Hydrochloric'  f  3vij.  Aq. 
Dest.  f  3VUJ-  both  by  measure,  to  be  mixed  together,  and  f  gviij.  to  be  distilled  from  a  glass 
retort  into  a  cooled  receiver,  and  to  be  kept  in  a  cool  and  dark  place.  Sp.  Gr.  -998.  The 
strength  of  this  acid  is  1-6  according  to  Barker,  but  according  to  Mr.  Donovan  it  is  2-82 
per  cent,  (n.)  The  Society  of  Apothecaries  used  to  obtain  it  by  a  process  similar  to  this : 
Sp.  Gr.  0-995,  indicating  2-9  per  cent,  of  real  acid.  By  a  process  similar  to  this,  but 
without  water,  Gay-Lussac  obtained  the  anhydrous  acid,  by  passing  it  through  pieces  oi 
Chalk  and  of  Chloride  of  Calcium. 

The  method  which  is  most  generally  adopted  on  account  of  its  cheapness,  easy  manage- 
ment,  and  the  preservation  of  the  acid,  is  also  given  in  the  L.  and  E.  P.  Dissolve  (in  a 
retort,  L. ;  matrass,  E.)  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium  3ij.  (3iij.  E.)  in  Aq.  dest.  Oss.  (f3xj. 
E.)  then  add  to  Sulphuric'  3jss.  (f  Jvj.  E.)  previously  mixed  with  Aq.  dest.  f  3iv.  (f  3v.  E.) 
and  allowed  to  cool.  Pour  Aq.  dest.  f  Sviij.  into  a  cooled  receiver  and  fit  on  the  retort,  and 
distil  over  into  this  water  with  a  gentle  heat  in  a  sand-bath  f  gvj.  of  acid  fluid.  (Distil 
over  f  3xiv.  or  till  the  residuum  begins  to  froth  up,  E.)  Lastly,  add  Aq.  dest.  f  gvj.  or  as 
much  as  may  be  sufficient  for  the  product  to  measure  (f  3xx.  L, ;  f  3xvj.  E.)  that  12-7 
grs.  of  Nitrate  of  Silver  dissolved  in  Aq.  dest.  may  be  accurately  saturated  by  100  grains 
of  this  acid.  [Also  adopted  by  U.  S.  P.J 


388  HYDROCYANICACID.  [Calyciflora. 

When  the  Sul'  is  added  to  the  solution  of  the  Ferrocyanide  of 
Potassium,  water  is  decomposed :  its  Hydrogen  unites  with  some 
Cyanogen  of  the  Ferrocyanide,  and  forms  Hydrocyanic';  while 
the  Oxygen,  uniting  with  some  of  the  Potassium,  generates  Potash, 
which,  with  the  Sul'  forms  a  Bisulphate  of  Potash;  and  at  the 
same  time  a  new  insoluble  salt  is  formed,  composed  of  Cyanogen, 
Iron,  and  Potassium.  The  constituents  of  this  new  salt  have  been 
differently  deduced  by  Gay-Lussac  and  Mr.  Everitt ;  but  the  former 
having  attended  most  to  theoretical  considerations,  and  the  latter  to 
the  results  derived  from  numerous  experiments,  his  numbers  are  pre- 
ferred, and  are  those  adopted  by  Mr.  Phillips.  But  Dr.  Pereira,  in  re- 
peating the  experiments,  agrees  with  Gay-Lussac  in  the  colour  of  the 
salt,  which  the  latter  states  to  be  white,  while  Mr.  Everitt  found  it  to 
be  yellow.  This  he  observed  to  be  owing  to  the  admission  of  air; 
for  when  the  action  was  made  to  take  place  without  the  admission  of 
the  air,  the  salt  precipitated  was  always  white. 

The  proportion  of  the  substances  submitted  to  distillation,  and  the 
results  where  6  equivalents  of  Sulphuric  acid  are  heated  with  2  equi- 
valents of  Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  are : 


Submitted  to  Distillation. 
6  eq.  Sulphuric  acid      -         -  240 
4  —  Cyanide  of  Potassium  -  264 
2  —  Cyanide  of  Iron     -       -108 

" 


720 


Results  of  Distillation. 

3  eq.  Bisulphate  of  Potash        -         -         -384 
3  —  Hydrocyanic  acid    -         -     •   .         -     81 

1  —  Cyanide  Potassium  66  $  yellow  )          .  _ . 

2  —  Cyanide  Iron          108)     salt    C      '   1/4 
9  —  Water  -         ...     81 


720 


Tests.  Besides  ascertaining  the  strength  of  H  Cy',  it  is  necessary 
to  determine  its  purity.  "  Colourless ;  entirely  vaporizable,  with  a 
peculiar  odour ;  slightly  and  transiently  reddens  litmus ;  unaffected 
by  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  (showing  the  absence  of  Bicyanide  of 
Mercury,  &c.)  Solution  of  Nitrate  of  Baryta  causes  no  precipi- 
tate, E.  The  presence  of  any  other  acid  is  indicated  by  the  lodo-cy- 
anide  of  Mercury  and  Potassium  being  reddened,"  L.  in  consequence 
of  the  formation  of  Biniodide  of  Mercury.  The  slight  effect  on  Litmus, 
as  well  as  the  Nitrate  of  Baryta,  prove  that  there  is  no  Sul'  nor  H  Cl'. 

To  detect  this  acid  in  cases  of  poisoning,  its  odour  is  a  delicate 
and  usually  very  conspicuous  test.  The  contents  of  the  stomach 
may  be  washed  and  filtered ;  or,  in  cases  of  mixed  fluids,  these  may 
be  treated  with  animal  charcoal  without  heat,  neutralized  with  Sul' 
if  they  are  alkaline  from  Ammonia  disengaged  during  putrefaction, 
and  about  l-8th  part  distilled  over  in  a  vapour-bath,  applying  the  fol- 
lowing tests. 

1.  Supersaturate  with  solution  of  Potash,  then  add  a  solution  of 
the  salts  of  the  mixed  Peroxide  and  Protoxide  of  Iron  (as  common 
Green  Vitriol,  or  the  Tincture  of  the  Sesquichloride),  when  a  gray- 
ish-green precipitate  is  formed,  which  on  adding  a  little  Sul',  becomes 
of  a  deep  Prussian  Blue  colour. 

2.  Nitrate  of  Silver  causes  a  precipitate  of  Cyanide  of  Silver, 
which  is  soluble  in  boiling  Nitric  acid. 


MyrtaceaB.}  MYRTACE^E.  389 

3.  Sulphate  of  Copper  with  Hydrocyanic'  supersaturated  with 
Potash  forms  a  greenish  precipitate,  which  on  the  addition  of  a  little 
Hydrochlorictacid,  becomes  nearly  white. 

Consult  works  on  Forensic  Medicine,  as  of  Christison  and  of  Taylor. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative  and  Anodyne.  Powerful  Narcotic  Poison. 
Useful  in  Chronic  Coughs  and  in  affections  of  the  Heart,  in  painful 
Neuralgia  and  Stomach  complaints,  as  Gastrodynia.  Externally  as 
a  wash  to  allay  pain  and  irritation  in  Chronic  Skin  Diseases. 

D.  n^ij. — n^v.  L.,  or  fl^j. — fftiv.  E.  and  D.  in  an  ounce  or  so  of 
water  or  Emulsion.  In  Lotion,  f3ij.  in  Oss.  of  Rose  or  common 
Distilled  water. 

Antidotes.  In  cases  of  poisoning,  it  acts  so  quickly  and  energetically, 
that  few  antidotes  can  be  effectively  employed.  1.  Cold  affusion  is 
usually  most  quickly  available,  and  applied  chiefly  as  cold  doucheio  the 
Head  and  Spine,  is  particularly  useful.  2.  Ammonia  or  its  Carbonate, 
cautiously  inhaled,  or  in  solution  taken  internally,  or  rubbed  externally, 
is  useful  from  its  stimulant  properties.  3.  Chlorine,  in  the  form  of  a 
gas  much  diluted,  cautiously  inhaled,  or  Chlorine-water,  in  doses  of 
a  tea-spoonful  or  two,  or  the  Chloride  of  Lime  or  of  Soda,  may  be 
prescribed.  Bleeding  from  the  jugular  vein  is  strongly  recommended 
when  there  is  cerebral  congestion ;  artificial  respiration  ought  not  to 
be  neglected.  Give  as  a  chemical  antidote  solution  of  Carbonate  of 
Potash  followed  immediately  by  a  solution  of  the  mixed  Sulphates  of 
Iron.* 

MYRTACE.E,  R.  Brown.     Myrtle  Family. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  often  with  angled  branches.  Leaves  opposite,  rarely  alternate  or  ver- 
ticillate,  entire,  with  transparent  dots,  transverse  veins,  uniting  into  one  which  runs  pa- 
rallel with  their  margin,  usually  without  stipules.  Flowers  perfect,  regular  with  2 
bracts.  Calyx  adherent  by  its  tube  to  the  ovary,  limb  4  or  5  cleft,  valvate  in  aestivation, 
sometimes  entire  opening  like  a  lid.  Petals  inserted  into  the  throat  of  the  calyx,  equal  in 
number  to  its  divisions,  imbricate  or  twisted  in  aestivation,  sometimes  united  with  the  cap- 
like  limb  'of  the  calyx.  Stamens  numerous,  inserted  with  the  petals,  sometimes  only 
equal  to  or  double  their  number,  filaments  distinct  or  connected  into  several  bundles,  curved 
inwards  in  estivation,  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  a  double  fissure.  Ovary  inferior,  or 
half  inferior,  covered  with  a  fleshy  disk,  several  2,  4,5  or  6,  sometimes  single-celled,  pla- 
centa central.  Style  and  stigma  single.  Fruit  either  dry  or  fleshy,  dehiscent  or  indehis- 
cent,  usually  surmounted  by  the  limb  of  the  calyx.  Seeds  straight.  Embryo  without 
albumen,  straight,  curved,  or  twisted  spirally.  Cotyledons  often  united  into  a  homoge- 
neous mass  with  the  radicle. 

The  Myrtaceae,  elegant  in  appearance,  are  allied  on  one  hand  to 
Pomacege,  and  on  the  other  to  Melastomacese,  and  through  these  to 
Lythrarise,  &c.  They  abound  in  the  tropical  parts  of  New  Holland, 
and  of  America,  fewer  in  Asia  and  Africa,  rare  in  the  south  of 

*  The  Messrs.  Smith  of  Edinburgh  published  in  the  Lancet  of  5  Oct.  1844,  the  detailed 
instructions  for  preparing  Prussic  acid  antidotes,  which  depends  on  the  presentation  to 
the  acid  of  Iron  in  such  a  state  of  oxidation  as  to  form  with  it  the  comparatively  inert 
Prussian  Blue.  They  have  since  given  the  following  in  the  Pharm.  Journ.  v.  35,  July, 
1845. 

Dissolve  in  a  phial  Carbonate  of  Potash  (Salt  of  Tartar)  grs.  xx.  in  water  f  gj-  or  f  3ij. 
Dissolve  quickly  in  a  mortar  Sulphate  of  Protoxide  of  Iron  in  icater  f3j.  and  add  of 
Tinct.  of  Sesquichloride  (Muriate)  of  Iron  fijj.  and  put  in  another  phial.  To  prevent 
delay,  let  the  dispenser  go  at  once  and  himself  give  to  the  person  who  has  taken  Prussic 
acid  first  the  Potash  solution  and  immediately  afterwards  that  of  the  salts  of  Iron. 


390 


CAYAPUTI    OIL. 


[Calyciflorce. 


Europe.  They  secrete  much  astringent  matter,  as  well  as  grateful 
Volatile  Oil.  Some,  therefore,  are  employed  as  astringents,  others  as 
spicy  aromatics.  The  fruit  of  some  being  berried,  \vjth  a  grateful 
acid  and  sweetish  secretion,  form  edible  fruits. 

Tribe  1.  LEPTOSPERME^E,  Dec.     Sub-tribe,  Melaleucece. 

CAJUPUTI,  L.  CAJUPUTI  OLEUM,  E.  (U.  S.  Sec.)  CAJEPOT,  D.  Oleum  e 
foliis  destillatum,  L.  Volatile  Oil  of  the  Leaves  of  MELALEUCA  CA- 
JAPUTI,  Maton  and  Roxb.  (M.  minor,  Sm.),  L.  E.  Polyadelphia 
Icosandria,  Linn.  Cayaputi  Oil,  or  Oil  of  Cajeput. 

Cajuputi  Oil,  pronounced  Kayapootee  (meaning  Arbor  alba)  in  the 
East,  appears  to  have  been  known  only  since  the  time  of  Rumphius, 
who  describes  two  trees.  1.  Arbor  alba  major,  H.  A.  ii.  1. 16.  2.  Jlr- 
bor  alba  minor,  H.  A.  ii.  t.  17,  f.  1.  In  1798,  Mr.  Smith,  of  the  Cal- 
cutta Botanic  Garden,  was  sent  to  the  Molucca'  Islands  to  obtain  the 
true  sort  of  Cayaputi  plant.  He  obtained  several,  which  were  intro- 
duced into  the  above  Garden,  and  have  since  been  distributed  all  over 
India.  It  is  curious  that  this  species,  though  a  native  of  Molucca,  is 
able  to  stand  the  cold  of  N.  W.  India,  probably  owing  to  the  thick- 
ness of  its  bark.  Mr.  S.  having  also  sent  specimens  to  this  country, 
they  were  ascertained  by  Dr.  Maton  to  be  those  of  the  second  kind, 
and  named  Melaleuca  Cajuputi  in  the  London  Pharm.  for  1809,  a 
name  which  Dr.  J.  E.  Smith  afterwards  unnecessarily  changed  to  M. 
minor.  The  other  species,  which  the  Malays  also  call  Cayaputi,*  is 
the  Melaleuca  Leucadendron,  of  which  the  leaves  are  larger,  more  fal- 
cate, 5-nerved,  and  smooth,  but  possess  little  or  no  fragrance,  and 
are  not  known  to  yield  any  of  this  celebrated  Volatile  Oil. 

Melaleuca  Cajuputi.  Roxb. 
(fig.  64),  forms  a  small  tree 
with  an  erect  but  crooked 
stem  covered  with  thick, 
rather  soft,  light-coloured 
bark ;  branches  scattered, 
with  slender  twigs  which 
droop  like  those  of  the 
Weeping  Willow.  Leaves 
alternate  lanceolate,  acute, 
slightly  falcate,  3  to  5  nerved, 
while  young,  silky  and  dif- 
fusing a  powerful  odour, 
when  bruised.  Spikes  ter- 
minal and  from  the  extreme 
axils,  downy  as  well  as  the 
calyx  and  branchlets,  while 
in  flower  there  is  only  a  scaly 
conic  bud  at  the  apex  which 
soon  advances  into  a  leafy 
branchlet.  Bracts  solitary, 
3  flowered.  Calyx  urceo- 

late,  (fig.  64,  3,)  limb  5-parted.  Petals  5,  white,  scentless.  Stamens  from  30  to  40,  in 
five  bundles ;  filaments  3  or  4  times  longer  than  petals.  Anthers  incumbent  with  a  yellow 
gland  at  the  apex.  Style  long.  Stigma  obscurely  3-lobed.  Ovary  ovate,  and  like  the 
capsule  3-celled,  (f.  64,  2  and  1,)  many-seeded,  lower  half  united  with,  but  the  capsule  is 
enclosed  within  the  thickened  tube  of  the  calyx.  Seeds  angularly  wedge-shaped.  A 

*  In  Murray,  App.  Medicam.  we  have  it  named  Caieput  B.  Kaiuput  Oleum. 


Fig.  64. 


Myrtacece.]  CLOVES.  391 

native  of  the  Molucca  Islands,  especially  of  Boerou,  Manipe,  and  of  the  S.  of  Borneo.    It 
is  called  Daun.  kitsjil,  but  also  Cajuputi. 

The  leaves  are  collected  on  a  warm  dry  day  in  autumn,  and  placed 
in  dry  sacks,  in  which  they  nevertheless  become  heated  and  moist. 
They  are  then  cut  in  pieces,  macerated  in  water  for  a  night,  and  then 
distilled.  Two  sackfuls  of  the  leaves  yield  only  about  3  drachms  of 
the  oil.  This  is  clear  and  limpid,  of  a  light  green  colour,  very  vola- 
tile, diffusing  a  powerful  odour,  having  a  warm  aromatic  taste,  some- 
thing resembling  that  of  Camphor,  followed  by  a  sense  of  coolness. 
Sp.  Gr.  0-914  to  0-927 ;  soluble  in  Alcohol.  It  boils  at  343°.  When 
distilled  with  water,  a  light  and  colourless  Oil  first  comes  over,  and 
then  a  green-coloured  and  denser  Oil,  which,  with  less  odour,  is  more 
acrid.  Comp.  C10  H9  O  =  77.  Some  adulterations  are  occasionally 
practised  with  this  Oil,  especially  at  the  time  when  it  reached  a  high 
price,  chiefly  with  IJy;  oils  of  Rosemary  and  of  Camphor;  but  it  is 
now  commonly  meflwith  in  a  pure  state,  and  without  any  admixture 
of  Copper. 

Action.  Uses.  Diffusible  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic ;  externally  in 
Rheumatism.  Surprise  was  excited  in  India  when  Cayaj>uti  Oil  was 
stated  to  be  a  cure  for  Cholera,  as  Oil  of  Peppermint  is  as  useful. 

D.  fftiij. — rftv.  given  on  a  lump  of  Sugar. 

Tribe  Myrtece. 

CARYOPHYLLUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.S.)  Flores  nondum  explicati,  exsiccati, 
L.  Dried  undeveloped  Flower  of  CARYOPHYLLUS  AROMATICUS,  Linn. 
L.  E.  (Eugenia  caryophyllata),  D.  Cloves.  Icosand.  Monog. 
Linn. 

Though  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  ancients  were  acquainted  with 
the  Clove,  it  is  curious  that  the  Arabs  give  kurphullon  as  its  Greek 
name.  P.  ^Egineta  and  Myrepsius.  seem  to  have  known  it ;  yet  the 
author  is  of  opinion  that  the  ancients  were  not  well  acquainted  with 
any  substances  produced  further  east  than  the  coasts  of  the  Bay  of 
Bengal. 

The  Clove-tree  is  an  evergreen,  and,  like  others  of  the  Myrtaceae,  elegant  in  appear- 
ance. It  is  like  the  Pimento.  The  wood  is  hard  and  covered  with  a  smooth  gray  bark. 
The  leaves  opposite  and  decussate,  ovate-lanceolate,  tapering  towards  both  ends,  about  4 
inches  long,  somewhat  leathery,  shining  and  minutely  dotted,  diffusing  a  clove-like  fra- 
grance when  bruised.  Panicles  short,  trichotomously  divided,  jointed  at  every  division. 
The  calyx  tube  is  cylindrical,  of  a  dark  purple  colour,  adhering  to  the  ovary,  divided  into 
4  ovate  concave  segments.  Petals  4,  overlapping  each  other  and  of  a  globular  form  when 
in  bud,  afterwards  spreading,  roundish,  whitish  and  said  to  exhale  a  grateful  odour. 
Within  the  calyx  and  at  the  top  of  the  ovary  is  a  quadrangular  disk,  surrounding  but  not 
embracing  the  base  of  the  short  obtuse  style.  Stamens  in  4  bundles,  filaments  long,  yellow. 
Ovary  nearly  cylindrical,  2-celled,  with  many  small  ovules  in  each  cell  attached  to  the 
sides  of  the  dissepiment.  Fruit  a  large  elliptical  berry,  containing  a  single  seed,  by  the 
growth  of  which  the  second  cell  and  numerous  ovules  have  been  obliterated.  Embryo 
large,  elliptical,  dotted.  Cotyledons  unequal,  sinuose,  the  larger  one  partly  enveloping  the 
smaller,  including  the  superior  radicle.  See  the  Bot.  Mag.  t.  ii.  749,  for  a  full  description  ; 
Diet  des  Science,  Nat  Bot.  for  detailed  dissections.  A  native  of  the  Moluccas,  but  con- 
fined by  the  Dutch  to  Amboyna  and  Ternate.  It  has,  however,  been  introduced  into  the 
Isle  of  France,  India,  the  West  Indies  and  Guyana. 

Cloves,  the  unexpanded  flower-buds,  are  picked  by  hand  or  with 
long  reeds,  and  then  quickly  dried  in  the  shade.  The  best  are  ob- 


392  P  I  M  E  N  T  A.  [Calyciflora. 

tained  from  the  Moluccas.  They  have  some  resemblance  to  a  nail, 
(whence  the  French  name  of  clou  de  girofle),  are  usually  of  a  dark- 
brown  colour,  with  a  pleasant  odour,  a  warm  and  aromatic,  even 
burning,  taste.  They  have  considerable  weight.  The  best  will  exude 
a  little  Oil  when  pressed  or  scraped.  Their  active  properties  are 
extracted  by  water  and  by  Alcohol.  They  contain  of  Volatile  Oil  18, 
of  a  peculiar  Tannin  13,  Gum  13,  Resin  6,  Extractive  4,  Lignin  28, 
water  18=  100.  The  Oil  is  officinal.  The  Resin  has  been  named 
Caryophyllin,3ind  is  obtained  in  brilliant  satiny  crystals,  without  taste 
and  without  smell,  fusible,  volatile,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in 
Alcohol ;  isomeric  with  Camphor.  The  dried  berries,  called  Mother 
Cloves,  are  still  imported  into  China. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative.  Used  as  a  condiment  and 
as  a  corrective,  for  flavouring  medicines. 

OLEUM  CARYOPHYLLI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Oil  of  Clfces. 

Oil  of  Cloves  is  usually  imported  from  Amboyna.  In  America  it 
is  said  to  be  distilled  from  the  Cloves  grown  in  Cayenne.  The  Cloves 
from  which^)il  has  been  distilled  are  apt  to  be  intermixed  with  others. 
The  Oil,  when  recent,  is  clear  and  colourless,  but  by  degrees  becomes 
of  a  dark-brown  colour,  which  is  its  ordinary  appearance.  Its  odour 
is  strong,  and  its  taste  warm,  aromatic,  and  even  acrid.  Sp.  Gr.  1-05 
to  1-06,  and  being  thus  heavier,  sinks  in  water.  It  is  best  distilled 
with  salt  and  water,  as  in  the  case  of  other  heavy  oils,  and  requires 
repeated  cohobation.  M.  Ettling,  according  to  Soubeiran,  finds  this 
Oil  composed  of — 1.  A  Hydrocarbon,  like  Essential  Oil  of  Turpentine, 
which  is  lighter  than  water.  2.  An  oxygenated  Oil,  which  is  heavy, 
Sp.  Gr.  1'079,  and  has  some  of  the  properties  of  an  acid  (acide  euge- 
nique  of  Dumas),  and  composed  of  Ca*  H1B  O5.  3.  Stearoptene, 
which  is  also  sometimes  met  with,  in  distilled  water  of  Cloves.  This 
Oil  is  sometimes  mixed  with  Oil  of  Pimento. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant,  Carminative,  and  used  as  a 
corrective  in  doses  of  triij. — triv. 

INFUSTJM  (CARYOPHYLLORUM,  D.)  CARYOPHYLLI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Infusion 
of  Cloves. 

Prep.  Macerate  in  a  slightly  covered  vessel  for  2  hours  bruised  Cloves  3iij.  (3j.  D.) 
(3ij.  U.  S.)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (by  measure  ftss.  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  ca- 
lico, E.) 

Action.  Uses.  A  clear  infusion,  with  the  odour  and  taste  of  Cloves, 
incompatible  with  preparations  of  Iron.  Useful  as  a  warm  carmina- 
tive, or  as  a  vehicle  for  other  medicines,  in  doses  of  f  3jss. 

Off.  Prep.  Ferri  Mistura  Arom.  D.     Inf.  Aurantii,  Comp.  L.  E.  D. 
Sp.  Ammoniae  Arom.  L.  D.    Sp.  Lavandulas,  Comp.  D.    Vinum  Opii, 
L.  E.  D.     Conf.  Aromatica,  L.  D.     Pil.  Colocynth.  Comp.  D.   Elect. 
Scammonii,  L.  D. 
PIMENTA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Baccae  immaturae  exsiccatae,  L.  (Fructus, 

D.)     Unripe  berries  of  Eugenia  (Myrtus,  Linn.  L.  D.)  Pimenta, 

Dec.  E.  Pimento.     Icosand.  Monog.  Linn. 

A  native  of  South  America  and  the  West  Indies.    In  the  latter  it 


Myrtacete.]  P  I  M  E  N  T  A.  393 

is  much  cultivated  in  regular  walks.     Besides  Pimento,  it  is  also 
called  Allspice  and  Bay- berry  tree. 

An  elegant  tree  about  30  feet  high,  foliage  dense  and  evergreen,  branches  round,  twigs 
compressed,  the  younger  as  well  as  the  pedicels  pubescent.  The  leaves  are  petiolate,  ob- 
long or  oval,  marked  with  pellucid  dots,  smooth.  The  peduncles  axillary  and  disposed  in 
terminal  trichotomous  panicles.  Calyx  and  petals  4-fid,  the  latter  reflected  greenish-white. 
Stamens  numerous.  Ovary  2 — 3  celled  ;  cells  many  ovuled.  Berry  spherical  covered  by 
the  roundish  persistent  base  of  the  calyx,  which  when  ripe  is  smooth,  shining  and  of  a  dark 
purple  colour ;  one-,  rarely  2-celled ;  two-seeded.  Embryo  roundish,  cotyledons  united 
into  one  mass,  radicle  scarcely  distinct. — Nees  von  E.  298.  Myrtus  or  Myrcia  Pimen- 
toides  is  figured  in  t.  297,  and  yields  ovate  Pimento. 

Browne  (Nat.  Hist,  of  Jamaica)  describes  the  berries  as  being  ga- 
thered before  they  are  ripe,  because  they  then  lose  their  aromatic 
warmth,  and  acquire  a  taste  like  Juniper-berries,  and  are  much  eaten 
by  birds.  When  gathered,  they  are  dried  with  care  in  the  sun.  They 
are  round,  rugose,  unequal  in  size,  and  of  a  brownish  colour,  and 
consist  of  the  pericarp,  in  which  the  virtues  chiefly  reside,  and  of 
two  dark-brown  seeds.  The  odour  is  strongly  fragrant,  and  the 
taste  warm  and  aromatic.  This  depends  on  a  Volatile  Oil,  which  is 
separated  by  distillation.  There  is  also  some  Fixed  Oil,  a  pungent 
Resin,  Extractive,  Tannin,  Gallic  acid,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Aromatic.  Carminative  in  doses  of  gr.  x. 
— 3ss. 

OLEUM  PIMENTO,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Oil  of  Pimento. 

Obtained  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  4  per  cent,  by  distilling  bruised 
Pimento  with  water.  It  resembles  and  is  sometimes  sold  for  Oil  of 
Cloves,  or  employed  to  adulterate  it.  Dr.  Pereira  describes  it  as  con- 
sisting of  two  Volatile  Oils,  one  light  (Hydrocarbon),  the  other  heavy 
(Pimentic  acid).  It  produces  a  red  colour  with  Nitric'  and  a  bluish- 
green  with  Tinct.  of  Sesquichloride  of  Iron ;  thus  resembling  Mor- 
phia in  these  particulars. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Carminative  in  doses  of  Ttiij.  to  fftvj. 
Rubefacient  externally. 

SPIRITUS  PIMENTO,  L.  E.  D.     Spirit  of  Pimento. 

Prep.  Prepare  as  Sp.  Myristicse,  L. ;  as  Sp.  Caraway,  using  bruised  Pimento,  ftss.  E. 
Macerate  for  24  hours  bruised  Pimento  giij.  in  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  and  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent 
Empyreuma.  Distil  Cj.  D. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative,  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3iv.  Used  chiefly 
as  an  adjunct. 

AQITA  PIMENTO,  L.  E.  D.     Distilled  Water  of  Pimento. 

Prep.  Take  Oil  of  Pimento  £ij.  L.  or  bruised  Pimento  ftj.  (ftss.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  f3vij. 
L.  (Rectified  Spirit  f  3iij.  E.)  Aq.  Cij.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  Empyreuma,  D.)  Distil  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative.  Much  used  as  a  vehicle  for  other 
medicines  in  doses  of  f3iss. 

Off".  Prep.  Syrupus  Rhamni,  L.    Emplastrum  Aromaticum,  D. 


394 


POMEGRANATE. 


[Calyciflorce . 


GRANATE.E,  Don.     Pomegranates. 

This  order  was  instituted  by  the  late  Professor  Don  for  tlfe  Pomegranate,  which  was 
usually  included,  as  it  still  is  by  Dr.  Lindley,  among  Myrtaceae.  It  is  chiefly  distin- 
guished by  its  leaves  not  being  dotted,  by  the  want  of  the  marginal  vein,  by  the  peculia- 
rities of  its  fruit,  and  by  the  seeds  being  involved  in  pulp,  and  by  its  cotyledons  being 
convoluted,  also  by  the  absence  of  aromatic  properties,  and  the  geographical  distribution 
being  beyond  the  range  of  tropical  Myrtaceae.  Dr.  L.  thinks  that  the  several  variations 
are  not  greater  than  occur  in  genera  of  other  families,  without  their  being  raised  to  the 
rank  of  orders. 

PUNICA  GRANATUM,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  Granatum,  L.  (U.  S.)  Fructus 
Cortex.  Baccae  tunica  exterior,  D.  Rind  of  the  Fruit.  Granati 
Radix,  E.  Radicis  Cortex,  D.  Bark  of  the  Root.  Flores,D.  Flowers 
of  the  Pomegranate.  Icosandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

The  Pomegranate,  a  native 
of  the  mountainous  coun- 
tries from  Syria  to  the  north 
of  India,  must  always  have 
been  an  object  of  attention. 
It  is  the  rimmon  of  the  Bible, 
and  the  rooman  of  the  Arabs. 
It  was  well  known  to  the 
Greeks  and  Romans. 

Stem  arborescent  and  irregular,  in 
arid  situations  rather  thorny ;  the 
leaves  usually  opposite,  often  fascicled, 
oblong,  inclining  to  lanceolate,  quite 
entire,  not  dotted,  smooth,  shining,  and 
of  a  dark  green ;  flowers  commonly 
solitary,  of  a  brilliant  scarlet ;  calyx 
thick  and  fleshy,  adhering  to  the  ovary, 
turbinate,  5  to  7  cleft ;  petals  5  to  7, 
crumpled ;  stamens  numerous,  often 
double ;  style  filiform ;  stigma  capi- 
tate; fruit  of  the  size  of  a  large  apple,  with  a  thick  leathery  rind,  and  crowned  by  the 
tubular  limb  of  the  calyx ;  cells  several,  arranged  in  two  strata,  separated  from  each 
other  by  an  irregular  transverse  diaphragm,  lower  division  of  3  cells,  the  upper  of  from 
5  to  9  cells;  seeds  numerous,  involved  in  pellucid  pulp,  with  foliaceous,  spirally  convolute 
cotyledons. — Nees  von  E.  301. 

The  parts  of  this  plant  which  were  employed  by  the  ancients,  still 
are  so  in  the  East,  and  are  officinal  in  the  D.  P.  Thus  the  Flores,  D. 
are  the  Balaustion  of  the  ancients.  In  India,  buloositoon  is  given  as 
the  Greek  name  of  the  double  flower.  They  are  devoid  of  odour, 
but  have  a  bitterish  and  astringent  taste,  tinge  the  saliva  of  a  reddish 
colour,  contain  Tannin,  strike  a  black  with  the  ferruginous  salts. 

The  Rind  of  the  Fruit  (Granatum,  L.,  BacccB  Tunica  exterior,!).), 
especially  of  the  wild  plant,  is  extensively  employed  as  an  astringent 
and  as  a  dye  in  the  East.  It  is  of  a  reddish-brown  colour  and  smooth 
externally,  but  yellow  on  the  inside  ;  usually  in  irregular  fragments, 
dry,  hard,  and  leathery,  of  a  very  astringent  taste.  It  contains  of 
Tannin  18-8  per  cent.,  with  10-8  of  Extractive,  and  17'1  of  Mucilage, 
and  is  used  for  tanning  in  some  countries. 


Lythraria.]  LYTHRUM    SALICARIA. 

The  Bark  of  the  Root  (Radicis  Cortex)  was  employed  as  an  anthel- 
mintic  by  Dioscorides  and  by  Celsus,  and  still  is  so  in  India.  It  was 
reintroduced  into  practice  by  Drs.  Buchanan  and  Anderson.  The  root 
itself  is  heavy,  knotted  and  of  a  yellow  colour ;  its  bark  often  sold  in 
strips,  sometimes  with  parts  of  the  root  still  adhering  to  it.  On  the 
outside  of  a  grayish-yellow  colour ;  on  the  inside,  yellow,  something 
like  that  of  the  barberry.  It  has  little  smell ;  when  chewed,  colours 
the  saliva  yellow ;  has  an  astringent  taste,  without  any  disagreeable 
bitterness.  It  has  been  analyzed  by  Mitouart  and  Latour  de  Trie, 
and  others ;  but  the  source  of  its  peculiar  anthelmintic  powers  has 
not  been  discovered,  and  the  subject  requires  further  investigation.  It 
contains  Tannin  (about  20  per  cent.),  Gallic  acid,  Resin,  Wax,  Fatty 
matters,  and  Mannite.  "  An  infusion  yields  a  deep  blue  precipitate 
with  the  salts  of  Iron,  a  yellowish-white  one  with  solution  of  Isin- 
glass, and  a  grayish-yellow  one  with  Corrosive  Sublimate,  and  Potash 
or  Ammonia  colours  it  yellow."  (c.)  It  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with 
the  barks  both  of  box  and  of  barberry.  The  former  is  white  and 
bitter,  but  not  astringent ;  the  latter  yellow,  very  bitter,  and  not  thus 
affected  by  the  above  four  reagents. 

Action.  Uses.  All  parts  are  astringent,  the  rind  of  the  wrild  fruit  es- 
pecially so,  and  useful  in  Diarrhoea  and  advanced  stages  of  Dysentery; 
the  Flowers  in  infusion  slightly  astringent ;  the  Bark  of  the  Root  as- 
tringent, but  remarkably  useful  as  an  Anthelmintic  against  tasnia. 

D.  It  may  be  given  in  doses  of  Bj.  in  powder ;  or  a  decoction  may 
be  formed  by  steeping  for  12  hours  of  fresh  Root-bark  of  Pomegranate 
3ij.  in  Aq.  Oiss.,  and  boiling  down  to  Oj.  Of  this  f  3ij. — f  3iv.  may  be 
given  in  the  morning  fasting,  and  repeated  every  two  hours,  until 
three  or  four  doses  have  been  taken;  pursuing  the  same  course 
another  day,  if  not  efficient  at  first,  with  occasional  doses  of  Castor 
Oil.* 

LYTHRARI.E,  Juss.    Loosestrifes. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  often  with  4-cornered  branches ;  leaves  opposite ;  calyx  tubular 
or  bell-shaped ;  petals  inserted  into  the  throat  of  the  calyx,  and  alternating  with  its  lobes ; 
stamens  equal  in  number  to,  or  twice  or  thrice  as  many  as  the  petals  ;  ovary  free ;  2  or 
4  celled,  each  with  many  ovules ;  seeds  apterous  or  winged,  without  albumen. — They 
are  found  both  in  temperate  and  tropical  parts  of  the  world.  /Many  of  them  secrete  Tan- 
nin, some  Colouring  matter,  and  a  few  a  little  Volatile  Oil. 

LYTHRUM  SALICARIA,  Linn.     Herba,  D.     Herb  of  Purple  Loosestrife. 
Dodecandria  Monog.  Linn. 

This  plant  is  indigenous  over  all  parts  of  Europe,  &c.,  in  wet 
places  and  banks  of  ditches. 

Stem  2 — 4  feet  high,  quadrangular ;  leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  lanceolate  from  a  cor- 

*  Dr.  Budd,  Physician  of  King's  College  Hospital,  informs  the  author  that  he  has  often 
prescribed  the  bark  of  the  root  of  Pomegranate,  and  that  he  considers  it  as  efficacious  as 
Turpentine,  and  much  safer,  producing  only  a  feeling  of  weight  in  the  stomach  or  nausea, 
apparently  only  from  the  quantity  taken.  Dr.  Budd  insists,  as  some  others  have  done, 
upon  the  fresh  root  only  being  employed. 


396  COLOCYNTHIS.  (Calyciflora. 

date  base,  varying  in  length,  nearly  smooth.  Flowers  in  whorls  on  a  leafy  spike.  Bracts 
O.  Calyx  tubular,  with  8  to  12  teeth,  erect,  twice  as  long  as  the  other.  Petals  6,  alter- 
nating with  these.  Stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  alternately  shorter,  in- 
serted  into  the  base  of  the  calyx.  Style  filiform.  Stigma  capitate.  Capsule  oblong, 
covered  by  the  calyx,  2-celled,  many-seeded.  —  E.  B.  1061. 

This  plant,  so  showy  from  its  long  spikes  of  purple  flowers,  has 
little  activity,  though  it  contains  some  Tannin.  It  is  without  odour, 
and  has  a  mucilaginous  and  moderately  astringent  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Gentle  Astringent.  Occasionally  prescribed  in  Dys- 
entery in  doses  of  3j.  —  3ij.  or  in  infusion. 

CUCURBITACE.E,  Juss.     Gourd  Family. 

Annual  or  perennial  succulent  herbs,  climbing  with  tendrils.  Leaves  alternate,  pal- 
mate, more  or  less  rough.  Flowers  usually  unisexual.  Calyx  with  its  tube  united  to  the 
ovary,  limb  5-parted.  Corolla  usually  so  closely  united  with  the  calyx  as  to  appear  a 
continuation  of  it,  limb  5-parted  with  reticulated  veins.  (Male}  Stamens  5,  free  or  united 
in  pairs,  with  the  fifth  remaining  free.  Anthers  sinuose.  (Female)  Ovary  3  —  5  celled, 
or  spuriously  1-celled,  with  numerous  ovules,  placentae  parietal.  Style  1.  Stigma  thick 
and  lobed.  Fruit  or  pepo  usually  fleshy,  crowned  by  the  remains  of  the  calyx,  and  from 
the  partitions  becoming  pulpy,  1-celled.  Seeds  flat,  with  a  membranous  or  horny  integu- 
ment, often  thickened  at  the  margin.  Embryo  without  albumen.  Cotyledons  leaflike. 

The  Cucurbitacece  abound  chiefly  in  warm  parts  of  the  world,  but  a  few  are  found  in 
temperate  climates.  A  bitter,  often  purgative,  principle  is  secreted  by  many  of  them  ; 
several  by  cultivation  yield  edible  fruit,  but  even  in  these  the  rind  continues  bitter.  The 
seeds  contain  much  bland  fixed  oil. 

COLOCYNTHIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Peponum  Pulpa  exsiccata,  L.  D. 
Pulp  of  the  Fruit,  E.  CUCUMIS,  Linn,  (now  CITE.ULLUS)  COLOCYN- 
THIS, Colocynth.  Monascia  Monadelphia,  Linn. 


The  Colocynth  (xoXuxuvSis  of  the  Greeks  and  Hunzal  of  the  Arabs) 
has  been  used  in  medicine  from  the  earliest  times,  and  is  one  of  the 
plants  supposed  to  be  the  Pakyoth  or  wild  gourd  of  Scripture. 

Citrullus  (Cucumis,  Linn.)  Colocynthis. 

Annual  Herb.  Roots  thick,  whitish.  Stems  procumbent,  angular,  hispid.  Leaves 
cordate-ovate,  divided  into  many  lobes  ;  lobes  obtuse  (but  rather  acute  in  the  Linnaean 

specimen,  and  as  repre- 

Y\rr.  66.  sented  by  St.  and  Ch. 

iii.  t.  138,  from  a  plant 
grown  in  Chelsea  Gar- 
den from  seed  sent  from 
the  Mediterranean,  and 
from  which  fig.  66  is 
taken),  of  a  bright  green 
on  the  upper  surface, 
whitish  below,  and  mu- 
ricated,  from  being  co- 
vered with  small  white 
hairs  and  often  hair- 
bearing  tubercles.  Pe- 
tioles as  long  as  the  la- 
mina. Tendrils  short. 
Flowers  axillary,  soli- 
tary, stalked.  Calyx 
with  5  subulate  seg- 
ments.  Female  flowers 
with  the  tube  of  the  ca- 


Cucitrbitacece.]  COLOCYNTH.  397 

lyx  globose,  and  somewhat  hispid,  the  limb  campanulate,  with  narrow  segments.  Petals 
small,  yellow,  with  greenish  reins,  scarcely  adherent  to  each  other  and  to  the  calyx. 
Fruit  globose,  smooth,  about  the  size  of  an  orange,  with  a  thin  but  dense  rind,  6-celled, 
pulp  very  bitter.  Seeds  ovate,  not  marginate,  whitish,  sometimes  brownish,  bitter. — 
Extending  from  the  south  of  Europe  to  Syria  and  the  south  of  India,*  north  of  Africa, 
Egypt,  and  Nubia.  It  is  possible  that  in  some  of  the  localities  usually  cited,  some  nearly 
allied  species  may  be  found  instead  of  the  true  Colocynth. 

Colocynth  is  imported  in  two  forms.  1.  Unpeeled,  from  Mogadore, 
in  its  entire  state,  and  covered  by  its  hard  yellow  rind.  2.  Peeled, 
from  the  Levant,  North  of  Africa,  and  South  of  Spain ;  with  the  rind 
peeled  or  pared  oft*,  and  the  pulp  dried,  when  the  fruit  is  ripe.  It  then 
appears  in  the  shape  of  white  balls,  which  are  light,  porous,  and 
spongy,  but  tough,  usually  with  the  seeds  forming  about  I  of  the 
whole  weight.  The  smaller  variety  of  fruit  is  considered  the  best, 
and  is  sometimes  imported  with  the  seeds  removed.  This  is  always 
required  to  be  done  before  any  preparations  can  be  made.  The  seeds 
are  bitter ;  but  a  good  deal  of  the  bitterness  may  be  removed  by  re- 
peated washings  in  water.  The  pulp  is  without  odour,  but  is  nau- 
seously and  permanently  bitter.  It  is  with  difficulty  reduced  to  pow- 
der (Poudre  de  Coloquinte),  and  may  therefore  with  a  magnifier  be 
seen  in  pills  which  have  been  made  up  with  the  pulp  instead  of  from 
the  Extract.  Both  water  and  Alcohol  extract  its  active  properties. 
Analyzed  by  Meisner,  the  pulp  was  found  to  contain  of  Fixed  Oil 
4-2,  Bitter  Resin,  13-2,  Bitter  Principle  (Colocynthiri)  14-4,  Extractive 
10,  Gummy  matters  30,  Phosphate  of  Lime  and  Magnesia,  5-7,  Lig- 
nin  19-2.  The  Colocynthin  is  not,  however,  a  pure  vegetable  prin- 
ciple. Examined  by  Herberger  and  Braconnot,  it  was  of  a  reddish- 
yellow  colour  in  mass,  but  yellow  when  in  powder,  transparent  and 
friable,  excessively  bitter,  burning  like  resins,  soluble  in  five  parts  of 
cold  and  in  less  boiling  water ;  equally  soluble  both  in  Alcohol  and 
Ether.  Acids  and  the  deliquescent  salts  precipitate  it  as  a  coherent 
and  viscid  mass  ;  alkalies  do  not  precipitate  it,  neither  does  Gall-nut 
when  it  is  quite  pure.  It  contains  Nitrogen,  and,  according  to  Bra- 
connot, restores  the  colour  of  Litmus  reddened  by  acid.  (Soubeiran.) 

Action.  Uses.  Colocynth  is  a  powerful  Hydrogogue  Cathartic,  but 
an  irritant  Poison  in  large  doses. 

EXTRACTUM  COLOCYNTHIDIS  (SIMPLEX,  D.)  L.  E.     Colocynth  Extract. 

Prep.  Boil  gently  for  6  hours  dried  pulp  of  Colocynth,  ftj.  in  Aq.  dest.  Cij.  (Cj.  till 
reduced  to  ftiv.  by  measure,  D.),  occasionally  replacing  the  evaporated  water  with  Aq. 
dest.  While  hot,  strain  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence. — From  45  to  65  per  cent, 
of  Extract  are  obtained.  The  D.  C.  order  too  little  water.  (Phillips.} 

*  Found  in  various  parts  of  India,  as  on  the  sandy  lands  of  Coromandel  (Roxburgh), 
Peninsula  ( Wight),  Deccan  (Col.  Sykes),  sea-shores  of  Guzerat  (Gibson),  Kaira  (Burns), 
near  Delhi  (Mackintosh  and  Rankiri),  in  Bengal  Dispensatory  also  (Falconer).  The 
author  had  heard  of  it  in  this  direction,  but  on  sending  for  Jndrayun  and  Bisloombha 
plants,  which  are  Arabian  and  Indian  names  for  the  Colocynth,  a  nearly  allied  spe- 
cies,  with  oval  instead  of  globular  fruit,  was  obtained.  This  he  named  C.  Pseudo-Colo- 
cynthis,  and  figured  (Himal.  Bot.  t.  47,  fig.  2).  A  good  supply  of  Colocynth  may  there- 
fore be  obtained  for  the  public  service  or  for  commerce,  from  India,  whence  it  has  some- 
times been  imported. 


398  ELATERIUM.  [Calyciflora. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  but  seldom  prescribed  alone,  though  it 
may  be  so,  in  doses  of  gr.  v.  to  9j. 

ExTRACTUM  CoLOCYNTHIDIS  CoMPOSITUM,  L.  D.   (U.  S.)       Compound  Co- 

locynth  Extract. 

Prep.  Macerate  Colocynth  pulp  in  small  pieces  3vj.  in  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  with  a  gentle 
heat  for  4  days.  Filter,  and  add  purified  Extract  of  Aloes  (hepatic,  D.)  3xij.  Scammnny 
in  pieces  3iv.  Soap  (hard,  D.)  3iij.  •  Evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence,  and  towards  the 
end  add  Cardamoms  powdered  3j. 

Action.  Uses.  As  Colocynth  taken  alone  is  much  more  griping 
and  irritating  than  when  prescribed  with  other  Cathartics,  the  Com- 
pound Extract  or  Pill  is  a  safe  and  energetic  purgative,  and  probably 
more  frequently  prescribed  than  any  other.  The  addition  of  a  little 
Calomel  makes  it  still  more  useful. 

PILULE  COLOCYNTHIDIS,  E.  D.     Compound  Colocynth  Pill. 

Prep.  Pulverize  together  Socotrine  (Hepatic,  D.)  Aloes  (3j.  D.)  8  parts,  Scammony  (3j. 
D.)  8  parts,  Sulphate  of  Potash  (3j.  D.)  1  part.  Mix  them  with  finely  powdered  Colo- 
cynth 4  parts  (3ss.  D ),  add  Oil  of  Cloves  (3j.  D.)  1  part,  and  take  Rectified  Spirit  (Syrup, 
D.)  q.  s.  to  beat  the  whole  into  a  proper  pill  mass.  Divide  into  5  gr.  pills. — Dr.  Christi- 
son  states  that  nothing  keeps  the  pill  so  long  soft  as  Spirit 

Action.  Uses.  Nearly  the  same  as  the  foregoing,  but  more  eligible 
for  prescription  from  its  constituents,  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  xv. 

PILULJE  COLOCYNTHIDIS  ET  HYOSCYAMI,  E.  Colocynth  and  Henbane 
Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  together  Colocynth  Pill  mass  2  parts.  Extract  of  Henbane,  1  part,  adding, 
if  necessary,  a  few  drops  of  Rectified  Spirit.  Divide  into  5  gr.  pills,  of  which  one  to 
three  form  a  dose. 

Action.  Uses.  The  addition  of  the  Henbane  deprives  the  pill  of  its 
tendency  to  gripe  and  irritate,  and  therefore  makes  this  form  appli- 
cable to  all  the  same  cases  as  the  above. 

ENEMA  COLOCYNTHIDIS,  L.     Colocynth  Enema. 

Prep.    Mix  and  rub  together  Compound  Extract  of  Colocynth  9ij.  Soft  Soap  3j.  Aq.  Oj. 

Action.  Uses.    Cathartic  Enema  in  obstinate  constipation. 

A  Tincture  and  a  Wine  of  Colocynth  are  employed  sometimes  on 
the  Continent.  A  little  of  the  former,  or  9j.  of  the  powder,  mixed 
with  lard,  and  rubbed  on  the  abdomen,  will  sometimes  produce  full 
cathartic  effect. 

ELATERIUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Pepones  (Fructus,  D.)  recentes,  L. 
The  Fresh  Gourd.  Fsecula,  D.  Feculence  of  the  Juice  of  the 
Fruit,  E.  Folia,  D.  Momordica  Elaterium,  Linn.  Squirting 
Cucumber. 

This  plant  was  known  to  the  Greeks,  and  called  2ixu?  aygio?,  and 
sometimes  also  EXamgiov,  a  name  which  was  also  applied  to  the  fecu: 


Cucurbitacea.] 


ELATERIUM. 


399 


Fig.  67. 


lence  of  the  juice  of  its  fruit.  By  Richard  it  has  been  formed  into  a 
genus  ECBALIUM,  and  the  species  called  E.  Elaterium.  (E.  agreste 
Rchd.) 

Annual,  with  hispid,  scabrous  trailing  stems,  which  are  glaucous  and  without  tendrils. 
Leaves  cordate,  somewhat  lobed,  crenately-toothed,  very  rugose,  on  long  bristly  stalks. 
Flowers  monoecious,  cf  Calyx  5-toothed.  Corolla  yellow,  5-parted.  Stamens  triadel- 
phou?,  with  connate  anthers.  $  Filaments  3,  sterile.  Style  trifid.  Stigmas  bifid.  Ovary 
3-celled,  with  many  ovules.  The  fruit  ovate,  1 J  inch  long,  muricated,  when  mature,  be- 
ing freed  from  its  petiole,  and  contracting  with  elasticity,  it  forcibly  projects  the  juice 
and  seeds  from  a  basilary  orifice.  Seeds  of  a  brown  colour,  compressed,  reticulate. — A 
native  of  the  south  of  Europe,  cultivated  in  England. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  272.  St.  and 
Ch.  i.  34. 

Ecbalium  (Momordica,  Linn.)  Elaterium.  Rich. 

Elaterium  is  the  feculence  deposited  from  the  juice  of  the  fruit, 
when  separated  and  allowed  to  stand.  Dr.  Clutterbuck  proved  that 
it  is  contained  only  in  the 
juice  around  the  seeds, 
which  is  of  a  gelatinous 
consistence.  The  rest  of 
the  fruit  is  comparatively 
inert.  When  the  fruit  is 
sliced  and  placed  upon  a 
sieve,  a  limpid  and  colour- 
less juice  flows  out,  which 
after  a  time  becomes  tur- 
bid, and  then  deposits  a  se- 
diment. This,  when  dried, 
is  light  and  pulverulent,  of 
a  light  yellowish-white  co- 
lour tinged  with  green,  and 
is  genuine  Elaterium,  of 
which  Dr.  C.  obtained  only 
6  grains  from  40  of  these 

Cucumbers ;  and  found  |  of  a  grain  to  produce  powerful  cathartic 
effects.  In  conformity  to  these  experiments  is  the  method  now 
adopted  for  obtaining  Elaterium.  The  processes  of  the  three  Col- 
leges are  nearly  the  same,  though  that  of  the  E.  P.  is  the  best ;  be- 
cause if  only  the  quite  ripe  fruit  is  collected,  the  greater  part  of  the 
active  principle  would  in  most  cases  be  expelled  by  the  peculiar  me- 
thod in  which  this  plant  discharges  its  seeds. 

ELATERIUM,  E.     EXTRACTUM  ELATERII,  L.  D.     Elaterium,  improperly 
called  an  Extract. 

Prep.  Take  of  the  Fruit  of  Momordica  Elaterium  before  it  is  quite  ripe  (when  ripe,  L- 
D.)  any  convenient  quantity.  Cut  the  fruit  and  express  the  juice  gently  through  a  (very, 
L.)  fine  sieve.  Allow  the  liquid  to  rest  (for  some  hours,  L.  D.)  till  it  becomes  pretty 
clear.  Pour  off  the  supernatant  liquid,  which  may  be  thrown  away,  and  dry  the  fecu- 
lence with  a  gentle  heat.  (See  Pereira's  Materia  Med.  for  greater  details.) 

Tests.  Colour  pale  gray ;  when  exhausted  by  rectified  Spirit,  the 
solution  concentrated,  and  poured  into  hot  diluted  Liquor  Potassse, 


400  UMBELLIFER.E.  [Calyciflorcs. 

deposits  on  cooling  minute,  silky  colourless  crystals  weighing  from  a 
seventh  to  a  ninth  of  the  Elaterium,  E.  The  Spirit  dissolves  the  ac- 
tive principle  (Elaterin)  with  Chlorophyll:  the  latter  is  retained. 

Elaterium  is  in  thin  cakes  of  a  pale-gray  or  of  a  greenish-gray  co- 
lour, often  marked  by  the  substance  upon  which  it  has  been  dried ; 
light  and  friable,  with  little  odour,  but  with  an  acrid  and  bitter  taste, 
which  is  possessed  by  other  parts  of  the  plant,  as  the  Leaves,  which, 
though  officinal  in  the  D.  P.,  are  seldom  employed  medicinally.  An 
inferior  kind  is  also  met  with,  which  is  more  compact,  and  of  a  darker 
colour,  either  brownish  or  of  an  olive-green.  This  is  probably  pre- 
pared by  expressing  the  whole  juice,  and  then  evaporating  to  dry  ness. 
Dr.  Pereira  describes  Maltese  Elaterium  as  in  larger  flakes,  and  of  a 
paler  colour,  often  chalky,  sometimes  mixed  with  Starch,  hence  effer- 
vescing with  acids,  and  becoming  blue  with  Iodine.  Elaterium, 
carefully  prepared,  consists  only  of  the  feculence  deposited  when  the 
juice  has  been  exposed,  and  some  change  is  supposed  to  take  place 
from  the  influence  of  the  air.  Alcohol  is  its  best  menstruum,  dis- 
solving from  50  to  60  per  cent,  of  good  Elaterium.  It  was  first 
analyzed  by  Dr.  Paris,  who  discovered  an  active  principle  which  he 
named  Elatin.  This  was  found  by  Mr.  Morris  of  Edinburgh,  and 
by  the  late  Mr.  Hennel,  to  be  composed  of  a  peculiar  principle,  Ela- 
terin, and  of  a  green  Resin.  Elaterium  also  contains  Bitter  matter, 
Starch,  Woody  fibre,  and  Saline  matters ;  but  the  proportion  of  Ela- 
terin is  very  variable,  from  15  to  25,  in  different  specimens,  accord- 
ing probably  to  the  method  of  preparation  and  the  goodness  of  the 
fruit.  Elaterin  may  be  obtained  by  the  E.  P.  process  for  ascertaining 
the  purity  of  Elaterium. 

Dr.  Christison,  who  states  he  witnessed  the  experiments  of  Mr. 
Morris  Stirling,  describes  Elaterin  as  consisting  of  very  delicate  co- 
lourless, striated,  satiny,  prismatic  crystals,  with  a  rhombic  base,  per- 
manent in  the  air,  without  odour,  but  of  an  intensely  bitter  and  some- 
what acrid  taste.  It  fuses  a  little  above  212°,  and  by  a  strong  heat 
is  decomposed  with  the  evolution  of  ammoniacal  smoke.  It  is  soluble 
in  rectified  Spirit,  Ether,  fixed  oils,  and  weak  acids,  but  not  in  water 
or  weak  alkalies. 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  Hydrogogue  Cathartic;  apt  to  create 
nausea  and  vomiting,  and  in  larger  doses  will  act  as  an  irritant  poison, 
producing  inflammation  of  the  intestinal  canal.  Useful  from  procur- 
ing copious  watery  evacuations  in  Dropsy,  and  as  a  revulsive  in  Ce- 
rebral affections. 

D.  Good  Elaterium  will  act  effectually  in  doses  of  ^  or  even  TV  of 
a  grain ;  but  being  generally  inferior,  gr.  ss. — gr.  j.  or  more,  is  pre- 
scribed every  other  day  with  a  bitter  Extract.  Elaterin  dissolved  in 
Rectified  Spirit  may  be  given  in  TV  grain  doses. 

UMBELLIFER-E,  Juss.    Umbellifers.     Pentand  Digyn.     Linn. 

Herbaceous  annuals,  or  with  perennial  root-stocks,  having  round  often  furrowed  fistular 
stems.  Leaves  simple,  most  frequently  deeply  cut,  with  petioles  sheathing  at  the  base. 
Flowers  complete,  sometimes  unisexual,  white,  purplish,  or  yellow,  the  external  one  some- 
times rayed  in  umbels  (fig.  72),  often  supported  by  involucres  and  involucels.  Calyx 


UmbellifercB.] 


C  A  R  U  M. 


401 


Fig.  68. 


(68  E  o)  adherent  to  the  ovary, 
limb  superior,  entire  5-toothed,  or 
5-parted,  sometimes  wanting.  Pe- 
tals (E.  p.)  5,  entire,  or  2-lobed, 
sometimes  inflected  at  the  point, 
inserted  on  the  outside  of  the 
disk,  which,  invests  the  upper  part 
of  the  tube  of  the  calyx  and 
crowns  the  top  of  the  ovary, 
subimbricate  or  valvate  in  aesti- 
vation Stamens  (E.  e.),  5  inserted 
with  the  petals,  and  alternating 
with  them,  replicate  in  aestivation. 
Ovary  inferior,  2-celled,  each  with 
a  single  pendulous  ovule.  Styles 
2  (s),  distinct,  with  the  base 
thickened  into  a  stylopodium 
which  covers  the  top  of  the  ovary 
(and  thus  forms  an  epigynous 
disk),  diverging  at  top,  one  to- 
wards the  centre,  and  the  other 
towards  the  circumference  of  the 
umbel.  Fruit  (A.  D.)  usually 
crowned  by  the  limb  of  the  calyx 
and  the  two  persistent  styles, 
formed  of  two  carpel-like  bodies 
(which  are  called  mericarps,  or 
half- fruits,)  and  each  has  one-half 
of  the  calyx  attached  to  it,  ad- 
hering to  each  other  by  one  side  (commissure},  separable  and  pendulous  from  the  filiform 
but  double  central  column  (carpophore,  70. 12),  and  externally  marked  each  with  5  primary 
(68  A.),  sometimes  with  4  secondary  ridges,  which  are  separated  by  channels  or  valleculte, 
below  which  are  usually  placed  the  viltte  (71.  6)  or  receptacles  of  volatile  oil.  Seed  (D. 
e.  p.}  solitary,  single  in  each,  inverse  closely  united  to  the  pericarp,  seldom  free.  Embryo 
straight,  short,  at  the  base  of  a  horny  albumen,  which  is  either  flat  or  curved  inwards. 

The  Umbelli ferae  are  allied  to  Araliaceae  and  to  Saxifrages,  also  to 
Ranunculaceae,  and  likewise  to  Cornege.  They  are  natives  chiefly  of 
the  northern  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  many  of  them  in  the 
Persian  region  and  in  the  Himalayan  mountains.  Volatile  Oil  is  the 
chief  secretion  of  this  family,  and  abounding  much  in  the  fruits  com- 
monly called  seeds.  These  are  frequently  employed  as  Carminatives. 
When  it  is  diffused  through  the  herbaceous  parts,  the  plants  are  em- 
ployed as  culinary  herbs.  A  Gum-resin  exudes  from  some  of  them 
in  the  warm  and  dry  Persian  region,  while  others,  growing  chiefly  in 
moist  situations,  are  possessed  of  poisonous  properties.  These  may 
be  distinguished  from  the  wholesome  species  by  the  absence  of  the 
aromatic  odour. 


68.  Daucus  Carota,  v.  p.  416.  c.  Plan  of  the  flower. 
B.  Flower  seen  from  above,  g.  e.  Disk.  E.  Vertical  sec- 
tion of  the  flower,  p.  Petals,  e.  Stamens,  o.  Ovary  ad- 
herent to  the  calyx,  s.  Styles  and  stigma,  g.  e.  Disk.  D. 
Vertical  section  of  the  fruit.  /.  Pericarp,  o.  Seed.  p.  Al- 
bumen. «.  Embryo.  A.  Horizontal  section  of  the  fruit: 
primary  ridges  projecting  into  prickles,  and  alternating 
with  the  bristly  secondary  ridges. 


Tribe  Amminece.     Fruit  laterally  compressed  or  didymous. 

CARUM  CARTJI,  Linn.  D.     (CARUM,  U.  S.)     Fructus,  L.  E.     Semina, 
D.     Common  Caraway. 

Caraway  was  known  to  the  Greeks,  being  a  native  of  most  parts 
of  Europe. 

Biennial,  about  2  feet  high.  Root  fusiform.  Leaves  bipinnate.  Leaflets  cut  into 
linear  segments.  Involucre  wanting,  or  of  one  leaf.  Involucel  none.  Cal.  obsolete.  Pet. 
obcordate,  with  a  narrow  acute  inflexed  point.  Fruit  aromatic,  oblong,  a  little  curved, 
brownish-coloured.  Carpels  with  5  filiform  ridges.  Interstices  with  si»g%  vitte. — Sty- 
lopodium depressed. — Meadows  and  pastures :  cultivated  in  Essex.  E.  B.  t.  395. 

26 


402  A  N  I  S  U  M.  [CalyciftorcR. 

The  fruits  of  the  Caraway,  or  Seeds,  as  they  are  commonly  call- 
ed, have  a  pleasant  odour  and  a  warm  aromatic  taste,  owing  to  the 
presence  of  about  5  per  cent  of  Volatile  Oil,  which  may  be  dissolved 
by  Alcohol  or  distilled  off  with  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Carminative,  much  used  in  Confectionary. 
Its  Oil  and  Spirit  as  Corrective  Adjuncts,  the  water  as  a  vehicle. 

OLEUM  CARUI,  L.  E.  D.     Oil  of  Caraway. 

Obtained  by  distilling  with  Aq.  the  (bruised,  E.)  fruit  of  Carum  Carui. 

SPIRITUS  CARUI,  L.  E.  D.     Spirit  of  Caraway. 

Take  bruised  Caraways  3xxij.  (ftss.  E.  ftj.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  (Ovij.  E.)  Aq.  Oij.  L. 
(q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma,  D.)  Mix.  (Macerate  for  two  days  (24  hours,  D.)  in  a  cover- 
ed vessel,  add  Aq.)  Ojss.  E.)  with  gentle  heat,  L.  Distil  Cj.  (Ovij.  E.) 

AQUA  CARUI,  L.  E.  D.     Caraway  water. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Caraway  Seeds  ftj.  pour  on  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma. 
Distil  Cj.  Same  as  Aq.  Anethi,  L. 

PIMPINELLA  ANISUM,  L.  E.  D.     Fruit  of  Pimpinella  Anisum.     (Ani- 
sum,  U.  S.)     Anise. 

Anise  (avitfov)  being  a  native  of  the  Grecian  Archipelago,  was  well 
known  to  the  ancients. 

Stem  about  a  foot  high,  smooth.  Radical  leaves  heart-shaped,  rather  roundish,  lobed, 
incised ;  stem  leaves  biternate.  Segments  linear,  lanceolate,  rather  wedge-shaped,  acu- 
minate. Umbels  on  long  stalks,  many-rayed  without  involucres.  Flowers  small,  white. 
Calyx  obsolete.  Petals  obcordate,  with  an  inflexed  point.  Fruit  ovate,  1J  line  long, 
covered  with  a  few  scattered  hairs.  Carpels  with  5  filiform  equal  ridges.  Interstices 
with  3  or  more  vittce.  Stylopodium  tumid.  Styles  of  the  fruit  recurved. — (Nees  and 
Eberm.  275.) 

The  fruit,  commonly  called  Aniseed,  is  ovoid,  of  a  greenish-gray 
colour,  and  slightly  downy;  the  taste  is  warm,  sweetish,  and  aroma- 
tic ;  the  odour  penetrating  but  agreeable,  in  both  resembling  the  Star- 
anise  (p.  247).  It  is  cultivated  in  Malta  and  the  South  of  Spain,  and 
also  in  Germany.  The  kernel  contains  3-5  per  cent,  of  fixed  oil,  and 
the  inner  firmly-adhering  seed-coat  about  3  per  cent,  of  Volatile  Oil 
of  Anise,  on  which  its  properties  chiefly  depend. 

Action.  Uses.  Agreeable  Carminative,  and  much  used  for  flavour- 
ing condiments. 

OLEUM  ANISI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Oil  of  Anise. 

This,  obtained  by  distillation  with  water  from  Aniseed,  is  of  a 
bright  yellow  colour.  It  has  the  strong  odour  and  taste  of  Anise. 
Much  is  imported  from  abroad ;  but  that  which  is  said  to  come  from 
the  East  Indies  is  probably  produced  by  some  other  plant.  It  soli- 
difies very  readily  at  50°,  from  containing  a  large  proportion  of 
Stearoptene. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Aromatic,  Stomachic.  In  flatulent  Colic, 
in  doses  of  n*v. — rftxv. 

SPIRITUS  Aiftsi,  L.  (COMPOSITUS,)  D.     Spirit  of  Anise. 

Prep.  Mix  bruised  Anise  3x.  (and  bruised  seeds  of  Angelica  aa  fcss.  D.)    Proof  Siritp 


Umbelliferai.]  F.    DULCE.      ANGELICA.  403 

Cj.  and  Aq.  Oij.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma.    Macerate  for  24  hours,  D.)  with  gentle 
heat,  L.    Distil  Cj. 

Tribe  Seselinece.     Section  of  the  fruit  rounded  or  roundish. 

FffiNICULUM    VULGARE,   GcETtn.    Dec.  L.  (FffiNICULUM,  U.  S.)       F.  OFFICI- 

NALE,  ML  E.  (Anethum  Fasniculum,  Linn.),  D.     Common  Fennel. 

Fennel  being  found  all  over  Europe,  was  known  to  the  Greeks,  and 
called  fjux£aSgov. 

Biennial.  Stems  3 — 4  feet  high,  roundish  at  the  base,  filled  with  pith.  Leaves  de- 
compound. Segments  capillary  and  elongated.  Involucre  wanting.  Umbels  large,  of  13 
to  20  rays,  many  concave.  Calyx  obsolete.  Petals  yellow,  roundish,  entire,  with  a  broad, 
obtuse,  inflexed  lobe.  Fruit  oblong,  "scarcely  2  lines  long,  oval,  of  a  dark  or  blackish 
aspect."  (p.)  Carpels  with  5  perennial  obtusely-keeled  ridges.  Interstices  with  single 
vittae.  Stylopodiurn  conical. — Sandy  and  rocky  ground,  particularly  near  the  sea. — E. 
B.  1208. 

The  fruit  of  wild  Fennel,  or  seed,  has  a  strong,  rather  disagreeable 
odour,  and  an  aromatic  but  acrid  taste.  Its  properties  depend  upon 
a  Volatile  Oil  of  a  pale  yellow  colour.  Dr.  Pereira  has  remarked 
that  this  species  is  not  employed  in  medicine,  and  that  the  Colleges 
err  in  quoting  it ;  but  as  decoction  of  Fennel  seeds  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed as  an  Enema  in  the  flatulent  colic  of  children,  those  of  the 
wild  plant  are  well  suited  for  this  purpose.  But  for  internal  exhibi- 
tion, the  Sweet  Fennel  is  alone  eligible.  Some  botanists  consider 
this  only  as  the  cultivated  variety  of  the  Fo3niculum  vulgare ;  but 
others  account  it  a  distinct  species. 

F(ENicuLUM  DULCE.  C.  Bauh.  Dec.     Sweet  Fennel. 

Stem  somewhat  compressed  at  the  base.  Radical  leaves  somewhat  distichous.  Seg- 
ments capillary,  elongated.  Umbels  of  6  to  8  rays.  Dec.  %This  is,  moreover,  a  smaller 
plant,  and  an  annual ;  but  its  fruit  is  much  larger,  some  nearly  5  lines  in  length,  less 
compressed,  somewhat  curved  and  paler,  with  a  greenish  tinge. — A  native  of  the  south  of 
Europe,  cultivated  in  gardens  as  a  pot-herb  and  for  garnishing  (Finnochio  dulce,  turioni- 
bus  edulibus).  Dr.  Pereira  long  since  favoured  the  author  with  the  two  kinds ;  the  more 
agreeable  taste  and  odour  of  this  kind  are,  as  he  describes,  very  decided.  Care  therefore, 
must  be  taken  in  determining  which  kind  of  fruit  is  used  in  the  following  preparations. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Carminative.  Sometimes  used  in  Flatulent 
Colic. 

OLEUM  FOENICULI,  (E.)  DULCIS,  D.     Oil  of  Sweet  Fennel. 

Prep.  Distil  the  (bruised,  E.)  fruit  of  Fceniculum  dulce  E.  D.  with  Aq. 

AQUA  F<ENICULI,  E.  D.     Fennel  Water. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  seeds  of  Faeniculum  dulce  ftj.  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma. 
Distil  Cj.  Take  Fennel  and  prepare  as  Aq.  Anethi,  E. 

Tribe  Angelicece.     Fruit    much   and  dorsally  compressed,  with   a 
double  wing  on  each  side. 

ARCHANGELICA   OFFICINALIS,  Hqffm.  (Angelica   Archangelica,    Linn.) 
E.  D.     Root,  E.     Semina,  D.     Garden  Angelica. 

This  plant  has  long  been  employed  in  medicine ;  but  is  a  doubtful 
native  of  this  country. 


404  A  N  E  T  H  U  M.  [Calyciflorce. 

A  biennial  plant  Root  large,  pungently  aromatic.  Stem  3  or  5  feet  high,  hollow, 
striated,  rather  glaucous.  Foliage,  stalks  and  even  flowers  of  a  bright  green.  Leaves  2 
or  3  feet  wide,  bipinnated  or  biternate.  Leaflets  ovate,  lanceolate,  sharply  and  closely 
serrated,  all  sessile,  partly  decurrent,  terminal  one  trifid.  Petioles  much  dilated  at  the 
base.  Umbels  terminal,  globular,  with  dense  secondary  umbels.  Involucre  of  2  or  3 
linear  bracts,  secondary  one  of  about  8  linear  lanceolate  bracts.  Calyx  minutely  5-toothed. 
Petals  ovate,  entire,  acuminate,  incurved.  Fruit  nucleated.  Carpels  or  half-fruits  with 
3  dorsal  thick-keeled  ridges  and  2  marginal  ridges  dilated  into  broad  wings.  Inter- 
stices without  vittte.  Seed  free,  with  numerous  vittte. — Native  of  watery  places  in  the 
northern  parts  of  Europe.— E.  B.  t.  2561.  Nees  and  Eberm.  279—80. 

The  whole  plant  when  bruised  diffuses  a  strong  and  rather  grateful 
odour.  The  root,  when  wounded  in  the  spring,  exudes  an  odorous 
yellow  juice ;  when  dried,  the  root  is  wrinkled,  of  a  grayish-brown 
externally,  and  white  in  the  inside,  has  a  warm  and  bitterish  taste. 
The  stem  and  leaf-stalks,  cut  in  May,  when  they  are  tender,  are  made 
into  a  preserve  with  Sugar.  The  fruits  have  the  same  odour  and 
taste,  depending  on  the  presence  of  a  Volatile  Oil  and  of  a  Resin,  as 
well  as  of  a  Bitter  Extractive.  The  other  ingredients  of  the  root  are 
Gum,  Starch,  water,  and  woody  fibre.  "  The  best  way  to  preserve  it, 
is  to  pulverize  it,  and  to  pack  the  powder  firmly  in  bottles."  (c.) 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant,  but  little  used  ;  Stomachic.  An 
infusion  of  the  Root  or  Fruits  (3ij. — Aq.  Oj.)  may  be  given.  The 
Fruits  form  an  ingredient  of  the  Spir.  Anisi  Comp.  D. 

Tribe  Pencedanece.  Fruit  much  and  dorsally  compressed,  with  a 
single  wing  on  each  side,  which  is  flat  or  thickened  towards  the 
edge. 

ANETHUM,  L.  Fructus,  L.  Fruit,  E.  of  ANETHUM  GRAVEOLENS.  Linn. 
Common  Dill. 

Dill  (av7]Sov),  a  nativ^of  the  south  of  Europe  and  of  the  Oriental 
region,  was  well  known  to  the  ancients. 

Annual,  1  to  2  feet  high,  every  part  smooth  and  glaucous,  stem  finely  striated.  Leaves 
tripinnated,  with  fine  capillary  segments  like  those  of  the  Fennel,  petioles  broad  and 
sheathing  at  the  base.  Umbels  long-stalked  without  general  or  partial  involucres.  Calyx 
margin  obsolete.  Petals  varnished,  yellow,  roundish,  entire,  involute.  Fruit  lenticular, 
flat,  of  a  bright  brown  colour  on  the  rather  convex  back,  surrounded  by  a  pale  membra- 
nous margin.  Carpels  or  half  fruits  with  equidistant  filiform  ridges,  the  3  dorsal  acutely 
keeled,  the  3  lateral  more  obsolete,  and  passing  into  the  margin.  Vittte  broad,  solitary, 
filling  the  whole  channels,  2  on  the  circumference. — Much  cultivated  in  the  East,  but  also 
in  this  country. — St.  and  Ch.  iii.  t.  137. 

The  flattened  elliptical  fruits,  commonly  called  seeds  of  the  Dill, 
with  their  brown  and  slightly  convex  'backs  and  pale  membra- 
nous margin,  are  easily  distinguished  from  the  other  officinal  fruits. 
Both  the  plant  and  the  fruit  are  much  used  in  the  East  as  condiments 
and  articles  of  diet.  The  plant  is  hence  mentioned  in  the  New  Tes- 
tament among  the  things  tithed ;  but  it  is  translated  Anise.  The  car- 
pels have  a  bitter  but  aromatic  taste,  owing  to  the  presence  of  vola- 
tile oil  which  is  stored  up  in  the  vittee,  making  them  useful  as  Carmi- 
natives. 

OLEUM  ANETHI,  E.     Oil  of  Dill. 

Prep.  Distil  with  Aq.  bruised  fruit  of  Anethum  graveolens. 


Umbellifera:.]  OPOPANAX.      SAGAPENUM.  405 

Action.  Uses.  Odour  and  taste  aromatic.  Used  for  making  Aqua 
Anethi.  Carminative  in  doses  of  fl%v. 

AQUA  ANETHI,  L.  E.     Dill  Water. 

Prep.  Mix  bruised  Dili  seeds  ftjss.  (3xviij.  E.)  Aq.  Cij.  Proof  Spirit  f  3vij.  (rectified, 
E.  f  giij.  E.)  Distil  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic,  and  much  given  to  infants  to  relieve  Fla- 
tulence, and  used  as  a  vehicle  for  active  medicines. 

The  FCETID  GUM  RESINS,  as  they  are  called,  or  Opopanax,  Assafae- 
tida,  Sagapenum,  Galbanum,  and  Ammoniacum,  are  all  produced 
within  the  limits  of  the  Persian  region  of  botanists  ;  and  though  the 
plants  producing  them  are  not  accurately  known,  they  are  yet  all 
supposed  to  belong  to  this  tribe  of  Umbelliferse ;  but  Galbanum  offi- 
cinale  belongs  to  Silerineae. 

OPOPANAX,  L.  D.  Gummi-Resina,  L.  D.  Gum-Resin,  supposed  to 
be  produced  by  Opopanax  Chironium,  Koch,  L.  (Pastinaca  Opopa- 
nax), Linn.  D.  Opopanax. 

Opopanax  is  described  by  Dioscorides  as  the  produce  of  iravaxss 
'HfaxXsiov,  a  plant  of  Boeotia  and  Arcadia,  which  has  been  identified 
with  the  above  Opopanax  Chironium,  referred  by  Sprengel  to  the 
genus  Ferula.  It  is  found  also  in  the  open  fields  of  the  south  of  France, 
of  Italy,  Sicily,  and  Greece,  and  according  to  Merat  and  De  Lens, 
also  in  Syria  and  the  East.  Dodoens  first  grew  this  plant  from  seeds 
found  attached  to  pieces  of  Opopanax;  and  he  states  that  when 
wounded  in  warm  weather,  especially  near  the  root,  a  juice  exudes, 
which  concretes  into  a  gum  resembling  Opopanax.  But  there  is  no 
proof  that  this  plant  yields  the  Opopanax  of  commerce  which  reaches 
India,  either  from  the  Persian  Gulf  or  the  coast  of  Arabia,  and  is 
called  juwa  sheer,  or  the  milk  of  jmva,  as  it  is  by  Serapion.  Dr. 
Lindley  describes  (Fl.  Med.  p.  100)  the  fruit  of  a  species  of  Ferula, 
which  he  names  F.  Hooshee,  and  of  which  the  produce  (which,  how- 
ever, is  not  collected)  is  said  to  resemble  the  Opopanax,  according  to 
a  letter  from  Mrs.  Macrieil.  It  is  imported  into  this  country  from 
Turkey ;  in  the  time  of  Mathioli  it  was  obtained  from  Alexandria. 

Opopanax  occurs  in  irregular-shaped  but  usually  angular  pieces,  of 
a  reddish-yellow  colour,  sometimes  speckled  with  white  from  the  inte- 
rior having  become  recently  exposed ;  of  a  strong,  rather  foetid  odour, 
and  of  a  bitter  acrid  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  1-62.  It  is  composed  chiefly  of 
Resin  and  Gum,  with  5-9  per  cent,  of  Volatile  Oil,  which  may  be  sepa- 
rated by  distillation.  It  will  form  an  emulsion  with  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic.  It  formerly  enjoyed  a  high  repute, 
as  its  name  indicates,  and  was  an  ingredient  of  the  Theriaca. 

SAGAPENUM,  L.  D.  Gummi-Resina,  L.  D.  Gum-Resin  from  an  un- 
known species  of  Ferula,  L.  Sagapenum. 

Sagapenum,  like  Opopanax,  has  been  known  to  us  since  the  time 
of  the  Greeks.  Dioscorides  describes  it  as  the  produce  of  a  Ferula 
growing  in  India,  and  we  have  no  more  recent  information.  It  is  the 


406  ASSAFGETIDA.  [Calyciflorai. 

sukbeenuj  of  the  Arabs,  who  give  sagafwon  as  its  Greek  name.  It 
reaches  India  from  the  Persian  Gulf  or  the  coasts  of  Arabia.  It  is 
difficult  by  price-currents  and  commercial  reports  to  distinguish  the 
routes  which  small  articles  of  commerce  pursue.  It  is  imported  into 
Europe  from  the  Levant,  and  also  from  Alexandria.  It  is  probably 
a  product  of  Persia.  Willdenow  was  of  opinion  that  it  was  produced 
by  Ferula  persica,  which  Olivier  thought  produced  Ammoniacum, 
Dr.  Hope  that  it  yielded  Assafoetida,  and  which  probably  does  yield 
some  kind  of  foetid  Gum-Resin,  as  Michaux  sent  its  seeds  from  Persia 
as  those  of  Assafoetida.  But  it  is  preferable  to  leave  this  as  a  subject 
for  investigation,  than  to  stop  inquiry  by  promulgating  imperfect  in- 
formation. 

Sagapenum  is  of  a  brownish-yellow  or  olive  colour,  chiefly  in 
amygdaloidal  masses,  sometimes  in  tears:  these  are  more  or  less 
transparent,  soft,  and  of  a  waxy  consistence.  It  has  an  alliaceous 
odour  and  acrid  taste,  similar  to,  but  less  powerful  than,  Assafcetida. 
Pelletier  found  it  to  be  composed  chiefly  of  Resin  and  Gum,  with 
about  11-8  per  cent,  of  Volatile  Oil;  but  Brandes  found  only  3-7  of 
the  last. 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic,  but  considered  less  powerful  than 
Assafoetida,  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 9j. 

PILULE  SAGAPENI  COMPOSITE,  L.     Compound  Sagapenum  Pills. 
Prep.    Rub  into  a  mass  Sagapenum  3j.  Aloes  3ss.  Syrup  of  Ginger  q.  8. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulating  Purgative  and  Emmenagogue,  in  doses 
of  gr.  v.— 9j. 

Of.  Prep.    Pil.  Galbani  Comp.  L. 

ASSAFOSTIDA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Gummi  Resina,  L.  D.  Gummy-resinous 
Exudation  (E.)  of  NARTHEX  (Ferula,  Linn.)  ASSAFOETIDA,  Falconer. 
Assafoetida. 

Assafoetida,  a  product  of  Persia  and  Affghanistan,  is  mentioned  in 
the  ancient  Sanscrit  Amera  Cosha.  The  ancients  highly  esteemed  a 
gum-resin  which  the  Romans  called  Laser,  and  the  Greeks  o«ro£xugr]vaTxo£, 
or  the  Cyrenaic  Juice,  from  being  produced  in  that  region.  The 
plant  rfiXpiov  yielding  it  was  an  Umbellifer,  and  is  represented  on  the 
coins  of  Cyrene.  It  has  been  discovered  of  late  years,  and  named 
Thapsia  Silphium.  This  Laser  had  become  scarce  even  in  the  time 
of  Pliny,  who  as  well  as  Dioscorides  describes  another  kind  as  ob- 
tained from  Persia,  India,  and  Armenia,  which  was  probably  the 
same  that  was  known  to  the  Hindoos.  Avicenna  describes  hulteet  as 
of  two  kinds :  one,  of  good  odour,  from  Chiruana  (Cyrene  ?),  and  the 
other  foetid,  the  present  Assa-fatida.  The  term  assa  is  no  doubt  of 
oriental  origin,  since  it  is  applied  to  other  gum-resins.  Thus  Benzoin 
is  called  hussee-looban ;  it  used  to  be  called  Assa  dulcis  in  old  works. 
Dr.  Lindley  has  received  the  seeds  of  a  Ferula  called  hooshee.  Anjedan, 
the  fruits  or  seeds  (<puXXov  of  the  Greeks),  is  usually  translated  Laser- 
pitium.  The  plant  is  called  Jlngoozeh  by  the  Arabs.  The  root  of 


UmbellifercB.]  ASSAFCETIDA.  407 

Silphion  is  described  by  Arrian  as  affording  food  to  herds  of  cattle 
on  Paropamisus. 

Assafoetida  is  produced  in  the  dry  southern  provinces  of  Persia,  as 
in  the  mountains  of  Fars  and  of  Beloochistan,  but  chiefly  in  Khoras- 
san  and  Afghanistan ;  likewise  to  the  north  of  the  Hindoo  Khoosh 
range  of  mountains,  where  it  was  found  by  Burnes  and  also  by  Wood's 
expedition  to  the  Oxus.  (c.)  Dr.  Falconer  found  it  in  Astore,  intro- 
duced the  plant  into  the  Saharunpore  Botanic  Garden,  as  mentioned 
in  the  author's  "  Product.  Resources  of  India,"  p.  223,  and  has  ob- 
tained from  it  a  small  quantity  of  Assafcetida.  He  also  sent  home 
numerous  seeds,  which  were  distributed  from  the  India  House  to 
several  gardens ;  but  the  author  has  not  heard  whether  any  plants 
have  been  produced  from  them.  But  he  has  no  doubt  that  some  of 
those  which  the  author  is  informed  by  his  friend  Dr.  Christison  are 
still  in  the  Edinburgh  Botanic  Garden,  were  produced  from  these 
seeds,  and  not  from  those  sent  by  Sir  John  M'Neill.  The  Assafoetida 
is  conveyed  on  camels  into  India  across  both  the  Punjab  and  Bhawul- 
pore,  and  is  sold  in  large  quantities  at  the  Hurdwar  Fair.  It  is  also 
conveyed  down  the  Indus  and  by  the  Persian  Gulf  to  Bombay. 

Two  or  three  kinds  of  Fruit  called  Seeds  are  met  with,  which  are 
said  to  be  those  of  the  Assafcetida  plant ;  but  there  is  no  proof  that 
more  than  one  plant  yields  Assafoetida.  Dr.  Falconer,  an  excellent 
botanist,  after  examining  the  original  specimens,  considers  the  plant 
he  saw  in  Astore  to  be  the  same  as  that  figured  by  Kaempfer ;  and 
Dr.  G.  Grant,  who  saw  the  plant  at  Syghan,  says,  as  stated  by  Dr. 
Christison,  that  its  roots,  leaves,  and  flowering  stem  correspond  on 
the  whole  with  Ksempfer's  description,  except  that  the  root  is  deeply 
divided,  like  the  outspread  hand.  The  E.  P.  assign  Ferula  persica 
as  probably  yielding  some  Assafcetida.  There  is  no  doubt  that  its 
seed  has  been  sent  from  the  northwest  of  Persia  as  those  of  the  Assa- 
foetida plant :  but  there  is  no  proof,  nor  indeed  is  it  probable,  that  it 
yields  any  of  the  Assafoetida  of  commerce.  The  gum-resins  of  these 
Umbellifera  are  too  similar  to  each  other,  for  any  but  experienced 
pharmacologists  to  determine  between  inferior  Assafoetida  and  varie- 
ties of  Sagapenum  or  other  Gum-resins. 

As  Dr.  Falconer,  the  author's  friend  and  successor  as  Superinten- 
dent of  the  East  India  Company's  Botanic  Garden  at  Saharunpore, 
has  had  excellent  opportunities  for  examining  the  Assafcetida  plant, 
both  in  its  native  sites  and  as  cultivated  by  himself,  he  has  favoured 
the  author  with  the  following  full  account  of  this  important  plant, 
which  he  conceives  belongs  to  a  genus  allied  to  but  distinct  from 
Ferula. 

NARTHEX  (Falc.  MSS.) 

Calycis  marge  obsolelus.  Petala  1  Stylopodium  plicato-urceolatum.  Styli  fili- 
formes  dernum  reflexi.  Frticlus  a  dorso  plano-compressus  margine  dilatato  cinctus. 
Mericarpia  jugis  primariis  5 :  3  intermediis  filiformibus,  2  lateralibus  obsoletioribus, 
margin!  contiguis  immersis.  Vittcs  in  valleculis  dorsalibus  plerumque  solitariae  (valle- 
culis  lateralibus  nunc  sesqui-  vel  bi-vittat.is),  commissurales  4 — 6  variae  inaequales,  exte- 
rioribus  saepe  reticulatim  interrupts.  Semen  complanatum.  Carpophorum  bipartitum. 
Umbella;  pedunculatae  composite.  Involucrum  utrumque  nullum. — Genus  inter  Peuce- 
daneas,  calycis  margine  edentato,  fructus  vittis  magnis,  commisBuralibusque  insequalibus 
et  involucre  utroque  nullo  distinctum;  Narthex  nuncupatum,  a  vocabulo  »ag8»£  apud 
Dioscoridem  Ferulae  attributo. 


408 


ASSAFCETIDA. 


[Calyciftores. 


Fig.  69. 


N.  Assafcetida  (Falc.)  Caule  tereti  simplici,  petiolis  dilatatis  aphyllis  instructo,  foliis 
radicalibus  fasciculatis,  petiolis  trisectis,  segmentis  bipinnatisectis,  laciniis  lineari-lingu- 
latis  obtusis,  insequi-lateralibus  integris  vel  varid  sinuatis  decurrentibus. — Asa  foetida 
Disgunensis,  Ksempf.  Amasnit.  Exot.  p.  535.  Ferula  Asafcetida.  Linn.  Mater.  Med.  p. 
79.  De  Cand.  Prod.  iv.  173.  Lindl.  Flor.  Med.  p.  45.  Fig.  69,  70,  et  71. 

Habit,  in  apricis  inter  saxa  in  valle  "  Astore"  vel  "  Hussorah"  dicta,  prope  Indum,  ultra 
Cashmeer:  indigenis  Daradris  "Sip"  vel  "Sup."  Legi  fructigerum  prope  Boosthon  21° 
die  Septembris,  1838. 

Descrip.  A  tall  perennial  plant,  5  to  8  feet  high.  Root  fusiform,  simple,  or  divided,  a 
foot  or  upwards  in  length,  about  3  inches  in  diameter  at  the  top,  with  a  dark  grayish 
transversely  corrugated  surface:  the  summit  invested  above  the  soil  with  dark  hair-like 
fibrous  tegmenta,  the  persistent  exuviae  of  former  years :  cortical  layer  thick  and  tough, 
white  or  ash-coloured  in  the  section,  readily  separable  from  the  central  core,  and,  like  the 
latter,  abounding  in  a  white,  milky,  opaque,  excessively  foetid,  alliaceous  juice.  Leaves 
collected  into  a  fascicle  above  the  root,  numerous,  large,  and  spreading,  about  18  inches 
in  length  in  the  adult  plant,  of  a  light  green  colour  above,  paler  underneath,  and  of  a  dry 
leathery  texture :  the  petioles  terete  amplexicaul,  and  channeled  at  the  base,  trifurcated  a 
little  above  it,  the  divisions  united  at  an  angle  with  each  other,  like  the  legs  of  a  tripod, 
and  bipinnately  sected  :  the  leaf-segments  linear-ligulated,  more  or  less  obtuse,  entire  or 
sinuately  lobed,  variable  in  their  offset,  being  either  alternate  or  opposite,  for  the  most 
part  unequal-sided,  and  decurrent  along  the  divisions  of  the  petiole,  forming  a  narrow 
winged  channel  upon  the  latter.  Midrib  prominent  on  the  under  side,  veins  slender  and 
anastomosing  by  numerous  reticulations.  The  leaves  observed  in  a  young  growing  plant 

(Fig.  69)  were  about  9 
inches  in  length,  the  leaf 
segments  being  from  2  to 
4  inches  long  by  4  to  6 
lines  in  width.  Stem 
erect,  terete,  simple,  stri- 
ated, about  2  inches  in 
diameter  at  the  base,  solid 
throughout,  the  spongy 
medulla  being  traversed 
by  scattered  tough  fibrous 
bundles  of  vessels,  invest, 
ed  with  alternate,  vagi- 
nating,  dilated,  aphyllous 
petioles,  and  terminating 
in  a  luxuriant  head  of 
compound  umbels.  Ge- 
neral as  well  as  partial 
involucre  entirely  want- 
ing. Umbels  10  to  20 
rayed,  emitted  from  the 
dilated  spherical  head  of 
a  common  peduncle,  the 
rays  2 — 4  inches  in 
length.  Partial  umbels 
with  very  short  rays  ag- 
gregated into  round  capi- 
tula  varying  from  10  to 
20  rays  in  the  fertile,  and  from  25  to  30  in  the  barren  umbel! ulae.  Flowers  small ;  barren 
generally  mixed  up  with  the  fertile  flowers  (?).  Border  of  the  Calyx  obsolete,  being  re- 
duced to  very  minute  denticular  points.  (Petals  in  the  barren  flowers  small  oblique, 
unequal-sided,  acute,  without  an  elongaled  acumen  ?).  Stylopodia  urceolate  and  plicated, 
with  a  sinuous  margin.  Styles  filiform,  reflected  in  the  ripe  fruit,  rather  short  and  slen- 
der, attached  by  a  broad  base.  Fruit  from  7  to  15,  ripening  on  the  partial  umbels,  sup- 
ported on  short  stalks.  Mericarps  varying  from  broad  elliptical  to  elliptical  obovate, 
5 — 6  lines  long  by  3  to  4  lines  broad,  flat,  thin,  foliaceous,  but  somewhat  convex  in  the 
middle,  with  a  dilated  border,  generally  unequal-sided,  of  a  dark  reddish-brown  towards 
the  centre,  lighter  towards  the  margin,  perfectly  smooth,  with  somewhat  of  a  glossy  sur- 
face. Dorsal  primary  ridges  5 :  the  3  middle  ridges  filiform,  slightly  crested  towards 
their  confluence  at  the  apex :  the  lateral  ridges  more  obsolete,  situated  close  to  the  margin, 
immersed  in  the  substance  of  the  border,  but  distinctly  seen  on  the  surface  of  commissure, 
and  confluent  with  the  middle  nerve  of  the  latter.  The  dilated  border  as  wide  as  the 
space  occupied  by  the  3  middle  ridges.  Vitlce  in  the  dorsal  furrows  large  and  broad, 
occupying  the  entire  width  of  the  valleculoe,  stretching  from  base  to  apex,  usually  solitary, 


NARTHEX  ASSAFCETIDA.    Falc.    Plant  grown  in  H.  E.  India  Com- 
pany's Botanic  Garden  at  Saharunpore. 


UmbellifercB.] 


ASSAFCETIDA. 


409 


Fig.  70. 


V 


but  sometimes  double 
in  one  or  other  of  the 
middle  furrows,  and 
generally  double  or  di- 
chotomous,  with  a 
small  branch  in  the 
broadest  side  of  the 
margin,  turgid  with  a 
fetid  juice :  vittaB  of 
the  commissure  vary- 
ing from  4  to  6,  very 
unequal  and  variable : 
one  very  slender  vitta, 
which  is  frequently  di- 
chotomous  in  two  fine 
threads  confluent  at 
the  apex,  being  placed 
close  on  either  side  of 
the  middle  nerve ;  an- 
other  of  the  size  of  the 
dorsal  vittoe,  situated 
more  outwards,  and  a 
third  at  the  inner  side 
of  the  dilated  border, 
over  the  edffe  of  the  79-  9-  Ovary-  Sty'e  and  Stylopodium  enlarged.  10.  Partial  Umbel  with 
„  A  „  1 1  «j«.  u,,*  fertile  flowers.  11.  Umbel  of  barren  flowers.  12.  Partial  Umbel  in  fruit 
seed,  more  slender,  but  with  persistent  Carpophores, 
frequently  subdivided 

and  interrupted,  so  as  to  cover  the  border  with  a  beautiful  network  of  anastomosing 
ramifications.  Seed  flattened,  with  plain  albumen.  Carpophores  bipartite,  persistent, 
twice  the  length  of  the  pedicels.  Flowers  white  ? 

The  plant  above  described  I  believe  to  be  the  true  "  Asafoetida 
disgunensis,"  or  "  Hingiseh"  of  Kaempfer.  It  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  met  with  by  any  other  botanist  since  it  was  examined  in  situ  by 
that  excellent  and  careful  observer  a  century  and  a  half  ago. 

I  have  compared  my  materials  with  Ksempfer's  description  and  figures  (Amoen.  Exot. 
p.  537),  and  with  his  original  specimens  contained  in  the  Banksian  collection  in  the 
British  Museum,  and  found  them,  so  far  as  a  comparison  could  be  instituted,  to  agree  in 
every  essential  respect.  The  leaves  "instar  Pceonise  ramosa"  as  represented  in  his 
figures,  have  the  segments 

more   obtuse    and    sinuated,  JTJ~  7^ 

and  more  alternate  in  their 
offset  than  they  are  repre- 
sented in  my  drawing;  but 
he  describes  them  as  being 
very  variable  in  form,  and 
some  of  the  numerous  leaf- 
specimens  in  his  herbarium 
correspond  with  the  figure 
which  I  have  given.  KaBmp- 
fer  mentions  the  umbellulfE 
as  having  only  5  or  6  rays, 
whereas  I  found  them  as  nu- 
merous as  25  or  30  in  the 
sterile  capitula,  and  from  10 
to  20  in  the  fertile  ones.  But 
he  states  that  he  never  saw 
the  plant  in  flower,  and  his  de- 
scription was  probably  drawn 
from  the  ripe  state,  in  which 
the  partial  umbels  occasion- 
ally present  no  more  than  7 
fruit  bearing  stalks  There  — 1.  Mericarps  of  the  natural  size,  (u.)  Dorsutn.  (4.)  Com- 

e  .  '  ,.    ,          missure.    5.  Mericarps  in  Koempfer's  Herbarium,  dorsal  aspect.    6. 

are  two  mericarps  in  his  her-  Transverse  section  of  Mericarp  enlarged.    7.  Seed,  natural  size.   8. 
barium,  of  one  of  which   I  Two  petals  of  a  barren  flower  enlarged, 
have  given  a  representation 


410  ASSAFGETIDA.  (Calyciflorce. 

(fig.  71.  5)  agreeing  exactly  in  form  and  in  the  developement  of  the  dorsal  juga  with  those 
met  with  by  me  in  the  Astore  plant ;  but  Kaempfer's  specimens  are  glued  down  on  paper, 
and  they  seem  to  have  undergone  some  decay  or  alteration  by  which  the  vittae  have  been 
emptied,  so  that  their  number  and  size  cannot  be  distinctly  made  out.  But  they  appear 
to  be  solitary  in  the  dorsal  valleculse,  and  there  is  no  indication  of  the  numerous  stri©  re- 
presented in  the  figures  of  the  fruit  given  in  the  Amcenitates,  which  may  have  confirmed 
authors  in  the  belief  that  Kaempfer's  Assafoetida  plant  belonged  to  a  species  of  Ferula. 
These  mericarps  are  perfectly  smooth,  and  exhibit  nothing  of  the  "quadatenus  pilosurn 
sive  asperum,"  described  in  the  Ainoenitates,  p.  538.  Dr.  Lindley,  in  his  Flora  Medica,  p. 
45,  after  an  abridgment  of  Kaempfer's  description,  states,  (it  is  not  mentioned  upon  what 
evidence,)  the  vittte  of  the  back  to  be  "about  20  or  22,  interrupted,  anastomosing,  and 
turgid  with  Assafoetida  :  of  the  commissure  10."  This  account  will  apply  to  the  fruit  of 
a  species  of  Ferula,  but  is  entirely  at  variance  with  the  characters  presented  by  the  fruits 
of  the  plants  observed  by  Kaempfer  in  Persia,  and  by  myself  in  Astore. 

Ksempfer  in  his  description  says :  "  Folia  sero  autumno  ex  vertice  progerminant,  sex 
seplem,  et  pro  radicis  magnitudine  plura  vel  pauciora :  quae  per  brumam  luxuriose  vigent 
adultoque  vere  exarescunt."  From  the  information  which  I  gathered  on  the  spot,  con- 
firmed by  subsequent  observation  upon  the  growing  plants  introduced  into  the  Botanic 
Garden  at  Saharunpore,  the  leaves  of  the  Astore  Assafcetida  plant  make  their  appearance 
in  spring,  and  not  in  autumn,  surviving  through  the  winter,  as  stated  by  Ksempfer,  re- 
specting the  Persian  form.  With  these  slight  discrepancies,  his  description  might  serve 
for  the  Astore  plant. 

Narthez,  both  in  the  characters  of  the  flowers  and  fruit,  and  in  its 
"  Paeony-leaved"  habit,  differs  widely  from  any  known  species  of 
Ferula,  and  appears  to  constitute  a  distinct  and  well-marked  genus. 

In  the  Dardoh  or  Dangree  language  (the  Dardohs  being  the  Daradi 
of  Arrian)  the  plant  is  called  "  Sip"  or  "  Sup."  The  young  shoots  of 
the  stem  in  spring  are  prized  as  an  excellent  and  delicate  vegetable. 

The  species  would  appear  to  occur  in  the  greatest  abundance  in 
the  provinces  of  Khorassan  and  Laar  in  Persia,  and  thence  to  extend 
on  the  one  hand  into  the  plains  of  Toorkestan  on  the  Oxus  north  of 
the  Hindoo  Khoosh  mountains,  where  it  seems  to  have  been  met  with 
by  Sir  Alex.  Burnes,*  and  on  the  other  to  stretch  across  from  Beloo- 
chistan,  through  Candahar  and  other  provinces  of  Affghanistan  to  the 
eastern  side  of  the  valley  of  the  Indus,  where  it  stops  in  Astore,  and 
does  not  occur  in  great  abundance.  The  whole  of  this  region,  which 
constitutes  the  head-quarters  of  the  gum-bearing  Umbelliferse,  pos- 
sesses the  common  character  of  an  excessively  dry  climate,  indicated 
in  Berghaus's  hygrometric  map  in  Johnson's  Physical  Atlas  by  a  belt 
of  white. 

Besides  the  gum-resin,  the  fruit  of  Narihex  Assafcetida  is  imported 
into  India  from  Persia  and  Affghanistan,  under  the  name  of  "  Anjoo- 
dan,"  being  extensively  employed  by  the  native  physicians  in  India : 
"  Anjoodan"  being  the  epithet  applied  to  the  seed  of  the  "  Heengseh," 
or  "  Hulteet,"  by  Avicenna,  also  quoted  by  Ksempfer,  and  used  by 
the  Indo-Persian  and  Arabic  writers  generally  in  describing  the  Assa- 
foetida- plant.  Another  Umbelliferous  fruit  is  also  imported  with  it, 
and«old  under  the  name  of  "  Dooqoo"  (a  word  evidently  connected 
with  the  Savxos  of  the  Greeks),  being  recommended  as  an  excellent 
substitute  for  "  Anjoodan,"  which  it  closely  resembles  in  its  general 
appearance.  This  I  found  to  be  the  fruit  of  a  species  of  true  Ferula ; 
it  is  one  of  the  two  Assafoetida-like  fruits  mentioned  by  Dr.  Royle  as 

*  Burnes  mentions  the  plant  as  an  annual,  probably  in  consequence  of  the  annual  decay 
of  the  stems.  He  states  that  sheep  browse  on  the  young  shoots. 


.l  ASSAFCETIDA.  411 

occurring  in  the  bazaars  of  northern  India.  The  species  of  Ferula 
yielding  this  fruit  may  furnish  some  one  of  the  obscurely-known  gum- 
resins  resembling  Assafoetida  produced  in  Persia. 

I  have  examined  another  kind  of  Umbelliferous  fruit  in  the  collec- 
tion of  Dr.  Royle,  labelled  as  "  the  seed  of  the  wild  Assafoetida  plant 
collected  and  brought  to  England  by  Sir  J.  Macneill  from  Persia," 
which  differs  widely  from  the  fruit  both  of  Narthex  and  of  Ferula, 
and  belongs  to  another  tribe  of  the  order."  H.  F. 

Assafoetida  is  obtained  by  making  incisions  into  or  taking  succes- 
sive slices  off" the  top  of  the  root,  and  then  collecting  the  produce, 
which  is  then  united  in  masses,  and  in  this  state  is  usually  met  with 
in  commerce.  It  is  at  first  rather  soft,  but  becomes  hard,  of  a  yel- 
lowish or  reddish-brown  colour.  When  broken,  an  irregular,  whitish, 
somewhat  ^shining  surface  is  displayed,  which  soon  becomes  red. 
The'  mass  is  composed  of  various-shaped  pieces,  some  like  tears 
pressed  together,  and  in  some  parts  agglutinated  together  by  darker- 
coloured  gum-resin.  Some  parts  are  cellular.  By  thus  becoming 
red  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and  its  intolerable  alliaceous  odour,  as- 
safoetida  may  be  readily  distinguished.  The  taste  is  garlicky,  bitter, 
and  acrid.  It  is  best  preserved  covered  by  bladder.  It  is  powder- 
ed with  difficulty,  even  when  become  hard;  softens  by  heat,  and 
burns  with  a  clear  flame.  Assafoetida  is  composed  of  Resin  65  parts, 
Volatile  Oil  3-6,  Gum  19-44,  Bassorin  11-66,  salts  0-30.  (Pelletier.) 
Brandes  obtained  less  Resin,  Volatile  Oil  4-6,  and  10-5  of  various  salts 
and  impurities.  The  Oil  is  at  first  colourless,  but  becomes  yellowish- 
brown,  has  an  exceedingly  offensive  odour,  a  bitter  and  acrid  taste, 
and  contains  some  Sulphur.  Water  will  dissolve  the  Gum,  and  form 
an  emulsion  with  the  other  ingredients.  Alcohol  or  Rectified  Spirit 
is  a  good  solvent,  but  an  emulsion  is  formed  when  the  solution  is 
added  to  water.  Ether  dissolves  the  Oil  and  all  the  Resin,  except 
about  2  per  cent,  of  a  peculiar  kind.  Ammonia  also  takes  up  the 
active  ingredients. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic;  thought  to  be  Emmena- 
gogue  and  Anthelmintic.  Much  used  as  a  condiment  in  the  East. 
Useful  in  Spasmodic  and  Convulsive  diseases,  as  Hysteria  and 
Chorea,  also  in  Hooping  Cough,  Flatulent  Colic,  and  in  Chronic 
Cough. 

D.  grs.  v. — 9j.  in  pill  or  in  some  of  its  compounds  every  3  or  4 
hours.  The  Emulsion  acts  quickly  and  may  be  formed  readily  by 
adding  the  Tincture  to  Aqua  Pulegii. 

MISTURA  ASSAF<ETID,E,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Assafoetida  Mixture  or  Emul- 
sion. 

Prep.  Rub  up  till  well  mixed  Assafatida  3v.  (3j.  D.)  Aq.  Oj.  L.  (Aq.  PuLegii  gradu- 
ally added,  by  measure  gviij.     Make  an  emulsion,  D.)     [Assafastida  3ij.  Water  Oss. 

U.S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic.  Sometimes  prescribed  in  Hysteria 
in  doses  of  3iv.  to  f3iss.  Useful  in  the  treatment  of  feigned  diseases. 


412  AMMONIACUM.  [Calyciflorte. 

ENEMA  FCETIDUM,  E.  D.     Foetid  or  Assafostida  Enema. 

Prep.  Take  Cathartic  Enema  and  add  to  it  Tinct.  Assafcelida  f^ij. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant.  Used  in  Flatulent  Colic  and  Ascarides. 
TINCTURA  ASSAFCETIDVE,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of  Assafostida. 

Prep.  Take  Assnfcetida  (in  small  fragments,  E.)  gv.  (3iv.  rub  it  up  in  Aq.  gviij.  by 
weight,  D.)  (3iv.  U.  S.)  Macerate  for  14  days  (7  E.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  (ftij.  by 
weight,  D.)  Strain.  (Not  easily  made  by  percolation,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic.  Prescribed  in  Hysterical  cases,  &c., 
as  Spir.  Ammonia?  foetidus  (p.  72),  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij. 

EMPLASTRUM  ASSAFCETID.E,  E.  (U.  S.)     Assafoetida  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Assafatida  3ij.  Galbanum  3j.  Strain  them.  Add  melted  Li- 
tharge Plaster  3ij.  and  Bees'  Wax  gj.  Mix  thoroughly. 

[Assafastida,  Lead  Plaster,  Galbanum,  Yellow  Wax,  each  half  a  pound  ;  Diluted  Al- 
cohol Oiij.  Dissolve  the  Assafcetida  and  Galbanum  in  the  Alcohol  with  the  aid  of  a 
water  bath;  strain  the  liquor  while  hot,  and  evaporate  to  the  consistence  of  honey  ;  then 
add  the  Lead  Plaster  and  Wax  previously  melted  together,  stir  the  mixture  well  and  eva- 
porate to  the  proper  consistence.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.   Useful  externally  in  the  foregoing  class  of  cases. 
Off.  Prep.    Spir.  Ammonias  Fretidus,  L.  E.  D.     Pilulse  Galbani 
Comp.  L.  (PH.  Assafcetidce,  E.)     Pit.  Aloes  et  Assafoetidse. 

AMMONIACUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Gummi-Resina,  L.  D.  Gummy-resi- 
nous Exudation  of  DOREMA  AMMONIACUM,  Don.  L.  E.  of  Heracleum 
Gummiferum,  Willd.  D.  Ammoniacum.  Gum  Ammoniac. 

Ammoniacum  is  described  by  Dioscorides,  3.  c.  88  (or  98)  as  the 
produce  of  a  plant  called  Agasyllis,  Metopium  of  Pliny,  which  grows 
in  Cyrenaic  Africa  near  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Ammon,  whence  it  de- 
rives its  name.  Mr.  Don  supposed  this  to  be  a  corruption  of  Armo- 
niacum  :  it  is  so  written  in  some  old  books.  Jackson  in  his  account 
of  Morocco  states  that  the  Ammoniacum  plant,  which  he  calls  Fe- 
shook,  grows  in  Morocco,  near  Al-Araish.  The  Hon.  Fox  Strang- 
ways  favoured  Dr.  Lindley  as  well  as  the  author  with  the  fruit  of  a 
Ferula  which  wras  marked  as  that  of  Fusogh,  or  Gum  Ammoniac, 
obtained  by  him  from  Tangier.  Some  of  these  were  sent  to  Dr. 
Falconer,  by  whom  they  were  grown  in  the  Saharunpore  Botanic 
Garden,  and  the  plant  found  to  be  identical  with  Ferula  Tingitana. 
Dr.  Lindley  had  previously  determined  the  fruit  to  be  that  of  the  same 
plant.  In  his  Flora  Medica  he  refers  the  Feshook  of  Jackson,  t.  7,  to 
F.  orientalis,  with  a  query.  But  the  ammoniacum  of  commerce  of 
the  present  day  is  a  product  of  Persia,  and  obtained  from  Bombay, 
having  been  previously  imported  there  from  the  Persian  Gulf, 
whence  probably  a  portion  is  also  carried  up  the  Red  Sea,  and  thus 
reaches  Europe  by  the  Levant.  Capt.  Hart  (Trans.  Med.  Soc.  of 
Calcutta,  i.  p.  369)  found  the  plant  in  the  plains  between  Yezed-khast 
and  Kumisha,  on  the  road  from  Shiraz  to  Ispahan,  or  on  the  border 
of  the  provinces  of  Fars  and  of  Irak  Ajemi.  Lt.-Col.  Johnston  saw 


Umbelliferai.]  AMMONIACUM.  413 

the  plants  growing  at  Mayer  and  Yezde-Khast,  and  collected  speci- 
mens of  the  plant  with  its  fruit  and  gum.  Lt.-Col.  Wright  obtained 
specimens  at  the  same  place,  which  he  gave  to  the  Linnean  Society, 
and  which  Mr.  Don  described.  M.  Fontanier  (Merat  and  De  Lens, 
i.  p.  25)  also  obtained  it  at  Yezd-Cast  in  Faristan,  which  appears  to 
be  the  same  place.  Major  Willock  informs  the  author  that  the  ooshak 
plant  is  only  to  be  met  with  in  the  province  of  Irak,  in  dry  gravelly 
plains,  where  it  is  exposed  to  an  ardent  sun.  Sir  John  M'Neil  found 
it  on  the  low  hills  near  Herat,  and  Dr.  Grant  at  Syghan  to  the  north 
of  Bamean,  where  the  same  dry  climate  prevails.  In  the  same  kind 
of  country,  but  more  to  the  eastward,  many  other  Umbelliferae  were 
found  by  Dr.  Falconer,  together  with  Narihex  Jlssafattida  and  Pran- 
gos  pabularia.  M.  Fontanier  says  Gum  Ammoniac  exudes  naturally 
at  the  axils  of  the  umbel  and  upon  the  tumid  apices  of  the  peduncles. 
Willdenow  concluded  erroneously  that  Ammoniac  was  produced  by 
Heracleum  gummiferum. 

Root  large,  perennial.  Stems  7  to  9  feet  high,  about  4  inches  in  circumference  at  the 
base,  clothed  with  glandular  down  (Don),  smooth  (Fonlanier},  glaucous,  with  the  habit 
of  Opopanax  Chironium.  Leaves  large,  petiolate,  somewhat  bipinnate,  two  feet  long ; 
pinnas  usually  3  pairs,  each  pair  rather  remote :  lower  leaflets  distinct ;  superior  ones 
confluent,  deeply  pinnatifid  ;  segments  oblong,  mucronate,  quite  entire,  or  rarely  a  little 
lobed,  coriaceous,  veined  beneath,  1 — 5  inches  long,  and  i  to  2  inches  broad.  Petiole 
ribbed,  pubescent,  much  dilated,  and  sheathing  at  the  base.  Umbels  proliferous,  race- 
mose, partial  umbels  globose,  on  short  peduncles,  usually  disposed  in  a  spicate  manner. 
Neither  general  nor  partial  involucre.  Peduncles  terete,  woolly.  Flowers  sessile,  im- 
mersed in  wool.  (Lindley.)  Margin  of  calyx  5-toothed,  teeth  acute  membranous.  Petals 
white,  ovate,  with  an  inflexed  point.  Disk  large,  fleshy,  cup-shaped,  with  a  plicate,  rather 
lobulate  margin.  Stamens  and  styles  yellow,  the  latter  complanate,  recurved  at  the  apex. 
Stigmas  truncate.  Ovary  densely  woolly.  Fruit  elliptic,  compressed  from  the  back, 
surrounded  by  a  broad  flat  edging.  Mericarps  with  3  distinct  filiform  ridges  near  the 
middle,  and  alternating  with  them  4  obtuse  secondary  ridges  (two  of  the  primary  ridges 
confluent  with  the  margins).  Vittae  1  to  each  secondary  ridge,  1  to  each  primary  mar- 
ginal ridge,  and  4  to  the  commissure,  of  which  2  (the  exterior  ones)  are  very  small. — 
Don  and  Lindley.* 

As  the  plant  abounds  in  juice,  this  readily  exudes  on  the  slightest 
puncture  :  M.  Fontanier  says,  spontaneously.  Capt.  Hart  states  that 
when  the  plants  have  attained  perfection,  or  about  the  middle  of  June, 
innumerable  beetles  pierce  it  in  all  directions.  The  juice  soon  be- 
comes dry,  and  is  picked  off.  The  finest  pieces  being  kept  separate, 
form  the  Jlmmoniacum  in  tears  of  commerce,  which  vary  in  size,  are 
yellowish  externally,  and  of  a  white,  opaline,  or  *  waxy  appearance 
when  fractured.  These,  when  pressed  together,  form  lump  or  Amyg- 
daloidal  Ammoniacum,  in  which  the  tears  appear  agglutinated  to- 

*  The  late  energetic  traveller,  Aucher-Eloy  visited  the  same  localities,  one  of  them 
Yezdikhast,  and  obtained  fragments  of  a  plant  which  has  been  named  Disernestum  gum- 
miferum  by  Jaubert  and  Spach,  in  Illustr.  PI.  Orient.,  who  state  that  it  is  allied  to  Siler 
and  to  Agasyllis,  and  is  hence  placed  in  the  tribe  Silerideat.  v.  Walper's  Repert.  ii.  p.  939. 
It  appears  to  the  author  to  be  only  the  above  Dorema  Ammoniacum  described  from  im- 
perfect specimens.  Plant  of  considerable  height,  finely  hairy  when  young,  but  becomes 
smooth  with  age.  The  inferior  leaves  are  very  large,  doubly  compound.  Partial  umbels 
sessile  or  pedunculated  on  a  leafless  panicle,  with  the  gum-resin  collected  especially  in 
the  axils  of  the  partial  umbels.  Petals  white.  Disk  cup-shaped,  crenate,  plicate.  Fruit 
oval,  compressed  dorsally  with  narrow  wings.  Mericarps  6  or  9  ribbed,  ridges  and  vittas 
delicate  and  fine. 


414  GALBANUM.  [Calyciflorce. 

gether  by  a  softer  material,  often  mixed  with  some  of  a  darker  colour. 
In  the  inferior  kinds  the  tears  are  less  abundant,  and  impurities,  as 
sand,  fruit  of  the  plant,  &c.,  are  intermixed. 

Ammoniac  is  rather  hard,  but  readily  softens  by  heat,  has  a  pow- 
erful and  peculiar  smell,  and  the  taste  bitter  and  acrid.  Sp.  Gr.  1-207. 
It  consists,  according  to  Bucholz,  of  22-4  parts  of  Gum,  72  of  Resin, 
1-6  of  Bassorin  (Gluten?),  and  4  of  Volatile  Oil.  But  much  less  Oil 
has  been  obtained  by  other  chemists,  and  by  some  none  at  all.  Am- 
moniac forms  an  emulsion  with  water.  Alcohol  dissolves  its  Resin 
and  Oil,  but  becomes  milky  on  the  addition  of  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Expectorant.  Antispasmodic  chiefly  in 
chronic  Catarrhs. 

D.  gr.  v.  —  gr.  xx.     Usually  taken  with  Squill  or  in  Emulsion. 

MISTURA  AMMONIACI,  L.  D.   U.  S.     Ammoniac  Mixture  or  Emulsion. 

Prep.  Rub  up  Ammoniacum  3v.  (3j.  D.)  with  Aq.  Oj.  (Aqua  Pulegii  by  measure  3viij 
D.)  add  gradually  till  thoroughly  mixed  (milky.     Strain  through  linen,  D.) 
[Ammoniac  3ij.,  water  3viij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Water  dissolves  the  Gum,  and  thus  suspends  the 
Resin  of  the  Ammoniac  ;  when  an  Emulsion  is  formed.  The  addi- 
tion of  a  little  Vinegar  assists  in  making  it  smoother.  Stimulant 
Expectorant  in  chronic  Catarrhs,  &c.,  in  doses  of  f3iv.  to  f3iss. 

EMPLASTRUM  AMMONIACI,  L.  E.  D.    U.  S.     Ammoniac  Plaster. 


Prep.  Mix  Ammoniacum  3v.  with  distilled  Vinegar  fgviij.  (ix.  E.  Vinegar  of  Squills, 
ftss.  D.)  Evaporate  with  a  gentle  heat  (over  the  vapour-bath,  E.),  stirring  assiduously. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Vinegar  does  not  dissolve  but  softens  the  Gum- 
resin,  which  may  then  be  applied  as  a  poultice,  and  forms  an  adhe- 
sive stimulant  and  resolvent  plaster  ;  often  of  use  when  applied  to 
indolent  swellings. 

Off".  Prep.  Pilulse  Scillse  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  Emplastrum  Ammoniaci 
cum  Hydrargyro,  L.  E.  D.  (v.  p.  191.)  Em  p.  Saponis. 

GALBANUM,  L.  E.  D.  U.  S.  Gummi  Resina,  L.  D.  Concrete  Gummy, 
resinous  Exudation  of  an  imperfectly  ascertained  plant,  E.  Gal- 
banum. 

Galbanum  is  supposed  to  be  the  same  substance  as  the  Chelbenah 
of  Scripture  (v.  Cycl.  of  Biblical  Lit.),  as  this  word  is  very  similar  to 
the  %aX/3avyj  of  the  Greeks,  which  was  known  to  Hippocrates,  and  is 
described  by  Dioscorides,  who  gives  psruirm  as  an  additional  name. 
Theophrastus  had  long  previously  stated  that  it  was  the  produce  of  a 
Panax,  Dioscorides  of  a  Ferula  of  Syria.  But  this  word  had  a  wide 
geographical  signification  in  ancient  times.  Arabic  and  Persian  au- 
thors seem  to  have  been  well  acquainted  with  the  plant,  as  they  give 
kinneh  and  nafeel  as  its  names,  and  barzud  as  that  of  the  gum-resin. 
D'Herbelot  states  that  this  is  the  same  as  the  pirzed  of  the  Persians, 


UmbellifercB.]  GALBANUM.  415 

who  call  the  plant  yielding  it  giarkhust.  But  whatever  the  plant  may 
be,  it  is  unknown  to  botanists.  Lobel  attempted  to  ascertain  it  by 
sowing  some  of  the  seeds  which  he  found  attached  to  Galbanum,  and 
obtained  Ferula  Ferulago,  a  native  of  North  Africa  and  of  Asia  Minor, 
but  which  is  not  known  to  yield  Galbanum  ;  while  Bubon  galbaniferum, 
which  is  sometimes  adduced,  is  a  native  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
The  late  Professor  Don  having  found  some  seeds  sticking  to  Galbanum, 
named  the  plant  yielding  them,  though  yet  unknown,  Galbanum  offi- 
cinale,  belonging  to  the  tribe  Silerince,  which  is  admitted  in  the  L.  P. 
But  these  fruits  may,  or  not,  be  those  of  the  Galbanum  plant.  Dr. 
Lindley  has  in  consequence  suggested  another  plant,  of  which  he  re- 
ceived the  fruits  from  Sir  John  Macneil.  This  grows  at  Durrood, 
near  Nishapore,  in  Khorassan,  and  yields  a  gum-resin  of  which  a  spe- 
cimen seen  by  Dr.  Pereira  did  not  correspond  with  any  known  gum- 
resin.  The  author  has  several  such  in  his  collection.  Dr.  Lindley 
has  named  the  plant  which  is  admitted  into  the  E.  P.  Opoidia  galba- 
nifera,  tribe  Smyrneae.  But  there  is  equal  uncertainty  about  all. 

Galbanum  is  imported  from  India  and  the  Levant,  having  probably 
been  brought  down  the  Persian  Gulf.  It  is  usually  met  with  in 
masses  of  a  brownish-yellow  colour,  more  or  less  translucent  and 
shining,  sometimes  in  small  tears  which  are  of  a  paler  or  even  yel- 
lowish colour.  In  the  former  kind,  the  tears  are  of  a  reddish  yellow, 
often  agglutinated  together  by  a  darker-coloured  substance,  often 
mixed  with  pieces  of  the  stalk,  fruits,  sand,  &c.  It  is  soft,  can  only 
be  powdered  in  cold  weather,  has  a  bitter  and  even  acrid  taste,  with 
a  peculiar  but  not  alliaceous  odour.  It  consists  of  Resin  65-8,  Gum 
22-6,  Bassorin  1*8,  Volatile  Oil  3-3,  with  a  trace  of  Malic  acid,  &c. 
Its  properties  depend  chiefly  upon  the  Oil,  which  may  be  separated, 
of  a  yellowish  colour,  by  distilling  with  water.  When  Galbanum  is 
distilled  by  itself  at  a  temperature  of  250°  F.  a  bluish-coloured  Oil  is 
obtained.  Galbanum  forms  an  emulsion  with  water,  and  is  dissolved 
by  proof  Spirit. 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic  ;  less  powerful  than  Assafostida  ;  Ex- 
pectorant. 

D.  gr.  x.  —  9j.  in  substance,  or  made  into  an  emulsion. 


GALBANI   COMPOSITE,  L.  D.   (ASSAF<ETID^E,  E.)     Compound 
Galbanum  Pills. 

Prep.  Mix  well  and  beat  into  a  pill  mass  Galbanum  3j-  (3  parts,  E.)  Myrrh  (3  parts, 
E.)  Sagapenum  aa  giss.  L.  D.  Assafcetida  3ss  (3  parts,  E.)  Syrup  q.  s.  L.  D.  (Conserve 
of  Red  Roses  q.  s.  or  four  parts,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.   Antispasmodic.    Emmenagogue  in  doses  of  gr.  x. 


TINOTURA  GALBANI,  D.     Tincture  of  Galbanum. 

Prep.  Digest  for  7  days  Galbanum  cut  very  small  3ij.  in  Proof  Spirit  by  measure  fcij. 
Strain. 


416  CUMINUM.  [Calyciflorce. 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic  adjunct  to  draughts  in  doses  of  f3j. 
— f3ij. 

EMPLASTR.UM  GALBANI,  L.  D.    EMP.  GUMMOSUM,  E.    Galbanum  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  Galbanum  gviij.  (3ss.  E.  fess.  D.)  Common  Turpentine  gx.  L.  (Ammo- 
niacum  3ss.  E.  Strain).  Melt  also  Resin  of  Spruce  Fir  powdered  giij.  L.  (Yellow  Wax 
3ss.  E.  3iv.  D.)  and  Lead  Plaster  ftiij.  (rjiv.  E.  ftij.  D.)  Add  the  mixtures  and  mix 
carefully  together. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Discutient  application  to  indolent 
tumours,  &c. 

Pharm.  Prep.     Emp.  Assafoetidae. 

Tribe  Daucinea.  Fruit  dorsally  sub-compressed  or  round.  Carpels 
with  5  primary  ridges,  the  lateral  ones  on  the  inner  face ;  and  4 
secondary  ridges  forming  rows  of  prickles. 

DATJCUS  CAROTA,  Linn.  Fructus,  L.  (Semina),  D.  var.  sylvestris,  D. 
Radix  recens,  L.  Fresh  Root,  var.  sativa,  E.  (Carota,  U.  S.) 
Fruit  of  the  Wild  and  Root  of  the  Cultivated  Carrot. 

The  Carrot  has  long  been  cultivated  in  the  East,  where  it  is  called 
jugur  and  gajur.  The  Arabs  give  istufleen  as  its  Greek  name, — a 
corruption,  no  doubt,  of  the  <r<ra<puXivo£  of  Dioscorides. 

Stems  2  to  3  feet  high,  hispid.  Leaves  tripinnate  ;  leaflets  of  the  upper  leaves  linear, 
lanceolate,  acute,  of  the  lower  leaves  broader;  leaflets  of  the  general  involucre  pinnalifid, 
with  linear  segments,  or  the  partial  one  linear,  entire,  or  trifid.  Calyx  (fig.  68,  c.)  5 
toothed.  Petals  white,  except  in  a  central  neutral  flower,  which  is  red,  as  mentioned  by 
Dioscorides,  obcordate  (D.),  with  an  inflexed  lobe,  exterior  usually  radiant  and  bifid. 
The  umbels  at  first  flat,  become  afterwards  hollow,  from  the  incurvature  of  the  pedicels. 
Fruit  dorsally  (A.)  compressed.  Carpels  with  bristly  primary  (A.  D.)  ridges;  secondary 
ridges  winged,  the  wings  divided  often  to  the  base  into  a  row  of  simple  prickles,  which 
are  equal  in  length  to  the  diameter  of  the  fruit. — Common  on  roadsides  and  in  pastures 
throughout  Europe  and  the  Oriental  Region. — Fig.  68,  p.  401,  a  section  of  the  flower  and 
fruit  from  Adr.  Juss.  with  the  several  references. — E.  B.  1174. 

The  root  of  the  cultivated  Carrot  is  too  well  known  from  its  fusi- 
form shape,  yellow  colour,  sweetish  taste,  and  nutritious  nature,  to 
require  description.  It  is  officinal  on  account  of  its  succulent  na- 
ture being  favourable  for  making  poultices,  which  are  moderately 
stimulant.  The  seeds  are  larger  but  milder,  in  consequence  of  being 
cultivated. 

The  wild  variety  has  fusiform  roots,  which  are  small,  yellowish, 
and  woody,  with  a  bitter  and  acrid  taste,  but  with  the  peculiar  odour 
of  the  Carrot.  The  fruits,  commonly  called  seeds,  have  this  odour 
in  a  more  marked  degree,  from  their  natural  mode  of  growth  being 
best  suited  for  the  developement  of  the  peculiar  secretions  of  the 
plant.  The  Volatile  Oil,  which  is  secreted  especially  in  the  fruit,  is 
diffused  in  less  quantity  over  the  whole  plant,  and  even  in  the  culti- 
vated root.  These  fruits  have  an  aromatic  odour,  warm  and  pun- 
gent taste,  and  yield  by  distillation  a  Volatile  Oil. 

Action.     Uses.     Fruits  Carminative  and  Diuretic  in  doses  of  9. 


Umbellifero!.]  CONIUM.  4]7 

CATAPLASMA  DAUCI,  D.     Carrot  Poultice. 

Prep.  Boil  the  root  of  Garden  Carrot  q.  s.  in  Aq.  till  soft,  and  then  make  into  a  poul- 
tice.—  If  the  raw  Carrot  be  scraped  down,  and  applied  as  a  poultice,  it  will  produce  an 
irritant  action. 

Tribe  Cuminea.     Fruit  compressed  laterally,  ridges  all  apterous. 
• 
CUMINTJM.     Fructus,   L.    Fruit,   E.  of  Cuminum   Cyminum,   Linn. 

Common  Cumin. 

Cumin  (kumoon  of  the  Arabs)  is  probably  a  native  of  Asia,  and  was 
made  known  to  the  Greeks  from  Egypt.  It  is  extensively  cultivated 
in  the  East,  but  has  long  been  introduced  into  the  south  of  Europe. 
England  is  chiefly  supplied  from  Sicily  and  Malta. 

Cumin  is  an  annual,  from  1  to  2  feet  high,  with  much-divided  leaves,  having  the  seg- 
ments long  and  setaceous.  The  umbels,  both  general  and  partial,  from  3  to  5-rayed,  with 
involucres  of  2 — 4  simple  or  divided  leaves.  Involucels  halved,  of  2 — 4  leaves,  finally 
reflexed,  and  exceeding  in  length  the  pubescent  fruit.  Flowers  white  or  pink.  Calyx 
with  5  lanceolate,  setaceous,  permanent  teeth.  Petals  oblong,  emarginate,  with  an  in- 
flexed  point.  Fruit  contracted  from  the  sides.  Mericarps  with  wingless  ribs,  the  5  pri- 
mary  ones  minutely  muricated ;  4  secondary  ones  prickly.  Channels  oblong,  striated, 
minutely  aculeate  under  the  secondary  ridges,  with  1  vitta  in  each.  Seed  somewhat  con- 
cave in  front,  and  convex  on  the  back. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  288. 

Cumin  seeds,  or  rather  fruits,  are  of  a  light-brown  colour.  The 
odour  is  aromatic,  dependent  on  the  volatile  Oil  which  is  stored  up 
in  the  seed-coat.  Taste  warm,  bitterish,  and  aromatic,  but  not  so 
agreeable  as  anise.  The  albumen  is  insipid.  16  cwts.  of  the  fruits 
yield  about  44  Ibs.  of  the  Oil,  which  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  0-945,  pale  yellow 
colour,  and  is  limpid,  of  a  disagreeable  smell  and  acrid  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Carminative.  Condiment  in  India. 
Seldom  used  in  medicine.  Dose  gr.  xv. — 3ss.  Formerly  much  em- 
ployed as  an  external  application  in  Emplastrum  and  Cataplasma 
Cumini,  and  by  Jews  in  the  process  of  circumcision. 

Tribe  Smyrnea.     Fruit  turgid,  compressed  laterally.     Carpels  with 
primary  ridges  only. 

CONITJM  MACULATUM,  Linn.    Conii  Folia,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)    Conii  Fruc- 
tus, L.  (U.  S.)     Leaves  and  Fruit  of  Hemlock. 

There  is  little  doubt  of  this  being  the  xwveiov  of  the  Greeks,  and  the 
cicuta*  of  the  Romans,  as  has  been  long  supposed,  and  as  has  been 
well  argued  by  Dr.  Pereira.  The  objection  that  it  is  not  so  clearly 
described  as  to  be  readily  distinguished  from  other  Umbelliferae,  would 
apply  to  accounts  of  many  officinal  plants,  even  in  comparatively  mo- 
dern works.  It  is  the  shokran  of  the  Arabs,  who  give  chuniun  and 
kunion  as  its  Greek  name,  and  give  bunj-roomee,  or  Turkish  bunj,  as 
another  name.  The  name  bunj  is  applied  to  Henbane,  while  Datura 
is  bunj-dushtee.  It  was  reintroduced  into  practice  by  Storck. 

*  This  must  not,  from  the  similarity  of  name,- be  confounded  with  Cicuta  maculala- 
Cicuta  virosa  occurs  in  Cashmere,  where  it  is  called  Zehr-googul,  or  poison-turnip. 
Persian,  Salep-e-Shailan,  or  Devil's  Salep. 

27 


418 


C  0  N  I  U  M. 


[Calycijloras. 


Fig.  72. 


Root  biennial,  fusiform,  whitish, 
a  little  fleshy.  Stems  3  to  5  feet 
high,  erect,  round,  smooth,  spotted 
with  dull-coloured  purple  spots. 
Leaves  large,  shining,  of  a  deep 
green  colour,  tripinnate,  on  long 
furrowed  petioles,  sheathing  at  the 
base.  Leaflets  lanceolate,  pinna- 
tifid  with  tHe  lower  lobes  incisM, 
the  others  toothed.  Umbels  nu- 
merous, terminal,  composed  of 
many  general  as  well  as  partial 
rays.  General  involucre  of  from  3 
to  7  leaflets,  ovate,  cuspidate,  with 
membranous  edges,  partial  invo- 
lucre of  3  leaflets  on  one  side  ovate 
lanceolate,  shorter  than  the  um- 
bels. Margin  (c)  of  calyx  obso- 
lete.  Petals  5,  (d)  white,  obcor- 
date  with  inflexed  apices.  Sta- 
mens (d)  5.  Ovary  ovate  2-celled. 
Styles  (c)  2,  spreading.  Fruit  (c) 
ovate,  compressed  laterally.  Car- 
pels  or  half  fruits  with  5  promi- 
nent, (c,  b)  equal  undulated,  pri- 
mary ridges,  of  which  the  lateral 
ones  are  marginal.  No  secondary 
ridges.  The  channels  with  many 
strise  but  no  vittce.  —  Hedges  and 


72.  Omivm  maculatum.    d.  Flower,    c.  Fruit.    6.  Transverse  ^ast!  Pla°f  J^SSfc  . 

and  a.  vertical  section  of  fruit.  found  in  Urreece  by  feibthorp,  in 

Cashmere  by   Falconer.     Fl.  in 

June  and  July.    Fruit  ripe  in  August  and  September.    Fig.  72. — Esenb.  and  Eberm. 
282 ;  St.  and  Ch.  13. 

This  plant  in  its  first  year  has  a  long  slender  root  and  a  few  radical 
leaves.  In  the  second  year  it  throws  up  its  characteristic  and  spotted 
stem,  on  all  parts  smooth,  but  possessed  of  a  strong  and  foetid  odour, 
compared  to  that  of  mice.  It  may  be  known  by  these  characters, 
and  by  its  unilateral  partial  involucres  and  wavy  crenated  ridges  of 
the  fruit.*  It  is  generally  stated  that  the  best  time  for  collecting  the 
leaves  is  when  the  plant  is  in  full  flower,  or  just  before  the  forming 
of  the  fruit,  as  in  other  cases.  This,  Dr.  Christison,  who  has  paid 
great  attention  to  the  subject,  doubts,  as  he  has  found  that  its  poi- 
sonous properties  are  considerable  in  November  and  March  of  its 
first  year.  The  fruit  is  more  active  than  the  leaves,  and  more  so 
when  green  than  when  ripe  and  dry.  The  leaves  especially  should 
be  carefully  dried,  in  a  dark  airy  room,  at  a  temperature  of  about 
120°,  and  preserved  in  well-closed,  dark,  and  dry  vessels.  They 
should  retain  much  of  their  natural  deep-green  colour,  have  a  nau- 
seous and  somewhat  acrid  taste,  with  a  peculiar  mouse-like  odour. 
This  should  be  readily  evolved  when  the  plant  is  rubbed  up  with 
caustic  Potash. 

Several  analyses  have  been  made  of  Conium.    Giseke  in  1827  suc- 

*  This  plant  should  be  distinguished  from  jEthusa  Cynapium,  or  Fool's  Parsley,  and 
also  from  Anthriscus  vulgaris  and  sylvaticus  as  well  as  Myrrhis  odorata  and  temulenta. 
The  other  poisonous  umbellifers  are  the  above  Mthusa  Cynapium,  Fool's  Parsley;  Cicuta 
virosa,  Water  Hemlock ;  (Enanlhe  crocata,  Hemlock  Water  Dropwort;  (Enanthc  apii- 
folia,  which  is  probably  only  a  variety  of  ffi.  crocata. 


UmbellifereR.}  C  0  N  I  U  M.  419 

ceeded  in  concentrating  its  active  principle  with  Sulphuric'.  Geiger 
in  1831  detached  it  in  the  form  of  a  volatile  and  oleaginous  alkali, 
possessed  of  powerful  poisonous  properties.  The  experiments  of 
Geiger  have  been  confirmed  by  Dr.  Christison.  Both  found  that  the 
distilled  water,  though  having  the  peculiar  odour  of  Hemlock,  owing 
to  the  presence  of  its  Volatile  Oil,  was  yet  not  poisonous ;  but  if  the 
full-blown  green  fruits  or  leaves  be  distilled  with  water  and  caustic 
Potash,  a  strongly  alkaline  and  poisonous  liquid  passes  over,  which 
is  Conia.  This  has  been  found  in  the  fruit  and  leaves,  and  exists  in 
them  as  a  salt,  though  its  acid  (Coneic')  is  unknown.  It  may  be  de- 
tached by  presenting  an  acid,  as  the  Sul',  which  combines  with  the 
Conia ;  or  this,  by  the  action  of  Potash,  may  be  detached  from  its 
acid,  and  then  distilled  over  with  water  at  212°.  Conia,  called  also 
Conine  and  Conein,  is  a  colourless  and  transparent  oily-looking  body, 
lighter  than  water,  having  a  powerful  mouse-like  odour,  and  a  very 
acrid  taste.  It  is  strongly  alkaline.  Water  takes  up  but  little  of  it, 
but  with  a  fourth  of  its  weight  it  forms  a  Hydrate  of  Conia.  Alcohol 
and  Ether  dissolve  it  readily,  as  do  diluted  acids,  which  indeed  com- 
bine with  it.  Its  vapour  produces  white  fumes  with  the  vapour  of 
H  Cl',  Hydrochlorate  of  Conia  being  formed.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it 
becomes  brownish;  a  resin  and  ammonia  are  formed.  It  boils  at 
370°.  Liebig  determined  it  to  be  composed  of  C13  H14  N  O  =  108. 
(C16  H16  Na  Greg.)  Subjected  to  a  strong  decomposing  heat,  an  em- 
pyreumatic  oil  is  yielded,  which  is  very  poisonous.  It  is  most  easily 
obtained  by  cautiously  distilling,  over  a  muriate  of  lime  bath,  a  mix- 
ture of  strong  solution  of  Potash  with  the  alcoholic  extract  of  the 
unripe  fruit.  (See  Dr.  Christison's  able  paper,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc. 
Edin.  1836.) 

Tests.  Hemlock  may  be  recognised  by  the  characters  which  have 
been  given  of  the  plant  and  fruit,  and  the  efficiency  of  the  officinal 
products  by  triturating  them  with  Liq.  Potasses,  as  directed  in  the  E. 
P.  By  this  it  has  been  ascertained  that  some  preparations  contain 
no  Conia,  either  from  defective  preparation,  or  from  subsequent 
change.  This  accounts  for  some  of  the  discrepant  statements  re- 
specting the  efficiency  of  Conium. 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic  Poison,  supposed  to  excite  convulsions  and 
fatal  coma,  &c.  From  Dr.  Christison's  experiments,  it  exhausts  the 
nervous  energy  of  the  spinal  cord  and  voluntary  muscles,  occasion- 
ing merely  convulsive  tremors  and  slight  twitches,  and  eventually 
general  paralysis  of  the  muscles,  and  consequent  stoppage  of  the 
breathing.  Hemlock  has  long  been  employed  as  a  Deobstruent  and 
Alterative  in  glandular  and  visceral  enlargements.  Scirrhous,  Can- 
cerous, and  Scrofulous  diseases  have  been  greatly  relieved  by  it.  (u. 
Bayle.)  Useful  also  as  an  Antispasmodic  in  Hooping  and  other 
Coughs.  It  has  been  tried  in  Tetanus.  As  an  Anodyne  and  Hypnotic, 
allays  pain  and  irritation,  and  promotes  sleep.  But  Dr.  Christison 
says  the  whole  subject  requires  to  be  investigated  anew. 

D.  Powder  fresh  and  well  dried  gr.  iij. — gr.  v.  2  or  3  times  a  day. 


420  C  O  N  I  U  M.  [Calyciflora,  L. 

EXTRACTUM  (Succus  iNSPissAxus)  CoNii,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of 
Hemlock. 

Prep.  Take  fresh  leaves  of  Conium  and  proceed  as  for  Extract  of  Aconite,  L.  D.  v.  p. 
244.  The  Edinburgh  process  is  essentially  the  same ;  but  the  evaporation  is  to  be  made 
in  vacuo,  with  the  aid  of  heat,  or  spontaneously  in  .shallow  vessels  exposed  to  a  strong 
current  of  air;  as  a  temperature  of  212°  destroys  the  Conia.  When  the  extract  is  tritu- 
rated with  Liq.  Potassce,  a  strong  odour  of  Conia  should  be  disengaged. 

This  extract,  when  well  prepared,  is  of  a  fine  deep-green  colour, 
and  may  be  kept  good  for  some  time.  Evaporating  the  E.  Tincture 
also  forms  an  excellent  Extract,  (c.) 

D.  gr.  iij.  2  or  3  times  a  day,  and  gradually  increased. 

[EXTRACTUM  CONII  ALCOHOLIC™,  U.  S.     As  for  that  of  Aconite,  see 
p.  244.] 

TINCTTJRA  CONII,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Hemlock. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days  dried  leaves  of  Conium  3v.  (3ij.  D.)  bruised  Car- 
damoms 3j.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftj.  D.)  Strain.  L.  D.  Fresh  leaves  of 
Conium  gxij.  Tinct.  of  Cardamom  Oss.  Rectified  Spirit  Oiss.  Express  the  juice  from 
the  leaves,  transmit  Rectified  Spirit  through  the  residuum,  mix  the  watery  and  spirituous 
fluids,  and  filter  the  product,  E. 

[Hemlock  Leaves  giv.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.] 

Action.  Uses.  The  Tincture  obtained  by  the  process  of  percolation 
Dr.  Christison  considers  the  best  of  all  preparations  for  medical  use. 
That  made  by  Mr.  Squire,  by  adding  rectified  Spirit  to  the  expressed 
juice,  without  extracting  the  residuum,  is  also  a  good  preparation. 

D.  f3ss. — f3j.  of  the  L.  P.  TH.XV. — rn^xxx.  gradually  increased  of 
the  E.  P. 

PILULE  CONII  COMPOSITE,  L.     Compound  Pills  of  Hemlock. 

Prep.  Rub  together  into  a  mass  Extract  of  Hemlock  3v.  powdered  Ipecacuanha  3j- 
Mixture  of  Acacia,  q.  s. 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne  Expectorant  in  spasmodic  Coughs  in  doses 
of  gr.  v. 

UNGUENTOM  CONII,  D.     Hemlock  Ointment 

Prep.  Take  fresh  leaves  of  Conium  ftij.  arid  boil  them  in  prepared  Hogs'  Lard  Rij.  till 
crisp.  Express  through  linen. 

Action.  Uses.  As  oil  and  fatty  matters  take  up  some  of  the  active 
properties  of  Hemlock,  this  is  an  efficient  application  to  foul  or  pain- 
ful ulcers,  &c. 

CATAPLASMA  CONII,  L.  D.     Hemlock  Poultice. 

Prep.  Take  Extract  of  Conium  3ij.  mix  it  in  Aq.  Oj.  and  add  bruised  Linseed  q.  a.  to 
thicken,  L.  Take  dried  leaves  of  Conium  maculatum  gj.  Aq.  by  measure  ftss.  Boil 
down  to  ftj.  strain,  and  add  powder  of  the  same  q.  s.  to  make  a  poultice,  D. 

Action.  Uses.  Soothing  application  to  Cancerous  and  other  sores. 

Tribe  Coriandrea.     Fruit  contracted  from  the  side,  didymous  or 
globular.    Ridges  apterous. 


Cornaceai.]  CORNACE^E.  421 

CORIANDRUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Fructus,  L.  (Semina)  D.     Fruit  of 
CORIANDRUM  sATivuM,  Linn.    Coriander. 

Coriander  was  the  gad  of  the  Hebrews,  and  was  well  known  to 
the  Greeks  by  the  name  xopv.  It  has  long  been  cultivated  throughout 
the  East,  and  is  so  now  in  Europe,  as  well  as  in  this  country. 

Stems  annual,  from  1  to  2  feet  high,  round,  striated,  smooth.  Leaves  bipinnate,  cut; 
leaflets  of  the  lowermost  wedge-shaped,  of  the  others  divided  into  linear  segments.  Calyx 
of  5  teeth.  Petals  white,  often  with  a  tinge  of  pink,  obcordate,  with  an  inflexed  lobe,  the 
exterior  ones  radiant  and  bifid.  Fruit  globose.  Carpels  with  the  primary  ridges  obso- 
lete, the  4  secondary  ones  prominent,  keeled.  Interstices  without  vittse.  Commissure 
with  2  vittse.  Seed  excavated  in  the  front,  covered  with  a  loose  membrane.  —  Occasion- 
ally  found  wild  in  this  country,  but  must  have  escaped  from  cultivation.  —  St  &,  Ch.  94. 

Coriander  is  much  esteemed  on  account  of  its  fruit  (seeds  as  they 
are  commonly  called)  both  in  the  East,  where  it  is  much  employed 
as  a  condiment,  being  an  ingredient,  for  instance,  of  Currie  Powder, 
and  also  in  Europe,  where  it  is  required  by  confectioners  and  distil- 
lers. Coriander  is  well  known  by  its  globular  form,  and  by  its  two 
carpels  adhering  firmly  together,  and  forming  a  grayish-coloured 
fruit  about  the  size  of  white  pepper.  It  has  a  peculiar  odour,  and  a 
warm  aromatic  taste,  dependent  on  the  presence  of  a  yellowish- 
coloured  volatile  Oil,  which  necessarily  possesses  in  a  high  degree 
the  qualities  of  Coriander. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Carminative  in  doses  of  9ss.  —  3j.  Chiefly 
employed  as  an  adjunct. 

Off.  Prep.  Confectio  Sennse,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Inf.  Sennse  cum  Tama- 
rindis,  D.  Tinct.  Sennoe  Comp.  E.  ' 

The  ARALIACE^  are  closely  allied  to  Umbeltiferce  ;  but  as  they  do 
not  contain  any  officinal  plants,  a  detailed  notice  of  them  is  not  here 
necessary.  Panax  quinquefolium,  of  which  the  root,  called  Ginseng, 
is  so  highLr  esteemed  by  the  Chinese  as  to  be  considered  a  panacea, 
used  to  be  sold  for  its  weight  in  gold.  It  has  a  feeble  odour,  and  a 
sweet,  slightly  aromatic  taste,  abounds  in  fecula,  and  can  only  be 
useful  as  a  Nutrient  and  Demulcent.  It  is  found  both  in  the  northern 
parts  of  China,  in  Tauria,  as  well  as  in  North  America.  A  nearly 
allied  species,  Panax  Pseudo-Ginseng,  was  found  in  the  Himalayas 
by  Dr.  Wallich.  Aralia  nudicaulis,  a  native  of  North  America,  has 
roots  which  are  slightly  fragrant  and  of  a  sweetish  aromatic  taste,  is 
sometimes  called  False,  and  used  as  a  substitute  for,  Sarsaparilla.  A. 
Spinosa,  called  Angelica  or  Toothache-tree  in  North  America,  is  a 
stimulant  Diaphoretic. 


Trees-  or  shrubs  with  a  bitter  bark.  Leaves  opposite,  or  rarely  somewhat  alternate, 
mostly  entire,  exstipulate.  Flowers  cymose,  the  inflorescence  sometimes  capitate  and 
involucrate;  rarely  dioecious.  Calyx  adherent  to  the  ovary,  limbs  four  or  five  toothed, 
minute  or  four  to  five  lobed,  with  a  valvate  aastivation.  Petals  distinct,  equal  in  number 
to  the  teeth  of  the  calyx.  Stamens  four  to  five,  inserted  with  the  petals,  but  alternate. 
Ovary  one-celled,  with  a  solitary  pendulous  ovule  in  each  cell.  Styles  single.  Drupes 
baccate.  Seeds  anatropous. 


422  SAMBUCUS.  [Corolliflora,  L. 

CORNUS  FLORIDA,  U.  S.,  Linn.  The  bark  of  the  tree  and  root,  Pen- 
tandria  Monogynia. 

The  Dogwood  is  a  very  common  tree  in  the  United  States,  growing 
in  open  woods,  and  modified  in  its  growth  by  latitude,  it  being  a 
much  larger  tree  in  the  Southern  States. 

Bot.  Char.  A  small  tree,  varying  in  size  from  15  to  30  feet,  showy  when  in  bloom  from 
the  large  leafy  involucres,  which  resemble  white  flowers  at  a  distance.  Flowers  in  clus- 
ters within  the  four  involucres,  rather  inconspicuous,  greenish-yellow.  The  drupe  is  red 
when  ripe. 

The  bark  of  the  tree  or  root,  is  in  pieces,  somewhat  quilled,  seve- 
ral inches  long,  half  an  inch  or  more  broad,  and  two  or  three  lines 
thick,  of  a  grayish-red  colour,  breaking  with  a  short  fracture.  Odour 
feeble,  taste  bitter  and  astringent,  with  a  little  aroma.  The  bark  of 
the  root  is  destitute  of  epidermis. 

It  contains  gum,  resin,  tannin,  and  gallic  acid,  Cornine  (?),  bitter 
extractive. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  and  roborant  with  some  astringency.  Used 
in  intermittent  fever  as  a  substitute  for  bark,  but  objectionable  from 
the  quantity  required.  The  recent  bark  is  apt  to  disagree  with  the 
stomach  and  produce  pain. 

D.  of  powder  9ij.  to  3j. 

DECOCTUM  CORNUS  FLORIDA,  U.  S. 

Prep.  Dogwood  Bark  bruised  gj.  Water  Oj.  Boil  for  10  min.  in  a  covered  vessel  and 
strain. 

D.  fsj.  to  fsij. 
CORNUS  CIRCINATA,  U.  S.  Sec.     CORNUS  SERICEA,  U.  S.  Sec. 

Both  of  these  plants  are  shrubs.     The  bark  is  in  the  form  of  quills. 
The  medical  properties  are  nearly  those  of  the   preceding,  and 
they  are  employed  in  the  same  way  and  for  the  same  purplHes.] 

c.  CorolliflorcB.     Lindley.     (v.  p.  238.) 

CAPRIFOLIACE^E,  Juss. 

The  CaprifoIiacetB  are  so  closely  allied  to  Rubiacese  as  to  be  included  with  them  in  one 
close  alliance  both  by  Lindley  and  Endlicher.  They  are  distinguished  from  them  by 
having  leaves  without  stipules,  but  are  divided  into  two  groups,  LONICERE^E  VER.JE  and 
SAMBUCE^E,  the  latter  having  corollas  which  are  rotate,  or  with  short  tubes,  and  the  raphe 
of  the  seeds  turned  inwards.  They  are  found  in  temperate  and  cold  parts  of  the  world, 
and  are  not  possessed  of  very  active  properties. 

SAMBUCUS,  L.  E.  D.  Flores,  L.  D.  Flowers,  E.  Baccae  et  Cortex 
interior,  D.  Berries  and  inner  bark  of  SAMBUCUS  NIGRA,  Linn. 
Pentand.  Trigyn.  Linn.  Common  Elder. 

The  Elder,  indigenous  in  Europe,  was  known  to  the  Greeks,  and 
called  axr*i  by  Dioscorides. 

Arborescent;  much,  but  always  oppositely  branched;  young  branches  filled  with 
spongy  pith.  Leaves  pinnate ;  leaflets  usually  2  pairs  with  an  odd  one,  ovate,  serrate, 
cuspidate.  Cymes  large,  terminal  with  5  principal  branches.  Calyx  limb  5-cleft.  Co- 


Rubiacea:.}  RUBIACEjE.  423 

rolla  cream-coloured,  rotate,  5-Iobed,  finally  reflexed,  with  a  faint  smell.     Stamens  5. 
Stigmas  3,  sessile.     Berry  globular,  black,  3 — 4  seeded. — St.  and  Ch.  ii.  79. 

Though  so  many  parts  of  the  Elder  are  officinal,  few  are  possessed 
of  any  active  properties.  A  little  of  the  Volatile  Oil,  upon  which  the 
odour  of  the  flowers  depends,  may  be  separated  by  distillation ;  but 
Dr.  Pereira  has  shown  that  the  Oleum  Sambuci,  L.  D.  which  is  sold 
as  Oil  of  Elder,  is  a  spurious  preparation  made  by  boiling  Elder  leaves 
in  Rape  Oil.  The  taste  of  the  inner  bark  is  slightly  astringent,  the 
odour  is  slight,  but  it  possesses  Cathartic  and  also  Emetic  properties. 
A  decoction  of  it  has  sometimes  been  prescribed  in  Dropsy..  It  has 
been  given  in  effusions  by  M.  Delens,  3ij. — 3iv.  in  four  cups  of  water 
reduced  to  three,  and  taken  during  the  day  in  cases  of  Scrofula  and 
of  Leucorrhceas,  for  the  improvement  of  the  constitution. 

AQUA  SAMBUCI,  L.  E.     Elder  Flower  Water. 

Prep.  Mix  Elder  Flowers  ftx.  (or  Oil  of  Elder  sjij.  L.)  with  Aq.  Cij.  Proof  Spirit 
fgvij.  (Rectified  Spirit  f3iij.  E.),  and  distil  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Used  as  a  vehicle,  and  for  flavouring  medicines. 

UNGUENTUM  SAMBUCI,  L.  D.     Elder  Ointment. 

Prep.  Boil  Elder  (Flowers}  ftij.  in  Lard  ftij.  till  they  become  crisp.  Press  through 
linen,  L.  Fresh  Elder  Leaves  ftiij.  in  prepared  Hogs'  Lard  ftiv.  prepared  Mutton  Suet 
ftij.  Prepare  as  Savine  Ointment,  D. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  cooling  Ointment.  The  L.  prep,  is  the  White 
Elder  Ointment,  the  D.  prep,  the  Green  Elder  Ointment  of  the  shops. 

Succus  SPISSATUS  SAMBUCI,  D. 
Prepared  from  the  fresh  ripe  Elder  Berries,  as  Succus  spissatus  Aconiti,  D. 

Action.  Uses.  This  purple-coloured  juice  is  Refrigerant  and  slightly 
laxative  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij. 

[The  SAMBUCUS  CANADENSIS  is  officinal  in  the  U.  S.  P.,  and  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way.] 

RUBIACE^E,  Juss. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  with  roundish  or  4-cornered  stems  and  branches,  with  nodose 
joints.  Leaves  opposite,  occasionally  verticillate,  with  interpetiolary  stipules,  which  are 
either  distinct  or  variously  adherent,  simple,  bifid,  or  multifid.  Flowers  complete,  occa- 
sionally  unisexual  from  abortion,  almost  always  regular,  variously  arranged.  Calyx-tube 
united  with  the  ovary,  limb  superior  or  half-superior,  2 — 6  toothed  or  cleft,  sometimes  en- 
tire, disappearing  on  the  fruit.  Corel  monopetalous,  inserted  into  the  tube  of  the  calyx, 
tubular,  or  campanulate,  seldom  rotate,  4 — 5  or  6-cleft,  valvate  or  imbricate,  twisted. 
Stamens  inserted  into  the  tube  of  the  corol,  and  alternate  with  its  lobes.  Ovary  inferior, 
surmounted  by  a  disk,  2-  to  several-celled,  1-  to  many-ovuled.  Style  simple.  Stigma  2- 
to  many  cleft.  Fruit  capsular,  berried,  or  drupe-like,  cells  1-  to  many"  seeded.  Seeds 
various  in  situation.  Embryo  small,  usually  with  horny  albumen. 

Several  botanists,  as  Ray,  Browne,  &c.,  have  distinguished  the  tribe  Stellate  of  the 
Rubiaceag  of  Jussieu  and  De  Candolle  as  a  distinct  family,  by  the  name  STELLATJS, 
called  Galiacea  by  Dr.  Lindley.  These  are  distinguished  by  their  weak,  often  quadran- 
gular stems,  whorled  leaves,  absence  of  stipules,  and  didymous  fruit,  also  by  their  being 
found  in  temperate  climates.  Several  of  them  are  a  little  bitter,  some  secrete  red  colour- 
ing matter. 


424  IPECACUANHA.  [Corolliflora,  L. 

RUBIA  TINCTORUM,  Linn.     [Rubia,  U.  S.]     Radix  D.     The  root  of 
Dyer's  Madder.  Tetrand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Madder  was  employed  by  the  ancients,  as  species  of  Rubia  still  are 
in  the  East.  R.  Mungista  or  cordifolia  yields  the  munjeet  of  India. 

Root  perennial,  long,  horizontal,  of  a  reddish-brown  colour.  Stems  herbaceous,  four- 
sided,  with  the  angles  aculeate.  Leaves  4  to  6,  in  a  whorl,  petiolate,  lanceolate,  smooth 
above,  margin  and  keel  aculeate,  rough.  Peduncles  axillary,  trichotomous.  Tube  of  the 
calyx  ovate-globose ;  limb  scarcely  any.  Corol  5-partite,  rotate,  lobes  gradually  callous, 
acuminate.  Stamens  short.  Styles  2,  short.  Fruit  didymous,  somewhat  globose,  succu- 
lent.— A  native  of  the  south  of  Europe  and  of  the  Grecian  Archipelago  and  north  of 
Africa. — Nees  von  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  255. 

Madder  is  cultivated  in  France  and  Holland,  and  largely  imported 
for  the  use  of  the  dyer  either  whole  or  ground.  The  roots  are 
branched,  about  the  thickness  of  a  quill,  of  a  reddish  hue  externally, 
and  consist  of  an  easily  separable  bark,  with  an  external  woody  part 
of  a  reddish  colour.  It  has  little  smell,  with  a  slightly  bitter  astrin- 
gent taste.  The  colouring  matters,  as  Alizarin,  &c.,  which  it  con- 
tains, are  a  subject  of  great  interest  both  to  the  chemist  and  to  the 
dyer.  It  is  of  little  importance  in  medicine. 

Action.  Uses.  Slight  Astringent  and  Tonic.  When  taken  inter- 
nally, colours  the  bones  red.  It  was  at  one  time  considered  Emme- 
nagogue  (Home)  in  doses  of  3ss. — 3ij.  every  3 — 4  hours. 

ClNCHONACE*:. 

2.  The  rest  of  the  Rubiaccce,  named  CINCHONACE^E  by  Dr.  Lindley,  are  distinguished 
by  their  opposite,  rarely  verticillate  leaves,  and  intermediate  or  interpetiolar  stipules. 
They  are  found  in  the  tropical  parts  of  the  world,  and  on  the  Andes  of  Peru,  and  on  the 
mountains  of  India  as  high  as  the  belt  of  tropical  vegetation.  They  are  remarkable  for 
secreting  bitter  and  astringent  principles :  hence  many  are  employed  as  febrifuges,  in 
addition  to  those  which  are  conspicuously  so  from  secreting  the  alkalies  Quinia  and  (Jin. 
chonia.  Some,  like  the  Stellate,  secrete  red  colouring  matter ;  while  some,  with  herba- 
ceous stems  and 'perennial  roots,  are  equally  remarkable  and  useful  from  secreting  Eme- 
tine. The  officinal  plants  all  belong  to  Pentandria  Monogynia  of  Linnaeus. 

IPECACUANHA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Radix,  L.  D.     Root,  E.  of  CEPHAELIS 
IPECACUANHA,  Tussac.     Ipecacuan.     Ipecacuanha. 

Ipecacuanha,  a  name  adopted  from  the  language  of  the  South  Ame- 
ricans (by  whom  it  is  also  called  Praya  de  Mato),  has  been  applied 
to  a  variety  of  Emetic  roots,  but  is  restricted  in  the  Pharmacopoeias 
to  the  roots  of  the  above  Cephaelis.  This  was  first  distinctly  noticed 
in  the  Nat.  Hist,  of  Brazil  of  Piso,  and  Marcgraaf,  p.  101,  and  p.  17, 
.  (1648,)  as  a  brown-coloured  Ipecacuan,  and  distinguished  from  an- 
other of  a  white  colour,  with  the  plant  something  like  Pulegium.  It 
was  first  brought  into  notice  in  Europe  by  Helvetius,  about  1686. 
The  plant  yielding  it  was  long  unknown.  Dr.  Gomez  was  the  first 
(Memoria  sobre  ipecacuanha  fusca  du  Bresil,  1801)  to  describe  and 
figure  the  genuine  plant ;  but  having  left  specimens  with  Brotero  of 
Coimbra,  and  he  with  Tussac  of  Nantes,  the  former,  without  the  per- 
mission of  and  acknowledgment  to  Gomez,  described  it  in  the  Lin- 
nsean  Trans,  vi.  p.  137.  t.  11.  1802,  as  a  species  of  Callicocca.  But 
this  genus  is  identical  with  the  CEPHAELIS  of  Swartz,  to  which  it  was 
referred  by  Tussac  and  published  in  the  Journ.  de  Bot.  of  M.  Des- 


CinchonaceeB.] 


IPECACUANHA. 


425 


vaux,  iv.  p.  204  (1813).  The  subject  has  since  been  investigated  by 
Merat,  Richard,  Martius,  and  A.  St.  Hilaire.  Herat,  Guibourt,  and 
others  distinguish  it  into  three  varieties,  Brown,  Red,  and  Qray  Ipe- 
cacuan,  depending  on  the  colour  of  the  epidermis. 


Fig.  73. 


CepJiaelis  Ipecacuanha  (fig.  73)  has  a  perennial  root,  simple,  flexuose,  or  with  a  few 
diverging  branches  a  few  inches  in  length,  about  the  thickness  of  a  quill,  knotty,  with 
transverse  rings ;  when  fresh,  of 
a  pale  brown  colour  externally. 
Stem  suffruticose,  ascending,  often 
rooting  near  the  ground,  at  length 
erect,  somewhat  pubescent  to- 
wards the  apex.  Leaves  from  4 
to  6  or  8,  on  a  stem,  opposite, 
oblong,  obovate,  acute,  roughish 
above,  finely  pubescent  beneath. 
Stipules  erect,  4 — 6  cleft.  Pedun- 
cles solitary,  axillary,  downy,  erect 
when  in  flower,  drooping  when  in 
fruit.  Flowers  collected  into  heads, 
and  inclosed  by  a  large  1-leafed 
involucre,  which  is  deeply  4  to  6 
cleft.  Segments  obovate.  Bracts 
one  to  each  flower,  obovate,  oblong. 
Calyx  minute,  with  5  blunt  short 
teeth.  Corolla  white,  funnel-shap- 
ed ;  tube  downy  on  the  outside  and 
at  the  orifice;  limb  with  5  ovate 
reflexed  segments.  Stamens  5, 
with  filiform  filaments  and  linear 
anthers,  which  project  a  little 
beyond  the  corolla.  Ovary  sur. 
mounted  by  a  fleshy  disk.  Stigma 
bifid.  Berry  about  the  size  of  a  coffee-bean,  of  a  dark  violet  colour,  crowned  by  the  re- 
mains of  the  calyx,  2-celled,  2-seeded,  with  a  longitudinal  fleshy  dissepiment.  Nucleus 
plano-convex,  furrowed  on  the  flat  side.  Flowers  from  November  to  March,  and  ripens 
fruit  in  May. — A  native  of  shady  places  in  the  forests  of  Brazil  from  the  province  of  Rio 
Janeiro  to  that  of  Pernambuco. — Fig.  v.  Gomes  1.  c.  1.  2.  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  t.  11.  Mar- 
tius,  Spec.  Mat.  Med.  Bras.  4.  t.  1.  St.  Hilaire.  PI.  Us.  de  Brazil,  pi.  6.  Nees  and 
Eberm.  258.  St.  and  Ch.  62. 

This  plant  yields  the  Brown  or  Gray,  annulated,  or  true,  sometimes 
called  Brazilian  or  Lisbon  Ipecacuanha,  which  is  in  general  alone 
met  with  in  this  country.  It  is  collected  at  all  seasons  of  the  year, 
but  chiefly  from  January  to  March,  and  is  imported  from  Rio  Janeiro, 
Bahia,  and  Pernambuco. 

The  roots  of  annulated  Ipecacuanha,  as  met  with  in  commerce, 
are  of  a  grayish  or  light-brown  colour,  have  sometimes  attached  to 
their  upper  part  a  straight  cylindrical  part,  by  which  it  was  connected 
with  the  stem,  are  two  or  three  inches  in  length,  simple  or  branched, 
variously  contorted,  about  the  thickness  of  a  small  quill,  composed 
apparently  of  a  series  of  transverse  but  unequal  rings,  separated  by 
nearly  parallel  grooves,  giving  the  whole  a  knotted  appearance.  The 
rings  are  composed  of  an  external  cortical  portion,  which  is  horny 
but  brittle,  and  are  apparently  strung  upon  a  slender,  tough,  and 
whitish  ligneous  portion,  which  is  called  meditullium,  forming  about 
y  of  good-  Ipecacuan.  This  part  has  little  odour  or  taste,  and  is  com- 
paratively inert.  The  cortical  portion  has  a  peculiar  nauseous  odour, 
and  slightly  bitter,  somewhat  acrid  taste.  This  is  said  to  be  more 


426  IPECACUANHA.  [Corolliflora,  L. 

evident  in  the  fresh  plant,  and  the  odour  is  extremely  disagreeable  to 
many  when  the  root  is  powdered.  The  active  properties  are  taken 
up  by  w^er,  Alcohol, 'Proof  Spfrit,  or  Wine.  Pelletier  analyzed  Ipe- 
cacuanh*  root,  and  found  in  the  cortical  portion,  a  peculiar  prin- 
ciple which  has  been  called  Emetine,  but  is  rather  Emetic  Extract, 
16  parts,  odoriferous  Fatty  matter  2  (this  consists  of  an  odorous  vo- 
latile oil,  and  of  a  scentless  fixed  fatty  matter),  Wax  6,  Gum  10, 
Starch  42,  Ligixin  20  parts,  loss  4  parts  =  100.  The  Red  variety 
contained  only  14  per  cent,  of  Emetine.  The  Meditullium  contains 
only  about  1  per  cent,  of  Emetic  Extract,  and  about  67  per  cent,  of 
Ligneous  fibre. 

The  Emetic  Extract,  or  Matiere  Vomitive  as  it  was  first  called,  was 
afterwards  found  to  be  impure,  and  good  Ipecacuanha  to  contain  only 
about  1  per  cent,  of  pure  Emetine.  This  is  colourless,  uncrystallizable, 
but  alkaline  in  its  properties,  without  odour,  and  nearly  without  taste ; 
fusible  about  120°,  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  but  much  so  in  Alcohol 
or  proof  Spirit.  It  forms  bitter  salts  with  acids,  and  is  precipitated 
when  in  solution  by  Tincture  of  Galls.  •  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  im- 
parts a  greenish  colour  to  the  decoction  of  Ipecacuanha.  Emetine 
is  composed  of  CS8H28ON.  Impure  Emetine,  which  is  that  most 
frequently  met  with,  is  of  a  yellowish-white  colour. 

A  kind  of  Ipecacuanha,  known  as  striated  and  also  as  Black  or 
Peruvian  Ipecacuan,  is  yielded  by  a  different  plant  of  this  family, 
with  much  larger  joints,  the  Psychotria  emetica,  of  the  tribe  Cof- 
feae,  a  native  of  New  Granada,  which  indeed  was  at  one  time  sup- 
posed to  yield  the  true  kind.  Pelletier  found  it  contained  about  9  per 
cent,  of  impure  Emetine. 

A  third  kind  of  Ipecacuanha,  and  that  referred  to  by  Piso,  is  the 
white  kind,  distinguished  by  its  white  colour,  amylaceous  nature,  and 
undulated  appearance.  This  is  yielded  by  Richardsonia  scabra  (R. 
braziliensis  of  other  authors),  a  plant  of  the  tribe  Spermacocece  of  this 
family,  a  native  of  Brazil,  New  Granada,  Vera  Cruz,  &c.  R.  rosea 
yields  a  similar  product.  This  kind  contains  only  about  6  per  cent, 
of  impure  Emetine. 

Several  other  Rubiaceous  plants  are  emetic  in  nature,  and  some  of 
other  families,  as  some  species  of  PolygalecB,  of  JlsclepiadecB,  and  of 
Euphorbiacece,  and  of  Violacea,  lonidium  Ipecacuanha.  I.  parvifto- 
rum  yields  the  Cuichuncully  de  Cuenca,  for  which  I  am  indebted  for 
specimens  to  the  Hon.  Fox  Strangways. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Nauseant  Emetic,  Expectorant,  Diaphoretic, 
Sedative.  Useful  as  an  Expectorant  and  Diaphoretic  in  Catarrh,  or 
as  a  Diaphoretic  in  febrile  affections  of  various  kinds,  or  to  cause  a 
determination  to  the  skin  in  Diarrho3a  and  Dysentery.  Emetic  to  cut 
short  the  accession  of  an  ague,  &c.,  evacuate  the  stomach,  or  give  a 
shock  to  the  system.  Nauseant  Sedative  in  Haemorrhage,  &c. 

D.  gr.  xv. — 9j.  or  even  3ss.  of  the  powder  as  an  Emetic ;  often 
conjoined  with  Tartar  Emetic  gr.  j.,  assisting  its  action  with  warm 
water  or  Camomile  Tea.  Gr.  ij.  as  a  Nauseant.  Gr.  j. — gr.  ij.  as  an 
Expectorant  and  Diaphoretic.  Gr.  £  as  an  Alterative  in  Dyspepsia, 
and  of  Emetine  gr.  TV- 


CinchonaceeB.]  COFFEE.  427 

VINUM  IPECACUANHA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Ipecacuanha  Wine. 

Prep.  Macerate  Ipecacuan  in  moderately  fine  powder  gijss.  (3ij.  D.  U.  S.)  in  Sherry 
Wine  Oij.  (old  wine  m.  D.)  (wine,  U.  S.)  for  fourteen,  (7  E.)  days,  and  filter. 

Action.  Uses.  Expectorant  and  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  fflrx.  to 
rt^xxx.  Emetic  in  doses  of  f  3ij.  to  f3iv.  Often  given  to  children  in 
doses  of  fftxx.  to  f  3J. 

SYRUPUS  IPECACUANHA,  E.     Syrup  of  Ipecacuanha. 

Prep.  Take  of  Ipecacuan  in  coarse  powder  giv.  Rectified  Spirit  Oj.  Proof  Spirit  and 
Aq.  dest.  aa  f  3xiv.  Syrup  Ovij.  Digest  the  Ipecacuan  in  Reel.  Sp.  f  gxv.  at  a  gentle  heat 
for  24  hours ;  strain,  squeeze  the  residue,  and  filter.  Repeat  this  process  with  the  residue 
and  proof  Spirit,  and  again  with  the  water.  Unite  the  fluids  and  distil  off  the  Spirit,  till 
the  residuum  amount  to  f  gxij.  Add  to  the  residuum  Reel.  Sp.  fgv.  and  then  the  Syrup. 
Dr.  Christison  says  this  process  is  unnecessarily  complex,  and  that  a  syrup  made  from 
the  Alcoholic  Extract,  as  directed  in  the  Parisian  Codex,  is  probably  as  good. 

[Ipecac.,  in  powder,  gj.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oj.  Syrup  Oij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Expectorant  f3j. — f3ij.  Emetic  for  infants  f3ss. — f3j. 

PULVIS  IPECACUANHA  COMPOSITUS.     Compound  Ipecacuan,  or  Dover's 
Powder.     [PuLv.  IPECACUANHA  ET  OPII,  U.  S.] 

Prep.  Triturate  thoroughly  together  Ipecacuan  in  powder  and  Opium  aa  3j.  (3J.  E.) 
Sulphate  of  Potash  3viij.  (3viij.  E.)  (Triturate  the  Salt  and  Opium  to  powder,  and  mix 
the  Ipecacuan,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  x.,  sometimes  re- 
peated at  short  intervals.  One  of  the  most  valuable  Sudorifics,  the 
Opium  apparently  causing  a  determination  to  the  skin,  and  the  Ipe- 
cacuan its  relaxation.  Dr.  Dover  directed  his  powder  to  be  given  in 
a  glass  of  white  wine  posset,  covering  up  warm,  and  drinking  about 
a  quart  of  the  posset  while  sweating.  It  is  often  necessary  to  avoid 
drinking  too  soon,  to  prevent  vomiting. 

PILULE  IPECACUANHA  (ET  OPII,  E.)  COMPOSITE,  L.     Compound  Ipe- 
cacuan (and  Opium)  Pills. 

Prep.  Mix  Camp.  Ipecacuan  powder  giij.  Squill  fresh  dried,  Ammoniacum  aa  3j.  Mu- 
cilage q.  s.  to  make  into  a  mass  of  proper  consistence.  The  E.  C.  orders  Corny).  Ipecac, 
powder  3iij.  Conserve  of  Red  Roses  3j.  to  be  beaten  into  a  proper  mass,  and  divided 
into  gr.  iv.  pills. 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic  Expectorant,  as  the  foregoing,  in  doses 
of  gr.  v. — gr.  x. 

Ipecacuanha  and  Emetine  are  both  sometimes  introduced  into  the 
system  by  friction  in  the  form  of  liniment  or  ointment. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Trochisci  Morphia?  et  Ipecacuanha?  (p.  2G4.) 

COFFEA  ARABICA,  quhwo.  of  the  Arabs  (of  the  tribe  and  subtribe  Coffees) 
is  a  native  of  Arabia  Felix  and  of  the  borders  of  Abyssinia.  From 
the  former  it  has  been  introduced  into,  and  is  cultivated  in  various 
countries.  It  is  too  well  known  as  an  article  of  diet,  to  require  de- 
tailed notice  here,  and  is  remarkable  for  Caffeine  having  been  found 
to  be  identical  with  Theine  (v.  p.  292)  and  for  its  stimulant  influence 
on  the  nervous  system,  especially  in  those  unaccustomed  to  its  use. 
Hence  it  is  sometimes  employed  as  a  Stimulant  and  Antisoporific, 


428  CINCHONA.  [CorolliflortB,  L. 

and  to   counteract  the   effects   of  Opium   and   of  other  Narcotic 
poisons. 

CINCHONA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Pale,  Yellow,  and  Red  Barks  produced 
by  different  species  of  CINCHONA,  several  of  which  are  yet  unas- 
certained. 

Cinchona,  so  named  by  Linnaeus  in  compliment  to  the  Countess  of 
Chincon,  lady  of  the  then  viceroy  of  Peru,  who  was  cured  by,  and 
brought  from  thence  to  Europe  in  1639,  some  of  this  not  more  cele- 
brated than  valuable  bark.  But  the  native  name  quinquina,  p.  362, 
does  not  differ  much  from  Cinchona.  Its  history  is  obscure:  the 
natives  of  the  country  are  supposed  to  have  been  unacquainted  with 
its  virtues,  which  are  thought  to  have  been  discovered  by  the  Jesuits, 
by  whom  it  was  chiefly  made  known  in  Europe.  The  plant  or  plants 
yielding  this  were  long  entirely  and  are  still  in  a  great  measure  un- 
known. The  first  notice  is  by  Dr.  Arrot,  in  Phil.  Trans,  for  1737. 
In  the  same  year  Condamine,  and  in  1740  Joseph  de  Jussieu  obtain- 
ed specimens  from  near  Loxa.  About  1772  Mutis  sent  a  few  speci- 
mens to  Linnaeus  from  about  Santa  Fe  de  Bagota,  and  with  Zea  pub- 
lished some  inaccurate  information  respecting  the  officinal  species.  At 
first  a  species  called  Cinchona  officinalis  was  supposed  to  yield  all  the 
barks  of  commerce.  Ruiz  and  Pa  von  commenced  in  1777,  and  care- 
fully*examined  the  vegetation  of  Chili  and  of  Peru,  published  accu- 
rate and  valuable  information  respecting  several  kinds  of  Bark  and 
of  species  of  Cinchona,  from  1792  to  1801,  in  their  Flora  Peruviana 
and  Quinalogia.  Humboldt  and  Bonpland,  in  their  Planta  JEqui- 
noctiales,  have  accurately  described  some  of  the  species,  and  Poppig 
has  given  most  valuable  information  respecting  the  species  and  barks 
of  the  more  southern  Cinchona  countries.  The  species  made  known 
by  these  travellers  and  botanists  have  been  elucidated  by  Mr.  Lam- 
bert in  his  works  on  the  genus  Cinchona,  and  by  De  Candolle  in  his 
Prodromus ;  but  most  fully  and  clearly  by  Professor  Lindley  in  his 
Flora  Medica,  1838,  having  as  materials  to  work  with,  the  forego- 
ing works,  and  a  most  extensive  series  of  dried  specimens  taken  out 
of  a  Spanish  prize,  and  collected  by  Mutis  in  1805,  near  Loxa  and 
Santa  Z6,  belonging  to  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  as  well  as  the  collection 
of  Mr.  Lambert,  which  besides  several  unpublished  species,  contain- 
ed nearly  a  complete  set  of  those  described  in  the  Flora  Peruviana 
of  Ruiz  and  Pa  von.  From  these  he  has  described  twenty-one  species 
of  Cinchona,  and  mentions  five  others.  Three  more  have  been  de- 
scribed by  Martius,  from  Brazil,  and  one  by  Mr.  Bentham  from  Bri- 
tish Guiana,  (v.  Walper's  Repert.) 

Many  species  at  first  referred  to  Cinchona,  have  been  since  found 
to  belong  to  other  nearly  allied  genera,  as  to  Exostemma,  Remijia, 
Buena,  Pincneya,  Danais,  Luculia,  Hymenodictyon.  Some  of  these 
yield  febrifuge  barks,  but  which  are  now  ranked  with  false  Cin- 
chonas. 

The  genus  Cinchona  (fig.  74)  is  characterized  by  having  the  calyx  (a)  turbinate,  5- 
toothed.  Corolla  (6)  of  one  petal,  hypocrateriform.  Anther  hairy  or  smooth  inside  the 
limb,  divided  into  5  oblong  lobes,  valvate  in  aestivation.  Stamens  5 ;  filaments  short,  and 


CinchonacecB.]  CINCHONA.  429 

inserted  (6)  in  the  middle  of  the  tube;  anthers  linear,  almost  entirely  helmeted.  Stigma 
bifid,  somewhat  club-shaped.  Capsule  (c)  ovate  or  oblong,  marked  with  a  furrow  on  each 
side,  2-celled  (ef),  crowned  by  the  calyx,  splitting  (e)  from  below  upwards  into  2  cocci. 
Seeds  numerous,  erect,  imbricated  (/)  upwards,  compressed,  girded  by  a  membranous  (g) 
lacerated  wing. — The  species  are  shrubby  or  arboreous,  conspicuous  for  their  ornamental 
appearance.  The  bark  of  all  is  bitter,  astringent,  and  aromatic,  remarkable  for  secre- 
ting the  alkalies  Quinia  and  Cinchonia.  The  leaves  are  short-petioled,  with  plane  mar- 
gins. Stipules  foliaceous,  free,  deciduous.  Flowers  paniculate,  corymbose,  terminal, 
white  or  roseate,  some  purplish. 

The  true  Cinchonas  are  supposed  to  be  confined  exclusively  to  the  Andes,  within  the 
boundaries'of  Peru,  Colombia,  and  Bolivia,  extending  from  La  Paz,  about  20°  of  S.  lat.  to 
the  mountainous  regions  of  Santa  Martha  on  the  northern  coast,  in  11°  of  N.  latitude. 
But  the  extent  to  which  they  spread  to  the  east  has  not  been  well  ascertained.  Mr. 
Mornay  some  years  since  mentioned  to  the  author  that  a  species  of  Cinchona  with  dark 
red-coloured  bark,  and  yielding  Quinine  was  found  on  the  mountains  of  Paraguay.  Mr. 
Bentharn  has  described  Cinchona  Ronaima,  from  British  Guiana.  The  elevations  vary, 
and  must  do  so  according  to  latitude  and  the  local  influences,  which  produce  great  mo- 
difications of  climate.  The  species  occur  from  1200  to  10,000  feet,  but  the  principal  from 
6000  feet  to  the  latter  height.  The  temperature  on  an  average  of  these  may  be  59°  or 
62°.  The  best  Barks  are  found  in  dry  rocky  soil  at  the  greatest  elevations  and  the  cold- 
est climates. 

The  bark  is  peeled  about  May  by  the  Indians,  who  are  called  Cas- 
carilleros,  either  by  cutting  down  the  trees  and  taking  the  bark  from 
the  branches,  or  "  the  bark  is  cut  from  the  trees  as  they  stand."  It 
is  made  into  bundles  and  carried  out  of  the  forests  to  be  carefully 
dried.  The  thinner  curl  inwards,  and  form  quilled  bark  ;  the  larger 
and  thicker  barks,  probably  to  facilitate  the  drying,  have  the  epider- 
mis stripped  off.  When  dry,  the  bark  is  conveyed  to  the  coast,  and 
packed  in  chests  or  in  serons,  each  package  usually  containing  only 
one  kind  of  bark,  though  the  species  and  varieties  of  those  imported 
are  very  great.  The  several  kinds  are  imported  from  various  ports 
along  the  western  coast  of  South  America,  originally  from  Loxa  and 
Payta,  which  is  near  it,  but  latterly  also  from  Valparaiso,  having  first 
been  imported  there  from  more  northern  ports.  Also  from  Arica,  the 
produce  of  the  neighbourhood  of  La  Pas,  and  of  Apolobambo,  and 
from  Lima  the  produce  of  the  forests  of  Huanuco.  Some  is  carried 
across  the  country  and  exported  from  Buenos  Ayres. 

Some  finds  its  way  to  the  northern  port  of  Carthagena,  the  produce 
of  the  forests  near  Santa  Fe  de  Bagota. 

Though  many  species  of  Cinchona  are  now  known,  and  likewise  a 
great  variety  of  Barks,  there  is  considerable  difficulty  in  determining 
which  of  the  latter  are  produced  by  the  known  species  of  the  former. 
The  difficulty  is  only  to  be  determined  by  those  who,  like  Poppig, 
will  collect  the  bark  and  a  specimen  of  the  plant  at  the  same  time, 
and  submit  both  to  careful  examination  by  qualified  observers.  The 
greatest  mistakes  have  occurred  in  consequence  of  Mutis  and  Zea 
having  taken  for  granted,  that  the  Barks  of  the  north  were  identical 
with  those  of  the  south,  and  consequently  that  the  trees  which  yielded 
the  Yellow  and  Red  Barks  of  Carthagena  must  be  the  same  as  those 
which  produced  the  Yellow  and  Red  Barks  of  Lima, — a  mistake  by 
which  they  have  not  only  deceived  themselves,  but  led  into  error 
Humboldt,  Lambert,  Don,  and  the  authors  of  the  London  Pharmaco- 
poeia of  1836. 

As  the  plants,  so  the  barks  of  these  Cinchonas  have  been  carefully 


430  CINCHONA    BARKS.  [Corolliflora,  L. 

studied.  They  might  be  arranged  according  to  the  plants  which 
yield  them,  if  our  knowledge  was  more  perfect ;  or  according  to  their 
chemical  characters,  as  has  been  done  by  Goebel  and  Geiger ;  or  ac- 
cording to  their  physical  characters,  as  of  colour,  by  which  the  L. 
and  D.  P.  mention  the  Pale,  Yellow,  and  Red  Barks :  the  E.  C.  sub- 
stituting Crown  and  Silver  Bark  for  the  first.  This  method  has  been 
chiefly  adopted,  as  by  Bergen*  in  a  monograph  pronounced  by  Dr. 
Duncan  to  be  "the  most  perfect  specimen  of  Pharmacography," 
under  nine  different  heads:  1.  China  rubra,  or  Red  Bark.  2.  China 
Loxa,  or  Crown  Bark.  3.  China  Huanuco,  or  Silver  Bark.  4. 
China  regia,  or  Yellow  Bark.  5.  China  flava  dura,  or  hard  Cartha- 
gena  Bark.  6.  China  flava  fibrosa,  or  fibrous  Carthagena  Bark.  7. 
China  Huamalies,  or  Rusty  Bark.  8.  China  Jaen,  or  Ash  Bark.  9. 
China  Pseudo-Loxa,  or  inferior  pale  Bark.  Then  by  M.  Guibourt.f 
who  arranges  them  under  the  divisions  of  Gray,  Yellow,  Red,  White, 
and  False  Cinchonas,  and  enumerates  37  different  varieties.  Dr. 
Pereira  adopted  these  general  heads,  and  has  incorporated  much  of 
the  description  of  Bergen,  first  in  the  Medical  Gazette,  No.  45  and 
46  for  1837-38,  and  then  more  fully  in  his  valuable  Elements  of  Ma- 
teria  Medica.  His  synonymes  are  particularly  valuable,  in  conse- 
quence of  his  having  exchanged  specimens  both  with  Bergen  and 
with  Guibourt,  and  thus  identified  the  German,  French,  and  English 
names,  by  a  comparison  of  the  several  kinds  of  Barks.  Dr.  Christi- 
son  has  been  able  to  confirm  many  of  these  results,  from  having  also 
received  some  of  the  same  Barks.  We  shall  therefore  follow  these 
well-established  classifications. 

Dr.  Pereira's  arrangement,  which  we  have  reduced  to  a  tabular 
form,  is  as  follows  : 

1.  Genuine  Cinchonas  with  epidermis  normally  brown. 
Barks.  Plants. 

A.  Cinchona;  pallidae,  or  Pale  Barks.     Quinquinas  gris,  Guibourt. 

1 .  Crown  or  Loxa  Bark.    Cinchona  Coro-     Cinchona  Condaminea,  H.  and  B. 

nse,  E. 

2.  Gray  or  Silver  Cinchona.      Cinchona          "          micrantha,  Ruiz  and  Paeon. 

cinerea,  E.  "          (C.  scrdbiculata,  H.  and  B.) 

3.  Jaen  or   Ash  Cinchona.     (C.  lancifo-          "          ovata.     Fl.  Peruv. 

lia,  L.) 

4.  Huamalies  or  Rusty  Bark.  "          pubescens,  Vahl. 

"          (jpurpurea.    Fl.  Peruv.) 

B.  Cinchonas  flavae.     Yellow  Barks. 

5.  RoyaJ  Yellow  or  Calisaya  Bark.    (C.    Species  unascertained,  E.) 

cordifolia,  L.  and  D. 

C.  Cinchona  rubra. 

6.  Red  Bark.    (C.  oblongifolia,  L.  D.)  Species  not  ascertained,  E. 

2.  Genuine  Cinchonas,  with  whitish  and  micaceous  Epidermis. 
A.  Pale  Barks.  • 

7.  White  Loxa  Bark. 

*  Bergen's  work  is  entitled  "  Versuch  einer  Monographic  der  China,''  Hamburgh,  1826. 
An  abstract  of  his  account  of  the  different  kinds  of  Bark  is  given  in  Wood  and  Bache's 
Disp.  United  States. 

t  Histoire  abr6g6e  des  Drogues  simples.    Tome  ii.  p.  44 — 107. 


Cinchonaceas.}  PALE    BARKS.  431 

B.  Yellow  Barks. 

8.  Hard  Carthagena  Bark.  Cinchona  cordifolia,  Mutis. 

9.  Fibrous  Carthagena  Bark.  C.  cordifolia  ? 

10.  Cusco  Bark. 

11.  Orange  Cinchona  of  Santa  Fe"  de  Ba-     Cinchona  lancifolia.     Mulis. 

gota. 

C.  Red  Barks. 

12.  Red  Cinchona  of  Santa  Pe". 

13.  Red  Cinchona  with  while  epidermis.         Cinchona  magnifolia.     Fl.  Peruv.     (C.  ob- 

longifolia.     Mulis.) 

3.  Barks  falsely  called  Cinchonas,  and  not  yielding  the  Cinchona 
alkalies. 

St.  Lucia  Bark.  Exostemma  floribundum. 

Jamaica  Bark.  "          caribaeum. 

False  Peruvian  Bark.  "          peruvianum. 

Brazilian  Bark.     (Quina  de  Pianhy.)  "          Souzanum. 

Pitaya  Bark.  "          Malinea  ?  racemosa,  &c. 

In  the  following  account  we  have  dwelt  chiefly  on  the  characters 
of  the  officinal  barks,  and  given  only  short  notices  of  the  others ;  but 
instead  of  adhering  to  the  above  arrangement,  have  thought  it  desira- 
ble to  bring  together  the  pale,  yellow,  and  red  barks  of  the  two  divi- 
sions, in  order  that  they  may  more  readily  be  compared. 

CINCHONJE  PALLID^;,  the  Pale  Barks,  the  quinquinas  gris  of  Gui- 
bourt,  are  almost  always  quilled,  moderately  fibrous,  more  astringent 
than  bitter.  Their  powder  is  of  a  grayish  fawn-colour,  and  they  con- 
tain Cinchonia  and  little  or  no  Quinia.  An  infusion  of  Pale  Bark 
does  not  deposit  any  Sulphate  of  Lime  on  the  addition  of  a  solution 
of  Sulphate  of  Soda. 

1.  Crown  or  Loxa  Bark.  Cinchona  Coronas,  E.  (Cinchona  lancifo- 
lia,) L.  (0.  officinalis,)  D.  Cortex,  L.  D.  Bark  of  Cinchona  Con- 
daminea,  H.  and  B.  E.  Quinquina  gris-brun  de  Loxa,  Guibourt. 
China  Loxa,  Bergen.  [Cinchona  Pallida,  U.  S.] 

This  kind  of  Bark  is  considered  to  have  been  one  of  the  first  in- 
troduced into  Europe.  It  is  always  in  quills  or  cylindrical  tubes 
strongly  rolled,  usually  single,  from  6  to  15  inches  in  length,  and 
varying  from  2  lines  to  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  from  half  a  line  to 
2  lines  in  thickness.  The  epidermis  is  entire,  of  a  light  or  dark 
gray,  sometimes  even  of  a  brownish  colour,  often  covered  with  white 
crustaceous  lichens.  The  outer  surface  is  marked  with  numerous 
longitudinal  wrinkles,  of  little  depth,  or  crossed  by  trans  verse,  cracks, 
which  often  run  entirely  round  the  bark,  dividing  it  into  rings,  the 
edges  of  which  are  somewhat  elevated.  The  inner  surface  is  smooth 
and  uniform,  and  of  a  cinnamon-brown  colour,  as  is  the  powder. 
The  middle-sized  quills  are  probably  the  best.  The  taste  is  astrin- 
gent and  bitterish,  with  a  little  aroma.  The  odour  is  compared  by 
Bergen  to  that  of  Tan,  but  it  has  a  slight  degree  of  aroma.  It  is  im- 
ported in  chests  and  serons,  and  is  collected  in  the  woods  round  Loxa 
and  on  the  neighbouring  mountains  of  Peru.  There  seems  no  doubt 
of  this  bark  being  produced  by  Cinchona  Condaminea  of  H.  and  B. 

Some  Cascarilla  fina  is  said  to  be  yielded  by  C.  nitida,  Fl.  Per. 


432 


PALE   BARKS. 


[Corolliflorce,  L. 


which  grows  on  the  lofty  mountains  of  the  Andes,  and  some  of  the 
Quinafina  de  Loxa  by  C.  lucumcefolia,  Pa  von. 

C.  Condaminea  (fig.  74)  is  a  tree  about  18  feet  in  height,  with  opposite  branches,  which 
are  horizontal  in  the  lower  parts,  but  form  above  an  acute  angle  with  the  stem,  smooth, 
as  high  as  the  inflorescence.  Leaves  quite  smooth,  usually  ovate,  lanceolate,  sometimes 
only  lanceolate,  at  other  times  ovate,  generally  furnished  at  the  axils  of  the  veins  under- 
neath with  a  pit,  which  is  either  naked  or  ciliated.  Petioles  smooth.  Stipules  oblong, 
obtuse,  membranous.  Peduncles  panicled,  corymbose  in  the  axils  of  the  upper  leaves, 
forming  a  large  loose  thyrse,  covered  with  a  thick  short  down.  Tube  of  the  calyx  downy, 
like  the  pedicels ;  limb  very  short,  urceolate,  5-toothed,  pubescent.  Tube  of  the  corolla 
slender,  about  four  times  as  long  as  the  tube  of  the  calyx,  tomentose ;  limb  very  shaggy 
internally.  (Lind.)  It  grows  in  the  mountains  near  Loxa,  and  also  near  Gnancabamba 
in  Peru.  It  always  grows  on  micaceous  schist,  and  at  an  elevation  of  from  5700  to  7500 
feet,  and  thus  occupies  a  belt  of  1800  feet.  This  species  yields  the  Cascarilla  fina  de 
Uritusinga,  which  forms  the  Crown  Bark  of  commerce. 

Fig.  74. 


Cinchona  Condaminea,  v.  p.  428  and  431. 


2.  Gray  or  Silver  Bark, 
micrantha,  R.  and  P. 
Lima,  Guibourt. 


Cinchona  cinerea,  E.     Bark  of  Cinchona 
China  Huanuco,  Bergen.     Quinquina  de 


This  kind  of  pale  bark  was  first  introduced  into  Europe  about  the 
beginning  of  the  present  century.  It  obtained  its  name  of  Lima  from 
its  place  of  export,  and  that  of  Huanuco  from  the  city  in  central  Peru, 
near  which  it  is  produced.  It  resembles  the  former  kind  in  dimen- 
sions, but  is  rather  longer  and  coarser,  occurs  in  quills  covered  by  a 
grayish  epidermis.  Many  of  the  smaller  quills  have  a  more  or  less 
spiral  form,  a  large  oblique  slit  is  observable  at  the  edge  of  jnost  of 


Cinchonacea:.]  YELLOW    BARKS.  433 

the  complete  quills.  It  is  less  wrinkled  longitudinally  than  Crown 
Bark,  and  the  transverse  fissure  less  generally  runs  entirely  round, 
and  with  the  edges  not  elevated.  On  the  inside  it  is  rather  more  of 
a  red  colour,  more  or  less  uneven  and  fibrous,  but  its  powder  is  near- 
ly of  the  same  Cinnamon-brown,  and  similar  to  it  in  odour  and  taste. 
Bergen  says  the  odour  of  the  bark  is  like  that  of  clay,  and  in  this  re- 
spect different  from  that  of  all  other  varieties.  According  to  the  sa- 
tisfactory information  of  Poppig,  this  bark  is  produced  by  Cinchona 
micrantha,  R.  and  P.  (the  C.  scrobiculata  of  H.  and  B.)  which  grows 
on  the  high  mountains  of  Peru. 

3.  Ash  or  Jaen  Cinchona,  apparently  produced  by  Cinchona  ovata,  Fl.  Per.,  is  distin- 
guished by  its  thin  light  coat,  readily  pulverized,  cracks  few,  quills  mostly  crooked.    Co- 
lour  dark  cinnamon-brown.  (Bergen.)     From  one  of  its  names,  it  would  seem  to  come 
from  near  St  Jaen  de  Bracomoras. 

4.  Huamalies  or  Rusty  Bark,  comes  from  Lima,  and  is  the  produce  of  C.  pubescent, 
Vahl  (the  C.  purpurea  of  Fl.  Peruv.),  it  is  distinguished  by  its  coat,  thin  and  spongy  lon- 
gitudinal wrinkles  and  warts,  which  penetrate  to  the  cortical  layers ;  under  surface  even, 
colour  red  brown.     (Bergen,  as  given  by  Pereira.)     Yielded  to  Goebel  and  Kunzc  38  per 
cent,  of  Cinchonia  and  28  per  cent,  of  Quinia. 

Poppig  discovered  that  the  bark  called  Cascarillanigrella  in  Peru, 
and  much  esteemed  there,  was  obtained  from  Cinchona  glandulifera 
of  R.  and  P.  when  growing  on  high  mountains.  It  came  formerly 
from  Lima,  and  appears  equal  to  the  finest  from  Loxa.  Another 
kind,  inferior  in  quality,  called  Cascarilla  provinciana  nigrella,  is 
produced  by  the  same  tree  when  growing  in  warm  valleys. 

7.  White  Loxa  Bark  is  somelimes  found  intermixed  with  the  Crown  or  Lima  Cincho- 
na, but  is  to  be  distinguished  by  its  white  epidermis. 

B.  CINCHONA  FLAV^E.     Yellow  Barks. 

5.  CINCHONA.  FLAVA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  (Cinchona  cordifolia,  L.)  Spe- 
cies of  Cinchona  not  ascertained.  Cinchona  Calisaya  (Colli-salla, 
Poppig)  regia.  Quinquina  jaune  royal,  G.  Konig's  China.  Ber- 
gen. Yellow  Bark.  Royal  Yellow  Bark. 

The  Yellow  Bark  of  commerce  appears  to  have  been  first  intro- 
duced into  Europe  about  the  year  1790.  The  tree  producing  it  is 
still  unknown.  The  reference  to  the  C.  cordifolia  of  Mutis  is  errone- 
ous, in  consequence  of  that  author  having  mistaken  the  bark  of  his 
tree  for  the  above  Royal  Yellow  Bark  of  commerce.  M.  Guibourt 
recognised  it,  however,  as  the  hard  Carthagena  bark  of  commerce, 
No.  8.  Yellow  bark  is  imported  from  southern  ports,  such  as  Co- 
quimbo,  as  originally  stated  in  the  United  States  Dispensatory,  but 
chiefly  from  Arica,  whence  it  is  often  first  conveyed  to  Lima.  It  is 
said  by  the  Messrs.  Gibbs  to  be  produced  in  the  province  of  La  Paz 
in  Bolivia,  in  a  plain  bounded  by  mountain  ranges,  and  elevated 
14,000,  or  18,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  (Pereira),  also  around 
Opolobambo.  It  is  imported  in  chests  and  serons,  and  two  kinds  are 
known,  quilled  andjlat  Yellow  Bark. 

The  quilled,  called  Calisaya  rolada,  or  rolled,  is  in  pieces  from  3 
and  4  to  18  inches  in  length,  and  from  a  I  to  2  or  3  inches  in  diame- 
ter, and  varies  in  thickness  from  I  to  £  of  an  inch,  in  general  only 
singly  quilled.  The  epidermis  is  brownish,  often  mottled  by  whitish 

28 


434  YELLOW    AND   RED   BARKS.        [Corollifloren,  L. 

or  yellowish  lichens,  and  is  marked  by  longitudinal  and  transverse 
fissures,  generally  easily  separated  from  the  bark  ;  sometimes  in  the 
larger  pieces  very  rough  from  the  furrows  and  cracks.  Its  inner  sur- 
face is  smooth  but  fibrous,  and  of  a  yellow  cinnamon  colour.  The 
transverse  fracture  is  short  but  splintery,  and  the  powder  contains 
spiculae  which  are  irritating  to  the  skin.  The  flat  Calisaya,  or  Cali- 
saya  plancha,  appears  to  have  been  derived  from  the  trunk  and  larger 
branches ;  it  may  be  quite  flat  or  slightly  curved,  and  being  destitute 
of  epidermis,  is  of  a  yellowish  colour  on  both  sides,  but  more  fibrous 
in  structure.  The  powder  is  of  a  yellow  orange-colour ;  taste  less 
astringent  but  more  bitter  than  the  pale  bark:  that  of  the  flat  Bark  is 
less  bitter  than  the  quilled.  Yellow  Bark  contains  a  large  proportion 
of  Quinia,  and  very  little  Cinchonia.  Sulphate  of  Soda  produces  an 
abundant  precipitate  of  Sulphate  of  Lime  in  its  infusion. 

8.  Hard  Carthagena  Bark,  China  flava  dura,  Bergen,  the  Quina  jaune  of  Humboldt,  the 
Quina  amarilla  of  Mutis,  and  the  produce  of  his  Cinchona  cordifolia,  which  grows  in  the 
forests  of  New  Granada,  and  is  that  which  has  been  mistaken  for  the  foregoing  yellow 
Calisaya  Bark.    G.  and  K.  i.  taf.  ix.  fig.  1  to  4.   It  is  distinguished  by  its  epidermis  being 
velvety,  grayish-white,  thin  and  soft,  or  warty,  longitudinal  furrows  irregular,  few  trans- 
verse fissures ;  under  surface  uneven  or  splintery ;  colour  dull  citron-yellow.     (Bergen.) 
Goebel  and  Kirst  obtained  in  ftj.  about  56  grs.  of  Quinia  in  this  and  the  following,  and  of 
Cinchonia  43  grs.  in  the  former,  but  none  in  the  fibrous  bark. 

9.  Fibrous  Carthagena  Bark,  China  flava  fibrosa.    G.  and  K.  taf.  ix.  fig.  5 — 8.    Occurs 
with  the  foregoing,  whence  Dr.  Pereira  suspects  it  may  be  produced  by  the  same  species, 
either  in  different  seasons  or  in  different  localities.  Coat  thin,  soft,  of  moderate  thickness, 
or  rubbed  off;  under  surface  even,  but  rough  to  the  touch  ;  colour  pure  ochre-yellow. 

10.  Cusco  Bark,  first  described  by  Guibourt,  is  the  China  rubiginosa  of  Bergen,  may  by 
some  be  mistaken  for  Yellow  Calisaya  Bark.  Its  epidermis  is  shining,  pale  gray,  without 
fissures,  the  naked  surface  is  orange-red.     But  Dr.  Pereira  has  pointed  out  that  it  may  be 
distinguished  by  Sulphate  of  Soda  not  producing  any  precipitate  in  its  solution.  Guibourt 
obtained  of  Cinchonia  about  gj.  from  a  pound  of  Bark. 

11.  Orange  Cinchona  of  Santa  Fe.   Quinquina  de  Carthagene  spongieux,  G.  1.  c.  p.  78, 
is  the  Quina  naranjada-  of  Mutis,  and  produced  by  his  Cinchona  lancifolia,  which  is  so 
frequently  stated  to  be  the  species  yielding  pale  bark. 

C.    Cinchona  Rubrce,  or  Red  Cinchonas. 

6.  CINCHONA  RUBKA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  (Cinchona  oblongifolia)  Cortex,  L. 
D.  Red  Cinchona  Bark  from  an  undetermined  species,  E.  Rothe- 
China,  Bergen.  Quinquina  rouge,  or  Cascarilla  colorada  of  the 
Spaniards. 

Red  Cinchona  Bark  was  early  known,  but  not  distinguished  in 
England  until  1779.  It  is  imported  from  Lima  in  chests,  but  the 
species  yielding  it  is  unknown.  C.  magnifolia,  Fl.  Peruv.  (the  C.  ob- 
longifolia of  Mutis)  yields  a  different  and  inferior  kind  of  Bark,  the 
Quina  nova,  the  Red  Cinchona  of  Santa  Fe.  No.  12.  It  is  received 
in  quilled,  but  most  frequently  in  flat  or  rather  curved  pieces,  varying 
in  length  from  a  few  inches  to  two  feet,  from  one  to  five  inches  in 
breadth,  from  a  quarter  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 
The  pieces  are  usually  covered  with  epidermis,  which  is  of  a  grayish 
or  reddish-brown  colour,  sometimes  mottled  with  purple  or  with  white 
from  adhering  lichens,  though  these  are  less  frequent  than  in  others  ; 
but  it  is  often  rough,  wrinkled,  and  warty,  forming  the  variety  verru- 


CinchonacecB.]  RED    BARK.  435 

queux  of  G.  On  the  inside  its  surface  is  coarsely  fibrous,  and  of  a 
deep  cinnamon-brown,  but  it  looks  of  a  red  colour  when  placed  near 
the  other  Barks,  and  especially  in  the  thicker  pieces.  The  fracture 
is  short,  fibrous,  and  splintery.  The  powder  is  of  a  reddish-brown 
colour ;  the  taste  is  powerfully  bitter,  with  a  slight  degree  of  aroma. 
It  is  more  scarce  than  the  other  kinds,  and  is  remarkable  for  yielding 
both  Quinia  and  Cinchonia. 

12.  Red  Cinchona  of  Santa  Fe,  (Per.)     Quinquina  nova  of  authors.     Quina  roxa  or 
Ahazar  of  Santa  Fe.    An  inferior  kind  of  Carthagena  Bark  of  a  red  colour,  with  white 
epidermis,  containing  little  or  no  Quinia  or  Cinchonia.    It  is  produced  by  Cinchona  mag- 
nifolia,  Fl.  Per.  (C.  oblongifolia,  Mutis),  G.  and  K.  taf.  xi.  f.  6  to  9. 

13.  Red  Cinchona,  with  a  white  micacious  epidermis,  mentioned  by  Guibourt  and 
Pereira. 

The  physical  character  of  these  several  Barks  is  important  only  as 
indications  of  their  richness  in  the  principles  which  make  them  so 
valuable  as  medicinal  agents.  So  little  was  known  of  the  chemical 
nature  of  these  Barks,  even  in  1802,  that  Seguin  concluded  that  the 
active  principle  was  of  the  nature  of  Gelatine.  In  1803  Dr.  Duncan 
indicated  the  presence  of  a  peculiar  principle,  which  he  named  Cin- 
chonia, and  which  Gomez  isolated  in  1810.  But  Pelletier  and  Ca- 
ventou  in  1820  determined  the  alkaline  nature  of  Cinchonia,  disco- 
vered Quinia,  and  elucidated  in  general  the  chemical  constitution  of 
Cinchona  Barks,  and  that  these  alkalies  were  in  combination  with 
Kinic,  called  also  Cinchonic  acid  (and  perhaps  also  with  a  little  Sul'), 
that  they  also  contain  Tannin,  Colouring  matters  of  a  peculiar  nature, 
one  called  Cinchonic  red,  the  other  Cinchonic  yellow,  also  a  little  Vo- 
latile Oil,  a  Green  Fatty  matter,  Calcareous  salts,  Starch,  Gums,  Lig- 
neous Fibre.  It  has  also  been  observed  that  the  Gum  abounds  in  the 
Pale,  and  is  deficient  in  the  Yellow  and  Red  Barks,  whence  it  has 
been  inferred  that  these  are  produced  by  the  older  parts  of  their  re- 
spective trees ;  also  that  Cinchonia  predominates  in  the  Pale,  Quinia 
in  the  Yellow,  and  that  both  Quinia  and  Cinchonia  are  found  in  nearly 
equal  quantities  in  Red  Bark.  Pelletier  with  Coriol  discovered  a 
third  alkali,  which  has  been  named  Aricina,  from  the  port  Arica, 
whence  Cusco  Bark,  from  which  it  was  extracted,  is  obtained. 

Of  these  principles,  the  Volatile  Oil  has  been  obtained  of  a  thick 
consistence,  acrid  taste,  and  with  the  odour  of  Cinchona  Bark.  The 
Fatty  Matter  is  of  the  nature  of  a  concrete  oil,  and  is  capable  of 
forming  soaps  with  alkalies ;  it  differs  in  colour  according  to  that  of 
the  Bark.  The  Tannin  or  Tannic  acid,  called  by  some  Soluble  Red 
Colouring  Matter,  has  a  brownish-red  colour,  and  forms  a  green  pre- 
cipitate with  ferruginous  salts.  It  precipitates  also  with  Tartar 
Emetic  and  with  Gelatine.  It  absorbs  oxygen,  when,  according  to 
Berzelius,  it  is  converted  into  Cinchonic  Red,  or  Insoluble  Red  Co- 
louring Matter.  (P.  and  C.)  It  is  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  insipid, 
is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  and  also  in  solutions  of  alkalies  and  of  their  Car- 
bonates ;  but  not  so  in  water  or  Ether.  It  is  precipitated  by  Tartar- 
Emetic,  and  is  to  be  noted  for  uniting  with  Quinia  and  Cinchonia,  and 
forming  compounds  of  a  brownish-red  colour,  which  are  decomposed 
by  the  alkalies,  but  are  little  soluble  in  cold  water,  though  dissolved  by 
boiling  water,  rectified  spirit,  and  weak  acids.  Cinchonic  Yellow  is  pre- 


436  CINCHONIA   AND   QUINIA.  [Corolliflora. 

cipitated  by  Diacetate  of  Lead,  but  not  by  Tartar-Emetic,  and  is  soluble 
in  water,  Alcohol,  and  Ether.  Cinchonic  or  Kinic  acid  is  separated 
in  the  form  of  a  syrup-like  liquid,  has  an  acid  taste,  is  soluble  both  in 
water  and  Alcohol,  and  in  many  points  resembles  Acetic  acid  :  by  the 
action  of  heat  it  is  converted  into  Pyrokinic  acid.  In  the  bark  it  is 
combined  with  Quinia  and  Cinchonia,  and  these  Kinates,  as  also  that 
of  Lime,  are  soluble  in  water,  but  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  Kinovic  acid 
was  discovered  by  Pelletier  in  Cinchona  nova,  or  the  Red  Bark  of 
Santa  Fe  (p.)  It  is  in  some  respects  analogous  to  Stearic  acid. 

Cinchonia  (C20  H1SN  O)  exists  in  both  pale,  gray  and  red  barks,  in 
the  form  of  Kinate  of  Cinchonia ;  when  pure  is  white  and  crystal- 
line, nearly  insoluble  in  cold,  but  soluble  in  2500  parts  of  boiling 
water,  very  soluble  in  Alcohol,  from  which  it  may  be  obtained  in 
brilliant  4-sided,  oblique  crystals.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  the  fixed  and 
volatile  oils.  Its  bitter  taste  is  very  obvious  when  in  solution.  As 
an  alkali  it  neutralizes  the  strongest  acids.  One  of  its  salts,  the  Di- 
sulphate  of  Cinchonia,  which  is  obtained  in  short  prismatic  crystals, 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  less  so  in  water,  is  sometimes  employed  for  and 
is  an  efficient  substitute  for  the  similar  preparations  of  Quinia. 

QUINA,  L.     Alkali  obtained  from  Yellow  Bark  (Cinchona  cordifoUa, 
L.)     Quinia.  (U.S.)  Quina.    Quinine. 

Quinia  is  the  alkali  to  which  Yellow  Bark  owes  its  chief  medical 
properties.  It  exists  also  in  Red  Bark,  and  in  both  as  Kinate  of 
Quinia,  but  may  most  readily  be  obtained  by  precipitating  it  with 
Ammonia  from  a  solution  of  the  Disulphate  of  Quinia.  No  formula 
is  given  for  it  in  the  L.  P.,  nor  is  it  used  medicinally. 

Quinia  (C20  H12  Oa  N),  when  pure,  is  seen  as  a  white  powder ;  but 
it  may  with  care  be  crystallized  from  its  Alcoholic  solution  in  silky 
needles.  It  is  without  odour,  but  is  intensely  bitter ;  though,  from 
its  insolubility  in  water,  the  taste  is  not  readily  developed.  It  is  very 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  and  also  in  Ether,  but  requires  about  200  parts  of 
boiling  water.  When  precipitated  from  water,  it  falls  as  a  Hydrate. 
It  is  fusible  about  300°  F.,  first  parting  with  its  water,  and  swelling 
if  afterwards  brought  in  contact  with  it.  It  readily  combines  with 
and  neutralizes  acids,  forming  salts,  which  are  all  bitter,  moderately 
soluble,  and  crystallizable.  Ammonia  and  Nutgalls  both  cause  a  pre- 
cipitate in  the  solutions,  the  former  separating  it  as  Quinia,  the  latter 
as  Tannate  of  Quinia. 

Tests.  Soluble  very  dasily  in  Alcohol,  but  not  in  water,  unless  an 
acid  be  added.  It  alters  the  colour  of  Turmeric,  tastes  bitter,  and  is 
entirely  destroyed  by  heat,  L. 

QUIN.E  DISULPHAS,  L.     QUINJE  SULPHAS,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Disulphate  or 
Sulphate  of  Quinia,  commonly  called  Sulphate  of  Quinine. 

This  salt  has  now  almost  entirely  superseded  all  the  other  prepara- 
tions of  Cinchona,  and  is  that  commonly  spoken  of  as  quinine.  As 
Quinia  exists  in  Bark  combined  with  Cinchonic  acid,  it  must  be  de- 
tached from  it,  and  made  to  unite  with  Sulphuric'.  This  is  effected 
by  various  processes.  In  these  Yellow  Bark  is  employed,  as  richest 


Cinchonaceas.]  QUINCE    DISULPHAS.  437 

in  Quinia,  and  as  this  is  less  mixed  with  the  other  alkalies.  The  Bark 
is  first  exhausted  of  its  bitterness  by  repeated  maceration  in  water 
acidulated  with  Sul'  or  with  H  Cl',  then  some  more  powerful  base  is 
presented  to  the  acid,  which  precipitates  the  Quinia.  This  is  finally 
purified  and  combined  with  Sul'. 

The  D.  C.  adopt  the  prize  method  of  M.  Henry,  which,  however,  has  the  disadvantage 
of  employing  so  expensive  a  menstruum  as  rectified  Spirit.  Digest  Yellow  Cinckona.bark 
in  coarse  powder  fts.  iv.  in  Aq.  dest.  Oviij.  (old  Wine)  acidulated  with  Dil.  Sul'  f3ij. 
with  moderate  heat  and  frequent  stirring  for  four  hours,  and  then  strain.  Repeat  the 
process  three  times  with  fresh  portions  of  water  and  mix  them  all  together  (a  very  solu- 
ble Sulphate  of  Quinia  is  formed  from  the  excess  of  Sul').  Add  to  the  united  liquors,  of 
fresh  burnt  and  slaked  Lime  enough  to  saturate  the  acid.  (Sulphate  of  Lime  and  Quinia 
are  precipitated).  Dry  the  precipitate  on  blotting-paper,  then  digest  it  for  six  hours  with 
frequent  agitation  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oiij.  by  measure,  and  filter.  Repeat  the  process 
three  times  with  an  equal  quantity  of  Spirit  (the  Quinia  is  all  dissolved  by  the  Spirit  and 
thus  separated  from  the  Sulphate  of  Lime.)  Distil  the  spirituous  liquors  to  dryness  in  a 
water-bath.  Add  gradually  to  the  residuum  Dil  Sul'  till  there  is  a  slight  excess  of  acid. 
(Sulphate  of  Quinia  is  formed,  but  usually  requires  the  addition  of  animal  charcoal  and 
subsequent  filtering  to  deprive  it  of  colouring  matter).  Obtain  crystals  by  cooling  and 
evaporation. 

L.  P.  Mix  with  Aq.  dest.  Cvj.  Sul'  3iv.  and  gij.  then  add  of  bruised  Yellow  Bark  ftvij. 
boil  one  hour,  strain.  Again  boil  the  residue  in  Acid  and  Water  in  the  same  proportions, 
strain.  Then  boil  the  Cinchona  in  Aq.  dest.  Cviij.  for  three  hours  and  strain.  Wash 
well  the  residue  with  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Mix  the  liquors  and  add  moist  Hydrated  Oxide 
of  Lead  nearly  to  saturation.  Pour  off  the  liquor  and  wash  the  precipitate  with  Aq.  dest. 
q.  s.  Boil  down  the  liquors  for  |  hour,  strain.  Add  gradually  Sol.  Ammonia,  q.  s.  to 
precipitate  the  Quinia.  Wash  this  till  nothing  alkaline  is  perceptible.  Saturate  what 
remains  with  Sulphuric'  giv.  3ij.  diluted.  Digest  with  purified  Animal  Charcoal  gij- 
strain.  Wash  the  Charcoal  thoroughly  and  evaporate  the  liquor  cautiously  to  form  crys- 
tals.— The  Bark  is  exhausted  by  the  acid  and  water,  and  the  solution  contains  Sul',  Kinic', 
and  Quinia,  with  extractive  and  colouring  matter.  On  adding  the  hydrated  Oxide  of 
Lead,  the  Sul'  combines  with  it,  and  insoluble  Sulphate  of  Lead  is  precipitated  ;  the  Kinic' 
and  Quinia  remaining  in  the  solution  poured  off".  When  Ammonia  is  added  a  Kinate  of 
this  alkali  is  formed,  which  remains  in  solution  and  the  Quinia  is  precipitated.  On  the 
second  addition  of  the  Dil.  Sul',  Disulphate  of  Quinia  is  formed  and  purified  by  means  of 
the  Animal  Charcoal  and  recrystallization. 

The  E.  C.  directs  Yellow  Bark  in  coarse  powder  ftj,  to  be  boiled  for  one  hour  in  Water 
Oiv.  in  which  Carbonate  of  Soda  giv.  has  already  been  dissolved.  Strain  and  express 
strongly  through  linen  or  calico;  moisten  the  residuum  with  water  and  express  again ;  and 
repeat  this  twice.  (The  colouring  principles,  extractive,  and  the  Kinic  acid  are  removed 
by  the  boiling  alkaline  solution.)  Boil  the  residuum  for  half  an  hour  in  Aq.  Oiv.  acidu- 
lated with  Sul'  3ij-  strain,  express  strongly,  moisten  with  Aq.  and  express  again.  Repeat 
the  process  twice  with  Aq.  and  Sul'  3ij.  in  divided  portions.  (The  residual  Quinia  with 
some  Cinchonia  is  all  removed  by  combining  with  the  Sulph'.)  Concentrate  the  whole 
acid  liquors  to  about  a  pint;  when  cool  filter  and  add  Carbonate  of  Soda  3iv.  (Sulphate 
of  Soda  is  formed  and  remains  in  solution,  impure  Quinia  being  precipitated.)  Collect 
the  impure  Quinia  on  a  cloth,  wash  it  slightly  and  squeeze  out  the  liquor  with  the  hand. 
Break  down  the  moist  precipitate  in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  add  of  Sul'  nearly  f  9j.  heat  to  212°  and 
stir  occasionally.  (Sulphate  of  Quinia  is  formed.)  If  necessary  add  a  little  more  Sul' 
Garb,  of  Soda  and  Aq.  dest.  Filter.  Evaporate  and  crystallize,  repeat  the  process  with 
Animal  Charcoal  and  pure  crystals  will  be  obtained  if  the  details  are  minutely  followed, 
(c). 

[The  process  of  the  U.  S.  P.,  is  like  that  of  the  D.  C.  using  Hydrochloric  acid  instead 
of  sulphuric  in  the  first  step  of  the  operation.] 

As  the  proportion  of  Quinia  and  of  Cinchona  procurable  from  the 
different  kinds  of  Bark  is  a  subject  of  interest  to  both  the  practitioner 
and  practical  chemist,  the  author  has  borrowed  the  following  tabular 
view  from  the  Dispensatory  of  his  friend,  Dr.  Christison ;  but,  as  he 
observes,  the  results  are  so  discrepant,  that  it  is  scarcely  possible  that 
the  same  kinds  of  Bark  have  been  examined  by  different  experimen- 
talists. The  proportion  of  the  two  alkaloids  in  1000  parts  of  the 


438 


QUINCE   DISULPHAS. 


[Corolliflorat,  L. 


chief  Barks  of  commerce  are  here  given  according  to  the  analyses  of 
four  esteemed  authorities. 


Crown  Bark. 

Cinch. 

QMIH. 

Gray  Bark. 

Cinch. 

Qutn. 

Von  Santen 

Fine  quills 

00 

0-5 

Von  Santen 

Fine  quills 

2433 

0-0 

Soubeiran 

Fine  quality 

12-3 

trace 

Do. 

Medium  quills 

27-3 

0-0 

Michaelis 

do. 

2-4 

1-0 

Soubeiran 

Fine  quality 

9-2 

0-0 

Goebel 

do. 

2-6 

2-0 

Michaelis 

do. 

10-0 

36 

Von  Santen 

Medium  quills 

0-0 

2-1 

Goebel 

do. 

213 

0-0 

Soubeiran 

Low  quality 

9-2 

0-0 

Michaelis 

Inferior. 

6-4 

4-2 

Yellow  Bark. 

Cinch. 

Qujn. 

Red  Bark- 

Cine  A. 

Qutn. 

Von  Santen 

Stripped  quills 

0-0 

15-0 

Von  Santen 

Thick  quills 

24-0 

0-8 

Do. 

Stripped  fiat 

0-0 

14-6 

Soubeiran 

Fine  quality 

6-1 

11-5 

Soubeiran 

Quilled 

0-0 

17-2 

Michaelis 

do. 

4'2 

8-3 

MichaClis 

do. 

0-0 

20-0 

Goebel 

do. 

8-4 

5-2 

Goebel 

do. 

0-0 

11-0 

Soubeiran 

Pale  Red 

6-1 

8-6 

Soubeiran 

Flat 

0-0 

213 

Von  Santen 

Fine  quills 

9-0 

7-5 

Michaelis 

do. 

0-0 

37-0 

Do. 

Flat 

11-8 

1-5 

Goebel 

do. 

0-0 

12-3 

rfsfi  Bark. 

Rusty  Bark. 

Carthagena  Bark. 

Cinch.      Qutn. 

Cinch. 

Quin. 

Von  Santen 

Hard 

4-0 

3-2 

Von  Santen 

00      trace 

12-4 

0-0 

Goebel 

do. 

5-5 

7-3 

Goebel 

16        1-2 

5-1 

3-6 

Von  Santen 

Woody 

4.4 

3-0 

Michaelis 

1-6      104 

63 

3-6 

Goebel 

do. 

7-0 

5-4 

Do.  thin  quills     —        — 

0-0 

1-0 

Disulphate  of  Quinia,  or  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  as  it  is  considered  by 
other  chemists,  is  usually  seen  as  a  light  flocculent  mass  of  white, 
silky,  slightly  flexible,  needle-shaped  crystals,  interlaced  with  each 
other,  and  grouped  in  small  star-like  tufts.  They  are  without  odour, 
but  the  taste  is  intensely  bitter.  Exposed  to  the  air,  the  crystals 
effloresce,  losing  six  parts  of  their  water  of  crystallization.  At  212° 
they  become  luminous,  especially  if  rubbed:  at  240°  they  melt,  losing 
two  more  equivalents  of  water,  then  become  red,  and  at  last  ignite 
and  burn  away,  leaving  no  residuum.  According  to  Baup,  they  re- 
quire 740  parts  of  cold  and  about  30  parts  of  boiling  water  for  solu- 
tion, giving  a  bluish  tinge  to  the  water.  They  require  only  60  parts 
of  Rectified  Spirit  at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  are  very  soluble  in 
diluted  acids,  especially  Dil.  Sul'.  This  salt  is  composed  of  2  Eq. 
Quinia+1  Eq.  Sul'+8  Aq.=436. 

Neutral  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  is  readily  obtained  by  adding  to  the 
Disulphate  as  much  Sul'  as  it  already  contains,  by  which  its  solubility 
is  greatly  increased,  and  in  this  form  it  is  usually  prescribed.  By 
evaporation,  rhombic  crystals  may  be  obtained,  which  are  soluble  in 
10  parts  of  water  at  60°,  and  will  melt  in  their  own  water  of  crys- 
tallization at  212°.  They  consist  of  1  Eq.  Q.  + 1  Sul' +8  Aq.=274. 

Tests.  Disulphate  of  Quinia,  from  its  high  price,  is  apt  to  be  adul- 
terated with  earthy  and  alkaline  salts,  as  Sulphate  of  Lime,  Gum, 
Sugar,  Starch,  Fatty  matters  of  a  crystalline  nature,  Sulphate  of 
Cinchonia,  Caffein,  Salicin.  "  Totally  dissolved  in  water,  especially 
when  acidulated.  Quinia  is  thrown  down  by  Ammonia.  On  evapo- 
rating, the  liquid  which  remains  ought  not  to  taste  of  Sugar.  100 
parts  lose  8  or  10  parts  of  water  when  heated.  It  is  entirely  con- 
sumed by  a  red  heat.  It  is  turned  of  a  green  colour  if  Chlorine  be 
first  added  to  it,  and  then  Ammonia."  L.  The  Starch,  Sulphate  of 
Lime,  and  Fatty  matters,  will  remain  undissolved  by  the  cold  water. 


Cinchonacetz.]  QUININE.  439 

Sugar  will  be  detected  by  its  taste.  Gum  and  alkaline  earths  will 
remain  undissolved  by  Alcohol.  Earthy  impurities,  moreover,  will 
resist  the  action  of  heat.  The  E.  test  is  intended  to  determine  gene- 
rally whether  or  not  the  salt  is  pure.  "  A  solution  of  gr.  x.  in  Aq. 
Dest.  f  3j.  and  Sul'  fliij. — iij.,  if  decomposed  by  a  solution  of  Garb. 
Soda  3iv.  in  two  waters,  and  heated  till  the  precipitate  shrinks  and 
fuses,  yields  on  cooling  a  solid  mass,  which,  when  dry,  weighs  7-4 
grs.  and  in  powder  dissolves  entirely  in  solution  of  Oxalic  acid." 
Though  sufficient  for  most  impurities,  this,  as  Dr.  Christison  states, 
will  not  detect  Caffein  or  Sulphate  of  Cinchonia.  But  the  first  is  too 
dear  to  be  used.  Salicin  is  turned  red  by  Sul',  and  cannot  therefore 
be  very  easily  employed ;  but  the  Sulphate  of  Ginchonia  is  probably 
frequently  mixed.  If  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  40  parts  of  boiling  water, 
most  of  the  Sulphate  of  Quinia  will  be  deposited  on  cooling,  but  the 
Sulph.  Cinchonia  will  be  retained,  and  may  afterwards  by  evaporation 
be  obtained  in  short  rhombic  prisms,  or  pearly  scales :  or  precipitate 
the  two  with  caustic  Soda,  and  then  redissolve  the  Sulphate  of  Quinia 
in  Ether  (M.  Calvert) ;  or  "  precipitate  a  solution  of  the  suspected 
salt  in  water  by  Garb,  of  Potash,  collect  the  precipitate,  and  boil  it 
in  Alcohol.  The  Cinchonia  crystallizes  as  the  liquor  cools,  while  the 
Quinia  remains  in  the  mother  liquor."  (p.)  The  Spirit  will  also  dis- 
solve any  Sugar  that  may  have  been  added,  and  leave  the  Sulph.  of 
Potash.  (Med  Gazette.) 

The  E.  C.  give  a  test  for  ascertaining  the  quality  of  Yellow  Bark, 
which  is  similar  in  principle  to  that  for  ascertaining  the  purity  of  the 
Disulphate.  "  A  filtered  decoction  of  100  grains  in  Aq.  dest.  f  3ij. 
gives  with  f  3j-  of  concentrated  solution  of  Carbonate  of  Soda,  a  pre- 
cipitate which,  when  heated  in  the  fluid,  becomes  a  fused  mass, 
weighing  when  cold  2  grains  or  more,  and  easily  soluble  in  solution  of 
Oxalic  acid." 

Aricina  or  Cusconin  is  the  alkali  found  in  Cusco  Bark,  which  is 
very  similar  in  many  of  its  properties  to  Cinchonia.  M.  Guibourt, 
indeed,  says  he  could  obtain  only  this  alkali  from  the  above  Bark. 
Aricina  is  distinguished  by  the  discoverers  as  containing  1  more  Eq. 
of  Oxygen  than  Quinia,  as  being  soluble  in  Ether,  and  rendered  of  a 
green  colour  by  Nit'.  Dr.  Pereira,  from  analogy  in  properties,  in- 
ferred that  the  three  alkalies  are  oxides  of  a  compound  base,  which  he 
calls  Quinogen,  and  that  Cinchonia  is  a  Monoxide,  Quinia  a  Deutox- 
ide,  and  Aricina  a  Tritoxide  of  Quinbgen. 

Quinoidine,  obtained  by  Sertuerner  in  the  mother  liquor  of  the  first, 
has  been  proved  by  Liebig  (Lancet,  May,  1846)  to  be  Quinine  in  an 
amorphous  state,  which,  if  pure,  may  be  used  for  the  same  purposes, 
or  converted  into  a  salt  of  any  acid,  as  suggested  by  Mr.  Bullock. 
Both  Quinia  and  Cinchonia,  when  heated  with  Potash,  yield  Quino- 
leine,  an  oily  volatile  liquid,  bitter  and  strongly  alkaline,  which  is 
analogous  to  Conia. 

The  Lactate  and  Valerianate  of  Quinia  have  also  been  beneficially 
employed  in  suitable  cases.  The  latter  is  lauded  by  M.  F.  Devay 
(Br.  Retros.  xi.  123)  for  its  neurosthenic  properties,  and  is  said  to  be 
a  more  powerful  antiperiodic  than  the  Sulphate.  The  Citrate  of  Qui- 


440  CINCHONA    PREPARATIONS.     [Corolliflora,  L. 

nine  and  Iron,  prepared  in  crystalline  scales,  is  soluble  in  water  with- 
out the  addition  of  any  acid,  and  is  given  in  doses  of  gr.  ij. — gr.  v. 
in  the  same  cases  as  Quinine. 

Inc.    Alkalies,  Earths,  and  their  Carbonates,  &c. ;  Astringents. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Cinchona  Barks  are  slightly  Astringent,  emi- 
nently Tonic  and  Antiperiodic ;  hence  they  are  frequently  prescribed 
to  strengthen,  in  diseases  of  debility  or  in  convalescence  from  acute 
diseases,  but  especially  for  arresting  the  accession  of  Intermittent  and 
Remittent  Fevers,  and  attacks  of  Periodic  Neuralgia  and  of  Rheuma- 
tism, either  in  the  form  of  Powder,  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — gr.  xxx.,  in 
Infusion,  Decoction,  Extract,  or  Tincture :  sometimes  all  three  are 
united  in  one  of  the  watery  preparations.  But  as  the  properties  de- 
pend chiefly  on  the  alkalies,  though  partly  also  on  the  astringent  prin- 
ciple, the  former,  especially  in  the  form  of  the  Sulphate  of  Quinia, 
have  nearly  superseded  all  the  other  preparations.  A  similar  prepa- 
ration of  Cinchonia  may  no  doubt  be  and  is  used  for  many  of  the 
same  purposes.  The  Disulphate  of  Quinia,  often  converted  to  a  Sul- 
phate by  a  few  drops  of  Sul',  is  prescribed  in  doses  of  gr.  j. — gr.  v. ; 
but  scruple  doses  have  been  given  in  obstinate  periodic  attacks  of 
Neuralgic  pain  or  of  Ague. 

INFUSUM  CINCHONA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Pale  (of  any,  E.  [U. 
S.])  Cinchona. 

Prep.  Take  powdered  Pale  or  Gray  Cinchona  Bark  (species  according  to  prescription, 
E.  [U.  S.])  3j-  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (cold,  by  measure  3xij.  D.  rub  it  up  gradually  with 
the  water,  D.)  Macerate  for  6  (4,  E.  24,  shaking  it  occasionally,  D.)  (2,  U.  S.)  hours  in 
a  lightly-covered  vessel.  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.  Pour  off  the  clear  liquor,  D.) 

Jlction.  Uses.  Water  dissolves  the  Kinates  of  the  Cinchona  alkalies 
and  the  Tannin;  but  as  some  of  the  alkalies  remain  behind  united  with 
the  insoluble  Colouring  matters,  this  is  necessarily  a  weak  prepara- 
tion. It  is  well  suited  as  a  Tonic  from  its  lightness  for  delicate  states 
of  the  stomach  and  constitution,  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij.  every  3  or  4 
hours. 

[JNFUSUM  CINCHONA  COMPOSITUM,  U.  S. 

Prepared  with  an  ounce  of  Peruvian  Bark,  a  fluid  drachm  of  Aromatic  Sulphuric 
Acid,  and  a  pint  of  Water.  Maceration  to  be  practised  for  12  hours  before  straining. 

D.  A  wine-glass  full] 
DECOCTUM  CINCHONA,  E.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Bark. 

Prep.  Boil  for  10  minutes  Crown,  Gray,  or  Yellow  Cinchona  3j.  bruised  in  Aq.  f^xxiv. 
Cool,  filter,  and  evaporate  to  f3xvj. 

[Peruvian  Bark  gj.  Water  Oj.     Boil  for  10  minutes  and  strain.] 

Action.  Uses.  By  the  continued  action  of  boiling  water,  much  of 
the  active  principle  is  extracted,  but  it  is  also  deposited  on  cooling, 
in  consequence  of  the  Cinchonic  Red  uniting  with  the  alkalies,  and 
forming  compounds  insoluble  in  cold  water.  Both  the  infusion  and 
Decoction  would  be  much  improved  by  being  made  with  Acidulated 
water,  which  would  retain  the  alkalies  in  solution.  This  may  be  em- 
ployed for  the  same  purposes  and  in  the  same  doses  as  the  Infusion. 


Cinehonaeea.]        CINCHONA    PREPARATIONS.  441 

DECOCTUM  CINCHONA  CORDIFOLIJE,  L.     Decoction  of  Yellow  Bark. 

Prep.  Boil  for  6  hours  in  a  lightly-covered  vessel  powdered  Yellow  Calisaya  Bark  3x. 
in  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  and  while  hot,  strain. 

The  Dec.  of  Pale  and  of  Red  Bark  are  similarly  prepared,  and 
used  as  the  Dec.  Cinchonas,  E. 

TINCTURA  CINCHONA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Bark. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Yellow  Bark  (any  species,  E.)  3viij.  (3iv.  D.)  Proof  Spirit,  Oij. 
(wine  measure  feij.  D.)  Macerate  for  14  (7  D.)  days,  and  strain.  (Or  much  more  expe- 
ditiously,  and  with  less  loss,  prepare  by  percolation,  the  bark  being  in  fine  powder,  E.) 

[The  U.  S.  P.  directs  Peruvian  Bark,  in  powder,  gvj.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  Macerate 
for  14  days  and  filter,  or  by  displacement] 

Action.  Uses.  Prescribed  as  a  Tonic  with  the  Infusion  or  Decoc- 
tion in  doses  of  f3j. — f3iij.  Proof  Spirit  being  a  good  solvent  of  the 
active  principles  of  the  Cinchonas,  especially  if  acting  by  percolation, 
an  excellent  Extract  is  yielded  on  distilling  off  the  Spirit. 

TINCTURA  CINCHONA  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)   Compound  Tincture 
of  Bark. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  Yellow  Bark  3iv.  (gij.  D.)  dried  Orange, 
peel  (bitter,  bruised,  E.)  giij.  (gss.  D.),  powdered  root  of  Aristolochiu  Serpentaria  ^vj. 
(3iij.  D.),  chopped  Saffron  3ij.  (3j.  D.),  bruised  Cochineal  3j.  (9ij.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit 
Oij.  (by  measure  3XX-  D.)  Strain  (express  strongly  and  Filter.  Or  prepare  by  perco- 
lation, the  bark  being  in  fine  powder,  the  same  way  as  Comp.  Tinct.  Cardamom,  E.) 

[U.  S.  Peruvian  Bark  in  powder  3ij.  Orange.peel  bruised  3iss.  Virginia  Snake  Root 
bruised  3Hj.  Saffron  cut,  Red  Sounders  rasped,  aa  3j.  Diluted  Alcohol  f3xx.  Macerate 
for  14  days  and  filter,  or  proceed  by  displacement.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Tonic ;  more  agreeable  from  the  presence 
of  the  stimulants ;  sometimes  called  Huxham's  Tincture  of  Bark. 
Used  as  the  above  in  doses  of  f3j. — f3iv. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Vinum  Gentianas,  E.     Mistura  Ferri  composita,  D. 

Prof.  Donovan  has  (Pharm.  Journ.  iv.  125)  recommended  a  Syrup 
of  Cinchona,  of  which  the  active  ingredients  are  Dikinate  of  Quinia, 
with  the  natural  Tannin  of  Bark.  It  promises  to  be  an  efficient  and 
pleasant  preparation. 

EXTRACTUM  CINCHONA,  E.     Spirituous  Extract  of  Bark.  • 

Prep.  Take  any  of  the  varieties  of  Cinchona,  especially  the  Yellow  or  Red,  in  fine 
powder  giv.  Proof  Spirit  fgxxiv.  Prepare  by  percolation,  and  evaporate  in  an  open  vessel 
to  the  proper  consistence  over  a  vapour-bath. 

Action.  Uses.  The  active  principles  having  been  extracted  by,  and 
again  deposited  from  the  Spirit,  this  Extract  forms  an  efficient  pre- 
paration in  the  form  of  pills  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  xx. 

EXTRACTUM  CINCHONA  CORDIFOLLE,  L.    Extract  of  Yellow  Bark. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  yellow  Cinchona  Bark  3xv.  and  Aq.  dest.  Civ.  boil  down  in  Cj.  of 
the  Aq.  to  Ovj.,  while  hot,  strain.  In  the  same  way  boil  the  bark  four  times,  and  strain. 
Then  mixing  all  the  liquors,  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence. 

\ 

EXTRACTUM  CINCHONA  LANCIPOLI^E,  L.     EXTRACTA  CINCHONA,  D. 

Prepared  as  Ext .  Cinch.  Cord.  L.    The  D.  process  is  exactly  the  same,  using  of  Pale 


442  VALERIAN.  [CorolliflorcB,  L. 

Bark  coarsely  powdered  ftj.  Aq.  by  measure  ftvj.     (This  extract  should  be  kept  soft  for 
pills,  and  hard  that  it  may  be  reduced  to  powder,  D.) 

EXTRACTUM  CINCHONA  OBLONGIFOLI.E,  L.     Extract  of  Red  Bark. 

Prepared  in  the  same  way  as  Ext.  Cinch.  Cord. 

Action.  Uses.  The  watery  extracts  are  convenient  for  exhibition  in 
pills  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 3ss.  They  are  best  prepared  in  vacuo  ;  but 
in  efficiency  are  inferior  to  the  Spirituous  Extracts  in  the  same  doses. 

[ExTRACTUM    ClNCHONJE,  U.   S. 

Take  of  Peruvian  Bark  in  coarse  powder  ftj.  Alcohol  Oiv.  Water,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity. Macerate  the  Bark  with  the  Alcohol  for  four  days,  then  filter  by  means  of  an  ap- 
paratus for  displacement.  Pour  water  upon  the  bark  and  allow  percolation  to  go  on 
until  4  pints  of  tincture  are  obtained.  Go  on  with  the  water  until  6  pints  of  infusion  are 
obtained.  Distil  off  the  tincture  and  evaporate  the  infusion  until  an  extract  of  the  con- 
sistence of  honey  is  obtained.  Mix  and  bring  to  the  proper  consistence.] 


UNCARIA  (sometimes  called  Nauclea)  GAMBIR,  a  plant  of  this 
family  and  of  the  tribe  Cinchonacese,  a  native  of  the  Malayan  Penin- 
sula and  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  is  interesting  as  yielding  large 
quantities  of  the  kind  of  Catechu  known  by  the  names  of  Terra  Japo- 
nica  and  of  Square  Catechu,  and  which  in  Indian  commerce  is  called 
Gambeer.  It  is  a  powerful  astringent,  much  used  in  tanning,  and  in 
medicine  as  a  substitute  for  the  Catechu  of  the  Acacia. 

VALERIANE^E,  Dec.     Valerianads. 

Herbaceous  stems,  often  with  perennial  root-stocks.  Stem-leaves  opposite,  radical 
ones  clustered.  Calyx  tube  adherent  to  the  ovary ;  limb  superior,  3 — 4  toothed,  or  pap- 
pose. Corolla  inserted  into  the  top  of  the  ovary,  tubular,  3 — 5  lobed,  unequal,  or  irre- 
gular, often  spurred  or  gibbous  at  the  base.  Stamens  1 — 5,  free,  inserted  into  the  tube. 
Ovary  3-celled,  2  usually  abortive.  Ovule  single,  pendulous.  Style  simple.  Stigmas  2 
or  3.  Fruit  dry,  indehiscent.  Embryo  straight,  without  albumen.  Radicle  superior. — 
Allied  to  Dipsaceee  and  these  to  Rubiaceae.  The  perennial  species  secrete  a  volatile  oil 
possessed  of  strong  odour  and  stimulant  properties.  They  inhabit  temperate  parts  of  the 
world. 

VALERIANA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  [Valeriana,  U.  S.]  Var. 
Sylvestris,  L.  D.  Radix,  L.  D.  The  Root,  D.  of  Wild  Valerian. 
friandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

Some  of  the  Valerians  have  been  used  in  medicine  from  the  earliest 
times.  Dioscorides  describes  three  kinds  of  Nard  or  Valerian  besides 
the  <pou.  The  Spikenard  of  the  ancients,  Nardostachys  Jatamansi 
(Him.  Bot.  t.  54)  a  produce  of  the  Himalayas,  is  still  highly  esteemed 
in  the  East.  Valeriana  celtica  and  Saliunca  are  even  imported  by 
the  Red  Sea  from  Austria  for  perfuming  their  baths,  (v.  Illustr. 
Himal.  Bot.  p.  242.)  V.  Dioscoridis  is  supposed  to  be  the  <pou  of  that 
author,  and  the  officinal  or  wild  Valerian  was  no  doubt  early  intro- 
duced as  a  substitute  for  it. 

Root  perennial,  tuberous.  Stem  2  to  4  feet  high,  smooth,  furrowed.  Leaves  all  pin- 
nate, or  pinnately  cut ;  leaflets  lanceolate-dentate,  in  7  to  10  pairs,  terminal  one  very 
little,  if  at  all,  larger  than  the  others.  Inflorescence  a  corymb,  becoming  at  length  some- 
what panicled.  Bracts  ovate-lanceolate.  Calyx-limb  involute  during  flowering,  then 
unrolled  into  a  deciduous  pappus,  consisting  of  many  plumose  setse.  Corolla  roseate; 
tube  funnel-shaped,  gibbous  at  the  base ;  limb  5-lobed.  Stamens  3.  Fruit  smooth,  com- 


Valerianeai.]  VALERIAN.  443 

pressed,  1  -celled,  1  -seeded,  crowned  by  the  limb  of  the  calyx  expanded  into  a  feathery 
pappus.  —  Ditches  and  damp  places  throughout  Europe.  —  E.  B.  698.  Esenb.  and  Eberm. 
t.  254. 

The  tuberous  root-stock  with  its  numerous  radicles  is  the  officinal 
part  ;  that  which  grows  in  dry  pastures  is  more  fragrant,  and  that  of 
the  wild  more  so  than  that  of  the  cultivated  plant,  whence  this  is  di- 
rected to  be  used  in  the  L.  P.  It  has  a  bitter  acrid  taste,  and  a  pow- 
erful penetrating  odour,  which  is  considered  disagreeable  by  most 
people.  It  consists  of  Volatile  Oil  about  1  per  cent.,  Resin  6,  Re- 
sinous Extractive  12-5,  Extractive  9-4,  and  of  Woody  Fibre  71  per 
cent.  (Trommsdorff.)  The  Oil,  upon  which  the  properties  of  Vale- 
rian depend,  is  of  a  greenish  colour,  has  a  strong  penetrating  odour, 
and  a  camphoraceous,  aromatic  taste.  When  fresh  it  contains  an 
Oil,  Valerole,  which  is  crystallizable,  and  some  passes  into  Valerianic 
acid  by  being  oxygenated  in  the  air.  It  also  contains  a  Hydro-Carbon, 
borneene  (C10  H8),  identical  with  the  Oil  obtained  from  Borneo  Cam- 
phor, and  finally  a  Camphor  which  is  identical  with  the  Borneo  Cam- 
phor. (Gerhardt.)  When  the  root  is  distilled  with  water,  there  comes 
over  with  the  Oil  an  acid  fatty  matter,  Valerianic  acid.  This  is  an 
oily  fluid,  with  a  disagreeable  smell;  Sp.  Gr.  0-944,  boiling  at  270°. 
It  forms  soluble  salts  of  a  sweet  taste  with  bases.  This  acid  may 
also  be  produced  by  the  oxidation  of  the  Hydrated  Oxide  of  Arnyle, 
or  Oil  of  Potato  Spirit.  As  there  has  been  a  great  demand  for  this 
acid  of  late  for  making  Valerianate  of  Zinc,  the  Messrs.  Smith  (P. 
J.  v.  110)  have  given  a  process  for  obtaining  it.  This  consists  in 
boiling  the  root  with  a  little  Carb.  Soda  (3j.  for  Ibj.  of  root).  To  the 
strained  liquid  add  Sul'  (f3ij.  for  each  Ib.  of  root),  and  distil.  When 
about  |-  have  passed  over,  neutralize  the  distillate  with  Carb.  Soda 
(3ij.  for  Ibj.  of  root).  Concentrate  the  Valerianate  of  Soda,  decom- 
pose it  with  Sul',  and  obtain  the  Valerianic'  set  free,  by  means  of  a 
separate  distillation.  The  active  properties  of  Valerian  Root  may 
be  extracted  by  alkalized  water,  Spirit,  or  Ammoniated  Spirit. 

Action.  Uses.  Diffusible  Stimulant  and  Antispasmodic.  The  Vo- 
latile Oil  is  recommended  by  many.  The  Valerianate  of  Zinc  in 
doses  of  gr.  j.  —  gr.  ij.  has  been  employed  of  late  as  an  Antispasmodic 
Tonic. 

D.   Of  the  powdered  root,  gr.  xx.  —  gr.  xl.     Of  the  Volatile  Oil, 


INFUSUM  VALERIANS,  D.     (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Valerian. 

Prep.  Digest  for  1  hour  the  root  of  Valerians  sylvc.stris  in  coarse  powder  3y«  i" 
boiling  Aq.  by  measure  3vij.  When  cold,  strain.  [U.  S.  Valerian  Sss.,  boiling  Water  Oj.] 

Action.     Uses.     Moderate  Stimulant  in  doses  of  fgj.  —  £5ij. 
TINCTURA  VALERIANS,  L.  E.  D.     (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Valerian. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  (powdered,  D.)  Valerian  root  3v.  (3iv.  D.  U.  S.),  Proof  Spirit 
Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.)  Macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days.  Strain.  (Proceed  by  percolation 
or  digestion,  as  for  Tinct.  Cinchonse,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjuncts  to  draughts  in  doses  of  f3ss.  to 
f3iv. 


444  A  R  C  T  I  U  M.  [Corolliflorce,  L. 

TINCTURA  VALERIANS  COMPOSITA,  L.     (AMMONIATA),  E.  D.     (U.  S.) 
Ammoniated  Tincture  of  Valerian. 

Prep.  Take  Valerian  root  bruised  gv.  (gij.  D.)  (giv.  U.  S.)  Aromatic  Spirit  of  Am- 
monia Oij.  (Spirit  of  Ammonia  Oij.  E.,  by  measure  fcj.  D.)  Macerate  for  14  (7,  D.) 
days,  and  strain.  (Proceed  by  percolation,  as  directed  for  Tinct.  Cinch.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic,  and  more  stimulant  from  presence 
of  Ammonia,  may  be  given  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3ij. 

COMPOSITE,  Adans.     Synantherea?,  Auct.    Asteraceas,  Lindley. 

Herbs  usually  perennial,  sometimes  under-shrubs,  rarely  trees ;  with  either  watery  or 
milky  juice.  Leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  sometimes  whorled,  simple,  entire,  or  variously 
cut,  in  some  compound,  without  stipules;  petioles  sometimes  furnished  with  stipulary 
auricles.  Flowers  complete,  or  by  abortion  unisexual,  or  truly  so,  in  heads,  supported  by 
a  many-leaved  involucre,  and  seated  on  a  flat  or  conical  receptacle,  with  bracts  or  pale®, 
or  each  included  in  an  involucre,  and  collected  into  a  common  head.  Calyx-tube  adherent 
to  the  ovary;  limb  wanting,  rim-like,  toothed,  ^cale-like,  or  divided  into  a  pappus.  Corol 
inserted  into  the  upper  part  of  the  tube  of  the  calyx,  monopetalous,  limb  regular,  5-fid, 
valvate,  or  irregular  or  strap-shaped.  Stamens  5,  inserted  into  the  tube  of  the  corol,  and 
alternate  with  its  lobes;  filaments  jointed  towards  the  apex;  anthers  united  into  a  tube  ; 
appendix  above,  and  2  set®  below.  Ovary  single-celled,  with  a  single  erect  ovule.  Style 
1.  Stigmas  2.  Fruit  (achaenium)  indehiscent,  dry.  Embryo  without  albumen,  erect; 
radicle  below,  turned  towards  the  hilum. — The  Composites  are  extremely  numerous  in 
species,  some  of  which  are  found  in  almost  all  parts.  They  are  generally  devoid  of  active 
medical  properties.  A  few  are  cultivated  as  articles  of  diet,  and  others  yield  fixed  oil, 
which  is  stored  up  in  their  seeds.  The  medicinal  plants  are  bitter  and  stimulant,  the 
latter  from  the  presence  of  volatile  oil.  A  few,  as  some  of  the  species  of  Lactuca,  are 
narcotic,  others  are  acrid  and  irritant. 

A.  CVNAROCEPHAUE. — Florets  hermaphrodite,  all  tubular,  with  5,  or  rarely  4,  equal 
teeth,  with  a  convex  or  hemispherical  top.  Stigina  jointed  to  the  style. — Several  of  these 
are  bitter,  as  Centaurea  Centaurium ;  a  few  are  a  little  odorous,  as  Centaurea  moscfiata. 
The  SafHower,  Carthamus  tinctorius,  is  valued  on  account  of  the  colouring  matter  procur- 
able from  its  florets. 

CNICUS  BENEDICTUS,  Linn.     CENTAUREA  BENEDICTA.     Folia,  D.     The 
Leaves  of  Blessed  Thistle. 

The  name  of  this  plant  indicates  the  esteem  in  which  it  was  held. 

An  annual,  with  angled,  branched,  woody  stem.  Leaves  amplexicaul,  semi-decurrent' 
nearly  entire,  irregularly  pinnatifid,  or  toothed ;  apices  of  lobes  prickly.  Heads  solitary! 
terminal,  enveloped  in  leaf-like  bracts.  Involucre  ovate ;  scales  extended  into  a  spiny  pin- 
nated appendage.  Florets  yellow,  about  20  to  25  in  number,  those  of  the  ray  sterile, 
slender.  Fruit  small,  longitudinally  striated,  with  a  lateral  scar.  Pappus  triple,  the  outer 
being  the  crenated  margin  of  the  fruit,  the  intermediate  of  ten  long  and  the  inner  of  ten 
short  setae,  all  alternating  with  each  other. — South  of  Europe,  the  Levant,  Persia. — St.  and 
Ch.  128.  Nees  von  E.  223. 

This  plant,  devoid  of  odour,  is  possessed  of  considerable  bitterness. 
The  Leaves  contain  Gum-Resin,  Bitter  Principle,  a  little  Volatile  Oil, 
several  Salts,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  in  the  form  of  cold  infusion  (3iv. — 3j.  in  Aq. 
Oj.)  Diaphoretic.  In  large  doses  its  decoction  causes  vomiting; 
hence  given  to  assist  the  action  of  emetics. 

ARCTIUM  MINUS  (Schkuhr)  (A.  Lappa,  Linn),  D.    Radix  et  Semina,  D. 
Ro6t  and  Seeds  (Fruits)  of  Lesser  Burdock. 

'  The  Burdock  has  been  long  employed  in  medicine.  The  Lappa  of 
Linna3us  has  been  divided  into  two  or  three  species,  of  which  A. 


Composite.]  EUPATORIUM.  445 

minus  is  most,  common,  and  the  medicinal  species  or  variety.     It  is 
called  Lappa  minor  by  De  Candolle  and  others. 

Stem  erect,  3  feet  high,  branched,  furrowed,  leafy.  Leaves  stalked,  large,  cordate- 
ovate,  undulated,  the  radical  ones  very  large.  Heads  'many-flowered,  racemose;  involu- 
cre globose,  imbricated,  with  scales  terminating  in  hooked  points,  connected  by  a  cobweb- 
like  down,  inner  ones  coloured,  subulate,  rather  abruptly  shorter  than  the  florets.  Florets 
with  their  anthers  and  stigmas  purple.  Receptacle  flat,  with  rigid  subulate  scales.  Fruit 
compressed,  oblong.  Pappus  short,  pilose,  distinct.  —  Waste  places  in  Europe.  —  Nees  and 
Eberm.  227. 

The  root  is  about  the  thickness  of  the  thumb,  tapering,  fleshy,  with- 
out odour,  but  having  a  sweetish  rather  astringent  taste.  It  contains 
Inuline,  Bitter  Extractive,  and  Potash  Salts.  The  fruits  are  bitter,  a 
little  acrid,  and  aromatic. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Diaphoretic,  Alterative,  and  Diuretic  ;  hence 
a  Decoction  (3ij.  of  the  root  to  Aq.  Oij.)  has  been  prescribed  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  Sarsaparilla  in  some  cutaneous  affections,  &c.  The  fruits 
or  seeds  are  considered  diuretic. 

B.  CORYMBIFERJS.  Florets  of  the  disk  all  tubular,  forming  a  level  top;  marginal  florets 
often  ligulate.  Stigma  not  joined  to  the  style. 

TUSSILAGO  FARFARA,  Linn.    Folia  et  Flores,  D.    Leaves  and  Flowers 
of  Coltsfoot. 


This  is  the  jSrj^iov  of  the  Greeks,  so  called  from  having  been  used 
in  coughs,  and  is  named  Coltsfoot  and  pas  d'ane  from  the  form  of  its 
leaves. 

Coltsfoot  has  a  creeping  root-stock.  Leaves,  which  make  their  appearance  after  the 
flowers,  on  channeled  footstalks,  roundish,  cordate,  angular,  sharply  toothed,  of  a  glaucous 
green  above,  cottony  beneath.  Flower-heads  appear  in  early  spring,  of  a  bright  yellow 
colour,  solitary,  drooping  while  in  bud,  erect  when  in  flower  and  in  seed  ;  flower-stalk 
covered  with  smooth,  scale-  like,  reddish  bracts,  many-flowered,  heterogamous.  Florets  of 
the  ray  female,  narrow,  ligulate,  ray  spreading.  Florets  of  the  disk  male,  tubular,  with  a 
campanulate  5-cleft  limb.  Receptacle  naked.  Involucre  of  one  row  of  scales,  oblong, 
with  membranous  margins.  Styles  of  the  disk  inclosed,  abortive  ;  of  the  ray  bifid,  with 
taper  arms.  Achsenium  of  the  ray  oblong,  cylindrical,  smooth,  of  the  disk  abortive. 
Pappus  of  the  ray  in  many  rows,  of  the  disk  in  one  row,  consisting  of  very  fine  setae.  — 
Chalky  soils  in  England,  found  in  many  parts  of  Europe,  extending  to  Persia  and  the 
Himalayas.—  St.  &  Ch.  t  20. 

Action.  Uses.  This  plant  is  mucilaginous  and  slightly  bitter,  and 
may  be  employed  as  a  Demulcent  possessed  of  little  tonic  property. 
It  may  be  prescribed  in  the  form  of  an  Infusion  or  decoction  (one  or 
two  ounces  to  a  pint  of  water)  ad  libitum. 

[EUPATORIUM,  U.  S.     The  tops  and  Leaves  of  the  Eupatorium  Perfo- 
liatum,  Linn. 

The  plant  is  called  Thoroughwort,  and  sometimes  Boneset.  It  is 
exclusively  an  inhabitant  of  North  America,  and  is  abundant  in  low 
grounds,  flowering  in  the  month  of  August,  and  continuing  until  Oc- 
tober. 

Root  horizontal,  crooked,  perennial.  Stem  erect,  round,  hairy,  simple  at  base,  divided 
above,  two  to  four  feet  high,  of  a  light-green  colour.  Leaves  in  pairs,  opposite,  decus- 
sating, connate,  perfoliate,  broad  at  base,  and  tapering  to  a  point;  serrate,  scabrous  above, 
and  tomentose  beneath.  Flowers  in  a  dense,  depressed  corymb,  white.  Calyx  imbri- 


446  INULAHELENIUM.  [  Corolliflor  a, 

cated,  oblong ;    corolla  tubular ;    style  long  and  semibifid ;    receptacle   naked ;  pappus 
pilose ;  seed  smooth  and  glandular. 

The  dried  herb,  when  brought  into  the  market,  consists  of  the 
leaves,  stems,  and  flowers..  It  comes  in  bundles,  which  is  the  best 
form,  or  in  packages  made  by  compression,  from  the  Shakers.  The 
odour  is  agreeable  and  the  taste  is  bitter.  It  contains  a  bitter  ex- 
tractive matter. 

This  drug  was  known  to  the  aborigines  of  America. 

Uses.  As  a  tonic  it  is  sometimes  given  for  a  febrifuge  impres- 
sion in  Intermittents ;  but  it  may  be  made  either  emetic  in  large 
doses,  or  diaphoretic  in  small  ones. 

Dose.    Of  Powder  3j. 

Infusion,  made  by  adding  3j.  to  Oj.  of  boiling  water. — Of  this  fjij. 
may  be  given  as  a  diaphoretic,  or  larger  draughts  as  an  emetic.] 

IOTLA  HELENITJM,  Linn.  L.  D.     Radix,  L.  D.     Root  of  Elecampane. 
Elecampane  has  been  prescribed  since  the  time  of  Hippocrates. 

Root  perennial,  thick,  elongated,  brownish  externally,  white  in  the  inside.  Stem  erect, 
3—4  feet  high,  round,  leafy.  Leaves  large,  cordate-ovate,  acute,  stem-clasping,  unequally 
toothed,  downy  beneath ;  radical  leaves  petioled,  ovate-oblong.  Flower-heads  few  toge- 
ther, or  solitary,  large,  bright  yellow.  Involucre  imbricated  in  many  rows,  outer  scales 
ovate,  inner  obovate.  Florets  of  the  ray  female,  ligulate,  3-toothed,  subtubular ;  those  of 
the  disk  hermaphrodite,  tubular,  5-toothed.  Anthers  with  two  bristles  at  the  base.  Re- 
ceptacle flat,  reticulated.  Achcenia  quadrangular,  smooth.  Pappus  uniform,  in  one  row, 
composed  of  roughish  setae. — Moist  pastures  throughout  Europe,  flowers  in  July  and 
August.  St.  and  Ch.  49. 

The  root,  when  chewed,  tastes  first  glutinous  and  then  bitter,  aro- 
matic, and  finally  a  little  pungent.  It  is  generally  cut  into  slices,  for 
the  convenience  of  drying  and  of  preserving.  It  contains  Bitter 
Extractive  36-7,  a  peculiar  principle  which  has  been  named  Inulin 
36-7,  Helenin,  or  a  neutral  crystalline  principle  in  some  respects  re- 
sembling Camphor,  0-3,  Wax  0-6,  acrid  Resin  1-7,  Gum  4-5,  with 
Lignin,  Albumen,  and  salts  with  a  base  of  Potash,  Lime,  and  Mag- 
nesia. Inulin,  which  has  been  found  in  many  other  roots,  and  has 
received  different  names,  is  a  white  amylaceous  substance,  something 
like  Starch,  but  differing  in  a  part  being  precipitated,  on  cooling  from 
its  boiling  watery  solution,  in  being  rendered  of  a  yellow  colour  by 
Iodine,  and  in  being  a  little  soluble  in  boiling  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Tonic,  Expectorant,  and  Diaphoretic ; 
has  been  prescribed  in  Dyspepsia  and  in  Chronic  Catarrh. 

D.  Powder,  9j. — 3j.     Of  the  Decoc.  or  Inf.  (3ss.  to  Aq.  Oj.)  f3iss. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Conf.  Piperis  nigri,  L.  A  constituent  of  many  pre- 
parations on  the  Continent. 

In  the  article  Senna  (p.  355)  it  is  mentioned  that  a  very  good  substitute  for  Senna  is 
afforded  by  one  of  the  Composite.  This  is  BERTIIELOTIA  LANCEOLATA  var.  indica,  Dec. 
(Prod.  v.  p.  376),  of  which  the  leaves,  as  ascertained  by  Dr.  Falconer,  are  those  called 
ra  and  rae-Suna  by  the  natives  of  northwest  India.  They  are  mentioned  in  the  author's 
Illustr.  of  Ilimal.  Bot.  p.  319,  having  been  given  to  him  as  those  of  Salvadora  indica, 
Royle,  which  they  a  good  deal  resemble,  and  are  produced  in  the  same  arid  tract  of 
country  extending  from  the  banks  of  the  Jumna  towards  central  India.  Dr.  F.  pronounces 
the  leaves  to  be  an  excellent  substitute  for  Senna,  and  to  be  remarkable  for  growing  with 
their  edges  vertical,  and  for  having  both  sides  covered  with  stomata. 


Composite.]  ANTHEMIS    NOBILIS.  447 

[ERIGERON  CANADENSE,  U.  S.  Sec.    The  herb  Fleabane. 

This  plant  is  common  in  the  northern  and  middle  sections  of  the 
United  States,  growing  in  waste  places,  and  flowering  in  July  and 
August. 

GEN.  CHAR.  Calyx  imbricated,  subhemispherical,  in  flower  often  reflected.  Florets  of 
the  ray  linear,  very  narrow,  numerous.  Receptacle  naked,  Pappus  double,  exterior  mi- 
nute, interior  pilose,  of  few  rays.  —  Nuttall. 

The  plant  is  indigenous,  annual,  from  two  to  four  or  more  feet  high,  with  rough  branches. 
Leaves  linear,  lanceolate,  hairy,  dentate  when  radical.  Flowers  small,  white  and  panni- 
culate  terminal. 

The  plant  has  a  pleasant  odour,  and  a  bitter  somewhat  acrid  taste. 
It  contains  bitter  extractive,  tannin,  and  volatile  oil.  It  imparts  its 
properties  to  water  and  alcohol. 

Action  and  Uses.  Diuretic,  tonic  and  astringent.  In  dropsical 
complaints  it  has  been  tried  and  found  serviceable. 

Dose.    Of  Powder  3ss. 

The  decoction  is  prepared  by  boiling  3j.  of  the  dried  plant  in  Oj.  of 
water.  D.  f3ij.  repeated.  The  acrimony  is  lost  in  this  preparation. 
It  may  also  be  given  in  infusion  and  extract. 

ERYGERON  HETEROPHYLLUM,  U.  S.  Sec.  The  herb  of  the  various-leaved 
Fleabane. 

This  plant  is  found  in  the  northern  sections  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  biennial.  The  root  is  branching.  Stem  erect,  two  or  three  feet  high,  roundish, 
striated,  pubescent,  and  divided  at  the  top.  Lower  leaves  ovate-acute,  deeply-toothed,  and 
supported  on  winged  footstalks;  the  upper  are  lanceolate,  serrate  and  sessile,  the  floral 
ones  entire.  Flowers  in  lax  terminal  corymbs  ;  florets  of  disk  yellow,  of  the  ray  white, 
with  a  tinge  of  blue.  It  flowers  in  June,  and  continues  to  the  fall. 

In  the  dried  state  the  odour  is  aromatic,  and  its  taste  is  slightly 
bitter. 

Action.  Uses.  Diuretic.  It  is  used  in  cases  of  dropsy  and  sup- 
pression of  urine;  is  mild  and  little  exhausting  in  operation,  and 
therefore  preferable  to  some  other  diuretics. 

D.  It  is  usually  given  in  infusion,  and  3j.  of  the  dried  herb  may  be 
added  to  Oj.  of  hot  water,  f  3ij.  to  be  given  and  repeated. 

ERIGERON  PHILADELPHICUM,  U.  S.  Sec. 

This  species  in  a  measure  resembles  the  preceding,  but  it  has  ovate- 
lanceolate  narrow  leaves,  on  long  footstalks,  entire  or  nearly  so  on 
the  margin  and  ciliate;  the  upper  ones  are  narrow,  somewhat  cuneate, 
obtuse,  sessile.  Flowers  on  long  peduncles. 

The  uses  are  the  same  as  the  preceding.] 

ANTHEMIS  NOBILIS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  (Anthemis,  U.  S.)  Flores  (D.) 
simplices,  L.  Flowers,  E.  Chamcemelum.  Chamomile  or  Camo- 
mile. 


The  name  av^s^s  occurs  first  in  Theophrastus,  and 
in  Dioscorides.     Anthemis  Chia  is  supposed  to  be  the  plant  of  Dios- 
corides.     Others  have  been  substituted,  as  Matricaria  suaveolens  in 


448 


CAMOMILE.      ANTHEMIDIS.  {Corolliflorae,  L. 


India;  M.  Chamomila  was  at  one  time  distinguished  as  Common 
Chamomile,  and  another,  called  Noble  or  Roman  Chamomile.  The 
last  is  the  present  Anthemis  nobilis.  • 


Fig.  75. 


Roots  perennial,  with  long  fibres. 
Stems  in  a  wild  state  procumbent, 
when  cultivated,  erect,  about  a  foot 
long,  much  branched,  leafy,  round, 
furrowed,  hollow.  Leaves  doubly 
pinnate,  leaflets  linear,  subulate, 
slightly  downy.  Flower-heads  ter- 
minal, solitary,  with  a  convex  yel- 
low disk.  Rays  composed  of  her- 
maphrodite, tubular,  5-tnothed  flo- 
rels.  Rays  while,  reflexed,  or 
spreading,  formed  of  female  florets 
in  one  row.  Receptacle  conical 
(fig.  2)  with  membranous  scales. 
Involucre  imbricated  in  a  few  rows, 
scales  obtuse,  hyaline  at  the  mar- 
gin. Fruit  obtusely  tetragonal, 
smooth,  crowned  with  an  obsolete 
margin,  without  pappus. 

Two  varieties  are  known,  a. 
Flore  simplici,  fig.  75.  6.  Flore 
pleno,  Double  Chamomile,  in  which 
the  florets  of  the  disk  are  converted 
into  white  ligulate  florets,  (v.  fig. 
75,  1.)  —  Indigenous  in  gravelly 
places,  also  in  other  parts  of  Eu- 

rope.  Flowers  in  July  and  August.  Cultivated  at  Mitcham  in  Surrey. — E.  B.  980.  St. 
andCh.  111.  38. 

The  whole  plant  has  a  strong  but  pleasant  odour,  the  taste  is  purely 
bitter  with  a  little  aroma.  These  properties  are  most  conspicuous  in 
the  florets  of  the  disk,  and  therefore  the  simple  flowers  are  preferable 
to  the  double.  The  active  principles  depend  on  the  presence  of  a 
Volatile  Oil,  Bitter  Extractive,  and  a  little  Tannin.  Both  water  and 
Alcohol  take  up  their  active  properties. 

Action.    Uses.    Stimulant,  Tonic,  Febrifuge,  in  the  following  forms: 

INFIJSUM  ANTHEMIDIS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Inf.  Chamaemeli,  D.     Infusion  of 
Chamomile. 

Prep.  Macerate  (infuse,  E.)  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  for  10  minutes  (20,  E.  24 
hours,  D.)  Chamomile  3v.  in  boiling  Aq.  de'st.  Oj.  Strain.  [Chamomile  3ss.  Boiling 
Water  Oj.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  especially  in  the  form  of  cold  Infusion,  in 
doses  of  f3jss.  The  hot  Infusion  is  sometimes  employed  to  assist  the 
action  of  emetics. 

DECOCTUM  CHAM.EMELI  COMPOSITUM,  D.     Decoction  of  Chamomile. 

Prep.  Boil  for  a  little,  dried  Chamomile  flowers  gss.  Sweet  Fennel  Seeds  3ij.  in  Aq. 
ftj.  by  measure.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Similar  to  the  Infusion,  and  not  more  useful,  ex- 
cept for  fomentations,  in  doses  of  f3iij. — fjxij.  to  assist  vomiting. 

EXTRACTTJM  ANTHEMIDIS,  E.    EXT.  CHAMosMELi,  D.    Extract  of  Cha- 
,      momile. 


Composites.]  PYRETHRUM.  449 

Prep.  Boil  Chamomile  ftj.  in  Aq.  Cj.  down  to  Oiv.  While  hot,  filter,  and  in  the  va- 
pour-bath evaporate  to  the  due  consistence. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  and  simply  Tonic,  the  stimulant  Oil  being 
dissipated  during  the  evaporation.  Given  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — gr.  xx. 

OLEUM  ANTHEMIDIS,  L.  E.     Oil  of  Chamomile. 

By  distilling  the  Flowers  with  water  a  Volatile  Oil  is  obtained,  which  is  of  a  yellowish- 
brown  colour,  of  a  strong  odour,  and  pungent  taste.  It  exists  in  the  proportion  of  less 
than  1  per  cent. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  Stimulant,  and  Anlispasmodic.  May  be 
added  to  the  Extract  or  to  pills  in  doses  of  try. — fliv. 

[ANTHEMIS  COTULA,  U.  S.  Sec. 

The  stinking  chamomile  closely  resembles  the  preceding  in  its  cha- 
racter and  habit.  It  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  United  States,  growing 
in  waste  places.  It  contains  a  volatile  oil,  with  the  bitter  principle, 
to  which  its  stimulating  properties  are  owing.  It  is  sometimes  used 
for  similar  purposes  as  the  preceding.] 

PYRETHRUM.     Radix,  L.  D.    Root,  E.  of  ANACYCLUS  (Anthemis,  Linn. 
L.  D.)  PYRETHRUM,  Dec.  E.     Pellitory  of  Spain. 

This  root  was  known  to  Dioscorides  (#ugsS£ov),  and  is  still  employed 
in  Eastern  medicine  by  the  name  akurkurha.  The  plant  is  a  native 
of  the  north  of  Africa,  whence  it  has  been  introduced  into  the  south 
of  Europe.  Hayne  believes  that  the  root  is  yielded  by  a  nearly  allied 
species,  which  he  calls  A.  officinarum,  ix.  t.  46,  and  which  he  found 
cultivated  in  Thuringia. 

Anacyclus  Pyrethrum  has  a  long  fusiform  root.  Stems  numerous,  procumbent,  branched, 
pubescent.  Radical  leaves  spreading,  petiolated,  rather  smooth,  pinnatifid ;  the  segments 
pinnated,  with  linear  tubulate  lobes  ;  stem  leaves  sessile.  Branches  one-headed.  Heads 
many-flowered.  Involucre  in  few  rows,  short,  somewhat  cup-shaped,  scales  lanceolate, 
pointed,  brown  at  the  edges.  Receptacle  convex,  with  oblong,  obovate,  obtuse  paleae. 
Florets  of  the  ray  female,  sterile,  white  above  and  purplish  beneath ;  of  the  disk,  yellow, 
tubular,  with  5  callous  teeth.  All  the  corols  with  an  obcompressed,  2-winged  tube  with- 
out appendages.  Style  of  the  disk  with  exappendiculate  branches.  Achaenium  flat,  ob- 
compressed bordered  with  broad  entire  wings.  Pappus  short,  irregular  toothletted,  some- 
what continuous  with  the  wings  on  the  inner  side.  Dec. — Desf.  Fl.  Atl.  ii.  287.  Nees 
and  Eberm.  244.  St.  and  Ch.  iii.  97. 

The  root,  as  described  by  Desfontaines,  in  its  fresh  state  is  fusiform 
and  fleshy,  about  the  thickness  of  the  finger,  brownish-coloured  exter- 
nally, and  white  within.  When  handled  in  this  state,  it  produces  first 
a  sensation  of  cold,  soon  followed  by  heat  It  is  without  odour,  but 
has  an  acrid  pungent  taste,  and  causes  a  copious  flow  of  saliva.  It 
is  said  to  be  imported  from  the  Levant.  The  French  obtain  it  from 
Africa.  It  is  cultivated  in  Thuringia  and  at  Magdebourg.  The  active 
principle  is  soluble  both  in  Alcohol  and  Ether,  and  appears  to  be  a 
Volatile  Oil,  which  adheres  with  tenacity  to  its  Resin  (Pyrethrin)  and 
Fixed  Oil.  It  also  contains  Inulin,  Gum,  a  little  Tannin,  Colouring 
matter,  various  Salts,  and  Ligneous  fibre. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  Sialogogue.  Sometimes  used  to  relieve 

29 


450  ARTEMISIA    SANTONICA.          [Corolliflorce,  L. 

Toothache,  or  as  a  Masticatory  in  Palsy  of  the  Tongue  and  relaxation 
of  the  Uvula. 

ARTEMISIA,  Linn. 

Heads  discoidal,  homogamous,  or  heterogamous.  Florets  of  the  ray  in  one  row,  usually 
female  and  toothed,  with  a  long  bifid  protruding  style ;  of  the  disk  5-toothed,  bisexual,  or 
by  the  abortion  of  the  ovary,  sterile  or  male.  Involucral  scales  imbricated,  dry,  scarioua 
at  the  edge.  Receptacle  without  palete,  flattish  or  convex,  naked  or  fringed  with  hairs. 
Achcenia  obovate,  bald,  with  a.  minute  epigynous  disk.  Dee. 

The  species  of  Artemisia  extending  from  European  to  tropical 
countries,  are  most  of  them  remarkable  for  their  strong  odour  and 
bitter  taste,  and  have  been  employed  in  medicine  from  the  earliest 
times,  as  A.  Abrotanum  or  Southernwood,  A.  vulgaris  or  Mugwort, 
&c.  A.  Dracunculus  or  Tarragon  is  employed  as  a  condiment  in 
Europe. 

ARTEMISIA  MOXA,  Dec.  (A.  chinensis,  Linn,  and  A.  indica,  Willd.)  D. 
Moxa  Weed. 

The  Moxa  of  China  was  supposed  to  be  formed  of  a  soft  down 
formed  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaves  of  the  species  quoted  in  the 
D.  P. ;  but  Dr.  Lindley  states  that  it  is  prepared  from  the  woolly 
leaves  of  A.  Moxa,  Dec.  The  inflammable  cones  or  cylinders  called 
Moxas  are  prepared  in  Europe  from  pith,  cotton,  &c. ;  these  are  now 
seldom  employed,  though  they  were  at  one  time  preferred  to  the  actual 
Cautery,  from  acting  more  slowly  as  powerful  counter-irritants,  in 
some  painful  and  spasmodic  diseases,  as  well  as  in  affections  of  the 
joints  and  viscera.  In  the  Himalayas  the  tomentum  of  Chaptalia 
gossypina  is  used  as  amadou,  and  is  applicable  to  the  same  purposes. 
(Himal.  Bot.  p.  247.) 

ARTEMISIA  SANTONICA,  Woodv.  D.     A.  maritima,  Linn.  var.  ft.  suave- 
olens,  Dec.     Semen  Santonicum.    Wormseed. 

This  substance  has  long  been  employed  as  an  Anthelmintic,  being 
intended  for  the  A4/ivSiov  <rap5ov»ov  of  Dioscorides,  the  Semen  sanctum 
and  Santonicum,  Sheeha  of  the  Arabs.  The  substance  would  be  more 
correctly  denominated  Cacumina,  or  floral  summits,  than  seeds ;  for 
it  consists  of  fragments  of  peduncles,  involucres,  and  half-blown 
flowers  stripped  off'  the  tops  of  some  little-known  species  of  Artemisia. 
Esenbeck  and  Ebermaier  have  figured  A.judaica,  A.  Contra,  A.pon- 
tica,  and  A.  gJomerata,  Sieb.,  which  is  now  A.  Sieberi  of  Besser.  This, 
according  to  Batka,  produces  the  substance  called  Semen-Contra  and 
Semen-cene,  imported  from  Barbary  and  Aleppo  as  a  vermifuge.  That 
from  the  latter  is  called  the  Levant  and  Alexandrian  kind,  distinguished 
by  being  of  a  strong  aromatic  odour  and  bitter  taste,  of  a  greenish 
colour,  and  smooth,  while  the  former  is  described  as  grayish  and 
downy.  This  kind  is  said  by  some  to  be  produced  by  A.  Sieberi, 
and  the  other  by  A.  Contra,  a  native  of  Asia  Minor  and  the  Oriental 
region. 

The  properties,  according  to  Soubeiran,  depend  upon  a  Volatile 
Oil  and  a  peculiar  principle  which  has  been  named  Santonine,  of  the 


Composite.]  ABSINTHIUM.      TANACETUM.  451 

nature  of  the  concrete  volatile  oils,  which  may  be  separated  in  bril- 
liant crystals,  is  without  odour,  and  nearly  insipid  from  its  sparing 
solubility.  The  alcoholic  solution  is  very  bitter,  and,  like  acids,  forms 
salts  with  bases.  It  is  a  decided  vermifuge  in  doses  of  from  4  to  6 
grains,  and  is  recommended  to  be  given  with  Sugar. 

Action.  Uses.  Anthelmintic,  in  doses  of  from  gr.  x. — gr.  xxx.  night 
and  morning. 

ABSINTHIUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.S.)  Summitates  Florentes,  D.  Flowering 
tops.  Herb.  E.  of  ARTEMISIA  ABSINTHIUM,  Linn.  Absinthium  offici- 
nale  et  vulgare,  Auct.  Wormwood. 

The  A4-ivSiov  of  the  Greeks  is  corrupted  into  Afsunteen  in  the  East, 
and  species  of  Artemisia  are  substituted  for  the  present  plant. 

Root  ligneous,  branched.  Stems  numerous,  bushy,  furrowed,  leafy,  the  whole  plant 
covered  with  close  silky  hairiness.  Leaves  alternate,  silky,  (tripinnatisect,  Dec.,*)  m  many 
deep,  lanceolate,  obtuse  segments :  lower  ones  on  long,  the  upper  on  short  and  broad  foot- 
stalks. Floral  leaves  simple.  Flower  heads  on  leafy,  clustered  panicles,  drooping,  he- 
mispherical, heterogamous ;  the  outer  scales  of  the  involucre  linear,  silky ;  inner  roundish, 
scarious.  Florets  of  a  pale  yellow,  the  outer  row  female.  Styles  deeply  cloven.  Recep- 
tacle convex,  covered  with  silky  hairs. — Waste  ground  in  various  parts  of  Europe  and  the 
north  of  Asia.— Eng.  Bot.  t.  1230.  St.  and  Ch.  ii.  58.  Should  be  collected  in  July  and 
August,  when  in  flower. 

The  dried  herb  or  the  flowering  top  has  a  grayish  silky  look,  is 
remarkable  for  its  disagreeable  though  somewhat  aromatic  odour,  and 
for  its  intense  bitterness,  whence  its  name  has  passed  into  a  proverb. 
Its  properties  are  imparted  to  water,  spirit,  and  wines.  Analysed  by 
Braconnot,  it  yielded,  in  100  parts,  Volatile  Oil  of  a  dark-green 
colour,  upon  which  the  odour  depends,  1-5,  Bitter  Azotized  Extract 
30,  very  Bitter  Resin  2-5,  Green  Resin  5,  with  Chlorophyll,  Albumen, 
Salts,  and  among  them  Absinthate  of  Potash,  which  when  the  plant 
is  burnt,  is  changed  into  Carbonate  of  Potash.  This  was  long  called 
Salt  of  Wormwood.  The  bitter  principle  has  been  separated  by  M. 
Righini,  first  by  making  a  spirituous  extract,  and  then  by  acting  on 
it  with  Charcoal.  It  acts  with  great  power,  and  without  excitement. 
The  Essential  Oil  (C30!!18©3)  as  ascertained  by  M.  Lablanc,  in  its 
impure  state,  is  of  a  dark-green  colour,  which  begins  to  boil  at  356° 
F.  Its  boiling  point  rises  to  401°  as  it  coagulates.  It  may  be  distill- 
ed off  Quicklime,  and  when  thus  purified,  has  a  fixed  boiling  point  of 
401° ;  is  acrid,  has  a  penetrating  smell,  with  Sp.  Gr.  -975  at  75°  F. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic,  Bitter,  and  Tonic;  is  added  to  some 
liqueurs;  employed  in  Dyspepsia;  is  absorbed  into  the  system.  An- 
thelmintic, hence  its  name  of  Wormwood. 

EXTRACTUM  ARTEMISIA  ABSINTHII,  D.     Extract  of  Wormwood. 

Prepare  as  simple  Extracts. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  Tonic,  without  the  stimulant  properties  of  the 
Oil,  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 9j. 

TANACETUM  VULGARE,  Linn.  D.  [TANACETUM,  U.  S.]  Folia.  Leaves 
of  Common  Tansy. 


452  ARNICA    MONTANA.  [Corollifloras,  L. 

Tansy  is  a  plant  of  Europe,  which  has  long  been  employed  in  me- 
dicine. 

Stems  about  two  feet  high,  erect,  leafy,  smooth.  Leaves  of  a  dark  green,  pinnatifid, 
rachis  winged,  and  deeply  serrated,  as  well  as  the  leaflets,  decurrent,  serrated.  Heads  in 
a  terminal  corymb.  Florets  as  in  Artemisia,  of  a  golden  yellow,  the  marginal  florets 
scarcely  apparent,  and  often  wanting.  Involucre  hemispherical,  imbricated.  Receptacle 
convex,  naked.  Achaenium  sessile,  oblong,  angular,  with  a  large  epigynous  disk.  Pap- 
pus formed  of  a  membranous,  quadrangular,  entire,  but  minute  crown. — Roadsides  and 
waste  places  in  Europe,  but  also  cultivated. — E.  B.  t.  1229.  St.  and  Ch.  iii.  116. 

Tansy  has  a  strong  and  penetrating  odour;  the  taste  is  bitter,  aro- 
matic, and  camphoraceous;  but  the  odour  diminishes  in  drying.  Its 
properties  depend  upon  a  Bitter  Extractive,  or  rather  Resinous  mat- 
ter, and  a  Volatile  Oil  of  a  yellow  colour  and  a  strong  Tansy  odour, 
which  has  an  acrid  and  bitter  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Tonic,  Antispasmodic,  Anthelmintic,  in 
infusion  (3ij. — Aq.  Oj.) ;  or  the  Oil  may  be  added  to  vermifuge  pow- 
ders, or  its  infusion  used  as  an  enema  against  lumbrici. 

ARNICA  MONTANA,  Linn.     Flores.     Folia   et   Radix,  D.     Mountain 
Arnica.     Mountain  Tobacco. 

Arnica  has  long  been  employed  in  medicine,  though  there  is  no 
proof  that  it  was  known  to  the  Greeks,  as  inferred  by  Mathioli.  Se- 
veral dissertations  have  been  written  upon  its  medical  virtues,  from 
that  of  Lamarche,  1719,  to  the  present  time. 

Rootstock  horizontal,  with  numerous  radicles.  Stem  cylindric,  2  feet  high,  a  little 
hairy,  bearing  1 — 3  heads  of  flowers.  Leaves  opposite,  entire,  oblong,  obovatc,  5-nerved, 
the  radical  usually  4  in  number,  the  cauline  smaller,  in  one  or  two  pairs.  Flower-head 
large,  erect,  or  drooping,  of  a  golden-yellow  colour.  Involucre  campanulate  in  two  rows, 
with  linear-lanceolate,  equal  scales,  rough  with  glands.  Receptacle  fringed,  hairy.  Flo- 
rets many,  of  the  ray  in  one  row,  female,  ligulate,  of  the  disk  bisexual,  tubular,  5-toothed. 
Tube  of  the  corolla  shaggy,  sometimes  rudiments  of  sterile  stamens  remaining  in  the 
ligulse.  Style  of  the  disk  with  long  arms  covered  by  down.  Achsenium  somewhat  cy- 
lindrical, tapering  to  each  end,  somewhat  ribbed  and  hairy.  Pappus  in  one  row  of  close, 
rigid,  rough  hairs. — A  native  of  the  cool  parts  of  Europe  from  the  sea-coast  to  the  snow- 
line.— Fl.  Dan.  t.  63.  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  t.  239. 

This  plant,  when  fresh  and  bruised,  has  rather  an  agreeable  odour, 
which  is  apt  to  excite  sneezing ;  the  taste  of  the  leaves  and  flowers  is 
bitter  and  pungent,  of  the  root-stock  bitter  and  acrid.  Some  moun- 
taineers smoke  it  like  Tobacco.  The  properties  have  been  supposed 
to  depend  on  Volatile  Oil,  Acrid  Resin,  Bitter  Extractive  (Cytisine?) 
and,  according  to  Dr.  A.  T.  Thompson,  on  Igasurate  of  Strychnia  or 
of  Brucia. 

Versmann,  having  been  induced  by  Dr.  Pfaff  to  analyze  it  again, 
finds  that  the  aqueous  infusion  of  the  flowers  of  Arnica  reacts  as  an 
acid,  has  at  first  a  bitter,  and  afterwards  a  strong  acrid  flavour,  de- 
pending on  the  presence  of  Gallic  acid.  Sol.  of  Gelatine  renders  an 
infusion  of  Arnica  very  turbid,  and  with  Chloride  of  Iron  yields  a 
black  colour,  which  when  largely  diluted  becomes  green.  On  the 
addition  of  Magnesia  or  its  Carbonate,  an  intensely  green  colour  is 
produced  after  a  few  hours.  He  was  unable  to  ascertain  the  presence 
of  Strychnia,  and,  indeed,  considered  its  absence  as  completely  prov- 
ed by  his  experiments.  (P.  J.  iv.  238.) 


Composite.]  TARAXACUM.  453 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  Stimulant ;  Irritant  of  the  Digestive  Canal ; 
Diaphoretic,  and  Stimulant  of  the  Nervous  System ;  and  as  such  is 
prescribed  in  nervous  affections  requiring  such  treatment;  also  in 
Gout  and  Rheumatism ;  and  is  much  esteemed  for  its  power  of  dis- 
cussing tumours  and  the  effects  of  bruises  (hence  called  Panacea  lap- 
sorum  by  Fehr.)  when  applied  in  the  forms  of  Cataplasm  or  of  the 
Tincture,  as  indicated  by  Scopoli. 

D.  Of  the  Powder,  gr.  v. — gr.  x.  Of  the  infusion  (3iv.  in  Aq.  Oj.) 
f3iss.  Of  the  Tincture  (3ij.  of  the  root  in  Proof  Spirit  f  3xvj.),  r#x. 
— f  3ss.,  or  applied  externally. 

C.  CICHORE^: — Florets  all  ligulate.  Style  cylindrical  above  and  pubescent  as  well  as 
its  long  obtuse  branches.  Stigmatic  lines  prominent,  narrow. — The  CichwesB  abound  in 
milky  juice,  which  is  bitter-tasted  and  sometimes  narcotic.  By  blanching,  some  become 
edible  as  salads. 

Cichorium  Intybus,  or  Wild  Succory,  which  is  indigenous  in  waste 
places  all  over  Europe,  is  extensively  cultivated  on  account  of  its  root, 
which  is  much  used  as  a  substitute  for,  and  as  an  addition  to,  Coffee. 
The  medical  properties  of  the  plant  are  considered  to  be  nearly  the 
same  as  those  of  Taraxacum.  It  is  used  to  adulterate  Coffee,  but  is 
itself  often  much  adulterated,  (v.  P.  J.  iv.  119.) 

TARAXACUM,  L.E.  D.  (U.S.)    Radix,  L.  et  Herba,  D.   Root,E.  of  TA- 
RAXACUM DEXS  LEONIS,  Desf.  E.     (Leontodon  Taraxacum,  Linn. 
L.  D.  [U.  S.])     Dandelion. 
Dandelion,  being  indigenous  in  Europe,  has  long  been  employed  in 

medicine.  *•' 

Root  spindle-shaped,  milky-juiced.  Leaves  numerous,  radical,  runcinate,  glabrous,  of  a 
bright  shining  green.  Scapes  1  or  more,  erect,  brittle,  with  a  single  head  of  flowers, 
which  expand  in  the  morning1,  and  are  of  a  golden-yellow  colour.  Involucre  double,  ex- 
ternal scales  spreading  or  reflexed,  internal  ones  in  one  row,  erect,  without  callous  tips. 
Receptacle  naked.  Achseniiim  oblong,  striated,  muricate  at  the  apex,  terminating  in  a 
long  beak.  Pappus  hairy,  in  many  rows  radiating  so  as  to  form  a  light  globe. — Fields 
and  waste  places  throughout  Europe,  and  extending  even  to  the  Himalayas. — E.  B.  t.  539. 
St.  and  Ch.  5. 

The  leaves,  when  young,  are  blanched  and  used  as  salad  in  some 
parts  of  Europe:  their  properties  necessarily  vary  at  different  periods 
of  growth.  The  sensible  properties  of  the  milky  juice  are  said  to  be 
greatest  just  before  inflorescence.  The  juice  expressed  from  the 
bruised  roots  was  found  both  by  Mr.  Houlton  and  by  Mr.  Squire  to  be 
of  a  watery  nature  in  March,  but  towards  the  end  of  summer  to  be 
thick  and  cream-like,  and  bitter  in  taste.  Mr.  Squire,  moreover,  found 
that  in  November  and  December  4  Ibs.  of  the  juice  yield  1  Ib.  of 
Extract ;  from  March  to  May  from  6  to  9  Ibs.  In  June,  July,  and 
August,  from  6  to  7  Ibs.  are  required  to  yield  the  same  quantity  of  Ex- 
tract. Hence  it  is  evident,  that,  it  is  during  November  and  December 
it  is  most  abundant  in  solid  ingredients,  upon  which  its  medical  pro- 
perties probably  depend.  Geiger  pronounces  the  juice  to  be  most 
bitter  in  midsummer,  and  that  in  the  spring  and  close  of  Autumn  it  is 
sweetish,  which  Mr.  Squire  ascribes  to  the  effects  of  frost.  He, 
moreover,  says  that  the  juice  contains  Gum,  Albumen,  Gluten,  an 
Odorous  principle,  Extractive,  and  a  peculiar  crystallizable  Bitter 
principle,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  water. 


454  LACTUCA    SATIVA.  [Corollifloras,  L. 

The  most  efficient  mode  of  prescribing  it  is  in  the  form  of  the  in- 
spissated juice.  The  root  is  sometimes  roasted  and  used  as  a  sub- 
stitute for,  or  its  dried  powder  mixed  with  ground,  Coffee. 

Action.  Uses.  Aperient,  Deobstruent,  Alterative,  especially  in  affec- 
tions of  the  Liver,  in  chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  &c. 

DECOCTUM  TARAXACI,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)   Decoction  of  Taraxacum. 

Prep.  Take  fresh  Taraxacum  herb  and  root  3vij.  (3iv.  D.)  (3ij.  U.  S.)  Aq.  Oij.  (flbij. 
D.)  Boil  together  down  to  Oj.  (fcj.  D.)  (Press  out  the  liquor,  D.)  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  The  bitter  principle  being  exhausted  by  the  boiling 
water,  while  the  Caoutchouc  is  coagulated,  this  may  be  used  in  some 
cases  requftng  alterative  treatment  in  doses  of  f  3iss. 

EXTRACTUM  TARAXACI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of  Taraxacum. 

Prep.  Prepare  as  Extr.  Gentian,  L.  Take  fresh  root  of  Taraxacum  ftj.,  boiling  Aq. 
Cj.  Proceed  as  for  Extr.  Poppy  Heads,  E.  (Proceed  as  directed  for  simple  Extracts, 
employing  the  herb  and  root  of  Taraxacum,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  This  is  the  most  commonly  employed  Extract,  in 
doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss.  It  should  be  bitter  in  taste,  and  of  a  brownish 
colour.  But  the  inspissated  juice  of  the  roots  pressed  out  and  evapo- 
rated spontaneously  by  the  action  of  dry  air,  or  in  vacuo,  is  the  best 
form  for  exhibition.  The  inspissated  juice  is  well  prepared  by  Mr. 
Squire,  as  well  as  by  Mr.  Hooper,  and  by  the  latter  also  in  the  form 
of  Fluid  Extract  of  Taraxacum,  of  which  one  or  two  teaspoonfuls 
form  a  dose. 

LACTUCA,  Linn. 

Heads  few-flowered.  Involucre  cylindrical,  imbricated  in  2 — 4  rows,  outer  row  shorter, 
scales  with  a  membranous  margin.  Receptacle  naked.  Achsenium  piano-compressed, 
wingless,  terminating  abruptly  in  a  filiform  beak. 

LACTUCA  SATIVA,  Linn.  Herba,  D.  LACTUCARIUM.  (U.  S.)  Succus 
spissatus,  L.  Inspissated  Juice  of,  (and  of  Lactuca  virosa,  Linn.  E.) 
the  Garden  Lettuce. 

The  common  Lettuce  (Spi'<5a|)  has  been  used  in  medicine  from  the 
time  of  the  Greeks,  as  it  still  is  in  the  East.  It  is  cultivated  through- 
out Europe  and  in  most  European  colonies  as  a  salad. 

The  common  Lettuce  is  an  annual,  with  an  erect,  smooth  stem,  which  is  two  feet  high 
simple  below,  and  branched  above.  Leaves  rounded  or  oval,  large, erect,  narrowed  at  the 
base,  smooth  at  the  keel,  half  embracing  the  stem,  often  much  wrinkled.  Flowers  ap- 
pearing in  August,  yellow,  smaller  than  those  of  L.  virosa. 

The  Leaves  of  the  Lettuce  when  young  contain  a  pellucid  pleasant- 
tasted  juice,  containing  Mucilage  and  Sugar ;  but  when  the  flowering 
stem  begins  to  appear,  the  juice  becomes  milky,  bitter  in  taste  and  of 
a  strong  odour,  something  like  that  of  Opium.  These  characteristics 
increase  until  the  flowers  have  blown.  If  slices  of  this  stem  be  cut 
off,  or  incisions  be  made  into  its  cortical  portion,  the  milky  juice  ex- 
udes, and  on  drying  becomes  of  a  brownish  colour,  forming  what 
is  called  Lettuce  Opium  or  Lactucarium,  to  which  Dr.  Coxe  of 
Philadelphia  and  Dr.  Duncan,  Sen.  of  Edinburgh  first  called  attention. 
Dr.  Francois  subjected  it  to  further  examination,  calling  it  Thridace. 


Composite.]  LACTUCA    VIROSA.  455 

Lactucarium  is  prepared  by  collecting  the  above  exuded  juice  and 
by  pressing  out  that  of  the  incised  stems  when  in  flower,  and  then 
evaporating  it  to  a  proper  consistence  in  a  water-bath.  This  forms 
the  best  kind.  It  is  of  the  consistence  of  a  dry  extract,  and  is  sold 
in  roundish  rather  hard  lumps,  having  a  brown  colour,  an  opium 
smell,  and  a  bitter,  mixed  with  a  little  acid  taste.  It  is  apt  to  attract 
moisture.  It  yields  to  analysis  about  half  its  weight  of  a  Bitter  Ex- 
tractive, Wax,  and  Resin,  with  a  principle  analogous  to  Caoutchouc 
in  considerable  quantities.  No  crystalline  principle  has  as  yet  been 
discovered. 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne,  Diaphoretic  and  slightly  Diuretic  in  doses 
of  gr.  ij. — gr.  vj.  to  allay  Cough  and  Nervous  Irritation,  relieve  the 
pains  of  Rheumatism,  &c.,  and  to  induce  sleep. 

EXTRACTUM  LACTUCA,  L.     Extract  of  Lettuce. 

Prep.  Bruise  the  fresh  leaves  of  Garden  Lettuce,  sprinkled  with  water,  in  a  Wedge- 
wood  or  stone  mortar,  and  then  press  out  the  juice,  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence- 

Action.  Uses.  Contains  little  of  the  active  principle  or  Lactuca- 
rium, though  it  resembles  it  in  colour,  odour,  and  taste ;  is  a  little  se- 
dative in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 9j. 

LACTUCA  VIROSA,  Linn.   E.     Folia,  D.     The   Inspissated   Juice,  E. 
Strong-scented  Lettuce. 

This  is  supposed  to  be  the  Sg f&nf  ayf  fa  of  Dioscorides,  though  L. 
Scariola,  Linn,  is  adduced  by  Dr.  Sibthorp  as  the  plant.  This  has 
glaucous  vertical  leaves,  but  the  same  properties  as  the  former. 

The  Wild  Lettuce  abounds  in  acrid  milky  juice,  has  a  tap-shaped  root,  with  round  and 
erect,  slender,  glaucous  stem,  2 — 4  feet  high,  a  little  prickly  below,  panicled  above.  Leaves 
horizontal,  with  a  prickly  keel  otherwise  nearly  smooth,  finely  toothed ;  radical  ones  obo- 
vate,  undivided,  those  of  the  stem  smaller,  often  lobed,  auricled,  and  semiamplexicaul. 
Flower-heads  numerous,  panicled,  with  numerous  small,  heart-shaped,  pointed  bracts. 
Florets  light  yellow.  Achcenia  striated,  beak  white,  equalling  in  length  the  black  fruit. 
Dry  banks  and  borders  of  fields  throughout  Europe. — E.  B.  t.  1957.  Flowers  about  Au- 
gust 

This  plant,  distinguished  by  its  rank  smell  and  the  blood-red  spots 
on  its  stem,  is  preferred  to  the  former  by  the  E.  C.  Dr.  Christison 
states,  from  information  communicated  to  him  by  Mr.  Duncan  of 
Edinburgh,  that  it  yields  a  much  larger  quantity  and  a  superior  qua- 
lity of  Lactucarium,  especially  before  the  middle  period  of  inflore- 
scence ;  so  Schutz  has  found  in  Germany  that  a  single  plant  of  L. 
saliva  yielded  only  17  grs.,  while  one  of  L.  virosa  no  less  than  56 
grs.  of  Lactucarium.  That  prepared  near  Edinburgh  is  "  in  pieces 
about  the  size  of  a  field  bean,  rough  and  irregular,  wood-brown  in 
colour,  with  an  ash-gray  efflorescence,  friable,  reddish-brown  in 
powder,  of  the  same  odour  with''  the  former,  but  more  acrid  and 
bitter  to  the  taste."  (c.)  Analyzed  by  Walz,  it  was  found  to  contain 
a  Volatile  Oil,  a  yellowish-red  tasteless  Resin,  a  greenish-yellow 
Acrid  Resin,  Crystallizable  and  Uncrystallizable  Sugar,  Gum,  Pectic 
Acid,  Albumen,  a' brown  Basic  substance,  a  principle  like  Humus, 
Extractive,  a  concrete  Oil  or  Wax  (one  part  of  which,  insoluble  in 
ether,  is  the  same  as  the  Caoutchouc  of  other  analysts),  Oxalates,  and 


456  LOBELIA   INFLATA.  [Corolliftorai,  L. 

other  salts,  with  a  neutral  active  principle,  which  has  been  named 
Lactucin.  This  is  in  acicular  crystals,  colourless,  without  odour, 
very  bitter,  fusible,  soluble  in  about  70  parts  of  water,  more  so  in 
Ether,  Alcohol,  and  diluted  acids.  The  watery  solution  is  very 
bitter,  neutral,  and  not  precipitable  by  any  reagent.  (Walz,  Ann.  der 
Pharm.  xxxii.) 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic ;  suited  to  allay  pain  and  induce  sleep,  in 
the  same  cases  as  Henbane,  and  where  Opium  is  ineligible,  in  doses 
of  gr.  v.— 9j. 

TINCTURA  LACTUCARII,  E.     Tincture  of  Lactucarium. 

Prep.  Take  Lactucarium  in  fine  powder  3iv.  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  Best  prepared  by  per- 
colation, but  also  by  digestion,  as  Tinct.  Myrrh. 

Action.     Uses.    Anodyne,  &c.  as  above,  in  doses  of  r#xx.  to  f3j. 

TROCHISCI  LACTUCARII,  E.     Lettuce  Lozenges. 

Prep.  Lactucarium  3ij-  To  be  prepared  in  the  same  proportion  and  manner  as  the 
Opium  Lozenge. 

D.  May  be  taken  to  the  extent  of  xx. — xl.  daily. 

M.  Aubengier  prepares  a  spirituous  Extract  of  Lactucarium,  which 
contains  all  the  active  principles,  and  which  may  be  prescribed  in  pills, 
or  made  into  a  syrup  by  adding  1  part  to  500  of  syrup. 

LOBELIACE.E,  Juss.     Lobeliads. 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  usually  with  milky  juice.  Leaves  alternate,  without  sti- 
pules. Flowers  complete,  sometimes  from  abortion  dioecious,  irregular.  Calyx  superior 
or  half-superior,  5-parted,  odd  segment  anterior.  Corol  inserted  into  the  calyx,  composed 
of  5  petals,  usually  more  or  less  adherent,  and  commonly  cleft  longitudinally.  Stamens 
5,  alternate  with  petals,  and  inserted  into  a  disk  crowning  the  ovary.  Filaments  united 
above  with  the  anthers  into  a  tube.  Ovary  1  to  3-celled,  many-ovuled.  Stigma  fringed. 
Fruit  capsular  or  berried,  1 — 2-celled,  rarely  3-celled,  often  opening  at  the  apex,  many- 
seeded.  Embryo  straight  in  the  axis  of  albumen. — The  Lobeliacece  are  allied  to  Cicho- 
rese  and  to  Campanulaceee.  Found  in  tropical  and  temperate  parts  of  the  world.  They 
secrete  a  milky  juice,  often  very  acrid  and  narcotic. 

LOBELIA  INFLATA,  Linn.  L.     (LOBELIA,  U.  S.)     Herb,  E.     Indian  To- 
bacco.    Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

This  plant  was  first  employed  by  the  natives  and  then  by  the  me- 
dical practitioners  of  the  United  States,  and  in  this  country  first  in 
1829. 

Annual  or  biennial,  with  fibrous  root  Stem  erect,  angular,  the  upper  part  branched 
and  smooth.  Leaves  irregularly  serrate,  dentate,  hairy ;  the  lower  ones  oblong,  obtuse, 
with  short  petioles ;  those  towards  the  middle  ovate-acute,  sessile.  Flowers  in  racemes. 
Calyx  smooth,  tube  ovoid,  5-lobed,  segments  linear-acuminate.  Corol  of  alight-blue,  cleft 
longitudinally  from  above,  bilabiate,  the  upper  lip  narrow,  the  lower  broader,  3-cleft.  An- 
thers  united  into  an  oblong  curved  body,  the  two  inferior  barbed  at  the  point.  Style  fili- 
form ;  stigma  curved,  inclosed  by  the  anthers.  Capsule  2-celled,  ovoid,  ten-angled,  in- 
flated, crowned  with  the  calyx.  Seeds  numerous,  small,  of  a  brown  colour. — Common 
weed  in  the  United  States  from  Canada  to  Carolina. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  206. 

The  whole  plant  when  wounded  exudes  a  milky  juice,  and  all  parts 
are  possessed  of  medicinal  activity ;  but,  according  to  Dr.  Eberle,  the 
root  and  inflated  capsules  are  the  most  powerful.  The  dried  herb  is 
of  a  pale  greenish-yellow  colour,  of  a  faint  disagreeable  smell,  and  a 


Lobeliacea;.]  ERICACEAE.  457 

burning  acrid  taste,  especially  perceptible  in  the  fauces.  It  is  gene- 
rally compressed  into  rectangular  cakes  by  the  Shaking  Quakers  of 
New  Lebanon,  in  New  York.  The  active  properties  are  extracted 
by  Proof  Spirit  and  by  Ether.  It  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  ana- 
lyzed. Its  active  principle  has  been  supposed  to  be  of  a  volatile 
nature ;  but  it  may  be  long  preserved  with  its  powers  unimpaired. 
Dr.  Calhoun  considers  its  active  principle  (Lobelin)  to  be  of  the  na- 
ture of  Nicotin.  [This  has  been  verified  by  Mr.  Procter.]  Dr.  Pereira 
finds  a  volatile  Acrid  principle  (Oil  ?)  and  a  peculiar  Acid.  Reinsch, 
in  a  later  analysis,  found  much  Gum,  with  vegetable  Fibre,  Aromatic 
Resin,  with  other  substances  soluble  in  Alcohol,  and  a  peculiar  sub- 
stance, which  he  obtained  only  in  an  impure  state. 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic,  Acrid,  Antispasmodic,  acting  in  many 
respects  like  Tobacco ;  in  large  doses  Emetic  and  Cathartic.  Used 
to  control  attacks  of  Spasmodic  Asthma,  either  by  giving  it  in  full 
doses  so  as  to  excite  vomiting,  or  in  small  doses  repeated  until  sick- 
ness comes  on. 

D.  The  dose  of  the  powder  as  an  expectorant,  gr.  j. — gr.  v. ;  as 
an  emetic,  gr.  x. — 9j. 

TINCTUEA  LOBELIA,  E.     Tincture  of  Lobelia. 

Prep.  Digest  Lobelia  dried  and  finely  powdered  3v.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.    Or  much 
better  prepared  by  percolation,  as  Tinct.  Capsicum. 
[Lobelia  3iv.  Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Expectorant  in  doses  of  f#x. — f3j.  Antispasmodic, 
f3j. — f3ij.  every  two  or  three  hours.  Emetic  in  doses  of  f3iv. 

TINCTURA  LOBELIA  ^ETHEREA,  E.     Etherial  Tincture  of  Lobelia. 

Prep.  Digest  in  a  well-closed  vessel  for  7  days,  finely  powdered  dry  Lobelia  gv.  in 
Spirit  of  Sulphuric  Ether  Oij.  But  it  is  better  prepared  by  percolation,  the  materials 
being  firmly  packed  in  the  percolator. 

Action.  Uses.  Similar  to  Whitelaw's  Etherial  Tincture.  Used 
chiefly  as  an  Antispasmodic. 

ERICACE^:,  Endlicher.     Heath-worts. 

Shrubs,  undershrubs,  or  trees.  Leaves  evergreen,  alternate,  without  stipules.  Calyx 
free,  or  with  its  tube  adherent  to  the  ovary,  4  or  5-fid.  Corol  4  or  5  parted,  adherent  to 
the  bottom  of  the  calyx,  superior  or  half-superior,  formed  of  several  petals  united  together. 
Stamens  8  or  10,  inserted  into  the  corol.  Anthers  with  the  2  cells  distinct  either  at  the 
base  or  at  the  apex,  there  opening  by  pores,  often  furnished  with  a  bristle-like  appendage. 
Ovary  half-superior  or  inferior.  Placentae  central.  Style  1.  Stigma  capitate.  Fruit  in 
the  genera  with  inferior  ovary,  berried  or  drupaceous,  in  those  with  superior  ovary 
usually  capsnlar.  Embryo  in  the  axis  of  albumen.  Many-celled  many-seeded. — The 
Ericaceae  are  found  in  the  cold  and  temperate  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  in 
southern  Africa.  Many  are  astringent,  some  also  stimulant;  hence  employed  as  substi- 
tutes for  Tea,  as  Gaultheria  procumbens  and  Ledum  lalifolium.  Some  have  succulent 
edible  fruit.  Rhododendron  Chrysanthum  is  much  employed  by  the  Russians  as  a  sti- 
mulant diaphoretic  in  rheumatism.  R.  campanulatum  is  employed  in  the  Himalayas  as 
snuff. 

Tribe  Ericece.    Fruit  capsular.     Anthers  2-celled.     Disk  hypogy- 
nous.    Testa  close. 


458 


UVA   URSI. 


[Corollifloras,  L. 


UVA  URSI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Folia,  L.  D.  Leaves,  E.  of  ARCTOSTAPHY- 
LOS  (ARBUTUS,  D.)  UVA  URSI,  Spr.  Bearberry,  Decandria  Mono- 
gynia,  Linn.  Trailing  Arbutus. 

It  is  uncertain  when  this  plant  was  first  employed  medicinally. 
Quer  maintains  that  the  Spaniards  first  discovered  its  antinephretic 
properties. 

Evergreen  procumbent  shrub.    Leaves  coria- 

Fig.  76.  ceous,  obovate,  obtuse,  quite  entire,  shining,  of  a 

deep-green  above,  lighter  colour  and  covered  with 
a  network  of  veins  on  the  under  surface,  hence 
reticulated.  Flowers  in  terminal  clusters  of  8  or 
10,  each  supported  by  three  small  bracts.  Calyx 
5-partite,  of  a  pale  red.  Corol  rose-coloured, 
ovate-urceolate,  5-cleft,  border  revolute.  Stamens 
10,  inclosed,  filaments  flattened.  Anthers  com- 
pressed, with  2  pores  at  the  apex,  and  furnished 
laterally  with  2  reflexed  arms.  Ovary  globose, 
supported  by  3  scales.  Style  short.  Stigma  ob- 
tuse. Berry  globose,  scarlet  with  5  single-seeded 
cells.  —  Stony  Alpine  heaths  of  Europe,  Asia,  and 
North  America.  —  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  215.  St. 
and  Ch.  91. 

The  leaves  are  the  officinal  parts, 
and  usually  collected  in  autumn.  They 
have  sometimes  been  adulterated  with 
the  leaves  of  Vaccinium  Vitis  Idsea, 
or  Whortleberry  ;  but  these  are  dotted 
on  their  under  surface,  and  have  their 
margins  revolute  and  somewhat  cre- 
nate.  The  Box  leaf  is  devoid  of  as- 
tringency.  Uva  Ursi  leaves,  when 

dried  and  powdered,  have  an  odour  not  unlike  that  of  hay  ;  the  taste 
is  bitter  and  astringent.  The  active  properties  are  extracted  both  by 
water  and  Spirit.  They  contain  Gum,  Resin,  Extractive,  and  some 
Gallic  acid,  and  about  36  per  cent,  of  Tannin.  The  watery  infusion 
is  precipitated  by  Gelatine,  and  a  bluish-black  colour  is  produced  with 
the  Sesquichloride  of  Iron.  The  leaves  are  employed  in  tanning  in 
some  parts  of  Russia. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  Tonic  and  mild  Diuretic.  Chiefly  appli- 
cable in  chronic  cases,  where  there  is  an  increased  secretion  of  mucus, 
from  the  bladder,  in  doses  of  the  powder,  gr.  x.  —  3ss. 

DECOCTUM  UVJE  URSI,  L.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Bearberry. 


Prep.    Take  bruised  Uva  Vrsi  3j.  Aq.  dest.  Oiss.  (f3xx.  U.  S.) 
and  strain. 


Boil  down  to  Oj. 


Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  mild  Diuretic,  in  doses  of  fjjss.  —  f3iij.  three 
times  a  day. 

EXTRACTUM  UVJG  URSI,  L.     Extract  of  Bearberry. 

To  be  prepared  like  Extract  of  Gentian. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  in  doses  of  grs.  v.  —  grs.  x.  two  or  three  times 
a  day. 


Ericacea.]  C  H  I  M  A  P  H  I  L  A.  459 

Tribe  Vacciniece,  distinguished  by  their  baccate,  fleshy,  and  inferior 
fruit,  with  an  epigynous  disk,  contain  Cranberries,  Bilberries,  and 
Whortleberries. 

Tribe  Pyrolete.  Fruit  capsular,  dry.  Seeds  with  a  loose  testa.  Disk 
0.  Anthers  opening  by  pores. 

CHIMAPHILA,  L.  (U.  S.)  Pyrola,  E.  D.  Folia,  L.  Herba,  E.  Herb, 
E.  of  CHIMAPHILA  (corymbosa  Pursh,  L.)  UMBELLATA,  Nuttall.  Win- 
ter Green.  Decand.  Monog.  Linn. 

This  plant,  called  Pipsissewa,  was  first  employed  medicinally  by 
the  native  Americans,  and  then  by  the  European  settlers.  It  was 
made  known  to  the  profession  by  Dr.  Mitchell  in  1803  ;  and  then  by 
Mr.  Carter  and  Dr.  Somerville.  (Medico-Chirurg.  Trans,  vol.  v.) 

Small  evergreen  shrub,  with  creeping  root-stock.  Leaves  coriaceous,  with  short  pe- 
tioles, cuneate-lanceolate,  coarsely  serrated,  smooth,  and  shining.  Flowers  drooping,  in 
small  corymbs,  with  linear  awl-shaped  bracts.  Calyx  5-cleft.  Petals  5,  white,  with  a 
tinge  of  pink,  spreading.  Stamens  10,  filaments  smooth,  dilated  in  the  middle.  Ovary 
roundish,  obtusely  angular,  umbilicated.  Style  short,  concealed  in  the  umbilicus  of  the 
ovary.  Stigma  orbicular,  5-lobed.  Cells  of  the  capsule  dehiscent  at  the  apex,  the  valves 
unconnected  by  tomentum.  —  A  native  of  mossy  turf  in  the  woods  in  the  northern  latitudes 
of  America,  Europe,  and  Asia.  Flowers  in  June  and  July.  —  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  93.  St. 
and  Ch.  93. 

The  fresh  leaves,  when  bruised,  exhale  a  peculiar  odour  ;  the  taste 
is  pleasantly  bitter  and  astringent;  that  of  the  stems  and  roots  is  said 
to  be  pungent.  They  contain  Gum,  a  little  Tannin,  Bitter  Extrac- 
tive, Resin,  and  saline  matter  with  Lignin.  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  in- 
dicates the  presence  of  Gallic  acid. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  and  Tonic.  The  fresh  leaves  applied  to  the 
skin  produce  rubefaction.  The  infusion  or  decoction  taken  inter- 
nally, acts  as  a  Diuretic  and  Tonic,  and  has  been  prescribed  in 
Dropsies  accompanied  with  debility,  and  in  chronic  affections  of  the 
Urinary  Organs,  also  in  Scrofulous  complaints. 


DECOCTUM  (PYROLA,  D.)  CHIMAPHILA,  L.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Win- 
ter Green. 

Prep.  Take  Chimaphila  (Pyrola  uinbellata,  D.)  3j.  Aq.  dest.  Oiss.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.) 
Boil  down  to  Oj.  and  strain,  L.  (Macerate  it  for  6  hours,  bruise,  and  return  it  to  the 
water.  Evaporate  the  expressed  liquor  to  fej.  by  measure,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Diuretic  and  Tonic.  The  Decoction  strikes  a  deep 
green  with  ferruginous  salts,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  f3j.  — 
f3iij.  every  three  or  four  hours. 

[From  the  decoction  or  infusion  an  agreeable  beverage  may  be 
formed  by  adding  sugar,  a  little  ginger  to  flavour  it,  and  yeast  to 
produce  fermentation.  This,  under  the  name  of  Pipsissewa  Beer, 
has  been  advantageously  used  in  scrofulous  complaints.  The  Syrup 
of  Chimaphila  may  be  made  from  the  infusion  prepared  by  dis- 
placement.] 


460  S  T  Y  R  A  X.  [Corolliflora. 

y.  Corolliflarce,  Dec. 

•    " 

STYRACEJE.  Rich.     Styrax  Tribe. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  smooth  or  with  stellate  pubescence.  Leaves  alternate,  without  sti- 
pules. Flowers  regular.  Calyx  free  or  united  to  the  ovary,  4  or  5-cleft.  Corol  deeply  3 
to  7,  often  5-cleft,  imbricate.  Stamens  united  together  at  the  base,  inserted  into  the 
bottom  of  the  corol,  double,  treble,  or  quadruple  the  number  of  its  divisions.  Ovary  free 
or  adherent,  2  —  3  —  5-celled.  Ovules  4  or  more  in  each  cell,  in  two  rows,  the  upper  as- 
cending, the  lower  pendulous.  (Lindley.)  Style  simple.  Stigma  obscurely  lobed.  Drupe 
fleshy  or  dry,  sometimes  winged  from  the  developement  of  the  nerves  of  the  adherent 
calyx  ;  nut  3  —  5,  or  oftener  from  abortion,  1-celled,  and  in  the  same  way  1-seeded.  Seeds 
erect  or  inverse.  Embryo  in  the  axis  of  fleshy  albumen.  —  Found  in  the  tropical  parts  of 
Asia  and  of  America,  with  a  species  in  the  Mediterranean  region,  and  others  in  Japan. 
Remarkable  for  the  secretion  of  Benzoic  acid  in  Styrax  and  Benzoin. 

STYRAX,  Linn.     Decdnd.  Monog. 

Calyx  rather  campanulate,  nearly  entire,  or  5-toothed.  Corolla  campanulate  at  the 
base,  deeply  3  —  7  cleft.  Stamens  6  —  16,  seldom  10,  exserted;  filaments  united  to  the 
tube  of  the  corol,  sometimes  adhering  at  the  base  into  a  ring;  anthers  linear,  2-celled, 
opening  by  internal  longitudinal  slits.  Ovary  inferior.  Style  simple.  Stigma  obtuse, 
somewhat  lobed.  Drupe  dry,  splitting  imperfectly  into  2  or  3  valves,  with  1  —  2  —  3  stones. 
Seed  solitary,  erect,  with  a  large,  leafy,  thin  embryo  lying  in  the  midst  of  fleshy  albumen, 
with  an  inferior  radicle.  (Lindley.)  —  Styrax  officinale  and  S.  Benzoin  yield  officinal 
products. 

STYRAX,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Balsamum,  L.    Resina,  E.    Balsamic  exu- 
dation, E.  of  STYRAX  OFFICINALE,  Linn.     Officinal  Storax. 


Storax  (tfrupaf)  was  well  known  to  the  Greeks.  Dioscorides  com- 
pares the  tree  producing  it  with  the  Quince  tree.  It  is  called  asteruk 
in  the  East. 

A  small  tree  (Fig.  77),  with  smooth  bark,  and  downy  shoots  and  petioles.  Leaves 
ovate-obtuse,  of  a  green  colour,  and  shining  above,  white  and  downy  on  the  under-surface, 
something  like  those  of  the  Quince  tree.  Flowers  white,  in  terminal  racemes  of  a  few 
flowers,  which  resemble  those  of  the  Orange.  Calyx  downy  (2),  cup-shaped,  5  to  7 
toothed.  Corolla  externally  hairy,  with  5  to  7  segments.  Stamens  (2)  10  to  16.  Fruit 
about  the  size  of  a  cherry,  coriaceous,  downy,  with  1  or  2  nuclei.  —  A  native  of  Asia 
Minor  and  Syria,  common  in  Greece,  and  cultivated  in  the  south  of  Europe.  As  this 
plant  does  not  yield  a  balsamic  exudation  in  all  these  situations,  some  Storax  has  been 
thought  to  be  yielded  by  Liquidambar  orientate.  Du  Hamel,  however,  states  having  seen 
it  flow  from  a  tree  near  the  Chartreuse  of  Montriau.  —  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  210.  Fl.  Graec. 
t.  375.  St.  and  Ch.  47. 

Much  of  the  Storax  of  commerce  is  yielded  by  this  tree  when  in- 
cisions are  made  into  it.  It  is  common  in  Asia  Minor,  where  Pro- 
fessor Forbes  was  informed  Storax  was  collected  from  it.  Several 
kinds  are  known  in  commerce  and  described  in  books,  (v.  Pereira.) 
Of  these,  Storax  in  grains,  Reed  Storax  (Storax  calamita),  called 
Storax  amygdaloides  by  Guibourt,  used  to  be  most  common.  One 
kind  of  Liquid  Storax  is  yielded  in  the  islands  of  Cos  and  Rhodes  by 
Styrax  officinale,  which  is  there  called  /3ouxou£i.  This  seems  only 
the  Arabic  word  Bukhoor,  signifying  incense  or  fumigation,  put  into 


StyracecB.] 


BENZOIN. 


461 


Fig.  77. 


Greek  letters.  Common  Storax  is 
in  brown  or  reddish-brown  masses, 
varying  in  shape  (in  turf-like  cakes, 
c.),  light  and  friable,  but  possess- 
ing some  tenacity,  softening  when 
warmed.  It  has  a  fragrant  bal- 
samic odour,  and  a  warm  aro- 
matic taste.  It  consists  evidently 
of  saw-dust  united  with  some  bal- 
samic substance.  Herat  and  De 
Lens  inform  us  that  a  factitious 
compound  is  made  both  in  the  Le- 
vant and  at  Marseilles  with  the 
saw-dust  of  the  wood  and  the  juice 
of  this  tree,  with  a  little  Benzoin. 
The  ancients  also  employed  saw- 
dust, honey,  wax,  iris-root,  &c. 
Storax,  when  exposed  to  the  air, 
becomes  covered  with  an  efflores- 
cence of  Benzoic'.  It  burns  with 
a  white  flame,  leaving  a  carbona- 
ceous residue;  gives  a  slight  co- 
lour and  odour  to  water ;  but  the 
greater  part,  with  the  exception  of  impurities,  is  dissolved  by  Rectified 
Spirit.  Reinsch  gives  as  the  constituents  of  the  Red  Storax,  a  trace 
of  Volatile  Oil,  Benzoic  acid  1  to  2-6  per  cent.,  Gum  and  Extractive 
7-9  to  14,  Resin  32-7  to  53-7,  with  much  woody  fibre.  It  hence  re- 
quires to  be  purified. 

STYRAX  COLATUS,  L.  EXTRACTUM  STYRACIS,  E.  Strained  or  Purified 
Storax. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Slorax  in  Rectified  Spirit,  strain  with  a  gentle  heat,  distil  off  the 
Spirit  to  the  right  consistence.  The  E.  formula  is  nearly  the  same  :  most  of  the  Spirit 
is  to  be  distilled  off,  and  the  liquid  evaporated  over  the  vapour-bath  to  the  consistence  of 
thin  Extract. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Expectorant  in  Chronic  Coughs,  in  doses 
of  gr.  x. — 9j.  It  forms  an  ingredient  of  the  Tinct.  Benzoini  comp. 

PILULE  STYRACIS  COMPOSITE,  L.    PIL.  STYRACIS,  E.    PIL.  E  STYRACE,  D. 

Prep.  Take  strained  Storax  (Resin,  D.)  3iij.  (Extract  of  Storax  2  parts,  E.),  hard 
(Turkey,  D.)  Opium  powdered,  and  Saffron  aa  3j.  (1  part,  E.)  Rub  up  and  beat  into  a 
uniform  mass.  (Divide  into  4  gr.  pills,  E.) 

Action.    Uses.    Narcotic,  &c.  gr.  j.  of  Opium  in  gr.  v.  of  the  pill. 

BENZOIN,  L.  E.  D.  [Benzoinum,  U.  S.]  Balsamum,  L.  Resina,  D. 
Concrete  Balsamic  exudation,  E.  of  STYRAX  BENZOIN.  Dryander. 
Benzoin.  Gum  Benjamin. 

Benzoin  has  long  been  employed  medicinally  and  as  incense  in  the 
East.  In  Bengal  it  is  called  by  a  name  (looban),  which  in  N.  W. 
India  is  applied  only  to  Olibanum  (v.  p.  332).  In  Persian  works  on 


4 

462  BENZOIN.  [CorollifloreB. 

Materia  Medica  it  is  distinguished  by  the  names  of  hussee  looban  and 
hussee-al-jawee  (an  Java?)  (u.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  261.)  The  name  hussee 
appears  to  be  the  original  of  asset,  as  mentioned  at  p.  406,  and  Ben- 
zoin we  know  .is  in  old  works  called  asa  dulcis.  Mr.  Marsden  ascer- 
tained it  to  be  yielded  by  a  tree  which  Mr.  Dryander  named  Styrax 
Benzoin.  Haynes  supposed  it  to  constitute  a  distinct  genus,  Benzoin, 
which  Blume  had  already  named  Lithocarpus. 

Tree  of  considerable  size,  but  small  when  tapped,  of  quick  growth.  Branches  and  foot- 
stalks  round,  downy.  Leaves  oblong,  acuminated,  smooth  above,  white  and  tomentose 
underneath.  Racemes  compound,  axillary  nearly  as  long  as  the  leaves,  flowers  on  one 
side  with  short  pedicels.  Calyx  campanulate,  obscurely  5-toothed.  Corol  of  5  petals  of 
a  grayish-white  colour,  which  are  perhaps  united  at  the  base,  four  times  longer  than  the 
calyx.  Stamens  10,  inserted  into  the  receptacle.  Ovary  superior,  ovate,  tomentose. 
Style  filiform.  Stigma  simple. — Native  of  Java,  Sumatra,  Siam,  and  Laos,  Borneo,  &c. 
— Esenb.  and  Eberm.  111. 

Benzoin  is  obtained  in  Sumatra  by  making  incisions  into  the  tree 
in  its  seventh  year.  The  juice  which  flows  first  is  the  purest  and 
most  fragrant :  it  hardens  on  exposure  to  the  air.  That  which  flows 
subsequently  is  brownish,  and  some  is  scraped  out  when  the  tree  is 
cut  down  and  split  open,  as  it  is  soon  killed  by  the  process  of  tapping. 
These  varieties  are  in  commerce  called  head,  belly,  and  foot  Benzoin, 
and  have  the  relative  values  to  each  other  of  105,  45,  and  18,  being 
esteemed  according  to  their  whiteness,  semi-transparency,  and  free- 
dom from  admixtures.  It  is  also  produced  in  Siam,  whence  it  has 
long  been  an  article  of  commerce.  The  specimen  given  by  the 
Author  to  Dr.  Pereira,  and  named  by  him  Translucent  Benzoin,  was 
obtained  from  Bankok.  This  may  be  produced  by  Styrax  Finlayso- 
nianum ;  but  S.  Benzoin  may  grow  in  the  interior,  as  much  surface 
moisture  and  umbrageous  forests  prevail,  which  will  produce  a  cli- 
mate very  similar  to  that  of  a  tropical  island.  Benzoin  in  tears  is  a 
fine  kind,  but  seldom  met  with.  The  best  kind  common  in  commerce 
is  in  masses  composed  of  whitish  or  reddish  tears  agglutinated  toge- 
ther by  a  darker-coloured  portion  of  the  same  balsam.  This  is 
Jlmygdaloidal  Benzoin.  An  inferior  kind,  of  a  dark-brown  colour,  is 
sometimes  called  Calcutta  Benzoin.  Though  the  history  of  some 
varieties  requires  investigation,  this  had  no  doubt  been  previously 
imported,  as  Benzoin  is  always  mentioned  as  one  of  the  imports  into 
Calcutta,  Madras,  and  Bombay,  from  countries  still  more  to  the  east- 
ward. Benzoin,  though  hard,  is  friable,  presenting  a  resinous  mottled 
fracture;  has  an  agreeable  fragrant  odour,  more  perceptible  if  rubbed; 
taste  somewhat  sweetish  and  balsamic,  irritating  the  fauces  if  much 
chewed;  its  powder  excites  sneezing.  Sp.  Gr.  1-092.  Heated,  it 
melts,  and  emits  white  irritating  fumes  of  Benzoic  acid,  also  of  an 
empyreumatic  oil,  and  finally  burns  away.  It  is  soluble  in  Alcohol 
and  also  in  Ether,  being  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  water,  form- 
ing a  milky  emulsion.  Some  acids  dissolve  it.  It  consists  of  a  trace 
of  Volatile  Oil,  Benzoic  acid  about  20  per  cent.,  Resin  from  78  to  80 
per  cent.,  some  of  which  is  soluble  and  the  other  insoluble  in  Ether, 
Woody  matter,  Water,  and  loss.  Both  the  White  and  Brown  Ben- 
zoins contain  nearly  the  same  quantity  of  Benzoic  acid;  but  the 


Styracea:.]  BENZOIC    ACID.  463 

latter  contains  only  about  8  per  cent,  of  the  soluble,  and  the  white 
Benzoin  very  little  of  the  insoluble  resin. 

.Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Expectorant.  Formerly  much  employed 
in  Chronic  Catarrhs  and  in  fumigations. 

TINCTURA  BENZOINI  (BENZOES,  D.)  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Com- 
pound Tincture  of  Benzoin. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  days  Benzoin  3iijss.  (3iv.  E.  3iij.  D.),  Strained  Sto- 
rax  3ijss.  L.  (3jj.  D.),  Balsam  of  Tolu  3x.  L.  (3j.  D.),  Aloes  (Indian,  E.  Socotrine",  D.) 
3v.  (3ss.  E.  D.  Peru  Balsam  Sijss.  E.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  6>ij.  Pour 
off  the  clear  liquor,  D.)  Filter.  [U.  S.  P.  directs  Benzoin  3iij.,  Purified  Storax  3ij., 
Balsam  of  Tolu  3j-»  -Aloes  in  powder  3ss->  Alcohol  Oij.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Expectorant,  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3ij. 
sometimes  made  into  an  emulsion,  or  added  to  pectoral  mixtures  to 
improve  their  flavour. 

ACIDTJM  BENZOICTJM,  L.  E.  D.     Benzoic  Acid. 

Benzoic  Acid,  though  named  from  Benzoin,  is  found  in  other  sub- 
stances, which  are  on  this  account  called  Balsams,  such  as  Storax, 
and  the  Balsams  of  Peru  and  of  Tolu.  It  is  also  produced  by  the 
actions  of  reagents  on  several  vegetable  substances.  Indeed  it  is 
supposed  by  Prof.  Johnston  to  be  produced  in  the  balsams  themselves 
by  the  action  of  heat  or  other  reagents.  It  is  considered  to  be  an 
oxide  of  the  hypothetical  radicle  Benwyle  or  Benzule  (Bz  =  C14  H5  O3 
=  125.)  This  has  been  already  mentioned  at  p.  382.  The  pure  Oil 
of  Bitter  Almonds  being  a  Hydruret  of  Benzule.  When  this  is  ex- 
posed to  the  a'tmosphere,  oxygen  is  absorbed,  and  some  Benzoic  acid 
formed.  It  is  also  formed  in  the  Urine  of  some  herbivorous  quadru- 
peds, by  the  decomposition  of  Hippuric  acid ;  but  it  is  usually  ob- 
tained from  Benzoin,  either  by  subjecting  it  to  the  action  of  heat,  or 
to  that  of  a  base,  from  which  it  is  afterwards  separated  by  a  stronger 
Acid. 

Benzoic  Acid,  when  obtained  by  sublimation,  is  in  soft,  feathery, 
flexible  crystals,  which  have  a  pearly  lustre,  and,  when  pure,  are 
quite  colourless,  but  as  obtained  by  the  action  of  heat,  have  a  little 
empyreumatic  oil  intermixed,  which  increases  the  odour,  but  does  not 
impair  the  medical  properties.  From  a  solution,  Benzoic'  crystallizes 
in  transparent  prisms.  It  has  a  warm,  acrid,  slightly  acid  taste ;  a 
little  volatilizes  at  ordinary  temperatures.  It  rnelts  under  212°,  and 
sublimes  entirely  on  a  little  increase  of  temperature,  and  burns  away; 
it  is  soluble  in  about  25  parts  of  boiling,  but  not  less  than  200  parts 
of  cold  water,  but  very  readily  in  Alcohol ;  it  combines  readily  with 
Alkalies  and  Metallic  Oxides.  It  is  composed  of  1  Eq.  Benzule  105 
+  1  Eq.  Oxygen,  8  =113  -f  1  Eq.  of  Water  (Bz  +  Aq.  =  122) 
when  crystallized. 

Tests.  Colourless,  sublimed  entirely  by  heat,  E.  with  a  peculiar 
odour,  L.  Water  dissolves  it  sparingly,  but  rectified  Spirit  readily. 
Solution  of  Potash  or  of  Lime  dissolves  it  entirely,  and  Hydrochloric 
acid  throws  it  down  again,  L. 

Prep.  Take  of  Benzoin  fcj.  (q.  s.  E.),  put  it  into  a  proper  vessel  (a  glass  matrass,  E.), 
and  from  a  sand-bath  (or  by  a  gradually  increasing  heat,  E.)  sublime  as  long  as  any  thing 


464 


BENZOIC    ACID. 


[Corollifloree. 


rises.  Squeeze  the  sublimate  between  folds  of  filtering  paper  to  remove  the  oil  as  much 
as  possible,  and  sublime  the  residuum  again,  L.  E.  The  acid  which  rises  contains  a  little 
empyreumatic  oil  intermixed,  but  less  if  the  apparatus  of  Mohr  be  used.  Or  Benz'  may 
be  prepared  by  boiling  finely  powdered  Benzoin  with  Carbonate  of  Potash  or  of  Soda,  or, 
as  in  the  D.  P.,  with  Hydrate  of  Lime,  when  a  Benzoate  of  Lime  is  formed.  This  is  de- 
composed  by  H  Cl',  when  Benzoic'  is  precipitated,  and  Chloride  of  Calcium  left  in  solu- 
tion.  This  is  poured  off,  the  residual  acid  washed,  dried,  and  then  sublimed  with  a  gentle 
heat. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Expectorant,  formerly  in  doses  of  gr.  v. 
9j.  but  now  chiefly  used  as  an  ingredient  of  Paregoric  (7K  Cam- 
phors Comp.)  and  Tinct.  Opii  Ammoniata,  E. 

Inc.    Alkalies,  their  Carbonates  and  Metallic  oxides. 

OLEACE^S.  Lindl     Olive  Tribe. 

Trees  or  shrubs,  branches  and  leaves  opposite.  No  stipules.  Flowers  complete,  or 
from  abortion  unisexual,  racemose.  Calyx  free,  4-toothed  or  divided,  persistent.  Corol 
of  4  petals,  either  united  at  their  base  or  throughout,  and  these  equally  4-fid,  valvate,  sel- 
dom wanting.  Stamens  2,  inserted  into  the  tubes  of  the  corol.  No  disk.  Ovary  free,  2- 
celled,  ovules  2  or  many,  pendulous.  Style  short.  Stigma  undivided  or  bifid.  Fruit 
capsular,  berried  or  drupaceous.  Seeds  from  abortion  usually  solitary,  compressed,  or 
with  a  membranous  wing.  Embryo  straight  in  the  axis  of  horny  albumen.  —  The  Olea- 
cese  are  found  in  the  warm  and  temperate  parts  chiefly  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  a  few 
in  the  mountainous  situations  in  India.  They  are  valued  for  the  hardness  of  their  wood 
and  ornamental  flowers;  the  Olive-tree  also  for  its  fruit  and  oil,  and  the  species  ofFraxi- 
nus  for  Manna. 

Divided  into  two  groups.    \  J'  °leineffi'        J™*  druPaceou.s  or  baccate. 

)  2.  Fraxmese.     Fruit  capsular,  indehiscent  samaroid. 

OLIV.E  OLEUM.     L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Olive  Oil.     Oleum  e  drupis  ex- 
pressum  L.  D.     Expressed  Oil  of  the  Pericarp  E.  of  OLEA  EURO- 
Linn.     European  Olive.     Diand.  Monog.     Linn. 


The  Olive  tree,  sXaia  of  the  Greeks,  Zait  of  the  Bible,  and  Zaitoon 
of  'the  Arabs,  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  and  useful  of  trees. 


Fig.  78. 


The  olive-tree  (Fig.  78)  is  usually  small, 
evergreen,  but  of  a  dull  aspect,  wood  hard. 
Leaves  with  short  petioles,  ovate-lanceolate 
or  lanceolate,  mucronate,  of  a  grayish-green 
colour  above,  hoary  beneath.  Flowers  white, 
in  short  axillary  clusters.  Cal.  (2)  small,  4- 
toothed.  Corol  with  short  tube  and  4-cleft 
limb  (1).  Stamens  2,  a  little  exserted.  Style 
short  Stigma  (2)  bifid  segments  emarginate. 
Ovary  2-celled,  2-seeded.  Drupe  (3)  about 
the  size  of  a  damson,  purple-coloured,  con- 
taining only  one  sharp-pointed  nut. — A  native 
probably  of  Asia,  early  cultivated  in  Syria 
and  Greece.  The  varieties  of  the  Olive  are 
numerous.  The  var.  longifolia  is  chiefly 
cultivated  in  the  S.  of  France  and  Italy,  and 
the  var.  latifolia  in  Spain. — Esenb.and  Eberm. 
212.  St.  and  Ch.  15. 

The  leaves  and  bark  of  the  Olive- 
tree  have  been  employed;  also  a 
peculiar  resinous  exudation,  called 
Olivile  and  Olive  gum  (v.  p.  338), 
and  the  bark  as  a  substitute  for 
Cinchona. 


Oleacecn.]  OLIVE    OIL.  455 

The  fruit  of  the  Olive,  though  esteemed  even  in  its  unripe  state,  as 
an  article  of  the  dessert,  having  been  first  steeped  in  an  alkaline  ley, 
and  then  preserved  in  salt  and  water,  is  chiefly  valued  on  account  of 
the  bland  fixed  oil  which  is  stored  up  in  its  outer  fleshy  part.  This 
is  obtained  by  at  once  bruising  the  nearly  ripe  fruit  with  moderate 
pressure  in  a  mill  (Virgin  Oil),  or  by  the  aid  of  boiling  water  and 
greater  pressure,  or  when  fermentation  has  taken  place  in  the  olives 
collected  in  heaps,  ordinary  and  inferior  oils  are  thus  obtained,  the 
worst  being  employed  only  as  lamp-oils  or  in  the  manufacture  of 
Soap.  The  finest  oils  are  produced  near  Aix,  Montpellier,  Nice, 
Genoa,  Lucca,  and  Florence.  It  is  also  largely  produced  in  the 
kingdom  of  Naples,  and  exported  from  Gallipoli,  on  the  East  coast 
of  the  Gulf  of  Taronta,  whence  it  is  commonly  called  Gallipoli  Oil. 

Olive  oil  may  be  taken  as  the  type  of  the  Fatty  or  Fixed,  called 
also  Expressed  Oils.  It  is  of  a  pale  yellow,  or  of  a  light  yellowish- 
green  colour,  without  smell  when  fresh,  having  a  bland,  somewhat 
sweetish,  fatty  taste.  It  is  very  limpid.  Sp.  Gr.  0-910  at  77°,  inso- 
luble in  water,  is  readily  dissolved  by  volatile  oils,  and  by  twice  its 
bulk  of  Ether,  but  requires  much  more  Alcohol.  Exposed  to  the  air 
it  absorbs  Oxygen  and  becomes  rancid,  but  not  drying  like  Linseed 
oil,  is  preferred  for  machinery.  At  38°  F.  it  begins  to  congeal,  and 
is  readily  separated  at  20°  into  two  distinct  bodies,  of  which  one  is 
fluid,  called  Elaine,  or  Oleine  72,  and  the  other  28  per  cent,  solid, 
named  Margarine  from  its  pearly  aspect.  This  is  often  deposited  in 
jars  and  casks  of  the  oil.  Hyponitrous  acid  converts  Olive  Oil  into 
a  concrete  mass  from  producing  the  oleaginous  principle  Elaidine, 
mentioned  at  p.  208.  If  this  like  other  oils  is  heated  with  Alkaline 
solutions,  or  with  the  Oxide  of  Lead,  great  changes  take  place,  as 
exemplified  in  the  making  of  Soap,  (v.  Sapo)  and  of  Lead  Plaster,  p. 
167. 

Tests.  Olive  Oil  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  poppy  and  other  oils; 
these  are  distinguished  by  not  congealing  at  the  same  temperature 
as  olive  oil,  also  by  retaining  air,  when  shaken  up,  more  readily  than 
pure  olive  oil.  The  E.  P.  directs  that  "  when  carefully  mixed  with 
a  twelfth  of  its  volume  of  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Mercury,  prepared 
as  for  the  Unguentum  Citrinum  (v.  p.  208,)  it  becomes  in  three  or 
four  hours  like  a  firm  fat,  without  any  separation  of  liquid  oil."  If  5 
per  cent,  of  any  other  oil  be  present,  the  consolidation  is  slower  and 
less  firm,  but  if  there  be  12  per  cent.,  the  foreign  oil  floats  on  the  sur- 
face for  several  days,  (c.)  M.  Gobley  has  invented  an  Elai'ometer. 
(P.  J.  iii.  293.) 

Action.  Uses.  Nutrient,  Emollient,  internally  in  irritant  poison- 
ing, externally  relaxing,  much  employed  for  frictions  and  for  embro- 
cations, and  to  give  consistence  to  Cerates,  Ointments,  and  Plasters : 
good  application  to  the  hair  from  not  drying  readily.  In  doses  of 
f3j.  laxative,  added  to  enemata  for  its  emollient  effect,  or  to  dislodge 
ascarides. 

SAPO,  L.     SAPO  DURUS,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  ex  Olivae  oleo  et  Soda  confectus, 
L.    Spanish  or  Castile  Soap,  made  with  Olive  Oil  and  Soda,  E. 

30 


466  SOAP.  [Corollijtoree. 

SAPO  MOLLIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Ex  Olivte  oleo  et  Potassa  Confectus, 
L.     Soft  Soap,  made  with  Olive  Oil  and  Potash,  E. 

The  manufacture  of  Soap  was  known  to  the  Romans,  and  has  long 
been  practised  in  India.  It  depends  upon  the  action  of  Alkalies,  and 
of  oxide  of  lead  upon  fixed  oils  and  fatty  substances.  Hard,  or  as  it 
is  often  called,  Castile  Soap,  is  made  by  heating  together  olive  oil 
and  a  solution  of  caustic  Soda.  Combination  gradually  takes  place, 
and  a  viscid  homogeneous  mass  is  formed,  which  is  readily  soluble 
in  water.  When  of  good  quality  it  is  "  white,  does  not  stain  paper, 
(with  oiliness,)  is  free  of  odour,  and  dissolves  entirely  in  rectified 
Spirit,"  E.  The  mottled  kind  is  less  fit  for  medical  use,  because  it 
is  coloured  by  the  addition  of  Sulphate  of  Iron,  which  becomes  de- 
composed, and  the  black  Protoxide  is  precipitated,  which  by  the 
action  of  the  oxygen  of  the  air  is  converted  into  the  red  Sesquioxide 
of  iron.  Chemists  conceive  that  at  the  time  when  soap  is  formed, 
the  Elaine  and  the  Margarine  are,  by  a  re-arrangement  of  their  ele- 
ments, converted  into  two  acids,  called  Elaic  and  Margaric  acids, 
and  that  these  combine  with  the  Soda,  forming  Eleates  and  Marga- 
rates  of  Soda.  But  with  the  formation  of  the  acids,  a  new  substance, 
Glycerine,  is  also  produced,  and  becomes  dissolved  in  the  water  which 
forms  one  of  the  constituents  of  Soap.  Some  oils  and  animal  fats 
contain  Stearine,  a  substance  closely  allied  to  Margarine :  in  that 
case  some  Stearic  acid  is  also  formed.  All  Soaps  are  slightly  alka- 
line, feel  soft  and  slippery,  and  are  detergent.  The  watery  solution 
is  readily  decomposed  by  acids,  also  by  earthy  and  many  metallic 
salts,  hence,  when  water  holds  any  of  them  in  solution,  instead  of  dis- 
•  solving,  the  soap  becomes  decomposed.  Such  waters  are  called  hard, 
while  those  which  are  comparatively  pure  are  called  soft  waters.  Cas- 
tile soap  is  composed  of  9-  to  1O5  of  Soda,  76-5  to  75'2  of  Oleic  and 
Margaric  acids,  and  of  14-3  to  14-5  of  water,  (Ure.)  Common  Soap 
made  of  Tallow  and  Soda,  and  Yellow  Soap  of  Tallow,  Resin,  and 
Soda,  are  not  so  well  adapted  for  medical  use. 

SOFT  SOAP,  as  used  in  the  arts,  is  made  with  Caustic  Potash  and 
Fish-Oil  and  Tallow;  is  semitransparent,  of  the  consistence  of  honey, 
brownish-coloured,  and  nauseous.  But  that  referred  to  by  the'Colleges 
as  made  with  Potash  and  Olive  Oil,  Dr.  Pereira  was  unable  to  meet 
with,  and  found  on  inquiry  that  common  Soft  Soap  is  usually  substi- 
tuted in  making  Ung.  Sulphuris  Comp.  L. 

Action.  Uses.  Soap  is  Antacid,  and  hence  used  as  an  Antilithic  ;  its 
alkali  being  readily  set  free,  it  is  sometimes  conveniently  used  in 
poisoning  by  acids,  and  given  in  large  quantities,  without  causing 
irritation.  Its  Oil  being  also  set  free,  makes  it  useful  in  cases  of  ha- 
bitual costiveness,  especially  when  combined  with  Rhubarb,  Aloes,  or 
Colocynth  Extract.  Useful  as  a  detergent  in  many  cutaneous  dis- 
eases, and  externally,  from  its  lubricity,  it  is  well  suited  for  embroca- 
tions, &c.,  and  is  hence  very  commonly  employed  in  liniments. 

PILULE  SAPONIS  COMPOSITE,  L.  (U.  S.)     PIL.  SAPONIS  CTJM  OPIO,  D. 


Oleacea.}  SOAP   LINIMENT   AND   PLASTER.  467 

Prep.  Beat  together  into  a  uniform  mass  hard  (Turkey,  D.)  Opium  powdered  3iv.  and 
Hard  Soap  3ij. 

D.  gr.  v. — gr.  x.  as  a  Narcotic,    gr.  v. — 9j.  used  as  a  suppository. 

LINIMENTUM  SAPONIS,  L.  E.  D.  [CAMPHORATUM,  U.  S.]  Soap  Lini- 
ment. [Camphorated,  U.  S.]  Opodeldoc. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Camphor  3«.  in  Spirit  of  Rosemary  fSxvi.  then  add  Soap  3iij.  and  ma- 
cerate till  it  is-  dissolved  with  a  gentle  heat,  L.  Dissolve  Soap  giij.  D.  (Castile  gv.  E.)  in 
rectified  Spirit  Oij.  E.  (Spirit  of  Rosemary  f3xvi.  D.)  Digest  (till  dissolved,  D.  E.)  add 
Camphor  3i.  D.  (Camphor  3>iss.  and  Oil  of  Rosemary  f3vi.  Agitate  briskly,  E.)  Soft 
soap  is  usually  employed  by  druggists;  for  it  was  found  that  by  following  the  directions 
of  the  L.  P.  a  solid  gelatinous  mass  is  produced,  owing  to  the  Spirit  of  Rosemary  being 
made  with  Rectified  instead  of  with  Proof  Spirit.  (Shum.  P.  .1.  ii.  457  and  Fisher,  p.  515.) 
[Take  Common  Soap  3iij-  Camphor  3i.  Oil  of  Rosemary,  Oil  of  Origanum  each  f3i.  Al- 
cohol Oj.  Digest  the  soap  with  the  alcohol,  by  means  of  a  sand-bath,  till  it  is  dissolved ; 
then  add  the  camphor  and  oils,  and  when  they  are  dissolved,  pour  the  liquor  into  broad- 
mouthed  bottles.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Embrocation.  A  vehicle  for  Opium,  &c. 
LINIMENTUM  SAPONIS  CUM  OPIO,  D.  (v.  Linim.  Opii,  L.  E.  p.  272.) 

CERATUM  SAPONIS,  L.     Soap  Cerate. 

Prep.  Boil  powdered  Oxide  of  Lead  3xv.  in  Vinegar  cong.  i.  over  a  slow  fire,  con- 
stantly stirring,  until  they  unite,  then  add  Soap  3x.  and  boil  as  before  till  all  the  moisture 
is  evaporated,  then  mix  with  these  Wax  gxiiss.  dissolved  in  Olive  Oil  Oj. — Di-Acetate  of 
Lead  is  first  formed.  The  Soda  then  unites  with  the  Acetic'  and  the  fatty  acid  of  the 
Soap  with  the  Oxide  of  Lead.  The  Oil  and  Wax  give  consistence  to  the  compound,  (p.} 
This  is  of  a  soft  texture,  but  may  be  converted  into  hard  cerate,  or  Emp,  Cerati  Saponis, 
simply  by  evaporating  away  all  the  vinegar,  (o.  P.  J.  iii.  36.) 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  application  to  Scrofulous  and  other  sores.  The 
hard  is  preferred  by  Dr.  Houlton  to  keep  under  dressings  in  situ. 

EMPLASTRUM  SAPONIS,  L.  E.  D.     Soap  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  Lead  (Litharge,  E.  D.)  Plaster  ftiij.  (3iv.  and  Gum  Plaster  gij.  E.)  add 
Soap  (Castile)  sliced  ftss.  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  (in  shavings  3j.  E.)  Boil  them  down  to  a  proper 
consistence. — Gum  Plaster  is  added  in  the  E.  P.  to  obviate  the  tendency  to  crumble  pos- 
sessed by  the  L.  and  D.  preparations. 

Action.  Uses.  Discutient.     Gives  support,  and  is  little  irritant. 

EMPLASTRUM  SAPONIS  COMPOSITUM  VEL  ADH^ERENS,  D.    Adhesive  Plaster. 

Prep.  Make  Soap  Plaster  3ij.  and  Plaster  of  Litharge  and  Resin  3iij.  into  a  plaster. 
Melt  and  spread  on  linen. 

Action.  Uses.  Less  irritating  than  the  Resin  Plaster  (p.  167). 
Pnarm.  Prep.  Pil.  Rhei  Comp.   Pil.  Cambogiee  Comp.    Pil.  Scillae 
Comp. 

MANNA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Manna.  Succus  concretus,  L.  D.  Sweet 
concrete  exudation,  E.  of  FRAXINUS  ORNUS,  Linn.  (Ornus  europcea, 
Persoon),L.  European  Flowering  Ash:  probably  of  several  species 
of  Fraxinus  and  Ornus,*  E.  Diandria  Monog.  Linn. 

The  name  Manna  seems  to  be  derived  from  the  Arabic  mun,  sig- 
nifying the  same  thing.  But  as  there  are  several  other  sweetish  exu- 

*  The  two  genera  are  again  reunited  into  one,  v.  Decand.  Prod.  viii.  274. 


468  MANNA.  [Corollifloras. 

dations  (v.  Manna,  Penny  CycL),  it  is  difficult  to  determine  when 
Manna  was  first  known  and  used.  There  is  uncertainty  also  respect- 
ing the  species  which  yields  European  Manna.  The  Flowering  Ash 
is  the  Fraxinus  of  the  ancients,  while  the  Common  Ash  is  the  Ornus 
of  Virgil. 

FRAXINUS  ORNUS  (Ornus  europoea,  L.),  adduced  in  the  L.  P.,  is  a  tree  about  25  feet 
high,  with  leaves  which  are  impari-pannate,  consisting  of  7  to  9  stalked,  oblong-acute, 
serrated  leaflets,  which  are  hairy  at  the  base  of  the  midrib  on  the  under  side.  Buds  vel- 
vety. Panicles  dense,  terminal,  nodding.  Calyx  very  small,  4-cleft.  Corel  divided  to 
the  base  into  linear  segments,  which  are  white  and  drooping.  Pericarp  a  narrow 
elongated  capsule,  which  does  not  dehisce,  terminated  by  a  flat  and  obtuse  wing. — Hilly 
situations  in  south  of  Europe,  especially  Calabria  and  Apulia,  also  in  Sicily. — Fl.  Grsecia, 
i.  t.  4.  St.  and  Ch.  53. 

Tenore  asserts  that  Manna  is  yielded  by  two  varieties  of  this  tree, 
one  named  rotundifolia,  and  generally  cultivated  on  account  of  its 
Manna,  and  the  other  0.  garganica.  Prof.  Gusson  assured  Messrs. 
Merat  and  De  Lens  that  Ornus  rotundifolia  alone  yields  Manna,  and 
that  this  is  frequently  grafted  on  0.  europcea.  Both  this  species  and 
O.  rotundifolia  are  natives  of  Calabria,  Apulia,  and  Sicily ;  and  it  is 
from  these  places  that  we  obtain  our  chief  supplies  of  Manna.  But 
other  species  of  Fraxinus,  and  even  F.  excelsior  or  the  Common  Ash, 
in  the  south  of  Europe,  have  been  stated  to  yield  Manna. 

Manna  is  obtained  chiefly  by  making  incisions  into  the  bark,  and 
sticking  leaves  below  them,  in  the  middle  of  summer  and  in  early 
autumn.  The  juice  flows  out  as  a  clear  liquid,  and  soon  concretes 
on  the  stem  and  the  leaves,  as  well  as  on  straws  stuck  into  them, 
forming  stalactitical  or  Flake  Manna.  Some  falls  on  leaves  or  into 
vessels  placed  for  receiving  it.  Several  kinds  are  known  in  com- 
merce. Manna  in  tears  is  a  pure  kind,  in  bright  and  roundish  white 
grains;  but  Flake  Manna  is  chiefly  valued  and  mostly  met  with  in 
this  country.  It  is  in  light  and  porous  pieces,  5  or  6  inches  in  length, 
mostly  stalactitical  in  nature,  often  hollowed  on  one  side,  of  a  pale 
yellowish- white  colour,  easily  broken.  The  odour  is  faintish,  the  taste 
mawkishly  sweet,  followed  by  acridity.  Its  colour  changes  to  a  yel- 
lowish-red when  long  kept.  Inferior  kinds  are  in  smaller  pieces,  irre- 
gular in  form,  soft  and  sticky,  of  a  yellowish-red  or  brownish  colour, 
of  an  unpleasant  sweetness,  and  often  intermixed  with  impurities. 
These  are  called  Manna  in  sorts,  Fat  Manna,  Tolfa  Manna,  &c. 
Another  set  of  Mannas  are  produced  in  Syria,  Persia,  and  Arabia 
(v.  Manna,  Penny  Cycl} ;  but  these  are  never  met  with  in  European 
commerce.  Manna  melts  with  heat,  and  burns  with  a  bluish  flame. 
When  pure,  it  is  soluble  in  3  parts  of  cold  and  in  its  own  weight  of 
boiling  water.  It  is  also  dissolved  by  Alcohol.  Manna  consists  of 
about  60  per  cent,  of  a  peculiar,  principle  called  Mannite,  but  which 
varies  in  different  varieties  of  Manna,  Sugar,  of  which  some  is  crys- 
tallizable  (Thenard)  and  some  uncrystallizable,  a  little  Gum,  with 
some  yellow  nauseous  Extractive,  which  is  supposed  by  some  to  be 
the  purgative  principle.  Mannite  is  in  acicular  4-sided  crystals, 
sweet,  without  smell,  soluble  in  water,  less  so  in  Alcohol,  incapable 
of  undergoing  fermentation. 

Action.  Uses.     Laxative,  without  irritation,  but  less  so  the  fresher 


Loganiaceas.]  SPIGELIA.  459 

it  is  ;  apt,  however,  to  create  flatulence ;  in  doses  of  3j- — 3ij. ;  but 
for  children,  to  whom  it  is  suited  from  its  sweet  taste,  3j. — f 3ij. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Confectio  Sennse.   Syrupus  Senna3,  L.  E.  D.   Enema 
Catharticum,  D.  (p.  356.) 

The  APOCYNE.E  contain  a  few  plants  possessing  active  and  useful  properties;  but  none 
are  officinal,  as  the  Strychnece  are  now  referred  to  LOGANIACE^E.  (p.) 

The  ASCLEPIADE^E,  closely  allied  to  Apocynete,  do  not  contain  any  plants  officinal  in  the 
Pharmacopeias,  but  many  which  are  possessed  of  useful  medicinal  virtues.  Cynanchum 
(now  Solenostemma)  Argel  has  been  already  mentioned  (p.  353)  as  employed  to  adulte- 
rate Senna.  Cynanchum  Monspeliacum  and  Periploca  Secamone  are  said  to  be  used  to 
adulterate  Scammony.  Secamone  emetica  and  Asclepias  curassavica  are  emetic.  Tylo- 
phom  asthmatica  has  been  considered  an  efficient  substitute  for  Ipecacuanha,  and  an  ex- 
cellent remedy  in  Dysentery.  Hemidismus  indicus  is  considered  by  the  medical  officers 
of  the  Madras  establishment  to  be  an  efficient  substitute  for  Sarsaparilla  in  the  treatment 
of  Syphilis,  Scrofula,  and  cutaneous  affections.  It  is  there  usually  called  Country  Sarsa- 
parilla. It  has  a  pleasant  odour,  which  is  compared  with  that  of  Iris  Root,  is  useful  as 
an  Alterative  and  general  improver  of  the  secretions.  It  is  imported  into  this  country  and 
employed  under  the  name  of  Smilax  aspern.  This  was  proved  by  the  author  to  be  the  above 
Hemidesmus  indicus.  (Proc.  Royal  Asiat.  Soc.  June,  1838.)  So  Calotropis  procera,  oka 
and  mudar  of  the  natives  of  India,  has  long  been  employed  as  an  Alterative  in  Cutaneous 
affections,  and  even  in  incipient  Leprosy.  The  author  employed  a  variety  named  C.  Ha- 
miltonii  by  Dr.  Wright,  which  is  common  in  Northwest  India,  and  which  the  natives 
there  employ  medicinally  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  former.  He  has  prescribed  the 
fresh  bark  of  the  root,  dried  and  powdered,  alone  and  successfully  in  incipient  cases  of 
Leprosy  and  in  other  cutaneous  affections,  both  in  the  Civil  and  the  Military  Hospital  of 
Saharunpore. 

[Two  species  of  Apocynum  are  used  for  medicinal  purposes  in  the  U.  S.  A.  andro- 
samifolium,  and  A.  Cannnbimtm,  both  perennial,  herbaceous  plants.  The  roots  are  the 
active  portions. 

The  ASCLEPIAS  TUBEROSA,  Pleurisy  root  or  Butterfly  weed,  has  a  place  in  the  Sec.  List. 
of  the  U.  S.  P.  It  is  abundant  through  the  U.  S.,  and  is  distinguished  by  its  orange-co- 
loured blossoms.  The  root  is  diaphoretic  and  expectorant,  and  in  rheumatisms,  catarrhs, 
&c.,  is  given  in  decoction. 

The  A.  incarnata  and  A.  syriaca  have  a  place  in  the  U.  S.  P.] 

LOGANIACE.E,  Endlicher.     Loganiads. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  seldom  herbs.  Leaves  opposite,  eniire,  usually  with  stipules  which 
adhere  to  the  leafstalks  or  are  combined  in  the  form  of  interpetiolary  sheaths.  Flowers 
racemose  or  corymbose,  rarely  solitary,  terminal  or  axillary.  Calyx  free,  5-  rarely  4- 
lobed.  Corols  sometimes  irregular,  5-  rarely  4-  or  many-lobed.  Stamens  inserted  into 
its  tube,  usually  5,  alternate  with  the  lobes,  rarely  1  or  10  to  12,  then  with  some  oppo- 
site to  the  lobes.  Anthers  2-celled,  opening  lengthwise.  Pollen  with  3  bands.  Ovary 
superior,  2-celled  (3-  or  spuriously  4-celled).  Stigmas  simple  or  2-lobed.  Fruit  either 
capsular  and  2-celled,  with  the  valves  turned  inwards,  bearing  the  placentae,  finally  be- 
coming loose,  or  drupaceous,  with  1-  or  2-seeded  stones,  or  berried,  with  the  seeds  im- 
mersed in  pulp.  Seeds  usually  peltate,  rarely  erect,  sometimes  winged.  Embryo  straight, 
with  the  radicle  turned  towards  the  hilum  or  parallel  with  it,  with  2  leaflike  cotyledons. 
— Habit  of  Rubiaceee,  but  the  ovary  and  consequently  the  fruit  in  no  way  united  with 
the  calyx. — Allied  one  on  side  to  Apocyne®,  and  on  the  other  to  Gentianese,  but  to  be 
distinguished  by  their  stipules.  They  may  be  briefly  defined  as  Rubiacese  with  free  or 
superior  ovaries. — Found  in  hot  parts  of  the  world. 

Suborder  I.  SPIGELIE^G,  Meesm. — Are  sometimes  united  with  Gentianete,  but  are  more 
allied  to,  Rubiacece.  They  may  be  distinguished  by  their  leaves  being  furnished  with  sti- 
pulro.  Flowers  isomeric,  aestivation  of  the  corols  valvate,  capsules  didymous,  many- 
seeded.  Seeds  without  wings.  Embryo  small;  cotyledons  little  conspicuous. — Warm 
parts  of  the  New  World  and  in  New  Holland,  with  a  few  species  in  tropical  Asia. 

SFIGELIA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radix,  L.  D.  Root,  E.  of  SPIGELIA 
MARYLANDICA,  Linn.  Carolina  Pink.  Wormseed.  Perennial 
Wormgrass.  Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 


470  NUX    VOMICA.  [Corolliflorts. 

The  virtues  of  this  plant  were  discovered  by  the  Cherokee  Indians, 
and  made  known  in  Europe  about  a  century  since. 

Root  perennial,  branching,  fibrous.  Stems  erect,  4-sided  above.  Leaves  opposite,  ses- 
sile,  ovate-acuminate,  smooth,  with  the  margins  and  veins  a  little  pubescent.  Racemes 
terminal,  1 -sided,  3-8-flowered.  Calyx  persistent,  5-parted,  segments  linear-subulate, 
finely  serrulate,  reflexed  on  the  fruit.  Corol  scarlet,  funnel-shaped,  much  longer  than  the 
calyx ;  the  tube  inflated  and  angular  at  the  top,  the  limb  in  5  acute  spreading  divisions, 
with  the  5  stamens  inserted  between  them.  Anthers  oblong,  heart-shaped,  converging. 
Ovary  superior,  ovate.  Style  longer  than  the  corol,  jointed  near  its  base  and  bearded  at 
the  extremity.  Capsule  smooth,  didymous,  or  composed  of  2  cohering,  1-celled,  2-valved, 
globular  carpels  attached  to  a  common  receptacle.  Seeds  numerous. — Southern  states  of 
North  America  and  Texas. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  52.  B.  M.  80.  St.  and  Ch.  117. 

S.  ANTHELMIA,  Linn,  or  Pink  Root  of  Guiana  and  of  Demerara,  has  also  been  long  em- 
ployed  by  the  natives  of  those  countries,  as  well  as  in  the  West  Indies ;  a  decoction  of  a 
iew  fresh  leaves  being  very  efficacious  against  Ascaris  vermicularis,  or  maw-worms. 

The  virtues  of  this  plant  reside  principally  in  the  root,  which  con- 
sists of  numerous  slender  wrinkled  fibres,  attached  to  a  knotty  head, 
of  a  brownish  colour  externally  ;  a  faint  smell,  and  of  a  slightly  bitter, 
not  very  disagreeable  taste.  As  sold  in  the  shops,  stalks  and  the  leaves 
are  usually  found  attached  to  the  roots.  Analyzed  by  M.  Fenuelle, 
they  yielded  a  Fixed  and  Volatile  Oil,  a  little  Resin,  a  Bitter  extrac- 
tive matter,  supposed  to  be  the  active  principle,  with  Mucilaginous 
and  Saccharine  matter,  and  some  salts.  The  leaves  afforded  the  same 
principles,  but  a  less  quantity  of  the  Bitter  principle. 

Action.  Uses.  Anthelmintic.  Much  used  in  North  America.  In 
large  doses  it  acts  as  an  Irritant  Cathartic,  and  in  poisonous  doses  as 
a  Narcotic.  It  may  be  given  in  powder  gr.  x. — gr.  xx.  to  a  child  3  or 
4  years  old  ;  3j. — 3ij.  to  an  adult ;  or  of  the  infusion  (3iv.  to  boiling 
Aq.  Oj.)  f  3iv. — f  gj.  may  be  given  to  a  child.  A  quantity  of  Senna 
equal  to  the  Spigelia  is  usually  added,  to  insure  a  Cathartic  effect. 
(Wood  and  Bache). 

Suborder  11.  STRYCHNE/E.  Flowers  regular.  /Estivation  of  the 
Corolla  valvate.  Embryo  rather  large.  Trees  or  shrubs. 

Tribe  2.  Euslrychnece.  Berry  or  Drupe  two-celled,  many-seeded, 
or  from  abortion  one-celled,  one-seeded,  seeds  peltate,  apterous. 

Nux  VOMICA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Semina,  L.  D.  Seeds  E.  of  STRYCHNOS 
Nux  VOMICA,  Linn.  Nux  Vomica,  or  Koochla  tree.  Pentand. 
Monog.  Linn. 

Nux  Vomica  was  early  used  as  a  medicine  by  the  Hindoos,  and  it 
is  their  Koochla  tree  (Sans.  Culaka  and  Kataka),  and  being  a  pro- 
duce of  India,  its  properties  must  have  been  investigated  long  before 
it  could  be  known  to  foreign  nations.  -  It  is  the  harakee  of  Persian 
works  on  Materia  Medica,  but  there  is  doubt  respecting  its  name  in 
Avicenna.  Ktianuk-al-kulb,  dog-killer,  and  Faloos  mahee,  fish-scale, 
are  other  Arabic  names.  But  under  the  name  of  Jouz-al-Kue,  or 
Emetic  Nut,  the  author  obtained  the  fruit  of  a  Rubiaceous  shrub. 
Dr.  Pereira  thinks  that  the  Nux  Mechil  of  Serapion  is  Nux  Vomica ; 
but  in  Persian  works  this  name  is  applied  to  a  Datura. 

A  moderate-sized  tree,  with  a  short  crooked  trunk.  Branches  irregular,  the  young 
ones  long  and  flexuose,  with  smooth,  dark-gray  bark.  Wood  white,  close-grained,  and 
bitter.  Leaves  opposite,  with  short  petioles,  oval,  smooth,  and  shining,  3  to  5-nerved,  dif- 


Loganiac&e.]  NUXVOMICA.  471 

fering  in  size.  Flowers  small,  greenish-white,  in  terminal  corymbs.  Calyx  5-toothed. 
Corol  funnel-shaped  ;  limb  5-cleft,  valvate.  Stamens  5 ;  filaments  short,  inserted  over  the 
bottom  of  the  divisions  of  the  calyx;  anthers  oblong,  half  exserted.  Ovary  2-celled,  with 
many  ovules  in  each  cell,  attached  to  the  thickened  centre  of  the  partition.  Style  equal 
to  the  corol  in  length.  Stigma  capitate.  Berry  round,  smooth,  about  the  size  of  an 
orange,  covered  with  a  smooth  somewhat  hard  fragile  shell,  of  a  rich  orange-colour  when 
ripe,  filled  with  a  soft  white  gelatinous  pulp,  in  which  are  immersed  the  seeds  attached 
to  a  central  placenta.  Seeds  peltate  or  shield-like,  slightly  hollowed  on  one  side,  convex 
on  the  other,  about  }  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  about  2  lines  in  thickness,  thickly  co- 
vered with  silky  ash-coloured  hairs  attached  to  a  fibrous  testa,  which  envelopes  the  kernel 
composed  of  horny  bitter  albumen,  of  the  form  of  the  seed  and  of  the  embryo  imbedded 
in  a  hollow  in  its  circumference. — Roxb.  Corom.  i.  t.  4.— A  native  of  the  Indian  Archipe- 
lago and  of  the  forests  of  the  Peninsula  of  India,  as  well  as  of  the  Southern  parts  of  the 
Bengal  Presidency,  as  near  Midnapora. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  209.  St.  and  Ch.  11. 52. 

Lignum  colubrinum,  supposed  to  be  an  antidote  against  the  poison  of  venomous  snakes, 
as  well  as  a  cure  for  intermittent  fevers,  is  produced  by  other  species,  as  Strychnos  ligus- 
trina  and  S.  Colubrina.  S.  Tieute  yields  the  Upas  tieute  and  Tjettek  of  the  Javanese, 
which  is  an  aqueous  extract  of  the  bark.  &  toxifera  yields  the  Woorali  or  Ourari  poi- 
son of  Guyana.  S.  pseudoquina  is  employed  in  Brazil  as  a  substitute  for  Cinchona  Bark, 
and  the  seeds  of  S.  potatorum,  Roxb.,  nirmulee  of  the  Hindoos,  are  employed  by  them  to 
clear  muddy  water. 

Strychnos  Ignatia,  usually  considered  as  constituting  a  distinct  ge- 
nus, and  called  Ignatia  amara,  Linn.,  is,  however,  of  most  importance, 
as  its  seeds,  called  St.  Ignatius's  beans,  are  frequently  made  to  yield 
their  Strychnia.  They  are  ovate,  triangular,  of  a  reddish-gray  co- 
lour, and  about  twenty  of  them  contained  in  a  pear-shaped  fruit. 
They  are  produced  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  have  long  been  used 
in  India,  where  they  are  called  Papeeta,  and  are  mentioned  in  the 
work  called  Taleef  Sherse.  They  are  intensely  bitter,  and  contain 
a  larger  quantity  of  Strychnia  than  the  Nux  Vomica  seeds. 

The  wood  of  the  Nux  Vomica  tree  is  said  by  Dr.  Christison  to  be 
often  substituted  for  the  above  Lignum  Colubrinum,  or  Snake-wood. 
The  Bark  is  unfortunately  sold  in  many  shops  in  Calcutta  under  the 
name  of  Rohun,  and  thus  substituted  for  the  febrifuge  bark  of  the 
Rohuna  tree,  or  Soymida  febrifuga  (Beng.  Disp.  pp.  247  and  437), 
which  was  made  known  by  Dr.  Roxburgh,  written  on  by  Dr.  Duncan 
in  1794,  and  introduced  into  the  E.  P.  In  this  way  probably  it  came 
to  be  introduced  into  England,  and  not  being  found  saleable,  was  sent 
to  Holland,  and  there  sold  and  used  as  Angustura-bark  (v.  p.  322), 
supposed  at  one  time  to  be  the  bark  of  Brucea  ferruginea.  In  1804, 
Dr.  Ronbach  of  Hamburgh  observed  that  it  acted  as  a  poison,  and 
as  several  fatal  cases  occurred,  it  was  in  consequence  prohibited  being 
used  in  many  Continental  states.  From  its  composition  Batka  sus- 
pected that  it  was  the  bark  of  the  Nux  Vomica  tree,  or  of  some  al- 
lied species.  This  Dr.  Pereira  confirmed  by  examining  the  specimens 
of  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica  in  the  East  Indian  Herbarium.  (Med. 
Gaz.  xix.  p.  492.)  Dr.  Christison,  as  he  informed  the  author,  came, 
to  the  same  result  by  examining  specimens  of  Nux  Vomica  bark  with 
French  specimens  of  false  Angustura  Bark. 

Dr.  O'Shaughnessey  in  Calcutta,  fully  established  the  identity  of 
false  Angustura  bark,  and  of  the  bark  of  the  Nux  Vomica  tree  in 
Journ.  of  Med.  and  Phys.  Soc.  of  Calcutta,  Jan.  1837  ;  in  consequence 
of  an  alkali  having  been  obtained  from  what  was  supposed  to  be  the 
bark  of  the  Soymida  febrifuga,  but  which  proved  to  be  the  bark  of 


472  NUX    VOMICA.  [CorollijlorcB. 

Strychnos  Nux  Votnica.  The  whole  forms  a  most  instructive  lesson 
on  the  absolute  necessity  of  being  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the 
true  nature  of  the  drugs  we  prescribe. 

Nux  Vomica  Bark  is  in  flattish  or  slightly  curved  pieces,  thick, 
hard,  and  compact;  fracture  dull  and  brownish;  epidermis  some- 
times displaying  a  ferruginous,  spongy,  and  friable  efflorescence,  at 
other  times  a  yellowish-gray  colour,  marked  with  prominent  grayish- 
white  spots.  Both  appearances  are  due  to  alterations  in  the  texture 
of  the  epidermis,  and  not  to  lichens,  which  are  rare.  The  bark  is 
smooth  internally,  its  powder  of  a  yellowish-white  colour,  without 
smell,  but  having  an  intense  and  permanent  bitter  taste.  A  drop  of 
Nitric'  on  the  external  ferruginous  part,  turns  it  of  a  dark-greenish 
colour ;  but  if  applied  to  a  transverse  section  or  internally,  a  dark-red 
spot  is  produced.  Analyzed  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  it  yielded 
Brucia.  Dr.  Christison  states  that  it  might  be  employed  for  obtaining 
Strychnia.  An  infusion  of  the  Bark  slightly  reddens  Litmus,  Nitric 
acid  produces  in  it  a  red,  and  Sulphate  of  Iron  a  green  colour,  but 
an  infusion  of  Galls  a  grayish-white  precipitate. 

Nux  Vomica  Seeds  are  round  and  flat,  or  rather  shield-like,  of  a 
light-grayish  colour,  covered  with  a  thick  and  tough  testa,  silky  with 
fine  hairs,  which  assist  in  detecting  it  when  in  powder  and  magnified. 
The  seeds  have  little  smell,  but  an  intense  and  tenacious  bitter  taste ; 
are  so  tough,  that  the  E.  C.  give  directions  for  powdering  them  (v. 
Extract).  The  powder,  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  substances  em- 
ployed to  assist  in  pulverization,  is  of  a  yellowish-fawn  colour.  Wa- 
ter takes  up  some,  but  Proof  and  Rectified  Spirit  nearly  all  its  active 
properties.  Analyzed  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  the  seeds  were 
found  to  contain  two  alkalies,  Strychnia  and  Brucia  united  with  a 
peculiar  acid,  the  Igasuric,  called  also  Strychnic  acid,  a  yellow  Co- 
louring matter,  a  Concrete  Oil,  Gum,  Starch,  Bassorin,  and  a  small 
quantity  of  Wax. 

Action.  Uses.  Cerebro-Spinant,  Poisonous,  producing  tetanic  con- 
vulsions without  affecting  the  brain.  Used  as  a  Stimulant  of  the 
Nervous  System  in  Paralysis,  in  doses  of  the  powder  gr.  v. — gr.  xv. 
or  the  following  effective  preparations  may  be  employed. 

TINCTURA  Nucis  VOMICJE,  D.     Tincture  of  Nux  Vomica. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  7  days  the  scraped  fruit  of  Strychnos  nux  vomica  3ij.  in  Rectified 
Spirit  3viij.  Strain. 

Action.    Uses.     As  Spirit  takes  up  the  active  principles,  this  is  an 
efficient  preparation,  sometimes  applied  externally  to  paralysed  limbs. 
D.  n^v. — n^x. 

EXTRACTUM  Nucis  VOMICA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of  Nux  Vomica. 

Prep.  Take  Nux  Vomica  (scraped  Sviij.  D.)  (ftj.  U.  S.),  Rectified  (Proof,  D.)  Spirit 
(by  measure  ftij.  D.)  any  convenient  quantities,  E.  Expose  the  seeds  to  steam  till  soft, 
slice,  dry,  and  grind  them  in  a  coffee-mill.  Exhaust  the  powder  by  percolation  or  boiling 
with  the  Spirit,  till  it  comes  off  free  from  bitterness.  Distil  off  the  greater  part  of  the 
Spirit,  and  evaporate  the  residue  to  a  proper  consistence  in  the  vapour-bath,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  A  powerfully  bitter-tasted  extract.  May  be  given 
in  the  form  of  pill  in  doses  of  gr.  ss.  graduallyincreased  to  gr.  iij. 


Loganiacece.]  STRYCHNIA.  473 

STRYCHNIA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Alkali  of  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica,  &c. 
Strychnine. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Nux  Vomica  ftij.  and  boil  it  in  Rectified  Spirit  Cj.  in  a  retort 
fitted  to  a  receiver,  for  1  hour.  Pour  off  the  Spirit,  and  again  and  a  third  time  boil  with 
Rectified  Spirit,  each  time  Cj.  and  the  Spirit  recently  distilled.  Pour  off  the  liquor. 
Press  the  Nux  Vomica,  and  distil  the  Spirit  from  the  mixed  and  strained  liquors.  Eva- 
porate  the  residue  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract.  Dissolve  in  cold  water  and  strain. 
Evaporate  with  a  gentle  heat  to  the  consistence  of  syrup;  while  warm  add  Magnesia  gra- 
dually to  saturation,  shaking  them  together.  Set  aside  for  2  days,  then  pour  off  the  su- 
pernatant liquor.  Press  the  residuum  in  cloth ;  boil  it  in  Spirit,  strain,  and  distil  the 
Spirit  Add  to  the  residue  very  little  dil.  Sul'  diluted  with  Aq.  and  macerate  with  a 
gentle  heat.  Set  aside  for  24  hours,  that  crystals  may  form.  Press  and  dissolve  them  in 
water ;  then  frequently  shaking,  add  Ammonia,  to  throw  down  the  Strychnia.  Dissolve 
this  in  boiling  Spirit  and  set  aside  to  form  pure  crystals. — In  this  process,  the  Igasurate 
or  Strychnate  of  Strychnia  is  dissolved  in  the  watery  solution  of  the  alcoholic  extract. 
On  the  addition  of  the  Magnesia,  decomposition  ensues,  Strychnate  of  Magnesia  is 
formed  and  precipitated  with  the  Strychnia  which  is  set  free,  along  with  some  Brucia. 
These  are  then  dissolved  by  the  Spirit,  and  a  Sulphate  of  Strychnia  is  formed  on  the  ad- 
dition of  the  Sul'.  This  Sulphate  is  decomposed  by  the  Ammonia  (a  soluble  Sulphate  of 
Ammonia  being  formed),  and  comparatively  pure  Strychnia  precipitated. 

In  the  E.  P.  less  Spirit  is  required,  the  Nux  Vomica  ftj.  is  powdered  (v.  Extract),  de- 
coctions are  then  prepared  with  Aq.  Ov.  which  necessarily  contain  the  Strychnates  of 
Strychnia  and  of  Brucia;  and  the  soluble  ingredients  being  evaporated  to  the  consistence 
of  Syrup,  Quicklime  ^iss.  is  added  in  the  form  of  Milk  of  Lime.  The  precipitate  (Strych- 
nia and  Brucia,  and  Strychnate  of  Lime)  is  dried  and  powdered,  and  then  boiled  with  suc- 
cessive portions  of  rectified  Spirit,  when  the  Strychnia  is  dissolved  and  afterwards  obtained 
by  distilling  off  the  Spirit,  and  purified  by  re-crystallization,  with  or  without  animal  char- 
coal. 

By  these  processes  a  powder  of  a  grayish  or  of  a  brownish-white 
colour  is  obtained,  which  is  obscurely  crystalline,  and,  though  im- 
pure, amounts  only  to  about.  0-4  per  cent,  of  the  seeds.  (St.  Ignatius's 
Bean  yields  about  1-2  per  cent.)  It  consists  of  Strychnia  and  Brucia, 
with  some  Colouring  matter.  The  alkalies  may  be  separated  by 
Nitric',  producing  salts  of  different  degrees  of  solubility,  and  then 
with  Ammonia  precipitating  them  from  the  Nitrates  of  Strychnia  and 
of  Brucia. 

Strychnia  when  pure  is  white,  crystallized  in  brilliant  oblique  oc- 
tohedrons,  or  in  elongated  four-sided  prisms,  or  it  may  be  in  a  simple 
granular  state.  It  is  so  intensely  bitter,  that  1  part  gives  a  percep- 
tible taste  to  60,000  parts  of  water.  It  is  very  insoluble,  requiring 
about  7000  parts  of  temperate  and  2,500  parts  of  boiling  water ;  so- 
luble in  boiling  Rectified  Spirit,  and  also  in  the  fixed  and  volatile  oils. 
It  is  first  fused  by  heat,  and  then  decomposed.  It  is  alkaline  in  its 
reaction  on  Litmus,  forms  salts  with  acids,  which  are  soluble  and 
bitter.  A  white  precipitate  in  solutions  of  these  salts  is  produced  by 
alkalies  and  Tinct.  of  Galls.  Nitric  acid  colours  it  yellow;  but  if 
Brucia  be  present,  a  red  colour  is  produced.  Strychnia  consists  of 

C44   H33   -ft*   O*. 

Tests.  Strychnia  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  :  that  in  common  use  is 
never  pure.  It  consists  of  Strychnia,  Brucia,  and  some  colouring 
matter.  It  may  contain  the  last  in  excess,  as  well  as  Lime  and  Mag- 
nesia. "Intensely  bitter.  Nit'  strongly  reddens  it.  A  solution  of 
grs.  x.  in  Aq.  f3iv.  and  Pyroligneous  acid,  f3j.  when  decomposed  by 
concentrated  Sol.  of  Carbonate  of  Soda  f3j.  yields  on  brisk  agitation 
a  coherent  mass,  weighing  when  dry  grs.  x.  and  entirely  soluble  in 


474  CENTAURIUM.  [Corolliflorae. 

Sol.  of  Oxalic  acid."  E.  P.  The  precipitate  should  be  equal  to  the 
Strychnia  first  employed.  Lime  or  Magnesia  will  be  insoluble  in 
Oxal'.  "  Readily  dissolves  in  boiling  Alcohol,  but  not  so  in  water. 
It  melts  by  heat,  and  if  it  be  more  strongly  urged,  it  is  totally  dissi- 
pated. This  being  endowed  with  violent  power,  is  to  be  cautiously 
administered."  L. 

BRUCIA,  which  resembles  Strychnia  in  many  points,  crystallizes  in 
transparent  crystals,  which  are  usually  in  pearly  scales.  It  is  less 
bitter  than  Strychnia,  and  will  dissolve  in  about  500  parts  of  water, 
and  readily  both  in  Alcohol  and  Rectified  Spirit.  It  is  alkaline,  and 
forms  crystallizable  salts  with  acids.  Nitric'  produces  a  deep-red 
colour  when  brought  in  contact  with  it;  but  the  red  solution  becomes 
violet  on  adding  solution  of  JProtochloride  of  Tin.  But  the  colour  is 
destroyed  on  the  addition  of  deoxidizing  agents,  as  Sulphurous  acid 
and  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  It  is  composed  of  C44  H25  N3  O7 ;  the 
crystals  contain  17  per  cent,  of  water.  Dr.  Fuss,  as  quoted  by  Pe- 
reira,  considers  Brucia  a  compound  of  Strychnia  and  yellow  Colour- 
ing matter.  It  may  be  employed  for  the  same  purposes  as  Strychnia, 
but  is  not  above  j^  its  strength ;  and  may  be  given  in  gr.  % — gr.  v. 

Action.  Uses.  Strychnia  acts  exactly  as  Nux  Vomica,  and  may  be 
employed  for  the  same  purposes,  but  in' doses  of  ^V  or  -£$  of  a  grain 
gradually  increased  to  gr.  j.  The  first  effects  experienced  from  me- 
dical doses  are  twitches  in  the  muscles  of  the  extremities,  often  du- 
ring sleep,  and  frequently  first  in  the  paralysed  part.  Some  im- 
provement of  the  digestive  functions  is  often  experienced.  But  in 
larger  doses,  tetanic  spasms  ensue,  and  a  tendency  to  lock-jaw,  with 
transient  intervals  of  relief.  When  the  first  twitches  are  experienced, 
it  is  necessary  to  intermit  the  use  of  the  medicine,  as  the  constitution 
does  not  become  accustomed  to  its  use,  and  some  cases  show  a  ten- 
dency to  its  being  cumulative  in  its  action.  It  is  so  powerful  a  Poi- 
son, that  a  girl  13  years  of  age  was  killed  in  about  an  hour  by  acci- 
dentally taking  f  of  a  grain  divided  into  three  pills.  (Edin.  Medical 
Journal.) 

GENTIANE^E,  Juss.     Gentianads. 

Herbaceous  annuals  or  perennials,  sometimes  under-shrubs,  sometimes  twining* 
Leaves  usually  opposite,  without  stipules,  simple,  ternate  in  Menyanthese,  often  ribbed. 
Flowers  regular.  Calyx  persistent,  composed  of  4  to  5,  seldom  6  to  8  sepals,  distinct  or 
united  together,  valvate  or  contorted.  Corol  hypogynous,  4 — 8-fid,  usually  withering,  and 
twisted  or  plaited  in  aestivation.  Stamens  inserted  into  the  corol,  equal  to  and  alternate 
with  its  lobes.  Ovary  single,  1 -celled,  rarely  2-  or  pseudo-4-celled.  Styles  2,  either 
wholly  or  partly  united.  Capsule  many-seeded,  with  the  margins  of  the  valves  bearing 
the  seeds ;  or  2-celled,  from  the  valves  being  turned  inwards  and  forming  a  partition, 
when  the  placentae  become  central,  or  a  many-seeded  berry.  Embryo  in  the  axis  of 
fleshy  albumen. 

Gentianea  verce.    Corol  twisted  to  the  right  in  aestivation.    Leaves  opposite. 

Menyantheat.  Corol  plaited  in  aestivation.     Leaves  alternate.     Marsh  plants. 

The  Gentianese  are  found  in  temperate  and  cold  climates,  often  in  mountainous  situa- 
tions. They  are  remarkable  for  the  secretion  of  a  bitter  principle,  which  makes  many  of 
them  useful  as  tonics. 

CENTAURIUM,  L.  E.  D.  Herba,  L.  Folia,  D.  The  Flowering-heads 
E.  of  ERYTHR^EA  CENTAURIUM,  Pers.  Chironia  Centaureum,  Sm. 
Common  Centaury.  Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 


Gentianece.] 


G  E  N  T  I  A  N  A. 


475 


This  is  the  xsv-au^iov  TO  /xix^ov,  or  Small  Centaury  of  Dioscorides. 


Stem  herbaceous,  erect,  about  a  foot  high,  rather  quadrangular,  leafy,  branching  above. 
Leaves,  radical  ones  obovate  depressed,  those  of  the  stem  oval,  acute,  or  oblong,  lanceo- 
late, 3-nerved.  Flowers  of  a  beautiful  pink  colour,  sometimes  white,  arranged  in  a  fasci- 
culated corymb,  the  lateral  ones  with  2  opposite  awl-shaped  bracts.  Calyx  slender,  5- 
parted.  Corol  salver-shaped,  with  a  cylindrical  tube  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  wither- 
ing on  the  capsule,  limb  5-fid,  lobes  oval,  obtuse,  spreading.  Stamens  5,  anthers  yellow, 
rolling  up  spirally,  after  bursting.  Style  simple,  bifurcate,  with  2  stigmas.  Capsule 
slender,  imperfectly  2-celled  from  the  much  indexed  margins  of  the  valves.  —  Native  of 
heaths  and  pastures  of  most  parts  of  Europe,  flowering  from  June  to  August.  —  E.  B.  417. 

All  parts  of  this  plant  possess  a  pure  bitter  taste,  but  the  flowers  in 
a  less  degree  :  it  is  therefore  suited  for  all  the  purposes  for  which  the 
biiter  tonics  are  indicated.  It  yields  its  properties  both  to  water  and 
to  Spirit. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  ;  may  be  given  in  powder  3ss.  or  in  infusion 
(3ij.  —  f3iv.  in  Aq.  Oj.)  in  doses  of  f3jss. 

[SABBATIA  ANGULAIUS,  U.  S.     American  Centaury. 

This  is  a  handsome  plant,  from  a  foot  to  two  feet  high,  with  an 
upright  quadrangular  stem,  ovate,  amplexicaul  leaves,  and  showy 
rose-coloured  flowers.  The  corolla  is  more  spreading  than  that  of 
the  E.  centaureum.  It  is  common  in  the  United  States.  The  her- 
baceous portion  is  employed,  and  is  brought  into  the  market  in  bun- 
dles in  the  dried  state.  It  is  a  mild  pure  bitter,  agreeable  to  the 
palate,  and  agreeing  with  the  stomach.  Uses  same  as  above.] 

GENTIANA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Radix.     Root  of  GENTIANA  LUTEA,  Linn. 
Yellow  Gentian.     Pentandria  Digynia,  Linn. 

Gentiana  is  the  revnavi?  of  the  Greeks,  called  juntiana  in  the  works 
of  the  Arabs. 


Fig.  79. 


Root  thick,  perpendicular, 
often  forked,  brown  external- 
ly, yellowish  within.  Stem 
straight,  2  to  3  feet  in  height. 
Radical  leaves,  ovate  oblong, 
5-nerved;  stem  leaves  ses- 
sile, ovate-acute ;  those  sup- 
porting the  flowers  cordate, 
amplexicaul,  concave,  all  of 
a  pale  glaucous-green  co- 
lour. Flowers  (Fig.  79)  in 
an  interrupted  spike  of 
whorls,  large,  of  a  brilliant 
yellow.  Calyx  membranous, 
spathe-like,  3  or  4-clefl.  Co- 
rol rotate,  with  5  or  6  green 
glands  at  its  base,  5  or  6- 
parted,  divided  usually  into 
5  acute  veiny  lobes.  Sta- 
mens 5 ;  anthers  straight, 
subulate.  Style  wanting. 
Stigmas  2,  revolute.  Ovary 
and  capsule  fusiform,  1-cell- 
ed.  Seeds  roundish,  com- 
pressed, with  a  membranous 

border. — A  native  of  the  Alps,  Appenines,  and  Pyrenees,  and  other  mountains  of  Eu- 
rope—Esenb.  and  Eberm.  t.  199.    St.  and  Ch.  132." 


476  GENTIAN  A.  [Corolliflora;. 

Other  species  also  yield  some  of  the  Gentians  of  commerce,  as  the  Alpine  species,  G. 
purpurea,  punctata,  and  pannonica ;  while  in  the  Himalayas  G.  Kurroo  yields  a  similar 
product. 

The  root,  which  is  supplied  from  Germany  and  Switzerland,  is  the 
only  officinal  part.  France  is  supplied  from  Auvergne,  &c.  It  varies 
in  dimensions,  but  is  usually  about  the.  thickness  of  the  thumb,  and 
several  inches  in  length,  often  a  little  twisted,  wrinkled,  and  of  a 
brownish  colour  externally,  yellowish  within,  rather  soft,  but  tough ; 
odour  feeble,  but  the  taste  at  first  slightly  sweet,  then  of  an  intense 
but  pure  bitter.  The  properties  are  imparted  readily  to  Water, 
Spirit,  Wine,  and  Ether.  The  roots  were  found  to  contain  Bitter 
Extractive  matter,  Gum,  Uncrystallizable  Sugar,  Caoutchouc?  Con- 
crete Oil,  Yellow  Colouring  matter,  with  a  trace  of  Volatile  Oil  and 
an  acid  which  has  been  named  Gentisic,  which  in  its  impure  state 
was  supposed  to  be  the  active  principle,  but,  when  quite  pure,  is 
colourless,  and  in  tasteless  feebly  acid  crystals.  Owing  to  the  pre- 
sence of  Sugar,  &c.,  Infusion  of  Gentian  ferments  with  yeast,  and 
yields  a  bitter  distilled  Spirit,  prized  by  the  Swiss  and  Tyrolese  as  a 
Stomachic. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  Tonic  ;  esteemed  in  Dyspepsia  and  in  Con- 
valescences. Like  others  of  the  same  class,  sometimes  employed  as 
an  Antiperiodic  and  Anthelmintic. 

D.  Of  the  Powder  gr.  x. — gr.  xxx.  3  or  4  times  a  day,  or  prescribe 
any  of  the  following  preparations. 

INFUSUM  GENTIANS  (E.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Compound  Infu- 
sion of  Gentian. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  1  hour  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  sliced  Gentian  (3ss.  E.  U.  S.) 
dried  (and  bruised  bitter,  E.)  Orange  Peel  aa  3ij.  (3j.  E.  D.  U.  S.  Coriander  bruised  3j.  E. 
U.  S.),  fresh  Lemon  Peel  3iv.  L.  (3.j.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  L.  (gxij.  D.)  Strain. 
(Take  the  solids  and  pour  on  them  Proof  Spirit  fgiv.,  after  3  hours  add  Cold  Water  f3xvj. 
and  in  12  hours  more  strain  through  linen  or  calico,  E.  U.  S.) 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Tonic.  Useful  in  Dyspepsia,  &c.,  and 
as  a  vehicle  for  acids,  &c.,  in  doses  of  fsjss. 

MISTURA  GENTIANS  COMPOSITA,  L.     Compound  Gentian  Mixture. 

Prep.  Mix  Compound  Infusion  of  Gentian  f3xij.,  Compound  Infusion  of  Senna  fjvj. 
and  Compound  Tincture  of  Cardamoms  f3ij. 

Action.  Uses.  Aperient  and  Tonic.  Useful  combination  for  ex- 
temporaneous use  in  doses  of  f3jss.  2  or  3  times  a  day. 

TINCTURA  GENTIANS  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)    Compound  Tincture 
of  Gentian. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  sliced  (and  bruised,  D.)  Gentian  Siiss.  (3ij.  D.  U. 
S.)  dried  (bruised  bitter,  E.)  Orange  Peel  3x-  (3j.  D.  U.  S.)  bruised  Cardamoms  3v.  L. 
(3ss.  D.  U.  S.)  (Canella  finely  powdered  3vj.  Cochineal  bruised  3ss.  E.)  in  Proof  Spirit 
Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.)  Strain.  (Diluted  Alcohol,  Oij.  U.  S.)  (Express  strongly  and 
filter.  Or,  more  conveniently  prepare  by  percolation,  as  Comp.  Tinct.  Cardamom.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  Stomachic.  Adjunct  to  bitter  infusions  in 
doses  of  3j. — f3ij. 


GentianeaJ  C  H  I  R  E  T  T  A.  477 

EXTRACTUM  GENTIANS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Extract  of  Gentian. 

Prep.  Prepare  with  Gentian  Root  and  8  times  its  weight  of  water,  as  other  simple  Ex- 
tracts, D.  Take  sliced  (finely  powdered,  q.  s.  E.)  Gentian  ftijss.  and  macerate  it  (mix 
thoroughly)  with  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Cij.  (half  its  weight  of  Aq.  dest.  E.)  for  24  (12,  E.) 
hours.  (Put  it  into  the  percolator,  and  exhaust  it  with  temperate  Aq.  dest.  E.)  Boil 
down  to  Cj.  (concentrate  E.),  and  while  hot  (before  it  gets  too  thick,  E.)  filter.  Evaporate 
to  a  due  consistence  (in  the  vapour-bath.,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — Bj.  in  pills,  often  with 
metallic  salts.  The  Extract  made  from  the  Infusion  is  considered 
superior  to  that  made  from  the  Decoction:  but  that  made  according 
to  the  E.  P.  is  still  finer,  (c.) 

VINTJM  GENTIANS  COMPOSITUM,  E.     Compound  Wine  of  Gentian. 

Prep.  Digest  Gentian  3iv.  Yellow  Cinchona  Bark  3j.  also  Bitter  Orange  Peel  3ij.  Ca- 
netla  3j.,  all  coarsely  powdered,  in  Proof  Spirit  f3ivss.  for  24  hours,  then  add  Sherry 
Wine  f3xxxvj.  and  digest  for  seven  days.  Strain  and  express  the  residue  strongly,  and 
filter  the  liquor. 

Action.     Uses.     A  good  Stomachic  in  doses  of  feiv. — f3j. 

CHIRETTA,  E.    Herb  and  Root,  E,  of  OPHELIA  CHIP..ATA,  Griseb.  (Aga- 
thotes  Chirayta,  Don.)     Chiretta,  Tetrand.  Monog.  Linn. 

The  bitter  called  Chiretta,  or  Chiraeta,  is  as  universally  employed 
throughout  the  Bengal  Presidency,  as  Gentian  is  in  Europe.  It  has 
long  been  known  to  the  Hindoos,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  it  to 
be  the  Calamus  aromaticus  of  the  ancients,  (v.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  277.)  The 
first  English  account  is  that  of  Dr.  Fleming  (inAsiat.  Res.  xi.  p.  167), 
who  referred  it  to  the  genus  Gentiana,  others  to  Swertia,  and  the  late 
Prof.  Don  to  Agalhotes  ;  Grisebach  now  refers  it  to  Ophelia.  It  is 
often  confounded  with  another  powerful  Indian  bitter,  that  is,  Creyat,  or 
Justicia  paniculata.  But  there  are  several  plants  closely  allied  to  the 
Chiretta,  which  are  used  for* the  same  purposes,  as  stated  in  Him.  Bot. 
p.  277.  Thus,  Ophelia  (Swertia,  Wall.)  angustifolia,  Don,  is  so  in 
Northern  India,  and  called  puharee,  (i.  e.  hill)  chiretta,  to  distinguish 
it  from  the  true  or  dukhunee  (southern)  chiretta.  This  is  obtained 
from  Nepal.  Exacum  tetragonum  is  called  ooda  (that  is,  purple)  chi- 
retta. 

This  is  an  annual,  of  from  2 — 3  feet  high,  with  a  single,  straight,  round,  smooth  stem. 
Branches  generally  decussated,  nearly  erect.  Leaves  opposite,  amplexicaul,  lanceolate, 
acute,  smooth,  5 — 7-nerved.  Powers  numerous,  stalked,  upper  half  of  the  plant  forming 
elegant  decussated  umbel-like  cymes,  with  2  bracts  at  each  division.  Calyx  4-cleft,  with 
sublanceolate  persistent  divisions,  shorter  than  the  corolla.  Corol  yellow,  rotate,  limb 
4-parted,  spreading,  withering  in  aestivation,  twisted  to  the  right,  with  2  glandular  hollows 
protected  by  a  fringed  scale  upon  each  segment.  Stamens  4 ;  filaments  subulate,  shortly 
connected  at  the  base ;  anthers  cloven  at  the  base.  Style  single.  Stigma  large,  2-lobed. 
Capsules  conical,  rather  shorter  than  the  permanent  calyx  and  corol,  1 -celled,  2-valved, 
opening  a  little  at  the  apex.  Seeds  numerous,  affixed  to  two  receptacles  adhering  to  the 
sides  of  the  valves. — Himalaya  mountains,  of  which  Nepal  is  one  of  the  valleys. — Wall, 
PI.  As.  Rar.  3,  p.  33,  t.  252. 

Chiretta  is  met  with  in  a  dried  state,  tied  up  in  bundles,  with  its 
long  slender  stems  of  a  brownish  colour,  having  the  roots  attached, 
and  which  have  been  taken  up  when  the  plant  was  in  flower.  The 
whole  plant  is  bitter.  Analyzed  by  MM.  Bousil  and  Lassaigne,  they 
yielded  a  Resin,  a  yellow  Bitter  substance,  a  yellow  colouring  matter, 


478  MENYANTHES.  [Corolliflore. 

Gum,  Malic  acid,  Salts  of  Potash  and  of  Lime,  and  traces  of  Oxide 
of  Iron.  Mr.  Battley  st'ates  that  it  contains — 1.  A  free  Acid.  2.  A 
very  Bitter  Extractive  and  Resinous  matter,  and  much  Gum.  3.  Mu- 
riate and  Sulphate  of  Lime  and  of  Potash;  also  that  the  Spirituous 
Extract  is  more  aromatic  than  that  of  Gentiana  lutea,  but  that  the 
extractive  and  the  gum  are  in  larger  proportion  in  the  latter.  Water 
and  Spirit  take  up  its  active  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  Tonic  ;  Stomachic  in  Dyspepsia  or  as  a  Tonic 
in  Convalescence ;  either  cold  or  hot  infusion ;  the  former  is  lighter, 
and  well  suited  to  Dyspeptics,  and  not  so  apt  to  create  nausea  in  a 
hot  climate.  Sometimes  a  little  Orange-peel  or  Cardamom  is  added. 
A  Tincture  made  as  that  of  Gentian  (or  3ij.  to  Proof  Spirit  f  3xvj.), 
like  other  bitters,  is  best  taken  half  an  hour  before  meals. 

INFUSUM  CHIRETT^;,  E.     Infusion  of  Chiretta. 

Prep.  Infuse  Chiretta  3iv.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  for  2  hours,  and  strain.  A  cold  infusion, 
or  one  made  with  a  temperature  not  exceeding  180°,  is  preferable,  (0.  Wall.  /.  c.  p.  33.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f  3iss. — f  3iij.  before  dinner,  or 
twice  a  day. 

MENYANTHES,  L.  E.  D.  Folia,  L.  D.  Leaves,  E.  of  MENYANTHES  TRI- 
FOLIATA,  Linn.  Buckbean  or  Marsh  Trefoil.  Pentand.  Monog. 
Linn. 

The  Buckbean,  though  long  employed,  is  now  less  so  in  European 
medicine. 

Herbaceous,  root-stock  jointed,  spreading  horizontally,  branched  ascending  stems, 
which  are  round  and  leafy.  Leaves  ternate,  with  a  long  alternate  petiole,  sheathing  at 
base ;  leaflets  oval  or  obovate,  equal,  wavy,  a  little  irregular  at  the  margin.  Racemes 
erect,  with  several  white,  or  light-lilac,  beautifully  fringed  flowers,  each  opposite  to  a  leaf. 
Calyx  5-parted.  Corolla  funnel-shaped ;  limb  5-parted,  bearded  internally  with  white 
fleshy  hairs.  Stamens  5.  Stigma  capitate,  furrowed.  Ovary  with  5  hypogynous  glands ; 
Caps,  ovoid,  l-celled,  imperfectly  2-valved,  with  the*  placentae  in  the  axis  of  the  valves. 
Seeds  many,  with  shining  testa:. — Bogs  and  marshes  in  most  parts  of  Europe ;  extends  to 
Cashmere,  also  to  North  America. — -Esenb.  and  Eberm.  204.  St.  and  Ch.  11.  85. 

The  stem  and  leaves  are  smooth,  with  little  odour,  but  have  a  very 
bitter,  somewhat  nauseous  taste.  The  expressed  juice  contains,  ac- 
cording to  Trommsdorf,  a  very  bitter  azotized  Extractive  (Menyan- 
thiri),  a  brown  Gum,  Inuline,  Green  Fecula,  Malate  and  Acetate  of 
Potash,  and  about  75  per  cent,  of  water.  Water  and  Alcohol  take 
up  its  active  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  Bitter  Tonic  ;  in  large  doses,  Cathartic  and  Emetic. 
Doses  of  the  powdered  leaves  grs.  xx.,  or  of  the  Infusion  (3iv.  to  Aq. 
Oj.)  f  3iss.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

CONVOLVULACE.E,  R.  Brown.     Bindweeds. 

Herbs  or  shrubs,  generally  with  milky,  sometimes  watery,  juice ;  usually  with  a  twin- 
ing stem.  Leaves  alternate,  without  stipules.  Flowers  complete,  pedicels  axillary  or 
terminal,  commonly  with  2  bracts.  Calyx  free,  5-leafed,  often  unequal,  in  one  or  more 
rows,  persistent,  sometimes  united  into  a  5-fid  tube.  Corolla  monopetalous,  inserted  into 
the  receptacle,  plaited  and  twisted.  Stamens  5,  often  unequal,  inserted  into  the  tube,  and 
alternate  with  the  lobes  of  the  corolla.  Ovary  free,  seated  on  an  annular  disk,  2 — 4  celled, 
seldom  1-celled.  Ovules  solitary,  or  twin  and  collateral,  erect.  Style  1,  often  bifid.  Stig. 
mas  simple  or  globose,  in  the  undivided  style  bilobed.  Fruit  capsular,  of  2,  3,  or  4  valves 


Convolvulacea.]  J  A  L  A  P  A.  479 

of  which  the  margins  touch  the  partitions  projected  from  a  central  column.  Seeds  usually 
fewer  than  the  ovules,  with  sparing  mucilaginous  albumen.  Embryo  curved;  cotyledons 
crumpled. 

The  Convolvulacere  are  allied  to  Polemoniacene,  and  also  to  Solanese,  and  through  Cor- 
diacese  also  to  Boraginese.  They  abound  in  the  plains  and  valleys  of  hot  and  tropical 
countries,  some  are  found  in  the  driest  situations.  The  stems  of  many  being  annual,  a 
few  come  to  perfection  in  the  summer  of  higher  latitudes.  Many  are  remarkable  for  the 
secretion  of  purgative  principles,  as  in  the  Jalap,  Scammony,  Turpeth,  Ipomosa  carulea, 
&c. 

JALAPA,  L.  E.  D.  Radix,  L.  D.  Root,  E.  of  Ipomasa  Purga,  Wen- 
deroth,  E.  (Ipomaea  Jalapa,  Nuttall  and  Don,  L.)  (Convolvulus 
Jalapa,  Willd.)  D.  PURGA  of  the  natives  of  Jalapa.  Jalap  Root. 

Jalap  has  been  known  in  Europe  since  1609,  having  been  intro- 
duced into  England  from  the  Mexican  town  of  Jalapa,  whence  it  has 
its  name.     It  was  at  one  time  supposed  to  be  produced  by  Mirabilis 
Jalapa,  and  then  by  Convolvulus  Jalapa,  Linn,  called  also  Ipomosa 
macrorhiza,  Mich.     But  all  these  grow  in  hot  countries,  while  the 
Jalap,  as  long  since  stated  by  Humboldt  (New  Spain,  vol.  iii.  p.  36), 
or  the  true  "  Purga  de  Xalapa,  delights  only  in  a  temperate  climate, 
or  rather  an  almost  cold  one,  in  shaded  valleys,  and  on  the  slopes  of 
mountains."     The  true  Jalap  plant  seems  to  have  been  first  sent  from 
Mexico  by  Dr.  Houston ;  at  least,  seed  sent  by  him  produced  a  plant 
which  JVliller  has  described  in  the  6th  ed.  of  his  Gardeners'  Diet,  as 
having  smooth  leaves,  while  the  leaves  of  the  other  plant,  or  Convol- 
vulus, now  Batatas  Jalapa,  are  downy,  especially  on  their  under  sur- 
face.   In  1827,  Dr.  Coxe,  Prof,  of  Mat.  Med.  in  (University  of)  Penn- 
sylvania, received  from  Xalapa  several  growing  roots  of  the  Jalap 
plant.     Mr.  Nuttall  described  them  by  the  name  of  Ipom&a  Jalapa, 
in  Am.  Journ.  of  Med.  Sc.  v.  p.  300,  Feb.  1830.     Living  roots  were 
sent  by  Dr.  Coxe  to  Dr.  A.  T.  Thompson,  and  the  description  was  in- 
serted in  his  Dispensary  in  1831.     The  same  plant  is  referred  to  by 
Mr.  Don's  MS.  name  in  183G.    About  the  same  time,  or  a  little  later, 
Ledanois  sent  the  root  to  Paris ;  and  Scheide,  travelling  in  Mexico, 
collected  at  Chiconquiera,  on  the  eastern  declivity  of  the  Mexican 
Andes,  at  an  elevation  of  6000  feet,  living  plants  and  seeds  of  the 
true  Jalap,  and  sent  them  to  Germany,  where  they  were  cultivated 
and  the  plant  named  Ipomcea  Purga  by  Wenderoth,  Nees  Off.  Pfl. 
Suppl.  iii.  t.  13,  and  /.  Scheideana  by  Zuccarini,  Plant  Nov.  fasc.  i. 
t.  12,  and  L  officinalis  by  G.  Pelletan  in  France,  Exogonium  Purga 
by  Mr.  Bentham.     Dr.  Lindley  says,  "From  an  unpublished  letter  in 
the  possession  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of  London,  Don  Juan  de 
Orbegozo,  a  pupil  of  Cervantes,  residing  at  Orezaba,  it  appears  cer- 
tain that  this  plant  furnishes  the  Jalap  of  commerce."     The  plant  is 
now  cultivated  in  the  open  air  on  the  Continent,  at  the  gardens  of 
the  Horticultural  Society,  and  that  of  the  Society  of  Apothecaries. 
The  author,  by  the  liberality  of  the  Hort.  Soc.,  has  been  enabled  to 
send  roots  to  the  Himalayas,  where  he  hopes  it  will  soon  be  esta- 
blished. 

Ipomcea  Purga,  or  Jalapa  (Fig.  80.)    The  true  Jalap  plant,  has  a  tuberous,  fleshy  root- 
stock,  with  numerous  pear-shaped  tubers,  externally  brownish  coloured,  internally  white, 


480 


IPOMEA    PURGA,    OR 


[Corollijlorce. 


Fig.  80. 


with  numerous  long  fibres.  The  stem,  climb- 
ing to  a  great  extent,  is  of  a  brownish  colour, 
round  and  smooth,  without  downiness.  Leaves 
on  long  foot-stalks,  cordate,  with  a  tendency  to 
become  hastate  in  the  lower  leaves,  deeply  si- 
nuated  at  the  base  and  acuminate  at  the  apex, 
entire,  very  smooth.  Peduncles  axillary,  2-flow- 
ered,  commonly  only  one  blown  at  a  time.  Ca. 
lyx  without  bracts;  sepals  5,  obtuse,  mucro- 
nate,  with  2  of  them  external.  Corolla  of  a 
crimson  or  a  light-red  colour,  with  a  long  ra- 
ther clavate  tube,  four  times  longer  than  the 
calyx  ;  limb  undulated,  with  5  plaits  ;  lobes 
obtuse,  subemarginate.  Stamens  five ;  fila- 
ments smooth,  unequal,  longer  than  the  tube  of 
the  corol,  with  white,  linear,  exserted  anthers. 
Stigma  capitate,  deeply  furrowed.  Capsule 
2-celled ;  cells  2-seeded. — On  the  eastern  de- 
clivity of  the  Andes  of  Mexico,  at  an  elevation 
of  about  6000  feet,  where  the  climate  is  rainy 
but  subject  to  frost  in  winter.  Flowers  in  Au- 
gust and  September.  The  tubers  are  gathered 
chiefly  in  the  spring,  when  the  young  shoots 
are  springing. — Nees  &  Eberm.  Sup.  3.  t.  13. 
Zuccarini,  Plant.  Nov.  Fasc.  1.  t.  12. 

/.  Mestilanlica,  Choisy.  Dec.  Prod.  ix.  389, 
/.  orizabensis  of  Pelletan,  is  considered  to  be 
another  species  closely  allied  to  the  former, 
and  which  grows  in  the  temperate  parts  of  (he 
state  of  Oaxaca.  Dr.  Lindley  (Fl.  Med.  p.  397)  supposes  that  it  may  be  the  Convolvulus 
orizabensis  of  Pelletan,  which  Dr.  Scheide  had  heard  of  under  its  Spanish  name  of  Jalapa 
Macho  or  Purga  Macho,  or  Male  Jalap ;  but  he  had  only  seen  the  root,  which  appears 
very  like  that  of  /.  Purga.  Don  J.  de  Orbegazo,  as  quoted  by  Dr.  L.,  states  that  this  is 
considered  by  the  traders  in  Jalap  to  be  extremely  similar  in  quality,  and  as  "  it  is  the 
more  abundant  and  larger  of  the  two,  at  least  in  some  districts,"  the  probability  is  that  it 
also  forms  a  part  of  the  imported  samples  of  this  drug. — Bot.  Reg.  1841.  t.  36. 

Jalap  tubers  vary  in  size  from  a  walnut  to  an  orange,  are  usually 
pear-shaped  or  turnip-shaped,  having  often  projecting  from  them 
smaller  horn-shaped  tubercles;  the  surface  smooth,  corrugated,  or 
marked  with  slight  furrows.  The  colour  externally  is  blackish-gray. 
They  are  heavy  and  compact,  with  a  brownish  fracture,  a  very  pecu- 
liar nauseous  odour,  and  an  acrid  pungent  taste.  The  larger  tube  s 
are  sometimes  divided  into  halves,  quarters,  or  disks,  and  are  always 
marked  with  circular  or  vertical  incisions,  made  to  facilitate  their 
drying.  When  cut  transversely,  the  section,  if  polished,  appears 
very  compact,  and  has  the  appearance  of  a  deep-coloured  wood, 
with  still  darker  concentric  circles,  with  many  shining  lines  and 
points.  The  odour  of  Jalap,  when  cut  or  powdered,  is  strong  and 
irritating.  The  powder  is  of  a  pale  brownish  colour. 

Several  adulterations  are  met  with,  especially  in  continental  com- 
merce, as  the  roots  of  the  above  Ipomaea  orizabensis,  called  Stalk  or 
Light  Jalap,  but  by  Guibourt  Jalap  fusiform,  also  a  False  Jalap  with 
a  rose  odour ;  also  the  smaller  roots  of  Batatas  Jalapa  of  Choisy, 
(Convolvulus  macrorhizus  and  Jalapa  of  authors,)  those  of  a  Bryonia, 
of  a  Smilax,  and  of  Mirabilis,  are  sometimes  intermixed. 

Lately  analyzed  by  Guibourt,  but  without  attempting  to  ascertain 
all  the  salts  and  principles,  Jalap  was  found  to  contain  of  Resin  17-65 


ConvolvulacecB.]  JALAP.  43  \ 

per  cent.,  a  liquid  Sugar  obtained,  by  Alcohol,  containing  some  of  the 
deliquescent  salts,  19-00,  Brown  Saccharine  extract,  obtained  by 
water  9-05,  Gum  10-12,  Starch  18-78,  Woody  matter  21-60,  loss  3-80 
=  100.  This,  as  M.  G.  remarks,  differs  from  the  analyses  hitherto 
given,  but  in  the  presence  of  Sugar,  which  he  supposes  to  be  of  the  na- 
ture of  Cane  Sugar,  approximates  Jalap  to  Batatas  and  other  Jalap  (as 
Rose  Jalap)  roots  of  the  same  family,  which  contain  it.  The  Cathartic 
properties  depend  on  the  Resin:  hence  Rectified  Spirit  is  the  best  sol- 
vent. Water  takes  up  the  Gum  and  Starch,  with  little  of  the  active 
principle.  Though  Jalap  is  apt  to  be  attacked  by  insects,  its  virtues 
are  not  in  consequence  impaired,  for  they  leave  untouched  the  resinous 
part.  This  Resin  is  of  a  grayish  colour,  opaque,  brittle,  acrid  in  taste, 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  a  little  so  in  Ether,  readily  so  in  Nit'  or  Ac',  and 
in  solution  of  Potash.  It  is  now  often  adulterated  with  Guaiacum, 
which  may  be  detected  by  the  blue  colour  produced  by  Nitrous  gas, 
while  Ether  dissolves  it,  but  does  not  dissolve  pure  Resin  of  Jalap. 
Dr.  Kayser  has  named  this  Rhodoretine,  from  its  producing  a  red 
colour  with  strong  Sul'.  He  considers  it  composed  of  C42  H35  O20. 

PULVIS  JALAPS  COMPOSITUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Comp.  Jalap  Powder. 

Prep.  Rub  separately  into  very  fine  powder  Jalap  3iij.  (3j.  E.  [U.  S.]  ftss.  D.)  Bitar- 
trate  of  Potash  gvj.  (gij.  E.  [U.  S.]  ftj.  D.)  Ginger  3ij.  Mix. 

Action.  Uses.  Hydragogue  Cathartic ;  useful  in  habitual  Costive- 
ness,  &c.  in  doses  of  9j. — 3j. 

TINCTURA  JALAPS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Jalap. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  days  powdered  root  of  Jalap  3*.  (3vii.  E.  Sviij.  D.  [U.  S.])  in 
Proof  Spirit  Oij.  Strain.  (Prepare  by  digestion  or  percolation,  ».  Tinct.  Cinchonse,  E.) 
— Contains  the  Resin  of  Jalap,  with  some  of  the  principles  soluble  in  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  adjunct  to  Purgative  draughts,  in  doses 
of  f3j.— f 3ij. 

EXTRACTUM  (SIVE  RESINA,  E.)  JALAPS,  L.  D.    Extract  or  Resin  (E.)  of 
Jalap. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Macerate  powdered  Jalap  root  ftijss.  (ftj.  D.)  in  Rectified  Spirit  Cj.  (by 
measure  feiv.  D.)  for  four  days.  Pour  off  the  Tincture.  Boil  the  residue  in  Aq.  dest. 
Cij.  (Cj.  D.)  to  Css.  (ftij.  D.)  Strain  the  liquors,  evaporate  the  decoction,  and  distil  the 
Tincture  till  thick ;  then  mix  the  Extract  and  the  resin,  and  evaporate  to  the  proper  con- 
sistence over  a  water-bath.  The  extract  must  be  kept  soft  for  pills  and  hard  for  pow- 
der, L. 

E.  "Take  finely  powdered  Jalap,  moisten  with  Rectified  Spirit :  in  12  hours  put  it 
into  the  percolator  and  exhaust  with  Rectified  Spirit.  Distil  off  the  greater  part  of  the 
Spirit,  and  concentrate  the  rest  to  a  due  consistence  over  the  vapour-bath." — As  the  active 
properties  of  Jalap  depend  upon  its  resinous  and  not  upon  its  saccharine,  gummy,  or  amy- 
laceous principles,  this  preparation  is  preferable  to  those  of  the  L.  and  D.  P.,  where  the 
extracts  of  water  and  of  spirit  are  mixed  together,  and  the  produce  necessarily  weaker 
than  the  Resin. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 9j.  Usually  prescribed 
in  combination.  The  Resin  of  the  E.  P.  in  doses  of  gr.  iij. — gr.  xij. 

[EXTRACTUM  JALAPS,  U.  S. 

As  Ext.  Cinchonas.  Used  in  the  preparation  of  PIL.  CATHART.  C.  U.  S.] 

31 


482  S  C  A  M  M  O  N  Y.  [Corollifloras. 

SCAMMONITJM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Gummi  Resina,  L.  D.  Gummy- 
Resinous  Exudation  from  incisions  into  the  root  of  CONVOLVULUS 
SCAMMONIA,  Linn.  E.  Scammony. 

Scammony  has  been  employed  in  medicine  since  the  time  of  Hip- 
pocrates. It  is  called  suk  moonya  by  the  Arabs.  Several  varieties 
may  be  met  with  in  commerce. 

The  Scammony  Convolvulus  has  perennial  tapering  roots  from  3  to  4  feet  long  and  from 
9  to  12  inches  in  circumference,  fleshy,  and  abounding  in  acrid  milky  juice.  Stems  nu- 
merous, annual,  round,  slender,  smooth,  and  twining  over  neighbouring  plants,  and  to  a 
great  extent  over  the  ground.  Leaves  petioled,  quite  smooth,  entire,  oblong,  arrow- 
shaped,  acute,  truncate,  and  angular  at  the  base,  with  acute  spreading  lobes.  Peduncles 
axillary,  solitary,  3-flowered,  about  twice  the  length  of  the  leaves.  Sepals  rather  lax, 
smooth,  ovate-obtuse,  with  a  reflexed  point.  Corol  campanulate,  much  expanded,  of  a 
pale,  sulphur-yellow  colour,  three  times  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Stamens  5,  erect,  converg- 
ing, about  a  third  of  the  length  of  the  corol.  Style  equal  to  the  stamens.  Stigmas'  white, 
oblong,  erect,  parallel,  distant.  Ovary  2-celled,  4-seeded.  Capsule  2-celled. — Common 
in  Greece  and  the  Levant. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  195. 

A  Convolvulus,  which  is  also  called  C.  Scammonia,  found  by  Capt.  D'Urville  in  the 
island  of  Cos,  having  yellow  flowers  with  reddish  bands  (Fl.  Med.  t.  317),  is  supposed  to 
yield  Scammony.  Tournefort  informs  us  that  an  inferior  Scammony  is  obtained  in  Na- 
tolia,  whence  it  is  sent  to  Smyrna,  and  hence  called  Smyrna  Scammony.  Sibthorp  says 
that  Scammony  is  produced  by  two  different  species  of  Convolvulus,  one  the  above  C. 
Scammonia,  and  the  other  (perhaps  C.  hirsutus)  has  been  supposed  to  be  C.  farinosits, 
Linn. ;  but,  as  Dr.  Lindley  justly  observes,  this  is  a  Madeira  plant,  and  has  probably  no- 
thing to  do  with  producing  Scammony. 

The  root-stock  of  the  Scammony  Convolvulus  was  found  by  Dr. 
Russel  to  be  a  mild  Cathartic.  Scammony  is  the  juice  of  the  fresh 
root  obtained  by  cutting  the  top  obliquely  off,  and  allowing  the  milky 
juice  which  exudes  to  be  collected  in  shells  or  other  vessels  placed  at 
the  lowest  part.  The  whole  collected  is  allowed  to  dry  in  any  conve- 
nient receptacle,  and  constitutes  what  is  called  Virgin  Scammony,  but 
this  is  very  seldom  to  be  met  with  in  so  pure  a  state.  The  greater 
part  of  that  met  with  in  English  commerce  is  imported  from  Smyrna. 
The  best  accounts  have  been  given  by  Drs.  Pereira  and  Christison. 

Scammony  is  usually  in  shapeless  lumps,  rubbed  and  of  a  dull  ash- 
gray  colour  externally ;  the  fracture  is  conchoidal,  and  when  fresh, 
displays  a  glistening  resinous  lustre,  of  a  pale,  soon  passing  to  a  dark 
greenish-black  colour,  something  like  Guaiacum  ;  a  small  splinter  is 
gray  and  somewhat  transparent;  Sp.  Gr.  1-2;  the  whole  is  brittle, 
easily  pulverized;  powder  of  an  ash-gray  colour.  The  odour  is  faint, 
but  peculiar,  more  perceptible  if  breathed  upon,  sometimes  compared 
with  that  of  old  cheese ;  taste  slight,  but  acrid.  It  should  burn  away 
without  leaving  much  ash ;  form  an  emulsion  with  water,  and  dis- 
solve almost  entirely  in  boiling  Alcohol,  while  Ether  will  take  up 
from  75  to  82  parts  of  Resin.  Dr.  Christison  gives  as  the  constituents 
of  two  distinct  specimens  of  old  Scammony,  Resin  81-8  and  83-0, 
Gum  6-0  and  8-0,  Starch  1-0  and  0-0,  Fibre  and  Sand  3-5  and  3-2, 
water  7-7  and  7-2.  Hence  it  is  a  Gum-resin,  with  only  a  small  pro- 
portion of  Gum. 

The  Resin  has  a  feeble  Scammony  odour  and  taste,  and  a  dirty 
greenish-brown  colour ;  but  when  purified  it  is  of  a  pale  wine-yellow 
colour,  and  is  free  from  both  taste  and  smell.  Its  powder  forms  with 
milk  a  fine  uniform  emulsion. 


Convohulacea.}  SCAMMONY.  483 

The  less  pure  kinds  of  Scammony,  which  are  also  the  more  com- 
mon, and  enumerated  by  Dr.  Pereira  as  the  seconds  and  thirds  of  com- 
merce, are  distinguished  by  their  greater  weight,  less  resinous,  rather 
dull  fracture,  and  grayish,  sometimes  blackish  colour,  sometimes 
with  glimmering  or  whitish  spots ;  also  by  their  form,  being  some- 
times that  of  the  vessel  in  which  they  have  been  packed,  sometimes 
in  flattish  cakes,  at  other  times  in  amorphous  spongiform  masses. 
Some  effervesce  with  H  Cl'  from  being  adulterated  with  Chalk  ? 
others,  from  containing  Starch,  are  affected  by  Tincture  of  Iodine. 
(v.  Tests.) 

Tests.  While  yet  in  a  soft  state,  it  is  said  to  have  mixed  with  it  the 
expressed  juice  of  the  stalks  and  leaves,  also  flour,  ashes,  and  sand. 
Dr.  Pereira  enumerates  chalk,  amylaceous  matter,  sand,  and  guaia- 
cum  as  impurities ;  but  tragacanth  is  also  mentioned.  E.  P.  "  Frac- 
ture glistening,  almost  resinous  if  the  specimen  be  old  and  dry.  Mu- 
riatic acid  does  not  cause  effervescence  on  its  surface  (if  no  chalk 
has  been  added).  The  decoction  of  its  powder,  filtered  and  cooled, 
is  not  rendered  blue  by  Tincture  of  Iodine  (showing  the  absence  of 
Starch).  Sulphuric  Ether  separates  at  least  (75  to)  80  per  cent,  of 
Resin  dried  at  280°."  Some  of  the  masses  appear  to  have  been  roll- 
ed in  chalk,  but  do  not  contain  any  in  their  substance.  Guaiacum 
may  be  detected  by  the  action  of  Nitrous  gas,  and  sand  and  chalk  in 
the  ashes  after  incineration. 

Action.  Uses.  Drastic  Cathartic.  Useful  from  the  small  doses  in 
which  it  can  be  prescribed;  as  for  an  adult,  gr.  x. — gr.  xv.;  but  if 
pure  or  Virgin  Scammony,  gr.  v. — gr.  x.  will  suffice.  It  is  usually 
given  in  combination  with  Rhubarb  or  Calomel,  or  in  the  following 
preparations  ;  sometimes  in  biscuits. 

Pharm.  Prep.     Extr.  Colocynthidis  Comp. 

PULVIS  SCAMMONII  coMposixus,  L.  D.     Comp.  Scammony  Powder. 

Prep.  Rub  up  separately  into  very  fine  powder  Scammony  and  hard  Extract  of  Jalap 
aa  3ij.  Ginger  3ss.  Mix. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic.     May  be  given  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

CONFECTIO  (ELECTUARIUM,  D.)  SCAMMONII,  L.     Scammony  Confection. 

Prep.  Rub  into  fine  powder  powdered  Scammony  giss.  bruised  Cloves  and  powdered 
Ginger,  aa  ^vj.  When  the  Confection  is  to  be  used  L.  add  Syrup  of  Roses  q.  s.  and  Oil 
of  Caraway  f3ss.  Mix  well  together. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulating  Cathartic  in  doses  of  9j. — 3j. 
EXTRACTUM  SIVE  RESINA  SCAMMONII,  E.     Scammony  Resin. 

Prep.  Take  Scammony  q.  s.  in  fine  powder;  boil  it  in  successive  portions  of  Proof  Spirit 
till  the  Spirit  ceases  to  dissolve  any  thing;  filter;  distil  the  liquid  till  little  but  water 
passes  over.  Then  pour  away  the  watery  solution  from  the  resin  at  the  bottom ;  agitate 
the  resin  with  successive  portions  of  boiling  water  till  it  is  well-washed ;  and,  lastly,  dry 
it  at  a  temperature  not  above  240°. 

Action.  Uses.  Active  Cathartic  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  x.  with  some 
bland  fluid,  such  as  milk. 


484  LAVANDULA.  [Corollifloree. 

MISTURA  SCAMMONII,  E.     Scammony  Emulsion. 

Prep.  Triturate  Resin  of  Scammony  grs.  vij.  with  a  little,  and  then  with  the  rest  of, 
unskimmed  Milk  f3iij.  till  a  uniform  emulsion  is  obtained. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  Emulsion,  without  any  disagreeable  taste. 

LABIATE,  Juss.     Labiates. 

Herbaceous  plants,  undershrubs  or  shrubs  ;  branches  opposite  or  whorled,  often  4-cor- 
nered.  Leaves  opposite  or  in  whorls,  simple,  entire,  or  divided,  without  stipules,  usually 
containing  odorous  volatile  oil.  Flowers  perfect,  irregular,  often  bilabiate,  usually  in 
axillary  cymes,  sometimes  solitary.  Calyx  tubular,  persistent,  5-toothed,  or  bilabiate.  Co- 
rolla inserted  into  the  receptacle,  irregular,  4 — 5  fid,  often  bilabiate,  imbricate.  Stamens 
inserted  into  the  corolla,  4  didynamous,  sometimes  the  2  upper  ones  wanting.  Ovaries 
4,  free,  seated  on  an  hypogynous  disk,  l-celled,  each  with  one  erect  ovule.  Style  single, 
in  the  midst  of  the  ovaries.  Stigma  bifid.  Fruit  consisting  of  4  nuts,  sometimes  only 
one,  included  within  the  calyx.  Embryo  straight;  radicle  below;  no  albumen. — The 
Labiatce  are  most  closely  allied  to  Verbenacea  and  to  Boraginea,  more  remotely  to  Scro- 
phularinea.  They  are  found  in  most  parts,  but  more  numerously  in  the  Old  than  in  the 
New  World,  and  most  abundantly  in  temperate  climates.  They  abound  in  volatile  oil, 
usually  containing  Stearoptene,  often  also  a  little  bitter  and  astringent  principle. 

Tribe  Menthoidece.   Corolla  nearly  regular.   Stamens  distant,  straight. 

LAVANDULA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Flores,  L.  D.  "Flowering  Heads  and 
Volatile  Oil  of  LAVANDULA  VERA,  Dec.  E.  (L.  Spica,  Dec.  L.  D.) 
Common  Lavender. 

It  is  unknown  when  Lavender  was  first  employed  in  medicine. 

Common  Lavender  forms  a  branched  shrub,  about  4  feet  high.  Leaves  oblong,  linear 
or  lanceolate,  entire,  when  young  hoary,  revolute  at  the  edges.  Spikes  interrupted. 
Whorls  of  6  to  10  flowers.  Floral  leaves  rhomboid-ovate,  acuminate,  membranous,  all 
fertile,  the  uppermost  shorter  than  the  calyx.  Bracts  scarcely  any.  Flowers  purplish- 
gray.  Calyx  tubular,  nearly  equal,  shortly  5-toothed,  13-  or  rarely  15-ribbed.  Corol, 
upper  lip  2-lobed,  lower  3-lobed;  all  the  divisions  nearly  equal;  the  throat  somewhat 
dilated.  Stamens  didynamous,  declinate.  Filaments  smooth,  distinct,  not  toothed.  An- 
thers renifbrm,  l-celled.  Ovary  and  fruit  as  in  the  order. — A  native  of  barren  hills  in 
Europe,  extending  to  the  north  of  Africa.  Cultivated  in  gardens ;  much  so  at  Mitcham, 
in  Surrey.  Tops  collected  in  June  and  July. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  1. 178. 

LAVANDULA  SPICA,  Dec.  French  Lavender,  sometimes  called  L.  latifolia,  is  a  distinct 
species  from  L.  vera,  but  indigenous  in  the  same  countries.  It  may  easily  be  distin- 
guished by  its  leaves  being  broader  and  somewhat  obovate  or  spathulate.  Its  odour  is 
not  so  agreeable  as  that  of  Common  Lavender,  though  more  powerful. — Esenb.  and 
Eberm.  179  as  L.  latifolia. 

Lavender  flowers,  or  rather  tops,  as  usually  dried,  are  well  known 
by  their  spike-like  appearance,  grayish  lavender  colour,  grateful  fra- 
grant odour,  and  warm  bitterish  taste.  The  properties  depend  chiefly 
on  the  presence  of  Volatile  Oil. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative.  Employed  as  an  Errhine 
in  Pulvis  Asari  Comp.  D. 

OLEUM  LAVANDULA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     (English)  Oil  of  Lavender. 
Prepared  from  Lavender  Flowers  distilled  with  water,  as  other  volatile  oils. 

This  Oil  is  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  has  a  very  grateful  odour,  and 
a  pungent  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  0-87  to  0-94.  It  consists  of  a  fluid  volatile 
oil,  holding  the  camphor-like  substance  in  solution,  which  has  been 
called  Stearoptene.  It  is  soluble  in  Rectified,  and  in  two  parts  of 
Proof  Spirit.  Like  several  other  volatile  oils,  it  will  absorb  Oxygen, 
and  become  acid.  This  Oil  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  the  Oil  of 


Labiate.]  OLEUM    MENTH^E    VIR1DIS.  495 

French  Lavender,  commonly  called  Oil  of  Spike,  which  is  a  powerful 
but  less  agreeable  oil. 

Action.     Uses.     Stimulant,  Carminative,  in  doses  of  Wv. — n^x. 

SPIRITUS  LAVANDUL*:,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Spirit  of  Lavender. 

Prep.  Macerate  (for  24  hours,  D.)  fresh  Lavender  flowers  ftijss.  (ftij.  D.)  in  Rectified 
(Proof,  D.)  Spirit  Cj.  and  Aq.  Oij.  L.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma,  D.)  with  a  gentle  heat. 
Distil  Cj.  (Ovij.  E.  by  measure  fev.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  The  Volatile  Oil  rises  with  and  is  dissolved  in  the 
Spirit:  hence  this  is  sometimes  prepared  by  dissolving  the  Oil  in  Rec- 
tified Spirit.  It  is  chiefly  used  for  making  Lin.  Camphorae  C.  and 
the  following  preparations.  It  approaches  in  nature  the  so-called 
Lavender  Water  of  the  shops,  which  however  also  contains  other 
volatile  oils  dissolved  in  Spirit. 

TlNCTURA    (SPIRITUS,  E.   D.   [U.  S.])  LAVANDUL^E   COMPOSITA,  L.       Com- 

pound  Tincture  or  Spirit  of  Lavender.     Lavender  Drops. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.  10,  D.)  days  bruised  Cinnamon  3ijss.  (3j.  E.  ^ss.  D.) 
bruised  Nutmeg  3ijss.  (^ss.  E.  D.)  Red  Sandal  Wood  Shavings  3v.  (3iij.  E.  3j.  D. 
Cloves  bruised  3ij.  E.  D.)  in  Spirit  of  Lavender  Ojss.  (Oij.  E.  by  measure  ftiij.  D.)  and 
Spirit  of  Rosemary  Oss.  (fjxij.  E.  by  measure  fcj.  D.)  Strain.  [U.  S.  P.  as  E.] 

Action.  Uses.  This  compound  Tincture  contains  the  Volatile  Oil 
of  Lavender,  and  that  of  the  other  aromatics  used,  dissolved  in  Spirit 
and  coloured  by  the  Red  Sandal  Wood.  It  is  Stimulant  and  Cordial; 
is  used  in  Hysterical  cases  and  in  Flatulent  Colic  in  doses  of  TTIXV. — 
f3ij. 

MENTHA,  Linn.     Mint. 

Calyx  nearly  equal,  5-toothed.  Corol  with  the  tube  inclosed ;  limb  nearly  equal,  4-cleft, 
the  upper  segment  broader.  Stamens  4,  equal ;  anthers  with  2  parallel  cells.  Stigmas 
at  the  points  of  the  bifid  style.  Fruit  dry,  smooth. 

Several  of  the  Mints,  remarkable  for  their  odour  and  taste,  have 
long  been  used  in  medicine  (fiivSa,  'H^uorffAos  and  KaXa  fAivSa  of  the 
Greeks,  nana  of  the  Arabs),  and  some  as  sweet  herbs ;  but  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish  one  species  from  another  by  the  short  descriptions 
given. 

MENTHA  VIRIDIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     The  whole  Herb.     Spearmint. 
Spearmint  has  long  been  employed  in  medicine. 

Root  creeping.  Stem  smooth,  erect.  Leaves  sessile,  lanceolate,  acute,  unequally  ser- 
rated, glabrous,  glandular  below,  those  under  the  flowers  bract-like,  these  and  the  calyxes 
hairy  or  smooth.  Spikes  linear-cylindrical ;  bracts  subulate.  Whorls  approximated,  or 
the  lowest  or  all  of  them  distant.  Corol  glabrous.  Stamens  rather  long. — Marshy  places 
in  the  milder  parts  of  Europe,  introduced  into  many  parts  of  the  world.  Collected  when 
about  to  flower. — E.  B.  2424.  Esenb.  and  Eberm.  166. 

This  plant  has  an  agreeable  odour,  and  a  pleasant  aromatic  taste, 
with  some  bitterness. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative,  in  some  of  the  following 
forms : 

OLEUM  MENTHA  VIRIDIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Oil  of  Spearmint. 
Prep.     Distil  the  fresh  herb  with  Aq.  as  for  other  volatile  oils. 


486  MENTHA    PIPERITA.  [Corolliflortf. 

Motion.  Uses.  Pale  yellow  in  colour,  becoming  reddish  by  age, 
of  a  strong,  rather  grateful  odour,  and  pungent  taste,  followed  by  a 
sensation  of  coolness,  giving  its  properties  to  the  plant  (of  which  it 
forms  about  l-500th  part),  and  also  to  the  preparations.  Stimulant, 
Carminative,  in  doses  of  TTiij. — r#x. 

INFUSUM  MENTHA  SIMPLEX,  D.     Infusion  of  Spearmint. 

Prep.  Take  dried  leaves  ofMentha  viridis  3ij.  pour  on  boiling  Aq.  q.  s.  and  strain  off 
by  measure  3yj. 

INFUSUM  MENTH.E  COMPOSITUM,  D.     Comp.  Inf.  of  Spearmint. 

Prep.  Digest  for  half  an  hour  in  a  covered  vessel  dried  leaves  of  Mentha  viridis  3ij. 
in  boiling  Aq.  q.  s.  Strain  off  by  measure  gvj.  When  cold,  add  purified  Sugar  3ij.,  Oil 
of  Mint  rtjiij.  dissolved  in  Comp.  Tinct.  Cardamoms  3ss.  Mix. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  and  Carminative  Infusions :  the  latter 
more  stimulant :  given  in  doses  of  fgiss.  every  two  or  three  hours. 

AQUA  MENTHA  VIRIDIS,  L.  E.  D.     Spearmint  Water. 

Prep.  To  be  prepared  as  Aq.  Month.  Pip.  If  the  fresh  herb  be  employed,  take  double 
the  weight  of  the  dried,  L.  Mix  Spearmint,  fresh,  ftiv.,  if  dry,  ftij.  (ftjss.  D.)  Recti- 
fied Spirit  f^iij.,  Aq.  Cij.  (q.  s.  to  avoid  empyreuma,  D.)  Distil  off  Cj.  E.  D.  Or  add 
Essential  OU  of  Spearmint  3iij.  to  each  gallon  of  Aq.  and  distil  D. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative,  and  used  as  a  vehicle  in  doses  of  f 3iss. 
SPIRITUS  MENTHA  VIRIDIS,  L.  D.  Spirit  of  Spearmint. 

Prep.  Prepare  as  Spir.  Menth.  Pip.  L.  Add  Oil  of  Spearmint  by  weight  3ss.  to  Rec- 
tified Spirit  Cj.  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma.  With  gentle  heat  distil  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjunct  in  doses  of  f  3ss. — f  3ij. 

[Under  the  name  Tinctura  Olei  Menthce  viridis,  Essence  of  Spear- 
mint, this  preparation  is  directed  by  the  U.  S.  P.  The  formula  is 
oil  of  Spearmint  Sj. — Alcohol  Oj.  M.] 

MENTHA  PIPERITA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Linn.    Herba,  D.    Herb  and  Vo- 
latile Oil,  E.  of  Peppermint. 

Peppermint  seems  to  have  been  introduced  into  practice  in  this 
country  in  the  last  century. 

Root  creeping.  Stem  procumbent,  ascending,  smooth,  or  with  a  very  few  spreading 
hairs.  Leaves  stalked,  ovate,  lanceolate,  acute,  rounded  at  the  base,  smooth,  serrated, 
floral  leaves  smaller,  lanceolate.  Spikes  lax,  the  uppermost  whorls  collected  into  a  short 
obtuse  spike,  the  lower  ones  removed  from  each  other.  Calyx  tubular,  glabrous  below, 
with  lanceolate  subulate  teeth. — Watery  places  in  England,  and  also  in  other  parts  of 
Europe. — Cultivated  at  Mitcham,  and  collected  when  the  flowers  begin  to  blow.  Flowers 
from  July  to  September.— Esenb.  and  Eberm.  165.  E.  B.  687.  St.  and  Ch.  45. 

Peppermint  is  remarkable  for  its  diffusive  aromatic  odour,  and  its 
warm  but  agreeable  taste,  feeling  at  first  warm,  but  afterwards  cool. 
Its  properties  depend  on  a  Volatile  Oil,  a  Bitter  principle,  and  some 
Tannin,  and  these  are  taken  up  by  Spirit,  and  to  some  extent  by 
water.  It  may  be  prescribed  in  the  form  of  its  oil  or  Spirit,  or  in  its 
distilled  Water,  or  in  an  Infusion. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative.  Much  used  in  Flatulent 
Colic,  &c.,  or  where  a  diffusible  Stimulant  is  indicated,  or  a  medium 


Labiate.]  MENTHA    PULEGIUM.  497 

required  to  counteract  nausea  or  griping,  or  to  cover  the  taste  of  other 
Medicines. 

OLEUM  MENTHA  (PiPERiTiDis,  D.)     PIPERIT.E,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Oil  of 
Peppermint. 

Prep.    Distil  the  fresh  or  dry  herb  with  water,  as  above. 

Peppermint  Oil,  obtained  in  the  proportion  of  about  a  200th  part,  is 
at  first  colourless,  but  soon  becomes  of  a  pale  greenish-yellow  colour, 
and  of  a  deeper  colour  with  age,  has  a  fragrant  penetrating  odour, 
and  a  pungent  but  cooling  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  0-902  (0-899,  Per.)  Boils 
at  365°.  At  a  temperature  of — 12°,  or  by  spontaneous  evaporation, 
or  pressure,  white  needle-like  crystals  of  Stearoptene  are  obtained. 
But  from  some  kinds  of  Oil  from  North  America,  and  also  from 
Canton,  this  Stearoptene  separates  spontaneously.  This  Oil  is  com- 
posed of  C12H10O,  and  its  Stearoptene  of  C10H100.  According  to 
Walter,  these  numbers  should  be  doubled. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative,  in  doses  of  rprij. — rftv.  on  a 
piece  of  Sugar. 

AQUA  MENTHA  (PIPERITIDIS,  D.)  PIPERIT^:,  L.  E.    Peppermint  Water. 

Prep.  Take  dried  Mentha  Piperita  ftij.  or  fresh,  ftiv.  (fcjss.  D.)  or  Oil  of  Peppermint 
3ij.  (3iij.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  f^vij.  L.  Aq.  Cij.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma,  D.)  Distil  Cj. 
Prepare  as  Aq.  Menth.  Vir.  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative.  Much  used  as  a  vehicle  for  other  me- 
dicines in  doses  of  f3j. — f  3iij. 

SPIRITUS  MENTH^E  (E.)     PIPERITA,  L.  D.     Spirit  of  Peppermint. 

Prep.  Mix  Oil  of  Peppermint  3iij.  L.  (by  weight  gss.  D.)  with  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  and 
Aq.  Oj.  L.  (Rectified  Spirit  Cj.  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma,  D.)  With  heat  slowly 
distil  Cj.  (Take  of  Peppermint  fresh  fejss.  Proceed  as  for  Spirit  of  Caraway,  E.) 

[The  TINCTURA  OLEI  MENTHA  PIPERITA  of  the  U.  S.  P.,  Essence  of 
Peppermint,  is  made  with  f3i.  Ol.  M.  Pip.  Alcohol  Oj.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  in  doses  of  f  3ss. — f3ij.  Essence  of  Pep- 
permint consists  of  Oil  of  Peppermint  f3j.  dissolved  in  Rectified 
Spirit  f  3j. 

MENTHA  PULEGIUM,  Linn.  L.     Herba,  D.     Herb,  E.  of  Pennyroyal. 

Supposed  to  have  been  the  FX-^wv  of  the  Greek  and  the  Pulegium 
of  Pliny. 

Creeping  root.  Stem  much  branched,  prostrate,  rooting.  Leaves  about  half  an  inch 
long,  stalked,  ovate,  or  elliptical,  crenate,  upper  ones  smaller,  all  with  pellucid  dots,  a 
little  hairy.  Whorls  sessile,  all  remote,  globose,  many  .flowered.  Calyx  hispid,  tubular, 
bilabiate,  villous  in  the  inside  of  the  throat.  Corols  of  a  light  purple. — Wet  places  in 
many  parts  of  Europe.  Collected  when  beginning  to  flower. — E.  B.  1026.  Esenb.  and 
Eberm.  167.  St.  and  Ch.  i.  45. 

The  whole  herb  has  a  powerful  fragrant  odour,  and  warm,  aroma- 
tic, as  well  as  bitter  taste.  Its  properties  depend  on  Volatile  Oil  and 
Tannin,  and  are  very  similar. to  those  of  other  species  of  Mint. 


ROSMARINUS.  [Corollifloras. 

OLEUM  MENTH-E  PULEGII,  L.  E.  D.     Oil  of  Pennyroyal. 
Obtained  by  distilling  the  herb  with  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative,  in  doses  of  n*ij. — n*v. 

AQUA  MENTH^E  PULEGII,  L.  E.  D. 

Prep.  Employing  the  fresh  herb  (if  dried,  half  the  weight,  L.),  distil  as  for  Aq. 
Menth.  Pip.  L.  D.,  Aq.  Menth.  Vir.  E.  Or,  by  adding  to  Aq,  Cj.  Essential  Oil  of  Pen- 
nyroyal  3iij.  D. 

SPIRITUS  MENTH^  PULEGII,  L.  D.     Spirit  of  Pennyroyal. 

Prep.  Add  Oil  of  Pennyroyal  3iij.  (9vj.  D.)  to  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  and  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  L. 
With  gentle  heat  distil  (Cj.  L.) 

Action.  Uses.  These  preparations  are  applicable  to  the  same  pur- 
poses and  in  the  same  doses  as  the  preparations  of  Mint  and  of  Pep- 
permint. 

Tribe  Monardece.  Corolla  2-lipped.  Stamens  2,  fertile,  parallel  un- 
der the  upper  lip. 

The  tribe  Monardecs  contains  SAL  VIA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.,  or  Garden 
Sage,  which  has  been  employed  in  medicine  from  the  times  of  the 
Greeks,  and  is  no  doubt  as  useful  as  any  of  the  other  Labiatse  for 
many  of  the  same  purposes.  It  is  pungent  and  aromatic,  and  its  Oil 
contains  Stearoptene,  while  the  plant  abounds  also  in  Bitter  principle. 

ROSMARINUS  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  [ROSMARINUS,  U.  S.]  Cacu- 
mina,  L.  D.  •  Tops  E.  of  Common  Rosemary.  Diandria  Monog. 
Linn. 

Rosemary  was  called  Libanotis  coronaria,  which  the  Arabs  trans- 
lated akleel-al-jibbul,  or  the  Mountain  Crown. 

A  very  leafy  shrub,  5 — 6  feet  high.  Leaves  sessile,  elongated,  narrow,  revolute  at  the 
margin,  hoary  beneath.  Flowers  few,  in  short,  axillary,  subsessile,  opposite  racemes, 
forming  altogether  a  kind  of  spike.  Floral  leaves  shorter  than  the  purplish  calyx,  which 
is  2-lipped,  the  upper  entire,  the  lower  bifid.  Corol  of  a  grayish-blue  or  lavender-colour, 
not 'ringed  in  the  inside,  somewhat  inflated  in  the  throat,  upper  lip  emarginate,  the  lower 
trifid,  with  the  middle  lobe  larger,  concave,  and  hanging  down.  Filaments  shortly  toothed 
near  the  base:  anthers  linear,  with  two  divaricating  confluent  cells.  Upper  lobe  of  style 
very  short. — Rocky  hills  of  the  south  of  Europe,  Asia  Minor,  and  Syria. — Flora  Greeca,  t. 
14.  St  and  Ch.  i.  24. 

Rosemary-tops  should  be  collected  when  coming  into  flower. 
They  have  a  powerful  odour,  a  warm  and  bitter,  slightly  astringent 
taste.  Their  properties  depend  on  Volatile  Oil,  Bitter  principle,  and 
Tannin. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative.  Supposed  to  be  useful  in 
preserving  the  hair.  Much  employed  as  an  ingredient  in  some  per- 
fumes, as  Hungary  Water,  Eau  de  Cologne.  "  The  admired  flavour 
of  Narbonne  Honey  is  ascribed  to  the  bees  feeding  on  the  flowers  of 
this  plant."  Lindl 

OLEUM  ROSMARINI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  RORISMARINI,  D.  Oil  of  Rosemary. 
Distil  Rosemary-tops  with  water. 

The  Oil  of  Rosemary  is  obtained  in  the  proportion  of  4  or  5  ounces 
from  a  cwt.  of  the  herb :  sometimes  scarcely  any  is  yielded.  (P.  J. 


Labiate.}  MELISSA    OFFICINALIS.  489 

ii.  516.)     It  is  colourless,  having  all  the  properties  of  the  plant.     Sp. 
Gr.  0-88.     The  imported  Oil  is  usually  very  impure. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  chiefly  applied  externally,  and  used  as  an 
ingredient  of  perfumes. 

SPIRITUS  ROSMARINI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     RORISMARINI,  D.     Spirit  of  Rose- 
mary. 

Prep.  Mix  Oil  of  Rosemary  3ij.  L.  Qvj.  D.)  with  Rectified  Spirit  Cj.  and  Aq.  Oj. 
(Proof  Spirit  Cj.  D.),  and  with  a  gentle  heat  distil  Cj.  L.  Or  the  D.  and  E.  C.  direct  as  fol- 
lows: Take  (fresh,  D.)  Rosemary-tops  ftijss.  (ftjss.  D.),  (Rectified,  E.)  Proof  Spirit  Cj. 
and  with  a  gentle  heat  distil  ftv.  D.  Proceed  as  for  Spirit  of  Lavender,  E. — Mr.  Fisher 
prefers  the  L.  formula  of  1815,  offresh  tops  fcij.  to  Rectified  Spirit  Cij.  If  only  this  quan- 
tity is  distilled,  some  portion  of  the  water  which  is  put  into  the  still  to  prevent  burning, 
will  necessarily  rise  and  dilute  the  Spirit,  (v.  Linim.  Saponis,  p.  467.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Spirit.  Often  employed  to  impart  an 
agreeable  odour  to  Lotions.  An  ingredient  of  Tinct.  Lavandulse 
Comp.  and  of  Linimentum  Saponis. 

Trihe  Sqtureinece.    Cor.  2-lipped.     Stamens  4,  distant.    Anther-cells 
separate,  divergent. 

ORIGANUM  VULGARE,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Herb,  E.  Oleum,  D.    Common 
and  Wild  Marjoram. 

The  opi/avos  of  the  Greeks  and  satar  of  the  Arabs  is  supposed  to  be 
this  plant. 

Root  creeping.  Stem  erect,  1 — 2  feet  high.  Leaves  stalked,  broad,  ovate,  obtuse,  often 
slightly  serrate.  Spikes  oblong,  4-sided,  imbricated,  with  bracts,  clustered  in  corymbose 
panicles.  Bracts  ovate,  obtuse,  coloured,  longer  than  the  calyx,  which  has  5  equal  teeth, 
and  is  10 — 13-nerved,  throat  hairy.  Corol  upper  lip  straight,  nearly  flat ;  lower  spread- 
ing, 3-fid.  Stamens  divergent,  connective  subtriangular.  Achsenia  rather  smooth.— Eu- 
rope, the  Mediterranean  region,  and  extending  to  the  Himalayas. — E.  B.  1143.  St.  and 
Ch.  131. 

ORIGANUM  MAJORANA,  Linn.  D.  now  MAJORANA  HORTENSIS,  Mcenc.h.,  or  Sweet  Marjo- 
ram, a  native  of  the  South  of  Europe  and  of  Syria,  is  officinal  in  the  D.  P.  on  account  of 
its  agreeable  odour  and  pleasant  aromatic  taste,  on  which  account  it  is  cultivated  in  gar- 
dens and  much  used  as  a  Sweet  Herb. 

Wild  Marjoram  has  a  strong  rather  agreeable  odour,  and  a  bitter 
aromatic  taste,  which  it  retains  in  its  dry  state.  Its  properties  de- 
pend chiefly  on  its  Volatile  Oil. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Carminative.     May  be  used  in  Infusion. 

OLEUM  ORIGANI,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  Oil  of  Marjoram  :  called  Oil  of  Thyme. 

Distil  the  herb  with  water.  A  reddish  oil  is  obtained,  which  becomes  colourless  on  re- 
distillation. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  in  doses  of  n^v. — n^x.  Chiefly  used  exter- 
nally, with  Olive  Oil,  &c.,  as  a  remedy  for  toothache. 

Tribe  Melissinea.     Corol  2-lipped.     Stamens   distant.     Anther-cells 
connected  above. 

MELISSA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.  E.  D.    (MELISSA,  U.  S.)     Herba,  D.  Herb, 
E.     Common  Balm.     Didyn.  Gymnospermia,  Linn. 

This  plant  is  supposed  to  be  the  MsXitftfixpiiXXov  of  Dioscorides. 


490  SCROPHULARIA    NODOSA.  [Coroll flora. 

Stem  branched,  1 — 2  feet  high.  Leaves  ovate,  acute,  cordate  at  base,  crenate.  Flow- 
ers white,  in  axillary  unilateral  racemes.  Calyx  13-nerved,  subcampanulate,  slightly  ven- 
tricose  in  front,  2-lipped,  upper  lip  flat,  truncate,  with  3  short  broad  teeth,  lower  with  2 
lanceolate  teeth.  Corol,  upper  lip  concave,  lower  spreading,  trifid,  with  apices  of  stamens 
connivent  under  the  upper  lip  of  the  corol.  Anther-cells  divergent. — South  of  Europe ; 
cultivated  in  English  gardens. — Esenb.  and  Eberm.  180. 

Balm  has  an  agreeable  odour,  like  that  of  the  Citron,  and  a  mild 
aromatic  taste,  with  a  little  astringency,  its  properties  depending,  as 
in  the  other  Labiatae,  on  volatile  Oil,  Bitter  principle,  and  Tannin. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Stimulant.  Much  used  on  the  Continent  in 
the  slighter  Nervous  affections,  generally  in  the  form  of  Infusion  (3iv. 
— Aq.  Oj.)  or  Balm  Tea. 

Tribe  Stachydece.  Stamens  approximating,  parallel  under  the  upper 
lip  of  the  corol,  2  inferior  largest.  Calyx  tubular  or  bell-shaped, 
spreading  in  front. 

MARRUBIUM  VULGARE,  Linn.  L.  D.  (Marubium,  U.  S.)  Herba,  D. 
White  horehound. 

This  is  considered  to  be  the  irgao'iov  of  the  Greeks,  and  Marrubium 
Pliny. 

Stem  bushy,  erect,  hoary.  Leaves  ovate  and  attenuated  into  a  petiole,  or  roundish- 
cordate,  crenate,  surfaces  wrinkled  and  veiny,  more  or  less  woolly.  Flowers  many,  white, 
in  dense  whorls.  Calyx  woolly,  with  10  subulate,  recurved,  spreading  teeth.  Corol  upper 
lip  erect,  cloven,  lower  3-lobed,  middle  lobe  the  largest.  Stamens  included  within  the 
tube  of  the  corol.  Anther-cells  divaricating,  bursting  longitudinally.  Style  with  short 
obtuse  lobes.  Achaenia  flatly  truncate. — Europe  and  northern  parts  of  Asia. — E.  B.  410. 
Nees  von  E.  174. 

Horehound  has  an  aromatic,  somewhat  musky  odour,  and  a  warm 
and  bitter  taste.  It  contains  volatile  Oil,  a  Bitter  principle,  and  Tan- 
nin (Gallic  acid,  e.  4*  v.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Tonic.  Much  used  in  popular  me- 
dicine, in  Chronic  Catarrhs,  and  supposed  also  to  possess  some  Em- 
menagogue  properties,  in  the  form  of  Infusion  (3iv. — Aq.  Oj.) 

SCROPHULARINE.E,  /?.  Brown.     Figworte. 

Herbs  or  undershrubs,  with  roundish,  or  four-cornered,  jointed  stems.  Leaves  alternate 
or  opposite,  sometimes  whorled,  entire  or  cut,  sometimes  pinnately  so,  decurrent,  without 
stipules.  Flowers  complete,  irregular,  sometimes  regular,  inflorescence  various.  Calyx 
persistent,  5-  or  4-parted.  Corolla  inserted  into  the  receptacle,  irregular  or  unequal, 
5-lobed,  imbricate.  Stamens  inserted  into  the  corolla,  and  usually  fewer  than  its  lobes, 
often  4,  didynamous,  sometimes  2 ;  anthers  without  appendages.  Ovary  free,  2-celled, 
many-ovuled.  Style  1.  Stigma  entire  or  2-lobed.  Fruit  2-celled,  or  a  berry;  capsules 
opening  by  valves  or  opercula.  Embryo  in  the  axis  of  a  fleshy  albumen,  straight,  with 
the  radicle  towards  the  hilum. — The  Scrophularinese  are  closely  allied  on  one  side  to  La. 
biatte,  &c.  and  on  the  other  to  SolanecR ;  in  fact,  Verbascum  is  sometimes  placed  in  Sola- 
neffi,  sometimes  in  Scrophularineee.  These  are  found  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  but  chiefly 
in  temperate  climates,  though  some  are  to  be  found  within  the  tropics,  and  a  few  in  cold 
countries.  They  are  chiefly  mucilaginous,  some  slightly  acrid  and  bitter ;  but  Digitalis 
is  possessed  of  active  properties. 

SCROPHULARIA  NODOSA,  Linn.  Folia,  D.  Leaves  of  Knotted  Figwort. 
Didynamia  Angiospermia,  Linn. 

Scrophutaria  has  long  been  an  article  of  domestic  medicine. 


Scrophularinea:.]  DIGITALIS    PURPURE  A.  491 

Root  thick  and  knotty,  whence  the  specific  name  of  this  species.  Stems  2—3  feet  high, 
acutely  4-angled.  Leaves  ovale,  acute,  subcordate,  smooth,  deeply  serrate,  lower  serra- 
tures  largest,  all  acute.  Inflorescence  a  lax  cyme.  Calyx  5-lobed,  divisions  roundish- 
ovate,  with  a  narrow  membranous  margin.  Corel  globose,  of  a  greenish  purple  colour, 
sometimes  white;  limb  minute,  of  2  short  lips,  upper  2-lobed,  lower  3-lobed.  The  rudi- 
ment of  the  5th  stamen  transversely  oblong,  slightly  emarginate.  Capsules  ovate,  open- 
ing by  2  valves,  with  their  margins  inflexed,  2-celled. — Indigenous  in  moist  situations  ; 
flowers  in  July.— E.  B.  1544. 

The  leaves  have  a  rather  disagreeable  odour,  and  a  bitter,  slightly 
acrid  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Possessed  of  a  little  irritant  property;  hence  its 
fomentation  was  formerly  applied,  as  well  as  its  ointment,  to  cutane- 
ous affections,  tumours,  &c. 

UNGUENTUM  SCROPHULARI.E,  D.     Ointment  of  Scrophularia. 

Prep.  Boil  fresh  leaves  of  Scrophularia  nodosa  ftij.  in  prepared  Hogs'  Lard  fljij.  and 
prepared  Mutton  Suet  ftij.  till  crisp.  Strain  by  expression. 

DIGITALIS  FOLIA,  L.  D.    (DIGITALIS,  U.  S.)    Leaves,  E.  and  DIGITALIS 
SEMINA,  L.     Seeds  of  DIGITALIS  PURPUREA,  Linn.     Foxglove. 

Foxglove  does  not  appear  to  have  been  known  to  the  ancients. 
Fuchsius,  was  the  first  to  describe  it,  and  to  name  it  Digitalis,  from 
the  resemblance  of  its  flowers  to  the  finger  of  a  glove.  It  was  ad- 
mitted into  the  L.  P.  of  1668  and  1721,  rejected  in  that  of  1745. 
Withering  brought  it  into  permanent  notice  in  1775. 

Biennial.  Root  fibrous.  In  the  first  year  a  tuft  of  radical  leaves  is  thrown  up,  from 
the  midst  of  which  rises,  in  the  second  year,  a  stem  1 — 5  feet  high,  which  is  erect,  wand- 
like,  and  leafy,  slightly  angled  and  downy,  in  some  varieties  with  a  purple  tinge,  as  well 
as  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaves.  Leaves  alternate,  ovate-lanceolate,  or  oblong,  cre- 
nate,  and  rugose,  downy,  especially  on  the  under  surface,  tapering  at  the  base  into  winged 
footstalks.  Racemes  terminal,  long,  and  lax,  on  which  the  pendulous  flowers  appear  on 
one  side  in  slow  succession.  Flowers  crimson,  purple,  marked  with  eye-like  spots,  and 
hairy  within,  sometimes  white.  Calyx  5-parted,  segments  ovate,  or  oblong-acute.  Corol 
declinate,  much  longer  than  the  calyx,  contracted  at  the  base,  campanula te  and  ventricose 
above,  with  an  oblique  limb;  upper  limb  emarginate,  lower  3-fid,  with  the  middle  lobe  the 
largest,  all  short,  obtuse.  Stamens  4,  didynamous,  ascending  ;  anthers  smooth.  Stigma 
bilamellate.  Capsule  ovate-acute,  with  a  septicidal  dehiscence.  Seeds  very  small,  of  a 
pale  brownish  colour,  and  pitted. — Indigenous  and  also  common  chiefly  in  the  western 
parts  of  the  Continent :  found  on  pastures  and  exposed  hill-sides,  as  also  in  plantations  : 
begins  to  flower  in  June  and  July,  and  ripens  its  seed  in  August  and  September. — Nees 
von  E.  154.  St.  and  Ch.  i.  18. 

Both  the  leaves  and  seeds  are  officinal,  but  the  latter  are  seldom 
employed.  The  roots,  collected  in  the  autumn  or  winter  of  their  first 
year,  are  possessed  of  active  properties.  The  leaves  of  this  plant, 
like  the  leaves  of  all  biennial  plants,  Dr.  Houlton  says,  should  be  ga- 
thered in  the  second  year  of  their  duration,  and  as  soon  as  possible 
after  the  first  flowers  have  expanded :  he  also  prefers  those  of  the 
plants  having  a  purplish  stem.  Dr.  Christison,  however,  thinks  this 
is  a  needless — it  is  at  least  a  safe — restriction.  He  has  observed  that 
their  bitterness,  which  probably  measures  their  activity,  is  very  in- 
tense both  in  February  and  September,  and  that  their  extract  is  highly 
energetic  as  a  poison  in  the  middle  of  April,  before  any  appearance 
of  the  flowering  stem.  Full-grown  and  perfect  leaves  should  be 
chosen,  especially  of  such  plants  as  grow  spontaneously  in  open  situa- 


492  DIGITALIS    PURPUREA.  [Corottiflora;. 

tions.  They  should  be  carefully  dried  in  a  dark  airy  room,  and  the 
midrib  separated,  and  kept  so  that  the  light  be  excluded.  They 
should  be  renewed  annually,  have  a  dull,  but  when  powdered,  a  fine 
green  colour,  a  slight  odour,  with  the  strong  bitterness  of  the  recent 
plant.  The  juice  of  the  fresh  plant  may  be  expressed  and  evaporated 
to  the  consistence  of  an  extract,  or  its  active  properties  imparted  to 
water  or  Spirit.  The  leaves  of  Digitalis  have  been  found  to  contain 
traces  of  Volatile  Oil,  Fixed  Fatty  matter,  a  red  extractiform  Colouring 
matter,  Chlorophylle,  Albumen,  Starch,  Sugar,  Gum,  salts  of  Potash, 
of  Lime,  and  of  Magnesia,  but  also  an  acid,  partly  free  and  partly 
combined,  probably  with  a  Bitter  principle  (Digitatine),  on  which  the 
activity  of  the  plant  seems  to  depend.  (Homolle.')  This  Bitter  matter 
is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  a  little  so  in  Ether,  and  dissolves  in  water  with 
the  aid  of  the  substances  with  which  it  is  combined  and  mixed.  It 
has  been  known  that  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  produces  a  greenish-black 
and  Tincture  of  Gall-nuts  a  grayish  precipitate,  and  it  was  by  means 
of  Tannin  and  Oxide  of  Lead  that  M.  Homolle  and  subsequently  M. 
Henry  have  succeeded  in  isolating  digitaline,  which  is  excessively 
bitter,  a  little  irritant,  scarcely  soluble  in  water,  very  soluble  in  Spirit ; 
melts  with  heat,  and  may  be  drawn  into  long  threads  of  a  pearly  ap- 
pearance ;  cooled,  it  is  easily  reduced  to  a  yellowish-white  powder, 
which  must  be  kept  from  air  and  light.  From  its  solution  in  Spirit 
it  may  be  separated  in  beautiful  white  scales.  Dr.  Morries  Sterling, 
by  the  destructive  distillation  of  the  dried  leaves,  obtained  an  empy- 
reumatic  oil,  containing  a  crystalline  principle  possessed  of  Narcotic 
properties. 

The  leaves  of  Foxglove  are  apt  to  be  intermixed  with  those  of 
Verbascum  Thapsus,  also  with  those  of  Symphitum  officinale,  and 
sometimes  with  those  of  Conyza  squarrosa,  but  they  may  be  distin- 
guished by  attending  to  the  description,  or  by  comparison  with  genuine 
leaves. 

Action.  Uses.  Indirectly  Sedative,  that  is,  first  exciting  and  then 
greatly  diminishing  the  force  and  frequency  of  the  heart's  action.  The 
intestinal  canal  is  apt  to  be  disordered  by  large  doses,  as  well  as  the 
brain  and  organs  of  the  senses  affected  by  vertigo,  &c.  The  kidneys 
are  often  acted  on,  and  the  secretion  of  urine  increased.  It  is  cumu- 
lative in  its  effects ;  therefore,  when  nausea  or  intermission  of  the 
pulse  occurs,  its  use  should  be  discontinued  fora  time,  and  the  patient 
should  not  rise  from  the  recumbent  position  when  under  its  influence. 
It  has  been  used  to  control  the  circulation,  in  diseases  of  the  Heart, 
in  Fever,  in  Inflammations,  and  in  Pulmonary  affections  after  the 
acute  symptoms  have  subsided,  and  is  useful  in  excitement  from  ner- 
vous irritability.  It  is  much  prescribed  as  a  Diuretic  in  Dropsies  of 
all  kinds,  but  is  most  useful  in  those  associated  with  a  debilitated  and 
generally  diseased  state  of  the  constitution. 

D.  Of  the  powder  to  act  as  a  Sedative,  gr.  j. — gr.  jss.  should  be 
given  5  or  6  times  a  day,  carefully  watching  its  effects.  As  a  Diu- 
retic, gr.  j. — gr.  iij.  3  times  a  day,  usually  with  some  aromatic ;  but 
those  containing  Tannin  may  precipitate  its  active  principle. 

Antidotes.  In  cases  of  poisoning,  or  of  excessive  doses,  evacuate 
the  stomach,  and  assist  the  vomiting  with  diluents;  prescribe  as- 


ScrophularineoK.}  VERBASCUM.  493 

tringents  containing  Tannin,  as  Infusion  of  Nutgalls,  of  Oak-bark,  of 
Green  Tea  ;  preserve  the  recumbent  position  ;  administer  Ammonia, 
Wine,  Brandy,  Aromatics. 

INFUSUM  DIGITALIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Foxglove. 

Prep.  In  a  vessel  lightly  covered  infuse  for  4  hours  dried  Leaves  of  Digitalis  3j. 
(3ij.  E.)  in  boiling  Aq.  de.st.  Oj.  (fgxviij.  E.  by  measure  fess.  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or 
calico,  E.)  Then  add  Spirit  of  Cinnamon,  f3j.  (f3ij.  E.  3ss.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Effective  preparation  in  doses  of  f3iv.  —  f3j.  every  3 
or  6  hours. 

TINCTCRA  DIGITALIS,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  Foxglove. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14,  L.  (7,  D.)  days  dried  leaves  (rejecting  the  larger,  D.  and  in 
moderately  fine  powder,  E.  D.)  of  Digitalis  giv.  (3ij.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  mea- 
sure fcj.  D.)  Strain.  (Much  better  prepared  by  percolation,  as  Tinct.  Capsicum.  If  fgxv. 
of  Spirit  be  passed  through,  the  density  is  944,  and  f3j.  contains  gr.  xxiv.  of  solid  con- 
tents, E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative,  Diuretic,  in  doses  of  rftx.  —  rnjxl.  gradually 
increased.  Much  larger  doses  have  been  given  without  detriment  ; 
but  much  depends  upon  the  nature  of  the  preparation. 

EXTRACTUM  DIGITALIS,  L.  E.     Extract  of  Foxglove. 

Prep.  From  fresh  leaves  of  Digitalis,  E.  prepare  as  Extractum  Aconiti,  L.,  or  by  any 
of  the  processes  given  for  Extr.  Conium,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Effective,  if  carefully  prepared,  in  doses  of  gr.  ss.  — 
gr4 
PILULJE  DIGITALIS  ET  SCILL^E,  E.     Foxglove  and  Squill  Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass,  with  Conserve  of  Red  Roses,  Digitalis  and  Squill  aa 
1  part,  Aromatic  Electuary  2  parts.  Divide  into  4-gr.  pills. 

Action.  Uses.  Diuretic  in  doses  of  gr.  iv.  —  gr.  viij.,  the  certainty  of 
action  being  increased  by  combination  with  the  Squill. 

LINIMENTUM  DIGITALIS.  The  Diuretic  effects  of  Digitalis  may  be 
often  secured  by  rubbing  the  Tincture  with  Soap  Liniment  on  the 
abdomen.  Or  make  a  Liniment  with  Inf.  Digitalis  f3ij.  Liq.  Ammo- 
nia 3ij.  01.  Papaverum  3iv.  to  be  used  2  or  3  times  a  day,  diluting  it 
if  necessary. 

VERBASCUM,  D.     Folia,  D.      Leaves  of  VERBASCUM  THAPSUS,  Linn. 
Great  Mullein.     Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

The  genus  Verbascum  is  placed  by  some  botanists  among  Solaneae, 
and  by  others  in  this  family.     This  species  is  supposed  to  be  the 
of  Dioscorides. 


Biennial.  Stem  single,  4  —  5  feet  high,  woolly,  thrown  up  in  its  second  year.  Leaves 
ovate-oblong,  crenate,  densely  woolly  on  both  sides,  all  decurrent.  Spike  long,  terminal, 
very  dense,  pedicels  shorter  than  the  deeply  5-parted  calyx.  Corol  yellow,  about  twice  as 
long  as  the  calyx,  rotate  ;  limb  spreading,  5-clefl,  unequal,  segments  oblong,  obtuse.  Sta- 
mens 5,  unequal;  filaments  woolly,  two  longer  nearly  glabrous,  and  about  4  times  longer 
than  their  slightly  decurrent  anthers,  which  are  all  nearly  equal,  adnate,  by  confluence 
1-celled.  Capsules  2-celled,  2-valved,  the  valves  slightly  bifid.  —  Indigenous  throughout 
Europe  in  waste  ground.  —  E.  B.  549. 


494  DULCAMARA.  [Corolliflora. 

The  leaves,  which  are  alone  officinal,  are  woolly  on  both  sides,  and 
have  a  mucilaginous  and  slightly  bitter  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  The  Infusion  or  Decoction  may  be 
taken  internally  or  used  externally  as  a  fomentation,  or  the  boiled 
leaves  applied  as  a  cataplasm. 

SOLANE.E,  Jussieu.    Nightshades.     Pentand.  Monog.  Linn. 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs  or  shrubs,  with  watery  juice.  Leaves  alternate,  the  upper 
ones  often  in  pairs,  unequal,  simple,  often  lobed.  Stipules  wanting  or  spurious.  Flowers 
regular,  axillary,  or  often  out  of  the  axils ;  pedicels  without  bracts.  Calyx  5-fid  or  in  5 
divisions,  persistent,  or  the  limb  deciduous  and  base  persistent.  Corolla  inserted  into  the 
receptacle,  usually  regular,  and  5-fid ;  aestivation  plaited,  rarely  valvate.  Stamens  5, 
inserted  into  the  corolla,  and  alternate  with  its  lobes.  Anthers  at  the  apex  of  an  acute 
filament.  Ovary  free,  2-cellcd,  sometimes  4-  or  5-  celled;  placentte  attached  to  the  parti- 
tion or  projected  from  the  central  angle.  Style  1.  Stigma  simple.  Fruit  capsular  or 
berried,  with  2  or  4  cells.  Seeds  numerous,  compressed  laterally  or  from  the  back.  Em- 
bryo in  the  former  straight,  in  the  axis  of  fleshy  albumen,  in  the  latter  curved,  peripheral, 
or  spiral. — The  Solaneae  are  allied  to  Convolvulacece,  &c.,  especially  to  Hydroleacese. 
They  are  with  difficulty  distinguished  from  some  of  the  Scrophularineae.  (t/.  Verbascum.) 
The  Solanese  chiefly  inhabit  tropical  regions,  where  many  are  shrubby  and  even  aboreous; 
a  few  extend  into  the  temperate  and  even  cold  climates  of  higher  latitudes.  Several  of 
the  species  are  remarkable  for  their  narcotic  properties. 

DULCAMARA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Caulis,  L.  D.     Twigs,  E.  of  SOLANUM 
DULCAMARA,  Linn.     Bitter  Sweet.     Woody  Nightshade. 

Dulcamara  is  supposed  to  have  been  employed  by  the  ancients,  but 
has  been  distinctly  known  only  since  the  time  of  Tragus. 

Root  woody.  Stem  shrubby,  flexible,  twining  in  hedges  and  over  shrubs  to  the  height 
of  12  or  15  feet.  Leaves  cordate-ovate,  the  upper  ones  more  or  less  auriculate,  halberd- 
shaped,  all  generally  smooth,  acute,  and  entire  at  the  margin.  Racemes  spreading,  cyme- 
like,  opposite  to  the  leaves,  or  terminal.  Flowers  drooping.  Bracts  minute.  Calyx  per- 
manent, 5-parted.  Corol  rotate,  5-parted  purple — coloured  with  two  green  spots  at  the 
base  of  each  segment.  Anthers  5,  yellow,  erect,  connivent,  opening  by  2  pores  at  the 
apex.  Berry  scarlet,  ovoid,  juicy,  many-seeded. — Indigenous  in  woods  and  hedges  through- 
out Europe  ;  found  also  in  Asia  and  America. — Nees  von  E.  188.  St.  and  Ch.  ]  7. 

Solatium  nigrum,  a  small  leafy  plant,  with  obtusely  angled  acute  leaves,  with  white 
rotate  flowers,  and  berries  about  the  size  of  peas,  is  said  to  have  the  same  properties  as 
the  above;  but  it  is  also  narcotic.  Its  leaves  are  sometimes  sold  for  those  of  Belladonna. 
The  twigs  of  the  Potato  (Solanum  tuberosum),  of  which  the  tubers  are  so  important  on 
account  of  their  starch,  are  also  said  to  possess  some  of  the  same  properties. 

The  officinal  part  is  the  stem  and  twigs,  which  should  be  collected 
in  autumn.  They  are  about  the  thickness  of  a  pen,  usually  cut  into 
short  pieces,  sometimes  split  down  the  middle  ;  and  when  dry,  they 
are  light,  wrinkled,  containing  much  pith,  and  of  a  grayish  colour. 
In  this  state  they  are  scentless  but  have  a  bitter  taste,  followed  by  a 
slight  degree  of  sweetness.  It  is  probable  that  the  root,  leaves,  and 
berries  have  the  same  properties,  which  are  taken  up  both  by  water 
and  Spirit.  Analyzed,  the  twigs  have  been  found  to  contain  an  alkali, 
Solanine  or  Solania,  Gum,  Gluten,  with  Potash  and  Lime  salts. 
Pfaff  indicates  the  presence  of  a  Bitter  principle  with  a  sweet  after- 
taste, which  he  names  Dulcamarine.  Solania,  when  purified,  is 
white,  pearly,  imperfectly  crystalline.  It  restores  the  colour  of  Lit- 
mus, reddened  by  an  acid.  Iodine  and  Iodide  of  Potassium  pro- 
duce a  permanently  dark  and  turbid  brown  colour  with  the  solutions 


Solanece.] 


BELLADONNA. 


495 


of  Solanine  and  its  salts.  It  has  a  faint  bitter  taste;  its  salts  scarcely 
crystallize ;  it  does  not  dilate  the  pupil,  but  is  said  to  be  a  powerful 
narcotic. 

Action.    Uses.     Alterative   in  Cutaneous  diseases,  &c.,  having  a 
slight  determination  to  the  skin  and  kidneys,  also  slightly  Narcotic. 

DECOCTUM  DULCAMARA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Decoction  of  Dulcamara. 

Prep.  Take  sliced  Dulcamara  3x.  (3j. E.  D.  U.S.)  Aq.  desi.Ojss.  (fSxxiv.  E.  by  mea- 
sure fcjss.  D.)     Boil  down  to  Oj.  (f  3xvj.  E.  fej.  D.)     Strain. 

Jlction.  Uses.    Alterative,  &c.,  in  doses  of  f3iss.  2  or  3  times  a  day 
with  some  aromatic  water. 

BELLADONNA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Folia,  L.  Leaves,  E.  Belladonna  Folia 
et  Belladonna?  Radix,  D.  Leaves  and  Root,  D.  of  ATROPA  BELLA- 
DONNA, Linn.  Deadly  Nightshade,  or  Dwale. 

This  plant  has  been  supposed  to  be  the  Mandragora  of  Theophras- 
tus,  and  the  strykhnos  ma- 

nicos  of  Dioscorides ;  but  *'i-  81. 

it  has  been  distinctly 
known  only  since  the  time 
of  Tragus,  and  is  said  to 
have  been  first  used  in  Ger- 
many as  a  cure  for  can- 
cer. 

This  plant  (fig.  81)  has  a  lurid 
hue,  and,  when  bruised,  a  fretid 
odour.  Root  perennial,  branched, 
but  fleshy,  white  internally.  Stems 
annual,  herbaceous,  3-5  feet  high, 
branched,  round,  slightly  downy 
or  velvety,  with  a  tinge  of  red. 
Leaves  with  short  footstalks,  la- 
teral, often  in  pairs  of  unequal 
size,  broadly  ovale.acute,  entire, 
smooth  and  soft,  4  or  5  inches  in 
length,  often  with  hairs  on  under- 
surface.  Flowers  solitary,  imper- 
fectly axillary,  stalked,  about  an 
inch  in  length,  rather  drooping. 
Calyx  eampanulate,  5-cleft.  Corol 
(1)  eampanulate,  an  inch  long,  or 
twice  the  length  of  the  calyx, 
greenish  towards  the  base,  but  of 
a  dark  purple  towards  its  5-lobed 
equal  border.  Stamens  5,  distant 
above.  Style  (2)  as  long  as  the 
corol.  Stigma  (3)  capitate.  Berry 
(4)  seated  in  the  enlarged  calyx, 
globose,  2-celled,  of  a  shining  vio- 
let-black colour,  about  the  size  of 
a  small  cherry,  with  a  longitudinal 
furrow  on  each  side,  2-celled,  Containing  numerous  reniform  seeds  in  a  mawkishly 
sweet  but  neither  agreeable  nor  nauseous  pulp. — Indigenous  in  waste,  often  shady 
places,  in  many  parts  of  Europe.  Flowers  in  June  and  July,  and  its  berries  are  ripe 
in  September.— E.  B.  592.  Nees  von  E.  191.  St.  and  Ch.  1. 

The  root  of  Belladonna,  which  is  branched,  thick,  fleshy,  and  often 


49G  BELLADONNA.  [Corolliflorcs. 

a  foot  or  more  in  length,  is  white  internally  when  fresh,  becomes  of  a 
grayish  colour  when  dried.  The  taste  is  slight,  but  bitter;  the  odour 
feeble,  but  its  properties  energetic.  It  should  be  collected  in  autumn 
or  spring,  and  the  leaves  about  the  time  of  flowering.  These,  when 
stripped  from  their  stems  and  carefully  dried,  have  a  dull-green 
colour,  very  little  odour,  with  a  slight  bitter  taste.  The  leaves  of 
Solarium  nigrum,  as  well  as  of  S.  Dulcamara  (v.  p.  494),  are  some- 
times actually  sold  by  herbalists  for  those  of  Belladonna,  and  conse- 
quently must  be  frequently  employed  medicinally  by  those  who  look 
for  the  powerful  effects  of  this  medicine,  and  being  disappointed,  will 
afterwards  pronounce  upon  the  inefficiency  of  the  drug. 

The  leaves  of  Belladonna,  analyzed  by  Brandes,  yielded  Gum, 
Starch,  Albumen,  Chlorophylle,  a  little  Wax,  several  Salts,  Lig- 
nine,  and  water,  with  two  nitrogenous  substances,  and  an  acid 
Malate  of  Atropia.  This  alkali,  upon  which  he  considered  the 
medical  properties  to  depend,  has  since  been  obtained  by  other  che- 
mists in  white  crystals,  which  are  without  odour ;  are  fused  by  heat 
in  closed  vessels,  volatilized  above  212°,  but  burn  in  air;  soluble  in 
Alcohol,  sparingly  so  in  Ether,  more  so  in  boiling  water.  It  corn- 
bines  with  acids,  forming  salts,  which  are  bitter,  and  have  the  poison- 
ous properties  of  Atropia.  This  is  bitter  in  taste,  also  a  little  acrid, 
dilates  the  pupils,  and  is  very  poisonous,  but  forms  only  a  small  pro- 
portion of  the  plant.  The  proportion  of  its  constituents  is  uncertain. 
(C33H"O3N  ?) 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne,  Antispasmodic ;  externally  Anodyne,  and 
used  by  surgeons  for  dilating  the  pupil.  The  roots  possess  the  same 
properties  as  the  leaves,  and  the  berries  have  frequently  proved  poi- 
sonous to  children.  Dryness  and  stricture  in  the  throat,  difficulty  of 
swallowing,  nausea,  &c.,  dimness  of  vision,  dilatation  of  the  pupil, 
vertigo,  mirthful  or  extravagant  delirium,  followed  by  coma,  are  ex- 
perienced. It  sometimes  induces  sleep  from  relieving  pain.  Anodyne 
in  Neuralgic  and  other  pains ;  more  applicable  to  those  which  are 
external  than  to  internal  pains.  Antispasmodic  in  Hooping  and  other 
coughs.  Thought  by  some  to  be  Prophylactic  against  Scarlatina. 

D.  Of  the  powder  gr.  j.  gradually  increased  to  gr.  v.  or  until  dry- 
ness  of  the  throat  is  experienced.  Atropia  ^  of  a  grain  produces  all 
the  same  symptoms,  and  has  been  used  for  dilating  the  pupil. 

ExTRACTUM  (SUCCUS  SPISSATUS,  D.)   BELLADONNA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)    Extract 

of  Belladonna. 

Prep.  To  be  prepared  (from  fresh  leaves  of  Atropa  Belladonna,  like  Succus  spissatus 
Aconiti,  p.  244.  D.)  like  Extr.  Aconiti,  L.  Bruise  into  a  uniform  pulp  in  a  marble  mor- 
tar fresh  Belladonna  q.  s.  Express,  moisten  with  water,  and  again  express.  Unite  the 
expressed  fluids,  niter,  and  evaporate  the  filtered  liquids  in  the  vapour-bath  to  the  consis- 
tence of  firm  extract,  stirring  constantly  towards  the  close,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Extract  of  Belladonna  is  an  uncertain  prepara- 
tion, because  it  is  not  always  prepared  with  care.  The  E.  P.  direc- 
tions are  suited  to  insure  a  good  preparation,  and  the  Extract  pre- 
pared in  vacuo  is  an  energetic  one.  Dr.  Christison  suggests  the  pre- 


Solanece.]  CAPSICUM.  497 

paration  of  an  Alcoholic  Extract,  like  that  of  Aconite  of  the  E.  P.  (v. 
p.  244.) 

D.  gr.  ss.  or  gr.  j.  2  or  3  times  a  day,  gradually  increased  to  gr.  v. 
until  the  peculiar  effects  of  Belladonna  are  observed.  It  is  often  di- 
luted with  water  and  applied  on  the  eyebrow,  to  dilate  the  pupil,  or  a 
solution  dropped  into  the  eye ;  or  it  may  be  applied  externally  as  a 
liniment,  or  applied  endermically  to  relieve  severe  pains.  It  has  also 
been  applied  to  the  os  uteri  in  protracted  first  labours,  and  in  stric- 
ture of  the  urethra,  and  spasm  of  the  sphincter  ani,  &c. 

[EXTRACTUM  BELLADONNA  ALCOHOLICUM,  (U.  S.) 

This  is  intended  as  a  substitute  for  the  preceding.  The  formula  directs  Belladonna 
leaves  in  coarse  powder,  fej.,  Diluted  Alcohol  Oiv.  Moisten  with  half  a  pint  of  fluid  and 
allow  to  stand  for  24  hours,  then  transfer  to  a  percolator  and  displace,  driving  over  the 
last  quantity  of  fluid  with  water.  Evaporate  the  solution  to  the  proper  consistence.] 

EMPLASTRUM  BELLADONNJE,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Belladonna  Plaster. 

Prep.  In  a  water-bath  (with  gentle  heat,  E.)  melt  Resin  Plaster  (Soap  Plaster  3ij. 
D.)  giij.  to  this  add  Extract  of  Belladonna  3jss.  Agitate  briskly  and  mix.  (Make  a 
plaster,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne  in  Neuralgic  and  other  pains.  Bella- 
donna may  also  be  applied  externally  in  the  form  of  its  Infusion,  as  a 
Lotion,  or  as  an  Ointment,  with  some  of  the  Extract  rubbed  up  with 
water,  or  with  simple  Ointment. 

Succus  BELLADONNA,  as  prepared  by  Mr.  Bentley,  is  an  effective 
preparation. 

TINCTURE  OF  BELLADONNA,  (U.  S.)  Macerate  Belladonna  leaves 
dried  3ij.  (3iv.  U.  S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  (Diluted  Alcohol,  Oij.  U.  S.)  for 
14  days.  May  be  given  in  d'oses  of  n^xv. — rftxxx. 

Antidotes.  Emetics  and  Purgatives,  Astringent  Infusions  ?  appli- 
cation of  cold  to  the  head,  and  the  use  of  the  ordinary  external 
stimuli ;  Ammonia  internally  in  the  Comatose  state,  as  in  Digitalis, 
p,  492. 

CAPSICUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Bacca3,  L.     Capsulse  cum  seminibus,  D. 
Fruit,  E.  of  CAPSICUM  ANNUUM,  Linn.     Capsicum.     Chillies. 

The  several  species  of  Capsicum  are  natives  of  South  America, 
whence  they  have  been  introduced  into  the  Old  World,  and  become 
universally  diffused,  from  the  fondness  of  Asiatics  for  warm  condi- 
ments. The  Hindoos,  though  cultivating  the  Capsicum  extensively, 
have  no  specific  name  for  it,  but  call  it  Red  Pepper.  "  Chilli,  either 
simply  or  in  composition,  being  the  Mexican  name  for  all  the  varie- 
ties and  species  of  this  genus"  (R.  Brown),  indicates  that  the  genus  is 
American.  Many  varieties  have  no  doubt  been  raised  to  the  rank  of 
species.  The  genus  is  distinguished  by  its  berry-like  but  dry  fruit. 

The  officinal  Capsicum  is  annual,  smooth,  dark-green  in  colour,  from  1 — 2  feet  high, 
with  branched,  furrowed,  angular  stems.  Leaves  ovate,  acuminate,  sometimes  lanceo- 
late, entire,  shining,  sometimes  hairy  beneath  on  the  veins.  Flowers  small,  white,  axil- 
lary, solitary,  drooping.  Calyx  5-cleft.  Corol.  rotate,  equal.  Stamens  5 ;  filaments, 
short;  anthers  dark-coloured,  connivent,  opening  longitudinally.  Fruit  firm,  succulent 

32 


498  CAPSICUM.  [CorolliflorcB. 

2-celled,  containing  numerous  dry  flat  seeds.  The  fruit  varies  much  in  form,  being  round, 
oblong,  cordate,  or  horned,  and  either  scarlet  or  yellow,  and  more  or  less  pungent  in  taste. 
The  horn-shaped  variety  is  most  common,  from  2 — 3  inches  in  length,  and  from  J — 1 
inch  diameter  at  the  base,  and  usually  called  Capsicums,  and  the  plant  C.  annuum.  One 
variety,  called  Cockspur-pepper,  has  the  fruit  long  and  slender.  Sometimes  the  fruit  is 
globose  or  lobed  :  the  variety  is  then  called  C.  baccatum.  When  the  fruit  is  small,  elon- 
gated, and  pointed,  the  variety  is  called  Bird-pepper,  and  botanically  C.  minimum.  When 
the  plants  are  allowed  to  grow  beyond  the  year,  they  become  shrubby,  and  form  the  spe- 
cies or  variety  called  C.  frutescens. — Cultivated  in  all  hot  countries,  but  also  under  glass 
in  this  country. — Nees  von  E.  190.  St.  and  Ch.  44. 

The  Berry  or  fruit  of  the  Capsicum,  in  its  dried  state,  is  the  only 
officinal  part.  These,  when  powdered,  form  Cayenne  Pepper,  but 
are  often  preserved  in  vinegar  as  a  pickle,  and  the  fluid  likewise  em- 
ployed under  the  name  of  Chilly  Vinegar.  The  active  properties  are 
taken  up  also  by  water,  Spirit,  Ether,  and  fixed  oils.  Analyzed  by 
Forchammer,  a  red  Colouring  matter,  a  nitrogenous  substance,  Mu- 
cilage, and  some  salts ;  among  these  Nitrate  of  Potash  and  an  alka- 
line body,  Capsicine,  white,  brilliant,  pearly,  and  very  acrid.  But 
Braconnot  describes  the  acrid  principle  as  of  an  oleaginous  nature, 
very  acrid  in  taste,  readily  volatilizing,  and  diffusing  a  very  acrid 
vapour. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient,  Acrid  Stimulant.  Much  used  as  a 
Condiment  in  hot  countries.  Sometimes  used  as  a  Counter-irritant, 
with  salt  as  a  Stimulant  in  Scarlatina  maligna,  as  a  Gargle  in  relaxed 
sore  throat,  or  in  the  form  of  Cayenne  Lozenges. 

TINCTURA  CAPSICI,  L.  E  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Capsicum. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  Capsicum  3x.  (3j.  D.  [U.  S.])  in  Proof 
Spirit  Oij.  (feij.  D.)  (Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  U.  S.)  Strain.  (Squeeze  and  filter;  or  it  is 
better  prepared  by  percolation,  to  be  commenced  as  soon  as  the  Capsicum  in  fine  powder 
is  made  into  a  pulp  with  a  little  of  the  Spirit,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant.  Stimulant  in  doses  of  n^v. — f  3ss.  or  as  a 
Gargle  (H3iv. — Inf.  Rosse  f3viij.)  Dr.  Turnbull  uses  a  concentrated 
Tincture  (3iv.  to  Rect.  Sp.  f3xij.)  as  a  Counter-irritant. 

STRAMONII  FOLIA,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  (Stramonium,  E.)  Leaves  (Herb,  E.) 
and  STRAMONII  SEMINA,  L.  D.  (SEMEN,  U.  S.)  Seeds  of  DATURA 
STRAMONIUM,  Linn.  Thornapple. 

Species  of  Datura  (Sans.  Dhatoord)  have  long  been  employed  me- 
dicinally by  the  Hindoos,  and  were  thus  made  known  to  the  Arabs, 
who  curiously  give  Stramonia  as  a  synonyme  of  Datura.  It  is  their 
jouzmasil,  that  is,  masil  or  methel,  which  has  long  been  referred  to 
Datura.  D.  Stramonium  occurs  in  the  Himalayas  (v.  Himal.  Bot.  p. 
279),  and  is  probably  indigenous  in  the  Hindoo  Khoosh,  whence  most 
likely  it  was  taken  to  Constantinople,  having  been  obtained  by  Gerard 
from  that  city,  and  by  Fuchsius  from  Italy. 

The  Thorn-apple  (fig.  82)  is  an  annual  of  vigqrous  growth,  about  3 — 5  feet  high.  Stem 
much  branched,  dichotomous  above,  bushy,  fo3tid,  smooth.  Root  large,  white,  and  fibrous. 
Leaves  from  the  forks  of  the  stem,  large,  unequal  at  the  base,  ovate,  unequally  sinuate- 
dentate,  smooth,  variously  and  acutely  sinuated  and  toothed,  simply  veined,  of  a  light  dull, 
green  colour.  Flowers  axillary,  erect,  white,  sweet-scented,  especially  at  night,  about  3 
inches  long.  Calyx  oblong,  tubular,  ventricose,  5-angled,  5-toothed,  dropping  off  and 
leaving  a  circular  mark  round  the  base  of  the  ovary.  Corolla  funnel-shaped,  regular,  an- 
gular,  plaited  with  mucronate  lobes.  Stamens  5.  Stigma  thick,  obtuse,  2-lobed.  Ovary 


Solane*.}  STRAMONIUM.  499 

4-cellcd.  Capsule  as  large  as  a  walnut,  dry,  very  prickly,  4-valved,  with  2  partially  bi- 
partite  cells,  containing  many  brownish  or  black  flattened  reniforrn  seeds. — Waste  places 
and  dung-heaps  in  all  parts  of  Europe,  also  in  North  America.  No  doubt  introduced  from 
Asia.  Flowers  in  July. — Nees  von  E.  193.  St.  and  Ch.  6. 

Fig.  82. 


The  whole  plant  has  a  rank  odour,  which  may  be  detected  at  a 
distance.  All  parts  possess  medicinal  properties ;  but  the  leaves  and 
seeds  are  alone  officinal.  The  seeds  are  brownish  or  black,  flattened, 
kidney-shaped,  without  odour,  except  when  bruised,  but  with  a  bitter 
weakish  taste,  often  employed  for  poisoning  in  India,  where  pulses  form 
so  large  an  article  of  diet,  or  for  stupifying  only,  given  in  sweetmeats. 
— (O.  S.)  The  haves  should  be  gathered  when  the  flower-buds  be- 
gin to  blow.  They  have  a  fostid  odour,  especially  when  bruised ; 
this  they  lose  in  drying.  Their  taste  is  rather  bitter  and  nauseous. 

Analyzed  by  Brandes,  the  seeds  yielded  Fixed  Oil,  Wax,  Resin, 
Extractive,  Gum,  Albumen,  &c.,  with  salts,  and  a  Malate  of  Daturia^ 
This  alkali  has  been  obtained  by  Geiger  and  Hesse,  who  describe  it 
as  occurring  in  brilliant  crystals,  without  odour,  and  colourless, 
having  a  bitterish,  tobacco-like  taste,  alkaline,  etsily  soluble  in  Alco- 
hol, and  forming  salts  with  acids.  The  fresh  leaves  of  Stramonium 
did  not  yield  Promnitz  any  thing  except  the  ordinary  vegetable  con- 
stituents, though  they  must  also  contain  the  Daturia.  Mr.  Morries 
Stirling,  by  the  destructive  distillation  of  Stramonium,  obtained  an 
empyreumatic  oil,  which  contains  an  active  poisonous  principle. 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne.  Antispasmodic,  and  as  such  may  be 
combined  with  Valerian.  By  relieving  pain,  it  will  induce  sleep; 
and  affects  the  constitution  much  in  the  same  way  as  Belladonna,  in 
doses  of  the  powder,  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  In  Neuralgic  and  in  Rheumatic 
pains  it  has  given  relief  both  when  taken  internally  and  applied  ex- 
ternally. It  has  also  been  considered  calmative  in  Mania.  In  Spas- 
modic Asthma,  smoking  the  leaf  (gr.  x. — 3ss.)  often  gives  instanta- 
neous relief;  but  it  must  be  exhibited  with  care.  M.  Trousseau  re- 


STRAMONIUM.  [Corolliflorai. 

commends  its  being  smoked  with  an  equal  quantity  of  Sage  leaves, 
in  a  roll  of  paper.  In  India  I  used  to  order  it  to  be  added  to  the 
ordinary  chillium  of  Tobacco ;  or  the  inhaling  warm  water  in  which 
Datura  leaves  had  been  infused.  Mr.  Skipton  found  f3ij.  of  an  infu- 
sion of  the  root  (3j.  to  aq.  Ojss.)  of  Datura  fastuosa  give  great  relief. 
But  the  most  convenient  practice  is  that  of  smoking  the  Stramonium 
cigars,  which  are  prepared  by  some  chemists.  Daturia  is  an  ener- 
getic poison,  and  very  small  quantities  cause  dilatation  of  the  pupil. 

EXTRACTUM  STRAMONII,  L.  E.  D.  (SEMINIS,  U.  S.)  Extract  of  Stra- 
monium Seeds. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Macerate  for  4  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  (near  the  fire,  L.)  in 
boiling  Aq.  dest.  Cj.  Seeds  of  Stramonium  gxv.  Take  the  seeds  out,  and  bruise  them  in 
a  stone  mortar,  return  them  to  the  liquor,  and  boil  down  to  Oiv.  (feiv.  D.  while  hot,  L.)  filter, 
and  evaporate  to  the  proper  consistence. 

E.  Grind  in  a  coffee-mill  Seeds  of  Stramonium  q.  s.  (&j.  U.S.)  Rub  the  powder  into  a  thick 
mass  with  Proof  Spirit,  which  transmit  through  the  pulp  in  a  percolator,  till  it  passes 
colourless.  Distil  off  the  Spirit,  and  in  the  vapour-bath  evaporate  the  residuum  to  a 
proper  consistence.  This  alcoholic  extract  is  the  best  form. 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne.  Antispasmodic  in  doses  of  gr.  £• — gr.  iij. 
or  it  may  be  made  moist  and  applied  over  a  pained  part. 

[EXTRACTUM  STRAMONII  FOLIORUM,  U.  S.  Extract  of  Stramonium 
Leaves. 

Take  of  Stramonium  leaves  ftj.,  bruise  them  in  a  stone  mortar,  sprinkling  on  a  little 
water;  then  express  the  juice,  and  having  heated  it  to  the  boiling  point,  strain  and  eva- 
porate it  to  the  proper  consistence.  This  affords  a  fine  green  extract,  endowed  with  the 
odour  and  properties  of  the  plant.  Dose  gr.  j.  to  gr.  v.] 

A  tincture  of  Stramonium  (Seeds  3iv. — Proof  Spirit  Sxxxij.)  is 
officinal  in  the  United  States  Ph.,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  fftx. 
— f  3ss.  2  or  3  times  a  day,  or  it  may  be  rubbed  along  the  course  of 
a  pained  nerve. 

Antidotes.  Stimulant  emetics,  cold  affusion,  with  blisters  to  nape  of 
neck,  in  cases  of  poisoning  with  Belladonna. 

[UNGUENTUM  STRAMONII,  U.  S.     Ointment  of  Stramonium. 

Take  of  fresh  Stramonium  leaves  cut  in  pieces  ftj.,  Lard  ftiij.,  Yellow  Wax  ftss.  Boil 
the  Stramonium  leaves  in  the  Lard  until  they  become  friable,  then  strain  through  linen ; 
lastly  add  the  Wax  previously  melted  and  stir  them  until  they  are  cold.  Used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  Belladonna  ointment.] 

HYOSCYAMI  FOLIA,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)  (Hyoscyamus,  E.)  Leaves.  HYOS- 
CYAMI  SEMINA,  L.  (SEMEN,  U.  S.)  and,  Seeds  of  HYOSCYAMUS  NIGER, 
Linn.  Henbane. 

Henbane  has  been  employed  in  medicine  from  the  earliest  times ; 
is  the  uorfxuccfj-os  of  the  Greeks,  and  the  bunj  of  the  Arabs.  The  seeds 
are  known  by  the  name  of  Khorassani  Ujwain  in  India. 

Henbane  (fig.  83)  is  annual  or  biennial,  that  is,  plants  grown  from  the  seed  of  the  bien- 
nial  variety  will,  in  favourable  conditions  of  the  soil  and  climate,  come  to  full  perfection 
in  the  first  year.  Roots  spindle-shaped,  those  of  biennial  plants  having  considerable 
resemblance  to  small  parsnip-roots  in  the  winter  and  spring.  (Houlton.)  The  plants 
in  the  first  year  throw  up  a  tuft  of  radical  leaves  which  are  petiolated,  woolly,  and  possess 


Solanea.] 


HYOSCYAMUS. 


little  of  that  clamminess  and  odour  which  are  peculiar  to  the  mature  plant.     In  the 
second  spring,  another  set  of  leaves  make  their  '  F. 

appearance  with,  and  attached  to  the  flowering 
stem.  This  is  from  a  foot  to  3  feet  high,  seldom 
branched,  hairy,  hairs  glandular,  viscid.  Leaves 
sessile,  subamplexicaul,  occasionally  decurrent, 
lower  ones  sometimes  stalked,  oblong  acute, 
coarsely  and  unequally  cut  or  sinuate,  appearing 
pinnatifid,  clammy,  and  foetid,  of  a  pale  dull  green 
colour,  slightly  pubescent,  with  long  glandular 
hairs,  like  those  of  the  stem,  upon  the  midrib. 
Flowers  nearly  sessile,  axillary,  subsolitary,  uni- 
lateral, erect,  much  shorter  than  the  leaves.  Ca- 
lyx funnel-shaped,  5-lobed,  villous.  Corol  (2)  fun- 
nel-shaped, limb  spreading,  5-lobed,  not  quite 
equal,  of  a  dull  straw-colour,  marked  with  dark 
purple  veins.  Stamens  5,  declinate ;  filaments 
pubescent.  Ovary  ovoid,  shining,  2-celled,  with 
numerous  ovules  attached  to  the  placentae.  Style 
filiform.  Stigma  (1)  capitate.  Capsule  opening 
transversely  by  a  convex  lid,  2-celled,  many- 
seeded.  Seeds  small,  roundish,  finely  dotted,  of  a 
light  gray  colour. — Indigenous  in  waste  grounds 
throughout  Europe,  also  in  the  Persian  region  of 
botanists.— Nees  von  E.  192.  St  and  Ch.  9. 

Henbane  plants  come  into  flower 
about  the  beginning  of  June,  but  the 
annual  plants  a  little  later:  the  seeds  ripen  from  August  to  Octo- 
ber. Mr.  Houlton  is  of  opinion  that  the  biennial  plant  should  alone 
be  employed  medicinally,  and  that  the  leaves  should  be  collected  when 
the  first  flowers  begin  to  appear.  But  it  has  not  been  proved  that 
annual  plants,  when  properly  grown,  are  devoid  of  active  properties. 
The  author  was  in  the  habit  of  largely  cultivating  Henbane  in  the 
Botanic  garden  at  Saharunpore,  where,  from  the  nature  of  the  cli- 
mate, the  whole  process  of  cultivation,  including  the  ripening  of  the 
seed,  was  completed  between  the  months  of  October  and  March. 
The  Extract  made  from  these  plants  was  highly  approved  of  by  seve- 
ral medical  officers,  and  pronounced  by  Mr.  Twining,  after  trial  in 
the  General  Hospital  at  Calcutta,  to  be  of  "  most  excellent  quality" 
(Himal.  Bot.  p.  281).  But  the  secretions  of  plants  growing  in  a  colder 
and  moister  climate,  or  in  seasons  having  these  characteristics,  may 
not  come  to  as  great  perfection  in  the  first  year.  Dr.  Christison 
states,  from  experiments  made  in  the  Royal  Infirmary  at  Edinburgh, 
•'  that  inferiority  of  cultivated  plants,  if  it  exists  at  all,  seems  not  ap- 
preciable in  practice;"  and,  with  respect  to  the  period  at  which  the 
leaves  acquire  their  activity,  he  says,  "  I  have  found  them  sufficiently 
active  even  in  the  spring,  before  the  appearance  of  the  flowering 
stem."  When  collected,  they  should  as  soon  as  possible  be  separated 
from  the  stem,  spread  out,  and  dried  in  a  warm  airy  room.  They 
ought  to  have  a  mucilaginous,  slightly  bitter  taste,  and  should  retain  - 
some  of  the  peculiar  odour  of  the  plant. 

Analyzed  by  Brandes,  the  seeds  yielded  Gum,  Starch,  Albumen,  a 
large  proportion  of  Fixed  Oil,  with  a  variety  of  salts,  Ligneous  fibre, 
and  an  oily-like  alkali,  resembling  Conia,  which  was  highly  poi- 
sonous. 


502  HYOSCYAMUS.  [Corollifloras. 

Geiger  and  Hesse,  however,  obtained  groups  of  radiated  needle-like 
crystals,  fusible  and  volatile,  tut  readily  decomposed  when  distilled, 
alkaline  in  nature,  neutralizing  acids  and  forming  crystallizable  salts, 
soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether,  less  so  in  water.  These  have  been  con- 
sidered pure  Hyoscyamia,  which  is  very  poisonous,  dilates  the  pupils, 
and  when  moistened,  smells  strongly  of  Tobacco.  The  oily-like 
liquid  of  Brandes  is  thought  to  hold  a  little  of  this  principle  in  solution. 
A  highly  poisonous  empyreumatic  oil  is  obtained  by  destructive  dis- 
tillation, as  from  the  other  Solaneae  and  from  Foxglove. 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic,  Anodyne,  and  Soporific.  Available  for  a 
variety  of  cases  where  we  wish  to  relieve  pain,  allay  irritability,  and 
procure  sleep,  having  the  advantage  of  not  constipating  the  bowels 
like  opium.  Hence  it  is  frequently  prescribed  with  Calomel,  Purga- 
tives, or  with  Antispasmodics.  It  may  be  given  internally  in  powder 
in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  x.  or  in  Extract  or  Tincture ;  or  it  may  be  ap- 
plied externally  in  the  form  of  fomentation,  or  in  cataplasms  of  its 
leaves,  or  its  Extract  or  Tincture  used  as  those  of  Belladonna,  p.  497. 

EXTRACTUM  (Succus  spissATus,  D.)  HYoscYAMi,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Extract 
of  Henbane. 

Prep.  To  be  prepared  from  the  (fresh  herb  of,  D.)  Hyoscyamus  niger  as  Extractum 
(Succus  Spissatus,  D.)  Aconiti,  L.  (p.  244)  (or  by  any  of  the  processes  directed  for  Ex- 
tract  of  Conium,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  The  expressed  juice  evaporated  spontaneously  in  a 
dry  current  of  air,  or  in  vacuo,  forms  an  excellent  preparation.  A 
still  more  powerful  preparation  may  be  obtained  by  the  action  of 
Alcohol.  Adapted  for  all  the  purposes  of  Henbane  in  doses  of  gr.  v. 
— 9j.  The  author  has  also  found  the  Succus  Hyoscyami  of  Mr.  Bent- 
ley  a  very  good  form  of  preparation. 

[EXTRACTUM  HYOSCYAMI  ALCOHOLICUM,  U.  S.     See  Ext.  Bella.  Al.] 
TINCTURA  HYOSCYAMI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Henbane. 

Prep.  Macerate  (digest,  E.  D.)  for  14,  L.  (7,  D.)  days  dried  leaves  of  Hyoscyamus 
niger  (in  fine  powder,  E.)  gv.  (giv.  U.  S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (fcij.  D.)  Strain.  (Much 
better  prepared  by  percolation,  as  the  Tinct  of  Capsicum,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic,  &c.,  in  doses  of  TUX.  as  soothing, — f3j. 
or  f3ij.  as  a  Hypnotic. 

TABACUM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Folia  exsiccata,  L.  D.  Leaves  of  NICOTIANA 
TABACUM,  Linn.     Tobacco. 

Tobacco  was  introduced  from  the  New  World  about  the  middle 
of  the  16th  century,  and  is  now  extensively  cultivated  in  most  parts 
of  the  world. 

^  Root  fibrous.  Stem  erect,  branched,  and  viscid,  from  2  to  6  feet  high.  Leaves  sessile, 
oblong,  lanceolate,  the  lower  ones  decurrent,  very  large,  a  little  hairy,  viscid.  Flowers  in 
terminal  panicles.  Bracts  linear-acute.  Calyx  tubular,  swelling  5-cleft,  hairy  glutinous. 
Corol  rose-coloured,  funnel  shaped,  throat  inflated,  ventricose,  limb  spreading,  plicate, 
with  5-cleft  acuminate  segments.  Stamens  5,  declinate.  Ovary  ovate.  Style  long. 
Stigma  emarginale.  Capsule  usually  2-celled,  2-valved,  opening  crosswise  at  top,  valves 
finally  bifid.  Seeds  numerous,  small,  kidney -shaped,  attached  to  fleshy  placentae. — Warm 


Solanea.]  T  A  B  A  C  U  M.  503 

parts  of  America,  but  now  cultivated  in  most  parts  of  the  world. — Nees  von  E.  194.    St. 
and  Ch.  37. 

Most  of  the  Tobacco  of  commerce,  as  that  of  Virginia,  is  yielded  by  this  species,  as  is 
that  of  India.  Small  Havannah  cigars  are  said  to  be  formed  of  the  leaves  of  N.  repanda ; 
the  Syrian  and  Turkish  Tobaccos  by  N.  rustica  and  the  fine  Shiraz  Tobacco  by  N.  per- 
sica,  Lind. 

Tobacco,  as  it  occurs  in  commerce,  is  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour, 
soft  and  pliable,  a  little  clammy,  with  something  of  a  honey,  mixed 
with  a  narcotic  odour ;  the  latter,  however,  is  not'obvious  in  the  fresh 
leaves.  The  taste  is  bitter,  acrid,  and  nauseous.  Virginian  Tobacco, 
though  the  strongest,  is  best  adapted  for  medical  use,  in  order  to  ob- 
serve uniformity  of  strength.  Its  active  properties  are  taken  up  by 
water,  Spirit,  and  Wine,  but  are  destroyed  by  heat.  Tobacco  was 
elaborately  analyzed  by  Vauquelin.  Nicotianin  was  discovered  by 
Hermbstadt  in  1821.  The  analysis  of  Posselt  and  Reimann  displayed 
the  presence  of  Nicotina  '06,  of  Nicotianin  0-01,  Extractive  2-87,  Gum 
1-74,  Chlorophylle  0-26,  .Vegetable  Albumen  and  Gluten  1-30,  Malic 
acid  0-51,  Lignin  and  Starch  4-65,  Salts  0-73,  Silica,  0-08,  Water 
88-28=100  nearly.  Nicotina  has  since  been  studied  byBoutron  and 
Henry.  It  is  obtained  much  in  the  same  way  as  Conia,  and  in  the 
form  of  a  limpid,  oily,  volatile  liquid,  devoid  of  colour,  having  an 
acrid  taste,  and  a  weak  smell  of  Tobacco,  unless  when  heated.  Its 
vapours  are  extremely  acrid,  with  an  overpowering  odour  of  To- 
bacco. It  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-048,  is  alkaline,  forms  salts  with  acids, 
and  is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  water,  and  in  fixed  and  volatile 
Oils.  It  is  the  active  principle  of  Tobacco,  and  is  extremely  poison- 
ous. When  heated,  it  is  decomposed,  becomes  resinoid,  and  disen- 
gages Ammonia.  Nicotina  exists  in  combination  in  Tobacco,  and  is 
found  varying  in  proportion  from  4  to  12  parts  in  1000.  It  is  com- 
posed of  C10  H8  N.  Nicotianin  is  a  camphoraceous  volatile  oil,  bit- 
terish in  taste,  having  the  odour  of  Tobacco,  and  seeming  to  owe  its 
properties  to  a  little  Nicotina  intermixed  with  it.  By  the  destructive 
distillation  of  Tobacco,  an  empyreumatic  oil  is  formed,  which  is  better 
known  as  produced  in  tobacco-pipes,  and  as  being  highly  poisonous. 
It  seems  to  be  a  volatile  oil  holding  some  Nicotina  in  solution. 

Action.  Uses.  Local  Stimulant,  hence  used  as  an  Errhine  and 
Sialogogue  :  secondary  Sedative,  Antispasmodic,  also  Emetic,  Laxa- 
tive, and  Diuretic  ;  and  acts  upon  the  system,  to  whatever  surface  it 
is  supplied.  Chiefly  employed  to  produce  relaxation  in  Spasmodic 
affections,  as  in  strangulated  Hernia,  obstinate  constipation  from 
spasm  of  the  bowels,  or  retention  of  urine  from  that  of  the  urethra. 

ENEMA  (!NFUSUM,  D.  U.  S.)  TABACI,  L.  E.     Tobacco  Enema. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  1  (J,  E.)  hour  (in  a  covered  vessel,  D,)  Tobacco  3J.  (gr.  xv.  to  3ss. 
E.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (fgviij.  E.  by  measure  fej.  D.)  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Sedative,  Antispasmodic.  Used  only  in  the  above 
cases.  9j.  is  sufficient  for  trial  at  first. 

VINUM  TABACI,  E.  (U.  S.)     Tobacco  Wine. 

Prep.  Digest  Tobacco  3iij-  in  Sherry  Oij.  for  7  days.  Strain,  express  the  residue 
strongly.  Filter. 


504  RUMEX    AQUATICUS.  [Apetala. 

[U.  S.  Tobacco  3i.  Wine  Oj.    Digest  for  14  days.] 

Action.     Uses.     Sedative  and  diuretic.     Capable  of  producing  the 
full  effects  of  Tobacco  in  doses  of  rftx. 


d.  MonochlamydecB  or  Apetalae. 
POLYGONS^:,  Juss.     Buckwheats. 

Herbs,  seldom  shrubs,  stem  and  branches  jointed.  Leaves  alternate,  simple,  sometimes 
undulate,  or  cut  :  petioles  sheathing  at  the  base,  or  united  into  a  tube  called  ochrea. 
Flowers  complete,  or  by  abortion  unisexual,  inflorescence  various.  Perianth  herbaceous 
or  subcorolline,  inferior,  3-  5-  or  6-partite,  imbricate  in  aestivation,  often  permanent,  and 
growing  with  and  covering  the  fruit.  Stamens  definite,  but  varying  in  number,  inserted 
into  the  narrow  margin  of  the  receptacle  and  adhering  to  the  perianth.  Ovary  single, 
1-celled,  with  one  erect  ovule.  Styles  2  to  3.  Fruit  indehiscent,  nut-like,  or  fleshy,  often 
triangular,  naked  or  covered  by  the  interior  segments  of  the  perianth.  Embryo  inverted, 
straight,  and  central,  or  curved  and  unilateral  or  peripheral.  Radicle  superior,  remote 
from  the  hilum.  Albumen  farinaceous.  —  They  are  found  in  the  greatest  numbers  in  the 
temperate  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  but  some  in  almost  all  parts  of  the  world. 
The  young  shoots  of  many  are  acid  (chiefly  Oxalic)  ;  when  older,  an  astringent  together 
with  a  purgative  principle  is  secreted  by  species  of  Rheum  and  of  Rumex.  The  seeds 
of  many,  as  the  Buckwheats,  or  Fagopyrum,  afford  nutritious  flour.  Coccoloba  uvifera, 
or  Sea-side  Grape  is  said  to  yield  Jamaica  Kino. 

POLYGONUM  BISTORTA,  Linn.    Radix,  D.     Root  of  Bistort.     Octand. 
Monog.    Linn. 

Bistort  has  long  been  employed  in  European  medicine. 

Rootstock  creeping,  often  twice  bent  on  itself,  of  a  dark  brown  colour  externally,  and 
rugose  with  annular  rings.  The  stem  is  annual,  simple,  erect,  1  —  2  feet  high.  Leaves 
ovate,  bluntish-pointed,  wavy.  Footstalks  tubular  and  sheathing,  with  jagged  stipules. 
Radical  leaves  heart-shaped,  and  yet  decurrent,  so  as  to  form  a  wing  to  the  petioles. 
Cluster  of  flowers  spike-like,  terminal,  with  membranous  brown  bracts.  Flowers  pink, 
with  short  pedicels.  Perianth  5-parted,  spreading.  Stamens  8,  half  as  long  again  as  the 
perianth.  Styles  3,  distinct,  stigmas  obtuse.  Nut  triquetrous,  its  faces  ovate,  smooth. 
Embryo  in  the  centre  of  farinaceous  albumen.  Cotyledons  large,  foliaceous,  twisted,  and 
contorto-plicate.  Moist  meadows.  Flowers  in  June.  —  E.  B.  509.  St.  and  Ch.  47. 

The  rootstock  of  Bistort  contains  a  large  proportion  of  Tannin, 
some  Gallic  acid,  and  Starch,  with  woody  fibre,  and  has  a  rough 
astringent  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  either  interrjally  in  doses  of  gr.  xv.  —  3ss. 
or  made  into  a  decoction,  in  doses  of  f3iss.  ;  or  externally  as  a  lotion; 
has  also  been  prescribed  in  Intermittents. 

RUMEX,  Linn.     Hexandria  Trigyn.  Linn. 

Perianth  6-parted,  the  3  external  segments  spreading,  permanent,  more  or  less  united 
at  the  bottom  ;  the  3  interior  petal-like,  large,  connivent  ;  in  some  species  bearing  a  dor- 
sal grain  or  tubercle.  Stamens  6,  disposed  in  pairs.  Ovary,  triangular,  rather  turbinate. 
Styles  3.  Stigmas  large,  in  tufted  segments.  Nut  triangular,  polished,  with  3  sharp 
edges,  covered  by  the  enlarged  inner  sepals,  single-seeded  ;  embryo  lateral. 

RUMEX  AQUATICUS,  Linn.     Radix,  D.     Root  of  Water  Dock. 

Water  Dock  was  formerly  much  employed  by  the  name  of  Herba 
Britannica. 

Plant  3  to  4  feet  high.  Leaves  very  large,  lanceolate,  lower  somewhat  cordate,  with 
channeled  petioles  ;  enlarged  sepals  broadly  cordate,  membranous,  entire,  or  wavy,  with- 
out  tubercles.  —  Indigenous  in  ditches  and  damp  places  in  the  North.  —  E.  B.  S.  2698. 


PolygonecB.]  RHUBARB.  505 

R.  Hydrolapathum,  or  Great  Water-Dock,  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  the  foregoing. 
R.  obtusifolius  was  found  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson  useful  in  obstinate  Icthyosis. 

The  root  of  Water  Dock  is  large,  without  odour,  but  has  an  aus- 
tere bitter  taste.  It  yields  its  virtues  readily  to  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent,  Alterative.  This  was  formerly  much 
employed  in  Skin*  diseases.  Extract  of  W'ater  Dock  is  sold  by  che- 
mists, being  prescribed  by  many  practitioners  as  an  Alterative  in 
Cutaneous  diseases. 

RUMEX  ACETOSA,  Linn.     Folia,  L.  D.     Leaves  of  Common  Sorrel. 
Common  Sorrel  is  supposed  to  be  the  oguXa-raSov  of  the  Greeks. 

Plant  of  1 — 2  feet.  Leaves  oblong,  arrow-shaped,  acid.  Whorls  leafless.  Flowers 
dioecious ;  enlarged  interior  sepals  roundish,  cordate,  entire,  membranous,  with  a  very 
minute  tubercle  at  the  base  ;  exterior  sepals  reflexed. — Pastures  throughout  Europe.  2 
B.  t  127. 

The  leaves  and  herbaceous  parts  of  this  plant,  so  well  known  by 
the  name  of  Sorrel,  are  pleasantly  acid,  with  a  slight  degree  of  as- 
tringency,  owing  to  the  presence  of  Binoxalate  of  Potash,  some  Tar- 
taric  acid,  and  Tannin.  There  is  also  Mucilage,  Woody  Fibre,  and 
Starch. 

R.  Acetosella,  or  Field  Sorrel,  may  be  substituted  for  it. 

Action.  Uses.  Refrigerant.     Eaten  in  salads.     Acid  drinks  may  be 

made  with  its  leaves. 

•  • 
RHEUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)    Radix,  L.  D.    Root,  E.  of  an  undetermined 

species  of  RHEUM,  Linn.,  of  R.  palmatum,  L.  D.  and  of  R.  undu- 

latum,  D.     Rhubarb. 

The  name  Rheum  is  derived  from  the  fsov  of  Dioscorides ;  but  his 
description  does  not  well  apply  to  modern  Rhubarb.  This  was,  how- 
ever, known  to  Paulus  ^Egineta,  &c.  The  Arabs  were  acquainted 
with  several  kinds,  as  Indian,  Khorassanee,  Chinese  (their  rewund 
sini).  The  Persians  give  reon  as  the  Greek  synonyme  of  their  ra- 
wund,  which  is  Rhubarb,  and  of  which  the  plant  they  say  is  called 
ri&as.  Rhubarb  is  no  doubt  the  rootstock  of  a  species  of  Rheum,  but 
the  species  is  still  unknown.  The  author,  after  giving  in  another 
work  (Him.  Bot.  p.  314 — 318)  an  account  of  the  commerce  of  Rhu- 
barb, stated  that  "  This  would  bring  the  Rhubarb  country  within  95° 
of  E.  long,  and  35°  of  N.  latitude,  that  is,  into  the  heart  of  Tibet.  As 
no  naturalist  has  visited  this  part,  and  neither  seeds  nor  plants  have 
been  obtained  thence,  it  is  as  yet  unknown  what  species  yields  the 
Rhubarb."  This  seems  now  the  general  opinion.  Sievers,  an  apo- 
thecary sent  in  1790  by  the  Russians  to  investigate  the  subject,  had 
previously  said,  that  "  his  travels  had  satisfied  him  that  as  yet  nobody, 
that  is,  no  scientific  person,  has  yet  seen  the  true  Rhubarb  plant." 
Dr.  Fischer,  when  in  London,  subsequent  to  the  above  publication, 
informed  the  author  that  all  the  information  obtained  of  late  years  in 
Russia,  only  confirmed  what  was  previously  known,  that  Rheum 
palmatum  is  not  the  species,  but  that  the  genuine  plant  is  a  small  one 
with  roundish  denticulate  leaves.  So  more  recently,  Calau,  apothe- 
cary in  the  Rhubarb  factory  at  Kiachta,  says :  "  All  that  we  yet 


506  RHEUM.  [Apetalce. 

know  of  the  Rhubarb  plant  or  its  origin  is  defective  and  wrong; 
every  sacrifice  to  obtain  a  true  plant,  or  the  seed,  has  been  in  vairt; 
nor  has  the  author  been  enabled  to  obtain  it."  Dr.  Falconer  entered 
Tibet  from  the  side  of  Cashmere,  and  proceeded  as  far  as  the  Muz- 
tagh  range,  or  about  long.  77°  E.  and  lat.  36°,  a  region  where  Rhu- 
barb is  sent  as  a  present  to  the  Chief  Ahmed  Shah  from  the  true 
Rhubarb  country,  but  was  unable  to  learn  any  thing  respecting  com- 
mercial Rhubarb.  He  discovered  new  species  of  Rheum,  and  obtain- 
ed specimens  of  genuine  Extract  of  Rhubarb  ossareh-rewund,  or 
Rhubarb-juice,  a  name  which  he  as  well  as  the  author  found  applied 
in  northwest  India  to  Gamboge.  He  also  found  Rhubarb-root  em- 
ployed there  as  a  yellow  dye.  Some  information  might  probably  be 
procured  respecting  Rhubarb  from  the  traders  to  Upper  Assam. 

RHEUM,  Linn.  Enneandria  Monog.  Linn. 

Flowers  complete ;  perianth  petaloid,  6-parted,  with  equal  segments.  Stamens  usually 
9,  inserted  in  pairs  into  the  base  of  the  3  outer  segments,  and  singly  into  the  3  interior; 
filaments  subulate ;  anthers  versatile.  Ovary  triangular,  1 -celled.  Ovule  single,  basilary, 
orthotropous.  Styles  3,  short,  reflexed.  Stigmas  3,  entire,  subdiscoid,  spreading.  Acb.se- 
nium  3-cornered,  broadly  winged,  supported  by  the  withered  perianth  at  the  base.  Seed 
erect,  triangular.  Embryo  straight,  antitropous,  in  the  axis  of  farinaceous  albumen.  Co- 
tyledons flat,  radicle  short,  superior. 

Herbaceous  plants,  with  perennial  and  branching  rootstocks,  which  are  thick  and  suc- 
culent. Stem  of  most  4  to  10  feet  high,  except  in  No.  1  and  2.  Leaves  large,  more  or 
less  cordate,  wavy  at  the  margin,  sheathing  at  the  base,  either  all  radical,  or  where  cau- 
line,«lternate.  Inflorescence  paniculate,  or  spicato-racemose.  The  species  are  valuable 
not  only  on  account  of  their  rootstocks  or  Rhubarb,  but  also  from  the  agreeable  acidity  of 
their  leaf-stalks,  employed  for  making  sherbets,  tarts,  &c.  They  inhabit  cold  parts  of  the 
world,  as  the  southern  part  of  Russia,  Siberia,  Tibet,  the  north  of  China  and  the  Hima- 
layan mountains,  also  Affghanistan  and  Persia.  Hence  all  may  be  grown  in  the  open  air 
in  Europe,  and  several  are  so  cultivated.  As  no  species  seems  more  entitled  than  another 
to  be  considered  as  yielding  either  the  Russian  or  Chinese  Rhubarb  of  commerce,  we  shall 
briefly  enumerate  all,  without  describing  any. 

With  Spike-like  Racemes. 

1.  RHEUM  SPICCIFORME,  Royle.  (Illustr.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  318.  t.  78.)     Kherang  Pass  and 
other  places  in  Kunawar.     Found  by  Dr.  Falconer  in  Tibet. 

2.  R.  MOORCROFTIANUM,  Royle.  (1.  c.  p.  318.    Lindl.  Med.  Bot.  p.  356.)    Niti  Pass  in 
the  Himalayas.     Found  by  Dr.  Falconer  in  Tibet. 

These  two  species  differ  in  their  inflorescence  from  the  other  described  species.  Their 
roots  are  more  dense  in  texture  and  of  a  more  yellow  colour  than  those  of  R.  Emodi  and 
R.  Webbianum.  The  powder  of  both  is  of  a  light  and  bright  yellow  colour.  Dr.  Falco- 
ner met  with  both  in  Tibet,  and  discovered  another  species  of  this  group.  It  is  probable 
that  the  commercial  species  will  be  found  to  resemble  these  in  habit,  from  being  indige- 
nous, like  them,  in  the  elevated,  arid,  and  cold  regions  of  Tartary. 

With  Compound  Racemes. 

3.  R.  EMODI,  Wall.    Bot  Mag.  t.  3508.    R.  Australe,  Don.    Sweet  Fl.  Gard.  t.  269. 
Nees  von  E.  Suppl.  t  31.  A.  and  B.    Lindl.  Fl.  Med.  p.  354. 

4.  R.  WEBBIANOM,  Royle,  1.  c.  p.  318.  t.  78,  a.    Choor  Mountain.    Niti  Pass.     This 
yielded  the  Rhubarb  submitted  to  experiment  bv  Mr.  Twining.     Trans.  Med.  Soc.  Calc. 
iii.  P.  439. 

5.  R.  RIBES,  Linn.     Dill.  Elth.  t.  158.  f.  192.     An.  Mus.  2.  t.  49.     Ribas  and  rivash 
of  the  Afighans  and  Persians,  much  celebrated  among  them,  and  much  esteemed  on  ac- 
count of  the  agreeable  acid  of  its  leafstalks.     The  root  is  said  to  be  rawund.     It  is  the 
Riwas  of  Serapion,  who  mentions  it  as  making  a  good  sherbet.     It  is  said  also  to  be 
found  on  the  mountains  of  Syria. 

6.  R.  RHAPONTICUM,  Linn.    Alpin  Rhapont.  i.  1. 1.    Nees  von  E.  113-14-15.     Borders 


Polygonem.}          RUSSIAN    OR    TURKEY    RHUBARB.  597 

of  the  Euxine,  and  on  the  north  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  Deserts  near  the  Volga,  and  in  Sibe- 
ria, as  it  is  known  to  yield  Siberian  Rhubarb.  Supposed  to  have  yielded  the  Rhabarba- 
rum  of  the  ancients.  Cultivated  in  this  country  on  account  of  its  stalks,  and  extensively 
at  Banbury  on  account  of  its  roots,  and  also  at  Rheumpole  near  Lorient,  in  the  depart- 
ment of  Morbihan  in  France. 

7.  R.  CRASSINERVIUM,  Fischer.   Sent  from  St.  Petersburgh  to  the  Apothecaries'  Garden 
at  Chelsea.     Roots  large,  and  said  to  have  the  colour  and  odour  of  Turkey  Rhubarb. 

8.  R.  LEUCORRHIZUM,  Pallas.    R.  NANUM,  Sievcrs.      Ledebour,  II.  PL  Ross.  t.  492. 
Found  in  the  deserts  of  the  Kirghis,  and  south  of  SirJeria,  and  Altai  Mountains.     Said  to 
yield  White  or  Imperial  Rhubarb. 

9.  R.  UNDULATUM,  Linn.     Amoen.  Acad.  iii.  t.  4.  Nees  von  E.  116,  117.     St.  and  Ch. 
177.   Lindl.  Fl.  Med.  p.  357.     A  native  of  Siberia,  Tartary,  and  China  ?    Seeds  of  what 
was  called  the  genuine  Rhubarb  plant  were  given  to  Kauw  Boerhaave  by  a  Tartarian 
merchant,  and  these  seeds  produced  this  species  and  R.  palmutiim,  both  of  which  are  ad- 
mitted as  officinal  in  the  D.  P.    This  is  said  to  be  cultivated  in  France  as  one  of  those 
yielding  French  Rhubarb. 

10.  R.  CASPICDM,  Fischer.    Caspian  Shores  and  Altai  Mountains.     Lindl.  p.  557. 

11.  R.  COMPACTUM,  Linn.     Mill.  Diet.  218.     Nees  von  E.  121.     A  native  of  Chinese 
Tartary,  said  to  yield  some  of  the  Rhubarb  cultivated  in  France,  which  forms  a  fair  imita- 
tion.    Valued  in  this  country  on  account  of  its  stalks. 

12.  R.  PALMATUM,  Linn.  L.  D.   This  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  others  by 
its  roundish,  cordate,  half  palmate  leaves,  with  the  lobes  also  deeply  cut.     Root  large, 
branched,  brown  externally,  of  a  deep  yellow  internally.     Supposed  to  be  a  native  of  the 
mountains  of  Mongolia  near  the  great  wall  of  China.     The  seeds  of  this  were  received  by 
K.  Boerhaave  with  those  of  R.  undulatum  as  those  of  the  genuine  Rhubarb ;  and  it  is 
thought,  when  cultivated  in  Europe,  to  resemble  Chinese-Russian  Rhubarb  more  closely 
than  any  other  kind,  in  taste,  odour,  internal  structure,  and  the  action  of  some  chemical 
reagents. 

R.  HYBRIDUM,  Murray,  is  a  doubtful  species,  but  is  remarkable  for  the  great  size  of  its 
roots  as  cultivated  both  on  the  Continent  and  in  this  country.  This  plant,  with  R.  Rha- 
ponticum,  compactum,  and  emodi,  with  hybrids  from  them,  are  those  most  commonly  cul- 
tivated in  this  country  on  account  of  their  stalks. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Rhubarb  of  commerce  grows  in  Chinese 
Tartary,  on  the  mountains  and  plains  surrounding  Lake  Kokonor 
(Pallas  and  Rehman),  especially  in  the  province  of  Gansun  (an 
Kansu?  Calau),  and  is  gathered  in  summer  from  plants  of  six  years 
of  age.  When  dug  up,  it  is  cleansed,  peeled,  cut  into  pieces,  bored 
through  the  centre,  strung  on  a  string,  and  dried  in  the  sun.  In  the 
autumn  it  is  brought  to  Sinin.  where  the  Bucharian  traders  reside, 
and  from  thence  sent  to  the  Russian  frontier  town  of  Kiachta,  and  to 
Pekin,  Canton,  Macao.  Considerable  care  is  bestowed  at  the  Rus- 
sian factory  in  examining  and  separating  the  good  from  the  inferior 
pieces,  also  from  impurities ;  and  in  paring  the  Rhubarb  to  remove 
remaining  portions  of  the  bark,  also  the  upper  part  of  the  root,  and  in 
perforating  all  pieces  so  as  to  examine  their  interior ;  because  many, 
though  sound  externally,  soon  decay  internally,  from  the  rapid  drying 
it  is  thought.  The  author,  however,  found  most  old  roots  of  R.  Web- 
bianum  more  or  less  decayed.  It  is  collected  in  quantities  of  40,000 
pounds  before  it  is  imported  into  the  European  parts  of  Russia,  and 
is  packed  in  bags,  and  placed  where  there  is  a  free  current  of  air, 
afterwards  in  chests. 

Russian,  called  also  Turkey  Rhubarb,  but  which  in  Russia  is  called 
Chinese  Rhubarb,  is  imported  into  the  frontier  town  of  Kiachta,  and 
thence  sent  to  Moscow  and  St.  Petersburgh,  whence  it  is  distributed 


508  BUCHARIAN.    CHINESE.    SIBERIAN.  (Apetala. 

to  the  rest  of  Europe.  It  varies  in  shape,  being  irregularly  roundish, 
and  angular,  from  the  bark  having  been  shaved  off  with  a  knife ; 
some  pieces  are  cylindrical,  a  few  flattish,  many  of  them  pierced  with 
holes.  Externally  smooth,  of  a  yellow  colour ;  internally,  the  texture 
is  rather  dense ;  fracture  uneven,  irregularly  marbled  with  white  and 
red  veins,  having  a  strong  and  peculiar,  slightly  aromatic  odour,  a 
bitter,  rather  astringent  taste,  feels  gritty  when  chewed,  tinges  the 
saliva  yellow,  and  produces  a  powder  of  a  bright  yellow  colour. 
Mr.  Quekett  obtained  from  35  to  40  per  cent,  of  raphides,  or  con- 
glomerated crystals  of  oxalate  of  lime,  which  are  situated  within  the 
cells,  and  which  are  the  cause  of  the  grittiness  experienced  when 
Rhubarb  is  chewed. 

Rucliarian  Rhubarb,  which  makes  its  way  to  Vienna  by  Brody 
and  Nischny,  seems,  from  specimens  and  information  afforded  by  Mr. 
Faber  to  Dr.  Pereira,  to  be  the  inferior  kinds  of  the  above  Rhubarb, 
and  which,  as  inferred  by  the  latter,  would  be  burnt,  if  presented  to 
the  Russian  authorities ;  it  therefore  finds  its  way  into  Europe  by 
other  channels.  It  is  intermediate  between  the  Russian  and  the 
Chinese  Rhubarb,  and  generally  of  inferior  quality. 

Chinese,  sometimes  called  East  India  Rhubarb,  consists  of  two  or 
three  varieties.  1.  One  called  by  Dr.  Pereira  Dutch-trimmed,  or 
Batavian  Rhubarb,  and,  according  to  the  shape,  called  Flats  or 
Rounds  in  the  trade,  is  closely  allied  to,  and  is  derived,  with  very 
little  doubt,  from  the  same  sources  as  the  Russian  Rhubarb ;  some  of 
which,  as  mentioned  above,  finds  its  way  to  Canton,  and  is  thence 
imported  into  Europe,  or  first  into  one  of  the  Indian  ports,  and  thence 
re-exported  to  Europe.  It  resembles  the  above  in  appearance,  as  the 
cortical  portion  appears  to  have  been  sliced  off,  and  not  scraped. 
The  holes  with  which  the  pieces  are  perforated  often  contain 
within  them  pieces  of  the  string  by  which  they  have  been  strung  to- 
gether. 2.  Another  variety,  which  is  more  particularly  called  Chi- 
nese Rhubarb,  also  half -trimmed,  is  distinguished  from  that  called 
Russian,  as  being  irregular  in  shape,  never  angular,  but  the  edges 
rounded,  as  if  the  bark,  instead  of  being  sliced,  had  been  scraped  off, 
often  some  of  it  still  remains  adherent ;  the  roots  are,  besides,  of  less 
uniform  good  quality  than  the  Russian.  Externally  of  a  duller  yel- 
low ;  many  of  the  pieces  heavier  from  being  more  compact,  the  reti- 
culation less  regular,  and  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour.  3.  A  third 
variety  has  lately  been  described  by  Dr.  P.  under  the  name  of  Canton 
Stick  Rhubarb.  This  is  in  cylindrical  pieces,  about  two  inches  long, 
and  from  half  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  These  are 
probably  produced  in  the  mountains  which  bound  China,  as  those  of 
the  province  of  Sechuen,  and  perhaps  of  Kansu. 

Siberian  Rhubarb.  Small  quantities  of  this  kind  have  been  im- 
ported by  Mr.  Faber,  and  have  been  proved  to  be  those  called  by 
Grassman  and  others  Siberian  Rhopontic  Root.  This  occurs  in  long, 
thin,  almost  cylindrical  or  spindle-shaped  pieces,  decorticated  and 
perforated  by  a  hole.  Colour,  externally  pale  yellow,  internally 
brownish-yellow,  or  reddish-white.  Odour  and  taste  of  good  Rhu- 


Polygonea.}  HIMALAYAN   RHUBARB.    ENGLISH.  5Q9 

barb,  but  weaker;  does  not  feel  gritty.  Dr.  Pereira  compares  it 
with  English  Stick  Rhubarb  (v.  P.  J.  iv.  448  and  500).  It  has  since 
been  proved  (P.  J.  vi.  p.  74)  that  the  Rhubarb  cultivated  at  Banbury 
is  yielded  by  the  same  species,  that  is  Rheum  Rhaponticum. 

Himalayan  Rhubarb.  This  is  produced  by  different  species,  is  of 
very  different  quality.  That  yielded  probably  by  R.  Moorcroftianum, 
given  to  the  author  by  Major  Hearsey,  the  companion  of  Mr.  Moor- 
croft,  was  of  a  bright  but  light  yellow  colour,  and,  as  stated  by  the 
author  in  1827,  "appeared  both  in  sensible  qualities  and  medical  vir- 
tues to  equal  the  best  Rhubarb  that  he  had  ever  seen"  (Trans.  Med. 
Soc.  of  Calcutta,  iii.  p.  439).  The  Rhubarb  of  R.  Webbianum  was 
tried  by  the  author  in  both  the  Military  and  Civil  Hospital  at  Saha- 
runpore,  and  found  to  be  of  very  good  quality.  Some  of  it  was  sub- 
sequently submitted  by  the  Medical  Board  to  the  late  Mr.  Twining, 
for  experiment  in  the  General  Hospital  at  Calcutta.  After  trial  in  43 
cases,  he  reported  that  in  doses  of  9j.  or  3ss.  it  has  a  good  purgative 
effect,  operating  nearly  as  freely  as  the  best  Turkey  Rhubarb;  and, 
further,  that  the  effects  of  small  doses  of  the  remedy,  as  a  tonic  and 
astringent,  are  highly  satisfactory ;  also,  that  it  "  is  very  efficacious 
in  moderate  doses  for  such  cases  as  Rhubarb  is  generally  used  to 
purge."  After  a  further  trial  in  4  other  cases  of  Diarrhoea,  he  re- 
ports, "  If  further  experiments  should  confirm  the  efficacy  of  the 
Himalaya  Rhubarb  in  such  cases,  the  acquisition  of  this  remedy  to 
the  Materia  Medica  of  this  country  will  be  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance" (1.  c.  p.  445). 

This  Rhubarb  differs  much  in  appearance  from  that  of  commerce. 
The  bark,  of  a  brownish  colour,  has  not  been  taken  off.  The  tex- 
ture is  radiated,  rather  spongy,  the  colour  a  yellowish-brown,  the 
powder  of  a  dull  brownish-yellow  colour,  with  little  aroma  (but  when 
fresh  dried,  the  root  was  described  as  aromatic  by  Mr.  Twining), 
with  a  bitter  and  rather  astringent  taste.  The  author  selected  the 
branches  of  the  roots,  for  he  found  the  rootstock  generally  decayed 
in  the  centre.  They  were  cut  into  short  pieces,  and  slung  upon  string 
for  the  facility  of  drying.  Some  of  the  Himalayan  Rhubarb  is  probably 
yielded  by  R.  Emodi,  perhaps  by  other  undiscovered  species  of  Nepal, 
and  of  the  passes  towards  Bootan.  Their  value  must  be  decided  by 
their  medical  effects  in  the  cases  for  which  they  are  suited,  and 
not  by  their  differing  in  appearance  from  the  roots  of  other  species. 

English  Rhubarb.  This  is  cultivated  at  Banbury,  in  Oxfordshire, 
to  the  extent  of  twenty  tons  annually,  and  is  the  produce  of  Rheum 
Rhaponticum  (v.  P.  J.  vi.  p.  75).  It  is  the  kind  frequently  sold  by 
men  dressed  up  as  Turks  as  Turkey  Rhubarb.  The  pieces  vary  in 
shape,  some  being  ovoid,  others  cylindrical  (English  Stick  Rhubarb), 
smoothed  externally,  and  rubbed  with  a  yellow  powder ;  light,  rather 
spongy,  with  a  reddish  hue.  It  is  rather  mucilaginous  in  taste,  and 
a  little  astringent.  Its  odour  feeble,  but  unpleasant.  It  is  supposed 
that  much  of  this  is  employed  for  adulterating  the  Asiatic  Rhubarb 
when  in  a  powdered  state  (v.  P.  J.  vi.  p.  74  and  76). 

A  variety  of  analyses  of  Rhubarb  have  been  made  by  different 


510  ANALYSIS   OF   RHUBARB.  [Apelata. 

chemists,  but  with  such  varying  results,  that  Drs.  Schlosberger  and 
Daepping  say  that  "  not  one  satisfactory  analysis  is  to  be  met  with." 
They  present  as  the  result  of  their  own  labours  that 

1.  Rhubarb  appears,  as  regards  its  chemical  and  therapeutic  pro- 
perties, to  be  a  mixture  of  Resin,  Extractive  Matter,  and  Chryso- 
phanic  Acid. 

2.  The  Chrysophanic',  of  Parmelia  parietina,  is  identical  with  the 
pure  yellow  Chrystalline  obtained  from  Rhubarb,  which  has  been  de- 
scribed in  its  impure  state  as  Yellow  Principle  of  Rhubarb,  Rheni  or 
Rhababarinas,  by  Geiger :  the  Rhabarberic  Acid,  by  Brandes. 

3.  Resins  are  among  the  chief  constituents  of  Rhubarb,  although 
their  presence  is  denied  by  Bulk ;  they  are,  by  the  intermedium  of 
other  substances,  as  the  so-called  Extractive  matter,  &c.,  partially 
soluble  in  water. 

The  three  chief  Resins  are  Aporetine,  Phasoretine,  and  Erythrore- 
tine ;  the  two  former  appear  isomeric ;  but  all  three  are  chiefly  cha- 
racterized by  their  different  degrees  of  solubility. 

4.  The  taste,  odour,  the  relation  to  chemical  reagents,  and  the 
therapeutic  action  of  Rhubarb,  appear  to  be  modified  essentially  by 
the  joint  co-operation  of  the  Resins,  the  Colouring  Matter,  and  the 
Extractive  Matter ;  and  probably,  also,  in  a  less  degree  by  the  Tan- 
nin, Gallic  Acid,  Sugar,  Pectine,  and  the  copious   Salts  of  Lime 
which  it  contains.     (Ann.  der  Chemie  und  Pharmacie,  May  1844. 
P.  J.  iv.  322.) 

The  active  principles  of  Rhubarb  are  taken  up  by  water,  either 
cold  or  hot,  as  also  by  Proof  Spirit.  The  Alkalies  produce  a  red- 
coloured  solution  with  Rhubarb.  The  Acids  cause  a  precipitate  in 
its  infusion,  as  does  Gelatine.  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  produces  a 
green-coloured  precipitate.  Tincture  of  Iodine  produces  a  tawny 
muddiness. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  also  mildly  Astringent  and  Tonic.  Acts 
chiefly  upon  the  muscular  fibre,  and  thus  produces  faecal  rather  than 
watery  evacuations.  The  cathartic  is  followed  by  its  astringent 
effect,  making  it  particularly  valuable  in  cases  of  Diarrhoea,  where 
it  first  evacuates  and  then  strengthens  the  intestinal  canal.  In  small 
doses  it  acts  as  a  Stomachic  and  Tonic.  Its  colouring  matter  is 
readily  absorbed,  and  may  soon  be  detected  in  the  urine.  It  is  much 
used  as  a  Laxative  for  children,  especially  in  combination  with  Mag- 
nesia, sometimes  with  Calomel,  and  is  equally  suitable  as  a  Purga- 
tive in  cases  of  Diarrhoea,  with  an  antacid  and  aromatic,  or  in  cases 
where  a  mild  Cathartic  is  required. 

I).  Of  the  powder  gr.  x. — 9j. 

PULVIS  RHEI  COMPOSITTJS,  E.     Comp.  Rhubarb  Powder. 

Prep.  Mix  thoroughly  Magnesia  ftj.  finely  powdered  Ginger  3ij.  and/neZy  powdered 
Rhubarb  3iv.  Preserve  in  well-closed  bottles. 

Action.  Uses.  Laxative  and  Antacid;  well  known  as  Gregory's 
Powder.  In  doses  of  9j. — 3j.  For  children,  gr.  v. — gr.  x. 


Polygonea!.]  PREPARATIONS   OF  RHUBARB.  5H 

PILULE  RHEI,  E.  (U.  S.)     Rhubarb  Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass  finely  powdered  Rhubarb  9  parts,  Acet.  Potash  1  part, 
Conserve  of  Red  Roses  5  parts.  Divide  into  5  gr.  pills. 

[Rhubarb  powd.  3vj.  Soap  3ij.  Make  a  mass  with  water,  and  divide  in  120  pills. 
U.S.] 

Action.    Uses.     Aperient  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — gr.  xv. 
PILULE  RHEI  COMPOSITE,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Comp.  Rhubarb  Pills. 

Prep.  Mix  powdered  Rhubarb  3j.  (12  parts,  E.)  powdered  Aloes  3vj.  (9  parts),  pow- 
dered Myrrh  3ss.  (6  parts,  E.)  Then  rub  into  a  proper  mass  with  Soap  3j.  (Castile  6 
parts,  E.),  Oil  of  Caraway,  f  3ss.  L.  (Oil  of  Peppermint  1  part,  E.)  Syrup  q.  s.  L.  (Con- 
serve of  Red  Roses  5  parts,  E.)  till  thoroughly  mixed.  (Divide  into  5  gr.  pills.  Or,  if 
preferred,  omit  the  Oil  of  Peppermint,  E.) 

[Rhubarb  powd.  gi.  Aloes  powd.  3vj.  Myrrh  powd.  3ss.  OiZ  of  Peppermint  f  3ss.  Syrup 
of  Orange  Peel  q.  s.  Beat  the  whole  together  to  form  a  mass.  To  be  divided  into  240 
pills.] 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 9j.  Well  suited  to  a 
sluggish  state  of  the  bowels. 

PILULE  RHEI  ET  FERRI,  E.     Rhubarb  and  Iron  Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  mass  dried  sulph.  Iron  4  parts,  Extr.  Rhubarb  10  parts,  Con- 
serve of  Red  Roses  5  parts.  Divide  into  5  gr.  pills. 

Action.    Uses.     Tonic  and  Aperient  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — gr.  xv. 
EXTRACTUM  RHEI,  L.  E.  D.     Extract  of  Rhubarb. 

Prep.  L.  D.  Macerate  for  four  days  (with  a  gentle  heat,  L.)  powdered  Rhubarb  3xv. 
(fcj.  D,)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oj.  (ftj.  D.)  and  Aq.  dest.  Ovij.  (fcvij.  D.)  Strain.  Set  by  for 
the  dregs  to  subside.  Pour  off  the  liquor  and  evaporate  to  the  proper  consistence. 

E.  Cut  Rhubarb  ftj.  into  small  pieces,  macerate  in  Aq.  Oiij.  for  24  hours,  filter  through 
cloth,  express  moderately,  macerate  the  residue  with  Aq.  Oij.  for  at  least  12  hours,  filter 
through  the  same  cloth,  and  express  strongly.  Filter  again,  if  necessary,  and  evaporate 
to  the  due  consistence  in  the  vapour-bath.  The  extract  may  be  obtained  of  fine  quality 
by  evaporation  in  vacuo  with  a  gentle  heat. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss.  A  good  prepa- 
ration may  be  obtained  with  cold  water  and  percolation,  when  Spirit 
is  unnecessary  (c),  and  still  better  if  evaporated  in  vacuo,  as  recom- 
mended in  the  E.  P. 

INFUSUM  RHEI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Rhubarb. 

Prep.  Infuse  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  for  2  (12,  E.)  hours  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj. 
(f3xviij.  E.  by  measure  ftss.  D.),  Rhubarb  in  coarse  powder  3iij.  (3j.  E.  gj.  D.  Add  Spi- 
rit of  Cinnamon  f3ij.  E.  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

[Rhubarb  bruised  3i.  Boiling  Water  Oss.  Digest  for  two  hours  in  a  covered  vessel  and 
strain.] 

Action.   Uses.    Aperient  and  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f3iss.  repeated. 
The  boiling  water  is  ineligible,  as  a  precipitate  takes  place  on  cool- 
ing :  this  is  intended  to  be  prevented  by  the  addition  of  the  Spirit. . 
A  good  preparation  may  be  made  with  cold  water  and  percolation. 

VINTJM  RHEI,  E.     Rhubarb  Wine. 

Prep.    Digest  for  7  days  coarsely  powdered  Rhubarb  3V-  (3'j-  U.  S.)  coarsely  pow- 


512  PREPARATIONS    OF  RHUBARB.  [Apetala. 

dered  Canella  3ij  (Ji.  U.  S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  f3  v.  (fgij.  U.  S.)  and  Sherry  Oj.  and  f3xv.  Strain ; 
express  strongly  the  residue.     Filter. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f3ij.  Purgative  f3ss. — 3j- 
TINCTURA  RHEI,  E.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of  Rhubarb. 

Prep.  Mix  powdered  Rhubarb  3i'jss-  (3'U-  U.  S.)  and  bruised  Cardamoms  3ss.  Pro- 
ceed by  percolation  with  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  as  in  Tinct.  Cinchona.  Or  prepare  by  diges- 
tion.  •  J.-._ 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f3j.  Purgative  f3ss.  A 
good  preparation,  especially  if  prepared  by  percolation,  as  Proof 
Spirit  is  an  excellent  solvent. 

TINCTURA  RHEI  COMPOSITA,  L.  D.     Comp.  Tinct.  of  Rhubarb. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days  cut  Rhubarb  gijss.  (3ij.  D.)  bruised  Liquorice 
3vj.  (gss.  D.)  cut  Ginger  and  Saffron  aa  .^iij.  (gij.  D.  bruised  Cardamoms  3ss.  D.)  in 
Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  fi>ij.  D.)  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Cordial,  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f 3j.  Purgative  f3ss. 
-f3j. 

TINCTURA  RHEI  ET  ALOES,  E.  (U.  S.)  Tincture  of  Rhubarb  and  Aloes. 

Prep.  Mix  powdered  Rhubarb  3jss.  Socotrine  or  East  Indian  Aloes  powdered  3vj. 
bruised  Cardamoms  3v.  and  with  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  Proceed  as  for  Tinct.  Cinchona. 

[Rhubarb  bruised  3x.  Aloes  in  powder  3vj.  Cardamoms  bruised  gss.  diluted  Alcohol  Oij. 
Macerate  for»14  days;  compress  and  filter  through  paper.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Cathartic  in  doses  of  f  3ss. — f3j. 

TINCTURA  RHEI  ET  GENTIANS,  E.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Rhubarb  and 
Gentian. 

Prep.  Mix  powdered  Rhubarb  gij.  powdered  or  finely  cut  Gentian  3ss.  and  with 
Proof  Spirit  Oij.  proceed  as  for  Tinct.  Cinchona. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  in  doses  of  f3j.  and  Aperient  in  f3ss. — f3j. 

[TINCTURA  RHEI  ET  SENN.E,  U.  S.     Tincture  of  Rhubarb  and  Senna. 

Rhubarb  bruised  gi.  Senna  3ij.  Coriander  bruised,  Fennel  Seed  bruised,  aa  3i.  Red 
Saunders  rasped  3ij.  Saffron,  Liquorice  aa  3ss.  Raisins  deprived  of  Seeds  ftss.  diluted 
Alcohol  Oiij.  Macerate  for  14  days  ;  compress  and  filter  through  paper. 

SYRUPUS  RHEI,  U.  S.     Syrup  of  Rhubarb. 

Take  of  Rhubarb  bruised  3ij.  Boiling  Water  Oj.  Sugar  fcij.  Macerate  the  Rhubarb 
in  the  Water  for  24  hours  and  strain ;  then  add  the  Sugar,  and  proceed  in  the  manner 
directed  for  Syrup. 

This  is  a  mild  astringent  and  laxative,  and  may  be  used  in  bowel 
affections.  />.  from  f3j.  to  f3j. 

SYRUPUS    RHEI  AROMATICUS,  U.  S.     Aromatic   Syrup  of  Rhubarb, 
Spiced  Syrup  of  Rhubarb. 

Take  of  Rhubarb  bruised  Sijss.  Cloves  bruised,  Oinnamon  bruised,  each  3ss.  Nutmeg 
bruised  3ij.  diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  Syrup  Ovj.  Macerate  the  Rhubarb  and  aromatics  in 
the  diluted  Alcohol  for  14  days,  and  strain  ;  then  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  evaporate  the 
liquor  to  a  pint,  and  while  it  is  still  hot,  mix  it  with  the  Syrup  previously  heated.  It  may 
also  be  made  by  displacement. 


Tkymelcece.] 


M  E  Z  E  R  E  0  N. 


513 


This  syrup  is  cordial,  carminative,  and  slightly  laxative.  Used  in 
bowel  complaints.  D.  f3j.  to  3j.] 

THYMEL^EJE,  Juss.     (Daphnoidece.)     Daphnads. 

Shrubs  or  undershrubs,  with  tenacious  bark.  Leaves  scattered  or  opposite,  simple, 
without  stipules.  Flowers  complete,  or  by  abortion  unisexual.  Perianth  inferior,  co- 
loured, tubular  ;  limb  4,  seldom  5-fid,  imbricate.  Stamens  equal  to,  or  double  the  num- 
ber of  the  divisions  of  the  perianth,  and  inserted  into  its  tube ;  anthers  2-celled,  opening 
by  2  longitudinal  chinks,  sometimes  abortive  and  scale-like.  Ovary  free,  1-celled,  usually 
with  1  pendulous  ovule.  Style  lateral  or  subterminal,  usually  very  short.  Fruit  drupa- 
ceous or  a  nut,  1-seeded,  seldom  2  to  3-seeded.  Seed  inverted ;  albumen  wanting,  or  very 
thin.  Embryo  straight ;  radicle  superior. — They  are  found  in  the  central  parts  of  the 
temperate  zones,  and  in  mountainous  situations,  and  are  remarkable  for  the  tenacity  and 
lace-like  appearance  of  their  bark,  as  well  as  for  its  acridity. 

MEZEREUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radicis  Cortex,  L.  Cortex,  D.  Root- 
Bark,  E.  of  DAPHNE  MEZEREUM,  Linn.  Mezereon.  Octandria 
Trigynia,  Linn. 

This  plant  is  supposed  to  be  included  with  Daphne  oleoides  under 
the  xafAsXaia  of  Dioscorides.  It  is  called  Mazrioon  in  Persian  works 
on  Materia  Medica  and  Khamela  assigned  as  its  Greek  name. 

Mezereon  (fig.  84)  is  a  small  shrub.  Leaves  lanceolate,  tapering  below,  smooth,  ever- 
green. Flowers  subternate, 

lateral,  arranged  in  a  spike-  Fig.  84. 

like  manner,  appearing  be- 
fore the  leaves,  rose-coloured. 
Perianth  4-fid,  segments 
ovate  acute,  tube  hairy.  Sta- 
mens 8,  short,  inserted  (1)  in 
the  tube  of  the  perianth  in 
two  rows.  Ovary  (2)  oval, 
oblong,  with  a  short  style 
and  peltate  stigma.  Berry 
bright-red,  fleshy,  1-seeded 
(t>.  3,  where  some  of  the  sar- 
cocarp  has  been  removed,  to 
show  the  seed). — Woods  of 
central  Europe,  less  common 
in  Great  Britain ;  cultivated 
in  gardens  as  an  ornamental 
shrub.  Nees  von  E.  125. 
St.  and  Ch.  65. 


D.  Gnidium,  (Fr.  Garou), 
D.  Laureola,  Spurge  Laurel, 
and  other  species,  are  also 
employed  on  the  continent. 
The  bark  of  the  latter  forms  much  of  what  is  used,  even  in  this  country,  for  Mezereon. 
—Squire,  P.  J.  i.  395. 

The  bark  of  the  root  is  officinal  in  the  L.  and  E.  P.  and  is  the  most 
efficacious ;  that  of  the  stem  and  branches  in  the  D.  P.;  but  all  these 
parts  as  well  as  the  berries,  are  acrid.  The  bark  is  tough  and  fibrous, 
as  in  all  Daphnes:  it  is  met  with  in  strips  which  are  of  a  light  gray- 
ish colour  externally,  whitish  and  shining  within ;  when  fresh  dried, 
it  has  a  slight  but  peculiar  odour.  The  taste,  especially  of  the  inner 
part  of  the  bark,  is  hot,  acrid,  and  durable,  though  at  first  a  little 
sweetish.  These  properties  are  imparted  to  water,  Alcohol,  Oils,  and 
Vinegar.  Analyzed,  it  has  been  found  to  contain  Sugar,  Wax,  Co- 

33 


514 


NUTMEGS. 


[Apetalce. 


louring  matter,  a  neutral  principle  (Daphnine),  together  with  an  acrid 
Resin;  but  much  of  its  active  principle  is  volatilized  by  heat,  and  M. 
"Vauquelin  infers  it  is  analogous  in  nature  to  Conia.  The  berries,  ac- 
cording to  Pallas,  are  employed  as  Cathartics,  but  in  large  doses  will 
prove  poisonous. 

Action.  Uses.  Epispastic.  A  piece  of  the  bark  moistened  in  vinegar, 
and  applied  to  the  skin,  and  renewed,  will  produce  a  blister.  Guibourt 
recommends  an  Ointment  as  a  substitute  for  Savine  Ointment.  Also, 
Stimulating  Diaphoretic  and  Diuretic,  but  chiefly  used  as  an  ingre- 
dient of  the  Decoction  of  Sarsaparilla. 

DECOCTUM  MEZEREI,  D.     Decoction  of  Mezereon. 

Prep.  Mix  Mezereon  (bark  of  Daphne  Mezereum,  D.)  in  chips  3ij.  bruised  Liquorice 
Root  3ss.  in  Aq.  Oij.  (ftiij.  D.  with  gentle  heat,  E.)     Boil  down  to  Ojss.  (ftij.  D.)  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  f  3ij.  3  or  4  times  a  day  ;  but 
most  of  the  «active  principle  is  dissipated  during  the  boiling. 
Pharm.  Prep.  Decoctum  Sarzae  (Sarsaparilla, U.  S.)  Compositum,  L. 

MYRISTICE^E,  R.  Brown.     Nutmegs. 


Fig.  85. 


Trees,  often  lofty,  or  shrubs 
with  acrid  juice,  which  becomes 
of  a  reddish  colour  in  the  air. 
Leaves  alternate,  in  two  rows, 
without  stipules,  simple,  entire. 
Flowers  dioecious,  usually  in- 
conspicuous, white,  or  yellow- 
ish. Perianth  simple,  trifid, 
rarely  bi-  or  4-fid,  valvate.  Sta- 
mens united  into  a  column,  or 
separate ;  anthers  3  to  15,  2- 
celled,  turned  outwards  and 
opening  longitudinally,  connate 
or  distinct.  Ovary  free,  single 
with  1  erect  ovule,  seldom  2 
ovules.  Style  very  short.  Stig- 
ma somewhat  lobed.  Fruit  dru- 
paceous, dehiscent,  2-valved. 
Seed  nut-like,  enveloped  in  a 
many-parted  fleshy  aril.  Em- 
bryo very  small,  at  the  base  of 
a  fleshy,  fat-containing  rumi- 
nate albumen.  Cotyledons  fo- 
liaceous ;  radicle  inferior. 

The  Myristicea?  re- 
semble LaurinecB  in  pro- 
perties. By  Dr.  Lindley 
they  were  placed  near 
Jlnonacece,  which  they 
resemble  in  the  struc- 
ture of  their  flower  and 
seed,  ruminate  albumen, 
and  position  of  embryo. 

He  now  places  them  in  his  Alliance  Menispermales,  in  connex- 
ion with  which  may  be  mentioned  an  interesting  fact,  first  noticed 
by  Dr.  Falconer,  that  is,  that  the  seeds  of  Sparostemma  grandi- 


Myristicea.]  MYRISTICA.  515 

Jlorum  have  the  albumen  remarkably  aromatic,  nearly  as  much  so  as 
Nutmegs,  which  in  aroma  and  taste  they  closely  resemble  when 
bruised  or  chewed.  Myristicea?  are  found  within  the  tropics  of  Asia 
and  America. 

MYRISTICA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Nux  Moschata,  D.  Nuclei,  L.  D.  Kernel 
of  the  Fruit,  E.  of  MYRISTICA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.  E-  (M.  Moschata, 
Thunb.)  L.  D.  Nutmegs.  MACIS,  Involucrum,  D.  (arillus)  of  the 
Nut.  Mace.  Adeps  et  Oleum,  v.  infra.  Diacia  Monadelph.  Linn. 

Nutmegs,  being  the  produce  of  the  distant  Spice  Islands,  were  pro- 
bably first  known  to  the  Hindoos  (Sans  Jae-phul,  Java-fruit?),  and 
through  them  to  the  Arabs,  being  the  jouz-al-teeb  or  fragrant  nut  of 
Avicenna.  The  Dutch  long  endeavoured  to  confine  the  Nutmeg  to 
three  of  the  small  Banda  Isles.  But  when  these  were  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  English  from  1796  to  1802,  Dr.  Roxburgh  brought  away 
and  introduced  numerous  plants  into  the  English  settlements  of  Ben- 
coolen  and  Penang  and  into  the  Calcutta  Botanic  Garden.  The 
Nutmeg  has  also  been  introduced  into  the  Mauritius,  French  Guiana, 
and  West  India  Islands.  Nutmeg  and  Clove-trees  have  flowered  this 
year  at  Syon  House. 

The  Nutmeg-tree  (fig.  85)  is  about  25  to  30  feet  high,  with  some  resemblance  to  a  Pear- 
tree.  Leaves  faintly  aromatic,  alternate,  sub-bifarious,  with  short  petioles,  oblong,  some- 
what obtuse  at  the  base,  acuminate,  glabrous,  above  dark-green,  paler  beneath.  Male. 
Racemes  axillary.  Flowers  small,  yellowish,  the  pedicels  of  each  supported  by  a  minute 
bract.  Calyx  (1)  urceolate,  3-toothed,  thick  and  fleshy,  with  short  reddish  pubescence. 
Filaments  (1  and  2)  united  into  a  thick,  oblong,  and  obtuse  column.  Anthers  (2)  about 
9  (9  pairs,  Roxb.),  linear-oblong,  attached  round  the  upper  part  of  the  filamentous  column, 
2-celled,  free  at  their  base,  opening  longitudinally  (3).  Female  (4).  Peduncles  usually 
solitary,  axillary.  Perianth  much  as  in  the  male.  Ovary  ovate.  Style  short.  Stigma 
2-lobed,  persistent.  Fruit  pyriform  or  nearly  spherical,  about  the  size  of  a  peach.  Peri- 
carp fleshy,  splitting  from  the  apex  into  two  equal,  thick,  fleshy,  astringent  valves,  and 
displaying  the  deep  orange  or  scarlet-coloured  arillus  or  Mace,  which,  cut  into  many 
irregular  denticulate  stripes,  embraces  the  nut  so  tightly  as  to  impress  it  with  superficial 
furrows.  Nut  (5)  ovoid,  attached  by  a  large  umbilicus  to  the  bottom  of  the  cell ;  its  shell 
is  hard,  of  a  dark  brownish-black  colour,  and  glossy,  with  its  inner  coat  of  a  light- brown 
colour,  thin,  but  spongy,  closely  investing  the  seed.  Seeds  or  Nutmeg  conform  to  the 
shell,  and  consisting  chiefly  of  albumen,  into  which  the  inner  coat  of  the  shell  dips  deeply, 
giving  it  a  variegated,  brownish-veined,  or  ruminated  appearance  (6) ;  while  fresh,  rather 
soft,  juicy,  and  more  fragrant  than  after  being  dried.  Embryo  at  base  of  albumen  (6), 
erect,  patelliform.  Cotyledons  2,  thick,  fan-shaped,  margins  irregularly  cut  (7).  Plumule 
of  2  unequal  lobes.  Radicle  inferior,  hemispherical. — Roxburgh  chiefly,  Fl.  Ind.  iii.  p. 
844.  Corom.  Plant,  iii.  t.  267.  Nees  von  E.  133.  St.  and  Cb.  104. 

Nutmegs  are  imported  chiefly  from  the  Spice  Islands.  A  few  other 
species  yield  aromatic  nuts,  as  M.  tomentosa,  sometimes  called  Wild 
or  Male  Nutmegs :  so  M.  Otoba  in  South  America.  Virola  sebifera 
yields  a  large  quantity  of  oil.  Nutmegs  are  imported  generally  with- 
out their  shells,  and  the  Mace  separated  from  them.  Both  are  care- 
fully dried  in  the  sun,  and  the  nuts  then  dipped  in  milk  of  lime  to  pro- 
tect them  from  the  depredations  of  insects.  They  are  roundish  or 
ellipsoidal,  the  finest  rather  small  and  heavy,  marked  externally  with 
a  network  of  furrows,  internally  of  a  light  reddish-gray  colour,  mark- 
ed with  darker-coloured  veins.  The  odour  is  agreeably  aromatic ; 
the  taste  warm,  a  little  bitter,  but  gratefully  aromatic.  500  parts 
analyzed  by  Bonastre,  were  found  to  contain  of  Volatile  Oil  6  per 


516  NUTMEG    AND    MACE.  [Apetalae. 

cent.,  Stearine  or  solid  fatty  matter  24,  Elaine  or  liquid  oil,  coloured, 
7-6,  Acid  0-8,  Starch  2-4,  Gum  1,  and  Lignin  54  per  cent.  The  dark 
veins  especially  contain  the  oily  matter.  The  properties  are  taken 
up  both  by  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

MACE  (Mads),  as  seen  in  the  fresh  Nutmeg,  or  in  wet  preserved 
specimens,  is  of  a  deep-orange  or  crimson  colour;  in  a  dry  state,  it 
is  of  a  yellow  or  dull-orange  colour  ;  in  flat,  irregularly  cut,  some- 
what horny,  but  also  brittle  pieces.  It  has  the  odour  and  taste  of 
Nutmegs,  and  when  analyzed  yields  the  same  principles,  that  is,  a 
volatile  oil  by  distillation  and  a  fixed  oil  by  pressure;  so  that  its 
active  properties  are  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Action.  Uses.  Nutmegs  and  Mace  are  both  Aromatic  and  Stimu- 
lant; in  large  doses  Narcotic.  Both  are  employed  as  Condiments, 
but  Nutmegs  as  an  adjunct  to  many  officinal  preparations. 

MYRISTIC^E  ADEPS,  E.  MYRISTIC^E  OLEUM  EXPRESSUM,  L.  (v.  Emp.  Picis.) 
Butter  of  Nutmegs,  commonly  but  erroneously  called  Expressed 
Oil  of  Mace. 

Butter  of  Nutmegs  is  an  ingredient  of  the  Emp.  Picis,  L.  (p.)  E.,  otherwise  it  is  little 
used.  It  is  imported  from  the  Moluccas,  being  prepared  there  by  partially  heating  and 
subjecting  Nutmegs  to  pressure.  It  is  solid,  in  brick-shaped  cakes,  of  an  orange  colour, 
with  the  odour  of  Nutmegs.  It  contains  a  little  Volatile  Oil,  a  fluid  Elaine,  and  another 
fatty  principle,  which  is  solid  and  crystallizable  ;  melts  at  118°,  is  composed  of  Ca8  H27 
O8,  and,  when  saponified,  yields  Myristic  acid.  (Gregory.} 

Action.  Uses.  Emollient  and  slightly  Stimulant  as  an  Embrocation. 

OLEUM  MYRISTIC^:,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Volatile  or  Essential  Oil  of  Nut- 
megs. 

Obtained  by  distilling  Nutmegs  reduced  to  powder  with  water.  Usually  imported  of  a 
pale  yellow  colour,  with  the  odour  and  taste  of  Nutmegs.  Sp.  Gr.  920  —  948.  This  after 
a  time  deposits  crystals  of  Stearoptene,  the  Myristicine  of  some  authors.  The  true  Vola- 
tile Oil  of  Mace  is  similar  in  nature  and  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  in  doses  of  Ttj.  — 


SPIRITUS  (Nucis  MOSCHAT.E,  D.)  MYRISTICJE,  L.  E.     Spirit  of  Nutmeg. 

Prep.  Mix  bruised  Nutmegs  3ijss.  (gij.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  and  Aq.  Oj.  (q.  s.  to 
prevent  empyreuma.  Macerate  for  24  hours,  D.)  with  gentle  heat,  L.  Distil  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant.  Used  as  an  adjunct  in  doses 
of  f  3j.—  f  3iv. 

LAURINE^E,  R.  Brown.     Laurels. 

Trees,  seldom  shrubs,  generally  with  handsome  foliage.  Leaves  exstipulate,  alternate, 
sometimes  approximated,  so  as  to  appear  opposite,  simple,  entire,  coriaceous,  and  ever- 
green, sometimes  glandular  and  dotted  below.  Flowers  complete,  or  by  abortion  unisex- 
ual, regular,  racemose,  or  paniculate,  sometimes  umbellifbrm  ;  pedicels  tribracteatc. 
Perianth  calyx-like,  inferior,  4  to  6  cleft  or  divided,  imbricated.  Disk  fleshy,  attached  to 
the  bottom  of  the  perianth.  Stamens  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  perianth,  either  6  in  a 
single  row,  or  12  in  a  double  or  treble  row,  the  fertile  alternate  with  the  barren  ones. 
Anthers  adnate,  2  —  4-celled,  opening  by  valves,  recurved  from  the  base  to  the  apex. 
Glands  often  present  at  the  base  of  the  inner  filaments.  Ovary  free,  1-celled,  with  1  to  3 
pendulous  ovules.  Style  1.  Stigma  1,  obscurely  2  —  3  lobed.  Fruit  a  berry  or  rather 
drupe.  Seed  without  albumen;  embryo  straight;  cotyledons  large;  radicle  superior.  — 
The  Laurinese,  from  the  structure  of  their  anthers,  are  allied  to  Atherospermea  and  to 


Launnece.] 


LAURI    FOLIA. 


517 


GyrocarpecK :  from  the  Thyrneltece  they  are  easily  distinguished  by  their  structure.  They 
0have  been  well  elucidated  by  Nees  von  Esenbeck.  In  their  red-coloured  juice,  and  aro. 
matic  properties,  they  resemble  Myristicea. — Tropical  regions  of  Asia  and  America,  with 
two  species  extending  to  the  north  of  Africa  and  south  of  Europe. — Enneand.  Monog. 
Linn. 

LAURI  FOLIA,  L.  D.  et  LAURI  BACC^E,  L.  D.  Leaves  and  Berries  of 
LAUIIUS  NOBILIS,  Linn.  Laurel  or  Sweet  Bay.  Enneandria  Monog. 
Linn. 

This  is  the  Aa<pvn]  of  the  Greeks.  From  its  leaves  having  been  em- 
ployed in  making  chaplets  for  their  gods  and  crowns  for  their  heroes, 
it  was  called  Laurus  nobilis  by  Linnaeus.  It  is  the  ghar  of  the  Arabs, 
and  probably  the  Ezrach  of  the  Bible,  (v.  Bibl.  Cycl.  i.  p.  692.) 

Evergreen  (fig.  86)  from  15  to  25  feet  high,  with  dense  leafy  branches.  Leaves  ob- 
long, lanceolate,  acute,  wavy 

at  the  margin,  hairless,  with  pj^  gg< 

the  exception  of  a  fine  beard 
and  small  pore  at  the  axils  of 
the  lower  veins.  Umbels  4 — 6 
flowered,  (1)  axillary,  support- 
ed by  scarious  concave  scales. 
Flowers  dioecious,  yellowish, 
dotted  with  fine  glands.  Peri- 
anth 4-parted  (2).  Fertile 
Stamens  12  in  3  rows,  the  ex- 
ternal  alternating  with  the  seg- 
ments of  the  perianth.  Fila- 
ments each  with  2  glands  at, 
or  above,  the  middle.  Anthers 
oblong,  2- celled,  all  looking  in- 
wards, opening  with  2  turned- 
up  valves  (3).  Female  flowers 
with  2  to  4  castrated  stamens. 
Stigma  capitate.  Berry  ovoid, 
about  the  size  of  a  field-bean, 
bluish  -  black,  single  -  seeded. 
Cotyledons  large,  oleaginous, 
convex  on  the  back. — North  of 
Asia  Minor;  common  in  Me- 
diterranean region;  shrubberies 
in  England. — Nees  von  E.  t. 
132. 

Lauri  Folia,  L.  D. 
Laurel  leaves,  which 
must  be  carefully  distin- 
guished from  the  poison- 
ous leaves  of  the  Cherry 
Laurel,  p.  383,  have  a  fragrant  odour,  and  an  aromatic,  rather  bitter 
taste.  These  properties  they  owe  chiefly  to  the  presence  of  a  yellow- 
coloured  Volatile  Oil,  which  may  be  separated  by  distillation  with 
water.  The  leaves  of  a  species  of  Cinnamomum  are  still  employed 
in  India  for  the  same  purposes  as  these,  and  were,  no  doubt,  the  Mala- 
bathrum  of  the  Ancients.  They  are  called  tej-pat,  and  the  bark,  tej 
and  putruj. 

Lauri  Baccce,  L.  D.  Laurel  Berries  (hob  al  ghar  of  the  Arabs) 
are  oblong,  ellipsoid ;  when  dry  of  a  dark-brown  colour,  with  a 
wrinkled,  friable  sarcocarp,  covering  the  two  oval  fatty  cotyledons. 


518  SASSAFRAS.  [Apetalae. 

They  contain  a  warm,  fragrant,  Volatile  Oil,  which  may  be  obtained 
by  distillation  with  water,  and  about  £  of  a  greenish-coloured  fat,* 
which  may  be  separated  by  expression. 

Oleum  Lauri  expressum,  or  Oil  of  Bays,  obtained  by  pressure,  and 
the  aid  of  heat,  both  from  the  fresh  and  the  dry  drupes  of  the  Bay 
tree.  It  is  imported  from  the  S.  of  Europe.  Like  the  Butter  of  Nut- 
megs, it  contains  a  Volatile  Oil,  Elaine,  and  Stearine. 

Action.  Uses.  Leaves  and  Berries,  Aromatic  Stimulants,  but  are 
not  much  used  now.  The  infusion  of  the  leaves  is  Diaphoretic,  or 
they  may  be  used  in  a  bath.  Oil  of  Bay,  is  a  stimulant  Embroca- 
tion. 

SASSAFRAS.  Radix,  L.  D.  Root,  E.  (SASSAFRAS  RADICIS  CORTEX, 
U.  S.)  Lignum  et  Oleum  Volatile,  D.  Wood  and  Volatile  Oil  of 
SASSAFRAS  OFFICINALE,  JVees  von  Esenbeck  E.  (Laurus  Sassafras, 
Linn.)  L.  D. 

Sassafras  was  discovered  by  the  Spaniards  in  Florida  in  1528,  but 
is  common  throughout  the  United  States.  The  name  is  considered 
to  be  a  corruption  of  Saxifrage  (De  Theis).  Sassafras  nuts  have 
nothing  to  do  with  this  plant,  but  are  probably  those  of  a  Nectandra. 

A  small  dioecious  tree,  but  growing  to  a  great  height  in  favourable  situations,  with  a 
trunk  about  a  foot  in  diameter.  Bark  rough,  furrowed,  grayish-coloured,  but  the  twigs 
smooth,  and  bright  green.  Leaves  alternate,  petiolate,  downy  when  young,  membranous, 
varying  much  in  form  and  size,  some  being  oval  and  entire,  others  with  a  lobe  on  one 
side  only,  the  generality  3-lobed,  but  all  tapering  into  the  petiole.  Flowers  slightly  fra- 
grant, of  a  pale  yellowish-green  colour,  racemose,  with  deciduous  subulate  bracts.  Pe- 
rianth 6-parted.  Stamens  9,  the  3  inner  with  a  thick  stipitale  gland  on  each  side.  An- 
thers linear,  4-cclled,  all  looking  inwards.  Female  flowers  usually  with  fewer  sterile 
stamens,  the  inner  often  all  united  together.  Drupe  oval,  about  the  size  of  a  large  pea, 
of  a  deep-blue  colour,  placed  on  the  thickened  apex  of  the  reddish-coloured  peduncle, 
surrounded  by  the  cup  formed  by  the  remains  of  the  perianth. — North  American  woods 
from  Canada  to  Florida.  Flowers  in  May  in  the  north,  but  earlier  in  the  south. — Nees 
von  E.  131.  St.  and  Ch.  126. 

Sassafras  Wood  is  light,  porous,  and  fragile,  whitish  in  the  young, 
and  reddish  in  the  old  tree,  but  feebly  aromatic,  and  seldom  employed 
in  America.  The  Bark  is  sometimes  separated. 

The  Root  is  much  more  efficacious,  and  usually  seen  in  irregular 
and  branched  fragments ;  wood,  of  a  brownish-white,  light  and  po- 
rous ;  bark  brittle,  spongy,  in  layers  of  a  rusty  cinnamon  hue ;  fresh 
exposed  surfaces  of  a-lighter  hue,  sometimes  covered  with  a  brownish 
epidermis.  Dr.  Reinach  has  lately  analyzed  the  Bark  of  the  Root  of 
the  Sassafras,  in  which  he  found,  as  was  to  be  expected,  a  much 
larger  proportion  of  the  active  principle  than  in  the  Wood.  He  found 
of  Heavy  and  Volatile  Oils  8,  Fatty  matter  8,  Resin  and  Wax  50, 
Sassafrid  (a  peculiar  principle  which  may  be  arranged  with  Tannin) 
92,  Tannin  58,  Sassafrid  with  Tannin  and  Gum  68,  Albumen  6,  Gum, 
Colouring  matters,  &c.,  30,  Starch  with  reddish-brown  Colouring 
matter  54,  Starch  with  Tannin,  &c.,  289,  Lignin  247=1000  parts. 

The  odour  is  pleasantly  fragrant,  its  taste  sweetish  and  gratefully 
aromatic,  dependent  on  the  presence  of  its  Volatile  Oil.  These  yield 
their  properties  to  hot  water  as  well  as  to  Alcohol ;  but  the  Volatile 
Oil  will  necessarily  be  dissipated,  if  much  heat  is  employed. 


Zaurinea.]  CAMPHOR.  519 

Sassafras  Pith  is  described  by  American  writers  as  in  slender, 
very  light,  and  spongy  pieces ;  mucilaginous  in  taste,  with  a  slight 
flavour  of  the  Sassafras ;  forming  a  limpid  mucilage  with  water, 
which  is  much  used  as  a  demulcent.  The  leaves  even  are  said  by 
Dr.  Lindley  to  be  used  in  Louisiana  for  thickening  soup,  from  con- 
taining much  mucilage. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant ;  Diaphoretic  in  infusion ;  but  chiefly 
used  in  combination. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Decoct.  Guaiaci  Comp.  Aqua  Calcis  Comp.  De- 
coct. Sarzse  Comp. 

OLEUM  SASSAFRAS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Volatile  Oil  of  Sassafras. 
Prep.  Distil  bruised  Sassafras  Root,  wood,  and  bark,  with  water. 

A  light  yellow-coloured  Oil ;  Sp.  Gr.  1-094 ;  with  Sassafras-odour 
and  pungent  taste.  It  appears  to  be  composed  of  two  oils,  one  of 
which  swims,  the  other  sinks  in  water.  After  a  time  it  deposits  a 
Stearoptene. 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Stimulant  in  doses  of  r^'ij. — fftv.  It  is  one 
of  the  Oils  recommended  to  be  added  to  the  Fluid  Extract  of  Sarsa- 
parilla,  E. 

CAMPHORA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Camphor.  Concretum  sui  generis  sub- 
limatione  purificatum,  L.  Produce  of  CAMPHORA  OFFICINARUM,  Nees 
v.  Esenbeck,  E.  (Laurus  Camphora,  Linn.)  L.  D. ;  also  of  Dryo- 
balanops  Camphora,  Colebr.  D. 

Camphor  is  a  principle  found  in  many  plants,  but  only  in  two  in 
any  great  abundance.  One  of  these,  erroneously  referred  to  as  yield- 
ing some  of  the  Camphor  of  European  commerce,  has  been  mentioned 
at  p.  290.  The  other  is  a  Chinese  and  Japanese  plant.  Camphor, 
like  several  substances  the  produce  of  countries  to  the  southward  or 
eastward  of  India,  was  unknown  to  the  ancients.  (Hindoo  Med.  p. 
93.)  It  was  known  to  the  Arabs,  and  called  by  them  Kaphoor. 

The  Camphor  tree  is  an  evergreen,  grows  to  a  considerable  size,  is  straight  below  and 
branched.  All  parts  emit  a  camphoraceous  odour  when  bruised.  Wood  white,  fragrant, 
much  used  in  China  for  making  trunks,  boxes,  &c.  Branches  somewhat  lax,  smooth, 
with  a  greenish-bark.  Leaves  alternate,  with  long  petioles,  ovate-lanceolate,  rather  coria- 
ceous, smooth,  shining,  and  bright-green  above,  paler  beneath,  triple-nerved,  with  a  sunken 
gland  opening  by  a  pore  beneath,  at  the  axils  of  the  principal  lateral  veins.  Leaf-buds 
scaly.  Flowers  small,  hermaphrodite,  smooth  externally,  in  naked,  axillary,  and  terminal 
corymbose  panicles.  Perianth  6-cleft,  with  a  deciduous  limb.  Fertile  stamens  9,  in  3 
rows,  the  3  inner  supported  at  the  base  with  2  stipitate  compressed  glands.  Anthers 
4-celled,  opening  by  as  many  ascending  valves,  the  3  interior  looking  outwards,  the  others 
opening  inwards.  Three  sterile  stamens  subalternate  with  those  of  the  second  row,  three 
others  stipitate,  each  with  an  ovate  head.  Drupe  situated  in  the  truncate  cup-like  base 
of  the  perianth. — Native  of  China,  principally  near  Chinchew  in  the  province  of  Fokien; 
also  of  Formosa  and  Japan. — Nees  von  Esenb.  130.  St.  and  Ch.  129. 

Camphor  is  diffused  through  all  parts  of  the  plant,  and  is  separated 
from  the  root,  trunk,  and  branches,  which  when  cut  into  chips,  are 
boiled  in  water  and  then  sublimed  into  inverted  straw  cones  con- 
tained within  earthen  capitals.  It  is  thus  obtained  in  the  form  of 
Crude  Camphor,  chiefly  from  the  province  of  Fokien  and  the  oppo- 
site island  of  Formosa,  but  some  of  good  quality  is  also  procured 


520  CAMPHOR  A.  [Apetalai. 

from  Japan.  The  Dutch  exported  from  thence  into  Europe  310,520 
Ibs.  in  seven  years.  It  is  sometimes  imported  into  this  country  from 
Batavia.  The  ordinary  Crude  Camphor  is  in  small  grayish-coloured, 
slightly  sparkling  grains,  which  by  aggregation  form  grayish  crum- 
bling cakes,  with  all  the  properties  of  purified  Camphor.  This  is 
separated  from  impurities  by  being  mixed  with  lime  and  sublimed  in 
thin  glass  vessels,  which  being  afterwards  cracked,  the  Camphor  is 
obtained  in  a  concavo-convex  cake  about  three  inches  thick  with  a 
hole  in  its  middle. 

Camphor  is  solid,  colourless,  and  translucent,  with  a  crystalline 
texture,  has  a  strong,  penetrating,  aromatic  odour,  and  a  bitter,  rather 
pungent  taste,  followed  by  a  sensation  of  coolness  ;  though  brittle,  it 
is  not,  from  its  toughness,  easily  pulverized.  Sp.  Gr.  -98  to  -99  ;  so 
that  it  floats  on  water,  and,  evaporating,  produces  a  circulatory  move- 
ment. From  its  volatility,  it  volatilizes  at  ordinary  temperatures, 
and  crystallizes  on  the  inside  of  bottles.  It  melts  at  288°  and  boils 
at  400°,  burns  with  a  bright  flame ;  is  little  soluble  in  water,  but  easily 
so  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  the  volatile  and  fixed  Oils,  also  in  Acetic  acid 
(v.  Acid.  Aceticum  Camphoratum),  and  the  diluted  acids,  and  in  water 
charged  with  Carbonic  acid,  and  with  the  aid  of  trituration  in  about  8 
times  its  weight  of  Milk.  Nitric  Ether  ftij.  will  retain  Camphor  9j. 
dissolved  in  f3iv.  of  water,  (c.)  Nitric  acid,  by  yielding  Oxygen, 
converts  it  into  Camphoric  acid.  Camphor  is  considered  an  oxide  of 
Camphogen  (C10  H8).  or  as  a  solid  volatile  oil  composed  of  C10  H8  O. 
The  E.  C.  give  as  a  test  of  its  purity :  "  Its  powder  evaporates  en- 
tirely when  gently  heated." 

Borneo  Camphor  is  in  white  crystalline  fragments,  as  found  in  the 
wood  of  the  Dryobalanops  Camphora.  Sp.  Gr.  1-009.  Its  odour  is 
not  of  so  diffusible  a  nature,  otherwise  it  closely  resembles  the  above. 
The  Liquid  Camphor  of  the  same  tree  seems  to  be  of  the  nature  of 
Camphogen.  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  by  passing  a  current  of  Oxygen 
gas  through  it,  converted  it  into  Camphor. 

Action.  Uses.  The  action  of  Camphor  is  variously  described.  Ap- 
plied locally  for  a  time  to  any  delicate  surface,  it  will  act  as  an  irri- 
tant. Its  action  when  taken  internally,  is  chiefly  on  the  nervous 
system.  In  moderate  doses  it  will  exhilarate,  and  also  allay  nervous 
irritation,  and  produce  quietude  and  placidity  of  feeling.  Being  ab- 
sorbed into  the  system,  in  large  doses,  or  in  particular  constitutions, 
the  circulation  may  be  affected.  It  afterwards  passes  off  by  the  skin 
and  bronchial  membranes,  but  not  by  the  urine;  the  pulse  is  increased 
in  fulness,  and  diaphoresis  produced,  especially  if  the  patient  be  co- 
vered over ;  consequent  relief  of  febrile  symptoms  ensues.  But  other 
cases  occur,  in  which  sedative  effects  are  perceived.  In  large  doses 
it  acts  as  a  Narcotic,  and  might  be  poisonous.  It  is  chiefly  useful  as 
a  Calmative  and  Anodyne  in  various  Nervous,  especially  Hysterical, 
affections,  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  x.,  and  in  some  Nervous  and  Ty- 
phoid fevers. 

MISTURA  CAMPHORJE,  L.  E.  D.     Camphor  Mixture. 
Prep.  L.  D.  Rub  up  Camphor  3ss.  (9j.  D.)  with  Rectified  Spirit  rrfx.  (add  purified 


LaurjpeaiJ         PREPARATIONS    OF    CAMPHOR.  521 

Sugar  333.  D.)  stirring,  gradually  add  Aqua  Oj.  (hot,  by  measure  ftj.  D.)  Filter  through 
linen  (bibulous  paper,  D.) 

E.  Rub  together  Camphor  9j.  and  pure  Sugar  353.  add  Almonds  3ss.  previously  steeped 
in  hot  water  and  peeled;  beat  the  whole  into  a  smooth  pulp;  constantly  stirring,  add  Aq. 
Oj.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Camphor  Mixture  of  the  L.  P.  is  feeble,  but 
has  the  odour  of  Camphor,  and  is  a  grateful  vehicle  for  more  power- 
ful medicines,  in  many  nervous  affections,  in  doses  of  f3ij.  —  f3iij. 
With  the  aid  of  Sugar  or  the  emulsion,  a  larger  quantity  is  taken  up 
in  the  other  preparations.  Camphor  may  be  given  dissolved  in  Milk. 

MIST.  CAMPHORS  CUM  MAGNESIA,  E.  D.    Camphor  Mixture  with  Mag- 
nesia. 

Prep.  Rub  up  together  Camphor  gr.  x.  (gr.  xii.  D.)  Curb.  Magnesia  gr.  xxv.  (333.  D.) 
gradually  add  Aq.  f3vj. 

Action.  Uses.  Camphor  by  the  aid  of  the  Magnesia  is  dissolved 
in  larger  quantity,  but  will  separate  from  the  water.  This  as  an 
antacid  may  be  more  useful  in  some  cases  than  the  above,  in  doses 
of  f3ss.  — 


[AQUA  CAMPHORS,  U.  S.     Camphor  Water. 

Camphor  3ij-,  Alcohol  rt^xl.,  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  3J-,  Distilled  Water  Oij.  Rub 
the  Camphor  first  with  the  Alcohol,  afterwards  with  the  Carbonate  of  Magnesia,  and 
lastly  with  the  Water  gradually  added.  Filter.  U.  S. 

D.  3ss.—  3j.] 

TINCTURA  CAMPHORS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  SIVE  SPIRITUS  CAMPHORATUS,  D. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Camphor  (in  small  fragments,  E.)  3v.  (3ijss.  E.  3j.  D.)  (3iv.  U.  S.),  in 
Rectified  Spirit,  Oij.  (by  measure  3viij.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  For  external  use,  Stimulant  and  Anodyne,  (v. 
Linim.  Ammonias  Comp.  p.  73).  With  the  aid  of  Sugar  to  suspend 
the  Camphor  in  water,  it  may  be  given  internally  in  doses  of  r#x.  — 
f3ss. 

TINCT.  CAMPHORJG   COMP.,  or   Tinct.  Opii   Camphorata.     Paregoric. 
(v.  p.  271.) 

Paregoric  contains  Opium  gr.  i.  in  f3ss.  D.  f3ss.  —  f  3iv. 

LINIMENTUM  CAMPHORS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     OLEUM  CAMPHORATUM,  D. 

Prep.  Rub  together  in  a  mortar,  and  dissolve  Camphor  3j.  (3j.  D.)  in  Olive  Oil  f  3iv 
(3j.  Strain,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Externally  as  a  Stimulant  and  Anodyne.  Com- 
monly called  Camphorated  Oil.  Camphor  is  also  an  ingredient  of 
Soap  Liniment,  (p.  467.) 

LINIMENTUM  CAMPHORS  COMPOSITUM,  L.  D.    Compound  Camphor  Lini- 
ment. 

Prep.  Mix  Liquor  Ammonia  (Aqua  caustica,  D.)  f  Svijss.  (by  measure  3vj.  D.)  with 
Spirit  of  Lavender  Oj.,  (by  measure,  ftj.  D.)  With  a  slow  fire  distil  from  a  glass  retort 
Oj.  (by  measure  ftj.  D.)  in  which  dissolve  Camphor  Sijss.  (3ij.  D.) 

Action.    Uses.    Rubefacient  and  Stimulant  for  external  use. 


522 


CINNAMOMUM. 


[Apetalee. 


CINNAMOMTJM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Cortex,  et  Oleum  e  cortice  destilla- 
tum,  L.  D.  Bark  and  Volatile  Oil  of  the  Bark  of  CINNAMOMUM 
ZEYLANICUM,  Nees  von  Esenbeck,  E.  (Laurus  Cinnamomum,  Linn.), 
L.  D.  Cinnamon.  True  Cinnamon  of  the  shops. 

Cinnamon  is  the  Kinnemon  of  Exod.  xxx.  23  (see  Bibl.  Cycl.  ii. 
p.  210),  and  the  xiwajuofjun/  of  Herodotus,  a  name  which  he  states  the 
Greeks  learned  from  the  Phoenicians.  The  name  seems  derived  from 
the  Cingalese  Cacynnama  (dulce  lignum),  or  the  Malay  Kaimanis, 
which  Mr.  Marshall  says  is  sometimes  pronounced  Kainamanis.  (v. 
Antiq.  of  Hind.  Med.  84  and  141.) 

The  Cinnamon  tree  of  Ceylon  (fig.  87)  is  about  30  feet  high.    The  root  has  the  odour 

of  Cinnamon   as   well   as 

Fig.  87.  that    of    Camphor,     and 

yields  this  principle  upon 
distillation.  The  twigs 
are  somewhat  4-cornered, 
smooth,  shining,  and  free 
from  any  downiness.  The 
leaves  are  liable  to  varia- 
tion, ovate,  or  ovate-ob- 
long, terminating  in  an 
obtuse  point,  triple  or  three 
nerved,  that  is,  there  are 
three  principal  nerves, 
which  sometimes  remain 
separate  to  the  very  base, 
but  usually  approach  each 
other  a  little  above  the  base, 
but  without  uniting ;  there 
are,  moreover,  in  many 
cases,  two  shorter  nerves 
external  to  these.  Leaves 
reticulated  on  the  under 
side,  smooth,  shining,  the 
uppermost  the  smallest, 
with  a  good  deal  of  the 
taste  of  cloves.  The  leaf- 
buds  are  naked.  Pani- 
cles terminal  and  axillary. 
Flowers  usually  bisexual, 
rather  silky.  Perianth  6- 
cleft  (2),  segments  oblong, 
the  upper  part  deciduous. 
3  Fertile  stamens  9,  in  3 
i\\  rows,  the  3  inner  with  two 
l>  sessile  glands  at  the  base 
(6).  Anthers  ovate,  4- 
celled  (4—6),  the  3  inte- 
rior opening  o\itwards.  3  abortive  capitate  stamens  (staminodia)  in  the  interior  of  all. 
Ovary  1-celled,  with  a  single  ovule.  Stigma  disk-like.  Drupe  (or  berry),  1-seeded,  seated 
in  the  cup-like  six-lobed  base  of  the  perianth  (7).  Seed  large,  with  large  oily  cotyledons 
(8 — 10);  embryo  above. — Native  of  Ceylon,  now  cultivated  elsewhere,  as  on  the  Malabar 
coast,  in  Java,  Cayenne,  &c. — Nees  von  E.  as  Laurus  Cinnamomum  128.  St.  and  Ch.  121. 

Cinnamon  is  cultivated  in  plantations  situated  on  the  southwest  of 
the  island  of  Ceylon,  between  Negombo  and  Matura,  where  the  soil 
is  nearly  a  pure  quartzose  sand,  the  climate  damp,  showers  frequent, 
and  the  temperature  high  and  equable.  (Dr.  Davy.)  Trees  may  be 
cut  when  six  or  seven  years  old.  Branches  three  years  old,  or  which 
are  from  half  an  inch  to  three  inches  in  diameter,  are  selected  and 


Laurinece.']  CINNAMON.  523 

lopped  off,  commencing  in  May  and  continuing  till  October.  The 
bark  is  divided  by  longitudinal  incisions,  of  which  two  opposite  to 
each  other  are  made  in  the  smaller  shoots,  several  in  the  larger,  and 
then  peeled  off  in  strips.  After  twenty-four  hours,  the  epidermis  and 
the  green  matter  under  it  are  scraped  off,  after  the  strips  of  bark  have 
been  placed  on  a  convex  piece  of  wood.  The  bark  soon  contracts 
into  the  form  of  quills,  which  are  about  forty  inches  in  length,  of 
which  the  smaller  are  introduced  within  the  larger  ones,  and  form 
the  ordinary  rolls  of  Cinnamon.  They  are  dried  first  in  the  shade 
and  then  in  the  sun,  and  sorted  into  Cinnamon  of  different  qualities, 
known  in  commerce  as  first,  second,  and  third  Cinnamon.  It  is 
imported  chiefly  from  Ceylon ;  some  also  from  Tellicherry  on  the 
Malabar  coast,  probably  grown  at  Anjarakandy.  (v.  p.  526,  and 
Buchanan's  Mysore,  p.  546.)  Some  is  also  exported  from  other  parts 
of  the  Madras  presidency,  where  it  was  long  since  introduced  by  Dr. 
Anderson,  and  grown  at  Tinnivelly,  &c.  v.  Roxb.  Fl.  Ind.  ii.  p.  296. 
It  has  been  exported  from  Quilon.  v.  p.  526. 

Besides  Cinnamon,  Oil  of  Cinnamon  is  produced ;  and  from  the 
ripe  fruits  a  fatty  substance  called  Cinnamon  Suet  is  expressed,  which 
the  author  supposed  to  be  the  Comacum  of  Theophrastus.  (Antiq.  of 
Hind.  Med.  p.  546.)  He  finds  it  noted  in  Rheede,  Hort.  Mai.  i.  p.  110. 

Ceylon  Cinnamon  of  the  best  quality  is  in  long  and  slender  cylin- 
drical bundles,  about  forty  inches  in  length,  composed  of  numerous 
quills  rolled  up  within  one  another,  each  about  the  thickness  of  cart- 
ridge paper,  smooth,  pliable,  breaking  readily  with  a  splintery  frac- 
ture, and  easily  powdered.  The  colour  of  the  bark  is  a  dull,  yellowish- 
brown,  now  usually  called  a  Cinnamon-colour.  The  surface  is  inter- 
sected by  pale  glistening  fibrils.  It  has  a  pleasant,  grateful  odour,  a 
warm,  sweetish,  and  very  agreeable  taste.  Besides  the  three  qualities 
of  Ceylon  Cinnamon,  it  is  also  imported  of  different  qualities  from  the 
Malabar  Coast ;  and  Dr.  Wight  has  ascertained  that  the  Cassia  of 
the  Indian  Peninsula  is  sometimes  exported  as  cinnamon,  v.  p.  526. 
But  the  Cinnamon  plant  itself  has  been  introduced  into  so  many 
places,  that  small  quantities  are  occasionally  imported  from  them,  as 
for  instance  from  Cayenne.  Some  of  these  are  employed  for  adul- 
terating the  superior  and  more  expensive  Ceylon  Cinnamon.  The 
inferior  kinds  are  thicker  and  less  grateful,  and  more  resembling 
Cassia.  Analyzed,  Cinnamon  is  found  to  contain  Volatile  Oil  (about 
6  parts  in  1000),  Tannin  (of  the  nature  of  Catechu  Tannin),  Muci- 
lage, Resin,  Colouring  matter,  Cinnamic  acid,  and  Ligneous  fibre. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  and  Stomachic,  slightly  Astringent.  The 
most  grateful  of  condiments,  and  much  used  as  an  ingredient  of 
chocolate.  The  powder  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — 9j.  will  check  Nausea, 
relieve  Flatulence,  and  some  Cramps.  Much  employed  in  combina- 
tion in  Diarrhosas ;  in  low  states  of  the  constitution ;  and  as  a  consti- 
tuent of  various  preparations. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Infusum  Catechu.  Decoct.  Haematoxyli.  Elect. 
Catechu.  Confectio  Aromatica.  Pulv.  Gretas  Comp.  Pulv.  Kino 
Comp.  Tinctura  Catechu.  Tinct.  Cardamomi  Comp.  Sp.  Lavand. 
Comp.  Sp.  Ammonias  Arom.  Acid.  Sulphuric.  Arom.  Vinum  Qpii. 


524  PREPARATIONS    OF  [Apetalai. 

PuLVIS    ClNNAMOMI    CoMPOSITUS,    L.       PuLV.   AllOMATICUS,  E.  D.   (U.  S.) 

Compound  Cinnamon  or  Aromatic  Powder. 

Prep.  Rub  up  into  very  fine  powder  Cinnamon  3ij.,  Cardamoms  3JSS'»  Ginger  3j., 
(Cardamoms  and  Ginger  aa  equal  parts,  D.,  of  all  three  equal  parts,  E.)  Long  Pepper 
3ss.  L.  (3j.  D.  Keep  in  well-closed  glass  vessels,  E.) 

[R.  Cinnamon,  Ginger  aa  gij.,  Cardamom  Seeds,  Nutmeg  grated  aa  3j.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant  in  doses  of  gr.  v.  —  Bj. 
ELECTUARIUM  AROMATICUM,  E.     Aromatic  Electuary. 

Prep.  Of  the  above;  Aromatic  Powder  1  part  to  be  triturated  with  the  Syrup  of 
Orange-peel  2  parts.  This,  though  similar  to  the  Aromatic  Confection,  L.  D.  (p.  121),  in 
the  nature  of  the  spices,  differs  in  not  containing  any  Chalk. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative  in  doses  of  gr.  x.  —  3ss. 

OLEUM  CINNAMOMI,  L.  E.  D.     Oil  of  Cinnamon. 

This  Oil  is  imported  from  Ceylon,  being  obtained  by  macerating  the  powdered  rejected 
bark  in  a  saturated  solution  of  salt,  and  then  distilling.  The  water  which  passes  over  is 
milky,  from  holding  the  Oil  in  suspension  ;  but  this  soon  separates.  About  8  ounces  are 
obtained  from  80  ft.  of  recently  prepared  Cinnamon.  Some  of  it  is  heavier  and  some 
lighter  than  water. 

The  E.  P.  gives  as  its  characteristics:  "  Cherry-red  when  old,  wine- 
yellow  when  recent;  odour  purely  cinnamonic.  Nitric'  (concen- 
trated, added  drop  by  drop)  converts  it  nearly  into  a  uniform  crystal- 
line mass  (a  compound  of  the  acid  and  of  the  oil)."  The  colour 
varies  according  to  age.  Oil  of  Cassia  is  often  substituted  for  it  ; 
other  adulterations  are  used,  which  the  Nitric'  detects  by  producing 
a  less  distinct  effect.  Oil  of  Cinnamon  is  remarkable  for  its  grateful 
aroma  and  spicy  cinnamonic  taste,  less  pungent  and  acrid  than  Oil 
of  Cassia.  It  is  composed  of  C18  H7  Oa-f  H,  and  is  considered  by 
Chemists  a  Hydruret  of  Cinnamyle.  On  exposure  to  the  air  it  ab- 
sorbs Oxygen  and  some  Cinnamic  acid  is  formed  ;  also  two  resins. 
This  acid  may  also  be  obtained  by  distilling  the  Balsams  of  Tolu  and 
of  Peru.  By  powerful  oxidizing  agents  this  acid  maybe  converted 
first  into  Bitter  Almond  Oil,  and  then  into  Benzoic  acid.  (v.  Fownes, 
P.  J.  iv.  264.) 

Action.  Uses.  Grateful  but  powerful  Stimulant  in  doses  of  ftfj.  — 
Much  used  for  flavouring,  by  cooks  and  confectioners. 


AQUA  CINNAMOMI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Cinnamon  Water. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Cinnamon  ftjss.  (gxviij.  E.  fi>j.  D.)  or  Oil  of  Cinnamon  JJij.  L. 
(3iij.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  fjvij.  L.  (Rectified  fSiij.  E.)  Aq.  Cij.  (q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma. 
Macerate  for  1  day,  D.)  Distil  offCj. 

[R.  Oil  of  Cinnamon  f^ss.,  Carb.  Magnes.  3ss.,  Distilled  Water  Oij.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative,  but  chiefly  used  as  a  vehicle  in  doses 
of  f3jss.  —  f3iij.  It  is  made  with  greater  facility  with  the  Oil,  and  is 
sometimes  prepared  by  diffusing  the  Oil  through  water  by  means  of 
Sugar  or  Magnesia.  But  Cinnamon  water  made  from  the  Oil  is 
much  more  apt  to  spoil,  from  the  formation  of  Cinnamic  acid  :  dis- 
tilling from  the  bark  is  therefore  the  preferable  method. 


Laurinea;.]  CINNAMON.  525 

SPIRITUS  CINNAMOMI,  L.  E.  D.     Spirit  of  Cinnamon. 

Prep.  Mix  Oil  of  Cinnamon  3ij.,  Proof  Spirit  Cj.,  Aq.  Oj.  With  slow  heat  distil  Cj. 
L.  Take  Cinnamon  in  coarse  powder  ftj.  (Proceed  as  for  Spir.  Caraway,  E.)  Proof 
Spirit  Cj.,  Aq.  q.  s.  to  prevent  empyreuma.  Macerate  for  24  hours.  Distil  Cj.  D. 

Action.  Uses.   Stimulant  adjunct  in  doses  of  f3j. — f 3iij.  to  draughts. 

# 
TINCTURA  CINNAMOMI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Cinnamon. 

Prep.  Take  Cinnamon  powdered  Siijss.  (3iij.  U.  S.),  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure 
ftij.)  Macerate  for  14  days,  and  strain.  (Proceed  by  percolation  or  digestion,  as  di- 
rected for  Tinct.  Cassia,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Grateful  adjunct  (f3j. — f3iv.)  to  draughts  of  dif- 
ferent kinds. 

TINCTURA  CINNAMOMI  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Compound  Tincture  of 
Cinnamon. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  Cinnamon  gj.,  bruised  Cardamoms  gss. 
(3j.  E.)  Long  Pepper  ground  3ijss.  (3iij.  E.)  Rasped  Ginger  ^ijss.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij. 
(Strain  express,  E.)  Filter.  (Best  prepared  by  percolation,  as  Compound  Tincture  of 
Cardamoms,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  adjunct  to  Astringent  and  other  draughts, 
in  doses  of  f3j. — f3ij. 

EMPLASTRUM  AROMATICUM,  D.     Aromatic  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Thus  (Abietis  Resina)  3iij.  and  Yellow  Wax  gss.  Strain. 
When  thickening  as  it  cools,  mix  in  powdered  Cinnamon  3vj.  rubbed  up  with  Essential 
Oil  of  Allspice  and  Essential  Oil  of  Lemons  aa  3ij.  Make  a  plaster. 

Action.    Uses.     Applied  over  the  Stomach  in  Nausea,  &c. 

CASSIA  CORTEX,  E.  D.  Bark  of  CINNAMOMUM,  (Cassia,  Blume)  ARO- 
MATICUM, Nees  v.  Esenbeck,  E.  (Laurus  Cassia,  Linn.),  D.  and  6f 
other  species. 

Cassia  is  mentioned  by  early  Greek  writers ;  in  the  Bible  by  the 
name  Kiddah  (XJTTU  is  one  kind  of  Cassia  in  Diosc.  i.  c.  12).  It  is 
translated  Cassia  in  Exod.  xxx.  24  (v.  Kiddah,  and  Kinnamon,  BibL 
Cycl.  and  Antiq.  of  Hind.  Med.  p.  84).  Now,  there  are  several  dis- 
tinct sources  of  Cassia,  though  it  is  often  described  as  produced  by 
the  Laurus  Cassia  of  Linnaeus,  a  plant,  said  to  be  of  Ceylon  and  the 
Peninsula  of  India,  but  which  it  is  difficult  to  determine.  Dr.  Wight 
has  shown  that  no  less  than  three  species  were  included  by  Linnaeus 
under  one  name;  one  plant  is  Litscea  zeylanica,  Dawalkurunda  of  the 
Cingalese ;  another,  apparently  Cinnamomum  sulphuratum  of  Nees. 
is  the  C.  perpetuo  florens  of  Burmann  ;  and  the  third,  the  Carua  of 
Rheede  (Hort.  Mai.  i.  57),  Dr.  Wight  considers  to  be  the  Cinnamo- 
mum iners  of  Nees.  Hermann's  own  plant  of  Cassia  lignea,  in  the 
British  Museum,  is  named  Walkurunda,  and  is  a  true  Cinnamomum. 

Cassia  bark,  called  Cassia  lignea  (and  by  the  Chinese  Kwei  Pe,  or 
Cassia-skin),  we  learn  from  the  Chinese  Repository,  ii.  455,  is  ex- 
ported from  China  to  all  parts  of  the  world,  sewed  up  in  mats,  usually 
two  or  more  rolls  in  each  mat,  and  a  pound  in  each  roll.  From 
China  it  is  imported  into  Singapore,  Calcutta,  and  Bombay.  It  is 


526  CHINESE    CASSIA    BUDS.  [Apetalai. 

imported  into  Great  Britain  from  all  these  places,  and  also  from  Ma- 
nilla, as  well  as  from  Quilon  and  Madras,  and  is  kept  in  all  shops 
and  sold  as  Cinnamon,  this  being  distinguished  by  the  name  of  true 
Cinnamon,  and  must  be  specially  asked  for  by  this  name. 

Chinese  Cassia,  or  Cinnamon,  as  it  is  also  called,  is,  according 
to  Mr.  Reeves,  produced  in  the  province  of  Kwangsi,  whose  prin- 
cipal city,  Kwei-ling,  derives  its  name  from  the  forests  of  Cassia,  by 
which  it  is  surrounded.  It  is  also  said  to  be  produced  in  Cochin- 
China  in  the  dry  sandy  Districts  lying  northwest  of  the  town  of  Faifoe, 
between  15°  and  16°  of  N.  latitude,  and  imported  into  Canton,  &c.  to 
the  extent  of  250,000  Ibs. ;  also,  that  it  is  preferred  to  the  Cinnamon 
of  Ceylon.  Mr.  Crawford  (Embassy  to  Siam,  p.  470)  says  that  the 
epidermis  is  not  freed  from  the  bark,  as  it  is  in  that  of  Ceylon,  that 
the  superior  kinds  are  retained  for  consumption  in  China,  and  the 
inferior  re-exported  to  Singapore,  &c.  and  to  Europe. 

Cassia,  though  it  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  Cinnamon, 
is  usually  in  single  quills,  seldom  more  than  double,  from  £  to  |  or 
even  1  inch  in  diameter.  It  is  thicker,  rougher,  more  dense,  and 
breaks  with  a  shorter  fracture,  and  is  of  a  darker  red  colour  than 
Cinnamon,  and  its  powder  of  a  reddish-brown  tint.  Its  taste  is  more 
pungent  and  stronger,  but  not  so  sweet  and  grateful  as  that  of  the 
true  Cinnamon,  and  its  odour  less  agreeable.  That  from  China  is 
now  always  stripped  of  its  epidermis,  and  is  probably  produced  by 
the  plant  described  below  under  the  name  of  Cinnamomum  aroma- 
ticum. 

CASSIA  BUDS  (called  by  the  Chinese  Kwei-tsze,  or  Cassia-seeds), 
formerly  officinal  under  the  name  of  Flos  Lauri  Cassias.  They  are 
exported  from  Canton  in  considerable  quantities,  have  some  resem- 
blance to  cloves  or  to  nails  with  round  heads,  or  are  cup-shaped 
when  the  perianth  bud  falls  off.  Those  that  are  fresh  and  plump  are 
preferred.  They  are  imported  here  chiefly  for  use  in  confectionery, 
forming  one  of  the  ingredients  of  many  old  receipts.  From  the  Chi- 
nese Repository,  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Reeves,  of  Nees,  &c.,  it  is  more 
than  probable  that  both  Cassia  buds  and  Cassia  lignea  are  obtained 
from  the  same  tree.  The  buds  have  the  flavour  and  pungency  of 
taste  of  Cassia,  and  yield  an  essential  oil  upon  distillation. 

CINNAMOMUM  AROMATICUM,  Nees  t.  Esenb.  A  tree  of  considerable  size.  There  is  one 
18  feet  high  in  the  Edinb.  Bot.  Garden.  Branches  angular,  twigs  and  petioles  covered 
with  down.  Leaves  often  nearly  opposite,  though  usually  alternate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
acute  at  each  end,  triple-nerved,  or  with  three  nerves  which  unite  into  a  single  nerve 
above  the  insertion  of  the  leaf-stalk,  and  disappear  towards  the  apex  of  the  leaf;  the 
nerves  are,  like  the  twigs,  covered  with  broken  (strigulose)  downiness,  with  curved  vein- 
lets  on  the  under  surface.  Panicles  narrow,  silky. — This  is  the  C.  Cassia  of  Blume,  in- 
troduced  from  China,  and  the  Laurus  Cassia,  t.  3,  of  the  brothers  Nees  in  their  paper  on 
the  Cinnamon,  also  of  Hort.  Kewensis,  ii.  p.  427,  and  the  Laurus  Cinnamomum  of  An- 
drew's Repos.  t.  595,  often  quoted  596.  The  leaves  taste  mucilaginous  and  Cinnamonic 
(c.)  Dr.  Lindley  says  that  as  grown  in  stoves  they  are  almost  insipid,  mucilaginous,  and 
somewhat  astringent.  I  have  received  a  specimen  of  this  plant  (named  Cinnamomum 
cAtncnse)  from  the  Messrs.  Loddiges,  who  inform  me  that  it  was  imported  by  their  house 
from  China  in  1790.  This  is  probably  the  source  of  the  various  plants  in  hot-houses. 
The  leaves  taste  mucilaginous,  but  also  aromatic. 

Cassia,  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Marshall,  has  been  usually  thought 


Laurinea.]  MALABAR    CASSIA    AND    BUDS.  537 

to  be  only  the  coarser  kinds  of  the  Cinnamon  of  Ceylon,  or  that  sepa- 
rated from  the  larger  branches  or  thick  roots,  and  that  though  intended 
for  consumption  in  Asia,  has  been  imported  into  England  and  sold 
as  Cassia  lignea.  But  this,  as  has  been  observed,  can  have  seldom 
taken  place,  for  it  cannot  be  traced  among  the  exports  of  Ceylon, 
where,  moreover,  all  Cinnamon,  whether  coarse  or  fine,  pays  an  ex- 
port duty  of  3s.  a  pound,  and  the  Cassia,  even  in  England,  is  not 
worth  more  than  Is.  a  pound. 

MALABAR  CASSIA.  Cassia  has  long  been  known  to  be  a  product  of 
the  forests  of  the  Indian  Peninsula.  It  is  stated  to  have  been  a  cause 
of  jealousy  between  the  Dutch  and  Portuguese  that  the  latter  sold 
some  of  the  Wild  Cinnamon  growing  in  Cochin,  &c.  Buchanan,  in 
his  Travels  in  Mysore  (ii.  336),  mentions  it  as  common  on  all  the 
hills  of  the  Malabar  coast,  also  that  Mr.  Brown  had  planted  it  at  An- 
jarakandy,  as  well  as  the  Ceylon  Cinnamon  (ii.  545 — 6).  He  states 
that  at  Mangalore  it  was  called  Dhal-China  (that  is,  Cinnamon),  and 
exported  to  Muscat,  Cutch,  Scind,  and  Bombay ;  also  that  the  buds 
of  the  tree  were  called  Cabob-China,  and  likewise  exported  to  the 
same  places.  This  export  still  continues,  as  it  appears  by  the  reports 
of  the  commerce  of  Madras  and  of  Bombay  that  107,856  Ibs.  of  Cas- 
sia were  exported  from  Malabar  and  Canara,  and  that  in  1844 — 45, 
there  were  imported  into  Bombay  from  Malabar  and  Canara,  of 
Cassia,  52,686  Ibs.,  and  of  Cassia  Buds,  69,860  Ibs.  Some  of  these 
probably  find  their  way  into  the  English  market. 

This  plant  Dr.  Wight  considers  to  be  the  famous  Carua  of  Rheede, 
Hort.  Mai.  i.  t.  57,  referring  it,  doubtfully  however,  to  C.  iners,  Rein- 
wardt,  a  plant.of  Java  and  Penang,  but  which  seems  to  be  sufficiently 
distinguished  by  being  devoid  of  the  aromatic  qualities  of  the  Malabar 
plant.  Cinnamomum  iners  is,  however,  closely  allied  to  another  spe- 
cies, C.  eucatyptoides,  which  is  intermediate  between  C.  iners,  and 
C.  nitidum  (Nees).  Dr.  Wight's  drawing  of  the  Malabar  Cassia 
Plant  sent  to  the  India  House  (u.  his  Icones),  appears  to  me  to  agree 
very  closely  with  that  of  C.  eucalyptoides,  given  by  Nees  and  Eberm., 
in  their  Pflanz.  Med.,  and  which  Nees  v.  Esenb.  describes  as 

CINNAMOMUM  EUCALYPTOIDES,  Nees  von  Esenb,  Branches  roundish,  smooth ;  lower 
leaves  elliptico-oblong,  upper  ones  sub-ovate,  acute  at  the  base,  subattenuate,  obtuse  at 
the  apex,  3-nerved,  nearly  veinless.  Panicles  sessile,  subterminal  and  axillary.  Flowers 
with  silvery  silkiness ;  segments  of  the  perianth  obovato-cuneiform,  deciduous  from  the 
middle.— Laurus  Malabrathrica,  Roxb.  Hort.  Calc.  p.  30.  Wall.  Cat.  n.  2583,  B. 
"  Sapor  et  odor  foliorum  fortis  et  acris  caryophyllorum  cum  levi  Camphorae  tinctura." 
The  berry  not  seen. 

C.  INERS  of  Reinw.  is  distinguished  chiefly  by  the  leaves  being  more  lanceolate,  3- 
nerved,  nearly  veinless.  Panicles  pedunculate.  Segments  of  the  perianth  deciduous 
below  the  apex. — But  both  require  careful  re-examination  with  good  specimens,  and  com- 
parison with  the  Malabar  plant,  before  any  one  can  determine  whether  this  be  identical 
with  either  or  different  from  both.  In  the  latter  case,  it  ought  to  be  called  C.  Carua. 
The  Chinese  C.  aromaticum  might,  no  doubt,  be  successfully  cultivated  where  this  thrives 
so  well. 

Dr.  Wight  says,  "  a  set  of  specimens  (submitted  officially  to  his 
examination)  of  the  trees  furnishing  Cassia  on  the  Malabar  coast, 
presented  no  fewer  than  four  distinct  species,  including  among  them 
the  genuine  Cinnamon  plant,  the  bark  of  the  older  branches  of  which 


;  ... 


528  BEBEERINE.  [Apetalae. 

it  would  appear  are  exported  from  that  coast  as  Cassia."  And,  be- 
sides, he  infers  that  all  sorts  of  Cinnamon-like  plants,  yielding  bark 
of  a  quality  unfit  to  bear  the  designation  of  Cinnamon,  are  passed  off 
as  Cassia.  Mr.  Huxham,  of  Quilon,  also  states,  that  the  only  differ- 
ence between  Malabar  Cassia  and  Malabar  Cinnamon  is,  that  the 
former  is  coarser  and  thicker  than  the  latter.  Both  are  obtained  from 
the  same  tree,  the  Cassia  being  the  bark  of  the  larger  parts  of  the 
tree,  and  the  Cinnamon  being  peeled  from  the  younger  shoots  and 
small  branches. 

Cassia  lignea,  analyzed  by  Bucholz,  yielded  of  Volatile  Oil  0-8. 
Resin  4-0,  Gummy  Extractive  14-6,  Bassorin  with  Ligneous  fibre 
64-3,  water  and  loss  16-3=100.  But  as  Sesquichloride  of  Iron  and 
Gelatine  both  produce  precipitates,  that  of  the  former  of  a  dark-green 
colour  (p.),  it  must  also  contain  Tannin.  Its  active  properties,  de- 
pendent chiefly  on  the  volatile  oil,  are  taken  up  by  Spirit,  and  par- 
tially by  water,  as  in  the  preparations. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant,  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss. 

OLEUM  CASSIA,  E.     Oil  of  Cassia. 

The  Volatile  Oil  of  Cassia-bark,  obtained  by  distillation  with  water,  is  imported  from 
Singapore,  and  is  still  probably  all  produced  by  the  Chinese  Cassia  or  Cinnamon,  C.  aro- 
maticum. 

Cassia  Oil,  when  pure,  has  a  pale  wine-yellow  colour,  which  does 
not  deepen  with  age.  (c.)  Sp.  Gr.  1-095.  It  has  in  a  remarkable 
degree  the  Cassia  odour  and  taste.  Like  Oil  of  Cinnamon,  it  absorbs 
Oxygen,  and  is  converted  into  Cinnamic  acid.  Nit'  also  converts  it 
into  a  mass  of  crystals,  in  which  the  oil  appears  to  be  combined  with 
the  acid.  It  appears  in  all  essentials  to  resemble  the  Oil  of  Cinnamon, 
and  though  not  so  grateful,  is  often  sold  for  Oil  of  Cinnamon. 

Action.     Uses.     Stimulant  Carminative  in  doses  of  Wj. — rpjv. 

AQUA  CASSIA,  E.     Cassia  Water. 

Prep.     Mix  bruised  Cassia  Zvi'ij.  Rectified  Spirit  f  giij.  Aq.  Cij.     Distil  off  Cj. 

Action.  Uses.  Carminative  vehicle  and  used  as  Cinnamon-water. 
SPIRITUS  CASSIA,  E.  Spirit  of  Cassia. 

Prep.     With  powdered  Cassia  ftj.  proceed  as  for  Spir.  Caraway. 

TINCTURA  CASSIA,  E.     Tincture  of  Cassia. 

Prep.  Digest  powdered  Cassia  3iijss.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  for  7  days;  strain,  express 
strongly,  and  filter.  Or  more  conveniently  prepare  by  percolation,  previously  macerating 
the  Cassia  in  the  Spirit  for  12  hours. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjuncts  to  draughts  in  doses  of  f3j. — 
f3iv. 

BEBEERINE.     Alkali  of  NECTANDRA  RODIEI,  Schomburgk.     Greenheart 
Tree. 

A  considerable  quantity  of  a  wood  called  Greenheart*  is  imported 

*  This  the  author  in  the  catalogue  of  woods  published  by  Mr.  Holtzapffel  in  1843,  re- 
ferred  to  Lauras  Chloroxylon,  a  tree  not  well  known.  The  Greenheart  of  Browne's  Ja. 


Laurineai.]  BEBEERINE.  529 

into  this  country  for  ship-building.  It  is  large  in  size,  heavy,  hard, 
durable,  takes  a  polish,  but  is  apt  to  split,  and  is  of  different  tints  of 
olive-green,  varying  from  pale  to  dark. 

Sir  R.  Schomburgk,  Hooker's  Journ.  of  Bot.  Dec.  1844  (British 
Assoc.  1845),  has  described  the  tree  which  yields  the  Greenheart 
timber  of  Guiana  (called  Bebeera  by  the  Indians  of  Demerara,  and 
Sipeeri  by  the  Dutch  colonists).  It  is  a  new  species  of  the  Laurels, 
belonging  to  the  genus  Nectandra,  and  which  has  been  named  JV! 
Rodiei,  in  compliment  to  Mr.  Rodie,  late  a  surgeon  in  the  R.  N.,  who 
first,  in  1834,  directed  attention  to  its  valuable  febrifuge  properties 
and  indicated  the  presence  of  an  alkali  in  the  bark  of  this  tree.  Dr. 
Warburg  also  prepared  what  he  called  "  Vegetable  Fever  Drops" 
from  some  part  of  this  tree,  which  he  distributed  extensively,  and 
which  were  favourably  reported  on  by  various  medical  officers.  Dr. 
Maclagan  in  April  1843  read  before  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh 
an  able  paper  on  the  Bebeera  Tree,  its  chemical  composition,  and  its 
medical  uses;  and  the  nature  of  the  alkali  Bebeerine  has  been  further 
elucidated  by  himself  and  T.  Tilley,  Esq.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in 
Birmingham,  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Chemical  Society.  The 
medical  virtues  of  this  alkali,  or  rather  of  its  Sulphate,  have  been  de- 
tailed by  Dr.  Maclagan,  &c.,  in  the  Lond.  and  Ed.  J.  of  Med.  Sci- 
ence, July,  1843  and  April  1845. 

The  bark  of  the  Bebeera  tree  occurs  in  large  flat  pieces,  is  about 
four  lines  in  thickness,  heavy,  and  with  a  rough  fibrous  fracture,  of  a 
dark  cinnamon-brown  colour,  rather  smooth  within,  but  covered  ex- 
ternally by  a  splintering  grayish-brown  epidermis.  It  has  little  or 
no  aroma,  but  a  strong,  persistent,  bitter  taste,  with  considerable  as- 
tringency.  These  properties  depend  on  the  presence  of  an  alkali, 
which  has  been  called  Bebeerine.  Dr.  M.  at  first  thought  that  there 
were  two  alkalies ;  but  this,  from  his  second  paper,  does  not  appear 
to  be  the  case.  It  is  contained  also  in  the  seeds,  as  is  evident  from 
Dr.  M.'s  analysis  of  both  the  bark  and  seed. 

Bark.  Seeds 

Alkalies  (not  quite  pure)  :                         -      2-56  2-20 

Tannin  and  Resinous  matter  -  .             2-53  4-04 

Soluble  matter  (Gum,  Lignin,  Salts)         -       4-34  9-40 

Starch            -                     .  -  -            0-  5351 

Fibre  and  Albumen          -                         -     62-92  11-24 

Ashes  (chiefly  calcareous)      -  -             7-13  0-31 

Moisture         t*V           -            -            -    14-07  18-13 

Loss               -            -            -  -            6-45  1-17 


100-00  100-00 

The  Tannin  resembles  that  which  has  been  found  in  the  Cinchona 
Bark.  The  author  has  received  fruits  of  the  Bebeera  tree  from  Gui- 
ana, which  were  stated  to  be  those  of  the  tree  employed  in  making 

maica  resembles  a  laurel,  and  the  leaves  with  their  three-arched  nerves  are  compared  by 
Browne  with  those  of  the  Camphire  tree,  both  in  shape,  size,  and  texture.  The  fruit  is 
like  that  of  a  Laurel,  and  the  specimens  of  Laurus  Chloroxylon,  Lin.,  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum, from  Jamaica,  are  very  like  Browne's  figure,  and  are  those  of  a  true  Laurel.  But 
in  this  case,  the  flowers  which  he  describes  could  not  have  belonged  to  it ;  neither  does  it 
follow  that  the  Greenheart  of  Jamaica  is  identical  with  the  Greenheart  of  Guiana. 

34 


530  BEBEERINE.  [Apetalae. 

Warburg's  Fever  Drops.  They  are  2£  inches  in  length,  and  l£  inch 
in  breadth,  and  correspond  with  Dr.  Maclagan's  description. 

The  alkali  is  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  bark  by  being  boiled 
in  water  acidulated  with  Sul',  as  in  the  ordinary  process  for  obtaining 
Sulph.  of  Quinine,  and  is  then  precipitated,  from  the  impure  Sulphate 
obtained,  by  Ammonia.  The  alkaline  matter  thus  separated  is,  after 
washing  with  water,  triturated  with  about  an  equal  weight  of  freshly 
precipitated  and  moist  Hydrated  Oxide  of  Lead.  The  magma  thus 
formed  is  dried  over  the  water-bath,  and  the  alkali  is  then  taken  up 
by  absolute  Alcohol.  On  distilling  off  the  Spirit,  the  organic  base  is 
left  in  the  form  of  a  transparent,  orange-yellow,  resinous  mass.  This, 
on  being  dried,  pulverized,  and  treated  with  successive  portions  of 
pure  Ether,  is  in  great  part  dissolved  in  this  fluid.  The  dissolved 
portion,  on  distilling  off  the  Ether,  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  a  trans- 
lucent, amorphous,  but  homogeneous,  resinous-looking  substance,  of 
a  pale  yellow  colour,  and  possessed  of  all  the  properties  of  an  organic 
alkali.  This  is  pure  Bebeerine,  which  does  not  crystallize.  It  is  very 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  less  so  in  Ether,  and  very  sparingly  in  water. 
Heated,  it  fuses,  and  the  heat  being  continued,  it  swells  up,  giving  off 
vapours  of  a  strong  peculiar  odour,  and  burning  without  residue. 
Subjected  to  the  action  of  oxidizing  agents,  it  gives  with  Bichromate 
of  Potash  and  Sul'  a  black,  and  with  Nit'  a  yellow  Resin.  It  forms 
with  acids,  salts  which  are  all  uncrystallizable ;  with  Perchloride  of 
Gold,  Mercury,  Copper,  Iron,  and  Platinum,  it  gives  precipitates 
which  are  soluble  to  a  certain  extent  in  hot  water  and  Alcohol,  but 
which,  on  the  solution  cooling,  are  not  deposited  from  it  in  a  crys- 
talline form.  Messrs.  Maclagan  and  Tilley  found  it  to  be  composed 
of  Oxygen  71-92,  Hydrogen  6-49,  Nitrogen  4-75,  Oxygen  16-84=100, 
and  that  its  formula  is  C35  H40  Na  O5.  Dr.  M.  obtained  some  Be- 
beerine from  Warburg's  Fever  Drops. 

The  authors  observe  it  as  remarkable  that  it  should  be  isomeric 
with  Morphia,  which  acts  as  a  pure  narcotic.  The  atomic  constitu- 
tion of  Morphia,  calculated  from  the  formulae  deduced  by  Liebig  and 
Regnault  from  their  analyses,  agrees  perfectly  with  that  given  above 
for  Bebeerine.  The  composition  of  the  two  bodies  is,  in  fact,  iden- 
tical. (That  of  Morphia,  according  to  Turner  and  Gregory,  is  given 
at  p.  261.)  From  this  the  authors  conclude,  "  that  similarity  of  phy- 
siological properties  does  not  depend  upon  similarity  in  the  properties 
of  their  constituents.  It  seems  probable  that  the  mode  in  which  their 
atoms  are  grouped  has  an  important  share  in  modifying  their  physi- 
ological actions.  The  difference  in  their  physical  properties,  in  fact, 
proves  that  their  elements  are  differently  arranged." 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  Antiperiodic,  Febrifuge.  From  the  original 
experiments  of  Mr.  Rodie,  and  those  made  with  Warburg's  Fever 
Drops,  there  was  little  doubt  of  the  Bebeera  bark  being  a  power- 
ful Antiperiodic.  These  have  been  confirmed  by  the  experiments  of 
Dr.  Maclagan,  and  of  Dr.  Watt  of  George  Town,  Demerara,  with 
the  Sulphate  of  Bebeerine,  and  of  Dr.  Anderson  and  others  at  Kamp- 
tee,  &c.,  in  the  Ague  and  Remittent  Fever  of  India,  by  Drs.  Bennett 
and  Simpson,  in  Periodic  Neuralgia.  Dr.  Christison  has  stated  to  the 


Aristolochiece.]  A  S  A  R  U  M.  531 

author  that  the  Sulphate  of  Bebeerine  has  come  into  general  use  in 
Edinburgh  as  a  Tonic  and  Stomachic,  and  also  as  an  Antiperiodic, 
in  the  very  same  diseases  and  for  the  very  same  purposes,  as  Sul- 
phate of  Quinine,  and  that  it  appears  not  so  apt  to  occasion  headache. 
He  had  employed  it  in  a  very  severe  case  of  periodic  Tic  douloureux, 
and  with  complete  success,  exactly  as  if  Sulphate  of  Quinine  had 
been  used.  It  is  given  in  2  or  3  grain  pills  every  hour,  or  three  or 
four  times  a  day,  according  to  the  case,  so  that  9j.  or  so,  may  be 
given  before  the  accession  of  a  paroxysm,  or  it  may  be  given  in  gr. 
x.  doses,  morning  and  evening.  Considerable  improvement  in  the 
manufacture  has  been  made  by  Mr.  M'Farlane  of  Edinburgh,  who 
now  prepares  it  in  considerable  quantities  for  medical  use  in  the  form 
of  the  Sulphate  of  Bebeerine. 

ARISTOLOCHIE.E,  Juss.     Birthworts. 

Herbs  or  shrubs,  with  creeping  rootstocks,  often  with  twining  stems,  without  rings  of 
wood.  Leaves  alternate,  sometimes  without,  often  with,  leafy  stipules  opposite  to  the 
leaves.  Flowers  hermaphrodite,  usually  of  a  dull  colour,  axillary,  solitary,  or  clustered. 
Perianth  with  the  tube  adherent  to  the  ovary  ;  limb  undivided  and  obliquely  truncate,  or 
trifid,  with  the  segments  valvate  in  aestivation.  Stamens  6  or  12  or  9,  definite,  free,  and 
inserted  into  the  apex  of  the  ovary,  or  united  with  the  style  and  stigma.  Ovary  inferior, 
3  to  6-celled.  Placenta  central,  with  many  ovules.  Fruit  3  to  6-celled,  many-seeded. 
Embryo  small,  at  the  base  of  fleshy  or  subcartilaginous  albumen.  Radicle  near  the  hi- 
lum,  centripetal  or  below.  —  The  Aristolochieae  are  most  closely  allied  to  Nepenthe®,  more 
remotely  to  Cucurbitaceae,  and  perhaps  also  to  Dioscorere  and  Taccacese,  &c.  They  are 
chiefly  found  in  hot  countries,  though  a  few  species  extend  to  northern  latitudes.  They 
secrete  a  bitter  principle  and  volatile  oil. 

ASARTJM,  L.  D.     Folia.     Leaves  of  ASARTJM  EUROPJEUM,  Linn.     Asara- 
bacca.     Dodecandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

This  is  the  atfagov  of  Dioscorides,  the  asaroon  of  the  Arabs. 


Rootstock  creeping,  with  numerous  branched  root-fibres.  Stems  very  short,  round, 
each  bearing  two  kidney-shaped  leaves,  which  are  of  a  dark  green  colour,  shining  above, 
but  a  little  hairy,  with  long  downy  footstalks.  In  the  axil  of  the  two  leaves  there  is  a 
single  drooping  flower,  about  an  inch  long,  fleshy,  lurid  in  aspect.  Perianth  coriaceous, 
campanulate,  3-lobed  ;  segments  incurved.  Stamens  12,  inserted  on  the  ovary  ;  anthers 
attached  to  the  inner  side  of  the  filaments,  below  the  summit,  each  of  two  round  sepa- 
rated cells.  Ovary  turbinate  ;  style  short.  Stigma  stellate,  6-lobed.  Capsule  coriaceous, 
6-celled.  Seeds  ovate,  with  horny  albumen.  —  Hilly  woods,  mountains  of  England,  &c  . 
Flowers  in  May  ;  said  to  be  collected  near  Kirkby  Lonsdale,  Westmoreland. 

The  root-fibres,  when  bruised,  have  a  spicy  odour  and  an  acrid 
taste.  The  leaves  are  scentless,  but  have  a  bitter  and  acrid,  slightly 
aromatic  taste.  Both  are  employed  on  the  Continent,  but  the  leaves 
only  are  officinal,  though  the  whole  plant  is  usually  sold.  Analyzed, 
the  root  was  found  to  contain  a  Volatile  Oil,  Bitter  Extractive,  which 
will  itself  excite  nausea,  a  Camphor-like  body,  named  Asarine,  which 
is  volatile,  has  an  acrid  taste,  excites  nausea  and  vomiting.  The 
leaves  yield  a  volatile  oil. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid,  formerly  employed  as  a  Purgative  and  Eme- 
tic, but  now  seldom  used  except  as  an  Errhine  (v.  the  officinal 
Powder),  for  which  it  is  very  effectual,  producing  sneezing  and  a 
copious  secretion  from  the  nostrils,  and  is  therefore  employed  as  a 
counter-irritant  in  some  head  affections. 

•.-  •  .  .         •  '>..  . 


532  SERPENTARIA.  [Apetaltn. 

PULVIS  A  SARI  COMPOSITUS,  D.     Coitip.  Asarabacca  Powder. 

Prep.  Rub  together  into  powder  dried  leaves  of  Asarum  3j.  and  dried  Lavender  flow, 
era  3j.  Sometimes  Lavender  and  Marjoram  aa  3ss.  are  added. 

[ASARXJM  CANABENSE,  Linn.  (U.  S.)  Sec.  Canada  Snake  Root,  Wild 
Ginger.  Off.  Root. 

This  plant  has  a  creeping,  fleshy  root,  somewhat  jointed;  the  leaves  are  kidney- 
shaped,  pubescent  on  both  sides,  two  in  number,  on  longish,  round,  hairy  petioles ;  flower 
solitary,  growing  in  the  fork  of  the  petioles  on  a  hairy,  pendulous  peduncle;  colour  dull 
purple.  It  grows  in  thickets  and  flowers  in  June. 

The  dried  root  as  found  in  the  shops  is  in  the  form  of  contorted 
pieces,  as  thick  as  straws,  brown  and  wrinkled.  It  is  white  and  hard 
internally,  and  breaks  with  a  short  fracture ;  the  taste  is  aromatic 
and  bitter,  and  the  smell  aromatic. 

It  contains  a  Volatile  Oil,  and  probably  Bitter  Extractive. 

It  is  warming  and  Tonic  to  the  stomach,  and  from  its  substitution 
for  Ginger  has  obtained  one  of  its  names.  It  may  be  used  in  the 
same  cases  as  the  following.] 

SERPENTARIA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Radix,  L.  D.  Root  of  ARISTOLOCHIA 
SERPENTARIA,  Linn.  Virginia  Snake-root.  Gynandria  Hexandria, 
Linn. 

Several  species  of  Aristolochia  were  employed  by  the  ancients, 
and  still  are  so  on  the  Continent,  as  well  as  in  Asia.  The  officinal 
species  was  probably  first  brought  to  notice  as  a  Snake-root  to  settlers 
in  America.  It  is  first  mentioned  in  Johnson's  edition  of  Gerard's 
Herbal. 

Rootstock  perennial,  roundish,  with  numerous  root-fibres ;  throwing  up  several  herba- 
ceous stems  8  to  10  inches  high,  slender,  flexuose,  jointed  at  irregular  distances,  often  of 
a  reddish  colour  at  the  base.  Leaves  alternate,  shortly  petioled,  cordate,  acuminate, 
smooth,  and  of  a  pale  yellowish-green  colour,  a  little  downy  beneath.  The  peduncles  are 
produced  on  the  stem,  but  near  the  root,  nearly  unifloral,  with  one  or  more  bracts.  The 
perianth  is  tubular,  contorted  like  the  letter  S,  inflated  at  its  two  extremities,  its  throat 
surrounded  by  an  elevated  ridge,  and  its  border  expanded  into  a  broad  irregular  margin, 
forming  an  upper  and  under  lip.  The  anthers  6,  attached  to  the  sides  of  the  fleshy  style, 
which  is  situated  in  the  bottom  of  the  perianth,  covered  by  the  spreading  6-lobed  stigma. 
Capsule  obovate,  6-angled,  6-celled,  with  many  flat  seeds. — A  native  of  the  Middle, 
Southern,  and  Western  States  of  North  America.  The  root  is  collected  in  Western  Penn- 
sylvania, and  Virginia,  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Kentucky.  Nees  von  E.  143.  St.  and 
Ch.  180. 

American  writers  state  that  the  roots  of  two  other  species,  A.  tamentosa  and  A.  hastata, 
are  also  collected.  The  latter  is  closely  allied  to  A.  Serpentaria,  the  other  climbs  to  the 
tops  of  tall  trees ;  but  their  roots  are  said  scarcely  to  differ  from  those  of  A.  Serpentaria. 
The  roots  of  Spigelia  marylandica  are  also  sometimes  found  intermixed.  Nees  von 
Esenbeck,  moreover,  mentions  a  species,  A.  ojficinalis,  Med.  Pfl.  t.  144,  but  which  may 
be  only  a  variety  of  A.  Serpentaria. 

Virginia  Snake-root  is  in  tufts  of  long,  slender,  frequently  inter- 
laced, and  brittle  fibres,  attached  to  a  short,  contorted,  knotty  head 
or  caudex.  The  colour,  which  in  the  recent  state  is  yellowish,  be- 
comes brown  by  time.  The  smell  is  strong,  aromatic,  and  like  Cam- 
phor and  Valerian ;  the  taste  warm,  very  bitter,  and  camphorous. 
The  root  yields  its  virtues  to  water,  to  Alcohol,  *nd  to  Proof  Spirit. 
The  active  ingredients  are  probably  the  Volatile  Oil  and  a  bitter 


Euphorbiacea.]  EUPHORBIACEJE.  533 

Extractive,  which  is  also  acrid,  and  was  detected  by  Chevalier  and 
by  Bucholz. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Tonic,  Diaphoretic,  and  Emmenagogue 
in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss.  In  large  doses  it  causes  nausea  and  purging. 
Used  to  be  employed  in  cases  of  atonic  fevers,  &c.,  and  in  Exanthe- 
mata, where  the  eruption  is  tardy  in  appearing,  or  has  receded. 

Pharm.  Prep.  TinCt.  Cinchonas  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  Electuarium 
Opii,  E. 

INFTJSUM  SERPENTARI.E,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Snake-root. 

Prep.  Macerate  Serpentaria  3ss.  in  boiling  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  for  4  hours  in  a  lightly  covered 
vessel.  L.  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  f  3jss.  every  two  or  three 
hours. 

TINCTUEA  SERPENTARIA,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  Snakeroot. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Serpentaria  ^iijss.  (3iij.  D.  [U.  S.] )  and  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  mea- 
sure ftij.  D.  Cochineal  bruised  3j.  E.);  macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days,  and  strain.  (Pro- 
ceed by  percolation  or  digestion,  as  for  Tinct.  Cinchona,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjunct  to  Tonics  and  Diaphoretics  in 
doses  of  from  f3j. — f3ij. 

[Besides  the  A.  tomentosa  and  A.  hastata,  which  have  been  men- 
tioned by  the  author,  the  Aristolochia  reticulata  is  common  in  the 
southwestern  portions  of  the  U.  S.  The  root  is  larger  and  coarser 
than  that  of  the  preceding.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  reticulated 
leaves.] 

EUPHORBIACE.E,  Adr.  de  Jussieu.     Spurgeworts. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  with  watery,  often  milky  juice,  some  with  a  fleshy  Cactus-like 
stem.  Leaves  usually  alternate.  Stipules  small  or  wanting1.  Flowers  monoecious  or  dioe- 
cious, frequently  incomplete,  often  enclosed  within  an  involucre.  Calyx  free,  4,  5,  or  6-fid, 
or  divided,  sometimes  wanting.  Corol  often  wanting,  or  consisting  of  scales,  or  of  petals, 
usually  twisted  in  {estivation,  often  alternating  with  scales  or  glands.  Male.  Stamens  de- 
finite  or  indefinite,  distinct  or  united,  inserted  into  the  centre  of  the  flower  below  the 
abortive  ovary.  Female.  Ovary  free,  2 — but  usually  3 — seldom  many-celled.  Ovules 
solitary  or  in  pairs,  suspended  from  the  inner  angle.  Styles  equal  in  number  to  the  cells, 
at  first  united  into  one,  and  then  dividing  into  as  many  stigmas.  Fruit  usually  capsular, 
seldom  berried,  2  to  3-celled,  often  of  cocci  or  carpels  separating  from  the  central  persis- 
tent column.  Seeds  often  furnished  with  caruncula  or  arillus.  Embryo  straight  in  the 
axis  of  a  fleshy  albumen. 

The  Euphorbiacese,  multiform  in  habit,  are  usually  placed  among  apetalous  orders ; 
but  as  many  of  the  genera  are  furnished  with  both  calyx  and  corolla,  and  as  they  are 
allied  to  Celastrinese  and  Rhamneffl,  and  also  to  Burseracese,  through  Juglandese,  it  would 
perhaps  be  preferable  to  place  them  near  these  families.  They  abound  in  tropical  coun- 
tries ;  many  species,  however,  are  found  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  temperate  zone,  but 
in  the  northern  only  herbaceous  species,  with  Buxus  as  a  shrub.  The  Euphorbiaceee  are 
remarkable  for  acridity,  which  is  contained  in  the  milky  juice  ;  hence  some  are  used  as 
local,  and  some  as  general  stimulants;  others  are  poisonous  in  nature.  A  few  secrete 
volatile  oil  in  the  bark,  as  Cascarilla,  and  others,  falty  oil  united  with  acrid  principle  in 
their  seeds,  as  in  Castor  and  Croton  oils.  The  roots  of  Janipha  Manihot  secrete  fecula 
and  acrid  principle,  which  is  dissipated  by  heat. 


534  CASCARILLA.  [Apetalcs. 

Tribe  Ricinece,  Mr.  de  Jussieu. 
CROTON,  Linn.    Monoscia  Monadelphia. 

Flowers  monoecious,  or  very  rarely  dioecious.  Calyx  5-parted.  Males.  Petals  5.  Sta- 
mens 10  or  more,  distinct.  Females.  Petals  none.  Styles  3,  divided  into  two  or  more 
partitions.  Capsule  tricoccous.  Adr.  de  J. 

CASCARILLA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Croton,  L.  D.  Bark,  probably,  of 
CROTON  ELEUTERIA,  Swartz,  &c.,  and  possibly  of  other  species  of 
the  same  genus,  E. ;  of  Croton  Cascarilla,  Linn.  L.  D.  Cascarilla. 

Cascarilla  was  first  made  known  by  V.  Garcias  Sabat  in  1692. 
The  name,  signifying  a  little  bark,  is  applied  by  the  Spaniards  to  a 
variety  of  barks.  It  is  intended  in  the  Pharmacopeia  to  indicate  a 
bark  known  for  150  years,  and  which  Dr.  Pereira  has  shown  comes 
principally  from  the  Bahamas,  and  which  Dr.  Lindley  has  proved  (Fl. 
Med.  p.  179)  to  be  the  produce  of  Croton  Eleuteria  of  Swartz,  and  not 
of  Croton  Cascarilla  of  Don  (the  C.  pseudo-China  of  Schlechtendal); 
for  this  yields  Copalchi  bark.  Nees  von  Esenbeck  has  also  shown 
that  C.  micans  of  Swartz,  a  Jamaica  plant,  yields  some  of  the  Casca- 
rilla of  the  Continent.  Both  these  plants  are  figured  in  the  Pfl.  Med. 
of  Nees  Suppl.  t.  22. 

The  C.  Cascarilla  of  Linnaeus  (C.  lineare  of  Jacquin)  tHe  Wild 
Rosemary  bush  of  Jamaica,  does  not  appear  to  yield  any  bark  like 
Cascarilla,  or  to  have  the  sensible  properties  of  that  bark. 

Croton  Eleuteria  forms  a  small  tree.  Branches  and  twigs  angular,  rather  compressed, 
striated,  downy,  ferruginous.  Leaves  stalked,  alternate,  ovate,  with  a  short  but  obtuse 
point,  green  on  the  upper  surface,  silvery  and  densely  downy  beneath.  Flowers  monoe- 
cious. Racemes  axillary  and  terminal,  branched.  Males  uppermost  and  smallest;  fe- 
males below,  few,  and  on  short  stalks.  Filaments  10  to  12.  Ovary  roundish.  Styles  3, 
bifid.  Stigmas  obtuse.  Capsule  roundish,  minutely  warted,  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  with 
3  furrows,  3  cells,  and  6  valves.  Lindley. — Thickets  of  Jamaica  and  other  West  India 
Islands. — This  species,  having  the  name  of  Eleutheria,  from  one  of  the  Bahamas,  has 
been  proved  by  Dr.  Lindley,  from  information  and  authentic  specimens  from  the  Ba- 
hamas, to  yield  the  true  Cascarilla  bark,  as  had  been  before  stated  by  Drs.  Wright  and 
Woodville.— Nees  von  Esenb.  t.  139.  St.  and  Ch.  150. 

Cascarilla  may  be  confounded  not  only  with  Copalchi,  but  also  with 
that  kind  of  Cinchona  called  Gray  or  Huanuco  bark.  It  consists, 
however,  of  irregular  fragments,  which  are  thin,  two  to  three,  some- 
times four  inches  in  length;  these  are  moderately  quilled,  a  little 
twisted,  or  flat,  about  the  thickness  of  a  pencil  or  that  of  the  little 
finger,  of  a  grayish  colour  externally,  much  fissured,  covered  in  many 
parts  with  a  whitish  lichen,  the  substance  of  the  bark  of  a  brownish 
colour,  and  its  internal  face  smooth.  It  is  compact,  fracture  short, 
brittle,  the  powder  of  a  light-brown  colour.  It  has  a  weak  though 
aromatic  odour ;  the  taste  is  bitter,  a  little  acrid,  but  also  spicy.  M. 
Duval  in  recently  analyzing  it,  found  it  to  contain  Albumen,  Tannin, 
a  Bitter  crystallizable  substance  (Cascarilline),  Red  Colouring  matter, 
Fatty  matter  with  a  nauseous  smell,  Wax,  Gum,  Volatile  Oil  'with  an 
agreeable  smell,  Resin,  Starch,  Pectic  acid,  Chloride  of  Potassium, 
Salts  of  Lime,  Woody  fibre.  Cascarilline  when  pure  is  white  and 


Euphorbiaceai.]  TIGLII    OLEUM.  535 

crystalline,  without  odour,  has  a  bitter  taste,  which,  however,  is  not 
at  first  perceptible  from  its  sparing  solubility ;  but  it  communicates 
its  bitterness  to  a  large  quantity  of  water.  It  is  very  soluble  in  Spirit 
and  Ether,  and  appears  to  be  a  non-azotised  neutral  substance  of  the 
nature  of  Salicine.  The  properties  of  the  bark  no  doubt  depend 
chiefly  on  the  Volatile  Oil  and  the  Cascarilline.  These  are  taken  up 
by  Spirit,  partially  by  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Tonic;  has  been  considered  Febrifuge, 
and  may  be  advantageously  prescribed  with  Cinchona.  It  is  chiefly 
employed  in  Dyspepsia  and  in  other  complaints  requiring  a  warm 
Tonic. 

D.  Of  the  powder  gr.  x. — 9jss.  well  given  with  Soda  in  Milk. 

INFUSUM  CASCARILL.E,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Infusion  of  Cascarilla. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  2  hours  in  a  lightly  (L.)  covered  vessel  powdered  Cascarilla  3jss. 
(3ss.  D.)  (3i.  U.  S.)  in  boiling  Aq.  desl.  Oj.  (fess.  D.)  Strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.     A  light  warm  Tonic  in  doses  of  frjss. 

MISTURA  CASCARILL/E  COMPOSITA,  L.     Comp.  Cascarilla  Mixture. 

Prep.  Mix  Infusion  of  Cascarilla  f3xvij.  Vinegar  of  Squills  fgj.  and  Tinct.  Camphora 
Comp.  fjij. 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Tonic  and  Expectorant  in  Chronic  affec- 
tions of  the  Lungs  in  doses  of  fjjss.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

TINCTURA  CASCARILLA,  L.  E.  D. 

Prep.  Take  powdered  Cascarilla  3v.  (giv.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.); 
macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days  and  strain.  (Proceed  by  percolation  or  digestion,  as  for 
Tinct.  Cinchonas,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Tonic  adjunct.to  draughts  in  doses 
of  f3j.— f3ij. 

TIGLII  OLEUM,  L.  (U.  S.)  CROTONIS  OLEUM,  E.  Crotonis  Tiglii  Oleum, 
D.  Oleum  e  seminibus  expressum,  L.  Expressed  Oil  of  the  seeds 
of  CROTON  TIGLIUM,  Linn.  Croton  Oil. 

The  seeds  called  Jamalgota  were  given  to  the  author  when  in  India 
as  the  dund  of  the  Arabs.  They  were,  no  doubt,  employed  at  those 
times,  as  well  as  subsequently  in  Europe,  under  various  names,  as 
Grana  Tilli,  also  Tiglia,  &c.,  and  its  wood  Lignum  Moluccense. 
Having  passed  out  of  practice,  they  were  reintroduced  by  the  no- 
tices of  Dr.  White  and  of  Mr.  Marshall,  published  in  Ainslie's  Ma- 
leria  Medica  of  India,  and  by  a  publication  of  Mr.  Conwell. 

Croton  Tiglium  forms  a  small  tree,  of  15  to  20  feet  in  height,  with  the  young  branches 
smooth  and  roundish.  Leaves  oval-oblong,  acuminate,  3 — 5  nerved,  with  shallow  glan- 
dular serratures,  thin,  membranous,  with  2  glands  at  their  base,  the  younger  leaves  co- 
vered with  minute  stellate  scattered  hairs.  Petioles  short,  somewhat  angular,  with  a  few 


536  TIGLII    OLEUM.  [Apetalai. 

stellate  hairs  when  young.  Stipules  2,  subulate,  minute.  Racemes  terminal,  erect,  sim- 
ple, male  at  apex,  female  single,  below.  Flowers  downy.  Male,  Calyx  5-cleft.  Petals  5, 
lanceolate,  and  woolly.  Stamens  15  (15  to  20,  woolly  at  base,  Roxb.\  distinct.  Female, 
Calyx  5-cleft,  permanent.  Styles  long,  bifid.  Capsules  oblong,  obtusely  triangular,  the 
size  of  a  hazel-nut,  closely  covered  with  minute  stellate  hairs  ;  the  cells  completely  filled 
with  the  solitary  seeds.  Skin  of  the  seeds  pale  dull-brown,  overlying  a  harder,  dark,  and 
smooth  integument. — Hamilton  and  Roxburgh,  C.  Jamalgota,  Ham.  Linn.  Trans,  xiv.  258. 
— Indigenous  every  where  in  Bengal ;  found  also  in  the  Indian  Peninsula  and  in  Ceylon; 
Lindlcy,Fl.  Med.  p.  181. 

Croton  Pavana  (Ham.  /.  c.  p.  258),  having  ten  stamens,  and  the 
seeds  much  smaller  than  their  cells,  is  another  species,  which  yields 
what  Dr.  Hamilton  considers  the  original  Tiglium  seeds.  It  is  a  na- 
tive of  Burma,  Assam,  and  Silhet,  perhaps  also  of  Amboyna. 

Croton  Roxburghii,  Wall.  (C.  polyandrum,  Roxb.)  is  a  native  of  the 
Circar  mountains ;  bears  seeds  to  which  the  name  Jamalgota  is  also 
applied. 

The  Croton  Tiglium  has  a  disagreeable  smell,  and  the  taste  of  the 
leaves  is  exceedingly  nauseous  and  permanent.  (Roxb.)  All  parts  of 
the  plant  seem  provided  with  an  acrid  purgative  principle,  but  the 
seeds  are  alone  now  officinal.  These  are  about  the  size  of  a  grain  of 
Coffee,  oblong,  rounded  at  the  extremities,  with  two  faces,  the  ex- 
ternal more  convex  than  the  internal,  separated  from  each  other  by 
longitudinal  ridges,  and  each  divided  by  a  similar  longitudinal  ridge, 
forming  altogether  an  irregular  quadrangular  figure.  Sometimes 
when  there  are  only  two  seeds  in  the  capsule,  the  internal  surface  is 
flat,  with  a  groove  formed  by  the  central  axis.  The  shelly  covering 
of  the  seeds  being  sometimes  partially  removed,  they  have  a  mottled 
appearance  ;  but  if  entirely  so,  they  are  blackish.  The  kernel  is  oily, 
of  a  yellowish-white  colour  when  fresh,  but  becoming  brownish  by 
age.  It  has  a  large  embryo,  with  leafy  cotyledons.  In  India  the 
seeds  with  their  coverings  are  subjected  to  torrefaction,  and  the 
embryo  usually  separated  before  they  are  prescribed  medicinally.  In 
Europe  their  effects  are  obtained  by  prescribing  the  Oil,  commonly 
called  Croton  Oil.  This  is  obtained  by  bruising  the  kernels,  and  sub- 
jecting them  to  pressure,  when  about  50  per  cent,  of  oil  may  be  ob- 
tained. But  some  Oil  is  also  imported  from  Ceylon.  According  to 
Dr.  Nimmo,  the  seed  consists  of  64  parts  of  kernel  and  26  of  covering, 
and  the  kernels  yield  60  per  cent,  of  Oil. 

The  analyses  of  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  and  of  Brandes,  display  a 
trace  of  Volatile  Oil,  Crotonic  acid,  which  is  acrid  and  volatile,  Fixed 
Oil,  Crotonine,  an  alkaline  and  crystalline  body;  Resin,  Gum,  Albu- 
men and  Gluten,  Salts,  Lignin,  &c.  The  active  properties  depend 
on  the  Crotonic  acid  which  passes  oft' with  the  fixed  oil,  whether  this 
is  separated  by  expression  or  by  being  dissolved  in  Ether. 

Action.  Uses.  Croton  seeds  are  powerfully  Cathartic,  and  in  very 
common  use  in  India  as  purgative  'Pills,  commonly  called  Jamalgota 
Pills.  The  natives  usually  separate  the  embryo,  and  combine  the 
albumen  of  the  seed  (which,  however,  is  sufficiently  active)  with 
Catechu  or  Pepper.  About  a  grain,  or  half  a  seed,  is  "sufficient  for  a 
dose,  though  they  do  take  larger  doses. 


Euphorbiacea.]  RICINUS    COMMUNIS.  537 

TIGLII  OLEUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     CROTONIS  OLEUM,  E.     Croton  Oil. 

Expressed  from  the  seeds,  and  usually  imported  from  India,  chiefly  from  Madras  and 
Bombay,  but  also  from  Ceylon. 

Croton  Oil,  when  quite  pure  and  fresh,  is  nearly  colourless,  but  as 
usually  met  with,  it  is  rather  viscid,  yellowish,  and  even  of  an  orange- 
colour,  from  over-roasting  of  the  seed.  It  has  a  faint  but  peculiar 
smell,  and  a  permanent  acrid  taste,  which  is  most  felt  in  the  throat. 
The  Oil  is  soluble  in  Ether,  as  well  as  in  the  volatile  and  fixed  oils, 
partially  so  in  Alcohol — that  is,  the  acrid  portion  of  Croton  Oil,  which 
is  composed  of  Crotonic  acid  and  Resin,  is  dissolved,  while  the  Oil 
itself  is  insoluble.  Hence  the  E.  P.  gives  as  a  test  of  its  purity :  "  when, 
agitated  with  its  own  volume  of  pure  Alcohol,  and  gently  heated,  it 
separates  on  standing,  without  having  undergone  any  apparent  dimi- 
nution." Castor  Oil,  which  is  the  only  oil  likely  to  be  used  in  adul- 
terating it,  is  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Drastic  Purgative  in  obstinate  Costiveness  and  torpid 
state  of  the  Intestinal  canal,  or  when  a  Hydragogue,  or  the  speedy 
action  of  a  Cathartic,  is  required.  Sometimes  is  very  useful  in  nervous 
disorders,  as  in  Tic  Douloureux.  Rubbed  on  the  skin,  it  acts  as  a 
Rubefacient,  and  is  frequently  employed  as  a  Counter-irritant  to  re- 
lieve internal  affections,  either  in  its  pure  state,  or  dissolved  in  twice 
its  bulk  of  Olive  Oil,  &c.  Bouchardat  recommends  20  parts  being 
added  to  8  parts  of  diachylon  plaster  as  a  revulsive. 

D.  As  a  Purgative  Ttj. — Tdj.  or  rftiij.  made  up  into  pills,  to  which 
Opium  is  sometimes  added.  The  liquid  form  is  objectionable  on  ac- 
count of  the  acrid  sensation  produced  in  the  throat.  A  Croton  Soap 
is  prepared  by  Mr.  Morson,  of  which  gr.  i. — gr.  iij.  forms  a  dose. 

RICINI  OLEUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Oleum  e  seminibus  expressum,  L.  D. 
Expressed  Oil  of  the  Seeds,  E.  of  RICINUS  COMMUNIS,  Linn.  Castor 
Oil  Plant.  Monascia  Monadelphia,  Linn. 

This  plant  appears  to  be  the  Gourd,  or  the  plant  so  translated,  in 
Jonah  iv.  6,  7,  9,  10.  (v.  Kikayon,  in  Bibl.  Cycl.  ii.  p.  203.)  It  is 
also  the  xixi  or  x^orwv  of  Dioscorides,  and  its  Oil  has  been  employed 
in  medicine  from  the  earliest  times  by  Hindoos,  Egyptians,  Greeks, 
and  Arabs.  The  Greek  names  are  taken  from  the  insect  called  the 
tick  (in  Latin  ricinus)  which  the  seeds  resemble. 

Different  opinions  are  held  respecting  the  number  of  species  belong- 
ing to  this  genus  ;  but  several  varieties  have  no  doubt  been  raised  to 
the  rank  of  species.  These  are  found  in  Java,  and  throughout  India. 
One  has  been  named  R.  europaa,  but  it  must  have  been  introduced 
from  the  East,  and  is  annual  because  unable  to  withstand  the  cold  of 
winter.  The  common  species  may  be  seen  in  India,  especially  at  the 
borders  of  fields,  with  stems  of  considerable  thickness,  and  attaining 
a  height  of  sixteen  to  twenty  feet,  and  surviving  for  many  years. 
The  Oil  is  valued  as  a  medicine,  and  for  burning,  and  the  leaves  for 
feeding  the  Arendy  silk-worm.  • 

Root  perennial  or  annual,  long,  thick,  and  fibrous.  Stems  (fig.  88)  round,  thick,  jointed, 


538 


RICINI    OLEUM. 


[Apetalce. 


channeled,  hollow,  glaucous,  of  a  purplish-red  colour  upwards.    Leaves  large,  palmato- 

peltate,  deeply  divided  into  7 

Fig.  88.  lanceolate,  serrated  segments, 

on  long,  tapering,  purplish  pe- 
tioles, with  glands  at  the  apex 
of  the  petiole.  Flowers  mo- 
noecious, in  terminal  panicles, 
the  lower  male,  the  upper  fe- 
male, all  articulated  with  their 
peduncles,  and  sometimes 
supported  by  bi  -  glandular 
bracts.  Calyx  3  —  5  cleft, 
valvate.  Petals  wanting. 
Male.  Stamens  numerous, 
with  the  filaments  branched 
(a)  and  united  below,  with 
distinct  globose  cells  of  the 
anthers  (b).  Female.  Style  1. 
Stigmas  3,  bipartite  (c),  plu- 
mose, coloured  red.  Cap- 
sule tricoccous,  covered  with 
spines,  3-celled  (d) ;  cells  1- 
seeded.  Seeds  pendulous, 
elongated,  ovate,  convex  ex- 
ternally, somewhat  flattened 
on  the  inside,  of  a  pale  gray 
colour,  but  marbled  with 
darker  colours  (e).  The  seed 
is  covered  by  a  thin,  coria- 
ceous, smooth  seed-coat,  com- 
posed of  two  layers  ;  at  its 
upper  end  is  observed  the 
fleshy  swelling  which  has 
been  termed  Strophiole,  with 
a  delicate  white  membrane 
investing  the  nucleus,  which 
is  large,  oleaginous,  and  con- 
sists of  albumen  containing 
in  the  middle  a  large  leafy 
embryo  (/).  Native  of  In- 
dia.  Cultivated  in  many 
countries. 

Two  varieties  of  Castor  Oil  seed  are  known,  one  large,  the  other 
small.  The  latter  is  thought  to  yield  more  oil,  and  of  a  superior 
quality.  Geiger  found  in  100  parts  of  these  seeds,  exclusive  of  mois- 
ture, 23-82  parts  of  seed-covering,  and  69-09  of  kernel.  These  69-09 
parts  contained  46-19  parts  of  fixed  Oil,  2-40  of  Gum,  20-00  of  Starch 
and  Lignin,  and  0-50  of  Albumen.  The  kernel,  when  fresh,  is  of  a 
white  colour,  and  sweetish  almond-like  taste,  followed  by  some  acri- 
mony. The  Oil  may  be  extracted  from  the  seeds  by  decoction  in 
water,  or  expression,  with  or  without  the  aid  of  heat,  and  for  expe- 
riment by  the  agency  of  Alcohol.  Sometimes  the  Oil  is  boiled  with 
water  to  dissolve  out  the  Mucilage  and  to  coagulate  the  Albumen. 
Dr.  Christison  sums  up  the  results  of  various  papers  by  stating  that 
"  by  simple  expression  a  mild  oil  of  excellent  quality  may  be  ex- 
tracted alike  from  the  small  and  large  varieties  of  the  seed  :  that 
when  so  prepared,  it  is  apt  to  become  sometimes  rancid  (Wright), 
but  may  be  prevented  from  doing  so  if  heated  to  about  200°,  so  that 
its  Albumen  is  coagulated  and  detached :  that  the  embryo  is  scarcely 


Eupkorliacea.]  TAPIOCA.  539 

more  active  than  the  Albumen  of  the  nucleus,  and  that  the  husk  and 
perispermal  membrane  are  inert  (Boudron  and  Henry) :  that  if  the 
seeds  be  boiled  in  the  Eastern  way,  without  first  roasting  them,  or 
driving  off  the  residual  water  from  the  Oil  by  heat,  an  Oil  of  fine 
quality  is  obtained,  which  keeps  well  (Guibourt),  but  is  probably  not 
quite  so  active:  that  the  active  part  of  the  Oil  is  probably  volatilizable 
during  decoction  with  water  (Guibourt),  so  that  long  ebullition  may 
materially  impair  its  energy :  and  that  if  the  seeds  be  roasted  before 
being  expressed,  or  the  Oil  be  exposed  to  a  considerable  heat,  as  in 
the  American  process,  peculiar  acids  are  engendered  (called  the 
Ricinic,  the  Elai'odic,  and  Margaritic),  which  greatly  increase  the 
acridity  (Bussy  and  Lecanu). 

Castor  Oil  is  imported  in  the  largest  quantities  from  the  East  In- 
dies, and  this  is  commonly  called  cold-drawn  Castor  Oil.  Some  is 
also  imported  from  North  America  and  the  West  Indies.  It  is  of  a 
pale  straw-colour,  a  faint  but  unpleasant  smell,  a  mild  oily  taste,  some- 
times accompanied  with  a  little  acrimony.  Though  heavier  than 
most  fixed  oils,  it  is  lighter  than  water,  and  viscid.  Sp.  Gr.  0-969  at 
55°  F.  If  exposed  to  a  cold  of  32°,  it  deposits  a  few  grains  of  Mar- 
garin.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  becomes  rancid,  and  dries  up.  It  is 
soluble  in  all  proportions  in  both  Alcohol  and  Ether.  By  the  action 
of  Hyponitrous  acid,  a  solid  fatty  matter  is  produced,  which  has  been 
called  Palmine.  The  alkalies  saponify  it,  but  produce  acids  appa- 
rently identical  with  those  generated  during  its  distillation.  Differ- 
ing in  many  respects  from  other  fixed  oils,  chemists  are  inclined  to 
consider  it  as  consisting  "  of  a  single  and  peculiar  oleaginous  prin- 
ciple," others  as  composed  of  three  fatty  acids  combined  respectively 
with  Glycerine.  Its  purity  may  be  ascertained  by  its  being  "  entirely 
dissolved  by  its  own  volume  of  Alcohol."  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Purgative.  Castor  Oil  seeds,  though  mild  tasted, 
even  in  their  fresh  state,  are  acrid.*  The  Oil  is  a  mild  but  certain 
laxative,  acting  quickly,  and  is  particularly  eligible  whenever  it  is 
wished  to  produce  as  little  irritation  as  possible  along  the  intestinal 
canal.  With  Oil  of  Turpentine  f3ij.  a  particularly  efficient  purgative 
may  be  formed,  (c.) 

D.  Of  the  Oil  f 3ss.  — f^iss.  swimming  on  weak  Spirit  and  water, 
or  on  hot  Milk,  Coffee,  shaken  up  with  Vinegar,  &c.  For  children, 
f3j.  or  f3ij.  made  into  an  emulsion. 

TAPIOCA,  E.  (U.  S.)     Fecula  of  the  root  of  JANIPHA  MANIHOT,  Humbl. 
and  Bonpl.     Jatropha  Manihot  of  Linnaeus. 

Tapioca,  first  mentioned  by  Piso  in  his  Nat.  Hist,  of  Brazil,  p.  52, 
is  a  starch-like  substance  yielded  by  the  above  plant. 

*  The  author  was  once  called  in  a  great  hurry  to  the  hospital-boat  when  proceeding 
with  a  battalion  of  Artillery  up  the  Ganges,  with  the  statement  that  several  men  had 
been  poisoned  or  seized  with  cholera.  The  seeds  immediately  revealed  what  the  ^'Indian 
filberts"  were  which  the  men  had  been  picking  and  eating.  The  majority  recovered  ra- 
pidly ;  but  three  of  them  suffered  severely,  and  were  not  discharged  from  the  hospital  for 
some  time. 


540  E  U  P  H  O  R  B  I  U  M.  [Apetala. 

A  shrub,  4 — 6  feet  high.  Root  large,  tuberous,  fleshy,  and  white,  with  a  milky,  acrid, 
poisonous  juice.  Leaves  palmate,  5 — 7  parted,  smooth,  glaucous  beneath ;  segments  lan- 
ceolate, quite  entire.  Flowers  axillary,  racemose,  monoecious.  Calyx  campanulate,  5- 
parted.  Petals  none.  Stamens  10.  Filaments  unequal,  distinct,  arranged  around  a  disk. 
Style  1.  Stigmas  3,  consolidated  into  a  rugose  mass. — Adr.  de  Juss.  and  Hooker. — Cul- 
tivated in  the  West  Indies  and  in  many  parts  of  South  America. — B.  M.  3071. 

Of  this  plant  there  are  two  distinct  varieties,  one  known  as  the 
Bitter  the  other  as  the  Sweet  Cassava.  The  former  is  about  six  feet 
high,  the  leaves  of  a  darker  green,  and  the  stem  of  a  dark  brown 
colour,  the  roots  are  longer  in  coming  to  maturity,  much  larger,  about 
twenty  inches  in  length,  and  ten  in  circumference.  The  juice  is  acrid 
and  poisonous,  owing,  it  is  said,  to  the  presence  of  Hydrocyanic  acid 
(Henry  and  c.),  and  not  always  entirely  dissipated  by  heat.  It  is 
cultivated  for  making  the  Tapioca  of  commerce,  and  Cassava  Bread. 
This  is  made  by  grating  the  fresh  roots,  squeezing  out  the  juice,  and 
then  baking  into  cakes  on  an  iron  plate.  The  Tapioca  is  also  pre- 
pared by  beating  the  root  into  a  pulp,  washing  it  with  cold  water, 
and  then  allowing  the  fsecula  to  subside  from  the  milky  fluid  which 
flows  from  it.  Being  then  dried  on  heated  plates,  it  becomes  of  a 
granular  form. 

The  Sweet  Cassava,*  is  about  four  feet  high,  the  root  about  a  foot 
in  length,  and  seven  or  eight  inches  in  circumference,  of  a  light- 
brown  colour.  It  is  very  juicy,  something  resembling  chestnuts  in 
taste,  and  is  used  as  a  vegetable  either  boiled  or  roasted.  But  much 
of  it  is  employed  in  making  a  fermented  liquor  from  the  root  scraped 
into  a  pulp,  and  from  which  the  liquor  is  squeezed.  This  is  called 
Piwarry,  and  drank  by  the  Indians  as  an  intoxicating  liquor.  (Mr. 
Gill.) 

The  irregular  grains  of  which  Tapioca  consists  are  about  the  size 
of  large  shot,  whitish,  and  like  other  kinds  of  Starch,  without  odour 
or  taste.  The  grains  are  very  minute,  but  regular  in  form,  and 
most  resembling  those  of  wheat-starch.  Tapioca  has  the  general 
characteristics  of  Starch,  of  which  it  is  a  pure  form. 

Action.  Uses.  Dietetical,  Demulcent.  Much  approved  of  as  a  diet 
for  the  sick-room  and  for  infants  at  the  time  of  weaning. 

Tribe  Euphorbiece. 

EUPHORBIUM,  L.  E.  D.  Concrete  resinous  juice  of  undetermined  spe- 
cies of  Euphorbia,  E.  Gummi-Resina,  of  Euphorbia  officinarum. 
L.  of  E.  canariensis.  D. 

EUPHORBIA,  Linn.     Monacia  Monadelphia,  Linn. 

Flowers  incomplete,  collected  into  monoscious  heads  composed  of  one  female  and  nu- 
merous male  flowers.  Involucre  campanulate,  with  5  divisions  and  5  alternate  glands. 
Mate.  Naked,  consisting  of  a  single  stamen  upon  a  pedicel,  intermixed  with  scales,  sur- 

*  This  is  sometimes  considered  a  distinct  species,  and  called  Janipha  Laeflingii.  v.  Ha- 
milton, Pharm.  J.  v.  p.  27.  In  the  Synop.  Plant,  of  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  by  Kunth 
(I.  417),  J.  Laeflingii,  the  Yuca  of  the  natives,  is  described  with  5  partite  cordate  leaves; 
segments  acuminate,  very  entire,  the  middle  one  panduriform,  while  J.  Manihot,  their 
Yuca  dulce,  has  leaves  from  5  to  7-partite,  glaucous  on  the  under  surface ;  segments 
acuminate,  very  entire. 


EuphorliaceoB.]  EUPHORBIUM.  54 1 

rounding  the  female.  Female.  A  single  pistil.  Styles  3.  Stigmas  bifid.  Capsule  3- 
celled,  bursting  at  the  back,  Seeds  solitary,  pendulous. — This  genus  is  multiform  in 
habit,  some  being  cactus-like,  among  which  must  be  the  officinal  species,  having  jointed 
angular  stems,  with  branches  of  a  similar  structure,  and  double  prickles  at  their  angles. 
When  wounded  they  exude  an  acrid  milky  juice,  which  concretes  upon  the  surface,  usu- 
ally upon  these  prickles,  and  constitutes  the  Euphorbium  of  commerce. 

Euphorbium  was  employed  by  the  early  Greek  physicians,  and  is 
noticed  by  the  Arabs  by  the  name  Furfioon.  The  species  yielding  it 
is  still  uncertain.  The  Euphorbium  of  the  ancients  was  obtained 
from  Mauritania,  that  of  modern  commerce  apparently  entirely  from 
Mogadore.  The  D.  P.  assigns  E.  canariensis,  a  plant  of  the  Canary 
islands,  and  the  L.  P.  E.  officinarum,  which  is  said  to  be  found  in 
Arabia  and  the  hotter  parts  of  Africa,  while  E.  antiquorum,  common 
in  Arabia  and  all  over  India,  which  is  also  adduced,  the  author  found 
comparatively  inert.  The  only  positive  information  is  that  of  Jack- 
son (Account  of  Morocco),  who  describes  the  inhabitants  of  the  lower 
Atlas  range  making  incisions  in  the  branches  of  the  plant  found  there, 
from  which  a  milky  juice  exudes,  which  is  very  acrid,  hardens  on  the 
plant,  and  drops  off  in  September.  The  people  who  collect  it  are 
obliged  to  tie  a  cloth  over  their  mouth  and  nostrils,  to  prevent  the 
small  dusty  particles  from  annoying  them,  as  they  produce  incessant 
sneezing.  Bruce  also  describes  the  violent  sneezing  produced  on  his 
party  on  wounding  some  Euphorbia  plants  in  a  dry  state.  But  this 
species  (which  he  calls  Dergmouse)  is  not  well  ascertained ;  it  seems 
to  approach  E.  officinarum  in  some  of  its  characters.  Dr.  Pereira, 
from  examining  the  branches,  found  mixed  with  the  Euphorbium  of 
commerce,  considers  that  E.  tetragona  agrees  most  closely  with  it  in 
the  size  of  the  stems,  the  number  of  angles,  and  the  number  and 
direction  of  the  spines. 

Euphorbium.is  in  irregular-shaped  tears,  usually  pierced  with  one 
or  with  two  diverging  holes,  made  by  the  double  prickles  of  the  plant 
on  which  it  had  dried.  These  sometimes  remain  in  the  holes.  The 
colour  is  of  a  dull  yellowish-white,  something  like  that  of  inferior 
Tragacanth.  It  is  friable,  with  little  odour,  but  the  dust  causes  vio- 
lent sneezing,  and  irritation  to  the  eyes,  requiring  the  face  to  be  well 
protected ;  it  is  very  irritant  to  whatever  part  it  is  brought  in  contact 
with,  and  the  taste  is  after  a  short  period  acrid  and  burning.  It  is 
composed  of  an  Acrid  Resin  about  60  per  cent.,  of  Wax  14,  Malate  of 
Lime  12,  Malate  of  Potash  l,Bassorine,  probably  a  little  Caoutchouc, 
Lignin,  water,  and  loss.  It  is,  therefore,  a  Cereo-Resin,  and  not  a 
Gum-Resin.  It  burns  with  a  pale  flame  and  rather  an  agreeable 
odour.  Water  takes  up  but  little  of  it ;  Alcohol  and  Ether  are  its 
best  solvents.  Its  active  principle  is  identical  with  or  associated  with 
the  Resin.  • 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  Irritant ;  will  produce  incessant  sneezing, 
and  even  bloody  discharges,  and  ophthalmia  if  blown  into  the  eyes. 
Acts  as  an  Emetic  or  Cathartic ;  apt  to  produce  inflammation  of  the 
intestinal  canal.  Largely  diluted  with  starch,  it  is  sometimes  used  as 
an  Errhine  in  obstinate  affections  of  the  head ;  and  occasionally  as  a 
Rubefacient  and  a  Counter-irritant,  as  in  Acetum  Cantharides,  E.,  and 
added  to  a  Burgundy  Pitch  plaster  in  chronic  affections  of  the  joints. 


542  PIPERACE.E.  [Apetalas. 

Antidotes.  Oil,  emollient  drinks,  oleaginous  enemata.  Obviate  in- 
flammation by  blood-letting,  baths. 

[EUPHORBIA  IPECACUANHA,  Willd.  (U.  S.)  Sec.     The  Root. 

This  species  is  called  Ipecacuanha  Spurge,  or  American  Ipecac- 
uanha. It  is  found  in  sandy  soils,  from  New  Jersey  to  N.  Carolina. 

Bot.  Char.  The  root  is  perennial,  elongated,  and  penetrating  the  earth  to  the  distance 
of  a  foot  or  more.  It  is  fleshy  and  of  a  yellow  colour.  The  stems  are  numerous,  herba- 
ceous, somewhat  procumbent,  smooth,  and  dichotomously  branched.  The  leaves  are 
opposite,  sessile,  entire,  smooth,  oval,  round,  or  lanceolate.  The  flowers  are  small  and 
stand  on  long  axillary  peduncles.  The  plant  assumes  such  diverse  forms,  and  presents 
such  different  colours  as  to  lead  to  the  supposition  that  the  varieties  are  distinct  species. 
It  varies  from  deep  green  to  bright  purple. 

The  whole  plant  is  lactescent.  The  root  in  the  fresh  state  is  some- 
times as  thick  as  two  fingers ;  from  this  it  diminishes  in  size.  When 
dried  it  becomes  corrugated  and  wrinkled,  and  breaks  with  a  short 
starchy  fracture.  The  smell  is  faint,  and  the  taste  is  sweetish  and  a 
little  acrid.  It  contains  caoutchouc,  resin,  gum,  and  starch. 

Action.  Uses.  Emetic  and  diaphoretic.  In  large  doses  it  is  irrita- 
ting and  acts  violently,  both  on  the  stomach  and  bowels.  There  is 
some  difference  between  the  fresh  and  thoroughly  dried  root. 

D.  Powder  gr.  x. — xx. 

EUPHORBIA  COROLLATA,  Willd.  (U.  S.)  ^  Root. 

The  large  flowering  Spurge  is  common  in  the  middle  sections  of 
the  United  States.  Growing  in  dry,  sandy  soil. 

It  has  a  large  branching  root,  with  a  number  of  stems  from  2  to  5  feet  in  height,  crest 
round  and  simple.  Leaves  scattered,  sessile,  oblong,  obovate  or  linear,  a  little  revolute  on 
the  margin,  smooth  usually.  Flowers  in  umbellated  clusters,  calyx  large,  rotate,  white. 

The  Root  when  dried  is  similar  to  that  of  the  preceding. 
Alcohol  and  water  will  extract  its  virtues. 

Action.  Uses.  Emetic  and  diaphoretic  and  expectorant.     Used  in 
rheumatism,  catarrh,  &c.  '  V 
D.  gr.  x. — xx.] 

PIPERACE^E,  Richard.     Pepper-worts. 

Shrubs  or  herbs.  Leaves  without  stipules.  Flowers  usually  hermaphrodite  and  sessile, 
in  spikes.  Stamens  definite  (usually  2)  or  indefinite,  arranged  on  one  side  or  round  the 
ovary,  to  which  they  adhere  more  or  less.  Anthers  1-  or  2-celled,  with  or  without  a  fleshy 
connective.  Ovary  superior,  1-celled,  containing  a  single  erect  ovule.  Stigma  sessile, 
simple,  rather  oblique.  Fruit  somewhat  fleshy,  indehiscent.  Seed  erect,  with  the  em- 
bryo lying  in  a  fleshy  sac  or  vitellum  placed  at  that  end  of  the  seed  which  is  opposite  the 
hilum,  on  the  outside  of  the  albumen. 

The  Piperaceoe  are  allied  in  some  respects  to  PolygonetB,  also  to  Urticese,  &c.  They 
are  sometimes  placed  among  Endogens,  at  other  times,  among  Exogens.  They  inhabit 
the  tropical  parts  of  Asia  and  America,  with  a  few  species  extending  to  higher  latitudes, 
and  are  characterized  by  pungent  and  aromatic  properties.  Besides  the  officinal  species, 
the  Piper  Betle  is  much  cultivated  and  famed  for  its  moderately  pungent  and  aromatic 
properties,  its  leaf  being  employed  to  envelope  the  fragments,  of  Areca  Catechu,  of  pale 
Catechu,  and  of  Lime,  which  form  the  famed  masticatory  of  the  East,  known  as  Pan  or 
Betle. 

PIPER,  Linn.    Diandria  Trigynia,  Linn. 

Spike  covered  with  flowers  on  all  sides.    Flowers  hermaphrodite,  each  supported  by  a 


PiperacecB.]  PIPER    NIGRUM.  543 

scale.  Stamens  intermediate  in  number,  often  two.  Anthers  2-celled.  Ovary  1-celled. 
Ovule  solitary,  erect.  Stigma  trifid  or  multifid.  Berry  1-seeded. — Shrubs,  rarely  trees, 
aromatic,  with  knotted,  jointed  branches.  Leaves  alternate,  very  entire,  often  nerved. 
Spike  supported  by  a  spathe  at  the  base,  opposite  to  the  leaves,  rarely  terminal,  cylindri- 
cal, sometimes  subglobular.  H.  B.  and  K.  The  genus  has  been  subdivided  by  Miquel. 

PIPER  LONGUM,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  Fructus  immaturus  exsiccatus,  L.  D. 
Dried  Spikes,  E.  of  Long  Pepper.  Chavica  Roxburghii,  Miq.  • 

Long  Pepper  has  been  employed  by  the  Hindoos  in  medicine  from 
the  earliest  times.  Its  Sanscrit  name  pippula  seems  to  have  been  the 
original  of  the  Greek  irwsgi,  and  the  ireirsge-ae  gi£a  would  appear  to  be 
its  roots,  which,  called  pippula  moul,  are  still  extensively  employed 
throughout  the  East  (v.  Hindoo  Med.  p.  86.) 

Root  woody.  Stems  shrubby,  climbing,  jointed.  Lower  leaves  ovate-cordate,  3 — 5- 
nerved ;  upper  ones  on  short  petioles,  oblong  acuminate,  oblique  and  somewhat  cordate 
at  the  base,  obsoletely  4  to  5-nerved  and  veined,  coriaceous,  smooth.  Peduncles  erect, 
longer  than  the  petioles.  Spikes  almost  cylindrical.  A  native  of  the  woody  hills  of  the 
Circars,  as  well  as  along  the  foot  of  the  Himalayas ;  cultivated  in  Bengal. — Nees  von  E. 
26.  St.  and  Ch.  174. 

This  plant  is  cultivated  both  on  account  of  its  roots,  which,  as  well 
as  the  thickest  part  of  the  stems,  are  cut  into  small  pieces  and  dried, 
and  form  an  article  of  commerce  all  over  the  East.  The  spike  of 
berries  forms  a  long  nearly  cylindrical  body,  varying  from  an  inch 
to  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length.  The  berries  are  most  pungent  in 
their  immature  state,  and  are  therefore  dried,  and  the  whole  become 
of  a  grayish  colour.  They  have  a  faint  aromatic  odour  when  bruised, 
but  a  powerfully  pungent  taste.  Analyzed  by  Dulong,  its  composi- 
tion was  found  to  be  analogous  to  that  of  Black  Pepper,  as  it  contains 
Piperin,  a  concrete  Oil,  upon  which  its  acrimony  depends,  and  a 
Volatile  Oil,  to  which  it  probably  owes  its  odour. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  and  a  substitute  for  Black  Pepper.  It  is 
probably  retained  in  the  Pharmacopeia  as  being  a  constituent  of  se- 
veral old-established  preparations,  as  Pulv.  Aromaticus,  Pulv.  Cretae 
Comp.,  Tinct.  Cinnamomi  C.  Confect.  Opii. 

PIPER  NIGRTTM,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Bacca?,  L.  Semina,  D.  Dried 
unripe  berries,  E.  of  the  Black  Pepper,  which,  decorticated,  form 
Piper  album,  or  White  Pepper. 

The  ifsiregi  of  Hippocrates  and  Dioscorides  is  no  doubt  our  Pepper, 
the  name  being  derived  from  the  Persian  Pilpil.  (v.  P.  longum.)  The 
Hindoos  were  no  doubt  the  first  to  investigate  the  properties  of 
Pepper.  It  grows  in  abundance  on  the  Malabar  coast,  &c.,  whence 
it  is  now  imported,  as  well  as  from  the  Malay  Peninsula,  Sumatra, 
and  other  islands. 

The  Pepper-vine  is  a  perennial,  with  trailing  or  climbing,  round,  flexuose  stem,  from  8 
to  12  feet  in  length,  dichotomously  branched,  articulated,  swelling  near  the  joints,  and 
often  radiating,  The  leaves  are  distichous,  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  occasionally  some- 
what oblique,  5  to  7-nerved,  the  nerves  prominent  beneath,  connected  by  lesser  transverse 
ones,  of  a  dark  green  colour  and  glossy  above,  pale  glaucous  green  beneath.  Petioles 
rounded,  nearly  an  inch  in  length.  Spikes  opposite  the  leaves,  stalked,  from  3  to  6  in- 
ches long,  slender,  drooping ;  apparently  some  male,  others  female,  while  sometimes  the 
flowers  are  furnished  with  both  stamens  and  pistil.  (Lindl.}  Stamens  3.  Fruits  distinct, 


544  BLACK    AND    WHITE    PEPPER.  [Apetala. 

round,  sessile,  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  at  first  green,  then  red,  afterwards  black,  covered 
by  pulp.     Native  of  India  and  the  Indian  Islands. — Nees  von  E.  21.     St.  and  Ch.  174. 

Dr.  Roxburgh's  Piper  trioicum  yields  the  Pepper  of  the  Rajah- 
mundry  Circars,  and  which  he  described  before  he  had  seen  the  true 
P.  nigrum.  But  after  he  had  done  so,  he  observes  that  the  leaves  of 
P.  trioicum  have  a  glaucous  appearance,  which  readily  distinguishes  it 
frAn  P.  nigrum,  which  has  shining  dark  leaves.  Dr.  Heyne,  who 
succeeded  him  in  the  superintendence  of  the  Pepper  cultivation,  says 
the  want  of  success  in  culture  at  Rajahmundry  was  owing  to  defects 
in  cultivation,  where  they  had  starved  these  plants  into  celibacy,  (v. 
Royle,  Product.  Resources  of  India,  pp.  53  and  67). 

Black  Pepper  is  formed  by  the  above  berries,  gathered  before  they 
are  quite  ripe,  and  dried  in  the  sun.  They  then  become  black  and 
wrinkled  from  the  drying  up  of  the  pulpy  part,  which  covers  a  round 
grayish-white-coloure'd  seed. 

White  Pepper  is  the  same  berry  allowed  to  ripen,  when  its  pulpy 
part  is  easily  removed  by  soaking  in  water  and  subsequent  rubbing. 
The  dried  pulpy  covering  of  the  Black  Pepper  has  in  this  country 
been  removed  by  mechanical  means,  to  form  a  white  Pepper. 

Pepper  in  both  these  states  has,  when  bruised,  an  aromatic  smell, 
and  a  hot,  spicy,  pungent  taste,  which  is  milder  in  the  White  Pepper. 
These  properties  are  taken  up  partially  by  water,  completely  so  by 
Ether,  Alcohol,  or  Proof  Spirit.  Analyzed  by  CErsted  and  by  Pelle- 
tier,  they  were  found  to  contain  a  peculiar  neutral  principle,  which 
has  been  called  Piperin,  an  acrid  Resin  or  Concrete  Volatile  Oil, 
a  little  Balsamic  Volatile  Oil,  Gum,  Starch,  Bassorine,  Extractive, 
Malic  and  Tartaric  acids,  Salts,  and  Lignin. 

Piperin,  when  perfectly  pure,  is  in  colourless  rhombic  crystals, 
neutral  and  not  alkaline,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and 
Acetic  acid,  less  so  in  Ether;  fusible  at  212°,  and  volatile.  Pelletier 
says,  that,  when  quite  pure,  it  is  tasteless,  and  ascribes  any  active 
properties  to  a  portion  of  the  acrid  resin.  Dr.  Christison,  however, 
states  "  the  very  whitest  crystals  I  have  been  able  to  obtain  were  as 
acrid  as  those  which  were  brownest,  and  also  that  it  exists  in  as  large 
quantity  in  white  as  in  black  pepper,  and  is  more  easily  separated, 
because  combined  with  less  resin."  It  is  composed  of  C40  Haa  O8  N. 
(Liebig.) 

The  Acrid  Resin  is  soft,  becomes  solid  at  32°  F.,  is  soluble  in 
Alcohol  and  Ether,  and  unites  readily  with  all  fatty  bodies.  Its  taste 
is  extremely  pungent  and  acrid,  and  it  is  very  abundant  in  Black 
Pepper.  Some  conceive  that  the  properties  of  Pepper  depend  chiefly 
on  this  Resin. 

Action.  Uses.  Hot  stimulant ;  pungent,  grateful  Condiment,  and 
as  such  universally  employed :  thought  to  be  Febrifuge.  Chiefly  used 
to  correct  the  effects  of  other  medicines  in  causing  nausea,  &c.,  in 
doses  of  gr.  v. 

UNGTJENTUM  PIPERIS  NIGRI,  D.     Pepper  Ointment. 

Prep.  Make  into  an  ointment  Black  Pepper  in  powder  ftiv.  with  prepared  Axunge  ftj. 

Action.     Uses.     Stimulant  application  to  Tinea  Capitis. 


Piperacete.]  C  U  B  E  B  JE.  545 

CoNFECTIO  PlPERIS  NIGRI,  L.  D.       ELECTQARIUM  PlPERIS,  E. 

Prep.  Rub  to  a  very  fine  powder  Black  Pepper  ftj.  Inula  ftj.  L.  D.  Fennel  Seeds 
ftij.  Powdered  (Liquorice  Root  ftj.  E.)  Sugar  ftij.  Keep  in  a  close  vessel,  and  when 
required,  rub' up  with  Honey  ftij.  The  E.  and  D.  colleges  direct  this  to  be  done  at  first 

Action.  Uses.  Moderate  Stimulant;  has  been  introduced  as  a 
substitute  for  Ward's  Paste,  which  obtained  celebrity  as  a  cure  for 
Haemorrhoids.  Sir  B.  Brodie  conceives  that  it  acts  on  them  as  a 
gentle  stimulus  in  consequence  of  some  of  it  passing  along  the  colon. 

D.  3j. — 3ij.  twice  or  thrice  a  day. 

CUBERE,  L.  E.  D.  (Cubeba,  U.  S.)  Baccse,  L.  Fructus,  D.  Fruit,  E. 
of  PIPER  CUBEBA,  Linn.  Suppl.  The  Cubeb  Pepper.  Diandria 
Trigynia,  Linn. 

Cubebs  were  probably  first  made  known  through  the  Hindoos  to 
the  Arabs,  being  the  kubabeh  of  the  latter,  and  the  kubob-chini  of  the 
former.  It  is  not  probable  that  they  were  known  to  the  Greeks,  (v. 
Hindoo  Med.  p.  85.)  Dr.  Pereira  has  adduced  evidence  that  they 
were  employed  in  England  500  years  ago. 

Stem  climbing;  branches  round,  the  thickness  of  a  goose-quill,  smooth,  rooting  at  the 
joints ;  when  young,  petioles  minutely  downy.  Leaves  4  to  6|  inches  long,  1£  to  2  inches 
broad,  stalked,  oblong,  or  ovate-oblong,  acuminate,  rounded,  or  obliquely  cordate  at  base, 
strongly  veined,  netted,  coriaceous,  very  smooth.  Spikes  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  op- 
posite the  leaves,  dioecious,  on  peduncles  the  length  of  the  petioles.  Fruit  rather  larger 
than  Black  Pepper,  globose,  on  pedicels  about  half  an  inch  long.  (Lindley.)  A  native  of 
Java  and  Prince  of  Wales'  Island. — Nees  von  E.  22.  St.  and  Ch.  175. 

Dr.  Lindley  has  ascertained  that  this  is  the  P.  Cubeba  of  the  Linnean  Herbarium. 
Bluine  says  that  the  fruits  of  this,  although  of  good  quality,  are  not  sent  to  Europe,  but 
those  that  are  furnished  by  P.  caninum,  Rumph.  v.  t.  28,  p.  2  ;  of  this  the  fruit  is  smaller 
and  shorter-stalked,  having  a  distinct  Anise  flavour,  and  less  pungent  than  the  fruit  of 
P.  Cubeba.  Dr.  L.,  however,  observes,  "  I  cannot  perceive  any  difference  in  the  flavour 
of  ihe  dried  fruit  of  this  species  and  of  the  Cubebs  sold  in  the  London  shops."  Fl.  Med. 
p.  314. 

Cubeb  berries,  when  dried,  resemble  Black  Pepper,  but  are  of  a 
brownish  colour,  with  raised  veins  forming  a  network  over  their 
surface,  and  are,  moreover,  distinguished  by  having  a  short  stalk ; 
hence  Cubebs  were  called  Piper  caudatum  by  old  writers.  The  sar- 
cocarp  is  thin,  the  shell  hard,  seed  spherical,  white,  oleaginous.  The 
odour  of  Cubebs  when  bruised  is  aromatic  and  rather  agreeable ;  the 
taste  warm,  peppery,  and  camphoraceous.  Analyzed  by  Vauquelin, 
and  subsequently  by  M.  Monheim,  Volatile  Oil  (v.  Oleum  Cubebai), 
was  recognised,  also  Cubebin,  which  is  a  neutral  substance  apparently 
of  the  nature  of  Stearoptene ;  a  soft  and  acrid  Balsamic  Resin,  Ex- 
tractive. The  Volatile  Oil,  upon  which  the  active  principles  chiefly 
depend,  will  evaporate  with  age,  and  therefore  Cubebs  should  be 
powdered  only  as  required.  The  powder  is  of  a  dark  colour,  and 
somewhat  oily  in  appearance.  It  is  said  to  be  sometimes  adulterated 
with  Allspice  powder. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant ;  used  as  a  Stomachic  in  the  East. 
Having  also  the  power  of  arresting  excessive  discharges  from  the 
Urethra,  it  is  much  employed  in  Gonorrhoea,  for  which  it  is  in  many 
cases  an  effectual  cure.  It  is,  perhaps,  best  prescribed  immediately 
the  first  inflammatory  symptoms  have  subsided ;  but  requires  caution, 

35 


546  M  A  T  I  C  O.  [Apetala. 

as  it  is  apt  to  create  irritation  in  the  Urinary  passages,  and  to  cause 
swelled  Testicle. 
D.    Of  the  powder,  Bj.  —  3ij.  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

OLEUM  CUBEB^,  E.  (U.  S.)     Oil  of  Cubebs. 

Obtained  from  pounded  Cubebs  by  distillation  with  water,  in  the  proportion  of  about 
10  per  cent. 

Oil  of  Cubebs  is  colourless,  or  nearly  so,  lighter  than  water,  thick, 
with  the  odour  of  Cubebs,  and  their  pungent  spicy  taste.  If  rectified 
with  water,  it  leaves  a  soft  and  resinous  mass.  It  cannot  be  distilled 
by  itself  without  undergoing  decomposition,  and  some  water  being 
given  off.  It  is  composed  of  Clfi  Hia.  By  standing  for  some  time, 
it  deposits  a  Stearoptene,  which  has  been  called  Camphor  of  Cubebs 
by  Mr.  Winkle. 

Action.  Uses.  Appears  to  possess  all  the  virtues  of  Cubebs  in  doses 
of  fl^x.  —  f3ss.  It  may  be  given  with  Sugar  in  water. 


TINCTTJIIA   CUBEBS,   L.     TINCT.    PIPERIS   CUBEBJE,   D.      Tincture   of 
Cubebs. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  days  bruised  Cubebs  gv.  (3iv.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (fcij.) 
Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant.  Used  as  Cubebs  in  curing  Gonorrhrea, 
in  doses  of  f3j.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

MATICO  is  a  name  applied  in  South  America  and  Mexico  appa- 
rently to  the  l^ives  of  several  very  different  plants.  Martius,  in  the 
Phar.  Central  Blatt.,  considered  it  to  belong  to  the  genus  Phlomis. 
Mr.  Hartweg  informs  Dr.  Lindley  that  "  Matico  is  the  vernacular 
name  applied  by  the  inhabitants  of  Quito  to  Eupatorium  glutinosum, 
or  the  Chussalonga."  He  adds,  "  That  it  is  the  true  Matico  of  the 
inhabitants  of  Quito  and  Riobamba,  I  have  not  the  smallest  doubt.  I 
have  also  a  small  quantity  of  powdered  leaves  of  some  shrub  pos- 
sessing the  same  virtue  as  the  Matico,  collected  in  Bolivia,  where  it 
is  known  under  the  name  of  Moxo-Moxo.  From  bits  of  square 
stems  which  I  find  in  the  parcel,  I  suspect  this  to  belong  to  some 
Labiate."  (Lindley,  Veg.  Kingd.  p.  707.)  But  it  is  equally  certain 
that  what  has  been  of  late  years  imported  here,  and  of  which  speci- 
mens were  distributed  by,  and  for  some  of  which  the  author  is  in- 
debted to,  Dr.  Jeffreys  of  Liverpool,  are  the  leaves,  with  portions  of 
the  stem  and  flowering  spikes,  of  a  species  of  Piper,  supposed  to  be 
Piper  angustifolia,  but  which  is  now  named  Jlrtanthe  elongata.  (v. 
P  J.  iii.  472  and  525,  and  Lindl.  /.  c.  p.  517.) 

The  Matico  was  first  brought  into  notice  by  Dr.  Jeffreys  as  a 
Styptic  (Lancet,  Jan.  7,  1839)  in  leech-bites  and  wounds  of  arteries, 
and  has  been  found  efficacious  in  many  obstinate  cases  of  bleeding,  as 
from  the  nostrils,  and  even  from  the  tongue.  Its  under  surface, 
which  is  reticulated  with  veins,  and  covered  with  hairs,  should  be 
applied,  as  it  is  probably  on  this  structure  that  its  utility  chiefly  de- 
pends. Its  Infusion  and  Tincture  have  also  been  recommended  in- 


PiperaeetB.]  M  A  T  I  C  O.  547 

ternally  in  affections  of  the  Urinary  organs,  on  which,  by  its  stimu- 
lant action  combined  with  a  little  astringency,  it  would  appear  to  pro- 
duce a  salutary  effect,  as  Cubebs  are  frequently  known  to  do.  Its  pro- 
perties, by  the  analysis  of  Mr.  Morson,  appear  to  depend  chiefly  on  its 
Resin  and  Volatile  Oil,  its  aqueous  extract  having  only  a  slightly  bitter 
and  astringent  taste.  It  has  also  been  prescribed  in  discharges  of  blood 
from  the  urethra  and  rectum,  as  well  as  in  uterine  haemorrhage,  and 
has  been  used  as  an  injection  in  Leucorrhoea,  and  as  an  external  ap- 
plication to  hasmorrhoidal  affections,  both  as  an  ointment  and  as  a 
lotion,  by  Mr.  Young  and  Dr.  O.  Ferral,  &c.  [Dr.  Ruschenberger, 
of  the  U.  S.  Navy,  was  the  first  physician  who  introduced  this  drug 
to  the  notice  of  the  profession  in  the  United  States.  It  came  under 
his  observation  when  on  a  cruise  in  1834,  during  which  he  visited 
Peru.  At  that  time  he  sent  parcels  of  it  home  with  an  account  of  its 
uses  as  a  styptic,  under  the  name  of  Matico,  or  Yerba  del  Soldado.] 
The  Infusion  may  be  prepared  with  Matico  3iv.  increased — 3j.  to 
Aqua  Oj.,  and  given  in  doses  of  fjiss. ;  and  the  Tincture  (Matico  3iij. 
to  Proof  Spirit  Oj.)  to  be  given  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3j.  two  or  three 
times  a  day. 

URTICE^:,  Juss.     Nettleworts. 

Diclinous  herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  with  watery  or  milky  juice.  Leaves  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, usually  rough,  as  well  as  other  parts  of  the  plant,  and  covered  with  (often  stinging) 
hairs.  Stipules  entire  or  lobed,  usually  persistent.  Flowers  small,  polygamous,  spiked, 
capitate  or  paniculate,  sometimes  placed  on  a  fleshy  receptacle.  Perianth  calyx-like,  4 
to  5-parted,  imbricate,  in  the  female,  often  reduced  to  a  single  spathe-like  scale  or  sepal. 
Stamens  4  to  5,  inserted  into  the  bottom  of  the  perianth.  Ovary  free,  1-celled  or  2-celled, 
1  or  2  styles,  with  a  single  ovule  in  each  cell.  Fruit  indehiscent.  Embryo  straight  or 
spiral.  Radicle  superior. 

The  Urticese  contain  a  great  many  plants  very  unlike  each  other,  except  in  the  struc- 
ture of  their  inconspicuous  flowers  and  small  fruit.  They  are,  however,  divided  into 
several  tribes,  which  are  now  as  often  considered  distinct  families.  They  are  widely  dif- 
fused in  tropical  and  temperate  climates ;  the  shrubby  and  arboreous  species  in  the  for- 
mer, the  herbaceous  ones  in  the  latter.  Many  secrete  an  acrid  principle.  Of  the  true 
Urticeae  none  are  officinal. 

Tribe  Cannabinea.  Annual  or  perennial,  with  watery  juice.  Flowers  dioecious ;  male 
paniculate.  Perianth  calyx-like,  5-parted,  imbricate  in  aestivation.  Stamens  5,  inserted 
into  the  bottom  of  the  perianth.  Female  flowers  in  a  spike  or  catkin  with  bracts.  Peri- 
anth urceolate  or  spathe-like.  Ovary  free,  1-celled,  2-styled,  with  a  single  pendulous 
ovule.  Not  bivalved,  1-seeded.  Seed  pendulous.  Embryo  without  albumen,  hooked  or 
spiral,  with  the  radicle  superior.  The  genera  Humulus  and  Cannabis  are  officinal ;  each 
contains  only  a  single  species. 

LUPULUS,  L.  E.  HUMTJLUS,  D.  (U.  S.)  Strobili  exsiccati,  L.  D.  Cat- 
kin, E.  of  HUMULUS  LUPULUS,  Linn.  The  Common  Hop.  Diascia 
Pentandria,  Linn. 

The  Hop  plant  was  known  to  the  Romans,  being  considered  the 
Lupus  salictarius  of  Pliny.  It  is  found  wild  in  many  parts  of  Europe, 
and  by  Bieberstein  among  the  bushes  and  hedges  of  the  Caucasus.  It 
is  found  in  China,  said  to  be  wild  in  North  America,  and  to  be  a 
native  of  this  country.  Humalinese,  or  Hop-grounds,  are  mentioned 
in  the  ninth  century  in  Germany.  In  the  thirteenth  century,  Hops 
were  introduced  into  the  breweries  of  the  Netherlands.  Its  culture  is 
supposed  to  have  been  introduced  into  this  country  from  Flanders  in 


548 


HUMULUS    LUPULUS. 


[Apetalas. 


the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  Both  Hops  as  well  as  Newcastle  Coals 
were  petitioned  against  by  the  city  of  London,  the  former  "  in  regard 
they  would  spoyl  the  taste  of  drink  and  endanger  the  people ;"  whence 
Henry  VIII.  issued  an  injunction  "  not  to  put  any  hops  or  brimstone 
into  the  ale."  As  in  the  history  of  many  other  prejudices,  we  ob- 
serve a  complete  reversal  of  opinion,  as  Hops  are  now  considered 
indispensable  in  the  brewing  of  all  malt  liquors. 


Fig.  89. 


The  Hop  (fig.  89)  is  a  perennial  rooted  plant,  with  annual  pliable  stems,  which  on  poles 
or  in  hedges  climb  to  a  great  extent,  twining  from  right  to  left,  slender,  somewhat  angular, 

rough,  with  little  asperities  and 
minute  reflexed  hairs.  The 
leaves  are  opposite,  the  upper 
alternate,  on  long,  often  wind- 
ing petioles,  the  smaller  heart- 
shaped,  the  larger  3  to  5-lobed, 
serrated,  veiny,  and  extremely 
rough,  with  prickle-like  pu- 
bescence. Stipules  2,  bifid, 
between  the  petioles,  reflexed. 
Flowering  branches  axillary, 
Flowers  numerous,  of  a  yel- 
lowish-green colour.  Males  (a) 
on  a  separate  plant  (a  few  on 
the  female),  in  axillary  pani- 
cles. Perianth  5-parted;  seg- 
ments oblong,  spreading.  Sta- 
mens 5;  filaments  short;  an- 
thers with  a  projecting  apex, 
oblong,  2-celled,  opening  by  Ion- 
gitudinal  lateral  slits.  Pollen 
globose.  Females  (6),  like  the 
males,  on  a  separate  plant,  in 
dense  catkins  or  strobiles,  with 
membranous  concave  bracts 
(d),  each  supporting  a  flower. 
In  place  of  perianth  there  is  a 
membranous  scale  or  sepal, 
which  embraces  the  ovary  and 
grows  with  it  (c).  Ovary  ovate, 
subcompresscd,  1-celled,  with 
a  single  ovule.  Stigmas  2, 
elongated.  Fruit  a  strobile  or 
catkin,  formed  by  the  enlarged 
bracts  and  scales  or  sepals, 
which  are  glandular  and  em- 
brace the  nuts.  These  are 

^^  small,    subglobular,   erect,    I-/ 

seeded.      Pericarp    hard,    but 

fragile,  covered  with  yellow,  cellular,  superficial,  aromatic  glands  (lupuline)  (/).  Seed 
pendulous.  Testa  membranous.  Embryo  (e)  without  albumen,  spiral,  with  long  cotyle- 
dons. Radicle  roundish,  turned  towards  the  hilum. — Nees  von  E.  101.  St.  and  Ch.  41. 
Fig.  89,  where  a  bit  of  the  male  plant  is  shown  on  the  right,  and  the  female  on  the  left 
and  above  the  male. 

Hop  plants  grown  from  root-sets  come  to  perfection  in  the  third 
year  from  planting.  They  spring  out  of  the  ground  about  the  end  of 
April,  and  come  into  flower  about  the  end  of  August.  The  catkins 
are  fit  to  gather  from  the  beginning  of  September  to  the  middle  of 
October,  according  to  the  sort  cultivated,  but  chiefly  owing  to  dif- 
ferences in  the  seasons.  They  are  then  picked,  dried  by  artificial 
heat  in  kilns,  and  packed  in  large  long  bags,  the  finer  in  pockets. 


Cannabinea.}  THEHOPPLANT.  549 

Hops  consist  of  the  leaf-like  bract  and  of  the  scale-like  sepal  which 
invests  the  seed-nut.  This,  or  rather  the  scale  and  the  base  of  the 
bract,  are  covered  with  numerous  superficial  glands,  which  have 
been  called  Lupulinic  glands,  and  simply  Lupulin,  though  this  name 
is  objectionable,  as  also  indicating  the  peculiar  or  Bitter  principle. 
Dr.  Ives  of  New  York,  by  thrashing,  rubbing,  and  sifting,  procured 
from  6  Ib.  of  Hops  about  6  oz.  of  these  grains ;  but  there  is  always 
intermixed  some  fragments  of  the  bracts  and  scales.  The  glands  are 
yellow,  shining,  roundish,  or  kidney-shaped,  cellular,  somewhat  trans- 
parent and  sessile ;  the  point  of  attachment  is  called  the  hilum  (v.  a 
magnified  view  in  fig.  /  from  Raspail).  Hops  are  remarkable  for 
their  bitter  taste  combined  with  a  very  agreeable  odour,  especially 
when  being  picked  or  collected  in  kilns  or  in  breweries.  The  bitter- 
ness resides  partly  in  the  bracts,  but  also  in  the  glands,  to  which  the 
aromatic  qualities  are  especially  due.  The  medicinal  properties  also 
depending  on  them,  the  E.  C.  directs  that  these  glands  or  grains  are 
to  be  used  in  making  the  Tincture  of  Hops.  Analyzed  by  MM. 
Payen,  Chevalier,  and  Pelletier,  these  Hop  glands  were  found  to  con- 
sist of  Volatile  Oil  2  parts,  Bitter  Extract  (which  has  been  called 
Lupuline  and  Lupulite)  10  parts,  Resin  50  to  55,  with  Gum,  Extrac- 
tive, Ozmazome,  Fatty  matter,  Malic  acid,  Malate  of  Lime,  and 
other  salts.  The  bracts,  analyzed  by  the  same  chemists,  yielded 
only  a  trace  of  the  Volatile  Oil,  Bitter  Extract,  and  Resin,  but  some 
Tannin  and  Colouring  matter,  Chlorophylle,  Gum,  Lignin,  with  some 
free  acid  and  different  salts.  A  portion  of  the  active  properties  both 
of  Hops  and  of  the  Hop  glands  are  taken  up  by  water,  but  completely 
so  by  Spirit. 

Two  varieties  of  the  Hop  plant  are  particularly  distinguished:  one 
cultivated  near  Canterbury  and  in  East  Kent,  of  which  both  the 
plants  and  catkins  are  smaller ;  the  latter  ovoid,  about  an  inch  and  a 
half  in  length,  of  a  pale  but  lively  yellowish-green  colour,  and  of  a 
fine  aromatic  fragrance.  The  West  Kent  or  Sussex  Hop  grows  to  a 
much  larger  size,  is  considered  hardier,  and  its  catkins  are  about  two 
and  a  half,  sometimes  four  inches  in  length,  but  do  not  bring  so  high 
a  price  in  the  market  as  the  East  Kent  Hops.  As  root-sets  from  the 
female  plants  are  alone  planted  by  cultivators,  the  author  was  led  to 
inquire  how  the  seed  was  perfected  1  and  if  not,  whether  the  Hop 
glands  were  produced  in  as  great  abundance  and  perfection  as  they 
might  be  if  some  male  were  set  along  with  the  female  plants.  He  is 
informed  by  Mr.  Alderman  Masters  of  Canterbury  that  some  male 
blossoms  are  always  produced  on  the  female  plants,  and  suffice  for 
the  purpose  of  fertilizing  them.  The  author  has  been  unable  to  learn 
whether  the  female  ever  changes  into  a  male  plant,  or  vice  versa,  as 
has  been  observed  with  the  Nutmeg  plant.  He  may  mention,  that, 
owing  to  the  kindness  of  the  above  gentleman,  as  well  as  of  Joseph 
Royle,  Esq.,  of  Stuppington,  where  the  finest  Hops  are  grown,  he  has 
been  enabled  to  introduce  the  Hop  plant  into  the  Himalayas,  where  it 
is  now  flourishing  alongside  of  the  China  Tea  plant.  The  root-sets, 
with  the  ends  dipped  in  wax,  wrapped  in  cotton,  and  enveloped  in 
caoutchouc-cloth,  were  sent  by  the  overland  mail  to  the  East  India 


550  HOPS    AND   HOP    GLANDS.  [Apetala. 

Company's  Botanic  Garden  at  Saharunpore.  They  arrived  there  in 
a  living  state,  as  reported  by  Dr.  Jameson,  and  have  produced  fine 
plants,  as  well  as  the  seeds  sent  with  them.  The  successful  cultiva- 
tion of  Hops  would  make  malt  liquors  more  within  the  reach  of  Euro- 
pean soldiers,  and  assist  in  detaching  them  from  the  pernicious  spiri- 
tuous compounds  of  the  bazaars,  which  now  destroy  the  health  and 
shorten  the  lives  of  thousands.  Well  hopped  ale,  moreover,  is  well 
known  to  be  one  of  the  best  Stomachics  and  Tonics  for  convalescents 
from  many  Indian  diseases. 

Action.  Uses.  Stomachic  and  Tonic,  slightly  Narcotic.  The  pro- 
perty of  Hops  of  giving  the  bitter  to  Beer,  and,  by  preventing  acetous 
fermentation,  of  enabling  it  to  be  kept  much  longer,  is  well  known. 
To  it  no  doubt  is  owing  a  portion  of  the  stomachic  properties  of  malt 
liquors,  as  we  see  exemplified  in  the  bitter,  often  called  Indian,  ales. 
Hops  are  Hypnotic,  especially  when  stuffed  into  a  pillow,  but  they 
should  be  first  moistened  with  Spirits,  to  prevent  the  rustling  noise. 
Fomentations  also  have  been  used.  Hops  are  thought  to  be  Diuretic 
(as  is  also  the  root),  and  to  be  useful  in  correcting  Lithic  acid  depo- 
sits. The  Lupulinic  or  Hop  glands  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from 
gr.  vj.  —  gr.  xij.  made  up  into  pills. 

INFDSUM  LUPULI,  L.     [HuMuu,  U.  S.]     Infusion  of  Hops. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  4  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  Hops  3vj.  [3ss.  U.  S.]  in  boiling 
Aq.  dest.  Oj.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic,  slightly  Narcotic  in  doses  of  f3jss. 
TINCTURA  LUPULI,  L.  E.   TINCT.  HUMULI,  D.  (U.  S.)    Tincture  of  Hops. 

Prep.  Macerate  Hops  (dried,  D.)  3vj.(gv.  D.  [U.  S.])  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (ftij.  D.)  for 
14  days  (7  days  continually  stirring,  D.)  Strain. 

Tincture  of  Hop  Glands.  From  freshly  dried  Hops  q.  s.  separate  by  friction  and  sift- 
ing the  yellowish-brown  powder  attached  to  their  scales,  and  of  this  take  gv.,  Rectified 
Spirit  Oij.  Prepare  by  percolation,  as  Tinct.  Capsicum,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  The  E.  Tincture  of  the  glands,  though  called  by  the 
same  name,  is  superior  in  efficacy  to  the  others.  The  E.  Kent  Hops 
contain  a  larger  proportion  of  glands  than  the  Sussex  Hops.  Recti- 
fied Spirit  is  also  the  best  solvent  of  the  Hop  glands.  Doses  of 
f3ss.—  f3ij. 

EXTRACTUM  LUPULI,  L.  E.     EXT.  HUMULI,  D.     Extract  of  Hops. 

Prep.  Prepare  from  Hops  as  Extr.  Gentian,  L.,  as  Extr.  Logwood,  E.,  as  Extracts  ge- 
nerally, D. 

Action.  Uses.  Tonic  ;  being  bitter,  without  aroma.  :  in  doses  of  gr. 


v. 


CANNABIS  SATIVA  and  its  variety  C.  indica.     The  Leaves  and  Resin 
of  Hemp. 

The  Hemp  appears  to  be  a  plant  of  the  Persian  region,  where  it  is 
subjected  to  great  cold  in  winter,  and  to  considerable  heat  in  summer. 
It  has  thus  been  able  to  travel  on  one  hand  into  Europe,  and  on  the 
other  into  India  ;  so  that  the  varieties  produced  by  climate  have  by 


Cannabinea.]  INDIAN    HEM  P.  55  J 

some  been  thought  to  be  distinct  species,  the  European  being  called 
C.  saliva,  and  the  Indian  C.  indica.  The  name  xawa/3i£,  by  which  it 
was  known  to  the  Greeks,  seems  to  be  derived  from  the  Arabic 
kinnub,  the  canape,  of  the  middle  ages,  Dutch  kinnup  and  hinnup, 
German  hanf,  whence  the  English  hemp.  Herodotus  mentions  it  as 
Scythian.  Bieberstein  met  with  it  in  Tauria  and  the  Caucasian 
region.  It  is  well  known  in  Bokhara,  Persia,  and  abundant  in  the 
Himalayas.  It  seems  to  have  been  employed  as  an  intoxicating  sub- 
stance in  Asia  and  Egypt  from  very  early  times,  and  even  in  medi- 
cine in  Europe  in  former  times,  as  we  find  it  noticed  in  Dale  (Phar- 
macologia,  i.  133)  and  Murray  (Jlpparat.  Medic aminum,  iv.  p.  608 — 
620),  where  it  is  arranged,  as  in  this  work,  next  to  the  Humulus.  It 
has  of  late  years  been  brought  into  European  notice  by  Dr.  O'Shaugh- 
nessy. 

The  Hemp  is  dioecious  (occasionally  mono3cious)  annual,  from  3  to  10  feet  high,  ac- 
cording to  soil  and  climate.  Root  white,  fusiform,  furnished  with  fibres.  The  stem  erect; 
when  crowded,  simple  ;  but  when  growing  apart,  branched  even  from  the  bottom,  angu- 
lar, and,  like  the  whole  plant,  covered  with  fine  but  rough  pubescence.  The  leaves  are 
opposite  or  alternate,  on  long  petioles,  scabrous,  digitate,  composed  of  from  5  to  7  narrow, 
lanceolate,  sharply  serrated  leaflets,  of  which  the  lower  are  the  smallest,  all  tapering  at 
the  apex  into  a  long  entire  point.  Stipules  subulate.  Males  on  a  separate  plan.  Flowers 
in  drooping,  axillary,  or  racemose  panicles,  with  subulate  bracts.  Perianth  5-parted ; 
segments  not  quite  equal,  downy.  Stamens  5 ;  filaments  short;  anthers  large,  pendulous, 
2-celled ;  cells  united  by  their  backs,  opening  by  a  longitudinal  slit.  Females  in  a  crowded 
ppike-like  raceme,  with  leafy  bracts.  The  perianth  consists  of  a  single,  small  spathe- 
like  sepal,  which  is  persistent,  acuminate,  ventricose  at  the  base,  embraces  the  ovary,  and 
is  covered  with  short  brownish  glands.  Ovary  subglobular,  1-celled,  with  one  pendulous 
ovule.  Style  short.  Stigmas  2,  elongated,  glandular.  Nut  ovate,  grayish-coloured,  smooth, 
covered  by  the  calycine  sepal,  bivalved  but  not  dehiscing,  and  inclosing  a  single  oily  seed. 
Seed  pendulous.  Testa  thin,  membranous,  marked  at  the  apex  with  a  coloured  hilum. 
Embryo  without  albumen,  doubled  upon  itself.  Radicle  elongated,  turned  towards  the 
hilum,  and  the  apex  of  the  nut  separated  from  the  incumbent  plano-convex  cotyledons 
(by  a  small  quantity  of  albumen.  Lindley). 

The  Indian  plant  has  by  some  been  thought  to  be  a  species  distinct 
from  the  European  one;  but,  like  Dr.  Roxburgh  and  others,  the  author 
was  unable  when  in  India  to  observe  any  difference  between  the 
plant  of  the  plains  and  that  of  the  hills  of  India,  nor  between  these 
and  the  European  plant»  The  Indian  secretes  a  much  larger  propor- 
tion of  resin  than  is  observable  in  the  European  plant,  but  a  difference 
is  observed  in  this  point  in  India  between  plants  grown  in  the  plains, 
and  those  of  the  mountains,  and  also  when  grown  thickly  together. 
The  natives  plant  them  wide  apart,  to  enable  them  to  secrete  their 
full  powers.  In  Europe,  the  thick  sowing,  and  moister,  often  dull, 
climate  will  prevent  the  due  secretion  of  the  peculiar  principles  of  a 
plant  of  the  Persian  region.  But  the  plants  grown  in  the  past  season, 
from  the  great  heat  and  light,  ought  to  be  more  resinous  than  usual. 
It  is  not  without  interest  to  observe  that  both  the  Hop  and  Hemp,  be- 
longing to  the  group  Cannabinea,  owe  their  properties  to  glandular 
resinous  secretions.  The  author,  in  calling  attention  to  the  uses  of 
this  plant,  in  his  Jllust.  of  Himalayan  Botany,  stated  that  "the  leaves 
are  sometimes  smoked  in  India,  and  occasionally  added  to  Tobacco, 
but  are  chiefly  employed  for  making  bhang  and  subzee,  of  which  the 
intoxicating  powers  are  so  well  known.  But  a  peculiar  substance  is 
yielded  by  the  plants  on  the  hills,  in  the  form  of  a  glandular  secretion, 


552  INDIAN    HEMP.  [Apetala. 

which  is  collected  by  the  natives  pressing  the  upper  part  of  the  young 
plant  between  the  palms  of  their  hands,  and  then  scraping  off  the 
secretion  which  adheres.  This  is  well  known  in  India  by  the  name 
of  cherrus,  and  is  considered  more  intoxicating  than  any  other  pre- 
paration of  the  plant;  which  is  so  highly  esteemed  by  many  Asiatics, 
and  serves  them  both  for  wine  and  opium :  it  has  in  consequence  a 
variety  of  names  applied  to  it  in  Arabic,  some  of  which  were  trans- 
lated to  me  as  "grass  of  faqueers,"  "leaf  of  delusion,"  "increaser  of 
pleasure,"  "exciter  of  desire,"  "cementer  of  friendship,"  &c.  Lin- 
naeus was  well  acquainted  with  its  "  vis  narcotica,  phantaslica,  de- 
men  tens"  (anodyna  et  repellens).  It  is  as  likely  as  any  other  to  have 
been  the  Nepenthes  of  Homer.  (/.  c.  p.  334.)* 

Dr.  O'Shaughnessy  has  described  in  detail  the  different  prepara- 
tions, as — 

1.  Churrus,  the  concreted  resinous  exudation  from  the  leaves,  slen- 
der stems,  and  flowers.     This  is  collected  in  various  ways;  that 
of  the  Himalayas  is  much  esteemed,  that  of  Herat  and  of  Yar- 
kund  still  more  so.     For  a  specimen  of  the  last  the  author  is  in- 
debted to  Dr.  Falconer. 

2.  Ganjah.    Dr.  O'S.  describes  it  to  be  the  dried  hemp  plant  which 
has  flowered,  and  from  which  the  resin  has  not  been  removed. 
The  bundles  are  about  two  feet  long,  and  contain  twenty-four 
plants.    In  N.  W.  India  the  name  Ganjah  is  applied  to  the  whole 
growing  plant. 

3.  Bang,  Subjee,  or  Sidhee,  is  formed  of  the  larger  leaves  and  cap- 
sules without  the  stalks. 

The  leaves  of  common  Hemp  have  been  analyzed,  but  the  analysis 
requires  to  be  repeated  and  carefully  compared  wilh  that  of  the  In- 
dian plant.  The  properties  seem  to  depend  on  a  Volatile  Oil,  which 
is  as  yet  but  little  known,  and  upon  the  Resin.  This  is  very  soluble 
in  Alcohol  and  Ether,  as  well  as  in  the  fixed  and  Volatile  Oils,  par- 
tially soluble  in  alkaline,  insoluble  in  acid  solutions ;  when  pure,  of  a 
blackish-gray  colour.  (The  Yarkund  specimen  is  of  a  dark  blackish- 
green,  another  kind  is  of  a  dirty  olive.)  Its  odour  is  fragrant  and 
narcotic;  taste  slightly  warm,  bitterish,  and  acrid.  The  Ganjah, 
which  is  sold  for  smoking  chiefly,  yields  to  Alcohol  20  per  cent,  of 
resinous  extract,  composed  of  churrus  and  Chlorophylle.  Dr.  Farre 
found  that  already  a  substitute  (Apocynum  cannabinum,  called  Indian 
Hemp  in  America)  is  sold  for  this,  though  having  no  resemblance  to 
it,  and  possessing  only  emetic  and  cathartic  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  All  these  preparations  are  capable  of  producing  in- 
toxication, whether  the  churrus  be  taken  in  the  form  of  a  pill,  or  with 
conserve,  or  the  dried  leaf  be  rubbed  up  in  milk  and  water  with  a 
little  sugar  and  spice,  or  smoked.  As  a  medicine,  it  was  tried  by  Dr. 
O'S.  in  Rheumatism,  Hydrophobia,  Cholera,  and  Tetanus.  In  the 

*  Dr.  O'S.  states  that  "  no  information  as  to  the  medicinal  effects  of  Hemp  exists  in 
the  standard  writers  on  Materia  Medica  to  which  we  have  access."  It  is  only  in  the 
later  writers  that  it  is  omitted.  Linnasus  was  acquainted  with  them,  as  the  author  quoted 
in  the  above  briefly,  as  being  a  botanical  work. 


Artocarpece.]  MORA.  553 

last  such  marked  benefit  and  cures  were  produced,  that  the  Hemp 
was  pronounced  an  Anticonvulsive  remedy  of  the  greatest  value.  Its 
general  effects  are,  alleviation  of  pain  (generally),  remarkable  in- 
crease of  appetite,  unequivocal  Aphrodisia,  and  great  mental  cheer- 
fulness. Its  more  violent  effects  were,  delirium  of  a  peculiar  kind, 
and  a  cataleptic  state.  Dr.  Pereira  was  among  the  first  to  submit  it 
to  experiment,  but  failed  in  obtaining  any  results,  probably  from 
changes  having  taken  place  in  the  drug.  Dr.  Laurie  pronounced  it 
uncertain,  and  not  to  be  trusted  to  as  a  narcotic.  Mr.  Ley,  however, 
found  it  useful  in  relaxing  spasm,  producing  sleep,  and  during  its  ac- 
tion abatement  of  pain.  Mr.  Donovan  found  its  power  great  in  tem- 
porarily destroying  sensation,  and  subduing  the  most  intense  neuralgic 
pain.  Professor  Miller  of  Edinburgh  considers  its  virtue  to  consist 
in  a  power  of  controlling  inordinate  muscular  spasm.  Dr.  Clendin- 
ning  says  that  in  his  hands  its  exhibition  has  been  followed  by  mani- 
fest effects  as  a  soporific  or  hypnotic  in  conciliating  sleep,  as  an  ano- 
dyne in  lulling  irritation,  as  an  antispasmodic  in  checking  cough  and 
cramp,  and  as  a  nervous  stimulant  in  removing  languor  and  anxiety. 
The  Hemp  may  be  used  in  the  following  preparations  and  doses ;  but 
Dr.  O'S.,  when  in  England,  found  that  he  was  obliged  to  give  as 
rnuch  as  10  or  12  grs.  and  even  more;  though  in  India  he  considered 
gr.  5  a  sufficient,  and  1  \  gr.  of  the  Extract  a  large  dose. 

EXTRACTUM  CANNABIS.     Resinous  Extract  of  Indian  Hemp. 

Prep,  Boil  the  rich  adhesive  tops  of  the  dried  Ganjah  in  Rectified  Spirit  until  all  the 
Resin  is  dissolved  out.  Distil  off  the  Spirit  with  a  gentle  heat. 

D.  This  extract  is  effectual  in  gr.  ss.  and  gr.  j.  doses;  but  10  and 
20  grs.  have  been  given  in  Hydrophobia  and  Tetanus. 

TINCTURA  CANNABIS.     Resinous  Tincture  of  Indian  Hemp. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Extract  Cannabis  gr.  iij.  in  Proof  Spirit  f!3j.  A  weaker  Tincture 
may  also  be  made  with  the  dried  herb  or  Ganjah. 

D.  fllx. — f3j.  with  the  dried  herb  or  Ganjah.  A  drachm  or  so 
may  be  given  in  Tetanus  every  half-hour,  until  the  paroxysms  cease, 
or  Catalepsy  is  induced. 

Mr.  Donovan  states  the  only  preparation  to  be  relied  on  is  the 
Tincture  of  the  Resin  prepared  from  properly  collected  Hemp.  He 
advises  of  the  Resinous  Tincture  Tfxv.  to  be  added  to  Rectified  Spirit 
Ttxlv.  and  taken  as  a  draught ;  or,  if  added  to  water,  it  should  in- 
stantly be  swallowed,  or  the  Resin  would  precipitate  and  adhere  to 
he  vessel. 

Tribe  Artocarpea.  Shrubs  or  trees,  with  white  or  yellowish  milky  juice.  Leaves 
alternate,  large,  convolute.  Flowers  unisexual,  in  a  consolidated,  fleshy  receptacle  or 
head,  seldom  spiked."  Ovary  1  or  2-celled,  with  1  to  2  styles.  Ovule  1,  erect,  straight. 
Fruit  berried,  1 -seeded,  often  growing  together,  or  in  a  fleshy  receptacle.  Embryo  with- 
out albumen.  Radicle  superior. — Tropical  family,  with  a  few  species  in  higher  latitudes. 
Among  them  are  many  secreting  acrid  principles,  some  very  poisonous,  as  the  Antiaris 
toxicaria,  or  Upas-tree  of  Java ;  but  there  are  some  also  which  yield  edible  fruits. 

MORA,  L.     Fructus,  L.    Baccae,  D.     Mulberries.     Fruit  of  MORUS 


554  F  I  C  I. 

NIGRA,   Linn.     The   Common   Mulberry.     Monada    Tetrandria, 
Linn. 

The  Mulberry  is  the  Mops'a  57  2uxa/Aiv&>c  of  Dioscorides  and  of  other 
Greeks,  and  is  mentioned  in  Luke  xvii.  6,  as  tfuxa(/,wos.  It  has  no 
doubt  been  known  from  the  earliest  times. 

Tree  of  25  to  30  feet  in  height.  It  is  often  described  as  watery  in  juice ;  but  Mr. 
Sievier  at  the  author's  request  examined  and  found  it  to  contain  Caoutchouc.  (Antiq. 
of  Hind.  Med.  p.  10.)  Leaves  alternate,  roundish,  often  lobed,  cordate,  rather  acuminate, 
coarsely  serrated,  pubescent.  Stipules  oblong,  deciduous.  Flowers  monoecious,  thickly 
set,  or  distinct.  Unisexual  catkins.  Perianth  4-lobed ;  in  each  the  lobes  concave.  Male 
flowers  in  a  spike.  Stamens  4,  alternate  with  the  segments  of  the  perianth.  Female 
flowers  clustered  in  ovoid  catkins.  Sepals  4,  scale-like,  overlapping  each  other,  becoming 
fleshy.  Stigmas  2,  linear,  glandular.  Fruit  formed  by  the  accretion  of  the  sepals  of  the 
perianth  become  fleshy,  each  inclosing  a  lenticular  nucule.  Seed  pendulous.  Embryo 
curved,  in  fleshy  albumen. — Native  of  Persia,  early  introduced  into  the  south  of  Europe. 
— Nees  von  E.  100.  St.  and  Ch.  39. 

Mulberries,  formed  by  the  lateral  aggregation  of  the  several  female 
flowers,  constitute  an  ovoid  spurious  berry ;  they  are  at  first  reddish, 
but  become  of  a  deep  purple  colour  when  ripe,  and  contain  an  agree- 
able subacid  juice.  They  are  refrigerant  and  slightly  laxative. 

SYRUPUS  MORI,  L.  (Mororum.)     Mulberry  Syrup. 

Prep.  With  the  aid  of  gentle  heat  dissolve  Sugar  ftijss.  in  filtered  juice  of  Mulberries 
Oj.  and  proceed  as  for  Syrup  of  Lemons. 

Action.  Uses.     Refrigerant.     Used  also  for  colouring  draughts. 

FICI,  L.  E.  D.  [Ficus,  U.  S.]  Fructus  siccatus,  L.  D.  The  dried 
fruit  E.  of  Ficus  Carica,  Linn.  The  common  Fig.  Diascia  Tri- 
andria,  Linn. 

The  Fig  (tfuxov)  has  been  employed  in  diet  and  in  medicine  from 
very  early  times. 

A  small  tree.  Leaves  cordate,  often  palmately  lobed,  scabrous  above,  pubescent  be- 
neath. Flowers  monoecious,  numerous,  stalked,  and  inclosed  within  a  pear-shaped  fleshy 
receptacle,  which  converges  so  as  to  leave  only  a  small  orifice  at  the  apex,  forming  what 
is  commonly  called  the  fruit  or  Fig,  with  a  few  bracteal  scales  at  its  base.  Male.  Pe- 
rianth 3-lobed.  Stamens  3.  Female.  Perianth  5-parted.  Ovary  semi-adnate.  Style 
single.  Stigmas  2.  Utricle  single,  covered  with  the  persistent,  somewhat  fleshy,  perianth, 
and  sunk  into  the  fleshy  receptacle.  Achaenium  lenticular,  hard.  Embryo  curved,  within 
fleshy  albumen. — Native  of  Asia,  long  introduced  into  Europe.  Nees  von  E.  97.  St. 
and  Ch.  154. 

Formerly,  as  in  the  present  day,  the  process  of  caprification  was  practised,  to  assist  the 
ripening  of  the  fruit.  This  consists  in  puncturing  the  fruit  with  a  sharp  instrument 
covered  with  oil. 

The  trunk  and  branches  of  the  common  as  of  other  Fig  trees 
abound  in  milky,  usually  acrid  juice.  This  is  found  also  in  unripe 
Figs ;  but  as  they  ripen,  mucilaginous  and  saccharine  matter  is  pro- 
duced, the  fig  becomes  soft,  juicy,  and  of  a  delicate  flavour  in  all 
favourable  climates.  When  nearly  ripe,  they  are  dried  in  large 
quantities  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  are  exported  to  this  country. 
They  form  also  an  article  of  commerce  in  Asia,  imported  into  India 
from  AflTghanistan  and  Persia. 

Action.  Uses.  Figs  are  dietetical,  slightly  laxative  with  those  un- 
accustomed to  their  use.  Chiefly  employed  as  a  Demulcent;  or 


Ulmacea.}  CONTRAJERVA.  555 

heated  and  split  open,  applied  as  Cataplasms ;  or  used  as  additions  to 
such  preparations  as  Decoct.  Hordei  Comp.  and  Confectio  Senna?. 

DORSTENIA,  Linn. 

Dwarf  herbaceous  plants,  with  scaly  rhizomata,  monoecious;  flowers  arranged  upon  a 
fleshy  receptacle,  usually  flat,  and  expanded  (basket-shaped),  but  extremely  variable  in 
form.  Male,  on  the  surface  of  the  receptacle,  2-lobed,  fleshy,  diandrous.  Female,  im- 
mersed in  the  receptacle,  also  2-lobed  in  most  species.  Ovary  1 — 2-celled,  with  a  single 
suspended  ovule  in  each  cell.  Style  1.  Stigma  2-lobed.  Achsenia  lenticular,  imbedded 
in  the  fleshy  receptacle,  from  which  they  are  projected  with  elasticity  when  ripe.  (Lind- 
ley.) 

CONTRAJERVA,  L.  Radix.  Root  of  DORSTENIA  CONTRAJERVA,  Linn.  L. 
and  probably  of  other  species.  Contrajerva.  Moncecia  Tetrandria, 
Linn. 

This  root  is  supposed  to  have  been  first  made  known  by  Monardes; 
others  say  that  it  was  first  sent  by  Sir  F.  Drake  to  Lecluse,  who 
named  it  Drakena  radix.  The  name  signifies  counter-poison. 

Though  the  L.  P.  mentions  only  one  species  of  Dorstenia  as  yielding  Contrajerva  root, 
there  is  reason  to  believe,  from  the  statement  of  Martius  and  of  others,  that  several  spe- 
cies, as  D.  braziliensis,  Houstoni,  Drakena,  all  yield  it.  Dr.  Pereira  states  that  none  of 
the  roots  of  D.  Contrajerva  are  met  with  in  commerce. 

D.  CONTRAJERVA,  Linn.  L.  Caulescent;  stem  (rhizoma?)  covered  with  spreading, 
green  scaly  stipules.  Leaves  palmate,  the  lobes  lanceolate-acuminate,  coarsely  serrated 
and  gashed,  occasionally  almost  pinnatifid.  Receptacle  on  a  very  long  stalk,  quadrangu- 
lar, wavy,  or  plaited. — Native  of  Mexico  and  the  West  Indies. 

D.  braziliensis,  Linn.  Rootstock  oblong,  woody,  praemorse,  powerfully  aromatic. 
Stemless.  Leaves  cordate,  oblong,  obtuse,  crenulated,  serrated,  or  toothletted,  cucullate 
at  the  base.  Scape  as  long  as  the  petioles.  Receptacle  orbicular,  somewhat  cup-shaped, 
crenated  at  the  margin. — Native  of  mountains  of  San  Paulo  and  Minas  in  Brazil,  Ja- 
maica, Trinidad.— Bot.  Mag.  t.  2804. 

The  Contrajerva  root  of  commerce  is  imported  from  Brazil,  and 
probably  yielded  by  D.  braziliensis,  especially  as  it  resembles  it  in 
character.  The  part  which  is  officinal  is  the  rootstock,  which  is 
prsemorse,  an  inch  or  two  in  length,  scaly  or  wrinkled,  of  a  grayish 
colour  externally,  paler  within,  with  numerous  slender  radicles  from 
its  sides,  as  well  as  one  or  two  long  tapering  ones  from  its  base.  The 
odour  is  somewhat  aromatic ;  the  taste  slightly  bitterish,  warm,  and 
aromatic.  The  radicles  have  less  of  these  sensible  properties,  which 
are  readily  extracted  by  Spirit,  and  partially  by  boiling  water.  They 
depend  chiefly  on  a  Volatile  Oil,  Resin,  Bitter  Extractive,  and  Starch. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Tonic,  and  Diaphoretic;  but  little  used  in 
the  present  day,  though  formerly  employed  (in  the  form  of  Pulv.  Con- 
trajerva  Comp.)  in  low  states  of  Fever  and  malignant  states  of  the 
Exanthemata. 

D.  Of  the  powder  9j. — 9ij. ;  or  it  may  be  given  in  infusion. 

Tr.  Ulmece.     Ovary  2-celled.     Seed  pendulous.     Embryo  straight. 

ULMUS,  L.  Cortex,  L.  Cortex  interior,  D.  Bark  of  ULMUS  CAMPESTRIS, 
Linn.     The  Elm. 

The  Elm  is  supposed  to  be  the  ifrspsa  of  Dioscorides. 

A  tree  of  60 — 80  feet,  with  rugged  bark.     Leaves  rhomboid-ovate,  acuminate,  wedge- 
shaped,  and  oblique  at  the  base,  always  scabrous  above,  downy  beneath,  doubly  and  irre- 


556  U  L  M  U  S.  [Apetala. 

gularly  serrated,  sometimes  incurved.  Branches  wiry,  slightly  corky,  when  young,  light 
brown,  and  pubescent.  Flowers  perfect.  Perianth  bell-shaped,  5-cleft,  persistent.  Sta- 
mens 5.  Styles  2.  Capsule  compressed,  oblong,  with  a  broad  membranous  wing  all 
round,  deeply  cloven,  naked.  (Lindl.)  European  forests,  &c. — Nees  von  E.  t.  104. 

The  inner  bark,  which  is  officinal,  should  be  stripped  from  the  tree 
in  spring,  and  its  epidermis  and  outer  layer  of  bark  afterwards  re- 
moved. The  pieces  are  broad,  thin,  tough  ;  taste  mucilaginous  and 
slightly  bitter,  from  containing  Gummy  matter  and  a  little  Tannin. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent,  Tonic  ;  thought  also  to  be  Alterative  in 
Cutaneous  affections.  Used  in  decoction  in  doses  of  f3iij. 

DECOCTUM  ULMI,  L.  D.     Decoction  of  Elm  Bark. 

Prep.  Take  recently  bruised  Elm  Bark  3ijss.  (3ij.  D.)  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  by  measure  ftij. 
Boil  down  to  Oj.  (ftj.  D.)  Strain. 

AMENTACE.E,  Juss, 

Flowers  monoecious  or  dioecious,  rarely  perfect.  Barren  flowers  capitate,  or  in  catkins 
(amentum),  sometimes  with  a  membranous  perianth.  Female  flowers  clustered,  solitary, 
or  in  catkins.  Ovaiy  usually  simple.  Stigmas  1  or  more.  Fruit  as  many  as  the  ova- 
ries, bony,  or  membranaceous.  Albumen  usually  wanting.  Embryo  straight  or  curved, 
plain.  Radicle  mostly  superior.  Young  leaves  with  stipules.  (Babington.)  The  Amen- 
taceas  are  found  chiefly  in  temperate  climates,  with  the  exception  of  Salix,  which  is  more 
widely  diffused.  They  yield  valuable  timber,  and  some,  hardly  less  valuable  bark,  which, 
on  account  of  its  astringency,  is  used  as  a  medicine,  for  tanning,  and  as  a  dye.  The 
acorns  of  some  of  them  are  employed  as  articles  of  diet. 

Tribe  SALICINE^E.    Flowers  all  in  catkins.    Fruit  naked,  2-valved,  1-celled,  many-seeded. 
Seeds  erect,  comose. 

SALIX,  Linn.     Willow.     Diaecia  Diandria,  Linn. 

Catkins  consisting  of  imbricated  scales.  Stamens  1 — 5.  Fruit  a  single-celled  follicle, 
with  1 — 2  glands  at  its  base.  No  perianth. 

The  bark  of  different  species  of  Willow  (Wa)  has  been  long  em- 
ployed medicinally,  and  its  use  has  been  revived  in  modern  times. 
The  species  are  numerous,  and  no  less  than  three  of  them  are  offi- 
cinal They  are  all  difficult  to  distinguish  from  each  other.  But  the 
best  practical  rule  is,  "  Select  those  whose  barks  possess  great  bitter- 
ness combined  with  astringency."  (Pereira.) 

I.  Catkins  on  a  leafy  stalk,  lateral,  coetaneous.    Scales  of  the  catkins  deciduous*    Sect. 

Fragiles.     Trees  with  glabrous  leaves.     Stamens  2. 
SALICIS  FRAGILIS  Cortex,  D.    Bark  of  SALIX  FRAGILIS,  Linn.    The  Crack  Willow. 

A  large  tree,  with  round,  very  smooth  branches,  brown,  brittle  in  the  spring.  Leaves 
lanceolate,  pointed,  serrate;  floral  leaves  somewhat  obovate,  recurved,  often  blunted. 
Ovary  tapering,  stalked,  glabrous.  Style  short.  Stigma  bifid.— Marshy  ground.— E.  B. 
1807. 

Salix  Russeliana,  Smith,  found  in  marshy  wood,  is  very  similar  to  S.  alba,  and  is  said 
by  Sir  J.  C.  Smith  to  be  much  the  most  valuable  species,  from  its  bitterness  and  astrin- 
gency.  St.  and  Ch.  139. 

Sect.  Alba.  Trees  with  their  leaves,  when  young,  hairy  with  adpressed  silky  hairs. 
Catkins  lax. 

SALICIS  ALB.E  Cortex,  D.    Bark  of  SALIX  ALBA,  Linn.    White  Willow. 

Tree  of  50  to  80  feet  in  height,  with  silky  branches.  Leaves  elliptic-lanceolate,  glan- 
dular, serrate,  acute,  silky  on  both  sides  when  young.  Ovary  nearly  sessile,  ovate-acu- 


Amentacecs.]  Q  U  E  R  C  U  S.  557 

minate,  glabrous.    Style  short.    Stigmas  thick,  recurved,  bifid. — Moist  situations. — E.  B. 
2430.    Nees  von  Esenb.  Suppl.  17. 

II.  Catkins  lateral,  sessile,  without  or  nearly  without  leaves. 

Sect.  Capreee.  Trees  or  shrubs.  Stamens  2.  Anthers  yellow.  Catkins  bracteated. 
Stalks  of  the  capsule  at  least  twice  as  long  as  the  gland. 

SALICIS  CAPREEE  Cortex,  D.    Salicis  Cortex,  E.    Bark  of  SALIX  CAPREA,  Linn.    Great 
Sallow,  or  Round-leaved  Willow. 

A  small  tree,  15  to  20  feet  high.  Leaves  large,  ovate,  or  elliptical,  flat,  acute,  crenate, 
serrate,  wavy  at  the  margins,  deep  green,  with  a  downy  midrib,  whitish  above,  and  cot- 
tony beneath.  Stipules  subreniform.  Ovary  lanceolate,  subulate.  Style  very  short 
Buds  glabrous.  Catkins  very  thick,  blunt. — Woods  and  hedges  in  dry  places. — E.  B.  1488. 

Willpw  bark  will  of  course  vary  somewhat  according  to  the  spe- 
cies from  which  it  is  obtained  ;  but  it  is  thin,  flexible,  rolling  up  into 
a  quill,  or  like  shavings,  with  a  brown  epidermis,  white  in  the  inside ; 
reduced  with  difficulty  to  powder,  having  a  slight  odour,  but  a  power- 
fully bitter  and  astringent  taste.  Analyzed  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou, 
Willow  bark  was  found  to  contain  Green  Fatty  matter,  a  Bitter  Yel- 
low Colouring  matter,  Tannin  (which  is  not  precipitated  by  Tartar 
Emetic),  Resinous  Extract,  Gum,  a  Magnesian  salt,  and  an  organic 
acid.  Buchner  discovered  the  peculiar  neutral  principle  Salicine, 
which  is  no  doubt  separated  with  the  bitter  and  yellow  substance. 
From  the  presence  of  Tannin,  the  bark  is  sometimes  used  in  tanning, 
and  a  greenish  colour  is  produced  by  sesqui-salts  of  Iron.  Water 
and  Alcohol  take  up  its  active  properties. 

Salicine  is  very  bitter,  crystallizes  in  white  silky  needles  or  laminae, 
an'd  has  no  alkaline  reaction.  It  differs  also  from  the  vegetable  alka- 
lies in  not  containing  Nitrogen,  and  not  forming  salts  with  acids.  It 
is  soluble  in  5-6  parts  of  cold,  and  in  much  less  of  boiling  water ;  so- 
luble in  Alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  Ether.  Sulphuric  acid  decomposes 
it,  producing  a  bright  red  colour.  It  is  composed  of  C21  Hia  Ou.  C. 
Gerhardt  has  since  stated  its  composition  to  be  C43  H28  O22.  It  is 
found  in  several  species  of  Salix  and  of  Populus ;  of  the  former,  in  £ 
Helix,  alba,  &c.  It  may  be  obtained  by  acting  on  a  saturated  de- 
coction with  Acetate  or  Oxide  of  Lead,  getting  rid  of  the  Lead  by 
means  of  Sul'  or  a  current  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  gas,  then  eva- 
porating the  solution  until  the  Salicine  crystallizes,  and  purifying  it 
with  animal  charcoal  and  recrystallization. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  Tonic.  Useful  as  a  Stomachic,  and 
even  for  arresting  Agues.  It  may  be  given  in  Infusion  (dried  bark 
3j. — Aqua  Oj.),  or  in  Decoction,  in  doses  of  f3jss.  every  two  or  three 
hours. 

Salicine  may  be  used  as  a  febrifuge  in  doses  of  2 — 8  or  even  20 
grs.,  like  the  Sulphate  of  Quinine. 

Tribe  CUPULIFEIUE'.  Male  flowers  in  a  catkin.  Female  solitary,  or 
aggregated,  or  spiked.  Perianth  adnate  to  the  ovary,  with  a  den- 
ticulated limb,  sometimes  evanescent,  surrounded  by  a  coriaceous 
involucre. 

QUERCUS,  Linn.     Oak.     Mon&cia  Polyandria,  Linn. 
Monoecious.    Male  catkins  long,  pendulous,  lax  (Fig.  90,  a).    Stamens  5  to  10  (6).    Pe- 


558 


Q  U  E  R  C  U  S. 


[Apetalas. 


rianth  (6)  5  to  7-cleft.  Female  flower  solitary,  with  a  cup-shaped  scaly  involucre  (c, 
magnified).  Stigmas  3  (c).  Ovary  3-celled,  2  of  which  are  abortive.  Nut  or  acorn 
1-celled,  1-seeded,  surrounded  at  the  base  by  the  enlarged  cup-shaped  involucre,  (d, 
the  young  fruit ;  e,  the  same  magnified,  and  cut  vertically,  that  the  perianth,  ovary, 
and  ovules  may  be  seen.  /,  a  cotyledon  with  the  radicle.) 

Fig.  90. 


QUERCUS  CORTEX,  E.  D.    Quercus,  L.  Bark  of  QTJERCUS  PEDUNCULATA, 
Willd.  L.  E.     Q.  Robur,  Linn.  D.     The  Common  Oak. 


Species  of  the  Oak  (5gu£  of  the  Greeks,  and  aUon  of  the  Bible)  have 
been  esteemed  for  their  strength  and  astringency  from  the  earliest 
times. 

The  common  English  Oak,  which  by  some  botanists  is  named  Q. 
Robur,  Linn.,  and  by  others  Q.  pedunculata,  Willd.  (Fig.  90),  has  its 
acorns  borne  on  long  peduncles,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  Q. 
sessiliflora,  Salisb.  (Q.  Robur,  Willd.),  which  has  its  acorns  clustered 
upon  a  very  short  stalk,  or  sessile,  with  leaves  on  elongated  stalks. 
E.  B.  t.  1845.  Nees  von  E.  t.  92.  Dr.  Lindley  states  that  the  tim- 
ber of  this  kind  is  very  superior  to  that  of  the  former  ;  but  opinions 
differ  respecting  the  timber  of  these  species  :  for  medical  purposes 
one  is  probably  as  good  as  the  other.  Dr.  Greville  states  that  the 
characters  of  the  different  kinds  pass  insensibly  and  completely  into 
each  other. 

QUERCUS  ROBUR,  Linn.  (Q.  pedunculata,  Willd.)  Young  branches  glabrous.  Leaves 
on  short  footstalks,  cuneately  oblong,  pinnatifid,  slightly  pubescent  beneath.  Lobes  ob- 
long, rounded,  with  deep,  narrow,  somewhat  acute  sinuses  ;  bases  biarticulate,  equal. 
Female  catkins  on  long  footstalks.  Acorns  oblong.  —  Woods.  —  E.  B.  t.  1842.  Nees  von 
E.  t.  93. 

The  Oak  is  stripped  of  its  bark  in  spring  and  in  the  beginning  of 
summer.  It  is  usually  in  long  strips,  of  a  coarse  fibrous  texture,  and 


Amentacece.]  G  A  L  L  JE.  559 

not  easily  reduced  to  powder.  When  deprived  of  its  epidermis,  it  is 
of  a  light  brown  colour  externally.  The  odour  is  faint,  but  the  taste 
bitter  and  roughly  astringent.  Its  properties  are  readily  extracted  by 
water  and  by  Proof  Spirit.  Its  constituents  are  Tannin  (about  15 
per  cent.),  Gallic  acid,  Uncrystallizable  Sugar,  Pectin,  Tannates  of 
Lime,  of  Magnesia,  and  of  Potash,  &c.  The  inner  part  of  the  bark 
contains  the  largest  portion  of  Tannin,  and  in  the  spring  of  the  year. 
From  the  presence  of  this  principle,  a  precipitate  necessarily  takes 
place  with  Gelatine,  and  a  blackish-coloured  one  on  the  addition  of  a 
sesquisalt  of  Iron. 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  Astringent,  in  Gargles,  Lotions  ;  and  Baths 
for  children  ;  sometimes  doses  of  3ss.  —  3ij.  of  the  powder  given  as  a 
Febrifuge.  Applied  externally,  made  into  a  poultice,  in  flabby  ulcers 
and  external  gangrene. 

DECOCTUM  QUERCDS,  L.  E.  D.     Decoction  of  Oak  Bark. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Oak  Bark  £x.  (gj.  D.)  Aq.  dest.  Oij.  (ftij.  D.)  Boil  down  to  Oj. 
(fcj.  D.)  Strain. 

Motion.  Uses.  Astringent;  internally  in  chronic  Diarrhoea;  as  a 
Gargle  in  relaxed  Uvula  :  or  as  an  Injection  in  Leucorrho3a.  It  has 
been  recommended  for  the  injection  into  the  cyst  of  Hydrocele,  &c. 

EXTRACTUM  QUERCUS,  D.     Extract  of  Oak  Bark. 

Astringent  Extract,  prepared  by  evaporating  the  Decoction. 
[QUERCUS  TlNCTORIA,  U.  S. 

The  Black  Oak  is  one  of  the  largest  forest  trees  of  the  United  States.  It  is  remarkable 
for  the  thick  coarse  bark  of  its  trunk.  The  leaves  are  ovate-oblong,  pubescent,  sinuate, 
with  mucronate  lobes.  Flowers  in  long  filiform  aments.  Acorn  globose,  flat  at  summit. 
The  inner  bark  is  called  quercitron. 

Besides  tannin  it  contains  a  colouring  principle. 
Uses.     As  the  preceding. 

QUERCUS  ALBA,  U.  S. 

A  smaller  tree,  with  whitish  bark,  oblong,  lobed,  obtuse  leaves.     Acorn  large. 

The  bark  is  destitute  of  the  colouring  matter  in  Q.  tinct.,  arid  is  used 
in  preference. 

DECOCTUM  QUERCUS  ALBJ:,  U.  S. 

R.  White  Oak  Bark  bruised  3j.,  Water  Ojss.    Boil  to  Oj.  and  strain. 

D.  f3i.—  ij.] 


L.  E.  D.  Galls.  Gemmae  morbidas,  L.  Diseased  Buds. 
Excrescences,  E.  formed  by  Diplolepis  (or  Cynips)  Gallae  Tincto- 
rum,  on  QUERCUS  INFECTORIA,  Oliv.  The  Gall-Oak. 

Galls  were  known  to  Hippocrates,  and  are  described  by  Diosco- 
rides  (i.  c.  147)  under  the  name  x?]xi£,  which  the  Indo-Persian  writers 
have  converted  intofikees.  They  are  the  afus  of  the  Arabs,  and  well 
known  in  India  by  the  name  of  majoo-phul.  Galls  are  imported  into 
England  from  Smyrna,  being  produced  in  Asia  Minor:  also  from 


560  G  A  L  L  jE.  [Apetalts. 

Aleppo,  the  produce  of  the  vicinity  of  Mosul  in  Kurdistan.  They 
are  also  imported  into  England  from  Bombay  (sometimes  to  the  ex- 
tent of  1000  cwt.),  having  been  first  imported  there  from  the  Persian 
Gulf.  Mr.  Wilkinson,  of  the  house  of  Wilkinson  and  Jewsbury,  in- 
forms me  that  formerly,  when  he  paid  much  attention  to  this  trade, 
he  observed  that  whenever  the  prices  were  low  at  Smyrna,  the  Galls 
came  from  Bombay,  and  vice  versa ;  but  the  supply  was  never  abun- 
dant from  both  sources  in  the  same  year.  They  are  imported  into 
Bombay  from  Basra  (Bussorah),  which  is  not  a  great  deal  farther 
from  Mosul  than  is  Aleppo.  They  are  therefore  most  probably  the 
produce,  like  Aleppo  Galls,  of  Kurdistan  and  of  other  Persian  pro- 
vinces. Dr.  Falconer,  when  travelling  in  the  Punjab,  was  informed 
that  Galls  were  produced  on  the  Balloot  Oak,  Quercus  Ballota. 

Galls  are  produced  on  different  species  of  Oak,  as  well  as  on  some 
other  plants,  as  the  Tamarisk ;  Aleppo  Galls,  by  the  female  of  the 
above  Diplolepis  piercing  the  buds  of  Q.  infectoria  with  its  ovipositor, 
and  there  depositing  its  eggs.  These  producing  irritation,  cause  the 
juices  of  the  plant  to  flow  towards  the  wound,  and  the  subsequent 
enlargement  of  the  part  into  the  form  of  galls  round  the  larva.  This, 
when  fully  developed,  escapes  by  a  hole  which  it  perforates  in  the 
gall. 

Quercus  infectoria,  now  generally  acknowledged  to  be  the  species  producing  the  Galls 
of  commerce,  is  a  small  tree  or  shrub,  with  a  crooked  stem,  not  above  6  to  8  feet  high. 
Leaves  on  short  stalks  1 — 1  ^  inch  long,  ovate-oblong,  with  a  few  coarse  mucronated  teeth 
on  each  side ;  apex  bluntly  mucronate,  rounded,  and  rather  unequal  at  the  base,  smooth, 
shining  on  the  upper  side.  Acorn  solitary,  obtuse,  2  or  3  times  longer  than  its  hemisphe- 
rical scaly  cup. — A  native  of  Asia  Minor ;  found  by  Captain  Kirmier  in  Armenia  and 
Kurdistan.— Nees  von  E.  t.  94.  St.  and  Ch.  152. 

Besides  the  names  applied  from  the  places  whence  they  are  obtain- 
ed, Galls  are  distinguished  by  their  physical  characters,  as  into  Blue 
and  White  Galls.  The  Blue  Galls  vary  in  size,  and  are  of  a  bluish- 
gray  colour.  They  are  gathered  before  the  insect  has  become  per- 
fect, or  worked  its  way  out.  Some  of  these  are  larger,  and  are  call- 
ed Green  Galls  from  being  of  a  greenish  colour.  They  display  on 
their  otherwise  smooth  surface  a  number  of  bluntly-pointed  tubercles, 
which  would  appear  to  be  the  apices  of  leaves  stimulated  into  unna- 
tural growth.  The  best  are  heavy,  hard,  shining,  and  break  with  a 
short  flinty  fracture.  White  Galls  are  so  called  from  being  of  a  lighter 
colour  than  the  others,  but  still  of  a  grayish  or  yellowish  hue.  They 
are  distinguished  by  being  perforated  with  a  small  round  hole,  that 
by  which  the  insect  had  escaped.  They  are  usually  less  heavy  than 
the  others,  have  a  larger  internal  cavity,  and  are  not  so  astringent. 
Both  are  easily  reduced  to  powder,  which  is  without  odour,  but  with 
a  simple  powerful  astringent  taste.  They  yield  their  properties  to 
water,  which  is  the  best  solvent ;  also  to  Proof  Spirit,  and  slightly  to 
Alcohol  and  Ether.  From  500  parts  Sir  H.  Davy  obtained  185  parts 
of  matter  soluble  in  water,  of  which  he  states  130  were  Tannin,  31 
Gallic  acid  with  a  little  Extractive,  12  of  Mucilage,  &c.,  and  12  of 
saline  and  calcareous  salts,  the  insoluble  matter  consisting  chiefly  of 
Lignin.  But  a  larger  proportion  of  Tannin  has  been  obtained  by 
other  chemists,  as  from  30  or  40  to  60,  instead  of  the  above  26  per 


Cupulifera.]  TANNIC   AND  GALLIC   ACIDS.  561 

cent.     The  little  colouring  matter  in  Galls  makes  them  particularly 
valuable  to  tanners. 

TANNIN,  or  TANNIC  ACID,  is  usually  described  with  Galls,  as  existing 
in  them  in  large  quantity,  being  generally  obtained  from  them,  though 
a  constituent  of  many  other  astringents,  as  Oak  bark,  Catechu,  &c. 
It  is  the  type  of  astringents.  Ordinary  Tannin  is  amorphous,  brown- 
ish-coloured, and  consists  of  impurities  united  to  the  Tannic  acid. 
Pure  Tannin,  or  Tannic'  (being  so  named  because  its  solution  red- 
dens Litmus  and  effervesces  with  Carbonates),  is  sometimes  white, 
but  usually  with  a  yellow  tinge,  spongy,  shining,  without  odour,  but 
extremely  astringent.  It  is  most  easily  obtained  from  Nutgalls  by  the 
action  of  Ether.  It  is  very  soluble  in  water  and  in  weak  Spirit. 
When  heated,  it  swells  up,  is  decomposed,  leaving  a  bulky  charcoal. 
It  precipitates  Gelatine  from  its  solutions,  and  combines  with  the  Ge- 
latinous part  of  skin,  and  thus  forms  leather.  It  forms  precipitates 
(Tannates),  most  of  which  are  nearly  insoluble,  with  most  metallic 
oxides,  and  likewise  with  alkalies  and  their  Carbonates,  including 
vegetable  alkalies.  The  mineral  acids,  combining  with  the  Tannic', 
also  form  precipitates  in  concentrated  solutions.  With  Sesqui-salts 
of  Iron  it  is  well  known  to  form  a  black  precipitate  (ink) ;  the  Tan- 
nin of  Sumach,  Catechu,  &c.,  as  has  been  frequently  mentioned, 
forms  a  very  dark  green  precipitate  with  the  same  salts :  no  effect  is 
produced  on  the  Proto-salts.  Tannin  is  composed  of  C18  H*  O9+ 
3HO. 

GALLIC  ACID.  Though  Galls  are  stated  by  Sir  H.  Davy  to  contain 
about  6  per  cent,  of  this  acid,  a  much  larger  quantity  may  be  ob- 
tained from  them,  because  it  is  formed  by  the  conversion  of  the  Tan- 
nic' into  Gallic  acid  by  the  absorbing  of  Oxygen  from  the  atmo- 
sphere, Carbonic'  being  given  off.  It  is  colourless,  with  an  acid  and 
astringent  taste,  and  is  usually  seen  in  the  form  of  a  gray  crystalline 
powder.  It  has  an  astringent  taste,  but  is  of  no  use  in  tanning. 

Action.  Uses.  Galls  are  powerfully  Astringent;  seldom  given  in- 
ternally; the  author  frequently  prescribed  from  10  to  20  grs.  of  the 
powder  several  times  a  day,  or  in  Infusion,  in  the  obstinate  chronic 
Diarrhoeas  of  the  natives  of  India.  The  natives  themselves  prescribe 
them  in  Intermittents.  Its  Tincture  is  much  used  as  a  test  for  the 
salts  of  Iron.  An  Infusion  may  be  employed  as  a  Gargle,  Wash,  or 
Injection,  or  as  an  antidote  to  poisoning  by  vegeto-alkalies ;  but  the 
diluted  Tincture  affords  a  more  ready  antidote. 

TINCTURA  (GALLARUM,  E.  D.)  GALL.E,  L.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Galls. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14,  L.  (7,  D.)  days  powdered  Galls  gv.  (3iv.  D.  [U.  S.])  in  Proof 
Spirit  Oij.  (ftij.  D.)  Strain.  (Or  prepare  by  percolation,  as  Tinct.  Capsicums,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3ij.  May  be  diluted 
with  water  as  a  Lotion,  or  for  exhibition  in  cases  of  poisoning  with 
vegeto-alkalies. 

UNGUENTUM  GALLARUM,  D.     [GALL^:,  U.  S.]    Ointment  of  Galls. 

Prep.  Mix  finely  powdered  Galls  3j.  with  prepared  Hog's  Lard  3viij,  (3vij.  U.  S.) 
Make  an  Ointment. 

36 


562  LIQUIDAMBAR.  [Apetala. 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  application  to  external  Haemorrhoids. 

UNGUENTUM  GALLIC  (ET  OPII,  E.)  COMPOSITUM,  L.     Compound  Oint- 
ment of  Galls. 

Prep.  Triturate  into  a  uniform  mass  very  finely  powdered  Galls  gij.,  hard  Opium 
powdered  3ss.  (3j-  E.)  Hog's  Lard  3ij.  (3j.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Astringent  and  Anodyne  application  to  Haemorrhoids. 
The  E.  preparation  is  much  stronger  than  that  of  the  L.  P.,  as  it  con- 
tains more  Opium  and  less  Lard.  Dr.  Paris  suggests  dissolving  Mor- 
phia in  Olive  Oil,  and  adding  the  Ointment  of  Galls. 

[JuGLANDE^E,  De  C.  Lind. 

Flowers  declinous,  sterile-flowers  in  an  ament.  Perianth  scaly,  oblique,  irregularly 
lobed.  Stamens  inserted  on  the  receptacle,  indefinite,  three  to  thirty.six  ;  filaments  short, 
distinct,  anthers  thick,  2-celled,  bursting  longitudinally.  Fertile  flowers  with  a  single  or 
double  perianth,  the  outer  4-parted,  the  inner  (when  present)  of  4  pieces.  Ovary  inferior, 
JUcelled,  ovule  solitary,  erect  ;  styles  1  or  2,  very  short  or  none  ;  stigmas  large,  either  2 
and  lacerated,  or  discoid  and  4-lobed.  Fruit  drupaceous,  1-celled,  with  4  imperfect  parti- 
tions. Seed  4-lobed,  embryo  large,  albumen  none,  cotyledons  fleshy,  2-lobed,  wrinkled, 
radicle  superior. 

JUGLANS,  U.  S.     Juglans  cinerea,  Linn.     The  inner  bark  of  the  root. 
Monascia  Polyandria. 

The  Butter  Nut  or  White  Walnut  is  a  large-sized  tree,  growing 
in  Canada  and  the  northern  sections  of  the  United  States,  in  rich  bot- 
tom lands  and  along  streams.  It  is  the  J.  cathartica  of  Michaux. 

Bot.  Char.  Monoecious.  Sterile  flowers  ;  ament  imbricate,  scales  mostly  5-parted. 
Perianth  5  to  6-parted.  Stamens  18  to  36.  Fertile  flowers  ;  perianth  double,  each  4- 
parted.  Styles  1  or  2.  Drupe  partly  spongy.  Nut  rugose  and  furrowed,  elongated 
irregularly.  Leaves  pinnate,  leaflets  numerous,  lanceolate,  serrate,  rounded  at  base. 
Petioles  villous. 

From  the  tree,  when  pierced  in  the  spring,  there  exudes  a  saccha- 
rine juice. 

The  inner  bark  when  first  separated  from  the  tree,  is  of  a  pure 
white  colour  externally,  but  when  dry  becomes  black.  It  occurs  in 
pieces,  with  a  fibrous  fracture,  and  a  smooth  epidermis  externally. 
In  the  fresh  state  irritant  to  the  skin.  The  time  for  collecting  it  is  in 
May.  Odour  feeble,  and  the  taste  bitter  and  pungent. 

It  contains  Fixed  Oil,  Resin,  Saccharine  matter,  and  Potassa,  a  pe- 
culiar principle  (extractive?)  and  Tannin. 

ExTRACTUM  JUGLANDIS,  U.  S. 

Prep.  Made  by  exhausting  the  Bark  in  a  displacement  apparatus  and  evaporating. 
It  is  black,  with  a  caramel-like  odour  and  bitter  astringent  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Certain,  mild  cathartic.  Used  in  costiveness  and  as 
a  purge  in  liver  complaints  with  calomel.  D.  gr.  x.  to  gr.  xxx.  —  in 
pill.] 


BALSAMACE^E,  Lindl.,  contains  the  genus  Liquidambar,  of  which  one 
species,  L.  styraciflua,  is  indigenous  in  North  America.  This  yields 
in  Mexico  and  Louisiana  a  liquid  balsam  of  an  aromatic  odour  and 


Conifera.]  C  Y  C  A  D  E  JE.  563 

taste,  containing  Styracin  and  Benzoic  acid.  Dr.  Pocock' found  L. 
orientale  in  Cyprus,  where  it  was  called  Xylon  Effendi,  the  tree  of 
our  Lord.  It  produces  an  excellent  Turpentine.  It  is  probable  that 
this  yields  some  of  the  liquid  Storax  of  commerce ;  as  some  liquid 
Balsam,  under  the  names  of  Rose  Maloes  and  Rosa  Mattas,  makes  its 
appearance  in  the  accounts  of  the  commerce  of  the  Red  Sea  and 
Persian  Gulf;  and  Petiver,  as  quoted  by  Dr.  Lindley,  states  that  the 
tree  which  yields  it  is  the  Rosa  Mafias,  and  grows  in  Cobross,  an 
island  at  the  upper  end  of  the  Red  Sea,  near  Cadess,  which  is  three 
days'  journey  from  Suez.  It  is  sent  in  barrels  by  way  of  Jidda  to 
Mocha.  This  is  supposed  by  some  to  be  yielded  by  Liquidambar 
Jlltingia  of  Blume,  a  native  of  Java,  which  is  there  called  Ras-sa- 
mala,  and  undoubtedly  yields  the  fine  liquid  Storax  or  Rosamala  of 
the  Malayan  Archipelago.  (Lindley.}  But  Dr.  Pereira  has  ascer- 
tained that  all  the  liquid  Storax  imported  for  the  last  seven  years 
comes  from  Trieste.  He  also  states  that  the  strained  Storax  (Styrax 
colatus)  sold  to  the  perfumers  is  prepared  from  this  variety  of  liquid 
Storax.  This  is  a  subject  of  inquiry  for  those  visiting  the  shores  of 
the  Red  Sea  or  its  islands. 

GYMNOSPERM^E,  LindL     Gymnosperms. 

This  division  has  been  made  of  some  Exogens,  in  consequence  of  their  ligneous  tissue 
being  dotted  with  disk-like  marks,  and  their  ovules  being  truly  naked,  so  as  to  be  fertilized 
directly  through  the  foramen  of  the  ovule. 

The  CYCADE.E  form  a  small  family  somewhat  resembling  Palm 
trees  in  appearance,  and  were  at  one  time  thought  to  be  allied  to 
them  and  to  Ferns.  By  Mr.  Brown  they  have  been  shown  to  be 
most  closely  allied  to  Coniferse. 

A  kind  of  Sago  is  said  to  be  procured  from  the  cellular  substance 
occupying  the  interior  of  the  stem  of  Cyca*  revoluta,  a  native  of 
Japan,  and  also  of  C.  circinalis.  Both  exude  a  clear  insipid  muci- 
lage, which  hardens  into  a  firm  transparent  gum,  like  Tragacanth, 
but  clearer.  Dr.  Roxburgh  was  unable  to  ascertain  that  an.v  of  the 
species  yielded  Sago,  or  a.  substitute  for  it,  though  species  of  Cycas 
are  quoted  as  yielding  Sago  in  the  E.  P. 

Dr.  Lindley  states  that  one  of  the  best  kinds  of  Arrow-root  is  pre- 
pared in  the  Bahamas  from  the  trunk  of  some  species  of  Zamia  which 
is  a  native  of  the  West  India  Islands. 

CONIFERS,  Juss.     Conifers. 

Trees  or  shrub?,  with  a  branched  trunk,  abounding  in  Turpentine.  Leaves  simple. 
Flowers  monoecious  or  dioecious.  Male  flowers  of  1  or  more  monadelphous  stamens,  col- 
lected in  a  deciduous  catkin  about  a  common  axis.  Anthers  of  2  or  more  lobes,  bursting 
outwards,  often  terminated  by  a  scale-like  crest.  Female  flowers  usually  in  cones,  some- 
times  solitary.  Ovary  spread  open  in*  the  shape  of  a  scale,  and  placed  in  the  axil  of  a 
membraneous  bract :  in  the  solitary  flowers  apparently  wanting.  Ovules  naked,  in  pairs 
on  the  face  of  the  ovary,  and  inverted,  or  in  the  solitary  flowers  erect.  Fruit  a  cone,  or 
solitary  naked  seed.  Testa  hard,  crustaceous.  Embryo  in  the  axis  of  fleshy  albumen. 
Radicle  next  the  apex. — Yield  valuable  timber,  as  Deal,  Cedar,  &c.,  and  most  of  the  spe- 
cies Turpentine,  which  is  a  compound  of  resin  and  of  volatile  oil. 

The  products  of  Coniferous  plants  officinal  in  the  Pharmacopeias 
are  so  numerous  and  obtained  from  so  great  a  variety  of  sources, 


564  PI  N  U  S  — ABIES  — LARIX.  [Apetala. 

and  are  yet  so  similar  to  each  other,  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  refer 
them  with  correctness  to  their  respective  plants.  It  is  preferable, 
therefore,  as  has  been  done  by  Dr.  Pereira  and  in  Duncan's  Edinburgh 
Dispensatory,  to  enumerate  the  several  Pine-trees  which  are  supposed 
to  yield  these  products,  and  then  to  treat  of  the  products  themselves, 
— that  is,  of  Turpentine,  Resins  of  different  kinds,  and  then  of  those 
obtained  with  the  aid  of  heat,  as  Oil  of  Turpentine,  Tar,  and  Pitch. 

PINUS,  Linn.    Pine.     Mon&cia  Monadelphia,  Linn. 

Flowers  monoecious.  Males.  Catkins  racemose.  Filaments  short.  Anthers  crested, 
2-celled,  bursting  longitudinally  (or  Stamens  2,  Anthers  1-celled).  Females.  Catkins 
solitary,  or  from  2  to  3.  Scales  imbricated,  with  membranous  bractlets.  Ovules  2,  at 
the  base  of  the  scales,  collateral,  inverted,  their  points  lacerated  and  directed  downwards. 
Scales  of  the  cone  hard,  woody,  and  truncated,  hollowed  at  the  base  for  the  reception  of 
the  seeds.  Seeds  prolonged  at  the  base  into  a  membranous  wing.  Leaves  evergreen, 
usually  acicular,  in  fascicles,  surrounded  at  the  base  by  a  membranous  tubular  sheath. 

PINUS  SYLVESTRIS,  Linn,  L.  D.  Scotch  Fir.  Red  Deal.  Leaves  in  pairs.  Young  cones 
stalked,  recurved,  ovate-conical.  Wing  thrice  as  long  as  the  seed. — Lamb.  Pin.  t.  1.  Nees 
von  E.  t.  79. — Scotland,  Norway,  woods  of  Europe,  north  of  the  Alps. — This  species  yields 
much  Turpentine,  Pitch,  and  Tar,  though  at  present  little  of  it  is  imported  into  this 
country. 

P.  MARITIMA,  Dec.  (P.  Pinaster  of  Lambert),  Nees  von  E.  t.  76,  77,  is  abundant  on  the 
southern  coasts  of  Europe,  as  well  as  of  England,  and  in  the  south  of  France  in  the  de- 
partment of  the  Landes.  It  yields  Bourdeaux  Turpentine,  Galipot,  Pitch,  and  Tar. 

P.  PALUSTRIS,  Lambert.  The  Swamp  Pine  and  Long-leaved  Pine.  A  large  tree,  spread- 
ing from  the  State  of  Virginia  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  "  This  tree  furnishes  by  far  the 
greater  proportion  of  Turpentine,  Tar,  &c.,  consumed  in  the  United  States,  or  sent  from 
them  to  other  countries."  Wood  and  Bathe. 

P.  PINEA,  Lamb,  and  P.  Cembra,  the  Siberian  Stone  Pine,  are  interesting,  as  the  seeds 
of  both,  sometimes  called  Pine.nuts,  are  eaten,  as  are  those  of  P.  Geradiana,  in  Affgha- 
nistan  and  Tibet.  P.  longifolia,  Lamb,  is  an  Himalayan  species ;  which  yields  a  very 
fine  Turpentine,  resembling  pure  white  granular  honey ;  much  used  by  the  natives  of 
India  in  medicine,  and  called  bireeja,  &c. 

ABIES,  Tourn.     Fir. 

Monoecious.  Males.  Catkins  solitary.  Anthers  bursting  transversely.  Females.  Cat- 
kins  simple.  Scales  (or  carpels)  imbricated,  thin  at  the  apex,  rounded,  flat,  instead  of 
being  hollowed  for  the  seeds ;  when  ripe,  falling  from  the  axis.  Leaves  solitary  in  each 
sheath,  never  fascicled.  In  other  respects  agreeing  with  Pinus. 

ABIES  EXCELSA,  Dec.  E.  (Pinus  Abies,  Linn.)  L.  D.  Norway  Spruce  Fir. — Leaves  scat- 
tered,  tetragonal.  Cones  cylindrical,  pendulous ;  the  scales  rhomboidal,  flattened,  jagged, 
and  bent  backwards  at  the  margin. — Northern  parts  of  eastern  Europe,  Alps,  northern 
parts  of  Asia. — Nees  von  E.  t.  80.  Yields  Abietis  Resina  by  spontaneous  exudation. 

A.  Picea,  Lindl.  The  Silver  Fir,  with  distichous  leaves  and  erect  cones.  A  native  of 
the  mountains  of  central  Europe.  Yields  Strasburgh  Turpentine. 

A.  BALSAMEA,  Marsh.  E.  (Pinus  balsamea,  Linn.  L.  D.)  Canadian  Balsam  and  Balm 
of  Gilead  Fir.  Leaves  solitary,  flat,  subpectinate,  suberect  above.  Acuminate  apex  of 
the  scales  of  the  cone  when  in  flower  reflexed. — Northern  parts  of  North  America. — 
Lamb.  Pin.  t.  41.  Nees  von  E.  t.  82. 

A.  canadensis,  Lindl.  Hemlock  Spruce  Fir  is  said  to  exude  a  Turpentine  similar  to 
that  of  the  foregoing.  A.  nigra,  the  Black  Spruce  Fir,  is  interesting  as  yielding  the  Es- 
sence  of  Spruce. 

LARIX,  Tourn.    Larch. 

Monoecious.  Catkins  and  cones  lateral.  Males.  Catkins  simple,  ovate.  Anthers  nu- 
merous,  with  their  filaments  united  into  a  thick  column.  Anthers  crested,  bursting  longi- 


Conifera.}  TEREBINTHINA.  .565 

tudinally.   Leaves,  when  first  expanding,  in  tufted  fascicles,  becoming  somewhat  solitary 
by  the  elongation  of  the  new  branch. 

LARIX  EUROP^A,  Dec.  (Abies  Larix,  Lam.  E.,  Pinus  Larix,  Linn.  D.)  The  Larch  is 
a  lofty  tree,  with  wide-spreading  branches;  when  well  grown,  the  extremities  droop  grace- 
fully.  The  Leaves  deciduous.  Flowers  reddish.  Cones  ovate-oblong.  Edges  of  scales 
reflexed,  lacerated.  Bracts  panduriform.  Lambert. — Nees  von  E.  83.  St.  and  Ch.  75. — 
A  native  of  the  Alps,  much  cultivated  in  this  country.  Yields  Venice  Turpentine,  and  a 
kind  of  Manna  called  "  Manna  de  Briangon." 

Larix  (or  Cedrus)  Deodara  (Deodar  and  Kelon),  or  Himalayan  Cedar,  is  an  elegant  and 
lofty  tree,  hardy  as  the  Larch,  and  yielding  valuable  timber.  It  has  been  extensively  in- 
troduced into  this  country  by  the  East  India  Company,  and  is  interesting  as  having  been 
long  employed  in  medicine  by  the  Hindoos,  and  known  even  to  Avicenna.  (Hindoo  Med. 
36.)  Its  Turpentine,  known  by  the  name  kelon-ke-tel,  is  in  great  repute  in  the  North- 
west of  India,  from  its  stimulant  properties  and  power  of  healing  deep-seated  ulcers,  as 
in  elephants  and  camels. 

TEREBINTHINA  VULGARIS,  L.  D.  Resina  liquida,  L.  Fluid  Resin  of 
PINUS  SYLVESTRIS,  Linn.,  of  various  species  of  Pinus  and  of  Abies, 
E.  [TEREBINTHINA,  U.  S.  White  Turpentine,  the  product  of  PINUS 
PALUSTRIS.] 

Common  Turpentine  either  exudes  naturally  or  from  incisions 
from  most  trees  of  the  Pine  tribe,  as  also  from  Pistacia  Terebinthus 
(p.  329).  It  consists  of  Resin  intimately  mixed  with  a  Volatile  Oil, 
known  in  its  separated  or  distilled  state  as  Oil  of  Turpentine.  In 
time,  all  Turpentines  become  converted  into  Resins,  from  the  evapo- 
ration of  the  Oil  and  by  its  oxidation.  They  all  soften  by  heat,  burn 
readily,  are  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether,  unite  with  the  fixed  Oils, 
and  resemble  each  other  very  closely  in  taste  and  smell ;  but  differ  in 
being  more  or  less  white  or  dark-coloured,  and  in  the  odour  and  taste 
being  more  or  less  agreeable.  Water  acquires  only  a  little  of  their 
properties,  but  they  may  be  made  into  an  emulsion  with  eggs  or  vege- 
table Mucilage. 

Common  Turpentine  used  to  be  procured  from  Pinus  sylvestris,  as 
it  still  is  in  many  parts  of  Europe,  and  also  from  P.  maritima,  which 
yields  the  Bourdeaux  Turpentine,  and  in  winter  the  galipot  of  the 
French.  But  Dr.  Pereira  has  shown  that  almost  the  whole  quantity 
of  Turpentine  imported  here  is  from  America.  This  is  procured 
chiefly  from  P.  palustris,  partly  also  from  the  P.  Tceda.  This  Tur- 
pentine is  viscid,  semifluid,  of  a  dull  light  yellowish  colour,  with  a 
warm,  acrid,  rather  bitter  taste,  and  a  moderate  terebinthinate  odour. 
When  fresh,  it  yields  17  per  cent,  of  Oil  of  Turpentine.  (W.  and  B.) 
The  Bourdeaux  Turpentine  is  whitish,  turbid,  separates  upon  standing 
into  a  transparent  liquid  and  into  a  granular  honey-like  semifluid.  It 
is  acrid  and  nauseous  in  taste,  and  of  a  disagreeable  smell ;  yields 
about  20  per  cent,  of  Oil.  M.  Faure  discovered  that  it  might  be 
solidified  by  the  aid  of  a  32d  part  of  Magnesia.  Common  Turpen- 
tine yields  Oil  of  Turpentine  and  Resin,  q.  v.,  and  is  a  constituent  of 
Ung.  Elemi  (p.  341)  and  of  Emp.  Galbani  (p.  416). 

TEREBINTHINA  VENETA,  E.  D.  Fluid  Resinous  exudation  of  Larix 
europcea.  Venice  Turpentine.  This,  when  genuine,  is  a  thick  tena- 
cious fluid,  usually  of  a.  cloudy  appearance,  of  a  yellowish-green  tint, 


566  ABIETIS    RESIN  A.  [Apetala. 

acrid  and  bitter  in  taste,  of  a  strong  peculiar  odour.  It  is  sold  in 
Paris  as  Strasburgh  Turpentine,  and  is  distinguished  by  being  less 
liable  than  others  to  solidify.  (Guibourt  and  Pereira.)  Dr.  Thomson 
stated  long  since  that  the  Venice  Turpentine  of  the  shops  was  im- 
ported from  America.  This  is  therefore  only  a  substitute.  What  is 
usually  sold  is  a  mixture  of  Oil  of  Turpentine  with  common  Resin. 
Venice  Turpentine  is  intended  to  be  a  constituent  of  Emp.  Cantha- 
ridis,  E.  and  of  Ung.  Infusi  Cantharidis,  E. 

TEREBINTHINA  (BALSAMUM,  E.  D.)  CANADENSIS,  L.  (U.  S.)  Fluid 
Resin  of  ABIES  (Finns,  L.  D.)  BALSAMEA.  Canada  Balsam  is  procured 
by  breaking  the  vesicles  which  naturally  form  upon  the  trunks  and 
branches,  and  then  collecting  their  fluid  contents.  It  is  often  called 
Balm  of  Gilead.  When  fresh,  it  is  nearly  colourless,  of  a  light  yellow 
colour,  transparent  like  thin  honey ;  solidifies  slowly ;  is  of  a  strong, 
rather  agreeable  odour,  and  a  bitterish,  rather  acrid  taste.  It  is  also 
obtained  by  making  incisions  into  the  tree.  Strasburgh  Turpentine  is 
sometimes  substituted  for  it. 

ABIETIS  RESINA,  L.  THUS,  D.  Resin  of  ABIES  EXCELSA,  E.  (Pinus 
ttbies,  Linn.)  L.  D.  The  Resin  of  the  Norway  Spruce  Fir  may  be 
arranged  with  the  Turpentines  as  being  a  spontaneous  exudation,  and 
with  the  Resins  as  having  lost  by  evaporation  most  of  its  Volatile  Oil. 
It  used  to  be  called  Thus,  or  Frankincense,  as  it  still  is  in  the  D.  P. 
It  is  collected  in  the  form  of  concrete  tears,  which  are  hard  and 
brittle,  but  soften  readily  at  the  temperature  of  the  body.  It  is  of  a 
light  yellowish  or  brownish-yellow  colour  externally,  lighter  within ; 
slight  terebinthinate  odour  and  acrid  bitter  taste.  The  substance 
which  the  French  call  galipot  or  barrets  is  the  concretion  produced  on 
the  Pine  of  the  Landes,  late  in  the  year  or  in  winter,  when  the  col- 
lection of  Bourdeaux  Turpentine  has  ceased.  A  very  fine  Resin  is 
spontaneously  yielded  by  the  Himalayan  Pinus  Morinda,  Royle. 

This  Resin  is  intended  to  be  employed  in  making  Pix  Burgundica, 
Emp.  Aromaticum,  D.  p.  525,  Emp.  Opii,  L.  E.  D.,  Emp.  Thuris,  D. 
Emp.  Galbani,  L.  D.,  and  Emp.  Picis,  L.  E. 

Pix  ABIETINA,  L.  Pix  BURGUNDICA,  E.  D.  [Pix  ABIETIS,  U.  S.] 
Burgundy  Pitch  is  the  above  Resin  melted  in  water  immediately 
after  being  scraped  from  the  tree,  and  strained  through  a  cloth.  It 
is  thus  freed  from  mechanical  impurities,  with  a  loss  of  a  little  of  its 
Volatile  Oil.  In  all  other  respects  it  corresponds  with  it.  But  most 
of  that  which  is  sold  is  a  factitious  compound  of  Resin  rendered 
opaque  by  the  incorporation  of  water,  and  coloured  by  Palm  Oil,  or 
made  from  concrete  American  Turpentine.  {Pereira.}  This  is  used 
for  making  the  following  Plaster  as  well  as  the  Emp.  Calefaciens 
(v.  Cantharidis),  Emp.  Opii,  E.  D.,  Ung.  Resinae  albae,  D.,  and  Emp. 
Cantharidis  Comp.  E. 

Action.    Uses.     The  above  Resin  and  Pitch  are  both  Rubefacient. 

EMPLASTRUM  PICIS,  L.  E.     Burgundy  Pitch  Plaster.     Warm  Plaster. 
Prep.  Take  Burgundy  Pitch  ftij.  (ftiss.  E.),  Resin  ftj.  (3ij.  E.)  and  Bees'  Wax  3iv. 


Conifera.]  R  E  S  I  N  A. 

(3ij.  E.);  melt  them  together  with  a  gentle  heat,  then  add  Resin  of  Spruce  Fir  fcj.  L., 
ExpressedOil  of  Nutmegs  3j.  L.  (Oil  of  Mace  3ss.  E.),  Olive  Oil  f3ij.  (f3j.  E.),  Aq. 
f3j.  (f3ij.  E.);  mix  well,  and  boil  till  the  mixture  acquires  the  proper  consistence. 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Rubefacient  Plaster  to  the  chest  and  joints, 
&c. 

RESINA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Residue  of  the  distillation  of  the  Volatile 
Oil  from  Turpentines  of  various  species  of  Pinus  and  of  Abies,  E. 

When  any  of  the  Pinic  Turpentines  are  subjected  to  distillation 
with  or  without  water,  the  Volatile  Oil  rising  \vhen  much  heated, 
leaves  behind  a  solid  resin,  which  is  often  called  Colophony  (Fr. 
Colophane),  from  the  Greek  xoXo<p<wa,  but  usually  Black  Rosin,  though 
it  is  only  of  a  brownish-yellow  colour,  transparent,  and  a  little  empy- 
reumatic.  When  the  distillation  is  not  carried  quite  so  far,  or  if  more 
water  is  added  during  the  process,  and  agitated  with  it  while  in  fusion, 
some  of  it  becomes  incorporated  with  the  Resin,  which  becomes 
opaque  or  of  a  whitish  colour.  This  is  the  Resinajlava  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia, or  Yellow,  sometimes  called  IVJiite  Resin.  The  incorpo- 
rated water  escapes  by  evaporation  or  it  may  be  expelled :  the  Resin 
then  becomes  of  a  pale  yellow  colour  and  transparent. 

Resin  is  solid  and  transparent,  very  brittle,  with  a  glassy  fracture, 
is  a  little  heavier  than  water,  differs  in  colour  according  to  its  purity, 
with  a  weak  terebinthinate  odour  and  taste,  melts  at  a  moderate  heat, 
becomes  decomposed  at  a  higher,  producing  both  an  oil  and  a  gas, 
and  burns  with  a  smoky  flame.  It  unites  when  in  fusion  with  Wax, 
fats,  and  fatty  oils,  also  Spermaceti ;  is  readily  dissolved  by  Alcohol, 
Ether,  and  many  volatile  oils,  and  is  insoluble  in  water.  The  strong 
acids  decompose  it :  the  alkalies  unite  with  it,  and  form  soaps.  Instead 
of  being  simple,  it  is  found  to  be  a  compound  of  two  acid  bodies,  one 
called  Sylvic,  the  other  Pinic  acid,  and  of  a  neutral  resinous  principle. 
The  Sylvic'  is  more  soluble  in  cold  and  diluted  Alcohol,  and  may  thus 
be  separated  from  the  other.  It  crystallizes  in  small,  quadrangular, 
rhombic  prisms,  is  colourless,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  Ether, 
strong  hot  Alcohol,  and  in  volatile  oils.  Pinic  acid  (C20HISOa)  is  con- 
sidered isomeric  with  the  Sylvic,  and  has  many  of  the  same  proper- 
ties. A  third  acid,  the  Pimaric,  has  been  detected  in  the  Bourdeaux 
Turpentine.  The  acid  of  Colophony,  called  the  Colophonic,  is  consi- 
dered somewhat  different,  being  of  a  brown  colour,  and  sparingly 
soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  Stimulant ;  used  externally,  but  chiefly  on  ac- 
count of  its  adhesive  properties,  in  various  Cerates,  Unguents,  and 
Emplastra.  For  Emp.  Resinee,  v.  p.  167. 

CERATUM  RESINEE,  L.  (U.  S.)     UNG.  (RESINOS.  E.)  RESINS  ALB^E,  D. 
Resin  Cerate,  or  Basilicon  Ointment. 

Prep.  With  a  gentle  heat  melt  together  Resin  ftj.  (3v.  E.,  [U.  S.]  white  Resin  ftij. 
D.)  Wax  ftj.  (3ij.  E.  [U.  S.]  Lard  Sviij.  E.  [U.  S.]  ftiv.  D.) ;  then  add  Olive  Oil  f3xvj.  and 
press  the  Cerate  while  hot  through  linen,  L.  D.  (Stir  the  mixture  briskly  while  it  cools 
and  concretes,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  A  mild  stimulant,  applied  to  foul  or  indolent  ulcers. 


568  TEREBINTHIN^E    OLEUM.  [Apetala. 

[CERATUM  RESINS  COMPOSITUM,  U.  S. 

H.  Resin,  Suet,  Yellow  Wax  each  ftj.,  Turpentine  ftss.,  Flaxseed  Oil  Oss.  Melt  them 
together,  strain  through  linen,  and  stir  them  constantly  until  cool.] 

TEREBINTHIN^E  OLEUM,  L.  E.  D.  [OLEUM  TEREBINTHIN^E,  U.  S.]  Vo- 
latile Oil  of  the  Turpentine  of  various  species  of  Pinus  and  of 
Abies,  E.  Oil  of  Turpentine. 

Oil  of  Turpentine,  separated  from  the  Resin  by  the  process  of  dis- 
tillation, is  found  swimming  on  the  surface  of  the  water  with  which 
it  is  distilled,  and  is,  not  observed  to  differ  materially  when  obtained 
from  different  Pine  trees.  The  author,  when  in  India,  distilled  the 
Oil  from  the  Turpentine  of  Pinus  longifolia,  which,  when  sent  to  the 
General  Hospital  at  Calcutta,  was  pronounced  to  be  "  of  very  supe- 
rior quality."  Dr.  Pereira  states  that  American  Turpentine  is  now 
chiefly  employed  for  obtaining  the  Oil,  at  the  rate  of  about  14  to  16 
per  cent.,  and  that  the  Bourdeaux  Turpentine  yields  an  inferior  Oil 
and  Resin. 

Prep.  Distil  in  a  copper  alembic  Common  Turpentine  fev.  with  Aqua  Oiv.  Yellow 
Resin  will  remain  after  the  distillation. 

OLEUM  TEREBINTHIN^E  PURIFICATUM,  L.  E.,  RECTIFICATUM,  D.  Purified 
Oil  of  Turpentine. 

Prep.  Cautiously  distil  OiZ  of  Turpentine  Oj.  (ftij.  by  measure,  D.)  with  Aqua  Oiv. 
(As  long  as  oil  comes  over  with  the  water,  E.,  till  Ojss.  of  oil  is  obtained,  D.)  or  agitate  it 
with  |  of  Alcohol.  Mr.  Flocton  redistils  from  a  solution  of  caustic  Potash,  to  get  rid  of 
all  traces  of  resinous  and  acid  matters.  (Per.) 

This  purified  Oil  is  limpid,  colourless,  with  a  powerful  penetrating 
odour,  and  pungent  bitterish  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  0-865;  boils  at  about 
312°,  but,  as  volatilization  proceeds,  at  350°.  Sp.  Gr.  of  its  vapour 
4-764.  It  is  very  inflammable,  producing  much  black  smoke.  It  is 
slightly  soluble  in  water,  more  readily  in  Ether  and  in  Alcohol;  mis- 
cible  in  all  proportions  in  the  fixed  oils ;  dissolves  resins  and  fats,  and 
is  one  of  the  few  solvents  of  Caoutchouc.  When  moist  and  exposed 
to  great  cold,  it  deposits  crystals,  which  are  a  Hydrate  of  the  Oil. 
Sul'  chars  it,  Nit'  and  Chlorine  set  it  on  fire.  It  absorbs  H  Cl'  acid 
gas,  and  a  substance  called  artificial  Camphor  (Ca°H16H  Cl)  is  pro- 
duced. The  composition  of  Oil  of  Turpentine  is  CSH4.  When  ex- 
posed to  the  air,  it  absorbs  Oxygen :  therefore  Oil  which  has  been 
long  kept  usually  contains  some.  Oil  of  Turpentine  is  now  consider- 
ed to  be  composed  of  two  different  but  isomeric  oils,  as  the  changes 
in  the  boiling  point  seem  to  indicate.  One  of  these,  or  that  which 
combines  with  the  H  Cl'  gas,  has  been  called  Radical  Oil  of  Turpen- 
tine, and  also  Camphene. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient  and  Counter-irritant  when  applied  ex- 
ternally. Stimulant  when  taken  internally,  acting  as  a  Diuretic  and 
Diaphoretic;  in  large  doses,  as  a  Cathartic;  useful  as  an  Anthel- 
mintic.  For  this  purpose,  and  to  act  as  a  Cathartic,  it  is  sometimes 
conjoined  (f3ij.)  with  a  little  Castor  Oil  (f3vj.)  Its  action  is,  how- 
ever, somewhat  uncertain.  Occasionally,  intoxicating  effects  are 
produced  by  large  doses.  In  doses  of  n^viij. — f3ss.  frequently  re- 


ConifertB.-]  FIX    LIQUID  A.  569 

peated,  it  acts  as  a  stimulant,  becomes  absorbed,  and  is  exhaled  both 
by  the  skin  and  lungs,  while  the  urine  acquires  a  violet  odour.  In 
larger  doses  (f3iv. — f3ij.)  it  acts  as  a  Cathartic,  and  its  irritant  ef- 
fects, as  those  of  Strangury,  are  not  perceived,  from  absorption  not 
having  taken  place.  It  should  be  made  into  an  emulsion  with  yolk 
of  one  egg  for  every  f3ij.  and  diluted  to  the  patient's  taste,  with 
water ;  plain  or  aromatized,  (c.) 

LINIMENTUM  (TEREBINTHINATUM,  E.)      TEREBINTHINJE,  L.  D.    (U.  S.) 
Turpentine  Liniment. 

,  Prep.  Shake  together  till  mixed  Oil  of  Turpentine  fgxvj.  (fgv.  E.  ftss.  D.),  Camphor 
3j.  L.  (3ss.  E.),  Soft  Soap  gij.  L.  (Resin  Ointment  3iv.  E.  ftj.  D.)  (Melt  the  Ointment, 
and  mix  with  it  gradually  the  (Camphor,  E.)  Oil  of  Turpentine,  E.  D.)  (till  a  uniform 
Liniment  be  obtained,  E.) 

[Oil  of  Turpentine  Oss.,  Resin  Cerate  fly.  Add  the  Oil  to  the  melted  Cerate  and  mix 
them,  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Liniment,  but  chiefly  used  by  applying 
lint  soaked  in  it,  to  burns  and  scalds.  (Dr.  Kentish.) 

ENEKA  TEREBINTHIN.E,  L.  E.  D.     Turpentine  Enema. 

Prep.  Mix  together  Oil  of  Turpentine  f3j.  (3ss.  D.)  with  Yolk  of  Egg  q.  s.,  and 
gradually  add  Barley  Water  fjxix.  L.  (Water  (not  higher  than  100°  F.)  3x.  D.  fSxix.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Antispasmodic ;  Anthelmintic  in  cases  of  As- 
carides. 

Pix  LIQUIDA,  L.  E.  D.     Tar,  from  various   species   of  Pinus   and 
Abies,  E. 

Tar  has  been  employed  in  medicine  from  very  early  times.  It  is 
imported  into  this  country  both  from  the  north  of  Europe  and  from 
North  America.  It  is  prepared  by  submitting  the  roots  and  branches 
of  different  Pine  trees  to  a  smothered  combustion.  The  resinous 
matter  is  melted  and  also  somewhat  altered  by  the  heat,  and  the 
Tar  flows  out  as  a  viscid  and  tenacious  semifluid,  of  a  brownish- 
black  colour,  having  a  bitter,  resinous,  and  a  little  acid  taste,  and  an 
empyreumatic  odour.  It  is  a  very  complex  mixture  of  Resin  and 
Oil  of  Turpentine,  both  somewhat  modified,  and  some  Empyreumatic 
Oil,  Charcoal,  and  Pyroligneous  acid,  with  various  products  of  the 
destructive  distillation  of  the  wood.  By  subjecting  it  to  distillation, 
Oil  of  Tar  and  Pyroligneous  acid  are  obtained,  and  Tar-water  by 
agitating  it  with  water.  Tar  is  soluble  in  Ether,  Alcohol,  and  the 
fixed  and  volatile  oils.  Several  kinds  of  it  yield  Creosote,  Paraffin, 
Eupion,  &c.,  when  the  whole  of  the  liquid  parts  are  evaporated,  and 
Pitch  is  left. 

Action.  Uses.  Tar,  taken  internally,  is  an  Alterative  Stimulant ; 
applied  externally  it  promotes  a  healthy  action  in  indolent  ulcers, 
and  in  some  cutaneous  diseases.  The  vapour  is  sometimes  inhaled 
in  chronic  bronchial  affections. 

AQUA  PICIS  LIQUIDS,  D.     Tar  Water. 

Prep.  Mix  Tar  by  measure  ftij.  with  Aq.  Cj.,  agitating  with  a  wooden  stick  for  | 
hour.  When  the  Pitch  has  subsided,  filter,  and  keep  in  well-stoppered  vessels. 


570  P  I  X    A  R  I  D  A.  [Apetala. 

Motion.  Uses.  Slightly  Stimulant  and  Alterative.  Recommended 
by  Bishop  Berkeley  as  almost  a  panacea :  it  is  now  rarely  used. 

UNGUENTUM  PICIS  LIQUIDS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tar  Ointment. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Tar  ftj.  (^v.  E.  ftss.  D.),  Suet  ftj.  L.  (ftss.  D.  Bees'  Wax  3ij.  E.) 
Express  through  linen,  L.  (a  sieve,  D.  Stir  briskly  while  it  concretes  in  cooling,  E.) 

Action.    Uses.    Stimulant.     Useful  in  Ringworm  and  some  Ulcers. 

Fix  (ARIDA,  E.)  NIGRA,  L.     Pitch. 

Pitch  is  left  after  the  distillation  of  the  liquid  parts  of  the  Tar.  It 
is  well  known  for  its  black  colour  and  firm  texture,  and  consists  of 
many  of  the  same  constituents  as  Tar. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Alterative.  Used  in  Ichthyosis  in 
doses  of  gr.  x. — 3j.  in  pills. 

UNGUENTUM  PICIS  NIGR.E,  L.     Pitch  or  Black  Basilicon  Ointment. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Black  Pitch,  Wax,  Resin,  aa  3ix.,  Olive  Oil  fgxvj.  Express 
through  linen. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  application  to  Porrigo  or  to  indolent 
ulcers. 

[Pix  CANADENSIS,  U.  S.     Canada  Pitch.     Hemlock  Pitch.     The  pre- 
pared concrete  juice  of  the  ABIES  CANADENSIS,  Michaux. 

The  Abies  Canadensis,  or  Hemlock  Spruce,  is  a  large  tree,  attaining 
the  height  of  seventy  or  eighty  feet.  The  leaves  are  six  or  eight 
lines  long,  very  narrow,  flat  and  downy  at  the  time  of  their  expan- 
sion. The  cones  are  a  little  longer  than  the  leaves,  oval  pendulous 
at  the  extremity  of  the  branches. 

This  species  is  a  native  solely  of  North  America,  in  the  most 
northern  portions  of  it.  Hemlock  resin  does  not  flow  from  the  tree 
by  incision,  but  is  the  result  of  spontaneous  exudation,  from  knots  or 
excrescences,  the  heat  of  the  sun  bringing  it  to  the  surface.  It  is 
found  on  dying  trees. 

To  obtain  it  the  trees  are  cut  down  and  barked,  the  bark  is  boiled 
in  water,  and  the  resin  which  is  deposited  rising  to  the  surface  is 
skimmed  off. 

Only  one  tree  in  a  hundred  will  yield  it,  and  the  quantity  obtained 
is  from  six  to  ten  pounds  to  each  tree.  The  resin  is  in  masses  of  a 
brown  or  black  appearance,  soft  at  first  and  then  becoming  brittle. 
It  contains  some  volatile  oil  in  union  with  the  resin.  The  odour  is 
peculiar  and  unlike  turpentine. 

To  purify  it,  the  substance  is  melted  and  strained  through  calico. 

From  its  adhesiveness  and  stimulating  properties,  it  is  a  good  sub- 
stitute for  Burgundy  pitch.  It  is  employed  in  the  same  way  and  for 
similar  purposes.] 

Tribe  Cupressinece. 

Flowers  dioecious,  rarely  monoecious,  upon  different  branches.  Males.  Catkins  axillary 
or  subterminal,  ovate,  small.  Anthers  4 — 7,  1-celled,  inserted  on  the  lower  edge  of  the 


CupressinecB.]  JUNIPERUS.  571 

subpeltate  scales.  Females.  Flowers  few,  in  an  axillary  ovate  catkin,  imbricated,  with 
bracts  at  the  base,  lower  ones  barren.  Scales  3 — 6,  united  at  the  base,  and  containing 
usually  3  ovules,  which  are  erect,  perforated  at  the  apex.  Fruit  a  galbulus,  consisting  of 
the  scales  become  succulent,  and  consolidated  into  a  drupe-like  body.  Seeds  osseous,  tri- 
quetrous. 

JUNIPERUS,  Linn.     Dicecia  Monadelphia,  Linn. 

JUNIPERI  CACUMINA  et  FRUCTUS  (Baccae,  D.),  L.  E.  D.      Tops  and 
Fruits  (Berries)  of  JUNIPERUS  COMMUNIS,  Linn.     (Juniperus,  U.  S.) 

The  Juniper  (aexs^os)  was  employed  by  the  Greeks,  and  subse- 
quently by  the  Arabs,  being  their  abhool.  Species  are  mentioned  in 
the  Bible,  (v.  Bibl  Cycl.) 

The  Juniper  forms  a  bushy  shrub.  Branches  smooth  and  angular  towards  their  extre- 
mities. Leaves  evergreen,  3  in  each  whorl,  crowded,  linear,  subulate,  channeled,  stiff 
and  sharp-pointed,  longer  than  the  galbulus,  of  a  shining  green  colour  on  their  lower  sur- 
face, but  having  a  broad  glaucous  line  along  the  centre  of  the  upper,  which  is  resupi- 
nate.  Flowers  axillary,  sessile,  the  males  discharging  much  yellow  pollen.  Females  on 
a  separate  shrub,  green,  on  scaly  stalks.  The  fruit  ripens  in  the  autumn  of  the  second 
year. — A  native  of  the  northern  parts  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  America. — Nees  von  E.  86. 
St.  and  Ch.  141. 

All  parts  of  this  plant  when  bruised  exhale  a  more  or  less  agree- 
able terebinthinate  odour.  The  wood  is  officinal  on  the  Continent, 
but  the  tops  and  fruits  in  this  country.  The  latter  are  imported  from 
the  north,  but  the  best  come  from  the  south  of  Europe.  They  are 
globular,  marked  with  three  radiating  furrows  at  the  summit  and 
below  by  the  bracts ;  are  of  a  purple-black  colour  with  a  glaucous 
bloom,  and  contain  a  brownish-yellow  pulp.  Their  taste  is  sweetish, 
followed  by  bitterness,  slightly  terebinthinate,  as  is  the  odour,  and 
somewhat  aromatic.  These  properties  are  imparted  partly  to  water 
and  readily  to  Alcohol,  depending  on  the  presence  of  Volatile  Oil  (q. 
v.)  1  per  cent.,  Wax  4,  Resin  10,  Gum  7,  Grape  Sugar  with  salts  of 
Lime,  33-8,  the  remainder  being  Lignin  and  water  =  100. 

Action.  Uses.  Berries  Stimulant,  Diuretic ;  but  seldom  used.  Large- 
ly employed  in  the  manufacture  of  Hollands. 

OLEUM  JUNIPERI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Oil  of  Juniper. 

Oil  obtained  from  the  fruits  (and  other  parts  of  the  plant)  by  dis- 
tillation with  water.  It  is  colourless,  or  of  a  light  green  tinge,  lighter 
than  water,  corresponding  very  closely  (comp.  C10H8)  with  the  Oil 
of  Turpentine,  like  it  little  soluble  in  Alcohol.  It  has  the  odour  of  the 
fruit,  and  a  warm  aromatic  taste. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Diuretic.  Considered  very  certain  in  its 
effects  in  doses  of  rriiv. — TH.VJ.  Its  effects  may  be  assisted  by  combi- 
nation with  Spirit  of  Nitre  and  with  Digitalis.  Hollands  Gin  owes 
its  Diuretic  properties  to  the  presence  of  this  Oil. 

SPIRITUS  JUNIPERI  COMPOSITUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Comp.  Spirit  of  Ju- 
niper. 

Prep.  Macerate  bruised  Juniper  Berries  3xv.  (B>j.  E.  D.),  bruised  Caraways  and 
bruised  Fennel  Seed  aa  3ij.  (3jss.  E.  D.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Cj.  (Ovij.  E.)  Aq.  Oij.  (q.  s.  to 
prevent  empyreuma,  D.)  for  2  days  (24  hours,  D.),  (then  add  the  water,  E.  D.,)  and  with 
a  gentle  heat,  L.  distil  Cj.  (Ovij.  E.) 


572  S  A  B  I  N  A.  [Apetala. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  adjunct  in  doses  of  f  3ij. — f 3iv.  to  Diuretic 
draughts.  May  be  substituted  for  Hollands  in  prescriptions. 

SABINA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Cacumina  recentia  et  exsiccata,  L.  Tops 
E.  both  fresh  and  dried,  L.  Folia,  D.  Leaves  of  JUNIPERUS  SA- 
BINA, Linn.  Savin. 

Savin  is  the  f3ga$vs  of  Dioscorides,  converted  by  the  Arabs  into 
buratee. 

A  small,  bushy,  very  compact  shrub,  disposed  to  spread.  Branches  slender,  completely 
invested  by  the  short  imbricating  leaves.  Leaves  small,  ovate,  convex,  opposite,  decus- 
sate, deeply  imbricated.  Fruit  round,  of  a  bluish-purple,  about  the  size  of  a  currant. — A 
native  of  the  midland  parts  of  Europe,  of  the  mountains  of  the  south  of  Europe,  and  of 
Russia  in  Asia. — Nees  von  E.  87. 

The  whole  plant  exhales  a  strong  fetid  odour,  and  has  an  acrid, 
bitter,  and  disagreeable  taste.  The  officinal  parts  are  the  young 
branches,  which  are  completely  enveloped  in  the  small  imbricated 
leaves,  and  retain  a  portion  only  of  the  properties  of  the  fresh  plant. 
These  are  taken  up  by  Spirit,  fixed  oils,  and  fats,  partially  by  water. 
They  depend  on  the  presence  of  a  Volatile  Oil,  Resin,  Gallic  Acid, 
&c.  A  deep  green  colour  is  formed  on  the  addition  of  a  Sesqui-salt 
of  Iron  to  its  watery  infusion. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  so  as  even  to  be  poisonous.  Sometimes 
used  to  destroy  warts,  and  its  ointment  to  keep  open  issues.  In  small 
doses,  Stimulant,  Diuretic,  and  Emmenagogue.  Often  taken  to  cause 
abortion :  it  can  only  do  so  by  producing  inflammation,  and  thus  de- 
stroy the  mother,  sometimes  without  causing  the  expulsion  of  the 
child.  Dr.  Pereira  recommends  it  as  an  Emmenagogue,  in  the  form 
of  an  infusion  in  64  parts  of  water,  in  doses  of  f  3iv. — f  3j.,  or  the  Vo- 
latile Oil  in  some  mucilaginous  vehicle. 

OLEUM  SABIN^E,  L.  E.  D.     Savin  Oil. 

Obtained,  in  the  proportion  of  about  3  per  cent.,  by  distilling  with  water  the  fresh  tops 
of  the  plant;  is  light  in  colour ;  in  composition  resembles  Oils  of  Juniper  and  of  Turpen- 
tine; has  the  strong  odour  and  the  disagreeable  acrid  taste  of  the  plant. 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  Stimulant.  Emmenagogue  in  doses  of  rr^jj. — 
r%v.  with  Sugar,  gr.  x. — 9j.  or  with  some  mucilaginous  substance. 

CERATTJM  (UNGUENTUM,  D.)  SABINA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Savine  Cerate  or 
Ointment. 

Prep.  Take  bruised  Savin  ftj.  (2  parts,  E.  ftss.  D.),  Hog's  Lard,  ftij.  (4  parts,  E.) 
Wax  (yellow,  D.)  ftss.  (1  part,  E.)  Melt  the  Wax  and  Lard  together,  and  boil  with  the 
leaves  till  crisp.  Strain;  express  through  linen  (after  which  the  D.  C.  directs  the  Wax 
to  be  added,  and  the  whole  melted.) 

[Savine  in  powder  gij.  Resin  Cerate  ftj.  M.   U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Acrid  application  to  keep  open  blistered  surfaces, 
and  the  discharge  from  setons.  But  much  of  the  oil  is  dissipated. 
When  made  in  a  porcelain  vessel  on  a  water  bath,  it  is  of  a  yellow- 
ish-green colour,  efficient,  and  active,  and  will  keep  good  for  a  long 
time.  It  ought  not  to  be  made  in  a  copper  vessel.  P.  J. 


Geraniaceas.]  GERANIUM.  573 

[The  two  following  orders  should  have  been  introduced  under  the  head  of  ThalamifloTa. 

PODOPHYLLE^E,  Liudley. 

Herbs,  with  broad-lobed  leaves,  and  radical  solitary  flowers.  Sepals  3  to  4,  deciduous 
or  persistent  Petals  in  2,  3,  or  more  rows,  each  of  which  is  equal  in  number  to  the  se- 
pals. Stamens  hypogynoua,  12  to  18,  arranged  in  2,  3,  or  more  rows;  anthers  linear, 
oval,  turned  inwards.  Stigma  somewhat  peltate.  Fruit  succulent  or  capsular,  1-celled, 
seeds  indefinite,  embryo  small. 

PODOPHYLLUM,  U.  S.    PoDOPHYLLUM  PELTATE!,  Linn.    The  Root.    Po- 
lyandria  Monogynia. 

May  Apple  is  abundant  throughout  the  United  States, — flourishing 
in  moist  woods  and  shady  situations  along  the  banks  of  rivulets ; 
flowering  in  May. 

Bot,  Char.  Root  large,  horizontal  and  creeping.  Stem  8  to  12  inches  in  height,  naked, 
with  sheathing  stipules  at  base,  dichotomous  at  the  summit,  dividing  into  2  petioles,  2 — 4 
inches  in  length,  each  bearing  a  peltate  leaf.  Leaf  large,  hanging,  divided  into  5  or  7 
lobes,  cuneate  oblong  and  bifid  at  the  apex.  Flower  solitary  in  the  axil  of  the  petioles, 
white,  peduncle  recurved.  Fruit  an  oval  berry,  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  yellowish,  succu- 
lent, with  a  sweet,  not  agreeable  taste. 

In  the  dried  state,  the  root  is  found  in  the  shops  in  pieces,  as  thick 
as  a  quill,  knotty  and  swollen  at  intervals,  with  the  remains  of  the 
radicles ;  corrugated  and  wrinkled ;  of  a  deep  brown  colour  exter- 
nally, internally  dingy  white.  Fracture  short.  Odour  in  powder 
like  Ipecacuanha.  Taste  sweetish  and  bitter.  It  contains  resin, 
starch,  and  a  peculiar  principle,  which  is  crystallizable.  (PODOPHYL- 
LUM, Hodgson.) 

Action.  Uses.  Active  Hydrogogue  cathartic,  in  large  quantities 
producing  tormina  and  hypercatharsis.  Resembling  Jalap  in  opera- 
tion, it  is  used  in  inflammatory  cases.  Sometimes  combined  with 
calomel  or  cremor  tartar. 

The  leaves  are  also  active. 

D.  gr.  x.  to  xx. 

ExTRACTUM  PoDOPHYLLI,  U.  S. 
Prep.    Made  as  Ext.  Jalapa,  q.  v. 
D.   gr.  X.  to  XV. 

GERANIACE^E,  Decand.     Lindley. 

Sepals  5,  persistent,  more  or  less  unequal,  with  an  imbricate  sstivation ;  sometimes 
saccate  or  spurred  at  the  base.  Petals  5,  (or  by  abortion  4,  rarely  none,)  unguiculate. 
Stamens  usually  monadelphous,  hypogynous,  twice  or  thrice  as  many  as  the  petals. 
Ovary  of  5  pieces,  placed  round  an  elevated  axis,  each  1-celled,  1-seeded  ;  ovules  pendu- 
lous,  styles  5,  cohering  round  the  axis,  having  a  membranous  pericarp,  and  terminated  by 
an  indurated  style,  which  finally  twists  and  carries  the  pericarp  along  with  it.  Seeds  so- 
litary, pendulous;  albumen  round,  embryo  curved,  radicle  pointing  to  the  base  of  the  cell ; 
cotyledons  foliaceous,  convolute  and  plaited. 

Herbs  or  shrubs.  Stems  tumid  and  separate  at  the  joint.  Leaves 
opposite  or  alternate. 

GERANIUM,  U.  S.     GERANIUM  MACULATUM.     The  Root.     Monadelphia 
Decandria. 

The  Spotted  Geranium,  or  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  Crowfoot  and 


574  COCOA-NUT,   PALM   OIL,   ETC.  [Endogenas. 

Crane's  bill,  is  common  throughout  the  United  States,  growing  in 
hedges  and  on  the  borders  of  damp  woods.     It  flowers  in  May. 

Bot.  Char.  Root  perennial  and  horizontal,  irregular  and  gibbous,  leaves  mostly  radical, 
reflexed,  lobate.  Stems  round  and  dichotomously  branched.  Flowers  in  twos.  Petals 
5,  lilac-coloured ;  stamens  10,  glandular  at  base,  germs  ovate.  Style  persistent  and  elon- 
gated. Capsule  with  five  seeds. 

The  dried  root  is  in  pieces  an  inch  or  two  long,  and  three  or  four 
lines  thick,  corrugated,  wrinkled  and  rough,  with  a  few  fibres.  Ex- 
ternally brown,  internally  dingy  white.  It  breaks  with  a  short  frac- 
ture. Odour  feeble.  Taste  astringent  and  bitter.  Powder  gray. 

It  contains  Gallic  acid,  tannin,  mucilage,  amidin,  red  colouring 
matter,  resin,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  An  astringent  of  some  power.  Used  in  hemorrha- 
gies,  bowel  complaints,  to  ulcerated  surfaces,  and  discharges  of  pus, 
from  the  mucous  surface. 

D.  gr.  x.  to  xxx. 

Decoction  made  in  the  proportion  of  3j.  to  Oj.  and  boiling  a  few 
minutes. 

D.  f3i.  to  f3ij. 

Infusion.  As  decoction.] 


II.  MONOCOTYLEDONES  w*  ENDOGEWE. 

Monocotyledons  are  so  called  from  having  a  single  cotyledon,  or,  if  more  than  one,  ar- 
ranged alternately.  They  are  also  called  Endogens  in  consequence  of  growing  by  addi- 
tions to  their  centre.  They  are  sometimes  divided  into  groups,  according  as  they  have 
the  ovary  free  or  superior,  as  in  the  families  from  Palma  to  Smilace<B ;  or  adherent  to 
the  perianth,  or  inferior,  as  in  the  families  from  Orchidea  to  Iridea ;  and  into  the  Glu- 
males,  or  those  with  a  chaffy  perianth. 

PALMJE,  Juss.     Palms. 

Stem  simple,  rarely  forked.  Leaves  terminal,  very  large,  pinnate  or  flabelliform,  plaited 
in  vernation.  Spadix  inclosed  in  a  valved  spatlie.  Flowers  small,  hermaphrodite,  or  po- 
lygamous. Perianth  6-parted,  persistent.  Stamens  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  perianth, 
definite  or  indefinite.  Ovary  3-celled,  or  deeply  3-lobed,  with  an  erect  ovule.  Fruit  bac- 
cate or  drupaceous.  Albumen  cartilaginous  or  fleshy.  Embryo  in  a  cavity  at  a  distance 
from  the  hilum.  (Lindley.) 

Palms  by  Linnaeus  were  styled  the  Princes  of  the  vegetable  kingdom.  It  has  been 
said  that  Flour,  Sugar,  Oil,  Wax,  and  Wines  are  all  yielded  by  the  family  of  Palms,  as 
well  as  thread,  utensils,  timber  for  habitations  and  leaves  for  thatching. — They  inhabit 
chiefly  the  tropical  parts  of  the  world,  though  a  few  extend  to  higher  latitudes. 

Pkosnix  dactylifera  is  the  Date  tree,  affording  Dates  as  the  chief 
article  of  diet  to  thousands  of  Arabs  and  Africans,  and  which  are  im- 
ported here  as  an  article  for  the  dessert. 

Phoenix  syhestris  in  India  and  Arenga  saccharifera  in  Java  yield 
large  quantities  of  Sugar  by  the  simple  evaporation  of  their  sap. 

Cocos  nucifera,  the  Cocoa  Nut  Palm,  one  of  the  most  useful  trees, 
is  valuable  on  account  of  the  kernel  of  its  fruit,  (mentioned  by  Avi- 
cenna  as  the  Indian  Nut,)  which  is  not  only  edible,  but  yields  large 
quantities  of  Oil. 


Palmee.]  SAGO.  575 

Elais  guineensis  and  melanococca  yield  the  immense  quantities  of 
Palm  Oil  which  is  imported  from  the  west  coast  of  Africa.  The  Oil 
is  obtained  by  bruising  the  fleshy  part  of  the  fruit.  It  has  a  solid 
consistence,  is  of  an  orange-yellow  colour,  and  rather  a  grateful  odour. 
It  consists  of  about  30  parts  of  Stearine  and  70  of  Elaine,  besides 
the  principles  which  give  it  odour  and  colour.  It  is  emollient,  and 
sometimes  used  as  an  embrocation  to  spasms  and  bruises ;  but  its 
chief  employment  is  for  making  soap.  The  E.  C.  in  their  last  Phar- 
macopceia  erroneously  indicated  the  Cocos  butyracea,  a  South  Ame- 
rican Palm,  as  the  source  of  Palm  Oil. 

ARECA  CATECHU,  Linn.  E.  The  Catechu  or  Betle  Nut  Palm,  foful  of 
the  Arabs,  receives  its  specific  name  from  a  kind  of  Catechu  being 
made  from  its  seeds,  which,  being  boiled  down,  yield  an  astringent 
Extract,  from  the  large  quantity  of  Tannin  which  they  contain.  On 
this  account  the  tree  is  mentioned  in  the  E.  P.  as  one  of  the  sources 
of  Catechu;  but  it  does  not  seem 'probable  that  any  of  this  Catechu 
reaches  Europe  (v.  p.  344),  for  Catechu  is  one  of  the  regular  imports 
into  the  ports  of  the  Madras  Presidency.  The  seeds  or  nuts  are, 
however,  always  in  demand,  and  are  an  extensive  article  of  com- 
merce, because  they  form  one  of  the  ingredients  of  the  celebrated 
masticatory  of  the  East,  called  Pan  or  Betle.  (v.  p.  542.)  They  are 
sometimes  sold  cut  into  transverse  slices. 

Calamus  Draco,  Willd.,  is  one  of  the  species  which  yields  the  red- 
dish resinous  substance  known  as  Dragon's-blood  (the  dum-al-akhwain 
of  the  Arabs).  It  is  only  used  for  colouring. 

Ceroxylon,  now  Iriartea  andicola,  yields  wax,  as  does  another 
Palm,  called  Carnauba  in  Brazil. 

SAGUS  RUMPHII,  Willd.  L.  (the  Sagus  spinosus  of  Humph.  Herb. 
Amb.  i.  p.  75)  is  made  officinal  in  the  L.  P.  as  the  plant  yielding 
Sago,  which  is  described  as  Medulla  Fcscula ;  but  Endogens  have  no 
proper  pith.  In  the  E.  P.  it  is  said  to  be  the  Farina  from  the  interior 
of  the 'trunk  of  various  Palms  and  species  of  Cycas. 

The  Malays  are  said  to  prefer  the  Sago  of  this  tree  (Sagus  Rum- 
phii).  Dr.  Roxburgh  states  that  the  granulated  Sago  is  made  from 
Sagus  (inermis,  Roxb.)  l&vis,  Jack.  Blume  states  it  to  be  produced 
by  Sagus  Icevis  and  S.  genuina.  The  Saguerus  saccharifer  also, 
(called  likewise  S.  Rumphii,  and  Jlrenga  saccharifera,)  when  ex- 
hausted of  its  saccharine  sap,  yields  Sago  of  good  quality.  Caryota 
urens  and  Ph&nix  farinifera  also  yield  a  Sago-like  farina  in  India. 
It  is,  therefore,  difficult  to  select  one  as  the  sole  officinal  species. 
Sago  is  also  said  to  be  produced  by  species  of  Cycas,  but  the  state- 
ment has  never  been  properly  confirmed.  Some  Zamias  are  said  to 
yield  one  kind  of  Arrow-root  in  the  West  Indies. 

Sago  is  imported  chiefly  from  the  Moluccas  and  from  Singapore ; 
but  it  is  first  imported  into  the  latter  place  in  very  large  quantities 
for  granulation  and  re-exportation.  It  is  first  obtained  by  cutting  and 
splitting  the  stem,  washing  and  stirring  it  up  with  water,  when  the 
fecula  becomes  suspended,  and  is  passed  through  a  sieve.  The  fecula 


A  L  L  I  U  M.  [Endogetue. 

then  subsides,  and  forms  a  powder  like -Arrow-root,  but  of  a  dirty- 
white  colour,  or  Meal  Sago,  of  which  500  or  600  Ibs.  may  be  yielded 
by  a  single  tree.  It  is  in  this  state  imported  in  large  quantities  into 
Singapore,  as  has  been  related  by  Mr.  Crawford  and  Mr.  Bennett. 
It  seems  to  be  first  made  into  a  paste  with  water,  and  then,  granula- 
ting in  drying,  is  rubbed  into  Sago  of  different  sizes ;  but  the  pro- 
cesses are  not  well  ascertained.  Common  Sago  was  formerly  of  the 
size  of  Coriander  Seeds,  but  unequal,  and  of  a  reddish  or  brownish- 
white  colour,  and  mixed  with  some  of  the  meal.  It  is  formed  of  the 
Starch-globules  of  the  meal  aggregated  together,  but  unbroken.  The 
Chinese  settled  at  Singapore,  some  time  since,  introduced  methods  of 
refining  and  producing  it  in  much  smaller  grains,  which  was  first 
distributed  by  Mr.  W.  Johnson.  This  is  now  called  Pearl  Sago,  and 
is  in  small  grains  about  the  size  of  a  pin's  head,  hard,  whitish,  with  a 
pearly  lustre,  sometimes  even  translucent,  without  odour,  and  with 
very  little  taste.  This  kind  is  sometimes  bleached,  and  has  been  sub- 
jected to  heat,  as  the  starch-globules  are  ruptured,  so  that  even  in  cold 
water  Iodine  produces  a  blue  colour  with  this  Saga 

M.  Planche  has  arranged  the  Sagos  of  commerce  under  six  dif- 
ferent heads,  according  to  the  places  whence  they  are  procured.  M. 
Guibourt  arranges  them  all  under  three  heads.  1.  Uncut  Sago.  2. 
Seed  Sago.  3.  Tapioca  Sago,  which  is  the  same  as  Pearl  Sago. 
The  unbroken  grains  of  Sago  are  more  or  less  of  an  ovoid  form,  but 
most  appear  as  if  truncated  or  muller-shaped.  An  imitation  of  Sago 
is  made  with  Potato-Starch  near  Paris. 

Sago  is  insoluble  in  cold  water,  but  by  long  boiling  becomes  soft, 
and  then  transparent,  and  ultimately  forms  a  gelatinous  solution, 
which  in  all  essentials  corresponds  with  Starch. 

Action.  Uses.  Sago  is  Nutrient  and  Demulcent,  and  well  suited 
for  invalids. 

LILIACE^E,  Dec.    Lilyworts. 

Plants  with  fibrous  or  fasciculate  roots.  Stem  either  wanting  or  formed  of  sheaths  of 
leaves  (a  bulb),  or  tuberous,  creeping,  or  arborescent ;  simple  or  branched  at  the  apex, 
leafy  or  leafless,  scape-like.  Leaves  simple,  very  entire,  sheathing  at  the  base  or  sessile, 
often  linear,  with  parallel  veins.  Flowers  complete,  usually  terminal,  with  scarious  or 
spathe-like  bracts,  regular,  occasionally  sub-irregular.  Perianth  inferior,  petaloid,  6-leafed, 
in  2  rows,  distinct  or  united  below  into  a  tube,  and  6-fid  above.  Stamens  6,  inserted  into 
the  receptacle  or  into  base  of  perianth,  seldom  3 ;  anthers  opening  inwards.  Ovary  3. 
celled  ;  ovules  in  2  rows,  affixed  to  the  central  angle.  Stigmas  3-sided  or  3-lobed.  Fruit 
3-celled,  sometimes  a  berry.  Embryo  straight,  within  a  fleshy  albumen. 

The  Liliaceae  as  at  present  constituted  include  several  groups,  which  are  often  treated 
of  as  distinct  families,  as  Tulipea:,  including  Lilium  candidum,  at  one  time  officinal 
chiefly  as  a  demulcent ;  Hemerocallidea ;  Asphodeleae,  including  Allium,  Scilla ;  Aloinete, 
the  Aloe  plants,  AsparaptG,  and  others  (».  Lindl.  Veg.  King.  p.  200.) — The  true  Lilies  are 
allied  to  Palms,  also  to  Melanthacete,  and  to  AmaryllidetB.  They  are  widely  diffused,  but 
are  chiefly  found  in  temperate  climates. 

ALLIUM,  Linn.     Hexandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

Flowers  umbellate,  with  a  spathe  of  1  or  2  leaves.  Perianth  6-parted,  spreading 
or  campanulate.  Stamens  6,  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  perianth;  filaments  simple 
or  tricuspidate ;  anthers  incumbent.  Ovary  3-celled.  Style  filiform.  Stigma  simple. 
Capsule  commonly  bluntly  3-cornered  or  3-lobed,  depressed  at  the  apex,  3-celled,  bursting 
into  3  valves  through  the  dissepiments.  Seeds  solitary  or  2  in  each  cell,  affixed  to  the  base, 
black,  compressed,  angular.  Embryo  falcate,  placed  out  of  the  centre. 


LiliacecB.]  S  C  I  L  L  A.  577 

ALLIUM  SATIVCM,  Linn.     Bulbus,  L.  D.     Bulb,  E.  of  the  Common 
Garlic.     [ALLIUM,  U.  S.] 

Garlic  is  the  tfxo^ov  of  the  Greeks,  Som  of  the  Arabs,  and  Shumim 
of  Numbers,  xi.  12.  It  has  been  used  as  an  article  of  diet  and  like- 
wise in  medicine  from  very  early  times. 

Bulbs  clustered,  several  enveloped  in  the  same  silvery  skin.  Stem  about  2  feet  high, 
leafy  below  the  middle.  Leaves  glaucous,  distichous,  channelled  above,  obscurely  keeled, 
acute.  Spathe  single,  calyptriform,  horned.  Umbels  bulbiferous.  Flowers,  if  any,  pink, 
red,  or  whitish,  rather  larger  than  the  stamens.  (Lind.)  —  Cultivated  from  early  times  in 
the  East,  and  now  in  all  gardens.  Its  native  country  unknown.  —  St.  and  Ch.  111. 

ALLIUM  CEPA,  Linn.     Bulbus,  D.     The  Bulb  of  the  Common  Onion. 

The  Onion  is  the  XPO^WOV  of  the  Greeks,  Bust  of  the  Arabs,  and  the 
Betzulim  of  Numbers,  xi.  12. 

Biennial.  Bulb  simple,  roundish,  invested  with  shining,  thin,  dry  membrane.  Stem 
1  —  3  feet  high,  fistular,  leafy,  and  often  ventricose  at  the  base.  Leaves  glaucous,  disti- 
chous, fistular,  terete-acute,  shorter  than  the  stem.  Spathe  reflexed.  Umbels  large,  regu- 
lar, globose,  many-flowered,  not  bulbiferous.  Flowers  whitish  or  greenish,  the  segments 
with  a  green  keel,  linear-elliptic,  obtuse,  shorter  than  the  stamens.—  Cultivated  in  gardens 
in  Europe  ;  flowers  in  July.  Probably  a  native  of  the  Persian  region.  —  Fl.  Greeca,  t.  326. 

PORRUM,  L.     Bulbus,  L.     Bulb  of  ALLIUM  PORRUM,  Linn.    The  Leek. 


The  Leek  is  the  ^arfov  x^tfaiov  of  the  Greeks,  Karros  of  the  Arabs, 
and  the  Chatzir  of  Numbers,  xi.  12. 

Bulb  oblong,  simple.  Stem  2  —  4  feet,  round,  leafy  below  the  middle.  Leaves  subop- 
posite,  keeled,  linear-lanceolate,  glaucous,  1  to  2  feet  long,  1  to  2  inches  broad  at  the  base, 
tapering  and  acute  at  the  apex,  with  the  keels  and  margins  subserrulate.  Spathe  single, 
calyptriform,  horned.  Umbel  large,  globose.  Pedicels  filiform,  1  —  2  inches  long.  Peri- 
anth slightly  purplish,  or  greenish-white,  half-spreading  ;  segments  oblong;  keel  green. 
Stamens  a  little  longer  than  the  perianth,  the  alternate  ones  tricuspidate  ;  the  lateral  ap- 
pendages filamentous.  —  Cultivated  in  the  East  from  the  earliest  ages,  and  introduced  into 
Europe.—  Blackwell,  Ic.  421. 

The  Garlic,  Onion,  and  Leek  are  so  well  known  as  articles  of  diet, 
or  rather  as  condiments,  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  dwell  long  on  their 
properties,  which  indeed  are  so  similar  that  it  does  not  seem  neces- 
sary that  more  than  one  of  them  should  be  retained  in  the  Pharma- 
copeias. The  Leek  has  been  considered  Diuretic  and  Expectorant  : 
as  an  article  of  diet,  it  is  rather  indigestible,  and  apt  to  cause  flatu- 
lence. The  Onion  is  possessed  of  similar  properties,  but  is  somewhat 
more  powerful,  though  less  so  than  the  Garlic.  In  its  roasted  or 
boiled  state  it  is  occasionally  applied  as  a  poultice  to  suppurating  tu- 
mours or  to  sluggish  ulcers.  The  Garlic,  when  applied  externally, 
will  act  as  a  Rubefacient  ;  taken  internally,  it  acts  as  a  Stimulant, 
and  being  absorbed,  as  an  Expectorant  and  Diuretic,  producing  at  the 
same  time  a  disagreeable  odour  in  the  breath.  It  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed as  an  Anthelmintic  in  Ascarides. 

SCILLA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Bulbus  recens,  L.  D.  Bulb,  E.  of  SQUILLA 
MARITIMA,  Steinhill,  E.  (Scilla  maritima,  Linn.),  L.  D.  The  offi- 
cinal Squill. 

The  Squill  (IxiXXa)  was  employed  by  the  ancient  Greeks.    The 

37 


578  S  C  I  L  L  A.  [Endogena. 

Asiatics  substitute  for  it  an  allied  species,  Squilla  indica,  to  which 
they  apply  the  name  of  iskeel.  From  the  difference  in  character  of 
this  from 'the  ordinary  species  of  Scilla,  M.  Steinhill  formed  it  into 
the  genus  Squilla. 

Bulb  roundish-ovate,  very  large,  half  above  ground ;  integuments  greenish  or  reddish. 
Leaves  all  radical,  appearing  after  the  flowers,  spreading,  large,  rather  fleshy,  broad,  lan- 
ceolate, channelled,  recurved.  Scape  from  2  to  4  feet  high,  rising  from  the  centre  of  the 
leaves,  simple,  cylindrical,  terminated  by  a  long,  dense,  ovate  raceme  of  flowers  with  long 
bracts.  Flowers  of  a  pale  yellowish-green  colour.  Sepals  3,  coloured,  spreading.  Petals 
very  like  them,  and  scarcely  broader.  Stamens  6,  shorter  than  the  perianth ;  filaments 
smooth,  somewhat  dilated  at  the  base,  acuminate,  entire ;  anthers  yellow.  Ovary  3-parted 
with  3  nectariferous  glands  at  the  apex.  Style  smooth,  simple.  Stigma  obscurely  3-lobed, 
papillose.  Capsule  rounded,  3-cornered,  3-celled.  Seeds  numerous,  in  2  rows,  flattened, 
winged,  with  a  membranous  testa.  (Lindley.) — Native  of  both  the  north  and  of  the  south 
sides  of  the  Mediterranean  and  of  the  Levant.  Flowers  about  August. — B.  M.  t  918. 
Nees  von  E.  55.  St.  and  Ch.  153. 

The  Squill  Bulb  is  formed  of  scales  applied  over  each  other,  of 
which  the  external  ones  are  dry,  membranous,  and  often  coloured  ; 
the  inner  are  colourless,  thicker,  and  full  of  acrid  viscid  juice.  It  is 
sometimes  imported  in  its  entire  state,  packed  in  sand ;  the  average 
weight  is  from  half  a  pound  to  four,  but  occasionally  ten  pounds  in 
weight,  and  as  large  as  a  child's  head.  But  being  in  this  state  very 
retentive  of  moisture  and  of  life,  it  is  directed  in  the  L.  P.  to  be,  like 
Colchicum,  preserved  in  dry  sand,  and  before  drying,  the  dry  outer 
coats  are  to  be  removed,  and  the  others  cut  into  transverse  narrow 
strips,  and  dried  with  moderate  heat.  Squill  is,  however,  usually 
imported  in  this  state,  the  pieces  being  white  or  yellowish- white,  often 
contorted,  translucent,  of  a  mucilaginous  and  bitter  taste,  at  first 
rather  tough,  but  when  quite  dry,  brittle  enough  to  be  powdered. 
Many  spiral  vessels  may  be  detected  in  these  scales,  as  well  as  nu- 
merous acicular  raphides,  the  Pulvis  Settles  containing  9  or  10  per 
cent,  of  these  crystals,  (p.)  Analyzed,  Squill  contains  of  moisture 
|ths,  Gum,  uncrystallizable  Sugar,  traces  of  Tannin,  Phosphate  of 
Lime,  Lignin,  and  a  bitter  resinous  Extractive,  from  which  a  peculiar 
principle  called  Scillitine  has  been  extracted.  This  is  crystalline, 
capable  of  neutralizing  alkalies,  moderately  soluble  in  Alcohol,  but  in- 
soluble in  water ;  bitter,  but  not  acrid.  The  properties  apparently 
depend  upon  this,  perhaps  partly  upon  an  acrid  volatile  matter.  They 
may  be  extracted  by  Alcohol,  Spirits,  and  by  Vinegar. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison.  In  small  doses,  Expectorant,  Diu- 
retic ;  and  in  larger,  Emetic  and  Cathartic.  Used  as  an  Expecto- 
rant in  chronic  Catarrh ;  as  a  Diuretic  in  general  Dropsy,  especially 
when  there  is  a  deficiency  of  tone.  Its  effects  may  be  increased  by 
combination  with  other  Diuretics  and  Expectorants. 

PULVIS  SCILLA,  D.     Squill  Powder. 

Prep.  Take  off  the  membranous  integument  from  the  bulb  of  the  Squill,  cut  it  into 
transverse  slices,  and  dry  it  with  a  moderate  heat,  powder  it,  and  keep  it  in  stoppered 
glass  phials. 

Action.  Uses.  Expectorant  and  Diuretic  in  doses  of  gr.  j. — gr.  iij. 
Emetic  gr.  x. — gr.  xv. 


Liliaceas.]  S  C  I  L  L  A.  579 

PILULE  SCILL^E  (E.)  COMPOSITE,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Compound  Squill  Pill. 

Prep.  Mix/resA  dried  Squill  in  powder  3j.  (5  parts,  E.)  with  powdered  Ginger  (3iij. 
D.)  and  Ammoniacum  (3ij-  D.)  aa  3ij.  (aa  4  parts,  E.)  Then  rub  up  with  Soap  3iij.  (4  parts, 
and  Conserve  of  Red  Roses  2  parts,  beat  into  a  uniform  mass  and  divide  into  5  gr.  pills, 
E.)  Add  Syrup  (Molasses,  D.)  q.  s.  to  obtain  the  proper  consistence,  L.  D. 

Action.  Uses.     Expectorant  in  doses  of  gr.  v. — gr.  xv. 
ACETUM  SCILL^E,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Vinegar  of  Squill. 

Prep.  Macerate  fresh  dried  and  cut  Sqvill  3xv.  (^v.  E.  fess.  D.)  in  distilled  Vinegar 
Ovj.  (Oij.  E.  by  measure  ftiij.  D.)  in  a  covered  glass  vessel  with  the  aid  of  gentle  heat 
(continually  agitating,  D.)  for  24  hours  (7  days,  E.  D.)  Express  strongly,  strain  to  sepa- 
rate the  dregs,  and  add  Proof  Spirit  Oss.  (f3iij.  E.)  (Rectified  Spirit  by  measure  3iv.  D.) 
This  might,  like  the  Tincture,  be  prepared  by  percolation. 

[U.  S.  Squill  bruised  giv.  Distilled  Vinegar  Oij.  Alcohol  fgi.  Proceed  as  directed  by 
D.  or  by  displacement.] 

Action.    Uses.     Expectorant  and  Diuretic  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3j. 

OXYMEL  (SYRUPUS,  E.)  SCILL.E,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Oxymel  of  Squill. 

Prep.  Take  Honey  (Sugar  ftvij.  E.)  ftiij.  (by  weight,  D.)  and  Vinegar  of  Squill  Ojss. 
(Oiij.  E.  by  measure  ftij.  D.)  Boil  in  a  glass  vessel,  over  a  slow  fire  (agitating,  E.),  to 
the  proper  consistence. 

[R. — Honey  despumated  ftiij.  Vinegar  of  Squill  Oij.,  as  above.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  These  preparations,  though  differently  named,  are 
very  similar  to  each  other,  and  the  Honey  of  the  one  has  probably 
little  advantage  over  the  Sugar  of  the  other.  Expectorant  in  doses 
of  f  3j. — f  3ij.  Sometimes  used  as  an  Emetic  for  children  in  doses 
of  f3j. 

[SYRUPUS  SCILL.E,  U.  S.     Syrup  of  Squill. 

Prep.  R. —  Vinegar  of  Squill  a  pint.  Sugar  two  pounds.  Add  the  sugar  and  proceed 
as  for  syrup.  This  preparation  is  used  in  place  of  the  preceding  as  an  emetic  expecto- 
rant. 

D.  3ss.  to  3ij. 

SVRUPUS  SCILL.E  COMPOSITUS,  U.  S.     Compound  Syrup  of  Squill. 

Prep.  R. — Squill  bruised,  Senega  bruised,  each,  giv.  Tartrate  of  Anlim.  and  Pot.  gr. 
xlviii.  Water  Oiv.  Sugar  ftiijss.  Pour  the  water  upon  the  squill  and  senega,  and  having 
boiled  to  one  half,  strain  and  add  the  sugar;  then  evaporate  to  Oiij.,  and  while  the  syrup 
is  still  hot,  dissolve  in  it  the  Tartrate  of  Ant.  and  Pot  Or  by  displacement. 

This  is  a  modification  of  the  formula  for  Coxe's  Hive  Syrup. 
D.  n*x.  to  3j.] 

TINCTURA  SCILL^E,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  Squill. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14,  L.  (7,  D.)  days  dried  slices  of  the  fresh  bulb  nfScilla  maritima 
gv.  (3iv.  D.)  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.)  Strain.  (Or  prepare  by  percolation, 
but  without  pdcking  the  pulp  firmly  in  the  percolator,  E.) 

Action.    Uses.     Expectorant  and  Diuretic  in  doses  of  rtix. — f3ss. 

ALOE,  L.  Inspissated  Juice  of  the  Leaves  of  Aloe  spicata,  Dec.  L. 
ALOE  SOCOTORINA,  E.  D.,  of  Aloe  spicata,  Persoon,  D.  ALOE 
BARBADENSIS,  E.  ALOE  (indica,  E.)  HEPATICA,  D.  Inspissated  Juice 


580  SPECIES    OF    ALOE.  [Liliacea. 

of  J\.  vulgaris,  Dec.  D.     The  E.  C.  refers  these  different  Aloes  to 
one  or  more  undetermined  species  of  Aloe. 

The  word  Aloe,  in  our  translation  of  the  Bible,  is  confounded  with 
ahila,  or  Eagle-  wood.  (v.  Ahalim,  Bibl.  Cycl.)  Aloes  were  known 
to  Dioscorides,  to  Galen,  and  to  Celsus.  The  Arabs  describe  three 
kinds,  Socotrine,  Arabic,  and  Semegenic.  The  Indo-Persian  writers 
give  Sibr,  or  Sibbur,  as  its  Arabic,  and  bol-seah  (black  Myrrh)  as  its 
Persian  name.  The  Hindoo  elwa  is  very  similar  to  the  word  Aloe, 
and  the  Greek  fekra  which  the  Arabs  quote  seems  to  be  derived  from 


It  is  still  imported  from  Socotra  (Wellsted)  and  from  the  east  coast 
of  Africa,  as  Melinda,  &c.  Dr.  Malcolmson  writes  from  Aden,  that, 
"besides  the  island  of  Socotra,  it  is  produced  in  almost  every  part  of 
Yemen.  Small  quantities  are  also  brought  from  Abyssinia.  That 
supplied  by  Arabia  is  principally  exported  from  Maculla.  It  is  much 
superior  to  the  other  Arabian  Aloes,  but  greatly  inferior  to  that  of 
Socotra."  Some  is  prepared  in  India.  Dr.  Falconer  has  ascertained, 
as  the  author  had  also  heard,  that  it  is  manufactured  from  the  Aloe 
indica,  in  the  country  between  the  Jumna  and  Sutlej.  A  little  is  pro- 
duced in  Guzerat  ;  but  it  is  largely  imported  into  Bombay.  The  late 
Dr.  Malcolmson  informed  the  author  that  in  Madras  they  obtained 
their  Aloes  from  Bombay,  and  found  an  extract  of  it  of  excellent 
quality  for  hospital  use,  and  inferior  kinds  from  Salem  and  Trichino- 
poly,  both  to  the  southward  of  Madras.  Aloes  are,  moreover,  ob- 
tained from  the  West  Indies,  and  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

ALOE,  Linn.     Aloe. 

Succulent  plants,  with  spiked  inflorescence.  Perianth  tubular,  6-cleft,  sometimes  so 
deeply  divided  as  to  appear  6-petaled,  converging  below  into  a  tube,  with  the  limb  regu- 
lar, spreading,  or  recurved,  somewhat  fleshy,  nectariferous  at  the  base  ;  segments  ligulate, 
the  interior  equal  to  or  larger  than  the  exterior,  and  imbricate.  Stamens  hypogynous, 
ascending,  as  long  as  the  tube,  or  projecting  beyond  it.  Style  as  long  or  almost  wanting, 
3-furrowed.  Stigma  simple  or  triple,  minute,  and  replicate.  Capsule  membranous,  sca- 
rious,  obtusely  or  acutely  triangular,  3-celled,  3-valved  ;  valves  bearing  the  septa  in  the 
middle.  Seeds  numerous,  in  two  rows,  roundish,  flattened,  or  3-cornered,  winged  or  an- 
gled. 

Aloes  is  the  bitter  proper  juice  inspissated  of  several  species  of  Aloe. 
It  is  contained  in  the  vessels  lying  under  the  epidermis  of  their  fleshy 
leaves,  the  interior  being  filled  with  much  watery  colourless  sap.  In 
many  cases  the  leaves  are  cut  into  pieces  and  boiled  with  water,  so 
as  to  form  an  extract  rather  than  an  inspissated  juice  ;  but  both  kinds 
are  sold  under  the  same  name.  That  of  commerce  being  derived 
from  a  variety  of  sources,  is  necessarily  produced  by  different  species. 
The  Asiatic  species,  with  those  of  Abyssinia  and  Socotra,  are  enu- 
merated in  the  author's  Illustr.  of  HimaL  Bot.  p.  389.  The  following 
may  be  referred  to,  until  more  accurate  information  is  available  re- 
specting the  African  and  Arabian  species. 

ALOE  RUBESCENS,  Dec.  Stem  suffruticose.  Leaves  amplexicaul,  spreading,  thorny  at 
the  margin.  Peduncle  compressed,  branched.  Branches  sub-bracteate.  —  PI.  grass.  1.  15. 
A  native  of  Arabia. 

A.  BARBADENSIS,  Mill.    Stem  somewhat  shrubby,  offshoots  from   the   root.     Leaves 


Liliacea.]  SPECIES    OF    ALOE.  581 

sword-shaped,  sinuato-serrate.  Corol  yellow.  Var.  of  A.  vulgaris,  Nees  von  E.  50. — 
South  of  Europe,  perhaps  in  the  Peninsula  of  India.  (Rheede,  ii.  t.  3.)  Introduced  into 
the  West  Indies. 

A.  ABYSSJNICA,  Lam.  Subcaulescent.  Leaves  long  and  lanceolate,  rather  erect,  hard, 
of  a  deep  green  colour,  rather  concave  above;  margin  sinuato-dentate,  reddish,  flawers  of 
a  greenish-yellow.  Var.  of  A.  vulgaris,  Linn. — Abyssinia. 

A.  SOCOTRINA,  Lam.  Stem  shrubby,  thick,  dichotomous.  Leaves  ensiform,  greenish, 
incurved  towards  the  apex,  with  the  marginal  serratures  small,  white,  and  numerous. 
Flowers  scarlet  at  the  base,  pale  in  the  middle,  green  at  the  point. — Nees  von  E.  50.  St. 
and  Ch.  110. 

A.  ARABICA.  Lam.    A.  variegata,  Forsk.     With  spotted  leaves. 

A.  SPICATA,  Thunb.  Caulescent.  Leaves  flat,  ensiform,  dentate.  Flowers  spiked, 
campanulate,  horizontal. — Interior  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  probably  yields  some  Cape 
Aloes. 

"Ex  hujus  succo  optima  gummi  resina  aloes  paratur:  ex  reliquis  speciebus  vilior." 
Linn.JlL  But,  as  Dr.  Pereira  has  been  informed,  all  species  of  Aloe  at  the  Cape  are  in- 
discriminately used. 

Dr.  Chrislison  remarks  it  as  probable  that  A.  lingu&formis  of  Thunberg,  and  A,  Com- 
melini  of  Willdenow  likewise  yield  some  Aloes. 

ALOE  INDICA,  Royle.  A  low  plant,  with  spikes  of  red  flowers,  which  grows  in  dry  bar- 
ren places  in  N.  W.  India.  This,  if  known  to  Roxburgh,  was  probably  included  by  him 
in  A.  perfoliata.  Col.  Sykes  has  a  species  from  the  Deccan  also  with  red  flowers. 

The  Aloes  in  common  use  are  the  Socotrine,  Hepatic,  (under  which 
terms  seem  to  be  included  the  Aloes  exported  from  Bombay,  and 
which  is  no  doubt  the  produce  of  Arabia  and  of  Africa ;)  also  Barba- 
does  Aloes,  and  that  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Socotrine  Aloes  is  distinguished  by  being  of  a  redder  colour  when 
compared  with  the  other  kinds.  This  in  the  E.  P.  is  described  as 
"  being  of  a  garnet-red,  in  thin  and  translucent  pieces ;  when  quite 
dry,  is  of  a  golden-red  (p)  ;  but  by  exposure  the  colour  is  changed, 
and  this  Aloes  becomes  of  a  brownish-red.  The  fracture  is  con- 
choidal,  usually  smooth  and  shining,  but  sometimes  a  little  rough.  The 
odour  is  rather  fragrant,  especially  when  the  Aloes  is  fresh  and 
heated.  It  is  easily  reduced  to  a  golden-yellow  powder,  and  is 
nearly  all  soluble  in  Spirit  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  0-950.  There  can  be  no 
doubt  that  some  of  this  Aloes  is  produced  in  the  island  of  Socotra,  as 
Lieut.  Wellsted  describes  the  plants  as  growing  in  parched  and  barren 
places  at  500  to  3000  feet  above  the  sea,  and  the  leaves  as  being 
plucked  and  the  juice  allowed  to  exude  into  a  skin.  Specimens  were 
procured  for  the  author  by  a  medical  friend  at  Socotra,  but  unfor- 
tunately after  his  ship  had  been  supplied,  when  two  adulterated  skins 
(those  mentioned  by  Dr.  Pereira)  were  supplied  as  genuine  Socotrine 
Aloes.  About  two  tons  are  exported  from  Socotra.  Some  used  to 
be  carried  up  the  Red  Sea,  and  thence  into  the  Mediterranean.  The 
semifluid  pieces  are  dried  in  thin  layers,  and  the  inferior  portions  are 
strained  in  this  country. 

Hepatic  Aloes,  so  called  from  its  usual  liver-brown  colour,  is  re- 
ferred to  in  the  E.  P.  as  Aloe  indica,  but  is  certainly  not  produced  in 
that  country.  This  is  evident  from  the  specimens,  all  inferior  in 
quality,  in  the  author's  collection,  and  those  procured  at  his  request 
by  the  late  Dr.  Malcolmson,  and  noticed  by  Dr.  Pereira  at  p.  971  of 
his  Elements.  The  Hepatic,  therefore,  is  the  Aloes  imported  into 
Bombay  from  Arabia  and  Africa,  and  which  is  known  in  India  by 
the  name  of  Bombay  Aloes.  Some  of  it  is  probably  obtained  from 


582  SOCOTRINE  AND  HEPATIC   ALOES.        [Endogena. 

the  same  sources  as  the  Socotrine,  which  it  resembles  in  odour ;  and, 
as  Dr.  Pereira  states,  "  the  two  are  sometimes  brought  over  inter- 
mixed, the  Socotrine  occasionally  forming  a  vein  in  a  cask  of  the 
Hepatic  Aloes."  It  is  of  a  liver-brown  colour,  has  a  dull,  somewhat 
waxy  fracture,  is  less  fragrant.  The  taste  is  nauseous  and  intensely 
bitter  ;  the  powder  of  a  golden  yellow  colour.  This  kind  is  inferior 
in  quality  to  the  fine  Socotrine. 

Barbadoes  Aloes  is  prepared  in  the  West  Indies,  chiefly  from  the 
variety  of  A.  vulgaris,  but  also  probably  from  A.  socotrina  and  A. 
purpurascens,  which  are  said  to  be  cultivated  there.  Browne,  in  his 
Nat.  Hist,  of  Jamaica,  states  that  the  largest  and  most  succulent 
leaves  are  placed  upright  in  tubs,  that  the  juice  may  dribble  out. 
This,  evaporated,  forms  what  is  sold  as  Socotrine  Aloes ;  but  the 
common  Aloes  is  obtained  by  expressing  the  juice  out  of  the  leaves, 
boiling  it  with  water,  evaporating  and  pouring  into  gourds,  whence  this 
kind  is  often  called  Gourd  Aloes.  It  sells  for  a  high  price,  as  being 
much  in  demand  for  veterinary  medicine,  and  may  be  distinguished 
by  its  dark  brown  or  blackish,  sometimes  liver-brown  colour ;  by  its 
usually  dull  appearance,  and  its  disagreeable  odour,  especially  when 
breathed  upon.  Being  more  gummy,  it  is  tougher,  and  difficult  to 
pulverize. 

Cape  Aloes,  procured  no  doubt  from  a  variety  of  species  of  Aloe, 
is  especially  distinguished  by  its  vitreous  lustre,  and  is  hence  called 
Aloe  lucida  by  some  authors.  The  finer  qualities  are  of  a  deep  brown 
colour  externally,  with  a  tinge  of  olive  green ;  thin  lamina  are  trans- 
lucent, with  something  of  a  yellowish-red  colour.  It  is  very  brittle, 
easily  pulverized,  its  odour  strong,  rather  disagreeable,  and  its  powder 
of  a  yellow  colour.  Some  of  the  inferior  kinds  are  black  in  colour, 
vesicular,  and  with  a  rough  fracture. 

All  the  kinds  of  Aloes  have  an  extremely  disagreeable  taste,  which 
is  very  permanent  in  the  fauces.  The  odour  is  peculiar,  and  is  more 
perceptible  when  the  Aloes  is  breathed  upon.  A  great  portion  of 
Aloes  is  dissolved  by  water,  and  much  of  what  at  first  appears  inso- 
luble is  dissolved  by  boiling  water,  but  is  again  deposited  on  the 
water  cooling.  This  is  what  some  chemists  call  a  resin,  but  it  is  by 
Braconnot  considered  extractive  matter  which  has  become  oxidized. 
Diluted  Spirit  is  the  best  solvent  of  Aloes.  Aloes  was  at  one  time 
considered  to  be  a  Gum-Resin.  But  the  portion  which  was  thought 
to  be  of  the  nature  of  Gum  is  now  considered  to  be  a  variety  of 
Extractive,  yet  sufficiently  peculiar  to  have  the  name  of  Aloisin  ap- 
plied. Its  proportion  varies  from  50  to  80  per  cent,  in  different  Aloes. 
Aloisin  is  soluble  in  water  and  in  weak  Spirit,  and  may  be  obtained 
from  the  former  solution  in  thin  translucent  layers,  which  are  of  a 
reddish-brown  colour,  but  of  a  fine  yellow  when  powdered,  very  bit- 
ter, and  extremely  active  as  a  Cathartic.  Besides  this,  there  is  an 
oxygenated  Extractive  matter,  of  which  the  quantity  is  increased 
when  Aloes  are  boiled.  The  quantity  of  this  varies  from  6  to  42  per 
cent.,  and  in  some  kinds  there  is  Vegetable  Albumen,  as  might  be 
expected  where  the  juices  of  leaves  are  pressed  out  and  then  boiled. 
The  presence  of  an  acid  in  a  solution  of  Aloes  is  also  indicated  by 
Litmus-paper.  Trommsdorf  considered  this  to  be  the  Gallic,  but  Dr. 


Liliacea.]  PREPARATIONS    OF    ALOES.  553 

Pereira  has  named  it  Aloetic  acid.     But  Aloes  requires  a  fresh  and 
carefully  conducted  analysis. 

Action.  Uses.  Aloes,  in  small  doses,  is  Tonic;  in  larger,  Ca- 
thartic. It  is  considered  by  some  to  stimulate  the  liver,  and  also  to 
supply  the  place  of  the  deficient  bile  in  torpidity  of  the  intestinal 
canal.  Its  action  seems  directed  to  the  larger  intestines,  especially 
the  rectum,  and  thus  to  be  useful  in  evacuating  them,  but  detrimental 
when  there  is  already  irritation  or  Haemorrhoids.  By  this  determi- 
nation it  no  doubt  stimulates  neighbouring  organs,  and  is  thus  useful 
as  an  Emmenagogue,  and  is  hence  often  ranged  with  them. 

EXTRACTUM  ALOES  PURIF.  L.     Extr.  Aloes  Hepaticse,  D.     Extract  of 
ALOES. 

Prep.  Macerate  with  a  gentle  heat  for  3  days  bruised  Aloes  3xv.  (Hepatic  8  parts, 
D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Cj.  (8  parts,  D.)  Strain,  and  set  aside  for  the  dregs  to  subside.  Pour 
off  the  clear  liquor,  and  evaporate  to  a  proper  consistence. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic,  in  doses  of  gr.  v.  —  gr.  xv.  Useful  pre- 
paration, as  freed  from  all  mechanical  impurities. 

PULVIS  ALOES  CUM  CANELLA,  D.    [ET  CANELLA:,  U.  S.]      Aloes  and 
Canella  Powder. 

Prep.    Rub  separately  into  powder  Hepatic  Aloes  ftj.,  White  Canella  giij.,  and  mix. 

Action.     Uses.     Cathartic  and  Stomachic  in  doses  of  gr.  x.  —  9j. 


PULVIS  ALOES  COMPOSITUS,  L.  D.     Compound  Aloes  Powder. 

Prep.  Rub  separately  into  powder  Aloes  (Hepatic,  D.)  3jss-  Resin  Gu.aia.cum  gj.  and 
add  Comp.  Cinnamon  (Aromatic,  D.)  Powder  3ss.  ;  mix. 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Cathartic  and  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  gr. 
x.—  9j. 

PILULE  ALOES  (E.)  COMPOSITE,  L.  D.     Compound  Aloes  Pill. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a'pill  mass  bruised  Aloes  (Socotrine  and  Castile  Soap  equal  parts,  E. 
Hepatic,  D.)  3j.  L.  D.,  Extract  Gentian  3ss.  L.  D.  Oil  of  Caraway  TT^xl.  L.  D.  Syrup. 
q.  a.  L.  D.  (Conserve  of  Red  Roses,  q.  s.  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  and  Tonic,  in  doses  of  gr.  x.  —  3ss.  The 
bitter,  and  the  Soap  are  both  thought  to  promote  the  action  of  Aloes. 

PILULE  ALOES  (CUM  MYRRHA,  L.  D.)  ET  MYRRILE,  E.  (U.  S.)     Aloes 
and  Myrrh  Pills. 

Prep.  Rub  separately  into  powder  Aloes  (Socotrine  or  E.  I.  4  parts,  E.  Hepatic,  D.) 
3ij.  and  Myrrh  3j.  (2  parts,  E.),  then  rub  them  together  till  incorporated  with  Saffron 
3j.  (1  part,  E.),  Syrup  q.  s.  L.  D.  (Conserve  of  Red  Roses,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  and  Emmenagogue  in  doses  of  gr.  x.  — 
9j.  every  night. 

PILULE  ALOES  ET  ASSAFCETID^E,  E.  (U.  S.)      Aloes  and  Assafcetida 
Pills. 

Prep.  Beat  into  a  proper  pill  mass  Socotrine  or  E.  Indian  Aloes,  Assafcetida,  and  Cas- 
tile Soap  aa  equal  parts  with  Conserve  of  Red  Roses,  q.  B. 


584  MELANTHACE^E.  [Endogena. 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  and  Antispasmodic  in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 
gr.  xv.  thrice  a  day. 

DECOCT.  ALOES,  (E.)  COMP.  L.  D.     Compound  Decoction  of  Aloes. 

Prep.  Boil  Extract  of  Liquorice  3vij.  (3ss.  E.  D.)  Carb.  Potash  3j.  (9ij.  E.  D.)  bruised 
(Socotrine,  E.  or  Hepatic,  E.  D.)  Aloes,  powdered  Myrrh  and  Saffron  aa  jjss.  (gj.  E.  D.) 
in  Aq.  deal.  Ojss.  (fgxvj.  E.  by  measure  fej.  D.)  till  only  Oj.  (3xij.  E.  D.)  remains.  Filter 
and  add  Compound  Tincture  of  Cardamoms  f3vij.  (f3iv.  E.  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic ;  Emmenagogue  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f 3ij. 
The  boiling  must  not  be  carried  to  any  extent,  as  some  of  the  Aloes 
becomes  insoluble. 

VINTJM  ALOES,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Wine  of  Aloes. 

Prep.  Take  (separately,  D.)  powdered  Aloes  (Socotrine,  E.  D.  or  E.  Indian.  E.)  gij. 
(3jss.  E.  3iv.  D.)  (3i.  U.  S.)  and  Canella  giv.  L.  (3j.  D.  Grind  Cardamom  Seeds  and 
Ginger  aa  3jss.  E.)  (3i.  U.  S.)  pour  upon  them  Sherry  Wine,  Oij.  (by  measure  ftiij.  mixed 
with  Proof  Spirit  by  measure  fcj.  D.)  (Oj.  U.  S.)  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days,  continu- 
ally agitating ;  then  strain  (through  linen  or  calico,  E.) 

Action.     Uses.    Warm  Cathartic  in  doses  of  fjss. — fgj. 
TINCTURA  ALOES,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Aloes. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  (Socotrine,  E.  D.  or  Indian,  E.)  Aloes  3j. 
(3ss.  D.),  Extract  of  Liquorice  3iij.  (3jss.  dissolved  in  boiling  Aq.  3viij-  D.)  in  Aq.  dest. 
Ojss.  L.  (Oj.  and  f3viij.  E.)  and  Rectified  (Proof,  D.)  Spirit  Oss.  (fSxij.  E.  by  measure 
3viij.  D.)  (Agitate  occasionally,  E.)  Strain.  (Not  conveniently  prepared  by  percola- 
tion, E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Cathartic  adjunct  to  Purgative  or  Emmenagogue 
draughts  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3ij.  The  weak  Spirit  is  an  excellent  sol- 
vent of  the  active  properties. 

TINCTURA  ALOES  (COMPOSITA,  L.  D.)  ET  MYRRHS,  E.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  (Socotrine,  E.  D.  or  Indian,  E.)  Aloes  ^iv. 
(girj.  D.  U.  S.)  Saffron,  L.  E.  3ij.  (3i.  U.  S.)  in  Tincture  of  Myrrh  Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.) 
Strain.  (Not  well  prepared  by  percolation,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Emmenagogue.  Stimulant  Cathartic  and  adjunct 
to  draughts  and  mixtures  in  doses  of  f3ss. — f3ij. 

PILULE  ALOES  ET  FERRI,  E.     Aloes  and  Iron  Pill. 

Prep.  Pulverize  separately  Barbadoes  Aloes  2,  and  Sulphate  of  Iron  3  parts ;  add  Aro- 
matic Powder  6,  and  Conserve  of  Red  Roses  8  parts.  Mix  and  beat  into  a  proper  mass ; 
divide  into  5  grain  pills. 

Action.  Uses.  Chalybeate  Tonic  and  Laxative  in  doses  of  gr.  x. 
— gr.  xv.  The  conjunction  of  the  Iron  with  the  Aloes  assists  the 
action  of  the  latter,  besides  being  itself  useful  in  some  cases  of  Ame- 
norrhcsa. 

Aloes  is  an  ingredient  of  the  Pilulse  Cambogise.  Pil.  Cambogiac 
Comp.  [Pilulse  Catharticae  Comp.  U.  S.]  Extr.  Colocynthidis  Comp. 
Pil.  Colocynthidis  et  Hyoscy ami.  Pil.  Sagapeni  Comp.  Tinct.  Ben- 
zoini  Comp.  Pil.  Rhei  Comp. ;  and  Tinct.  Rhei  et  Aloes. 

MELANTHACE.E.     R.  Broicn.     (Colchicacece.) 

Herbaceous  plants.  Root  fibrous  or  fasciculate.  Rhizoma  sometimes  a  fleshy  corm, 
sometimes  creeping  horizontally.  Stem  simple,  seldom  branched.  Flowers  complete,  or 


MelanthacecR.] 


COLCHICUM. 


585 


from  abortion  unisexual,  often  radical.  Perianth  free,  corol-like,  6-leaved,  all  distinct,  or 
united  at  the  base  into  a  tube.  Stamens  6,  inserted  into  the  receptacle,  or  into  the  peri- 
anth. Anthers  opening  outwards.  Ovary  3-celled.  Style  3-parted  (fig.  3.)  Ovules 
affixed  to  the  inner  angle  of  the  cells.  Capsule  divisible  into  3.  Seeds  with  a  membra- 
nous testa.  Embryo  straight  within  a  fleshy  or  cartilaginous  albumen.  (/Z.  Brown 
chiefly.)  The  Melanthaceae  are  allied  to  Junceee  and  to  Liliacese,  are  found  in  temperate 
parts  of  the  world,  and  are  remarkable  for  secreting  Veratria. 

CoLCHICI    CoRMUS,    L.    E.     (BulbuS,    D.)       CoLCHICI     SfiMINA,    L.    E.    D. 

[COLCHICI  RADIX,  COLCHICI  SEMEN,  U.  S.]     Cormus  and  Seeds  of 
COLCHICUM  AUTUMNALE,  Linn.     Colchicum,  or  Meadow  Saffron.^ 

Colchicum  is  well  described  by  Dioscorides.  It  was  used  by  the 
Arabs,  and  is  their  sorinjan ;  they  give  kuljikoon  as  its  Greek  name. 
The  Hermodactyls  (Sweet  and  Bitter  sorinjan  of  the  Arabs)  of  the 
later  Greeks  and  Arabs  were  no  doubt  species  of  this  genus.  The 
author's  specimens  have  been  described  by  Dr.  Pereira. 

The  true  root  is  fibrous,  and  below  the  underground  stem  or  cormus  (the  bulbo-tuber  of 
some  authors),  which  is  ovate,  about  the  size  of 

a  chestnut,  solid,  fleshy,  enveloped  in  a  brown-  Fig.  91. 

coloured  tegument.  It  is  rather  convex  on  one 
side,  flattened  on  the  other,  or  with  a  longitu- 
dinal furrow  made  by  the  growing  plant.  It  is 
largest  and  in  full  perfection  in  June  or  early  in 
July,  when  a  new  but  minute  corm  is  seen  at 
its  lower  end  close  to  the  radicles.  This  new 
corm  flowers  in  autumn,  is  then  small,  but  en- 
larges before  spring,  when  the  young  seed-vessel 
rises  with  the  leaves,  having  remained  under- 
ground from  the  time  of  flowering  in  autumn. 
The  seeds  ripen  about  midsummer.  The  parent 
corm  becomes  more  spongy  and  watery  as  the 
new  flower  rises,  but  retains  its  size  and  form 
till  next  April,  the  second  spring  of  its  own  ex- 
istence. But  by  the  end  of  May  it  has  become 
shrivelled  and  leathery,  and  is  attached  to  the 
lower  part  of  its  progeny,  now  the  perfect  and 
full-sized  corm.  In  Scotland,  where  the  seeds 
do  not  ripen,  the  plant  propagates  itself  by  lit- 
tle corms  being  thrown  oflf  from  the  large  corm 
during  the  second  or  last  spring  of  its  existence. 
The  leaves  are  broadly  lanceolate,  flat,  some- 
what keeled,  about  a  foot  in  length,  dark  green, 
smooth,  and  appearing  in  the  spring  with  the 
capsules.  Flowers  several,  leafless,  rising  from 
the  corm  with  a  long  white  tube ;  limb  of  a  pale 
purple  or  rose-colour.  Perianth  funnel-shaped, 
with  a  very  l»ng  tube  ;  limb  6-parted,  petaloid. 
Stamens  6,  inserted  into  the  throat  of  the  peri- 
anth. Capsules  3,  connected  throughout,  1-celled  (fig.  l*and  4),  opening  at  the  inner 
edge  (2),  many-seeded.  Seeds  (fig.  5)  roundish,  with  a  brown  shrivelled  skin,  and  large 
strophiole,  which  gives  them  a  rough  appearance. — Native  of  moist  meadows  throughout 
Europe.— Nees  von  E.  49.  St.  and  Ch.  70. 

Dr.  Christison  has  given  the  fullest  and  best  account  of  the  growth 
of  the  corms  of  the  Colchicum,  which  the  author  has  above  very 
much  abridged.  Its  activity  is  considered  to  be  greatest  in  July  and 
August,  that  is,  when  the  leaves  have  withered,  and  the  flowers  of  the 
new  corm  have  not  appeared.  Dr.  Lindley  says  he  has  seen  many 
cwt.  sent  to  town  of  those  which  had  flowered  ;  and  the  flowers 
broken  off,  so  as  to  prevent  the  circumstance  from  being  observed. 


586  MEADOW    SAFFRON.  [Endogena. 

Dr.  C.  observes  that  the  corm  is  whitest,  firmest,  and  largest  at  the 
end  of  June  and  beginning  of  July,  and  then  abounds  in  Starch,  and 
that  there  is  no  other  corm  connected  with  it.  But  if  taken  up  in 
April,  two  are  found  united,  one  spongy,  the  other  plump  and  firm. 
Though  they  are  generally  collected  when  the  corm  is  single,  large, 
and  plump,  Dr.  C.  doubts  whether  this  is  essential,  as  the  corm  in 
April,  though  more  watery,  is  at  least  as  bitter ;  and  he  quotes  Slolze 
as  showing  that  in  autumn  the  corm  contains  of  water  80  per  cent., 
Starch  10,  Bitter  Extract  2,  and  Sugar  4,  with  a  little  Gum,  Resin, 
and  Lignin ;  but  in  April  the  proportion  of  Bitter  Extract  is  greater. 
In  the  L.  P.  it  is  directed  to  be  kept  in  sand,  and  to  have  its  brownish 
integuments  removed.  It  is  then  to  be  cut  into  transverse  slices,  and 
dried  with  a  moderate  temperature.  The  slices  should  be  dry,  firm  in 
texture,  and  of  a  grayish-white  colour,  and  readily  change  their 
colour  to  blue  when  moistened  with  vinegar  and  touched  with  Tinc- 
ture of  Guaiacum,  as  pointed  out  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson.  The  taste 
is  disagreeable,  bitter,  and  somewhat  acrid.  The  seeds  have  the 
same  properties,  and,  if  collected  ripe,  are  necessarily  more  uniform. 

According  to  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  the  corm  contains  the  alkali 
Veratria  united  with  an  excess  of  Gallic  acid,  Fatty  matter  united 
with  a  volatile  acid,  Yellow  Colouring  matter,  Gum,  Starch,  Inulin 
in  abundance,  and  Lignin.  Geiger  and  Hesse  announced  the  presence 
of  a  peculiar  alkali,  Colchicina  and  Colchicea ;  but  it  is  probable  this 
may  be  only  Veratria  in  a  modified  form.  The  active  principles  are 
partially  taken  up  by  water,  but  readily  by  Alcohol,  diluted  Spirit, 
and  Vinegar,  which  are  used  as  the  officinal  solvents. 

Action.  Uses.  Colchicum  is  Irritant,  and  in  large  doses  a  Narcotic 
Acrid  Poison.  In  small  doses  repeated,  it  stimulates  some  of  the  se- 
cretions, and  acts  as  a  Nauseant  and  Cathartic,  Diuretic  and  Diapho- 
retic, producing  at  the  same  time  Sedative  and  Anodyne  effects  ;  thus 
relieving  the  pain  of  Gout  and  of  Rheumatism,  and  controlling  the 
action  of  the  heart  in  Inflammatory  diseases..  It  is  doubtful  whether 
its  full  effect  as  a  medicine  is  experienced,  unless  some  of  the  incon- 
veniences attending  its  use  are  felt,  as  slight  colic  and  diarrhoea,  or 
headache  and  giddiness,  and  then  the  doses  should  be  diminished. 

D.  The  corm  (bulb)  or  the  powdered  seeds  may  be  given  in  doses 
of  gr.  j. — gr.  v.  3  times  a  day,  with  aromatics  and  sometimes  a  little 
opiate.  Mr.  Wigan  recommends  it  in  8  grain  doses  every  hour,  until 
either  vomiting,  purging,  or  sweating  are  experienced. 

• 
EXTRACTUM  COLCHICI  CoRMi,  D.    Extract  of  Colchicum. 

Prepared  from  the  fresh  conns  of  the  Colchicum,  like  Extr.  Aconite. 

Action.  Uses.  Efficient  preparation  in  doses  of  gr.  j.  every  three  or 
four  hours. 

EXTRACTUM  COLCHICI  ACETICUM,  L.     Acetic  Extract  of  Colchicum. 

Prep.  Rub  fresh  Corms  (bulb,  E.)  of  Colchicum  fcj.  to  a  pulp,  and  gradually  add 
Acetic  Acid  (Pyroligneous  Acid,  E.)  f3iij.  Express  the  liquid,  and  evaporate  it  in  an 
earthenware  vessel  not  glazed  with  lead  (over  the  vapour.bath,  E.)  to  the  due  consistence 


Melanthacea,.}  COLCHICUM   PREPARATIONS.  597 

Action.  Uses.  Anodyne,  &c.,  in  Gout  and  irregular  Rheumatism, 
in  doses  of  gr.  j.  —  gr.  iij.  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

ACETUM  COLCHICI,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Vinegar  of  Colchicum. 

Prep.  Macerate  fresh  sliced  Colchicum  Corms  3j-  in  distilled  Vinegar  f^xvj.  (ftj.  D.) 
in  a  covered  glass  vessel  for  3  days.  Strain,  express  strongly,  and  filter  for  the  impuri- 
ties to  subside;  then  add  Proof  Spirit  fgj. 

[R.  Colchicum  Root  bruised  gij.,  distilled  Vinegar  Oij.,  Alcohol  f3j.  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Mild  but  efficient  preparation  in  doses  of  f3ss.  —  f3ij. 
every  three  or  four  hours. 

OXYMEL  COLCHICI,  D.     Oxymel  of  Colchicum. 

Prep.  Macerate  fresh  bulb  of  Colchicum  in  thin  slices  3j.  in  distilled  Vinegar  by 
measure  ftj.  in  a  glass  vessel  for  2  days.  To  the  strongly  expressed  and  filtered  liquor 
add  purified  Honey  by  weight  ftij.  Then  stirring  with  a  wooden  stick,  boil  to  the  thick- 
ness of  Syrup. 

VINUM  COLCHICI,  L.  E.     [Vinum  Colchici  Radicis,  U.  S.]     Wine  of 
Colchicum. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  dried  and  sliced  Colchicum  Corms  (bulb,  E.)  3viij. 
ftj.  in  Sherry  Wine  Oij.  Strain  (express  strongly  the  residuum,  and  filter,  E.). 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant,  &c.  Sedative  in  doses  of  n^x.  —  f3j.  three 
imes  a  day.  The  Wine  of  the  Seeds  is  preferred  by  some  (Seeds 
3ij.  to  Sherry  Wine  Oj.)  in  the  same  doses. 

[VINUM  COLCHICI  SEMINIS,  U.  S.     Wine  of  Colchicum  Seeds. 

Prep.  R.  Colchicum  Seeds  bruised  3iv.,  Wine  Oij.  Macerate  for  14  days  with  occa- 
sional agitation,  and  filter  through  paper. 

D.     f3ss.—  to  3i.] 

TINCTURA  COLCHICI  COMPOSITA,  L.    Compound  Tincture  of  Colchicum. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  days  bruised  Colchicum  Seeds  3v.  in  Aromatic  Spirit  of  Am- 
mania  Oij.  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Recommended  by  Dr.  Williams  in  cases  where  Aci- 
dity prevails,  in  doses  of  f%x.  —  f3j. 

TINCTURA  (SEMINUM,  D.)  COLCHICI,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  the  Seeds 
of  Colchicum.     [TiNcx.  COLCHICI  SEMINIS,  U.  S.] 

Prep.  Macerate  (digest,  E.)  for  14  days  bruised  (ground,  E.)  Colchicum  Seeds  3v. 
(3ij.  D.)  (3iv.  U.  S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (ftj.  D.)  Strain.  (Or  better  by  percolation, 
like  Tinct.  Cinchonae,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  As  the  seeds  are  more  uniform  in  strength  than  the 
corm,  and  as  Proof  Spirit  is  a  good  solvent,  this  and  the  wine  of  the 
seeds  are  preferred  by  many  practitioners  in  doses  of  rpjxv.  —  f3j. 

VERATRUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     Rhizoma,  L.     Radix,  D.     Rootstock  of  VE- 
RATRUM  ALBUM,  Linn.    White  Hellebore. 


White  Hellebore  is  believed  to  be  the  'EXXs/Sogos  Xsuxos  of  Diosco- 
rides,  the  Khirbuk  abiuz  of  the  Arabs. 
Rootstock  rugose,  oblong,  pramorse,  rather  horizontal,  which,  when  dry,  is  of  a  brown- 


588  SABADILLA.  [Endogena. 

ish  colour  on  the  outside,  but  internally  of  a  grayish  colour,  with  long  cylindrical  radicles. 
The  stem  is  1£  to  4  feet  high.  Leaves  plicate,  elliptic,  or  elliptico-lanceolate,  pubescent 
below,  passing  obliquely  into  the  sheath.  Racemes  paniculate,  terminal,  pubescent. 
Flowers  polygamous,  yellowish-white,  green  at  the  back.  Segments  of  the  6-parted 
perianth  oblong-lanceolate,  denticulate,  without  glands  at  the  base,  spreading,  much 
longer  than  the  pedicel.  Stamens  6,  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  segments  ;  anthers  re- 
nifbrm,  opening  transversely.  Ovary  with  3  spreading  stigmas.  Capsules  3,  united 
below,  horned  above,  separating  into  3  many-seeded  follicles.  Seeds  compressed,  or 
winged  at  the  apex.  —  Meadows  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  also  in  central  Europe.  Nees 
von  E.  46.  St.  and  Ch.  136.  Veratrum  Lobelianum  may  be  used  for  the  same  purposes. 

All  parts  of  this  plant  are  acrid  and  poisonous  ;  but  the  rootstock 
with  its  radicles  is  alone  officinal.  It  seems  when  first  tasted  a  little 
sweetish,  but  its  bitter  and  acrid  disagreeable  taste  soon  overwhelms 
every  other.  They  are  usually  imported  from  Germany,  and  are 
rough  with  the  remains  of  the  detached  radicles.  The  properties  de- 
pend chiefly  on  the  presence  of  Veratria,  but  another  alkali  has  been 
detected  by  E.  Simon,  which  he  has  called  Jervine,  from  the  Spanish 
word  signifying  poison.  The  other  constituents  resemble  those  of 
the  Cormus  of  Colchicum.  /» 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison.  Applied  to  the  nose,  it  produces 
sneezing  and  coryza,  and  when  taken  internally,  vomiting  and  purg- 
ing. It  used  to  be  employed  as  a  Hydrogogue  Cathartic,  and  before 
Colchicum  as  an  Anodyne  in  Gout.  It  is  now  chiefly  employed  to 
destroy  vermin  infesting  the  skin  or  hair  ;  sometimes  as  an  Errhine, 
one  or  two  grains  being  mixed  with  Starch  or  Florentine  Iris. 

DECOCTUM  VERATRI,  L.  E.     Decoction  of  Veratrum. 

Prep.  Add  sliced  Veratrum  3x.  (3j.  D.)  to  Aq.  dest.  Oj.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.)  Boil 
down  to  Oj.  (ftj.  by  measure,  D.),  and  when  cold  add  Rectified  Spirit  f  3iij.  (by  measure 
3ij.  D.)  Express  and  strain,  L. 

Action.  Uses.  This  is  chiefly  employed  as  a  Wash  to  destroy 
Pediculi. 

UNGUENTUM  VERATRI,  L.  D.     [ALBI,  U.  S.]     Veratrum  Ointment. 


Prep.     Mix  powdered  Veratrum  gij.  (^iij.  D.  U.  S.)  prepared  Hog's  Lard  Jviij.  (ftj. 
D.),  Oil  of  Lemons  ^xx.  L.     (Make  an  Ointment,  D.) 


Action.  Uses.  Used  as  a  substitute  for  the  Sulphur  Ointment  in 
Scabies.  Veratrum  is  a  constituent  of  the  Compound  Sulphur  Oint- 
ment. (p.  45.) 

VINUM  VERATRI,  L.     Veratrum  Wine. 

Prep.    Macerate  sliced  white  Hellebore  ^viij.  in  Sherry  Wine  Oij.  for  14  days.    Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Emetic,  Cathartic,  Anodyne.  Sometimes  used  in 
Gout  and  Rheumatism  in  doses  of  f%x.  thrice  a  day,  with  a  little 
Laudanum. 

SABADILLA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  (Cebadilla).  Semina,  L.  Seeds  of  ASA- 
GRJEA  OFFICINALIS,  Lind.  (Hclonicis  officinalis,  Don),  L.  Fruit  of 
Veratrum  Sabadilla,  Retz.,  of  Helonias  officinalis,  Don,  and  proba- 
bly of  other  Melanthacese,  E.  Cevadilla. 

Sabadilla,  Cevadilla,  or  Cebadilla  (from  Cebada,  the  Spanish  for 


Melanthaceee.]  SABADILLA.  589 

Barley,  from  the  resemblance  of  its  flowering  spike  to  an  ear  of 
barley)  seeds,  or  rather  fruits,  were  known  to  Monardes  in  1573. 
Occasionally  employed  for  the  destruction  of  vermin ;  they  are  now 
recognized  as  the  source  for  obtaining  the  alkali  Veratria.  Cevadilla 
was  long  supposed  to  be  the  fruit  of  Veralrum  Sabadilla,  Retz.,  but 
Schiede  discovered  that  it  was  produced  in  Mexico  by  a  different 
plant,  which  has  been  referred  to  Veratrum,  to  Helonias,  and  is  now 
formed  into  a  new  genus,  Asagrsea. 

ASAGR.SA  OFFICINALIS,  Lindl.  Bulbous.  Plants  csespitose.  Leaves  linear,  grass-like, 
tapering,  smooth,  channeled  above,  carinate  below,  4  feet  long,  lax.  Scape  naked,  6  feet 
high,  simple.  Raceme  very  dense,  1 J  foot  long.  Flowers  polygamous,  racemose,  naked, 
yellowish-white.  Perianth  6-partite;  segments  linear.  Stamens  alternately  shorter; 
anthers  cordate,  after  dehiscence  shield-shaped.  Ovaries  3,  simple.  Stigma  obscure. 
Follicles  3,  papery.  Seeds  seimetar-shaped,  winged. — Eastern  side  of  the  Mexican 
Andes. — Nees  von  E.  Suppl.  4. 

VERATKUM  SABADILLA,  Retz.  Is  chiefly  distinguishable  from  Asagraa  by  the  fruit  in 
the  latter  being  crowded  round  the  stem,  while  in  this  plant  they  are  few  in  number  and 
attached  to  one  side  only. — A  native  of  Mexico  and  of  the  West  Indies. — Nees  von  E.  48. 

Cebadilla  or  Sabadilla  seeds,  as  they  are  called,  consist  of  the  loose 
seeds  and  the  3-celled,  thin,  dry  follicles,  of  a  reddish-gray  colour, 
which  are  either  empty,  or  each  contains  two  brownish-black  seeds, 
without  odour,  but  having  a  bitter,  acrid,  and  persistent  taste.  Ana- 
lyzed by  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  they  were  found  closely  to  resemble 
the  corm  of  Colchicum  in  composition,  as  they  contain  Fatty  matter 
composed  of  Stearine,  Elaine,  and  Cevadic  acid,  Wax,  Veratria  in 
combination  with  an  excess  of  Gallic  acid,  Yellow  Colouring  matter, 
Starch,  Lignin,  Gum,  with  some  saline  substances,  (u.  Merat  and 
De  Lens.)  A  more  elaborate  analysis  has  been  given  by  Meisner. 

Action.    Uses.    Anthelmintic. 

VEUATRIA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  (Sabadillin,  Meisner)  was  first  discovered 
in  the  Sabadilla  seeds,  and  subsequently  in  the  rootstock  of  Veratrum 
album,  and  in  both  in  combination  with  Gallic  acid  in  excess. 

Prep.  Boil  Cebadilla  Seeds  bruised  ftij.  with  portions  of  Spirit  Cj.  three  times  (Gal- 
late  of  Veratria,  Colouring  matter,  and  some  other  compounds  are  dissolved).  Press  and 
distil  the  Spirit,  so  that  the  residue  be  brought  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract.  To  this, 
boiled  in  water  three  or  more  times,  dil.  Sul'  is  added  (Sulph.  Veratria  is  formed).  The 
mixed  liquors  are  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a  syrup,  when  Magnesia  is  added  to 
saturation,  frequently  shaking  (the  Sulph.  of  Veratria  is  decomposed,  and  the  Veratria 
precipitated,  but  mixed  with  other  substances).  Digest  the  precipitate  in  Spirit  (the  Ve- 
ratria is  dissolved).  Distil  off  the  Spirit :  the  residue  is  boiled  in  water  for  a  ^  hour,  and 
a  little  Sul'  and  animal  charcoal  added,  boiled  and  strained  (the  Sulph.  Veratria  is  formed, 
and  freed  from  colour).  The  liquid  is  then  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  syrup,  Sol.  of 
Ammonia  q.  s.  is  added  (the  Veratria  is  precipitated,  and  Sulph.  Ammonia  remains  in 
solution).  The  Edinburgh  process  is  essentially  the  same,  but  differs  slightly  in  details. 

Veratria  is  pulverulent  and  not  crystallizable.  When  melted,  it 
becomes  on  cooling  a  transparent  yellowish  mass;  burns  entirely 
away  when  ignited  in  the  air.  In  cold  water  nearly  insoluble;  boil- 
ing water  takes  up  only  1-lOOOth  of  its  weight,  and  the  solution  is 
acrid ;  Alcohol  dissolves  it  readily,  and  Ether  but  sparingly.  It  re- 
stores the  blue  colour  of  Litmus,  and  forms  neutral  salts  with  acids, 
which  crystallize  with  great  difficulty.  According  to  Couerbe,  the 
Veratria  of  commerce  contains,  besides  Veratria,  also  Veratrin  and 


590  VERATRIA.  [Endogenas. 

Sabadilline,  as  well  as  the  Gum-Resin  of  Sabadilline.  Veratria  is 
composed  of  C84  H22  O8  N=288.  ••  Dissolves  but  slightly  in  water, 
is  more  soluble  in  Alcohol,  but  most  so  in  Sulphuric  Ether.  It  has 
no  smell,  and  a  bitter  taste.  It  is  to  be  cautiously  administered."  L. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant  Poison.  In  small  doses,  applied  externaHy, 
acts  as  a  Rubefacient;  also  as  an  Errhine,  excites  violent  sneezing ; 
taken  internally,  excites  nausea,  vomiting,  and  purging;  has  been  ap- 
plied externally  in  Neuralgia,  in  Rheumatism,  and  Gout,  after  the 
acute  symptoms  have  been  mastered.  In  doses  of  yj  of  a  grain,  it 
has  been  given  internally  in  Gout,  Rheumatism,  and  painful  nervous 
affections,  as  a  substitute  for  Colchicum. 

SMILACE.E,  R.  Brown.     Sarsaparillas. 

The  Smtlaceas  are  so  closely  allied  to  the  berry-bearing  Asphodelea,  i.  e.  Asparagete,  as 
only  to  be  distinguished  from  them  by  their  seeds  being  neither  black  nor  crustaceous, 
by  a  thicker  albumen,  and  somewhat  different  habit  They  are  ajso  allied  (though  these 
have  the  ovary  inferior)  to  Dioscorea,  in  which  is  included  Tamus  communis,  or  Black 
Bryony,  of  which  the  scraped  roots,  applied  as  a  poultice,  promote  the  absorption  of  effused 
blood.  From  some  peculiarities  of  structure,  as  the  broad,  reticulated,  and  deciduous 
leaves,  and  the  wood  of  the  root  in  a  solid  concentric  circle,  Dr.  Lindley  has  formed 
these,  with  a  few  other  small  orders,  into  his  class  of  Dictyogens.  (v.  Veg.  King.  p.  211.) 
The  Smilacese  have  bisexual  or  hexapetaloid  flowers,  several  consolidated  carpels,  and 
axile  placentae.  They  are  found  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  parts  of  Asia  and  America, 
but  also  beyond  these  limits.  They  are  chiefly  remarkable  for  yielding  Sarsaparilla. 

SMILAX,  Linn.     Dioecia  Hexandria,  Linn. 

Dioecious.  Perianth  6-partite,  nearly  equal,  spreading  (female  persistent).  Stamens 
6,  inserted  into  its  base.  Anthers  linear,  erect.  Ovary  3-celled.  Cell  1-seeded.  Style 
very  short.  Stigmas  3,  spreading.  Berry  1 — 3-seeded.  Seeds  subglobular.  Albumen 
cartilaginous.  Embryo  very  small,  remote  from  the  umbilicus. — Evergreen  climbing 
shrubs.  Root  fibrous  or  tuberous.  Stems  often  prickly.  Leaves  alternate,  petiolate,  cor- 
date  or  hastate,  reticulate,  venose ;  cirrhiferous  stipules  between  the  petioles.  Flowers 
sessile  on  a  globular  receptacle,  subcapitate,  pedicellate,  or  umbellate, — a  few  in  temperate, 
but  the  majority  in  warm  and  tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 

SARZA,  L.  E.  SARSAPARILLA,  D.  (U.  S.)  Radix,  L.  D.  Root  of  SMI- 
LAX  OFFICINALIS,  Humb.  and  Bonpl.  L.  E.,  and  probably  of  other 
species  E.  of  Smilax  Sarsaparilla,  Linn.  D.  Sarsaparilla. 

The  word  Smilax  occurs  in  Greek  authors,  and  the  plant,  Smilax 
aspera,  continues  to  be  employed  in  medicine.  The  name  Sarsaparilla 
(from  the  Spanish  Sarsa,  a  bramble,  and  Parilla,  a  vine)  is  applied 
to  species  of  the  same  genus,  and  to  their  roots,  first  introduced  into 
Europe  from  the  New  World  in  the  16th  century.  Several  kinds,  as 
Jamaica,  Honduras,  Brazilian,  &c.,  are  known  in  commerce ;  but  it 
is  extremely  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  at  present  to  determine  the 
species  of  Smilax  which  yield  the  several  varieties  of  the  drug,  because 
much  of  it  is  brought  over  by  the  Indians  from  the  little  known  Mos- 
quito coast  to  Jamaica,  and  thence  imported  into  this  country :  the 
greater  portion  of  the  remainder  is  imported  from  Mexico,  Guatimala, 
Brazil,  and  Peru. 

SMILAX  OFFICINALIS,  H.  B.  and  K.,  was  discovered  by  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  in  New 
Granada  on  the  banks  of  the  Magdalena,  in  Colombia.  As  its  roots  are  collected  by  the 
natives,  called  Zurzaparilla,  and  taken  to  Cartagena,  and  thence  exported  to  Jamaica,  it 
is  more  than  probable  that  this  yields  some  of  the  Sarsaparilla  of  commerce;  hence  it  is 


Smilaceoi.]  SARSAPARILLA.  591 

adopted  in  the  L.  and  the  E.  P.  Dr.  Pereira  concludes  it  to  be  probably  the  source  of 
Jamaica  Sarsaparilla.  Martius  states  that,  according  to  Pohl,  the  roots  are  collected  in 
the  western  parts  of  the  province  of  Minas  Geraes. 

S.  SARSAPARILLA,  Linn.  D.,  a  native  of  the  United  States  of  America  ;  but  it  does  not, 
according  to  the  evidence  of  American  authors  (v.  Wood  and  Bache),  yield  any  of  the 
Sarsaparilla  of  commerce. 

S.  PAPYRACEA,  Poir.  (S.  syphilitica,  Mart,  non  Humb.)  is  a  native  of  Brazil.  Martius 
ascertained  that  its  roots  were  collected  by  the  Indians  on  the  Rio  Negro  and  other  places 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Amazon  river,  and  that  they  form  the  Salsa,  Salsaparilha,  Sarsa,  or 
Zarza,  which  is  named  the  Sarsa  of  Maranhao,  of  Para,  and  of  Lisbon,  and  that  it 
abounds  more  than  the  others  in  Parigline.* 

S.  SYPHILITICA,  Willd.,  is  a  distinct  species,  found  by  H.  and  B.  on  the  Rio  Cassiquiare, 
in  Brazilian  Guiana. 

S.  MEDICA,  Schlecht,  was  found  by  Schiede  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Mexican  Andes. 
The  roots  are  dried  and  exported  from  Vera  Cruz,  but  are  little  known  here. 

Dr.  Hancock  states  that  there  is  but  one  species  that  yields  genuine  Sarsaparilla  which 
manifests  to  the  taste  any  of  the  sensible  properties  of  Sarsaparilla ;  and  this  grows 
chiefly  on  the  elevated  lands  of  the  Rio  Imiquem,  at  Unturana  and  Caraburi ;  also  that 
the  Sarsa  of  the  Rio  Negro,  which  comes  by  way  of  Angostura  or  Para,  is  the  best. 
This  is  probably  yielded  by  the  above  S.  papyracea.  Several  other  species  are,  however, 
enumerated  by  Martius,  as  S.  Japicanga,  brasiliensis,  and  also  Herreria  Salsaparilha  as 
employed  for  the  same  purposes,  and  says  "  Recentes  multo  efficaciores,  quam  exsiccates, 
vetustoe."  So  S.  Cumanensis,  the  Azacoreto  of  the  natives,  S.  cordalo-ovata  of  POppig, 
S.  Purhampvy,  referred  doubtfully  to  S.  qfficinalis  by  Dr.  Lindley,  S.  China,  yielding  the 
China-root  of  the  shops,  long-farrred  in  the  East.  It  is  probable  that  some  of  the  Indian 
species  are  possessed  of  similar  virtues,  (v.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  383.) 

Sarsaparilla  roots  are  usually  imported  in  bundles,  formed  of  the 
roots  folded  up,  but  sometimes  unfolded,  as  in  the  Brazilian  variety, 
frequently  still  adhering  to  the  rhizoma  (chump  of  druggists).  These 
roots  are  flexible,  several  feet  in  length,  about  the  thickness  of  a  quill, 
cylindrical,  but  wrinkled  longitudinally,  with  radicles  attached  along 
their  length.  The  colour  varies,  probably  owing  to  adventitious  cir- 
cumstances. They  are  composed  of  a  thick  cellular  cortex,  covered 
by  a  thin  epidermis,  and  of  the  meditullium  or  duramen,  an  inner 
layer  of  ligneous  intermixed  with  cellular  tissue,  having  a  central 
pith,  often  containing  Starch,  in  its  interior.  Hence  a  transverse 
section  resembles  one  of  an  exogenous  stem  but  without  medullary 
rays.  Sarsaparilla  is  without  odour,  often  with  little  else  than  a  mu- 
cilaginous taste;  but  when  good  and  fresh  it  is  a  little  bitter,  nauseous, 
and  acrid,  which  affords,  according  to  Dr.  Hancock,  the  best  crite- 
rion of  its  goodness.  The  roots  are  often  split  up  the  middle  and  cut 
into  short  pieces,  for  the  facility  of  making  preparations.  In  this,  it 
is  more  difficult  than  in  the  entire  state,  to  distinguish  the  different 
kinds. 

Jamaica  Sarsaparilla,  which  is  usually  the  most  esteemed,  is  in 
bundles  of  from  1^  to  20  inches  in  length,  and  from  4  to  5  in  breadth, 
distinguished  from  other  kinds  by  its  reddish  colour,  and  by  having 
more  rootlets  attached  to  it,  hence  it  is  sometimes  called  red-bearded 
Sarsaparilla.  It  is  less  mealy,  but  yields  more  extract  than  the  other 
kinds,  and  the  bark  five  times  more  than  the  woody  part.  (Pope.) 
Its  powder  is  of  a  reddish  colour,  and  does  not  produce  so  blue  a 
colour  as  the  Honduras,  and  similar  kinds,  when  tested  with  Iodine. 

*  "Ejus  radices  prae  cseterafum  Smilacum  pollent  materia  ilia  extractiva,  saporis  ama- 
ricantis,  fauces  vellicantis,  Parillinum  dicta,  cui  efficacia  medicaminis  praecipue  debetur." 


592  SARSAPARILLA.  [Endogence. 

Brazilian,  called  also  Lisbon  and  Rio  Negro  Sarsaparilla,  ought  to  be 
of  as  good  quality  as  any  other,  if  yielded  by  the  above  S.  papyracea, 
which,  according  to  Martius,  has  the  sensible  properties  more  marked 
than  other  species,  and  may  be  the  plant  alluded  to  by  Dr.  Hancock. 
Some  is  yielded  perhaps  also  by  the  S.  cordato-ovata.  The  roots  are 
in  bundles  of  from  3  to  5  feet  in  length,  and  not  folded  up,  often  with 
the  chump  attached,  are  less  wrinkled  longitudinally,  have  fewer 
radicles,  a  reddish-brown  colour,  and  are  amylaceous.  The  Hondu- 
ras Sarsaparilla  is  grayish-brown  in  colour,  and,  like  the  last,  has 
but  few  radicles  attached,  is  very  amylaceous,  so  as  to  appear  mealy 
when  broken,  and  becomes  blue  when  either  its  powder  or  decoction 
are  tested  with  Iodine.  Lima  Sarsaparilla,  though  originally  brought 
from  Lima,  is  also  imported  from  Valparaiso  and  Costa  Rica.  (Per.) 
On  account  of  its  resemblance  to  Jamaica  Sarsaparilla,  it  is  often 
sold  for  it.  It  is  folded  in  bundles  3  feet  long  and  9  inches  across, 
having  the  chump  still  attached,  and  contained  in  the  interior. 

Sarsaparilla  roots  are  sometimes  adulterated,  the  inferior  being 
often  passed  off  for  superior  kinds.  The  roots  of  Agave,  and  of  Fur- 
crcca,  also  of  Herreria  stellata,  and  Aralia  nudicaulis,  and  even  the 
stems  of  Dulcamara  and  of  the  Hop,  are  substituted.  Those  of 
Phormium  tenax  have  been  likewise  used  for  Sarsaparilla. 

Sarsaparilla  contains  much  Lignin,  Starch,  and  Mucilage,  a  little 
Acrid  Bitter  Resin,  a  trace  of  Volatile  Oil,  (which  has  the  odour  and 
acrid  taste  of  Sarsaparilla,  p.  591,)  and  a  peculiar  principle,  which 
has  been  variously  named,  because  thought  to  be  different  by  different 
chemists,  as,  first,  Pariglin  by  Pallota,  Smilacin,  Salsiparin,  and  Pa- 
rallinic  Acid,  all  which  have  been  proved  to  be  identical  by  Poggioli. 
Pariglin  (Smilacin)  is  white,  crystallizable,  without  odour,  but  having 
a  bitterish  taste,  very  slightly  soluble  in  cold,  more  so  in  boiling  water, 
and  in  hot  spirit,  also  in  Ether  and  Oils.  Strong  Sul'  turns  it  red, 
and  finally  yellow.  HC1'  dissolves  it,  and  becomes  red.  It  is  com- 
posed of  CaVbon  62-53,  Oxygen  28-8,  Hydrogen  8-67  =  100  (Pog- 
gioli). The  active  properties  of  Sarsaparilla  are  taken  up  both  by 
hot  and  cold  water,  but  are  impaired  by  long  boiling.  They  are  also 
extracted  by  diluted  Spirit;  a  little  addition  of  this,  therefore,  in 
making  its  preparations,  is  probably  useful,  while  long  boiling  is  posi- 
tively injurious. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative,  Diaphoretic ;  will  sometimes  create  nau- 
sea and  vomiting.  Improves  the  state  of  the  constitution,  slightly 
strengthens  and  induces  plumpness  in  Cachectic  cases,  and  in  de- 
praved states  of  the  general  health ;  useful  in  secondary  Syphilis  and 
Mercuric-Syphilitic  cases.  Many  ascribe  its  good  effects  to  the  care 
bestowed  on  the  comfort  and  diet  of  the  patient. 

[INFUSUM  SARSAPARILLA,  U.  S. 

R. — Bruised  Sarsaparilla  3i.  Boiling  Water  Oj.  Digest  for  2  hours  in  a  covered  vessel 
and  strain.] 

INF.  SARSAPARILLA  COMP.,  D.     Comp.  Infusion  of  Sarsaparilla. 

Prep,  Macerate  Sarsaparilla  root,  first  washed  with  cold  water  and  then  sliced,  3j. 

• 


SmilacecB.]  SARSAPARILLA.  593 

and  Lime-water  by  measure  fi>j.  in  a  covered  vessel  for  12  hours,  occasionally  agitating. 
Strain.     The  Lime-water  is  now  considered  unnecessary. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  in  doses  of  f3iij.  two  or  three  times  a 
day. 

DECOCTUM  (SARSAPARILLA,  D.)  SARZ.E,  L.  E.      Decoction  of  Sarsa- 
parilla. 

Prep.  Macerate  sliced  Sarza  (washed  in  cold  water,  D.)  gv.  (3iv.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq. 
dest.  Oiv.  (ftiv.  D.)  for  4  (2,  E.)  hours  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  near  the  fire,  L.  (at  a 
temperature  somewhat  below  ebullition,  E.)  Then  take  out  the  Sarza,  and  bruise  it.  Re- 
place it  and  in  the  same  way  macerate  for  2  hours.  Then  boil  down  to  Oij.  (feij.  by  mea- 
sure, D.  Squeeze  out  the  decoction,  E.)  and  strain.  —  The  long  boiling,  L.  D.,  is  injuri- 
ous ;  as  good  a  preparation  may  probably  be  made  by  the  maceration  without  the  boiling 
down.  The  Sarza  ought  to  be  well  divided,  perhaps  bruised.  The  Extract  is  often  pre- 
scribed with  it,  and  the  Syrup  also  added. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative.  Much  used  in  doses  of  f  3iij.  —  f3vj.  two 
or  three  times  a  day. 

DECOCTUM  (SARSAPARILLA,  D.  [U.  S.])  SARZ^E  COMPOSITUM,  L.  E.  Comp. 
Dec.  of  Sarsaparilla. 

Prep.  Boil  together  for  |  of  an  hour  Decoction  of  Sarza  Oiv.  (by  measure  feiv.  D.), 
bruised  Sassafras,  rasped  Guaiacum  Wood,  and  bruised  (fresh,  E.)  Liquorice  Root  aa  3x. 
(3j.  D.),  Mezereon  35ij.  (3ss.  E.)  Strain.  —  The  boiling  will  necessarily  dissipate  the  Vo- 
latile Oil  of  the  Sassafras. 

[Take  of  Sarsaparilla  sliced  and  bruised  3vj.  Bark  of  Sassafras  Root  sliced,  Guaiacum 
Wood  rasped,  Liquorice  Root  bruised,  each  ^i.  Mezereon  sliced  3iij.  Water  Oiv.  Boil  for 
a  quarter  of  an  hour  and  strain.] 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative.  A  substitute  for  the  Lisbon  diet  drink, 
in  doses  of  f  3iij.  —  f3vj.  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

EXTRACTUM  (SARSAPARILLA,  D.  [U.  S.])  SARZ^:,  L.   Extract  of  Sarsa- 
parilla. 

Prep.  Prepare  as  Extr.  Gentian,  L.  Take  cut  Sarsaparilla  Root  fej.  and  boiling  Aq. 
Cj.  Macerate  for  24  hours,  then  boil  down  to  feiv.  ;  while  hot,  strain,  and  with  heat  eva- 
porate to  the  proper  consistence,  D. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative.  Often  given  with  the  Decoction  in  doses 
of  3ss.  —  3ij. 

[The  Extract  of  Sarsaparilla  U.  S.  is  made  as  follows  :  take  Sarsaparilla  in  coarse 
powder  fej.  diluted  Alcohol  Oiv.  ;  moisten  the  Sarsaparilla  with  the  Alcohol,  and  having 
allowed  it  to  stand  for  24  hours,  transfer  to  an  apparatus  for  displacement,  and  gradually 
add  the  remainder  of  the  diluted  Alcohol.  When  the  last  portion  of  this  shall  have  pe- 
netrated  the  Sarsaparilla,  pour  in  a  sufficiency  of  water  from  time  to  time  to  keep  the 
powder  covered  ;  cease  to  filter  when  the  liquid  which  passes  begins  to  produce  a  preci- 
pitate as  it  falls  into  that  already  passed.  Distil  off  the  Alcohol  from  the  filtered  liquor, 
and  evaporate  the  residue  to  the  proper  consistence.  Taste  acrid. 

D.  gr.  x.  —  3i.] 

EXTRACTUM  SARSAPARILLA  (SARZ^E,  E.)  FLUIDUM,  E.  D.     Fluid  Extract 
of  Sarsaparilla. 


Prep.  Take  Sarza  sliced  fej.,  boiling,  E.  Aq.  Ovj.  (by  measure  fexij.  D.)  Digest 
(boil,  D.)  the  root  for  2  (1,  D.)  hours  in  the  (Oiv.  E.)  water.  (Pour  off  the  liquor,  D.) 
Bruise  the  Sarsaparilla,  replace  it,  and  boil  for  2  hours,  E.  (Add  Oxij.  of  Aq.  and  repeat 
the  boiling  and  pouring  off,  D.)  Filter,  squeeze  out  the  liquid,  set  aside  for  the  dregs  to 
subside.  (Boil  the  residuum  in  the  remaining  Aq.  Oij.  filter,  squeeze  out  this  liquor  also; 

38 


594  SARSAPARILLA.  [Endogenes. 

mix  the  liquors,  E.)  Evaporate  by  continual  boiling  to  the  consistence  of  thin  syrup 
(3xxx.  D.)  When  cool,  E.  add  Rectified  Spirit  ('Jij.  D.)  as  much  as  will  make  in  all 
fjxvj.  Filter.  This  fluid  Extract  may  be  aromatized  with  Volatile  Oils  or  warm  Aro- 
matics,  E. — The  evaporation  may  be  carried  on  without  boiling,  and  the  long  roots  and 
rootlets  of  Jamaica  Sarsaparilla  alone  employed.  This  preparation  is  made  ol  good  qua- 
lity by  several  chemists,  as  by  Mr.  Battley,  Messrs.  Herring,  &c. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  in  doses  of  f 3ss. — f3ij.  with  water,  flavour- 
ed as  agreeable. 

SYRUPUS  (SARSAPARILL;E,  D.)  SARZ.E,  L.  E.     Syrup  of  Sarsaparilla. 

Prep.  Macerate  cut  Sarza  3xv.  (ftj.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Cj.  for  24  hours.  Then  boil 
down  to  Oiv.  (ftiv.  D.),  and  while  hot,  strain.  Then  add  Sugar  gxv.  L.  E.  and  evapo- 
rate to  the  consistence  of  Syrup.  (Proceed  as  for  making  Syrup,  D.) 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative  in  doses  of  f3iv.  with  water,  or  added  to 
the  Decoction. 

[SYRUPUS  SARSAPARILLA  COMPOSITUS,  U.  S.     Compound  Syrup  of  Sar- 
saparilla. 

Take  of  Sarsaparilla  bruised  feij.  Guaiacum  Wood  rasped  3iij.  Hundred.leavtd  Roses, 
Sf.nna,  Liquorice  Root  bruised,  each  3ij.  Oil  of  Sassafras,  Oil  of  Anise,  each  Tl'v.  Oil 
of  Partridge  Berry,  n^iij.  Diluted  Alcohol  Ox.  Sugar  ftviij.  Macerate  the  Sarstiparilla, 
Guaiacnm  Wood,  Roses,  Senna  and  Liquorice  Root  in  the  diluted  Alcohol  for  14  days, 
then  express  and  filter  ;  evaporate  the  tincture  hy  means  of  a  water-bath  to  4  pints ;  fil- 
ter. Add  the  Sugar  and  proceed  in  the  manner  directed  for  Syrup.  Lastly,  having  rubbed 
the  Oils  with  a  small  quantity  of  the  Syrup,  mix  them  thoroughly  in  the  remainder. 

D.  f5ss.  three  or  four  times  daily.] 

ORCHIDE^E,  Juss.     Orchids. 

The  Orchidees,  though  so  interesting  to  horticulturists,  are  of  little 
importance  for  their  uses.  The  Vanilla,  however,  is  remarkable  for 
its  aromatic  fragrance,  and  some  of  the  family  yield  the  highly  nutri- 
tious tubers  known  by  the  name  of  Salep,  Salop,  and  Saloop.  A 
name  which  seems  to  be  derived  from  the  Arabic  Salib.  These  ra- 
dical tubers  are  hard  and  horny  in  appearance,  whitish,  semi-trans- 
parent, with  little  odour,  but  a  mild  mucilaginous  taste.  They  are 
composed  chiefly  of  Bassorin,  some  soluble  Gum,  with  a  little  Starch, 
and  are  considered  by  many  as  containing  the  largest  portion  of  nu- 
tritious matter  in  the  smallest  space.  The  plant  yielding  the  finest 
kind,  a  produce  of  the  Persian  region,  is  imperfectly,  if  at  all  known. 
A  plant  brought  to  the  author  from  near  Cashmere  he  named  Eulo- 
phia  vera,  and  he  himself  prepared  some  very  good  Salep  from  the 
tubers  of  E.  campestris,  found  at  the  foot  of  the  Himalayas  in  North- 
west India  (v.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  370).  Dr.  Falconer  informs  the  author 
that  he  was  told  by  Dost  Mahomed  that  the  finest  Salep  is  produced 
near  Candahar.  Sprengel  considers  Orchis  papilionacea  to  be  the 
Orchis  or  Salep  of  the  ancients.  M.  Beissinhirtz  says  that  Orchis 
Morio,  mascula,  and  militaris,  give  the  best  Salep  in  Europe.  Dr. 
Cullen  says,  "  I  have  seen  it  prepared  in  this  country  from  Orchis 
bifolia,  as  pure  and  as  perfect  as  any  that  comes  from  Turkey." 

Action.  Uses.  Nutritious  and  unirritant  diet  for  the  sick,  convales- 
cents or  children,  boiled  with  water  or  milk,  and  flavoured  as  Sago 
and  other  farinaceous  foods. 


SmilacetB.]  S  A  L  E  P.  595 

CANNED,  R.  Brown.     Marantacece,  Lindl. 

Herbs,  with  fibrous  roots,  often  with  creeping  rhizomes.  Stem  simple  or  branched  at 
apex,  formed  of  sheathing  petioles  of  leaves  surrounding  the  scape.  Leaves  alternate, 
simple,  broad,  with  parallel  veins  diverging  from  the  midrib.  Flowers  perfect,  irregular, 
racemose  or  paniculate,  supported  by  bracts.  Perianth  double,  both  superior.  Calyx  of 
three  sepals.  Corolla  of  six  divisions,  in  two  whorls,  with  the  segments  unequal,  various- 
ly united,  or  abortive.  Stamen  1,  in  consequence  of  the  two  lateral  ones  being  abortive ; 
filament  petaloid,  bearing  the  anthers  on  its  edge;  anthers  simple  or  with  1  cell.  Ovary 
3-celled,  or  1-celled.  Stigma  hooded  and  incurved.  Capsule  1-celled,  sometimes  berried 
or  3-celIed,  3-valved.  Seeds  solitary  or  numerous,  hard,  without  arillus  (vitellus,  Br.} 
Albumen  mealy  or  horny.  Embryo  straight,  with  its  radicle  touching  the  hilum. 

The  Cannese  resemble  Musaceae  in  habit,  and  are  very  closely  allied  to  Scitaminew. 
They  are  found  in  tropical  parts  of  Asia  and  America,  and  are  destitute  of  aroma,  and  re- 
markable for  the  secretion  of  Starch. 

MARANTA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Fecula  of  the  Rhizoma  and  Tubers  of  MA- 
RANTA  ARUNDINACEA,  Linn.  L.  E.  and  of  M.  INDICA,  Tussac.  E.  Arrow 
Root.  Monandria  Monogynia,  Linn. 

The  fecula,  rootstocks,  and  tubers,  have  long  been  familiar  to  the 
inhabitants  of  S.  America ;  but  West  Indian  Arrow  Root  has  only 
been  used  in  England  during  this  century. 

Rootstock  white,  horizontal,  annulated,  from  which  proceed  root-fibres,  some  of  which 
swell  into  tubers,  and  become  jointed  stocks,  similar  to  the  rhizoma,  but  covered  with 
scales.  These  often  elongate,  curve  upwards,  and  rising  out  of  the  ground,  become  new 
plants.  (».  Nees  and  Ebermaier,  Pfl.  Med.  69  and  70.)  Stem  2—3  feet  high,  much 
branched,  slender,  finely  hairy,  tumid  at  the  joints.  Leaves  alternate,  with  long,  leafy, 
hairy  sheaths,  ovate,  lanceolate.  Panicles  terminal,  lax,  spreading,  with  long,  linear, 
sheathing  bracts  at  the  ramifications.  Calyx  green,  smooth.  Corolla  white,  small,  une- 
qual, one  of  the  inner  segments  in  the  form  of  a  lip.  Anther  attached  to  the  petal-like 
filament.  Style  hooded,  petal-shaped.  Ovary  3-celled,  smooth.  Stigma  3-sided.  Fruit 
even,  dry,  1-seeded. 

The  Starch,  or  Arrow  Root,  is  obtained  by  beating  into  a  pulp, 
one-year  old  tubers  (the  Rhizoma  does  not  seem  to  be  used,  neither 
in  this  nor  in  the  Curcumas,  q.  v.),  then  throwing  them  into  water, 
agitating  and  straining  it  so  as  to  separate  the  amylaceous  from  the 
fibrous  portion.  The  starch  suspended  in  the  water  gives  it  a  milky 
appearance.  When  allowed  to  stand  the  fecula  subsides,  is  washed 
with  a  fresh  portion  of  water,  and  afterwards  dried  in  the  sun.  It  is 
then  snow-white,  and  is  composed  of  minute  granules,  usually  ellip- 
tical in  form,  often  like  a  muller  in  shape,  rarely  quite  spherical  or 
ovate.  Many  are  only  a  2000th,  others  as  much  as  a  750th  of  an 
inch  in  length.  Some  Arrow  Root  is  also  produced  in  the  West 
Indies  by  a  plant  there  called  "  Tous  les  Mois,"  referred  to  in  the  E. 
P.  as  "  An  imperfectly  determined  species  of  Canna."  This  by  some, 
as  Dr.  Waterson  of  St.  Kill's,  is  staled  to  be  C.  coccinea.  Dr.  Hamil- 
ton describes  it  as  cultivated  in  Barbadoes,  St.  Kill's,  and  ihe  French 
islands,  as  allaining  in  rich  soils  a  slalure  of  fourleen  feet,  having 
tuberous  roots,  equal  in  size  to  the  human  head.  He  suspects  it  may 
be  identical  with  Ihe  Achira  of  Choco.  This  is  the  Canna  edulis  of 
the  Bot.  Reg.  ix.  775.  Dr.  Pereira  has  described  the  Starch  particles 
as  longer  lhan  those  of  any  other  commercial  fecula  (many  a  300th, 
some  nearly  a  200th  of  an  inch  long).  Their  shape  oval  or  oblong, 
generally  more  or  less  ovate.  The  circular  hilum  is  placed  at  the 
narrow  extremity ;  the  rings  are  numerous  and  close. 


596  ARROW    ROOT.  [Endogena. 

In  India,  Maranta  arundinacea  has  been  successfully  cultivated 
near  Calcutta.  Some  Arrow-root  is  yielded  by  another  species,  M. 
ramosissima.  Besides  these,  much  is  yielded  by  Curcuma  angusti- 
folia,  lcucorhiza,rubescens,  &c. ;  but  the  greater  portion  of  the  Arrow- 
root which  is  exported  is  produced  in  Travancore,  and  we  have  no 
information  respecting  the  species  which  yields  it,  as  Curcuma  an- 
gustifolia  has  not  been  proved  to  be  indigenous  there.  Some  is  also 
made  in  India  from  the  tubers  of  Ipomea  Batatas. 

In  Europe  Potato  Starch  is  often  substituted  for  it.  The  granules 
are  mostly  elliptical,  but  irregular  in  form,  from  a  400th  to  a  300th 
of  an  inch  in  length. 

Action.  Uses.  Arrow-root  participates  in  all  the  properties  of 
Starch  (q.  v.),  and  is  Nutritious  and  Demulcent.  Well  adapted  for 
the  diet  of  the  sick,  convalescents,  and  for  infants  when  weaned.  As 
a  Demulcent  in  Urinary  and  Bowel  complaints.  Arrow-root  makes 
a  firmer  jelly  than  most  of  the  feculas,  with  the  exception,  perhaps, 
of  that  of  Tous  les  Mois. 

SCITAMINE.E,  R.  Brown.     Zingiberaceae,  Lindl. 

Herbaceous  plants,  remarkable  for  aromatic  properties,  with  creeping  or  tuberous 
rootstocks,  rarely  perennial,  with  fibrous  roots,  stemless,  or  with  a  simple  stem  formed 
of  the  sheaths  of  the  leaves  investing  the  scape.  Leaves  radical,  or  alternate,  sheathing, 
with  parallel  veins  diverging  on  either  side  of  midrib.  Flowers  complete,  irregular,  ter- 
minal or  radical,  spiked,  racemose  or  panicled,  each  in  the  axils  of  sheath-like  bracts. 
Perianth  double,  both  superior ;  the  exterior  (calyx)  tubular,  usually  coloured,  3-dentate 
or  trifid ;  the  interior  (corolla)  corol-like  ;  tube  more  or  less  lengthened ;  limb  6-partite, 
in  2  rows.  Stamen  single,  in  consequence  of  the  two  lateral  ones  being  abortive,  inserted 
into  the  throat  within  the  anterior  divisions  of  the  outer  series  of  the  corolla.  Filament 
not  petaloid,  often  extended  beyond  the  anther,  which  is  2-celled.  Ovary  3-celled.  Cells 
many-ovuled,  attached  to  the  inner  angle.  Style  filiform,  received  in  a  furrow  of  the  fila- 
ment. Stigma  dilated,  hollow.  Capsule  3-celled,  3-valved,  many-seeded,  sometimes  ber- 
ried. Seeds  roundish,  with  or  without  an  aril.  Albumen  farinaceous.  A  fleshy  vitellus 
(sacculus  amnioticus)  sheaths  the  apex  of  the  embryo. 

The  Scitaminese,  peculiar  in  habit,  are  most  closely  allied  to  Cannese.  They  are  re- 
markable for  yielding  a  variety  of  spices,  as  Ginger,  the  various  Cardamoms,  and  others 
now  less  known  in  Europe,  as  Zedoary,  Zerumbet,  Galangal,  and  several  of  the  Curcumas, 
which,  besides  Turmeric,  &.C.,  yield  Starch,  or  Arrow-root. 

ZINGIBER,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Rhizoma,  L.  E.  Radix,  D.  Rootstock 
of  ZINGIBER  OFFICINALE,  Roscoe.  (Jlmomum  Zingiber,  Linn.)  D.  Mo- 
nandria  Monog.  Lin. 

Ginger,  the  Ityytfap*  °f  Dioscorides,  and  the  Zinjabil  of  the  Arabs, 
seems  to  derive  its  name  from  the  Sanscrit  Shringaveram.  Pliny  says 
it  was  thought  to  be  the  root  of  Pepper,  and  called  Zimpiperi, — 
"  quanquam  sapori  simile." 

Rootstock  biennial,  creeping.  Stem  annual  erect,  3  or  4  feet  high,  enclosed  in  the 
sheaths  of  distichous  leaves.  Leaves  subsessile,  linear-lanceolate,  smooth.  Spikes  radi- 
cal but  elevated,  oblong-obovate,  strobiliform,  formed  of  single-flowered,  imbricated,  acute 
bracts.  Corolla  with  outer  limb  3-parted,  the  interior  unilabiate.  Lip  3-lobed.  Anthers 
double,  crowned  with  a  single  incurved  beak.  Capsule  3-celled,  3-valved.  Seeds  many, 
arilled. — Cultivated  in  Asia  and  also  in  America. — Nees  von  E.  t.  61. 

Ginger  is  propagated  by  planting  cuttings  of  the  rootstock  of  the 

plant     When  the  rhizome  is  young*  it  may  be  preserved  in  syrup, 

The  late  Hon.  F.  Shore,  when  in  the  Deyra  Doon,  in  conjunction  with  the  Author, 


Scitamineee.}  TURMERIC.  597 

having  been  first  scalded  and  scraped  ;  it  then  forms  the  much-es- 
teemed Preserved  Ginger.  In  the  autumn  the  rhizomes  are  taken  up, 
and  scalded  in  hot  water,  to  stop  the  vegetative  principle  ;  they  are 
then  dried,  without  scraping,  when  they  form  what  is  called  Black 
Ginger,  or  being  scraped,  they  become  White  Ginger.  But  it  is  said 
that  there  are  also  differences  in  the  plants  ;  as  there  are  in  all  which 
have  been  long  cultivated.  We  require  further  information  on  the 
subject.  Most  of  the  Black  Ginger  of  commerce  is  brought  from 
the  East  Indies,  where  it  is  cultivated  both  in  the  plains  and  moun- 
tains; the  White  Ginger  comes  principally  from  the  West  Indies. 
Much  is  further  whitened  by  being  bleached  with  Chloride  of  Lime, 
&c.  Both  kinds  are  remarkable  for  their  warm  and  fiery,  but  grate- 
ful aromatic  taste,  and  yield  their  principles  readily  both  to  water 
and  to  spirit.  Ginger  consists  of  Lignin,  Starch,  Gum,  Bassorin, 
Acidulous  Extractive,  a  yellow  acrid  Volatile  Oil,  and  some  soft, 
very  acrid  Resin. 

Action.  Uses.  Grateful  and  Warm  Aromatic.  Rubefacient.  Er- 
rhine,  Sialagogue.  Stimulant  Stomachic,  much  used  to  give  a  tone 
to  the  Stomach,  and  in  Flatulence.  Used  also  as  a  condiment  and 
as  an  addition  to  various  officinal  preparations,  chiefly  aromatic  and 
purgative  compounds.  Besides  the  Syrup  and  Tincture,  the  effects 
may  be  obtained  from  its  powder,  in  doses  of  gr.  x.  —  9j.  or  the 
Essence,  which  is  a  concentrated  Tincture,  or  from  Lozenges  made 
with  it. 

TINCTURA  ZINGIBERIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Ginger. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  14  days  powdered  Ginger  gijss.  (gviij.  U.  S.)  in  Proof  Spirit,  L. 
D.  (Rectified  Spirit,  E.)  Oij.  (by  measure  feij.TD.)  Strain.  (Proceed  as  for  Tinct.  Cin- 
chonae,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Warm  Carminative  Adjunct,  in  doses  of  nix.  —  f3j. 
The  Tincture  is  best  made  with  Rectified  Spirit,  as  it  is  not  then  so 
apt  to  become  turbid. 

SYRUPUS  ZINQIBERIS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Syrup  of  Ginger. 

Prep.  Infuse  bruised  Ginger  gijss.  (giv.  D.)  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  (by  measure  ftiij.  D.) 
for  4  (24,  D.)  hours.  To  the  filtered  liquor  add  Sugar  (pure,  E.)  ftijss.  (q.  s.  D.)  Dissolve 
(with  the  aid  of  heat,  E.  and  make  a  Syrup,  D.) 

Action.    Uses.     A  pleasant  adjunct  to  draughts,  &c.,  in  doses  of 
i.—  f3iv. 


[The  Syrup  of  Ginger  of  the  U.  S.  P.  is  made  by  adding  f  3iv.  of 
Tincture  of  Ginger  to  a  gallon  of  Syrup,  and  evaporating  the  Alcohol 
by  a  warm  bath.] 

CURCUMA,  L.  E.  D.     Rhizoma,  L.  E.     Radix,  D.  of  CURCUMA  LONGA, 
Linn.     Turmeric. 


Curcuma  appears  to  be  the  xuwsigog  iv&xoj  of  Dioscorides  ;  but  the 


succeeded  in  making  very  good  preserved  Ginger,  by  taking  up  the  rhizomes  when  very 
young,  scalding  them  in  hot  water,  and  then  preserving  in  Syrup.  That  prepared  in 
India  is  usually  very  stringy.  The  Chinese  Ginger,  though  in  large  pieces,  is  yet  com- 
paratively tender  throughout. 


598  CARDAMOMUM.  \Endogenas. 

name  is  no  doubt  derived  from  the  Persian  name  kurkoom.  Turmeric 
is  extensively  cultivated  in  almost  every  part  of  India,  being  employed 
as  a  condiment  by  the  natives. 

Rhizoma  perennial,  having  many  elongated  ramifications  ;  b'ke  it,  yellow  in  colour, 
with  numerous  root-fibres  proceeding  from  the  rhizoma,  many  of  which,  as  in  the  Ma- 
ranta  (r.  p.  595),  swell  into  white  tubers.  The  leaves  are  all  radical,  bifarious,  with  long 
sheathing  petioles,  broad,  lanceolar,  of  a  uniform  green.  The  scape  rises  from  the  midst 
of  the  leaves,  is  short,  and  formed  into  a  spike  by  numerous  imbricated  and  united  bracts, 
in  the  lower  only  of  which  are  from  3  to  5  flowers,  supported  by  bracteoles.  Corolla  with 
a  tube  gradually  enlarged  upwards  ;  limb  double,  each  3-parted.  Anther  double,  incum- 
bent, bicalcarate  at  the  base.  Style  capillary.  Capsule  3-celled.  Seeds  numerous,  aril- 
late.  —  Cultivated  in  India  and  China.  Bot.  Reg.  t.  1825.  Nees  von  E.  59  as  Amomum 
Curcuma. 

The  ramifications  of  the  rootstock  form  Turmeric,  while  Arrow- 
root is  procured  from  the  white  tubers,  as  in  Maranta,  q.  v.  The 
Turmeric  is  sometimes  divided  into  round  and  into  long,  but  there 
are  a  great  many  varieties.  The  latter  is  most  common,  about  the 
size  of  the  little  finger,  curved,  pointed,  and  marked  externally  with 
transverse  annular  wrinkles,  of  a  yellow  colour,  but  somewhat  of  a 
reddish-brown  internally.  The  powder  is  of  a  bright  yellow  colour. 
The  odour  of  Turmeric  is  peculiar,  usually  very  conspicuous  in 
Currie  Powder.  The  taste  is  warm  and  bitterish,  but  spice-like.  It 
contains  a  yellow  Starch,  a  yellow  Colouring  matter,  and  an  odorous 
acrid  Volatile  Oil  (Curcumin). 

Action.  Uses.  Turmeric  is  a  mild  aromatic,  and  much  employed 
as  a  condiment.  It  is  also  used  in  dyeing.  It  is  officinal  chiefly  for 
making  Turmeric-paper,  this  being  turned  from  yellow  to  a»reddish- 
brown,  and  thus  being  a  ready  method  of  detecting  any  alkaline 
excess. 

CARDAMOMUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Semina,  L.  D.  The  Fruit,  E.  of 
ELETTARIA  CARDAMOMDM,  Maton.  (Referred  to  Alpinia,  L.  Reneal- 
mia,  E.,  and  to  the  genus  Amomum  in  the  D.  P.)  The  Lesser  or 
Officinal  Cardamom.  Monand.  Monog.  Linn. 


Cardamoms  were  probably  the  xa^afiw/uLov  of  the  Greeks,  as  they 
are  produced  in  the  same  tract  as  Pepper,  though  it  is  difficult  to 
prove  the  point.  A  great  variety  are  known,  and  have  been  ably 
examined  by  Dr.  Pereira  in  his  Elements  ;  but  it  is  equally  difficult 
to  refer  them  to  their  respective  plants.  There  is  no  doubt,  however, 
that  the  officinal  Cardamom  is  produced  in  Wynaad  and  Coorg,  on 
the  Malabar  coast,  and  by  the  plant  so  fully  described  and  figured 
by  Mr.  White,  and  communicated  by  the  Directors  of  the  East  India 
Company  to  the  Linnean  Society  (v.  Trans,  x.  p.  229),  as  well  as  by 
Dr.  Roxburgh.  (Fl.  Indica,  ed.  Wall.  i.  p.  68.)  It  was  formed  into 
a  new  genus,  Elettaria,  by  Dr.  Maton,  where  it  is  best  retained  until 
a  re-examination  of  the  family  is  made  by  a  competent  botanist. 

Rhizoma  with  numerous  fleshy  fibres.  Stems  from  6  to  9  feet  high.  Leaves  lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  pubescent  above,  silky  beneath.  Scapes  or  flowering  racemes  from  the 
base  of  the  stem  comppundly  flexuose,  procumbent.  Outer  limb  of  the  corolla  in  three 
oblong  lobes,  inner  a  single  lip.  Anther  of  two  distinct  lobes.  Filament  with  two  trans. 
verse  lobes  at  the  base,  emarginate,  and  simple  at  the  summit.  Capsule  of  3  cells  and  3 


Scitaminete.] 


CARDAMOMS. 


599 


valves,  with  a  central  receptacle.     Seeds  rough  tunicated. — Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  x.  t  4  and 
5.    Nees  von  E.  66.    St.  and  Ch.  106. 

Fig.  92. 


The  Cardamom  plant  springs  up  spontaneously  after  the  felling  of 
large  trees  and  the  clearing  away  of  the  undergrowth.  In  the  Fe- 
bruary (or  April,  White)  of  the  fourth  year,  four  or  five  flowering 
suckers  are  seen  to  spring  from  the  stem  near  the  root.  Of  these  the 
fruit  is  ripe  by  the  following  November,  when  it  is  collected,  and  re- 
quires only  drying  in  the  sun. 

Cardamoms  in  the  capsule  are  from  4  to  7  lines  long,  from  3  to  4 
thick,  3-sided,  with  rounded  angles,  obscurely  pointed  at  both  ends, 
longitudinally  wrinkled,  and  of  a  yellowish-white  colour.  The  seeds 
are  small,  angular,  irregular,  dotted  on  their  surface,  of  a  brown  co- 
lour, easily  reduced  to  powder.  Varieties  are  distinguished  by  the 
names  of  Shorts,  Short-longs,  and  Longs,  probably  all  produced  by 
the  same  plant.  Mr.  White  describes  the  fruits  as  collected  being 
separated  into  three  or  four  sorts,  head,  middle,  and  abortive  fruits. 
The  odour  of  Cardamoms  is  fragrant,  the  taste  warm,  slightly  pun- 
gent, and  highly  aromatic.  These  properties  are  extracted  by  water 
and  Alcohol,  but  more  readily  by  the  latter.  They  depend  on  a  Vo- 
latile Oil  (about  4  per  cent),  which  rises  with  water  in  distillation. 
The  seeds  also  contain  Fixed  Oil  10-4.  Alcohol  extracts  from  them 
12-5  per  cent,  of  an  acrid  burning  Resin  and  Extractive  matter.  The 
Lignin  amounts  to  about  77  per  cent. 

TINCTURA  CARDAMOMI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Cardamoms. 

Prep.  Digest  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  bruised  Cardamoms  giijss.  (3ivss.  E.  [U.  S.])  in  Proof 
Spirit  Oij.  Strain.  (Squeeze  the  residuum  and  filter  the  liquor ;  or  better  prepare  by 
percolation,  B.  Tinct  Caps.,  first  grinding  the  seeds  in  a  coffee-mill,  E.) 


TINCTURA  CARDAMOM:  COMPOSITA,  L.  E.  D. 
Cardamoms. 


Compound  Tincture  of 


Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.)  days  Cardamoms  and  Caraways  aa  bruised  3ijss.  (3ij. 
D.),  Cochineal  bruised  3].  L.  E.  bruised  Cinnamon  3v.  (3ss.  D.),  Raisins  3v.  L.  E., 
Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftij.  D.)  Strain.  Express  strongly,  and  filter,  or  prepare 
by  percolation,  beating  together  the  solid  materials,  and  leaving  them  moistened  with  a 
little  Spirit  for  12  hours  before  they  are  put  in  the  percolator,  E. 


600 


CROCUS. 


[Endogena. 


Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  adjuncts  to  draughts,  &c.,  in  doses  of  f3j. 
— f3ij. 

IRIDE.E,  Juss.     Corn  Flags. 

Herbs  or  undershrubs,  with  tuberous  rootstocks.  Leaves  usually  radical,  distichous. 
Flowers  regular  or  irregular,  each  with  2  spathe-like  bracts,  and  a  common  2-leaved 
spathc.  Perianth  petaloid,  6-fid,  or  6-partite,  divisions  in  2  rows,  but  confounded  to- 
gether. Stamens  3,  opposite  to  and  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  exterior  segments  of  the 
perianth;  anthers  opening  outwards.  Ovary  inferior,  3-celled.  Style  single,  with  3 
often  petaloid  stigmas.  Capsule  3-celled,  3-valved,  bearing  the  dissepiments  in  the 
middle.  Seeds  many,  attached  to  the  central  angle.  Albumen  horny  or  densely  fleshy, 
enclosing  the  cylindrical  embryo.  Radicle  turned  towards  the  hilum. — R.  Brown  chiefly. 

The  Iridec  are  naturally  allied  to  Orchideae.  They  are  found  in  temperate  parts  of 
the  world.  The  rootstocks  of  different  species  of  Iris  have  long  been  employed  in  medi- 
cine. Iris  Jlorentina  yields  Iris  (orrice)  root,  which  is  collected  chiefly  near  Florence 
and  Leghorn,  and  sent  to  other  parts  of  the  world,  and  finds  its  way  to  India,  where  it  is 
called  Bekh-bunufsha  (violet-root).  It  has  a  pleasant  odour  resembling  that  of  the  violet, 
a  bitterish  acrid  taste,  much  fecula  with  an  acrid  volatile  oil.  It  is  now  used  chiefly  to 
impart  an  agreeable  odour  to  the  breath,  and  its  powder  as  perfumery ;  much  used  by  the 
French  for  making  small  round  balls  to  keep  open  issues.  The  Costus  of  the  ancients 
(koot  and  puchuk  of  the  natives)  is  often  called  Orrice-root  in  Northwest  India. 

CROCUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Stigmata  exsiccata,  L.     Stigmata,  E.  D. 


of  Crocus  sativus.  Jlllioni.     Saffron. 


Triandria  Monog.  Linn. 


Crocus  is  mentioned  by  Homer  and  Hippocrates :  and  as  Carcom 
in  the  Old  Testament.  It  is  kurkoam  of  the  Persians  and  zafran  of 
the  Arabs. 


Fig.  93. 


The  cormus  (fig.  93)  is  roundish,  and  from  its 
lower  surface  proceed  numerous  radicles.  The 
leaves  are  7  or  8  inches  long,  very  narrow,  tra- 
versed by  a  white  midrib,  and  having  long  mem- 
branous sheaths  at  the  base.  They  appear  just 
as  the  flowers  begin  to  fade.  These  are  of  a 
purplish  colour,  and  make  their  appearance  in 
autumn.  They  are  axillary,  with  a  2-valved 
membranous  spath,  funnel-shaped,  with  a  long 
tube  and  6-parted  limb,  the  throat  bearded.  Sta- 
mens 3,  inserted  into  the  tube.  Anthers  sagit- 
tate. Style  filiform,  with  3  long  linear  stigmas, 
wedge-shaped  and  notched  at  apex,  drooping  on 
one  side,  of  a  deep  orange-colour.  Capsule  oval, 
acuminate,  3-celled,  many-seeded.  Seeds  round- 
ish.— Saffron  was  early  cultivated  in  Egypt  and 
Persia.  The  author  obtained  it  from  Cashmere, 
(fc.  Himal.  Bot.  p.  2.)  It  has  long  been  intro- 
duced  into  Europe.  Saffron  Walden  was  so 
named  from  its  being  cultivated  there. 

The  stigmata  are  the  only  officinal 
parts  of  the  plant.  These  with  a  por- 
tion of  the  style  are  separated  and 
carefully  dried  on  paper  by  artificial 
heat.  When  dried,  they  form  narrow 
shreds  about  an  inch  in  length,  of  a 
brownish-red  colour,  and  are  called 
Hay  Saffron ;  the  produce  of  about  60,000  flowers  are  required  to 
make  up  a  pound.  At  other  times  the  Saffron  is  pressed  together, 
and  forms  what  is  called  Cake  Saffron,  as  is  done  with  that  of  Persia, 


SAFFRON.  601 

which  is  highly  esteemed  when  imported  into  India :  the  Hay  Saffron 
being  the  produce  of  Cashmere.  But  the  Cake  Saffron  procurable 
in  the  shops  here  is  made  up  of  Safflower  (Carthamus  tinctorum)  and 
gum-water.  (Per.)  Saffron  is  now  imported  both  from  France  and 
Spain,  a  little  from  other  parts  of  Europe,  and  some  from  Bombay, 
which  must  be  the  produce  of  Cashmere  or  of  Persia.  Saffron  must 
necessarily  be  dear,  from  the  space  and  labour  required  to  produce 
even  a  small  quantity ;  and  therefore  it  is  frequently  adulterated  with 
Safflower,  M  arygold,  occasionally  with  shreds  of  dried  beef;  and  old 
Saffron  is  sometimes  oiled  to  make  it  look  fresh,  or  that  of  which  the 
colour  has  been  extracted  is  sold  as  good  and  fresh  Saffron. 
.  Saffron  has  a  strong  aromatic  odour,  and  warm  bitter  taste,  and  is 
of  a  deep  orange-colour,  which  it  imparts  readily  to  water  or  to  Spirit, 
and  tinges  the  saliva  yellow  when  chewed.  Analyzed,  it  yielded  of 
Volatile  Oil  7-5,  Gum  6-5,  a  yellow  Colouring  matter  (Polychroite) 
65  per  cent.,  the  remainder  consisting  of  Wax,  Albumen,  a  little  Sa- 
line matter,  Lignin,  and  moisture.  The  properties  depend  probably 
on  the  Volatile  Oil  and  also  on  the  Colouring  matter,  as  this  has  been 
separated  into  a  Volatile  Oil  and  a  bitter-tasted  red  substance. 

Action.  Uses.  Slightly  Stimulant,  and  highly  esteemed  in  Eastern 
countries,  as  it  formerly  was  in  Europe.  Much  used  as  an  ingredient 
in  the  cookery  of  the  East,  as  in  that  of  the  Continent ;  but  is  chiefly 
employed  here  as  a  colouring  ingredient;  sometimes  in  nervous  af- 
fections, in  doses  of  gr.  x. — 3ss.  Forms  an  ingredient  of  several 
officinal  compounds,  as  Confectio  Aromatica. 

SYRUPUS  CROCI,  L.  E.     Syrup  of  Saffron. 

Prep.  Macerate  Saffron  3x.  in  boiling  Aq.  Oj.  in  a  lightly  covered  vessel  for  12  hours, 
then  strain,  and  add  Sugar  ftiij.  (Proceed  as  for  Syrup  of  Orange-Peel,  E.) 

Action.     Uses.     Useful  as  a  colouring  addition  to  draughts. 
TINCTURA  CROCI,  E.     Tincture  of  Saffron. 

Prep.  Digest  Saffron  chopped  fine  3ij.  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.     Or  prepare  by  percolation. 

Action.  Uses.  Emmenagogue,  but  used  also  as  a  Colouring  in- 
gredient. 

ACORACE^:,  Lindl.     (Now  a  tribe  of  Orontiacece.) 

A  spadix  naked  and  closely  covered  with  flowers.  Flowers  surrounded  with  6  scales. 
Ovaries  3-celled,  about  6  suspended  ovules  in  each  cell.  Stigmas  3-lobed.  Berries  1- 
seeded.  (Lindl.}  The  Acoracea  are  now  made  a  tribe  of  Orontiacea  by  Dr.  Lindley 
(Veg.  King.  p.  194),  and  are  like  these  allied  to  Arace.ee,  many  of  which  secrete  much 
Fecula  often  united  with,  acrid  principle ;  but  as  the  Starch  may  be  separated  by  washing, 
as  in  the  case  of  what  is  called  Portland  Sago  or  Arrow-root,  yielded  by^lrurn  maculatum, 
so  the  rootstocks  of  several  form  articles  of  diet  in  different  countries. 

ACORUS  CALAMUS,  Linn.  L.  E.     Rhizoma,  L.  E.     (CALAMUS,  U.  S.)  or 
Rootstock  of  Common  Sweet  Flag.     Calamus  aromaticus,  E. 

The  axopov  of  the  Greeks,  the  witj  of  the  Arabs,  and  buck  of  the 
Hindoos.  It  has  no  claim  to  the  name  assigned  it  in  the  E.  P. 


602 


AVENA    SATIVA. 


[Endogena. 


Rhizoma  thick,  rather  spongy,  aromatic  like 
every  other  part  of  the  plant.  Leaves  erect,  2 — 3 
feet  high,  about  an  inch  broad,  of  a  bright  green 
colour.  Stalk  2-edged  or  leaflike,  but  thicker 
below  the  spadix,  which  issues  from  one  of  th 
edges,  about  a  foot  above  the  root,  2  or  3  inche 
long,  tapering,  covered  with  numerous  thickly 
set,  pale-green  flowers,  characterized  as  in  the 
family. — Native  of  Europe  and  of  moist  and  cool 
parts  of  India,  also  of  North  America. — St.  and 
Ch.  32.  Nees  Ton  E.  24. 

The  rhizoma,  or  creeping  procum- 
bent stem,  which  throws  up  leaves 
from  its  upper  and  roots  from  its 
lower  surface,  is  flattened,  jointed,  or 
marked  with  the  semicircular  impres- 
sions of  the  leaves,  of  a  light  brownish 
colour  externally,  with  a  reddish  tinge 
in  the  inside.  The  odour  is  strong 
and  aromatic,  but  not  very  agreeable; 
the  taste  warm,  bitterish,  aromatic, 
and  a  little  acrid.  It  contains  Volatile 
Oil,  Resin,  Extractive,  Salts,  woody 
fibre,  and  water. 

Action.  Uses.  Aromatic  Stimulant.  The  author  has  frequently 
prescribed  it  in  conjunction  with  bitters,  as  the  Chiretta  and  Bonduc 
Nut,  and  with  success  as  an  Antiperiodic  in  Agues.  In  powder  in 
doses  of  gr.  x. — 9j. ;  or  in  infusion  (3jss. — 3ij. — Oj.  Aq.)  in  doses 
of  fSjss. 

GRAMINE.E,  Juss.     Grasses. 

Stem  cylindrical,  usually  fistular.  Leaves  alternate,  with  split  sheaths.  Flowers  per- 
fect or  unisexual,  in  spikelets  consisting  of  a  common  rachis  with  imbricated  bracts,  ot 
which  the  exterior  are  called  glumes,  the  interior,  or  those  immediately  enclosing  the 
stamens  palea,  and  the  innermost,  at  the  base  of  the  ovary,  scales.  These  are  2  or  3  in 
number,  sometimes  wanting.  Stamens  hypogynous,  1,  2,  3,  4,  6,  or  more;  anthers  versa- 
tile, notched  at  both  ends.  Ovary  simple;  styles  2,  very  rarely  1  or  3;  stigmas  feathery. 
Pericarp  membranous.  Albumen  farinaceous ;  embryo  on  one  side  of  the  albumen,  len- 
ticular.— Lindley  chiefly. 

Grasses  constitute  the  most  important  of  families,  being  found  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 
Their  herbaceous  parts  afford  fodder  for  cattle,  and  secrete  fecula  in  their  seeds,  which 
forms  the  chief  food  of  mankind.  Sugar  is  secreted  by  some,  but  especially  by  the  Sugar- 
Cane,  and  a  Volatile  Oil  by  Andropogon  Calamus  aromaticus,  Royle,  and  several  other 
species.  This  oil,  often  called  Oil  of  Spikenard,  is  extremely  grateful  for  its  fragrance, 
powerful  as  a  stimulant,  and  especially  useful  as  an  embrocation,  with  one-half  or  two- 
thirds  of  Olive  Oil,  in  rheumatism  of  the  joints,  &c.  Silex  is  deposited  on  the  surface 
of  most  grasses,  as  well  as  in  the  joints  of  the  Bamboo,  forming  Tabasheer. 

Tribe  Avenece. 

AVENA,  L.  E.  D.  Semina  integumentis  nudata,  L.  Seeds,  E.  of  AVENA 
SATIVA,  Linn.  The  Common  Oat.  Farina  ex  seminibus,  D.  (Avenae 
Farina,  U.  S.)  Oatmeal. 

The  Oat  (/Sgujuws  of  Dioscorides)  was  known  to  the  Greeks. 
The  oat  is  distinguished  among  cereal  grains  by  its  loose  panicle.    Spikelets  3-  2-flow- 


Graminece.]  HORDEUM    DISTICHON.  603 

ered.  Florets  smaller  than  the  glumes,  naked  at  the  base,  alternately  awned.  Outer 
palea  with  lateral  nerves,  awned,  ending  in  two  points.  Awn  dorsal,  kneed  and  twisted. 
Stamens  3.  Ovary  hairy  at  the  top.  Stigmas  2.  Scales  2.  Grain  long,  crested  and 
furrowed.  —  A  native  probably  of  the  Persian  region.  Several  varieties  are  cultivated  in 
Europe.  —  Nees  von  E.  28. 

The  grains  of  Oat  when  deprived  of  their  integuments  form  Groats, 
when  these  are  crushed,  Embden  and  Prepared  Groats.  When  the 
grain  is  kiln-dried,  stripped  of  its  husk  and  delicate  outer  skin,  and 
then  coarsely  ground,  it  constitutes  the  oatmeal  of  Scotland.  "  The 
husk,  with  some  adhering  starch  from  the  seed,  is  sold  under  the  in- 
consistent name  of  Seeds"  (c.)  Oats,  according  to  Vogel,  consist  of 
34  of  husk  and  66  per  cent,  of  meal,  and  Oatmeal,  in  100  parts,  of  59 
of  Starch,  4-3  of  Albuminous  matter,  Bitter  Extractive  and  Sugar 
8-25,  Gum  2-5,  with  23-95  of  Lignin  and  moisture.  Dr.  Christison 
finds  as  much  as  72  per  cent,  of  Starch,  and  that  it  consists  therefore 
of  nearly  five-sixths  of  real  nutriment. 

Action.  Uses.  Groats  and  Oatmeal  are  nutrient  and  demulcent. 
When  boiled  with  water  (3j.  to  Aq.  Oj.  boiled  to  Oss.)  Gruel  is  form- 
ed, which  is  so  useful  as  diet  for  the  sick.  Oatmeal,  when  of  thicker 
consistence,  forms  Porridge,  and  may  be  employed  for  making  poul- 
tices. 

PULVIS  PRO  CATAPLASMATE.     Poultice  or  Cataplasm  Powder. 
Prep.  Linseed  after  the  Oil  has  been  expressed  1  part,  Oatmeal  2  parts.     Mix. 

CATAPLASMA  SIMPLEX,  D.     Simple  Poultice. 

Prep.  Take  Cataplasm  powder  and  boiling  Aq.  q.  s.  to  make  a  poultice,  which  should 
be  smeared  over  with  Olive  Oil  while  warm. 

Tribe  Hordece. 

HORDEUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Semina  (decortica,  D.)  integumentis  nu- 
data,  L.  Pearl  Barley.  Decorticated  Seeds,  E.  of  HORDEUM  DIS- 
TICHON, Linn.  Common  or  Long-eared  Barley.  Triandria  Digy- 
nia,  Linn. 

Barley  formed  one  of  the  ancient  articles  of  diet  (Exod.  ix.  31, 
v.  Bibl.  Cycl.)  The  Hebrew  name  shoreh  is  very  similar  to  the  Ara- 
bic shair.  It  is  the  ^n  of  Dioscorides. 


Several  species  of  Barley  are  cultivated.  H.  vvlpnre  or  Spring  Barley,  having  its 
grains  arranged  in  four  rows,  and  H.  hexasticfion,  or  Winter  Barley,  having  the  same  in 
6  rows,  and  the  officinal  species,  H.  distichon,  or  Common  Barley.  Spikelets  3  together. 
Glumes  2,  terminating  in  long  awns,  with  1  perfect  flower,  which  is  distichous,  close 
pressed  to  the  stem,  awned,  the  lateral  florets  male,  awnless,  with  the  upper  flower  a  su- 
bulate rudiment  placed  next  the  rachis.  PaletB  2,  the  inferior  one  ending  in  an  awn. 
Stamens  3.  Ovary  hairy  at  the  apex.  Segments  2,  feathery.  Scales  2.  Guin  oblong 
internally,  with  a  longitudinal  furrow,  adherent  to  the  ovary.  —  Probably  a  native  of  Tar- 
tary,  (Reideul.) 

The  grains  of  Barley,  deprived  of  their  husks,  which  according  to 
Einhof  amount  to  18-75  per  cent.,  form  the  Hulled  or  Scotch  Barley, 
and  when  ground,  Barley  Meal.  When  the  process  of  decortication 
is  carried  further,  and  the  grains  become  rounded  or  ovoid,  but  still 
retain  the  mark  of  the  longitudinal  furrow,  they  form  the  officinal 


604  TRITICUM    VULGAR  E.  \Endogenae. 

article,  Pearl  Barley.  This  ground  to  powder,  forms  Patent  Barley, 
(p.)  It  abounds  in  Starch,  with  a  little  Gluten,  Sugar,  and  Gum. 
According  to  the  analysis  of  Einhof,  Barley  consists  of  Meal  70-05. 
Water  11-20,  and  of  Husk  18-75  in  100  parts,  while  the  Meal  consists 
of  67-18  of  Starch,  5-21  of  uncrystallizable  Sugar,  4-62  of  Gum,  3-52 
of  Gluten,  1-15  of  Albumen,  6-24  of  Phosphate  of  Lime,  and  7-29  of 
Vegetable  fibre,  the  remainder  being  water  and  loss.  Proust,  how- 
ever, considers  some  of  the  Starch  to  be  peculiar,  and  intermediate 
in  its  nature  between  Starch  and  Lignin,  and  he  calls  it  Hordein. 
But  its  nature  is  not  well  understood.  When  Barley  is  malted,  Sugar 
and  Gum  are  produced  at  the  expense  of  the  Starch  (of  the  Hor- 
deine). 

DECOCTUM  HORDEI,  L.  D.     Barley  Water. 

Prep.  Take  Barley  3ijss.  (gij.  D.)  wash  off  extraneous  matters  with  water,  pour  on 
it  Aq.  Oss.  (by  measure  fess.  D.)  and  slightly  boil,  throw  this  away  and  pour  on  it  boiling 
Aq.  Oiijss.  (by  measure  fl»v.  D.)  and  boil  down  to  Oij.  (half,  D.)  Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Mucilaginous  Demulcent,  containing  the  soluble  parts 
of  the  Barley. 

DECOCTUM   HORDEI  COMPOSITITM,  L.  D.     MISTURA  HORDEI,  E.     Com- 
pound Decoction  of  Barley,  or  Barley  Mixture. 

Prep.  Take  (Pearl  Barley  gijss.,  if  necessary  clean  it  by  washing,  and  with  Aq.  Oivss. 
boil  down  to  Oij.  E.)  Decoction  of  Barley  Oij.  (by  measure  fi>iv.  while  boiling,  D.)  add 
stoned  Raisins,  Figs  sliced  aa  gijss.  sliced  and  bruised  Liquorice  Root  3v.  (3ss.  D.)  Aq. 
Oj.  L.  E.  Boil  down  to  Oij.  (ftij.)  and  strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent,  and  useful  as  a  pleasant  diet  drink. 

SECALE  CEREALE,  Linn.,  or  Common  Rye,  is  sometimes  made  offi- 
cinal, and  mentioned  as  Secale  cornutum,  Spurred  Rye,  or  Ergot, 
ERGOTA,  L.  E. ;  but  as  the  properties  of  this  substance  seem  to  depend 
entirely  on  the  presence  of  a  fungus,  it  is  preferable  to  treat  of  it  with 
the  Fungi.  The  Rye  cultivated  in  Europe  is  considered  to  be  a  na- 
tive of  the  Caucasico-Caspian  Desert ;  Dr.  Falconer  met  with  it  in 
Tibet  and  Toorkistan,  where  it  is  called  Deo  gundum,  or  Devil's 
Wheat.  The  meaning  of  Kussemeth,  translated  Rye  and  Fitches  in 
our  Bible,  is  uncertain. 

TRITICUM  VULGARE,  E.     TRITICUM  HYBERNUM,  L.  D.     Wheat. 

Wheat  is  very  similar  in  sound  to  the  Hebrew  khittah,  Arabic 
hinteh,  and  there  is  no  doubt  it  was  cultivated  by  and  formed  the 
food  of  the  earliest  civilized  nations.  It  was  the  *upo»  of  the  Greeks. 

T.  tJU/ojare,  var.  hybernum,  the  kind  most  commonly  cultivated,  is  sown  in  autumn  and 
reaped  irrthe  following  summer.  Spike  four-cornered,  imbricated,  with  a  tough  arti- 
culated rachis.  Spikelets  solitary,  generally  4-flowered.  Flowers  distichous.  Glumes  2, 
nearly  opposite,  equal,  the  upper  one  bicarinate  ;  the  keels  more  or  less  aculeate,  ciliate, 
ventricose,  ovate,  truncate,  mucronate,  compressed  below  the  apex,  round  and  convex  at 
the  back,  with  a  prominent  nerve,  awned  or  awnless.  Stamens  3.  Ovary  pyriform,  hairy 
at  the  apex.  Stigmata  2,  feathery.  Scales  2.  Grain  loose,  externally  convex  and  inter, 
nally  marked  with  a  deep  furrow. — Cultivated  every  where ;  said  to  be  a  native  of  Tar- 
tary. 

Besides  this,  T.  vulgare,  var.  cestivum  or  Spring  Wheat  is  cultivated.     T.  compositum 


Graminece.]  A  M  Y  L  U  M.  605 

or  Egyptian  Wheat  is  distinguished  by  its  compound  spikes.  T.  Spelta,  Bere  or  Spelt, 
much  cultivated  in  France,  and  T.  monococcum,  remarkable  for  having  only  a  single  row 
of  grains. 

The  grain  of  Wheat  differs  from  that  of  both  Barley  and  Oats  in 
not  adhering  to  its  perianth,  so  that  this  is  easily  separated  in  the  pro- 
cess of  thrashing.  It  is  reduced  into  Flour,  Farina  by  grinding.  The 
Bran,  which  constitutes  from  25  to  32  per  cent.,  according  to  the 
variety  of  wheat,  is  separated  by  sifting. 

FARINA.     Farina  Seminum,  L.  E.  D.     Flour. 

Flour,  according  to  analysis  of  Vauquelin,  consists  of  Starch  68-08, 
Gluten  10-80,  Sugar  5-61,  Gum  4-11,  Water  10-25;  but  the  propor- 
tion of  these  constituents  necessarily  varies.  The  ashes  of  Wheat, 
which  amount  only  to  0-15  per  cent.,  consist,  according  to  Henry,  of 
Biphosphates  of  Soda,  of  Lime,  and  Magnesia. 

Flour,  though  officinal,  is  seldom  applied  to  any  medicinal  purpose. 
Its  nutritious  properties,  and  its  superiority  to  all  other  grains  for 
making  bread,  are  well  known.  Both  are  dependent  on  the  presence 
of  Gluten,  which  was  at  one  time  thought  to  be  a  simple  substance, 
but  is  now  known  to  be  compound.  The  Starch  and  Gluten  may 
easily  be  separated  by  kneading  Wheat  Flour  in  water,  when  the  par- 
ticles of  Starch  are  washed  out,  suspended,  and  afterwards  deposited, 
in  the  same  way  as  Sago,  Arrow-root,  and  Tapioca.  There  remains 
behind  a  grayish-white  adhesive  mass,  which  is  also  ductile  and 
elastic.  This  is  Gluten.  Its  properties  are  fully  described  in  chemi- 
cal works.  It  is  remarkable  for  containing  a  large  proportion  of 
Nitrogen,  and  approximating  in  nature  to  Albumen,  Gelatine,  and 
Fibrine.  Owing  to  the  presence  of  Gluten,  the  paste  made  with 
Wheat  Flour  is  very  tenacious,  and  bread  made  with  it  is  light,  po- 
rous, and  well  raised. 

AMYLUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Seminum  Foecula,  L.     Fecula  of  the 
Seeds,  E.  of  Triticum  vulgare,  &c.     Starch. 

Starch  may  be  procured  by  the  above  process ;  but  it  is  obtained 
on  a  large  scale  by  steeping  the  Wheat  Flour  for  some  time  in  water, 
when  Sugar,  Gum,  and  Salts  are  dissolved  the  liquor  becomes  sour, 
from  the  production  of  Lactic  Acid.  The  Gluten,  which  adheres  to 
the  Starch  with  great  tenacity,  is  in  a  great  measure  then  dissolved 
by  the  acid,  and  the  Starch  more  easily  separated.  When  the  Starch 
has  been  separated,  it  is  allowed  to  drain,  and  then  subjected  to  pres- 
sure. In  drying  it  assumes  the  form  of  irregular  prisms,  so  charac- . 
teristic  of  manufactured  Starch.  It  has  of  late  been  obtained  of  fine 
quality  from  Rice,  by  the  action  of  a  weak  solution  of  Caustic  Soda. 
Good  Wheat  Starch  is  white,  and,  without  odour  or  taste,  appears  a 
soft  homogeneous  powder.  But,  when  examined  under  the  micro- 
scope, it  is  found  to  be  composed  of  granules  smaller  than  those  of 
most  other  kinds  of  Starch,  which  are  unequal  in  size,  mostly  glo- 
bular, each  displaying  a  series  of  concentric  rings,  surrounding  a 
central  point,  which  has  been  named  the  hilum.  These  granules  are 
now  considered  to  be  composed  of  an  external  integument,  named 


C06  SACCHARUM.  [Endogena;. 

Amylin,  which  contains  matter  of  the  nature  of  pure  Starch,  now 
called  Amidine.  Starch  globules  are  insoluble  in  cold  water,  but 
boiling  water  bursts  the  Amylin,  or  membranous  tegument,  and  then 
the  Amidine  is  dissolved,  though  not  completely.  If  the  quantity  be 
sufficient,  a  gelatinous  mass  is  produced  on  cooling.  If  brought  when 
cold  into  contact  with  free  Iodine,  a  deep  blue  colour  (v.  p.  56)  is 
produced.  This  colour  is  destroyed  by  heat.  Starch  is  insoluble  in 
Alcohol,  but  this  removes  a  little  Volatile  Oil  which  is  attached  to 
the  Amylin,  also  in  Ether,  as  well  as  in  Fixed  and  Volatile  Oils.  By 
the  action  of  Dil.  Sul'  Starch  is  converted  into  Sugar,  and  by  Nit' 
into  Oxalic  Acid.  In  the  process  of  germination,  as  in  that  of  malt- 
ing, it  is  likewise  converted  into  Sugar  by  the  action  of  a  principle 
called  Diastase.  The  composition  of  Starch  is  variously  given  by 
chemists,  some  stating  it  to  be  C7  H6  O6,  others  as  C12  H'°  Ol0,  and 
also  doubling  the  numbers  of  the  last. 

Action.  Uses.  Starch  is  Nutritious  and  Demulcent,  extensively 
employed  as  an  article  of  diet ;  and  for  the  sick,  in  the  form  of  Sago, 
Arrow-root,  and  Tapioca.  As  hair  powder,  it  is  employed  for  pow- 
dering the  irritated  skin. 

Pharm.  Prep.  Trochisci  Acaciae,  E.  Pulvi  Tragacanthse  comp.  L. 

DECOCTUM  (MaciLAGo,  E.  D.)     AMYLI,  L.     Mucilage  of  Starch. 
Prep.  Rub  up  Starch  3iv.  (3vj.  D.)  with  Aq.  Oj.  (ftj.  by  measure,  D.)     Boil. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent.  Useful  in  Dysenteric  and  Urinary 
Complaints  as  an  injection ;  and  also  for  suspending  powders. 

Other  Grasses  abound  in  Fecula  and  afford  nutritious  diet.  Rice, 
Oryza  saliva,  contains  at  least  85  per  cent,  of  Starch  (v.  p.  605). 
about  3'5  Gluten,  and  a  little  Gum,  Sugar,  Oil,  Water,  Lignine,  and 
Phosphate  of  Lime.  It  forms  a  good  substitute  for  Potatoes,  &c.  ; 
if  carefully  boiled  and  steamed,  the  grains  then  dry,  remain  soft  and 
separate,  instead  of  forming  a  pulpy  mass.  Maize  or  Indian  Corn, 
Zea  Mays,  which,  like  Rice,  forms  the  chief  food  of  millions,  and  is 
highly  esteemed  by  the  Americans,  is  nutritious,  containing  Starch 
80  per  cent.,  Zeine,  Hordeine,  (Bizzio)  a  little  Sugar,  Gum,  Oil,  and 
Salts.  The  flour  is  sold  by  the  name  Polenta.  Coarsely  ground,  it 
makes  excellent  Gruel,  and  may  be  used  for  Poultices.  Sorghum 
vulgare,  the  joar  of  India  durra  of  the  Arabs,  is  well  suited  to  the 
same  purposes,  also  many  of  the  smaller  grains,  especially  of  the 
Tribe  Panicea. 

Tribe  Saccharinece. 

SACCHARUM,  (U.  S.)  Succus  praparatus,  L.  of  SACCHAUUM  OFFICINA- 
RTJM,  L.  E.  D.  Saccharum  pururn,  E.  Succus  concretus  purifi- 
catus,  D.  Sugar.  Purified  or  White  Sugar. 

Saccharum  commune,  E.  Succus  concret.  non  purific.  D.  Brown 
Sugar. 

Sacchari  Fsex,  L.  E.     Syrupus  empyreumaticus,  anglice  Molasses. 


Graminea;.]  SUGAR.  607 

D.  Treacle.     (But  this  is  sometimes  distinguished  from  Molasses 
as  draining  from  Sugar  in  the  process  of  refining.) 

Sugar  is  a  principle  very  generally  diffused  in  the  vegetable  king- 
dom. In  the  East  and  West  Indies  it  is  obtained  chiefly  from  the 
Sugar  Cane,  but  in  the  East  also  from  Palms ;  in  France,  from  the 
Beet-root  and  Mangel-wurzel;  in  America,  from  the  Maple;  but  it 
is  also  found  in  many  fruits,  roots,  &c.  Ij;  is  probable  that  it  was  first 
discovered  by  evaporating  the  juice  of  Palms  in  India,  of  which  the 
Sugar  is  called  jaggary.  But  the  Sugar  of  the  Cane  has  been  known 
both  in  India  and  Egypt  from  very  early  times,  and  the  ancients 
were  acquainted  with  it.  (v.  Essay  on  the  Antiq.  of  Hindoo  Med. 
p.  83.) 

The  Sugar  Cane  grows  from  6  to  12  feet  high,  with  a  jointed  stem,  hard  and  dense 
externally,  but  juicy  in  the  inside.  Leaves  long,  linear,  strap-shaped,  enveloping  the 
stem  with  their  sheaths.  Panicles  1  to  3  feet  long,  elegantly  diffuse  and  waving,  silvery 
from  the  quantity  of  long  hairs  attached  to  each  floret.  Spikelets  all  fertile,  in  pairs,  the 
one  sessile,  the  other  stalked,  articulated  at  the  base,  2-flowered,  tlie  lower  floret  neuter, 
with  1  palea,  the  upper  hermaphrodite,  with  2  paleee.  Glumes  2,  membranous,  obscurely 
l-nerved,  with  very  long  hairs  on  the  back.  Palese  transparent,  awnless,  those  of  the 
hermaphrodite  flowers  minute,  unequal.  Stamens  3.  Ovary  smooth.  Styles  2,  long. 
Stigmas  feathered.  Scales  2,  obscurely  2-  or  3-lobed  at  the  point,  distinct.  Grain  little 
known. — A  native  probably  of  India,  the  Indian  Islands,  or  of  China. — Nees  von  E.  33, 
34,  35.  St.  and  Ch.  148. 

The  Sugar  Cane  is  cultivated  from  cuttings,  and  takes  about  a  year 
to  come  to  maturity.  It  is  then  cut  down  close  to  the  earth,  topped, 
and  stripped  of  its  leaves,  and  crushed  between  iron  rollers,  or  in  a 
wooden  mill.  The  juice  is  first  mixed  with  Lime  to  saturate  the  acid 
which  is  present,  and  then  heated.  The  clear  liquor  is  separated  and 
evaporated  till  it  becomes  granular.  It  is  then  put  into  casks,  and  the 
uncrystallizable  parts  (the  Molasses  or  Treacle)  allowed  to  drain  off, 
and  the  Sugar  left  in  the  state  of  the  Raw  or  Muscovado  Sugar  of 
commerce.  The  quantity  of  this  is  diminished,  and  that  of  the  Sugar 
increased  by  a  less  degree  of  heat  and  by  boiling  in  vacuo.  It  under- 
goes purification  in  various  ways,  by  solution  in  water,  fining  with 
albuminous  matter,  &c.,  filtration  through  a  stratum  of  animal  char- 
coal, evaporation,  and  recrystallization,  and  by  passing  pure  syrup 
through  it.  It  then  forms  pure,  refined,  or  loaf  Sugar. 

Cane  Sugar  (C19H9O»,  Peligot,  CUH10O10,  Thomson,  or  C24H18O18 
+  4  H  O  when  crystallized),  allowed  to  crystallize  slowly  from  its 
solution,  forms  large  crystals  of  hydrated  Sugar,  or  Sugar  Candy, 
in  oblique  rhombic  prisms.  Sugar  is  well  known  for  its  pure  and 
sweet  taste.  Sp.  Gr.  1-6.  It  is  white,  and  without  odour,  soluble  in 
water,  forming  Syrup,  less  freely  so  in  Alcohol.  It  is  unchanged  in 
the  air,  but  when  heated  melts,  and  again  solidifies  on  cooling  in  the 
form  of  glassy  clear  Barley  Sugar.  When  heated  to  a  greater  de- 
gree, it  becomes  decomposed,  swells,  emits  a  peculiar  odour,  becomes 
of  a  deep  brown  colour,  and  is  called  Burnt  Sugar  or  Caramel,  which 
is  much  used  for  colouring  Spirits.  It  burns  away  at  a  higher  heat. 
Sugar  combines  with  the  alkalies:  after  a  time  the  alkaline  character 
disappears,  especially  of  Lime  and  Baryta,  and  an  acid  (the  Glucic) 
is  formed;  and  also  with  some  metallic  oxides,  as  that  of  Lead. 


008  CYPERACEjE.  [Endogenai. 

When  pure,  no  precipitate  takes  place  with  Diacetate  of  Lead.  It 
prevents  both  the  Iodide  and  Carbonate  of  Iron  being  readily  decom- 
posed, and  it  renders  the  fixed  and  volatile  oils  to  a  certain  extent 
miscible  with  water.  Nit'  converts  it  into  Oxalic  acid.  Sul'  chars 
it ;  but  long  boiled  with  diluted  Sul',  it  is  converted  into  Grape  Sugar. 
A  weak  watery  solution  exposed  with  yeast  to  a  temperature  between 
50°  and  80°,  undergoes  fermentation  (v.  p.  615). 

Grape  Sugar  (C2*  H28  Oat  -P-  5  H  O  when  crystallized),  or  Sugar  of 
Fruits,  is  found  in  the  Grape  as  wrell  as  other  fruits,  and  differs  in 
several  particulars  from  Cane  Sugar,  first  in  containing  more  Oxygen 
and  Hydrogen.  It  is  also  less  sweet  and  less  soluble  in  water,  crys- 
tallizes in  warty  granular  masses,  and  combines  with  difficulty  with 
Lime,  Baryta,  and  Oxide  of  Lead.  It  undergoes  fermentation,  and 
is  converted  entirely  into  Alcohol  and  Carb.  acid,  while  Cane  Sugar 
requires  an  equivalent  of  water  to  be  decomposed. 

Action.  Uses.  Dietetic,  Nutrient,  Demulcent.  Sugar  is  much 
used  to  cover  the  taste  of  medicines,  also  in  Syrups,  Conserves,  Con- 
fections, Electuaries,  and  Lozenges;  to  suspend  oily  in  aqueous 
liquids.  Treacle,  remaining  soft,  is  well  adapted  for  making  pills. 

SYRUPUS  (L.)  SIMPLEX,  E.  D.     Syrup. 

Prep.  Dissolve  Sugar  fcx.  (gxxix.  D.)  (boiling,  E.)  Aq.  Oiij.  (ftj.  by  measure  gradu- 
ally mixed,  D.)  with  aid  of  gentle  heat,  E.  (in  a  covered  vessel,  D.) 

[Dissolve  Sugar  feijss.  in  Water  Oj.  by  a  gentle  heat  and  remove  the  scum,  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Syrup  is  applied  to  all  the  pharmaceutical  uses  of 
Sugar.  It  is  preserved  at  a  temperature  of  50°.  It  sometimes  re- 
quires to  be  purified  by  boiling  with  the  white  of  egg. 


The  Cyperacece,  may  be  called  the  Grasses  of  moist  situations,  and 
very  closely  resemble  them  in  appearance ;  but  they  may  readily  be 
distinguished  by  their  stems  being  solid,  often  triangular,  and  their 
leaves  with  entire,  not  split  sheaths.  They  are  much  less  useful  than 
the  plants  of  that  family.  The  famed  Papyrus  belongs  to  the  Cype- 
raceae.  Though  a  few  do  secrete  fecula  in  their  tuberous  rootstocks, 
as  the  Water  Chestnut  of  the  Chinese,  &c.,  others  secrete  a  little  Vo- 
latile Oil,  as  Cyperus  longus  and  rotundus.  They  are  mentioned  here 
because  the  creeping  rhizomes  of  Carex  arenaria,  and  of  a  few  allied 
species,  are  sometimes  used  medicinally,  under  the  name  of  German 
Sarsaparilla. 


III.  ACOTYLEDONES  «*  CRYPTOGAMLE. 

Substance  of  the  plant  composed  of  cellular  tissue  chiefly  (except  in  the  Acrogens). 
No  woody  fibre.  No  true  flowers  with  stamens  and  pistils.  No  distinct  embryo  or 
cotyledons.  Reproduction  taking  place  by  spores,  or  by  a  mere  dissolution  of  the  utri- 
cles of  tissue.  (Lindl.)  These  Cryptogamic,  or  Flowerless  Plants,  are  divided  into  Aero- 
gens  and  Thallogens. 


Acotyledonea.]  F  I  L  I  C  E  S.  609 

Acrogens  grow  by  an  extension  of  the  stem  point,  do  not  increase  in  thickness  when 
once  formed,  and  contain  some  ducts  among  the  cellular  tissue. 

FILICES,  Juss.     Ferns. 

Leafy  plants,  with  a  rhizoma,  in  some  creeping,  or  rising  into  a  palm-like  trunk  (Tree 
Ferns).  Leaves  (or  Fronds)  coiled  up  in  a  circinate  manner  in  vernation,  simple  or  di- 
vided, with  dichotomous  veins  of  equal  thickness,  with  scalarifbrm  vessels  in  the  interior. 
Reproductive  organs  arising  from  the  veins  on  the  under  side  or  edge  of  the  leaf,  and  con- 
sisting of  1-celled  Thecte  or  Sporangia,  which  contain  the  Spores,  and  are  either  stalked, 
with  an  elastic  ring,  or  are  sessile,  and  without  a  ring,  collected  in  Sori  either  naked  or 
with  an  indusium.  The  rhizomes  of  many  Ferns  are  astringent,  some  contain  a  volatile 
oil,  and  some  an  acrid  principle.  The  fronds  are  mucilaginous  when  young,  and  are 
used  as  food  in  some  countries. 

% 

ASPIDIUM,  L.  FILIX,  E.  (FELIX  MAS,  U.  S.)  Rhizoma,  E.  Radix, 
L.  D.,  of  LASTREA  FILIX  MAS,  PresL,  referred  to  Aspidium,  by 
Smith,  &c.  L.  D.  to  Nephrodium  by  Richard,  E.  Male  Shield 
Fern.  Fern  Root. 


This  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  irrsvss  of  Dioscorides.  "  Several 
Ferns  were  no  doubt  employed  medicinally  by  the  ancients. 

The  Rhizoma  horizontal,  thick,  with  numerous  tufts  (the  bases  of  the  fronds)  ranged 
along  the  common  axis,  separated  from  one  another  by  brownish-yellow  silky  scales. 
The  true  roots  emerge  from  between  these  tubercles,  and  descend  downwards.  The 
fronds  or  leaves  ascend  upwards  in  tufts  of  1  to  4  feet  high.  Fronds  bipinnate,  rising  in 
a  circle  from  the  tufted  rhizoma  ;  pinnules  obtuse  and  serrated,  only  slightly  narrowed 
downwards,  and  the  lowest  leaflet  of  considerable  size,  lobes  usually  a  little  combined  at 
the  base.  Veins  distinct,  after  leaving  the  midrib,  not  uniting  with  those  of  the  adjoining 
pinnule.  Stipes,  or  footstalk  and  midrib,  either  glabrous,  yellow,  or  densely  clothed  with 
purple  scales.  Sori  roundish,  scattered,  covered  by  an  indusium,  which  is  reniform,  at- 
tached by  the  sinus.  Sori  placed  in  two  rows  near  the  central  nerve,  and  below  its 
lower  half.  —  Indigenous  in  woods,  but  found  in  other  parts  of  Europe,  &c.  —  Nees  von 
E.  27. 

The  rhizoma,  according  to  M.  Peschier  of  Geneva,  should  be  col- 
lected in  summer.  M.  Geiger  directs  that  the  inner  parts  of  the  fresh 
root-stock  and  of  the  portions  of  leaf-stalk  attached  to  it,  which  are 
fleshy  and  of  a  light  greenish  colour,  should  alone  be  preserved  ;  the 
black  and  discoloured  parts  with  the  fibres  and  scales  should  be  sepa- 
rated, and  the  other  parts  carefully  dried,  powdered,  and  kept  in  small 
well-stopped  bottles,  and  renewed  annually.  The  powder  should  be 
of  a  light  greenish-yellow7  colour,  of  rather  a  disagreeable  odour,  a 
bitter  and  astringent  taste.  Analyzed  by  Geiger,  it  was  found  to 
contain  of  a  Fat  Oil  6-9,  Resin  4-1,  with  Tannin,  Starch,  Gum,  Un- 
crystallizable  Sugar.  Morin  of  Rouen  indicates  a  Volatile  Oil.  M. 
Peschier  of  Geneva  found  its  active  principle  soluble  in  Ether,  an 
aromatic  and  strong  smelling  Fixed  Oil,  Adipocire,  &c.  Ether  ex- 
tracts the  Adipocire  along  with  the  active  ingredient,  but  deposits  the 
former  on  standing. 

Action.  Uses.  Anthelmintic  :  has  been  so  used  from  early  times  ; 
formed  the  basis  of  Madame  Nouffer's  remedy  for  expelling  tape- 
worms. Dr.  Peschier,  a  brother  of  the  above,  Brera,  Ebers,  have  all 
borne  testimony  to  its  efficacy,  in  the  form  of  the  Etherial  Extract, 
of  which  from  12  to  24  grs.  form  a  dose  (at  night  and  again  in  the 
morning)  or  from  1  to  3  drachms  of  the  powder.  A  Decoction  also 

39 


610  CETRARIA.  [Tliallogena:. 

(3j. — Aq.  Oj.)  has  also  been  employed  in  divided  doses.  A  dose  of 
Castor  Oil  is  exhibited  after  the  second  dose  of  the  Etherial  Extract 
in  cases  of  Tape-worm,  especially  of  that  more  common  on  the  Con- 
tinent, the  Taenia  lata. 

Thallogens.    Grow  by  developement  in  all  directions  from  one  common  point. 

LICHENES,  Juss.     Lichens. 

Perennial  plants,  growing  in  the  air,  and  spreading  in  the  form  of  a  leafy  expansion 
or  lobed  thallus,  which  is  formed  of  a  cortical  and  of  a  medullary  layer,  the  former  being 
simply  cellular,  the  latter  both  cellular  and  filamentous.  Reproductive  matter  of  two 
kinds :  1.  Sporules  lying  in  membranous  tubes,  immersed  in  shields  or  disks  (apothecite'), 
which  burst  through  the  cortical  layer,  and  colour  and  harden  by  exposure  to  the  air : 
2.  Separated  cellules  of  the  medullary  layer  of  the  thallus.  (Lindley.) — Crawl  upon  the 
earth,  or  on  rocks,  or  on  the  bark  of  trees,  sometimes  burrowing  into  its  substance.  Some 
are  mucilaginous  and  nutritious,  others  bitter  and  astringent,  and  a  few  remarkable  for 
yielding  colouring  matter. 

CETRARIA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Planta  D.  of  CETRARIA  ISLANDICA,  Achar. 
(Lichen  islandicus,  Linn.)  D.     Iceland  Lichen  or  Moss. 

This  Lichen  was  first  employed  by  the  natives  of  Iceland. 

Plant,  erect,  2  to  4  inches  high,  formed  of  a  dry,  leathery,  smooth,  laciniated,  foliaceous 
thallus,  the  lobes  of  which  are  irregularly  subdivided,  channelled,  and  fringed  at  their  edges. 
Those  divisions  upon  which  the  reproductive  matter  is  produced  are  more  dilated,  smooth, 
of  a  light  brownish  colour,  paler  on  the  under  surface,  rather  reddish  towards  the  base. 
The  fructifications  or  apothecia  are  shield-like,  or  like  shallow  saucers,  with  a  harder 
elevated  rim,  of  a  deeper  brown  colour,  and  project  from  the  -surface  of  the  tballus  near 
its  border.— Mountains  of  both  the  Old  and  New  World. — Nees  von  E.  10.  St.  and  Ch.  69. 

This  Lichen  in  its  dried  state  varies  in  colour  from  grayish-white 
to  reddish-brown,  is  without  smell,  but  has  a  mucilaginous  bitter 
taste.  When  moist,  it  is  a  little  leathery,  but  when  dry,  may  be  pow- 
dered. Cold  water  takes  up  only  a  small  portion,  but  boiling  water 
about  65  per  cent,  of  its  substance,  forming  a  slimy  and  nearly  co- 
lourless liquid,  which,  if  the  decoction  be  strong,  forms  a  jelly  on 
cooling.  Alcohol  dissolves  the  bitter  principle,  which  has  been  called 
Cetrarin,  and  has  been  obtained  in  white  crystals,  which  are  ex- 
tremely bitter,  and  have  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  Cinchona.  Al- 
kalies readily  combine  with  it,  and  form  soluble  compounds,  and  this 
forms  the  best  method  of  freeing  this  and  other  similar  Lichens  from 
their  bitter  principle  ;  as  by  macerating  them  in  24  times  their  weight 
of  a  solution  formed  of  1  part  of  an  alkaline  carbonate  and  375  parts 
of  water.  The  inhabitants  of  Iceland  and  Lapland,  however,  free  it 
of  the  bitter  principle  by  repeated  maceration,  and  make  use  of  it  as 
an  article  of  diet,  either  made  into  bread  or  boiled  with  milk.  They 
find  it  nutritious  from  the  principle  called  Lichenin,  or  Lichen-Starch. 
This  does  not  dissolve,  but  swells  up  in  cold  water ;  the  solution  is 
not  affected,  although  its  jelly  is  rendered  blue,  by  Iodine.  It  may 
be  converted  into  Grape  Sugar  by  dil.  Sul',  and  most  nearly  resem- 
bles the  jelly  of  the  sea-weeds.  Iceland  Lichen  contains  44-6  parts 

100  of  Lichenin  or  this  Starch-like  principle,  3-0  of  Cetrarin,  7-5 
of  Gum  and  uncrystallizable  Sugar,  36-2  of  Lignin,  with  a  little  Wax, 
Colouring  matter,  and  Salts. 


Lichenes.]  LACMUS. 

DECOCTUM  (LICHENIS  ISLANDICI,  D.)  CETRARI^E,  L.  (U.  S.)  Decoction 
of  Iceland  Lichen. 

Prep.  Take  Cetraria  gv.  (3ss.  D.)  boiling  Aq.  Ojss.  (by  measure  ftj.  Digest  for  2 
hours  in  a  covered  vessel,  D.)  Boil  down  to  Oj.  (for  \  hour,  and  while  hot,  D.)  strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent :  Tonic,  for  cases  where  more  stimulant 
remedies  are  unsuitable,  as  Phthisis  and  other  chronic  Pulmonary  af- 
fections, in  doses  of  f3jss. — fSiij.  every  3  or  4  hours. 

LACMUS,  L.  E.  LITMUS,  D.  Thallus  prseparatus,  L.  Litmus.  A  pe- 
culiar Colouring  matter  from  ROCCELLA  TINCTORIA,  Jlchar.  Dyers' 
Orchil  or  Weed. 

Orchil  (written  also  Archill)  is  the  name  of  a  dye,  as  well  as  of 
the  plant  yielding  it.  But  several  distinct  kinds  are  employed  for 
the  same  purpose,  distinguished  by  different  names  according  to  the 
country  from  whence  they  are  imported.  Also,  by  manufacturers 
into  weed  and  moss,  the  former  term  being  applied  to  the  filiform 
Lichens  of  botanists,  belonging  to  the  genus  Roccella,  while  the  term 
moss  and  Rock  Moss  is  applied  to  the  crustaceous  Lichens  belonging 
to  the  genus  Lecanora  and  others  like  it. 

The  most  valuable  of  these  dye-lichens  is  imported  from  the  Cana- 
ries, and  consists  of  Roccella  tinctoria  ;  but  some  R.fuciformis  is  also 
imported  under  the  name  of  Madeira  Weed.  It  is  doubtful,  however, 
whether  either  is  employed  in  the  preparation  of  Litmus,  as  this  is 
said  to  be  prepared  from  Lecanora  Parella  and  tartarea,  the  first 
called  by  the  French  Parelle  d'Auvergne ;  the  latter  is  the  Cudbear  of 
English  commerce.  The  colouring  matter  is  developed  by  the  action 
of  Ammonia,  though  the  exact  method  of  preparing  Litmus  is  un- 
known, which  besides  colouring  matter,  contains  Chalk  and  Ligneous 
matter,  (v.  Thomson,  Org.  Chem.  p.  399.)  Guibourt  states  that  the 
colour  of  Litmus  is  given  by  Crozophora  tinctoria,  or  Turnsol,  one  of 
the  Euphorbiacea3. 

Uses.  Litmus  is  officinal  only  as  a  test  for  ascertaining  the  pre- 
sence or  excess  of  acids  and  alkalies ;  blue  Litmus-paper  being 
changed  to  a  red  by  acids,  and  reddened  Litmus  has  its  colour  re- 
stored by  alkalies. 

ALG*:,  Juss.     Sea  Weeds. 

^  Leafless  plants,  with  no  distinct  axis,  growing  in  water,  consisting  either  of  simple 
vesicles,  or  of  articulated  filaments,  or  of  lobed  fronds,  which  are  formed  of  uniform,  cel- 
lular, with  some  filamentous,  tissue  interspersed.  Reproductive  matter  either  apparently 
wanting,  or  contained  in  the  joints  of  the  filaments,  or  deposited  in  theca  or  peculiar  re- 
ceptacles varying  in  form,  size,  and  position.  Spores  in  germination  elongating  in  two 
opposite  directions.  (Lindl.} 

Several  of  these  Algae  abound  in  gelatinous  matter,  as  the  Ceylon 
Moss  prepared  by  Mr.  Previte,  and  respecting  which  several  favour- 
able testimonies  have  been  given,  and  which  is  stated  to  contain  from 
54  to  63  per  cent,  of  jelly.  This  appears  to  be,  as  stated  by  Dr. 
Lindley,  a  species  of  Gracillaria,  as  the  edible  Bird's-nests  are  com- 
posed of  one  collected  by  swallows.  A  Gelidia  from  Ceylon,  is  in 
Rottler's  Herbarium  as  yielding  jelly;  so  Chondrus  crispus,  or  the 
Carrageen  Moss  of  Ireland,  has  of  late  years  been  introduced  as  a 


612  FUCUSVESICULOSUS.  [Thallogena;. 

Nutrient  and  Demulcent,  and  used  both  in  the  form  of  Decoction 
and  of  Jelly.  Gigartina  Helminthocorton,  or  Corsican  Moss,  is  offi- 
cinal on  the  Continent  as  an  Anthelmintic.  It  probably  acts,  like 
Cowhage,  as  a  mechanical  irritant,  from  the  fragments  of  numerous 
corallines  mixed  with  it.  (v.  Fee  and  Merat  and  De  Lens.)  Some 
species  of  Porphyra  and  Ulua  yield  the  Laver,  which  is  used  as  an 
article  of  diet,  as  Laminaria  is  in  Lapland.  Some  Sea-weeds  are 
employed  as  manure  for  land.  Some  are  burnt  for  Kelp  (v.  p.  101), 
or  impure  Carbonate  of  Soda,  but  which  is  now  chiefly  valuable  on 
account  of  the  Iodine  it  yields  (v.  p.  55),  on  which  account  seemingly 
a  Laminaria  from  the  China  seas  finds  its  way  to  the  foot  of  the 
Himalayas,  where  it  is  employed  as  a  cure  for  Goitre,  (v.  p.  55.) 

Fucus  vEstcuLosus,  Linn.  Herba  cum  fructu,  D.  Sea  or  Bladder 
Wrack. 

Frond  plane,  compressed,  linear,  dichotomous,  entire  at  the  margin,  coriaceous.  Air- 
vessels  large,  roundish-oval,  in  pairs,  innate  in  the  frond.  Receptacles  in  pairs  terminat- 
ing the  branches,  mostly  elliptical,  turgid,  containing  tubercles  imbedded  in  mucus,  and 
discharging  their  spores  (sporangia)  by  conspicuous  pores.  (Greville.) 

The  ashes  of  this  plant,  burned  in  a  covered  crucible,  were  for- 
merly highly  esteemed  under  the  name  of  Vegetable  ^Ethiops  for  the 
cure  of  lymphatic  tumours  and  Goitre.  Its  properties  are  usually 
ascribed  to  the  presence  of  Soda,  but  are  no  doubt  owing  to  the 
small  quantity  of  Iodine  the  ashes  contain ;  to  be  given  in  doses  of 
gr.  x.— 3ij. 

FUNGI,  Juss.     Mushrooms. 

Plants  conspicuous  for  great  diversity  of  form  and  structure,  sometimes  consisting  of 
simple  cells  or  chains  of  cells,  among  which  filaments  are  occasionally  intermixed  ;  in- 
creasing in  size  by  additions  to  their  inside,  their  outside  undergoing  no  change  after  its 
first  formation.  They  are  often  ephemeral,  and  variously  coloured.  Spores  lying  either 
loose  among  the  tissue,  or  enclosed  in  membranous  cases,  called  sporidia. — Hence  Fungi 
are  distinguished  from  Lichens  by  having  their  thecae  concealed  by  a  covering  of  some 
kind.  Fungi  generally  abound  in  moist  situations,  are  generated  on  leaves  and  stems, 
are  sometimes  subterranean,  but  are  most  frequently  found  on  organized  bodies  in  a  state 
of  decomposition.  A  few  of  them  are  edible,  as  the  common  Mushroom  (Agaricus  cam. 
pettris),  and  Truffle  ( Tuber  Cibarium),  but  all  are  suspicious.  Ammanita  muscaria  is 
remarkable  for  its  intoxicating  properties  :  many  are  poisonous.  The  Agarics  of  the  old 
Materia  Medica  are  now  referred  to  the  genus  Polyporus,  and  Amadou,  used  as  tinder,  is 
made  from  P.  igniarius.  They  are  remarkable  among  plants  for  consuming  much  Oxy- 
gen, and  giving  out  Hydrogen  and  Carbonic  acid  gas.  Analyzed  by  Vauquelin  anfl  Bra- 
connot,  they  have  been  found  to  contain  some  peculiar  principles,  as  Fungin  and  Boletic 
and  Fungic  acids.  They  are  very  destructive  to  plants  and  property  in  the  forms  of  Mil- 
dew, &c.,  and  of  Dry  Rot,  and  of  late,  if  not  in  causing,  at  least  greatly  accelerating  the 
destruction  of  the  Potato  crop. 

ERGOTA,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  An  undetermined  Fungus,  with  degenerated 
seed  of  Secale  Cereak,  Linn.  The  Fungus  is  erroneously  named 
Acinula  Clavus  in  the  L.  P.  Ergot  of  Rye. 

Ergot  seems  to  have  been  first  used  as  a  medicine  by  the  profes- 
sion in  France  and  the  United  States  towards  the  end  of  the  18th 
and  (he  beginning  of  the  present  century,  but  in  this  country  not  be- 
fore the  year  1824.  Its  effects  seem  to  have  been  long  popularly 
known  in  Germany,  and  pestilential  diseases  have  long  been  ascribed 
to  eating  ergotised  grain  as  food.  (v.  Burnett's  Outlines  of  Botany,  p. 
207.)  Various  opinions  have  been  entertained  respecting  the  nature 


Fungi.]  ERGOTA.  613 

of  Ergot,  some  considering  the  Ergot  as  a  Fungus,  which  has  been 
named  Spermoedia  Clavus  by  Fries.  The  opinion  which  has  always 
appeared  to  the  author  as  the  most  satisfactory,  is  that  which  con- 
siders the  Ergot  as  the  grain  of  Rye  stimulated  into  diseased  action 
by  the  presence  of  the  spores  or  sporidia  of  a  Fungus.  This  opinion, 
promulgated  by  Leveille  (u.  Merat  and  De  Lens),  has  been  fully  con- 
firmed by  others,  more  recently  by  Mr.  Quekett,  who  has  shown  that 
the  Ergot  is  the  altered  grain,  from  its  articulation  to  the  receptacle, 
the  scales  at  its  base,  the  hairy  crown  of  the  grain,  and  frequent  re- 
mains of  the  stigma  on  its  top.  Some  beautiful  drawings,  now  in  the 
British  Museum,  have  been  made  of  it  in  its  different  states  by  Mr. 
Bauer,  (v.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  xviii.,  and  the  Penny  Magazine, 
where  some  of  them  have  been  published.)  The  first  appearance  of 
the  Fungus,  which  Mr.  Quekett  calls  Ergotaetia  abortifaciens,  is  indi- 
cated by  the  young  grain  and  its  appendages  becoming  covered  with 
a  white  coating,  which  is  formed  by  a  multitude  of  sporidia  mixed 
with  cobweb-like  filaments.  A  sweet  fluid,  which  by  degrees  be- 
comes viscid,  and  is  found  to  contain  the  sporidia,  oozes  from  the 
Ergot  or  parts  around  it.  When  half-grown,  it  shows  itself  above 
the  floral  envelopes,  and  is  of  a  dark  purplish  colour,  and  the  pro- 
duction of  sporidia  then  nearly  ceases,  and  the  upper  part  of  the 
grain  is  observed  to  be  of  an  undulated  vermiform  appearance,  which 
Leveille  considers  to  be  the  Fungus,  and  calls  Sphacelia  segetum,  but 
which,  according  to  Mr.  Quekett,  consists  of  myriads  of  sporidia. 
The  Ergot,  come  to  its  full  size,  is  of  a  violet-black  colour,  and  pro- 
jects much  above  the  paleae.  Many  other  Grasses  and  some  Cyper- 
acese  are  affected  by  Ergot,  which  is  most  prevalent  in  damp  situa- 
tions and  in  moist  seasons,  v.  Linn.  Trans,  vol.  xviii.  t.  32,  33. 

The  Sporidia  are  described  by  Mr.  Q.  as  elliptical,  moniliform,  finally  separating, 
transparent,  and  containing  seldom  more  than  one,  two,  or  three  well-defined  (greenish) 
granules. 

The  Ergot  of  Rye  is  sometimes  called  Spurred  Rye,  from  its 
elongated  and  curved  form  resembling  the  spur  of  a  cock.  It  is 
either  cylindrical  or  somewhat  angular,  tapering  towards  both  ex- 
tremities, from  half,  to  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length,  and  two  or  three 
lines  in  diameter,  with  two  furrows  along  its  length,  often  terminated 
at  the  apex  by  a  grayish  projection.  It  is  on  the  outside  of  a  pur- 
plish colour,  internally  of  a  grayish-white  with  a  tinge  of  red.  The 
smell  is  peculiar,  nauseous,  and  musty ;  the  taste  is  slight,  bitterish, 
a  little  acrid.  Ergot  is  brittle,  easily  pulverized  when  dry.  The 
surface,  where  glaucous,  is  found  to  be  composed  of  sporidia,  and  the 
interior  of  the  cellular  tissue,  is  characteristic  of  the  Albumen  of  the 
grain,  within  which  are  globules  of  oil,  according  to  Mr.  Quekett. 

Most  of  the  Ergot  used  is  imported  from  the  continent  and  from 
America,  and  requires  to  be  renewed  every  year  or  two,  as  it  is  apt 
to  be  destroyed  by  an  Acarus,  which  produces  much  excrementitious 
matter. 

Various  analyses  have  been  made  of  Ergot.  Wiggers  found  a 
Fixed  Oil  35-00,  Fungin  46,  a  peculiar  principle  called  Ergotin  1-25, 
which  has  a  heavy  odour  and  a  disagreeable  acrid  taste,  and  was 


6J4  ALCOHOL.  [Products  of 

supposed  to  possess  all  the  active  properties  of  the  drug;  besides 
these,  a  little  Phosphoric  acid  combined  with  Lime,  Potash,  and 
Iron,  a  little  Gum,  Sugar,  Albumen,  Vegetable  Osmazome,  and  Wax. 
Dr.  Wright  found  it  to  contain  of  Oil  31,  Fungin  11-4,  modified 
Starch  26,  Mucilage  9,  Gluten  7,  Osmazome  5-5,  Colouring  matter 
3-5,  and  Salts  3-1,  with  free  Phosphoric  acid.  He  states  that  the 
activity  of  the  drug  resides  in  the  Fixed  Oil,  which  may  be  separated 
from  its  powder  by  Ether,  and  this  afterwards  evaporated.  M.  Bon- 
jean  states  that  there  are  two  active  principles :  1st.  the  Oil,  which  is 
of  a  yellow  colour,  acrid,  and  poisonous  in  nature :  2d.  the  aqueous 
Extract,  obtained  from  its  powder  either  deprived  of  its  Oil  or  not ; 
brown,  of  a  thick  consistence,  and  musty  smell,  and  possessing  very 
decided  anti-haemorrhagic  properties.  Boiling  water  takes  up  the 
active  properties,  forming  a  reddish-coloured  acid  Infusion  or  Decoc- 
tion. Alcohol  and  Ether  also  in  like  manner  remove  its  active  prin- 
ciples. Hence  both  aqueous  and  spirituous  preparations  are  possessed 
of  useful  properties. 

Action.  Uses.  The  effects  of  Ergot  were  first  observed  in  the  dis- 
eases produced  by  it  when  taken  for  some  time  with  the  ordinary 
food,  that  is,  in  Convulsive  Ergotism  and  in  Gangrenous  Ergotism, 
both  accompanied  with  formication.  In  single  doses  of  3ij.  Dr.  Wright 
and  others  have  observed  that  it  created  nausea,  vomiting,  colic  pains, 
and  headache,  sometimes  stupor  and  delirium.  In  many  cases  it  has 
also  been  observed  to  depress  the  pulse.  Given  to  women  when  in 
labour,  Ergot  has  been  found  so  constantly  to  excite  labour  pains 
and  to  cause  the  speedy  expulsion  of  the  child,  that  it  has  now  become 
established  as  a  safe  and  effectual  remedy  in  cases  where  slowness 
of  labour  is  dependent  only  on  insufficiency  of  uterine  contraction. 
It  may  be  prescribed  also  for  expelling  the  placenta,  clots  of  blood, 
or  hydatids,  or  to  produce  contractions,  and  restrain  haemorrhage. 
It  has  also  been  prescribed  as  an  Emmenagogue,  likewise  in  Leucor- 
rhosa,  Chronic  Dysentery,  Colica  Pictonum,  &c. 

D.  9j. — 3ss.  in  fine  powder,  or  with  Syrup  and  some  aromatic,  or 
in  flavoured  infusion  (9j. — Aq.  ferv.  fSiij.)  repeated  if  necessary  at 
intervals  of  15  or  30  minutes,  for  two  or  three  times.  A  Tincture  is 
sometimes  prescribed  in  f3j.  doses.  Dr.  Wright  recommends  the  Oil 
of  Ergot  obtained  by  evaporating  the  Etherial  Tincture,  which  he 
finds  produces  uterine  contractions  in  doses  of  n^xx. — Til.  which  may 
be  given  in  any  convenient  vehicle. 

PRODUCTS  OF  FERMENTATION. 

Organic  substances  are  known  to  undergo  spontaneous  decompo- 
sition, and  to  form  new  compounds,  from  the  affinity  which  exists  be- 
tween their  constituents.  Some  are,  however,  very  permanent  in 
nature,  as  the  vegetable  acids  and  alkalies,  also  the  resins  ;  others  are 
ready  to  undergo  a  transposition  of  their  elements  when  under  the 
influence  of  an  external  agent,  or,  in  other  words,  prone  to  pass  into 
a  state  of  fermentation.  These  substances  belong  to  that  group  of 
organic  products  which  contain  Carbon  with  Hydrogen  and  Oxygen 


Fermentation.]  SPIRITUSRECTIFICATUS.  615 

in  the  proportion  in  which  these  exist  in  water,  such  as  Starch,  Sugar, 
and  Mucilaginous  substances  ;  while  the  ferments  belong  to  the  Albu- 
minous group,  or  such  as  contain  much  itfitrogen  in  their  composition, 
such  as  Gluten.  The  conversion  of  Starch  or  Fecula  into  Sugar,  as 
exemplified  in  the  ripening  of  fruit,  or  in  the  process  of  germination, 
and  seen  on  a  great  scale  in  the  operation  of  malting,  is  by  some 
called  Saccharine  fermentation.  But  the  term  Fermentation  is  rather 
applied  to  the  production  of  Alcohol  and  Carbonic'  gas  at  the  expense 
of  Sugar,  as  seen  in  Vinous  Fermentation,  while  the  further  change 
which  under  peculiar  circumstances  takes  place  of  Alcohol  into 
Vinegar,  is  called  Acetous  Fermentation. 

ALCOHOL.    Sp.  Gr.  0-815,  L.   0-810,  D.   0-794—6,  E.  (0-835,  U.  S.) 

SPIRITUS  RECTIFICATUS,  L.  E.  D.     Rectified  Spirit  of  commerce.     Sp. 

Gr.  0-838. 
Spiritus  Tenuior,  L.  E.     Spiritus  Vinosus  tenuior,  D.     Proof  Spirit. 

Sp.  Gr.  0-920,  L.  D.     Sp.  Gr.  0-912  (7  over  Proof).  E.     (Sp.  Gr. 

0-935.) 
Spiritus  Vini  Gallici,  L.     Spirit  of  French  Wine.     Brandy. 

The  process  of  distillation  has  been  long  familiar  to  the  natives  of 
India,  as  exemplified  in  their  several  araks  or  Spirits,  and  their  Rose- 
water  and  attar  of  Roses.  From  them  it  was  no  doubt  made  known 
to  the  Arabs. 

When  Sugar  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  some  ferment,  such  as  yeast 
is  added,  in  a  temperature  of  between  60°  and  80°,  brisk  motion  is 
observed  to  take  place,  the  liquid  becomes  turbid,  froth  collects  upon 
its  surface,  Carbonic  acid  gas  is  copiously  evolved,  the  impurities 
finally  subside,  and  the  liquid  becomes  clear.  The  Sugar  has  disap- 
peared, and  Alcohol  has  been  produced,  which  may  be  separated  by 
distillation.  The  Sugar  which  has  disappeared  has  been  considered 
equivalent  to  the  united  weight  of  the  Alcohol  and  Carbonic  acid  gas 
which  has  been  produced ;  but  a  little  water  is  also  decomposed  when 
Cane  Sugar  undergoes  fermentation,  that  it  may  be  first  converted 
into  Grape  Sugar.  Gay-Lussac  calculated  that  90-72  parts  of  Sugar 
are  capable  of  supplying  46-68  parts  of  Alcohol,  and  44-24  of  Carb' 
gas,  making  together  90-72,  or  an  equal  weight.  Alcohol  is  consi- 
dered to  be  composed  of  C3  Hs  O,  but  according  to  other  chemists,  of 
C4  H8  O2,  and  an  equivalent  of  Grape  Sugar  as  forming  4  Eq.  of  Al- 
cohol, 8  of  Carb',  and  4  of  water. 

Spirit,  however,  is  not  usually  obtained  from  Sugar  in  this  country, 
though  it  is  so  in  the  East  and  West  Indies  in  the  form  of  Rum.  On 
the  Continent  it  is  obtained  chiefly  from  the  juice  of  the  Grape,  which 
contains  all  the  elements  for  due  fermentation.  Spirit  may  also  be 
distilled  from  feculent  roots,  as  Potatoes ;  or  from  grain,  as  Rice  in 
India,  or  from  malted  Barley,  as  in  this  country.  In  these  cases  the 
Fecula  or  Starch  has  been  first  converted  into  Grape  Sugar,  before 
the  vinous  fermentation  takes  place.  The  Spirit  first  obtained  is 
comparatively  weak,  being  mixed  with  some  water  and  a  trace  of 
Essential  Oil,  which  is  known  by  the  name  of  Grain  Oil.  In  this 


616  SPIRITUS    RECTIFICATUS.  [Products  of 

state  it  is  usually  called  Raw  Spirit.  By  a  second  distillation  it  is 
freed  from  much  of  this  water  and  Oil,  and  may  be  procured  of  the 
Sp.  Gr.  of  '835,  which  is  the  strongest  Rectified  Spirit,  or  Spirit  of 
Wine  of  commerce,  but  which  still  contains  about  13  or  14  per  cent, 
of  water.  The  following  are  given  as  the  characteristics  of  the  dif- 
ferent officinal  Spirits. 

SPJRITDS  RECTIFICATUS.  Sp.  Gr.  -838  at  62°.  "  Colourless,  not  rendered  turbid  by 
water,  tastes  and  smells  vinous.  This  may  be  reduced  to  the  state  of  Proof  Spirit  by  di- 
luting 5  pints  of  it  with  3  pints  of  distilled  water."  L.  "f3iv.  treated  with  Sol.  of  Ni- 
trate of  Silver  flj'ij.  exposed  to  bright  light  for  24  hours,  and  then  passed  through  a  filter 
purified  by  weak  Nit',  so  as  to  separate  the  black  powder  which  forms,  undergo  no  fur- 
ther  change  when  exposed  to  light  with  more  of  the  test."  E. 

This  is  owing  to  the  decomposition,  by  means  of  the  Oxide  of  Sil- 
ver, of  the  Oil  which  Rectified  Spirit  still  contains,  and  from  which 
it  is  with  difficulty  freed.  Its  presence  may  also  be  detected  by  add- 
ing an  equal  vol.  of  pure  Sul'.  The  properties  of  Rectified  Spirit 
are  essentially  the  same  as  those  of  Alcohol ;  but  though  necessarily 
weaker  as  a  Spirit,  it  is  an  excellent  solvent  f  r  many  of  the  officinal 
Resins,  of  some  of  which  it  dissolves  more  than  Alcohol. 

AIJCOHOL.  Sp.  Gr.  -815  (Sp.  Gr.  -810,  D.)  Colourless ;  entirely  vaporizablc;  unites 
with  water  or  ether ;  smells  and  tastes  vinous.  L.  Sp.  Gr.  '794 — 6 ;  when  mixed  with  a 
little  solution  of  Nitrate  of  Silver,  and  exposed  to  bright  light,  it  remains  unchanged,  or 
only  a  very  scanty  dark  precipitate  forms.  E. 

As  Spirit,  even  when  rectified,  still  contains  water  to  the  extent  of 
^  or  TV,  or  18  water  to  82  Alcohol  in  100  parts ;  and,  as  a  stronger 
Spirit  is  required  for  some  purposes,  processes  are  given  for  getting 
rid  of  much  of  this  water.  A  common  method,  as  recommended  in 
the  D.  P.,  is  to  add  Pearlash,  dried,  powdered,  and  still  warm,  foiijss. 
to  Rectified  Spirit,  Cong.  1,  and  digest  in  a  close  vessel  for  seven 
days,  with  frequent  agitation.  The  dry  Pearlash  having  a  great 
affinity  for  water,  detaches  it  from  the  Alcohol,  and  being  itself  in- 
soluble in  this  menstruum,  forms  a  semifluid  mass,  with  the  purer 
Spirit  floating  above,  which  can  then  be  decanted  off.  Other  sub- 
stances have  as  great  an  affinity  for  the  water,  but  being  soluble  in 
the  Spirit,  require  this  to  be  separated  by  distillation.  Thus,  as  re- 
commended by  Mr.  Brande,  agitate  together  equal  weights  of  Spirit 
and  Quicklime,  or,  as  adopted  in  the  E.  P.,  add  Rectified  Spirit  O.  j., 
Lime,  broken  into  small  fragments,  Jxviij.,  allow  this  to  slake  with  a 
gentle  heat,  keep  cool  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel ;  then  attach  a 
proper  refrigeratory,  and  with  a  gradually  increasing  heat,  distil  oft' 
f  3xvij.  The  density  of  the  Alcohol  obtained  should  be  -796.  The 
L.  C.  prefer  the  Chloride  of  Calcium  for  its  superior  deliquescing 
power,  and  direct  Chloride  of  Calcium,  ft>j.  to  be  added  to  Rectified 
Spirit,  Cong.  1.,  and  when  this  is  dissolved,  distil  oft'  Ovij.  and  f  3v. 
The  D.  C.  direct  Chloride  of  Calcium,  ft>j.,  to  be  added  to  the  Spirit 
which  has  been  already  freed  of  water  by  Carb.  of  Potash,  and  then 
distil  with  a  moderate  heat,  till  the  residuum  grows  thick.  The 
Sp.  Gr.  of  the  Alcohol  should  be  -810. 

Alcohol  still  contains  a  small  proportion  of  Water,  of  some  of 
which  it  may  be  freed  by  repeated  distillation  off  Chloride  of  Cal- 


Fermentation.]  SPIRITUS    VINI    GALLIC  I.  617 

-•     -c          '  *~  -  '  *  ~-  3  -* 

cium.  By  which  means  it  is  brought  to  -796  at  60°,  which  is  called 
Absolute  Alcohol  in  the  E.  P. ;  but  some  of  lower  density  has  been 
obtained.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  -825  is  adopted  as  that  of  Alcohol  by  the 
Excise  regulations.  It  may  be  obtained  of  considerable  strength  by 
enclosing  Chloride  of  Calcium  in  a  vessel,  either  in  vacuo  or  not, 
with  Rectified  Spirit.  The  water  is  absorbed  by  the  Chloride,  and 
the  Alcohol  left  comparatively  pure.  This,  when  pure,  is  light, 
limpid,  and  colourless,  of  a  peculiar,  rather  agreeable  odour,  and  a 
warm,  burning  taste.  It  is  very  volatile,  and  produces  considerable 
cold  during  its  evaporation.  Its  boiling  point  is  from  173°  to  175°, 
when  Sp.  Gr.  -820  at  60°.  The  stronger  the  Alcohol,  the  lower  is 
the  boiling-point.  Sp.  Gr.  of  its  vapour  1-613.  Burns  readily,  with- 
out smoke,  water  and  Carb'  being  produced.  It  has  never  been 
frozen ;  is  hence  well  adapted  for  making  thermometers  for  ascer- 
taining cold.  It  unites  with  water  in  all  proportions,  some  conden- 
sation and  evolution  of  heat  taking  place,  and  will  abstract  it  from 
the  air.  It  is  a  powerful  solvent  of  many  substances,  as  the  Vegeto- 
Alkalies  and  the  Fixed  Alkalies,  but  not  their  carbonates,  many  crys- 
talline neutral  Resins,  Volatile  and  Fixed  Oils ;  also  some  elementary 
substances,  as  Iodine,  and  many  salts. 

SPIRITUS  TE.NUIOR.  Proof  Spirit.  Sp.  Gr.  -920,  as  defined  by  the  laws  of  Excise.  L. 
Sp.  Gr.  -912  (7  over  proof).  E.  The  other  tests  as  for  Rectified  Spirit.  Dr.  Christison 
states  that  the  E.  C.  adopted  the  standard  of  Proof  Spirit  -920  in  its  Pharmacopoeia  of 
1839,  but  had  been  led  to  alter  the  density  to  '912,  because  a  Spirit  of  this  strength  is 
produced  by  mixing1  one  measure  of  water  and  two  of  commercial  Rectified  Spirit,  and 
has  been  long  adopted  in  practice  for  preparing  Tinctures  by  all  the  leading  druggists  of 
Edinburgh. 

[ALCOHOL  DILUTUM,  U.  S.  Made  by  mixing  a  pint  each  of  Alcohol  and  Water.  Sp. 
Gr.  0-935.] 

The  properties  of  Proof  Spirit  are  necessarily  of  the  same  nature 
as  Rectified  Spirit,  and  though  weaker  as  a  solvent  of  some  things, 
is  more  useful  for  such  as  are  of  the  nature  of  Gum-Resins.  But  as 
it  consists  of  nearly  one-half  Alcohol,  it  is  sufficiently  powerful  as  a 
stimulant. 

SPIRITUS  VINI  GALLICI,  L.     Spirit  of  French  Wine.     Brandy. 

Spirits  distilled  from  various  fermented  substances  form  our  several 
varieties  of  Ardent  Spirit,  which  may  be  considered  as  Alcohol 
diluted  to  the  strength  of  Proof  Spirit,  and  mixed  with  some  volatile 
ingredients.  Brandy,  besides  being  made  from  Wine,  is  distinguished 
as  being  free  from  Grain  Oil.  Rum  is  obtained  from  fermented  Mo- 
lasses. Whiskey  from  malted  Barley  or  Rye.  Holland  Gin  from 
malted  Barley  and  Rye,  and  rectified  from  Juniper  Berries.  Com- 
mon Gin  from  malted  Barley,  Rye,  or  Potatoes,  rectified  with  com- 
mon Turpentine.  The  Arrdk  of  the  East  is  described  as  being  made 
from  Rice ;  but  the  word  signifies  Spirit,  and  is  made  from  a  variety 
of  substances.  Mr.  Brande  has  ascertained  that  these  several  spirits 
contain  from  51  to  54  per  cent,  of  Alcohol. 

Action.  Uses.  All  are  Diffusible  Stimulants,  and  well  known  for 
their  intoxicating  properties.  Even  in  moderate  quantities  they  pro- 
duce temporary  excitement  of  all  parts  of  the  system,  followed  by 


618  VINUMXERICUM.  [Products  of 

corresponding  depression.  In  small  quantities  they  are  sometimes 
useful  to  health ;  but  in  general  their  use  can  be  abstained  from  witfc 
benefit.  Dr.  Paris  has  particularly  distinguished  Brandy  as  being 
Cordial  and  Stomachic;  Rum  as  heating  and  Sudorific;  Gin  and 
Whiskey  both  as  Diuretic.  Spirit  diluted  is  often  used  as  a  cooling 
lotion,  but  it  must  be  allowed  to  evaporate;  covered  up,  it  will  act 
as  a  Rubefacient.  Both  Alcohol  and  Proof  Spirit  are  used  as  the 
solvents  for  numerous  officinal  preparations. 

MISTURA  SPIRITUS  VINI  GALLICI.     Brandy  Mixture. 

Prep.  Mix  together  Brandy  and  Cinnamon-water  fta  f^iv.  Yolks  of  2  Eggs,  pure 
Sugar  3ss.  Oil  of  Cinnamon  rjfij. 

Action.  Uses.  Cordial  Stimulant.  Useful  in  cases  of  depression, 
when  the  rapid  action  of  a  diffusible  stimulant  is  required,  as  in  sink- 
ing stages  of  typhus. 

VINUM  XERICUM,  L.    VINUM  ALBUM,  E.    VINUM  ALBUM  HISPANICUM,  D. 
(VINUM,  U.  S.)     Sherry  Wine. 

Sherry,  commonly  called  White  Wine,  is  officinal  as  a  solvent  for 
some  active  medicinal  substances.  But  wine  is  also  employed  as  an 
important  Stimulant  and  Tonic ;  and,  though  all  fermented  liquors 
obtained  from  the  juice  of  fruits  are  called  Wines,  good  Wine  is  pre- 
pared only  from  the  Grape,  because  its  juice  (v.  p.  310),  besides 
Sugar  dissolved  in  a  large  portion  of  water,  and  a  glutinoid  sub- 
stance, or  vegetable  albumen  in  its  husk,  contains,  as  its  acid  prin- 
ciple, Bitartrate  of  Potash,  which  being  insoluble  in  Alcohol  (v.  p. 
98),  is  deposited  as  the  fermentation  proceeds,  and  thus  removes  a 
great  portion  of  the  acid  out  of  the  Wine.  The  albuminous  matter 
of  the  Grape  juice,  absorbing  Oxygen  from  the 'atmosphere,  is  consi- 
dered by  chemists  to  be  passing  into  decomposition,  and  thus  to  act 
as  a  ferment  to  the  Sugar,  and  to  cause  it  to  be  converted  into  Alco- 
hol, when  the  same  changes  take  place  which  have  already  been  de- 
scribed. Besides  this,  there  is  also  developed  a  little  Volatile  Oil, 
and,  according  to  Liebig  and  Pelouze,  a  small  quantity  of  an  aroma- 
tic substance,  which  they  have  called  CEnanthic  Ether,  to  which,  and 
especially  to  the  oil,  wines  owe  their  flavour.  Differences  are  ob- 
served in  the  Wines  of  every  locality ;  but  they  are  sometimes  divided 
into  dry  and  sweet  Wines,  also  into  still  and  sparkling.  Thus,  in 
cases  where  the  proportion  of  Sugar  is  small,  and  that  of  the  albumi- 
nous matter  large,  the  Sugar  becomes  entirely  converted  into  Alco- 
hol, and  the  Wine  is  said  to  be  dry,  and  having  become  still,  may  be 
kept  for  some  time  to  ripen.  In  other  cases,  where  the  proportion  of 
ferment  is  small,  and  that  of  the  Sugar  is  large,  and  remains  uncon- 
sumed,  the  Wine  is  sweet.  Sparkling  Wines  are  those  which  have 
been  bottled  before  the  fermentation,  though  advanced,  has  entirely 
ceased,  the  Carb'  gas  naturally  escapes  as  soon  as  the  pressure  is  re- 
moved, causing  the  appearance  of  sparkling.  The  acidity  of  Wine 
may  be  caused  by  the  Bitartrate  of  Potash,  or  by  the  formation  of 
Acetic  Acid.  The  colour  of  Wine  is  of  different  degrees  of  straw- 


Fermentation.]  CEREVISIJEFERMENTUM.  619 

colour  when  the  juice  of  the  Grape  is  alone  used  ;  but  it  is  red  when 
the  skins  or  husks  are  left  in  the  liquor  when  in  a  state  of  fermenta- 
tion. As  ascertained  by  Mr.  Brande,  the  stronger  Wines,  such  as 
Lissa,  Raisin  Wine,  Marsala,  Port,  Madeira,  Sherry,  Teneriffe,  Con- 
stantia,  Malaga,  contain  from  18  or  19  to  25  per  cent,  of  Alcohol. 
The  lighter  Wines,  such  as  Claret,  Sauterne,  Burgundy,  Hock,  Cham- 
pagne, Hermitage,  and  Gooseberry  Wines,  from  12  to  17  per  cent  of 
Alcohol.  Wines  are  considered  less  intoxicating  than  Spirit  and 
water  of  the  same  strength,  because  the  Alcohol  is  supposed  to  be 
combined  with  the  Mucilaginous,  Extractive,  Colouring,  and  Astrin- 
gent principles  of  the  Wine,  and  to  be  in  this  state  less  diffusible  in 
its  action.  Sherry  1s  preferred  as  a  solvent,  in  consequence  of  being 
more  free  from  colouring  matter,  and  containing  less  acid.  As  a 
Cordial  and  Tonic,  Wine  must  be  selected  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  case. 

CEREVISI^E  FERMENTUM,  L.  D.     Yeast. 

Though  neither  Ale  nor  Beer  are  officinal,  they  may  be  noticed  as 
differing  from  Wine,  in  containing  a  larger  proportion  of  mucilagi- 
nous and  extractive  matters,  derived  from  the  Malt  with  which  they 
are  made.  They  often  contain  a  free  acid,  and  are  ready  to  enter 
into  the  acetous  fermentation.  The  bitter  principle  of  the  Hop  as- 
sists in  preserving  Malt  liquors,  as  well  as  adds  to  their  tonic  effects. 
According  to  Mr.  Brande,  Ale  and  Porter  contain  from  4  to  near  10 
per  cent,  of  Alcohol.  The  Yeast,  which  makes  its  appearance  most- 
ly on  the  surface  of  fermenting  Wort,  and  is  produced  from  the  Glu- 
tinoid  substance  in  the  brewing  of  Malt  liquors,  is,  however,  officinal. 
It  is  a  light,  soft  substance,  of  a  grayish-yellow  colour,  which  readily 
putrefies  if  kept  moist  ;  if  dried,  it  becomes  brownish,  and  may  be  kept 
for  some  time.  When  magnified,  it  appears  composed  of  vesicles 
containing  globules,  and  is  by  some  supposed  to  be  an  infusory  plant. 

Action,  Uses.  Stimulant  when  applied  externally,  and  used  in  the 
form  of  a  poultice. 

CATAPLASMA  (CEREVISI^E,  D.)     FERMENTI,  L.  D.     Yeast  Poultice. 

Prep.  Mix  Wheat  Flour  ftj.  with  Yeast  Oss.  (ftj.  D.),  and  heat  them  gently  till  they 
swell  up. 


SULPHURICUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Sulphuric  Ether,  or  simply 
Ether. 

If  Alcohol,  or,  better,  if  Rectified  Spirit  be  mixed  and  distilled  with 
Sulphuric  Acid,  a  light,  very  inflammable  liquid  is  produced,  which 
is  well  known  by  the  name  of  Ether,  which  is  sometimes  called  Rec- 
tified, but  by  the  Colleges  Sulphuric  Ether.  The  Ethers  produced  by 
the  action  of  the  other  acids  contain  a  portion  of  the  acid  or  its  ele- 
ments, and  differ  essentially  from  each  other,  and  are  distinguished 
by  the  name  of  the  particular  acid. 

Sulphuric  Ether  is  colourless  and  transparent,  very  light  and  lim- 
pid, of  a  powerful  and  peculiar,  but  rather  pleasant  odour,  and  of  a 
warm  pungent  taste,  afterwards  feeling  cool.  Sp.  Gr.  -712  —  -720, 


620  SULPHURIC    ETHER.  [Products  of 

or  -715  at  60°,  extremely  volatile.  Sp.  Gr.  of  its  vapour  is  high, 
heing  2-586.  It  evaporates  even  in  pouring  from  one  vessel  to  an- 
other, feeling  and  producing  cold  if  evaporated  from  the  surface  of 
the  hand;  and,  being  very  inflammable,  it  is  apt  to  take  fire  on  the 
near  approach  of  a  light.  Its  vapour  inhaled  is  exhilarating,  and  will 
produce  a  kind  of  intoxication.  It  boils  at  96°,  under  the  ordinary 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  has  been  frozen  at  — 47°,  becoming 
a  white,  crystalline  mass.  It  burns  with  a  bright  flame,  producing 
Carbonic  Acid  and  water.  When  much  exposed  to  the  atmosphere 
it  becomes  by  degrees  converted  into  Acetic  Acid  and  water.  Ether 
may  be  mixed  in  all  proportions  with  Alcohol,  and  one  part  with  nine 
of  water.  It  readily  dissolves  Resins,  Caoutchouc*,  Volatile  and  Fixed 
Oils,  a  little  Sulphur  and  Phosphorus  in  a  smaller  proportion,  several 
Vegeto-Alkalies,  and  some  neutral  crystalline  principles.  Ether  is 
composed  of  C4  H5  O;  its  elements  are  represented  to  be  variously 
combined  by  different  chemists,  some  conceiving  it  to  be  an  Hydrate 
of  Etherine  (C4  H4  +  HO),  or  an  Oxide  of  the  hypothetical  base 
Ethyle  (C4  H5  O). 

Prep.  It  is  directed  to  be  prepared  in  the  L.  P.  by  pouring  Rectified  Spirit  ftij.  into  a 
glass  retort;  add  Sulphuric  acid  feij.  and  on  a  sandbath  raise  the  heat  so  that  the  liquor 
may  quickly  boil.  Ether  is  produced  by  the  action  of  the  acid  on  the  Alcohol,  and  passes 
into  the  receiving  vessel,  which  should  be  kept  cooled  with  ice  or  water.  The  process  is 
to  be  continued  until  a  heavier  liquid  portion  begins  to  pass  over.  Then  add  to  the  liquor 
in  the  retort  previously  cooled  Rectified  Spirit  ftj.  and  continue  to  distil  Ether  as  before. 
The  distilled  liquors  are  to  be  mixed,  and  the  supernatant  portion  poured  off,  when  Car- 
bonate of  Potash  3j.  previously  ignited,  is  to  be  added,  shaking  them  occasionally  toge- 
ther. (This  is  to  abstract  any  free  acid  and  any  water  dissolved  by  Ether :  if  it  contains 
water,  this  may  be  separated  by  agitation  with  Lime.)  The  Ether  is  purified  by  a  second 
distillation. 

The  D.  P.  directs  a  Sulphuric  Etherial  liquor  to  be  first  prepared  by  mixing  together 
Rectified  Spirit  and  Sulphuric  acid  gxxxij.  and  distilling  with  a  sudden  and  sufficiently 
strong  heat  fgxx. ;  then  adding  Rectified  Spirit  gxvj.  and  distilling  off"  more  of  the  same 
Sulphuric  Etherial  liquor. 

D.  To  prepare  Sulphuric  Ether,  take  of  the  above  liquor  f3xx.  and  mix  with  it  Carbo- 
nate of  Potash,  dried  and  powdered,  3ij-  and  from  a  very  high  retort  distil  with  a  gentle 
heat  f3xij.  into  a  cooled  receiver.  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  Ether  should  be  -765. 

An  improvement  in  the  process  consists  in  the  regulation  of  the  temperature  and  also 
in  the  allowing  an  extra  proportion  of  Alcohol  to  dribble  into  the  mixture  as  the  process 
proceeds  to  make  up  for  the  loss  of  that  consumed.  By  this  means  the  same  quantity  of 
Sulphuric  acid  converts  a  much  larger  proportion  of  Alcohol  into  Ether;  while  by  the 
regulation  of  temperature  it  is  stated  (c.  Brande's  Chemistry)  that  any  quantity  of  Alco- 
hol may  be  etherized  by  the  same  portion  of  acid,  which  is  no  further  altered  than  by 
foreign  matters  which  may  be  accidentally  present,  or  by  the  volatilization  of  a  minute 
portion  along  with  the  etherial  vapour.  Some  of  these  improvements  have  been  intro- 
into  the  E.  P.  and  are  fully  described  by  Dr.  Christison,  who,  however,  observes  that  he 
does  not  find  it  requisite  to  carry  the  conversion  beyond  double. 

Prep.  Take  of  Rectified  Spirit  f  3!.  Sulphuric  Acid  f  3x.  Pour  f  3xij.  of  the  Spirit 
gently  over  the  Acid  contained  in  an  open  vessel,  and  then  stir  them  together  briskly  and 
thoroughly.  Transfer  the  mixture  immediately  into  a  glass  matrass  connected  with  a 
refrigeratory,  and  raise  the  heal  quickly  to  about  280.°  As  soon  as  the  etherial  fluid  begins 
to  distil  over,  supply  fresh  Spirit  through  a  tube  into  the  matrass  in  a  continuous  stream, 
and  in  such  quantity  as  to  equal  that  of  the  fluid  which  distils  over.  This  is  best  accom- 
plished  by  connecting  one  end  of  the  tube  with  a  graduated  vessel  containing  the  spirit, 
— passing  the  other  end  through  a  cork  fitted  into  the  matrass, — and  having  a  stopcock 
on  the  tube  to  regulate  the  discharge.  When  f  Sxlij.  have  distilled  over  and  the  whole 
spirit  has  been  added,  the  process  may  be  stopped.  Agitate  the  impure  Ether  with  f3xvj. 
of  a  saturated  solution  of  Muriate  of  Lime,  containing  about  3ss.  of  Lime  recently  slaked. 
When  all  odour  of  sulphurous  acid  has  been  thus  removed,  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquor, 
and  distil  it  with  a  very  gentle  heat  so  long  as  the  liquid  which  passes  over  has  a  density 


Etherisation.]  SULPHURICETHER.  621 

not  above  -735.  More  Ether  of  the  same  strength  is  then  to  be  obtained  from  the  solu- 
tion of  Muriate  of  Lime.  From  the  residuum  of  both  distillations  a  weaker  Ether  may  be 
obtained  in  small  quantity,  which  must  be  rectified  by  distilling  it  gently  again. 

SPIKITUS  AETHERIS  SULPHURICI,  E.     Spirit  of  Ether. 

Prep.  Mix  Sulphuric  Ether  Oj.  with  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  The  density  of  this  prepa- 
ration ought  to  be  -809. 

The  changes  which  take  place  in  the  conversion  of  Alcohol  into 
Ether  are  supposed  to  consist  essentially  in  the  former  (C4  H6  O) 
being  deprived  of  1  eq.  of  water,  H  O,  and  thus  converted  into  C*  H5  O, 
the  eq.  of  Ether.  But  the  mere  abstraction  of  water  is  not  all,  in  the 
case  of  the  action  of  Sul'  on  Rectified  Spirit.  Mr.  Hennel  proved  a 
new  acid  was  produced,  the  Sulpho-Vinic,  which  contains  Sul'  and 
Quadri  Hydro  Carbon,  or  Etherine,  also  that  this  is  first  formed,  and 
then  so  evolved  as  to  unite  with  water  to  form  Ether.  By  Liebig, 
Ether  is  regarded  as  an  oxide  of  an  hypothetical  base,  which  has 
been  called  Ethule  or  Ethyle,  C4  H5  -f  O  Ether,  and  that  Alcohol  is 
the  hydrated  oxide  of  the  same  radicle,  C4  H5  O  +  HO.  Liebig  also 
considers  Sulpho-Vinic  Acid  an  essential  step  in  the  process  of  etheri- 
fication,  and  that  it  is  no  sooner  formed  (as  he  conceives,  of  2  eq.  S', 
2  aq.  and  1  Alcohol)  than  it  is  resolved  into  Sul',  Ether,  and  water. 
Ether  being  formed  by  subtracting  2  eq.  of  Anhydrous  Sulph'  and  1 
eq.  aq.  from  1  eq.  of  Sulpho-Vinic  Acid. 

Tests. — Ether  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  with  Rectified  Spirit  and  a 
little  water.  Sometimes  it  contains  Etherial  Oil,  "  L.,"  Sp.  Gr.  -750; 
but  that  of  commercial  Ether  varies  from  -733  to  -765 ;  evaporates 
away  entirely  in  the  air ;  slightly  reddens  litmus ;  unites  sparingly 
with  water,  that  is,  at  the  rate  of  f3j.  to  Oss.,  and  remains  limpid,  (if 
Etherial  Oil  is  present  it  will  cause  turbidity,)  "  E.,"  Sp.  Gr.  '735,  or 
under:"  when  agitated  in  a  minim  measure,  with  half  its  volume  of 
concentrated  solution  of  Chloride  of  Calcium  its  volume  is  not  les- 
sened (if  Spirit  be  present,  it  will  be  absorbed,  and  the  Ether  will  float 
at  the  surface,  diminished  in  bulk).  The  L.  and  D.  preparations,  as 
evident  by  the  Sp.  Gr.,  are  weaker  than  the  E.  Sulphuric  Ether. 

Action.  Uses.  Diffusible  Stimulant  and  Antispasmodic,  Carmina- 
tive. Frequently  prescribed  in  Spasmodic  affections,  and  often  to 
relieve  Flatulence.  In  Hysterical  and  in  Nervous  complaints  in 
general,  in  Dyspnoea,  Nervous  Colic,  and  similar  affections,  it  is  very 
effective,  especially  if  prescribed  with  Laudanum,  or  a  solution  of  the 
Salts  of  Morphia. 

'D.  TTIXV. — f3j.  and  repeated  in  a  short  time  if  necessary. 

OLEUM  ^THEREUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     Liquor  vEthereus  Oleosus,  D.     Ethe- 
rial Oil.     Oil  of  Wine. 

This  substance  is  formed  towards  the  end  of  the  distillation  of  Sul- 
phuric Ether.  It  is  an  oily-looking  liquid,  which  when  washed  has 
a  bitter,  somewhat  aromatic  taste,  and  a  peculiar  odour.  It  is  inso- 
luble in  water,  but  soluble  in  Rectified  Spirit  and  in  Ether. 

Prep.  Mix  Rectified  Spirit  ftij.  cautiously  with  Sul'  ftiv.  and  distil  until  a  black 
froth  appears,  when  the  retort  is  to  be  immediately  removed  from  the  fire.  (Ether,  water, 


622  OLEUM    ^ETHEREUM.  [Etherificatian. 

Sulphurous  acid,  and  an  oily  liquid  which  floats  upon  the  water,  are  produced.)  The 
light  fluid  is  to  be  separated  from  the  heavier,  and  to  be  exposed  for  a  day  to  the  air. 
(The  Ether  present  evaporates.)  Sol.  of  Potash  f  3j.  or  q.  s.  mixed  with  an  equal  quan- 
tity  of  water,  is  to  be  well  shaken  with  the  oily  liquid.  (The  free  Sulphurous  acid  is  re- 
moved.) Separate  the  Etherial  Oil  which  subsides,  and  wash  it  well.  D.  P.  "  Take 
what  remains  in  the  retort  after  the  distillation  of  Sulph.  Ether,  and  distil  down  to  one- 
half  with  a  moderate  heat."  D. 

The  composition  of  this  body  is  unsettled.  Mr.  Hennel  considered 
it  to  be  a  Sulphate  of  the  Hydrocarbon  Etherine.  A  compound  pro- 
bably of  Sulphuric'  and  Sulph.  Ether.  Liebig  thinks  it  is  composed 
of2Eq.  Sul1  C"  H8  +  HO. 

This  Oil,  though  officinal,  is  not  used  medicinally  by  itself,  but  forms 
an  ingredient  in  the  following  Spirit,  which  is  intended  as  a  substitute 
for  the  Anodyne  liquor  of  Hoffman. 


SPIR.  ^ETHERIS  SULPHURICI  COMP.  L.     Compound  Spirit  of  Sulphuric 
Ether.     [Hoffman's  Anodyne.~\ 

Prep.     Mix  together  Sulph.  Ether  f  gviij.  Rectified  Spirit  fgxvj.  Etherial  Oil  f  3iij. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic,  Anodyne  ;  hence  useful 
in  cases  of  Nervous  Irritation,  and  want  of  sleep,  often  prescribed 
with  Opiates,  in  doses  of  f3ss.  —  f3ij. 

./ETHER  NITROSUS,  D.     Hyponitrous  or  Nitrous  Ether. 

Nitrous,  or  more  correctly,  Hyponitrous  Ether,  is  of  a  pale  yellow 
colour,  very  volatile,  has  an  agreeable,  fragrant  odour,  like  that  of 
apples,  and  a  sweetish,  cooling,  slightly  acid  taste.  Its  boiling  point 
is  62°,  and  its  Sp.  Gr.  about  -900.  It  is  very  inflammable.  Miscible 
with  Alcohol  and  Ether  in  all  proportions,  but  requires  48  parts  of 
water  to  dissolve  it.  It  is  officinal  in  the  D.  P.,  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  -900, 
and  directed  to  be  made  without  the  aid  of  heat,  by  presenting  Rec- 
tified Spirit  to  Nitric  Acid,  while  this  is  forming  from  the  action  of 
Sul'  on  Nitr',  or  Nitrate  of  Potash.  It  is  decomposed  by  the  alkalies. 
But,  as  it  is  prepared  with  difficulty,  and  apt  to  undergo  change, 
Nitrous  Acid  being  at  length  formed,  it  is  now  seldom  used.  It  can 
be  made  by  the  following  process  of  the  E.  P.,  Sp.  Gr.  -899  at  60°, 
and,  according  to  Dr.  Christison,  with  safety  and  despatch,  if  all  the 
directions  are  carefully  attended  to.  If  the  ebullition  should  become 
tumultuous,  it  may  at  once  be  stopped  by  blowing  cool  air  across  the 
matrass.  The  Ether  being  accompanied  by  some  water,  undecom- 
posed  Alcohol,  and  a  little  acid:  this  is  removed  by  Milk  of  Lime, 
and  the  water  and  Alcohol  by  the  concentrated  solution  of  Chloride 
of  Calcium  ;  upon  which  a  very  pure  Ether  separates  and  floats  on 
the  saline  solution.  It  is  supposed  to  be  composed  of  1  Eq.  of  Ether 
(AeO  or  C4H50)  with  1  Eq.  of  Hyponitrous'  (NO3),  and  the  changes 
which  take  place  in  its  manufacture  consist  in  both  the  Nit'  and  the 
Alcohol  becoming  decomposed  ;  the  latter,  losing  its  Eq.  of  water, 
becomes  Ether,  while  the  Nit',  losing  2  Eq.  of  Oxygen,  becomes  Hy- 
ponitrous Acid.  The  disengaged  Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  and  Nitrogen, 
give  origin  to  various  other  compounds,  some  of  which  are  disen- 
gaged as  gas,  and  others  remain  in  the  retort. 


Acetous  Fermentation.]  VINEGAR. 

SPIRITUS  ^ETHERIS  NITRICI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)  Spir.  ^Ethereus  Nitro- 
sus,  D.  Spirit  of  Nitric,  or  rather  of  Nitrous  Ether.  Hyponitrous 
Ether,  with  (four  volumes  of,  E.)  Rectified  Spirit.  Sweet  Spirits 
of  Nitre. 

Prep.  Take  of  Rectified  Spirit  Oij.  f^vj.  pure  Nitric  acid  (Sp.  Gr.  1-500)  f  3vij.  Put 
fgxv.  of  the  Spirit,  with  a  little  clean  sand,  into  a  two-pint  mattrass,  fitted  with  a  cork, 
through  which  are  passed  a  safety-tube  terminating  an  inch  above  the  Spirit,  and  an- 
other tube  leading  to  a  refrigeratory.  The  safety-tube  being  filled  with  pure  Nitric  acid, 
add  through  it  gradually  f3iijss.  of  the  acid.  When  the  ebullition  which  slowly  rises  is 
nearly  over,  add  the  rest  of  the  acid  gradually,  f^ss.  at  a  time,  waiting  till  the  ebullition 
caused  by  each  portion  is  nearly  over  before  adding  more,  and  cooling  the  refrigeratory 
with  a  stream  of  water,  iced  in  summer.  The  Ether  thus  distilled  over,  being  received 
in  a  bottle,  is  to  be  agitated  first  with  a  little  milk  of  lirne,  till  it  ceases  to  redden  litmus 
paper,  and  then  with  half  its  volume  of  concentrated  solution  of  Muriate  of  Lime.  The 
pure  Hyponitrous  Ether  thus  obtained,  which  should  have  a  density  of -899,  is  then  to  be 
mixed  with  the  remainder  of  the  Rectified  Spirit,  or  exactly  four  times  its  volume. 

Spirit  of  Nitric  Ether  ought  not  to  be  kept  long,  as  it  always  undergoes  decomposition, 
and  becomes  at  length  strongly  acid.  Its  density  by  this  process  is  -847.  E. 

L.  P.  Add  gradually  Nitric  acid  f  3iv.  to  Rectified  Spirit  ftiij.  and  distil  f  Sxxxij.  The 
D.  C.  use  the  residuum  of  the  distillation  of  Nitrous  Ether  and  the  Spirit  employed  in  that 
process  for  condensing  the  elastic  vapours.  The  distilled  liquor  is  afterwards  mixed  with 
alkaline  matter  until  it  ceases  to  redden  Litmus.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  liquid  obtained 
afterwards  by  again  distilling  is  -850. 

The  Spirit  of  Nitrous  Ether  is  thus  obtained  in  the  E.  process,  by 
diluting  Nitrous  Ether  with  four  times  the  quantity  of  Rectified  Spirit 
and  in  the  L.  formula  by  distilling  Nit'  with  more  spirit  than  is  con- 
sumed in  the  production  of  Nitrous  Ether ;  but  the  E.  preparation  is 
at  least  twice,  perhaps  thrice  as  strong  as  the  L.  one  (c.).  The  E. 
Spirit  is  of  a  light  straw  colour;  that  of  the  L.  P.  colourless,  having 
the  peculiar  but  agreeable  odour  and  flavour  of  the  Nitrous  Ether, 
though  of  course  less  strong.  It  is  mobile,  volatile,  and  inflammable, 
almost  always  a  little  acid,  especially  if  it  has  been  kept  any  time.  It 
mixes  in  all  proportions  with  water,  and  with  Alcohol.  The  Sp.  Gr. 
varies  much ;  but  the  strength  may  also  be  ascertained  by  the  E. 
method. 

Tests. — It  is  apt  to  be  adulterated  by  the  addition  of  spirit  or  water, 
and  to  spoil  by  keeping,  from  the  formation  of  Nitrous  Acid.  "  Sp. 
Gr.  834.  It  slightly  reddens  litmus,  and  does  not  effervesce  with  car- 
bonate of  Soda,  and  is  recognised  by  its  peculiar  odour."  L.  "  Sp., 
Gr.  -847.  It  effervesces  feebly,  or  not  at  all,  with  solution  of  Bicar- 
bonate of  Potash.  When  agitated  with  twice  its  volume  of  concen- 
trated solution  of  Chloride  of  Calcium,  12  per  cent,  of  Ether  slowly 
separates."  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  and  Antispasmodic.  Diuretic,  and,  by 
management,  Diaphoretic  in  doses  of  foss. — f3ij.  As  a  Diuretic  it 
is  best  combined  with  others,  as  Squills,  Acetate  of  Potash,  &c. 

ACETOUS  FERMENTATION  AND  DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION. 

Acetic  Acid  exists  in  plants  either  in  a  free  state,  or  combined 
with  Potassa,  Soda,  Lime,  &c.  Vinegar,  being  producible  from 
simply  exposing  to  a  warm  temperature  the  liquors  which  have  un- 
dergone, or  are  susceptible  of,  the  vinous  fermentation,  has  been  known 
from  the  earliest  times.  But  in  all  cases  some  ferment  requires  to  be 
present,  as  these  substances  must  first  undergo  the  vinous  fermentation, 


624  A  C  E  T  U  M.  [Acetous 

for  it  is  the  Alcohol  which  is  the  subject  of  Acetous  fermentation,  and 
it  may  in  other  ways  be  made  to  yield  the  same  products.  Thus, 
though  Alcohol  when  burnt  in  the  open  air  produces  Carbonic  Acid 
and  water,  if,  when  diluted  with  a  little  water,  it  be  dropped  by  de- 
grees upon  finely-divided  Platinum,  the  Oxygen  of  the  air,  attached 
to  the  extended  surface  of  the  metal,  coming  in  contact  with  the  thin 
film  of  spirit,  by  combining  with,  changes  its  nature,  and  converts  it 
into  Acetic  Acid,  of  which  the  vapours  may  easily  be  perceived  by 
their  pungent  odour.  So  the  same  spirit,  with  a  little  yeast,  exposed 
to  the  action  of  the  air,  will  speedily  become  converted  into  Acetic 
Acid.  Vinegar  on  the  Continent  is  made  by  exposing  Wine  to  the 
action  of  the  air  in  partially  filled  vessels.  In  this  country  a  less 
pure  vinegar  is  made  from  an  inferior  kind  of  Beer,  to  which  T(jW  Pai't 
of  Sul'  is  allowed  to  be  added,  to  prevent  further  change  taking  place. 
Several  of  these  forms  of  Vinegar  are  officinal.  Besides  these,  Acetic 
Acid  may  also  be  obtained  by  the  destructive  distillation  in  close 
vessels  of  some  hard  dry  woods  (v.  Pyroligneous  Acid.)  All  these 
are,  however,  diluted  forms  of  Acetic  Acid,  which  may,  however,  be 
obtained  from  them  in  a  concentrated  form. 

ACETUM,  L.  (U.  S.)    ACETUM  GALLicuM,  E.     ACETUM  VINI,  D.     Vine- 
gar, L.     French  or  Wine  Vinegar,  E.  D. 

Though  the  L.  C.  does  not  distinguish  Foreign  from  British  Vine- 
gar, yet  as  by  their  tests  they  require  only  pure  Vinegar  to  be  used, 
it  may  be  treated  of  with  the  Foreign  Vinegar. 

L.  Yellowish;  of  a  peculiar  odour;  f3j.  saturates  Carbonate  of  Soda  gr.  Ix.  and  Sol. 
Chloride  of  Barium  produces  in  this  quantity  not  above  1-14  gr.  of  Sulph.  of  Baryta.  Its 
colour  is  not  altered  by  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  The  Sulphate  of  Baryta  is  equivalent 
to  the  quantity  of  Sul'  (1  parrtn  1000)  which  is  allowed  by  the  excise  laws  to  be  added. 
The  Sulph.  Hydrogen  will  indicate  the  presence  of  Lead.  The  colour  and  odour  are 
indications  of  purity,  and  the  Soda  will  prove  its  strength.  Wine  Vinegar,  according  to 
the  E.  P.,  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-014  to  1-022.  Ammonia  in  slight  excess  causes  a  purplish 
muddiness,  and  slowly  a  purplish  precipitate.  In  f  giv.  complete  precipitation  takes  place 
of  all  the  Sul'  present  with  Sol.  of  Nitrate  of  Baryia  HJ'xxx.  E. 

ACETUM  BRITANNICUM,  E.     British  Vinegar. 

British  Vinegars  are  usually  much  paler,  but  sometimes  much 
darker,  from  the  presence  of  Extractive  and  other  matters,  than  the 
White  Wine  Vinegar,  and  are  deficient  in  aroma.  They  often  con- 
tain a  much  larger  than  the  recognised  proportion  of  Sul'  besides 
some  Lime. 

The  E.  P.  gives  as  tests  of  its  being  sufficiently  pure,  that  it  has  a  Sp.  Gr.  of  1-006  to 
1.0019.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  does  not  colour  it;  complete  precipitation  takes  place  in 
f  3iv.  with  Sol.  of  Nitrate  of  Baryta  rn/xxx. 

ACETUM  DESTILLATUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Distilled  Vinegar. 

Prep.  Take  of  Vinegar  (French  by  preference,  E.)  Cj.  (10  parts,  D.),  distil  in  a  glass 
retort,  from  a  sand-bath,  and  into  a  glass  receiver,  Ovij.  (Dilute  the  product  if  necessary 
with  Aq.  dest.  till  the  Sp.  Gr.  is  1-005,  E.)  Reject  the  first  tenth,  and  preserve  the  next 
seven-tenths,  of  which  the  Sp.  Gr.  is  1-005.  D. 

By  distillation,  the  Colouring  Matter,  Sul',  and  other  impurities, 


Fermentation.]    PYROLIGNEOUS  AND  ACETIC  ACIDS.  625 

being  left  behind,  the  Vinegar  becomes  a  colourless  diluted  Acetic 
Acid,  and  used  to  be  called  Acetous  Acid.  With  the  acid  and  water 
rises  a  little  of  the  Mucilage,  and  also  the  Ethero-Spirituous  sub- 
stance (or  Acetic  Ether  ?)  which  characterizes  all  good  vinegar,  and 
is  the  source  of  its  peculiar  aroma,  that  is,  if  the  first  part  has  not 
been  unnecessarily  rejected.  The  odour  and  taste  of  the  distilled  are 
less  agreeable  than  that  of  good  Vinegar. 

L.  It  should  be  entirely  dissipated  by  heat.  Nothing  should  be  precipitated  from  it 
on  the  addition  of  Acetate  of  Lead,  or  Nitrate  of  Silver,  or  Iodide  of  Potassium  (showing 
the  absence  of  Sul'  and  Cl',  as  well  as  of  Lead).  Neither  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  nor 
Ammonia  alter  its  colour  (showing  absence  both  of  Lead  and  of  Copper).  Silver  being 
digested  with  it,  nothing  is  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  H  Cl'  (showing  absence  of 
Nit').  100  grs.  saturate  Carb.  of  Soda  grs.  xiij.  (100  minims  saturate  grs.  viij.  Sp.  Gr. 
1-005,  E.)  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  L.  distilled  Vinegar  is  1-007  or  upwards,  according  to  Dr. 
Christison.  The  E.  C.  order  dilution  because  distilled  Vinegar  is  often  above  1-005. 

ACIDUM  PYROLIGNEUM,  E.  "  Diluted  Acetic  Acid,  obtained  by  the 
destructive  distillation  of  Wood."  Pyroligneous  Acid  is  considered 
to  be  a  discovery  of  Glauber ;  but  it  is  probable,  as  stated  by  Berze- 
lius,  that  it  was  known  to  the  Egyptians,  as  may  be  inferred  from  a 
passage  of  Pliny,  in  which  Pine  wood,  heated  in  a  furnace,  gives  out 
"  sudore,  aquae  modo,  fluit  canali :  hoc  in  Syria  cedrum  vocatur,  ac 
tanta  est  vis,  ut  in  ^Egypto,  corpora  hominum  defunctorum,  eo  per- 
fusa,  serventur."  In  the  present  day  the  distillation  is  usually  con- 
ducted in  iron  cylinders,  with  condensers  attached.  The  woody 
matter  being  decomposed  by  heat,  its  elements  unite  to  form  fresh 
compounds,  and  by  distillation  an  acid  liquor  passes  over  with  water, 
tarry  matter,  Empyreumatic  Oil,  and  much  inflammable  gas,  while  a 
large  proportion  of  excellent  Charcoal  is  left  in  the  retort.  The  Pyro- 
ligneous Acid  is  a  brown,  transparent  liquid,  consists  essentially  of 
Acetic  Acid,  diluted  with  water,  holding  in  solution  tar,  with  some 
Empyreumatic  Oil,  and  has  a  smoky  smell.  It  is  distilled,  and  fur- 
ther purified,  by  the  addition  of  Carb.  of  Soda.*  This  is  retained  as 
Acetate  of  Soda  (v.  p.  1 12),  or  used  for  making  a  purer  Acetic  or 
Pyroligneous  Acid.  When  the  acetate  of  the  above  Alkali  is  form- 
ed, it  is  purified  by  crystallization  and  re-solution,  afterwards  decom- 
posed with  Sul' :  the  Acetic'  set  free  is  again  distilled,  and  the  pro- 
cesses repeated  until  a  nearly  colourless  acid,  with  the  odour  of  the 
Acetic,  is  produced,  but  which  is  often  Empyreumatic. 

E.  Nearly  or  entirely  colourless;  Sp.  Gr.  at  least  1-034;  Tt|_c.  neutralize  at  least  grs. 
liij.  of  Carb.  of  Soda;  unaffected  by  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  or  Sol.  of  Nitrate  of  Baryta. 

ACIDUM  ACETICUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)     Acetic  Acid,  E.,  a  little  diluted, 
L.  and  D. 

Acetic  acid,  which  is  the  basis  of  the  foregoing  acids,  may  be  ob- 
tained in  a  concentrated  state  by  decomposing  an  anhydrous  Ace- 
tate, as  that  of  Soda,  with  Sulphuric  acid.  When  set  free,  being  vo- 
latile, it  rises  and  is  then  condensed,  and  is  readily  recognised  by  its 
peculiar  and  grateful  odour.  It  is  limpid  and  colourless,  acrid  in 
taste,  and  will  blister  the  skin  unless  it  is  moderately  diluted,  it  is  ex- 

*  Sometimes  chalk  is  first  added,  and  Acetate  of  Lime  is  formed,  which  is  decomposed 
by  digestion  with  sulphate  of  Soda. 

40 


626  PYROLIGNEOUS   AND  A-CETIC   ACID.        [Destructive 

ceedingly  volatile,  even  at  ordinary  temperatures.  Its  vapour  is  in- 
flammable. It  may  be  crystallized  at  60°,  forming  large  colourless 
crystals,  when  it  is  called  Glacial  Acetic  Acid.  fcp.  Gr.  -1063.  It 
is  composed  of  C4H3O3=Ac'  with  1  Eq.  of  water.  It  may  be  mixed 
in  all  proportions  with  water,  Alcohol,  and  Ether.  It  dissolves  Cam- 
phor, several  Resins  and  Volatile  Oils,  which  therefore  are  frequent- 
ly employed  for  aromatising  it.  It  forms  numerous  important  salts 
with  metallic  oxides,  alkalies,  and  vegeto-alkalies.  But  the  Acetates 
are  decomposed  by.  most  of  the  acids,  except  the  Carb'.  An  impor- 
tant fact,  first  investigated  by  Mr.  Clark,  which  is  referred  to  in  the 
E.  P.,  is,  that  the  Sp.  Gr.  does  not  always  bear  an  exact  relation  to 
the  strength  of  the  acid.  The  strength  and  the  density  go  on  in- 
creasing in  a  pretty  uniform  ratio  till  the  latter  arrives  at  1-077;  but 
as  the  strength  increases  still  further,  the  density  gradually  sinks 
again  to  1*063.  Dr.  Christison  observes  that  the  density  is  a  tole- 
rably correct  measure  of  strength  up  to  1*062;  and  above  this  point 
it  becomes  equally  so,  on  observing  whether  the  addition  of  a  small 
per-centage  of  water  raises  or  lowers  it.  It  may  be  here  stated  that 
15  parts  by  weight  of  the  London  acid  with  85  of  water  are  equal  in 
strength  to  distilled  Vinegar.  But  the  London  acid  is  much  weaker 
than  that  prepared  by  the  E.  formula.  The  Dublin  acid  is  composed 
of  about  3  Eq.  of  water  to  1  of  acid. 

Prep.  To  Acetate  of  Soda  fi>ij.  (Ac.  Potash  100  parts,  D.)  add  Sulphuric  acid  fgix. 
(52  parts,  D.)  previously  diluted  with  Ag.  dest.  f  ^ix. ;  distil  from  a  sand-bath,  carefully 
regulating  the  heat  towards  the  end.  (Pour  the  acid  into  a  tubulated  retort ;  add  gra. 
dually  the  acetate,  waiting  after  each  addition  till  the  mixture  cools :  distil  with  a  mode- 
rale  heat  to  dryness.  Sp.  Gr.  1-074,  D.) 

Take  Acetate  of  Lead  q.  s.  heat  it  gradually  in  a  porcelain  basin  by  means  of  a  bath 
of  oil  or  fusible  metal  (8  tin,  4  lead,  3  bismuth)  to  320°  F.,  and  stir  till  the  fused  mass 
concretes  again.  Pulverize  this  when  cold,  and  heat  the  powder  again  to  320°  with  fre- 
quent stirring,  till  the  particles  cease  to  accrete.  Add  3vj-  of  the  powder  to  f  3ix.  and  a 
half  of  pure  Sul'  contained  in  a  glass  matrass;  attach  a  proper  tube  and  refrigeratory, 
and  distil  from  a  fusible  metal  bath  with  a  heat  of  320°  to  complete  dryness.  Agitate 
the  distilled  liquid  with  a  fewgrs.  of  red  Oxide  of  Lead  to  remove  a  little  Sulphurous  acid 
(apt  to  rise  with  the  Ac').  Allow  the  vessel  to  rest  for  a  few  minutes,  pour  off  the  clear 
liquid,  and  redistil  it.  The  density  is  commonly  1-063  to  1-065,  but  not  above  1-0685.  E. 

Tests.  L.    "Sp.  Gr.  1-048  at  62.     Grs.  c.  saturate  Carb.  of  Soda 

§rs.  Ixxxvij.,  and  the  fluid  gives  by  evaporation  crystals  of  Acetate  of 
oda,  vaporizable,  &c.,  as  in  Acetum  Destillatum,  L.  Density  not 
above  1*0685,  and  increased  by  20  per  cent,  of  water;  colourless; 
unaltered  by  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  or  Nitrate  of  Baryta  (showing 
absence  of  Lead,  Copper,  and  Sul') ;  n*c.  neutralize  at  least  grs. 
ccxvj.  of  Carb.  of  Soda.  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Though  so  many  forms  are  officinal,  Ac'  is  not  pro- 
portionally useful.  The  strong  acid  is  one  of  the  quickest  Vesicants, 
and  an  excellent  escharotic  for  warts  and  corns.  Acetum  or  Vinegar 
is  used  as  a  solvent  for  several  vegetable  principles,  and  is  an  excel- 
lent and  grateful  Refrigerant  when  applied  externally  as  a  lotion,  or 
for  sponging  the  body :  its  vapour  when  inhaled  is  useful  in  various 
affections  of  the  throat  and  larynx.  It  is  sometimes  given  internally, 
and  the  Syrupus  Aceti,  E.  Good  Vinegar  (French  by  preference) 
f3xi.  to  pure  Sugar  f  3xiv.  diluted  is  a  grateful  form. 


Dittillation.}  CREASOTE. 

ACID.  ACETICUM  CAMPHORATUM,  E.  D.     Camphorated  Acetic  Acid. 

Prep.  Pulverise  Camphor  gss.  with  a  little  Rectified  Spirit,  and  dissolve  in  Acetic  acid 
f  gvjss.  using  the  acid  of  the  respective  colleges. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant.  Grateful  in  faintness,  &c.,  but  still  more 
so  in  the  form  of  the  aromatised  preparations  of  Acetic  acid  to  which 
various  volatile  oils  have  been  added. 

CREASOTUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     CREAZOTON,  E.     An  Oxy-Hydro-Carburet, 
prepared  from  Pyroxylic  Oil,  L. 

This  substance  was  discovered  by  Reichenbach  in  1830  with  seve- 
ral other  compounds  of  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  and  Oxygen,  in  the  pro- 
ducts of  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood.  It  is  found  in  Tar,  in 
Pyroligneous  acid,  in  wood-smoke,  and  in  other  substances  which  no 
doubt  owe  to  it  some  of  their  properties.  When  pure,  it  is  colourless 
and  transparent,  fluid,  limpid  like  a  volatile  oil,  of  a  powerful  smoky 
odour,  and  a  pungent  burning  taste.  Its  Sp.  Gr.  is  ordinarily  stated 
to  be  1-037.  Dr.  Christison  has  ascertained  it  to  be  1-067,  of  high 
refractive  power ;  when  pure,  unchanged  by  exposure  to  light ; 
greatly  expanded  by  heat ;  boils  at  397° ;  burns  with  a  sooty  flame. 
It  forms  two  compounds  with  water,  one  a  Hydrate  of  1  part  in  10 
of  water,  and  the  other  a  solution  of  1-25  part  in  100  (Phillips).  It 
is  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  Naphtha,  but  more  readily  in  Acetic 
acid,  also  in  the  alkaline  solutions ;  but  is  neither  acid  nor  alkaline. 
It  is  decomposed  by  Potassium,  Nit',  and  Sul'.  Its  most  character- 
istic property  is  that  of  coagulating  Albumen,  and  of  preserving  meat 
indefinitely,  whence  its  name  (from  xgea,  flesh,  and  <fw£w,  I  preserve). 

The  process  for  obtaining  it  pure  is  very  tedious  (v.  Brande's 
Chem.)  It  consists  in  forming  a  compound  with  solution  of  Potash 
and  Oil  of  Tar,  which  contains  Creasote,  then  separating  the  alkali 
by  means  of  Sul',  redistilling  and  separating  the  Creasote,  and  re- 
peating the  process. 

Tests.  L.  "Oleaginous,  colourless,  transparent,  of  a  peculiar  odour. 
It  boils  at  397°,  and  does  not  freeze  at — 50°,  soluble  in  Acetic  acid." 
E.  "Colourless,  and  remains  so  under  sunshine;  Sp.  Gr.  1-066;  en- 
tirely soluble  in  its  own  volume  of  Acetic  acid :  a  drop  on  filtering 
paper  heated  for  10  minutes  about  212°,  leaves  no  translucent  stain. 

Action.  Uses.  Creasote  applied  to  the  tongue,  causes  pain,  and  on 
the  skin  a  burning  sensation ;  and  is  fatal  to  small  animals.  It  is  the 
active  ingredient  of  Tar  and  Tar- water  ;  useful  in  healing  ulcers,  and 
inducing  a  healthy  action  in  cutaneous  affections,  and  in  gangrene, 
scrofulous  ulcers,  &c.  It  often  gives  great  relief  in  toothache,  and 
is  extremely  useful  in  allaying  vomiting.  (Elliotson.)  The  medicine 
should  be  well  diluted,  at  least  3  oz.  of  water  to  1  drop. 

MISTURA  CREAZOTI,  E.     Mixture  of  Creasote. 

Prep.  Mix  Crrasote  Ifyxvij.  with  Acetic  acid  tt[xvj. ;  gr 
in  Comp.  Spirit  of  Juniper  and  Syrup,  of  eacli  fgj. 

D.  f3j. — f3ij. ;  each  f3j.  containing  Wj.  of  Creasote. 


Prep.  Mix  Crtasote  Ifyxvij.  with  Acetic  acid  TT[xvj. ;  gradually  add  Aq.  de»t. 
then  Comp.  Spirit  of  Juniper  and  Syrup,  of  eacli  f3j. 


Q2S  PETROLEUM.    AMBER.  [Fossil 

UNGUENTUM  CREASOTI,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Creasote  Ointment. 

Prep.  Melt  Lard  3ij.  [3i.  U.  S.]  (Axunge  3iij.  E.),  add  Creasote  333.  (^j.  E.)  Stir 
them  briskly,  and  continue  to  do  so  as  the  mixture  concretes  on  cooling. 

PETROLEUM  (E.)  BARBADENSE,  L.  D.     Petroleum.     Barbadoes  Tar. 

Petroleum,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  an  oil-like  exudation  from 
rocks,  which  has  been  employed  in  medicine  from  the  earliest  times, 
though  little  used  now.  It  is  very  abundantly  diffused,  and  in  other 
forms,  as  of  Asphalte,  Naphtha,  &c. 

Besides  in  Barbadoes  and  Trinidad,  Petroleum  is  found  floating  on 
some  springs  of  water  in  this  country,  as  at  Colebrooke  Dale,  &c.,  in 
many  parts  of  Europe,  also  at  Baku  on  the  shores  of  the  Caspian,  and 
very  abundantly  at  Ranan-goong,  or  Earth-oil  Creek,  on  the  banks 
of  the  Irrawaddy.  Col.  Symes  describes  the  wells  as  about  500  in 
number,  and  that  upwards  of  400,000  hogsheads  are  taken  away  in 
boats.  It  may  readily  be  obtained  by  digging  into  the  sand  in  warm 
weather.  This  was  examined  by  Drs.  Christison  and  Gregory,  who 
found  in  it  Paraffin,  Eupion,  which  Reichenbach  met  with  among 
the  products  of  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood;  whence  they 
infer  that  "  Rangoon  Petroleum  is  the  product  of  the  destructive  dis- 
tillation of  vegetable  matter,"  probably  from  subterraneous  causes 
now  in  operation. 

Petroleum  has  the  consistence  of  treacle ;  reddish-brown  or  black 
colour,  with  a  bituminous  taste ;  floats  on  water,  in  which  it  is  inso- 
luble; burns  with  a  dense  black  smoke,  leaving  a  carbonaceous  resi- 
duum. Acids,  alkalies,  and  Rectified  Spirit  have  little  effect  on  it ; 
Ether  and  both  Volatile  and  Fixed  Oils  dissolve  it.  Exposed  to  the 
air,  it  hardens  into  Asphalte ;  if  exposed  to  heat,  a  yellowish-coloured 
liquid  distils  over,  which  resembles  the  Naphtha  obtained  in  making 
Coal-gas.  Both  are  free  from  Oxygen,  and  therefore  used  for  pre- 
serving Potassium  and  dissolving  Caoutchouc. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant ;  has  been  recommended  externally  in 
Rheumatism  and  in  Cutaneous  affections ;  internally  as  a  Vermifuge. 
The  Rangoon  is  probably  as  good,  if  not  better,  than  other  kinds. 

SUCCINUM,  L.  D.  (U.  S.)     Amber. 

Amber  (^Xex-rpov)  and  its  property  of  attracting  light  bodies  was 
known  to  the  Greeks,  also  to  the  Arabs,  being  their  kah  roba  (grass- 
attractor).  The  term  Electricity  has  been  derived  from  its  Greek 
name.  It  is  no  doubt  a  fossil  product,  usually  washed  up  by  the  sea 
in  different  parts  of  the  world.  This  country  is  supplied  chiefly  from 
the  Baltic,  it  being  cast  on  shore  between  Konigsberg  and  Memel. 
In  India  it  is  obtained  both  in  Cutch  and  Assam.  It  is  probably  the 
resin  of  some  Coniferous  tree,  as  such  wood  is  found  in  a  fossil  state. 
Insects  and  parts  of  plants  are  inclosed  in  amber  found  associated 
with  Lignite  beds.  It  is  met  with  in  irregular-shaped  brittle  pieces, 
of  a  yellowish  or  yellowish-red  resinous  appearance,  translucent,  de- 
void of  taste  and  smell.  It  is  not  acted  on  by  water  or  Alcohol.  Sub- 
jected to  distillation,  it  yields  first  a  yellow  liquid  which  contains 
Acetic  acid,  and  afterwards  a  thin  yellowish  oil,  with  a  yellow  crys- 


Products.]  SUCCINIC   ACID   AND    OIL.  629 

talline  sublimate,  which  is  the  Succinic  acid,  D.  Continuing  the 
heat,  the  Oil  gradually  deepens  in  colour,  finally  becomes  black  and 
of  the  consistence  of  pitch,  requiring  to  be  redistilled  before  it  is  fit 
for  use. 

AciDUM    SuCCINICUM    ET    OLEUM    SuCCINICUM,    D.        OLEUM    SuCCINI,    L. 

(U.  S.)     Succinic  acid  and  Oil. 

Prep.  Distil  with  a  gradually  increasing  heat  from  Amber  in  coarse  powder  and  pure 
Sand,  of  each  1  part,  an  acid  liquor,  an  oil,  and  an  acid  in  crystals.  Press  these  in  bibu- 
lous paper  to  get  rid  of  moisture,  and  sublime  them  again.  The  oil  may  be  detached  from 
the  acid  liquor  by  filtering  through  bibulous  paper.  In  the  L.  P.  Amber  is  directed  to 
be  similarly  distilled,  and  the  oil  again  and  a  third  time,  to  obtain  Oleum  Succini,  L. 
[Oleum  Succini  Rectificatum,  U.  S.] 

Action.  Uses.  Succinic  acid  has  been  supposed  to  be  Expectorant. 
The  Oil  is  Stimulant  and  Antispasmodic  in  doses  of  rp;v.  It  is  an 
ingredient  of  Tinctura  Ammonias  Comp.  (p.  72.) 


ANIMAL  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

"  -,  gr " 

The  animal  creation,  so  interesting  and  essential  an  object  of  study 
for  acquiring  a  scientific  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology 
of  the  human  frame,  is  less  important  as  connected  with  Materia 
Medica,  because  the  progress  of  medicine  has  caused  the  disappear- 
ance from  our  books  and  practice  of  a  crowd  of  inert  and  at  the 
same  time  disgusting  remedies,  which  could  only  have  operated 
through  the  imagination;  while  modern  chemistry  has  shown  that 
others  can  be  obtained  more  easily  and  as  pure  from  the  mineral  or 
vegetable  kingdom.  Thus  Corals,  burnt  Oyster-shells  (p.  638),  and 
Crabs-claws,  were  valuable  on  account  of  their  being  formed  of  Car- 
bonate of  Lime ;  burnt  Bones  on  account  of  Animal  Charcoal,  and 
their  ashes  for  Phosphate  of  Lime,  yielded  also  by  Cornu  ustum 
(p.  641);  burnt  Sponge  (p.  630)  for  the  salts  of  Iodine  (p.  55).  Oils 
and  Fats  in  the  animal  kingdom  are  obtained  of  nearly  the  same  na- 
ture essentially  as  vegetable  oils  and  fats,  as  in  the  form  of  Lard 
(p.  644)  or  Suet  (p.  642.)  So  Bees'  Wax  (p.  636)  is  like  that  of 
Palms  and  Myricas.  Spermaceti  (p.  640)  is  considered  a  peculiar 
principle.  These,  however,  continue  to  be  retained  but  chiefly  as 
external  applications.  Saccharine  matter  is  contained  in  Honey 
(p.  636).  Gelatine  is  obtained  from  Isinglass  (p.  638)  and  also  from 
Hartshorn  (p.  641),  and  even  from  Bones  (p.  639) ;  Albumen  from 
the  White  of  the  Egg  (p.  638) ;  and  Caseine  from  Milk,  which  also 
contains  Butter  and  Whey.  The  peculiar  secretions  called  Musk 
and  Castor  (p.  641)  are,  however,  still  considered  to  possess  some 
power  in  controlling  a  few  nervous  affections.  The  only  animals 
which  are  officinal  in  their  entire  state  are  the  Cochineal  (p.  635)  for 
its  colouring  matter,  Cantharides  (p.  632)  for  their  vesicating  pro- 
perties, and  the  Leech  (p.  630)  to  draw  blood. 


630  SPONGIA    OFFICINALIS.  [Port/era. 

I.    CYCLO-NEURA  V.  RADIATA. 
<$••,"  •.-'-  V  •••'.iVi* 

Class  PORIFERA,  Grant. 

SPONGIA  OFFICINALIS,  Linn.  E.  D.     (SPONGIA,  U.  S.)     The  Officinal 

Sponge. 

Sponge  is  so  well  known  for  its  economic,  uses,  that  it  does  not 
require  a  detailed  description.  Numerous  species  are  known,  with 
soft  porous  bodies,  traversed  by  tortuous  canals;  but  the  officinal 
Sponge  is  imported  from  the  Mediterranean  and  Red  Seas.  Some  of 
a  coarser  kind  from  the  West  Indies.  Those  of  the  British  Seas 
would  probably  answer  equally  well  for  burning.  When  collected, 
Sponge  contains  numerous  small  fragments  of  corals  and  minute 
shells,  from  these  it  must  be  freed  before  it  can  be  used  for  surgical 
purposes ;  for  which  it  is  well  suited,  from  its  soft  and  porous  nature. 
Sponge  tents  are  sometimes  used  for  dilating  sinuses.  These  are 
prepared  by  dipping  strips  of  Sponge  into  wax,  and  as  this  melts  by 
the  heat  of  the  body,  the  Sponge  absorbs  moisture,  and  swells ;  or 
pieces  of  Sponge  may  be  tightly  wound  with  thread,  which  can  after- 
wards be  cut.  Sponge  is  composed  of  Gelatine  and  Coagulated 
Albumen.  (Hatchett.)  When  burnt,  its  ashes  give  Carbon,  and  some 
Silex,  Carbonate  and  Phosphate  of  Lime,  Carbonate  of  Soda,  Chlo- 
ride and  Iodide  of  Sodium,  Bromide  of  Magnesia,  with  a  little  Oxide 
of  Iron. 

PULVIS  SPONGI^E  UST^E,  D.     (SPONGIA  USTA,  LT.  S.)     Burnt  Sponge. 

Prep.  Having  cut  the  Sponge  into  pieces,  beat  it  to  free  it  from  stones,  then  burn  it  in 
a  covered  iron  vessel  till  it  is  black  and  friable.  Reduce  this  to  powder. 

Action.  Uses.  Alterative.  Formerly  much  used  in  Goitre,  Scro- 
fulous and  obstinate  Cutaneous  Affections.  On  the  Continent  it  is 
still  preferred  by  many  to  the  preparations  of  Iodine,  to  the  presence 
of  which  Burnt  Sponge  no  doubt  owes  its  efficacy,  in  doses  of  about 
3j.  with  Honey  and  Aromatics. 

Class  POLYPIFERA,  Grant.  The  skeletons  of  Polypiferous  animals, 
so  well  known  by  the  name  of  Corals,  were  long  officinal,  as  they 
still  are  on  the  Continent,  and  in  the  East.  They  owe  their  medical 
properties  to  Carbonate  of  Lime,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  Oxide 
of  Iron. 

II.    DIPLO-NEURA  V.  ARTICULATA. 

Class  ANNELIDA. 

HIRUDO,  L.    HIRUDO  MEDICINALIS,  Linn.  L.  D.    SANGUISUGA,  Savigny. 

Leeches  and  their  effects  must  have  been  known  from  the  earliest 
times.  They  were  early  employed  therapeutically  by  the  Hindoos, 
and  the  Arabs  adopted  their  practice.  (Royle,  Hindoo  Med.  p.  38, 
and  Wise  on  Hindu  Medicine,  p.  177.)  Themison  mentions  the  em- 


Annelida.] 


HIRUDO    MEDICINALIS. 


ployment  of  Leeches  by  the  ancients.  Herodotus  alludes  to  one  kind, 
(Bdella  nilotica.)  Dr.  Pereira  infers  that  Sanguisuga  agfytiaca,  the 
species  from  which  the  French  soldiers  in  Egypt  suffered,  is  that  re- 
ferred to  in  the  Bible  (Prov.  xxx.  15)  by  the  name  of  O'lukeh  or  Jlluka. 
The  latter,  or  Jlluk,  is  also  the  Arabic  name  for  Leech. 

Leeches  are  included  by  Cuvier  in  the  genus  Hirudo.  This  has  since  been  subdivided 
info  several  genera.  Savigny  calls  that  which  includes  the  leeches  used  in  medicine  SAN- 
GUISUGA, the  latrabdella  of 

Blainville.      Leeches  are  Fig.  95. 

characterized    by   having 

an    elongated,   plano-con-  * 

vex  body,  tapering  towards 
both  extremities,  wrinkled 
transversely,  and  compos- 
ed  of  from  90  to  100  soft 
rings.  The  mouth  fur- 
nished  with  a  lip,  and  the 
posterior  extremity  pro- 
vided  with  a  flattened 
disk,  both  adapted  to  fix 
upon  bodies  by  suction, 
and  to  serve  the  leech  as 
the  principal  organs  of  lo- 
comotion. Underneath  the  body  two  series  of  pores  are  observed,  which  lead  to  as  many 
interior  pouches,  which  are  regarded  as  organs  of  respiration.  The  intestinal  canal  is 
straight,  inflated  from  space  to  space,  as  far  as  two-thirds  of  its  length,  where  there  are 
two  caeca.  The  blood  swallowed  is  preserved  there  red  and  unchanged  for  many  weeks. 
The  subgenus  Sanguisuga  has  the  upper  lip  divided  into  several  segments,  the  aperture 
of  its  mouth  is  tri-radiate,  and  it  contains  three  jaws,  each  armed  on  its  edge  with  two 
ranges  of  very  fine  teeth.  Ten  blackish  points  are  observed  on  the  head,  which  are  taken 
for  eyes.  The  anus  is  small,  and  placed  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  last  ring. 

The  two  species  most  commonly  used,  and  which  by  some  are  con- 
sidered varieties  of  one  another,  are  Hirudo  medicinalis  and  H.  offici- 
nalis. 

H.  OFFICINALIS  is  distinguished  by  its  unspotted  olive-green  belly  and  by  the  dark  green 
back,  along  which  and  the  flanks  are  observed  six  longitudinal,  often  interrupted  rusty- 
red  stripes.  Six  of  the  eyes  are  said  by  Savigny  to  be  very  prominent.  Teeth  about  70 
in  number.  A  native  of  the  south  of  Europe,  as  of  France  and  Germany.  It  is  usually 
called  the  Green  Leech,  sometimes  the  Hungary  Leech,  from  being  a  native  of  that 
country. 

H.  MEDICINALIS  (fig.  95,  1  to  3),  the  kind  usually  employed  here,  and  readily  distin 
guished  from  the  foregoing  by  its  belly,  which  is  of  a  yellowish-green  colour,  but  covered 
with  black  spots,  which  vary  in  number  and  size,  forming  almost  the  prevailing  tint  of 
the  belly,  the  intervening  spaces  appearing  like  yellow  spots.  On  the  back  are  six  longi- 
tudinal reddish  or  yellowish-red  bands,  spotted  with  black  and  placed  on  an  olive-green 
or  greenish-brown  ground.  The  number  of  rings  varies  from  93  to  108.  Teeth  79  to 
90  in  number.  A  native  of  almost  all  parts  of  Europe,  often  called  the  English,  the 
speckled,  the  true,  the  brown  Leech,  &c. 

Other  species  are  figured  by  Brandt,  as  Hirudo  provincials,  H. 
Verbana,  H.  obscura,  and  H.  interrupta.  In  the  United  States  they 
use  H.  decora.  In  India  Leeches  are  extremely  abundant,  procurable 
both  in  the  tanks  of  Bengal  and  in  the  northwest  provinces,  as  well 
as  along  the  foot  of  the  Himalayas.  Six  kinds  of  useful  and  six  veno- 
mous Leeches  are  mentioned  in  Susruta  and  by  Avicenna,  /.  c. 

Uses.  Leeches  are  effectual  for  the  local  abstraction  of  blood, 
affording  indeed  the  best  method  in  many  cases,  as  in  inflammation 
of  the  abdomen,  scrotum,  in  hsemorrhoidal  tumours,  and  prolapsus  of 
the  rectum.  They  may  often  follow  general  depletion ;  but,  accord- 


632  THE    LEECH.  [Insecta. 

ing  to  the  quantity  or  the  nature  of  the  case,  will  themselves  produce 
constitutional  effects,  especially  in  the  cases  of  children.  They  act  by 
a  sawing  motion,  and  draw  about  3jss.  of  blood,  though  ftss.  may  be 
obtained  by  fomentation,  &c.  Excess  of  bleeding  may  be  stopped  by 
pressure,  application  of  Matico  ;  sometimes  caustic  is  required,  and 
even  sowing  up  the  wounds  with  a  fine  needle. 

Class  INSECTA.     Order  Coleoptera. 

CANTHARIS,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     The  whole  Fly,  E.,  or  CANTHARIS  VESICA- 
TORIA,  Latreille,  D.     The  Blister  Beetle. 


The  name  xavSapis  was  applied  by  the  Greeks  to  a  species  of  Co- 
leopterous Insect  which  possessed  the  properties  of  the  officinal  Blis- 
tering Beetle,  but  it  was  distinguished  by  yellow  transverse  bands. 
This  is  the  characteristic  of  species  of  Mylabris,  one  of  which  M. 
Fusseleni,  occurs  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  another,  M.  Cichorii 
(fig.  96,  4),  in  Syria,  and  apparently  throughout  the  East.  In  India  it 
is  called  telee  and  telee  mukhee,  or  the  Oily  Fly,  no  doubt  from  the 
oil-like  exudation  which  the  insects  of  this  genus  give  out  from  the 
articulations  of  their  legs  when  seized.  Another  species,  M.  Trian- 
IhemcB,  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Fleming,  and  the  Lytta  gigas,  Fab.  is 
found  there  as  well  as  in  Senegal.  One  is  mentioned  by  the  Arabs 
under  the  name  of  zurareh.  It  is  not  known  when  the  officinal  Blis- 
tering Fly  came  to  be  used,  but  it  has  had  a  variety  of  names.  It 
was  called  Meloe  vesicatorius  by  Linnaeus,  Lytta  vesicatoria  by  Fa- 
bricius,  and  Cantharis  vesicatoria  by  Geoffrey,  and  now  by  the  Phar- 
macopoeias. Geoffrey  grouped  the  Vesicatory  Beetles  in  a  small 
tribe  corresponding  nearly  with  the  Linnean  genus  Meloe,  and  dis- 
tinguished it  by  the  title  Cantharideae.  This  he  divides  into  eleven 
genera,  among  which  are  Cantharis,  Mylabris,  and  Meloe,  all  of 
which  species  have  been  employed  as  vesicatories.  Meloe  majalis, 
or  May  worm,  is  figured  at  96  fig.  3,  as  a  specimen  of  the  genus. 

Fig.  96. 


Cantharis  vesicatoria  (fig.  97, 1  and  2)  is  of  an  elongated,  almost  cylindrical  form,  from 
6  to  10  lines  in  length  by  about  2  in  breadth,  the  male  somewhat  smaller  than  the  female. 
It  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  two  beautiful  elytra  or  wing-cases,  which  are  long  and 
flexible  and  of  a  shining  golden  green  colour,  and  cover  two  thin  brownish  membranous 
wings.  The  head  is  large  and  subcordate,  with  a  longitudinal  furrow  along  the  head  and 


Coleoptera.]  BLISTERING    BEETLES.  633 

the  thorax :  this  is  not  larger  than  the  head,  rather  quadrate.  Its  thorax  chiefly,  but  also 
the  rest  of  the  body  covered  with  whitish  gray  hairs ;  antennae  black,  long,  simple  fili. 
form.  The  maxillae  support  the  jointed  palpse,  of  which  the  terminal  joint  is  somewhat 

Fig.  97. 


ovate.  The  legs  are  from  4  to  6  lines  long,  smooth,  5  joints  to  the  first  pair  of  the  tarsi 
and  4  only  to  the  last,  all  violaceous.  Single  spine  on  leg  and  notch  in  tarsus.  The  last 
joint  of  tarsus  with  a  pair  of  claws,  each  of  which  is  bifid.  Near  the  anus  of  the  female 
are  two  articulated  caudal  appendages,  somewhat  similar  to  palpi. — It  abounds  in  the  S. 
of  France,  Spain,  and  Italy ;  and  it  has  spread  into  Germany  and  the  S.  of  Russia.  It  is 
found  upon  the  Ash,  Lilac,  and  Privet  especially,  but  also  upon  the  Elder  and  Honey- 
suckle, more  rarely  on  the  Plum-tree,  Rose,  Willow,  and  Elm.  M.  Farines  states,  that 
the  insects  produced  in  warm  places,  and  such  as  are  exposed  to  the  sun,  are  most  ener- 
getic. 

Cantharides  are  stated  not  to  live  above  eight  or  ten  days.  When 
alive,  they  exhale  a  strong,  foetid,  and  penetrating  odour,  by  which 
their  presence  is  readily  detected,  and  so  offensive,  that  public  walks 
sometimes  become  deserted  until  they  have  disappeared.  They  are 
usually  caught  early  in  the  morning,  when  persons  with  covered 
hands  and  faces  shake  them  off  the  trees,  plunge  them  into  vinegar, 
or  expose  them  in  sieves  to  the  vapour  of  vinegar,  and  then  dry  them 
in  the  sun  or  in  warmed  apartments.  They  should  be  preserved  in 
well-stoppered  bottles,  as  they  are  subject  to  be  destroyed  by  other 
insects,  introducing  with  them  a  little  Alcohol,  Petroleum,  Camphor, 
Chloride  of  Lime  (Derheims),  or  Pyroligneous  acid  (M.  Farines),  as 
it  is  preferable  to  employ  fresh,  well-dried,  and  smooth,  not  dusty,  in- 
sects. They  long  preserve  their  form  and  colour,  also  to  some  extent 
the  disagreeable  odour  of  the  living  insect,  and  have  an  acrid  burning 
taste.  The  powder  is  of  a  grayish-brown  colour,  interspersed  with 
shining  particles,  which  are  the  fragments  of  the  elytra,  head,  and 
feet ;  and,  though  comparatively  inert,  these  parts  are  very  indestruc- 
tible, and  thus  often  serve  to  detect  their  presence  in  fatal  cases. 

Action.  Uses.  Narcotic,  Acrid  Poison ;  Rubefacient  and  Irritant ; 
Stimulant  Diuretic ;  sometimes  producing  inflammation  of  the  Uri- 
nary organs ;  but  useful  in  smaller  doses  in  inducing  a  healthy  state 
of  the  mucous  membrane  in  Chronic  Gonorrhosa,  Leucorrhcea,  &c. 
Best  known  and  most  extensively  employed  for  raising  Blisters  when 
applied  to  the  skin,  in  a  space  of  from  six  to  twelve  hours,  sometimes 
accompanied  with  the  disadvantage  of  producing  painful  Strangury. 

TINCTURA  CANTHARIDIS,  L.  E.  D.     Tincture  of  Cantharides. 

Prep.  •  Macerate  for  14  (7,  E.  D.)  bruised  Cantharides  3ij.  (gss.  E.;  3ij.  D.)  (3j.  U. 


634  CANTHARIS    VESICATORIA.  [Intecta. 

S.)  in  Proof  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  ftiss.  D.)  (Diluted  Alcohol  Oij.  U.  S.)    Strain.    (Ex- 
press  strongly  and  filter,  or  more  conveniently  by  percolation,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Diuretic. 

D.  rn;x.,  but  cautiously  increased — f  3j.  with  some  demulcent.  Used 
internally  in  Gleet,  Leucorrhoea,  incontinence  of  Urine.    Proof  Spirit 
is  a  good  solvent ;  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  three  Tinctures  are 
unequal  in  strength.     With  Soap  or  Camphor  Liniment  used  as  a 
Rubefacient  in  Rheumatism,  &c. 

ACETUM  CANTHARIDIS,  E.  (EpispASTicuM,  L.)     Blistering  Vinegar  of 
Cantharides. 

Prep.  Macerate  for  8  (7,  E.)  days  powdered  Cantharides  gij.  (3iij.  also  Euphorbium 
coarsely  powdered,  3iv.  E.)  in  Acetic  Acid  Oj.  (f  gv.  mixed  with  Pyroligneous  acid  f^xv. 
E.)  occasionally  agitating.  Express  strongly  and  filter. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient  and  Epispastic.  Useful  as  a  powerful 
method  of  raising  a  blister ;  too  strong  and  irritant  for  internal  exhi- 
bition. 

CERATUM  (UNGUENTUM,  E.)  CANTHARIDIS,  L.     Cantharides  Cerate  or 
Ointment. 

Prep.  With  heat  melt  Spermaceti  Cerate  gvj.  (Resinous  Ointment  gvij.  E.) ;  add 
very  finely  powdered  Cantharides  3j-  j  mix.  (Stir  briskly  as  it  concretes  on  cooling,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant ;  employed  to  keep  open  blisters  and  issues. 
The  active  principles  are  dissolved  in  the  fatty  matter  aided  by  the 
heat,  though  too  great  heat  will  diminish  the  activity. 

UNGUENTUM  (UNG.  INFUSI,  E.)  CANTHARIDIS,  L.  D.  (U.  S.) 

Prep.  L.  D.  Boil  very  finely  powdered  Cantharides  3j.  (3ij.  D.  [U.  S.])  in  Aq.  dest. 
f^iv.  (by  measure  Sviij.  D.)  (Oss.  U.  S.)  down  to  one-half.  Strain.  To  the  filtered  liquor 
add  Resin  Cerate  2>iv.  (3viij-  D.  U.  S.)  Evaporate  to  the  proper  consistence. 

E.  Infuse  for  one  night  powdered  Cantharides   3j.  in  boiling  Aq.  fgv.     Squeeze 
strongly,  and  filter  the  expressed  liquid;  add  Axunge  3ij.;  boil  till  the  water  is  dis- 
persed.   Then  add  Bees -wax  and  Resin  aa  3j.    When  liquid,  remove  the  vessel  from  the 
fire;  add  Venice  Turpentine  3ij.     Mix  thoroughly. 

Action.  Uses.  Irritant.  Used  as  a  Cerate;  but  is  milder  in  its 
action. 

EMPLASTRUM  CANTHARIDIS,  L.  E.  D.     Blister  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Lard  ftss.  L.  D.  (Suet  3ij.  E.  ftss.  D.)  and  Wax  Plaster  ftjss. 
(Resin  aa  3ij.  E.  Yellow  Wax  ftj.  and  Yellow  Resin  3iv.  D.)  Remove  from  the  fire, 
and  when  near  concreting  from  cooling,  sprinkle  in  very  finely  powdered  Cantharides 
ftj.  (3ij.  E.)  Mix,  and  make  a  plaster,  stirring  briskly,  E. 

Action.  Uses.  Vesicant ;  the  most  commonly  employed  application 
for  raising  blisters.  In  some  cases  the  skin  requires  to  be  previously 
stimulated  with  an  Embrocation  or  Sinapism,  but  generally  the  action 
is  certain  and  complete. 

[The  CERATUM  CANTHARIDIS,  U.  S.  Cerate  of  Spanish  Flies,  or  Em- 
plasirum  Epispasticum,  is  the  same  as  the  preceding.  It  is  made  as 
follows: 

Spanish  Flies  in  very  fine  powder  ftj.,  Yellow  Wax,  Resin,  Lard,  each  Sviij.  Melt 
the  Wax,  Resin,  and  Lard,  and  stir  in  the  flies  until  cool.] 


Coleoptera.]  COCCUS    CACTI.  635 

EMPLASTRUM  CANTHARIDIS  COMPOSITUM,  E.     Compound  Blister  Plaster. 

Prep.  Melt  Bees-wax  gj.  and  Burgundy  Pitch  3iij.,  add  Venice  Turpentine  givss. 
and  while  hot  sprinkle  into  it  finely  powdered  and  mixed  Cantharides  3iij.  White  Mus- 
tard Seed  and  Black  Pepper  aa  3»j.  and  Verdigrise  gss.  Stir  the  whole  briskly  as  it 
concretes  on  cooling. 

Action.  Uses.  Powerful  and  Irritant  Blistering  Plaster ;  but  seldom 
used. 

Several  substances  have  of  late  years  been  introduced  as  substi- 
tutes for  Blistering  Plaster,  which  are  both  elegant  and  efficient, 
under  the  names  of  Tela  vesicatoria,  Blistering  Tissue,  fyc.,  and  of 
which  other  forms  are  the  Parisian  Taffetas  vesicant,  Papier  et  Taf- 
fetas epispastique.  (v.  Soubeiran,  ii.  p.  210.)  They  are  made  with  an 
etherial  or  alcoholic  Extract  of  Cantharides  or  of  Cantharidin,  mixed 
with  wax,  and  spread  in  a  very  fine  layer  upon  these  tissues,  pre- 
viously oiled  or  waxed. 

EMPLASTRUM  CALEFACIENS,  D. 

Prep.  With  a  medium  heat  melt  together  Cantharides  Plaster  1  part  and  Burgundy 
Pitch  7  parts ;  mix,  and  make  a  plaster. 

Action.  Uses.  Rubefacient.  Useful  for  relieving  internal  pains,  as 
in  the  joints,  &c. 

Order  Hemiptera. 

Coccus  CACTI,  Linn.  L.  E.  D.  (Coccus,  U.  S.)     Cocci,  L.     The  entire 
Insects,  E.    Cochineal. 

Cochineal,  so  valuable  as  a  dye,  is  of  little  importance  in  medi- 
cine. Several  of  the  genus  are  used  as  dyes,  as  the  Kermes  insect, 
or  Coccus  llicis,  found  on  the  Ilex  Oak ;  the  Coccus  Lacca,  or  Lac 
insect,  found  in  various  trees  and  shrubs  in  India,  much  used  as  a 
substitute  for  Cochineal  and  its  Resin  (Shell-Lac)  for  various  pur- 
poses ;  the  Coccus  polonicus,  found  on  the  roots  of  Scleranthus  peren- 
nis.  Something  similar  is  found  on  the  roots  of  a  plant  in  the  marshes 
of  Herat.  (Burnes.)  The  true  Cochineal  or  grana  fina  of  the  Spa- 
niards, is  found  in  the  cool  parts  of  Mexico,  as  near  Oaxaca,  whence 
one  kind  of  Elemi  is  obtained.  The  grana  sylvestra,  an  inferior  spe- 
cies, is  found  in  hot  parts,  as  near  Vera  Cruz,  and  in  Brazil.  The 
female  of  the  Cochineal  insect  is  alone  collected  from  off  the  Cactus 
plant,  where  the  impregnated  females  have  previously  been  placed 
by  the  natives  of  Mexico  to  produce  their  numerous  young.  These, 
when  matured,  are  brushed  off,  and  killed  by  artificial  heat.  Three 
harvests  are  annually  collected.  The  Silver  and  Black  varieties  of 
the  Grana  fina  are  known.  The  insects  are  oblong,  roundish,  plano- 
convex, from  one  to  two  lines  in  length,  wrinkled,  the  former  of  a 
colour  resembling  silver-paper,  owing  to  fine  down  with  which  they 
are  covered,  and  by  which  the  genuine  may  be  distinguished  from 
any  imitation  of  the  colour  with  powdered  Talc,  &c.  They  are  of  a 
purplish-gray  colour,  while  the  black  variety  is  without  bloom,  and  of 
a  dark-reddish  colour.  An  inferior  kind  (granilla)  made  up  of  smaller 
insects,  and  broken  fragments  is  also  sold.  Cochineal,  when  powder- 


MEL.      CERA.  [Jnsecta. 

ed,  is  of  a  carmine  colour,  without  odour,  but  having  a  slightly  bitter 
taste.  It  contains  some  fatty  matters,  with  a  brilliant  colouring  prin- 
ciple, which  has  been  called  Cochenilline,  making  it  valuable  as  a 
dye.  It  is  used  for  giving  colour  to  some  tinctures. 

Order  Hymenoptera,  Linn. 

APIS  MELLIFICA,  Linn.,  L.  E.  D.  The  Honey-Bee  is  officinal  only 
on  account  of  the  Honey  and  Wax  which  it  secretes  or  stores  up. 

MEL,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Humor  e  floribus  decerptus  et  ab  Ape  prse- 
paratus,  L.  Saccharine  secretion,  E.  Honey. 

Honey  is  secreted  by  the  nectaries  of  flowers,  sucked  by  the  Bee 
into  its  crop,  where  it  undergoes  some  slight  changes,  and  is  then 
stored  up  in  the  comb.  The  finest  Honey  is  that  which  is  allowed  to 
drain  from  thence;  and,  if  obtained  from  hives  which  have  never 
swarmed,  it  is  called  Virgin  Honey.  It  partakes  of  the  properties  of 
the  plants  from  which  the  bees  have  collected  it.  When  of  fine  qua- 
lity it  is  liquid  and  viscid,  but  translucent,  having  a  fine,  though  pecu- 
liar odour,  and  a  very  sweet  taste,  but  the  best  appears  to  some  people 
slightly  acrid,  from  the  uneasiness  experienced  in  the  fauces.  After 
a  time  honey  becomes  thick,  white,  and  granular  in  texture.  Inferior 
qualities  are  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  granular,  and  intermixed  with 
impurities,  and  are  usually  obtained  by  pressure  of  the  comb.  Honey 
is  soluble  in  water,  and  a  great  part  is  taken  up  by  boiling  Alcohol. 
It  is  composed  of  crystallizable,  with  some  uncrystallizable  Sugar,  a 
small  proportion  of  Mannite,  and  a  little  aromatic  principle.  The  in- 
ferior qualities  contain  Wax,  some  acid  matter,  and  impurities.  Di- 
luted with  water,  it  undergoes  the  Vinous  fermentation,  and  Hydro- 
mel,  or  Mead,  is  produced,  "  Honey  should  be  clarified  by  despuma- 
tion  before  being  used.  A  watery  solution  is  not  rendered  blue  by 
Iodide  of  Potassium  added  along  with  an  acid,"  L.  proving  that  it  is 
not  adulterated  with  starch. 

MEL  DESFUMATUM,  D.  (U.  S.)  Clarified  Honey.  Melt  Honey  in  the  vapour-bath,  and 
then  remove  the  scum. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent,  and  slightly  Laxative.  Chiefly  used 
in  gargles,  &c.  It  is  a  constituent  of  Oxymels,  and  of  the  Mel  Boracis 
and  Mel  Rosae. 

CERA,  L.  E.  D.  (CERA  FLAVA,  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Concretum  ab  Ape  pa- 
ratum ;  Waxy  Secretion,  E.  CERA  ALBA,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  idem 
dealbatum.  Bleached  Bees'  Wax. 

Wax,  like  Honey,  has  been  known  and  employed  from  very  an- 
cient times.  It  is  secreted  in  considerable  quantities  by  various  plants, 
as  the  Palms,  p.  574,  by  species  of  Myrica,  especially  at  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  and  by  less  known  plants  in  China  and  Japan.  It  used 
to  be  supposed  that  the  Bee  merely  conveyed  it  from  the  plant ;  but 
it  is  now  known  that  it  is  secreted  by  the  Bee  in  glands  situated  on 


Hymenoptera.]  CERA.  637 

its  abdominal  scales,  and  thence  collected  by  it  for  the  construction 
of  its  cells. 

CERA  FLAVA.  Yellow  or  Common  Wax  is  obtained  by  subjecting 
the  comb  to  division  and  expression,  melting  the  residue  in  boiling 
water,  keeping  it  hot  for  some  time,  to  allow  the  impurities  to  sepa- 
rate or  be  dissolved.  On  cooling  the  Wax  concretes.  It  is  melted 
again,  and  then  strained,  and  sold  in  cakes.  It  is  of  a  dull  yellow 
colour,  and  has  a.  peculiar,  somewhat  agreeable  odour,  and  is  bleach- 
ed by  agitation  with  water,  &c.  Thus,  by  making  it  fall,  previously 
melted,  in  small  streams,  upon  a  revolving,  wetted  cylinder,  it  con- 
cretes in  thin  riband-like  layers,  which  being  exposed  for  some  time 
to  the  united  influence  of  light,  air,  and  moisture,  become  bleached, 
and  of  a  yellowish-white  colour.  Spermaceti  is  often  mixed  with  it, 
to  improve  its  colour  ;  and  Starch,  Tallow,  &c.,  as  adulterations. 
Wax  is  firm  in  consistence,  but  melts  at  155°  ;  burns  with  a  bright 
light  It  may  be  dissolved  in  boiling  Alcohol  and  in  Ether,  but  very 
readily  so  in  the  Fixed  and  Volatile  Oils.  Resin  and  fat  unite  with 
it,  and  imperfect  soaps  are  formed  by  its  union  with  alkaline  solu- 
tions. Dr.  John  conceived  it  to  be  composed  of  two  principles  Cerin 
and  Myricin.  It  is  now  considered  to  be  a  simple  principle. 

Action.  Uses.  Demulcent;  made  into  an  emulsion,  it  is  some- 
times useful  in  sheathing  abraded  and  irritable  surfaces,  as  in  Catarrh 
and  Chronic  Dysentery  ;  but  its  chief  value  is  for  external  application 
in  the  various  forms  of  Cerates,  Ointments,  and  Plasters. 

CERATUM,  L.     UNGUENTUM  (SIMPLEX,  E.)  CER.E  ALB.E,  D.     [CERATUM 
SIMPLEX,  U.  S.]     Simple  Cerate. 

Prep.     Melt  White  Wax  giv.  (3iij.  E.  ftj.  D.)  add  it  to  Olive  Oil  f^iv.  (f  3vss.  E.  pre- 
pared Hogs-lard  feiv.  D.)     Mix,  and  stir  briskly  while  it  concretes  in  cooling,  E. 
[Lard  3viij.,  White  Wax  3iv.  IT.  S.] 

LINIMENTUM  SIMPLEX,  E.     Simple  Liniment. 

Prep.  With  gentle  heat  dissolve  White  Wax  1  part  in  Olive  Oil  4  parts  ;  agitate  well, 
as  the  fused  mass  cools  and  concretes. 

Action.  Uses.  For  Emollient  dressings.  The  Liniment  is  used 
for  softening  the  skin,  &c. 

EMPLASTRUM  (SIMPLEX,  E.)  CER^E,  L.     Wax  Plaster. 


Prep.     Melt  together  (with  a  moderate  heat,  E.)  Wax  ftiij.  (giij.  E.)  Suet  ftiij.  (3ij. 
E.)  and  Resin  ftj.  (3ij.  E.)    Strain.    (Stir  briskly  till  the  mixture  concretes  on  cooling,  E.) 

Action.     Uses.     Chiefly  employed  as  a  basis  for  other  plasters. 

UNGUENTUM  CER^E  FLAVJE,  D.     Ointment  of  Yellow  Wax. 
Prep.    As  Ung.  Cera  alba,  D.,  substituting  Yellow  for  White  Wax. 

Action.     Uses.     Soft  dressing  ;  but  more  stimulant  than  the  White 
Cerate. 

Class  CONCHIFERA,  Lamarck. 

OSTREA  EDULIS,  Linn.     TESTAE,  L.     [TESTA,  U.  S.]     The  Shells  of 
Oysters. 


638  ICHTHYOCOLLA.      OVUM.  [Vertebrata. 

Oysters  are  well  known  as  articles  of  diet.  Immense  quantities 
are  dredged  up  on  the  coast  of  Kent,  near  Whitstable,  and  also  on 
the  opposite  coast  of  Essex.  The  Shells  are  alone  officinal  on  ac- 
count of  the  Carbonate  of  Lime  of  which  they  are  chiefly  composed, 
with  a  small  portion  of  the  Phosphate,  and  a  trace  of  animal  matter. 

TESTAE  PRJEPARAT^E,  L.     [TESTA  PR^EPARATA,  U.  S.]     Prepared  Ovster 
Shells. 

Prep.    Wash  the  shells,  first  freed  from  dirt,  with  boiling  Aq.,  then  prepare  as  directed 
with  Chalk.  (».  p.  119.) 

Action.  Uses.  Antacid  as  Chalk,  sometimes  preferred  on  account 
of  the  Phosphate  of  Lime. 

IV.  SPINI-CEREBRATA,  V.  VERTEBRATA. 

Class  PISCES. 


ICHTHYOCOLLA,  a  name  derived  from  «x^£  a  fish,  and  xoXXa  glue,  is 
translated  Isinglass,  a  word  derived  from  the  German  Hausenblase, 
from  hausen,  the  great  sturgeon,  and  blase,  a  bladder,  being  one  of 
the  coats  of  the  swimming-bladder  of  Fishes,  chiefly  of  the  genus 
Acipenser,  or  Sturgeon,  and  of  which  the  best  qualities  are  imported 
from  the  rivers  of  Russia,  flowing  into  the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas, 
but  also  from  the  Sea  of  Aral,  and  the  Lake  Baikal.  Isinglass  is  also 
imported  from  Brazil,  and  likewise  from  India.  Of  late  the  quality 
of  this  has  been  much  improved.  Isinglass  is  the  purest  known  form 
of  Animal  Jelly  ;  and  it  is  therefore  as  Gelatine  that  it  is  valuable. 
Gelatine,  wrhen  pure,  is  transparent,  and  nearly  colourless,  devoid  of 
both  taste  and  smell,  easily  preserved  when  in  a  dry  state,  but  soon 
putrefying  when  moist.  It  is  soluble  in  the  different  dilute  acids,  as 
well  as  in  the  fixed  alkalies.  Its  solution  forms  a  copious  precipitate 
on  the  addition  of  Tannin,  and  which  smells  like  tanned  leather.  As 
Corrosive  Sublimate  does  not  precipitate  Gelatine,  it  serves  to  distin- 
guish it  when  in  solution  from  Albumen.  Gelatine  unites  with  a  large 
proportion  of  water,  and  on  cooling  becomes  a  solid  tremulous  mass. 
By  boiling  with  Sul',  it  may  be  converted  into  a  kind  of  Sugar. 
Isinglass  in  its  purest  form  is  white,  semitransparent,  devoid  of  smell 
or  taste,  softening  in  cold  water,  and  dissolving  in  boiling  water,  with 
the  exception  of  a  minute  proportion  of  earthy  impurities.  Bengal 
Isinglass,  analyzed  by  Mr.  E.  Solly,  yielded,  in  three  specimens,  re- 
spectively 86-5,  90-9,  and  92-8  per  cent,  of  Gelatine.  For  the  sources 
of  Isinglass  v.  Brandt  and  Ratzeburg  Medicinichse  Zoologie,  Pereira's 
Elements  of  Materia  Medica,  and  the  Author's  Pamphlet  on  the  Pro- 
duction of  Isinglass  along  the  coasts  of  India,  1842. 

Action.     Uses.     Demulcent.     Used  chiefly  as  a  nutritious  and  little 
irritating  article  of  diet  for  the  sick. 

OVUM,  L.  (U.  S.)     The  Egg,  E.  of  the  Hen  of  GALLUS  DOMESTICUS, 
Temm.  (Phasianus  Gallus,  Linn.),  L.  E. 

The  common  Fowl,  domesticated  everywhere,  is  probably  derived 
from  the  Jungle  Fowl  of  India.     Its  Egg  is  well  known  as  a  highly 


Vertebrata.]  0  S  S  A. 

esteemed  article  of  diet.  The  shell,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  Car- 
bonate of  Lime,  is  seldom  now  employed.  Within  the  shell  there  is  a 
white  semi-opaque  albuminous  membrane,  which  contains  the  White 
or  Albumen  Ovi,  a  glairy  viscid  fluid,  contained  in  very  delicate  mem- 
branous cells.  The  liquid  may  be  considered  a  solution  of  Albumen, 
as  it  consists  of  12  per  cent,  of  this  principle,  and  85  of  water,  2-7  of 
Mucus  or  uncoagulable  matter,  and  0-3  of  saline  substances,  including 
Soda  and  traces  of  Sulphur.  The  glairy  liquid  is  miscible  with  water, 
coagulated  by  heat  under  212°,  as  in  boiling  an  egg,  also  by  acids. 
It  then  becomes  white,  opaque,  and  insoluble.  The  white  of  Egg  is 
precipitated  by  Corrosive  Sublimate,  Diacetate  of  Lead,  Muriate  of 
Tin,  Tannin,  &c. 

The  Yolk  or  Yelk,  Vitellus  Ovi,  is  also  fluid,  opaque,  and  yellow 
in  colour,  without  odour,  but  with  a  bland  and  pleasant  taste,  forming 
a  milky  emulsion  when  agitated  with  water,  and  assisting  to  suspend 
in  it  many  insoluble  substances.  It  consists  of  Oil  (which  contains 
much  Elaine  with  a  little  Stearine)  28-75,  Albumen  17-47,  and  water 
53-8,  with  a  little  free  Sulphur  and  Phosphorus  in  combination. 

Action.  Uses.  The  white  of  Egg  is  used  chiefly  for  the  clarifica- 
tion of  watery  liquids  with  the  aid  of  heat,  and  of  spirituous  ones 
without  heat.  It  may  be  used  as  an  antidote  in  poisoning  by  Corro- 
sive Sublimate  and  the  salts  of  Copper.  It  is  sometimes  employed  as 
an  emollient  application.  Agitated  with  Alum,  it  forms  an  astringent 
poultice,  (u.  p.  133.)  The  Yolk,  besides  being  nutritive,  is  extremely 
useful  in  pharmacy  in  making  Emulsions,  and  suspending  Oils,  Oleo- 
resins,  and  Resins. 

Class  MAMMALIA,  Linn. 
OSSA,  D.     Bones. 

The  bones  of  Mammals  are  no  doubt  intended  and  chiefly  em- 
ployed. They  consist  of  Gelatine  and  of  about  60  per  cent,  of  earthy 
matter,  the  greater  portion  of  which  is  Phosphate  of  Lime  with  about 
l-5th  of  Carbonate  of  Lime,  and  small  portions  of  other  salts.  This 
is  obtained  by  burning  away  the  gelatinous  part  in  an  open  fire,  and 
then  powdering  the  earthy  remains.  These  are  used  for  making  the 
Phosphas  Calcis  prajcipitatum,  D.  and  Soda?  Phosphas.  L.  E.  D. 

If  bones  are  burnt  in  close  vessels,  Carbo  animalis,  L.  E.  (p.  64) 
or  Animal  Charcoal,  is  obtained,  which  consists  of  Charcoal  and 
Phosphate  of  Lime.  This  is  much  used  for  purifying  Sugar,  the 
vegeto-alkalies,  &c. 

The  Gelatine  of  Bones  is  not  officinal  in  the  P.,  but  it  is  often  used 
dietetically  in  making  nutritious  soups.  The  earthy  parts,  being  solu- 
ble in  dilute  Hydrochloric  or  Muriatic  acid,  are  removed  by  bones 
being  digested  in  such  an  acid  solution,  having  first  been  carefully 
cleaned  by  boiling  and  scraping,  and  subsequently  washed ;  the  Gela- 
tine is  then  boiled  out,  and  flavoured,  or  with  vegetable  additions 
converted  into  soup.  The  diet  of  man,  to  be  properly  nutritious,  re- 
quires to  be  of  a  mixed  nature,  and  Bone-Gelatine  is  as  well  suited 
as  any  thing  else  to  be  one  of  its  constituents,  though,  like  other  proxi- 
mate principles,  it  will  not  answer  by  itself. 


640  CETACEUM.  [Vertebrata. 

Class  CETACEA,  Linn. 

CETACEUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Concretum  in  propriis  capitis  cellulis  re- 
pertum,  L.  Celine,  nearly  pure,  E.  of  PHYSETER  MACROCEPHALUS, 
Linn.  Spermaceti  of  the  Sperm  Whale  or  White  Cachalot. 

Spermaceti,  as  defined  in  the  L.  P.,  is  found  in  peculiar  cells  situ- 
ated in  the  great  head  (but  a  little  is  also  found  in  other  parts,  as  the 
blubber)  of  the  above  Whale,  which  inhabits  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
China  Sea.  It  is  itself  of  the  nature  of  a  concrete  fat,  and  occurs  as 
an  oily  substance  disposed  in  numerous  cells  situated  in  a  great  cavity 
along  the  upper  jaw  of  the  animal,  and  separated  from  its  blubber  by 
a  ligamentous  covering,  and  supported  by  ligamentous  partitions  pro- 
jected across,  as  fully  described  by  John  Hunter.  The  liquid  con- 
tents of  the  head  being  taken  out  and  boiled,  on  cooling,  the  Sperma- 
ceti concretes,  and  the  valuable  Oil  swims,  and  is  further  separated 
by  draining  and  pressure.  Subsequent  fusion  and»the  action  of  a 
weak  alkaline  solution  purifies  the  Spermaceti,  which  is  then  seen  in 
beautiful  white,  pearly,  crystalline  masses,  soft  and  slightly  unctuous, 
with  little  odour  or  taste ;  Sp.  Gr.  0-U4  ;  capable  of  being  powdered 
with  the  addition  of  a  little  Spirit;  melts  at  112°;  burns  readily;  is 
insoluble  in  water,  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol,  more  so  in  Ether,  and 
readily  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils.  Spermaceti  may  be  separated 
from  any  oil  it  contains  by  boiling  Alcohol,  which  dissolves  its  pure 
principle. 

CETIN.  This  is  considered  a  neutral  fatty  body  intermediate  in  na- 
ture between  Wax  and  Fats.  It  is  like  Spermaceti  in  all  respects, 
being  only  separated  from  oil,  and  melts  at  120°,  is  saponified  with 
difficulty,  when  two  substances  are  formed,  one  a  neutral  crystalli- 
zable  fat,  which  can  be  sublimed,  and  has  been  called  Ethal,  and  the 
other  Ethalic  acid,  which  approaches  Margaric  acid  in  nature.  Cetin 
is  composed  of  Carbon  81-66,  Hydrogen  12-85,  Oxygen  5-48=100. 
(Chevreul.) 

Action.  Uses.  Emollient ;  formerly  much  used  internally  with  Mu- 
cilage or  yolk  of  Egg ;  now  chiefly  externally  in  cerates  and  oint- 
ments. 

CERATUM  (UNGUENTUM,  D.)  CETACEI,  L.  (U.  S.)  CER.  SIMPLEX,  E. 
Spermaceti  Cerate. 

Prep.  Melt  together  Spermaceti  gij.  (1  part,  E.  ftj.  D.)  (3j.  U.  S.)  and  White  Wax 
3viij.  (3iij.  U.  S.)  (3  parts,  E.  ftss.  D.),  and  add  them  to  Olive  Oil  Oj.  (f^iv.  U.  S.)  (6 
parts  E.  prepared  Hogs-lard  ftiij.  D.)  Stir  briskly  while  cooling. 

Action.  Uses.  The  Spermaceti  Cerate  and  Ointment  are  both  emol- 
lient dressings,  the  former  of  softer  consistence  than  the  latter. 

UNGDENTUM  CETACEI,  L.     Spermaceti  Ointment. 

Prep.  With  gentle  heat  melt  together  Spermaceti  3vi.  and  White  Wax  Z\\.  in  Olive 
Oil  fgiij.  Stir  well  till  cold. 

CORNU,  L.  E.  CORNUA  CERviNA,  Ramenta,  D.  Horn  and  Horn-sha- 
vings of  the  Stag.  CERVUS  ELAPHUS,  Linn. 


Xuminantia.]  MOSCHUS.  641 

The  antlers  of  the  Stag,  or  rather  of  the  male 'called  Hart,  are 
known  officinalfy  as  Hartshorn  and  Hartshorn-shavings.  They  are 
selected  because  they  differ  in  chemical  composition  from  common 
horn,  as  of  oxen,  sheep,  &c.,  which  is  analogous  to  coagulated  Albu- 
men. The  antlers  of  the  Stag,  which  are  shed  annually  in  spring, 
have  the  composition  of  Bone,  that  is,  Gelatine  27  and  Phosphate  of 
Lime  57-5,  with  1  part  of  Carb.  of  Lime.  The  former,  however,  is 
more  soluble  in  boiling  water  than  the  Gelatine  of  bones.  Subjected 
to  destructive  distillation,  an  impure  Carbonate  of  Ammonia  is  ob- 
tained. This  is  so  well  known  by  the  name  of  Spirit  of  Hartshorn 
that  other  preparations  not  so  obtained  are  called  by  the  same  name. 
When  burnt,  Hartshorn  yields  ashes  consisting  almost  entirely  of 
Phosphate  of  Lime. 

Action.  Uses.  Hartshorn  shavings,  boiled  in  water,  yield  a  nutri- 
tious and  colourless  jelly,  which  may  be  used  for  the  same  purposes 
as  that  obtained  from  Isinglass  or  other  sources. 

CORNU  USTUM,  L.     PULVIS  CORNU  CERVIX  usxi,  D.     Burnt  Hartshorn. 

Prep.  Burn  fragments  of  Bone  in  an  open  vessel  till  white,  then  rub  into  very  fine 
powder  (as  directed  for  Chalk,  L.  119.) 

Action.  Uses.  Consisting  chiefly  of  Phosphate  of  Lime  it  may  be 
used  for  the  same  purposes  as  Bone-ashes. 

MOSCHUS,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Humor  in  folliculo  prseputii  secretus,  L. 
Concretum  Moschus  dictum,  D.  Inspissated  secretion  in  the  folli- 
cles of  the  prepuce,  E.  of  MOSCHUS  MOSCHIFERUS,  Linn.  Musk. 

The  Musk  animal  diners  from  common  Ruminants  in  the  absence 
of  horns,  and  in  having  long  canine  teeth  on  each  side  of  the  upper 
jaw.  It  inhabits  the  mountainous  regions  of  central  Asia,  extending 
from  the  Himalayas  to  the  Altai  mountains,  and  from  these  to  China. 
Hence,  as  in  the  case  of  Rhubarb  from  the  same  regions,  we  have 
Russian,  China,  and  Indian  Musk.  It  is  singular  that  the  common 
Hindoo  name  of  the  Musk,  and  in  the  Himalayas  that  of  the  Musk 
animal,  is  kustooree,  a  name  similar  to  Castoreum,  a  substance  which 
Musk  so  closely  resembles  in  nature.  The  name  musk  is  no  doubt 
derived  from  the  Arabic  mishk  or  mooshk,  which  is  evidently  the  same 
word  as  the  Sanscrit  mooshka.  This  has  been  used  as  a  perfume  and 
as  a  medicine  by  the  Hindoos  from  very  early  times.  It  seems  to 
have  been  adopted  from  the  Hindoos  by  Serapion,  but  it  was  previ- 
ously mentioned  by  ^Etius. 

The  animal  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the  Deer  tribe  in  shape  and  size.  It  is  usu- 
ally less  than  three  feet  in  length,  with  the  haunches  somewhat  more  elevated  than  the 
shoulders.  The  want  of  horns  and  the  projecting  canines  have  already  been  mentioned. 
There  are  altogether  32  teeth :  namely,  8  incisors  in  the  lower  jaw,  2  canines  in  the 
upper,  and  24  molars.  The  canines  are  not  met  with  in  the  female.  The  ears  arc  long 
and  narrow,  and  the  tail  very  short.  The  fleece,  which  consists  of  strong,  elastic,  undu- 
lated hairs,  varies  in  colour  with  the  season,  the  age  of  the  animal,  and  perhaps  the  place 
which  it  inhabits.  The  general  colour  is  a  deep  iron-gray.  The  individual  hairs  are 
whitish  near  the  root,  and  fawn-coloured  or  blackish  towards  the  tip.  The  gestation  of 
the  female  was  quite  unknown  until  Mr.  Hodgson  in  Nepal  ascertained  that  it  was  about 
170  days.  They  are  extremely  tirnid,  mild,  and  gentle  in  their  nature.  Found  on  the 
tops  of  difficultly-accessible  and  generally  open  mountains,  usually  in  the  neighbourhood 

41 


642  M  0  S  C  H  U  S.  [Vertebrata. 

of  the  snow,  but  coming  nearer  to  the  plains  according  to  the  inclemency  of  the  seasons, 
springing  from  rock  to  rock  with  great  agility. 

The  Musk  animal  is  particularly  distinguished  by  the  males  se- 
creting the  remarkably  strong-smelling  secretion  called  Musk,  in  a 
plano-convex,  oval,  hairy  bag,  of  which  the  orifice  is  situated  just 
before  the  praeputial  orifice.  The  sac  is  flat,  smooth,  and  naked 
above  where  it  is  applied  against  the  abdomen,  convex  below,  and 
hairy,  composed  of  several  coats.  The  Musk  is  secreted  by  small 
gland-like  bodies  situated  in  little  pits  on  the  most  internal  of  these 
coats.  The  quantity  in  each  sac  varies  from  1$  to  3  drachms.  It 
is  most  abundant  in  the  rutting  season,  and  when  fresh  is  soft,  and  of 
a  reddish-brown  colour.  When  dried,  and  contained  in  its  native 
sacs,  it  forms  the  Musk  of  commerce.  The  kinds  known  are  the 
Chinese  and  Siberian;  the  last  is  inferior,  in  its  fragrance  to  the 
other.  The  Chinese  is  probably  from  the  same  kind  of  cold  and 
lofty  region  as  the  Himalayan.  Some  of  this  is  imported  into  and 
apparently  consumed  in  India. 

Musk  is  in  grains  or  lumps,  soft  and  unctuous  to  the  touch,  of  a 
reddish-brown  colour,  with  a  powerful,  penetrating,  and  diffusive 
smell.  It  is  usually  adduced  as  an  instance  of  the  subtlety  of  the 
particles  of  matter.  The  taste  is  bitter,  disagreeable,  and  somewhat 
acrid  ;  readily  inflammable.  Rectified  Spirit  and  Ether  are  the  best 
solvents  of  Musk.  Analyzed  by  different  chemists,  it  has  been  found 
to  contain  a  variety  of  principles,  as  Stearine,  Elaine,  Cholesterine,  an 
Oily  Acid  combined  with  Ammonia,  free  Ammonia,  various  salts, 
and  animal  principles,  as  Albumen,  &c.,  an  odoriferous  principle 
which  seems  particularly  attached  to  the  Ammonia.  But  the  quan- 
tity and  proportion  of  the  constitutents  vary  considerably,  perhaps 
from  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  specimens  which  have  not  been  sub- 
jected either  to  abstractions  or  to  additions.  The  hunters  even  are 
said  to  adulterate  it,  and  if  they  do  not,  the  Chinese  merchants  do  so. 

MISTTRA  MOSCHI,  L.     Musk  Mixture. 

Prep.  Rub  up  Musk  and  Sugar  aa  3iij->  then  add  powdered  Acacia  3iij.,  gradually 
adding  Rose  Water  Oj. 

TINCTURA  MOSCHI,  D.     Tincture  of  Musk. 

Prep.  Digest  for  7  days  powdered  Musk  3ij.  in  Rectified  Spirit  by  measure  ftj. 
Strain. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant,  Antispasmodic,  slightly  Hypnotic.  M. 
Trousseau  considers  it  useful  in  some  nervous  affections,  and  that  it 
is  Aphrodisiac.  It  may  be  given  in  5-grain  pills  every  three  or  four 
hours,  and  increased  to  9j. ;  or  in  doses  of  £5j.  to  f3jss.  of  the  fore- 
going Mixture.  The  quantity  of  Musk  in  the  Tincture  is  very  small 
in  proportion  to  the  Spirit. 

SEVTTM,  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     ADEPS  OVILLUS,  D.     Fat  of  Ovis  Aries.     The 
Sheep.     Suet.   Adeps  Ovillus  praeparatus,  D. 

The  Sheep  domesticated  from  the  earliest  times  is  supposed  to  be 
derived  from  OvisArgali.  Its  flesh  in  the  form  of  Mutton  and  Lamb 


Ruminantia.}  S  E  V  U  M.      LAC.  643 

is  well  known  as  a  highly  nutritious  article  of  diet.  The  Suet  or  Fat 
taken  chiefly  from  near  the  kidneys  is  alone  officinal.  It  is  prepared 
by  being  cut  into  pieces,  melted  with  a  moderate  heat,  sometimes 
with  a  little  water,  and  strained,  D.  Suet  is  white,  firm  in  consist- 
ence, brittle,  with  little  smell,  and  of  a  bland  taste.  According  to 
Chevreul,  it  consists  of  Stearine  and  Elaine,  with  Hircine  and  a  little 
Margarine.  The  two  first  are  abundant  also  in  Lard.  Hircine  is  a 
liquid  like  Elaine,  but  differs  in  being  much  more  soluble  in  Alcohol. 
Suet  requires  for  its  fusion  a  higher  temperature  (103°)  than  any 
other  animal  fat,  owing  to  the  very  little  Margarine  it  contains.  It 
is  composed  of  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  and  Oxygen. 

Action.  Uses.  Emollient.  Useful  in  giving  greater  consistence  to 
plaster,  &c. 

LAC.  Milk  :  a  peculiar  liquid  secreted  by  the  mammae  of  Mam- 
miferous  animals  for  the  support  of  their  young.  That  of  the  Cow  is 
most  commonly  employed  in  this  country,  though  that  of  Goats  and 
Asses  is  also  employed,  and  that  of  Buffaloes  and  Camels  in  Eastern 
countries.  It  is  remarkable  that  the  milk  of  Carnivora  is  of  the  same 
general  nature  as  that  of  the  vegetable-feeders.  Cows'  Milk,  how- 
ever, being  that  usually  made  use  of  as  a  demulcent,  or  as  an  anti- 
dote in  cases  of  poisoning,  and  for  making  the  Mistura  Scammonii, 
E.,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  notice  its  constituents. 

Milk  is  white,  and  appears  homogeneous,  but  is  actually  an  emul- 
sion composed  of  a  transparent  serous  fluid,  with  numerous  globules 
of  fatty  matter  floating  in  it.  When  allowed  to  rest,  these  separate 
in  the  form  of  Cream,  which  by  agitation,  and  pressing  out  the  whole 
of  the  liquid  (Butter-milk),  and  washing  with  water,  is  converted  into 
Butter,  which  retains  some  of  the  serous  fluid.  It  is  sometimes  fur- 
ther purified  by  melting  it,  as  in  the  case  of  the  clarified  Butter  or 
ghee  of  India.  Butter  is  composed  of  Stearine  and  Elaine,  the  pro- 
portions of  which  vary  at  different  times.  There  is  also  a  volatile 
odoriferous  principle,  which  has  not  been  isolated,  but  has  been  called 
Butyrine,  and  a  yellow  Colouring  matter.  Milk  is  said  to  be  skimmed 
when  the  cream  has  been  removed,  and  will  of  itself  become  acid, 
when  the  clots  termed  curds  separate  from  it.  But  if  an  acid  or 
rennet  be  added,  an  albuminous  substance  separates,  which  is  the 
basis  of  Cheese,  and  has  been  called  Caseum  and  Caseine.  This 
differs  from  the  Albumen  of  Egg  (p.  639)  by  not  coagulating  with 
heat.  The  residual  serous  fluid,  or  Whey,  will  on  evaporation  yield 
Sugar  of  Milk,  Lactic  acid,  and  other  substances.  The  composition 
of  Milk,  according  to  M.  Haidlen,  is  water  873,  solid  residue  127, 
Butter  30,  Caseine  and  insoluble  salts  51,  Sugar  and  soluble  salts  46. 
The  salts  are  combinations  of  Phosphoric'  with  Lime,  Magnesia,  and 
Peroxide  of  Iron,  Chloride  of  Sodium  and  Potassium,  and  Soda  in 
combination  with  Caseine.  The  Sp.  Gr.  of  Milk  varies  from  1-030 
to  1-035.  When  fresh,  it  has  always  an  alkaline  reaction,  but  soon 
becomes  acid  from  the  speedy  conversion  of  its  Sugar  into  Lactic 
acid.  (v.  Simon,  Animal  Chemistry,  ii.  p.  62.) 


A  D  E  P  S.  [Vertebrata, 

Action.  Uses.  Milk  is  nutritious  as  an  article  of  diet,  and  useful 
as  a  Demulcent  and  often  in  cases  of  acrid  poisoning,  as  in  that  of 
Corrosive  Sublimate,  Sulphate  of  Copper,  Nitrate  of  Silver,  &c. : 
whey  as  a  Diluent. 

Order  PACHYDERMATA. 

ADEPS,  L.  (U.  S.)  Adeps  praeparatus.  ADEPS  SUILLUS,  D.  AXUN- 
GIA,  E.  Fat  of  Sus  SCROFA,  Linn.  The  Hog.  Hogs-lard. 

The  Hog  is  well  known  both  in  its  wild  and  domesticated  state, 
and  that  its  flesh  was  prohibited  as  an  article  of  diet  both  to  the  Jews 
and  Mahomedans.  The  fat  about  the  loins  having  greater  consist- 
ence than  that  of  other  parts,  is  preferred  for  medical  use ;  but  that 
of  the  omentum  and  mesentery  is  also  employed,  as  well  as  the  sub- 
cutaneous fat.  It  is  prepared  much  in  the  same  way  as  Suet,  but  it 
should  be  kept  stirred  to  prevent  the  separation  of  its  constituents. 
That  commonly  sold  contains  salt,  which  unfits  it  for  medical  use, 
until  it  has  been  melted  in  boiling  water  to  remove  the  salt,  as  directed 
in  the  D.  P. 

Lard  is  white,  with  little  odour  and  taste,  of  a  soft  consistence, 
though  granular  in  appearance ;  fusible  at  a  temperature  of  from  80° 
to  90° ;  partially  soluble  in  Alcohol,  readily  so  in  Ether  and  the  vola- 
tile Oils  ;  when  fused,  melts  Wax  and  the  Resins  ;  is  converted  into 
Soap  by  union  with  the  alkalies.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  becomes  ran- 
cid, that  is,  acrid  in  taste  and  disagreeable  in  odour.  It  is  composed 
of  Carbon  79,  Hydrogen  11,  and  Oxygen  9  parts  in  the  hundred,  and 
of  three  proximate  principles,  Stearine  and  Margarine,  amounting  to 
38,  and  of  Elaine  62  per  cent.  These  may  be  separated  by  the  action 
of  Alcohol,  which  deposits  Stearine,  upon  cooling,  as  a  white,  con- 
crete, and  crystalline  body  (v.  p.  465),  and  the  Elaine  when  evapo- 
rated. The  Margarine  may  be  separated  from  Stearine  by  being 
more  soluble  in  cold  Ether ;  or  they  may  be  separated  from  Elaine 
by  pressure  or  congelation. 

Action.  Uses.  Lard,  like  other  fats,  is  Emollient,  and  used  as  a 
basis  for  various  Cerates  and  Ointments.  It  is  occasionally  employed 
as  an  ingredient  in  laxative  Enemata. 

Order  RODENTIA. 

CASTOREUM,  L.  E.  D.  (U.  S.)  Concretum  in  folliculis  praputii  reper- 
tum,  L.  A  peculiar  secretion  from  the  prasputial  follicles,  E.  of 
CASTOR  FIBER,  Linn.  Castor  from  the  Beaver. 

Castor,  a  substance  analogous  in  nature  to  Musk,  has  been  em- 
ployed in  medicine  from  the  time  of  Hippocrates.  It  is  described  by 
the  Arabs  under  the  head  of  joond  bedustur.  The  description  by 
Dioscorides  leaves  no  doubt  about  the  animal,  which  is  so  interesting 
and  remarkable  for  its  building  habits  in  North  America,  though 
those  of  Northern  Europe,  from  burrowing,  are  supposed  to  constitute 
distinct  species;  but  Cuvier  states,  that  after  the  most  scrupulous 


Rodentia.] 


CASTOREUM. 


645 


which   are   found 
detailed  account 

Fig.  98. 


in 


both 
is   given 


comparison  of  the  Beavers  which  burrow  along  the  Rhone,  the 
Danube,  and  the  Weser,  he  has  been  unable  to  find  any  characters 
to  distinguish  them  from  those  of  North  America.  The  Beaver  is, 
moreover,  distinguished  from  other  Rodentia  by  its  nearly  oval 
tail  (a),  which  is  flattened  horizontally,  and  covered  with  scales: 
it  is  peculiar  also  in  the  Castor-sacs, 
the  male  and  female,  and  of  which  a 
by  Brandt  and  Ratzeburg.  From  them 
the  accompanying  illustration  has  been 
copied,  as  the  Castor-sacs  (h.h.)  are  often 
confounded  with  the  testicles  (iv.w.),  and 
their  position  is  so  difficult  to  under- 
stand. They  can  be  distinctly  seen  only 
on  the  removal  of  the  skin  of  the  abdo- 
men'. Besides  these  there  are  two  others 
(e.g.),  which  are  Oil-sacs.  All  are  situ- 
ated betwen  the  pubic  arch  and  the 
cloaca,  a  common  hollow  which  is  co- 
vered by  a  wrinkled  hairy  protuberance, 
into  which  open  the  Oil  and  Castor-sacs, 
and  the  rectum  (b.)  and  prepuce  (i.) 
The  Castor-sacs  are  somewhat  pear- 
shaped  and  compressed,  communicate 
by  the  same  opening  at  their  narrow 
extremities,  but  their  fundi  diverge. 
Like  the  musk-bags,  these  sacs  have 
several  coats ;  within  all  there  is  a  con- 
voluted mucous  membrane,  covered  with 
scales,  with  a  small  brownish  body,  sup- 
posed to  be  a  gland.  The  secreted  mat- 
ter, or  Castor,  in  these  sacs  is  at  first  of 
a  yellow  orange-colour,  but  becomes  of 
a  brownish  colour  as  it  becomes  exposed 
to  the  air. 

Two  kinds  of  Castor  are  known  in  commerce :  one  American,  im- 
ported by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and  the  other,  Russian,  but 
which  is  very  rare.  This  may  be  distinguished  by  a  Tincture  of 
1-1 6th  part  in  Alcohol  being  of  the  colour  of  deep  Sherry;  while  that 
with  the  American  Castor  is  of  the  colour  of  London  Porter.  The 
American,  moreover,  effervesces  when  dropped  into  an  acid,  which  the 
Russian  does  not  do.  (Per.)  The  sacs  are  usually  united  together  by 
a  part  of  the  above  excretory  duct,  and  sometimes  the  oil-sacs  may 
be  seen  with  them.  Internally  they  are  divided  into  numerous  cells, 
of  which  the  membranes  may  be  seen  when  the  Castor  is  dissolved 
out;  or  when  torn  they  may  be  seen  intermixed  with  the  Castor, 
which  often  breaks  with  a  resinous  fracture,  and  is  of  a  reddish-brown 
colour.  The  odour  is  strong,  foetid,  heavy,  and  the  taste  bitter,  rather 
disagreeable.  The  chemical  constituents  are  a  volatile  Oil,  Resin, 
Ozmazome,  Albumen,  Mucus,  Urate,  Carbonate,  Benzoate,  Phos- 
phate, and  Sulphate  of  Lime,  with  salts  of  Soda  and  Potash,  some 


646 


CASTOREUM. 


Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  and  a  peculiar  non-saponifiable  substance, 
which  crystallizes,  and  has  been  called  Castorin  ;  but  there  does  not 
appear  any  proof  of  its  being  the  active  principle. 

Action.  Uses.  Moderate  Stimulant  and  Antispasmodic.  Mr.  Al- 
exander, as  also  M.  Joerg  and  his  pupils  having  taken  full  doses  of 
the  Castor,  experienced  only  eructations  ;  but  M.  Trousseau  has  justly 
observed  that  we  are  not  justified  in  inferring  that  because  a  medicine 
does  not  affect  those  in  health,  that  therefore  it  will  have  no  effect  on 
those  labouring  under  disease,  especially  when  this  is  of  a  nervous 
nature.  He  found  it  decidedly  useful  in  many  nervous  and  spasmodic 
affections,  and  in  all  its  actions  to  resemble  Valerian  and  Assafoetida 
rather  than  Musk.  He  recommends  its  union  with  Tincture  of  Assa- 
foetida or  of  Aloes.  It  may  be  exhibited  in  powder  or  in  pills  in  doses 
of  3ss.  —  3ij. 

TINCTURA  CASTOREI  (Rossici,  D.),  L.  E.  (U.  S.)     Tincture  of  Castor. 


Prep.  Macerate  for  14  (7,  D.)  days  bruised  (Russian,  D.)  Castor  ^ijss.  (3ij.  D.  [U.  S.]) 
in  Rectified  (Proof,  D.)  Spirit  Oij.  (by  measure  feij.  D.)  Strain.  (Prepare  by  digestion 
or  percolation,  as  Tinct.  Cassia,  E.) 

Action.  Uses.  Intended  to  be  Antispasmodic,  but  is  too  weak  a 
preparation. 

TINCTURA  CASTOREI  AMMONIATA,  E.     Ammoniated  Tincture  of  Castor. 

Prep.  Digest  for  7  days  in  a  well-closed  vessel  hruised  Castor  3ijs=s.  and  Assafaetida 
in  fragments  3*.  in  Spirit  of  Ammonia  Oij.  Strain  and  express  strongly  the  residuum. 
Filter  the  liquor.  Not  conveniently  prepared  by  percolation. 

Action.  Uses.  Stimulant  Antispasmodic  in  doses  of  f  3j.  —  f  3ij.  The 
Spirit  of  Ammonia  is  a  good  solvent,  and  both  itself  and  the  Assa- 
foetida are  useful  in  the  same  class  of  cases  as  the  Castor. 

THERAPEUTICAL  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

Therapeutical  arrangements  of  Medicines  are  nearly  as  numerous 
as  the  authors  who  have  written  on  this  subject.  That  of  Dr.  Mur- 
ray is  one  of  the  most  clear  and  simple,  and  has  been  adopted  as  the 
basis  of  their  arrangement  by  Dr.  Paris  and  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson. 
It  is  also  sufficiently  comprehensive,  with  the  additions  made  by  Dr. 
Paris,  to  fit  it  for  practical  purposes.  We  have  in  the  following  table 
retained  together  the  Remedies  which  are  called  Chemical,  though 
only  a  portion  of  their  effects  are  due  to  their  agency  as  such,  and  a 
great  part,  like  that  of  all  other  medicines,  to  the  agency  of  the  vital 
functions.  The  Evacuants  are  necessarily  all  grouped  together,  and 
are  followed  by  the  Depressents  or  Contra-Stimulants,  as  being  gene- 
rally employed  as  parts  of  the  Antiphlogistic  treatment,  and,  like 
many  of  the  Evacuants,  to  diminish  action  generally;  while  the  Ge- 
neral Stimulants  are  employed  to  rouse  the  flagging  powers,  and  to 
give  permanent  tone  and  strength  to  the  system.  The  author  has 
reversed  the  order  of  Dr.  Murray's  arrangement,  in  order  to  treat 
first  all  Remedies  most  simple  in  their  action,  and  of  those  which  are 
employed  to  depress,  before  those  which  are  employed  to  excite  and 
to  strengthen. 


ACIDS. 

MECHANICAL   REMEDIES. 

Diluents.  Emollients. 

Demulcents. 

CHEMICAL  REMEDIES. 

Acids.  Disinfectants. 

Alkalies.  Escharotics. 

Antilithics.  Antidotes. 

EVACUANTS  OR  SPECIAL  STIMULANTS. 

Rubefacients.  Expectorants. 

Counter-irritants.  Diaphoretics. 

Vesicants.  Diuretics. 

Errhines.  Emmenagogues. 

Sialogogues.  Anthelmintic. 

Emetics.  Alteratives. 
Cathartics. 

DEPRESSENTS  OR  CONTRA-STIMDLANTS. 

Refrigerants.  Narcotics. 

Sedatives.  Antispasmodics. 

GENERAL  STIMULANTS. 

Diffusible  Stimulants.  Astringents. 

Aromatics.  Tonics. 


CHEMICAL  REMEDIES. 

ACIDA.     Acidulse.     Antalkalies. 

Acids  are  ranked  among  chemical  remedies  only  when  employed 
to  counteract  an  alkaline  state  of  the  secretions,  as  in  the  Phosphatic 
diathesis  (u.  ANTILITHICS),  and  perhaps  when  employed  as  Antiscor- 
butics. Acids  in  a  concentrated  state  are  well  known  to  act  as 
Caustics ;  but  if  moderately  diluted,  and  applied  to  the  skin  or  other 
mucous  membrane,  a  pungent  sensation  with  a  little  astringency  is 
produced,  followed  by  stimulant  reaction.  So,  taken  internally  they 
will  act  as  poisons ;  but  if  much  diluted,  a  sensation  of  coolness  is 
experienced;  less  diluted,  a  tonic  effect  is  produced,  and  in  large 
doses  considerable  irritation.  They  may  therefore  be  employed  as 
Refrigerants  or  Astringents,  also  as  Tonics.  From  their  irritant 
effects,  they  are  employed  as  Rubefacients  and  Caustics,  and  the 
Vegetable  acids  often  act  as  Laxatives. 

Acidum  Sulphuricum  Dil.  48.  Acidutn  Carbonicura,  65. 
Aromaticum,  48.  in  Carbonic  acid  water. 

Potassae  Bisulphas,  93.  Oxalicum,  313. 

Phosphoricum  Dil.  50.  Binoxalate  of  Potash,  314. 

Nitricum  Dil.  54  Oxalis  Acetosella,  312;  and  Rumex. 

Spiritus  JElheris  Nitrici,  623.  Acetosa,  504. 

Hydrochloricum  Dil.  62.  Citricum,  299. 

Nitro-Hydrochloricum  Dil.  62.  Limonum  Succus,  298 ;  Lemonade,  299. 


648 


ALKALIES.      ANTACIDS. 


Acidum  Tartaricum,  310. 
Potass®  Bitartras,  98. 

Aceticum,  625. 

Pyroligneum,  625. 

Acetum  Pyroligneum,  625. 
Destillatum,  624. 


Syrupus  Aceti,  625. 
Acid  Fruits. 

Lemons  and  Limes,  297. 
Verjuice,  309. 
Tamarinds,  348. 


ALKALIES.       ANTACIDS. 


Alkalies  or  alkaline  Earths  introduced  into  the  stomach,  or  making 
their  way  into  the  intestinal  canal,  will  neutralize  any  acid  present, 
in  the  same  way  that  they  would  do  out  of  the  body.  They  are 
therefore  frequently  prescribed  in  cases  of  Heartburn  and  Dyspepsia 
to  counteract  acidity,  whatever  may  be  the  cause,  and  the  treatment 
is  consequently  only  palliative.  But  in  poisoning  by  acids,  they  will, 
by  neutralizing,  put  a  stop  to  their  corroding,  effects.  It  must  be  re- 
membered, however,  that  some  of  them  are  as  powerfully  corrosive  as 
the  acids  themselves:  excess  therefore  must  be  carefully  avoided.  In 
diminishing  acidity  they  at  the  same  time  allay  irritation.  When  a 
little  in  excess,  they  produce  some  stimulant  effect  on  the  stomach  ; 
but  their  continued  use  is  injurious  in  neutralizing  the  healthy  acid  of 
the  gastric  juice.  Absorbed  into  the  system,  they  may  be  detected  in 
the  excretions,  and  will  thus  diminish  any  acid  state  of  the  secretions 
generally.  By  their  stimulant  effect  when  thus  diffused,  they  are 
useful  in  some  glandular  affections,  and  are  hence  employed  as  ALTE- 
RATIVE-STIMULANTS. Some  of  them,  as  Chalk,  &c.,  are  occasionally 
called  Absorbents.  Rubbed  on  the  surface  in  a  diluted  state,  they 
will  act  as  RUBEFACIENTS,  and  when  concentrated,  as  CAUSTICS. 
Ammonia  is  in  some  cases  preferred  for  its  Stimulant  and  Potash  for 
its  Alterative  effects,  Magnesia  as  a  Laxative,  though  apt  to  form 
concretions,  and  Chalk  as  an  apparent  Astringent,  while  Soap  with 
some  Purgative  is  preferred  as  an  antacid  in  sluggish  states  of  the 
intestinal  canal. 


Ammonite  Liquor,  71. 

Spir.  Ammoniae,  E. 

Tinct.  Opii  Amtnoniata,  271. 
Carbonate  of  Ammonia,  73. 

Spir.  Ammonias,  74. 

arom.  74. 

fcuiidus,  74. 

Ammoniae  Sesquicarbonas,  75. 

Liq.  Ammoniae  Sesquicarb.  77. 
Ammonias  Bicarbonas,  77. 
Potassae  Liquor,  83.  . 
Carbonas,  88. 

Liq.  Potasses  Carbonatis,  89. 

effervescens,  91. 

Sodoe  Carbonas,  102. 

ex  siccata,  103. 

Sod®  Bicarbonas,  103. 
Liq.  Sodas  effervescens,  105. 

Sapo  durus,  465. 
Calcis  Liquor,  117. 
Carbonate  of  Lime,  118. 


Greta  prseparata,  119. 

Testae  praeparatse,  638. 

Mistura  Cretae,  120. 

Trochiscus  Gretas,  120. 
Pulv.  Cretae   compositus,   120.      Tormentil 

and  Saffron. 
c  Opio,  120,  269,  with  Opium. 

Confectio  Aromatica,  121. 

Hydrargyrum  cum  Creta,  187. 
Magnesia,  125. 

Pulv.  Rhei  comp.  E.  521. 
Magnesias  Carbonas,  126. 

Mist.  Camphorse  c  Magnesia,  510. 
Bicarbonate  of  Magnesia, 

or  Soluble  Magnesia,  128. 

Hydrargyrum  cum  Magnesia,  188. 
Alkaline   Mineral  Waters,  as   of  Malvern, 

Vichy,  &c. 

Some  Oxides  of  Metals,  as  of  Zinc,  156. 
Oils  also  act  as  Antacids. 


ANTILITHICS.     Lithontriptics. 
Antilithics  (from  CCVTI,  against,  and  XiSo?,  a  stone)  is  a  preferable 


DISINFECTANTS.  649 

name  to  Lithontriptics,  and  is  applied  to  remedies  which  counteract  • 
the  tendency  to  the  deposition  of  Urinary  Calculi.  The  Urine,  com- 
pound in  nature,  and  very  variable,  is,  in  a  healthy  state,  a  little  acid, 
from  the  presence  of  Super-Lithate  of  Ammonia.  But  there  may  be 
an  excess  of  this,  as  in  the  Lithic  acid  diathesis,  from  irregularities  of 
the  digestive  organs,  check  to  the  functions  of  the  skin,  &c.  A  deposit 
takes  place  of  reddish  powder,  or  rather  crystals,  consisting  chiefly 
of  the  Super-Lithate  of  Ammonia,  sometimes  with  some  pure  Lithic 
acid.  But  when  there  is  a  deficiency  of  acid  in  the  Urine,  a  white 
sandy  deposit  takes  place,  consisting  chiefly  of  an  Ammonio-Magne- 
sian  Phosphate  with  some  Phosphate  of  Lime.  Sometimes  there  is 
a  deposition  of  Oxalate  of  Lime,  as  in  the  Mulberry  calculus. 

Attention  to  diet.  Vegetable  food  in  some  cases,  meat  in  others.  Exercise.  Baths. 
Attention  to  the  skin.  Diluents.  Water,  distilled  or  mineral,  but  pure.  Alteratives. 
Diaphoretics.  Tonics. 

1.  In  the  Lithic  acid  Diathesis  Antacids  (q.  v.)  are  indicated. 

Potassee  Liquor.  Potassse  Carbonas  et  Bicarb.  Liq.  Potassse  Garb,  and  Liq.  efferves. 
83-9.1. 

Effervescing  Saline  Draughts  produce  an  alkaline  reaction  in  the  Urine. 

Potash  and  its  Carbonates  are  more  eligible  than  Soda,  because  the  Lithate  of  Potash 
is  soluble,  that  of  Soda  insoluble. 

Soda  and  its  Carbonates.  Soda  siccata  and  Liq.  SodsB  effervescens,  p.  103 — 105.  Sapo 
durus.  Waters  of  Vichy,  and  other  alkaliRe  mineral  waters. 

Ammonia  and  its  Carbonates,  70 — 78:  act  as  stimulants  and  as  anticids  in  the  stomach. 

Calcis  Aqua.    Creta  preeparata.    Testae  praeparatse,  117 — 119. 

Magnesia  or  its  Garb.  125,  126.  Magnesia- water,  the  Bicarb,  with  excess  of  Car'  gas, 
128. 

Colchicum  and  Mercury  both  diminish  the  acidity  of  the  Urine. 

2.  In  the  Phosphatic  Diathesis  an  acid  is  indicated. 

Nitric  and  especially  Muriatic,  also  Dil  Sul',  and  Phosphoric  acids.  Mr.  Ure  has  par- 
ticularly recommended  Benzoic  acid  and  soluble  Benzoates.  Carbonic  acid.  (v.  ACIDS.) 
Vegetable  acids,  as  Vinegar,  may  sometimes  be  used  as  articles  of  diet ;  but  Tonics  and 
Vegetable  Bitters  are  required,  with  generous  diet,  Wine,  and  Opium,  and  the  avoidance 
of  every  thing  depressing. 

3.  In  the  Oxalic'  Diathesis,  mineral  acids  with  tonics,  the  Muriatic  or  Nitro-muriatic. 
Meat,  and  nourishing  farinaceous  diet. 

Local  Lithontriptics,  as  injecting  very  weak  Nit'  into  the  bladder,  or  weak  alkaline 
solutions.  Electro-chemical  action.  Lithotrity.  Dr.  E.  Hoskins  (Phil.  Trans.  1843)  re. 
commends  the  introduction  of  weak  solutions  of  chemical  decomponents  (as  the  Nitro- 
Sacchorate  of  Lead)  instead  of  solvents,  into  the  living  bladder. 

DISINFECTANTS. 

These  are  substances  calculated  to  free  the  air  of  buildings  and 
rooms,  as  well  as  infected  bodies  in  general,  of  the  invisible,  usually 
imperceptible  particles  which  constitute  infection  and  propagate  dis- 
ease. Some  of  the  means  employed  are  purely  mechanical,  others 
chemical,  in  their  action.  Fumigations  and  Pastiles  only  conceal 
the  smell,  without  removing  the  causes,  and  are  therefore  often  worse 
than  useless. 

Ventilation.  Caloric.  Diffusive  Gases  which  act  chemically,  as  Chlorine,  58.  Liquor 
Chlorini,  59.  Liq.  Sodie  Chlorinalae,  106.  Calx  Chlorinata,  121.  Acid  fumes,  as  Sulphu- 
rous acid  Gas,  Hydrochloric'  gas,  61.  Nitrous  acid  fumes  and  Acetic  and  Pyroligneous 
acids  are  less  effectual. 

Destruction  of  infected  matter  by  application  of  heat,  of  Quicklime,  116 ;  of  Charcoal 


650  ESCHAROT1CS.     RUBEFACIENTS. 

64.  Fumigating  Pastiles,  Balsamic  Resins,  and  Aromatic  Vinegar,  only  diffuse  an  agree- 
able odour. 

ESCHAROTICS  with  some  Local  Stimulants. 

Escharotics  (from  Eschar)  are  often  called  Caustics,  occasionally 
Potential  Cauteries,  to  distinguish  them  from  the  Actual  Cautery  or 
great  Heat  used  for  the  same  purposes.  Concentrated  acids  and 
alkalies  destroy  the  vitality  of  a  part  by  forming  a  chemical  union 
with  one  or  more  of  the  constituents  of  the  animal  body.  Their 
action  is  afterwards  followed  by  a  stimulant  reaction.  Some  of  those 
enumerated  below  may  be  considered  rather  as  Local  Stimulants,  or 
such  as  excite  the  parts  to  which  they  are  applied,  but  which  by 
continued  action  will  a"lso  cause  the  erosion  of  a  part.  The  Liquid 
Caustics  have  the  disadvantage  of  spreading,  but  they  are  useful  in 
cases  of  the  bites  of  rabid  animals,  or  of  snakes,  in  following  the 
sinuosities  of  a  wound. 

Sulphuric,  48,  Nitric,  54,  and  Acetic  acids,  625.  Arsenious  acid,  210,  in  some  cases  of 
Cancer. 

Potassse  Liquor,  83.  Potassse  Hydras,  81.  Potasses  Carbonas,  88.  Potassa  cum  Calce, 
83. 

Calx  recens  usta,  116.  Calcis  Hydras,  116.    Ammonia?  Liq.  fort.  71.    Actual  Cautery. 

Local  Stimulants. 

Alumen  exsiccatum,  133.  Tinct.  Ferri  Sesquichloridi,  141.  Zinci  Chloridum,  157. 
Antimonii  Sesquichlorid.  180. 

Argenti  Nitras,  220.  Cupri  Sulphas,  161.  Cupri  Diacetas,  613.  Linim.  JEragmis, 
164.  Ung.  Mruginis,  164.  Cupri  Ammonio-Sulphas,  161. 

Hydrargyri  Oxydum,  191  (Black  Wash).  Hydrargyri  Binoxidum,  192.  (Yellow 
Wash,  194.)  Hyd.  Nitrico-Oxydum  et  Ung.  193. 

Hydrargyri  Bichloridum,  200.    Hydr.  Biniodidum,  195.    Ung.  Hydrarg.  Nitratis,  207. 

EVACUANTS  OR  SPECIAL  STIMULANTS. 

These  are  remedies  which  cause  an  increased  secretion  (hence 
called  Evacuants)  from  different  organs,  by  first  exciting  them  to  in- 
creased action.  They  are  therefore  called  Local  Stimulants  by  Dr. 
Murray,  but  as  the  term  is  objectionable,  Dr.  Paris  proposes  that  of 
Special  Stimulants,  as  producing  "  an  effect  which  is  supposed  to  be 
confined  to  one  particular  organ,  though  remote  from  the  seat  of  ap- 
plication." They  may  be  prescribed  for  the  purpose  of  restoring  na- 
tural secretion,  but  as  increased  secretion  is  followed  by  more  or  less 
of  exhaustion,  they  are  also  very  frequently  employed  to  lessen  the 
mass  of  circulating  fluid,  or  to  relieve  one  organ  by  exciting  ano- 
ther. Hence  some  of  them  always  form  a  part  of  Antiphlogistic 
treatment.  The  Rubefacients,  however,  except  when  used  as  Vesi- 
cants, do  not  produce  an  increased  secretion,  but  they  relieve  the  in- 
terior by  causing  a  determination  to  the  surface,  and  thus  act  on  the 
same  general  principle. 

RUBEFACIENTS.       IRRITANTS.       VESICANTS. 

Rubefacients,  as  their  name  indicates,  produce  redness  of  the  skin, 
with  warmth,  &c.  If  long  applied,  or  more  concentrated,  vesication 
will  ensue ;  and  on  continuance  of  the  application,  a  suppurative  dis- 


RUBEFACIENTS.     ERRHINES.  651 

charge,  whence  Epispastic,  from  £#»o'*aw,  /  draw.  Tartar  Emetic 
produces  a  small  pustular  eruption.  These  local  effects  sometimes 
react  upon  the  constitution,  so  as  to  induce  a  state  of  general  excite- 
ment. The  local  external  effect  produced  by  the  Rubefacient  or 
Epispastic  very  frequently  has  the  effect  of  relieving  some  internal 
irritation  or  deep-seated,  even  distant,  pain ;  and  therefore  it  is  for 
their  COUNTER-IRRITANT  or  Revulsive  effects  that  these  remedies  are 
applied :  sometimes  only  to  relieve  slight  internal  inflammation,  as 
Hartshorn  and  Oil  on  the  neck  to  relieve  sore  throat,  or  a  blister  be- 
hind the  ear  to  relieve  toothache.  But  it  is  usually  in  chronic  affec- 
tions of  the  chest,  of  the  abdominal  cavity,  or  of  the  joints,  that  they 
are  most  employed,  or  in  spasmodic  attacks.  Sometimes  the  head  is 
relieved  by  hot  pediluvia,  or  Sinapisms  to  the  feet.  Issues,  Setons, 
and  Acupuncture,  are  employed  on  the  same  general  principles.  Oc- 
casionally stimulant  frictions  and  Sinapisms  are  applied  to  rouse  the 
system  in  great  depression  of  the  vital  powers.  Some  produce  healthy 
granulations. 

Friction.  Heat;  inform  of  Hot  Water,  Steam,  Heated  Sand,  Metals,  and  Hip  and 
Foot  Baths. 

Gases :  as  hot  dry  Air,  Chlorine,  Carbonic  Acid,  65,  and  Sulphurous'  gases,  67. 

Acid  Solutions,  as  Nitric,  Acetic,  &c.  Ung.  Acidi  Sulph.  49.  Ung.  Acidi  Nitrici,  D., 
made  with  Olive  Oil  Oj.  Lard  ^iv.  Nit'  f  3vss.  Acetic'  is  epispastic. 

Alkaline  Solutions,  as  of  Ammonia,  Potash,  and  their  Carbonates.  Liquor  Ammonias 
fbrtior,  71.  Lin.  Ammonias,  73.  Lin.  Ammonim  comp.  73.  Ammoniacal  Ointment, 
73.  Lin.  Ammonite  Sesquicarb.  77. 

Antimonii  Potassio-Tartras,  183 :  Sol.  et  Ung.  186.    Argenti  Nitras,  220,  or  in  solution. 

Ammonise  Hydrochloras,  79.  Potassii  Sulphuretum  et  Aqua,  91.  Sodii  Chloridum, 
105.  Borax,  107.  Mel  Boracis,  108. 

Ung.  Hydrarg.  Nitr.  207.  Ung.  Hydr.  Chloridi ;  Hydr.  Nitrico-Oxydi ;  Ung.  Hydr. 
Ammonio-Chloridi,  &c.  as  Local  Stimulants. 

Vegetable  Irritants  employed  as  Rubefacients,  Local  Stimulants,  and  Epispastics. 

Creasote,  637,  pure  or  diluted.  Ung.  Creasoti,  637.  Crotonis  Oleum,  537.  Toxico- 
dendron,  331. 

Ranunculus  acris,  238.  R.  Flammula,  238.  Staphisagria,  241.  Delphinia,  Tinct.  et 
Ung.  242.  Cocculus  indicus,  253.  Ung.  Cocculi,  254.  Armoracia,  274.  Sinapis  alba 
et  nigra,  276-279.  Cataplasma  Sinapis,  279.  Volatile  Oil  of  Mustard,  278.  Pyrethrum, 
449.  Capsicum  et  Tinct.  498.  Mezereon,  513.  Euphorbium,  540.  Sabina  et  Ceratum, 
573.  Veratrum  Dec.  et  Ung.  588.  Piper  nigrum,  543.  Allium,  576.  Zingiber,  596. 

Volatile  Oils  (o.  STIMULANTS)  may  be  used  as  Rubefacients ;  Oil  of  Calamus  Aromati- 
cus  (Spikenard),  also  others  less  agreeable,  as  Oleum  Rutae,  &c. 

Turpentines,  as  Terebinthina  Chia,  329.  T.  vulgaris,  Veneta  et  Canadensis,  565,  566. 
Terebinthinse  Oleum,  568,  et  Linimentum,  569. 

Resins,  as  Resina,  567.  Abietis  Resina  et  Fix  Burgundica,  566.  Emp.  Picis  Elemi 
ct  Ung.  comp.  with  Turpentine,  341.  Galbanum  et  Emp.  Galban.  comp.  416.  Fix 
liquida.  Fix  arida  et  Ung.  570.  Cerevisise  Fermentum  et  Cataplasma,  619.  Emp. 
Aromaticum,  525. 

Cantharides,  633.  Tinct.  Acetum  epispast.  Ceratum  Ung.  Emp.  et  Emp.  comp. 
634,  635.  Emp.  Calefaciens,  635. 

ERRHINES. 

Errhines  (from  ev  and  giv,  the  nose)  include  all  medicines  which 
are  applied  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nostrils ;  among  them 
Sternutatories  which  cause  sneezing.  They  may  be  applied  in  a  dry, 
soft,  liquid,  or  gaseous  state.  They  may  be  Demulcent,  Astringent, 
or  Stimulant.  Of  the  latter  the  different  preparations  of  Ammonia 
and  Acetic  acid  are  frequently  employed.  Though  generally  local 


652  SIALOGOGUES.     EMETICS. 

in  their  effects,  they  often  afford  relief  by  revulsion.     Sternutatories 
are  obtained  both  from  the  mineral  and  from  the  vegetable  kingdom. 

Powdered  leaves  of  Labiates,  as  Melissa,  Lavandula,  Rostnarinus,  Origanum,  484 — 489. 
Teucrium  Marum  is  often  called  the  Headache  Plant.  Powdered  Iris-root,  600.  Asa- 
rum,  and  Pulv.  Asari  com  p.  531,  532,  with  Lavender-flowers.  Tabacum,  502,  as  Snuft'. 
— Ammonia  and  its  Carb.  Acetic  acid. 

Some  acrid  substances,  as  Veratrum  album,  587.  Veratria,  589.  Euphorbium,  540, 
or  Hydrargyri  Subsulphas  flavus  (Disulphas),  206,  all  with  mild  powders.  The  fumes 
of  Biniodide  of  Mercury  (c.) 

SIALOGOGUES. 

Sialogogues  (from  tfiaXov,  saliva,  and  ayu,  to  drive)  are  medicines 
which  increase  the  flow  of  saliva.  This  may  be  effected  by  chewing 
a  nearly  inert  substance,  like  Mastic,  or  an  Astringent,  like  Catechu; 
an  Astringent  and  Purgative,  as  Rhubarb ;  or  such  as  are  acrid ;  or 
some  of  the  warm  Spices ;  or  by  the  application  of  warm  Stimulants. 
Salivation  may  also  be  produced  by  the  action  of  Mercurial  prepa- 
rations (see  Alterative  Stimulants).  They  may  be  useful  from  their 
local  or  their  derivative  effects. 

Acrids. — Armoracia,  274.  Pyrethrum,  449.  Mezereon,  513.  Iris  root,  600.  Ange- 
lica, 403. 

Spices. — Zingiber,  596.     Pepper  of  different  kinds,  543.     Capsicum,  497. 

Astringent,  SfC. — Catechu,  344.  Astringent  and  Purgative. — Rhubarb,  505.  Mas- 
tiche.  330. 

Stimulants. — Application  of  Oil  of  Cloves,  392.     Of  Creasote,  627,  &c. 

Mercurial  Preparations,  187 — 208,  see  Alterative  Stimulants. 

EMETICS. 

Medicines  which  evacuate  the  stomach  by  vomiting :  an  act  pro- 
duced partly  by  the  influence  produced  on  the  stomach,  and  partly 
by  that  induced  by  the  brain  and  nervous  system.  The  latter  we  see 
in  Sea-sickness,  and  the  want  of  it  in  the  difficulty  with  which  Eme- 
tics act  in  narcotic  poisoning,  when  the  brain  is  in  a  comatose  state. 
Emesis  is  also  produced  by  tickling  the  fauces  with  a  feather.  Eme- 
tics differ  much  among  themselves,  some  acting  only  when  intro- 
duced into  the  stomach ;  others,  as  Tartar  Emetic,  if  applied  to  any 
other  part  of  the  body,  so  as  to  be  absorbed  into  the  system.  The 
effect  is  not  altogether  dependent  upon  the  nature  of  the  substance, 
for  Ammonia  and  Mustard,  which  in  small  doses  act  as  Stimulants, 
and  Sulphates  of  Zinc  and  Copper  as  Tonics,  will  in  large  doses 
evert  the  action  of  the  stomach,  and  produce  an  emetic  effect,  gene- 
rally quickly,  and  without  debilitating  the  system.  Others  act  more 
slowly,  and  produce  long-continued  nausea,  with  the  depressing  symp- 
toms which  accompany  such  a  state,  and  which  are  known  to  favour 
absorption.  These  are  therefore,  as  well  as  from  their  slow  action, 
not  suited  to  cases  of  poisoning.  With  both,  the  act  is  accompanied 
by  a  series  of  concussions  which  favour  the  excretion  and  secretion 
of  the  biliary,  pancreatic,  and  intestinal  fluids,  causing  a  determina- 
tion to  the  skin.  But  this  very  concussion  makes  them  dangerous 
when  there  is  a  determination  to  the  head,  or  in  advanced  stages  of 
pregnancy,  in  hernia,  &c.  But  it  makes  them  useful  before  the  ac- 
cession of  an  Intermittent,  also  in  Bilious  Fever,  likewise  in  Asthma, 


CATHARTICS. 

*  .     **  »> 

Hooping-cough;  or  they  may  be  used  for  merely  evacuating  the 
stomach. 

Direct  Emetics,  and  acting  quickly. 

Ammonias  Liq.  71.  Ammonia:  Sesquicarb.  Liq.  77  (f3ss.—  f3j.  of  either  taken  in  a 
glass  of  cold,  followed  immediately  by  some  warm,  water).  Sodii  Chloridum,  105,  or 
common  Salt  is  usually  readily  available. 

Zinci  Sulphas,  158.    Cupri  Sulph.  161.    Cupri  Ammonio-Sulph.  162.     ^Erugo,  163. 

Sinapis  nigra,  276.     S.  alba,  278. 

Indirect  Emetics. 

Antimonii  et  Potass®  Tartr.  (Tartarum  Emeticuin,  D.),  183.    Vinum,  185. 

Antimonii  Oxidum,  E.  178.     Sesquisulphuret.  et  Oxysnlphuretum,  181,  182. 

Ipecacuanha,  424.     Pulv.  Vin.  etSyr.  427.     Emetine,  426.     Viola  odorata,  279. 

Scilla,  Pulv.  Tinct.  et  Syr.  578,  579.  Asarum,  531.  Euphorbium,  540,  but  is  too 
acrid. 

Anthemis,  Inf.  et.  Dec.  comp.  448:  assists  vomiting. 

Tabacum,  502.     Lobelia  inflata,  456  ;  but  both  :ire  unsafe  as  Emetics. 

Ipecacuanha  and  Tartar  Emetic  are  often  combined  together,  or  the  latter  may  be  pre- 
scribed with  a  Cathartic,  forming  an  Emeto-Cathartic. 

CATHARTICS. 

Cathartics  (from  xa&aigw,  to  purge)  are  medicines  which  increase 
the  peristaltic  movements  of  the  intestinal  canal,  evacuate  its  con- 
tents, and  usually  augment  its  mucous  secretions.  They  were  for- 
merly distinguished  into  Hydrogogues,  as  causing  watery  evacuations, 
Chologogues,  as  favouring  the  evacuation  of  bile,  &c.  They  are  now 
distinguished  chiefly  according  to  their  energy  of  action,  as  into 
Laxatives,  which  merely  evacuate  the  intestinal  contents,  and  Purga- 
tives, which  stimulate  secretion  as  well  as  evacuation.  But  among 
the  latter  the  more  violent  are  distinguished  by  the  name  of  Drastics 
and  of  Hydrogogue  Cathartics.  They  differ  likewise  according  to 
the  part  of  the  intestinal  canal  to  which  their  action  is  more  particu- 
larly directed.  Saline  Purgatives,  often  called  Cooling,  act  on  the 
whole  intestinal  canal  producing  copious  watery  evacuations.  Castor 
Oil  stimulates  superficially  the  mucous  surface  of  the  small  intestines. 
Senna  also  acts  upon  them,  but  with  much  activity.  Rhubarb  eva- 
cuates, and  exerts  a  tonic  effect.  Aloes  stimulates  the  colon  and 
rectum.  Colocynth,  Scammony,  and  Jalap  act  with  energy  upon 
the  whole  of  the  intestines.  Hellebore,  Elaterium,  and  Croton  Oil, 
still  more  so,  producing  watery  motions.  Mercurials  stimulate  the 
intestinal  glands  and  the  secretion  of  bile  from  the  liver.  The  influ- 
ence of  Cathartics  from  proximity  is  propagated  to  the  uterus,  as  also 
to  the  kidneys  and  bladder;  but  the  secretion  of  urine  is  generally 
diminished  by  the  action  of  purgatives.  As  the  copious  watery  eva- 
cuations must  diminish  the  quantity  of  fluid  in  the  body,  they  neces- 
sarily favour  absorption  and  diminish  excitement :  they  thus  form  a 
part  of  Antiphlogistic  treatment.  Hence  they  are  useful  in  a  variety 
of  Complaints,  as  in  Fevers  and  Inflammations,  avoiding  in  some 
cases  those  that  are  irritant ;  also  in  Nervous  and  Spasmodic  affec- 
tions. They  are  employed  to  clear  out  in  Diarrhrea,  and  to  favour 
absorption  in  Jaundice,  Dropsy,  &c. ;  in  many  cases  to  act  as  Coun- 
ter-irritants. 


654  CATHARTICS.     DIURETICS. 

*  '   -  "  ..\  ^_  . .   , ,. 

Laxatives  from  the  Mineral  Kingdom. 

Sulphur  sublimatum  et  lotum,  44, 45.     Magnesia,  125.    Magn.  Garb.  126. 
Saline  Purgatives. 

Magnesia  Sulphas,  129,  purum,  D.  (made  by  adding  Sul'  toCarb.  Magnesia).  Potasss 
Sulph.  92.  Bisulph.  93.  This  may  be  given  in  effervescence  with  Carb.  Soda. 

Potasses  Tartras,  97  :  Bitartras,  98,  also  in  Pulv.  Jalapas  comp.  481. 

Potass®  Sulphas  cum  Sulphure,  94.     Potass®  Acetas  (seldom  used). 

Sodce  Sulphas,  108.  Sodas  Phosphas,  109  :  mild.  Sodas  et  Potasses  Tartras  (Soda  Tarta- 
rizfl/a),  110.  Sodas  Acetas,  112. 

Sodii  Chloridum,  105.  Pulv.  Salinus  comp.  94.  This  is  formed  of  Sulphates  of  Potash 
and  of  Magnesia  with  Common  Salt :  is  also  Diuretic. 

Mercurial  Purgatives. 

Pil.  Hydrarg.  188.  Hydrarg.  c.  Greta,  187,  c.  Magnesia,  188.  Hydrarg.  Oxydum, 
192.  The  last  is  uncertain  in  its  action.  Hydrargyri  Chloridum  (Calomel),  197, 
usually  combined  with,  or  followed  by  some  other  Cathartic,  to  insure  its  purgative 
effect.  . 

Laxatives  from  the  Vegetable  Kingdom. 

Manna,  467,  in  Conf.  and  Syr.  Sennae.  Cassias  Pulpa  et  Conf.  349,  350,  with  Manna 
and  Tamarinds  in  Conf.  Sennas.  Tamarindus,  348,  in  Conf.  Sennas,  Conf.  Cassiae,  and 
Inf.  Sennas  comp.  Pruna,  383,  in  Elect.  Sennas.  Uvas  passes,  310.  Fici,  554. 

Viola  odorata  et  Syr.  279.     Rosa  centifolia  etSyr.  377. 

Fixed  Oils.    Amygdalae  Ol.  382.    Olivee  Ol.  464.    Lini  Oleum,  286. 

Purgatives. 

Ricini  Oleum,  537.  Senna,  350,  Syr.  Inf.  comp.  355,  with  Ginger.  Inf.  c.  Tamarindis, 
355.  Conf.  357,  with  Pulp  of  Cassia,  Senna,  Tamarinds,  Prunes,  Figs,  and  Coriander, 
357.  Tinct.  comp.  with  Raisins,  Caraway,  and  Coriander,  356. 

Rheum,  505.  Pil.  Extr.  Inf.  Vinum,  511.  Pulv.  comp.  with  Magnesia  and  Ginger, 
510.  Pil.  comp.  with  Aloes,  Myrrh,  and  Caraway,  511.  Pil.  Rhei  et  Ferri,  511.  Tinct. 
E.  with  Cardamoms,  512.  Tinct.  comp.  with  Ginger  and  Saffron  (Cardamoms,  D.),  512. 
Tinct.  Rhei  et  Aloes,  E.  Tinct.  Rhei  et  Gentianas,  512.  ' 

Colocynthis  et  Extr.  396.  Extr.  comp.  Spirituous  Extract  with  Aloes,  Scamrnony,  and 
Cardamoms,  398.  Pil.  comp.  E.  D.  with  Scammony,  Sulphate  of  Potash,  and  Oil  of 
Cloves,  398.  Enema,  398. 

Ecbalium  Elaterium,  399,  and  Extr.  or  Elaterium,  399.  Tiglii,  vel  Crotonis  Oleum, 
oo5. 

Jalapa,  479.  Tinct.  et  Resina  Jalapae,  481.  Pulv.  comp.  with  Cream  of  Tartar  and 
Ginger,  481. 

Scammonium,  481.  Resina.  Mistura  484,  with  Milk.  Conf.  with  Cloves  and  Ginger, 
483.  Pulv.  comp.  with  Resin  of  Jalap,  and  Ginger,  483. 

Cambogia,  301,  305     Pil.  comp.  with  Aloes  and  Ginger,  306. 

Aloes,  579.  Extr.  Tinct.  with  Liquorice,  584.  Tinct.  comp.  with  Saffron  in  Tinct. 
Myrrhes,  584.  Pulv.  c.  Canella,  583.  Pulv.  comp.  with  Guaiacum  and  Aromatics,  583. 
Pil.  comp.  with  Soap,  Gentian  Extr.  and  Caraway,  583.  Pil.  Aloes  c.  Myrrha,  et  Pil. 
Aloes  et  AssafoEtidas,  583.  Aloes  et  Ferri,  584.  Dec.  Aloes  comp.  with  Myrrh,  Saffron, 
Carb.  of  Potash,  and  Tinct.  of  Cardamoms,  584.  Vinum  Aloes  with  Canella,  Cardamoms, 
Ginger,  584. 

Helleborus,  239.     Feratrum,  587.     Colchicum,  585.     Rhamnus  et  Syr.  328. 

Linum  catharticum,  E.  omitted  ut  p.  284,  is  seldom  used  though  a  good  indigenous  ca- 
thartic, about  six  inches  high,  with  small  smooth  leaves,  very  bitter,  3j.  may  be  given,  or 
3ij.  in  infusion. 

Terebinthince  Oleum,  565,  569.     Euphorbium,  585,  but  this  is  too  irritant. 

Enema  Catharticum,  E.  D.  356 ;  Senna,  Sulph.  Magnesia,  and  Olive  Oil,  E.  Manna 
and  Sulph.  Magnesia  in  Comp.  Dec.  Chamomile,  D. 

EXPECTORANTS. 

• 

Expectorants  are  medicines  which  are  supposed  to  have  the  power 
of  favouring  the  expulsion  and  excretion  of  mucus  (ex  pectwe)  from 


EXPECTORANTS.  655 

the  chest,  that  is,  "  from  the  trachea  and  cells  and  passages  of  the 
lungs."  These,  like  several  following  groups,  are  relative  agents, 
that  is,  their  action  bears  a  relation  to  the  nature  of  the  case,  the 
state  of  the  patient,  and  the  period  of  the  disease.  Thus  in  a  state  of 
excitement,  with  dryness  of  the  skin,  &c.,  Venesection,  Warm-bath, 
Nauseants,  and  Demulcents  may  be  useful.  While  in  other  cases, 
where  there  is  deficiency  of  action,  or,  with  sufficient  Secretion,  a  de- 
ficiency of  power  to  expel  the  mucus,  &c.,  secreted,  Stimulants  are 
necessary,  either  such  as,  taken  in  the  form  of  lozenges,  may  come 
in  contact  with  the  upper  part  of  the  trachea,  and  thus  have  their 
effects  propagated  by  sympathy,  or  others  which  may  be  inhaled  in 
the  form  of  gases :  while  some,  taken  internally,  are  absorbed,  and 
have  their  particles  carried  to  the  mucous  surface  of  the  lungs,  where 
they  act  as  Stimulants.  Tonics  may  be  useful  in  improving  the  state 
of  the  constitution,  and  thus  restore  its  secretions  to  a  healthy  condi- 
tion, and  that  of  the  bronchial  passages  with  power  of  expectoration 
among  the  rest. 

Emetics  acting  mechanically  favour  expectoration.  Sulph.  of  Zinc,  158,  or  Sulph.  of 
Copper,  or  Carb.  of  Ammonia. 

Demulcents  and  Refrigerants,  by  allaying  irritation,  and  by  obviating  a  dry  state  of 
the  skin,  favour  expectoration. 

Inhalations  of  warm  Water,  and  of  Demulcent  Decoctions.  Warm  Baths  and  Pedilu- 
via,  are  useful  by  relaxing  the  skin. 

Gummy  Substances  taken  slowly.  Isinglass.  Jujubes.  Pate  de  Guimauve.  Liquo- 
rice. Quince  and  Linseed,  &c.  (see  DEMULCENTS.) 

Nauseating  Expectorants. — Antimonials.  Vinum  Antim.  155.  Tartar  Emetic,  183. 
Antimonii  Oxydum,  E.  178.  Pulv.  Antimonialis,  179. 

Ipecacuanha.  Pulv.  Syr.  et  Vinum,  427.  With  Narcotics,  3fC*.  in  Pulv.  comp.  with 
Opium,  and  in  Pil.  comp.  427,  with  Opium,  Squill,  and  Ammoniacum. 

Pil.  Conii  comp.  with  Ipecac.  420.  Anod.  Expect  so  Ipecac,  and  Henbane.  Syr.  Vio- 
Ite.  420. 

Tinct.  Camphorae  comp.  271,  with  Opium  and  Benzoin.  Smoking  of  Stramonium, 
499,  and  of  Belladonna,  496.  Also  of  Tobacco  in  some  cases. 

Stimulant  Expectorants. 

Sulphur,  43,  and  Alkaline  Sulphurets,  91.    Senega,  Dec.  et  Inf.  282. 

Balsams.  B.  Peruvianum,  et  B.  Tolutanum,  Syr.  et  Tinct.  363.  Styrax,  460.  Ben- 
zoin,  461.  Tinct.  comp.  with  Myrrha,  334 ;  in  Pil.  Galbani  comp.  415.  Benzoic  Acid  in 
Paregoric,  271. 

Foetid  Gum-Resins.  Assafcetida,  406.  Mist,  and  in  Pil.  Scillse  comp.  414.  Ammo- 
niacum, 412.  Galbanum,  414. 

Copaiba,  358,  in  Emulsion  or  in  pills  with  Magnesia.  Scilla,  Pulv.  Acetum,  Tinct.  et 
Oxymel,  578,  579.  Pil.  comp.  with  Ammoniacum  and  Ginger,  579.  Mist.  Cascarillae 
comp.  535,  with  Acetum  Scillee  et  Inf.  Cascarillre,  535.  Allium  sativum,  &c.  577. 

Succinic  acid  and  Oil,  629.    Petroleum,  628.    Naphtha,*  68,  628. 

*  Vide  a  paper  on  the  distinction  between  genuine  and  spurious  Barbadoes  Petroleum 
in  P.  J.  iv.  73.  The  author  understands  the  term  Naphtha  as  applicable  to  the  jwre  Hy- 
drocarbon which  is  obtained  by  distillation  from  Petroleum.  He  is  best  acquainted  with 
that  obtained  from  Rangoon,  which  is  a  dark  greenish  fluid  ;  from  some,  which  the  author 
received  direct  from  thence,  the  Lite  Professor  Danicll  obtained  about  80  per  cent,  of  Naph- 
tha, which  he  employed  for  preserving  Potassium.  The  Naphtha  used  by  Dr.  Hastings  is 
stated  in  the  P.  J.  iii.  p.  33,  to  have  beeirexamined  by  Dr.  Ure,  and  to  be  what  is  called 
by  chemists  Pyroacetic  Spirit  or  Acetone.  This  is  distinct  from  Wood  or  Pyroxylic 
Spirit,  called  also  Hydrated  Oxide  of  Methyle,  though  both  are  sold  for  and  used  as  Naph- 
tha, but  both  differ  from  it  in  being  miscible  with  water,  and  in  containing  Oxygen.  Dr. 
Ure  has  pointed  out  that  Nit'  Sp.  Gr.  1-45  produces  a  red  colour,  but  no  effervescence  with 
Pyroxylic  Spirit ;  but  with  Pyroacetic  acid  no  change  of  colour,  but  an  effervescence  from 
copious  evolution  of  gas. 


656  DIAPHORETICS. 

Stimulant  Lozenges,  as  of  Capsicum,  or  of  Astringents,  as  of  Catechu,  Tinct.  Catechu 
on  a  lump  of  sugar  will  also  answer  in  cases  of  relaxation. 

Inhaling  Stimulant  vapours,  as  of  Benzoin  and  Benzole'  placed  in  warm  water,  of  Ace- 
tic acid,  of  much  diluted  Chlorine,  Ammonia,  &c. 

Demulcent  Tonics.  Cetraria,  610.  Tussilago  Farfara,  445.  Inula  Helenium,  446. 
Marrubium  vulgare,  490.  Archangelica,  403,  and  other  Tonics. 

DIAPHORETICS. 

Diaphoretics  are  medicines  which  increase  the  natural  function  of 
perspiration.  To  these,  when  acting  so  as  to  produce  sweating,  the 
term  of  Sudorifics  is  applied.  The  function  of  perspiration  is  useful 
in  keeping  down  temperature,  and  in  carrying  off  much  Carbon,  Hy- 
drogen, and  even  Oxygen  from  the  blood.  Like  the  secretion  of 
urine,  this  function  varies  in  the  same  individual  at  different  times, 
because  under  the  influence  of  different  circumstances,  as  the  state 
of  the  constitution,  the  nature  of  the  food,  the  temperature,  dryness, 
or  rarefaction,  moisture,  or  coldness  of  the  atmosphere.  The  action 
of  a  Diaphoretic  is  influenced  by  many  of  the  same  circumstances. 
Hence  it  frequently  depends  entirely  upon  our  keeping  the  patient  in 
bed  that  it  promotes  Diaphoresis ;  while  if  the  patient  is  up,  and  has 
the  skin  exposed  to  the  cool  air,  it  will  act  as  a  Diuretic.  These 
two  functions  are  very  often  antagonistic  to  each  other :  therefore 
when  Diaphoretics  act  freely,  much  aqueous  matter  will  be  carried 
off  by  the  skin,  and  the  quantity  of  urine  diminished,  as  well  as  the 
secretions  of  the  intestinal  canal,  by  a  determination  being  thus  caused 
to  the  surface.  Some  act  by  relaxing  the  surface,  others  act  at  first 
as  stimulants,  and  then  produce  sweating.  The  patient  requires  to 
be  kept  in  bed,  the  shin  should  be  clean  and  warm,  hence  the  double 
utility  of  warm  water  and  vapour  baths,  and  whatever  determines  to 
the  surface,  as  friction  with  brushes,  application  of  heated  bodies,  of 
Rubefacients,  of  dry  air,  of  some  gases,  as  Carbonic'  gas,  Chlorine, 
and  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  In  other  cases  exercise,  or  the  sympa- 
thetic influence  of  a  glass  of  cold  water  will  produce  diaphoresis. 
From  their  mode  of  action  and  effects,  it  is  evident  that  Diaphoretics 
are  of  extensive  application,  as  those  which  are  relaxing,  in  febrile 
and  inflammatory  affections,  others,  in  rheumatic  and  some  chronic 
diseases.  According  to  the  nature  of  the  case  or  the  period  of  the 
disease,  either  the  relaxing  or  stimulant  Diaphoretics  will  be  eligible 
in  Pulmonary  affections,  in  Bowel  complaints,  in  Cutaneous  diseases, 
or  in  Dropsy. 

Aniimonials.  Antirnonii  Oxidum,  E.  178.  Pulv.  Antim.  comp.  179.  Jacob!  verus, 
179.  Antimonii  Sesquisulphuretum  prsep.  181.  Ant.  Oxysulphuretum,  182.  Antimonii 
et  PotassEe  Tartras,  183  .(Tartar  Emetic).  Vinum,  185. 

Mercurials.  Pil.  Hydr.  &c.  188.  Pil.  Hydr.  Chloridi  comp.  (Sulph.  Antimony  et 
Guaiac.),  199.  Pil.  Calomelanos  et  Opii,  269.  Hydr.  Sulphuret.  c.  Sulph.  205. 

Ipecacuanha.  Emetine,  426.  Pulv.  Syr.  et  Vinum,  427.  Pulv.  Ipecac,  comp.  with 
Opium,  427.  Pil.  Ipecac,  c.  with  Opium,  427. 

Stimulant  Diaphoretics.  Sulphur,  43.  S.  lotum.  et.  S.  praecipitatum,  45.  Potassii 
Sulphuretum  et  Aqua,  91,92. 

Ammonise  Liq.  71.  Sp.  Ammon.  arom.  Liq.  Ammoniae  Acet.  78.  Effervescing 
Draughts,  301. 

Alcoholic  and  Etherial  Draughts.  Sp.  Athens  Nitrici,  623.  Petroleum.  Naphtha, 
628,  and  note,  655. 

"* 


DIURETICS.  657 

Opium  (see  Narcotics.)  Pulv.  Ipecac,  comp.  427.  Pil.  Ipecac,  c.  Opio,  269.  Pil.  Ca- 
lomel, et  Opii,  269.  Morphine  Hydrochloras  et  Sol.  263.  Morphia  Sulphas,  264.  Mor- 
phise  Acetas,  264. 

Senega,  Inf.  et  Dec.  282.  Guaiacum,  Mist.  Dec.  Tinct.  et  Tinct.  Ammon.  317—318. 
Toxicodendron,  331.  Arnica  Montana,  452.  Inula,  446.  Sassafras,  518. 

Serpentaria,  Inf.  et  Tinct.  533.    Contrajcrva,  555.     Mezercon,  513. 

Infusions  of  Vegetable  Excitants,  as  of  Sage,  Rosemary,  &-c. 

The  milder  Diaphoretics  and  Alteratives  are  Sarza,  590,  Hemidesmus  indicus,  469, 
Calotropis,  469,  Dulcamara,  494. 

DIURETICS. 

Diuretics  are  medicines  which  are  supposed  to  have  the  power  of 
augmenting  the  secretion  or  excretion  of  urine.  As  in  the  case  of 
the  function  of  perspiration,  so  in  that  of  the  secretion  of  urine,  many 
external  circumstances  control  its  due  performance.  We  have  also 
seen  that  these  two  great  functions  mutually  supply  the  place  of  and 
alternate  with  each  other,  and  that  frequently  the  causes  which 
favour  the  one  secretion  will  interfere  with  the  due  performance  of 
the  other.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  an  opposite  course  requires  to 
be  followed  with  regard  to  the  treatment  of  the  patient.  The  skin 
must  be  kept  cool,  the  patient  rather  kept  out  of,  than  in  bed,  and 
hence  the  daytime  is  frequently  the  best  time  for  prescribing  Diu- 
retics. As  the  operation  of  some  is  incompatible  with  that  of  others, 
it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  pay  attention  to  their  mode  of  action. 
This  has  been  best  explained  by  Dr.  Paris,  whose  arrangement  we 
have  adopted,  but  reversed  the  series,  in  order  better  to  compare  the 
list  with  that  of  the  Diaphoretics,  as  well  as  of  other  Therapeutic 
agents. 

Whatever  acts  upon  the  system  so  as  to  promote  absorption  will 
appear  to  act  as  a  Diuretic,  as  Tonics  and  Stimulants  in  cases  of  de- 
bility: but  when  diminution  of  urine  is  caused  by  an  inflammatory 
and  febrile  state  of  the  system,  then  Venesection,  Warm-baths, 
Acidulous  drinks,  even  Diaphoretics,  by  producing  relaxation,  will 
restore  the  secretion  of  urine  to  a  natural  state.  Diuretics  are  useful 
in  Fevers  and  in  Dropsies,  and  usually  require  Diluents  to  be  pre- 
scribed with  them.  Some  of  the  Stimulant  Diuretics,  as  the  Oleo- 
resins,  stimulate  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  Urethra,  and  are  hence 
employed  in  restoring  it  to  a  healthy  state  in  cases  of  Gonorrhrea,  &c. 

1.  Medicines  which  act  primarily  on  the  Stomach  or  System,  and  secondarily  on  the  Uri- 
nary Organs. 

a.  By  diminishing  arterial  action,  and  increasing  that  of  absorption. 

Venesection  and  some  parts  of  the  Antiphlogistic  treatment  may  be  considered  to 
act  in  this  way,  as  well  as  Digitalis,  Pulv.  Inf.  Tinct.  et  Extr.  493.  Pil.  Dig.  et 
Scillse,  493.  Linim.  with  Ammonia  and  the  Inf. ;  or  the  Tinct.  and  Soap  Lini- 
ment. Tabacum,  Vinum,  503.  Lactucarium,  454,  and  other  Narcotics. 

b.  By  increasing  the  tone  of  the  Body  in  general,  and  that  of  the  Absorbent  System  in 
particular. 

Bitter  Tonics,  q.  v. ;  the  effects  of  some  Diuretics,  as  Chimaphila,  UvaUrsi,  Diosma, 
may  be  ascribed  partly  to  their  Tonic  effects. 

c.  By  producing  Catharsis,  and  thereby  increasing  the  actfbn  of  the  Exhalands  directly, 
and  that  of  the  absorbents  indirectly. 

42 


658 


EMMENAGOGUES. 


Elaterium.    Gambogia.    Jalapa.    Pulv.  JalaptE  comp.     (See  CATHARTICS.) 

2.  Medicines  which  act  primarily  on  the  Absorbents,  and  secondarily  on  the  Kidneys. 

Mercurials,  &c.  187.    Hydr.  Chloridum,  197.     Bichlorid.  200.    lodineum.    Potassii 
lodidum,  84.    Liq.  et  Tinct.  comp.  86. 

3.  Medicines  which  act  primarily  on  the  Urinary  Organs. 

Potassce  Liquor,  83.  Potassse  Garb,  et  Liq.  88,  89.  Bicarb.  89.  Potass®  Aqua 
efferves.  91. 

Potass®  Nitras,  94,  et  Potassoe  Chloras,  96. 

Potass®  Acetas,  99.    Citras,  98.     Bitartras,  98,  also  in  Pulv.  Jalapae  comp. 

Nitre  in  gr.  x.  doses  sometimes  prevents  Incontinence  of  Urine,  as  does  Tinct.  Ferri 
Sesquichloridi.  Dr.  Bennett  states  that  Gendriu  gives  Nitre  in  doses  of  3vj. — 3xij.  in  24 
hours  without  injurious  effects. 

Sodas  Acetas,  112,  and  Citras.     Sodce  Potassio-Tartras,  110. 

Sodte  Carb.  et  Bicarb.  102— 103.  Sapo  durus,  465.  Sodae  Biboras,  107.  Magnesias  Sul- 
phas, 129.  Diluted  Mineral  acids. 

Stimulant  Diuretics. 

Ammonia  Liq.  71,  et  Sesquicarb.  77.  Spiritus  ^Etheris  Nitrici,  623.  Rhine  Wines, 
especially  with  Squill  and  Bitter  Tonics. 

Armoracia,  274.  Inf.  comp.  with  Mustard  Seed  and  the  Comp.  Sp.  275,  which  con- 
tains  Orange-peel  and  Nutmegs.  Cochlearia,  274. 

Scoparium,  Inf.  et  Dec.  comp.  with  Juniper-berries  and  Bitartrate  of  Potash.  Carotse 
Fructus,  416.  Parsley  and  other  Umbelifers.  Asparagus. 

Juniperi  Baccae  et  Cacumina.  Ol.  et  Spir.  comp.  571,  with  Caraway  and  Fennel 
Fruits.  Terebinthina  et  Oleum,  568. 

Squilla,  577.  Pulv.  Acetum,  Tinct.  578,  579.  Allii  species,  577.  Colchicum,  586. 
Veratrum,  587. 

Senega,  Inf.  et  Dec.  282.  Diosma  (Buchu),  Inf.  and  Tinct.  321.  Chimaphila  (Py- 
rola),  459.  Uva  Ursi,  Dec.  458. 

Demulcent,  Sfc.  Aretium  minus  (Lappa),  444.  Pareira  brava,  Inf.  et  Extr.  250.  Sarza, 
590.  Dulcamara,  Dec.  495.  Ulmus  Cortex,  555. 

Cantharides,  Tinct.  633. 

Copaiba,  358,  et  Oleum,  E.  360.  Cubebee,  545.  Ol.  Cubebse,  stimulate  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  Urethra. 

EMMENAGOGUES. 

Medicines  which  are  considered  to  have  the  power  of  promoting 
the  menstrual  discharge  when  either  retained  or  suspended.  As  this 
is  sometimes  the  primary,  and  at  other  times  the  consequence  of  other 
diseases,  the  treatment  must  necessarily  differ;  especially  as  Amenor- 
rhosa  is  as  often  dependent  on  a  want  of  constitutional  energy  in  a 
leucophlegmatic  habit,  as  on  a  plethoric  state  of  the  constitution,  with 
irritation  of  the  uterine  system,  brought  on  perhaps  by  an  application 
of  cold,  &c.  In  either  case  attempts  must  first  be  made  to  restore 
the  constitution  to  a  natural  state,  and  then  to  prescribe  those  reme- 
dies, all  more  or  less  stimulant,  which  are  considered  to  have  a  spe- 
cific effect  as  Emmenagogues,  though  it  is  doubtful  whether  there  are 
many  such,  most  seeming  to  act  by  contiguous  sympathy.  Dr.  Paris 
has  observed,  "  that  as  the  uterus  is  not  an  organ  intended  for  the 
elimination  of  foreign  matter,  it  is  necessarily  less  under  the  control 
of  medicines." 

In  cases  of  Plethora,  Venesection  may  be  necessary,  or  Cupping  on  the  Loins  with 
Leeches  to  the  Loins  or  Groins,  and  Legs  or  Feet.  Purgatives.  Hipbaths.  Pediluvia 
of  Hot  Water,  or  made  more  stimulating  with  Mustard-flour. — Exercise,  especially  on 
horseback,  in  a  salubrious  air. 

In  cases  of  depression,  Warm  Purgatives  are  equally  necessary,  accompanied  with  the 


ALTERATIVES.  659 

alterative  action  of  Blue  Pill ;  at  first  mild  then  stronger  Tonics,  followed  by  the  prepa- 
rations of  Iron.  Frictions  in  the  Lumbar  region.  Electricity.  Nourishing  Diet.  Ex- 
ercise. Fresh  air.  Sea-bathing.  Shower-baths.  Alteratives  often  necessary,  or  Mercu- 
rials, as  Pil.  Hydrargyri,  &c.  188,  and  Pil.  Hydrargyri  Chloridi  comp.  (Plummets  Pill), 
199.  Iodine,  in  form  of  Iodide  of  Potassium,  84,  or  the  Iodide  of  Iron. 

Purgatives,  employed  as  Emmenagogues. — Aloes,  579.  Pil.  Aloes  c.  Myrrha,  et  Dec. 
Aloes,  583,  584,  et.  Tinct.  Aloes,  584,  with  Assafoetida  in  Pil.  Aloes  et  Assafeetidae,  E. 
583.  With  Iron,  in  Pil.  Aloes  et  Ferri,  E.  584. 

Colocynthis,  396.     Senna,  350.    Cambogia,  301.    Helleborus,  239. 

Antispasmodics — as  Assafcetida,  406.     Moschus,  641.     Castoreum,  644. 

Galbanum,  414,  in  Pil.  Galbani  comp.  415,  with  Assafoetida,  Sagapenum,  and  Myrrh. 

Myrrha,  334.  Tinct.  338,  with  Iron,  in  Pil.  Ferri  et  Mistura  Ferri,  140,  141,  also  in 
Pil.  Galbani  comp.  424  ;  and  with  Aloes,  (».  supra.) 

Mineral  Tonics. — Ferri  Sulphas,  1 37.  Pil.  et  Mist.  Ferri  comp.  148.  Ferri  Carbonas 
Saccharatum  et  Pil.  147.  Ferri  lodidutn  et  Syrupus,  139,  141. 

Emmenagogues. — Rubia  Tinctorum,  424,  and  Meum  Athaminticum,  now  little  used. 
Senega,  Inf.  et  Dec.  282.  Serpentaria,  Inf.  et  Tinct.  533.  Rutae,  Ol.  et  Conf.  319.  Ta- 
nacetum,  451. 

Juniperus,  571.  Sabina  et  Ol.  572.  Ergota,  612,  has  been  found  useful  by  Dr.  Locock 
(Cycl.  of  Prac.  Med.  i.  p.  70),  who  also  states  the  same  of  a  combination  of  Myrrh,  Aloes, 
Sulphate  of  Iron,  and  the  Essential  Oil  of  Savine. 

ANTHELMINTICS. 

As  some  of  the  Anthelmintics  are  of  a  mechanical  nature,  they  may 
be  treated  of  with  the  other  Mechanical  Remedies,  though  some  of 
the  most  important  are  adopted  from  other  classes. 

ALTERATIVES,  OR  ALTERATIVE  STIMULANTS. 

The  term  alterative,  so  commonly  employed,  is  differently  inter- 
preted by  different  authors.  Miiller  includes  under  it  all  such  Reme- 
dies as  are  neither  Stimulant  nor  Sedative,  and  have  the  power  of 
effecting  changes  in  the  state  of  the  living  solids,  and  consequently  in 
the  functions  which  they  perform.  The  term  is,  however,  usually 
applied  to  such  as,  taken  in  comparatively  small  doses,  and  continued 
for  some  time,  by  degrees  and  almost  without  any  perceptible  effect, 
alter  any  disordered  actions  (Conolly)  or  secretions.  Under  this  head 
Trousseau  and  Pidoux  include  Mercury,  Iodine,  Gold,  and  the  Alka- 
lies ;  so  also  Edwards  and  Vavasseur,  calling  them  "  medicamens 
excitans  qui  agissent  specialement  sur  certaines  glandes  et  sur  1'ab- 
sorption  en  general."  In  Alterative  treatment  is  usually  included  the 
taking  of  various  decoctions  of  the  woods,  or  substitutes  for  them  in 
the  form  of  the  Decoct.  Sarzse,  &c.,  which,  taken  with  large  quanti- 
ties of  water,  must  operate  by  its  diluting  and  solvent  properties,  and 
partly  by  the  stimulant  effect,  though  small  in  quantity,  of  the  active 
principles  of  the  several  ingredients  in  these  diet  drinks  conveyed 
into  the  capillaries. 

Mercury,  in  some  of  its  preparations,  acts  as  an  Irritant  (v.  Local 
and  Special  Stimulants,  Escharotics,  Errhines,  Cathartics).  But 
when  some  of  its  suitable  preparations,  as  Blue  or  Plummer's  Pill,  or 
Corrosive  Sublimate,  are  prescribed  in  small  doses,  with  considera- 
ble intervals,  as  every  night  or  so,  there  is  by  degrees  perceived  an 
improvement  in  the  function  of  digestion,  as  well  as  in  the  evacua- 
tions, with  a  softer  state  of  the  skin.  If  larger  doses  are  given,  or 
more  frequently,  some  excitement  in  the  circulation  may  be  observed, 


660  ALTERATIVE    STIMULANTS. 

as  well  as  in  the  absorbent  system,  and  in  the  several  secretions,  as 
is  instanced  in  the  stimulation  of  the  liver,  the  kidneys,  and  in  the 
healthful  perspirable  state  of  the  skin.  The  less  observable  effects, 
dependent  on  smaller  doses,  spread  also  over  a  greater  space  of  time, 
will  produce  alteration  in  disordered  actions,  so  as  to  cause  an  im- 
provement in  the  digestive  and  nutrient  functions,  the  disappearance 
of  eruptions,  and  the  removal  of  thickening  of  the  skin  or  of  other 
tissues.  A  greater  degree  of  the  same  action  will  promote  the  ab- 
sorption of  glandular  enlargements,  or  of  indurated  structure,  and 
thus  the  Deobstruent  effects  of  Mercury  may  be  obtained.  All  this 
may  be  short  of  its  constitutional  effects,  indicated  by  fetor  of  the 
breath,  redness  of  the  gums,  followed  by  salivation,  often  very  pro- 
fuse, and  even  by  ulceration ;  but  often  the  beneficial  effects  are  only 
observed  when  some  of  these  phenomena  display  themselves,  though 
in  a  very  slight  degree.  These  effects  of  Mercurialism,  as  the  state 
is  called,  may  be  produced  either  by  repeated  small  doses,  by  one  or 
two  large  ones,  or  by  rubbing  Blue  Ointment  into  the  skin,  or  using 
the  Mercury  in  the  form  of  fumigations.  But  many  deleterious  con- 
sequences follow  from  the  unadvised  use  of  Mercury  and  its  prepa- 
rations. 

Iodine,  like  Mercury,  will  in  concentrated  doses  act  as  an  Irritant 
on  the  surface  to  which  it  is  applied.  Hence  some  of  its  prepara- 
tions are  poisonous.  But  if  taken  for  some  time  in  small  doses,  the 
stimulant  effects  are  observed  in  the  increased  perspiration,  often  in 
the  improved  secretion  of  bile  as  well  as  of  urine ;  while  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nostrils  becomes  inflamed,  as  in  Catarrh.  But  the 
characteristic  phenomenon  in  the  action  of  Iodine  is  the  disappear- 
ance of  glandular  enlargements,  as  in  the  case  of  Goitre,  or  even  of 
glands  in  a  healthy  state,  as  of  the  mammae  and  testicles,  under  its 
long-continued  use.  Other  symptoms  are  also  observed,  included 
under  the  term  lodism,  which  in  addition  to  some  of  the  foregoing,  is 
especially  characterized  by  giddiness  and  headache,  nausea,  want  of 
appetite,  restlessness,  weakness,  and  emaciation,  with  a  weak  but 
frequent  pulse.  The  medicine  ought  to  be  intermitted  for  a  time  on 
the  first  appearance  of  any  of  these  symptoms.  In  the  Iodide  of  Iron, 
the  alterative  effects  of  the  Iodine  are  combined  with  the  tonic  effects 
of  the  Iron.  Bromine  and  the  Bromide  of  Potassium  may  be  used  for 
many  of  the  same  purposes  as  Iodine. 

The  preparations  of  Gold,  as  the  Powder  and  the  Chloride  of  Gold 
and  Sodium,  are  likewise  stimulant  of  the  absorbents,  and  may  with 
great  benefit  be  used  in  Scrofula  or  Secondary  Syphilis. 

Arsenious  acid,  mentioned  as  an  Antiperiodic  under  the  head  of 
Tonics,  is  a  powerful  Alterative  in  many  skin  diseases,  as  Lepra  and 
Psoriasis.  It  is  generally  discontinued  when  the  symptoms  of  acce- 
lerated pulse,  weakness  and  itching  of  the  eyes,  griping,  restlessness 
at  night,  or  a  great  feeling  of  weakness  and  lowness  of  spirits,  are 
experienced.  Mr.  Hunt  (Lancet,  1846),  recommends  diminishing  the 
dose,  and  continuing  the  medicine  so  as  not  to  lose  its  effect 

Before  the  discovery  of  Iodine,  the  Chlorides  of  Calcium  and  of 
Barium  were  frequently  employed  as  stimulants  of  the  glandular  and 


ALTERATIVES.     DEPRESSENTS.  661 

lymphatic  systems.  They  were  formerly  much  employed  in  scrofu- 
lous diseases,  in  Bronchocele,  and  other  glandular  complaints,  as  well 
as  in  chronic  skin  diseases.  The  alkalies  also,  as  Liq.  Potassae  and 
the  Carbonates,  when  taken  for  some  time,  besides  the  effects  de- 
scribed under  the  head  of  Antacids,  produce  many  of  the  same  effects 
as  Iodine,  &c.,  in  removing  glandular  swellings.  They  are  supposed 
to  diminish  the  consistence  of  the  blood,  rendering  it  more  watery, 
and  reducing  the  habit  to  a  state  resembling  Scurvy.  Dr.  Pereira 
proposes  the  term  of  Liquefacients  as  synonymous  with  the  verjlus- 
sigende  mittil  of  Sundelin  for  medicinal  agents  which  augment  the 
secretions,  check  the  solidifying,  but  promote  the  liquefying,  processes 
of  the  animal  economy,  and  which  by  continued  use  create  great  dis- 
orders in  the  functions  of  assimilation. 

Mercurials.— Hydrargyri  Pil.  188.  Hyd.  c.  Creta,  187.  Hyd.  c.  Magnesia,  188.  Ung. 
fort,  etmitius,  189,  190. 

Hydrargyri  Cerat.  comp.  with  Soap  and  Camphor,  190.  Lin.  comp.  with  Camphor 
and  Liq.  Ammonice,  191.  Emp.  et  Emp.  Ammoniaci  c.  Hydr.  191. 

Hydrarg.  Oxydum,  192.     lodidum,  Pil.  et  Ung.  195.     Biniodid.  et  Ung.  195,  196. 

Hydrarg.  Chloridum,  197  (Calomelanos).  Pil.  comp.  199,  with  Oxysulph.  of  Anti- 
mony and  Guaiacum,  199.  Ung.  200. 

Hydrarg.  Bichloridum,  200,  et  Liq.  203,  with  Sal  Ammoniac.    Hydrargyri  Acetas,  208. 

Hydrarg.  Bisulphuretum,  204,  and  Sulphuretum  c.  Sulphure,  205,  for  fumigations. 

Hydrarg.  Nitratis  Ung.  207.     Lin.  208.     Ung.  Hydrarg.  Ammonio-Chlorid  204. 

lodineum,  55.  Iodide  of  Starch,  56.  Tinct.  56.  Tinct.  et  Ung.  comp.  56,  57,  with  Io- 
dide of  Potassium.  Ung.  lodinei,  D.  (made  with  Iodine  9j.  to  Lard  3j.) 

Potassii  lodidum,  84.  Ung.  85.  Ung.  et  Tinct.  comp.  with  Iodine,  57,  86.  Liq. 
comp.  with  Iodine. 

Ferri  lodidum  et  Syr.  139,  141.  Hydrargyri  lodid.  194,  et  Biniodidum,  196.  Plumbi 
lod.  169,  et  Ung. 

Burnt  Fuci,  612.    Some  Sea-weeds,  55.     Burnt  Sponge,  630. 

Bromineum,  57.     Potassii  Bromidum,  86.     Bromide  of  Iron,  141. 

Acidum  Arseniosum,  211.  Liq.  Potass®  Arsenitis,  217.  Iodide  of  Arsenic  and  Mer- 
cury, 218. 

Alkalies,  &c.— Liq.  Potassse,  83.    Potassae  Carb.  88.  Bicarb.  89. 

Calcis  Aqua,  117.    Calcii  Chloridum,  122.    Liquor,  123. 

Barii  Chloridum,  114.     Liq.  115. 

Auri  Pulvis,  223.     Chloride  of  Gold  and  Sodium,  224. 

Acid.  Nitro-Muriaticum,  62.    Antimonii  Oxysulph.  182.     Tartar  Emetic,  183. 

Mild  Vegetable  Alteratives. — Sarza,  590.     Dulcamara  et  Dec.  495. 

Taraxacum,  453.  Dec.  et  Extr.  Rumex  aquaticus  et  Hydrolapathum,  504.  Ulmus, 
Dec.  556. 

DEPRESSENTS  OR  CONTRA-STIMULANTS. 

The  author  has  grouped  together  the  Refrigerants,  Sedatives,  Nar- 
cotics, and  Antispasmodics,  not  that  they  can  be  considered  as  resem- 
bling each  other  physiologically  in  action  (though  the  Sedatives  are 
often  united  with  Narcotics),  but  because  all  are  employed  to  subdue 
inordinate  action,  the  Refrigerants  and  Sedatives  when  occurring  in 
the  circulation ;  Narcotics,  at  first  excitant,  are  followed  by  collapse, 
and  are  employed  to  assuage  pain,  control  restlessness  and  spasm,  and 
to  procure  sleep,  while  Antispasmodics  have  a  quieting  effect  on  the 
disordered  nervous  system. 

REFRIGERANTS. 

Refrigerants  are  placed  by  Dr.  Murray  among  chemical  remedies ; 
but  the  ingenuity  of  his  views  has  been  more  admired  than  their  cor- 


662  REFRIGERANTS.     SEDATIVES. 

rectness.  Dr.  Paris  has  contrasted  them  with  those  of  Liebig.  Re- 
frigerants are  employed  to  diminish  the  heat  of  the  body,  and  to 
reduce  the  force  of  the  circulation.  They  are  either  applied  exter- 
nally or  given  internally. 

External  Cool  Air.  Cold  Water.  Continued  Sponging.*  Evaporating  Lotions. 
Freezing  Mixtures.  Ice. 

Vegetable  Acids,  q.  v.  Trochisci  Acidi  Tartarici,  E.t  Limonum  Succus  et  Syr.  298, 299. 
Lemonade.  Aurantii  Fructus,  296.  Acetum,  624.  Syrupus  Aceti,  626.  Tamarindus, 
348.  Acetosclla,  312.  Rumex  Acetosa,  505. 

Potasse  Bitartras,  98.     Potassse  Nitras,  94.     Potassse  Chloras,  96. 

Mild  Diaphoretics.    Liq.  Ammonia  Acet.  78.    Effervescing  Draughts. 

SEDATIVES. 

Sedatives,  when  strictly  defined,  are  medicines  which  directly  de- 
press the  energy  of  the  nervous  system,  without  causing  any  previous 
excitement.  Though  there  are  few  medicines  which  can  be  rigo- 
rously brought  under  this  definition,  there  are  several  which  may  be 
prescribed  in  diseases  of  increased  action,  to  repress  any  undue  ex- 
citement of  the  nervous  or  circulatory  systems. 

Sedatives  form  a  class  of  remedies  respecting  which  there  is  con- 
siderable difference  of  opinion,  some  denying  that  there  are  any  me- 
dicines which  can  be  strictly  so  called,  others  uniting  them  with  Nar- 
cotics, q.  v.;  while  Dr.  Paris,  Dr.  A.  T.  Thomson,  and  Dr.  Billing, 
admit  Sedatives  as  a  distinct  class,  distinguishing  them  from  Narco- 
tics as  directly  and  primarily  depressing  the  powers  of  life,  without 
previously  exciting.  They  form  a  group  of  medicines  well  suited  to 
control  inordinate  action,  especially  as  displayed  in  the  circulation. 
However  much  writers  may  differ  respecting  the  proper  position  of 
Sedatives  in  a  classification,  practitioners  know  that  there  are  medi- 
cines which  may  be  prescribed  beneficially  in  cases  of  excitement, 
when  they  would  avoid  Narcotics.  They  should  not  unite  these  with 
true  Sedatives  in  a  prescription.  There  are,  however,  a  few  reme- 
dies, such  as  Digitalis,  which,  though  exciting  the  circulation  at  first, 
depress  it  in  so  much  greater  a  degree,  that  they  may  frequently  be 
prescribed  even  in  diseases  of  the  Heart.  Dil.  Hydrocyanic',  so  use- 
ful in  allaying  irritation  and  cough,  also  gives  great  relief  in  certain 
painful  affections  of  the  Stomach. 

Nitrogen,  40.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  67  (so  Carburet.  Hydrogen),  acts  as  a  Sedative. 
Also  Carbonic  acid  gas,  when  inhaled,  but  all  are  poisonous. 

Aconitum,  242.     Extr.  Alcoholicum  et  Tinct.  244.     Aconitina,  Tinct.  and  Ung.  245. 

Acid.  Hydrocyanic.  Dil.  385.  Lauro-Cerasus  et  Aq.  383.  Amygdala  amarse.  382. 
Mist.  D.  381. 

Ferrocyanide  of  Potassium,  150.    Ferri  Percyanidum,  151. 

*  This  local  application  may  be  made  to  produce  the  most  powerful  constitutional 
effects.  The  author  has  kept  patients  labouring  under  the  most  severe  attacks  of  Jungle 
Remittent  continually  sponged,  so  that  the  circulation  was  never  allowed  to  rise :  on  one 
occasion,  while  the  patient  lay  in  a  comatose  state  for  six  days  and  nights.  Drying  of 
the  skin  was  immediately  revealed  by  the  moaning  of  the  patient,  when  his  pulse  would 
immediately  become  hard,  full,  and  bounding.  Blisters  to  the  nape  of  the  neck  and  Sina- 
pisms to  the  feet  were  also  made  use  of,  while  Calomel  and  Purgatives  were  producing  a 
change  in  the  system. 

t  These  are  the  Lemon  or  Acidulated  Drops,  made  with  Sugar  gviij.  Tar*  3ij.  Oil  of 
Lemons  TTjx.  and  Mucilage  q.  a. 


NARCOTICS.  663 

Antimonii  et  Potassoe  Tartras,  183.  Vinum,  185.  Ipecacuanha,  Pulv.  et  Vin.  both  in 
nauseating1  doses. 

Plumbi  Acetas  et  Pil.  Opiate,  174.     Plumbi  Diacet.  Liq.  et  Dil.  174,  175 

Digitalis,  Inf.  Tinct.  Extr.  491,  493.  Linim.  with  Soap  and  Ammonia.  Pil.  Dig.  et 
Scillas,  493. 

Tabacum,  502.     Enema  et  Vinum,  503,  or  the  Smoke. 

Venesection.     Leeches,  631.     Application  of  Cold,  as  by  continued  sponging. 

Antiphlogistic  treatment  generally,  which  includes  Blood-letting  with  low  diet.  Pur- 
gatives. Refrigerants.  Demulcents. 

Hydrargyri  Chloridum,  ]  99,  in  gr.  x.  and  gr.  xx.  doses  in  Dysentery,  &c.  Pil.  Calome- 
lanos  et  Opii,  E.  200. 

NARCOTICS. 

Narcotics  are  medicines  which  have  been  named  from  va^xrj,  tor- 
pedo (which  stupefies  any  other  animal  that  it  touches),  because  stu- 
pefaction is  the  most  striking  symptom  of  some,  though  not  of  all  the 
medicines  usually  included  under  the  head  of  Narcotics.  Hence  Dr. 
Pereira  has  suggested  the  name  of  Cerebro-Spinants.  He  includes 
under  this  class  several  which  are  here  placed  in  other  groups ;  but 
it  will  be  found  advantageous  to  pay  attention  to  his  subdivisions,  be- 
cause the  several  Narcotics  differ  very  remarkably  from  each  other 
in  their  mode  of  action.  Narcotics  are  distinguished  from  true  Seda- 
tives by  producing  when  prescribed  in  moderate  doses  "  an  increase 
of  the  actions  of  the  Nervous  and  Vascular  systems,  but  which  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  greater  depression  of  the  vital  powers  than  is  commensu- 
rate with  the  degree  of  previous  excitement,  and  which  is  generally 
followed  by  sleep."  Paris.  From  the  varied  effects  which  they  pro- 
duce, some  are  called  Anodynes,  from  relieving  pain,  others  Hypno- 
tics and  Soporifics,  from  inducing  sleep.  Their  tendency  is  to  weaken 
and  even  to  destroy  more  or  less  completely  the  functions  of  the  ner- 
vous system.  They  are  had  recourse  to  chiefly  to  assuage  pain  and 
to  procure  sleep ;  hence  they  may  be  useful  in  a  great  variety  of  af- 
fections, chiefly  in  the  treatment  of  nervous  and  spasmodic  com- 
plaints, painful  diseases,  as  Neuralgia,  Rheumatism,  &c.,  and  in  the 
last  stages  of  other  painful  complaints. 

Papaver  somniferum,  255.     Capsulte,  256.     Dec.  Syr.  et  Extr.  256, 257. 

Opium,  257.  Extr.  268.  Pil.  Trochisci,  269.  Conf.  vel.  Elect.  Tinct.  270  (Laudanum.) 
Vinum.  Acetum,  271, 272.  Liq.  Opii  sedativus  and  Black  Drop,  272.  Enema,  Lin.  et  Emp. 
272. 

Pills  with  Opium.  Pil.  Saponis  comp.  and  Pil.  Styracis  comp.  269.  Pil.  Calomelanos 
et  Opii,  200,  269.  Pil.  Plumbi  Opiate,  174,  269. 

Tinct.  Camphors?  comp.  with  Opium,  Camphor,  and  Benzoic',  271.  Tinct  Opii  Am- 
moniata,  E.  with  Sp.  Ammon.  E. 

Opium  with  Ipecacuanha.    Pil.  et  Pulv.  Ipecacuanhas  comp.  427. 

Opium  with  Astringents.  Pulv.  Kino  comp.  270,  367.  Elect.  Catechu,  270,  347.  Pulr. 
Crete  comp.  c.  Opio,  269.  Ung.  Gallae  comp.  562. 

Morphia,  261.  Hydrochloras  (Murias,  E.),  262.  Muriatis  Sol.  263.  Trochiaci,  263. 
Troch.  Morphias  et  Ipecac.  264. 

Morphias  Sulphas,  264.     Morphise  Acetas,  264.     Citrate  and  Bimeconate,  264,  265. 

Lactuca  saliva,  454,  virosa,  455.  Lactucarium,  454.  Extr.  455.  Tinct.  et  Trochisci, 
456. 

Hyoscyamus  niger,  500.     Extr.  et  Tinct  502. 

Anodynes,  which  dilate  the  pupil. — Belladonna,  495.  Extr.  Succus.  Tinct.  et  Emp. 
496,  497.  Stramonium.  Extr.  500. 

Benumbent  and  Sedative. — Aconitum  Napellus,  242.  Extr.  et  Succus  Spissatus,  L.  D. 
244.  Extr.  E.  244.  Extr.  Alcoholicum  Aconiti  et  Tinct  244.  Aconitina,  245.  Solutio 
et  Ung.  245. 


664 


ANTISPASMODICS. 


Paralysers.— Conium  maculatum,  417.  Extr.  (Succus  spissatus),  Tinct.  420.  Pil. 
comp.  with  Ipecac.  420.  Ung.  et  Cataplasma,  420. 

Humulus  Lupulus,  547.     Inf.  et  Tinct.  and  Tincture  of  Hop-Glands,  550. 

Anticonvulsive  and  Anodyne. — Cannahis  sativa,  55().  Exlr.  et  Tinct.  553.  Resinous 
Tincture  (Donovan],  553. 

Aero-Narcotics  and  Cathartics. — Staphisagria,  241.  Colchicum,  585.  Veratrum,  587. 
Sabadilia,  588. 

Cocculus  iridicus,  253.     Lobelia  inflata,  456.    Spigelia,  469. 

Nux  Vomica,  Toxicodendron,  and  Arnica  montana,  see  EXCITANTS. 

ANTISPASMODICS. 

Antispasmodics  are  medicines  prescribed  for  the  purpose  of  allay- 
ing the  irregular  muscular  contractions  denominated  Spasms.  As 
these  may  arise  from  various  causes,  so  that  whatever  removes  the 
cause  will  in  many  cases  assuage  the  spasm  and  the  pain  which  ac- 
companies it.  This  may  at  one  time  be  an  Antacid  or  a  Purgative 
which  removes  a  source  of  irritation  from  the  intestinal  canal ;  at 
another  time,  an  Anodyne,  which,  by  lulling  pain,  stops  the  irregular 
movements  to  which  this  gives  origin ;  and  if  these  should  depend  on 
debility,  then  strengthening  diet  and  Tonics  will  prove  Antispasmodic. 
The  name  is  however  usually  applied  to  a  group  so  peculiar  in  their 
action,  as  to  be  accounted  excitant  by  some  and  sedative  by  others. 
Though  exciting  the  circulation,  they  have  a  sedative  effect  upon  the 
nervous  system  in  disease,  apparently  by  strengthening  and  thus  re- 
storing it  to  a  healthy  state.  They  are  remarkable  for  rapidity  of 
action,  as  well  as  for  their  effects  being  temporary,  and  thus  requiring 
a  repetition  and  increased  doses  of  the  medicine.  They  are  chiefly 
prescribed  in  nervous  complaints,  especially  Hysteria,  and  in  Spas- 
modic and  Convulsive  affections;  also  in  Asthma,  Spasm  in  the  sto- 
mach or  intestinal  canal ;  sometimes  in  the  advanced  stages  of  Ty- 
phoid disease. 

Valeriana,  Inf.  Tinct.  443,  444,  and  Tinct.  Ammon.'  Foetid  Gum-Resins.  Assafoetida, 
406.  Mist.  Tinct.  et  Enem.  Emp.  E.  with  Galbanum,  412.  Galbanum,  Tinct.  et  Pil. 
comp.  with  Myrrh.  Assafoetida,  and  Sagapenum,  415.  Emp.  416,  with  Resin  and  Tur- 
pentine. Sagapenum,  405.  Pil.  comp.  with  Aloes  and  Ginger.  Opopanax,  405. 

Ruta,  318.  Ol.  et  Conf.  comp.  with  Bay-berries,  Sagapenum,  and  Black  Pepper.  Ta- 
nacetum,  451.  Anthemis  et  Ol.  449. 

Camphora,  519.  Mist,  et  Mist.  c.  Magnesia.  Tinct.  et  Tinct.  comp.  with  Opium.  Linim. 
with  Oil,  and  Lin.  comp.  with  Ammonia  and  Sp.  Lavender,  521. 

jEther  Sulph.  619.     Sp.  Athens  Sulph.  c.  622.     Sp.  ^Etheris  Nitrici,  642. 

Ammonia;  Sp.  arom.  74.     Sp.  Ammoniac  foetidus,  74.     Ammonise  Sesquicarb.  75. 

Petroleum,  68.    Naphtha,  628,  655.    Succini  Ol.  629. 

Moschus,  Mist,  et  Tinct.  641,  642.     Castoreum,  644.     Tinct.  and  Tinct.  Ammon,  646. 

Tonics.— Argenti  Oxydum,  219.  Chloridum,  220.  Nitras,  220.  Zinci  Oxydum  et 
Sulphas,  156.  Cupri  Ammonio-Sulph.  162.  Pil.  163.  Bismuthi  Trisnitras,  176.  Gin- 
chona,  and  other  Tonics. 

Narcotics. — Opium,  257.  Belladonna,  495.  Stramonium,  498.  Hyoscyamus,  500,  &c. 
Tabacum,  Enema  et  Vinum,  503.  Lobelia,  456.  Tinct.  and  Tinct.  JStherea. 

GENERAL  STIMULANTS. 

These  are  distinguished  from  the  Special  Stimulants  in  not  having 
their  influence  confined  to  one  or  two  organs,  but  in  accelerating  all 
the  principal  functions  of  life,  as  the  sanguineous,  muscular,  and 
secreting  systems,  by  directly  influencing  the  nervous  system.  Tern- 


STIMULANTS.  665 

porary  increase  of  action  is,  however,  not  to  be  considered  increased 
strength,  for  all  such  excitement  is  followed  by  exhaustion,  and  there- 
fore the  true  Diffusible  Stimulants  can  only  be  used  for  temporary 
purposes.  They  were  judiciously  divided  by  Dr.  Murray  into  Diffu- 
sible and  into  Permanent  Stimulants,  the  latter  including  Astringents 
and  Tonics.  With  the  former  may  be  considered  the  Aromatics. 

STIMULANTS.     Excitants.    Exhilarants. 

Stimulants,  as  stated  under  the  head  of  Rubefacients,  when  applied 
externally,  produce  redness,  a  sensation  of  warmth  quickly  commu- 
cated  to  surrounding  parts,  often  followed  by  pain,  according  to  the 
more  or  less  susceptibility  of  the  organ.  If  taken  internally,  the  sen- 
sation of  warmth  is  experienced  in  the  stomach  and  intestinal  canal, 
followed  by  a  marked  increase  in  the  vital  energy  and  contractility, 
with  activity  of  digestion,  often  accompanied  by  thirst  and  dryness 
of  the  mouth.  In  large  doses,  those  which  are  more  acrid  will  prove 
irritant  to  the  intestinal  canal,  and  act  as  Cathartics.  These  effects 
are  very  temporary  with  many  Stimulants ;  with  others,  they  are 
quickly  communicated  to  the  Heart  and  Circulation,  which  is  in- 
creased in  force  and  frequency ;  more  animal  heat  is  developed,  and 
transpiration  promoted  both  from  the  cutaneous  and  pulmonary  sur- 
faces, as  well  as  many  of  the  secretions  increased ;  and  with  some 
of  the  Stimulants  the  organs  of  generation  participate  in  the  general 
excitement.  In  all  these  cases  it  is  the  nervous  or  true  cerebro-spinal 
system  which  is  primarily  affected,  and  through  it,  by  reflex  action, 
all  the  cerebro-spinous  organs.  "  The  nervous  energy  becomes 
more  equable  and  rapid,  and  the  muscular  contractility  more  ener- 
getic; the  senses  more  delicate  and  perfect,  and  the  intellectual 
faculties  even  seem  to  acquire  more  activity  and  developement." 
(Guersent.)  All  excitement  is,  however,  followed  by  exhaustion; 
and  though  the  collapse  is  proportionally  much  greater  with  Nar- 
cotics, it  may  be  produced  to  as  great  an  extent  by  the  use  of  a  large 
quantity  of  a  Diffusible  Stimulant ;  but  in  such  a  case  it  ceases  to  be 
employed  as  a  Stimulant  only. 

Stimulants  are  useful  in  cases  of  debility,  where  this  is  real  and 
unaccompanied  by  inflammation,  and  not  merely  apparent,  whether 
the  debility  be  the  consequence  of  profuse  Hemorrhage  or  of  other 
inordinate  discharges,  or  a  consequence  of  Asphyxia  or  Syncope :  in 
great  general  debility,  or  in  Anaemia  and  Cachexia  without  any  local 
inflammation,  or  in  the  last  stages  of  many  grave  diseases,  when  the 
powers  flag  and  life  appears  about  to  be  extinguished.  Their  use, 
however,  requires  the  greatest  caution  and  discrimination;  and 
though  they  may  be  prescribed  beneficially  in  some  cases  even  of 
chronic  Inflammation,  as  is  done  with  stimulant  lotions  to  the  eye 
in  a  state  both  of  incipient  and  of  chronic  Inflammation,  their  em- 
ployment is  usually  limited  to  prescribing  them  with  other  classes  of 
remedies. 

Heat.  Electricity.  The  Vital  Stimuli,  as  Heat,  Air,  Food,  Drink,  will  all  act  as  Sti- 
mulants in  cases  of  Debility,  or  where  the  patient  has  been  deprived  of  them ;  otherwise 
their  use  is  not  followed  by  exhaustion,  but  strengthens. 


ASTRINGENTS. 

Ammonia;  Liq.  71.  Sp.  Ammonite  et  Sp.  Ammonias  arom.  Ammonia;  Sesquicarb.  et 
Liq.  74,  75. 

Aromata  or  Spices,  grateful  in  odour  and  taste ;  are  hence  used  as  Condiments.  They 
stimulate  the  etomach ;  are  useful  as  Carminatives,  and  as  adjuncts  to  remedies  of  diffe- 
rent kinds,  as  to  Tonics,  Antispasmodics,  and  Cathartics. 

Canella  alba,  307.  OfMyrtaceas,  Caryophyllus,  391,  Ol.  et  Inf.  Pimenta,  392,  Ol.  Sp. 
et  Aqua.  Cayaputi  Ol.  390.  Of  Laurinea,  Cinnamomum,  522.  Ol.  Sp.  Tinct.  Aq. 
524, 525.  Tinct.  comp.  Pulv.  comp.  et  Elect,  with  other  Aromatics.  Confect.  Aromat. 
121,  with  Chalk  also.  Cassia,  E.  525,  Ol.  Sp.  Tinct.  et  Aqua,  528.  Laurus  nobilis.  Folia, 
517.  Sassafras  Ol.  519.  Of  Myristicea,  Myristica,  515.  Ol.  et  Sp.  516.  OfPiperacea, 
Piper  nigrum,  543.  Conf.  et  Ung.  544,  545.  P.  longum,  543,  in  Conf.  Opii,  and  with 
other  aromatics.  Of  Scitamineee,  Curcuma,  596.  Cardamomum,  598.  Tinct.  et  Tinct 
comp.  599.  Zingiber,  596.  Tinct  et  Syr.  597.  Of  Iridete,  Crocus,  600. 

Capsicum,  497.     Tinct.  498.     Sinapis  nigra  et  alba,  276, 278. 

Others  valuable  chiefly  on  account  of  their  Volatile  Oil,  as  Ol.  Calami  Aromat.  (Spike- 
nard), 602.  Of  Aurantiece,  Limonis  Ol.  et  Aurantii  Ol.  298.  Of  Umbellifera.  Anisum. 
Carui  Ol.  Sp.  et  Aqua,  402.  Foeniculum  dulce.  Ol.  et  Aqua,  403.  Anethum.  Ol.  et 
Aq.  404,  405.  Cuminum,  416.  Coriandrum,  421.  Of  Labiatce.  Melissa,  489.  Mentha 
viridis,  Piperita,  and  Pulegium.  Ol.  Sp.  et  Aq.  485,  486.  Lavandula,  Ol.  et  Sp.  Tinct. 
comp.  484,  485.  Rosmarinus,  Ol.  et  Sp.  488.  Origanum  vulgare  et  Majorana  et  Ol.  489. 

Others  less  agreeable,  as  Ol.  Rutae  et  Conf.  319.  Ol.  Anthemidis,  449,  et  Tanaceti, 
452.  Ol.  Juniperi,  571.  Ol.  Sabinse,  573.  Ol.  Jecoris  Aselli,  or  Cod-liver  Oil ;  but  this 
is  rather  alterative  than  stimulant 

Turpentines — as  Terebinthina  Chia,  329,  vulgaris,  &c.  565.    Oleum  Terebinthinas,  568. 

Resins— as  Elemi,  338.  Mastiche,  330.  Olibanum,  332.  Myrrha,  334,  and  Balsam 
of  Peru,  &c.  361. 

Ordinary  Excitants — as  Green  Tea,  291.    Coffee,  427. 

Petroleum,  628.     Naphtha,  628.    Creasotum  et  Mist.  627.    Camphora,  519. 

Nux  Vomica,  470,  Tinct  et  Extr.  Strychnia,  473.  Brucia,  474.  Toxicodendron, 
331.  Arnica  montana,  452. 

See  also  STIMULANT  TONICS,  DIAPHORETICS,  EXPECTORANTS,  AND  DIURETICS. 

DIFFUSIBLE  STIMULANTS. — These,  which  include  Alcohol  and  Ether, 
are  usually  distinguished  from  other  Stimulants  from  the  rapidity 
with  which  they  excite  all  the  tissues  through  the  medium  of  the 
brain  and  nervous  system.  They  are  quickly  followed  by  exhaustion 
and  collapse.  The  Alcoholic  are  seldom  employed  alone.  The 
Etherial  are  useful  in  nervous  and  hysterical  affections.  The  Wines, 
in  moderate  quantities,  are  in  many  cases  useful  Tonics. 

Diffusible  Stimulants. — Spir.  Rectificatus,  615.  Sp.  Tenuior,  615.  Sp.  Vini  Gallici 
et  Mist.  617,  618.  Vinum  Xericum,  and  other  Wines,  618. 

-Ether  Sulphuricus,  619.     Sp.  ^Etheris  Sulph.  comp.  621.     Sp.  ^Etheris  nitrici. 

ASTRINGENTS. 

Astringents  are  such  substances  as,  when  brought  in  contact  with 
the  living  body,  produce  a  corrugation  and  contraction  of  its  fibres, 
and  at  the  same  time  exercise  a  tonic  influence  through  the  medium 
of  the  Vital  agency.  The  first  effect  is  visible  when  an  Astringent 
(then  called  Styptic)  is  brought  in  contact  with  a  bleeding  wound, 
in  the  contraction  which  stops  the  bleeding  from  small  vessels.  The 
second  effect  may  be  observed  in  their  occasionally  curing  intermit- 
tent fever,  and  other  states  of  the  system  connected  with  debility. 
The  possession  of  a  stringency  in  a  body  may  be  readily  recognized 
by  its  corrugating  the  tongue  when  merely  tasting  it,  otherwise  there 
is  no  principle  common  to  the  whole.  Some  of  the  Astringents  are 
mineral  acids,  or  metallic  salts,  as  those  of  Zinc,  Lead,  and  Copper, 
or  an  earthy  salt-like  Alum.  But  the  greater  number  of  valuable 
Astringents  are  yielded  by  the  vegetable  kingdom,  owing  to  the  pre- 


TONICS.  667 

sence  of  Tannin,  as  in  Catechu,  but  usually  associated  with  Gallic 
acid,  which  produces  an  inky  blackness  with  the  sesqui-salts  of  Iron. 
Their  effects  must  be  ascribed  partly  to  the  mechanical  effect  of  cor- 
rugation which  they  produce  in  the  intestinal  canal,  but  in  a  consider- 
able degree  also  to  the  sympathetic  influence,  of  which  the  effects  are 
felt  at  a  distance.  They  thus  diminish  inordinate  secretion  in  cases 
of  Diarrhoea,  and  also  in  distant  organs,  as  in  cases  of  Leucorrho3a. 
They  are  sometimes  useful  in  cases  of  incipient  inflammation,  as  in 
that  of  the  eye  and  fauces,  though  it  is  usually  only  after  the  acute 
symptoms  have  subsided  that  they  are  admissible. 

Cold.  Cold  Water.  Freezing  Mixtures.  Acids,  mineral  as  medicines :  Acid.  Sulph. 
dil. ;  vegetable,  diluted  as  drinks.  Refrigerants.  Acetum. 

Alumen,  130.  Pulv.  comp.  with  Kino,  133.  Liq.  comp.  with  Sulph.  Lime,  133.  Cata- 
plasma  Aluminis,  133. 

Plumbi  Acetas,  172.  Ung.  173.  Pil.  Plumbi  Opiatse,  174,  269.  Plumbi  Diacetat 
Liq.  et  dilutus,  et  Ceratum,  174,  175. 

Zinci  Sulphas,  158.  (v.  Liq.  Aluminis  comp.  133.)     Zinci  Acetat.  Tinct  160. 

Ferri  Sulphas,  144.    Tinctura  Ferri  Sesquichloridi,  141. 

Cupri  Sulphas,  161.    C.  Ammonio-Sulphas,  162.    Cupri  Diacetas,  163. 

Calcis  Liquor,  117.    Greta  preparata,  119,  by  neutralizing  acids. 

Tannic  and  Gallic  Acids,  561.  Haematoxylon,  Dec.  et  Extr.  348.  Krameria  (J?a- 
tanhia),  Inf.  et  Extr.  283. 

Catechu,  344.  Inf.  Tinct.  et  Elect,  with  Opium,  346,  347.  Kino,  364,  367.  Tinct 
et  Pulv.  comp.  with  Aromatics  and  Opium,  367. 

Granatum.  Fructus  Cortex,  394.  Dec.  (3ij. — Aq.  Ojss.  boiled  to  Oj.),  L.  Prunus 
spinosa,  383.  Tormentilla  et  Dec.  374.  Bistorta,  504. 

Quercus  Cortex,  Dec.  et  Extr.  558.  Gallae,  559  :  Tinct  Ung.  and  Ung.  comp.  with 
Opium,  561,  562. 

Rumex  aquaticus,  504.    Geum  urbanum,  373.     Lythrum  Salicaria,  395. 

Rosa  gallica,  Coiif.  Syr.  Mel.  et  Inf.  comp.  with  Dil.  Sulphuric  Acid,  376. 

In  Haemorrhages :  Styptics,  Compresses,  Plugs.  Matico.  Creasote.  Quietude.  Ergot 
in  Uterine  Haemorrhage.  Opium,  257,  269,  allays  irritability,  and  restrains  inordinate 
discharges ;  hence  united  with  astringents  as  above,  (v.  NARCOTICS.) 

TONICS. 

Tonics  are  medicines  possessing  the  power  of  gradually  increasing 
the  tone  of  the  muscular  fibre  when  relaxed,  and  the  vigour  of  the 
body  when  weakened  by  disease.  Though  resembling  Astringents 
in  some  of  their  effects,  they  do  not  produce  corrugation,  unless 
when  combined  with  Astringent  principle,  as  is  the  case  with  some 
true  Tonics.  Acting  like  Excitants  on  the  vital  principle  through 
the  medium  of  the  nervous  system,  they  differ  from  them  in  the  slow- 
ness with  which  they  produce,  as  well  as  in  the  permanence  of  their 
effects,  and  in  their  use  not  being  followed  by  exhaustion  or  per- 
ceptible collapse.  They  are  hence  defined  by  Dr.  Murray  as  "stimu- 
lants of  considerable  power,  permanent  in  their  operation."  If  car- 
ried to  excess,  or  too  long  continued,  they  may  act  as  Irritants,  or 
be  productive  of  debility;  for  "if  given  when  the  powers  of  the 
system  are  at  their  maximum,  Tonics  will  assume  the  characters  of 
excitants,  and  their  administration  be  followed  by  collapse."  (Paris.) 
When  a  Tonic  is  fitly  prescribed,  as  in  a  case  of  debility,  its  effects 
are  gradually  perceived;  the  energy  of  the  stomach  and  the  appetite 
are  increased,  digestion  is  facilitated,  the  force  of  the  circulation 
augmented  without  corresponding  quickness,  and  respiration  becomes 
fuller  and  more  vigorous.  In  consequence  of  the  more  healthful  per- 


668  TONICS. 

formance  of  these  functions,  nutrition  becomes  necessarily  more  per- 
fect. Absorption  is  performed  with  more  vigour,  as  is  first  evident 
in  the  constipation  which  usually  follows  the  successful  exhibition  of 
Tonics,  but  is  soon  perceptible  in  other  parts,  whence  the  oedematous 
swellings  of  invalids  disappear.  Secretions  become  more  natural, 
the  urine  more  scanty  and  high-coloured;  inordinate  and  partial 
sweats  disappear,  and  the  skin  returns  to  a  natural  state  of  softness, 
and  the  countenance  resumes  the  natural  glow  of  health.  The  senses 
and  all  the  faculties  become  more  active  with  the  strength  increased; 
and  thus  the  patient  labouring  under  diseases  of  real  not  apparent 
debility,  or  recovering  from  acute  disease,  or  the  effects  of  depress- 
ing and  evacuating  remedies,  is  restored  to  pristine  health  and 
energy. 

Some  of  the  Tonics,  as  Cinchona  and  its  "alkali  Quinine,  with  the 
Arsenious  acid,  especially  in  the  form  of  the  Arsenical  Solution,  are 
prescribed  as  Antiperiodics,  that  is,  as  remedies  which,  taken  in  the 
intervals  of  paroxysmal  diseases,  as  Ague  and  Remittent  Fever,  or 
attacks  of  Neuralgia,  and  even  of  Rheumatism,  which  observe  some 
periodicity  in  their  accession,  are  very  frequently  controlled  by  small 
doses  frequently  repeated  in  the  intervals  of,  or  a  larger  one  imme- 
diately before  a  paroxysmal  attack.  The  most  violent  Remittent 
will  often  be  affected  by  a  few  drops  of  Arsenical  solution,  if  pre- 
scribed immediately  after  the  acute  symptoms  have  been  controlled 
by  other  means,  and  any  thing  like  a  remission  is  observed  in  the 
febrile  attack. 

Tonics  are  prescribed  either  in  substance  or  in  Infusion  or  Decoc- 
tion, with  the  addition  frequently  of  a  Tincture  of  the  same  or  some 
other  Tonic,  or  of  one  of  the  aromatic  Stimulants.  They  require  to 
be  prescribed  in  moderate  doses  frequently  repeated  every  two  or 
three  hours,  sometimes  changing  them.  It  is  usually  preferable  to 
begin  with  the  milder  before  proceeding  to  the  more  powerful  me- 
tallic Tonics,  as  the  preparations  of  Iron. 

Nutritious  Diet.    Cold.     Exercise  in  the  open  air.     Cold  and  Sea-Bathing. 

Demulcent  Tonics. — Cetraria  et  Dec.  610.  Ulmus  et  Dec.  555,  556.  Pareira,  Inf.  et 
Extr.  250,  251.  Calumba,  Pulv.  Inf.  et  Tinct  252:  a  mild  tonic,  thought  also  to  be  a 
little  sedative ;  and  being,  like  Quassia,  without  Tannin,  may  be  prescribed  with  the 
salts  of  Iron. 

Bitter  Tonics.— Calumba.  Quassia,  Inf.  et  Tinct.  325, 326.  Simaruba  et  Inf.  327.  Gen- 
tiana,  Inf.  Tinct  et  Vinum  comp.  476,  477.  Chiretta,  Inf.  477.  Centaurium,  474.  Me. 
nyanthes,  478.  Centaurea  benedicta,  444.  Nux  Vomica,  Extr.  472 :  a  powerful  Bitter 
and  Stomachic. 

Stimulant  Tonics. — Drimys  Winteri,  247.  Canella  alba,  307.  Aurantii  Cortex,  Conf. 
Tinct.  Syr.  et  Inf.  comp.  293,  294.  Limonum  Cortex,  297.  Cusparia,  Inf.  et  Tinct.  323. 

Ruta  et  Extr.  319.  Absinthium,  Extr.  451.  Tanacetum,  451.  Archangelica,  403. 
Marrubium,  490.  Cascarilla,  Inf.  et  Tinct  535.  Mist  comp.  with  Squill,  535.  Lupu- 
lus,  Inf.  Tinct.  et  Ext  547,  550.  Acorus,  601. 

Antiperiodic  and  Astringent  Tonics. — Cinchona  Coronae,  431.  Cinerea,  432,  flava,  433, 
rubra,  434 ;  Inf.  Dec.  Extr.  et  Tinct  441 ;  Tinct.  comp.  with  Orange-peel,  Saffron,  and 
Serpentaria,  441.  Quinia  and  Quiniee  Disulphas,  436.  Amorphous  Quinine,  439. 
Bebeerine,  528.  Salicis  Cortex,  Dec.  Salicine,  556.  Piper  Nigrum  ?  Uva  Ursi.  Chi- 
maphila. 

Mineral  Antiperiodics. — Acid.  Arseniosum,  211.     Liq.  Potass®  Arsenitis,  217. 

Mineral  Tonics.— Dil.  Sul'.     Dil.  Nit'.     Dil.  Mur'. 

Ferrum,  134.  Ferri  Sesquioxydum,  136.  Emp.  Ferri  et  Emp.  Thuris,  137.  Fer- 
rugo,  E.  (Hydrated  Sesquioxide),  138.  Ferri  Oxydum  Nigrum,  E.  D.  138  (a  compound 
of  Protoxide  and  Sesquioxide).  Chalybeate  Springs. 


DILUENTS.     ANTHELMINTICS.  669 

Tinct.  Ferri  Sesquichloridi,  141.  Tinct  Ferri  Ammonio-Chloridi,  143.  Ferri  Sul- 
phas, 144,  et  Pil.  E.  146.  Liq.  Oxysulphatis,  146.  Fer.  Carbon.  Saccharat.  E.  147. 
Pil.  Fer.  comp.  148,  with  Carb.  of  Iron,  Myrrh,  and  Sulph.  Soda,  148.  Mistura,  with 
Myrrh,  Nutmeg,  Sulph.  Potash,  148. 

Ferri  et  Potass®  Tarlrae,  152.  Vinum  Ferri,  153.  Ferri  Citr.  et  Ammonio.Citras, 
154.  Aqua  Chalybeata,  149.  Ferri  Acetas,  D.  149.  Lactate  and  Malate,  155.  With 
Iodine,  Ferri  lodidum  et  Syr.  139,  141.  With  Aromatics,  Ferri  Mist.  Arom.  144.  Pil. 
Rhei  et  Ferri,  526;  Aloes  et  Ferri,  601. 

Zinci  Oxyd.  et  Sulph.  156,  158.  Cupri  Sulph.  et  Ammonio-Sulph.  152.  Bisrauthi 
Trisnitras,  176. 

MECHANICAL  REMEDIES. 

These,  acting  only  as  ordinary  physical  agents,  or  by  their  simple 
mechanical  properties,  are  necessarily  of  less  importance  than  the 
other  groups  of  remedies,  and  might  have  commenced  the  series  at 
p.  647.  There  occur,  however,  numerous  cases  in  which  we  are 
required  to  protect  an  abraded  surface,  sheathe  an  irritated  canal,  or 
dilute  an  acrid  state  of  the  secretions,  or  increase  the  solvent  powers 
of  an  excretion.  For  such  purposes  the  more  powerful  remedies  are 
as  unsuited  as  these  milder  agents  would  be  unfitted  for  controlling 
the  more  urgent  symptoms  of  disease. 

EMOLLIENTS. 

Emollients,  as  their  name  indicates  (from  Emollire,  to  soften),  are 
medicines  calculated  to  soften  the  tissues  with  which  they  are  brought 
in  contact,  and  may  thus  include  some  of  the  Expressed  Oils,  Lini- 
ments, and  Embrocations,  with  many  Cerates  and  Ointments,  such 
as  the  Cataplasms  and  Fomentations,  of  which  the  effects  must  be 
ascribed  "  to  the  relaxing  effects  of  warmth  and  moisture  upon  the 
extreme  vessels  of  the  surface,  propagated  by  contiguous  sympathy 
to  the  deeper-seated  organs."  (Paris.)  It  seems  desirable  to  retain 
the  term  of  Emollients  for  external  applications,  and  that  of  Demul- 
cents for  those  intended  for  internal  exhibition. 

Moist  Heat.  Fomentations.  Papaveris  Dec.  256.  MalvaB  Dec.  comp.  with  Chamo- 
mile,  287.  Anthemidis  Inf.  et  Dec.  448.  Cataplasm,  with  Malva,  Verbascum,  or  Bread 
and  Milk.  Dauci  Radix,  417.  Cataplasma  Lini,  286.  C.  simplex,  603,  with  Figs,  554. 

Papaveris  Oleum,  256.  Lini  Ol.  286.  Amygdalae  Ol.  382.  Olei  Ol.  464.  Cacao 
Butyrum,  290.  Myristicse  Oleum  expressum,  516.  Palm  Oil,  574. 

Sambuci  Ung.  423.  Sevum  vel  Adeps  Ovillus,  642.  Adeps  Suillus,  644.  Cetaceum, 
Cerat.  et  Ung.  640.  Cera  alba  et  flava,  Ceratum,  Lin.  et  Emp.  637. 

Sapo,  465.  Linim.  Saponis  with  Camphor  and  Sp.  of  Rosemary,  467.  Lin.  c.  Opio, 
467.  Emp.  et  Emp.  comp.  467. 

Application  to  Burns.    Cotton,  p.  288.    Linim.  Calcis,  118. 

DEMULCENTS. 

Demulcents  in  signification  and  in  nature  are  the  same  as  the 
Emollients,  with  which  indeed  they  are  usually  united.  But  it  is 
convenient  to  retain  in  a  separate  group  the  mucilaginous,  starchy, 
saccharine,  and  gelatinous  substances  which  are  so  frequently  found 
useful  in  softening  an  irritated  surface,  and  diminishing  its  sensibility 
to  pain,  either  when  applied  externally,  or  taken  internally,  as  in 
coughs,  inflammation  of  the  intestinal  canal,  or  irritation  of  the  uri- 


670  EMOLLIENTS.     DEMULCENTS. 

nary  passages.  But  in  these  cases  it  is  more  than  probable  that  their 
utility  is  chiefly  due  to  the  large  quantity  of  water  in  which  the  De- 
mulcent is  dissolved. 

Lini  Inf.  comp.  285,  with  Liquorice.  Malva,  287.  Althaea,  Syr.  et  Mist  E.  288,  with 
Raisins.  Pate  de  Guimauve.  Cydonia  et  Dec.  380. 

Acaciro  Gummi,  341.  Mucil.  343.  Mist.  E.  with  Sugar  and  Almonds,  344.  Tro- 
chisci,  344.  Tragacantha,  370.  Mucil.  et  Pulv.  comp.  371,  with  Starch  and  Sugar. 
Amygdala?  dulces,  ConC  et  Mist  381,  with  Gnm  and  Sugar.  Emulsio  Arabica,  D.  is 
nearly  the  same  as  the  Mistura  Acacite,  E.  344,  or  the  Mistura  Amygdalae,  L.  381. 
Glycyrrhiza,  Dec.  Extr.  et  Troch.  369.  Verbascum,  Inf.  et  Dec.  493. 

Uvas  Pass®,  310.     Jujubes,  327.     Fici,  554. 

Amylum  et  Dec.  605.  Tapioca,  539.  Arrowroot,  595.  Tous  les  mois,  595.  Sago, 
575.  Salep,  594.  Tritici  Farina,  605.  Avena,  602.  Hordeum  et  Dec.  603.  Rice  and 
Maize,  60G. 

Saccharum  et  Syr.  606,  607.     Mel,  636. 

Ichthyocolla,  633.  Cetaceum,  640.  Cornu,  640.  Hartshorn  for  Jelly.  Ovum,  638. 
Lac,  643. 

DILUENTS. 

Diluents  are  very  closely  allied  in  nature  to  the  Demulcents ;  in- 
deed the  same  substances  dissolved  in  a  larger  quantity  of  water  form 
the  group  of  Diluents,  though  it  is  the  water  here  which  is  the  power- 
ful agent,  as  it  will  dilute  acridity,  and  diminish  viscidity.  It  re- 
quires to  be  of  the  purest  kind  when  it  is  intended  to  make  use  of  its 
solvent  powers  in  Urinary  complaints. 

Aqua,  41.  Distilled,  rain,  or  pure  spring  Water.  Toast  and  Water.  Barley-Water. 
Rice-Water.  Thin  Gruel.  Whey.  Weak  Demulcent  Decoctions. 

ANTHELMINTICS.     Vermifuge. 

The  word  Anthelmintic  is  sometimes  employed  to  indicate  not 
only  the  medicines  prescribed  to  prevent  the  production  of  worms, 
but  also  those  which  destroy  or  expel  them,  and  the  term  Vermifuge 
is  then  applied  to  the  latter  only.  As  in  other  classes,  very  different 
medicines  may  be  employed  to  produce  the  same  effects,  because 
worms  may  exist  in  different  states  of  the  constitution ;  therefore, 
whatever  rectifies  this,  makes  the  intestinal  canal  less  suitable  to  the 
residence  of  these  parasites.  Purgatives  are  frequently  required  to 
clear  the  intestinal  canal,  but  Tonics  are  often  as  necessary  to  give 
it  a  healthy  tone.  Some  Anthelmintics  act  mechanically  by  irrita- 
ting the  worms,  as  they  press  their  bodies  against  the  sides  of  the  in- 
testinal canal.  Some  again  are  specifically  injurious  to  them,  and 
others  act  chiefly  as  acrid  and  drastic  purgatives.  The  worms  com- 
monly occurring  in  the  intestinal  canal  in  this  country  are  the  Taenia 
solium,  or  common  Tape-worm.  (Bothriocephalus  latus,  or  Broad 
Tape-worm,  occurs  in  Switzerland,  &c.)  Trichocephalus  dispar,  or 
Trichurus,  Long  Thread-worm,  Oxyuris  vermicularis,  Maw-worm, 
or  Ascarides,  and  Ascaris  lumbricoides,  common  or  long  Round- 
worm.  (See  Steph.  Med.  Zool.  PL  29.) 

Mechanical  Anthelmintics. — Stanni  Pulvis,  177.     Ferri  Limatura,  135. 

Mucuna  pruriens,  372.  The  strigose  pubescence  of  Rottlera  tinctoria  is  also  used  as 
an  Anthelmintic  in  India.  Gigartina  Helminthocorton,  612,  from  fine  spiculae  of  Corols, 
&c. 

Specific  Anthelmintics. — Granatum.  Radicis  Cortex.  Dec.  395  (omitted  in  the  L.  P.) 
Filix  Mas.  Pulv.  and  Etherial  Extract,  609. 


ANTIDOTES.  671 

Andira  vel  Geoffroyie  Dec.  358.  Spigelia  marylandica  Pulv.  et  Inf.  with  Senna,  469. 
S.  Anthelmia,  470.  Persicae  Folia,  380. 

Terebinthinee  Oleum,  568.  Rutse  Ol.  319.  Tanacetum,  451.  Absinthium,  451. 
Santonicum,  451. 

Purgatives,  fyc.  as  Anthelmintics. — Calomel.  Gamboge,  301,  Jalap.  Scammony 
(See  CATHARTICS.) 

Bitters  generally  injurious  to  worms,  but  useful  also  in  giving  tone. 

Enemata  against  Ascarides.  Sol.  of  Salt  in  Inf.  Quassiae.  (Paris.)  Enema  Aloes,  L. 
(made  with  Aloes  gij.  Carb.  Potash  gr.  xv.  Barley-water  Oss. 

Injections  of  cold  Water  or  of  Bitter  Infusions,  of  Camphor  in  Oil. 

ANTIDOTES,  ETC.,  TO  ^POISONS. 

POISONS  as  arranged  by  Dr.  Christison,  with  the  ANTIDOTES,  Sfc.,  mentioned  in  the  forego- 
ing pages. 

In  most  cases  the  stomach  requires  to  be  quickly  evacuated,  either  by  emetics  or  by 
the  stomach-pump ;  but  with  corrosive  poisons  this  is  not  always  safe.  The  suitable  an- 
tidotes are  to  be  prescribed,  sometimes  viscid  substances  to  involve  the  poison.  In  many 
cases  irritation  is  to  be  allayed,  and  inflammation  subdued;  but  in  others,  moderate  sti- 
mulants are  necessary.  With  the  poisonous  gases,  fresh  air  is  essential,  and  cold  affusion 
useful. 

IRRITANT  POISONS. 

Sul',  48.    Nit',  54.    Phosphorus  and  acid,  50. 

Acids. — Muriatic'  and  Nitro-Muriatic  acid,  62.  Tinct  of  Muriate  of  Iron.  Chalk  to 
be  avoided. 

Oxalic',  Tartaric',  Citric',  or  Acetic  acid,  314. 

Alkalies. — Ammonia,  70.  Potash,  84,  its  Carb.  89.  Soda,  &c.,  103.  So  Lime.  Nitre, 
96.— Alkaline  Sulphurets,  67. 

Sol.  of  Chlorine,  54.  Iodine,  56,  and  Iodide  of  Potassium,  85 :  so  also  Bromine  and 
the  Bromide  of  Potassium. 

Baryta,  salts  of.  Chloride  of  Barium,  treated  with  Sulphates  of  Magnesia  and  Soda, 
also  Carbonates.  Stomach-pump  or  Emetics. 

Arsenic.  Arsenious  acid.  Liq.  Potassre  Arsenitis.  Sulphurets,  217.  (See  Hydrated 
Sesquioxide  of  Iron.  138.)  Magnesia  in  a  gelatinous  state,  or  very  light  Magnesia,  will 
remove  about  l-25th  of  its  weight  of  Arsenic  from  its  solution  in  water,  (v.  P.  J.  vi. 
137.) 

Mercury,  Bichloride,  Bicyanide,  and  its  irritant  salts,  203.  Dr.  Paris  recommends  Tar- 
tar Emetic  as  an  Emetic  in  poisoning  by  Corrosive  Sublimate. 

Copper,  salts  of,  161.     Hydrated  Oxide  of  Iron  has  been  recommended. 

Antimony,  salts  of,  185.  Zinc,  as  for  Antimony.  Lead,  salts  of,  173,  with  Milk  and 
Albumen,  Sulphate  of  Soda  and  Magnesia.  Silver,  Nitrate  of,  &c. — Administer  Common 
Salt  and  some  of  the  Incompatibles  at  p.  222. 

Vegetable  Acrids. — Euphorbium,  542.  So  Croton.  Colocynth.  Elaterium.  Meze- 
reon.  Gamboge.  Jalap.  Savine. 

Animal  Acrids. — Cantharides. — Evacuate  Stomach.  Demulcents.  Allay  irritation 
with  Camphor,  Dover's  Powder,  &c. 

NARCOTIC  POISONS. 


Opium  and  its  preparations,  273.    So  Henbane.    Lactuca. 
Hydrocyanic'.     Laurel-water.    Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds,  389. 


Poisonous  Gases. — Chlorine,  59.  Ammonia,  72.  Hydrosulphuric',  67.  Carbonic  acid, 
66.  Carburetted  Hydrogen.  With  all,  exposure  to  pure  air,  artificial  respiration,  and 
affusion  of  cold  water. 

NARCOTIC  ACRID  POISONS. 

Belladonna,  497.    Stramonium,  500.    Tobacco. 

Conium,  419,  or  Hemlock  and  poisonous  Umbelliferse. 

Nux  Vomica,  472.    Strychnia,  473.    Remove  poison  from  stomach. 


G72 


GAUBIUS'    TABLE. 


Aconite,  246  :  so  Black  and  White  Hellebore.     Colchicum.     Sabadilla. 
Cocculus  indicus.     Digitalis,  492. 

•Alcohol,  615.    Ether. — Evacuate  stomach ;  cold  affusion  over  head,  and  evaporating 
lotions ;  Leeches.    Ammonia  as  a  Stimulant 


COLOURING  INGREDIENTS. — Rhoeas,  254.     Dianthus  Caryophyllus,  284.    Pterocarpus 
santalinus,  363.    Syr.  et  Tinct.  Croci,  601.    Coccus,  635. 


GAUBIUS'  TABLE. 


Regulating  the  ordinary  Proportion  of  Doses  according  to  the  Age  of 

the  Patient. 


For  an  adult,  suppose  the  dose  to  be 
Under  1  year  will  require 

<(       2  "  "  ' 

"       3  "  "  * 


••     1  {  «  " 

"    20  "  " 

"    21  to  60,  the  full  dose,  or 


1  or  1  drachm, 

^  "   5  grains. 

i  "    8      " 

|  "  10     " 

|  "  15     " 

5  "     1  scruple. 

5  "     £  drachm. 

§  "     2  scruples. 

1  "     1  clrachm. 


Above  this  age,  aa  inverse  gradation  must  be  observed. 


INDEX. 


LATIN     AND     ENGLISH. 


Abbreviations,  Table  of,  33. 
Abies  Balsamea,  564. 
canadensis,  564. 
excelsa,  564. 
Larix,  564. 
nigra,  565. 
Pice  a,  565. 

Abietis  Resina,  L.  566.   . 
Absinthium,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  451 . 
Acacia,  L.  U.S.  341. 
arabica,  343—345. 
Catechu,  L.  D.  U.S.  344. 
vera,  343. 
Acetosella,  L.  312. 
Acetum,  L.  U.S.  624. 
Britannicum,  E.  624. 
Cantharidis  E.  Epispasticum,  L.  634. 
Colchici,  L.  E.  D.  587. 
destillatum,  L.  E.  D.  624. 
Gallicum,  E.  624. 
Opii,  E.  D.  272. 
Scilla?,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  579. 
Vini,  D.  624. 

Acetous  Fermentation,  623. 
Acid.  Aceticum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  625. 
Camphoratum,  E.  D.  627. 
Arseniosum,  L.  211. 
Benzoicum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  463. 
Boracic,  51. 
Carbonicum,  65. 
Citricum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  299. 
Gallic,  561. 
Hydrochloricum,  L.  60. 

dilutum,  L.  62. 
Hydrocyanicum,  E.  U.S.  38r> 

dilutum,  L.  385. 
Hydrosulphuric,  44. 
Muriaticum,  E.  D.  U.S.  60. 
dilutum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  62. 
purum,  E.  60. 
Nitricum,  L.  D.  U.S.  52. 
dilutum,  L.E.D.  54. 
purum,  E.  52. 

Nitromuriaticum,  D.  U.S.  62. 
Oxalicum,  313. 
Phosphoric,  50. 
Phosphoricum  dilutum,  L.  50. 
Prussicum,  D.  385. 
Pyroligneum,  E.  625.' 
Succinicum,  D.  629. 
Sulphuricum,  L.  E.  U.S.  47. 
Aromaticum,  E.  D.  U.S.  48. 
dilutum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  48. 
purum,  E.  D.  47. 
venale,  D.  47. 
Tannic,  561.  *' 

43 


Acid.  Tartaricum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  310. 
Acids,  647. 
Acidulae,  647. 
Acinula  Clavus,  612. 
Aconitina,  L.  245. 
Aconitum  Napellus,  E.  242. 
paniculatum,  L.  D.  243. 
Acoraceee,  602. 
Acorus  Calamus,  L.  E.  602. 
Acrogens,  609. 
Acotyledones,  608. 
Adeps  Ovillus,  D.  642. 
prsep.,  D.  642. 
Suillus,  D.  644. 

prsep.,  D.  644. 
prseparatus,  L.  644. 
JErugo,  L.  E.  163. 
jEther  Sulphuricus,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  621. 

Nitrosus,  D.  622. 
-Ethiops  Martial,  138. 
jEthusa  Cynapium,  418. 
Agaricus,  612. 
Agathotes  Chirayta,  477. 
Air,  37. 

Albumen  Ovi,  639. 
Alcohol,  L.E.  D.  U.S.  615,  616. 
Algae,  611. 
Alkalies,  81,  648. 
Allium  Cepa,  D.  577. 
Porrum,  L.  577. 
sativum,  L.  E.  D.  577. 
Aloes,  varieties  of,  580. 
Aloe,  L.  580. 

Barbadensis,  E.  580. 
hepatica,  D.  581. 
indica,  E.  581. 

Socotorina,  E.  D.  581. 
spicata,  L.  581. 
vulgaris,  D.  581. 
Alpinia  Cardamomum,  L.  598. 
Alteratives,  659. 
Althsea  officinalis,  L.  E.D.  287. 
Alumen,  L.E.D.  131.      . 
siccatum,  L.E.D.  133. 
Alumina,  131. 

Aluminas  et  Potassse  Sulphas,  L.  E.  D.  131. 
Amadou,  612. 
Amber,  628. 
Amentaceae,  556. 
Ammanita,  612. 
Ammonia,  69. 

Carbonates  of.  73. 

mild,  77. 
Solution,  70. 

Ammoniae  Acetatis  Aqua,  E.  D.  73. 
Aqua,  E.  71. 


674 


INDEX. 


Ammoniae  Aqua,  fortior,  E.  71.       % 

Bicarbonas,  D.  77. 

Carbonas,  E.  D.  75. 

Carbonatis  Aqua,  D.  77. 

Caustic®  Aqua,  D.  71. 

Hydrochloras,  L.  79. 

Hydrosulphuretum.  D.  53. 

Liquor,  L.  71. 
fortioY,  L.  71. 

Murias,  E.  D.  79. 

Oxalas,  E.  314. 

Sesquicarbonas,  L.  75. 

Spiritus,  E.  74. 

Ammoniacum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  412. 
Amomum  Cardamomum,  D.  598. 

Zingiber,  D.  596. 
Ampelideae,  308. 
Amygdala,  380 . 
Amygdalae  amara?,  L.  E.  D.  380,  382. 

dulces,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  380. 
Amygdaleae,  380. 
Amygdalus  communis,  L.  E.  D.  380. 

Persica,  D.  380. 
Amylum,  L.  E.  D.  605. 
Amyris  elemifera,  L.  D.  340. 
Anacardiea?,  329. 
Anacyclus  Pyrethrum,  E.  449. 
Analysis,  Chemical,  31. 
Anamirta  Cocculus,  253. 
Andira,  inermis,  358. 
Anethum,  L.  E.  404. 

Foeniculum,  D.  404. 

graveolens,  404. 
Angelica,  E.  403. 

Archangelica,  D.  403. 
Angustura,  D.  322. 
Anhydrous,  29. 
Anisum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  402. 
Annelida,  630. 
Antacids,  648. 
Antalkalies,  647. 
Anthelmintics,  670. 
Anthemis  nobilis,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  447. 
Anthemis  cotula,  449. 

Pyrethrum,  L.  D.  449. 
Antilithics,  648. 
Antimonii  et  Potassae  Tartras,  D.  183. 

Oxidum,  E.  178. 

Oxydum  Nitromuriaticum,  D.  178. 

Oxysulphuretum,  L.  182. 

Potassio-Tartras,  L.  183. 

Sesquisulphuretum,  L.  181. 

Sulphuretum,  E.  D.  U.S.  181. 
aureum,  E.  182. 
praeparatum,  D.  181. 
Antimonium,  177. 

Tartarizatum,  E.  183. 
Antimony,  Chloride  of,  180. 

Glass  of,  183. 
Antispasmodics,  664. 
Apetalae,  504. 

Apis  mellifica,  L.  E.  D.  636. 
Apocynea3,  469. 
Apocynum  androsaernifolium,  469. 

cannabinum,  469. 
Aqua,  41. 

Ammonise,  E.  71. 

Acetatis,  E.  D.  78. 
Carbonatis,  E.  D.  77. 
Causticae,  D.  71. 
fortior,  E.  71. 

Anethi,  L.  E.  405. 


Aqua  Aurantii,  E.  294,  295. 

Barytas  Muriatis,  D.  115. 

Calcis.  E.D.  117. 
Comp.,  D.  317. 
Muriatis,  D.  124. 

Carbonatis  Sodae  acidulae,  D.  105. 

Carui,  L.  E.  D.  402. 

Cassia?,  E.  528. 

Chalybeata,  154. 

Chlorinei,  E.  D.  59. 

Cinnamomi,  L.  E.  D.  524. 

Cupri  Ammoniati,  D.  163. 

destillata,  L.E.  D.  41. 

Florum  Aurantii,  L.  295. 

Fceniculi,  E.  D.  403. 

Lauro  Cerasi,  E.  D.  384. 

Menthae  Piperitae,  L.  E.  487. 
Piperitidis,  D.  487. 
Pulegii,  L.  E.  D.  488. 
viridis,  L.  E.  D.  486. 

Picis  liquidas,  D.  569. 

Piment®,  L.  E.D.  393. 

Potassa?,  E.  83. 

Carbonatis,  D.  89. 
effervescens,  E.  91. 
Sulphured,  D.  92. 

Plumbi  Diacetatis,  E.  174. 

Rosas,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  378. 

Sambuci,  L.  E.  423. 

Sodae  Carbonatis,  D.  102. 
effervescens,  E.  105. 
Araliaceae,  421. 

Arbutus  Uva  Ursi,  D.  U.S.  458. 
Archangelica  officinalis,  E.  D.  403. 
Arctium  Lappa,  D.  444. 

minus,  444. 

Arctostaphylos  Uva  Ursi,  E.  458. 
Areca  Catechu,  E.  345,  575. 
Arenga  saccharifera,  575. 
Argenti  Cyanidum,  L.  222. 

Nitras,  L.  E.  D.  220. 
fusum,  D.  220. 

Nitratis  Crystalli,  D.  220. 
Solutio,  E.  222. 

Oxydum,  219. 
Argentum,  L.  E.  D.  219. 
Argol,  98,  310. 

Aristolochia  Serpentaria,  532. 
Aristolochieae,  531. 
Aromata,  666. 
Armoracia,  L.  E.  D.  274. 
i  Arnica  montana,  D.  452. 
Arrak,  617. 
Arrow-Root,  596. 

East  Indian,  596. 
Arsenic,  Iodide  of,  210. 

Sulphuret,  red,  217. 
yellow,  218. 

Tests  for,  213. 
Arsenici  Oxydum   album  sublimatum,  D. 

211. 
Arsenicum,  210. 

album,  E.  211. 
Artanthe  elongata,  546. 
Artemisia  Absinthium,  L.  E.D.  451. 

Moxa,  D.  450. 

Santonica,  D.  450. 
Articulata,  630. 
Asagraea  officinalis,  589. 
Asarum  europasum,  L.  D.  531. 

Canadense,  U.S.  532. 
Asclepiadeae,  469. 


INDEX. 


675 


Asclepias  tuberosa,  469. 

incarnata,  469. 

Aspidium  Filix  Mas,  L.  D.  609. 
Assafcetida,  L.  E.  D.  406. 
Astragalus  creticus,  371. 

gummifer,  371. 

verus,  370. 
Astringents,  630. 
Atomic  Theory,  32. 
Atropa  Belladonna,  495. 
Aurantiacea3,  292. 
Aurantii  Cortex,  L.  E.  D.  293. 

Flores,  L.  295. 
Aurum,  223. 

Avena  saliva,  L.  E.  D.  603. 
Axungia,  E.  644. 
Azote,  40. 

Balm,  489. 
Balsamaceae,  562. 
Balsamodendron,  334. 

africanum,  336. 

Gileadense,  336. 

Myrrha,  334. 
Balsamum  Canadense,  E.  D.  566. 

Peruvianum,  L.  E.  D.  361. 

Sulphuris,  44. 

Tolutanum,  L.  E.  D.  361. 
Bang.  552. 
Barilla,  D.  101. 
Barii  Chloridum,  L.  114. 
Bark,  428. 

Crown,  431. 

Gray,  431. 

Loxa,  431.    . 

Red,  434. 

Silver,  432. 

Yellow,  433. 
Barley,  603. 

Water,  603. 
Barosma,  E.  320. 
Baryta,  113. 

Barytae  Carbonas,  L.  E.  U.S.  113. 
•Murias,  E.D.  114. 

Aluriatis  Aqua,  D.  Sol.  E.  115. 

Nitras,  E.  115. 

Nitratis  Solutio,  E.  116. 

Sulphas,  E.D.  114. 
Bdellium,  336. 

Indian,  337. 
Bebeerine,  528. 
Belladonna,  L.  E.  D.  595. 
Benzoin,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  461. 
Berthelotia  lanceolata,  446. 
Bismuthi  Subnitras,  D.  176. 

Trisnitras,  L.  176. 
Bismuthum,  L.  E. D.  175. 

album,  E.  176. 
Bitumen,  D.  628. 
Black  Drop,  272. 
Bleaching  Powder,  122. 
Blue  Pill,  188. 
Boiling  Point,  27. 
Bone  Phosphate  of  Lime,  124. 

Spirit,  80. 

Bonplandia  trifoliata,  D.  321. 
Borax,  L.  E.D.  107. 
Boron,  51. 

Boswellia  serrata,  332. 
Brominium,  L.  57, 
Brandy,  618. 
Brueia,  472,  323. 


Bubon  Galbanum,  D.  414. 
Bucku,  E.  320. 
Biiuneriaceas,  289. 
Bulbus,  226. 
Burseraceae,  332. 
Butea  irondosa,  365. 

Cabbage  Tree,  358. 
CaBsalpinese,  347. 
Caffeine,  427. 
Cajeput,  D.  390. 
Cajuputi,  L.  390. 
Calamina,  L.  E.  157. 

praeparata,  L.  E.  157. 
Calamus  Draco,  575. 

aromaticus,  E.  602. 

Royle,  602. 
Calcii  Chloridi  Liquor,  L.  124. 

Chloridum,  L.  123. 
Calcination,  35. 
Calcis  Aqua,  E.  D.  117. 

Carbonas,  118, 
dura,  119. 
friabilis,  119. 
praecipitatum,  D.  120. 

Hydras,  L.  116. 

Muriatis  Aqua,  D.  124. 
Solutio,  E.  124. 

Murias,  E.  D.  122. 

Crystallizatum,  E.  122. 

Phosphas  prajcipitatum,  D,  124. 
Calcium,  116. 
Calomel,  197. 
Calomelas,  E.  197. 

praecipitatum,  D.  198. 

sublimatum,  D.  197. 
Calotropis,  469. 
Calumba,  L.  E.D.  251. 
Calx,  L.E.  119. 

Chlorinata,  L.E.  121. 

recens  usta,  L.  D.  116. 
Calyciflorae,  327. 
Calyx,  227. 
Cambogia,  L.E.  301. 
Camphor,  290,  519. 

Liquid,  291. 

Sumatra,  291. 

Camphora  OrHcinarura,  L.  E.  D,  519. 
Canella  alba,  306. 
Canelleae,  30(i. 
Cannabineee,  547,  551. 
Cannabis  Indica,  550. 

sativa,  550. 
Canneae,  595. 

Cantharis  vesicatoria,  L.E.  D.  632. 
Caprifoliaceag,  422. 
Capsicum  annuum,  L.  E.  D.  497. 
Capsulae  Papaveris,  L.  E.  D.  256. 
Caraway,  401. 
Carbo  Animalis,  L.  E.  64. 

purificatus,  L.  E.  64. 

Ligni.  L.E.  63. 
Carbon,  63. 

and  Nitrogen,  68. 

and  Oxygen,  65. 
Carbonic  Acid,  65. 
Carbonic  Oxide,  65. 
Carburetted  Hydrogen,  67. 
Cardamine  pratensis,  L.E.  276. 
Cardamomum,  L.  E.  D.  598. 
Carrot,  416. 
Carum  Carui,  L.E.D.  401. 


676 


INDEX. 


Caryophylleae,  284. 

Caryophyllus  aromaticns,  L.E.D.  391. 
Cascarilla,  L.  E.  D.  534.  . 
Cassava,  540. 

Cassia  Fistula,  L.  E.  D.  349. 
Forskalii,  350. 
lanceolata,  351. 

(mahlandica,  357.) 

obovata,  351. 

ovata,  351. 

Senna,  D.  350. 
Cassia  Cortex,  E.  D.  525. 

Pulpa,  E.  349. 
Castor  Fiber,  L.E.D.  644. 

Oil,  537. 

Castoreum,  L.  E.  644. 
Catapiasma  Aluminis,  D.  131. 

Carbonis  Ligni.  D.  64. 

Conii.  L.  D.  420. 

Dauci,  D.  417. 

Fermenti,  L.  619. 

Cerevisiae,  D.  619, 

Lini,  L.  286. 

simplex,  D.  603. 

Sinapis,  L.  D.  279. 
Catechu,  L.E.D.  345. 
Cathartics,  653. 
Cedrus  Deodata,  565. 
Centaurium,  L.  E.  D.  444. 
Cephaelis  Ipecacuanha,  424. 
Cera  alba,  L.E.D.  U.S.  636. 

flava,  E.  D.  U.S.  636. 
Cerate,  Simple,  637. 

Turner's,  158. 
Ceraium,  L.  637. 

Calamina3,  L.E.  158. 

Cantharidis,  L.  632. 

Cetacei,  L.  640. 

Hydrargyri  Comp,  L.  190. 

Plumbi  Acetatis,  L.  173. 
compositum,  L.  175. 

Resinae,  L.  567. 

Sabinae,  L.E.  572. 

Saponis,  L.  467. 

simplex,  E.  640. 
Cerebrqspinants,  663. 
Cerevisiae  Fermentum,  L.D.  619. 
Ceroxylon  andicola,  573. 
Cerussa,  170. 

Cervus  Elaphus,  L.  E.  640. 
Cetacea,  640. 
Cetaceum,  L.  E.  D.  640. 
Cetin,  640. 

Cetraria  Islandica,  L.  E.  D.  610. 
Chalk,  119. 
Chamomile,  447. 
Chamsemelum,  D.  447. 
Charcoal,  63. 
Cheltenham  Salts,  109. 
Chemical  Equivalents,  31. 

Nomenclature,  32. 
Chemistry,  Pharmaceutical,  30. 
Chicoreae,  453. 
Chillies,  497. 

Chimaphila  umbellata,  L.  459. 
Chiretta,  E.  477. 
Chironia  Centaurium,  D.  474. 
Chloride  of  Lime,  121. 
Chlorine,  58. 

and  Oxygen,  60. 
Chlorinei  Aqua,  E.  D.  59. 
Chocolate,  289. 


Choke-Damp,  68. 
Chondrus  crispus,  611. 
Cichorium  Intybus,  453. 
Cimicifuga,  246. 
Cinchona,  L.E.D.  U.S.  428. 

cinerea,  E.  432. 

condaminea,  432. 

cordifolia,  L.  433,  430. 

coronae,  E.  431. 

flava,  E.D.  433. 

lancitolia,  L.  431. 

micrantha,  430. 

oblongifolia,  L.D.  431. 

officinalis,  D.  431. 

rubra,  E.D.  434. 
Cinchonaceae,  424. 
Cinchonia,  436. 
Cinnabaris,  E.  217. 
Cinnamomum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  522. 

aromaticum,  E.  525,  526. 

eucalyptoides,  527. 

iners,  527. 

Zeylanicum,  E.  522. 
Cissampelos  Pareira,  250. 
Cistineae,  290. 
Citrate  of  Iron,  154. 
Citrate  Iron  and  Zinc,  160. 
Citrine  Ointment,  194. 
Citron,  296. 

Citrullus  Colocynthis,  396. 
Citrus  Aurantium,  293. 

Limetta,  296. 

Limonum,  L.E.D.  297. 

Medica,  296. 

Vulgaris,  L.E.  293.    . 
Clarification,  25. 
Cloves,  391. 

Cnicus  Benedictus,  D.  444. 
Cocao,  289. 
Cocculus  Indicus,  E.D.  253. 

palmatus,  251. 

suberosus,  D.  253. 
Coccus  Cacti,  L.E.D.  635. 
Cochineal,  635. 
Cochlearia  Armoracia,  274. 
Cochlearia  officinalis,  D.  274. 
Cocos  butyracea,  575. 

nucifera,  574. 
Cod  Liver  Oil,  666. 
Codeia,  265. 
Cofiea  arabica,  427. 
Cohobation,  27. 
Coleoptera,  632. 

Colchicum  autumnale,  L.E.D.  585. 
Colocynthis,  L.E.D.  396. 
Colophony,  567. 
Comacum,  523. 
Compositae,  444. 
Conchifera,  637. 
Condensation,  28. 

of  Gases,  28. 
Confectio  Amygdalae,  L.  381. 

Amygdalarum.  D.  381. 

Aromatica,  L.D.  121. 

Aurantii,  L.  294. 

Cassias.  L.  350. 

Opii,  L.D.  270. 

Piperis  nigri,  L.D.  545. 

Rosae  caninae,  L.  375. 
gallicae,  L.  376. 

Ruta;,  L.  319. 
Scammonii,  L.  483. 


[I  N  D  E  X. 


677 


Confectis  Sennas,  L.  357. 

Congelation,  28. 

Conia,  419. 

ConiferaD,  400. 

Conium  maculatum,  L.E.D.  417. 

Conserva  Amygdalarum,  E.  381. 

Aurantii,  E.  294. 

Rosae,  E.D.  375. 
fructus,  E.  375. 

Rutae,  D.  319. 
Contrajerva,  L.  555. 
Convolvulacese,  478. 
Convolvulus  Jalapa,  D.  479. 

Scammonia,  482. 
Copaiba,  L.E.D.  359. 
Copaifera,  E.  359. 

Langsdorffii,  L.  359. 

officmalis,  D.  358. 
Copal.  290. 
Coptis,  246. 
Coriandrum,  L.E.D.  421. 

sativum,  L.E.D.  421. 
Cormus,  226. 
Cornaceae,  421. 
Cornus  florida,  422. 

circinata,  422. 

Seriacea,  422. 
Corn  Poppy,  254. 
Cornu,  L.E.  640. 

Cervina,  D.  640. 
Cornu  ustum,  L.  641. 
Corolla.  227. 
Corolliflorae,  422. 
Corrosive  Sublimate,  200. 
Cortex.  228. 
Cotton,  288. 

Cream  of  Tartar,  soluble.  98. 
Creasoton,  L.E.  627. 
Creta,  L.E.D.  119. 

praeparata,  L.E.D.  U.S.  119. 
Crocus,  L.E  D.  600. 

sativus,  L.E.D.  600. 
Croton,  L.D.  534. 

Cascarilla,  L.D.  534. 

Eleuteria,  534. 

Tiglium,  535. 
Cruciferae,  274. 
Cryptogamia,  608. 
Crystallization,  28. 

Water  of,  28. 
Crystals,  permanent,  28. 

Primary,  29. 

Secondary,  29. 

Systems,  of,  30. 
Cubebap,  L.E.D.  545. 
Cucumis  Colocynthis,  396. 
Cucurbitaceae,  396. 
Cuminum  Cyminum,  L.E.  417. 
Cupressinese,  590. 
Cupri  Acetas.  164. 

Crystalli,  D.  163. 

Ammoniati  Aqua,  D.  163. 
Solutio,  E.  163. 

Ammonio-Sulphatis  Liquor,  L.  163. 

Diacetas  impura,  L.E.  163. 

Subacetas,  D.  163. 

pneparatum,  D.  164. 

Sulphas,  L.E.D.  161. 
Cuprum,  160. 

Ammoniatum,  E.D.  162. 
Cupuliferse,  557. 
Curcuma,  D.  597. 


Curcuma  angustifolia,  695. 

longa,  L.E.D.  597. 
Cusparia,  L.E.  321. 
Cyanogen,  68,  386. 

Cyanuretum  Hydrargyri,  D.  U.S.  20?. 
Cycadeee,  563. 
Cycas.  E.  563. 
Cyclo-neura,  630. 
Cydonia  vulgaris,  L.  379. 
Cyminum,  L.  417. 
Cynanchum,  469. 
Cyperaceae,  608. 
Cytisus  Scoparius,  L.E.  367. 

Dandelion,  453. 
Daphne  Mezereum,  513. 
Datura  Stramonium,  498. 
Daucus  Carota,  L.E.D.  401, 416. 
Decanting,  24. 
Decoction,  26. 
Decoctum  Aloes,  E.  584. 
Comp.  L.D.  584. 

Althaea;,  D.  288. 

Amyli,  L.  606. 

Cetrarire,  L.  611. 
Decoctum  Chamsemeli  Comp.,  D.  448. 

Chimaphilae,  L.  U.S.  459. 

Cimicifugae,  246. 

Cinchonas,  E.D.  U.S.  440. 
cordifoliae,  L.  441. 
iancifoliee,  L.  441. 
oblongifolins,  L.  442, 

Cydoniae,  L.  380. 

Dulcamaras,  L.E.D.  U.S.  495. 

Geoflroyae,  D.  358. 

GlycirrhuwE,  L.E.D.  U.S.  369. 

Granati,  L.  304. 
Radicis,  394. 

Guaiaci,  E.  317. 
Comp..  D.  317. 

Htematoxyli,  E.D.  348. 

Hordei,  L.D.  604. 
Comp.,  L.D.  604. 

Lichenis  Islandici,  D.  611. 

Malvz  Comp.,  L.  287. 

Mezerei,  D.  514. 

Papaverie,  L.E.D.  256. 

Pyrolae,  D.  459. 

Quercus,  L.E.D.  559. 

Sarsaparillae,  D.  593. 
Comp.,  D.  593. 

Sarzae,  L.E.  593. 

Comp.,  L.E.  593. 

Scoparii,  E.  368. 
comp.,  L.  368. 

Senegas,  L.D.  U.S.  282. 

Taraxaci,  E.D.  U.S.  454. 

Tormentillae,  L.  374. 

Ulmi,  L.D.  556. 

Uva;  Ursi,  L.  U.S.  458. 

Veratri,  L.D.  588. 
Defaecation,  24. 
Definite  Proportions,  32. 
Deflagration,  35. 
Deliquescence,  29. 
Delphinia,  242. 

Delphinium  Staphisagria,  241. 
Demulcents,  669. 
Deodar,  565. 
Deposition,  24. 
Despumation,  25. 
Diachylon  Plaster,  167. 


678 


INDEX. 


Dianthus  Caryophyllus,  284. 

Diaphoretics,  656. 

Dicotyledones,  238,  239. 

Digestion,  26. 

Digitalis  purpurea,  L.E.D.  491. 

Dill  Water,  405. 

Diluents,  670. 

Diosma  crenata,  L.D.  320. 

Diosmeae,  320. 

Diploneura.  630. 

Dipterocarpete,  290. 

Disinfectants,  649. 

Disinfecting  liquid,  106. 

Disk,  228. 

Distillation,  27. 

Dolichos  prnriens,  D.  372. 

Dorema  Ammoniacum,  L.  E.  412. 

Dorstenia  braziliensis,  555. 

Contrajerva,  L.  555. 
Dover's  Powder,  270,  427. 
Drimys  Winteri,  247. 
Drugs,  choosing,  21. 

collection,  21. 

preservation,  21. 
Dryobalanops  aromatica,  290. 

Camphora,  D.  290. 
Dulcamara,  L.  E.  D.  494. 

Earths,  Alkaline,  81. 
Eau  de  Luce,  72,  330. 
Ebullition,  27. 
Ecbalium  Elaterium,  399. 
Efflorescence,  29. 
Egg,  638. 
Elaeis  guineensis,  575. 

melanococca,  5t5. 
Elaphrium  Elemiferum,  339,  340. 
Elaterium,  L.  E.  D.  398,  399. 
Electuarium  Aromaticum,  E.  524. 

Cassiae,  D.  350. 

Catechu,  E.  346. 

Comp.,  D.  346,  347. 

Opii,  E.  270. 

Piperis,  E.  545. 

Scammonii,  D.  483. 

Sennae,  E.  D.  357. 
Elder,  422. 

Elements,  Table  of,  33. 
Elemi,  L.  E.  D.  340. 
Elettaria  Cardamomum,  E.  598. 
Elixir  Paregoricum,  D.  271. 
Elm,  555. 
Elutriation,  24. 
Embryo,  229. 
Emetics,  652. 
Emetine,  426. 
Emmenagogues,  658. 
Emollients,  669. 
Emplastrum  Adhaerens,  D.  467. 

Adhaesivum,  167. 

Ammoniaci,  L.  E.  D.  414. 

cum  Hydrargyro,  L.  E.  D.  191. 

Aromaticum,  D.  525. 

AssafcBtidae,  E.  412. 

Belladonna;,  L.  E.  D.  497. 

Calefaciens,  D.  635. 

Cantharidis,  L.E.D.  634. 
Comp.,  E.  635. 

Cere,  L.  637. 

Ferri,  E.  137. 

Galbani,  L.  D.  416. 

Gummosum,  E.416. 

Hydrargyri,  L.  E.  191. 


Emplastrum  Lithargyri,  E.  D.  167. 
cum  Resina,  D.  167. 
Opii,  L.  E.  D.  273. 

Picis,  L.  E.  560. 

Plumbi,  L.  167. 

Resina;,  L.  167. 

Resinosum,  E.  167. 

roborans,  137. 

Saponis,  L.  E.  D.  467. 
Comp.,  D.  467. 

simplex,  E.  637. 

Thuris,  D.  137. 
Emulsio    Arabica,   D.  v.   Mist.    Acacia- 

344. 

Endogens,  226,  574. 
Enema  Aloes,  L.  671. 

Anodynum,  E.272. 

Catharticum,  E.  D.  356. 

Colocynthidis,  L.  398. 

Foetidum,  E.  D.  412. 

Opii,  L.  E.  D.  272. 

Tabaci,  L.E.D.  U.S.  503. 

Terebinthinae,  L.  E.  D.  569. 
Epispastics,  651. 
Epsom  Salts,  129. 
Equivalents.  32. 
Ergota,  L.  E.  U.S.  604,  612. 
Ergotaetia  abortifaciens,  613. 
Ericaceae,  457. 
Erigeron  canadense,  447. 

heterophyllum,  447. 

philadelphicum,  447. 
Errhines,  654. 
Erythraea  Centaurium,  474. 
Escharotics,  650. 
Ethiops,  Mineral,  205. 
Eugenia  Caryophyllata,  D.  391. 

Pimenta,  E.  U.S.  392. 
Eupatorium  glutinosum,  546. 
Euphorbia  canariensis,  D.  540. 

Officinarum,  L.  540. 

ipecacuanha,  542. 

corollata.  542. 
Euphorbiaceae,  533. 
Eupatorium  perfoliatum,  445. 
Euphorbium.  L.  E.  D.  540. 
Evacuants,  650. 
Evaporation,  27. 

Spontaneous,  27. 
Excitants,  665. 
Exogenous.  238. 
Expectorants,  654. 
Expression,  25. 

Extracta  Cinchonse,  D.  U.S.  442. 
Extracts,  Alcoholic,  27. 

Aqueous,  27. 

Extract  of  Senna  Fluid,  357. 
Extractum  Aconiti,  L.  E.  U.S.  244. 
Alcoholicum,  U.S.  244. 

Aloes  Hepaticae,  D.  583. 
purificatum,  L.  583. 

Anthemidis,  E.  448. 

Artemisia?  Absinthii,  D.  451. 

Belladonnas,  L.  E.  U.S.  496. 

Alcoholicum,  U.S.  497. 

Cannabis,  553. 

Chamaemeli,  D.  448. 

Cinchonas,  E.  U.S.  442. 
rotundifoliae,  L.  441. 
lancifoliae.  L.  441. 
oblongifoliae,  L.  442. 

Colchici  Aceticum,  L.  E.  586. 
Cormi,  L.  586. 


INDEX. 


679 


Extractum  Colocynthidis,  L.  E.  397. 

Comp.,  L.  D.  U.S.  393. 

simplex.  D.  397. 
Conii,  L.  E.  U.S.  420. 
Digitalis,  L.  E.  493. 
Elaterii,  L.E.D.  399. 
Gentianae,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  477. 
Glycirrhizaj,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  369. 
Haematoxyli,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  348. 
Humuli,  D.  550. 
Hyoscyami,  L.E.  U.S.  502. 
Alcoholicum,  U.S.  502. 
Jalapae,  L.E.D.  U.S. 481. 
Krameriae,  E.  D.  U.S.  283. 
Lactucae,  L.  455. 
Lupuli.  L.  E.  550. 
Nucis  Vomicee,  E.  D.  U.S.  472. 
Opii,  E.  268. 

aquosum,  D.  268. 

purificatum,  L.  268. 
Papaveris,  L.  E.  257. 
Pareirae,  L.E.  251. 
Podophylli,  U.S.  572. 
Quassias,  E.  U.S.  326. 
Quercus,  D.  559. 
Rhei,  L.E.D.  511. 
Rutae,  D.  319. 
Sarsaparilhe,  D.  U.S.  593. 

fluidum,  D.  593. 
Sarzae,  L.  593. 

fluidum,  E.  593. 
Scammonii,  E.  483. 
Senegaa,  U.S.  282. 
Sparti  Scoparii,  D.  368. 
Stramonii,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  500. 
Styracis,  E.  461. 
Taraxaci,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  454. 
Uvae  Ursi,  L.  458. 

Faex  Sacchari,  L.  E.  606. 
Farina,  L.  E.  D.  605. 

Lini,  E.  286. 
Fat,  E.  640,  642. 
Fermentation,  Products  of,  614. 
Ferri  Acetas,  D.  149. 

Acetatis,  Tinctura,  D.  149. 

cum  Alcohol,  D.  149. 

Ammonio-Chloridum,  L.  142. 
Citras,  154. 
Tartras,  153. 

Carbonas,  D.  136. 

Saccharatum,  E.  147.' 

Citras,  154. 

Cyanuretum,  D.  151. 

et  Potassae  Tartras,  152. 

Filum,  E.D.  135. 

lodidi  Syrupus,  E.  141. 

lodidum,  L.  E.  U.S.  139. 

Lactas,  155. 

Limatura,  E.  135. 

Mistura  Aromatica,  D.  152. 

Muriatis  Liquor,  D.  141. 
Tinctura,  D.  141. 

Oxydi  Squamae,  D.  136. 

Oxidi  Hydratum,  U.S.  138. 

Oxydum  nigrum,  E.  D.  138. 
rubrum,  E.  D.  136. 

Percyanidum,  L.  151. 

Potassio-Tartras,  L.  152. 

Ramenta,  L.  135. 

Rubigo,  D.  138. 

Scobs,  D.  135. 


Ferri  Sesquioxydum,  L.  136. 

Sub  Carbonas,  U.S.  136. 

Sulphas,  L.E.D.  U.S.  144. 
exsiccatum,  E.  146. 

Sulphuretum,  E.  D.  143. 

Tartarum,  D.  152. 
Ferrocyanogen,  151. 
Ferrugo,  E.  138. 
Ferrum,  L.E.D.  134. 

ammoniatum,  U.S.  142. 

Carbonicum  Saccharatum,  147. 

Tartarizatum,  E.  152. 
Ferula,  L.  405,  406. 

Assafoetida,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  406. 
Fever  Powder,  179. 
Fici,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  554. 
Ficus  Carica,  554. 
Filices,  609. 
Filix,  E.  609. 

Mas,  D.  609. 
Filtration,  24. 
Flax,  284. 
Flos,  227. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Senna,  356. 
Foeniculum  dulce,  403. 

officinale,  E.  403. 

vulgare,  L.  403. 
Folium,  226. 
Foxglove,  491. 
Fowler's  Solution,  217. 
Fraxinus  Ornus,  D.  467. 
Fructus,  228. 

Fucus  vesiculosus,  D.  612. 
Fungi,  612. 
Fusion,  25. 

Galbanum,  L.  E.  D.  414. 
Galipea  Cusparia,  L.  322. 

officinalis,  E.  322. 
Gallae,  L.  E.  D.  559. 
Gallus  domesticus,  638. 
Gamboge,  301,  305. 
Gambogia,  D.  U.S.  301. 
Garlic,  576. 
Gas  Carbonic  Acid,  65. 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  60. 

Liquor,  76. 

Gases,  diffusiveness  of,  39. 
Gemmae,  226. 

Gentiana  lutea,  L.E.D.,  475. 
Gentianeae,  485. 
Geoffrpya  inermis,  D.  358. 
Geraniaceae,  573. 
Geranium  maculatum,  U.S.  573. 
Geum  urbanum,  D.  373. 

rivale,  U.S.  373. 
Gigartina  Helminthocorton,  612. 
Gillenia,  U.S.  378.  • 
Ginger,  596. 
Ginseng,  421. 
Glycirrhiza,  L.E.D.  U.S.  368. 

echinata,  368. 

glabra,  368. 
Gold,  223. 

and  Sodium,  Chloride  of,  225. 

Oxides  of,  224. 

Perchloride,  225. 
Gossypium.  E.  288. 
Goulard  Water,  175. 
Gramineae,  602. 
Granateae,  394. 
Granati  Radix,  E.  395. 


630 

Granatum,  L.  U.S.  394. 

Granulation,  24. 

Graphite,  146. 

Gray  Powder,  187. 

Groats,  603. 

Gruel,  603. 

Guaiaci  Lignum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  315. 

Resina,  L.E.  U.S.  316. 
Guaiacum  Extract,  316. 

officinale,  L.E.D.  314. 
Guimauve,  287. 
Gum  Anime,  347. 

Tragacanth,  371. 
Gummi  Acaciae,  E.  341. 

Arabicum,  D.  341. 
Guttiferae,  301. 
Gymnospermae,  563. 

Haematoxylon  campechianum,  L.E.D.  347. 

Heat,  gentle,  25. 

Hebradendron  Cambogioides,  303. 

pictorium,  304. 
Hellebore,  black,  239. 

white,  587. 
Helleborus  foetidus,  240. 

nicer,  E.D.  239. 

officinalis,  L.  239. 

viridis,  240. 

Helonias  officinalis,  L.  588. 
Hemidesmus  indicus,  469. 
Hemiptera,  635. 
Hemlock,  417. 
Hemp,  Indian,  550. 
Henbane,  502. 
Hepar  Sulphuris,  91. 
Heracleum  gummiferum,  D.  412. 
Hippocastaneae,  308. 
Hirudo  medicinalis,  L.D.  630,  631. 

officinalis,  630. 
Honey,  636. 
Hop.  547. 
Hordeum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  603. 

distichon,  L.E.D.  603. 
Horehound,  490. 
Horse-chestnut,  308. 

radish,  274. 

Humulus  Lupulus,  L.E.D.  U.S.  547. 
Hydracids,  32. 
Hydrargyri  Acetas,  D.  208. 

Ammonio  Chloridum,  L.  203. 

Bichloridum,  L.  200. 

Bicyanidum,  L.  209. 

Biniodidum,  L.E.  195. 

Binoxydum,  L.  191. 

Bisulphuretum,  L.  254. 

Chloridum,  L.  197. 

Cyanuretum,  D.  U.S.  209. 

lodidum,  L.  U.S.  194. 

Murias  Corrosivum.  D.  200. 

Nitrico  Oxydum,  L.  194. 

Oxydum  L.  191. 

nigrum,  D.  U.S.  191. 
nitricum,  D.  193. 
rubrum,  D.  192. 

E.  192. 
Sulphuricum,  D.  206. 

Persulphas,  D.  206. 

Precipitatum  album,  E.  203. 

Submurias  Ammoniatum,  D.  203. 

Subsulphas  flavus,  206. 

Snlphuretum  cum  Sulphure,  L.  205. 
nigrum,  D.  205. 


INDEX. 


Hydrargyri  Oxydum  rubrum,  D.  204. 
Hydrargyrum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  186. 

cum  Creta,  L.E.D.  U.S.  187. 

cum  Magnesia,  D.  188. 

purificatum,  D.  187. 
Hydrate,  29,  33,  42. 
Hydrocarbons,  67. 
Hydrogen,  41. 

and  Carbon,  67. 

and  Sulphur,  67. 
Hyoscyamus  niger,  L.E.D.  502. 

Ichthyocolla,  638. 

Infusion,  26. 

Infusum  Augusturse,  D.  U.S.  322. 

Anthemidis,  L.E.  U.S.  448. 

Armoraciae,  comp.  L.D.  275. 

Aurantii,  E.  294. 
comp.  L.D.  294. 

Bucku,  E.D.  321. 

Calumbffi,  L.E.D.  252. 

Caryophyllii,  L.E.  392. 

Caryophyllorum,  D.  392. 

Catechu,  E.  346. 

comp.  L.E.  346. 
Infusum  Cascarillae,  L.E.D.  535. 

Chamaemeli,  D.  448. 

Chiretta?,  E.  478. 

Cinchonae,  L.E.D.  340. 

Coptis,  247. 

Cuspariae,  L.E.  323. 

Digitalis,  L.E.D.  493. 

Diosmeffi,  L.  321. 

Gentians,  E.  U.S.  476. 
comp.  L.D.  476. 

Krameriae,  L.  283. 

Lini,  E.  285. 

comp.  L.D.  285. 

Lupuli,  L.  550. 

Menthae  comp.  D.  486. 
simplex,  D.  486. 

Pareirae,  L.E.  250. 

Pruni  virginianae,  385. 

Quassiae,  L.E.D.  325. 

Rhei,  L.E.D.  571. 

Ross,  E.  376. 

acidum,  D.  376. 
comp.  L.  U.S.  376. 

Sarsaparillae,  comp.  D.  592. 

Scoparii,  L.  368. 

Senegas,  E.  281. 

Semite,  E.  U.S.  355. 
comp.  E.  355. 
L.D.  356. 
cum  Tamarindis,  D.  356. 

Serpentariae,  L.E.D.  533. 

Simarubae,  L.E.D.  327. 

Tabaci,  D.  U.S.  503. 

Valeriame,  D.  U.S.  443. 
Insecta,  632. 

Inula  Helenium,  L.D.  446. 
lodinei  Liquor  comp.  E.  86. 
lodineum,  L.E.D.  55. 
Ipecacuanha,  L.E.D.  U.S.  426. 
Ipomaea  Jalapa,  479. 

Mestilantica,  480. 

Purga,  479. 
Iriartea  andicola,  575. 
Irideae,  600. 
Iris  florentina,  600, 
Iron,  134. 

Bromide,  141. 


INDEX. 


081 


Iron  Carbonate,  146. 

Carburet,  146. 

Lactate,  155. 

Malate  of  Protoxide,  155. 

Protoxide,  136. 

Pyrites,  143. 
Isinglass,  638. 

Jalapa,  L.E.D.  U.S.  480. 
James's  Powder,  179. 
Janipha  Manihot,  539. 
Juglandeae,  562. 
Juglans  cinerea,  562. 
Juices,  inspissated,  27. 
Juniperus  communis,  L.E.D.  571. 
Sabina,  L.E.D.  572. 

Kermes,  Mineral,  182. 
Kino,  L.E.D.  364. 
Krameria  triandra,  L.E.D.  282. 
Krameriaceae,  282. 

Labiataa,  486. 
Lac,  643. 

Sulphuris,  44. 
Lacmus,  L.E.  611. 
Lactuca  sativa,  L.E.D.  454. 

virosa,  E.D.  455. 
Lactucarium,  L.E.  U.S.  454. 
Ladanum,  290. 
Lapis  infernalis,  220. 
Larch,  564. 
Lard,  644. 
Larix  Deodara,  565. 

europopa,  565. 
Lastraea  Filix  Mas,  609. 
Laudanum,  270. 
Laurel  Water.  334. 
Lauri  Baccas,  L.D.  517. 

Folia,  L.D.  517. 
Laurinae,  516. 
Lauro  cerasus,  E.D.  383. 
Laurus  Camphora,  L.D.  519. 

Cassia,  D.  525. 

Chloroxylon,  528. 

Cinnamomum,  L.D.  522. 

nobilis,  L.D.  517. 

Sassafras,  L.D.  518. 
Lavandula  Spica,  L.D.  484. 

vera,  E.  484. 
Lavender  Drops,  485. 
Laxatives,  653. 
Lead,  165. 

Black,  146. 

Horn,  169. 

Oxides  of,  166. 

red,  166. 

Sugar  of,  172. 

white,  170. 
Leguminosse,  341. 
Lemon,  297. 

and  Kali,  91. 

Lemons,  Essential  Salt  of,  314. 
Leontodon  Taraxacum,  L.D.  453. 
Lichen  Islandicus,  D.  610. 
Lichenes,  610. 
Lignum  Colubrinum,  471. 
Liliacea;,  476. 
Lime,  116. 

Limones,  L.E.D.  297. 
Limonum  Cortex,  L.E.  297. 

Succus,  L.  297. 


Lineae,  284. 

Lini  Farina,  E.  286. 

Semina,  L.E.D.  285. 
Linimentum  JSruginis,  L.  164. 
Ammonia?,  L.E.D.  U.S.  73. 
Ammonia  comp.  E.  73. 
Sesquicarbonatis,  L.  77. 
Anodynum,  D.  272. 
Calcis,  E.D.  U.S.  118. 
Camphorae,  L.  E.  521. 
comp.  L.  D.  521. 
Digitalis,  493. 
Hydrargyri  comp.  L.  191. 

Nitratis,  208. 
Opii,  L.E. 272. 
Saponis,  L.E.D.  467. 
cum  Opio,  D.  467. 
simplex,  E.  637. 
Terebinthinse,  L.  D.  569. 
Terebinthinatum,  E.  569. 
Linseed,  284. 
Oil,  286. 
Linum  catharticum,  E.  284. 

usitatissimum,  L.  E.  D.  284. 
Liquefacients.  661. 
Liquidambar  styraciflua,  562. 
Liquorice,  368. 
Liquor  ^Ethereus  oleosus,  D.  621. 

Sulphuricus,  D.  619. 
Aluminis  comp.  L.  133. 
Ammonias,  L.  71. 
Acetatis,  L.  78. 
fortior,  L.  71 . 
Sesquicarbonatis,  L.  77. 
Argenti  Nitratis,  L.  222. 
Arsenicalis,  E.  D.  217. 
Arsenici  et  Hydrargyri  Hydriodatis,  218. 
Barii  Chloridi,  L.  115. 
Calcii  Chloridi,  L.  124. 
Calcis,  L.  117. 
Chlorinei,  59. 

Cupri  Ammomo-Sulphatis,  L.  163. 
Ferri  lodidi,  E.  141. 

Muriatis,  D.  141. 
Hydrargyri  Bichloridi,  L.  203. 
Morphiae  Citratis,  264. 
Plumbi  Diacetatis,  L.  D.  175. 
dilutus,  L.  175. 

Subacetatis  comp.  D.  U.S.  175. 
Potassm,  L.  U.S.  83. 

Arsenitis,  L.  U.S.  217. 
Carbonatis.  L.  89. 
effervescens,  L.  91. 
Potassii  lodidi  comp.  L.  86. 
Opii  Sedativus,  272. 
Oxysulphatis  Ferri,  146. 
•    Sodre  chlorinates,  L.  106. 
effervescens,  L.  105. 
Tartari  Emetici,  D.  185. 
Liriodendron  tulipifera,  248. 
Lithargyrum,  E.  166. 
Litmus,  D.  611. 
Lixivus  Cinis,  D.  88. 
Lobelia  inflata,  L.E.  U.S. 456. 
Lobeliaceae,  456. 
Loganiacea;,  469. 
Logwood,  347. 
Lunar  Caustic,  220. 
Lupuline,  549. 
Lupulus,  L.  E.  547. 
Lycium,  344. 
LythrarisB,  395. 


G82 


INDEX. 


Lythrum  Salicaria,  D.  395. 

Mace,  516. 

Maceration.  26. 

Madder,  U.S.  424. 

Magnesia,  L.  E.  D.  125. 

Magnesia:  Carbonas,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  126. 

Bicarbonas,  128. 

Sulphas,  L.E.D.  129. 

purum,  D.  129. 
Magnesium,  124. 

Chloride,  131. 
Magnoliaceoe,  247. 
Magnolia, 

acuminata,  248. 
glauca,  248. 

tripetala,  248. 
Maize,  606. 
Mallow,  287. 
Malt,  619. 

Malva  sylvestris,  L.  E.  287. 
Malvaceae,  286. 
Mammalia,  639. 
Manganesii  Oxidum,  E.D.  134. 

Binoxydum,  L.  134. 
Manna,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  467. 
Maranta,  L.  E.  595. 

arundinacea,  L.  E.  595. 

indica,  E.  595. 
Marble,  119. 
Marjoram.  489. 
Marmor,  L.  E.  119. 

album,  D.  119. 

Marrubium  vulgare,  L.  D.  490. 
Massicot,  166. 
Mastiche.  L.  E.  D.  330. 
Materia  Medica,  definition  of,  17. 

Animal,  629. 

Vegetable,  225. 
Matico,  546. 
Measures,  Imperial, 22. 

Wine,  22. 
Meconic  acid,  267. 
Meconin,  267. 
Medicines,  definition  of,  17. 
Mel,  L.E.D.  U.S.  636. 

Boracis,  L.  E.  D.  108. 

despumatum,  D.  U.S.  636. 

ROSB.  L.E.D.  377. 
Melaleuca  Cajaputi,  L.  E.390. 

Leucadendron, D.  390. 
Melanthaceae,  588. 
Meliaceae,  308. 
Melia  azederach.  308. 
Melissa  officinalis,  E.  D.  489. 
Meloe  Majalis,  632. 
Menispermaceae,  249. 
Mentha  piperita,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  486. 
Mentha  Pulegium,  L.  E.  D.  487. 

viridis,  L.E.  D.  U.S.  485. 
Menyanthes  trifoliata,  L.  E.  D.  478. 
Mercury,  186. 
Metals,  133. 

Mezereum,  L.  E.  D.  513. 
Milk,  643. 
Mimosse,  341. 
Minium,  166. 
Mistura  Acaciee,  L.  343,  E.  344. 

Althaeas,  L.  D.  288. 

Ammoniaci,  L.D.  414. 

Amygdalae,  L.  U.S.  381. 

Amygdalarum,  E.  D.  381. 


Mistura  Assafcetidae,  L.D.  411. 

Camphors,  L.E.D.  520. 

cum  Magnesia,  E.D.  521. 

Cascarillae  Comp.  L.  535. 

Creasoti,  E.  627. 

Cretze.  L.E.D.  120 

Ferri  Aromatica,  D.  152. 
Composita,  L.  E.  D.  148. 

Gentian®  comp.  L.  476. 

Guaiaci,  L.  E.  317. 

Horde i,  E.  604. 

Moschi,  L.642. 

Scammonii,  E.  484. 

Spiritus  Vini  Gallici,  L.  617. 
Molasses,  D.  606. 
Momordica  Elaterium,  398. 
Monochlamydeae,  504. 
Monocotyledones,  574. 
Mora,  L.  D.  553. 
Morison's  Pills,  306. 
Morphia,  L.  U.S.  261. 

Bimeconate,  265. 

Citrate,  264. 
Morphias  Acetas,  L.  E.  264. 

Hydrochloras,  L.  262. 

Murias,  E.  U.S.  262. 

Muriatis  solutio,  E.  263. 

Sulphas,  264. 
Morus  nigra,  L.  D.  554. 
Moschus  moschiferus,  L.E.D.  641. 
Moss  Corsican,  612. 

Iceland,  610. 

Irish,  611. 
Moxa,  D.  45. 
Mucilage,  343. 
Mucilago  Acacia3,  E.  343. 

Amyli,  E.  D.  606. 

Gummi  Arabici,  D.  343. 
Tragacantha?,  D.  371. 

Tragacanthae,  E.  371. 
Mucuna  pruriens,  L.E.D.  U.S.  372. 

prurita,  372. 
Mulberry,  554. 
Musk,  641. 
Mustard,  276. 
Mylabris  Cichorei,  632. 
Myristica  officinalis,  L.  E.  D.  515. 

moschata,  L.  D.  515 
Myristicae  Adeps,  E.  516. 

Oleum  expressum,  L.  516. 
Myristiceae,  514. 
Myrospermum  Peruiferum,  E.  361. 

Toluiferum,  E.  361,  362. 
Myroxylon  Peruiferum,  L.  D.  361. 

Toluiferum,  E.  361. 
Myrrha,  L.E.D.  335. 
Myrtaceae,  389. 
Myrtus  Pimenta,  L.  D.  392. 

Naphtha,  628. 
Narceia,  265. 
Narcotics,  265. 
Narcotina,  265. 
Narthex,  407. 

Assafoetida.  407. 
Natrium,  100. 
Nectandra  Rodiei,  528. 
Nephrodium  Filix  Mas,  E.  609. 
Neroli  Oil,  E.  294. 
Nicotians  Tabacum,  L.E.D.  512. 
Nitre,  94. 
Nitrogen,  40. 


1  K  D  E  X. 


683 


Nitrogen  and  Hydrogen,  69. 

and  Oxygen,  53. 
Nitrum,  D.  94. 
Nutmeg,  515. 
Nux  Moschata,  D.  515. 

Vomica,  L.  E.  D.  470. 

Oak,  557. 

Oat,  613. 

Oatmeal,  613. 

Oil  of  Spikenard,  602. 

of  Wine,  621. 
Oils  Essential,  27. 
Olea  europea,  L.  E.  D.  464. 
Oleaceae,  464. 
Olefiant  Gas,  67. 
Oleum  ^thereum,  621. 

Amygdala,  L.  382. 

Amygdalarum,  D.  382. 

Ane'thi.  E.  404. 

Anisi,  L.  E.  D.  402. 

Amhemidis,  L.E.  449. 

Aurantii,  E.  L.  E.  294. 

Bergamii.  L.  296. 

Bergamotae,  E.  296. 

Cajaputi,  E.  390. 

Camphoratum,  D.  521. 

Carui,  L.E.D.  402. 

Caryophylli,  L.  E.  D.  392. 

Cassias,  E.  528. 

Cinnamorni,  L.E.D.  524. 

Copaibas,  E.  360. 

Crotonis,  E.  535,  537. 

Cubebte,  E.  546. 

Foeniculi,  E.  403. 
dulcis,  D.  403. 

Jecoris  Aselli,  666. 

Juniperi,  L.E.  D.  571. 

Lavandulae,  L.  E.  D.  484. 

Limonum,  L.  E.  298. 

Lini,  L.  E.  D.  285. 

Menthae  piperitae,  L.  E.  U.S.  487. 
piperitidis,  D.  487. 
Pulegii,  L.E.D.  488. 
viridis,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  485. 

MyristicoB,  L.  E.  516. 

Neroli,  E.  294. 

Olives,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  464. 

Origani,  L.D.  489. 

Pimentse,  L.  E.  D.  293. 

Ricini,  L.  E.  D.  537. 

Rorismarini,  D.  489. 

Rosse,  E.  378. 

Rosmarini,  L.  E.  488. 

Ruta?,  E.  D.  319. 

Sabinas,  L.  E.  D.  572. 

Sassafras,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  519. 

Succini  rectificatum,  D.  629. 

Sulphuratum,  44. 

Tartari  per  deliquium,  89. 

Terebinthinse,  L.  E.  D.  568. 
purificatum,  L.  E.  568. 
rectificatum,  D.  568. 

Tiglii,  L.  535,  537. 
Olibanum,  L.  D.  332. 

African,  333. 

Indian,  333. 
Olive,  464. 
Onion,  577. 
Ophelia  Chirata,  477. 
Opium,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  257. 

adulterations,  266. 


Opium  antidotes,  273. 

preparations,  268. 

properties,  260. 

tests,  267. 
Opodeldoc,  467. 

Opopanax  Chironium,  L.D.  405. 
Orange,  293. 
Orchideae,  694. 
Orchil,  611. 
Origanum  Majorana,  D.  489. 

vulgarc,  L.  E.  D.  489. 
Orpiment.  218. 
Oryza  sativa,  606. 
Ossa,  639. 

Ostrea  edulis,  L.  638. 
Ovis  Aries.  L.  E.D.  642. 
Ovum.  L.  E.  638. 
Oxalideae,  312. 
Oxalis  Acetosella,  312. 
Oxyacids.  32. 
Oxygen,  39. 
Oxymel  Colchici,  D.  587. 

Cupri  subacetatis,  D.  164. 

Scillae,  L.D.  579. 

Pachydermata,  644. 
Palma3,  574. 

Papaver,  L.  E.  D.  254,  255. 
RhcBas,  L.  E.  D.  254. 
somniferum,  L.E.D.  255. 
Papaveraceae.  254. 
Papilionaceae,  361. 
Paregoric  Elixir,  271. 
Pareira,  L.  E.  U.S.  249. 
Pastinaca  Opopanax,  D.  405. 
Peach,  380. 
Pearl  ashes,  88. 
Pennyroyal,  487. 
Peppermint,  486. 
Percolation,  26. 
Pericarp,  228. 
Persica  vulgaris,  380. 
Petroleum,  L.  E  D.  68,  628. 
Pharmacy,  operations  of,  24. 

dependent  on  heat,  25. 
mechanical,  23. 
Phasianus  Callus,  638. 
Phoenix  dactylifera,  574. 

sylvestris,  574. 
Phosphorus,  L.  49. 
Physeter  macrocephalus,  L.  E.  638. 
Physiology,  Vegetable,  231. 
Picraena  excelsa,  E.  324. 
Pill,  Blue,  188. 

Plummer's,  199. 
Pilulae  Aloes,  E.  583. 

comp.  L.D.  583. 
cum  Myrrha,  L.  D.  583. 
et  Assafcetidffi,  E.  583. 
et  Ferri,  E.584. 
et  Myrrhae,  E.  583. 
Assafcetidae,  E.  412. 
Calomelanos  comp.  E.  D.  199. 

et  Opii,  E.  199. 
Cambogiae,  E.  306. 
comp.  L.  306. 
Colocynthidis,  E.  398. 
comp.  D.  398. 
et  Hyoscyami,  E.  398. 
Conii  compositae,  L.  420. 
Cupri  Ammoniati,  E.  163. 
Digitalis  et  Scillse,  E.  493. 


(.84 


INDEX. 


Pilulae  e  Slyrace,  D.  461. 
Ferri  Carbonatis,  147. 
comp.  L.D.  U.S.  148. 
Sulphatis,  E.  146. 
Galbani  comp.  L.  D.  415. 
Gambogiaa  comp.  D.  306. 
Hydrargyri.  L.  E.  D.  188. 
Hydrargyri  Chloridicomp.  L.  199. 

lodidi,  L.  195. 
Ipecacuanha;  comp.  L.  267,  427. 

et  Opii,  E.  427. 
Opii,  E.  '269. 
Opii,  U.S.  269. 
Plumbi  Opiatae,  174. 
Rhei,  E.  511. 

comp.  L.E.  U.S.  511. 
et  Ferri,  E.  511. 
Sagapeni  comp.  L.  406. 
.Saponis  comp.  L.  267. 
cum  Opio,  D.  267. 
Scillte,  E.  578. 

comp.  L.  D.  578. 
Siyracis,  E.  461. 

comp.  L.  461. 
Thebaicae,  E.  269. 
Pimenta,  L.  E.  D.  393. 
Pimpinella  Anisum,  L.  E.  D.  402. 
Pinus,  564. 

Abies,  L.  D.  564. 
Balsamea,  L.  D.  564. 
Cembra,  564. 
Gerardiana,  564. 
Larix,  E.  D.  564. 
longifolia,  564. 
maritime,  564. 
Morinda,  566. 
palustris,  564. 
Pinea,  564. 
sylvestris.  L.  D.  564. 
Piper  angustifolia,  546. 
Cubeba,  L.  E.D.  545. 
longum,  L.  E.  D.  543. 
nigrum,  L.  E.  D.  542. 
Piperaceae,  542. 
Pisces,  638. 
Pistachio  Nut,  329. 
Pistacia  Lentiscus,  L.  E.  D.  330. 

Terebinthus,  L.E.D.  329. 
Pistillum,  228. 
Pitch,  510. 
Pith,  226. 

Pix  Abietina,  L.  566. 
arida,  E.  570. 
Burgundica,  E.  D.  566. 
(Canadensis,  571.) 
liquida,  L.E.D.  569. 
nigra,  L.  570. 
Plants,  Classification,  229. 
Geography  of,  234. 
Medical  Properties,  234. 
Proximate  Principles,  232. 
Plumbago,  146. 

Plumbi  Acetas.  L.E.D.  U.S.  172. 
Carbonas,  L.E.D.  U.S.  170. 
Chloridum,  L.  169. 
Diacetatia  Aqua,  E.  174. 

Solutio,  E.  174. 
lodidum,  L.  169. 
Nitras,  E.  172. 
Oxydum  Hydratum,  L.  166. 
rubrum,  E.  166. 
(Semivitreum),  L.D.  166. 


Plumbum,  E.  165. 
Podophyllete,  573. 
Podophyllum,  573. 

pellatum,  U.S.  573. 
Polygala  Senega,  D.  281. 
Polygaleae,  280. 
Polygoneae,  504. 
Polygonum  Bistorta,  D.  504. 
Polypifera,  630. 
Pomaceae,  379. 
Pomegranate,  304. 
Porifera,  630. 
Porrum,  L.  577. 
Potash,  81. 

Binoxalate,  314. 
Borotartrate,  99. 
Carbonate,  88. 
Citrate,  91. 
Prussiate,  150. 
Quadroxalate,  314. 
Potashes.  88. 
Potassa,  E.  81. 

Caustica,  D.  61. 

cum  Calce,  L.  E.  83. 

D.  83. 

Potasss  Acetas,  L.  E.  D.  98. 
aqua,  E.  83. 

effervescens,  E.  91. 
Bicarbonas,  L.E.  D.  U.S.  89. 
Bisulphas,  L.  E.  D.  93. 
Bitartras,  L.  E.  D.  98. 
Carbonas,  L.  88. 
L.  E.  88. 

e  lixivio  Cinere,  D.  88. 
c.  Tariari  Crystallis,  D.  88. 
impura,  L.  88. 
purum,  E.  88. 
Carbonatis  aqua,  89. 

Liquor,  L.  89. 
Causticae  Aqua,  D.  83. 
Chloras,  L.  93. 
et  Sodas  Tartras,  E.  110. 
Hydriodas,  D.  84. 
Hydras,  L.  81. 
Nitras,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  94. 

purificatum,  D.  96. 
Sulphas,  L.E.D.  92. 

cum  Sulphure,  E.  94. 
Sulphureti  Aqua,  D.  92. 
Sulphuretmn,  D.  91. 
Tartras,  L.E.D.  97. 
Potassii  Bromidum,  L.  86. 

Ferrocyanidum,  L.  E.  151. 
lodidum,  L.  E.  84. 
Sulphuretum,  L.E.  91. 
Potassium,  81. 

Potentilla  Tormentilla,  L.  E.  374. 
Precipitation,  28. 
Pruna,  L.E.D. 383. 
Prunus  domestica,  L.  E.  D.  383. 

Laurpcerasus,  E.  D.  383. 
Prunus  virginiana,  U.S.  384. 
Prussic  Acid,  385. 

Antidotes,  389. 
Tests,  388. 

Pterocarpus  erinaceus,  L.  E.  364. 
Marsupium,  365. 
Santalinus,  L.  E.  D.  363. 
Pulveres  effervescentes,  E.  105. 
Pulverization,  24. 
Pulvis  Aloes  comp.  L.  D.  563. 
cum  Canella,  D.  563. 


INDEX. 


Pulvis  Aluminis  comp.  E.  133. 

Antimonialis,  E.  D.  179. 

Antimonii  comp.  L.  179. 

Aromaticus,  E.D.  524. 

Asari,  comp.  D.  532. 

Auri,  223. 

Cinnamomicomp.  L.  532. 

Cornu  Cervini  Usti,  D.  (>41. 

Cretae  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  120. 

cum  Opio,  L.  D.  120. 
Opiatus,  E.  269,  120. 

Ipecacuanha;  comp.  L.  E.  D.  270,  427. 

Jalaps  Comp.  L.  E.  D.  281. 

Kino  comp.  L.  D.  367. 

pro  Cataplasmate.  D.  603. 

Rhei  comp.  E.  510. 

Salinus  comp.  E.  D.  94. 

Scammonii  comp.  L.  D.  483. 

Seillae,  D.  578. 

Spongiae  ustae,  D.  630. 

Stanni,  L.  E.  D.  177. 

Tragacanthae  comp.  L.  E.  372. 
Punica  Granatum,  L.  E.  D.  304. 
Purga,  479. 
Purgatives,  653. 
Purple  Powder  of  Cassius,  223. 
Pyrelhrum,  L.E.D.  449. 
Pyrola,  E.  D.  459. 

Quassia,  L.  E.  D.  324. 

amara,  324. 

excelsa,  L.  D.  324. 

Simaruba,  D.  326. 
Quercus,  L.  E.  D.  557. 

infectoria,  L.  E.  D.  559. 

pedunculata,  L.  E.  557. 

Robur,  D.  557. 

tinctoria,  U.S.  559. 

alba,  U.S.  659. 
Quina,  L.  436. 
Quinae  Disulphas,  L.  436. 

Sulphas,  E.  D.  436. 
Quince,  385. 
Quinia,  Lactate  of,  439. 

Valerianate  of,  439. 
Quinine.  436. 
Quinoidine,  500. 

Radiata,  630. 
Radicles,  33. 
Radix,  226. 
Raisins,  310. 
Ranunculaceae,  239. 
Ranunculus  acris,  238. 

Flamnmla,  239. 
Red  Precipitate,  193. 
Reduction,  24. 
Refrigerants,  661. 
Renealmia  Cardamomum,  E.  598. 
Resina,  L.  E.  D.  566. 
Resina  Abietis,  L.  567. 

Jalaps,  E.  481. 

Scammonii,  484. 
Rhamneae,  327. 

Rhamnus  catharticus,  L.  E.  D.  328. 
Rhatanhia,  D.  282. 
Rheum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  505. 

palmatum,  D.  507. 

species  of,  506. 

undulatum,  D.  507. 
Rhizoma,  226. 
Rhceas,  L.E.D.  254. 


Rhubarb,  505. 

varieties,  507. 
Rhus  glabrum,  U.S.  331. 

Toxicodendron,  L.  D.  331. 

Rice,  606. 

Ricinus  communis,  L.  E.  D.  537. 
Roccella  tinctoria,  L.  E.  D.  611. 
Rochelle  Salt,  110. 
Rodentia.  644. 
Rosa,  375. 

canina,  L.  E.  D.  375. 

centifolia,  L.  E.  D.  377. 

gallica,  L.  E.  D.  376. 

Mallas,  563. 
Rosaceae,  373. 
Roses,  Attar  of,  376, 378. 
Rosmarinus  officinalis,  L.  E.  D.  488. 
Rubefacients,  650. 
Rubia  tinctorum,  D.  424. 
Rubiaceae,  423. 
Rubus  villosus,  374. 

trivialis,  375. 
Rumex  Acetosa,  L.  D.  505. 

aquaticus,  D.  504. 
Ruta  graveolens,  L.  E.  D.  318. 
1  Ruteae,  318. 
!  Rye.  604. 

Sabadilla,  L.  E.  U.S.  588. 
Sabina.  L.  E.  D.  572. 
Sabbatia  angularis,  475. 
Sacchari  Faex,  L.  606. 
Saccharum,  L.  606. 

commune,  606. 

officinarum.  E.D.  606. 

Concretus  non  purificatus,  D.  606. 

Concretus  purificatus,  D.  606. 

purum,  E.  606. 
Saffron,  600. 
Sagapenum,  L.D.  405. 
Sage,  488. 
Sago,  L. E.  575. 
Sagus,  species  of,  575. 
Sal  Ammoniac,  79. 

Enixum,  93. 

Glaseri,  94. 

Mirabile  Glauberi,  110. 
Perlatum,  109. 

Polychrestum,  92. 

Prunella,  95. 

Volatile,  75. 
Salep,  594. 
Salicine,  557. 
Salicineae,  556. 
Salix.  556. 

alba,  D.  556. 

caprea,  D.  556. 

fragilis.  D.  556. 

Russeliana,  556. 
Salts.  Haloid,  35. 

Smelling,  75. 
Salvia  officinalis,  488. 
Sambucus,  L.E.D.  422. 

nigra.  422. 

canadensis,  U.S.  423. 
Sand-bath,  25. 
Sandal  Wood,  363. 
Sanguinaria  canadensis,  273. 
Sanguisuga,  630. 
Santalum  rubrum,  D.  363. 
Sapo,  L.  465. 

durus,  E.  D.  U.S.  466. 


086 

Snpo  mollis,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  4C7. 
Sarsaparilla,  D.  590. 

varieties  of,  591. 
Santa,  L.  E.  590. 
Sassafras,  L.  E.  D.  518. 

officinale,  E.  518. 
Scammonium,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  482. 
Scilla,  L.  E.  D.  577. 

maritima,  L.  D.  577. 
Scitaminece,  596. 
Scoparium,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  267. 
Scrophularia  nodosa,  D.  490. 
Scrophularinece,  490. 
Scurvy  Grass,  276. 
Secale  cereale,  604. 

cornutum,  612. 
Sedatives,  662. 
Seidlity,  Powders,  105. 
Sel  de  Seign,ette,  111. 
Semen,  228. 
Senega,  L.  E.  281. 
Senna,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  350. 

Aleppo,  354. 

Alexandrian,  E.  353. 

indica,  E.  353. 
Senna  Tinnivelly,  352. 

Tripoli,  354. 

Serpentaria,  L.  E.  D.  532. 
Sevum,  L.E.  642. 
Sherry  Wine,  618. 
Sialogogues,  652. 
Sifting,  24. 
Sileneae,  284. 
Silver,  219. 

Chloride  of,  220. 
Simaruha,  L.  E.  D.  326. 

amara,  324. 

officinalis,  L.  324. 
Simarubeae,  324. 
Sinapi,  E.  276. 
Sinapis,  L.  276. 

alba,  E.  D.  277. 

arvensis,  276. 

nigra,  L.  E.  D.  276. 
Smilacere,  590. 
Smilax,  590. 

aspera,  590. 

medica,  590. 

officinalis,  L.  E.  596. 

papyracea,  590. 

Sarsaparilla,  D.  590. 

syphilitica,  590. 
Soap,  465. 

soft,  465. 
Soda,  100. 

Powders,  105. 

Water,  94,  105. 
Sodae  Acetas,  L.  D.  112. 

AquaefTervescens,  E.  105. 

Biboras,  L.  107. 

Bicarbonas,  E.  D.  103. 

Boras,  D.  107. 

Carbonas,  L.  E.  D.  101,  102. 
exsiccata,  L.  103. 
impura,  L.  101. 
siccatum,  E.D.  103. 
venale,  D.  101. 

Carbonatis  Aqua,  D.  103. 

et  Potassae  Tartras,  D.  110. 

Murias,  E.  D.  105. 
purum,  E.  105. 

Phosphas,  L.  E.  D.  108. 


INDEX. 


Soda?  Phosphatis  Solutio,  E.  110. 

Potassio-Tartras,  L.  110. 

Sesquicarbonas,  L.  103. 

Sulphas,  L.E.  D.  108. 
Sodii  Chloridum,  L.  105. 
Sodium  Protoxide  of,  100. 
Solaneae,  494. 
Solanum  Dulcamara,  U.S.  494. 

nigrum,  494. 

tuberosum,  494. 
Solidification,  25. 
Solutio  Aconitinas,  245. 

Argenti  Ammoniati,  E.  222. 

Argenti  Nitratis,  E.  222. 

Arsenicalis,  E.  217. 

Barytffi  Nitratis,  E.  116. 

Delphiniae,  242. 

Cupri  Ammoniati,  E.  163. 

Morphise  Muriatis,  E.  262. 

Plumbi  Diacetatis,  E.  174. 

Sodas  Phosphatis,  E.  110. 
Solution,  25. 
Sorrel,  312. 
Southernwood,  450. 
Soymida  febrifuga,  308,  471. 
Spartium  Scoparium,  D.  367. 
Spear  Mint,  485. 
Specific  Gravity,  23. 
Spermaceti,  640. 
Spigelia  Anthelmia,  469. 

marylandica,  L.E.D.  469. 
Spini-cerebrata,  638. 
Spiraeaceae,  378. 
Spirit  of  Mindererus,  78. 

Proof,  617. 

Raw,  616. 

Rectified,  617. 
Spirits,  distilled,  28. 
Spiritus  ^Etheris  Nitrici,  L.E.  623. 
Nitrosus,  D.  623. 
Sulph.  E.  622. 
comp.  L.  622. 

Ammoniae,  E.  74. 
L.D.  U.S.  74. 
Aromaticus,  E.  72. 

L.D.  74. 
fcetidus,  E.  74. 
L.D.  72. 

Anisi,  L.  402. 
comp.  D.  402. 

Armoracite  comp.  L.D.  276. 

Camphoratus,  D.  521. 

Carui,  L.E.D.  402. 

Cassiae,  E.  528. 

Cinnamomi,  L.E.D.  525. 

Juniperi  comp.  L.E.D.  571. 

Lavandulae,  L.E.D.  485. 
comp.  E.D.  U.S.  485. 

Mentnie,  E.  487. 

piperitas,  L.D.  487. 
Pulegii,  L.D.  488. 
viridis,  L.D.  486. 

Myristicae,  L.E.  516. 

Nucis  MoschatiB,  D.  516. 

Pimento;,  L.E.D.  393. 

Rectificatus,  L.E.D.  617. 

Rorismarini,  D.  489. 

Rosmarini,  L.E.  U.S.  489. 

Tenuior,  L.E.D.  617. 

Vini  Gallic!,  L.  617. 
Spongia  officinalis,  E.D.  630. 
Squill,  577. 


INDEX. 


687 


.Squilla  maritime,  E.  571. 
Stalagmitis  Cambogiaides,  L.D.  302. 
Stamen,  227. 

Stannum,  L.E.D.  U.S.  176. 
Staphisagria,  L.E.D.  241. 
Starch,  605. 

Iodide  of,  56. 
Steel  Drops,  143. 

Wine,  153. 
Stimulants,  General,  665. 

Local,  650. 

Special,  650. 
Storax,  460. 

Stramomium,  L.E.D.  498. 
Strychneae,  470. 
Strychnia,  L.E.  470. 
Strychnos  Ignatia,  476. 

Nux  Vomica,  470. 
Styraceae,  460. 
Styrax  Benzoin,  L.E.D.  461. 

colatus,  L.  460,  461. 

officinale,  L.E.D.  U.S.  460. 
Sublimation,  28. 
Sublimatus  Corrosivus,  E.  200. 
Succi  Spissati,  237. 
Succinum,  L.D.  628. 
Succus  Belladonnas,  497. 

Hyoscyami,  502. 

spissatus  Aconiti,  D.  244. 
Belladonna?,  D.  496. 
Conii,  D.  420. 
Hyoscyami,  D.  502. 
Sambuci,  D.  423. 
Suet,  642. 
Sugar,  607. 
Sulphur,  E.  43. 

Antimoniatum  fuscum,  D.  182. 

lotum,  D.  44. 

Milk  of,  44. 

prascipitatum,  44. 

preparations  of,  45. 

refined,  43. 

Roll,  43. 

rough,  43. 

Stick,  43. 

sublimatum,  L.E.D.  44. 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  67. 
Sulphuric  Acid,  46. 
Sus  scrofa,  L.E.D.  644. 
Sweet  Spirits  of  Nitre,  623. 
Symbols,  33,  34. 
Synthesis,  Chemical,  31. 
Syrupus,  L.  608. 

Aceti,  E.  626. 

Althaeas,  L.E.D.  288. 

Aurantii,  L.E.D.  294. 

Balsami  Tolutani,  L.D.  363. 

Croci,  L.E.  651. 

Dianthi  Caryophylli,  284. 

empyreumaticus,  D.  606. 

Ipecacuanhas,  E.  427. 

Krameriae,  U.S.  283. 

Limonis,  D.  U.S.  299. 

Limonum,  L.  E.  299. 

Mori,  L.  555. 

Papaveris,  L.E.  256. 
Rhosadis,  D.  255. 
somniferi,  D.  256. 

Rhamni,  L.E.D.  U.S.  328. 

Rhei,  U.S.  622. 

aromaticus,  512. 

Rhoeados,  L.E.  255. 


Syrupus  Rosps,  L.D.  377. 
centifolias,  E.  377. 
Gallica3,  E.  377. 

Sarsaparillae,  D.  594. 

Sarzre,  L.  E.  594. 

Scilhe.  E.  579. 

Senegae,  282. 

Sennas,  L.  E.  U.S.  356. 

simplex,  E.  D.  608. 

Tolutanus,  L.  E.  363. 

Violae,  E.  D.  280. 

Zingiberis,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  497. 
Syrup  of  wild  cherry,  385. 

Tabacum,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  502. 

Tamarindus  indica,  L.  E.  D.  348. 

Tanacetum  vulgare.  D.  451. 

Tannin,  561. 

Tapioca,  539. 

Tar,  570. 

Taraxacum  Dens  Leonis,  L.  E.  D.  453. 

Tarragon,  450. 

Tartar,  98. 

Emetic,  183. 

Soluble  Cream  of,  99. 
Tartarum,  D.  98. 

Emeticum,  D.  183. 
Tea,  290. 

Terebinthaceae,  228. 
Terebinthina  Canadensis,  L.  566. 

Chia,  L.  E.  D.  329. 

Veneta,  E.  D.  565. 

vulgaris,  L.  D.  565. 
Ternstromiaceas,  291. 
Terra  Japonica,  345. 
Testa?  preparaias.  L.  638. 
Thalamiflorae,  238. 
Theaceas,  291. 
Thebaine,  265. 
Theine,  427. 
Theobroma  Cacao,  289. 
Therapeutical  arrangement  of  the  Materia 

Medica,  646. 

Therapeutics,  definition  of,  17. 
Thus,  D.  566. 
Thymelaeae,  513. 
Tiglium,  535. 
Tin,  176. 
Tinctura  Aconiti,  U.S.  244. 

Aloes,  L.E.D.  U.S.  484. 
comp.  L.  D.  484. 
et  Myrrhae,  E.  484. 

Ammonias  comp.  L.  72. 

Angustura,  D.  323. 

Assafcetidse,  L.  E.D.  412. 

Aurantii,  L.  E.  294. 

Balsami  Tolutani,  E.D.  363. 

Belladonna,  497. 

Benzoes  comp.  D.  463. 

Benzoini  comp.  L.  E.  463. 

Bucku,  D.  321. 

Buchu,  E.  321. 

Calumbse,  L.  E.D.  U.S.  252. 

Camphoroe,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  521. 
comp.  L.  521. 

Cannabis,  553. 

Cantharidis,  L.  E.  D.  633. 

Capsici,  L.E.D.  498. 

Cardamomi,  L.E.  599. 
comp.  L.  E.  D.  599. 

Cascarillie,  L.  E.  D.  535. 

Cassiae,  E.  528. 


088 


INDEX 


Tinctura  Castorei,  L.  E.  646. 
Ammoniata,  E.  686. 
Rossici,  D.  686. 
Catechu,  L.  E.  D.  345. 
Cimiciiuga,  246. 
Cinchonas,  L.  E.D.  441. 
comp.  L.  E.  D.  441. 
Cinnamomi,  L.  E.  D.  525. 

comp.  L.  E.  525. 
Colchici,  L.  E.D.  587. 
comp.  L.  587. 
Seminum,  D.  587. 
Conii,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  420. 
Coptis,  247. 
Croci,  E.  601. 
Cubeboe,  L.  546. 
Cuspariae,  E.  323. 
Delphinire,  242. 
Digitalis,  L.  E.  D.  493. 
Ferri  Ammonio-Chloridi,  L.  143. 
Muriatis,  E.  141. 
Sesquichloridi,  L.  141. 
Galbani,  D.  415. 
Gallse,  L.  561. 
Gallarum,  E.D.  561. 
Gentianas  comp.  L.  E.  D.  476. 
Guaiaci,  L.  E.  D.  U.S.  318. 

Ammoniata,  E.D.  U.S.  318. 
comp.  L.  318. 
Hellebori,  L.  U.S.  441. 

nigri,  D.  441. 
Humuli,  D.  U.S.  550. 
Hyoscyami,  L.  E.  D.  502. 
lodinei,  E.D.  56. 
comp.  L.  57. 
lodinii  comp.  L.  86. 
Jalapae.  L.E.  D.  481. 
Kino,  L.E.  D.  367. 
Lactucarii,  E.  456. 
Lavandulas  comp.  L.  485. 
Lobelias,  E.  U.  S.  457. 
Lobelias  jElherea,  E.  457. 
Lupuli,  L.  550. 
olei  menthae  yiridis,  486. 
menthae  piperitae,  487. 
Moschi,  D.  642. 
Myrrhse,  L.E.D.  U.S.  338. 
Nucis  Voinicae,  D.  492. 
Opii.  L.E.Q.  U.S.  270. 
Acetata,  U.S.  271. 
Ammoniata,  E.  271. 
Camphorata,  E.D.  U.S.  271. 
Piperis  CubebtE,  D.  546. 
Quassia;,  E.D.  326. 

comp.  E.  326. 
Rhei,  E.  U.S.  512. 
comp.  L.D.  512. 
et  Aloes,  E.  U.S.  512. 
et  Gentianae,  E.  U.S.  512. 
et  Sennas,  U.S.  512, 
Sanguinariae,  274. 
Scillse,  L.E.D.  579. 
Sennas  comp.  L.E.D.  356. 

et  Jalapae,  U.S.  356. 
Serpentariffi,  L.E.D.  533. 
Tolutana,  E.  363. 
Valerianae,  L.E.D.  U.S.  443. 
Ammoniata,  E.D.  U.S.  444. 
comp.  L.  444. 
Zinci  Acetatis,  D.  160. 
Zingiberis,  L.E.D.  U.S.  497. 
Tincture  of  Hop  Glands,  550. 


Tinctures,  26. 

Ammoniated,  26. 

compound,  26. 

Ethereal,  26. 

simple,  26. 

Toluifera  Balsamum,  D.  363. 
Tonics,  667. 

Tormentilla  officinalis,  L.E.D.  U.S.  374. 
Tous  les  Mois,  595. 
Toxicodendron,  L.  331. 
Tragacantha,  L.E.D.  U.S.  370. 
Triticum  hybernum,  L.D.  U.S.  604. 

vulgare,  E.  604. 
Trochisci  Acaciae,  344. 
.    AcidiTartarici,  E.  662. 

Cre'tae,  120. 

Glycyrrhizae  et  opio,  369. 

Glycirrhizffi,  E.  369. 

Lactucarii,  E.  456. 

Magnesia;,  E.  128. 

Morphias,  E.  263. 

et  Ipecacuanhas,  264. 

Opii,  E.  267. 

Sodae  Bicarbonatis,  E.  104. 
Turmeric,  697. 
Turpentine  Chian,  329. 
Turpeth  Mineral,  206. 
Tussilago  Farfara,  L.D.  445. 
Tutty,  156. 

Ulmus  campestris,  L.D.  555. 
Umbelliferaj,  400. 
Uncaria  Gambir,  442. 
Unguentum  Acidi  Nitrici,  D.  651. 

Sulphurici,  D.  49. 
Aconitinae,  245. 
^Eruginis,  E.  164. 
Antiinoniale,  E.  186. 
Antimonii  Potassio  Tartratis,  L.  186. 
Aquae  Rosa;,  U.S.  378. 
Calaminae,  D.  158. 
Camharidis,  E.  634.    . 

L.D.  U.S.  63. 
Cera;  albae,  D.  637. 

flayie,  D.  637. 
Cetacei,  L.  640. 

D.  640. 

Citrinum,  E.D.  207. 
Cocculi,  E.  254. 
Conii,  D.  420. 
Creasoti,  L.E.  628. 
Cupri  subacetatis,  D.  164. 
Delphinise,  242. 
Elemi,  D.  341. 

comp.  L.  341. 
Galls  comp.  L.  273,  562. 
et  Opii,  E.  273,  562. 
Gallarum,  D.  561. 
Hydrargyri,  E.D.  189. 

Ammonio-Chloridi,  L.  204. 
Biniodidi,  L.  196. 
Chloridi,  200. 
fortius,  L.  189. 
lodidi,  L.  195. 
mitius,  L.D.  190. 
Nitratis,  L.D.  U.S.  207. 
Nitrico-Oxydi,  D.  194. 
Oxydi  Nitrici,  D.  194. 
Submuriatis  Ammoniati,  D.  204. 
Infusi  Cantharidis,  E.  634. 
lodinei,  E.D.  57,  86,  661. 
lodinii  comp.  L.  56,  86. 
Oxidi  Hydrargyri,  E.  194. 


INDEX. 


689 


Unguentum  Picis  liquidoe,  L.E.D.  U.S.  570. 

nigrse,  L.  570. 
Piperis  nigri,  D.  544. 
Plumbi  Acetatis,  E.D.  173. 

Carbonatis,  E.D.  172. 

comp.  L.  167. 

lodidi,  L.  170. 
Potassae  Hydriodatis,  D.  85. 
Precipitati  albi,  E.  204. 
Resinse  albas,  D.  567. 
Resinosum,  E.  567. 
Sabinas,  D.  572. 
Sambuci,  L.D.  423. 
Scrophulariffi,  D.  491. 
simplex,  E.  637.  «     .         ,"~ 

Stramonii,  U.S.  500. 
Sulphuris,  L.E.D.  45. 

comp.  L.  45. 
Tartari  Emetici,  D.  186. 
Veratri,  L.D.  U.S.  588. 
Zinci,  L.E.  157. 

Oxydi,  D.  157. 
Urticese,  547. 
Uva,  L.  310. 

Ursi,  L.E.D.  U.S.  458. 
UTSB  passse,  E.  310. 

Vateriana  officinalis,  L.E.D.  442. 

Valerianese,  442. 

Vanilla,  594. 

Vaporisation,  26. 

Vegetables,  collecting  and  drying,  235. 

Vegetation,  chemistry  of,  233. 

Veratria,  L.E.  U.S.  589. 

Veratrum,  L.D.  U.S.  587. 

album,  L.E.D.  587. 

Sabadilla,  E.  588. 
Verbascum  Thapsus,  D.  493. 
Verdegris,  163. 
Vertebrata,  638. 
Vine,  309. 
Vinegar,  624. 
Vinum  album,  E.  618. 

hispanicum,  D.  618, 

Aloes,  L.E.D.  684. 

Antimoniale,  E.  185. 

Antimonii  Potassio-Tartratis,  L.  185. 

Colchici,  L.E.  587. 

Ferri,  153. 

Gentian*,  E.  477. 


Vinum  Ipecacuanha?,  L.E.D.  427 

Opii,  L.E.D.  271. 

Rhei,  E.  511. 

Tabaci,  E.  503. 

Veratri,  L.  588. 

Xericum,  L.  618. 
Viola  odorata,  E.D.  279. 

pedata,  280. 
Violaceas,  279. 
Vitis  vinifera,  L.E.D.  309. 
Vitriol,  Blue,  161. 

White,  168. 
VoUime,  32. 

Washing,  24. 
Water,  41. 
Water-bath,  25. 
Waters,  Distilled,  27. 
Wax,  636. 
Weights,  22. 

Apothecarie§w22. 

Dublin,  22. 

Liquid,  22. 

Troy,  22. 
Wheat,  604. 
Wine  Antimonial,  185. 
Wintera  Aromatica,  D.  249. 
Winter's  Bark,  249. 
Wood  Oil,  625. 
Wormwood,  450. 

Xanthopicrine,  323. 
Yeast,  619. 

Zanthoxyleee,  323. 

Zanthoxylum  fraxineum,  U.S.  323. 

Zea  Mays,  606. 

Zinc,  Butter  of,  157. 

Zinci  Acetatis  Tinctura,  D.  160. 

Carbonas  Impurum,  D.  157. 
prseparatum,  D.  157. 

Chloridum,  157. 

Oxydum,  L.E.D.  156. 

Sulphas,  L.E.D.  158. 
Zincum,  L.E.D.  155. 
Zingiber,  L.E.D.  U.S.  596. 

officinale,  L.E.  596. 
Zingiberaceae,  596. 
Zygophylleae,  314. 


THE   END. 


JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE. 

SESSION  OF  1846—7. 

The  regular  Course  of  Lectures  will  commence  on  Monday  the  2d  day  of  November,  and 
end  on  the  last  day  of  February. 

ROBLEY  DOSGMSOX,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Institutes  of  Medicine. 

ROBERT  M.  HCSTOX,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  General  Therapeutics. 

JOSEPH  PANCOAST,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  General,  Descriptive  and  Surgical  Anatomy. 

JOHN  K.  MITCHELI.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Practice  of  Medicine. 

THOMAS  D.  MUTTER,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Surgery. 

CHARLES  D.  MEIGS,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

FHAXKLIN  BACHE,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Every  Wednesday  and  Saturday  during  the  course,  Medical  and  Surgical  cases  are  investigated  and  pre- 
scribed for  before  the  class.  During  the  past  year  not  fewer  than  1,000  cases  were  treated,  and  upwards  of  172 
were  operated  on.  The  Clinical  Lectures  are  BO  arranged  as  to  permit  the  student,  should  he  desire  it,  to  attend 
The  Medical  and  Surgical  practice  and  lectures  at  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital. 

On  and  after  the  1st  of  October,  the  dissecting  rooms  of  the  College  will  be  open  under  the  direction  of  the 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  the  Demonstrator. 

Owing  to  the  large  size  of  the  class,  which  numbered  469  during  the  last  session,  it  became  expedient  to 
make  extensive  and  important  alterations  in  the  college  edifice.  These  will  be  completed  by  the  1st  of  Sep- 
tember. 

R.  M.  HUSTON,  M.  D.,  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

No.  1  Girard  Street. 

CEO.  yfj^r^^  co ^ 

WHOLESALE  DRUGGISTS, 

No,  301  Market  Street 

Have  always  on  hand  a  large  and  general  assortment  of  choice  Drugs  and  Medicines,  Surgical  Instruments, 
Anatomical  preparations,  Chemical  and  Philosophical  apparatus,  and  everything  appertaining  to  the  Profes- 
sion. They  give  especial  attention  to  the  orders  of  Physicians  in  the  country  and  in  distant  States,  and 
will  extend  to  such  as  furnish  satisfactory  references  a  liberal  credit,  and  furnish  them  with  articles  of  the  best 
quality  at  as  low  prices  as  those  of  like  character  can  be  had  elsewhere  in  the  United  States. 

A  UNIFORM   AND   CHEAP   EDITION    OF 

DICKENS'  NOVELS  AND  TALES. 

IN  THREE  LARGE  VOLUMES. 


THE    NOVELS    AND    TALES 

OF 

CHARLES  DICKENS, 
(BOZ.) 

In  Three  large  and  Beautiful  Octavo  Volumes,  done  up  in  Extra  Cloth, 
CONTAINING  ABOUT   TWENTY-TWO  HUNDRED  AND  FIFTY  LARGE   DOU- 
BLE  COLUMNED  PAGES. 

Price  for  the  whole,  only  Three  Dollars  and  Seventy-five  Cents. 

The  frequent  inquiries  for  a  uniform,  compact  and  good  edition  of  Boz's  works,  have  induced  the  publishers 
to  prepare  one,  which  they  now  offer  at  a  price  so  low  that  it  should  command  a  very  extended  sale.  It  is 
printed  on  fine  white  paper,  with  good  type,  and  forms  three  large  volumes,  averaging  about  seven  hundred 
and  'fifty  pages  each,  done  up  in  various  styles  of  extra  cloth,  making  a  beautiful  and  portable  edition. — 
Some  of  the  works  are  illustrated  with  wood  engravings. 

Will  be  Ready  in  September  1846, 

A  FOURTEENTH  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  VOLUME  OF  THE 

ENCYCLOP/EDIAAMERICANA. 

BY  HENRY  VETHAKE,  ESQ.,  LL.  D., 

One  of  the  Professors  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,,  4»e.,  fye. 

Thirteen  years  have  now  elapsed  since  the  publication  of  the  last  additions  to  the  Encyclopaedia  Americana, 
and  the  numerous  important  events  which  have  transpired  since  then,  the  advance  made  in  all  the  sciences 
and  arts,  and  the  number  of  distinguished  men  who  have  become  legitimate  subjects  for  biography,  render  a 
supplement  necessary  for  the  numerous  readers  of  this  widely  diffused  and  popular  work.  In  the  hands  of 
Professor  Vethake,  this  difficult  task  has  been  faithfully  executed,  and  in  a  short  time,  those  who  possess  the 
.-Encyclopaedia,  will  be  able  to  add  to  it  this  new  volume. 

Any  of  the  books  in  the  following  catalogue  can  be  furnished  by  G.  W.  Carpenter  tf  Co.,  or  other 
Druggists  of  Philadelphia  or  New  York. 


MISCELLANEOUS  WORKS 

IN  VARIOUS  DEPARTMENTS  OF  LITERATURE, 
PUBLISHED  BY  LEA  AND  BLANCHARD, 


Acton's  Modern  Cookery,  with  cuts,  12mo,  cloth. 

American  Ornithology,  by  Prince  Charles  Bonaparte 
in  4  vots.  folio,  half  bound,  colored  plates. 

American  Military  Law,  by  Lieut.  O'Brien,  U.  S.  A 
1  vol.  Svo,  cloth  or  law  sheep. 

AddUon  on  Contracts.at  press. 

Arnott's  Elements  of  Physics,  1  vol.  8vo.  sheep. 

Boz's  Complete  Works,  in  7  vols.  8vo,  extra  cloth,  with 
numerous  plates. 

Same  work,  common  edition,  in  paper,  7  parts,  price 
*3  18. 

Same  work  in  3  large  vols.  fancy  cloth,  price  S3  75. 

Benthamiana:  Extracts  from  Bemham,  in  1  vol.  12mo 

Browne's  Religio  Medici,  I  vol.  12mo,  extra  cloth. 

Bolmar's  French  Series,  consisting  of— A  Selection  ol 
One  Hundred  Perrin's  Fables,  with  a  Key  to  the  Pro- 
nunciation; A  Series  of  Colloquial  Phrases;  The 
First  Eight  Books  of  F.enelon's  Telemachus ;  Key  to 
the  same;  A  Treatise  on  all  the  French  Verbs,  Regu- 
lar and  Irregular.  The  whole  forming  five  small 
volumes,  hall  bound  to  match. 

Butler's  Atlas  of  Ancient  Geography.  Svo,  half  bound. 

Butler's  Geographia  Classica,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Brigliam  on  Mental  Cultivation,  &c.,  12mo,  cloth. 

Bridge  water  Treatises.  The  whole  complete  in  7  vols. 
Svo.  various  bindings:  containing — Rogei's  Animal 
and  Vegetable  Physiology,  in  2  vols.  with  many  cuts; 
Kirby  on  the  History,  Habits  and  Instinct  of  Animals, 
1  vol.  with  plates;  Prouton  Chemistry;  Chalmers  on 
the  Moral  Condition  of  Man;  Whewell  on  Astrono- 
my; Bell  on  the  Hand;  Kidd  on  the  Physical  Condi- 
tion of  Man;  Buckland's  Geology,  2  vols.,  with  nu- 
merous plates  and  maps. 
Roget,  Buckland.  and  Kirby  are  sold  separate. 

Brougham  on  the  French  Revolution,  1  vol..  paper. 

Brougham's  Historical  Sketches  of  Statesmen,  3  vols. 

Barnaby  Rudge,  by  "  Boz,"  paper  or  cloth. 

Browning's  History  of  the  Huguenots,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Brewster's  Treatise  on  Optics,  1  vol.  12mo,  cuts. 

Babbage's  "  Fragment,"  1  vol.  Svo. 

Chimes,  by  Dickens,  plates.  ISmo,  fancy  cloth. 

Complete  Cook,  paper,  price  only  25  cents. 

Complete  Confectioner,  paper,  price  25  cents. 

Complete  Florist,  paper,  25  cents. 

Complete  Gardener,  do.        do. 

Curiosity  Shop,  by  "Boz,"  paper  or  cloth. 

Campbell's  Complete  Poetical  Works,  in  1  vol.  crown 
Svo,  cloth  gilt  or  white  calf,  plates 

Cooper's  Naval  History  of  the  United  States,  2  vols.  Svo. 

Cooper's  Novels  and  Tales,  in  23  vols.  sheep  gilt,  12mo, 
or  47  vols.  paper. 

Clater's  Horse  Doctor,  1  vol.  12mo. 

Clater'a  Cattle  and  Sheep  Doctor,  1  vol.  12mo,  cuts. 

Davidson,  Margaret,  Memoirs  of  and  Poems,  in  1  vol. 
12mo.  paper.  50  cents,  or  extra  cloth. 

Davidson,  Lucretia,  Poetical  Remains,  1  vol.  12mo,  pa- 
per. 50  cents,  or  extra  cloth. 

Davidson,  Mrs ,  Poetry  and  Life,  in  1  vol.  12mo,  paper, 
50  cents,  or  extra  cloth. 

Dog  and  Sportsman,  by  Skinner,  plates,  1  v.  12mo,  c'th. 

Dunglison  on  Human  Health.  1  vol.  Svo. 

Encyclopedia  of  Geography,  in  3  vols.  Svo,  many  cuts. 

Encyclopaedia  Americana,  13  voi».  Svo.  A  supple- 
mentary vol.  (14thA  is  nearly  ready. 

East's  Reports,  edited  by  G.  M.  Wharton,  in  8  vols. 
large  *vo,  law  sheep. 

Education  of  Mothers,  1  vol.  12mo,  cloth  or  paper. 

Electro-Magnetic  Telegraph,  by  Vail,  Svo,  sewed. 

Frederic  the  Great,  2  vols  12mo,  extra  cloth. 

Fielding's  Select  Works,  in  1  vol.  8vo,  cloth. 

Francatelli's  Modem  French  Cook,  in  1  vol.  Sto,  with 
many  cuts. 

Fowaes'  recent  work  on  Chemistry,  1  vol  12mo,  many 
cuts. 

Grahame's  Colonial  History,  2  vols.  Svo,  a  new  ed. 


Gieseler's  Ecclesiastical  History,  3  vols.  Svo. 
Four  Seasons,  1  v.  12 
Hawker  on  Shooting,  with  cuts,  preparing. 


Griffith's  Chemistry  of  the  Fo 


mo,  cuts. 


Herschell's  Treatise  on  Astronomy.  1  vol.  12mo.  cuts. 
Hemans'  Complete  Poetical  Works,  in  7  vols.  12ino. 
Hemans'  Memoirs,  by  her  Sister,  1  vol.  12mo. 
Milliard  on  Real  Estate,  2  lar^e  vols.  Svo.  law  sheep. 
Hill  on  Trustees,  1  large  vol.  Svo,  law  sheep. 
Ingersoll's  History  of  the  Late  War,  1  vol.  Svo. 
Irving'g  Works,  2  vols.  super-royal  8vo. 
Irvujg's  Columbus,  in  2  vols.  Svo. 


Irving's  Beauties,  in  1  vol.  ISmo. 

Irving's  Rocky  Mountains,  2  vols.  12mo.  cloth. 

Jesse's  Court  of  England,  in  3  vols.  12mo. 

Keble's  Christian  Year,  in  32mcr,  extra  cloth. 

Kirby  and  Spence's  Entomology,  1  large  Svo  vol.,  with 
plates,  plain  or  colored. 

Lite  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  by  Judge  Tucker,  2  vols.  8ro. 

Lights,  Shadows,  &c.  of  Whigs  and  Tories,  1  vol.  12wo 

Language  of  Flowers,  1  vol.  ISmo,  colored  plates. 

Lockhan's  Life  of  Scott,  7  vols.  12mo. 

Loves  of  the  Poets,  by  Mrs.  Jamison,  12mo. 

Marston;  or  the  Soldier  aud  Statesman,  by  Croly,  Svoj 
sewed,  50  cents. 

Mackintosh's  Ethical  Philosophy,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Moore's  History  of  Ireland,  in  2  vols.  Svo,  cloth. 

Martin  Chuzzlewit.  by  "Boz^"  cloth  or  paper. 

Millwright's  and  Miller's  Guide,  by  Oliver  Evans,  in  1 
vol.  Svo,  sheep,  many  plates. 

Mill's  History  of  the  Crusades,  and  Chivalry,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Mill's  Sportsman's  Library,  1  vol.  12mo,  extra  cloth. 

Narrative  of  the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition, 
by  Captain  Charles  Wilkes,  U.S.  N.  In  6  vols.  4lo, 
960  00 ;  or  6  vols.  imp.  8vo,  $25  00 ;  or  5  vols.  Svo, 
$10  00. 

Niebuhr's  History  of  Rome,  complete,  2  vols.  Svo. 

Nicholas  Nickleby,  by  "Boz,"  cloth  or  paper. 

Oliver  Twist,  by  '•  Boz,"  cloth  or  paper. 

Picciola, — The  Prisoner  of  Fenestrella,  12mo,  sewed. 

Popular  Vegetable  Physiology,  by  Carpenter,  1  v.  Ian. 

Pickwick  Club,  by  "  Boz,"  cloth  or  paper. 

Rush's  Court  of  London,  new  series,  1  vol.  8vo. 

Ranke's  History  of  the  Popes  of  Rome,  1  vol.  Svo,  cloth. 

Ranke's  History  of  the  Reformation  in  Germany,  to  be 
complete  in  1  vol. 

Ranke's  History  of  the  Ottoman  and  Spanish  Empires. 

Rogers'  Poems,  a  splendid  edition,  illustrated,  imp.  Svo. 

Roget's  Outlines  of  Physiology,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Roscoe's  Lives  of  the  Kings  of  England,  a  12mo  series 
to  match  the  Queens. 

Strickland's  Lives  of  the  Queens  of  England,  8  vols. 
12mo,  cloth  or  paper. 

Sportsman's  Library,  by  Mills,  1  vol.  12mo. 

Select  Works  of  Tobias  Smollett,  cloth  or  paper. 

Siborne's  Waterloo  Campaign,  wiih  maps,  1  v.  lar.  Svo. 

Stable  Talk  and  Table  Talk,  for  Sportsmen,  1  vol.  12mo. 

Small  Books  on  Great  Subjects — containing  "  Philo- 
sophical Theories  and  Philosophical  Experience" — 
'•  On  the  Connection  between  Physiology  and  Intel- 
lectual Science" — '•  On  Man's  Power  over  himself  to 
Prevent  or  Control  Insanity" — "An  Introduction  to 
Practical  Organic  Chemistry"  —  ''A  Brief  View  of 
Greek  Philosophy  up  to  the  Age  of  Pericles" — "A 
Brief  View  of  Greek  Philosophy  from  the  Age  of 
Socrates  to  the  Coming  of  Christ"—"  Christian  Doc- 
trine and  Practice  in  the  Second  Century"— "An  Ex- 
position of  Vulgar  and  Common  Errors,  adapted  to 
the  Year  of  Grace  1845"— "An  Introduction  to  Vege- 
table Physiology  wiih  references  to  the  works  of  D« 
Candolle,  Lindley,  &c."— "On  the  Principles  of  Cri- 
minal Law," — "Christian  Sects  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century,"  &c.— each  work  in  1  small  vol.,  price  25 
cents,  forming  a  neat  and  cheap  series  "The  Con- 
nection between  Physiology  and  intellectual  Sci- 
ence" and  "  Principles  of  Criminal  Law"  are  now 
*»ady,  and  the  others  will  shortly  follow,  with  new 
works  now  preparing  for  the  series. 

Spence  on  the  Jurisdiction  of  the  Court  of  Chancery, 
at  press 

Thomson's  Domestic  Management  of  the  Sick  Room' 
1  vol.  l'2mo,  extra  cloth. 

Tokeah,  by  Sealsfiejd,  price  25  cents. 

Walpole's  Letters,  fi)  4  large  vols.  8vo.  ex  cloth. 

Walpole's  New  Letters  to  Sir  Horace  Mann,  2  v.  Svo. 

Walpole's  Memoirs  of  George  the  Third,  2  vols.  8vo. 

While's  Universal  History,  a  new  and  improved  work 
for  Schools,  Colleges.  &c..  with  Questions  by  Pro- 
fessor Hart,  in  1  vol.  large  12mo,  extra  cloth,  or  half 
bound. 

Wheaton's  International  Law,  1  vol.  large  Svo,  law 
sheep  or  extra  cloth,  3d  edition,  much  improved. 

Wheaton  on  the  Right  of  Search,  in  1  vol.  8vo. 

Mrs.  Washington  Potts,  by  Miss  Leslie,  25  cqnts. 

Wraxall's  Posthumous  Memoirs,  1  vol  Svo. 

Wraxall's  Historical  Memoirs,  1  vol.  Svo. 
Youatt  on  the  Horse,  4c.,  1  vol.  Svo. 
Youatt  on  the  Dog,  with  plates,  preparing. 


5 


TO   THE    MEDICAL    PROFESSION1. 

The  following  list  presents  nearly  all  the  works  on  Medical  Science  published,  at  press  and 
preparing  by  the  Subscribers.  They  will  be  found  to  be  executed  in  a  superior  style,  and  sold 
at  prices  as  low  as  can  be  afforded  consistent  with  correct  editions.  These  works  can  be  had 
in  all  the  principal  bookstores  throughout  the  Union;  from  which,  or  from  ihe  subscribers,  all  in- 
formation relative  to  prices,  &c.,  can  be  obtained,  on  application,  free  of  postage. 

L,EA    X    BJLA^CHJIRU,  JPIuladelphta. 

' 


•Anatomical  Atlas,  by  Smith  &  Homer,  imp.  8vo,  650  figs. 

Arnott's  Elements  ot  Physics,  new  cd.  1  vol.  Svo,  4c4pp. 

American  Medical  Journal,  quarterly  at  #5  a  year. 

Abercrombie  on  the  Stomach,  1  vol.  tivo,  320  pages. 

Abercrombie  on  the  Brain,  new  ed.,  1  vol.  b'vo,  3i4  pp. 

Alison's  Outlines  of  Pathology,  in  1  vol.  Svo,  420  pp. 

Ashwell  on  Females,  one  vol.  Svo,  520 .pages. 

Andral  on  the  Blood,  120  pages,  Svo. 

Bird  on  Urinary  Deposits,  1  vol.  9yo,  228  pp. 

Bird's  Natural  Philosophy,  preparing. 

Burrows  on  Cerebral  Circulation,  preparing.     » 

Budd  on  the  Liver,  1  vol.  8vot392  pp. 

Buckland's  Geology  and  Miiteralogy,  2  vols.  Svo,  •with 

numerous  plates  and  maps. 

Berzehus  on  the  Kidneys  and  Urine,  1  v<jl.  Svo,  lEOpp. 
Bridgewater  Treatises,  with  numerous  illustrations,  7 

vols.  8vo,  32S7  pp. 

Bartlett  on  Fevers,  &c.,  1  vol.  8vo.,  394  pages. 
Bartlett's  Philosophy  of  Medicine,  1  vol.  Svo,  312  pp. 
Brigham  on  Mental  Excitement,  1  vol.  12mo.  204  pp. 
Billing'*  Principles  of  Medicine,  1  vol.  Svo,  304  pp. 
Brodie  on  Urinary  Organs,  1  vol.  Svo.  214  pp. 
Brodie  on  the  Joints,  1  vol.  Svo,  216  pp. 
Brodie's  Surgical  Lectures,  1  vol.  Svo,  350  pp. 
Bemdict's  Compendium  of  Chapman's  Lectures,  1  vol. 

8ro,  258  pp. 

Chapman  on  Viscera,  1  vol.  Svo,  364  pages. 
Chapman  on  Fevers,  Gout,  &c.,  1  vol.  8vo.  450  pp. 
Chelius'  Surgery,  by  South  and  Norris.  at  press. 
Chitty's  Medical  Jurisprudence,  Svo,  510  pp. 
Clater  and  Skinner'*  Farrier,  12mo,  cloth,  220  pp. 
Carpenters  Principles. of  Human  Physiology,  1  vol. 

Svo,  644  pages,  with  cuts,  second  edition. 
Carpenter's  General  and  Comparative  Physiology,  1 

vol.  Svo,  preparing,  many  plates. 
Carpenter's  Vegetalile  Physiology,  1  vol.  12mo,  with 

cuts,  300  pp. 
Carpenter's  Manual,  or  Elements  of  Physiology,  1  vol. 

Svo,  566  pages,  many  cuts. 

Carpenter's  Cyclopediaof  Natural  Science,  preparing. 
Cooper,  Sir  Astley  on  Hernia,  imp.  Svo,  plates.  423pp. 
Cooper  on  Dislocations,  1  vol.  Svo,  with  cuts,  500 ^>p. 
Cooper  on  ihe  Testis  and  Thymu?  Gland,  1  vol.  impe- 
rial Svo,' many  plates. 
Cooper  on  the  Anatomy  and  Diseases  of  the  Breast.  &c. 

&.C.,  1  vol.  imperial  Svo,  splendid  lithographic  plates. 
Condie  on  Diseases  of  Children,  1  vol.  Svo.  652  pages. 
Churchill  on  Females,  3d  edition,  1  vol.  Svo,  572  pp. 
Churchill's  Midwifery,  1  vol.  Svo,  520  pp.,  many  cuts. 
Cyclopaedia  of  Practical  Medicine,  by  Forbes,  &c. 

Edited  by  Dunglison,  in  4  large  super-royal  vols., 

3154  double  columned  page;. 
Carson's  Medical  Formulary,  in  preparation. 
Dewees'  Midwifery,  with  plates.  10th  edit.,  660  pp. 
Dewees  on  Children,  8th  edition,  543  pp. 
Dewees  on  Females,  with  plates,  Sth  edition,  532  pp. 
Durlacher  on  Corns.  Bunions,  &c.,  1  vol.  12mo.,  134  pp. 
Dunglison's  Physiology,  6th  edition,  2  vols.  8vo,  1350 

pages,  with  370  cuts. 
Danglison's  Therapeutics  and  Materia  Medica,  a  new 

edition,  with  cuts,  2  vols.  Svo,  986  pages. 
Dnnslison's  Medical  Dictionary,  6th  edition,  1  vol.  8vo, 

804  very  large  pages,  double  columns 
Dunglison  on  New  Remedies,  4lh  edition,  616  pp. 
Dunglison  on'Human  Health,  in  1  vol  8vov464  pp. 
Dunglisen's  Practice  of  Medicine,  2d  edition,  2  vols. 

Svo,  1322pp. 

Dunglison's  Medical  Student.  1  vol.  12mo,  312  pp. 
Drum's  Surgery,  1  vol.  Svo,  534  pp.,  2d  ed.,  many  cuts. 
Ellis'  Medical  Formulary,  a  new  edition,  nearly  ready. 
Elliotson's  Mesmeric  Cas«s,  Svo,  56  pp. 
Esquirol  on  Insanity,  by  Hunt,  496  pp. 
Fownes'  Elementary  Chemistry,  1  voj.  royal  12mo,  460 

pages,  many  cuts. 
Fevers,  General  and  Special,  edited  by  Clymer,  1  vol. 

Svo,  600  pages. 


' 

Fergusson's  Piactical  Surgery,  1  vol.  Svo, 2d  ed  ,  640pp. 

Graham's  Chemistry,  with  cut*,  1  vol.  Svo,  750  pp. 

Griffith's  Chemistry  of  the  Four  Seasons,  1  vol.  12mo, 
with  cuts. 

Griffith's  Medical  Botany,  many  illustrations,  at  press. 

Gulhne  on  the  Bladder  and  Urethra,  1  vol.  fevo.  150pp. 

Hoblyn's  Dictionary  of  Medical  Terras,  by  Hays,  1  vol. 
large  12mo,  402  page*. 

Harris  on  the  Maxillary  Sinus,  1  vol.  Svo,  166  pages. 

Homer's  Special  Anatomx,  2  vols.  &vo,  7ih  ed.,  cuts. 

Horner's  ISew  Dissector,  1  vol.  12mo,  with  many  cuts. 

Hasse's  Pathological  Anatomy,  nearly  ready. 

Hope  on  the  Heart.  1  vol  Svo,  with  plates,  a  new  ed. 

Harrison  on  the  Nervous  System.  1  vol.  Svo,  292  pp. 

Hughes  on  the  Lungs  and  Heart,  1  vol.  12mo.  270  pp. 

Jones'  (T.  Wharton)  Manual  of  Ophthalmic  Surgery, 
with  many  cuts,  at  press. 

Jones  and  Toitd  on  the  Ear,  1  vol.,  preparing. 

Kirby  on  Animals,  many  plates.  1  vol.  Svo.  520  pp. 

Kirby  and  Spence's  Entomology,  1  vol.  Svo,  600  pages, 
plates,  plain  or  colored. 

Lawrence  on  the  Eye,  a  new  ed.,  many  cuts,  1  vol.  Svo. 

Lawrence  on  Ruptures,  1  vol.  Svo,  4SO  pp. 

Liston's  Surgery,  by  Mutter,  1  vol.  Svo,  566  pp.,  many  ' 
cuts. 

Miller's  Principles  of  Surgery,  1  vol.  Svo,  526  pp. 

Miller's  Practice  of  Surgery,  1  vol.  Svo,  496  pp. 

Maury's  Dental  Surgery,  with  plates,  1  vol.  8vo,  286pp. 

Muller's  Physiology,  1  vol.  Svo.  8S6  pages. 

Medical  News  and  Library,  published  monthly. 

Meigs'  Translation  of  Colombat  de  1'lsere  on  the  Dis- 
eases of  Females,  1  vol.  Svo,  720  pp. 

Metcalf  on  Caloric,  in  one  large  vol.,  Svo,  (at  press.) 

Piout  on  the  Stomach,  1  vol.  &vo,  col'd  plates,  466  pp. 

Popular  Medicine,  by  Coatee,  1  vol.  Svo.  614  pages. 

Philip  on  Protracted'lndigestion,  1  vol.,  240  pages. 

Phillips  on  Scrofula,  1  vol  Svo,  350  pages. 

Pereira's  Materia  Medica,  2  vols  fevo.  1*0  very  large 
and  closely  printed  pages.    Second  Edition. 

Royle's  Materia  Medica.  with  wood-cuts,  nearly  ready. 

Roget's  Animal  and  Vegetable  Physiology,  with  many 
cuts,  2  vols.  Svo,  S72  pages. 

Roget's  Outlines  of  Physiology,  1  vol.  Svo.  516  pages. 

Rigby's  System  of  Midwifery,  1  vol.  Svo.  492  pages. 

Ricord  on  Venereal,  new  edition,  1  vol.  Svo  256  page?. 

Ricord's  large  work  on  Venereal  Diseases,  with  nume- 
rous plates,  preparing 

Ramsbotham  on  Parturition,  with  many  platfg,  1  vol 
imperial  tivo,  a  new  and  improved  edition,  520  pp. 

Robertson  on  the  Teeth,  1  vol.  Svo,  230  pages. 

Simon's  Chemistry  of  Man.  1  vol.  8vo,  730 pages. 

Taylor's  new  work  on  Medical  Jurisprudence,  by  Grif- 
fith, 1  vol.  Svo.  540  pages. 

Traill's  Medical  Jurisprudence,  1  vol.  Svo,  234  pages. 

Trimmer's  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  1  vol.  Svo,  528pp. 

Todd  &  Bowman's  Physiology,  publishing  in  the  Medi- 
cal News  and  Library,  many  cuts. 

Thomson  on  the  Sick  Room,  1  vol.  I2mo,  360  pp  ,  cuts. 

VCgel's  Pathological  Anatomy,  with  plates,  preparing. 

Walshe  on  the  Disease*  of  the  Lung?,  1  vol.  12mo,  310 
pages. 

Watson's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Physic,  by  Con- 
die.  1  vol.  Svo,  1060  large  pages. 

Wilson's  Human  Anatomy,  with  cut?,  1vol.  Svo,  anew 
and  improved  edition.  60S  pages 

Wilson's  Dissector,  or  Practical  and  Surgical  Anato- 
my, by  Goddard,  with  cuts,  1  vol.  12mo,  444  pages. 

Wilson  on  the  Skin,  1  vol.  Svo,  370  pages. 

William?'  Pathology,  or  Principles  of  Medicine,  1  vol. 
8vo,  384  pages. 

Williams'  Lectures  on  the  Stomach,  &c.,  preparing. 

Williams  on  the  Respiratory  Organs,  by  Clymer,  1  vol. 
8vo,  500  page*. 

Youatt  on  the  Horse,  by  Skinner,  cuts,  448 pp.  1  vol.  8w>. 

Youatt  and  Clater'*  Cattle  Doctor,  1  vol.  J2mo,  whk 
cuts,  262  page? 


***  They  have  other  works  in  preparation  not  included  in  this  list 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S   PUBLICATIONS. 

Now  Ready, 
CARPENTER'S    NEW    WORK. 


A  MANUAL,  OR 

ELEMENTS    OF    PHYSIOLOGY, 

INCLUDING  PHYSIOLOGICAL  ANATOMY. 

FOR  THE  USE  OF  THE  MEDICAL  STUDENT. 
BY  WILLIAM  B.  CARPENTER,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 

Fullerian  Professor  of  Physiology  in  the  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain,  Sec. 

With   One  Hundred   and  Eighty  Illustrations, 

IN  ONE  OCTAVO  VOLUME  OF  566  PAGES. 
Elegantly  printed  to  match  his  "  Principles  of  Human  Physiology." 

The  sheets  of  this  volume,  in  their  passage  through  the  press'have  been  carefully  examined  by 
Dr.  Meredith  Clymer,  the  editor  of  Dr.  Carpenter's  Principles  of  Physiology.  The  manner  in  which 
the  work  is  brought  up  U»>the  day,  and  its  perfect  adaptation  to  its  purposes  as  an  elementary  text- 
book for  students  have  rendered  unnecessary  any  alterations  or  additions.  The  efforts  of  the  pub- 
lishers have  therefore  been  directed  to  obtaining  a  correct  reprint  of  the  L'ondon  edition. 

••  The  autnor  has  shown  singular  skill  in  preserving  so  marked  a  line  of  distinction  between  the  present 
Manual  and  llie  '  Principles  of  Physiology'  previously  published  by  him.  They  are  both  on  precisely  the  same 
subject;  but  the  one  is  neither  a  copy,  nor  an  abstract,  nor  an  abridgment  of  tiie  other,  fn  one  thing,  how- 
ever, they  are  exactly  alike — in  their  general  excellence,  and  in  their  perfect  adaptation  to  their  respective 
purposes.  The  reputation  of  Dr.  Carpenter  as  a  physiologist  is  too  well  established  throughout  the  whole  medi- 
cal world  to  admit  of  increase  from  any  commendation  pt  ours ;  but  we  should  be  doing  injustice  to  our  own 
feelings  if  we  did  not  here  express  our  admiration  of  his  great  intellectual  powers,  of  his  extensive  learning, 
of  the  comprehensiveness  of  his  views,  of  the  quickness  with  which  he  seizes  the  important  points  and  bearings 
of  each  subject,  of  the  logical  order  in  which  he  arranges  his  facts,  anu  of  the  clearness  and  precision  with 
which  he  explains,  and  exposes  his  doctrines.  Dr.  Carpenter's  various  treatises  are  in  fact  models  in  their 
respective  departments.  It  is  their  great  and  varied  excellence  which  accounts  for  their  unrivalled  popularity. 
We  can  pay  no  higher  compliment  to  the  work  before  us,  than  to  say,  that  it  is  equal  in  merit  to  the  former 
productions  of  the  author.  This  is  equivalent  to  saying  that  it  is,  without  question,  the  best  manual  or  short 
treatise  on  physiology  extant.  Although  designed  for  the  student,  and  framed  expressly  to  meet  his  wants ;  it  is 
a  work,  we  will  venture  to  say,  that  may  be  consulted  with  advantage  by  most  physicians  and  surgeons,  how- 
ever learned." — Ttie  British,  and  Foreign  Medical  Review. 


CARPENTER'S  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY. 

;      PRINCIPLES  OF  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY. 

•  WITH  THEIR  CHIEF  APPLICATIONS  TO 

PATHOLOGY,   HYGIENE,   AND   FORENSIC   MEDICINE. 
BY  WILLIAM  B.  CARPENTER,  M.  D.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

Second  American,  from  a  New  and  Revised  London  Edition, 

WITH  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS, 

BY  MEREDITH  CLYMER,  M.  D.,  &c. 

tt'Jth  Two  Hundred  and  Sixteen   Wood-cut  and  other  Illnxt  rations. 
In  one  octavo  volume,  of  about  650  closely  and  beautifully  printed  pages. 

The  very  rapid  sale  of  a  large  impression  of  the  first  edition  is  an  evidence  of  the  merits  of  this  valuable  work 
and  that  it  has  been  duly  appreciated  by  the  profession  of  this  country.  The  publishers  hope  that  the  present 
edition  will  be  found  still  more  worthy  of  approbation,  not  only  from  the  additions  of  the  author  and  editor,  but 
also  from  its  superior  execution,  and  the  abundance  of  its  illustrations.  No  less  than  eighty-five  wood-cuts  and 
another  lithographic  plate  will  be  found  to  have  beten  added,  affording  the  most  material  assistance  to  the  student. 

•'  We  have  much  satisfaction  in  declaring  our  opinion  that  this  work  is  the  beet  systematic  treatise  on  physi- 
ology in  our  own  language,  and  the  best  adapted  for  the  student  existing  in  any  language.-'—  Medico- Chirurgi- 
cal  Review. 

"The  work  as  it  now  stands  is  the  only  Treatise  on  Physiology  in  the  English  language  which  exhibits  a  clear 
and  connected,  and  comprehensive  view  of  the  present  condition  of  that  science  " — London  and  Edinburgh, 
Monthly  Journal. 


CARPENTER'S  POPULAR  TREATISE 
ON    VEGETABLE    PHYSIOLOGY. 

In  one  neat  duodecimo  volume,  extra  cloth,  with  numerous  illustrations. 

This  work  forms  a  part  of  Carpenter's  Popular  Cycloptedia  of  Natural  Science,  the  remainder  of 
which  will  be  published  with  all  the  beautiful  illustrations. 


CARPENTER'S  PRINCIPLES  OF  GENERAL  AND  COMPARATIVE 
PHYSIOLOGY,  AND  HIS  WORK  ON  ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY, 

WITH  AIX  THE  BEAUTIFUL  ILLUSTRATIONS,  ARE  SOW  PBSPABIMa. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS.  7 

LISTON  AfflTMtT^^ 

A   BEAUTIFUL   VOLUME,    PROFUSELY    ILLUSTRATED. 

LECTURES  ON  THE  OPERATIONS  OF  SURGERY, 

AND   ON 

DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS  REQUIRING  OPERATIONS 

DELIVERED  AT  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE,  LONDON, 

BY  ROBERT  LISTON,  ESQ.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

EDITED,  WITH  NUMEROUS  ALTERATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS, 
BY   T.    D.   MUTTER,  M.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  SURGERY  IN  THE  JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE,  PHILADELPHIA. 

IN  ONE  LARGE  AND  BEAUTIFULLY  PRINTED  OCTAVO   VOLUME. 
WITH  TWO  HUNDRED  AND  SIXTEEN  ILLUSTRATIONS  ON  WOOD. 

This  work  contains  much  original  matter  of  Professor  Mutter's,  amounting  to 
about  two  hundred  and  fifty  pages,  embodying  the  results  of  his  great  experience, 
and  adapting  the  whole  to  the  wants  of  the  American  Profession.  The  Lectures 
are  those  which  have  attracted  so  much  attention  as  published  in  the  Lancet 
They  are  here  reproduced  entire,  omitting  none  of  the  original  wood  engravings, 
and  introducing  many  new  and  valuable  ones,  rendering  this  altogether  one  of 
the  most  completely  illustrated  works  of  the  kind  that  has  for  some  time  been 
presented  to  the  medical  public.  Among  the  additions  of  Professor  Mutter  will 
be  found  full  and  elaborate  Treatises  on  Staphyloraphy,  the  different  Plastic  Ope- 
rations, Club-Foot,  Affections  of  the  Eye,  Deformities  from  Burns,  and  many 
other  important  subjects,  not  to  be  met  with  in  so  enlarged  a  form  in,  perhaps, 
any  other  work  on  Surgery.  The  chapters  containing  them,  are  fully  illustrated 
with  numerous  original  and  highly  curious  engravings. 


whit   .    .     , 

altogether  as  beautiful  an  app 

t 


auogemer  as  oeaumui  an  appearance  as  a  wont  or  an  as  us  nriuer  is  interesting  ana  miponam  10  ine  prac- 
tical surgeon.  The  lecture  on  operations  on  the  eye  is  a  very  Itrcid  and  instructive  one,  but  we  can  only  reter 
to  it  in  the  most  cursory  manner.  The  editor  has  fully  supplied  everything  that  was  wanting  to  render  the 


aese  sections  aione  as  worm  lar  more  10  me  surgeon  man  many  nines  me  price  01   me  wnoie 

work.    The  same  remark  will  apply  to  the  nest  lecture,  on  the  Diseases  of  ihe  Anirum,  Carious  Teeth,  Erected 
Tumours  of  the  Face,  and  Solid  and  Encysted  Tumors.     We  know  of  no  systematic  work  on  surgery  in  which 

>d  as  in  this 
,  with  Miiue 

to  post  Up  his  SUrgict&i  KJiuwieugc  lu  me  prestrui  jmuurm J./IG  _i>r  c*    JI/TJV  .n/u  /  run  vj  **ir<i>t  in> . 

"  These  lectures  will  be  found  eminently  practical,  a  point  of  no  small  moment  in  a  work 
on  Surgery.  Indeed,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  affirming,  that  it  is  a  compendium  of  the 
modern  practice  of  Surgery  as  complete  and  accurate  as  any  treatise  of  similar  dimensions 
in  the  English  language.— The  Western  Lancet. 

tf:  „ ^,'''-' 

'  •>."'!  f:(- *•;!  .'?f>!  i; 

Lately  Published,  a  New  and  Much  Improved  Edition  of 
DRUITT'S    SURGERY. 


THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MODERN  SURGERY, 

BY  ROBERT  DRUITT,  SURGED*. 
FROM    THE    THIRD    LONDON    EDITION.     . 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  ONE  HUNDRED  ANJD  FIFTY-THREE  WOOD  ENGRAVINGS. 

WITH  NOTES  AND  COMMENTS, 

BY  JOSHUA  B.  FLINT,  M,  M.,  S.  S> 
In  One  Volume,  Octavo. 

"An  unsurpassable  compendium  not  only  of  surgical  but  of  medical  Dractice." — London 
Medical  Gazette. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

w  n  T?  IT  d 
WOKKS, 

JMUYY    JtHUAUI, 

CLINICAL  LECTURES  ON  SURGERY, 

DELIVERED  AT  ST.  GEOBQE'S  HOSPITAL' 

By  SIR  BENJAMIN  BRODIE,  BART.,  V.  P.  R.  gCT/1 

SERJEANT  SURGEON  TO  THE  QUEEN,  ETC.  ETC. 

IN  ONE  NEAT  OCTAVO  VOLUME. 

These  Lectures,  in  passing  through  the  columns  of  "  The  Medical  News,'*  during  the 
last  year,  have  received  the  unanimous  approbation  of  the  profession  in  this  country,  and 
will  no  doubt  be  eagerly  sought  for  in  their  complete  state. 

"  Sir  Benjamin  Brodie  has  long  been  distinguished  as  a  surgeon,  even  among  those  in  the  front 
rank,  and  may  now  be  regarded  as  occupying  the  first  place  in  Great  Britain,  if  not  in  the  world. 
It  is  not  as  a  mere  operator  that  he  is  distinguished — that,  it  must  be  conceded  by  all  right  thinking 
minds,  is  but  a  very  humble  part  of  the  qualifications  of  a  surgeon — but  as  a  profound  pathologist 
and  therapeutist.  We  may  be  prejudiced  or  mistaken,  but  in  these  higher  and  really  intellectual 
qualifications,  we  know  of  no  living  surgeon  that  approaches  him.  His  well  considered  opinions 
and  practical  instructions  are  conveyed,  too,  in  language  so  appropriate,  so  simple,  clear  and  chaste, 
that  one  scarcely  knows  whether  most  to  admire  the  excellence  of  the  matter  or  the  beauty  of  the 
style  in  which  it  is  clothed.  Theory  and  practice  go  hand  in  hand  throughout.  Rarely  is  a  pre- 
cept given  without  being  illustrated  by  some  apposite  case,  selected  from  his  vast  experience,  arid 
always  in  the  fewest  and  most  expressive  words.  Nothing  more  than  is  necessary  to  enforce  the 
point  is  said,  and  nothing  that  is  necessary  is  left  untold." — The  Medical  Examiner. 

"  It  would  not  be  easy  to  find  in  the  same  compass  more  useful  matter  than  is  embraced  in  each 
of  these  discourses,  or  indeed  in  this  volume.  We  the  less  regret  the  limited  extracts  we  have  it 
in  our  power  to  make  from  it,  because  we  feel  sure  that  it  will  in  a  short  time  find  its  way  into  all 
the  medical  libraries  in  the  country.' — The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

"Sir  B.  Brodie  has  rendered  his  clinical  lectures — what  all  clinical  lectures  should  be — clear, 
impressive  and  practical  expositions  of  curative  measures,  in  which  all  the  most  important  features 
of  the  subject  are  plainly  set  forth,  without  being  unnecessarily  encumbered  with  details.  We 
attach  a  very  high  value  to  these  Lectures:  their  style  is  clear,  demonstrative  and  unaffected,  de- 
cided and  energetic ;  but  altogether  free  from  dogmatism  or  over-confidence.  They  are  strictly 
practical ;  and  much  of  the  information  which  they  contain  will  assuredly  do  the  reader  and  his 
patients  good  service  in  time  of  need." — Medical  Gazette. 

BRODIE  ON  URINARY  ORGANS, 


LECTURES 
ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS, 

FROM  THE  THIRD  LONDON  EDITION. 

WITH  ALTERATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS. 

In  One  Small  Octavo  Volume,  Cloth. 

This  work  has  been  entirely  revised  throughout,  some  of  the  author's  views  have  been 
modified,  and  a  considerable  proportion  of  new  matter  has  been  added,  among  which  is 
a  lecture  on  the  Operation  of  Lithotomy. 

.j  iiOMi?E  •  _  _ x_u_ L~   £2x^^  t':*fi^ 

BRODIE  ON  THE  JOINTS, 

~  '  !    "  /     *J  "I    T « T  I '  IT/  T  O  ( '    r  1 \  \  fil 

PATHOLOGICAL  AND  SURGICAL  OBSERVATIONS 

ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  JOINTS. 

FROM  THE  FOURTH  LONDON  EDITION. 

OTfth  the  author's  Alterations  antJ  g|Wftfon& 

In  One  Small  Octavo  Volume,  Clofh. 

r  "To  both  the  practical  physician  and  the  student,  then,  this  little  volume  will  be  one  of  much 
seryice,  inasmuch  as  we  have  here  a  condensed  view  of  these  complicated  subjects  thoroughly 
investigated  by  the  aid  of  the  light  afforded  by  modern  Pathological  Surgery." — N.  Y.  Journal  of 
Medicine. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


THE  SIXTH  EDITION  OF  DUNGLISON'S  MEDICAL  DICTIONARY. 

To  1846. 

(Y  MEDICAlTLEXICON.    >! 

A    DICTIONARY 

,Y  MEDIC  AL°FSC  IE  NCE.'J  H 

CONTAINING 

A  CONCISE   ACCOUNT   OF  THE    VARIOUS  SUBJECTS  AND  TERMS  ;   WITH 

THE  FRENCH  AND  OTHER   SYNONYMES  •   NOTICES  OF  CLIMATES 

AND    OF    CELEBRATED    MINERAL    WATERS;    FORMULAE 

FOR  VARIOUS   OFFICINAL  AND  EMPIRICAL  PREPA- 

RATIONS, &c. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  the  Institutes  of  Medicine,  tec.  in  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

SIXTH  EDITION,  REVISED  AND  GREATLY  ENLARGED. 
In   one  Royal  Octavo    Volume   of  over  800   very   large  pages,  double   columns. 

Strongly  bound  in  the  best  leather,  raised  bands. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  the  author  to  say  more,  an  a  preface  to  this  sixth,  edition  of  his  dictionary,  than  that  he 
has  bestowed  the  same  care  on  its  revision  and  improvement,  which  he  did  on  the  others.  In  proof  of  this,  he 
may  remark,  that  the  present  edition  comprises  nearly  two  tliousand  five  hundred  subjects  and  terms  not  con- 
tained in  the  last.  Many  of  these  have  been  introduced  into  medical  terminology  in  consequence  of  the  pro- 
gress of  the  science  ;  and  others  had  escaped  him  in  previous  revisions. 

It  is  the  author's  anxious  wish  to  render  the  work  a  satisfactory  and  desirabk  —  if  not  indispensable  —  Lexicon. 
in  which  the  student  may  search  without  disappointment  for  every  term  that  has  been  legitimated  in  the  nomen- 
clature of  the  science.  This  desideratum  he  is  enabled  to  attempt  in  successive  editions,  by  reason  of  the  work 
not  being  stereotyped  ;  and  the  present  edition  certainly  offers  stronger  claims  to  the  attention  of  the  practi- 
tioner and  student  than  any  of  its  predecessors.  —  Preface  to  Sixth.  Edition,  May  1840. 

A  NEW  EDITION   OF 

THE    MEDICAL    STUDENT, 

OR  AIDS  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  MEDICINE. 

A  REVISED  AND  MODIFIED  EDITION. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D., 
In  One  neat  12mo.  volume. 

H  U  M  A  lOl^A  L  T  H  ; 

OR,  THE   INFLUENCE  OF  ATMOSPHERE  AND  LOCALITY,  CHANGE  OF  AIR 
AND  CLIMATE,  SEASONS,  FOOD,  CLOTHING,  BATHING  AND  MINE- 
RAL SPRINGS,  EXERCISE,  SLEEP,  CORPOREAL  AND  INTEL-       ,  , 
LECTUAL  PURSUITS,  &c.  &c.,  ON  HEALTHY  MAN: 

CONSTITUTING 
ELEMENTS    OF    HYGIENE. 

BY   ROBLEY   DU  NG  L  IS  O  N,  M.  D. 

A  New  Edition  with  many  Modifications  and  Additions.     In  One  Volume,  8vo. 


DUNGLISON  ON  NEW  REMEDIES. 

_..,.„ 

NEW   REMEDIES, 

PHARMACEUTICALLY  AND  THERAPEUTICALLY  CONSIDERED. 

FOURTH  EDITION. 

WITH  EXTENSIVE  MODIFICATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS, 
BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.D.,  &c. 

The  numerous  valuable  therapeutical  agents  which  have  of  late  years  been  introduced  into  the  Materia 
Medica,  render  it  a  difficult  matter  for  the  practitioner  to  keep  up  with  the  advancement  of  the  science,  espe- 
cially as  the  descriptions  of  them  are  difficult  of  access,  being  scattered  so  widely  through  transactions  of 
learned  societies,  journals,  monographs,  &.c.  &c.  To  obviate  this  difficulty,  and  to  place  within  reach  of  the 
profession  this  important  information  in  a  compendious  form,  is  the  object  of  the  present  volume,  and  the  num- 
ber of  editions  through  which  it  has  passed  show  that  its  utility  has  not  been  underrated. 

f£j"  Apothecaries  and  Physicians  may  rely  upon  having  a  laie  edition  of  this  useful  work. 


10  LEA  &,  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

./}?    PROFESSOlTly^^ 

NOW  READY.— A  NEW  EDITION  OF 

DUNGLISON'S    PHYSIOLOGY, 

Brought  up  to  1846, 

HUMAN    P  HY  S  I  O  L  O  G  Y , 

WITH 

THREE  HUNDRED  AND  SEVENTY  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  INSTITUTES  OF  MEDICINE  IN  THE  JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE,  PHILADELPHIA, 

&C.    &C. 

Q    SIXTH    EDITION. 

GREATLY  IMPROVED. 

In  two  large  octavo  volumes,  containing  nearly  1350  pages. 

"  It  is  but  necesary  for  the  Author  to  say  that  all  the  cares  that  were  bestowed 
on  the  preparation  of  the  fifth  edition  have  been  extended  to  the  sixth,  and  even 
to  a  greater  amount.  Nothing  of  importance  that  has  been  recorded  since  its 
publication,  has,  he  believes,  escaped  his  attention.  Upwards  of  seventy  illustra- 
tions have  been  added ;  and  many  of  the  former  cuts  have  been  replaced  by  others. 
The  work,  he  trusts  will  be  found  entirely  on  a  level  with  the  existing  advanced 
state  of  physiological  science." 

In  mechanical  and  artistical  execution,  this  edition  is  far  in  advance  of  anj  former  one.  The 
illustrations  have  been  subjected  to  a  thorough  revision,  many  have  been  rejected  and  their  places 
supplied  with  superior  ones,  and  numerous  new  wood-cuts  have  been  added  wherever  perspicuity  or 
novelty  seemed  to  require  them. 


THE  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE, 

OR  A  TREATISE  ON 

SPECIAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 

CONTAINING 

THE   DISEASES   OF   THE    ALIMENTARY    CANAL,   THE   DISEASES   OF   THE 

CIRCULATORY   APPARATUS,  DISEASES   OF   THE    GLANDULAR   OR- 

GANS,  DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  THE  SENSES,  DISEASES 

OF  THE  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS,   DISEASES  OF  THE  GLAN- 

DIFORM GANGLIONS,  DISEASES  OF  THE  NERVOUS  SYS- 

TEM,  DISEASES    OF    THE    ORGANS    OF   REPRODUC- 

TION, DISEASES  INVOLVING  VARIOUS   ORGANS, 

&c.  &c. 


In  Two  Volumes,  Octava^IJ 

This  work  has  been  introduced  as  a  text-book  in  many  of  the  Medical  Colleges, 
and  the  general  favor  with  which  it  has  been  received,  is  a  guarantee  of  its  value 
to  the  practitioner  and  student. 

"'In  the  volumes  before  us,  Dr.  Dunglison  has  proved  that  his  acquaintance  with  the  present  facts 
and  doctrines,  wheresoever  originating,  is  most  extensive  and  intimate,  and  the  judgment,  skill, 
and  impartiality  with  which  the  materials  of  the  work  have  been  collected,  weighed,  arranged,  and 
exposed,  are  strikingly  manifested  in  every  chapter.  Great  care  is  everywhere  taken  to  indicate 
the  source  of  information,  and  under  the  head  of  treatment,  formulae  of  the  most  appropriate  reme- 
dies are  everywhere  introduced.  In  conclusion,  we  congratulate  the  students  and  junior  practi- 
tioners of  America  on  possessing  in  the  present  volumes  a  work  of  standard  merit,  to  which  they 
may  confidently  refer  in  their  doubts  and  difficulties."  —  Brit,  and  For.  Med.  Rev.  for  July,  1842. 

"  Since  the  foregoing  observations  were  written,  we  have  received  a  second  edition  of  Dungli- 
son's  work,  a  sufficient  indication  of  the  high  character  it  has  already  attained  in  America,  and 
justly  attained."—  Ibid,  for  October,  1844. 


LEA  &  BLANCH ARD'S  PUBLICATIONS.  11 

NOW  READY, 

DUNGLlSON'S    THERAPEUTICS. 

A  NEW  EDITION,  MUCH  IMPROVED,  TO  1846. 


WITH  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY  ILLUSTRATIONS. 
ADAPTED  FOR  A  MEDICAL  TEXT-BOOK. 

BY    ROBLEY    DUNGLISON,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Institutes  of  Medicine,  etc.  in  Jefferson  Medical  College;  Late  Professor  of  Materia  Medica,  etc. 
in  the  Universities  of  Virginia  and  Maryland,  and  in  Jefferson  Medical  College. 

Third  Edition,  Revised  and  Improved,  in  Two  Octavo  Volumes,  well  bound. 

In  this  edition  much  improvement  will  be  found  over  the  former  ones.  The  author  has  subjected 
it  to  a  thorough  revision,  and  has  endeavored  to  so  modify  the  work  as  to  make  it  a  more  complete 
and  exact  exponent  of  the  present  state  of  knowledge  on  the  important  subjects  of  which  it  treats. 
The  favor  with  which  the  former  editions  were  received,  demanded  that  the  present  should  be  ren- 
dered still  more  worthy  of  the  patronage  of  the  profession,  and  this  alteration  will  be  found  not 
only  in  the  matter  of  the  volumes,  but  also  in  the  numerous  illustrations  introduced,  and  the  gene- 
ral improvement  in  the  appearance  of  the  work. 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS.— VOL.  I. 

1.  Ceplm61  is  Ipecacuanha.  17.  Legume  and  leaflet  of  C.  37.  Cetraria  Islandica.          57.  Lycopus  Virginicus. 

2.  Brown  Ipecacuan.  root.          obovata.  38.  Fucus  vesiculosus.          58.  Strychnos  Nux  Vomica. 

3.  Striated  Ipecacuan.  root  IS.  Tinuevelly  Senna.  39  Inhaler.  59.  Ruta  graveolens. 

—  Undulated  Ipecacu-  19.  Cassia  Marilandica.        40.  Cantharides.  60.  Seeale  eornutum. 

anha  root.  20.  Podophyllum.  41.  Leontodon  Tarnxncum.61.  Cinrmmomum  Zeylani- 

4.  Tonidium  Ipecac,  root.     21.  Hebradendroncambogi-42.  Erigeron    Philadelphi-  cum. 

5.  Gillenia  stipulacea.  o'ides.  cum.  02.  Cardamom. 

6.  Lobelia  inflata.  22.  Momordica  Elateriim.    43  Arbutus  Uva  ursi.  63.  Cariophyllusaromaticua 

7.  SanguinariaCanadensis  23.  Apocynum  cannabinum44.  Eupatorium  perfoliatum.64.  Foeniculum  vulgare. 

8.  Apocynum  Androssemi-  24.  Convolvulus panduratus45.  Asclepias  tuberosa.        65.  Monarda  coccinea. 

folium.  25.  Chenopodium    Anthel-   46.  Arum  triphyllum.  66.  Hedeoma  pulegioides. 

9.  Erythronium   America-          minlicnm.  47.  Carthamus  tinctorius.      67.  Myrislica  moschata. 

num.  26.  Spigelia  Marilandica.     48.  Warm-bath.  68.  Nutmeg  in  the  shell  fur- 

10.  Euphorbia  corollata.  27.  Nephrodium  Filix  max.  49.  Hip-bath.  rounded  by  the  mace. 

11.  Ficus  Carica.  28.  Punica  granatum.           50.  Foot-bath.  69.  Gaultheria  procumbens. 
12  Ricinis  communis.  29,  30.  Inhaling  Bottles.        51.  Hyoscyamus  Niger.  70.  Juniperus  communis. 

13.  Rheum  palmatum.    '       31.  Balsamadend'n  Myrrha.  52.  Datura  Stramonium.        71.  Citrus  Aurantium. 

14.  Rheum  compactum.         32.  Acacia  Arabica.  53.  Conium  maculatum.        72.  Laurus  camphora, 

15.  Aloe  Socotorina.  33.  Olea  Europsea.  ,  54.  Humulus  Lupulus.  73.  Drymis  Winteri. 
18.  Legume  and   leaflet  of  34  Saccharum  officinarum.55.  Dried    lupulinic    grnin74  Acorus  Calamus. 

Acute  leaved  Alexan-  35.  Linum  usitatissimum.  with  its  hilum  magnifi'd  75.  Piper  nigrum. 

drian  Senna,  36.  Astragalus  verus.  56.  Cannabis  sativa.  76.  Electrical  Apparatus  for 

Medical  purposes. 

VOL.    II. 

1.  Cocculus  palmatns.         13. -Hepafica  Americana.     26.  Abies  excelsa.'  '  35.  Panic's  of  Potato  starch 

(Male  plant.)  14.  Indigo.  27.  Ranunculus  acris.  seen  by  tha  microscope. 

2.  Gentiana  Catesbsei.  15.  Cornus  Florida.  28.  Aralia  nudicaulis.  36.  Janipha  Manihot. 

3.  Frasera  Walteri.  16.  Liriodendron  tulipifera  29.  Solarium  dulcamara.  37.  Particles  of  Tapioca  as 
4  Sabbatia  angularis.  17.  Dyospyros  Virginiana.  30.  Tacca  pinnatifida.  seen  by  the  microscope. 

5.  Coptis  trifolia.  18.  Heuchera  acerifolia.        31.  Panicles  of  Tahiti   Ar-38.  Sagus  Rumphii. 

6.  Aletris  farinosa.  19.  Spiraea  tomentosa.  row-root.  39  Particles  of  Sago-meal. 

7.  Aristolochia  serpentaria  20.  Siatice  Carolijiiana.         32.  Particles  of  white  East  40.  Particles  of  Potato  sago. 

8.  Asarum  Canadense.        21.  Colchicnm  autumnale.  India  Arrow-root.         41.  Cycas  revoluta   or  the 

9.  Anthemis  Cotula.      •       22.  Veratrum  Album.    Var  33.  Particles  of  West  India          Japan  Sago-tree. 

10.  Magnolia  glauca.  Albiflorum.  Arrow-root.  42.  Avena  Sativa. 

11.  Magnolia  macrophylla.  23.  Cim  cifuga  racemosa.     34.  Particles  of  Tous-les-  43.  Parti'sof  WheatStarch 

12.  Geum  Virginianum.         24, 25.  Shower-bath.  mois. 

"Our  junior  brethren  in  America  will  find  in  these  volumes  of  Professor  Dunglison,  a  'THESACKVS  MEDICA- 
MINUM,'  more  valuable  than  a  large  purse  of  goW—Medico-Chirurgical  Review  for  Jan.  1845. 

ELLIS  S    IVIEDICAIi 

NEW   AND   IMPROVED   EDITION,   TO   JULY,  1846. 

THE     MEDICAL     FORMULARY: 

BEING  A  COLLECTION  OF  PRESCRIPTIONS,  DERIVED  FROM  THE  WRITINGS  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MANY  OF 
THE  MOST  EMINENT  PHYSICIANS  OF  AMERICA  AND  EUROPE. 

TO  WHICH  IS  ADDED  AN  APPENDIX, 

CONTAINING  THE  USUAL  DIETETIC  PREPARATIONS  AND  ANTIDOTES  FOR  POISONS. 
THE  WHOLF.  ACCOMPANIED  WITH  A  FEW  BRIEF  PH ARMACEUTIC   AND   MEDICAL  OBSEHVATION8. 

BY    BENJAMIN    ELLIS,   M.D., 

Late  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy  in  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy. 

EIGHTH  EDITION,  WITH  EXTENSIVE  ALTERATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS. 

BY  SAMUEL  GEORGE  MORTON,  M.  D. 

In  One  neat  Octavo  Volume. 

This  popular  work  has  been  too  extensively  and  favorably  known  to  the  profession  in  the  United  States  to 
require  any  remarks  in  introducing  a  new  ednion.  except  to  state  that  the  improvements  in  it  will  be  found  to 
be  numerous  and  important.  Great  care  has  been  taken  in  ils  passage  through  the  press  to  insure  the  utmost 
accuracy,  and  it  is  confidently  presented  as  worthy  the  increased  confidence  of  physicians  and  apothecaries. 


12  LEA   &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


AN  ANATOMICAL  DESCRIPTION 

OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE 

ORGANS  OF  CIRCULATION  AND  RESPIRATION, 

BY  CHARLES  EWALD  HASSE, 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University  of  Zurich,  &c. 
TRANSLATED  AND  EDITED  BY 

W.   E.   SWA.INE,   M.D.,   &c. 
In  one  octavo  volume. 


A  New  Work,  Just  Heady.— July  1846. 
HOPE  ON  THE  HEART,— NEW  EDITION. 


ft- 


A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES 

OF  THE  HEART  AND  GREAT  VESSELS, 

AND  ON  THE  AFFECTIONS  WHICH  MAY  BE  MISTAKEN 
rrVr  FOR  THEM. 

COMPRISING  THE  AUTHOR'S  VIEW  OF  THE  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  HEART'S 

ACTION   AND   SOUNDS   AS    DEMONSTRATED   BY  HIS  EXPERIMENTS 

ON  THE  MOTIONS  AND  SOUNDS  IN  1830,  AND  ON  THE 

SOUNDS   IN  1834-5. 

BY  J.  HOPE,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c.  &c, 

Second  American  from  the    Third   London  Edition. 
WITH  NOTES  AND  A  DETAIL  OF  RECENT  EXPERIMENTS. 

BY   C.  W.   PENNOCK,   M.D.,  &c. 
In  one  octavo  volume  of  nearly  600  pages,  with  lithographic  plates. 

HUGHES  ON  THE  LUNGS  AND  HEART, 

CLINICAL  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  PRACTICE  OF  AUSCULTATION, 

AND  OTHER  MODES  OF  PHYSICAL  DIAGNOSIS. 
INTENDED  TO  SIMPLIFY  THE  STUDY  OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  HEART 

AND  LUNGS. 
BY   H.   M.    HUGHES,   M.D.,   &c. 

In  One  Duodecimo  Volume,  with  a  plate. 

A  NEW  WORK.— PHILLIPS  ON  SCROFULA. 

1846. 


ITS  NATURE,  ITS  PREVALENCE,  ITS  CAUSES,  AND  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF 

ITS   TREATMENT. 

BY  BENJAMIN  PHILLIPS,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c. 
In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  with  a  plate. 

"  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  there  was  ample  room  for  a  fresh  review  of  scrofula,  and  that  a  work  on  the 
subject,  from  a  writer  of  learning,  industry,  and  talent,  must  be  acceptable;  and  such,  after  a  careful  perusal, 
the  work  before  us  appears  to  be.  Very  uncommon  pains  seem  to  have  been  taken  in  collecting  information 
from  men  as  well  as  books.  Our  impression  of  this  work  is,  that  it  is  a  very  important  accession  to  our  profes- 
sional literature,  and  does  the  greatest  credit  to  the  industry,  research  and  talent  of  the  author.  Its  utility  is, 
we  think,  likely  to  extend  far  beyond  the  limits  of  professional  society." — The  London  Medical  Gazftle. 

This  work  is  just  published.  The  author  has  been  for  years  engaged  in  the  collection  of  materials  and  sta- 
tistics from  all  parts  of  the  world. 

SMALL  BOOKS  ON  GREAT  SUBJECTS. 


JVO1T"  BE  A  JOY, 

"The  Connection  between  Physiology  and  Intellectual  Science," 

Forming  No.  2  of  a  series  of  small  works  now  issuing  at  Twenty-five  Cents  each. 

To  be  followed  shortly  by  "Philosophical  Theories  and  Philosophical  Experience," — On  Man's 
Power  over  Himself  to  Prevent  or  Control  Insanity," — "An  Introduction  to  Practical  Organic  Che- 
mistry,"— "An  Introduction  to  Vegetable  Physiology,  with  References  to  the  Works  of  De  Can- 
dolle,  Lindley,  &c.,"  and  several  other  new  and  valuable  works.  Each  one  to  form  a  very  neat 
and  portable  volume. 

85*  These  works  have  acquired  great  popularity  in  England,  and  the  publishers  take  pleasure 
in  introducing  the  series  neatly  printed,  and  at  so  low  a  price. 


LEA  &,   BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS.  13 

A  COMPENDIUM  OF  LECTURES 

ON  THE 

THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF   MEDICINE. 

DELIVERED   BY  PROFESSOR   CHAPMAN  IN  THE   UNIVERSITY   OP    PENN- 
SYLVANIA. 

PREPARED.  WITH  PERMISSION.  FROM  DR.  CHAPMAN'S  MANUSCRIPTS, 
AND  PUBLISHED  WITH  HIS  APPROBATION, 

BY  N.  D.  BENEDICT,  M.  D. 

IN  ONE  VERY  NEAT  OCTAVO  VOLUME. 

CONTENTS. 

Remarks  on  the  Classification  of  Diseases — Fever  in  General — Intermittent  Fever — Remittent  Fever 
— Continued  Fever,  (Mild,  Intermediate,  and  Extreme  Forms) — Yellow  Fever — Endemic  Pneu- 
monic, or  Spotted  Fever — Diseases  of  the  Heart  and  Blood-vessels,  (Inflammatory,  Organic,  and 
Nervous) — Acute  Carditis,  Pericarditis,  and  Endocarditis — Chronic  Carditis,  Pericarditis,  and  En- 
docarditis— Hypertrophy  of  the  Heart — Dilatation  of  the  Heart — Atrophy  of  the  Heart — Rupture 
of  the  Heart — Affections  of  the  Valves  of  the  Heart — Palpitations — Acute  Arteritis — Degenera- 
rations  of  Arteries — Aneurism  of  Arteries — Phlebitis — Acute  Inflammation  of  the  Throat — Chronic 
Inflammation  of  the  Throat — Dysphagia — Parotitis — Dysentery,  (Inflammatory) — Dysentery,  (Con- 
gestive)— Diarrhoea — Cholera  Morbus — Cholera  Infantum — Flatulent  Colic — Bilious  Colic — Colica 
Pictonum — Acute  Peritonitis — Chronic  Peritonitis — Acute  Catarrh — Catarrhus  jEstivus — Chronic 
Catarrh — Acute  Bronchitis — Chronic  Bronchitis — Catarrhus  Scnilis — Acute  Infantile  Bronchitis — 
Chronic  Infantile  Bronchitis — Croup — Acute  Infantile  Asthma — Whooping-Cough — Acute  Laryn- 
gitis— Chronic  Laryngitis — Pleuropneumonia — Congestive  Pneumonia — Chronic  Pleurisy  and 
Pneumonia — Apoplexy — Palsy — Epilepsy — Hysteria — Chorea — Neuralgia — Diabetes. 
The  subjects  treated  of  in  this  volume  are  entirely  distinct  from  those  considered  in  Dr. 
Chapman's  two  works  on  "Thoracic  and  Abdominal  Viscera,"  and  on  "Eruptive  Fevers," 
&c.  These  works  are  all  printed  and  bound  to  match,  and  form  three  very  neat  octavo 

volumes. 

•  

LECTURES  ON  THE  MORE  IMPORTANT  DISEASES 

OF  THE      . 

THORACIC  AND  ABDOMINAL  VISCERA, 

DELIVERED  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 
BY  N.  CHAPMAN,  M.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE,  ETC. 

In  One  Volume,  Octavo. 

CHAPMAN    olsTFEVERS,   &c. 

LECTURES  ON  THE  MORE  IMPORTANT 

ERUPTIVE  FEVERS,  HAEMORRHAGES  AND  DROPSIES, 

AND  ON  GOUT  AND  RHEUMATISM, 

DELIVERED  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 
BY  N.  CHAPMAN,  M.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE,  ETC.  ETC. 

In  One  Neat  Octavo  Volume. 

"The  name  of  Chapman  stands  deservedly  high  in  the  annals  of  American  medical  science.  A  teacher  and 
a  lecturer  for  nearly  forty  years,  in  the  oldest  and,  we  believe,  the  first  medical  school  on  this  side  of  the  Au 
lanlic,  the  intimate  friend  and  companion  of  Rush,  Kuhn,  Physick,  Wistar,  Woodhouse,  Pewees,  and  a  host 
of  others,  scarcely  less  renowned,  Professor  Chapman  reflects  upon  the  profession  of  this  generation  something 
of  the  genius  and  wisdom  of  that  which  hag  passed;  he  stands  out  the  able  and  eloquent  champion  of  the  doc- 
trines and  principles  of  other  times,  when  Cullen's  "  first  lines"  formed  the  rule  of  faith  for  all  the  Doctors  in 
Medicine  throughout  Christendom.  In  him  is  embodied  the  experience  of  three-score  and  ten,  strengthened 
by  reading,  and  enlightened  by  a  familiar  intercourse  with  many  of  the  ablest  medical  men  in  the  New  and 
Old  World.  In  conclusion,  we  must  declare  our  belief  that  the  name  of  Chapman  will  survive  when  that  of 
many  of  his  cotemporaries  shall  have  been  forgotten  ;  when  other  generations  shall  tread  the  great  theatre  of 
human  affairs,  and  when  other  discoveries  yet  undisclosed,  shall  shed  a  brighter  light  upon  the  path  of  medi- 
cal science.  The  various  lectures  which  he  has  been  publishing,  containing,  as  they  do,  the  doctrines  that 
he  has  so  long  and  so  eloquently  taught  to  large  and  admiring  classes,  we  doubt  not^will  be  welcomed  with 
delight  by  his  numerous  pupils  throughout  the  Union."— Xeu>  Orleans  Medical  Journal. 


14  LEA  &.  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

H  0  E  N  1¥7S~TNFT  0  M  Y, 

NEW  EDITION— To  be  Ready  by  October, 

•  S P  E  C I AL   AN ATOMY 

AND 

HISTOLOGY?"™1 


BY 

WILLIAM  E.  HORNER,  M.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  ANATOMY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  &c.  &c. 

SEVENTH  EDITION, 

WITH  MANY  IMPROVEMENTS  AND  ADDITIONS. 
In  two  Octavo  Volumes,  with  Illustrations  on  Wood. 
This  standard  work  has  been  so  long  before  the  profession,  and  has  been 
so  extensively  used,  that,  in  announcing  the  new  edition,  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  state  that  it  will  undergo  a  most  careful  revision  ;  the  author  will 
introduce  many  illustrations  relating  to  Microscopical  Anatomy,  and  will 
add  a  large  amount  of  text  on  these  various  points  of  investigation  that 
are  rapidly  advancing  and  attracting  so  much  attention.     This  new  edi- 
tion will  be  arranged  to  refer  conveniently  to  the  illustrations  in  Smith, 
and  Homer's  Anatomical  Atlas,  and  will  be  ready  for  the  Fall  Lectures. 

s ,; ,  r  HORNER'S  _DISSECTOR.  Afl(jHT, 

THE  UNITED  STATES  DISSECTOR,  ' 


OF 

"HORNER'S  PRACTICAL  ANATOMY," 

IN  ONE  VERY  NEAT  VOLUME, 
-      ,  ROYAL  12mo. 

With  many  Illustrations  on  Wood. 

The  numerous  alterations  and  additions  which  this  work  has  under- 
gone, the  improvements  which  have  been  made  in  it,  and  the  numerous 
wood-cuts  which  have  been  introduced,  render  it  almost  a  new  work. 

It  is  the  standard  work  for  the  Students  in  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 


BUDD  ON  THE   LIVER. 

ON    DISEASES    OF    THE    LIVER. 

BY  GEORGE  BUDD,  M.D.,  F.R.S., 

Professor  of  Medicine  in  King's  College,  London,  &c.  &c. 
With  colored  plates,  and  numerous  wood-cuts.    In  one  neat  octavo  volume. 

"We  cannot  too  strongly  recommend  the  diligent  sludy  of  this  volume.  The  work  cannot  fail  to  rank  the 
name  of  its  author  among  the  most  enlightened  pathologists  and  soundest  practitioners  of  the  day."—  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Review. 


A  nXAGHZFICEUNTX   AND  CHEAP   WORK. 

SMITH  &  HORNER'S  ANATOMICAL  ATLAS. 

Just  Published,  Price  Five  Dollars  in  Parts. 

AN 

ANATOMICAL    ATLAS 

ILLUSTRATIVE  OF  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 

BY  HENRY  H.  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Ftlloio  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  fyc, 
UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION  OF 

WILLIAM  E.  HORNER,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
In  One  large  Volume,  Imperial  Octavo. 

This  work  is  but  just  completed,  having  been  delayed  over  the  time  intended  by  the  great  difficulty  in  giving 
to  the  illustrations  the  desired  finish  and  perfection.  It  consists  of  five  parts,  whose  contents  are  as  follows : 

PART    I.  The  Bones  and  Ligaments,  with  one  hundred  and  thirty  engravings. 

PART   II.  The  Muscular  and  Dermoid  Systems,  with  ninety-one  engravings. 

.PART  III.  The  Organs  of  Digestion  and  Generation,  with  one  hundred  and  ninety-one  engravings. 

PART  IV.  The  Organs  of  Respiration  and  Circulation,  with  ninety-eight  engravings. 

PART   V.  The  Nervous  System  and  the  Senses,  with  one  hundred  and  twenty-six  engravings. 
Forming  altogether  a  complete  System  of  Anatomical  Plates,  of  nearly 

SIX   HUNDRED  AND   FIFTY   FIGURES, 

executed  in  the  best  style  of  art,  and  making  one  large  imperial  octavo  volume.    Those  who  do  not  want  it  in 
parts  can  have  the  work  bound  in  extra  cloth  or  sheep  at  an  extra  cost. 

This  work  possesses  novelty  both  in  the  design  and  the  execution.  It  is  the  first  attempt  to  apply  engraving 
an  wood,  on  a  large  scale,  to  the  illustration  of  human  anatomy,  and  the  beauty  of  the  parts  issued  induces  the 
publishers  to  flatter  themselves  with  the  hope  of  the  perfect  success  of  their  undertaking.  The  plan  of  the 
•work  is  at  once  novel  and  convenient  Each.page  is  perfect  in  itself,  the  references  being  immediately  under 
the  figures,  so  that  the  eye  takes  in  the  whole  at  a  glance,  and  obviates  the  necessity  of  continual  reference 
backwards  and  forwards.  The  cuts  are  selected  from  the  best  and  most  accurate  sources ;  and,  where  neces- 
sary, original  drawings  have  been  made  from  the  admirable  Anatomical  Collection  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. It  embraces  all  the  late  beautiful  discoveries  arising  from  the  u»e  of  the  microscope  in  the  investi- 
gation of  the  minute  structure  of  the  tissues. 

In  the  getting  up  of  this  very  complete  work,  the  publishers  have  spared  neither  pains  nor  expense,  and  they 
now  present  it  to  the  profession,  with  the  full  confidence  that  it  will  be  deemed  all  that  is  wanted  in  a  scientific 
and  artistical  point  of  view,  while,  at  the  same  time,  its  very  low  price  places  it  within  the  reach  of  all. 

It  is  particularly  adapted  to  tupply  the  place  of  skeletons  or  subjects,  as  the  profession  will  see  by  examining  the  list 
of  plaits 


"These  figures  are  well  selected,  and  present  a  complete  and  accurate  representation  of  that  wonderful  fabrie, 
the  human  body.  The  plan  of  this  Atlas,  which  renders  it  so  peculiarly  convenient  for  the  student,  and  its 
superb  artistical  execution,  have  been  already  pointed  out.  We  must  congratulate  the  student  upon  the 
completion  of  this  atlas,  as  it  is  the  most  convenient  work  of  the  kind  that  has  yet  appeared ;  and,  we  must 
add,  the  very  beautiful  manner  in  which  it  is  '  got  up'  is  so  creditable  to  the  country  as  to  be  flattering  to  our 
national  pride." — American  Medical  Journal. 

"This  is  an  exquisite  volume,  and  a  beautiful  specimen  of  art.  We  have  numerous  Anatomical  Atlases, 
but  we  will  venture  to  say  that  none  equal  it  in  cheapness,  and  none  surpass  it  in  faithfulness  and  spirit.  We 
strongly  recommend  to  our  friends,  both  urban  and  suburban,  the  purchase  of  this  excellent  work,  for  which 
both  editor  and  publisher  deserve  the  thanks  of  the  profession." — Medical  Examiner. 

"We  would  strongly  recommend  it,  not  only  to  the  student,  but  also  to  the  working  practitioner,  who, 
although  grown  rusty  in  the  toils  of  his  harness,  still  has  the  desire,  and  often  the  necessity,  of  refreshing  his 
knowledge  in  this  fundamental  part  of  the  science  of  medicine." — New  York  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surg. 

"  The  plan  of  this  Atlas  is  admirable,  and  its  execution  superior  to  any  thing  of  the  kind  before  published  in 
this  country.  It  is  a  real  labour-saving  affair,  and  we  regard  its  publication  as  the  greatest  boon  that  could  be 
conferred  on  the  student  of  anatomy.  It  will  be  equally  valuable  to  the  practitioner,  by  affording  him  an  easy 
means  of  recalling  the  details  learned  in  the  dissecting  room,  and  which  are  soon  forgotten." — American  Medi- 
cal  Journal.  * 

"  It  is  a  beautiful  as  well  as  particularly  useful  design,  which  should  be  extensively  patronized  by  physicians, 
•urgeons  and  medical  students." — Boston  Sled,  and  Surg.  Journal. 

"It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  author  of  the  Atlas  to  comprise  in  it  trie  valuable  points  of  all  previous  works,  to 
embrace  the  latest  microscopical  observations  on  the  anatomy  of  the  tissues,  and  by  placing  it  at  a  moderate 
price  to  enable  all  to  acquire  it  who  may  need  its  assistance  in  the  dissecting  or  operating  room,  or  other  field 
of  practice." — Western  Journal  ofMed.  and  Surgery. 

"These  numbers  complete  the  series  of  this  beautiful  work,  which  fully  merits  the  praise  bestowed  upon  the 
earlier  numbers.  We  regard  all  the  engravings  as  possessing  an  accuracy  only  equalled  by  their  beauty, 
and  cordially  recommend  the  work  to  all  engaged  in  the  study  of  anatomy." — New  York  Journal  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery. 

fa  A  more  elegant  work  than  the  one  before  us  could  not  easily  be  placed  by  a  physician  upon  the  table  of 
his  student." — Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

"We  were  much  pleased  with  Part  I,  but  the  Second  Part  gratifies  us  still  more,  both  as  regards  the  attract- 
ive nature  of  the  subject,  (The  Dermoid  and  Muscular  Systems,)  and  the  beautiful  artistical  execution  of  the 
^lustrations.  We  have  here  delineated  the  most  accurate  microscopic  views  of  some  of  the  tissues,  as,  for 
instance,  the  cellular  and  adipose  tissues,  the  epidermis,  rete  mucosum  and  cutis  vera,  the  sebaceous  and 
perspiratory-  organs  of  the  skin,  the  perspiratory  glands  and  hairs  of  the  skin,  and  the  hair  and  nails.  Then 
follows  the  general  anatomy  of  the  muscles,  and,  lastly,  their  separate  delineations.  We  would  recommend 
this  Anatomical  Atlas  to  our  readers  in  the  very  strongest  terms." — New  York  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery- 


16  LEA  &  BLANCHARD'8  PUBLICATIONS. 

^^~^~~~~~^~^~~~~~. 

THERAPEUTICAL    LIBRARY. 


PEREIRA'S  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

'      WITH  NEARLY  THREE  HUNDRED  ENGRAVINGS  ON  WOOD. 
A  NEW  EDITION,  LATELY  PUBLISHED. 


THE  ELEMENTS  OF 

MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS, 

COMPREHENDING  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY,  PREPARATION,  PROPERTIES,  COMPO- 
SITION, EFFECTS  AND  USES  OF  MEDICINES. 

BY  JONATHAN  PEREIRA,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  AND  L  S., 

Member  of  the  Society  of  Pharmacy  of  Paris ;  Examiner  in  Materia  Medica  arvd  Pharmacy  of  the  University 
of  London;  Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  at  the  London  Hospital,  &c.  &c. 

Second  American,  from  the  last  London  Edition,  enlarged  and  improved. 
WITH  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS  BY  JOSEPH  CARSON,  M.D. 

In  Two  Volumes,  Octavo,  containing  Fifteen  Hundred  very  large  Pages,  illustrated  by 
Two  Hundred  and  Seventy-five  Wood-cuts. 

Part  I.  contains  the  General  Action  and  Classification  of  Medicines  and  the  Miner.il  Materia 
Medica.  Part  II.,  the  Vegetable  and  Animal  Kingdoms,  including  diagrams  explanatory  of  the 
Processes  of  the  Pharmacopoeias,  a  tabular  view  of  the  History  of  the  Materia  Medica,  from  the 
earliest  times  to  the  present  day,  with  the  Introduction  of  the  Processes  of  the  New  Edinburgh 
Pharmacopeia,  and  a  very  copious  index.  It  also  contains  additional  articles  on  Mental  Remedies, 
Light,  Heat,  Cold,  Electricity,  Magnetism,  Exercise,  Dietetics  and  Climate,  and  many  additional 
Wood-cuts,  illustrative  of  Pharmaceutical  Operations,  Crystallography,  Shape  and  Organization  of 
the  Feculas  of  Commerce,  and  the  Natural  History  of  the  Materia  Medica. 

In  passing  through  the  press  the  second  edition  of  this  standard  work,  the  opportunity  has  been 
taken  by  the  editor  to  correct  any  mistakes  or  inadvertencies  that  may  have  escaped  him  or  the 
author,  in  the  first  edition.  It  may  now  be  considered  as  entirely  worthy  of  the  confidence  of  the 
physician  and  pharmaceutist,  as  an  accurate  edition  of  the  most  complete  work  extant  on  the  subject. 

"An  Encyclopedia  of  knowledge  in  that  department  of  medical  science — by  the  common  consent  of  the  pro- 
fession the  most  elaborate  and  scientific  Treatise  ou  Materia  Medica  incur  language."—  Western  Journal  of 
Altdicine  and  Surgery. 


THE  STUDENT'S  TEXT-BOOK  OF  MATERIA  MEDICA. 


NOW   AT   PRESS, 

A  MANUAL  OF 
MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

BY  J.  FORBES  ROYLE,  M.  D., 

PROFESSOR    IN    KING'S    COLLEGE,    LONDON. 

EDITED  BY 

J.  CARSON,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy  in  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy,  etc.  etc. 

In  One  Octavo  Volume,  with  Numerous  Splendid  Illustrations. 

This  work  will  contain  all  the  most  recent  information  and  investigations  in  the  various 
branches  connected  with  the  Materia  Medica,  and  under  the  supervision  of  its  able  editor, 
will  receive  whatever  alterations  and  additions  may  be  necessary  to  adapt  it  to  the  United 
Stales  Pharmacopoeia,  and  to  the  practice  of  this  country.  The  high  character  of  the  author 
will  attract  attention  to  the  work  as  a  text-book  for  the  next  session  of  the  various  colleges, 
if  ready.  The  numerous  and  beautiful  illustrations  will  far  surpass  anything  that  has  as 
yet  been  attempted  in  this  way.  This  volume  will  be  brought  out  in  a  style  to  match  Fer- 
guson's Surgery,  Wilson's  Anatomy,  &c.,  and  will  be  sold  at  a  low  price. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS.  17 

THE  afiElt  MEDICAL  LIBEARY. 


COMPRISING  TREATISES  ON  THE 

NATURE  AND  TREATMENT  OF  DISEASES, 

MATERIA  MEDICA  &  THERAPEUTICS, 

DISEASES  OF  WOMEN  AND  CHILDREN, 
MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE,  &c.  &c. 

EDITED  BY 

JOHN  FORBES,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 
ALEXANDER    TWEEDIE,  M.D.,  F.  R.  S., 

AND 

JOHN    CONOLLY,    M.D. 

REVISED,  WITH  ADDITIONS, 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 

THIS  WORK   IS   NOW   COMPLETE,   AND   FORMS 

FOUR  LARGE  SUPER-ROYAL,  OCTAVO  VOLUMES, 

CONTAINING  THIRTY-TWO  HUNDRED  AND  FIFTY-FOUR 
UNUSUALLY  LARGE  PAGES  IN  DOUBLE  COLUMNS, 

PRINTED   ON   GOOD   PAPER,   WITH   A   NEW   AND   CLEAR  TYPE. 
THE  WHOLE  WELL   AND  STRONGLY  BOUND, 

WITH  RAISED  BANDS  AND   DOUBLE  TITLES. 
Or,  to  be  had  in  twenty-four  parts,  at  Fifty  Cents  each. 

For  a  list  of  Articles  and  Attthors,  together  toith  opinions  of  the  press,  see  Supplement  to  the  No- 
vember number  of  the  Medical  News  and  Library. 

This  work  having  been  completed  and  placed  before  the  profession,  has 
been  steadily  advancing  in  favor  with  all  classes  of  physicians.  The  nu- 
merous advantages  which  it  combines,  beyond  those  of  any  other  work  ; 
the  weight  which  each  article  carries  with  it,  as  being  the  production  of 
some  physician  of  acknowledged  reputation  who  has  devoted  himself 
especially  to  the  subject  confided  to  him,  the  great  diversity  of  topics 
treated  of;  the  compendiousness  with  which  everything  of  importance  is 
digested  into  a  comparatively  small  space  ;  the  manner  in  which  it  has 
been  brought  up  to  the  day,  everything  necessary  to  the  American  prac- 
titioner having  been  added  by  Dr.  Dunglison  ;  the  neatness  of  its  mecha- 
nical execution,  and  the  extremely  low  price  at  which  it  is  afforded, 
combine  to  render  it  one  of  the  most  attractive  works  now  before  the  pro- 
fession. As  a  book  for  constant  and  reliable  reference,  it  presents  advan- 
tages which  are  shared  by  no  other  work  of  the  kind.  To  country  prac- 
titioners, especially,  it  is  absolutely  invaluable,  comprising  in  a  mode- 
rate space,  and  trifling  cost,  the  matter  for  which  they  would  have  to 
accumulate  libraries,  when  removed  from  public  collections.  The  steady 
and  increasing  demand  with  which  it  has  been  favored  since  its  completion, 
shows  that  its  merits  have  been  appreciated,  and  that  it  is  now  universally 
considered  as  the 

LIBRARY  FOR  CONSULTATION  AND  REFERENCE. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'8  PUBLICATIONS. 

WORKS  BY  PROFESSORS  CHURCHILL,  MEIGS,  &c. 
CHURCHILL'S    MIDWIFERY. 

A  New  Edition,  Just  Published. 


11 


ON  THE  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MIDWIFERY, 

BY  FLEKTWOOn  CHURCHILL,  M.D..  M.R.I.  A;, 

Licentiate  of  the  College  of  Physicians  in  Ireland;  Physician  to  the  Western  Lying-in  Hospital ;  Lecturer  on 
Midwifery,  &c.,  in  the  Richmond  Hospital  Medical  School.  &c.  &c. 

WITH    NOTES    AND   ADDITIONS 
BY  ROBERT  M.  HUSTON,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  General  Therapeutics,  and  formerly  of  Obstetrics  and  the  Diseases  of  Wo- 
men and  Children  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia;  President  of  the  Philadelphia 
Medical  Society.  &c.  &c. 

SECOND  AMERICAN  EDITION. 

WITH  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY-EIGHT  ILLUSTRATIONS, 
ENGRAVED  BY  GILBERT  FROM  DRAWINGS  BY  BAGG  AND  OTHERS. 

In  One  beautiful  Octavo  Volume.  . . 

The  call  for  a  second  edition  of  Dr.  Churchill's  Midwifery,  within  so  short  a  time  after  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  first,  is  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  profession  in  this  country  appreciate  the  high 
value  of  the  work.  Both  as  a  text-book  for  the  student  and  as  a  manual  for  the  practitioner,  it  has 
a  deservedly  great  reputation,  especially  for  the  fulness  and  clearness  with  which  the  physiological 
details  are  wrought  out  and  brought  to  illustrate  the  practical  part.  To  render  the  present  edition 
worthy  of  a  continuance  of  the  favor  and  confidence  so  signally  manifested  towards  its  predecessor, 
the  editor  has  carefully  added  all  the  new  facts  and  observations  which  have  transpired  since  the 
publication  of  the  last  edition,  or  such  at  least  as  appeared  to  him  deserving  of  being  recorded. 
These  relate  to  some  of  the  most  important  points  in  physiology  and  obstetrical  practice.  Various 
new  illustrations  have  been  introduced,  and  the  whole  brought  up,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the  day  of 
publication. 



A  NEW  EDITION  OF  CHURCHILL  ON  FEMALES. 


THE   DISEASES   OF   FEMALES, 

INCLUDING  THOSE  OF 

PREGNANCY    AND   CHILDBED. 
BY  FLEET  WOOD  CHURCHILL,  31.  D., 

Author  of  "  Theory  and  Practice  of  Midwifery,"  &c.  &c. 

THIRD  AMERICAN,  FROM  THE  SECOND  LONDON  EDITION,  WITH  ILLUSTRATIONS- 
EDITED,    WITH    NOTES, 

BY  ROBERT  M.  HUSTON,  M.D.,  &c.  &c. 
!o  • 

In  One  Volume,  8vo. 

"  In  complying  with  the  demand  of  the  profession  in  this  country  for  a  third  edition,  the  Editor 
has  much  pleasure  in  the  opportunity  thus  afforded  of  presenting  the  work  in  its  more  perfect  form. 
All  the  additional  references  and  illustrations  contained  in  the  English  copy  are  retained  in  this." 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  FEMALES, 
AND  ON  THE  SPECIAL  HYGIENE  OF  THEIR  SEX. 

WITH  NUMEROUS  WOOD-CUTS. 

BY    COLO  MB  AT    DE    L'lS^RE,    M.  D., 
Chevalier  of  the  Legion  of  Honor;  late  Surgeon  to  the  Hospital  of  the  Rue  de  Valois,  devoted  to  the  Diseases 

of  Females,  &c.  &c. 
TRANSLATED,  WITH  MANY  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS, 

By   C.   D.   MKIOS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  4c.  Ac. 

In  One  Large  Volume,  8vo. 

"  We  are  satisfied  it  is  destined  to  take  the  front  rank  in  this  department  of  medical  science;  it  is 
beyond  all  comparison,  the  most  learned  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Females  that  has  ever  been 
written,  there  being  more  than  one  thousand  distinct  authorities  quoted  and  collected  by  the  inde- 
fatigable author.  It  is  in  fact  a  complete  exposition  of  the  opinions  and  practical  methods  of  all 
the  celebrated  practitioners  of  ancient  and  modern  times.  The  Editor  and  Translator  has  per- 
formed his  part  in  a  manner  hardly  to  be  surpassed.  The  translation  is  faithful  to  the  original,  and 
yet  elegant.  More  than  one  hundred  pages  of  original  matter  have  been  incorporated  in  the  text, 
constituting  a  seventh  part  of  the  whole  volume." — New  York  Journal  of  Medicine. 


LEA   &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

WORKS  BY  PROFESSOR  W.  P.  DEWEES. 
NEW  EDITIONS. 


DEWEES'S  MIDWIFERY. 

A  COMPREHENSIVE  SYSTEM  OF   MIDWIFERY. 

^CHIEFLY    DESIGNED   TO    FACILITATE  THE  INQUIRIES  OF  THOSE    WHO  MAY  BE  PUR- 
SUING THIS  BRANCH  OF  STUDY. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  OCCASIONAL   CASES  AND  MANY  ENGRAVINGS. 

Tenth  Edition,  with  the  Author's  last  Improvements  and  Corrections. 

BY  WILLIAM  P.  DEWEES,  M.  D., 

LATE  PROFESSOR  OF   MIDWIFERY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY   OF   PENNSYLVANIA,  ETC. 

In  one  volume,  octavo. 

That  this  work,  notwithstanding  the  length  of  time  it  has  been  before  the  profession,  and  the 
numerous  treatises  that  have  appeared  since  it  was  written,  should  have  still  maintained  its  ground, 
and  passed  to  edition  after  edition,  is  sufficient  proof  that  in  it  the  great  practical  talents  of  the 
author  were  fully  placed  before  the  profession.  Of  the  book  itself  it  would  be  superfluous  to 
speak,  having  been  so  long  and  so  favorably  known  throughout  the  country  as  to  have  become 
identified  with  American  Obstetrical  Science. 


DEWEES  ON  FEMALES. 


A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OE  FEMALES. 

BY  WILLIAM  P.  DEWEES,  M.D.,  &c. 

LATE  PHOFESSOE  OF  MIDWIFERY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  ETC. 

EIGHTH   EDITION, 
With  the  Author's  last  Improvements  and  Corrections. 

In  one  octavo  volume,  with  plates. 


DEWEES    ON    CHILDREN. 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE 

PHYSICAL  AND  MEDICAL  TREATMENT  OF  CHILDREN, 

BY  WILLIAM  P.  DEWEES,  M.D., 

LATE  PROFESSOR  OF  MIDWIFERY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  ETC.  ETC. 

EIGHTH    EDITION. 
In  one  volume,  octavo. 

This  edition  embodies  the  notes  and  additions  prepared  by  Dr.  Dewees  before  his  death,  and  will  be  found 
much  improved. 

The  objects  of  this  work  are,  1st,  to  teach  those  who  have  the  charge  of  children,  either  as  parent  or  guardian, 
the  most  approved  methods  of  securing  and  improving  their  physical  powers.  This  is  attempted  by  pointing 
out  the  duties  which  the  parent  or  the  guardian  owes  for  this  purpose,  to  this  interesting  but  helpless  class  of 
beings,  and  the  manner  by  which  their  duties  shall  be  fulfilled.  And  2d,  to  render  available  a  long  experi- 
ence to  those  objects  of  our  affection  when  they  become  diseased.  In  attempting  this,  the  author  has  avoided 
as  much  as  possible,  "technicality,"  and  has  given,  if  he  does  not  flatter  himself  too  much,  to  each  disease  of 
which  he  treats,  its  appropriate  and  designating  characters,  with  a  fidelity  that  will  prevent  any  two  being  con- 
founded together,  with  the  best  mode  of  treating  them,  that  either  his  own  experience  or  that  of  others  has 
suggested. 

Physicians  cannot  too  strongly  recommend  the  use  of  this  book  in  all  families. 


ASHWELL  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  FEMALES. 

A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE 

DISEASES  PECULIAR  TO  WOMEN. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  CASES 

DERIVED  FROM  HOSPITAL  AND  PRIVATE  PRACTICE. 
BY  SAMUEL  ASHWELL,  M.  D., 

Member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians;  Obstetric  Physician  and  Lecturer  to  Guy's  Hospital,  &c. 

EDITED  BY  PAUL  BECK  GODDARD,  M.  D. 

The  whole  complete  in  one  large  octavo  volume. 

"  The  most  able,  and  certainly  the  most  standard  and  practical  work  on  female  diseases  that  we 
have  yet  seen." — Medico-Chirurencal  Review. 

^,  :.-*iW   •,**• 


20        «       «  LEA  &  BLANCH ARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

LATELY  PUBLISHED, 

*     A  NEW  EDITION  OF 

WILSON'S   HUMAN   ANATOMY, 

MUCH    IMPROVED. 


A  SYSTEM  OF   HUMAN  ANATOMY, 

GENERAL    AND    SPECIAL. 
BY  ERASMUS  WILSON,  M.D., 

LECTURER  ON  ANATOMY,  LONDON. 

SECOND  AMERICAN  EDITION,  EDITED  BY 

PAUL  B.  GODDARD,  A.M.,M.D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Histology  in  the  Franklin  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

WITH  OVER  TWO  HUNDRED  ILLUSTRATIONS. 
Beautifully  Printed  from  the  Second  London  Edition,  in  One  very  neat  Octavo  Volume. 

"Mr.  Wilson,  before  the  publication  of  this  work,  was  very  favorably  known  to  the  profession  by  his  trea- 
tise on  Practical  and  Surgical  Anatomy;  and,  as  this  is  the  Second  American  Edition,  from  the  second  London 
Edition,  since  1840,  any  special  commendation  of  the  high  value  of  the  present  work,  on  our  part,  would  oe 
supererogatory.  Besides,  the  work  has  been  translated  at  Berlin,  and  overtures  were  repeatedly  made  to  tit* 
London  publisher  for  its  reproduction  in  France.  The  work  is,  undoubtedly,  a  complete  system  of  human 
anatomy,  brought  op  to  the  present  day.  The  illustrations  are  certainly  very  beautiful,  the  originals  having 
been  expressly  designed  and  executed  for  this  work  by  the  celebrated  Bagg  of  London;  and,  in  the  American 
edition  they  have  been  copied  in  a  masterly  and  spirited  manner.  As  a  text-book  in  the  various  colleges  we 
would  commend  it  in  the  highest  terms." — tfeto  York  Journal  of  Medicine. 


WILSON'S    DISSECTOR. 

THE  DISSECTOR; 
OB,  PRACTICAL  AND  SURGICAL  ANATOMY. 

BY  ERASMUS  WILSON, 

Author  of  "A  System  of  Human  Anatomy,  &c. 

WITH  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  SIX  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

MODIFIED    AND    RE-ARRANGED    BY 

PAUL  B.  GODDARD,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Histology  in  the  Franklin  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

In  One  Large  Royal  Duodecimo  Volume,  Sheep. 

"  It  strikes  us  as  being  all  that  a  "Dissector"  should  be.     The  wood-cuts  are  numerous  and  will 
afford  the  student  the  most  essential  aid  in  the  dissecting  room." — West.  Journ.  qf  Med.  and  Surg. 


WILSON    OJNJ__THE    SKIN. 
A  PRACTICAL  AND  THEORETICAL  TREATISE 

OK  THE 

DIAGNOSIS,  PATHOLOGY  AND  TREATMENT 

OF  DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN; 

ARRANGED  ACCORDING  TO  A  NATURAL  SYSTEM  OF  CLASSIFICATION, 

,.,        4.ND  PRECEDED  BY 

AN  OUTLINE  OF  THE  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  SKIN. 
BY  ERASMUS  WILSON, 

Lecturer  on  Anatomy  and  Physiology  in  the  Middlesex  Hospital  Medical  School,  tec.  ice. 
In  One  Neat  Octavo  Volume,  Olotb. 

l1!'^*,^011^  b°?k  ?f  P,1*0"'06-    Ag  a  practical  guide  to  the  classification,  diignoiis  and  treatment  of  the  dis 

skin,  the  book  is  complete.     We  know  nothing,  considered  in  this  aspect,  better  in  our  language : 

mty  in  all  the  matters  which,  in  this  range  of  diseases,  engage  the  practitioner's  attention.  f»nd 

CmJwmark  —. AZ«r  "*  r '        uowni  we  believe»  »  every  older  manual,  of  being  on  a  level  with  Science's  hagh 

-• 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

•  <~^fc  ~ 

A  NEW  AND  COMPLETE  WORK  ON  FEVERS. 


F  E  Y  E  E  S ; 


THEIR  DIAGNOSIS,  PATHOLOGY  &  TREATMENT. 

PREPARED  AND  EDITED  WITH  LARGE  ADDITIONS, 

FROM  THE  ESSAYS  ON  FEVER  IN 

TWEEDIE'S  LIBRARY  OF  PRACTICAL  MEDICINE, 

BY 
MEREDITH  CLYMER,  M.  D, 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  in  Franklin  Medical  College,  Philadelphia} 
Consulting  Physician  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital ;  Fellow  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Physicians,  8,-c.  4-c. 

In  one  octavo  volume  of  600  pages. 

The  want  of  a  distinct  treatise  on  Fevers,  embodying  the  received  doctrines  of  their  pathology  and 
treatment  has  long  been  felt  and  generally  acknowledged.  To  supply  this  deficiency  in  medical 
literature  is  the  object  of  the  present  volume.  It  has  been  prepared  from  the  Essays  on  Fever 
contributed  by  Drs.  Christison,  Shapter,  Burrows,  Gregory  and  Locock,  to  Dr.  Tweedie's  "  Library 
of  Practical  Medicine,"  and  will  be  found  to  embrace  the  whole  class  of 

Idiopathic  Fevers, — Continued,  Periodical,  Eruptive,  and  Puerperal 

The  additions  of  the  Editor,  amounting  to  about  one-half  of  the  volume,  have  been  chiefly  made 
with  reference  to  the  Fevers  of  this  country.  It  has  been  his  aim  to  render  the  work  as  complete  as 
possible,  and  to  adapt  it  particularly  to  the  necessities  of  the  American  Practitioner. 


WILLIAMS'    PATHOLOGY. 

PRINCIPLES    OF    MEDICINE, 

COMPRISING 

GENERAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS, 

AND  A  GENERAL  VIEW  OF 

ETIOLOGY.  NOSOLOGY,  SEMEIOLOGY,  DIAGNOSIS  AND  PROGNOSIS. 
BY  CHARLES  J.  B.  WILLIAMS,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 

Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians,  &c. 

WITH  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS, 

BY  MEREDITH  CLYMER,  M.  D.,  &c. 

In  one  volume,  8vo. 

WILLIAMS  AND  CLYMER  ON  THE  CHEST,  &c 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS, 

INCLUDING 

THE  TRACHEA,  LARYNX,  LUNGS,  AND  PLEURA. 

BY  CHARLES  J.  B.  WILLIAMS,  M.D., 
Consulting  Physician  to  the  Hospital  for  Consumption  and  Diseases  of  the  Chest]  Author  of 

"  Principles  of  Medicine,"  &c.  &c. 

WITH  NUMEROUS  ADDITIONS  AND  NOTES, 

BY  MEREDITH  CLYMER,  M.D.,  &c. 

In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  with  cuts. 

This  work  recommends  itself  to  the  notice  of  the  profession  as  containing  a  more  particular  and 
detailed  account  of  the  affections  of  which  it  treats  than  perhaps  any  other  volume  before  the  public. 

"The  wood-cuts  illustrating  the  physical  exmination  of  the  chest,  are  admirably  executed,  and  the  whole 
mechanical  execution  of  the  work  does  much  credit  to  the  publishers.  This  work  is  undoubtedly  destined  to 
take  precedence  of  all  others  yet  published  on  the  '  Respiratory  Organs,'  and  as  a  text-book  for  teachers  and 
students,  110  better  in  the  present  state  of  the  science  is  to  be  expected." — X(w  York  Journal  ef  Medieint. 


LEA  &  BLA    CHARD'S   PUBLICATIONS. 

]RBY  &  SPENCE'SfE^^  USE, 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  ENTOMOLOGY; 

OR,  ELEMENTS  OF  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  INSECTS  :  COMPRISING 

AN  ACCOUNT  OF  NOXIOUS  AND  USEFUL  INSECTS,  OF  THEIR 

METAMORPHOSES,  FOOD,  STRATAGEMS,  HABITATIONS, 

SOCIETIES,  MOTIONS,  NOISES,  HYBERNATION, 

INSTINCT,  &c.,  &c. 

LI  2*:-L  :aaWT 

With  Plates.    Plain  or  Colored. 

BY  WILLIAM  KIRBY,  M.A.,  F.R.S.    AND  WILLIAM  SPENCE,  ESQ.,  F.R.S. 
FROM  THE  SIXTH  LONDON  EDITION. 

Which  was  Corrected  and  Considerably  Enlarged, 

In   One  Large   Octavo   Volume,   extra  cloth. 

This  work,  as  it  at  present  stands,  is  acknowledged  to  be  the  best  extant  as  a  popular  introduction  to  the 
science,  containing  an  immense  amount  of  singular  and  interesting  information,  conveyed  in  a  simple  and 
.agreeable  manner.  In  preparing  the  last  edition,  from  which  this  is'primed,  the  authors  have  omitted  the  two 
last  volumes,  as  being  too  scientific  for  popular  use,  and  arranged  it  as  it  now  is.  forming  a  complete  exposi 
tiou  of  the  principles  of  the  study,  unincuinbered  with  Anatomical  or  scientific  details. 

"We  are  well  aware  that  the  physician  engaged  in  an  engrossing  practice,  whether  in  town  or  country, 
has  not  much  leisure  for  the  perusal  of  books  unconnected  with  his  profession ;  but  we  know  just  as  well,  that 
•while  the  few  are  thus  immersed  in  business,  the  many  have  the  command  of  more  time  than  they  are  disposed 
to  give  to  professional  reading.  How  many  are  the  hours  wasted  by  nearly  every  young  physician,  waiting 
for  practice — anxious,  dreary  hours,  because  unoccupied !  Why  not  spend  these  hours  in  the  study  of  such 
•works  as  that  of  Kirby  &  Spence.  wherein  the  physiologist,  farmer,  horticulturist,  philosopher,  and  moralist, 
may  find  matter  to  instruct  him. — The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

"The  republication  of  this  work,  which  has  for  many  years  enjoyed  a  very  high  and  constantly  increasing 
popularity  in  Great  Britain,  confers  a  decided  benefit  upon  natural  science  in  this  country.  It  is  a  free,  careful 
and  authentic  exposition  of  the  very  extensive  department  of  study,  of  which  it  treats,  and  has  done  much 
abroad  to  attract  attention  to  a  branch  which,  until  its  publication,  has  found  comparatively  little  favor  with  the 
scientific  students  of  Great  Britain.  The  treatise  of  Messrs.  KIRBY  &  SPENCK  is  well  adapted,  not  only  by  iu 
intrinsic  merit,  but  by  its  attractive  style,  to  introduce  the  subject  to  popular  favor.  It  is  thrown  into  the  form 
of  letters,  and  although  abounding  to  some  extent  in  scientific  terms,  it  is  divested  of  technicality  so  far  as  pos- 
sible, and  by  a  very  agreeable  intermixture  of  anecdotes.  &c.,  is  made  a  pleasant  and  entertaining,  as  well  as 
very  instructive  and  important  work.  It  is  now  reprinted  from  the  sixth  London  edition,  which  has  been 
revised  and  corrected,  and  forms  a  very  handsome  octavo  volume  of  about  600  pages.  Those  who  have  never 
given  any  attention  to  the  subject  of  which  it  treats,  will  find  embodied  in  it  an  immense  amount  of  very  inte- 
resting and  useful  information,  set  forth  in  an  agreeable  and  attractive  style." — N.  Y.  Courier  and  Enquirer. 


THE  CHEMISTRY 


FOUR    SEASONS, 

BY  THOMAS  GRIFFITH, 

Lecturer  on  Chemistry  at  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  &c.  &c. 
IN    ONE    VERY    NEAT    DUODECIMO    VOLUME. 

With  Numerous  Wood-cuts.    A  New  Work.         f\  • 

The  object  of  this  little  book  is  to  show  in  a  popular  and  agreeable  manner  the  chemical  agency 
-exerted  in  the  various  phenomena  of  nature.    It  forms  a  neat  volume  for  the  Centre  Table. 


a/ 


A  TEXT  BOOK  OF 

PRACTICAL  GEOLOGY  AND  MINERALOGY. 

WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  THE  QUALITATIVE  ANALYSIS  OF  MINERALS, 

BY  JOSHUA  TRIMMER,  F.  G.  S. 
WITH  TWO  HUNDRED  AND  TWELVE  WOOD-CUTS. 

A  handsome  octavo  volume,  bound  in  embossed  cloth. 

Thi«  is  a  systematic  introduction  to  Mineralogy,  and  Geology,  admirably  calculated  to  instruct  the  student  in 
those  sciences.  The  organic  remains  of  the  various  formations  are  well  illustrated  by  numerous  figures,  which 
are  drawn  with  great  accuracy. 


jif 23 

GRAHAM'S    CHEMISTRY, 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

Jr 


_ 


THE  ELEMENTS  OF  CHEMISTRY. 

EXCLUDING  THE  APPLICATION  OF  THE  SCIENCE  TO  THE  ARTS. 

With  Numerous  Illustrations. 
BY  THOMAS  GRAHAM,  F.  R.  S.  L.  and  E.  D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry  in  University  College,  London,  &c.  &c. 
WITH  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS, 

EY  ROBERT  BRIDGES,  M.D.,  &c.  &c, 

In  One  Volume  Octavo. 

The  great  advancement  recently  made  in  all  branches  of  chemical  investigation,  renders  neces- 
sary a*  enlarged  work  which  shall  clearly  elucidate  the  numerous  discoveries,  especially  in  the 
department  connected  with  organic  Chemistry  and  Physiology,  in  which  such  gigantic  strides 
have  been  made  during  the  last  few  years.  The  present  treatise  is  considered  by  eminent  judges 
to  fulfil  these  indications,  and  to  be  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  necessities  of  the  advanced  medical 
student  and  practitioner.  In  adapting  it  to  the  wants  of  the  American  profession,  the  editor  has 
endeavored  to  render  his  portion  of  the  work  worthy  the  exalted  reputation  of  the  first  chemist  ot 
England.  It  is  already  introduced  in  many  of  the  Colleges,  and  has  universal  approbation. 

FOWNES'S  CHEMISTRY  FOR  STUDENTS. 

ELEMENT  A  RY~  CHEMISTRY, 

THEORETICAL  AND  PRACTICAL. 
BY  GEORGE  FOWNES,  PH.  D., 

Chemical  Lecturer  in  the  Middlesex  Hospital  Medical  School,  &c.  &c. 

With  Numerous  Illustrations.    Edited,  with  Additions, 
BY  ROBERT  BRIDGES,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  General  and  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry  in  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy,  &.C.  &c. 
In  one  large  duodecimo  volume,  sheep  or  extra  cloth. 

The  character  of  this  work  is  such  as  to  recommend  it  to  all  colleges  in  want  of  an  elementary 
text-book,  and  to  all  practitioners  who  wish  to  place  a  compendious  manual  in  the  hands  of  their 
students.  It  is  fully  brought  up  to  the  day,  containing  all  the  late  views  and  discoveries  that  have 
so  entirely  changed  the  face  of  the  science,  and  it  is  completely  illustrated  with  very  numerous 
wood  engravings  explanatory  of  all  the  different  processes  and  forms  of  apparatus.  Though  strictly 
scientific,  it  is  written  with  great  clearness  and  simplicity  of  style,  rendering  it  easy  to  be  mastered 
by  those  commencing  the  study.  The  low  price  at  which  it  is  sold,  places  it  within  the  reach  of  all. 

Though  this  work  has  been  so  recently  published,  it  has  already  been  adopted  as  a  text-book  by 
many  of  the  Medical  Institutions  throughout  the  country.  As  a  work  for  the  first  class  student,  and 
as  an  introduction  to  the  larger  systems  of  Chemistry,  such  as  Graham's,  there  has  been  but  one 
opinion  expressed  concerning  it,  and  it  may  now  be  considered  as 

THE  TEXT-BOOK  FOR  THE  CHEMICAL  STUDENT. 


SIMON'S   CHEMISTRY  OF  MAN. 

ANIMAL    CHEMISTRY. 

WITH  REFERENCE  TO  THE  PHYSIOLOGY  &  PATHOLOGY  OF  MAN. 

BY  DR.  J.  FRANZ  SIMON. 

TRANSLATED    AND    EDITED    BY 
GEORGE  E.  DAY,  M.  A.  &  L.  M.  CANTAB.,  &c. 

With  plates.    In  one  octavo  volume,  of  over  seven  hundred  pages,  sheep,  or  in  two  parts,  boards. 

This  important  work  is  now  complete  and  may  be  had  in  one  large  octavo  volume.  Those  who 
obtained  the  first  part  can  procure  the  second  separate. 

"  No  treatise  on  physiological  chemistry  approaches,  in  fulness  and  accuracy  of  detail,  the  work  which 
stands  at  the  head  of  this  article.  It  is  the  production  of  a  man  of  true  German  assiduity,  -who  has  added  to  his 
own  researches  the  results  of  the  labors  of  nearly  every  other  inquirer  in  this  interesting  branch  of  science. — 
The  death  of  such  a  laborer,  which  is  mentioned  in  the  preface  to  the  work  as  having  occurred  prematurely  in 
1S42,  is  indeed  a  calamity  to  science.  He  had  hardly  reached  the  middle  term  of  life,  and  yet  had  made  himself 
known  all  over  Europe,  and  in  our  country,  where  big  name  has  been  familiar  for  several  years  as  among  the 

most  successful  of  the  cultivators  of  the  Chemistry  of  Man It  is  a  vast  repository  of  facts,  lo  which  the 

teacher  aud  student  may  refer  wilh  equal  satisfaction."—  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 


24  LEA  &  BLANClURD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

^ .    * 

WATSON'S  PRACTICE  OF  PHYSIC, 

New  Edition  by  Condie, 
rirArii     %  1M  ^tYJ'P 

LECTURES  ON  THE 

PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  PHYSIC. 

DELIVERED  AT  KING'S  COLLEGE,  LONDON. 

BY  THOMAS  WATSON,  M.  D.,  &c.  &c. 
Second  American,  from  the  Second  London  Edition. 

REVISED,  WITH  ADDITIONS, 

BY  D.  FRANCIS  CONDIE,  M.  D., 

Author  of  a  work  on  the  "  Diseases  of  Children,"  &c. 

In  one  Octavo  Volume, 
Of  nearly  ELEVEN  HUNDRED  LARGE  PAG£S,  strongly  bound  with  raised  bands. 

tl  We  know  of  no  work  better  calculated  for  being  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student,  and  for  a 
text-book,  and  as  such  we  are  sure  it  will  be  very  extensively  adopted.  On  every  important  point 
the  author  seems  to  have  posted  up  his  knowledge  to  the  day." — American  Medical  Journal. 

The  rapid  sale  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work  is  an  evidence  of  its  merits,  and  of  its  general 
favor  with  the  American  practitioner.  To  commend  it  still  more  strongly  to  the  profession,  the 
publishers  have  gone  to  a  great  expense  in  preparing  this  edition  with  larger  type,  finer  paper,  and 
stronger  binding,  with  raised  bands.  It  is  edited  with  reference  particularly  to  American  practice, 
by  Dr.  Condie  ;  and  with  these  num«rous  improvements,  the  price  is  still  kept  so  low  as  to  be  within 
the  reach  of  all,  and  to  render  it  among  the  cheapest  works  offered  to  the  profession.  It  has  been 
received  with  the  utmost  favor  by  the  medical  press,  both  of  this  country  and  of  England,  a  few  of 
the  notices  of  which,  together  with  a  letter  from  Professor  Chapman,  will  be  found  in  the  Supple- 
ment to  The  Medical  News  and  Library,  for  November,  1845. 


A  NEW  AND  IMPROVED  EDITION  OF 

RAMSBOTHAM'S  STANDARD  WORK  ON  PARTURITION. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF 

OBSTETRIC  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY, 

IN  REFERENCE  TO 

THE  PROCESS  OF  PARTURITION. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY 

One  hundred  and  forty-eight  Large  Figures  on  55  HtliograpMc  Plates. 

BY  FRANCIS  H.  RAMSBOTHAM,  M.  D.,  &c. 

A  NEW  EDITION,  FROM  THE  ENLARGED  AND  REVISED  LONDON  EDITION. 

In  one  large  imperial  octavo  volume,  well  bound. 

The  present  edition  of  this  standard  wurk  will  be  found  to  contain  numerous  and  important  improvements 
over  the  last.  Besides  much  additional  matter,  there  are  several  more  plates  and  wood-cuts,  and  those  which 
were  before  used  have  been  re-drawn.  This  book  has  long  been  known  to  the  profession,  by  whom  it  lias 
been  most  flatteringly  received.  A.  more  extended  advertisement,  with  a  recommendatory  letter  from  Professor 
Hodge  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  may  be  seen  in  the  November  Supplement  to  The  Medical  News. 

CONDIE   ON    CHILDREN. 

— 

A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON 

THE  'DISEASES  OF  CHILDREN, 

BY  D.  FRANCIS  CONDIE,  M.  D., 

Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians;  Member  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  &c.  to. 

IN  ONE  VOLUME,  OCTAVO. 

E7*  The  Publishers  would  particularly  call  the  attention  of  the  Profession  to  an  examination  of  this  work. 
"Dr.  Condie,  from  the  very  great  labor  which  he  hag  evidently  bestowed  upon  this  book,  is  entitled  to  ou' 
respect  as  an  indefatigable  and  conscientious  student;  but  if  we  consider  the  results  of  his  labor,  we  cannot 
but  admit  his  claim  to  a  place  in  the  very  first  rank  of  eminent  writers  on  the  practice  of  medicine.  Regard- 
ing his  treatise  as  a  whole,  it  is  more  complete  and  accurate  in  its  descriptions,  while  it  is  more  copious=and 
more  judicious  in  its  therapeutical  precepts  than  any  of  its  predecessors,  and  we  feel  persuaded  that  the  Ame- 
rican medical  profession  will  very  soon  regard  it,  not  only  as  a  very  good,  but  as  the  very  best  'Praclica 
Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Children.'  "— Am.  2I*d.  Journal. 


u!:n 


LEA   &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD  have  HOW  completed  the  last  volume  of  the  illustrated  works  of  Sir  Asiley  Cooper. 
They  form  an  elegant  series;  the  works  on  Hernia,  the  Testis,  the  Thymus  Gland  and  the  Breast,  being  printed, 
Illustrated  and  bound  to  match,  in  imperial  octavo  with  numerous  LITHOGRAPHIC  PLATES,  while  the 
Treatise  on  Dislocations  is  in  a  neat  medium  octavo  form,  with  NUMEROUS  WOOD-CUTS  similar  to  the 
last  London  edition. 

SIR  ASTLEY  COOPER   OW  HERNIA, 

With  One  Hundred  and  Thirty  Figures  in  Lithography. 

THE  ANATOMY  AND  SURGICAL  TREATMENT  OF 

ABDOMINAL    HERNIA. 

BY  SIR  ASTLEY  COOPER,  BART. 
Edited  by  C.  ASTON  KEY,  Surgeon  to  Guy's  Hospital,  &c. 

This  important  work  of  Sir  Astley  is  printed  from  the  authorized  second  edition,  published  in  London,  in  large 
snper-roya!  folio,  and  edited  by  his  nephew,  Professor  Key.  It  contains  all  the  Plates  and  all  the  Letterpress — 
there  are  110  omissions,  interpolations,  or  modifications — it  >s  the  complete  work  in 

One  Large  Imperial  Octavo  Volume. 
With  over  130  Figures  on  26  Plates,  and.  over  400  Large  Pages  of  Letterpress. 

The  correctness  of  the  Plates  is  guaranteed  by  a  revision  and  close  examination  under  the  eye  of  a  distin- 
guished Surgeon  of  this  city. 

ANOTHER  VOLUME  OF  THE  SERIES  CONTAINS  HIS  TREATISE 

ON  THE  STRUCTURE  AND  DISEASES  OF  THE  TESTIS. 

Illustrated  by  liO  Figures.    From  the  Second  London  Edition. 
BY  BRANSBY  B.  COOPER,  ESQ. 

AND  ALSO  ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  THYMUS  GLAND. 

Illustrated  by  57  Figures. 

The  two  works  together  in  one  beautiful  imperial  octavo  volume,  illustrated  with  twenty-nine  plates  in  the 
best  style  of  lithography,  and  printed  and  bound  to  match. 

The  Series  is  concluded  by 

COOPER  ON  THE 

ANATOMY  AND  DISEASES  OF  THE  BREAST,  &o,, 

This  large  and  beautiful  volume  contains  THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  BREAST: 

THE  COMPARATIYE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  MAMMARY  GLANDS: 

ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  BREAST; 

And  Twenty-five  Miscellaneous  Surgical  Papers,  now  first  published  in  a  collected  form. 
BY  SIR  ASTLEY  COOPER,  BART.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c. 

The  whole  in  one  large  imperial  octavo  volume,  illustrated  with  two  hundred  and  fifty-two  figures  on 
thirty  six  Lithographic  Plates;  well  and  strongly  bound. 

COOPER  ON  FRACTURES  AND  DISLOCATIONS, 

WITH  NUMEROUS  WOOD-CUTS. 

A  TREATISE  ON  DISLOCATIONS  AND  FRACTURES  OF  THE  JOINTS. 

BY  SIR  ASTLEY  COOPER,  BAHT.,  F.  R.  S.,  Sergeant  Surgeon  to  the  King,  &c. 

A  NEW  EDITION  MUCH  ENLAKGED  J 

EDITED  BY  BRANSBY  COOPER,  F.  R.  S.,  Surgeon  to  Guy'S  Hospital. 

WITH  ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS  FROM 

PROFESSOR  JOHN  C.  WARREN,  of  Boston. 

With  numerous  engravings  on  wood,  after  designs  by  Bagg,  a  memoir  and  a  splendid  portrait  of  Sir 

Astley.     In  one  octavo  volume. 

The  peculiar  value  of  this,  as  of  all  of  Sir  Astley  Cooper's  works,  consists  in  its  eminently  practical  charac- 
ter. His  nephew,  Bransby  B.  Cooper,  from  his  own  experience,  has  added  a  number  of  cases.  Besides  this, 
Sir  Asiley  left  behind  him  very  considerable  additions  in  MS.  for  the  express  purpose  of  being  introduced  into 
this  edition.  The  volume  is  embellished  with  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  THIRTY-THREE  WOOD  CUTS, 
and  contains  the  history  of  no  less  than  three  hundred  and  sixty-one  cases,  thus  embodying  the  records  of  a 
lifeof  practice  of  the  Author  and  his  various  editors.  There  are  also  additional  Observations  from  notes  fur- 
nished by  John  C.  Warren,  M.  D.,  the  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Surgery  in  Harvard  University. 

"  After  >he  fiat  of  the  profession,  it  would  be  absurd  in  us  to  eulogize  Sir  Astley  Cooper's  Work  on  Fracture! 
and  Dislocations.  It  is  a  national  one,  and  will  probably  subsist  as  long  as  English  Surgery," — Medico-Chi- 
rurgical  Reeine. 


S6  LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

A  NEW^MEDICAL  DICTIONARY, 
In  one  Volume,  large  12mo.,  now  ready,  at  a  low  price. 

A  DICTIONARY  OF 

THE  TERMS  USED  IN  MEDICINE-^ 

AND 

THE  COLLATERAL  SCIENCES; 
BY   RICHARD   D.   HOBLYN,   A.M.,   OXON. 

FIRST  AMERICAN,  FROM  THE  SECOND  LONDON    EDITION. 

REVISED,  WITH  NUMEROUS  ADDITIONS, 

BY    ISAAC    HAYS,    M.D., 

Editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

Believing  that  a  work  of  this  kind  would  be  useful  to  the  profession  in  this  country,  the  publishers 
have  issued  an  edition  in  a  neat  form  for  the  office  table,  at  a  low  price.  Its  object  is  to  serve  as 
an  introduction  to  the  larger  and  more  elaborate  Dictionaries,  and  to  assist  the  student  commencing 
the  study  of  Medicine,  by  presenting  in  a  concise  form  an  explanation  of  the  terms  most  used  in 
Medicine  and  the  Collateral  Sciences,  by  giving  the  etymology  and  definition  in  a  manner  as  simple 
and  clear  as  possible,  without  going  into  details  ;  and  bringing  up  the  work  to  the  present  time  by 
including  the  numerous  terms  lately  introduced.  This  design  the  author  has  so  ably  executed  as 
to  elicit  the  highest  encomiums  of  the  medical  press. 

It  has  been  edited  with  especial  reference  to  the  wants  of  the  American  practitioner,  the  native 
medicinal  plants  being  introduced,  with  the  formulae  for  the  various  officinal  preparations  :  and  the 
whole  being  made  to  conform  to  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  United  States.  It  is  now  ready  in  one 
neat  royal  duodecimo  volume  of  four  hundred  pages  in  double  columns. 


. 


TAYLOR'S  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 


MEDICAL    JURISPRUDENCE. 

BY  ALFRED  S.  TAYLOR, 

Lecturer  on  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Chemistry  at  Guy's  Hospital,  fcc. 

With  Numerous  Notes  and  Additions,  and  references  to  American  Practice  and  Law. 

Br  R.  E.  GRIFFITH,  M.  D. 

In  one  volume,  8vo. 

"  We  recommend  Mr.  Taylor's  work  as  the  ablest,  most  comprehensive,  and,  above  all,  the  m«st  practically 
useful  book  which  exists  on  the  subject  of  legal  medicine.  Any  man  of  sound  judgment,  who  has  mastered 
the  contents  of  Taylor's  '  Medical  Jurisprudence,'  may  go  into  a  court  of  law  with  the  most  perfect  confidence 
of  being  able  to  acquit  himself  creditably." — Medico-Chirurgical  Review, 

"  As  we  expected,  it  has  become  truly  the  manual  of  both  the  medical  and  legal  professions, 
and  is  regarded  by  all  as  the  standard  authority  on  the  subject;  the  author,  also,  as  we  find  from 
the  public  prints,  is  the  person  consulted,  almost  as  a  matter  of  course,  in  the  more  difficult  medico- 
legal  cases. — The  British  and  Foreign  Medical  Review. 

'     !  /'.  fi  ffl  y_ ' }  5T  H CI OOO 

••.  HTivr 
LAWRENCE  ON  THE  EYE,    New  Edition— Now  Ready, 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE, 

BY  W.  LAWRENCE,  F.R.  S., 

Surgeon  Extraordinary  to  the  Queen,  Surgeon  to  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  &c.  &c. 

SECOND  AMERICAN,  FROM  THE  LAST  LONDON  EDITION, 
With  many  Modifications  and  Additions,  and  the  Introduction  of  over  one  hundred  Illustrations, 

BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.D., 
Surgeon  to  Will's  Hospital,  Physician  to  the  Philadelphia  Orphan  Asylum,  &c.  &c. 

IN  OWE  LARGE  OCTAVO  VOLUME. 

The  character  of  this  work  is  too  well  known  to  require  a  word  of  commendation.    It  is  justly  considered  the 

best  we  possess  on  the  subject.    In  this  edition  will  be  found  many  important  alterations  and'  improvements, 

bringing  the  work  up  to  the  level  of  the  present  state  of  knowledge  on  the  subjects  of  Ophthalmic  Surgery  and 

The  chapters  on  the  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organ  have  received  especial  augmentations, 

and  many  new  cuts  have  been  introduced,  rendering  the  whole  clear  and  comprehensible. 


LEA   &  BLANCHARD'S   PUBLICATIONS.  27 

MILLER'S   SURGICAL   WORKS. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  SURGERY. 

BY  JAMES  MILLER,  F.R.  S.E.,  F.R.C.S.E., 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  &c. 
In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  to  match  the  Author's  volume  on  "  Practice.''' 

"  No  one  can  peruse  this  work  without  the  conviction  that  he  has  been  addressed  by  an  accom- 
plished surgeon,  endowed  with  no  mean  literary  skill  or  doubtful  good  sense,  and  who  knows  how 
to  grace  or  illumine  his  subjects  with  the  Jater  lights  of  our  rapidly  advancing  physiology.  The 
book  deserves  a  strong  recommendation,  and  must  secure  itself  a  general  perusal." — Medical  Times. 

"  We  feel  no  hesitation  in  expressing  our  opinion  that  it  presents  the  philosophy  of  the  science 
more  fully  and  clearly  than  any  other  work  in  the  language  with  which  we  are  acquainted." — Phi- 
ladelphia Medical  Examiner.  j>; 

"  To  the  student  who  wishes  to  acquire  a  useful  practical  knowledge  of  the  pathology  of  sur- 
gical diseases,  ft  is  impossible  to  recommend  a  better  guide  than  the  present  treatise  by  Mr.  Mil- 
ler."— Edinburgh  Medical  and  'Surgical  Journal. 

"An  admirable  epitome  of  the  surgical  science  of  the  day.  Being  written  by  a  sound  practical 
surgeon  accustomed  to  the  public  teaching  of  his  science,  it  has  the  clearness  of  diction  and  ar- 
rangement which  renders  it  an  excellent  manual  for  the  students  as  well  as  that  amount  of  scien- 
tific and  practical  information  which  makes  it  a  safe  and  valuable  guide  to  the  practitioner." — The 
Lancet. 


JUST    PUBLISHED. 

THE  PRACTICE  OF  SURGERY. 

BY  JAMES  MILLER. 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 
In  one  neat  octavo  volume. 

This  work  is  printed  and  bound  to  match  the  "  Principles  of  Surgery,"  by  Professor  Miller,  lately 
issued  by  L.  &  B.  Either  volume  may  be  had  separately. 

"  This  work,  with  the  preceding  one,  forms  a  complete  text-book  of  surgery,  and  has  been  under- 
taken by  the  author  at  the  request  of  his  pupils.  Although,  as  we  are  modestly  informed  in  the 
preface,  it  is  not  put  forth  in  rivalry  of  the  excellent  works  on  practical  surgery  which  already  exist, 
we  think  we  may  take  upon  ourselves  to  say,  that  it  will  form  a  very  successful  and  formidable 
rival  to  most  of  them.  While  it  does  not  offer  the  same  attractive  illustrations,  with  which  some  of 
our  recent  text-books  have  been  embellished,  and  while  it  will  not,  as  indeed  is  not  its  design,  set 
aside  the  more  complete  and  elaborate  works  of  reference  which  the  profession  is  in  possession  of, 
we  have  no  hesitation  in  stating  that  the  two  volumes  form,  together,  a  more  complete  text-book 
of  surgery  than  any  one  that  has  been  heretofore  offered  to  the  student." — The  Northern  Journal 
of  Medicine. 

"  Mr.  Miller  is  already  known  in  his  profession  as  an  able  writer  and  a  well  informed  surgeon, 
and  the  book  before  us  is  calculated  to  maintain  his  reputation.  We  recommend  it  to  those  who 
want  a  sound  guide,  or  wish  to  refresh  their  recollections.  •  The  characteristics  which  especially 
distinguish  the  work  are,  its  plain  good  sense,  or  the  selection  of  the  important  from  the  unimport- 
ant announcements  in  surgery ;  the  sound  indications  of  the  judgment  to  be  exercised  in  the  treat- 
ment of  surgical  diseases." — The  Lancet. 


A  SYSTEM  OF  PRACTICAL  SURGERY, 

BY  WILLIAM  FERGUSSON,  F.  R.  S.  E. 

SECOND  AMERICAN  EDITION,  REVISED  AND  IMPROVED. 
With  Two  Hundred  and  Fifty-two  Illustrations  from  Drawings  by  Bagg,  Engraved  by  Gilbert, 

With  Notes  and  Additional  Illustrations, 

BY  GEORGE    W.   NORRIS,  M.  D.,  dec. 

In  one  beautiful  octavo  volume  of  six  hundred  and  forty  large  pages. 

"  If  we  were  to  say  that  this  volume  by  Mr.  Fergusson,  is  one  excellently  adapted  to  the  student,  and  the  yet 
inexperienced  practitioner  of  surgery,  we  should  restrict  unduly  its  range.  It  is  of  the  kind  which  every  medi- 
cal man  ought  to  have  by  him  for  ready  reference,  as  a  guide  to  the  prompt  treatment  of  many  accidents  and 
injuries,  which  whilst  he  hesitates,  may  be  followed  by  incurable  defects,  and  deformities  of  structure,  if  not  by 
death  itself.  In  drawing  to  a  close  our  notice  of  Mr.  Fergusson's  Practical  Surgery,  we  cannot  refrain  from 
again  adverting  to  the  numerous  and  beautiful  illustrations  by  wood-cuts,  which  contribute  so  admirably  to 
elucidate  the  descriptions  in  the  text.  Dr.  Norris  has,  as  usual,  acquitted  himself  judiciously  in  his  office  of 
annotator.  His  additions  are  strictly  practical  and  to  the  point"— BuUetm  of  Medical  Science. 


28  LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 

LIBRARY    OF    SURGERY. 


CHELIUS'S  SYSTEM   OF   SURGERY, 

A  SYSTEM  OF  SUftGEBY. 

BY  J.  M.  CHELIUS, 

Doctor  in  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Public  Professor  of  General  and  Ophthalmic  Surgery,  etc.  etc.  in  the 
University  of  Heidelberg. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN, 
AND  ACCOMPANIED  WITH  ADDITIONAL  NOTES  AND  OBSERVATIONS, 

BY  JOHN  F.  SOUTH, 

SURGEON   TO   ST.  THOMAS'S    HOSPITAL. 

EDITED.  WITH  REFERENCE  TO  AMERICAN  AUTHORITIES, 
BY  GEORGE  W.  NORRIS,  M.D. 

Publishing  in  Numbers,  at  Fifty  Cents  each. 

Nine  Numbers  are  now  ready:  and  the  whole  is  expected  to  be  complete  by  September  next,  forming 

Three  Large  Octavo  Volumes. 

That  this  work  should  have  passed  to  six  editions  in  Germany,  and  have  been  translated  into  no  less  than 
seven  languages,  is  sufficient  proof  of  its  value.  It  contains  what  is,  perhaps,  embraced  to  an  equal  extent 
by  no  other  work  on  the  subject  now  before  the  public— a  complete  System  of  Surgery,  both  in  its  principles 
and  practice.  The  additions  of  the  translator,  Mr.  South,  are  very  numerous,  bringing  the  work  up  to  the  very 
day  of  publication,  and  embodying  whatever  may  have  been  omitted  by  the  author  respecting  English  Sur- 
gery; while  Dr.  Norris  will  take  equal  care  in  representing  the  state  of  the  Science  in  America. 

"Judging  from  a  single  number  only  of  this  work,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that,  if  the  remaining  por- 
tions 6orrespond  at  all  with  the  first,  it  will  be  by  far  the  most  complete  and  scientific  System  of  Surgery  in  th« 
English  language.  We  have,  indeed,  seen  no  work  which  so  nearly  comes  up  to  our  idea  of  what  such  a  pro- 
duction should  be,  both  as  a  practical  guide  and  as  a  work  of  reference,  as  this ;  and  the  fact  that  it  has  passed 
through  six  editions  in  Germany,  and  been  translated  into  seven  languages,  is  sufficiently  convincing  proof  of 
its  value.  It  is  methodical  and  concise,  clear  and  accurate;  omitting  all  minor  details  and  fruitless  speculations, 
it  gives  us  all  the  information  we  want  in  the  shortest  and  simplest  form  " — The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine 

''The  scope  of  Professor  Chelius's  Manual  is  indicated  by  its  title:  it  professes  to  treat,  systematically,  of  the 
science  and  art  of  Surgery,  but  within  such  compass  as  to  render  the  work  an  appropriate  introduction  and 
Companion  to  his  lectures.  The  care,  however,  which  has  been  bestowed  upon  its  construction,  and  the  labor 
trhich  its  research  evinces,  would  be  ill  repaid  were  it  confined  to  this  sphere;  and  we  may  conscientiously 
say,  that  we  know  of  no  Manual  of  Surgery,  on  the  whole,  more  deserving  of  public  confidence,  or  more  valu- 
able as  a  guide  and  refresher  to  the  young  practitioner.  It  is  not  our  intention  at  present  critically  to  analyze 
Mr.  South's  labors;  but  we  should  be  guilty  of  an  injustice  to  him  and  to  our  readers  if  we  did  not  cordially 
recommend  his  work  as  having  fair  promise  of  forming,  what  it  is  the  translator's  ambition  it  should  be,  a  sound 
and  comprehensive  system  of  Practical  Surgery.  The  notes  and  text  are  so  intermingled  as  to  render  it  con- 
tinuously readable,  without  presenting  those  abrupt  transitions  which  are  so  disagreeable  in  many  works  simi- 
larly arranged.  The  faults  of  omission,  &c.,  at  which  we  have  hinted  in  our  comments  on  the  first  chapter  of 
our  author's  work,  (viz.  that  on  '  Inflammation,')  have  been  amply  compensated  by  the  copious  and  excellent 
digest  of  his  translator  and  annotator.  who  is  justly  proud  of  availing  himself  of  the  labors  of  our  own  coun- 
trymen in  this  department  of  pathology,  while  he  gives  their  due  meed  of  notice  and  respect  to  the  contributions 
of  our  continental  brethren.  The  references  which  are  given  to  original  works  have  evidently  been  carefully 
•ollated,  and  will  be  found  of  great  value  to  the  student  and  practitioner  who  may  wish  for  more  copious  in- 
formation on  any  particular  branch  of  Surgery;  and  the  practical  remarks  and  illustrations  with  which  the 
work  abounds,  are  a  good  guarantee  of  the  translator's  ability  to  do  justice  to  his  task,  at  the  same  time  that 
they  prove  that  Mr.  South  has  not  failed  to  avail  himself  industriously  of  the  large  opportunities  which  his  Hos- 
pital appoinMnent  has  afforded  him."—  The  British  and  Foreign  Medical  Review. 

"  We  will,  therefore,  content  ourselves  for  the  present  with  directing  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  it,  as 
being  the  most  complete'syslem  of  Surgery  in  any  language,  and  one  that  is  of  equal  utility  as  a  practical  guid« 
and  as  a  work  of  reference.  The  fact  of  its  having  reached  six  editions  in  Germany,  and  its  having  been  trans- 
lated into  seven  languages,.are  more  convincing  proofs  of  its  value  than  anything  that  we  can  say.  Mr.  South 
hag  performed  his  task  with  much  judgment,  and  has  certainly  made  a  most  useful  addition  to  the  medical  lite- 
rature of  this  country  by  rendering  Chelius's  work  into  English  "—  The  Lancet. 

"This  work  has  long  been  the  chief  text-book  on  Surgery  in  the  principal  schools  of  Germany,  and  the  pub- 
lication of  five  editions  o'f  it  in  the  original  and  of  translations  into  no  less  than  eight  foreign  languages,  show 
the  high  estimation  in  which  it  is  held.  As  a  systematic  work  on  Surgery  it  has  merits  of  a  high  order.  It  w 
methodical  and  concise— and  on  the  whole  clear  and  accurate.  The  most  necessary  information  is  conveyed 
in  the  shortest  and  simplest  form.  Minor  details  and  fruitless  speculations  are  avoided.  It  is,  in  fact,  essen- 
tially a  practical  book.  This  work  was  first  published  nearly  twenty  years  ago.  and  its  solid  and  permanent 
reputation  has  no  doubt  led  Mr.  South  to  undertake  the  present  translation  of  the  latest  edition  of  it,  which,  w» 
are  informed,  is  still  passing  through  .the  press  in  Germany.  We  should  have  felt  at  a  loss  to  select  any  on* 
better  qualified  for  the  ta,sk  than  the  translator  of  Otto's  Compendium  of  Human  and  Comparative  Pathological 
Anatomy — a  surgeon  to  a  large  hospital,  whose  industry  and  opportunities  have  enabled  him  to  keep  pace  with 
the  improvements  of  his  time." — The  Metiico-Chimrgical  Review. 

"Although  Great  Britain  can  boast  of  some  of  the  most  skilful  surgeons,  both  among  her  past  and  h«r  present 
professors  of  that  branch  of  medical  science,  no  work  professing  to  be  a  complete  system  of  Surgery  has  been 
published  in  the  British  dominions  since  that  of  Benjamin  BeJj,  now  more  than  half  a  century  old. 

'This  omission  in  English' medical  literature  is  fully  and  satisfactorily  supplied  by  the  translation  of  Professor 
Chelms'g  System  of  Surgery  by  a  gentleman  excellently  fitted  for  the  task,  both  by,hi$,extensive  reading,  and 


course  of.  publication,  loses  none  of  the  value  of  the  original  from  the  treatment  received  at  the  hands  of  its 
translator.  The  notes  and  additions  of  Professor  South  are  numerous,  and  contain  the  opinions  resulting  from 
hit  vast  exptrience,  and  from  that  of  his  colleague. 

We  are  free  to  confess,  prejudiced  though  perhaps  we  are,  in  favor  of  the  English  practice  of  surgery,  that 
,JV  ,  IS  OIle  °'  Srea*  value,  and  one  which  every  practitioner  and  advanced  student  should  possess."—  The 
Medical  Ttma. 


WORKS 

IN 


VARIOUS  DEPARTMENTS 


OF 


MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY, 

PUBLISHED 
BY  LEA  &  BLANCHARD. 


AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SCIENCES.  Edited  by  Isaac  Hays,  M.  D. 
Published  quarterly  at  $5  00  per  annum. 

ANDRAL  ON  THE  BLOOD.  Pathological  Haematology  ;  an  Essay  on  the  Blood  in  Dis- 
ease. Translated  by  J.  F.  Meigs  and  Alfred  Stille.  In  one  octavo  volume,  cloth. 

ARNOTT'S  PHYSICS.  The  Elements  of  Physics  in  plain  or  non-technical  language.  A 
New  Edition.  Edited  by  Isaac  Hays,  M.  D.  In  1  vol.  8vo.,  sheep,  with  176  wood-cuts, 

ABERCROMBIE  ON  THE  STOMACH.  Pathological  and  Practical  Researches  on  Dis- 
eases of  the  Stomach,  Intestinal  Canal,  &c.  Fourth  Edition.  In  1  vol.  8vo.,  sheep. 

ABERCROMBIE  ON  THE  BRAIN.  Pathological  and  Practical  Researches  on  the  Dis- 
eases of  the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord.  A  New  Edition.  In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

ALISON'S  PATHOLOGY.  Outlines  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  In  three 
parts,  containing  Preliminary  Observations,  Inflammatory  and  Febrile  Diseases,  and 
Chronic  or  Non-Febrile  Diseases.  In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

BIRD  ON  URINARY  DEPOSITS.  Urinary  Deposits,  their  Diagnosis,  Pathology  and  The- 
rapeutical Indications.  In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  cloth,  with  numerous  wood-cuts, 

BERZELIUS  ON  THE  KIDNEYS  AND  URINE,  in  1  vol.  8vo.,  cloth. 

BUCKLAND'S  GEOLOGY.  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  with  reference  to  Natural  Theology. 
A  Bridgewater  Treatise.  In  two  octavo  volumes,  with  numerous  maps,  plates,  &c. 

BRIDGE  WATER  TREATISES.  The  whole  complete  in  7  vols.  8vo.,  containing  Roget'a 
Animal  and  Vegetable  Physiology,  in  2  vols.,  with  many  cuts;  Kirby  on  the  History, 
Habits  and  Instinct  of  Animals,  1  vol.  with  plates ;  Front  on  Chemistry ;  Chalmers  on  the 
Moral  Condition  of  Man  ;  Whewell  on  Astronomy  ;  Bell  on  the  Hand ;  Kidd  on  the  Phy- 
sical Condition  of  Man ;  and  Buckland's  Geology,  2  vols.,  with  many  plates  and  maps. 

BARTLETT  ON  FEVERS  OF  U.  S.  The  History,  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Typhus 
and  Typhoid  Fevers,  and  on  Bilious  Remittent  and  Yellow  Fever.  In  1  vol.  8vo.,  ex.  cloth. 

BARTLETT'S  PHILOSOPHY  OF  MEDICINE.  Essay  on  the  Philosophy  of  Medical 
Science.  In  two  Parts.  One  neat  octavo  volume,  extra  cloth. 

BRIGHAM  ON  MIND,  &c.  The  Influence  of  Mental  Excitement  and  Mental  Cultivation 
on  Health.  In  one  neat  12mo.  volume,  extra  cloth. 

BILLING'S  PRINCIPLES  OF  MEDICINE.  The  First  Principles  of  Medicine.  From  the 
Fourth  London  Edition.  In  one  octavo  volume,  cloth. 

CHITTY'S  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Medical  Jurispru- 
dence. With  Explanatory  Plates.  In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

CLATER  AND  SKINNER'S  FARRIER.  Every  Man  his  own  Farrier.  Containing,  the 
Causes,  Symptoms,  and  most  approved  Methods  of  Cure  of  the  Diseases  of  Horses. — 
From  the  28th  London  Edition.  Edited  by  Skinner.  In  one  12mo.  volume,  cloth. 

CLATER  AND  YOUATT'S  CATTLE  DOCTOR.  Every  Man  his  own  Cattle  Doctor- 
Containing  the  Diseases  of  Oxen,  Sheep,  Swine,  &c.  Edited  by  Youatt,  and  revised  by 
Skinner.  With  Wood-cuts.  In  one  volume  12mo. 

DURLACHER  ON  CORNS,  BUNIONS,  &c.  A  Treatise  on  Corns,  Bullions,  the  Dis- 
eases of  Nails,  and  the  General  Management  of  the  Feet.  In  one  12mo.  volume,  cloth. 

ELLIOTSON'S  MESMERIC  CASES.    In  one  octavo  pamphlet. 

ESQUIROL  ON  INSANITY.  Mental  Maladies,  Considered  in  Relation  to  Medicine,  Hy- 
giene and  Medical  Jurisprudence.  Translated  by  E.  K.  Hunt,  M.  D.,  &c.  In  1  vol.  8vo. 

OUTHRIE  ON  THE  BLADDER,  &c.  The  Anatomy  of  the  Bladder  and  Urethra,  and 
the  Treatment  of  the  Obstructions  to  which  those  passages  are  liable.  In  1  vol.  8vo. 

HARRIS  ON  MAXILLARY  SINUS.  Dissertation  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Maxillary  Sinus. 
In  one  small  octavo  volume,  cloth. 

29 


30 


LEA  &  BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


KIRBY  ON  ANIMALS.  The  History,  Habits  and  Instinct  of  Animals.  A  Bridgewater 
Treatise.  In  one  large  volume  8vo.  with  plates. 

HARRISON  ON  THE  NERVES.  An  Essay  towards  a  correct  Theory  of  the  Nervous 
System.  In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

LAWRENCE  ON  RUPTURES.  A  Treatise  on  Ruptures,  from  the  fifth  London  Edition. 
In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

MAURY'S  DENTAL  SURGERY.  A  Treatise  on  the  Dental  Art,  founded  on  Actual  Ex- 
perience. Illustrated  by  241  Lithographic  Figures  and  54  Wood-cuts.  Translated  by 
J.  B.  Savier.  In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

MULLER'S  PHYSIOLOGY.  Elements  of  Physiology.  Translated  by  Wm.  Baly,  M.D., 
and  edited  and  arranged  by  John  Bell,  M.  D.  In  one  large  octavo  volume,  sheep. 

PROUT  ON  THE  STOMACH.  On  the  Nature  and  Treatment  of  Stomach  and  Renal 
Diseases.  In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep,  with  colored  plates. 

POPULAR  MEDICINE,  BY  COATES.    In  one  octavo  volume,  sheep,  with  Wood-cuts. 

PHILIP  ON  INDIGESTION.    A  Treatise  on  Protracted  Indigestion.    In  1  vol.  8vo. 

ROGET'S-  PHYSIOLOGY.  A  Treatise  on  Animal  and  Vegetable  Physiology,  with  over 
400  illustrations  on  Wood.  In  two  octavo  volumes,  cloth.  A  Bridgewater  Treatise. 

ROGET'S  OUTLINES  OF  PHYSIOLOGY.  Outlines  of  Physiology  and  Phrenology.  la 
one  large  octavo  volume,  cloth. 

RIGBY'S  MIDWIFERY.     A  System  of  Midwifery.     With  Wood-cuts.    In  1  vol.  8<ro. 

RICORD  ON  VENEREAL.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Venereal  Diseases ;  with  a  Thera- 
peutical Summary,  and  a  Special  Formulary.  In  1  vol.  8vo.,  cloth. 

ROBERTSON  ON  TEETH.  A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Human  Teeth,  with  plates.  One 
small  volume  octavo,  cloth. 

TRAILL'S  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE.  Outlines  of  a  Course  of  Lectures  on  Medi- 
cal Jurisprudence.  Revised,  with  numerous  notes.  In  one  octavo  volume,  cloth. 

THOMSON'S  SICK  ROOM.  Domestic  Management  of  the  Sick  Room,  Necessary  in  Aid 
of  Medical  Treatment,  for  the  Cure  of  Diseases.  Edited  by  R.  E.  Griffith,  M.  D.  In  one 
large  royal  12mo.  volume,  extra  cloth,  with  Wood-cuts. 

WALSHE  ON  THE  LUNGS.  Physical  Diagnosis  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Lungs.  la 
one  neat  12mo.  volume,  extra  cloth. 

YOUATT  ON  THE  HORSE.  The  Horse :  containing  a  full  account  of  the  Diseases  of 
the  Horse,  with  their  mode  of  Treatment;  his  Anatomy,  and  the  usual  Operations  per- 
formed on  him;  his  Breeding,  Breaking,  and  Management;  and  Hints  on  his  Sound- 
ness, and  Purchase  and  Sale.  Together  with  a  General  History  of  the  Horse;  a  Dis- 
sertation on  the  American  Trotting  Horse,  how  trained  and  jockeyed,  an  account  of  his 
remarkable  performances  ;  and  an  Essay  on  the  Ass  and  the  Mule.  By  J.  S.  Skinner, 
Assistant  Postmaster  General,  and  Editor  of  the  Turf  Register.  In  one  volume,  octavo, 
with  numerous  Cuts. 


WORKS,  at  Prett  and  Preparing. 


A  MANUAL  OF  MATERIA  MEDICA  AND 
Therapeutics.  By  J.  Forbes  Royle,M.D.,&c. 
Edited  by  J.Carson,  M.  D.,  &c.  In  1  vol.  8vo., 
numerous  wood-cuts,  (nearly  ready). 

TODD  &  BOWMAN'S  PHYSIOLOGICAL  ANA- 
tomy  and  Physiology  ofMan.  Many  wood-cuts, 
(publishing  in  the  Medical  News  and  Library). 

A  TREATISE  ON  OPHTHALMIC  MEDICINE 
and  Surgery.  By  T.  Wharton  Jones.  In  1  vol. 
beautifully  illustrated. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  GENERAL  AND  COMPA- 
rative  Physiology.  By  Wm.  B.  Carpenter, 
M.  D.,&c.  From  a  new  London  edition,  with 
numerous  improvements  and  additions.  In  1 
vol.  large  8vo.,  many  steel  plates. 

A  TREATISE  ON  ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY, 
with  very  numerous  illustrations.  By  Wm.  B. 
Carpenter. — To  be  followed  by  his  other  works 
on  Natural  Science. 

A  NEW  AMERICAN  FORMULARY.  By  J. 
Carson,  M.  D.,  &c.  In  one  volume,  (preparing). 

A  SYSTEM  OF  SURGERY.  By  J.  M.Chelius. 
Translated  by  South,  and  Edited  by  Norris. — 
Publishing  in  numbers  at  50  cents  each.  To 
be  complete  in  three  octavo  volumes. 

HORNER'S  AMERICAN  DISSECTOR,  in  one 
large  12mo.  vol .,  with  many  cuts,  (nearly  ready.) 


AN  ANATOMICAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE 
Diseases  of  the  Organs  of  Circulation  and  Re- 
spiration. By  C.  E.  Hasse.  Translated  and 
Edited  by  W.  E.  Swaine,  M  D.,  &c.  In  1  vol. 
8vo.,  (nearly  ready). 

A  TREATISE  ON  AURAL  SURGERY.  In  1 
vol.  8vo.,  many  illustrations. 

A  COMPLETE  MEDICAL  BOTANY,  especially 
adapted  to  the  United  States.  By  R.  E.  Grif- 
fith, M.  D.  In  1  vol.  large  8vo.,  with  many 
illustrations. 

LECTURES  ILLUSTRATIVE  OF  VARIOUS 
Subjects  in  Pathology  and  Surgery.  By  Sir  B. 
Brodie — completing  his  works. 

CALORIC,  its  Mechanical,  Chemical,  and  Vital 
Agencies  in  the  Phenomena  of  Nature.  By  S. 
L.  Metcalfe,  M.  D.,  &c.  In  1  large  8vo.  vol. 

GOLDING  BIRD'S  ELEMENTS  OF  NATU- 
RAL PHILOSOPHY.  With  numerous  wood- 
cuts. 

VOGEL'S  PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY.— 
Translated  and  Edited  by  G.  Day,  M.  D.,  &c. 
In  1  vol.  large  8vo.,  many  plates. 

BURROWS  ON  CEREBRAL  CIRCULATION, 
with  plates. 

Together  with  other  JVeto  Works* 


LEA  <fc   BLANCHARD'S  PUBLICATIONS.  31 

(See  Page  32.) 

THE  MEDIOO-CHIRURGICAL  REVIEW, 

EDINBURGH  MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL, 

AND  NUMEROUS  OTHERS. 

WHILE  FROM  FRANCE 

THE  GAZETTE  MEDIC  ALE  DE  PARIS— L'EXPERIENCE— REVUE  MEDICALS 

—JOURNAL   DE   MEDECINE— JOURNAL   DBS    CONNAISSANCES 

MEDICO-CHIRURGICALES, 

AND  VARIOUS  OTHERS,  WITH  THE 

ZEITSCHRIFT  FUR  DIE  GESAMMTE  MEDICIN, 

WITH  SEVERAL  OTHERS  FROM  GERMANY, 

AND  THE  BIBLIOTHEK  FOR  L^EGER,  OF  DENMARK, 

TOGETHER  WITH 

ALXi  THE  AMERICAN  JOURNALS, 

ARE  PUT  IN  REQUISITION. 
It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  material  for  a  full  Summary  of  all 

NEW  MATTERS  AND  IMPORTANT  DISCOVERIES 

k  full  and  ample,  while  the  exertions  of  the  Editor  and  the  time  of  publication  insure  a  fulness 
and  newness  to  this  department. 

ALL  THE  LATE  AND  IMPORTANT 

AMERICAN  INTELLIGENCE, 

is  fully  recorded — while 

THE   MONTHLY  NEWS 

furnishes  the  lighter  and  floating  information,  and  embraces  important  Books  for 

THE  LIBRARY  DEPARTMENT. 


Among  those  works  already  published  in  the  Monthly  Library  and  Ntws,  mny  be  mentioned 

WATSON'S  LECTURES  ON  THE  PRACTICE  OF  PHYSIC, 

AS  ALSO 

BRODIE'S  LECTURES  ON  SURGERY, 

CONCLUDED  IN  MARCH  OF  THIS  YEAR,  (1846). 
The  work  for   the  year  '1846  is  a  new  one, 

TODD  &  BOWMAN'S 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  ANATOMY  &  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  MAN, 

NOW   PUBLISHING  IN  ENGLAND. 

This  work  has  already  earned  for  its  authors  a  high  reputation  in  Europe  and  this 
country.     It  will  be  reproduced  entire,  with  all  the  numerous  and  beautiful  wood-cuts. 
Each  Work  in  the  Library  is  regularly  paged  so  as  to  be  bound  separately. 

THE  TERMS  ARE 

For  the  Medical  Journal  and  the  Medical  News,  if  paid  for  by 
the  first  of  February  of  each  Year,  and  the  amount  remitted 
free  of  cost  to  the  Publishers,  -  -  H»«»J  -  Five  Dollars. 

For  the  Journal  only,  when  ordered  without  funds,  or  paid  for 

after  the  first  of  February  of  each  year,          -         -       ?-     Five  Dollars. 

For  the  Medical  News  only,  to  be  paid  for  always  in  advance, 

and  free  of  postage,    -  -  •  -  «-••     -       One  Dollar. 

$&  In  no  case  can  the  News  be  sent  without  pay  in  advance.  «4$ 


32  TWO  MEDICAL  PERIODICALS  FOR  FIVE   DOLLARS  A  YEAR. 


THE 

AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SCIENCES, 

EDITED  BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.  D. 

SURGEON  TO  WILLS'  HOSPITAL,  ETC. 

Published  Quarterly  on  the  first  of  January,  April,  July  and  October  ;  each  Number  having  at  least 
264  large  and  closely  printed  pages. 

WHEN    NECESSARY,   CASES    ARE 

Fully  Illustrated  with  MTHOGRAPHIC  P1ATES  aiid  WOOD-CUTS. 

ALSO, 

atti 

Of  32  Large  Pages,  Published  Monthly,  is  given  Gratis  to  Subscribers 

to  The  Journal  who  pay,  by  the  first  of  February  of  each  year,  Five  Dollars  free  of  expense  to  the 

Publishers. 

Under  the  new  law  the  postage  on  the  Journal  is  reduced  to  about  13J  cents  per  number,  while 
the  News  and  Library  is  sent  through  the  mail  as  a  Newspaper. 

Persons  wishing  to  subscribe,  to  commence  with  the  January  number  for  1847,  should  advise  the 
publishers  at  once,  as  the  whole  quantity  for  the  present  and  two  past  years  was  taken  up  early 
in  the  year. 

The  publishers  do  not  deem  it  necessary  to  refer  to  the  past  course  of  the  Journal.     It  is  suffi- 
cient that  for  the  last  TWENTY-SEVEN  YEARS  it  has  received  the  approbation  of  the  profession 
at  home  and  abroad  ;  but  they  would  call  attention  to  the  extended  and  liberal  arrangement  exist- 
ing and  to  be  pursued  that  shall  embody  the  latest  intelligence  from  all  quarters. 
ITS  PAGES  WILL  BE  DEVOTED  FIRST  TO 

ORIGINAL    COMMUNICATIONS 

FROM  ALL  SECTIONS  OF  THE  UNION,  WITH 

REVIEWS  OF  ALL  NEW  WORKS 

OF  INTEREST,  AND 

' 


While  its  QUARTERLY  SUMMARY  will  embrace  a  full  and  extended 

RETROSPECT  AND  ABSTRACT 

FROM  THE  VARIOUS 

FOREIGN  AND  DOMESTIC  JOURNALS. 

With  reference  to  this  department,  the  arrangements  of  the  publishers  are  very  extensive  and  cm- 
brace  for  the  gleanings  of  the  editor  the  various  Journals  from 

GREAT  BRITAIN,   FRANCE,   GERMANY, 
DENMARK,   ITALY, 

AVU  OTHER.  SECTIOJVS  OF  TJElE  WORLD. 

INCLUDING  AS  PROMINENT  AMONG  THE  ENGLISH, 

BRAITHWAITE'S  RETROSPECT, 

RANKING'S  HALF-YEARLY  ABSTRACT, 


THE,  LONDON   MEDICAL  TIMES, 
THE    LONDON    MEDICAL    GAZETTE, 

FORBES'  BRITISH  AND  FOREIGN  QUARTERLY. 

(Continued  on  Page  31.) 

83"  This  paper  may  be  delivered  to  any  physician  if  declined  by  the  person  to  whom  it  is  ad- 
dressed, or  if  they  have  removed  —  and  Postmasters  and  others  will  particularly  oblige  the  publish- 
ers by  furnishing  a  list  of  the  Physicians  and  Lawyers  of  their  county  or  neighborhood.  In  udd.tion 
to  the  business  it  may  bring  to  the  office,  a  copy  of"  The  Complete  Florist,"  or  such  other  volume, 
will  be  sent  by  mail  gratis  for  any  ten  or  more  names  furnished  free  of  cost. 
Philadelphia,  July,  1846, 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  LOS  ANGELES 

THE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 

gEC'D  UVJRU 
g   'MR  I  2  !3ii 


iMA 


g- 

SIEP291975 


OCT 


THE  LIBRARY 

UNTVERSiTY  OF  CAUFORN0HI 
LOS  ANGELES 


3  1158  00281  0637 


t'* 


iiSSKK GIONAL  LI8RARY  FACm 

A    001386811 


